<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="fedregister.xsl"?>
<FEDREG xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="FRMergedXML.xsd">
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>98</NO>
    <DATE>Monday, May 20, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Contents</UNITNAME>
    <CNTNTS>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>
                Agriculture
                <PRTPAGE P="iii"/>
            </EAR>
            <HD>Agriculture Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43800</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10993</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Centers Disease</EAR>
            <HD>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Award of a Single Source Cooperative Agreement:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Emory University/International Association of National Public Health, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43855</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11008</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Fund National Emergency Management Association, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43855-43856</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10982</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Children</EAR>
            <HD>Children and Families Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Privacy Act; Matching Program, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43856-43857</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10928</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Coast Guard</EAR>
            <HD>Coast Guard</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Special Local Regulation:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Marine Events within the Sector Columbia River Captain of the Port Zone, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43747-43748</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10941</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Drawbridge Operations:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway; West Palm Beach, FL, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43797-43799</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10980</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43863-43866</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11018</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11013</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11014</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11016</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Commerce</EAR>
            <HD>Commerce Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Industry and Security Bureau</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>International Trade Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Patent and Trademark Office</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Commodity Futures</EAR>
            <HD>Commodity Futures Trading Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Global Markets Advisory Committee, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43826-43827</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11034</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Comptroller</EAR>
            <HD>Comptroller of the Currency</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Credit Risk Retention, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43976-43979</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10998</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Proposal by Capital One Financial Corp. to Acquire Discover Financial Services and Discover Bank, and for Discover Bank to Merge with and into Capital One, National Assn., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43852-43854</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11028</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Permits; Applications, Issuances, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Fifth District Savings Bank, New Orleans, LA; Approval of Conversion Application, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43979</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10939</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Consumer Product</EAR>
            <HD>Consumer Product Safety Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43827</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11062</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Defense Department</EAR>
            <HD>Defense Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43829-43832, 43836</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11019</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11020</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11021</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11023</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11039</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Progress Payments, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43854-43855</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10981</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Arms Sales, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43827-43829, 43832-43839</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11033</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11035</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11036</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11037</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Education Department</EAR>
            <HD>Education Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Application for Flexibility for Equitable Per-Pupil Funding, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43840</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11032</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>School Pulse Panel 2024-25 Data Collection, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43839-43840</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10973</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43840-43841</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10920</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Energy Department</EAR>
            <HD>Energy Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Western Area Power Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Energy Conservation Program:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Energy Conservation Standards for Circulator Pumps, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>44464-44537</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-07873</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Standards for Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>44052-44142</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-08546</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Test Procedure for Air-Cooled, Evaporatively-Cooled, and Water-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43986-44049</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-08543</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Social Security Number Fraud Prevention Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43733-43737</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10858</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Energy Conservation Program:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Standards for Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43770-43792</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-08545</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Environmental Protection</EAR>
            <HD>Environmental Protection Agency</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Peer Review of Draft Documents:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Di-isodecyl Phthalate and Di-isononyl Phthalate; Science Advisory Committee on Chemicals; Meetings, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43847-43850</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10999</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Pesticide Registration Review:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Draft Human Health and/or Ecological Risk Assessments for Several Pesticides, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43850-43851</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10985</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Aviation</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Aviation Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Airspace Designations and Reporting Points:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Lewisburg, WV; Correction, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43739-43740</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10967</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>PROPOSED RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Airworthiness Directives:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>The Boeing Company Airplanes, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43792-43797</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10507</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10645</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Deposit</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Advisory Committee on Economic Inclusion, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43851</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11022</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Highway</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Highway Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Final Federal Agency Actions:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Upper Mill Creek Canyon Road Improvement Project along Mill Creek Canyon Road in Utah, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43975</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11029</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>
                Federal Maritime
                <PRTPAGE P="iv"/>
            </EAR>
            <HD>Federal Maritime Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Complaint:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>PKDC, LLC, Complainant v. CMA CGM S.A., Respondent, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43851-43852</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10983</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Reserve</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Reserve System</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Availability of Funds and Collection of Checks, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43737-43739</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10844</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43854</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11017</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Proposal by Capital One Financial Corp. to Acquire Discover Financial Services and Discover Bank, and for Discover Bank to Merge with and into Capital One, National Assn., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43852-43854</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11028</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Federal Transit</EAR>
            <HD>Federal Transit Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Environmental Impact Statements; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Maryland Transit Administration Baltimore Red Line Project, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43975-43976</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11003</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Fish</EAR>
            <HD>Fish and Wildlife Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Endangered and Threatened Species:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Dunes Sagebrush Lizard, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43748-43769</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11025</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Food and Drug</EAR>
            <HD>Food and Drug Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <SJ>Order:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Ophthalmic Devices; Reclassification of Ultrasound Cyclodestructive Device, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43743-43747</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10895</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Program Policy and Procedures Manual Guide:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Regulating Animal Foods with Drug Claims; Withdrawal, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43857-43858</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10936</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Foreign Assets</EAR>
            <HD>Foreign Assets Control Office</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Sanctions Action, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43979-43983</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10963</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11001</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11006</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Foreign Trade</EAR>
            <HD>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Approval of Subzone Status:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Jubilant HollisterStier, LLC, Spokane, WA, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43801</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11007</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>General Services</EAR>
            <HD>General Services Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Progress Payments, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43854-43855</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10981</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Health and Human</EAR>
            <HD>Health and Human Services Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Children and Families Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Food and Drug Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>National Institutes of Health</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Homeland</EAR>
            <HD>Homeland Security Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Coast Guard</P>
            </SEE>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Fall 2024 Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency SBOM-a-Rama, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43867-43868</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10922</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Housing</EAR>
            <HD>Housing and Urban Development Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Evaluation of the Emergency Housing Voucher Program, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43869-43870</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11009</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Request for Project Construction Changes on Project Mortgages, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43868</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10923</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Indian Affairs</EAR>
            <HD>Indian Affairs Bureau</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>IDEIA Part B and C Child Count, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43870-43871</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10938</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Industry</EAR>
            <HD>Industry and Security Bureau</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Steel and Aluminum Tariff Exclusions Process, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43740-43743</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10725</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Emerging Technology Technical Advisory Committee, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43801</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10940</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Interior</EAR>
            <HD>Interior Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Fish and Wildlife Service</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Indian Affairs Bureau</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>National Park Service</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>International Trade Adm</EAR>
            <HD>International Trade Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Antidumping or Countervailing Duty Investigations, Orders, or Reviews:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Alkyl Phosphate Esters from the People's Republic of China, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43821-43825</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10935</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43816-43821</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11027</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Antidumping or Countervailing Duty Investigations, Orders, or Reviews; Correction, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43806</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11030</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Sales at Less Than Fair Value; Determinations, Investigations, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Alkyl Phosphate Esters from the People's Republic of China, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43801-43806</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10934</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43809-43816</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11031</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Truck and Bus Tires from Thailand, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43806-43809</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11026</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>International Trade Com</EAR>
            <HD>International Trade Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Investigations; Determinations, Modifications, and Rulings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Certain Firearm Disassembly Tongs, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43873-43874</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10931</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Common Alloy Aluminum Sheet from China, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43873</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10986</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Justice Department</EAR>
            <HD>Justice Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Census of State and Federal Adult Correctional Facilities, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43876-43877</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10971</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Improving Federal Customer Experience, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43874-43875</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10984</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Labor Department</EAR>
            <HD>Labor Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <CAT>
                <PRTPAGE P="v"/>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Agreement and Undertaking, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43877-43878</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10924</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>NASA</EAR>
            <HD>National Aeronautics and Space Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Progress Payments, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43854-43855</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10981</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Credit</EAR>
            <HD>National Credit Union Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43878</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11080</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Institute</EAR>
            <HD>National Institutes of Health</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Center for Scientific Review, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43858-43859, 43862-43863</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10972</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10987</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43858, 43861-43862</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10990</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10991</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10992</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Institute of General Medical Sciences, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43858, 43860-43861</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10988</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10989</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43861</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10968</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Licenses; Exemptions, Applications, Amendments, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>T Cell Receptor Fusion Proteins for the Treatment of Cancer, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43859-43860</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10970</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Park</EAR>
            <HD>National Park Service</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>National Register of Historic Places:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Pending Nominations and Related Actions, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43872-43873</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10921</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Requests for Nominations:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Review Committee, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43871-43872</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10930</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>National Science</EAR>
            <HD>National Science Foundation</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Proposal Review Panel for Computing and Communication Foundations, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43878</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10927</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Nuclear Regulatory</EAR>
            <HD>Nuclear Regulatory Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Environmental Assessments; Availability, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Constellation Energy Generation, LLC, Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant, Units 1 and 2, Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation, Finding of no Significant Impact, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43878-43881</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10932</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43881</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11086</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Occupational Safety Health Adm</EAR>
            <HD>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>RULES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Hazard Communication Standard, </DOC>
                    <PGS>44144-44461</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-08568</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Patent</EAR>
            <HD>Patent and Trademark Office</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Patent Processing, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43825-43826</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11010</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Pension Benefit</EAR>
            <HD>Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Locating and Paying Participants, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43881-43882</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10969</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Postal Regulatory</EAR>
            <HD>Postal Regulatory Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>New Postal Products, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43882-43883</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11015</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Presidential Documents</EAR>
            <HD>Presidential Documents</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>ADMINISTRATIVE ORDERS</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>China's Acts, Policies, and Practices Related to Technology Transfer, Intellectual Property, and Innovation; Actions by U.S. Related to the Statutory 4-Year Review of the Section 301 Investigation (Memorandum of May 14, 2024), </DOC>
                    <PGS>44539-44543</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11193</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Securities</EAR>
            <HD>Securities and Exchange Commission</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposals, Submissions, and Approvals, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43915, 43954</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10976</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10977</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Joint Industry Plan:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Market System Plan to Address Extraordinary Market Volatility, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43969</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10944</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Meetings; Sunshine Act, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43893</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11130</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <SJ>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Proposed Rule Changes:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43912-43915</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10950</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Fixed Income Clearing Corp., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43915-43926, 43938-43950</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10953</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10956</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10957</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43961-43969</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10947</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Nasdaq BX, Inc., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43933-43936</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10952</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Nasdaq GEMX, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43903-43907</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10955</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Nasdaq ISE, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43936-43938</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10949</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Nasdaq MRX, LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43957-43961</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10954</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Nasdaq PHLX LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43929-43933, 43955-43957</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10948</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10951</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>New York Stock Exchange LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43893-43898, 43970-43972</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10942</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10958</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>NYSE American LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43883-43888, 43926-43929</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10943</FRDOCBP>
                      
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10959</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>NYSE Arca, Inc., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43898-43903</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10960</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>NYSE Chicago, Inc., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43888-43893</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10961</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>NYSE National, Inc., </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43907-43912</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10962</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43950-43954</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10946</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Small Business</EAR>
            <HD>Small Business Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Disaster Declaration:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Oklahoma, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43973</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10925</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Hearings, Meetings, Proceedings, etc.:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>National Women's Business Council, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43972-43973</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10974</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>State Department</EAR>
            <HD>State Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Privacy Act; Systems of Records, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43974-43975</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10933</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Sanctions Action, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43973-43974</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11000</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Transportation Department</EAR>
            <HD>Transportation Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Federal Aviation Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Federal Highway Administration</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Federal Transit Administration</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Treasury</EAR>
            <HD>Treasury Department</HD>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Comptroller of the Currency</P>
            </SEE>
            <SEE>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">See</HD>
                <P>Foreign Assets Control Office</P>
            </SEE>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>Veteran Affairs</EAR>
            <HD>Veterans Affairs Department</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <SJ>Charter Amendments, Establishments, Renewals and Terminations:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Advisory Committees, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43983-43984</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-11004</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
                <SJ>Requests for Nominations:</SJ>
                <SJDENT>
                    <SJDOC>Veterans and Community Oversight and Engagement Board, </SJDOC>
                    <PGS>43984</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10926</FRDOCBP>
                </SJDENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <AGCY>
            <EAR>
                Western
                <PRTPAGE P="vi"/>
            </EAR>
            <HD>Western Area Power Administration</HD>
            <CAT>
                <HD>NOTICES</HD>
                <DOCENT>
                    <DOC>Proposed 2028 Parker-Davis Project Power Marketing Plan, </DOC>
                    <PGS>43841-43847</PGS>
                    <FRDOCBP>2024-10997</FRDOCBP>
                </DOCENT>
            </CAT>
        </AGCY>
        <PTS>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Separate Parts In This Issue</HD>
            <HD>Part II</HD>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Energy Department, </DOC>
                <PGS>43986-44049</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2024-08543</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
            <HD>Part III</HD>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Energy Department, </DOC>
                <PGS>44052-44142</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2024-08546</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
            <HD>Part IV</HD>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Labor Department, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, </DOC>
                <PGS>44144-44461</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2024-08568</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
            <HD>Part V</HD>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Energy Department, </DOC>
                <PGS>44464-44537</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2024-07873</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
            <HD>Part VI</HD>
            <DOCENT>
                <DOC>Presidential Documents, </DOC>
                <PGS>44539-44543</PGS>
                <FRDOCBP>2024-11193</FRDOCBP>
            </DOCENT>
        </PTS>
        <AIDS>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Reader Aids</HD>
            <P>Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.</P>
            <P>To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.</P>
        </AIDS>
    </CNTNTS>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>98</NO>
    <DATE>Monday, May 20, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
    <RULES>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="43733"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <CFR>10 CFR Part 1008</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[DOE-HQ-2023-0058]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 1903-AA14</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Social Security Number Fraud Prevention Act of 2017</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>U.S. Department of Energy.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of Energy (DOE or Department) revises its regulations regarding records maintained on individuals under the Privacy Act. The revisions would clarify and update procedural requirements pertaining to the inclusion of a Social Security number (SSN) on documents that the Department sends by mail. These revisions are necessary to implement the SSN Fraud Prevention Act of 2017's restriction on the inclusion of SSNs on documents sent by mail by the Federal Government. Additionally, the Department proposes to maintain a publicly available list authorizing certain designated documents to include SSNs if: inclusion is necessary; and the documents are requested by individuals outside DOE or other Federal agencies.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This final rule is effective on June 20, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Kyle David, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Office 8H-085, Washington, DC 20585; facsimile: (202) 586-8151; email: 
                        <E T="03">kyle.david@hq.doe.gov,</E>
                         telephone: (240) 686-9485.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Authority and Background</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Authority</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Background</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Discussion</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Summary of Public Comments</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Section 1008.22 Analysis</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Review Under Executive Order 12988</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Review Under Executive Order 13132</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Review Under Executive Order 13175</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. Review Under Executive Order 12360</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Review Under Executive Order 13211</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">K. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">L. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">M. Congressional Notification</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Approval by the Office of the Secretary of Energy</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Authority and Background</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Authority</HD>
                <P>
                    DOE has broad authority to regulate the agency's collection, use, processing, maintenance, storage, and disclosure of SSNs pursuant to the following authorities: 42 U.S.C. 7101 
                    <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                     50 U.S.C. 2401 
                    <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                     5 U.S.C. 1104, 5 U.S.C. 293, 5 U.S.C. 552, 5 U.S.C. 552a, 42 U.S.C. 7254, 5 U.S.C. 301, and 42 U.S.C. 405 note.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Background</HD>
                <P>The SSN Fraud Prevention Act of 2017 (the Act) (Pub L. 115-59; 42 U.S.C. 405 note), enacted on September 15, 2017, prohibits Federal agencies from including individuals' full SSN on documents transmitted by physical mail unless the head of the agency determines that the inclusion of the full SSN on the document is necessary (section 2(a), Pub. L. 115-59). The Act requires agency heads to issue regulations specifying the circumstances under which inclusion of a full SSN on a document sent by mail is necessary. The Act specifies that these regulations be issued no later than five years after the date of enactment, include instructions for the partial redaction of SSNs where feasible, and require that SSNs not be visible on the outside of any package sent by mail (section 2(b), Pub. L. 115-59). This rule would revise 10 CFR 1008.22 (Use and collection of Social Security numbers) consistent with these requirements in the Act. The revisions clarify the procedural requirements pertaining to the inclusion of full SSNs on documents that DOE sends by mail.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Discussion</HD>
                <P>Pursuant to the Act, an agency may not include a SSN on a document sent by mail unless the Secretary determines that inclusion of the SSN on the document is necessary. DOE usage of SSNs is necessary in instances when it is required by law, or fulfills a compelling business need. The regulatory text revises 10 CFR 1008.22 to establish the process by which Departmental Elements may request a Secretarial waiver of the prohibition on inclusion of SSNs. The text provides for a Secretarial waiver for pre-approved items listed on DOE's “Un-redacted SSN Mailed Documents Listing” (USMDL). This is a list of categories of documents which the Secretary of Energy, or the Secretary's authorized designee, has determined to be pre-approved for the inclusion of a full SSN in a mailed document. The justification for this determination is that the identified forms are necessary to fulfill a compelling DOE business need or mission function. DOE developed this list of pre-approved forms and documents based on responses to annual DOE data calls to assess which documents (1) contain a full SSN, (2) contain a full SSN that cannot be redacted, and (3) must be transmitted through physical mail and include a full SSN. Documents listed on the USMDL include those related to payroll, human resources, taxes, security, badging, and Privacy Act and Freedom of Information Act requests. DOE proposes that forms and documents included on the USMDL will not require a separate Secretarial waiver to be transmitted by physical mail.</P>
                <P>
                    This final rule provides that forms and documents not listed on the USMDL that contain a full SSN and must be transmitted through physical mail to fulfill a compelling DOE business need will require a Secretarial waiver in accordance with these regulations. Pursuant to “Department of Energy Designation Order No. 00-17.00A to the Chief Information Officer,” section 1.3, the Chief Information Officer (CIO), as Senior Agency Official for Privacy (SAOP), has the authority to implement “information privacy protection, including compliance with Federal laws, regulations, and policies that relate to information privacy and the Privacy Act.” Pursuant to this authority, for 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43734"/>
                    circumstances where a transmitting DOE Element anticipates the sending of a particular form or document will be a one-time occurrence, and under conditions where such transmission is an urgent matter, the Element may request a conditional, one-time Secretarial waiver from the DOE SAOP. Similarly, pursuant Designation Order No. 00-17.00A section 1.3, for circumstances where the transmitting element anticipates a regular and frequent transmission of a particular form or document, the final rule provides that the Element may request that the relevant form or document be added to the USMDL from the DOE SAOP.
                </P>
                <P>A request by a current or former DOE employee or contractor, through an internal system, to have a document or form containing that individual's SSN mailed to the individual will not require a waiver under this final rule.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Summary of Public Comments</HD>
                <P>On December 18, 2023, DOE published a notice of proposed rulemaking seeking comments on its proposition to revise its regulations in accordance with the previous discussion section. (88 FR 87371) The 30-day public comment period of this notice of proposed rulemaking ended on January 17, 2024. No public comments were received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Section 1008.22 Analysis</HD>
                <P>This final rule adds new paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(2), which prohibit heads of Headquarters Divisions and Offices and heads of other DOE locations from including a full Social Security number on a form or document transmitted by physical mail except under the listed circumstances.</P>
                <P>This final rule adds new paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(5), which describe the process through which heads of Headquarters Divisions and Offices and heads of other DOE locations may request a one-time Secretarial waiver in order to transmit a full Social Security number on a form or document by physical mail.</P>
                <P>This final rule also adds new paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(5), which describe the process through which heads of Headquarters Divisions and Offices and heads of other DOE locations that anticipate frequent transmission through physical mail of a particular form or document containing full Social Security numbers not already listed on the USMDL may request that a new category relevant to the form or document be added to the USMDL.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Review Under Executive Order 12866, 13563, and 14094</HD>
                <P>Executive Order (“E.O.”) 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993), as supplemented and reaffirmed by E.O. 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” 76 FR 3821 (Jan. 21, 2011) and amended by E.O. 14094, “Modernizing Regulatory Review,” 88 FR 21879 (April 11, 2023), requires agencies, to the extent permitted by law, to (1) propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of compliance that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including providing economic incentives to encourage the desired behavior, such as user fees or marketable permits, or providing information upon which choices can be made by the public. DOE emphasizes as well that E.O. 13563 requires agencies to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible. In its guidance, the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) has emphasized that such techniques may include identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes. For the reasons stated in this preamble, this regulatory action is consistent with these principles.</P>
                <P>Section 6(a) of E.O. 12866 requires agencies to submit “significant regulatory actions” to OIRA for review. OIRA has determined that this regulatory action is not a “significant regulatory action” within the scope of E.O. 12866. Accordingly, this action is not subject to review under E.O. 12866 by OIRA of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
                <P>
                    The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (5 U.S.C. 601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) requires that an agency prepare an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) and a final regulatory flexibility analysis (FRFA) for any regulation for which a general notice of proposed rulemaking is required, unless the agency certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities (5 U.S.C. 605(b)). As required by Executive Order 13272, 
                    <E T="03">Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking,</E>
                     67 FR 53461 (Aug. 16, 2002), DOE published procedures and policies on February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of its rules on small entities are properly considered during the rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and policies available on the Office of the General Counsel's website (
                    <E T="03">www.energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>DOE reviewed this final rule under the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the procedures and policies published on February 19, 2003. DOE certifies that the final rule, if adopted, would not have significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The factual basis for this certification is set forth below.</P>
                <P>This final rule updates DOE's policies and procedures concerning the disclosure of records held within a System of Records pursuant to the Privacy Act of 1974. This final rule would apply only to activities conducted by DOE's Federal employees and contractors, who would be responsible for implementing the rule requirements. DOE does not expect there to be any potential economic impact of this final rule on small businesses. Small businesses, therefore, should not be adversely impacted by the requirements in this final rule. For these reasons, DOE certifies that this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a regulatory flexibility analysis for this rulemaking. DOE's certification and supporting statement of factual basis will be provided to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for review under 5 U.S.C. 605(b).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>
                <P>
                    This final rule does not impose a collection of information requirement 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43735"/>
                    subject to review and approval by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), DOE has analyzed this action in accordance with NEPA and DOE's NEPA implementing regulations (10 CFR part 1021). DOE's regulations include a categorical exclusion (CX) for rulemakings interpreting or amending an existing rule or regulation that does not change the environmental effect of the rule or regulation being amended. 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, appendix A5. DOE has determined that this rule is covered under the CX found in DOE's NEPA regulations at paragraph A.5 of appendix A to subpart D, 10 CFR part 1021, because it is an amendment to an existing regulation that does not change the environmental effect of the amended regulation and, therefore, meets the requirements for the application of this CX. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     10 CFR 1021.410. Therefore, DOE has determined that this rule is not a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment within the meaning of NEPA and does not require an Environmental Assessment or an Environmental Impact Statement.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Review Under Executive Order 12988</HD>
                <P>With respect to the review of existing regulations and the promulgation of new regulations, Section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” 61 FR 4729 (February 7, 1996), imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write regulations to minimize litigation; (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard; and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. Section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988 specifically requires that executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure the regulation: (1) clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3) provides a clear legal standard for the affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; (6) specifies whether administrative proceedings are to be required before parties may file suit in court and, if so, describes those proceedings and requires the exhaustion of administrative remedies; and (7) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of the standards. DOE has completed the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, this rule meets the relevant standards of Executive Order 12988.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Review Under Executive Order 13132</HD>
                <P>Executive Order 13132, “Federalism,” 64 FR 43255 (August 10, 1999) imposes certain requirements on agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have federalism implications. Agencies are required to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive order also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the development of such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE has examined this rule and has tentatively determined that it would not preempt State law and would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. No further action is required by Executive Order 13132.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Review Under Executive Order 13175</HD>
                <P>Under Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 6, 2000) on “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments,” DOE may not issue a discretionary rule that has “Tribal” implications and imposes substantial direct compliance costs on Indian Tribal governments. DOE has determined that the rule would not have such effects and concluded that Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this rule.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
                <P>
                    Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4) requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of a Federal regulatory action on State, local, and Tribal governments, and the private sector. (Pub. L. 104-4, sec. 201 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                     (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    )). For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year (adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) UMRA also requires a Federal agency to develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers of State, local, and Tribal governments on a “significant Federal intergovernmental mandate,” and requires an agency plan for giving notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small governments before establishing any requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE published a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental consultation under UMRA. (62 FR 12820) (This policy is also available at: 
                    <E T="03">www.energy.gov/gc/guidance-opinions</E>
                     under “Guidance &amp; Opinions” (Rulemaking)). DOE examined the final rule according to UMRA and its statement of policy and has determined that the rule contains neither an intergovernmental mandate, nor a mandate that may result in the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any year. Accordingly, no further assessment or analysis is required under UMRA.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Review Under Executive Order 12630</HD>
                <P>DOE has determined, under Executive Order 12630, “Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights” 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988), that this regulation would not result in any takings that might require compensation under the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Review Under Executive Order 13211</HD>
                <P>
                    Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,” 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001) requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to the OIRA, which is part of OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that: 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43736"/>
                    (1)(i) is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (ii) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (2) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use. This regulatory action is not a significant energy action. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999</HD>
                <P>Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any rule that may affect family well-being. This rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">L. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516) provides for Federal agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (February 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (October 7, 2002). Pursuant to OMB Memorandum M-19-15, 
                    <E T="03">Improving Implementation of the Information Quality Act</E>
                     (April 24, 2019), DOE published updated guidelines which are available at: 
                    <E T="03">www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2019/12/f70/DOE%20Final%20Updated%20IQA%20Guidelines%20Dec%202019.pdf.</E>
                </P>
                <P>DOE has reviewed this rule and will ensure that information produced under this regulation remains consistent with the applicable OMB and DOE guidelines.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">M. Congressional Notification</HD>
                <P>As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the promulgation of this rule prior to its effective date. The report will state that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has determined that the rule does not, meet the criteria set forth in 5 U.S.C. 804(2).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Approval by the Office of the Secretary of Energy</HD>
                <P>The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this final rule.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 1008</HD>
                    <P>Administration practice and procedure, Freedom of information, Privacy, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
                <P>
                    This document of the Department of Energy was signed on May 14, 2024, by Ann Dunkin, Senior Agency Official for Privacy, pursuant to delegated authority from the Secretary of Energy. That document with the original signature and date is maintained by DOE. For administrative purposes only, and in compliance with requirements of the Office of the Federal Register, the undersigned DOE Federal Register Liaison Officer has been authorized to sign and submit the document in electronic format for publication, as an official document of the Department of Energy. This administrative process in no way alters the legal effect of this document upon publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, on May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Treena V. Garrett,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Federal Register Liaison Officer, U.S. Department of Energy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Department of Energy amends part 1008 of chapter X of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations as set forth below:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1008—RECORDS MAINTAINED ON INDIVIDUALS (PRIVACY ACT) </HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="1008">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 1008 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P>
                             42 U.S.C. 7101 
                            <E T="03">et seq.;</E>
                             50 U.S.C. 2401 
                            <E T="03">et seq.;</E>
                             5 U.S.C. 552; 5 U.S.C. 552a; 42 U.S.C. 7254; and 5 U.S.C. 301. Section 1008.22(c) also issued under 42 U.S.C. 405 note.
                        </P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="1008">
                    <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 1008.22 by:</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>a. Revising the section heading;</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>b. Removing “social security” and adding in its place “Social Security” wherever it appears in paragraphs (a) and (b); and</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>c. Adding paragraphs (c) through (e).</AMDPAR>
                    <P>The revision and additions read as follows:</P>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 1008.22</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Use and collection of Social Security numbers.</SUBJECT>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>(c) Pursuant to the Social Security Number Fraud and Prevention Act (Pub. L. 115-59; 42 U.S.C. 405 note), Heads of Headquarters Divisions and Offices and heads of other DOE locations may not include a full Social Security number on a form or document transmitted by physical mail unless:</P>
                        <P>(1) The form or document belongs to a category of forms and documents listed on the Department's “Unredacted SSN Mailed Documents Listing” (USMDL) as published on the Department's website; or</P>
                        <P>(2) The Senior Agency Official for Privacy (SAOP) provides a one-time waiver for the form or document as provided by paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
                        <P>(d) The Heads of Headquarters Divisions and Offices and heads of other DOE locations who have a compelling business need to include a full Social Security number on a form or document that is transmitted by physical mail and which do not belong to a category of form or document listed on the USMDL may request a conditional, one-time Secretarial waiver as follows:</P>
                        <P>(1) The requesting Head of Departmental Element must prepare a memorandum for submission to the SAOP that:</P>
                        <P>(i) Identifies the document that requires transmission via physical mail;</P>
                        <P>(ii) Explains with specificity the reasons why a full Social Security number is required to be transmitted via physical mail on the document;</P>
                        <P>(iii) Provides with specificity details on why the Social Security number cannot be a partial Social Security number; and</P>
                        <P>(iv) Includes any other justification to support the Element's request, including any legal requirement that necessitates the Department sending a full Social Security number through physical mail for business or mission purposes.</P>
                        <P>(2) The Departmental Element must send the completed memorandum to the Chief Privacy Officer (CPO) for review.</P>
                        <P>(3) The CPO will review the request and forward its recommendation to the SAOP.</P>
                        <P>(4) The SAOP will review and approve or reject the Departmental Element's request.</P>
                        <P>(5) If the request is approved, the SAOP will issue a memorandum in response to the Head of the Departmental Element authorizing the conditional, one-time transmission of the document.</P>
                        <P>
                            (e) Under circumstances where the transmitting Departmental Element 
                            <PRTPAGE P="43737"/>
                            anticipates a regular and frequent transmission through physical mail of a particular form or document containing Social Security numbers not already listed on the USDML, the Head of the Departmental Element may request that a new category relevant to the form or document be added to the USMDL in accordance with the procedures in paragraphs (e)(1) through (5) of this section:
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) The requesting Departmental Element must prepare a memorandum for submission to the SAOP that:</P>
                        <P>(i) Identifies the document that requires transmission via physical mail;</P>
                        <P>(ii) Explains with specificity the reasons why a full Social Security number is required to be transmitted via physical mail on the form or document;</P>
                        <P>(iii) Provides with specificity details on why the Social Security number cannot be a partial Social Security number; and</P>
                        <P>(iv) Includes any other justification to support the Element's request, including any legal requirement that necessitates the Department sending a full Social Security number through physical mail for business or mission purposes.</P>
                        <P>(2) The Head of the Departmental Element must send the completed memorandum to the CPO for review.</P>
                        <P>(3) The CPO will review the request and forward its recommendation to the SAOP.</P>
                        <P>(4) The SAOP will review and approve or reject the Element's request.</P>
                        <P>(5) If the request is approved, the SAOP will issue a memorandum in response to the requestor stating the SAOP's determination and DOE will update the USDML and publish the updated USDML on the Department's website.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10858 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM</AGENCY>
                <CFR>12 CFR Part 229</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Regulation CC; Docket No. R-1832]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 7100-AG 76</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Availability of Funds and Collection of Checks</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) and Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Board and the CFPB (collectively, the Agencies) are amending Regulation CC, which implements the Expedited Funds Availability Act (EFA Act) and the Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (Check 21 Act), to fulfill a statutory requirement in the EFA Act to adjust the dollar amounts under the EFA Act for inflation.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Effective date:</E>
                         This final rule is effective July 1, 2025.
                    </P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Board:</E>
                         Andrew Ruben, Counsel (202) 263-4851, Legal Division, or Ian C.B. Spear, Assistant Director (202) 452-3959, Division of Reserve Bank Operations and Payment Systems. For users of TTY-TRS, please call 711 from any telephone, anywhere in the United States.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">CFPB:</E>
                         George Karithanom, Regulatory Implementation &amp; Guidance Program Analyst, Office of Regulations, at 202-435-7700 or at: 
                        <E T="03">https://reginquiries.consumerfinance.gov/.</E>
                         If you require this document in an alternative electronic format, please contact 
                        <E T="03">CFPB_Accessibility@cfpb.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background</HD>
                <P>
                    Regulation CC (12 CFR part 229) implements the EFA Act and the Check 21 Act.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Subpart B of Regulation CC implements the requirements set forth in the EFA Act regarding the availability schedules within which banks 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     must make funds available for withdrawal, exceptions to those schedules, disclosure of funds availability policies, and payment of interest. The EFA Act and subpart B of Regulation CC contain specified dollar amounts, including: (1) the minimum amount of deposited funds that banks must make available for withdrawal by opening of business on the next day for certain check deposits (“minimum amount”); 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     (2) the amount a bank must make available when using the EFA Act's permissive adjustment to the funds-availability rules for withdrawals by cash or other means (“cash withdrawal amount”); 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     (3) the amount of funds deposited by certain checks in a new account that are subject to next-day availability (“new-account amount”); 
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     (4) the threshold for using an exception to the funds-availability schedules if the aggregate amount of checks on any one banking day exceeds the threshold amount (“large-deposit threshold”); 
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     (5) the threshold for determining whether an account has been repeatedly overdrawn (“repeatedly overdrawn threshold”); 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and (6) the civil liability amounts for failing to comply with the EFA Act's requirements.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Expedited Funds Availability Act, 12 U.S.C. 4001 
                        <E T="03">et seq.;</E>
                         Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, 12 U.S.C. 5001 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Section 229.2(e) of Regulation CC defines “bank” to include banks, savings institutions, and credit unions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The minimum amount is currently $225. 12 CFR 229.10(c)(1)(vii); 12 U.S.C. 4002(a)(2)(D).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         The cash withdrawal amount is currently $450. 12 CFR 229.12(d); 12 U.S.C. 4002(b)(3)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         The new-account amount is currently $5,525. 12 CFR 229.13(a)(1)(ii); 12 U.S.C. 4003(a)(3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         The large-deposit threshold is currently $5,525. 12 CFR 229.13(b); 12 U.S.C. 4003(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         The repeatedly overdrawn threshold is currently $5,525. 12 CFR 229.13(d)(2). This dollar amount is not specified in the EFA Act, but is a result of the authority of the Board and the CFPB under section 604(b)(3) of the EFA Act (12 U.S.C. 4003(b)(3)) to establish reasonable exceptions to time limitations for deposit accounts that have been overdrawn repeatedly.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         The civil liability amounts are currently “not less than $100 nor greater than $1,100” for an individual action and “not more than $552,500 or 1 percent of the net worth” of a depository institution for a class action. 12 CFR 229.21(a)(2)(i), (a)(2)(ii)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) made certain amendments to the EFA Act, and these amendments were effective on July 21, 2011.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Section 609(a) of the EFA Act,
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     as amended by section 1086(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act, provides that the Board and the Director of the CFPB shall jointly prescribe regulations to carry out the provisions of the EFA Act, to prevent the circumvention or evasion of such provisions, and to facilitate compliance with such provisions.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         Public Law 111-203, sections 1062, 1086, 1100H, 124 Stat. 2081 (2010); 75 FR 57252 (September 20, 2010).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         12 U.S.C. 4008(a).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Additionally, section 1086(f) of the Dodd-Frank Act added section 607(f) of the EFA Act, which provides that the dollar amounts under the EFA Act shall be adjusted every five years after December 31, 2011, by the annual percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (CPI-W), as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, rounded to the nearest multiple of $25.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In 2019, the Agencies promulgated a final rule that implemented this section of the EFA Act. The final rule codified a methodology for inflation adjustments and specified that the relevant dollar amounts shall be adjusted effective on July 1, 2020, on July 1, 2025, and on July 1 of every fifth year after 2025.
                    <FTREF/>
                    <SU>12</SU>
                      
                    <PRTPAGE P="43738"/>
                    For dollar amount adjustments that are effective on July 1, 2025, the inflation measurement period begins in July 2018 and ends in July 2023.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         12 U.S.C. 4006(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         84 FR 31687 (July 3, 2019); 84 FR 45403 (Aug. 29, 2019); 12 CFR 229.11(a). As noted in the preamble to the July 2019 final rule, the effective dates are consistent with section 302 of the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 (Pub. L. 103-325, 108 Stat. 2160, 12 U.S.C. 4802). That section provides that new regulations and amendments to regulations prescribed by Federal banking agencies, 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        including the Board (but not the CFPB), that impose additional reporting, disclosures, or other new requirements on insured depository institutions, shall take effect on the first day of a calendar quarter beginning on or after the date on which the regulations are published in final form (with certain exceptions). 84 FR 31687 at 31688 n.16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         12 CFR 229.11(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Adjustment</HD>
                <P>
                    As a result of the 21.8 percent increase in the CPI-W between July 2018 and July 2023, the following thresholds are effective July 1, 2025: 
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         Dollar amounts have been rounded to the nearest multiple of $25, consistent with statutory requirements. 12 U.S.C. 4006(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s200,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Section</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Threshold</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Minimum Amount, 12 CFR 229.10(c)(1)(vii)</ENT>
                        <ENT>$275</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Cash Withdrawal Amount, 12 CFR 229.12(d)</ENT>
                        <ENT>550</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">New-Account Amount, 12 CFR 229.13(a)(1)(ii)</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,725</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Large-Deposit Threshold, 12 CFR 229.13(b)</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,725</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Repeatedly Overdrawn Threshold, 12 CFR 229.13(d)(2)</ENT>
                        <ENT>6,725</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Civil Liability Minimum and Maximum for Individual Action, 12 CFR 229.21(a)(2)(i)</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <SU>15</SU>
                             125
                            <LI>$1,350</LI>
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Civil Liability Maximum for Class Action, 12 CFR 229.21(a)(2)(ii)(B)</ENT>
                        <ENT>672,950</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Legal Authority</HD>
                <P>
                    In issuing
                    <FTREF/>
                     the final rule, the Agencies are exercising their authority under section 609(a) of the EFA Act (12 U.S.C. 4008(a)) to amend subpart B of Regulation CC to prescribe regulations to carry out the provisions of the EFA Act, to prevent the circumvention or evasion of such provisions, and to facilitate compliance with such provisions.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         The civil liability minimum threshold did not change in the previous five-year inflation measurement period due to rounding to the nearest $25, consistent with statutory requirements. As a result, the inflation adjustment for this five-year period includes the aggregate inflation percentage increase for both five-year periods. 12 CFR 229.11(b)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         Additionally, section 604(b)(3) of the EFA Act (12 U.S.C. 4003(b)(3)) authorizes the Agencies to establish reasonable exceptions to time limitations for deposit accounts that have been overdrawn repeatedly. As noted above, the Agencies also rely on this authority in adjusting the repeatedly overdrawn threshold in 12 CFR 229.13(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Procedural Requirements</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Administrative Procedure Act</HD>
                <P>
                    Under the Administrative Procedure Act, notice and opportunity for public comment are not required if the Agencies find that notice and public comment are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The amendments in this rule are expected, technical, and non-discretionary adjustments that are required by statute and result from the application of a methodology in Regulation CC that the Agencies previously published for comment.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For these reasons, the Agencies have determined that publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking and providing opportunity for public comment are unnecessary. Therefore, the amendments are adopted in final form.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         In the preamble to the July 2019 final rule, the Agencies stated their expectation that notice and opportunity for public comment on subsequent inflation adjustments would be impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest, because the calculation methodology for the adjustments is set forth in the regulation and future execution of the adjustments will be technical and non-discretionary. 84 FR 31687, 31690.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
                <P>
                    The Regulatory Flexibility Act does not apply to a rulemaking where a general notice of proposed rulemaking is not required.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As noted previously, the Agencies have determined that it is unnecessary to publish a general notice of proposed rulemaking for this joint final rule. Accordingly, the Regulatory Flexibility Act's requirements relating to an initial and final regulatory flexibility analysis do not apply.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         5 U.S.C. 603(a) and 604(a).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995,
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Agencies have reviewed this final rule and determined that it does not create any new information collections or substantially revise any existing collections.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         44 U.S.C. 3506; 5 CFR part 1320.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Plain Language Used</HD>
                <P>Section 722 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338, 1471, 12 U.S.C. 4809) requires the Federal banking agencies to use plain language in all proposed and final rules published after January 1, 2000. The Board has sought to present the final rule in a simple and straightforward manner.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. CFPB Congressional Review Act</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), the CFPB will submit a report containing this rule and other required information to the United States Senate, the United States House of Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States prior to the rule taking effect. The Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has designated this rule as not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
                </P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 12 CFR Part 229</HD>
                    <P>Banks, banking, Federal Reserve System, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. </P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority and Issuance</HD>
                <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Board amends Regulation CC, 12 CFR part 229, as set forth below:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 229—AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS AND COLLECTIONS OF CHECKS (REGULATION CC) </HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="229">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 229 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 12 U.S.C. 4001-4010, 12 U.S.C. 5001-5018.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SUBPART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Availability of Funds and Disclosure of Funds Availability Policies</HD>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 229.10</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>[Amended] </SUBJECT>
                    </SECTION>
                </SUBPART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="229">
                    <AMDPAR>2. In § 229.10, remove “$225,” and add in its place “$275;” in paragraph (c)(1)(vii)(A).</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="229">
                    <AMDPAR>3. In § 229.11, revise paragraph (c) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 229.11</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT>Adjustment of dollar amounts.</SUBJECT>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>
                            (c) 
                            <E T="03">Amounts.</E>
                             (1) For purposes of § 229.10(c)(1)(vii), the dollar amount in effect during a particular period is the amount stated in this paragraph (c)(1) for that period.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (i) Prior to July 21, 2011, the amount is $100.
                            <PRTPAGE P="43739"/>
                        </P>
                        <P>(ii) From July 21, 2011, through June 30, 2020, by operation of section 603(a)(2)(D) of the EFA Act (12 U.S.C. 4002(a)(2)(D)) the amount is $200.</P>
                        <P>(iii) From July 1, 2020, through June 30, 2025, the amount is $225.</P>
                        <P>(iv) Effective July 1, 2025, the amount is $275.</P>
                        <P>(2) For purposes of § 229.12(d), the dollar amount in effect during a particular period is the amount stated in this paragraph (c)(2) for that period.</P>
                        <P>(i) Prior to July 1, 2020, the amount is $400.</P>
                        <P>(ii) From July 1, 2020, through June 30, 2025, the amount is $450.</P>
                        <P>(iii) Effective July 1, 2025, the amount is $550.</P>
                        <P>(3) For purposes of §§ 229.13(a), (b), and (d), the dollar amount in effect during a particular period is the amount stated in this paragraph (c)(3) for that period.</P>
                        <P>(i) Prior to July 1, 2020, the amount is $5,000.</P>
                        <P>(ii) From July 1, 2020, through June 30, 2025, the amount is $5,525.</P>
                        <P>(iii) Effective July 1, 2025, the amount is $6,725.</P>
                        <P>(4) For purposes of § 229.21(a), the dollar amounts in effect during a particular period are the amounts stated in this paragraph (c)(4) for the period.</P>
                        <P>(i) Prior to July 1, 2020, the amounts are $100, $1,000, and $500,000 respectively.</P>
                        <P>(ii) From July 1, 2020, through June 30, 2025, the amounts are $100, $1,100, and $552,500 respectively.</P>
                        <P>(iii) Effective July 1, 2025, the amounts are $125, $1,350, and $672,950 respectively.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 229.12</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended] </SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="229">
                    <AMDPAR>4. In § 229.12, remove “$450” and “$225” and add in their places “$550” and “$275”, respectively, in paragraph (d).</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 229.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="229">
                    <AMDPAR>5. In § 229.13, remove “$5,525” and add in its place “$6,725” in paragraphs (a)(1)(ii), (b), and (d)(2).</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 229.21</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="229">
                    <AMDPAR>6. In § 229.21:</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>a. Remove “$100” and “$1,100” and add in their places “$125” and “$1,350”, respectively, in paragraph (a)(2)(i).</AMDPAR>
                    <AMDPAR>b. Remove “$552,500” and add in its place “$672,950” in paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(B).</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix E to Part 229—[Amended]</HD>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="12" PART="229">
                    <AMDPAR>7. In appendix E to part 229, remove the dollar amounts in the “Remove” column wherever they appear within the section indicated in the “Section” column, and add in their places the dollar amounts in the “Add” column in the following table:</AMDPAR>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,7,7">
                        <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Section</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Remove</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Add</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">IV.D.1</ENT>
                            <ENT>$5,525</ENT>
                            <ENT>$6,725</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">IV.D.5</ENT>
                            <ENT>225</ENT>
                            <ENT>275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">IV.D.5</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,225</ENT>
                            <ENT>1,275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">IV.D.5</ENT>
                            <ENT>500</ENT>
                            <ENT>550</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VI.D.1. and 2</ENT>
                            <ENT>450</ENT>
                            <ENT>550</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VI.D.1</ENT>
                            <ENT>100</ENT>
                            <ENT>275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VI.F.1</ENT>
                            <ENT>100</ENT>
                            <ENT>275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.B.2.b</ENT>
                            <ENT>100</ENT>
                            <ENT>275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.B.2.b</ENT>
                            <ENT>5,525</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,725</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.B.2.b</ENT>
                            <ENT>5,000</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,725</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.C.1</ENT>
                            <ENT>5,525</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,725</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.C.2</ENT>
                            <ENT>2,225</ENT>
                            <ENT>2,275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.C.2</ENT>
                            <ENT>225</ENT>
                            <ENT>275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.C.2</ENT>
                            <ENT>5,300</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,450</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.C.2</ENT>
                            <ENT>3,475</ENT>
                            <ENT>2,275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.D.3</ENT>
                            <ENT>100</ENT>
                            <ENT>275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.E.2</ENT>
                            <ENT>5,525</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,725</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.E.4</ENT>
                            <ENT>100</ENT>
                            <ENT>275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.F.1</ENT>
                            <ENT>100</ENT>
                            <ENT>275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.G.1</ENT>
                            <ENT>100</ENT>
                            <ENT>275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.H.2.b, b.(1), and b.(2)</ENT>
                            <ENT>5,525</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,725</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.H.2.b.(1) and (2)</ENT>
                            <ENT>225</ENT>
                            <ENT>275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.H.2.b.(1) and (2)</ENT>
                            <ENT>5,300</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,450</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.I.4</ENT>
                            <ENT>5,000</ENT>
                            <ENT>6,725</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VII.I.4</ENT>
                            <ENT>2,000</ENT>
                            <ENT>275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">XIII.C.3 and 4</ENT>
                            <ENT>400</ENT>
                            <ENT>550</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">XIV.C.2</ENT>
                            <ENT>225</ENT>
                            <ENT>275</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">XIV.C.2</ENT>
                            <ENT>75</ENT>
                            <ENT>25</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By order of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.</P>
                    <NAME>Ann E. Misback,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary of the Board.</TITLE>
                    <NAME>Brian Shearer,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Director, Office of Policy Planning and Strategy, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10844 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-P; 4810-AM-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 71</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2023-2275; Airspace Docket No. 23-AEA-22]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA66</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Amendment of Class D and Class E Airspace; Lewisburg, WV</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule; correction.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        A final rule was published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on April 8, 2024, amending Class D surface area and Class E airspace for Greenbrier Valley Airport, Lewisburg, WV, as the BUSHI non-directional beacon (NDB) was removed from the airspace descriptions. This action corrects the Class D airspace description by changing the ceiling of the airspace from 4,000 feet to 4,800 feet.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Effective 0901 UTC, July 11, 2024. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference action under 1 CFR part 51, subject to the annual revision of FAA Order JO 7400.11 and publication of conforming amendments.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>John Fornito, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center, Federal Aviation Administration, 1701 Columbia Avenue, College Park, GA 30337; Telephone: (404) 305-6364.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">History</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA published a final rule in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     (89 FR 24367, April 8, 2024) for Doc. No. FAA-2023-2275, updating the Class D and Class E airspace for Greenbrier Valley Airport, Lewisburg, WV. In the Class D descriptor, the ceiling was inadvertently changed to 4,000 feet. The ceiling should be 4,800 feet. This action corrects this error.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction to Final Rule</HD>
                <P>This action amends (14 CFR) part 71 by correcting the Class D airspace descriptor for Greenbrier Valley Airport, Lewisburg, WV, by replacing the ceiling from 4,000 feet to 4,800 feet.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Notices and Analyses</HD>
                <P>The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It therefore: (1) is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is minimal. Since this is a routine matter that only affects air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Environmental Review</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA has determined that this action qualifies for categorical exclusion under the National Environmental Policy Act in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43740"/>
                    Impacts: Policies and Procedures,” paragraph 5-6.5a. This airspace action is not expected to cause any potentially significant environmental impacts, and no extraordinary circumstances exist that warrant the preparation of an environmental assessment.
                </P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Lists of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 71</HD>
                    <P>Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction to the Final Rule</HD>
                <P>
                    Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me, the amendment of Class D airspace for Greenbrier Valley Airport, Lewisburg, WV, in Docket No. FAA-2023-2275, as published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     of April 8, 2024 (89 FR 24367), FR Doc. 2024-07245, in 14 CFR part 71, is corrected as follows:
                </P>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 71.1</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Corrected]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="14" PART="71">
                    <AMDPAR>1. On page 24368, in the third column, correct the description for AEA WV D Lewisburg, WV [Amended] to read:</AMDPAR>
                    <STARS/>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">AEA WV D Lewisburg, WV [Amended]</HD>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Greenbrier Valley Airport, WV</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(Lat. 37°51′30″ N, long. 80°23′58″ W)</FP>
                        <P>That airspace extending upward from the surface to and including 4,800 feet MSL within a 4-mile radius of Greenbrier Valley Airport. This Class D airspace area is effective during the specific dates and times established in advance by a Notice to Air Missions. The effective date and time will thereafter be published continuously in the Chart Supplement.</P>
                    </EXTRACT>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued in College Park, Georgia, on May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Patrick Young,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Manager, Airspace &amp; Procedures Team North, Eastern Service Center, Air Traffic Organization.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10967 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Bureau of Industry and Security</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>15 CFR Part 705</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. 240306-0071]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 0694-AJ27</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Revisions of the Section 232 Steel and Aluminum Tariff Exclusions Process</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Bureau of Industry and Security, U.S. Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This final rule revises aspects of the process for requesting exclusions from the duties and quantitative limitations on imports of aluminum and steel discussed in five previous Bureau of Industry and Security (“BIS”) interim final rules implementing the exclusion process authorized by the President under section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962, as amended (“Section 232”). The changes in this final rule are also informed by public comments on a proposed rule on the Section 232 exclusions process that was published by BIS on August 28, 2023 (August 2023 Proposed Rule), detailed below. This final rule thus removes 12 General Approved Exclusions (GAEs) that were added in the December 2020 rule and maintained through the December 2021 rule, consisting of six GAEs for steel and six GAEs for aluminum.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This final rule is effective July 1, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        For questions regarding this interim final rule, contact Kevin Coyne at 202-482-2313 or via email 
                        <E T="03">Kevin.Coyne@bis.doc.gov,</E>
                         or email 
                        <E T="03">Steel232@bis.doc.gov</E>
                         regarding provisions in this rule specific to steel exclusion requests and 
                        <E T="03">Aluminum232@bis.doc.gov</E>
                         regarding provisions in this rule specific to aluminum exclusion requests.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>On March 8, 2018, Proclamations 9704 and 9705 were issued imposing duties on imports of aluminum and steel, respectively. The Proclamations also authorized the Secretary of Commerce (“the Secretary”) to grant exclusions from the duties if the Secretary determines the steel or aluminum article for which the exclusion is requested is not “produced in the United States in a sufficient and reasonably available amount or of a satisfactory quality” or should be excluded “based upon specific national security considerations,” and provided authority for the Secretary to issue procedures for exclusion requests. On April 30, 2018, Proclamations 9739 and 9740, and on May 31, 2018, Proclamations 9758 and 9759, set quantitative limitations on the import of steel and aluminum from certain countries in lieu of the duties. On August 29, 2018, in Proclamations 9776 and 9777, the Secretary was authorized to grant exclusions from quantitative limitations based on the same standards applicable to exclusions from the tariffs.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Implementing and Improving the 232 Exclusions Process</HD>
                <P>Since March 19, 2018, Commerce has published five interim final rules (IFRs) that established and made various improvements to the Section 232 exclusions process, as well as a Notice of Inquiry and a Proposed Rule seeking public comment on certain aspects of the Section 232 exclusions process.</P>
                <P>
                    On March 19, 2018, BIS issued an IFR, 
                    <E T="03">Requirements for Submissions Requesting Exclusions from the Remedies Instituted in Presidential Proclamations Adjusting Imports of Steel into the United States and Adjusting Imports of Aluminum into the United States; and the Filing of Objections to Submitted Exclusion Requests for Steel and Aluminum</E>
                     (83 FR 12106), establishing the Section 232 exclusions process in supplements no. 1 and 2 to 15 CFR part 705.
                </P>
                <P>
                    On September 11, 2018, BIS issued a second IFR, 
                    <E T="03">Submissions of Exclusion Requests and Objections to Submitted Requests for Steel and Aluminum</E>
                     (83 FR 46026), which revised the exclusions process to increase transparency, fairness, and efficiency.
                </P>
                <P>
                    On June 10, 2019, BIS issued a third IFR, 
                    <E T="03">Implementation of New Commerce Section 232 Exclusions Portal</E>
                     (84 FR 26751), that revised the two supplements to part 705 to grant the public the ability to submit new exclusion requests through the Section 232 Exclusions Portal while still allowing the opportunity for public comment on the portal.
                </P>
                <P>
                    On May 26, 2020, BIS issued a notice of inquiry with request for comment, 
                    <E T="03">Notice of Inquiry Regarding the Exclusions Process for Section 232 Steel and Aluminum Import Tariffs and Quotas</E>
                     (85 FR 31441), that sought public comment on the appropriateness of the information requested and considered in applying the exclusion criteria and the efficiency and transparency of the process employed.
                </P>
                <P>
                    On December 14, 2020, BIS issued a fourth IFR, 
                    <E T="03">Section 232 Steel and Aluminum Tariff Exclusions Process</E>
                     (85 FR 81060) (4th IFR), which established General Approved Exclusions (GAEs) to reduce the number of exclusion requests for products consistently found not to be produced in the United States, reducing the submission burden on both industry and the Section 232 exclusions process. The 4th IFR identified 123 GAEs that had generally never received an objection or very few objections via the Section 232 exclusions process. GAEs are available to all would-be requesters for steel and aluminum products imported under 10-Digit Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) classifications without quantity limit or expiration date. For information regarding the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43741"/>
                    adoption of the GAE policy, please review the 4th IFR.
                </P>
                <P>
                    On December 9, 2021, BIS subsequently suspended 30 GAEs in its fifth IFR, 
                    <E T="03">Removal of Certain General Approved Exclusions Under the Section 232 Steel and Aluminum Tariff Exclusion Process</E>
                     (86 FR 70003), on the Section 232 Exclusions process because they were determined by BIS to no longer fit the criteria of a GAE.
                </P>
                <P>On January 3, 2022, Presidential Proclamations 10327 (87 FR 1) and 10328 (87 FR 11) were published. These Proclamations implemented an understanding reached between the United States and the European Union including the establishment of tariff rate quotas for steel and aluminum articles imported from the European Union member countries. Proclamation 10328 also directed the Secretary of Commerce to seek public comment on the Section 232 exclusions process, including the responsiveness of the exclusions process to market demand and enhanced consultation with U.S. firms and labor organizations.</P>
                <P>
                    On February 10, 2022, BIS published 
                    <E T="03">Request for Public Comments on the Section 232 Exclusions Process</E>
                     (87 FR 7777) (February 2022 Notice), as directed by Presidential Proclamation 10328. The notice sought public comment on a variety of topics regarding the responsiveness of the exclusions process to market demand and enhanced consultation with U.S. firms and labor organizations. The notice comment period closed in March 2022, having received nearly 100 comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    On August 28, 2023, BIS published its proposed rule entitled 
                    <E T="03">Revisions of the Section 232 Steel and Aluminum Exclusions Process</E>
                     (88 FR 58525) (August 2023 Proposed Rule). The rule proposed several revisions to the Section 232 exclusions process, including adjustments to the current criteria for identifying GAEs, the introduction of new General Denied Exclusions (GDEs), and the introduction of new certification requirements for both Requestors and Objectors.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Comments and BIS Responses</HD>
                <P>The public comment period on the August 2023 Proposed Rule closed on October 12, 2023. BIS received roughly 100 public comments on the proposed rule. This is the first of at least two final actions stemming from the August 2023 Proposed Rule. While BIS will further analyze the comments received on the August 2023 Proposed Rule, the public comments described below provide a sufficient basis for the action taken in this final rule. This rule is a response to that issue alone. BIS will respond to comments received on the August 2023 Proposed Rule in a forthcoming final rule that details broader changes to the Section 232 exclusions process.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comment 1:</E>
                     BIS received multiple comments regarding the efficacy of specific GAEs. The majority of commenters opposed the continuing use of certain GAEs as thwarting the objective of the Section 232 action, including the ability to submit objections to exclusion requests. One commenter specifically said:
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>As a result of these GAEs, the vast volume of aluminum extrusion imports exempt from Section 232 tariffs . . . are once again able to directly and unfairly compete with U.S.-produced extrusions. This includes imports . . . covered by the GAEs (HTSUS 7609.00.0000; 7604.21.0010; 7604.29.1010; and 7604.29.5090) . . . By offering blanket duty-free treatment to importers of these products, the GAEs have effectively gutted any relief the Section 232 could provide for the extrusions industry.</P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">BIS Response:</E>
                     GAEs addressed a long-standing request from exclusion requesters to create a more efficient process to approve certain exclusions where Commerce has determined that: (1) No objections will be received; and (2) it is warranted to approve an exclusion for all importers to use. As always, BIS evaluates all changes to the Section 232 exclusions process to determine if they improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the process, and thus U.S. national security. It was clear to BIS that an evaluation of the GAEs was warranted. The initial review has highlighted the need to remove additional GAEs. Removing these GAEs supports the effectiveness of the Section 232 tariffs and therefore U.S. national security.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Changes</HD>
                <P>With this final rule, BIS is removing 12 of the 93 GAEs from supplements no. 2 and no. 3 to part 705 (six from each supplement). These GAEs were introduced in the December 2020 rule and maintained through the December 2021 rule. This final rule removes the following 12 GAEs:</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">6 GAEs for steel:</E>
                     GAE.24.S: 7211296080; GAE.43.S: 7209900000; GAE.46.S: 7216330090; GAE.84.S: 7209270000; GAE.90.S: 7216100010; and GAE.93.S: 7208380015 and
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">6 GAEs for aluminum:</E>
                     GAE.1.A: 7609000000; GAE.4.A: 7604210010; GAE.5.A: 7604291010; GAE.9.A: 7601209080; GAE.10.A: 7607116010; and GAE.13.A: 7604295090.
                </P>
                <P>The steel and aluminum articles specified by these 12 GAEs will revert to the duties and treatment previously established under Presidential Proclamations 9704 and 9705 as well as subsequent Proclamations.</P>
                <P>BIS does not anticipate that suspension of these 12 GAEs will substantially increase the total volume of submitted exclusion requests in the Section 232 Exclusions Portal. BIS has received 1,645 exclusion requests from 31 requestors for articles covered by these 12 GAEs in the Section 232 Exclusions Portal over an approximate eighteen-month period prior to the December 2020 rule. BIS estimates that the removal of these 12 GAEs will affect roughly 30 requestors who submit exclusion requests and will lead to the submission of an additional 1,000 exclusion requests per year in the Section 232 Exclusions Portal.</P>
                <P>This final rule makes no additional changes to the other 81 GAEs that will continue to remain in supplements no. 2 and no. 3. As noted above, BIS made the determination to remove these 12 GAEs based on public comments received to the August 2023 Proposed Rule that was bolstered by internal analysis of exclusions data. It must be noted that should analysis of these GAEs change in the future, BIS may reissue these GAEs in whole or in part in subsequent rules.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Rulemaking Requirements</HD>
                <P>
                    1. Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has been determined to be a “significant regulatory action,”, under Executive Order 12866. Pursuant to Proclamations 9704 and 9705 of March 8, 2018, and Proclamations 9776 and 9777 of August 29, 2018, the establishment of procedures for an exclusions process under each Proclamation shall be published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) (PRA) provides that an agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and no person is required to respond to nor be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with a collection of information, unless that collection has obtained Office of Management and Budget (OMB) 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43742"/>
                    approval and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number.
                </P>
                <P>This final regulation involves three collections currently approved by OMB with the following control numbers:</P>
                <P>• Exclusions from the Section 232 National Security Adjustments of Imports of Steel and Aluminum (control number 0694-0139).</P>
                <P>• Objections from the Section 232 National Security Adjustments of Imports of Steel and Aluminum (control number 0694-0138).</P>
                <P>• Procedures for Submitting Rebuttals and Surrebuttals Requests for Exclusions from and Objections to the Section 232 Adjustments for Steel and Aluminum (OMB control number 0694-0141).</P>
                <P>This rule is expected to increase the burden hours for one of the collections associated with this rule, OMB control number 0694-0139. This increase is expected because of the removal of 6 GAEs for steel and 6 GAEs for aluminum, which is expected to result in an increase of 1,000 exclusion request submissions per year. These GAE removals are expected to increase the burden hours for this collection by 4000, for a total cost increase of $148,000 to the public. BIS submitted, and OMB approved a non-substantive change for an increase in 4000 burden hours to the current 237,846. As BIS asserted in the 4th IFR that the steel and aluminum articles identified as being eligible for GAEs, including those being removed in today's rule, had not received any objections, the addition of those new GAEs was not estimated to result in a decrease in the number of objections, rebuttals, or surrebuttals received by BIS.</P>
                <P>3. This rule does not contain policies with Federalism implications as that term is defined in Executive Order 13132.</P>
                <P>
                    4. The provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553) (APA) requiring notice of proposed rulemaking, the opportunity for public comment, and a delay in effective date are inapplicable because this regulation involves a military or foreign affairs function of the United States. (
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     5 U.S.C. 553(a)(1)). As explained in the reports submitted by the Secretary to the President, steel and aluminum are being imported into the United States in such quantities or under such circumstances as to threaten to impair the national security of the United States, and therefore the President is implementing these remedial actions (as described Proclamations 9704 and 9705 of March 8, 2018) to protect U.S. national security interests. That implementation includes the creation of an effective process by which affected domestic parties can obtain exclusion requests “based upon specific national security considerations.” BIS started this process with the publication of the March 19 rule and refined the process with the publication of the September 11, June 10, December 2020, and December 2021 rules and is continuing the process with the publication of this final rule. Commenters on the past rules (March 19, September 11, and June 10 rule, December 2020, and December 2021) were generally supportive and welcomed the idea of creating an exclusion process, but most of the commenters believe the exclusion process, although improving over time, still could be significantly improved for it to achieve the intended purpose. The commenters identified several areas where transparency, effectiveness, and fairness of the process could be improved. BIS understands the importance of having a transparent, fair, and efficient product exclusion request process, consistent with the directive provided by the President to create this type of process to mitigate any unintended consequences of imposing the tariffs on steel and aluminum to protect critical U.S. national security interests. The revisions to the 232 exclusions process are informed by the comments received in response to the August 2023 Proposed Rule and BIS's experience with managing the 232 exclusions process.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Additionally, BIS finds that there is good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3) to waive the delay in effective date; given the delays would be either impracticable or contrary to the public interest because the actions are tied to the effectiveness of the Section 232 tariffs and therefore U.S. national security. The public comments on this matter indicated that there was an urgency to ensuring the changes are implemented for the effectiveness of the Section 232 process. Therefore, this final rule will be effective upon publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>
                    Consistent with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA) (5 U.S.C. 601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), BIS has prepared the following final regulatory flexibility analysis (FRFA) of the impact that this final rule will have on small businesses.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Description of the Reasons Why Action Is Being Considered</HD>
                <P>The policy reasons for issuing this final rule are discussed in the background section of the preamble of this document and, consequently, are not repeated here.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Statement of the Objectives of, and Legal Basis for, the Proposed Rule; Identification of All Relevant Federal Rules Which May Duplicate, Overlap or Conflict With the Proposed Rule</HD>
                <P>The objective of this final rule, and all other Section 232-related rules published by BIS, is discussed in the background section of the preamble of this document and, consequently, are not repeated here. The legal basis for this final rule is as follows: Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1862) and Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1979 (44 FR 69273, December 3, 1979).</P>
                <P>No other Federal rules duplicate, overlap, or conflict with this final rule.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Number and Description of Small Entities Regulated by the Proposed Action</HD>
                <P>This final rule would apply to all persons engaged in the Section 232 exclusions process. BIS does not collect or maintain the data necessary to determine exactly how many of the affected persons are small entities as that term is used by the Small Business Administration. However, BIS does ask requestors of the Section 232 exclusions process to self-identify if they are a small business as defined by the Small Business Administration. From this data, BIS has estimated the total number of requestors and objectors who are likely to be small businesses that would be impacted by changes identified in this rule.</P>
                <P>
                    Roughly 380 requestors self-identified as small businesses, filing roughly 27,000 exclusion requests in the Section 232 exclusions portal since March 2022, when BIS began including the option for requestors to self-identify as a small business. BIS does not have the same self-identification option for objectors. However, over the same period of time, roughly 100 objectors filed objections in the Section 232 exclusions portal; many of these are easily identifiable as being large corporations, not small businesses. Therefore, somewhere between 380 and 500 small businesses could be impacted by these changes. Specific burden estimates for OMB under control numbers 0694-0139 (Exclusions from the Section 232 National Security Adjustments of Imports of Steel and Aluminum), 0694-0138 (Objections from the Section 232 National Security Adjustments of Imports of Steel and Aluminum), and 0694-0141 (Procedures for Submitting Rebuttals and Surrebuttals Requests for Exclusions from and Objections to the Section 232 Adjustments for Steel and Aluminum) are detailed in paragraph 2 of the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43743"/>
                    Rulemaking Requirements section above.
                </P>
                <P>Based on the analysis provided above, the revisions in this rule would not impose a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small businesses.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Description of the Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance Requirements of the Proposed Rule</HD>
                <P>The changes in this rule and the corresponding reporting, recordkeeping, and other compliance requirements are discussed in the background section of the preamble of this document and, consequently, are not repeated here. To the extent that compliance with the changes in this rule would impose a burden on persons, including small businesses, BIS believes the burden will be minimal.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Significant Alternatives and Underlying Analysis</HD>
                <P>As noted above, BIS does not believe that the revisions in this rule will have a significant economic impact on small businesses. Nevertheless, consistent with 5 U.S.C. 603(c), BIS considered significant alternatives to these revisions to assess whether the alternatives would: (1) accomplish the stated objectives of this final rule (consistent with the objectives of the Section 232 exclusions process); and (2) minimize any significant economic impact of this final rule on small entities. BIS has determined that revisions detailed above are the least disruptive alternative for implementing changes to the Section 232 exclusions process.</P>
                <P>
                    Lastly, consistent with 5 U.S.C. 603(c), BIS assessed the use of performance standards rather than design standards and also considered whether an exemption for small businesses was practical under the circumstances (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     within the context of the changes in this rule).
                </P>
                <P>This final rule does not contain an exemption for small businesses from the Section 232 exclusions process changes because these controls are essential to U.S. national security and BIS' regulations apply to all parties. An exemption for small businesses would undermine the effectiveness of these revisions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Conclusion</HD>
                <P>BIS has identified changes to the Section 232 exclusions process. Consequently, consistent with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, BIS has prepared this FRFA addressing the impact that this final rule will have on small entities. BIS's assessment indicates that the amendments in this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
                <P>
                    Please submit any comments concerning this FRFA in accordance with the instructions provided in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section of this final rule.
                </P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 15 CFR Part 705</HD>
                    <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Business and industry, Classified information, Confidential business information, Imports, Investigations, National defense.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, part 705 of subchapter A of 15 CFR chapter VII is amended as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 705—EFFECT OF IMPORTED ARTICLES ON THE NATIONAL SECURITY</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="15" PART="705">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 705 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1862) and Reorg. Plan No. 3 of 1979 (44 FR 69273, December 3, 1979).</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="15" PART="705">
                    <AMDPAR>2. Supplement no. 2 to part 705 is amended by removing the entries for “GAE.24.S: 7211296080;” “GAE.43.S: 7209900000;” “GAE.46.S: 7216330090;” “GAE.84.S: 7209270000;” “GAE.90.S: 7216100010;” and “GAE.93.S: 7208380015”.</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="15" PART="705">
                    <AMDPAR>3. Supplement no. 3 to part 705 is amended by removing the entries for “GAE.1.A: 7609000000;” “GAE.4.A: 7604210010;” “GAE.5.A: 7604291010;” “GAE.9.A: 7601209080;” “GAE.10.A: 7607116010;” and “GAE.13.A: 7604295090”.</AMDPAR>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Matthew S. Borman,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for Export Administration.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10725 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-33-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>21 CFR Part 886</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2018-N-3074]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Ophthalmic Devices; Reclassification of Ultrasound Cyclodestructive Device</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final amendment; final order.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Food and Drug Administration (FDA, the Agency, or we) is issuing a final order reclassifying the ultrasound cyclodestructive device, a postamendments class III device (product code LZR), into class II (special controls), subject to premarket notification. FDA is also establishing special controls that are necessary to provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness of the device. FDA is finalizing this reclassification on its own initiative based on valid scientific evidence. For this class II device, instead of a premarket approval application, manufacturers may submit a premarket notification, 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         a 510(k) submission, and obtain FDA clearance of the device before marketing it.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This order is effective June 20, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Claudine Krawczyk, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Rm. 1238, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-6860, 
                        <E T="03">claudine.krawczyk@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background—Regulatory Authorities</HD>
                <P>The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&amp;C Act), as amended, establishes a comprehensive system for the regulation of medical devices intended for human use. Section 513 of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 360c) established three categories (classes) of devices, reflecting the regulatory controls needed to provide reasonable assurance of their safety and effectiveness. The three categories of devices are class I (general controls), class II (special controls and general controls), and class III (premarket approval and general controls).</P>
                <P>
                    Devices that were not in commercial distribution prior to May 28, 1976 (generally referred to as postamendments devices) are automatically classified by section 513(f)(1) of the FD&amp;C Act into class III without any FDA rulemaking process. Those devices remain in class III and require premarket approval, unless and until (1) FDA reclassifies the device into class I or class II; or (2) FDA issues an order finding the device to be substantially equivalent, in accordance with section 513(i) of the FD&amp;C Act, to a predicate device that does not require premarket approval. The Agency determines whether new devices are substantially equivalent to previously marketed devices by means of the procedures in section 510(k) of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 360(k)) and our implementing regulations (part 807, subpart E (21 CFR part 807, subpart E)).
                    <PRTPAGE P="43744"/>
                </P>
                <P>A postamendments device that has been initially classified into class III under section 513(f)(1) of the FD&amp;C Act may be reclassified into class I or class II under section 513(f)(3) of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 360c(f)(3)). Section 513(f)(3) provides that FDA, acting by administrative order, can reclassify the device into class I or class II on its own initiative, or in response to a petition from the manufacturer or importer of the device. To change the classification of the device, the new class must have sufficient regulatory controls to provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use.</P>
                <P>
                    Reevaluation of the data previously before the Agency is an appropriate basis for subsequent action where the reevaluation is made in light of changes in “medical science” (
                    <E T="03">Upjohn</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Finch,</E>
                     422 F.2d 944, 951 (6th Cir. 1970); 
                    <E T="03">Ethicon, Inc.</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">FDA,</E>
                     762 F. Supp. 382, 388-391 (D.D.C. 1991)). Whether data before the Agency are old or new, the data to support reclassification under section 513(f)(3) must be “valid scientific evidence,” as defined in section 513(a)(3) of the FD&amp;C Act and 21 CFR 860.7(c)(2). (See, 
                    <E T="03">e.g., General Medical Co.</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">FDA,</E>
                     770 F.2d 214 (D.C. Cir. 1985)).
                </P>
                <P>
                    FDA relies upon “valid scientific evidence” in the classification process to determine the level of regulation for devices. To be considered in the reclassification process, the “valid scientific evidence” upon which the Agency relies must be publicly available. Publicly available information excludes trade secret and/or confidential commercial information, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     the contents of a pending premarket approval application (PMA) (see section 520(c) of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 360j(c)). Section 520(h)(4) of the FD&amp;C Act provides that FDA may use, for reclassification of a device, certain information in a PMA 6 years after the application has been approved. This includes information from clinical and preclinical tests or studies that demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device, but it does not include the descriptions of methods of manufacture and product composition and other trade secrets.
                </P>
                <P>Section 510(m) of the FD&amp;C Act provides that FDA may exempt a class II device from the requirements under section 510(k) of the FD&amp;C Act if FDA determines that a 510(k) is not necessary to provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device type.</P>
                <P>
                    On September 25, 2018, FDA published a proposed order in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     to reclassify the ultrasound cyclodestructive device (product code LZR) (83 FR 48403, the “proposed order”). The period for public comment on the proposed order closed on November 26, 2018. FDA received and has considered comments on the proposed order, as discussed in Section II of this document.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Comments on the Proposed Order and FDA Responses</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Introduction</HD>
                <P>FDA received fewer than 10 public comments on the proposed order. These comments came from individual and anonymous commenters. The majority of the comments supported the proposed reclassification of ultrasound cyclodestructive devices.</P>
                <P>We describe and respond to the comments in section II.B. The order of the comments and our response to them is purely for organizational purposes and does not signify the comment's value or importance nor the order in which comments were received. Certain comments are grouped together under a single number because the subject matter is similar.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Description of Comments and FDA Response</HD>
                <P>(Comment 1) The majority of commenters supported the proposed reclassification of ultrasound cyclodestructive devices. One commenter stated that decreasing the regulatory burden (through reclassification of the device from class III into class II) for ultrasound cyclodestructive devices will hopefully allow increased access of the devices for patients. The commenter further stated that having stricter manufacturing and regulatory controls during the initial years of device use (as a class III device) and then decreasing the controls should not result in an increase of known medical incidents. Another commenter stated that there is sufficient information to establish special controls which can provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness.</P>
                <P>
                    (Response 1) FDA agrees with the comments. Based on the available information (including valid scientific evidence), as discussed in the proposed order, and consideration of the comments received on the proposed order, FDA has determined that reclassification of ultrasound cyclodestructive devices into class II is appropriate because there is sufficient information to establish special controls for the device that, together with general controls, will provide for reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. The Agency believes that reclassification of ultrasound cyclodestructive devices under this final order will reduce the regulatory burden on manufacturers, while still providing reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Specifically, reclassifying this type of device from class III into class II will reduce regulatory burdens on industry because instead of submission of a PMA, manufacturers may submit a less burdensome premarket notification (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     a 510(k) submission) and obtain FDA clearance of the device before marketing it.
                </P>
                <P>Additionally, FDA agrees that there is sufficient information to establish special controls and that the special controls required in this final order, along with general controls, provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness for these devices for their intended use. FDA has identified the probable risks to health in section V of the proposed order, and the Agency has determined, in finalizing the proposed order after considering the comments received, that the special controls in this final order will mitigate such risks to health.</P>
                <P>
                    (Comment 2) A commenter stated that ultrasound cyclodestructive devices should be reclassified into class II, similarly to devices indicated for use in conventional refractory glaucoma treatment modalities (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     implantable aqueous shunts and valves, cyclocryotherapy, laser transcleral cyclophotocoagulation), all of which are regulated as class II devices subject to 510(k) requirements. The commenter stated that it also concurred with the definition of refractory glaucoma described in the proposed order and claimed that the definition is consistent with current medical practice for the management of the disease and with other device treatment modalities cleared by FDA (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     implantable aqueous shunts).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (Response 2) This comment is supportive of the reclassification. The term “refractory glaucoma” in the proposed order refers to the intended use population for the device: “patients who are refractory to or are poor candidates for laser or surgical treatment and fail to achieve target intraocular pressures on maximally tolerated drug therapy” (83 FR 48403 at 48405, Section III, Device Description). Although we explained what we meant by “refractory glaucoma” in the preamble of the proposed order (as mentioned by the commenter), we did not include that clarification in the proposed codified text. Upon consideration of this comment, however, FDA believes clarifying in the codified text what we mean by 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43745"/>
                    “refractory glaucoma” would be helpful in reducing ambiguity in the codified text and reducing the potential for misunderstanding of the intended use population, which is specific to the population that was treated in the studies supporting the only PMA approved by FDA for a device within the device type being reclassified under this final order. Retaining the proposed codified language may incorrectly indicate that this classification applies to types of laser treatments for glaucoma that were developed after the approval of this PMA. Therefore, FDA is revising the device identification language in the codified text of the final order from “. . . and that is intended for treatment of refractory glaucoma” to “. . . and that is intended for treatment of glaucoma patients who . . . are refractory to, or are poor candidates for, Argon laser trabeculoplasty or traditional filtering surgery and . . . had failures on maximally tolerated drug therapy.”
                </P>
                <P>(Comment 3) A commenter requested clarification concerning the classification of certain conventional glaucoma treatment modalities mentioned at the end of section III of the proposed order; specifically, the commenter indicated that trabeculectomy and some incisional glaucoma surgeries do not involve a class II medical device and noted that class I manual ophthalmic instruments are used to perform some of these surgeries.</P>
                <P>
                    (Response 3) FDA notes that this final order only applies to ultrasound cyclodestructive devices. Nevertheless, to clarify, the commenter is correct in that the manual ophthalmic instruments (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     trabeculotomes, cannulas, etc.) are class I devices, not subject to 510(k) requirements, and are indicated “to aid or perform ophthalmic surgical procedures.” However, FDA notes that these manual ophthalmic instruments regulated under 21 CFR 886.4350 are not indicated specifically to treat glaucoma patients.
                </P>
                <P>(Comment 4) A commenter requested clarification on the device identification description in the proposed order. Specifically, the commenter stated that not all ultrasound cyclodestructive devices have been shown to create additional lesions in the trabecular meshwork and recommended that the device identification paragraph be revised accordingly.</P>
                <P>
                    (Response 4) FDA agrees that not all ultrasound cyclodestructive devices create lesions in the trabecular meshwork and that an edit to the device identification paragraph (a) of proposed § 886.5350 is appropriate. Specifically, FDA has modified the device identification paragraph (a) of § 886.5350 in the final order so that it reads: “An ultrasound cyclodestructive device is a prescription device that reduces intraocular pressure by producing a series of lesions in the ciliary body 
                    <E T="03">and/or</E>
                     trabecular meshwork induced by high intensity focused ultrasound (HIFU) energy . . .” (italics added in this preamble discussion to highlight the change).
                </P>
                <P>
                    (Comment 5) A commenter requested the special controls in the proposed order to reference IEC 60601-2-62 
                    <E T="03">Medical electrical equipment—Part 2-62: Particular requirements for the basic safety and essential performance of high intensity therapeutic ultrasound (HITU) equipment</E>
                     since it is recognized by FDA and is relevant to the reclassification of these devices.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (Response 5) FDA acknowledges that IEC 60601-2-62 has been recognized by FDA (79 FR 38919, Jul. 9, 2014) and is relevant to ultrasound cyclodestructive devices.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     This standard includes methods of thermal and mechanical safety analysis. FDA agrees that manufacturers may rely on this FDA-recognized standard to comply with some of the special controls identified in this final order. However, IEC-60601-2-62 is not the sole methodology for complying with some of the special controls identified in this final order. Therefore, no change has been made to reference IEC 60601-2-62 in the special controls.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         See the current FDA database of Recognized Consensus Standards, available at 
                        <E T="03">https:\\www.accessdata.fda.gov/scripts/cdrh/cfdocs/cfStandards/search.cfm</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>(Comment 6) A commenter did not agree with the reclassification of ultrasound cyclodestructive devices from class III into class II due to the potential adverse events caused by the use of the device. Specifically, the commenter raised concerns related to the ultrasound cyclodestructive devices causing lesions, thermal damage of the ocular tissue, possible temperature elevation with use of the device causing corneoscleral lesions, intraocular inflammation, ciliary body hemorrhage, decreased visual acuity and worsening glaucoma.</P>
                <P>
                    (Response 6) The commenter raised important concerns regarding potential adverse effects secondary to the exposure to unsafe level of HIFU energy. The proposed order adequately discusses these and other risks to health associated with use of the device, including thermal injury, physical injury, post-treatment injury, electrical shock, electromagnetic interference, ocular irritation, and corneal infections. As stated in Response 1 and in section III of this document, based on the available information (including valid scientific evidence), as discussed in the proposed order, and considering the comments received on the proposed order, FDA has determined that reclassification of ultrasound cyclodestructive devices into class II is appropriate because there is sufficient information to establish special controls for the device, that together with general controls, will provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. For example, the special control under § 886.5350(b)(2)(i) of this final order requires, among other things, characterization of the total acoustic power radiated by the transducers, and § 886.5350(b)(2)(ii) requires characterization of the thermal and physical safety of the device. Any new device would have to show substantial equivalence to a legally marketed predicate device, which would include a comparison with respect to intended use and technology, and the supporting data submitted must demonstrate, among other things, that the device is as safe and effective as a legally marketed device. In addition, the special controls described in § 886.5350(b)(1) of this final order require clinical performance data to demonstrate an appropriate reduction in intraocular pressure in glaucoma patients who (1) are refractory to, or are poor candidates for, Argon laser trabeculoplasty or traditional filtering surgery and (2) have failures on maximally tolerated drug therapy. The submitted clinical performance data would also specifically need to include evaluation of all adverse events observed during clinical use, which would include not only adverse events observed when the device is in use but also during the post-treatment period, such as any ocular tissue thermal injuries, physical injuries, inflammation, etc. FDA has provided a minor revision to the proposed codified language to delete reference to an “adequate safety profile” in the special control to require more specifically “an evaluation of all adverse events observed during clinical use.” FDA has determined this change will establish the same reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness for the device, while giving sponsors a more specific instruction on how to demonstrate the device's safety. Therefore, FDA believes that thermal damage, inflammation, and the other concerns identified by the commenter would be mitigated both by the comparison of the technological characteristics and performance of the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43746"/>
                    device to a legally marketed predicate device and by device compliance with the special controls, including the clinical and non-clinical performance testing special controls established by this final order.
                </P>
                <P>FDA, on its own initiative, has made non-substantive changes to the codified language to improve organization and clarity. For example, “analysis/testing” has been changed to “analysis or testing” to indicate that one or the other may be conducted as appropriate, and the special control for simulated use testing has been shifted out from under the non-clinical performance testing special control umbrella.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. The Final Order</HD>
                <P>
                    FDA is adopting its findings under section 513(f)(3) of the FD&amp;C Act, as published on September 25, 2018, in the preamble to the proposed order (83 FR 48403).
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     FDA is issuing this final order to reclassify ultrasound cyclodestructive devices from class III into class II and to establish special controls by revising 21 CFR part 886. In this final order, the Agency has identified the special controls under section 513(a)(1)(B) of the FD&amp;C Act that, along with general controls, provide a reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness for ultrasound cyclodestructive devices.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         FDA notes that the “ACTION” caption for this final order is styled as “Final amendment; final order,” rather than “Final order.” Beginning in December 2019, this editorial change was made to indicate that the document “amends” the Code of Federal Regulations. The change was made in accordance with the Office of Federal Register's (OFR) interpretations of the Federal Register Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 15), its implementing regulations (1 CFR 5.9 and parts 21 and 22), and the Document Drafting Handbook.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>FDA has determined that requiring 510(k) submission is necessary to reasonably assure the safety and effectiveness of the ultrasound cyclodestructive devices and, therefore, the Agency is not exempting this class II device from 510(k) submission requirements as provided under section 510(m) of the FD&amp;C Act. Thus, under sections 510(k) and 513(f) and (i) of the FD&amp;C Act, persons who intend to market this device type must submit a 510(k) notification containing information on the ultrasound cyclodestructive device that they intend to market and must obtain FDA clearance of the device prior to marketing it.</P>
                <P>The device is assigned the generic name ultrasound cyclodestructive device, and it is identified as a prescription device that reduces intraocular pressure by producing a series of lesions in the ciliary body and/or trabecular meshwork induced by high intensity focused ultrasound (HIFU) energy and that is intended for treatment of glaucoma in patients who (1) are refractory to, or are poor candidates for, Argon laser trabeculoplasty or traditional filtering surgery and (2) have failures on maximally tolerated drug therapy.</P>
                <P>Under this final order, the ultrasound cyclodestructive device is a prescription use device under § 801.109 (21 CFR 801.109). Prescription devices are exempt from the requirement for adequate directions for use for the layperson under section 502(f)(1) of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 352(f)(1)) and 21 CFR 801.5, as long as the conditions of § 801.109 are met. The device would continue to be subject to the submission and device clearance requirements of sections 510(k) and 513 of the FD&amp;C Act (21 U.S.C. 360(k) and 360c) and of part 807, subpart E.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Analysis of Environmental Impact</HD>
                <P>We have determined under 21 CFR 25.34(b) that this action is of a type that does not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. Therefore, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>
                <P>This final administrative order refers to previously approved collections of information found in FDA regulations. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521). The collections of information in 21 CFR part 812 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0078; the collections of information in part 807, subpart E, have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0120; and the collections of information under 21 CFR part 801 have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0485.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 21 CFR Part 886</HD>
                    <P>Medical devices, Ophthalmic goods and services.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <P>
                    Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321 
                    <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                     as amended) and under authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, 21 CFR part 886 is amended as follows:
                </P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 886—OPHTHALMIC DEVICES</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="21" PART="886">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 886 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P>
                             21 U.S.C. 351, 360, 360c, 360e, 360j, 360
                            <E T="03">l,</E>
                             371.
                        </P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="21" PART="886">
                    <AMDPAR>2. Add § 886.5350 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 886.5350</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT> Ultrasound cyclodestructive device.</SUBJECT>
                        <P>
                            (a) 
                            <E T="03">Identification.</E>
                             An ultrasound cyclodestructive device is a prescription device that reduces intraocular pressure by producing a series of lesions in the ciliary body and/or trabecular meshwork induced by high intensity focused ultrasound (HIFU) energy and that is intended for treatment of glaucoma patients who:
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) Are refractory to, or are poor candidates for, Argon laser trabeculoplasty or traditional filtering surgery; and</P>
                        <P>(2) Had failures on maximally tolerated drug therapy.</P>
                        <P>
                            (b) 
                            <E T="03">Classification.</E>
                             Class II (special controls). The special controls for this device are:
                        </P>
                        <P>(1) The clinical performance data must demonstrate an appropriate reduction in intraocular pressure in glaucoma patients who:</P>
                        <P>(i) Are refractory to, or are poor candidates for, Argon laser trabeculoplasty or traditional filtering surgery; and</P>
                        <P>(ii) Had failures on maximally tolerated drug therapy, and an evaluation of all adverse events observed during clinical use.</P>
                        <P>(2) Non-clinical performance testing of device features and characteristics must demonstrate that the device performs as intended under anticipated conditions of use. The following performance characteristics must be tested:</P>
                        <P>(i) Ultrasound field characteristics, which must include the total acoustic power radiated by the transducer(s), the spatial distribution of the ultrasound field (including compressional and rarefactional pressure), and spatial-peak, temporal-average intensity; and</P>
                        <P>(ii) Thermal and physical safety characteristics of the device.</P>
                        <P>(3) Simulated use testing to validate that the device performs as intended under anticipated conditions of use, including eye movements and positioning error.</P>
                        <P>(4) Analysis or testing must demonstrate electrical safety in the appropriate use environment.</P>
                        <P>(5) Analysis or testing must demonstrate electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), including wireless coexistence (if applicable) in the appropriate use-environment.</P>
                        <P>(6) Software verification, validation, and hazard analysis must be performed commensurate with the level of concern of the device.</P>
                        <P>
                            (7) The patient-contacting components must be demonstrated to be biocompatible.
                            <PRTPAGE P="43747"/>
                        </P>
                        <P>(8) Performance data must demonstrate sterility of all patient-contacting components labeled as sterile. If the device contains reusable eye-contact components, the validation tests must demonstrate adequate cleaning and reprocessing of these components.</P>
                        <P>(9) Labeling must include:</P>
                        <P>(i) A detailed description of the patient population for which the device is indicated for use, as well as warnings, and precautions regarding potential for device malfunction and use-error pertinent to use of the device.</P>
                        <P>(ii) A detailed summary of the clinical testing, including study outcomes and adverse events.</P>
                        <P>(iii) Information on how the device operates and the typical course of treatment.</P>
                        <P>(iv) Description of all main components of the device including HIFU generator, transducer(s), and controls. The labeling must include the technical specifications of the device including, but not limited to, treatment frequency, total acoustic power delivered by transducer, treatment duration, treatment zone, site targeting, power requirements, weight, and physical dimensions of the device.</P>
                        <P>(v) Where appropriate, validated methods and instructions for reprocessing of any reusable components.</P>
                        <P>(vi) Safe-use conditions for electrical safety and electromagnetic compatibility.</P>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lauren K. Roth,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10895 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4164-01-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Coast Guard</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>33 CFR Part 100</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. USCG-2024-0368]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Special Local Regulations; Marine Events Within the Sector Columbia River Captain of the Port Zone</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Coast Guard, DHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notification of enforcement of regulation.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Coast Guard will enforce special local regulations at various locations in the Sector Columbia River Captain of the Port Zone from May 31, 2024, to September 7, 2024. This action is necessary to provide for the safety of life and property on these navigable waters during marine events. During the enforcement periods, the operator of any vessel in the regulated area must comply with the directions from the Patrol Commander or any official patrol vessel.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The regulations in 33 CFR 100.1302 will be enforced for the regulated areas identified in the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section below for the dates and times specified.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        If you have questions about this notice of enforcement, call or email Lieutenant Carlie Gilligan, Waterways Management Division, Sector Columbia River, Coast Guard; telephone 503-240-9319, email 
                        <E T="03">SCRWWM@USCG.MIL.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The Coast Guard will enforce special local regulations in 33 CFR 100.1302 for the following events during the hours specified on the dates listed in the following table:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s12,r50,r50,r100">
                    <TTITLE>Table—Dates and Times of Enforcement of 33 CFR 100.1302 Special Local Regulations at Various Locations in the Sector Columbia River Captain of the Port Zone in 2024</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">No.</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Date</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Event</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Location</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                        <ENT>May 31, 2024, from 5:30 a.m. to 6:30 p.m</ENT>
                        <ENT>Spring Testing Hydroplane races</ENT>
                        <ENT>Kennewick, WA, Regulated area includes all navigable waters within the Columbia River in the vicinity of Columbia Park, commencing at the Interstate 395 Bridge and continuing upriver approximately 2.0 miles and terminating at the northern end of Wade Island.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                        <ENT>June 8, 2024, through June 9, 2024, from 6:30 a.m. to 6:30 p.m</ENT>
                        <ENT>Rose Fest Dragon Boat Races</ENT>
                        <ENT>Portland, OR. Regulated area includes all waters of the Willamette River shore to shore, bordered on the north by the Hawthorne Bridge, and on the south by the Marquam Bridge.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
                        <ENT>June 15, 2024, through June 16, 2024, from 7:30 a.m. to 6:30 p.m</ENT>
                        <ENT>Richland Regatta</ENT>
                        <ENT>Richland, WA. Regulated area includes all navigable waters of the Columbia River in the vicinity of Howard Amon Park, between River Miles 337 and 338.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">4</ENT>
                        <ENT>July 13, 2024, from 8:30 a.m. to 7:30 p.m</ENT>
                        <ENT>The Big Float, group inner-tube float</ENT>
                        <ENT>Portland, OR. Regulated area includes all navigable waters of the Willamette River, in Portland, Oregon, enclosed by the Hawthorne Bridge, the Marquam Bridge, and west of a line beginning at the Hawthorne Bridge at approximate location 45°30′50″ N.; 122°40′21″ W., and running south to the Marquam Bridge at approximate location 45°30′27″ N.; 122°40′11″ W.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">5</ENT>
                        <ENT>July 26, 2024, through July 28, 2024, from 5:30 a.m. to 6:30 p.m</ENT>
                        <ENT>Kennewick Hydroplane Races</ENT>
                        <ENT>Kennewick, WA. Regulated area includes all navigable waters within the Columbia River in the vicinity of Columbia Park, commencing at the Interstate 395 Bridge and continuing upriver approximately 2.0 miles and terminating at the northern end of Wade Island.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">6</ENT>
                        <ENT>August 10, 2024, from 10:30 a.m. to 1:30 p.m</ENT>
                        <ENT>Swim the Snake</ENT>
                        <ENT>Perry, WA. Regulated area includes all navigable waters, bank-to-bank of the Snake River, 500 yards upstream and 500 yards downstream from the Washington State Highway 261 Bridge at the approximate position of 46°35′23″ N.; 118°13′10″ W.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">7</ENT>
                        <ENT>September 7, 2024, from 7:30 a.m. to 11:30 a.m</ENT>
                        <ENT>Columbia Crossing Swim</ENT>
                        <ENT>Pasco, WA. Regulated area includes all navigable waters, bank-to-bank of the Columbia River in Pasco, Washington, between river mile 332 and river mile 335.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="43748"/>
                <P>All coordinates are listed in the table reference Datum NAD 1983.</P>
                <P>
                    During the enforcement periods, as reflected in § 100.1302, if you are the operator of a vessel in the regulated area you must comply with directions from the Patrol Commander or any official patrol vessel. Vessels may not transit the regulated areas without approval from the Patrol Commander. Vessels permitted to transit must operate at a no wake speed, in a manner which will not endanger participants or other crafts in the event. Spectators or other vessels shall not anchor, block, loiter, or impede the transit of event participants or official patrol vessels in the regulated areas during the effective dates and times, or dates and times as modified through Local Notice to Mariners, unless authorized by an official patrol vessel. In addition to this notice of enforcement in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    <E T="03">,</E>
                     the Coast Guard will provide notification of these enforcement periods via the Local Notice to Mariners and marine information broadcasts.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 13, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>J.W. Noggle,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Captain, U.S. Coast Guard, Captain of the Port Sector Columbia River.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10941 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-04-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
        <RULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Fish and Wildlife Service</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>50 CFR Part 17</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FWS-R2-ES-2022-0162; FXES1111090FEDR-245-FF09E21000]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 1018-BG22</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Endangered Species Status for the Dunes Sagebrush Lizard</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Final rule.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), determine endangered species status under the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (Act), as amended, for the dunes sagebrush lizard (
                        <E T="03">Sceloporus arenicolus</E>
                        ), a lizard species found only in southeastern New Mexico and west Texas. This rule extends the protections of the Act to this species. Because we have concluded that the designation of critical habitat for the dunes sagebrush lizard is prudent but not determinable at this time, we will consider critical habitat for the species in a separate, future rulemaking.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>This rule is effective June 20, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        This final rule, supporting materials we used in preparing this rule (such as the species status assessment report), and comments and materials we received on the July 3, 2023, proposed rule are available on the internet at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov under</E>
                         Docket No. FWS-R2-ES-2022-0162.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Shawn Sartorius, Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, New Mexico Ecological Services Field Office, 2105 Osuna NE, Albuquerque, NM 87113; telephone 505-346-2525. Individuals in the United States who are deaf, deafblind, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability may dial 711 (TTY, TDD, or TeleBraille) to access telecommunications relay services. Individuals outside the United States should use the relay services offered within their country to make international calls to the point-of-contact in the United States. </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Executive Summary</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Why we need to publish a rule.</E>
                     Under the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), a species warrants listing if it meets the definition of an endangered species (in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range) or a threatened species (likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range). If we determine that a species warrants listing, we must list the species promptly and designate the species' critical habitat to the maximum extent prudent and determinable. We have determined that the dunes sagebrush lizard meets the Act's definition of an endangered species; therefore, we are listing it as such. As explained later in this document, because the designation of critical habitat for the dunes sagebrush lizard is prudent but not determinable at this time, we will consider critical habitat for the species in a separate, future rulemaking. Listing a species as an endangered or threatened species and designating critical habitat can be completed only by issuing a rule through the Administrative Procedure Act rulemaking process (5 U.S.C. 551 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">What this document does.</E>
                     This rule lists the dunes sagebrush lizard as an endangered species under the Act.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">The basis for our action.</E>
                     Under the Act, we may determine that a species is an endangered or threatened species because of any of five factors: (A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range; (B) overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes; (C) disease or predation; (D) the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or (E) other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence. We have determined that the dunes sagebrush lizard is endangered due to the following threats: (1) Habitat loss, fragmentation, and degradation from development by the oil and gas and the frac sand (high-purity quartz sand that is suspended in fluid and injected into wells to blast and hold open cracks in the shale rock layer during the fracking process) mining industries; and (2) climate change and climate conditions, both resulting in hotter, more arid conditions with an increased frequency and greater intensity of drought throughout the species' geographic range.
                </P>
                <P>Section 4(a)(3) of the Act requires the Secretary of the Interior (Secretary), to the maximum extent prudent and determinable, to designate critical habitat concurrent with listing. As explained later in this rule, we find that the designation of critical habitat for the dunes sagebrush lizard is not determinable at this time. The Act allows the Service an additional year to publish a critical habitat designation that is not determinable at the time of listing (16 U.S.C. 1533(b)(6)(C)(ii)).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Previous Federal Actions</HD>
                <P>Please refer to the proposed listing rule (88 FR 42661; July 3, 2023) for a detailed description of previous Federal actions concerning the dunes sagebrush lizard.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Peer Review</HD>
                <P>A species status assessment (SSA) team prepared an SSA report for the dunes sagebrush lizard. The SSA team was composed of Service biologists, in consultation with other species experts. The SSA report represents a compilation of the best scientific and commercial data available concerning the status of the species, including the impacts of past, present, and future factors (both negative and beneficial) affecting the species.</P>
                <P>
                    In accordance with our joint policy on peer review published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on July 1, 1994 (59 FR 34270), and our August 22, 2016, memorandum updating and clarifying the role of peer review in listing actions under the Act, we solicited independent scientific review of the information contained in the dunes sagebrush lizard SSA report. The peer reviews can be found at 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43749"/>
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     In preparing the July 3, 2023, proposed rule, we incorporated the results of these reviews, as appropriate, into the SSA report, which was the foundation for the proposed rule and this final rule. A summary of the peer review comments and our responses can be found in the proposed rule (88 FR 42661 at 42663-42664; July 3, 2023).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of Changes From the Proposed Rule</HD>
                <P>Based upon our review of the public comments, State agency comments, peer review comments, and relevant information that became available since the July 3, 2023, proposed rule published, we updated information in our SSA report, including:</P>
                <P>• Adding references on the impact of frac sand mining on groundwater (USFWS 2024, pp. 70-80).</P>
                <P>• Adding information and references on human population growth in the Permian Basin, which is likely to exacerbate the threats of habitat loss and fragmentation (USFWS 2024, p. 127).</P>
                <P>• Adding information (Chan 2023, pers. comm.) regarding estimates of genetic effective population size for dunes sagebrush lizard populations (USFWS 2024, pp. 40-41, 106-107).</P>
                <P>• Adding information on the effects of climate change on future groundwater levels (USFWS 2024, p. 75).</P>
                <P>• Updating enrollment numbers in existing conservation agreements (USFWS 2024, p. 84).</P>
                <P>We also made changes as appropriate in this final rule. In addition to minor clarifying edits, this determination differs from the proposal in the following ways:</P>
                <P>
                    (1) We received a comment regarding the impact of fugitive road dust on the dunes sagebrush lizard and its habitat. This comment indicated that the impact of fugitive road dust on the species is uncertain. After reconsidering the impact of fugitive road dust on the species, we decided to remove the statement referencing road dust from the explanation of the listing decision presented below. This change does not impact the final conclusion that the dunes sagebrush lizard is in danger of extinction throughout all of its range (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     that it meets the Act's definition of an endangered species).
                </P>
                <P>(2) We updated the language in the explanation of the listing decision and SSA report to address confusion regarding the terms “well density” and “well pad density.” These changes demonstrate that our focus is on well pads, and the associated construction of road infrastructure, as they are central components of ground disturbance, and therefore species impacts, in oil and gas drilling and extraction.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of Comments and Recommendations</HD>
                <P>
                    In the proposed rule published on July 3, 2023 (88 FR 42661), we requested that all interested parties submit written comments on the proposal by September 1, 2023. Following requests from several members of the public, on August 30, 2023, we published a document in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     (88 FR 59837) extending the public comment period on our July 3, 2023, proposal to October 2, 2023. We also contacted appropriate Federal and State agencies, scientific experts and organizations, and other interested parties and invited them to comment on the proposal. Newspaper notices inviting general public comment were published in the Albuquerque Journal, Midland Reporter, and Carlsbad Argus. We held a public informational session and a public hearing on July 31, 2023. All substantive information we received during the comment periods has either been incorporated directly into this final determination or is addressed below.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Federal Agency Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(1) Comment:</E>
                     One Federal agency, one State agency, and several public commenters suggested that the Service list the dunes sagebrush lizard as a threatened species in order to issue a rule under section 4(d) of the Act (a “4(d) rule”) that exempts from take those activities that occur pursuant to CCAAs, noting this framework would complement existing conservation efforts.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     We conclude that the dunes sagebrush lizard is currently in danger of extinction, and not in danger of extinction within the foreseeable future. Therefore, the species currently meets the Act's definition of an endangered species, not the definition of a threatened species. The commenters did not provide supporting evidence as to why the dunes sagebrush lizard should be listed as a threatened species. We cannot consider regulatory implications, such as the flexibility provided by a potential 4(d) rule, in determining the status of a species.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Comments From States</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(2) Comment:</E>
                     We received several comments regarding critical habitat designation for the dunes sagebrush lizard. One State agency expressed that not designating critical habitat at the time of listing calls into question the Service's conclusions, and they requested that the Service not delay designating critical habitat and the associated analysis of the economic impact of a critical habitat designation for the species. Other commenters expressed concern over a delay in designating critical habitat, noting either the need for an evaluation of economic impacts or concern that the delay will lead to additional destruction of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat. Another State agency indicated that they plan to assist with any necessary analysis in the development of a critical habitat designation for this species.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     As described below under II. Critical Habitat, we find the designation of critical habitat to be prudent but not determinable at this time. Because the evaluation of economic impacts comes into play only in association with the designation of critical habitat under section 4(b)(2) of the Act, we did not engage in any evaluation of economic impacts to inform this final listing rule. We recognize that designation of critical habitat would create an additional layer of protection; however, we are still in the process of assessing the information needed to analyze the impacts of the designation. The Act allows the Service an additional year to publish a critical habitat designation if we find that critical habitat is not determinable at the time of listing (16 U.S.C. 1533(b)(6)(C)(ii)).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(3) Comment:</E>
                     Two State agencies and several public commenters expressed concern for the impacts this listing rule will have on the economy, agriculture industry, and energy independence. One State agency also expressed concern for the impact listing will have on funding for education in Texas due to impacts to revenues from oil and gas.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     We acknowledge these concerns and, separate from this listing action, have worked with partners to develop voluntary conservation agreements to mitigate the impacts of industrial activities. We remain committed to continuing to do so. However, regarding this listing, the Act requires that listing determinations be made solely on the basis of the best scientific and commercial data available and the Congressional record is clear that economic analysis requirements of Executive Order 12291 and such statutes as the Regulatory Flexibility Act do not apply to any phase of determining the listing status of an entity under the Act.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(4) Comment:</E>
                     Two State agencies and several individuals commented that the Service's analysis and listing determination disregard voluntary conservation efforts now and into the future. Several argued the candidate 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43750"/>
                    conservation agreement (CCA) in New Mexico and the candidate conservation agreements with assurances (CCAAs) in both New Mexico and Texas offer sufficient protections and conservation such that listing of the species is not warranted. One State agency commented that listing the dunes sagebrush lizard as endangered undermines the voluntary conservation efforts put in place and will have detrimental impacts to the species by discouraging future voluntary conservation efforts.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     The Act requires us to make a determination using the best available scientific and commercial data after conducting a review of the status of the species and after taking into account those efforts, if any, being made by any State or foreign nation, or any political subdivision of a State or foreign nation, to protect such species within any area under its jurisdiction. In line with that requirement, we considered all current and projected future impacts of conservation efforts on the status of the dunes sagebrush lizard. In addition, the listing of the species does not prevent the existing conservation agreements from operating or obstruct the development of additional conservation agreements or partnerships to conserve the species. The conditions of the CCA and CCAAs will remain in place for enrollees now that the dunes sagebrush lizard is listed as an endangered species. Once a species is listed as either endangered or threatened, the Act provides many additional tools to advance the conservation of listed species. Conservation of the dunes sagebrush lizard is dependent upon working partnerships with a wide variety of entities, including the voluntary cooperation of non-Federal landowners. Building partnerships and promoting cooperation of landowners are essential to understanding the status of species on non-Federal lands and may be necessary to implement recovery actions such as reintroducing listed species, restoring habitat, and protecting habitat. Once a species is listed, for private or other non-Federal property owners, we offer voluntary safe harbor agreements (SHAs) that can contribute to the recovery of species, habitat conservation plans (HCPs) that allow lawful activities to proceed while minimizing effects to species, funding through the Service's Partners for Fish and Wildlife Program to help promote conservation actions, and grants to the States under section 6 of the Act.
                </P>
                <P>The existing CCA and CCAAs in New Mexico and Texas have provided, and continue to provide, many conservation benefits for the dunes sagebrush lizard. However, based on the information we reviewed in our assessment, we conclude that the risk of extinction for the dunes sagebrush lizard is high despite these efforts. For example, advances in mapping dunes sagebrush lizard habitat have allowed the Service to gain a better understanding of the extent of habitat loss and fragmentation for the species rangewide. We have quantified these habitat impacts with the mapping effort described in chapter 5 of the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 88-111). Furthermore, these conservation agreements have not eliminated the loss of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat. The current buffer around duneland habitat in New Mexico is 30 meters. As a result, development continues in close proximity to duneland habitat. This has led to increased habitat fragmentation and a loss of connectivity between important habitat patches. In Texas, the CCAAs promote avoidance and minimization of impacts to dunes sagebrush lizard habitat. However, these CCAAs still allow development within dunelands when mitigation measures are applied, although some of these mitigation measures, such as mesquite removal, have been shown to provide little conservation benefit (USFWS 2024, pp. 86-87). Thus, continued development in dunelands contributes to increasing fragmentation, which has failed to be offset by mitigation. Also, the accomplishments and level of success of the existing CCA and CCAAs differ between Texas and New Mexico, as pointed out by several commenters. Enrollment in the Texas Conservation Plan (TCP), one of the two CCAAs, in Texas, has declined significantly over the past several years and the plan has not performed as expected due to several factors, including implementation errors, low enrollment, activities of non-Participants, and stratification of enrolled and non-enrolled properties. The CCAA signed in 2020, which is the second CCAA in Texas, also currently has similar issues, such as low enrollment, stratification of properties, and lack of clarity to date on conservation measures and other activities. While conservation measures are a requirement of participation in the certificates of inclusion, we are unsure of the extent of conservation measure implementation in Texas, as well as the locations of areas where conservation is occurring. Thus, while we continue to coordinate with the plan administrators, based on performance reporting to date, it has not yet been demonstrated that these agreements will be adequate or effective at protecting the dunes sagebrush lizard or its habitat in Texas into the future. Therefore, the measures implemented by these agreements are not enough to reduce the risk of extinction of the dunes sagebrush lizard such that it does not meet the definition of an endangered species.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(5) Comment:</E>
                     One State agency recommended the Service provide additional information regarding interpretation of a population viability analysis. Several public commenters also requested additional information on why modeling habitat is reliable for inferring dunes sagebrush lizard demographics. One public commenter suggested that the results of the population viability model from Leavitt and Acre (2021, p. 29) support a threatened listing determination.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     Our assessment of the viability of the dunes sagebrush lizard was based on the quantity and quality of habitat across its range. We chose this approach for several reasons. First, it provided a consistent methodology to assess populations rangewide, which was not available for any of the demographic data. Since the habitat assessment was based on aerial imagery and land cover data available across the entire species' range, and was not limited by State lines, we were able to generate comparable data to assess habitat. As noted in the SSA report, there are no rangewide data on population abundance and trends for the dunes sagebrush lizard (USFWS 2024, pp. 35-41). Leavitt and Acre (2021, entire) provide population estimates for the New Mexico portion of the range only. There are no equivalent population estimates for Texas. Without consistent demographic data, our approach ensures that comparable data available across the species' range were used to provide a comprehensive assessment of the dunes sagebrush lizard's status.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Second, given the habitat specificity of the dunes sagebrush lizard, we determined that an assessment of habitat is appropriate to evaluate the status of the species. There is ample evidence that loss and degradation of the habitat result in declines and extirpations of the dunes sagebrush lizard. As referenced in the SSA (USFWS 2024, pp. 57-60), multiple studies have documented the impact of increasing well pad density on the species, providing a consistent metric to assess viability of dunes sagebrush lizard populations (Sias and Snell 1998, p. 1; Leavitt and Fitzgerald 2013, p. 9; Ryberg et al. 2015, p. 893; Johnson et al. 2016, p. 41; Walkup et al. 2017, p. 9). 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43751"/>
                </P>
                <P>Although Leavitt and Acre (2021, entire) provide estimates of population abundance, this study has several limitations relevant to our assessment. Again, the study is limited to just the dunes sagebrush lizard's range in New Mexico. Second, density estimates were based on lizard surveys at several locations, noted as trapping grids. The spatial distribution of these grids is heavily biased: most are concentrated in a single analysis unit (southern Mescalero 1). The remaining analysis units had just one grid, except for northern Mescalero 4, which had none. This spatial bias may impact population density estimates. Third, the population estimates for each analysis unit were based on the assumption that all potentially suitable habitat is occupied at all times, which is likely an overestimate of true habitat occupancy. Numerous studies have revealed that given the colonization and source-sink dynamics of dunes sagebrush lizard populations, not all patches of adequate habitat may be occupied (USFWS 2024, p. 36). The study did not consider where a block of habitat was of sufficient size to support a population of dunes sagebrush lizards, or whether they were fragmented and isolated to the point that colonization of these patches was unlikely. It also did not incorporate the well pad density thresholds that are correlated with decreases in dunes sagebrush lizard abundance in estimating population abundance. The survey grids used to inform the density estimates are located in relatively undisturbed, intact habitat and may not reflect dunes sagebrush lizard abundance in degraded habitat. Thus, the population estimates of Leavitt and Acre (2021, entire) are likely overestimates of the number of dunes sagebrush lizards on the landscape. We conclude that these estimates are insufficient for inferring population resiliency and that our habitat modeling provides a more reliable approach.</P>
                <P>Leavitt and Acre (2021, pp. 6-11) also performed a population viability analysis to estimate the probability of extirpation for each analysis unit in New Mexico. However, we do not rely on this analysis for several reasons. First, as noted above, the population estimates used as input for the model are biased and likely to be overestimates. Second, the population viability analysis uses two different model frameworks to estimate probability of extinction. Notably, these two models provide drastically different estimates; one model, which is based on the Vortex modeling framework, predicts the probability of extirpation to be less than 1 percent for all analysis units, whereas the other model predicts the probability is greater than 50 percent for all analysis units. These discrepancies are due to the differing analytical assumptions and data inputs for the two models. The difference in the outcome of these models reinforces our decision that a habitat model is the best way to avoid the apparent biases in existing survey data and to examine the threats to the species from habitat loss and fragmentation, which are the most impactful threats to the species. Hence, we did not rely on this model in our listing determination.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(6) Comment:</E>
                     Two State agencies and several other commenters suggested that the Service did not appropriately consider population trends and population estimates for the dunes sagebrush lizard. They further expressed that these population estimates do not justify listing and that the Service failed to explain observed population increases. Commenters cited several studies referencing population estimates and trends, including Leavitt and Acre (2021, entire) and Acre and Hill (2023, entire).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     As discussed in section 2.6.3 of the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 38-41), rangewide population data for the dunes sagebrush lizard do not exist to enable us to estimate abundance and population trends. As noted in comment response (5), the population estimates for New Mexico produced by Leavitt and Acre (2021, entire) are likely overestimates based on the assumptions embedded in the analysis. The survey data completed in New Mexico (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Acre and Hill 2023, entire), which are discussed in section 2.6.4 of the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 41-43), only cover specific locations within the species' range where the dunes sagebrush lizard is known to occur. These studies represent targeted surveys in high-quality habitat to discern localized trends in the species, and, as such, we are unable to extrapolate these data to look at population trends universally or infer the status of the species rangewide. These data are also not representative of habitat across the species' range and do not provide companion surveys of fragmented habitat. Other studies have shown that habitat fragmentation is correlated with declines of the dunes sagebrush lizard, as discussed in the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 54-55). Additionally, the data referenced in the public comments (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     Acre and Hill 2023, entire) only covers a brief time period (5 years), which is not sufficient to infer long-term population trends. As such, surveys limited to high-quality habitat across a short time period provide too narrow of a dataset to infer rangewide populations trends. Our quantitative assessment of habitat condition provided a more comprehensive and consistent way to assess the status of the dunes sagebrush lizard rangewide.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(7) Comment:</E>
                     One State agency commented the Service incorrectly used the terms “well density” and “well pad density” interchangeably, and, as such, conclusions concerning impacts to the dunes sagebrush lizard at certain well pad densities now and into the future are unclear, are unsupported, and should not form the basis for the listing. The commenter claims the studies referenced by the Service also use the terms interchangeably, and that the Service should not rely on Sias and Snell (1998, entire) to conclude that a density of 13 well pads per square mile should be considered degraded habitat because the study preceded the advent of horizontal drilling.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     We agree that the terms “well density” and “well pad density” are not interchangeable and are a source of confusion. Our focus is on well pads, and the associated construction of road infrastructure, as they are central components of ground disturbance in oil and gas drilling and extraction. Appropriate clarifications have been made in the SSA report and this final rule. We also agree that Sias and Snell (1998, entire) conducted their study before the widespread implementation of more advanced horizontal drilling technologies and thus employed a more conflated definition of wells and well pads, essentially drawing no distinction between the two meanings. The term “well(s)” used by Sias and Snell (1998) is, however, equivalent to the more recent usage of “well pad(s).”
                </P>
                <P>
                    With these clarifications, we continue to conclude the best available science demonstrates that a density of 13 well pads per square mile constitutes degraded habitat for the species. Johnson et al. (2016, pp. 41, 51) provides an independent analysis that shows important declines in dunes sagebrush lizard densities at more conservative values of 5 and 8 well pads per square mile, with additional declines at 18 well pads per square mile. Leavitt and Fitzgerald (2013, p. 9) document consistently fewer captures of dunes sagebrush lizards in fragmented sites, which they define as 13 well pads or more per square mile. Even when the species was present, it was found in lower abundance when there were 13 or more well pads per square mile. This study also found that the dunes sagebrush lizard was one of the first species to disappear from areas with 13 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43752"/>
                    well pads or more per square mile. Further, this study notes that trapping grids located in areas that were more fragmented by development had fewer large dune blowouts, a key feature of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat and ecology, compared to non-fragmented areas. Walkup et al. (2017, pp. 5, 9, 10) confirmed that habitat fragmentation, again areas defined as having more than 13 well pads per square mile, resulted in very low capture rates and that the demographic structure of dunes sagebrush lizard populations in fragmented grids was clearly disrupted compared to unfragmented grids. The study concludes that too few dunes sagebrush lizards were present in fragmented areas to support a self-sustaining population. We, therefore, elected to use 13 well pads per square mile to describe degraded habitat due to the strong consensus in the literature from 1998-2017 and because there is clear evidence it is an appropriate measure of degraded habitat (USFWS 2024, p. 60).
                </P>
                <P>Our assessment of future habitat conditions is based on a comprehensive analysis by Pierre et al. (2020, entire) that modeled landscape alterations from oil and gas well pad construction through the year 2050. Via the application of three discrete scenarios that project different levels of landscape-level impacts (low, medium, and high impact) across the Permian Basin, this study incorporated many of the trends and market forces that influence oil and gas development. In addition, to inform the placement and characteristics of modeled well pads, Pierre et al. (2020, pp. 3-5) accounted for the size and technological advances in horizontal drilling, which is capable of clustering multiple well heads on an individual well pad. We have concluded that both the current and future characterizations of well pad impacts and degraded habitat conditions presented in our analysis are based solely on the best scientific and commercial data available (USFWS 2024, pp. 111-112, 187).</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(8) Comment:</E>
                     Two State agencies and several members of the public commented that the Service's conclusions about future impacts of oil and gas activities are exaggerated, are highly speculative, are based on antiquated data, and have high levels of uncertainty, which cause them to be insufficient to justify listing the dunes sagebrush lizard. Some of the commenters believe the SSA report and proposed rule fail to account for several technological advancements that significantly reduce impacts of oil and natural gas activities on the dunes sagebrush lizard and its habitat. The commenters identified these advancements as including three dimensional (3D) seismic surveys, horizontal and directional drilling, multi-well pads, centralized facilities, shorter drilling and well completion timeframes, closed-loop drilling fluid systems, and enclosed liquid gathering systems.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     We agree that advances in oil and gas drilling and extraction technologies represent a significant reduction in ground disturbance relative to historical practices. To account for this, we derived a set of future impact scenarios that empirically modeled both trends that drive demand and technologies that cluster multiple wells on a given well pad (Pierre et al. 2020, p. 4; USFWS 2024, p. 111). This analysis is presented in the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 118-126) and represents the best available projections of future oil and gas drilling based on past well placement, market forces, and technological innovation. Our analysis demonstrates that across all three scenarios there will be continued loss of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat by 2050, although there were differences in the magnitude of overall habitat loss among the three scenarios.
                </P>
                <P>Nonetheless, our listing determination that the dunes sagebrush lizard meets the Act's definition of an “endangered species” is supported by the current condition of the habitat and the risk that condition poses to the dunes sagebrush lizard throughout all of its range. The existing landscape includes a vast number of historical and unrestored well pads, as well as their associated road infrastructure. This enduring legacy of the oil and gas industry, spanning over a century of vertical drilling practices, represents a significant hindrance to dunes sagebrush lizard dispersal and drastically compromises habitat quantity and quality (USFWS 2024, pp. 56-60). We recognize that horizontal drilling has been implemented since 2008, but that does not allay the myriad issues with the degree and extent of historical well pads or the small proportion of well pads that have been reclaimed and returned to adequate dunes sagebrush lizard habitat. Further, we understand that many historical well pads are being reutilized for horizontal drilling; therefore, they are not currently considered to be candidates for future habitat restoration efforts and remain a source of ground disturbance.</P>
                <P>In summary, the current condition of the dunes sagebrush lizard's habitat is highly fragmented and of diminished quality. As a result of the present destruction and modification of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat, which has resulted in substantial reductions in the resiliency of populations, the species meets the Act's definition of an “endangered species,” and we are listing it as such in this rule.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(9) Comment:</E>
                     One State agency commented that the Service failed to provide meaningful data to justify the reversal of the Service's 2012 finding that the dunes sagebrush lizard does not meet the statutory definition of an endangered or threatened species under the Act (see 77 FR 36872; June 19, 2012).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     The 2024 decision to list the dunes sagebrush lizard as an endangered species relies on the recently completed SSA, which takes into account the best scientific data available on the species, including updated mapping efforts and additional research on the species and its habitat conducted or published after 2012. Between 2012 and 2024, mapping efforts by Natural Heritage New Mexico and Hardy et al. (2018, entire) (discussed in the SSA report's appendix B) have provided a resource for assessing dunes sagebrush lizard habitat rangewide (USFWS 2024, pp. 182-189). This resource was not available at the time of the 2012 listing decision. There has also been additional research published since 2012 on the dunes sagebrush lizard's population biology, such as factors influencing dispersal and population genetic structure (USFWS 2024, pp. 35-43), and the negative effects of habitat degradation on the species' persistence (USFWS 2024, pp. 55-59). With this additional information, we were able to re-evaluate the viability of the species more fully on these factors. This process revealed that the species' current condition places it in danger of extinction due to identified threats, including oil and gas development in dunes sagebrush lizard habitat. Data from the U.S. Census Bureau between 2010 and 2020 (Permian Basin Regional Planning Commission 2023, entire) indicate that there was continued human population growth in the Permian Basin Region. This growth is likely connected to increased industry development. Further, several studies project continued growth of extraction-related jobs in both Texas (Texas Oil and Gas Association 2023, entire) and New Mexico (New Mexico Department of Workforce Solutions 2023, p. 36). Again, this projection of continued growth of the oil and gas development industry indicates that there will continue to be impacts to the habitat of this species.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43753"/>
                </P>
                <P>Oil and gas development, along with other threats like frac sand mining, continue to contribute to habitat loss and fragmentation, the primary threats to the dunes sagebrush lizard. Because restoration of shinnery oak duneland is not currently feasible, loss of habitat within duneland complexes must be viewed as a potential permanent impact to the species. In addition, the 2012 withdrawal was based on the implementation of newly developed conservation agreements, specifically the TCP in Texas (77 FR 36872). These agreements now have a track record that can be fully considered in evaluating the current and future viability of the dunes sagebrush lizard. As discussed below, the conservation efforts in place have not mitigated or ameliorated the threats to the dunes sagebrush lizard such that it does not require the protections of the Act.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(10) Comment:</E>
                     One State agency and several individuals commented that the Service exaggerated the threat of sand mining and associated surface disturbance in the proposed decision to list the dunes sagebrush lizard. The comments noted that sand mining only occurs in a small portion of the species' range, there are no peer review studies on the effects of sand mining on the dunes sagebrush lizard or its habitat, and the Service failed to demonstrate that frac sand mining is expanding or increasing now or that it will do so into the future.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     After reviewing information regarding the industry, we concluded that frac sand mining poses a threat to dunes sagebrush lizard habitat due to extensive surface disturbance caused by the mining process. There are currently no peer-reviewed studies on the impacts of sand mines on the dunes sagebrush lizard. This is because frac sand mines only became prevalent in the area in 2017. Regardless, the best available science supports the conclusion that the excavation of sand is detrimental to the species. This is because frac sand mining results in the complete removal of surface habitat, including shinnery oak and sand dunes. Aerial imagery shows no shinnery oak duneland habitat remaining after a sand mine disrupts the surface for sand extraction and infrastructure. In our habitat analysis, we treated the footprint of sand mines as complete non-habitat for the dunes sagebrush lizard (USFWS 2024, pp. 62-63). These footprints were determined using aerial imagery obtained for each of the 18 known sand mines within the range of the dunes sagebrush lizard (USFWS 2024, pp. 110-111). Manually digitizing these features, while far more time consuming, is often more accurate than remote sensing methods, as depositional sand may obscure some features and blend them with non-anthropogenic landforms.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Our use of only the mine footprints, rather than a larger mining area, to estimate impact to the dunes sagebrush lizard likely is an underestimation of effects. We did not categorize habitat surrounding the footprint of a mine as degraded or disturbed due to its proximity to these facilities. Thus, we treated habitat surrounding these mines as intact, unless other disturbances were present (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     well pads). The impacts of the mines themselves likely extend beyond their footprint by, for example, deflating surrounding sand dunes and damaging nearby vegetation (USFWS 2024, pp. 60-61). Also, several mines are notably located in areas that represent pinch-points in the dunes sagebrush lizard's range in Texas (USFWS 2024, p. 97), which may restrict dispersal between habitat patches.
                </P>
                <P>We based our estimates on the best available information regarding observed sand mine growth rates since the inception of the industry in west Texas, mainly imagery from the National Agricultural Imagery Program and MAXAR Technologies. Table C-1 in appendix C of the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 194-195) presents sand mine growth estimates from the Texas State government, nongovernmental organizations, various contractors, and the sand mining industry itself. The range and distribution of these estimates track closely with our independent, empirical analysis; in fact, our high impact estimate of sand mine growth (74 acres per year) is notably less than several of the high estimates from the body of information compiled in the SSA report (86.5-145.8 acres per year). In addition, the 2020 CCAA in Texas authorizes up to 60 acres per year of habitat loss (considered to be take of the species) per mine, within any habitat class, which is roughly 10 percent more than our medium impact scenario (54 acres per year). Lastly, our low impact scenario (39 acres per year) is comparable with the lowest value (37.1 acres per year) from table C-1 in the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 196-197). Our analysis is in line with multiple previous estimates of sand mine growth from a wide variety of sources.</P>
                <P>Also, market analysis indicates that the frac sand mining industry in west Texas has additional opportunity for growth. Mace (2019, p. 42) indicates that the current frac sand capacity is meeting roughly 40 percent of the total market demand and more than 30 potential mine sites can be identified within the Monahans Sandhills region. This study also notes that the total acreage purchased by individual operators is far greater than what is currently reported as disturbed. These future projections indicate that our model of 18 sand mines is a conservative estimate and additional habitat loss is likely.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(11) Comment:</E>
                     Two State agencies and several other individuals commented that the Service's analysis on climate change impacts on the dunes sagebrush lizard are speculative, arguing the Service does not provide scientific literature or data to demonstrate impacts of climate change on the species.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     The Act requires that we use the best scientific data available when we make decisions to list a species, and we followed all Service policies and standards on data and information quality in our SSA report and this final rule. We concluded that the direct impacts of climate change on the dunes sagebrush lizard, its food, and its habitat are somewhat uncertain; there are no studies available that have examined the specific response of the dunes sagebrush lizard to a changing climate. However, we have presented a thorough assessment of likely future impacts of climate change in chapter 4.3 of our SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 72-75) based on our knowledge of the species and its habitat. Drought has become more frequent over the past several decades across the species' range (U.S. Drought Monitor 2022, unpaginated), which not only affects the dunes sagebrush lizard, but also the shinnery oak that is the foundation of the entire ecosystem. During drought, shinnery oak can lose its leaves or not even leaf-out (Peterson and Boyd 1998, p. 9). Recent droughts have resulted in a lack of the typical spring green-up for shinnery oak, instead occurring later with the seasonal summer monsoons (Johnson et al. 2016, p. 78). The timing of this green-up is important, as is provides shelter for adults as they become active in the spring and food for invertebrates that are consumed by the dunes sagebrush lizard.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Effects of drought on shinnery oak can also have broader consequences for duneland habitat. Shinnery oak clones may reach 15 meters (50 feet) in diameter, making large areas of duneland habitat vulnerable in the event of drought-induced oak mortality (Gucker 2006, p. 7). Any disruption to the groundwater in these ecosystems (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     drought) that lowers the water table may destabilize the dunes such that the system experiences a net loss in sand (Newton and Allen 2014, p. 4). 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43754"/>
                    Furthermore, periods of low rainfall are likely to inhibit shinnery oak colonization of disturbed areas, limiting potential for restoration and natural ecological dynamics. Ultimately, given the close association between the dunes sagebrush lizard and shinnery oak, decline or loss of this habitat would have ramifications for dunes sagebrush lizard viability.
                </P>
                <P>Climate change is likely to increase the frequency and magnitude of drought in this region. On average, surface air temperatures across Texas are predicted to increase by 3 degrees Celsius (°C) (5.4 degrees Fahrenheit (°F)) by 2099 (Jiang and Yang 2012, p. 238). In the southwest United States, temperature increases will be concentrated in the summer months. In Texas, the number of days exceeding 35 °C (95 °F) may double by 2050 (Kinniburgh et al. 2015, p. 8). According to climate change predictions, west Texas will experience greater variability in seasonal precipitation patterns with the greatest net loss experienced in winter (Jiang and Yang 2012, p. 238). An increase in drought frequency and intensity has been shown to be occurring throughout the range of the dunes sagebrush lizard (Kinniburgh et al. 2015, p. 62). Projections under future climate change indicate that groundwater resources will be further depleted with more extreme drought and increasing summer temperatures (Nielsen-Gammon et al. 2020, pp. 5-7; Yoon et al. 2018, entire). Based on this information, we conclude that climate change will reduce the viability of the dunes sagebrush lizard due to the effects of drought on the species and its habitat.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(12) Comment:</E>
                     Two State agencies commented that the Service's analysis and listing determination do not provide enough evidence or justification to warrant an endangered finding.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     We are required to make our determination based on the best scientific and commercial data available at the time of our rulemaking. We considered the best scientific and commercial data available regarding the dunes sagebrush lizard to evaluate its potential status under the Act.
                </P>
                <P>Also, in accordance with our peer review policy published on July 1, 1994 (59 FR 34270), we solicited peer review of the SSA report from knowledgeable individuals with scientific expertise that included familiarity with the species, the geographic region in which the species occurs, and conservation biology principles. Additionally, we requested comments or information from other concerned governmental agencies, Native American Tribes, the scientific community, industry, and any other interested parties concerning our July 3, 2023, proposed rule. Comments and information we received helped inform this final rule. Further, information provided in comments on the proposed listing rule were evaluated and taken into consideration in the development of this final determination, as appropriate.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Public Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(13) Comment:</E>
                     Several commenters suggested creating tailored prohibitions for the dunes sagebrush lizard, presumably through a rule promulgated under section 4(d) of the Act. Other commenters suggested that we did not provide information that would satisfy the Service's policy on section 9 prohibitions (59 FR 34272; July 1, 1994), which specifies that at the time of listing the Service will list specific activities that will not be considered likely to result in violation of section 9 of the Act.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     Tailored prohibitions promulgated under section 4(d) of the Act apply only to species listed as threatened; because we have determined that the dunes sagebrush lizard is an endangered species, the section 4(d) provisions do not apply this species.
                </P>
                <P>Section 9 of the Act makes it illegal for anyone to “take” (defined as harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, collect, or attempt any of these actions) an endangered species. At this time, we are unable to identify specific activities that will not be considered likely to result in a violation of section 9 of the Act beyond what is already clear from the descriptions of prohibitions or already excepted through our regulations at 50 CFR 17.21. We estimate that most activities that result in surface disturbance or disruption of existing habitat conditions in identified habitat may be likely to result in take of the species. We provide further information regarding section 9 prohibitions under Available Conservation Measures, below. However, the mere promulgation of a regulation, such as listing a species under the Act, does not take private property, unless the regulation on its face denies the property owners all economically beneficial or productive use of their land, which is not the case with the listing of this species. Programs are available to private landowners for managing habitat for listed species, and permits can be obtained to protect private landowners from the take prohibitions when such taking is incidental to, and not the purpose of, the carrying out of an otherwise lawful activity. Private landowners may contact their local Service field office to obtain information about these programs and permits.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(14) Comment:</E>
                     One commenter suggested the SSA report and proposed rule do not use the best available science on habitat suitability, probability of occurrence mapping, and species distribution based on presence data from Walkup et al. (2022, entire).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     In assessing the status of the dunes sagebrush lizard, we developed a model that categorized and quantified habitat consistently across the species' range. We used the Hardy et al. (2018, entire) model in Texas because that model uses a methodology that can be consistently applied with the Natural Heritage New Mexico model (Johnson et al. 2016, entire) across the species' range using publicly available spatial data. In contrast, the Walkup et al. (2022, entire) models are limited to only a portion of the range (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Monahans Sandhills in Texas), rely on data only available for a subset of that range, and rely on assumptions that limit applicability to our rangewide assessment. Walkup et al. (2022, entire) developed fine-scale occupancy models evaluating the probability of occurrence of the dunes sagebrush lizard across the species' range in Texas. Their occupancy model is not analogous to our habitat model, as it estimates the likelihood that dunes sagebrush lizard may be present in a certain area, rather than assessing the quality or quantity of habitat. While the LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) data used to develop these occupancy models present a novel inclusion of high-resolution data for fine-scale habitat modeling of dunes sagebrush lizard presence, their model predicted the likelihood of the species being present in a given area based on correlations between presence data (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     locations where the species has been detected) and environmental factors. The authors point out an inherent bias of their model in that areas closer to presence points have an inherently larger probability of occurrence. Unfortunately, the models are based on only 67 presence points obtained from 122 dunes sagebrush lizard observations (USFWS 2024, pp. 38-41). The limited survey data are due to lack of access to private land with missing or underrepresented counties within the range in Texas. Due to these data limitations, these models are based on data that are not random or evenly distributed across the potential range, likely biasing the model. Walkup et al. (2022, pp. 357-358) caution interpretation of low predicted probabilities of occurrence, citing that low probability of occurrence is likely inflated in their modeling approach due 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43755"/>
                    to geographic gaps in the available dunes sagebrush lizard occurrence data. The authors point out issues with this modeling method that can contribute to bias and under-prediction of habitat. Walkup et al. (2022, pp. 357-358) emphasize the importance of validation in this type of modeling. Without validation with an independent data set, the modeling approach should be viewed simply as exploratory and not truly predictive modeling (see Tredennick et al. 2021, entire). Exploratory modeling helps in the process of identifying important habitat variables for species like the dunes sagebrush lizard but cannot be applied predictively across the range without the critical validation step. Thus, Walkup et al. (2022, pp. 357-358) call for the importance of obtaining more survey data for the dunes sagebrush lizard to address the importance of validation. In light of these limitations, we found the Hardy et al. (2018, entire) model to be a more reliable predictor of species occupancy across the entire range of the dunes sagebrush lizard.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(15) Comment:</E>
                     Several commenters suggested that the Service inappropriately interpreted the impacts of habitat loss or disturbance on dunes sagebrush lizard abundance and density. Commenters suggested the Service does not demonstrate that oil and gas production and sand mining are impacting the dunes sagebrush lizard's population, and that habitat fragmentation does not mean habitat vanishes or decreases long term but that it may shift in space. Several commenters further expressed that the Service does not know how much habitat is critical to the species' survival and that our analysis overinflates the areas that should be considered habitat.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     As discussed in section 4.1 of the SSA report, the largest threat to the dunes sagebrush lizard is habitat loss and fragmentation, and dunes sagebrush lizard population declines in fragmented landscapes have been repeatedly observed (USFWS 2024, pp. 56-71).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Dunes sagebrush lizard habitats may shift spatially over geological time; however, as discussed in section 2.5.7 of the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 34-35), this is a slow process that takes decades, centuries, and even millennia to occur and does not happen during a biologically meaningful time period for dunes sagebrush lizard populations (Fitzgerald 
                    <E T="03">et al.</E>
                     1997, p. 28; Dzialak 
                    <E T="03">et al.</E>
                     2013, p. 1371-1372, 1379-1383; Hardy 
                    <E T="03">et al.</E>
                     2018, p. 27). Additionally, as discussed in section 2.6.2 of the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 36-38), the dunes sagebrush lizard may not occur in all areas of suitable habitat due to natural extinction-colonization dynamics (Fitzgerald 
                    <E T="03">et al.</E>
                     1997, p. 28; Painter 
                    <E T="03">et al.</E>
                     1999, p. 51; Fitzgerald 
                    <E T="03">et al.</E>
                     2005, p. 1; Walkup 
                    <E T="03">et al.</E>
                     2022, pp. 358; Acre and Hill 2023, p. 11. However, the fragmentation that exists on the landscape and the species' limited dispersal ability often prevent dunes sagebrush lizards from moving amongst disconnected patches of habitat. In some cases, due to fragmentation, the dunes sagebrush lizard may have once existed within a patch or patches of suitable habitat, but, because of stochastic events, the species may have disappeared there, and the fragmentation that currently exists on the landscape can prevent dispersal to these unused patches of habitat. Due to the habitat requirements of the dunes sagebrush lizard, these patches of habitat that may be considered suitable habitat but may be unoccupied, or may have low levels of occupation that may be difficult to detect, could be important areas in future recovery actions restoring connectivity between occupied and unoccupied sections of habitat.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(16) Comment:</E>
                     Several commenters note well drilling data from the New Mexico Energy, Minerals and Natural Resources Department and the Texas Railroad Commission often include wells that are abandoned or plugged and can contain multiple log entries for the same well over time. Commenters claim that the Service does not indicate whether duplicate well entries were removed in the refined habitat model, and they note that, if the Service did not conduct such a screening, the Service might be over-classifying areas as disturbed or degraded.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     We agree that the New Mexico Energy, Minerals and Natural Resources Department and the Texas Railroad Commission databases contain records of wells now plugged or abandoned. That does not, however, indicate a lack of ground disturbance on either historical or more contemporary well pads. Our focus is on ground disturbance, as that is a key element of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat condition. We, therefore, visually reconciled the above databases with recent aerial imagery and remotely sensed land cover modeling to validate the spatial coincidence between the well locations and persistent ground disturbance, which showed a high degree of agreement. Further, there has been little well pad reclamation for plugged, abandoned, or otherwise non-active wells in this area; while there may be no drilling equipment present at a given site, the installed caliche well pad and associated road infrastructure often remain intact, which leads to habitat loss and fragmentation for the species.
                </P>
                <P>We did evaluate these databases for duplicate well entries. Within Texas, including the area adjacent to the New Mexico border (Mescalero 7 analysis unit), there were 8,316 total well records but only a single record (0.01 percent) was coincident. Similarly, in southeast New Mexico, there were 82 spatially identical records (0.6 percent) out of 13,283 total well records. In addition, there are many instances, in both New Mexico and Texas, where a well pad exists with no record in the State databases of well installation or drilling activity.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(17) Comment:</E>
                     Several commenters suggested the analysis in the SSA report does not sufficiently consider the different components of the oil and gas lifecycle, the temporary nature of the impacts, and the process of decommissioning and removal of well infrastructure. These comments suggested that the Service improperly assumes that ongoing and future oil and gas development will have deleterious effects on the dunes sagebrush lizard.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     While the infrastructure from oil and gas development placed on the landscape may be limited to a lifecycle of 20-30 years and disturbance from human activity primarily occurs during the beginning stages of well development, the impact to the landscape, and loss of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat, is effectively permanent. Once the infrastructure, including all the physical infrastructure and the caliche used for the well pads and roads, are removed, the physical form of the landscape remains altered. The shinnery oak dunelands that the dunes sagebrush lizard relies on for habitat are flattened and removed during development. Even if a well pad is completely reclaimed, the sand dunes are lost until long-term geologic processes that take centuries and even millennia to occur can recreate the dunes (USFWS 2024, p. 34). Due to the dunes sagebrush lizard's reliance on this very specific and restricted habitat of shinnery oak dunes within the Mescalero and Monahans Sandhills, the species is highly susceptible to habitat loss and fragmentation, with loss of this habitat being the greatest threat to the species, as described in detail in the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 55-70). Removal of shinnery oak dunelands can impair breeding, feeding, sheltering, dispersal, and survival, causing declines in abundance or even loss of populations. Degradation and fragmentation of shinnery oak dunelands may be irreversible; once 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43756"/>
                    disturbed, these dunelands shift to alternative stable states of other habitat type and, to date, attempts to restore this habitat have been unsuccessful at a large scale (Ryberg et al. 2015, p. 896; Johnson et al. 2016, p. 34). Reclaiming unused well pads is beneficial to the dunes sagebrush lizard because it allows for improved connectivity between dunelands. However, to date, there have been no successful efforts to recreate lost habitat.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(18) Comment:</E>
                     Commenters requested clarification on the relative importance of various habitat types to the dunes sagebrush lizard and justification on how they were classified and summed. One commenter believed the dunes sagebrush lizard is not associated with open sand dunes, grass dunes, mesquite shrublands, and mesquite grasslands, and that these land covers are not described as suitable habitat for the species.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     The habitat categories we developed for the SSA, namely shinnery oak duneland and shinnery oak supportive habitat, were based on published information regarding habitat use by the dunes sagebrush lizard (Johnson et al. 2016, entire; Hardy et al. 2018, p. 21). As described in section 5.1.2 of the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 89-91), shinnery oak duneland is the top-quality habitat that the species uses most for breeding, feeding, and sheltering. This category includes areas with less than 10 percent mesquite cover in New Mexico, and less than 5 percent mesquite cover in Texas. The difference between the two States is due to data availability and the resulting habitat categories defined by the separate mapping efforts for each portion of the dunes sagebrush lizard's range. Johnson et al. (2016, entire) and Hardy et al. (2018, entire) found declines in the dunes sagebrush lizard at these levels of mesquite density. Also, shinnery oak sand dunes begin to lose their structure at mesquite densities above these levels (USFWS 2024, p. 68). Most known dunes sagebrush lizard observations have been within shinnery oak duneland.
                </P>
                <P>Shinnery oak supportive habitat includes habitat around the shinnery oak dunelands that the species may use for dispersal, feeding, and sheltering; however, no breeding has ever been recorded in this habitat. Shinnery oak supportive habitat also serves to stabilize shinnery oak duneland habitat against threats from anthropogenic disturbance. Dunes sagebrush lizards have been observed within this habitat type, although to a lesser degree than in shinnery oak dunelands. For a more detailed description, refer to the SSA report's section 5.1.2 (USFWS 2024, pp. 89-91) and appendix B.</P>
                <P>
                    Commenters suggested that areas of open sand dunes are not associated with the dunes sagebrush lizard. This assertion is inconsistent with the data we have reviewed for the species. Open sand dunes were included as suitable habitat in all of the habitat modeling to date (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Fitzgerald et al. 2011, entire; Johnson et al. 2016, entire; Hardy et al. 2018, entire; Walkup et al. 2022, entire). As noted in Fitzgerald et al. (2011, p. 3), an important component of the habitat is open spaces clear of all vegetation, which are used for foraging. In Walkup et al. (2022, p. 355), both models showed a high probability of dunes sagebrush lizard occurrence in the large open sand dunes of Winkler County, Texas. As noted in Hardy et al. (2018, pp. 21-22), historical and current survey data have documented dunes sagebrush lizards within the interior of large open dune fields having an absence of vegetation. While both Hardy et al. (2018, p. 22) and Johnson et al. (2016, p. 85) document the majority of species location data in shinnery oak dunefields (which we include in the shinnery oak dunelands habitat class), both note that this is not always the case and observations are documented within the large open dunes in both New Mexico and Texas. We agree that the dunes sagebrush lizard may not always be present in a given suitable habitat class, but unoccupied areas support future dispersal and formation of new populations (USFWS 2024, pp. 35-43) and provide structural support to the sand dunes that the species depends on (USFWS 2024, pp. 28-35).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(19) Comment:</E>
                     Commenters questioned the reliability of the geospatial analysis methods we used and requested validation exercises be performed to confirm reliability. One commenter believed the Hardy et al. (2018, entire) map should not have been used as a starting point for the SSA habitat map because it is a pre-existing landcover map that had minimal ground-truth analysis and the occurrence and suitability assumptions in the Hardy et al. (2018, entire) map were based on environmental data and expert opinion without the use of dunes sagebrush lizard detection/non-detection data.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     For species with limited data or where there are geographical gaps in data collection, habitat-based maps provide a mapping approach that is unbiased relative to available occurrence data. Habitat-based mapping using environmental variables, previously peer-reviewed literature, and expert input is a commonly used approach in wildlife biology and conservation, especially for species, like the dunes sagebrush lizard, that have limited survey data. Much of the current observational data for the species, including the data that were used to build the models underlying Walkup et al. (2022, entire), are based on surveys where the methods employed have been inconsistent, lack sufficient survey effort, and result in a low detection probability, which can lead to a considerable error rate (Leavitt 2019, pp. 6-11; USFWS 2024, p. 87). The habitat-based approach that we used avoids these biases.
                </P>
                <P>In addition, the Hardy et al. (2018, p. 10) effort did incorporate survey data from several sources in their evaluation and categorization of habitat classes. We also funded an accuracy assessment (Jensen and Hardy 2021, entire) that evaluated the Hardy et al. (2018, entire) map. While this accuracy assessment was not able secure property access and is thus not a ground-based approach, it utilized ultra high-resolution imagery obtained from small unmanned aerial system (sUAS) data collected in 2017 and 2018. Assessment by an independent, experienced analyst found an overall accuracy of the map to be over 70 percent, which is considered an acceptable level of accuracy for remote sensing (Jensen and Hardy 2021, entire).</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(20) Comment:</E>
                     One commenter suggested that evidence of past tebuthiuron (a broad-spectrum herbicide) treatment alone fails to justify the Service's characterization of areas as degraded habitat. The commenter claims that regardless of historical treatments, if areas have the necessary landscape structures determined to be highly important to the dunes sagebrush lizard, then they should not be categorized as greatly reduced or nonexistent resources for breeding, sheltering, feeding, and dispersal.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     The degraded habitat classification describes a condition where resources for the dunes sagebrush lizard are greatly reduced. Specifically, constituent habitat elements that support breeding, feeding, sheltering, and dispersal have been functionally compromised. The degraded habitat class is a combination of (1) well pad densities of 13 well pads or more per square mile and (2) areas of herbicide treatment. Dunes sagebrush lizard abundance has been documented to be between 70 and 94 percent lower in sites previously treated with herbicides (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     tebuthiuron) as compared to non-treated sites (Snell et al. 1994, p. 11). Further, more recent examples from both aerial imagery and ground-based photos demonstrate the fundamental 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43757"/>
                    alterations to the landscape where known treatments have occurred (Johnson et al. 2016 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     pp. 22, 30, 31, 92-94). This demonstrates the enduring impacts that herbicide treatments completed in the 1980s and 1990s represent to the fragile shinnery oak duneland ecosystem and thus dunes sagebrush lizard ecology.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In combination with data provided by the Bureau of Land Management (BLM), the remote sensing analysis of current vegetation in New Mexico (Johnson et al. 2016, entire) identified areas where herbicide treatments have occurred. Within these areas, it is evident that the vegetation community has typically transitioned to grasslands or mesquite-grasslands and the sand dune structure necessary for the dunes sagebrush lizard has been generally destabilized. Several similar areas were noted in Texas but tended to be less pronounced; however, to be consistent across the species' entire range, we contacted the Texas State University team who conducted the habitat mapping in Texas (Hardy et al. 2018, entire) to address potential additions to their original habitat model. Based on aerial photo interpretation, we then submitted a series of proposed changes (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     herbicide-treated areas) to the Texas State University team for review and concurrence. We subsequently incorporated the agreed-upon changes into the Texas habitat mapping.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(21) Comment:</E>
                     One commenter suggests the Service failed to include two recent studies demonstrating that herbicide and grazing can restore shinnery oak and shinnery-oak prairies (Zavaleta et al. 2016, entire; Carroll et al. 2019, entire).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     Zavaleta et al. (2016, entire) analyzed the impacts of combinations of tebuthiuron treatments and moderate-intensity grazing on shinnery oak prairie restoration. The goal of this study was to reduce the proportion of shinnery oak, thereby increasing the available forage for grazing cattle. Zavaleta et al. (2016, pp. 229-231) deals with monotypic stands of shinnery oak that have a limited availability of grasses and forbs but does not address shinnery oak restoration in duneland complexes. In fact, Zavaleta et al. (2016, p. 227) point out that they deliberately avoided sand dunes and blowouts “to minimize the potential for subsequent erosion.” While the Service acknowledges the beneficial contribution of science related to restoration of prairie grasses and forbs, especially in the specific context of improving grazing potential, this study does not address the gap in scientific knowledge relating to restoration of shinnery oak duneland complexes that would improve and expand degraded habitat for the dunes sagebrush lizard.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Carroll et al. (2019, entire) conducted a 1-year laboratory study on shinnery oak emergence and rhizome survival in which field-collected samples were exposed to shade and cold treatments. The narrow scope of the study prevents any broad assumptions or inference to be made about large-scale shinnery oak restoration. The authors did not attempt to demonstrate the potential for their methods to be used in an applied context. Carroll et al. (2019, p. 632) note that shinnery oak samples were collected from one location in western Oklahoma (Packsaddle Wildlife Management Area), which may not be representative of the entire range of shinnery oak, especially concerning native soils and precipitation. In fact, the location of this study represents the easternmost portion of the shinnery oak range, an area that receives greater and more consistent precipitation with soils that are not susceptible to erosion. These conditions are not representative of conditions throughout the dunes sagebrush lizard's range in New Mexico and Texas. Furthermore, Carroll et al. (2019, p. 634) assert that, in nature, shinnery oak regeneration primarily occurs via rhizomatous growth rather than sexual reproduction (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     acorns). The low survival rate of rhizomes in their experiment prevented analysis on the effects of temperature and shade on rhizome survival; therefore, the findings do not support a basis for applied shinnery oak restoration within the range of the dunes sagebrush lizard.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(22) Comment:</E>
                     Several comments suggested there is confusion regarding the numbers of enrollment in conservation agreements across the dunes sagebrush lizard's range. Several commenters stated that there are several millions of acres of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat enrolled in these agreements.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     Through the public comment process, the Service received updated enrollment numbers for existing CCA and CCAAs provided by the commenter. We have updated the SSA report, and we consider that current enrollment data in this final rule.
                </P>
                <P>According to our habitat analysis, there are 505,857 hectares (1.25 million acres) of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat rangewide, which include both duneland and supportive habitat. There are multiple overlapping explanations for the discrepancy between the size of the range of the dunes sagebrush lizard and the amount of land enrolled in the agreements. In some cases, multiple species are covered in the conservation agreements; as such, enrollment acreages may reflect areas outside of the dunes sagebrush lizard's range. Additionally, multiple types of enrollment (ranchers and oil and gas, surface and subsurface) can occur on the same acreage. This could cause specific acres to be enrolled, or to be considered to be enrolled, multiple times through different enrollment types. Also, habitat for other species may be enrolled in agreements. Finally, some of the CCAAs have enrolled areas that are outside of the dunes sagebrush lizard's range, resulting in total enrolled acreages greater than the acreage of dune sagebrush lizard habitat being covered by those CCAAs. The numbers stated by the permit holders are included in the SSA report, but there are not more acres of habitat enrolled than are present across the range of the dunes sagebrush lizard.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(23) Comment:</E>
                     Several commenters suggested the Service failed to evaluate conservation efforts under the Policy for Evaluation of Conservation Efforts When Making Listing Decisions (PECE) (68 FR 15100; March 28, 2003), and the proposed listing fails to sufficiently account for conservation agreements and their benefits to the dunes sagebrush lizard now and into the future.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     PECE was developed to assess whether formalized conservation efforts that have not yet been implemented or demonstrated effectiveness may make listing of a species under the Act unnecessary or result in a species meeting the definition of a threatened species instead of an endangered species. Indeed, an evaluation of conservation efforts under PECE was used to support the withdrawal of the proposed rule to list the dunes sagebrush lizard following the adoption of the TCP in 2012 (see 77 FR 36872; June 19, 2012). Since then, the CCA/CCAA in New Mexico and the TCP in Texas have been implemented for more than a decade. The 2020 CCAA in Texas has had 3 years of implementation. They all now have a documented track record both of implementation and effectiveness, which we discuss in the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 81-87). Because these conservation efforts all have a documented track record, a PECE analysis was unnecessary and inapplicable, and they were considered in full in the SSA. We evaluated the performance, history, and projected future contributions to the species' conservation of these plans in our listing determination.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43758"/>
                </P>
                <P>An important aspect of our assessment is the quantification of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat using remotely sensed, publicly available data. These data indicate that large quantities of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat have been degraded and much of the species' range is fragmented by human development. Even with current conservation efforts in place, we determined that the reduction and fragmentation of habitat has elevated the risk of extinction for the dunes sagebrush lizard. Further implementation of these conservation efforts will be essential to protect the remaining habitat for the species.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(24) Comment:</E>
                     Several commenters suggested that the listing determination requires analysis under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     Regulations adopted pursuant to section 4(a) of the Act are exempt from the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) and do not require an environmental analysis under NEPA. We published a notice outlining our reasons for this determination in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on October 25, 1983 (48 FR 49244). This includes listing, delisting, and reclassification rules, as well as critical habitat designations. In a line of cases starting with 
                    <E T="03">Douglas County</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Babbitt,</E>
                     48 F.3d 1495 (9th Cir. 1995), the courts have upheld this position.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(25) Comment:</E>
                     Several commenters requested an economic analysis regarding the impacts of listing the dunes sagebrush lizard as an endangered species.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     Section 4(b)(1) of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533(b)(1)) requires us to make our listing determinations “solely on the basis of the best scientific and commercial data available.” Therefore, the Act does not allow us to consider the economic impacts of a listing whether over the short term, long term, or cumulatively. Please also see our response to 
                    <E T="03">(2) Comment,</E>
                     above.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">(26) Comment:</E>
                     We received several comments requesting that we designate the portions of the dunes sagebrush lizard's range in New Mexico and Texas as separate distinct population segments (DPSs) since those portions of the range are isolated from each other.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Our response:</E>
                     Under the Act, any DPS of any species of vertebrate fish or wildlife which interbreeds when mature is a listable entity (see 16 U.S.C. 1532(16) and 1533(a)(1)). We have a policy that outlines the criteria we use in determining whether an entity qualifies as a DPS (61 FR 4722; February 7, 1996). The original petition to list the dunes sagebrush lizard requested the listing at the scale of the full range of the species; it did not request different listing actions for New Mexico and Texas. Congress has indicated that we should designate DPSs “sparingly and only when the biological evidence indicates that such action is warranted” (Senate Report 151, 96th Congress, 1st Session). Therefore, based on the intent of the original petition and Congress, we determined that identifying separate population segments is not appropriate in this situation.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Final Listing Determination</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>A thorough review of the taxonomy, life history, and ecology of the dunes sagebrush lizard is presented in the SSA report (version 1.3; USFWS 2024, pp. 16-42). Since the publication of the July 3, 2023, proposed rule (88 FR 42661), we updated the SSA report to provide the most current information available on the dunes sagebrush lizard. We updated enrollment figures for the CCA/CCAAs in New Mexico and Texas, as well as providing clarification on the geographical coverage of these enrollments (USFWS 2024, pp. 84-87). During the proposed rule's public comment period, we received new information on effective population estimates for the dunes sagebrush lizard (USFWS 2024, pp. 40-41) and several threats, notably groundwater pumping, sand mines, and human population growth (USFWS 2024, pp. 75-80, 127). This finding takes into account those changes made in the SSA report in reaching the conclusion that the dunes sagebrush lizard is at risk of extinction.</P>
                <P>The dunes sagebrush lizard is a species of spiny lizard endemic to the shinnery oak dunelands and shrublands of the Mescalero and Monahans Sandhills in southeastern New Mexico and western Texas. Most dunes sagebrush lizard adults live for 2 to 4 years and reproduce in the spring and summer (Degenhardt and Jones 1972, p. 216; Cole 1975, p. 292; Snell et al. 1997, p. 9; Fitzgerald and Painter 2009, p. 200; Hibbitts and Hibbitts 2015, p. 156). Males are territorial and compete to attract and mate with females (Fitzgerald and Painter 2009, p. 200). Females establish nests underground in shinnery oak duneland vegetation, where they lay an average of five eggs per clutch and lay either one or two clutches in a year (Hibbitts and Hibbitts 2015, p. 156; Hill and Fitzgerald 2007, p. 30; Ryberg et al. 2012, p. 583). Hatchlings emerge approximately 30 days after eggs are laid (Ryberg et al. 2012, p. 583; Fitzgerald and Painter 2009, p. 200). Eggs and young dunes sagebrush lizards are susceptible to natural mortality from environmental stress and predation.</P>
                <P>This species is a habitat specialist that depends on shinnery oak duneland habitat to provide appropriate substrate for nests, cover for young, and food resources as juvenile lizards mature into adults (Fitzgerald et al. 1997, p. 4; Hibbitts et al. 2013, p. 104; Hardy et al. 2018, p. 10). The Mescalero and Monahans Sandhills ecosystems are composed of ancient sand dune fields formed and maintained by wind and shifting sand, and they are partially stabilized by shinnery oak (Ryberg et al. 2015, pp. 888, 893; Walkup et al. 2017, p. 2). These ecosystems are characterized by a patchy arrangement of narrow, almost linear sand dunes embedded in a matrix of shinnery oak shrubland flats (Fitzgerald and Painter 2009, p. 199; Ryberg et al. 2015, p. 890). Within the sand dunes themselves, dunes sagebrush lizards rely on open dune blowouts, which typically form on the leeward side of established vegetation (Walkup et al. 2022, pp. 13-14). Dune blowouts are bowl-shaped depressions in the sand dunes that form when disturbance removes stabilizing vegetation.</P>
                <P>The landscape created by the shinnery oak duneland ecosystem is a spatially dynamic system in which the location and presence of sand dunes is not static and shifts over time (Dzialak et al. 2013, entire). Spatial variation within habitat patches can drive regional population dynamics by shaping movement, behavior, and habitat selection (Ryberg et al. 2015, p. 888). Dunes sagebrush lizards form small, localized populations called neighborhoods that are interconnected through dispersal (Ryberg et al. 2013, entire). Long-term population stability is maintained through interconnected neighborhoods experiencing localized colonization and extirpation (Fitzgerald et al. 1997, p. 28; Fitzgerald et al. 2005, p. 1).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory and Analytical Framework</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Regulatory Framework</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533) and the implementing regulations in title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations set forth the procedures for determining whether a species is an endangered species or a threatened species, issuing protective regulations for threatened species, and designating critical habitat for endangered and threatened species. On April 5, 2024, jointly with the National Marine Fisheries Service, the Service issued a 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43759"/>
                    final rule that revised the regulations in 50 CFR 424 regarding how we add, remove, and reclassify endangered and threatened species and the criteria for designating listed species' critical habitat (89 FR 24300). On the same day, the Service published a final rule revising our protections for endangered species and threatened species at 50 CFR 17 (89 FR 23919). These final rules will be in effect on May 6, 2024 prior to the effective date of this final rule for the dunes sagebrush lizard. Our analysis for this decision applied the 2024 regulations. Given that we proposed listing this species under our prior regulations (revised in 2019), we have also undertaken an analysis of whether our decision would be different if we had continued to apply the 2019 regulations and we concluded that the decision would be the same. The analyses under both the regulations currently in effect and the 2019 regulations are available on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>The Act defines an “endangered species” as a species that is in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range, and a “threatened species” as a species that is likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range. The Act requires that we determine whether any species is an endangered species or a threatened species because of any of the following factors:</P>
                <P>(A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range;</P>
                <P>(B) Overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes;</P>
                <P>(C) Disease or predation;</P>
                <P>(D) The inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or</P>
                <P>(E) Other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence.</P>
                <P>These factors represent broad categories of natural or human-caused actions or conditions that could have an effect on a species' continued existence. In evaluating these actions and conditions, we look for those that may have a negative effect on individuals of the species, as well as other actions or conditions that may ameliorate any negative effects or may have positive effects.</P>
                <P>We use the term “threat” to refer in general to actions or conditions that are known to or are reasonably likely to negatively affect individuals of a species. The term “threat” includes actions or conditions that have a direct impact on individuals (direct impacts), as well as those that affect individuals through alteration of their habitat or required resources (stressors). The term “threat” may encompass—either together or separately—the source of the action or condition or the action or condition itself.</P>
                <P>However, the mere identification of any threat(s) does not necessarily mean that the species meets the statutory definition of an “endangered species” or a “threatened species.” In determining whether a species meets either definition, we must evaluate all identified threats by considering the species' expected response and the effects of the threats—in light of those actions and conditions that will ameliorate the threats—on an individual, population, and species level. We evaluate each threat and its expected effects on the species, then analyze the cumulative effect of all of the threats on the species as a whole. We also consider the cumulative effect of the threats in light of those actions and conditions that will have positive effects on the species, such as any existing regulatory mechanisms or conservation efforts. The Secretary determines whether the species meets the definition of an “endangered species” or a “threatened species” only after conducting this cumulative analysis and describing the expected effect on the species now and in the foreseeable future.</P>
                <P>The Act does not define the term “foreseeable future,” which appears in the statutory definition of “threatened species.” Our implementing regulations at 50 CFR 424.11(d) set forth a framework for evaluating the foreseeable future on a case-by-case basis. The foreseeable future extends as far into the future as the Services can make reasonably reliable predictions about the threats to the species and the species' responses to those threats. The Services will describe the foreseeable future on a case-by-case basis, using the best available data and taking into account considerations such as the species' life-history characteristics, threat-projection timeframes, and environmental variability. The Services need not identify the foreseeable future in terms of a specific period of time.</P>
                <P>When evaluating the status of the species, we must review the degree of certainty and foreseeability concerning each of the threats to the species and the species' responses to those threats. We must assess the nature of the best scientific and commercial data available concerning each threat and the degree to which the data allow us to make reliable predictions. Predictions about the occurrence of an event or a response in the future are inherently uncertain. We look not only at the foreseeability of threats, but also at the foreseeability of the impact of the threats on the species. Data that are typically relevant to assessing the species' biological response include species-specific factors such as lifespan, reproductive rates or productivity, certain behaviors, and other demographic factors. In some cases, a species' responses to a foreseeable threat will manifest immediately; in other cases, it may be multiple generations before a foreseeable threat's effect on the species can be observed. But in each case, we must be able to make reliable predictions about the future impact to the species from the foreseeable threat. The further into the future that we assess threats to a species or a species' responses to threats, the greater the burden on the Services to explain how we can conclude that those future threats or responses remain foreseeable—that is, that our assessments of them are based on reasonably reliable predictions out to that point in the future. In making these predictions, we must avoid speculation and presumption. Thus, for a particular species, we may conclude, based on the extent or nature of the best data available, that a trend has only a certain degree or period of reliability, and that to extrapolate the trend beyond that point would constitute speculation. The foreseeable future extends only so far as those predictions are reliable. “Reliable” does not mean “certain”; it means sufficient to provide a reasonable degree of confidence in the prediction, in light of the conservation purposes of the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Analytical Framework</HD>
                <P>The SSA report documents the results of our comprehensive biological review of the best scientific and commercial data regarding the status of the species, including an assessment of the potential threats to the species. The SSA report does not represent our decision on whether the species should be listed as an endangered or threatened species under the Act. However, it does provide the scientific basis that informs our regulatory decisions, which involve the further application of standards within the Act and its implementing regulations and policies.</P>
                <P>
                    To assess the dunes sagebrush lizard's viability, we used the three conservation biology principles of resiliency, redundancy, and representation (Shaffer and Stein 2000, pp. 306-310). Briefly, resiliency is the ability of the species to withstand environmental and demographic stochasticity (for example, wet or dry, warm or cold years); redundancy is the ability of the species 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43760"/>
                    to withstand catastrophic events (for example, droughts, large pollution events); and representation is the ability of the species to adapt to both near-term and long-term changes in its physical and biological environment (for example, climate conditions, pathogens). In general, species viability will increase with increases in resiliency, redundancy, and representation (Smith et al. 2018, p. 306). Using these principles, we identified the species' ecological requirements for survival and reproduction at the individual, population, and species levels, and described the beneficial and risk factors influencing the species' viability.
                </P>
                <P>The SSA process can be categorized into three sequential stages. During the first stage, we evaluated the individual species' life-history needs. The next stage involved an assessment of the historical and current condition of the species' demographics and habitat characteristics, including an explanation of how the species arrived at its current condition. The final stage of the SSA involved making predictions about the species' responses to positive and negative environmental and anthropogenic influences. Throughout all of these stages, we used the best available information to characterize viability as the ability of a species to sustain populations in the wild over time. We use this information to inform our regulatory decision.</P>
                <P>
                    The following is a summary of the key results and conclusions from the SSA report; the full updated SSA report (version 1.3) can be found at Docket No. FWS-R2-ES-2022-0162 on 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of Biological Status and Threats</HD>
                <P>In this discussion, we review the biological condition of the species and its resources, and the threats that influence the species' current and future conditions, to assess the species' overall viability and the risks to that viability.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Species Viability</HD>
                <P>The key requirement for long-term viability of the dunes sagebrush lizard is large, intact, shinnery oak duneland ecosystems that facilitate completion of the species' life history and maintain healthy populations (Texas A&amp;M University (TAMU) 2016, p. 3). Shinnery oak duneland habitat provides the primary features necessary to support neighborhoods of dunes sagebrush lizards, particularly sand dune blowouts that are essential for reproduction and other aspects of the species' life history (Fitzgerald et al. 1997, p. 4; Hibbitts et al. 2013, p. 104; Hardy et al. 2018, p. 10; Walkup et al. 2022, pp. 13-14). The shinnery oak duneland and shrubland habitat that surrounds these blowouts are important to facilitate dispersal and maintain the structure of the sand dune formations (Machenberg 1984, p. 23; Kocurek and Havholm 1993, pp. 401-402; Gucker 2006, p. 14; Dhillion and Mills 2009, p. 264).</P>
                <P>Since the Mescalero and Monahans Sandhills are dynamic ecosystems, habitat patches for the dunes sagebrush lizard can shift over time (Fitzgerald et al. 1997, p. 28; Dzialak et al. 2013, pp. 1371-1372, 1379-1383; Hardy et al. 2018, p. 27). Long-term resiliency of the dunes sagebrush lizard is maintained through interconnected neighborhoods experiencing localized colonization and extirpation (Ryberg et al. 2013, p. 1). A dunes sagebrush lizard population, even within a contiguous patch of habitat, is itself composed of aggregations of localized neighborhoods that interact with each other. That means dunes sagebrush lizards may not occur in all areas of suitable habitat due to natural extinction-colonization dynamics (Fitzgerald et al. 1997, p. 28; Painter et al. 1999, p. 51; Fitzgerald et al. 2005, p. 1), and the current state of occupancy may not necessarily reflect the future state at a site (Walkup et al. 2018, p. 503). Thus, it is important to include the consideration of currently unoccupied but potentially suitable habitat patches within the species' range, especially since dispersal rates and their mechanisms are not well understood (Painter et al. 1999, p. 36; Hardy et al. 2018, p. 20). Scaling up to the species' range, the dunes sagebrush lizard is subdivided into three primary evolutionary lineages that are spatially discrete and have evolved in isolation since their initial founding (Chan et al. 2009, p. 136; Chan et al. 2020, pp. 6-7). Two are found in Mescalero Sandhills, with one occurring in the northern portion of the sandhills (Northern Mescalero) and the second in the southern portion (Southern Mescalero). The third is exclusive to the Monahans Sandhills of west Texas. Despite a narrow contact zone between the Northern and Southern Mescalero lineages (Chan et al. 2020, p. 7), there is no evidence of intermixing or gene flow between these lineages. These three lineages cover different portions of the species' range and, therefore, are subject to different environmental conditions. For example, a latitudinal gradient in precipitation and temperature exists from north to south within the Mescalero and Monahans Sandhills. In general, moving 1° latitude from north to south across the dunes sagebrush lizard's range results in a mean annual maximum temperature increase of 1.1 °C (2 °F) and a total annual precipitation decrease of 5 centimeters (cm) (2 inches (in)) (Leavitt 2019, pp. 7-8; USFWS 2024, pp. 45-47). Potential evapotranspiration also increases from north to south (Holliday 2001, p. 101). The combination of isolation and environmental variation has likely facilitated adaptive differences between these lineages.</P>
                <P>These lineages are further subdivided into at least 10 different genetic groups, delineated primarily by mitochondrial DNA haplotypes and corroborated by nuclear microsatellite data (Chan et al. 2014, p. 9; Chan et al. 2020, entire). These groups correspond to notable breaks and pinch points in the dune formations and reflect historical differentiation based on limited connectivity between contiguous habitat patches (Chan et al. 2020, p. 2). Within these groups, there appears to be varying levels of connectivity and gene flow, with evidence of isolation by distance and resistance in several areas in New Mexico (Chan et al. 2014, pp. 33-41; Chan et al. 2017, pp. 9-22). Despite evidence of some gene flow between these groups based on nuclear microsatellite data (Chan et al. 2020, p. 7), they appear to function as independent units with intermixing restricted to narrow contact zones. Thus, there is limited potential for natural recolonization should one or more of these groups become extirpated.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Threats</HD>
                <P>
                    We identified risk factors that have influenced the dunes sagebrush lizard and its habitat in the past and may continue to do so into the future. These include habitat destruction, modification, and fragmentation (Factor A); predation (Factor C); human-caused mortality (Factor E); invasive species (Factors A and E); pollution (Factors A and E); groundwater depletion (Factor A); and extreme weather and climate change (Factors A and E) (USFWS 2024, pp. 53-85). However, in this final rule, we will discuss only those factors in detail that could meaningfully impact the status of the species. Risk factors such as predation, pollution, invasive species, groundwater depletion, and human-caused mortality have more localized effects on the dunes sagebrush lizard, but, on their own, they are unlikely to significantly affect overall species viability. The primary risk factors affecting the current and future status of the dunes sagebrush lizard are habitat loss, fragmentation, and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43761"/>
                    degradation associated with oil and natural gas production and frac sand mining. Climate change is also likely to lead to more extreme weather events, particularly drought, that will further impact the dunes sagebrush lizard and its habitat. For a detailed description of the threats analysis, please refer to the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 53-85).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Habitat Destruction, Modification, and Fragmentation</HD>
                <P>
                    Due to its reliance on a very specific and restricted habitat type, the dunes sagebrush lizard is highly susceptible to habitat loss and fragmentation (Walkup et al. 2017, p. 2). At the individual level, the removal of shinnery oak vegetation and destruction of sand dunes has multiple negative effects on the dunes sagebrush lizard. The species is dependent on this habitat type for all aspects of its life history, including breeding, feeding, and sheltering (Young et al. 2018, p. 906). Shinnery oak vegetation provides sheltering habitat for thermoregulation and refuge from potential predators (Machenberg 1984, pp. 16, 20-21; Degenhardt et al. 1996, p. 160; Snell et al. 1997, pp. 1-2, 6-11; Fitzgerald et al. 1997, p. 26; Peterson and Boyd 1998, p. 21; Painter et al. 1999, pp. 1, 27; Sartorius et al. 2002, pp. 1,972-1,975; Painter 2004, pp. 3-4; Dhillion and Mills 2009, p. 264; Leavitt and Acre 2014, p. 700; Hibbitts and Hibbitts 2015, p. 157). It also provides habitat for the prey (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     insects and other terrestrial invertebrates) consumed by the dunes sagebrush lizard (Degenhardt et al. 1996, p. 160; Degenhardt and Jones 1972, p. 217; Fitzgerald and Painter 2009, p. 199; Leavitt and Acre 2014, p. 700). Dunes sagebrush lizards move exclusively through shinnery oak vegetation to disperse between the sand dune blowouts that support nesting and reproduction (Fitzgerald et al. 1997, p. 24). Since the dunes sagebrush lizard breeds exclusively in sand dune blowouts, loss of sand dunes eliminates breeding habitat for the species.
                </P>
                <P>
                    At the population level, habitat destruction and fragmentation can affect the dunes sagebrush lizard's viability in multiple ways. Loss of habitat can lead to the reduction or even loss of populations, and those populations that do remain are likely smaller and more isolated, elevating their vulnerability to stochastic events (Henle 2004, p. 239; Devictor et al
                    <E T="03">.</E>
                     2008, p. 511; Hibbitts et al
                    <E T="03">.</E>
                     2013, p. 111; Leavitt and Fitzgerald 2013, p. 6; Walkup et al
                    <E T="03">.</E>
                     2017, p. 2). Fragmentation may also result in degradation of dune-blowout landforms beyond the immediate footprint of developed areas (Leavitt and Fitzgerald 2013, p. 9; Walkup et al. 2017, p. 11). Fragmented sites are often of lower quality, possessing fewer, more dispersed large dune blowouts as well as more large patches of flat open sand and barren ground (Leavitt and Fitzgerald 2013, pp. 9-10), which are less likely to support robust populations.
                </P>
                <P>As populations and habitat patches disappear across the landscape, there are fewer “stepping-stones” to connect remaining populations through dispersal and colonization (Young et al. 2018, p. 910). Dunes sagebrush lizards are not known to disperse across large expanses of unsuitable habitat. Thus, a given population may have little chance of receiving immigrating individuals across areas where suitable habitat has been removed (Fitzgerald et al. 1997, p. 27). Movements of individual dunes sagebrush lizards between populations are hindered or precluded by fragmentation and do not occur at rates sufficient to sustain demographics necessary to prevent localized extirpations (Leavitt and Fitzgerald 2013, p. 11; Ryberg et al. 2013, p. 4; Walkup et al. 2017, p. 12; Young et al. 2018, p. 910). Over time, fragmentation isolates populations and results in a progressive decline in population abundance until, ultimately, the species becomes extirpated (Leavitt and Fitzgerald 2013, p. 12). Loss of habitat may be irreversible: once shinnery oak dunelands are disturbed, these landforms tend to shift to alternative stable states that are not prone to self-regeneration through ecological succession (Ryberg et al. 2015, p. 896; Johnson et al. 2016, p. 34).</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Oil and natural gas production</E>
                    —The dunes sagebrush lizard's range overlaps with the Permian Basin, a geologic province that hosts multiple basins each with multiple stratigraphic units from which hydrocarbons, water, or minerals are extracted. Oil and gas development involves many activities, such as surface exploration, exploratory drilling, oil field development, and facility construction, including access roads, well pads, and operation and maintenance. These activities can all result in direct habitat loss by disturbance and removal of shinnery oak duneland. Indirect habitat loss occurs from fragmentation of larger habitat into smaller parcels of suitable habitat. As habitat becomes fragmented, the overall stability of the shinnery oak sand dune formations decreases, promoting wind erosion and deflation of the dunes (Carrick and Kruger 2007, pp. 771-772; Breckle et al. 2008, pp. 442, 453-454; Mossa and James 2013, pp. 75, 88, 92; Engel et al. 2018, pp. 1-13; Forstner et al. 2018, pp. 3-21). Fragmentation can also result in edge effects in which the habitat directly adjacent to the converted areas is of lower quality. For example, habitat fragmentation can increase air temperatures and solar radiation, along with reducing the availability of microhabitats that can serve as thermal refugia for the dunes sagebrush lizard (Jacobson 2016, pp. 3-4, 10).
                </P>
                <P>Several studies have demonstrated a negative relationship between oil well pad density and the number of dunes sagebrush lizards present at a site (Sias and Snell 1998, p. 1; Leavitt and Fitzgerald 2013, p. 9; Ryberg et al. 2015, p. 893; Johnson et al. 2016, p. 41; Walkup et al. 2017, p. 9). A regression analysis that predicted a 25 percent reduction in the abundance of dunes sagebrush lizards at well pad densities of 13.64 per square mile, and a 50 percent reduction at well pad densities of 29.82 well pads per square mile (Sias and Snell 1998, p. 23). Based on that study, the proposed recommendation became that well pad densities in New Mexico be limited to 13 well pads per square mile (Painter et al. 1999, p. 3). Further research found that areas with 13 or more well pads per square mile have considerably lower abundance of dunes sagebrush lizards than unfragmented sites (Leavitt and Fitzgerald 2013, p. 9). Further, high well pad and road densities at the landscape scale result in smaller, fewer, and more dispersed sand dune blowouts that are less suited to dunes sagebrush lizard persistence (Leavitt and Fitzgerald 2013, p. 9). Marked declines in dunes sagebrush lizard occurrence in New Mexico have also been observed at well pad densities of 5 and 8 well pads per square mile, with no lizards found at well pad densities greater than 23 well pads per square mile (Johnson et al. 2016, p. 41). These results support the recommendation that 13 well pads per square mile should be considered “degraded” habitat as a standard in the scientific literature. This effect extends to population persistence, as research has found that dunes sagebrush lizard populations have a relatively high susceptibility to local extinction in landscapes with 13 or more well pads per square mile (Walkup et al. 2017, p. 10). The network-like development of well pads and their connecting roads both isolate populations and disrupt the underlying geomorphologic processes required to maintain the shinnery oak dune formations.</P>
                <P>
                    In many areas of oil and gas development, caliche roads are constructed in a grid-like network (Young et al. 2018, p. 6). Roads fragment 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43762"/>
                    habitat and impede dunes sagebrush lizard movement, reducing access to habitat, mating opportunities, and prey, and decreasing population size and the likelihood of population persistence. Both field experiments and radio tracking studies have revealed that dunes sagebrush lizards will avoid crossing caliche roads (Hibbitts et al. 2017, p. 197; Young et al. 2018, p. 910).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frac sand mining</E>
                    —Frac sand is a naturally occurring sand used as a proppant (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     a solid material used to keep fissures beneath the Earth's surface open) during hydraulic fracturing of oil and gas wells to maximize production of unconventional reservoirs (Mossa and James 2013, pp. 76-79; Benson and Wilson 2015, pp. 1-50; Engel et al. 2018, pp. 1-13; Forstner 2018, pp. 1-19; Mace 2019, entire). Sand mining involves the use of heavy equipment and open-pit methods to mechanically remove vegetation and fine sediments from near-surface deposits of sand (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     sand dunes and sand sheets) (Breckle et al. 2008, pp. 453-454; Benson and Wilson 2015, pp. 7-8, 49; Mossa and James 2013, pp. 76-80; Forstner et al. 2018, pp. 2-17; Mace 2019, pp. 42-61). Construction of sand mine facilities, which include processing plants and related infrastructure, in dunes sagebrush lizard habitat removes shinnery oak and degrades and compacts shinnery oak dunelands. The sand mine facilities replace the shinnery oak dunelands with paved surfaces, buildings, open pit mines, spoil areas, processing pools, and other structures (Boyd and Bidwell 2002, p. 332; Ryberg et al. 2015, pp. 888-890, 895-896; Forstner et al. 2018, pp. 1-5). Sand mining operations in dunes sagebrush lizard habitat can remove entire shinnery oak duneland landforms, or portions thereof; alter dune topography; and produce large, deep, unnatural pits in the land surface (Breckle et al. 2008, pp. 453-454; Mossa and James 2013, pp. 77-79, 85; Engel et al. 2018, pp. 1-13; Pye 2009, pp. 361-362; Forstner et al. 2018, pp. 2-21). The effects of sand mining can extend beyond the footprint of the actual mine itself. Removal of a portion (or portions) of a sand dune promotes the loss and degradation of the entire landform (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the remaining unmined segments) by undermining its stability and promoting wind erosion and deflation (Carrick and Kruger 2007, pp. 771-772; Breckle et al. 2008, pp. 442, 453-454; Mossa and James 2013, pp. 75, 88, 92; Engel et al. 2018, pp. 1-13; Forstner et al. 2018, pp. 3-21).
                </P>
                <P>Frac sand mining is a recent occurrence in this region: the first sand mine was developed in early 2017, and by the end of 2018, 17 facilities had registered with the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality for operations in the region (Mace 2019, pp. 1, 42-43, 78). Sand mines have only been developed in the Texas portion of the dunes sagebrush lizard's range, specifically the Monahans Sandhills. Currently, most mines are in Winkler and Ward Counties; these two counties contain 11 and 2, respectively, of the 17 existing facilities (Mace 2019, pp. 43-44, 56; USFWS 2024, pp. 108-109). Sand mining is expected to continue in these counties given the current location and density of mines in the counties, the average rates of surface mining, and the anticipated plans and growth of the oil and gas industry in the area (Mace 2019, pp. 42-54; Benson and Wilson 2015, pp. 1-8, 54-57; Latham and Watkins 2020, pp. 12-13).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Extreme Weather and Climate Change</HD>
                <P>The dunes sagebrush lizard occurs in a semiarid climate that experiences extreme heat and droughts, but the species is adapted to contend with such environmental variability. In the 1920s and 1930s, northern shinnery oak ecosystems averaged 1 to 2 years of drought every 10 years, and southern portions of those ecosystems averaged 2 to 3 years of drought every 10 years (Peterson and Boyd 1998, p. 14). In the past 20 years, moderate to exceptional drought has occurred every 1 to 2 years, in the southern and northern shinnery oak ecosystems (U.S. Drought Monitor 2022, unpaginated). Climate change is likely to increase the frequency and severity of drought in this region since, on average, surface air temperatures across Texas are predicted to increase by 3 °C (5.4 °F) by 2099 (Jiang and Yang 2012, p. 238). In the southwest United States, temperature increases are predicted to be concentrated in the summer months, and in Texas, the number of days exceeding 35 °C (95 °F) may double by 2050 (Kinniburgh et al. 2015, p. 8). According to climate change predictions, west Texas will experience greater variability in seasonal precipitation patterns, with the greatest net loss experienced in winter (Jiang and Yang 2012, p. 238).</P>
                <P>
                    The impacts of extreme heat and drought on individual dunes sagebrush lizards is relatively unknown. Drought could impact food resources, which would then impact lizard productivity. The marbled whiptail (
                    <E T="03">Aspidoscelis marmoratus</E>
                    ), another lizard species found in the Monahans Sandhills, showed a decline in density during a period of drought (Fitzgerald et al. 2011, p. 30). If drought restricts available food resources, it could negatively affect the dunes sagebrush lizard's recruitment and survival.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The relationship between these weather events and dunes sagebrush lizard habitat (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     shinnery oak) is more established. While shinnery oak is highly adapted for arid conditions, prolonged periods of drought inhibit growth and reproduction. For example, during drought, shinnery oak can lose its leaves or not even leaf-out (Peterson and Boyd 1998, p. 9). Additionally, recent droughts have delayed typical spring leaf-out for shinnery oak, with leaf-out instead occurring with the seasonal summer monsoons (Johnson et al. 2016, p. 78). The timing of the spring leaf-out is important, as it provides shelter for adult dunes sagebrush lizards as they become active in the spring and food resources for invertebrates that are consumed by dunes sagebrush lizards. Furthermore, continued alterations to the landscape are likely to exacerbate the impacts of climate change on the dunes sagebrush lizard. For example, habitat fragmentation can already increase air temperatures and solar radiation, along with reducing the availability of microhabitats that can serve as a thermal refugia (Jacobson 2016, pp. 3-4, 10). Habitat fragmentation also restricts natural patterns of dispersal and colonization that could buffer against extreme weather impacts.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Conservation Efforts and Regulatory Mechanisms</HD>
                <P>Because we are considering the best available information and because the discussion above primarily addresses the viability of the dunes sagebrush lizard in relation to the threats and factors affecting its viability, here we will discuss regulatory mechanisms and conservation actions that potentially have influenced or will influence the current and future viability of the species.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">New Mexico</HD>
                <P>
                    The dunes sagebrush lizard is listed as an endangered species within the State of New Mexico by the New Mexico Department of Game and Fish, which makes it “unlawful for any person to take, possess, transport, export, process, sell or offer for sale or ship” the species (17-2-41 C. New Mexico Statutes Annotated 1978). It is considered a sensitive species by the BLM, which means the agency will work cooperatively with other Federal and State agencies and nongovernmental organizations to proactively conserve these species and ensure that activities on public lands do not contribute to the need for their listing under the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43763"/>
                    Endangered Species Act. In 2008, the BLM developed a Special Status Species Resource Management Plan Amendment (hereafter Amendment) (BLM 2008, entire) to guide management of lands within dunes sagebrush lizard habitat in New Mexico. The plan addresses concerns and threats of oil and gas development and shinnery oak removal due to herbicide spraying by outlining protective measures and basic guidelines for development in the vicinity of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat. The plan provides for specific conservation requirements, lease stipulations, and the removal of 42,934 ha (106,091 ac) of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat from future oil and gas leasing (BLM 2008, entire). Since the Amendment was approved in 2008, the Bureau of Land Management has closed approximately 120,000 ha (300,000 ac) to future oil and gas leasing and closed approximately 345,000 ha (850,000 ac) to wind and solar development (BLM 2008, p. 3). From 2008 to 2020, the BLM has reclaimed 1,416 ha (3,500 ac) of abandoned well pads and associated roads. Additionally, the BLM continues to implement control efforts for invasive mesquite.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Following approval of the Amendment, a team including the Service, BLM, Center of Excellence, and participating cooperators drafted both a CCA and CCAA (Center of Excellence (CEHMM) 2008, entire) for the dunes sagebrush lizard and lesser prairie-chicken (
                    <E T="03">Tympanuchus pallidicinctus</E>
                    ) in New Mexico. The CCA addresses the conservation needs of the dunes sagebrush lizard and lesser prairie-chicken on BLM lands in New Mexico by attempting habitat restoration and enhancement activities, conducting activities like removing unused well pads, and minimizing habitat degradation. The CCAA was developed to facilitate conservation actions for the two species on private and State lands.
                </P>
                <P>The CCA and CCAA are umbrella agreements under which individual entities participate. In New Mexico, an estimated 35 percent of the occupied range of the dunes sagebrush lizard is on privately owned and State-managed lands. There are no local or State regulatory mechanisms pertaining to the conservation of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat on private or State lands in New Mexico, nor is there New Mexico State Land Office policy in place to protect sensitive species. The only mechanism for the preservation of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat on lands administered by the New Mexico State Land Office is by having those lands enrolled in the CCAA.</P>
                <P>Since the CCA and CCAA were finalized in December 2008, 40 oil and gas companies and 37 ranchers have enrolled a total of 218,144 ha (539,046 ac) of shinnery oak duneland habitat and 258,018 ha (637,577 ac) of the surrounding supportive matrix habitat. The total area of habitat enrolled by industry, private landowners, New Mexico Department of Game and Fish, and New Mexico State Land Office currently covers around 85 percent of the range of the dunes sagebrush lizard within New Mexico. By enrolling lands in these agreements, participants agree to avoid disturbing shinnery oak duneland habitat, forgo spraying of herbicides on shinnery oak, and relocate projects to avoid dunes sagebrush lizard habitat (CEHMM 2016, pp. 1-2). We received updated enrollment numbers for 2023, however, these updated numbers were not broken out by habitat type and ownership type. Updated enrollment numbers include a total of 104 ranches (33 new since 2022), 13 parcel-by-parcel (1 new since 2022), 50 all-activities, and 31 linear development enrollees. Areas enrolled as of 2023 includes 946,810 ha (2,339,619 ac) for ranching and 1,314,722 ha (3,314,722 ac) for industry, resulting in a total of 2,288,231 ha (5,654,341 ac). It is important to note that these enrollment numbers are for the joint lesser prairie chicken-dunes sagebrush lizard programs, so enrollee numbers and acreage do not necessarily reflect dunes sagebrush lizard-specific coverage.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Texas</HD>
                <P>In Texas, the dunes sagebrush lizard is listed as a “species of greatest conservation need” by the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department. This designation does not afford the species any legal protection, but it guides nongame conservation efforts, including regional efforts to conserve these species. Additionally, there are no local or other State mechanisms regulating impacts or pertaining to the conservation of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat on private lands. Nearly all dunes sagebrush lizard habitat in Texas is privately owned. Monahans State Park is the only public land on which the dunes sagebrush lizard is known to exist in Texas.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Texas Conservation Plan</E>
                    —In 2011, the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts (Comptroller) led a group of stakeholders to develop the TCP for the dunes sagebrush lizard, which finalized a CCAA in 2012. The TCP authorizes impacts to dunes sagebrush lizard habitat (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     incidental take of lizards) resulting from oil and gas development, agriculture, and ranching activities (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     covered activities) and established a conservation program focused on avoiding these activities in dunes sagebrush lizard habitat. If avoidance of habitat cannot be accomplished, participants enrolled in the TCP must implement conservation measures that minimize and mitigate for habitat impacts via restoration or enhancement of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat (Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts (CPA) 2012, entire).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Approximately 1,847 ha (4,564 ac) of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat was negatively impacted by the TCP between 2012 and 2018. However, after 6 years of implementation, the Comptroller sought to revise the TCP to address issues preventing the plan from achieving its conservation and protection goals (Gulley 2017a, entire; Gulley 2017b, entire; Koch 2018, entire; Hegar 2018a, entire; Hegar 2018b, entire; Gulley 2018a, entire; Gulley 2018b, entire; Hegar 2018d, entire; CPA 2019, entire). In 2018, the Comptroller submitted these proposed revisions to the Service in the form of a new CCAA to replace the existing TCP and subsequently ended their administration of the permit (Ashley 2018a, entire; Ashley 2018b, entire; Hegar 2018a, entire; Hegar 2018b, entire; Hegar 2018c, entire). The Service did not approve the proposed new CCAA submitted by the Comptroller. Rather, in 2020, the Service revised and transferred the permit for the TCP to a new permit holder, the American Conservation Foundation (Falen 2019, entire; Fleming 2020a, entire; Fleming 2020b, entire). Of the 29 participants enrolled in the 2012 TCP, only 8 expressed interest in maintaining enrollment under the revised 2020 TCP. Subsequently, the area enrolled in the TCP decreased significantly, from 120,193 ha (297,004 ac) in 2012, to 28,489 ha (70,397 ac) in 2020 (an approximately 76 percent decrease). Per the TCP 2023 annual report, as of December 31, 2023, a total of seven participants are enrolled in the TCP. The total acreage enrolled by these seven participants is 135,296 ha (334,323 ac). Of this total acreage, 20,565 ha (50,816 ac) are located in dunes sagebrush lizard habitat, according to the range maps used by the TCP (Fitzgerald et al. 2011, p. 10) An additional 6,132 ha (15,153 ac) are located in the 200-meter buffer of dunes sagebrush lizard habitat. However, acreage can be enrolled separately as surface and subsurface, and the same acreage can be enrolled by different enrollees and follow different conservation measures for different activities in the same location. 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43764"/>
                    Additionally, while conservation measures are a requirement of participation in the certificates of inclusion in Texas, we are unsure of the extent of conservation measure implementation and the locations of all areas where conservation is occurring because specific data on enrolled locations are not available. The Service remains in discussions with the American Conservation Foundation and remaining participants to consider and implement changes to the TCP.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">2020 CCAA</E>
                    —In 2020, a separate applicant, led primarily by mining companies, applied for a separate CCAA that covers oil and gas activities, sand mining, linear infrastructure (such as utilities and pipelines), wind and solar energy development, local governments, and agriculture and ranching (Canyon Environmental, LLC 2020, entire). The Service approved this CCAA in 2021. Using habitat as a surrogate for quantifying the amount of incidental take, the total amount of take authorized during the permit term (23 years) is 14,140 ha (34,940 ac). Because it was not possible to determine how much dunes sagebrush lizard habitat would be disturbed or destroyed by the 2020 CCAA's participants (versus nonparticipants), this estimate, which was formulated based on a variety of factors (Canyon Environmental, LLC 2020, pp. 45-49), is the expected total impacts to habitat in Texas over the permit term, including from the TCP.
                </P>
                <P>The 2020 CCAA describes the goal and objectives of the CCAA conservation strategy. The one overarching goal is to contribute, directly or indirectly, to the conservation of the dunes sagebrush lizard by reducing or eliminating threats on enrolled properties. This goal is then followed by a list of objectives that emphasize, in part, conserving dunes sagebrush lizard habitat, restoring and reclaiming impacted areas, reducing habitat fragmentation, and addressing surface impacts from the development of stratified mineral estates. Each industry has various avoidance and minimization measures that they are encouraged to implement. Each industry also has various fees based on the dunes sagebrush lizard habitat type to be impacted. These fees are expected to support administration of the 2020 CCAA, as well as conservation actions and research.</P>
                <P>The permit was issued on January 20, 2021, and the permit administrator is currently coordinating implementation with the Service. As of February 29, 2024, we received seven certificates of inclusion for the 2020 CCAA from the Permit holder, which enrolled a total of 99,616 ha (403,232 ac). Of these 99,616 ha (403,232 ac), only 8,417 ha (34,061 ac) are reported to be in dunes sagebrush lizard habitat as mapped by Hardy et al (2018, entire). While each certificate of inclusion has a requirement for implementing avoidance and conservation measures, no specific actions have been reported to date; thus, we remain unaware of the specific conservation measures being implemented by each participant per their certificate of inclusion.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Current Condition</HD>
                <P>We assessed the current condition of the dunes sagebrush lizard using geospatial analysis to estimate the current quantity and quality of available habitat (USFWS 2024, pp. 86-109). Our approach was rooted in the findings by numerous studies that the dunes sagebrush lizard experiences reductions in abundance and density as habitat is lost or becomes disturbed (Leavitt and Fitzgerald 2013, p. 11; Ryberg et al. 2013, p. 4; Walkup et al. 2017, p. 12; Young et al. 2018, p. 910). The results of our geospatial analysis indicate that across our analysis area there is approximately 210,506 hectares (ha) (520,161 acres (ac)) classified as shinnery oak duneland, which is the primary habitat type required by the species for breeding, feeding, and sheltering. Of this shinnery oak duneland habitat, about 50 percent is minimally disturbed by human development, whereas 35 percent has been degraded to the point that it is likely unable to support populations of the dunes sagebrush lizard. The remaining 15 percent has moderate levels of disturbance, where we project there have been reductions in dunes sagebrush lizard viability.</P>
                <P>
                    Since the dunes sagebrush lizard exhibits divisions between population areas and restricted gene flow across its range (Chan et al. 2020, entire), we identified 11 analysis units to assess resiliency. These units correspond to sections of the overall range of the dunes sagebrush lizard that are demographically and genetically independent from each other and logical breakpoints for analysis based on habitat distribution and potential barriers to movement (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     highways). Levels of habitat degradation and disturbance were not equal across the 11 analysis units; therefore, we developed a system to rank the viability of dunes sagebrush lizard populations within these units based on habitat metrics. Each analysis unit was classified as being in high, moderate, or low condition. Those in high condition possess enough undisturbed habitat that we project they will support robust, interconnected populations of the dunes sagebrush lizard. Moderate condition defines units that have experienced habitat loss and disturbance to such an extent that abundance and the potential for natural patterns of dispersal and colonization are expected to be reduced. Units in low condition have experienced such extensive habitat loss that they are expected to experience substantial population losses (USFWS 2024, pp. 92-94).
                </P>
                <P>Of the 11 analysis units, we found 2 that are high condition, 5 that are moderate condition, and 4 that are low condition (see table 1, below). All analysis units in the Northern Mescalero Sandhills are in either high (two units) or moderate (three units) condition. In contrast, both analysis units in the Southern Mescalero Sandhills are in low condition. Two analysis units in the Monahans Sandhills are in low condition and two in moderate condition. Although two analysis units are in high condition according to our analysis (North Mescalero 2 and 4), they are physically disconnected from any other sand dune formations and contain the least amount of shinnery oak duneland habitat. Thus, despite being relatively undisturbed, they are isolated and small, making them at increasing risk of extirpation.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r25,13,11,11,xs60">
                    <TTITLE>Table 1—Current Habitat Condition for the 11 Analysis Units Defined for the Dunes Sagebrush Lizard SSA</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Representation unit</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Analysis unit</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proportion of total area
                            <LI>minimally</LI>
                            <LI>disturbed</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proportion of duneland
                            <LI>minimally</LI>
                            <LI>disturbed</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Proportion of duneland
                            <LI>degraded</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Current
                            <LI>condition</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">N Mescalero</ENT>
                        <ENT>N Mescalero 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.74</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.80</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.14</ENT>
                        <ENT>Moderate.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>N Mescalero 2</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.76</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.93</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.01</ENT>
                        <ENT>High.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="43765"/>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>N Mescalero 3</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.62</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.65</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.31</ENT>
                        <ENT>Moderate.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>N Mescalero 4</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.61</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.58</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.03</ENT>
                        <ENT>High.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>N Mescalero 5</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.70</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.71</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.28</ENT>
                        <ENT>Moderate.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">S Mescalero</ENT>
                        <ENT>S Mescalero 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.17</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.17</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.51</ENT>
                        <ENT>Low.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>S Mescalero 2</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.40</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.28</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.59</ENT>
                        <ENT>Low.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Monahans</ENT>
                        <ENT>Monahans 1</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.36</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.40</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.56</ENT>
                        <ENT>Low.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Monahans 2</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.62</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.73</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.13</ENT>
                        <ENT>Moderate.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Monahans 3</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.66</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.65</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.16</ENT>
                        <ENT>Moderate.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                        <ENT>Monahans 4</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.26</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.37</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.51</ENT>
                        <ENT>Low.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Using the total size of each analysis unit, we projected the proportion of the total dunes sagebrush lizard range that falls into these different condition categories. Only 6 percent of the species' range is considered to be in high condition, 47 percent is considered to be in moderate condition, and 47 percent is considered to be in low condition.</P>
                <P>For redundancy, all 11 analysis units have some habitat classified as minimally disturbed, meaning they are capable of support dunes sagebrush lizards. Given the size of the range, it is unlikely that a single catastrophe would eliminate the entire species. The resiliency scores of some analysis units, however, suggests that they are potentially vulnerable to extirpation. Loss of the low condition analysis units would reduce the total number to 7, with those remaining concentrated in North Mescalero Sandhills. It is a vulnerability to the species that the analysis units in the strongest condition are clustered geographically: North Mescalero Sandhills also includes some of the smallest units. An extreme event centered in that area could reduce abundance in the last strongholds for the species, leaving its viability tied to low condition areas in Southern Mescalero and Monahans Sandhills.</P>
                <P>For representation, all analysis units and representation units contain dunes sagebrush lizards, meaning that the genetic lineages identified by Chan et al. (2020, entire) are still represented. The mere existence of these lineages on the landscape suggests there is still raw genetic variation present within the species that can support adaptive capacity. However, some representation units are composed of populations with low resiliency. Both analysis units in the Southern Mescalero Sandhills are in low condition. The low viability of these units suggests that an entire genetic lineage is currently at high risk for extirpation. Two of the four analysis units in the Monahans Sandhills are also in low condition. Importantly, these two units cover the northern and southern extremes of the dunes sagebrush lizard range in the Monahans Sandhills. Loss of these analysis units could result in the loss of genetic variation associated with extremes in the environmental variation experienced by the species in Texas, reducing adaptive capacity. In fact, a general pattern is that analysis units are in better condition in the northern part of the species range (Northern Mescalero Sandhills). Southern populations experience higher temperatures and drier conditions and may have higher capacity to withstanding climate change (Leavitt 2019, pp. 7-8). However, their poor condition limits their potential to contribute to long-term adaptation of the species.</P>
                <P>For a more thorough discussion of the current status of the dunes sagebrush lizard, see the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 86-109).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Future Scenarios</HD>
                <P>As part of the SSA, we also developed several future-condition scenarios to forecast the condition of the species under different projections of threats. We used our existing assessment of current habitat as the starting point for our future scenarios. We then incorporated projections of factors likely to impact the viability of the dunes sagebrush lizard into the future. Although there are several factors that may influence the condition of the species in the future, we focused on oil and gas development and frac sand mining as the threats most likely to impact the dunes sagebrush lizard's habitat and long-term viability. Because we determined that the current condition of the dunes sagebrush lizard is consistent with an endangered species (see Determination of Dunes Sagebrush Lizard's Status, below), we are not presenting the results of the future scenarios in this final rule. Please refer to the SSA report (USFWS 2024, pp. 110-129) for the full analysis of future scenarios.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Cumulative Effects</HD>
                <P>We note that by using the SSA framework to guide our analysis of the scientific information documented in the SSA report, we have analyzed the cumulative effects of identified threats and conservation actions on the species. To assess the current and future condition of the species, we evaluate the effects of all the relevant factors that may be influencing the species, including threats and conservation efforts. Because the SSA framework considers not just the presence of these factors, but to what degree they collectively influence risk to the entire species, our assessment integrates the cumulative effects of the factors and replaces a standalone cumulative effects analysis.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Determination of Dunes Sagebrush Lizard's Status</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 4 of the Act (16 U.S.C. 1533) and its implementing regulations (50 CFR part 424) set forth the procedures for determining whether a species meets the definition of an endangered species or a threatened species. The Act defines an “endangered species” as a species in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range, and a “threatened species” as a species likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range. The Act requires that we determine whether a species meets the definition of endangered species or threatened species because of any of the following factors: (A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range; (B) overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43766"/>
                    purposes; (C) disease or predation; (D) the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or (E) other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Status Throughout All of Its Range</HD>
                <P>Among the threats we evaluated in our SSA report (USFWS 2024, entire), the most consequential to the long-term persistence of the dunes sagebrush lizard are habitat loss, fragmentation, and degradation due to the industrial extraction of oil, gas, and frac sand (Factor A) and climate change (Factor E). Because these activities have so thoroughly degraded habitat across large portions (47 percent) of shinnery oak duneland habitat, much of that habitat is no longer capable of supporting populations of the dunes sagebrush lizard. Even though these degraded areas may continue to support the dunes sagebrush lizard in small, isolated patches, the species in these areas has limited recruitment, has higher mortality, and is disconnected from other populations. In highly degraded areas, remnant populations may persist over the next several decades; however, as they become extirpated, there is little potential for recolonization due to habitat fragmentation. Therefore, the dunes sagebrush lizard is functionally extinct across 47 percent of its range. This includes the entire Southern Mescalero Sandhills portion of the range, which reduces the species' adaptive capacity and, therefore, reduces its representation.</P>
                <P>Based on our habitat assessment, only two analysis units (6 percent) are currently in high enough condition to support robust, interconnected populations. Even this, however, may be an overestimate of long-term resiliency, as these two analysis units are at the extreme northern portion of the species' range in New Mexico and are physically disconnected from other dune fields and each other. Additionally, although minimally disturbed, these two units contain the least amount of shinnery oak duneland habitat; thus, the populations within these units are small, isolated, and vulnerable to stochastic and catastrophic events.</P>
                <P>Another large component of the species' range (47 percent) is currently in moderate condition, meaning it contains sufficient amounts of minimally disturbed habitat to support populations of the dunes sagebrush lizard at this time. However, within these areas, interconnectedness is reduced, increasing the potential for local extirpations. Where the habitat is in moderate condition, dunes sagebrush lizard populations are not secure, as the populations are already highly fragmented and are expected to continue to be impacted by human activity. Even if there were no further expansion of the oil and gas or sand mining industry, the existing footprint of these operations will continue to negatively affect the dunes sagebrush lizard into the future. For example, the existing road network will continue to restrict movement and facilitate direct mortality of dunes sagebrush lizards from traffic, and industrial development will continue to have edge effects on surrounding habitat and weaken the structure of the sand dune formations. The pervasiveness of industrial development makes dunes sagebrush lizards vulnerable to other threats that were not explicitly quantified in our assessment, such as extreme drought, groundwater extraction, oil spills, and mesquite encroachment. Because shinnery-oak duneland habitat cannot currently be restored (Ryberg et al. 2015, p. 896; Johnson et al. 2016, p. 34), and limited existing infrastructure will likely be removed from this landscape, there is little possibility for conditions in these moderate condition units to improve (USFWS 2024, pp. 105-107). Therefore, we conclude that habitat in these units will continue to deteriorate due to fragmentation, which will continue to isolate dunes sagebrush lizard populations and result in a progressive decline in population abundance.</P>
                <P>
                    Although it still occupies much of its range, many populations are small, isolated, and vulnerable to extirpation, which will gradually erode redundancy and increase the risks posed by catastrophic events, such as drought. Adaptive capacity (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     representation) has also been reduced as well. An entire genetically distinct lineage covering an ecologically separate portion of the range (Southern Mescalero) is functionally extinct. A second lineage occupying a geographically disjunct portion of the range (Monahans) is on a similar trajectory. Loss of ecological and genetic representation across the range will reduce adaptive capacity and the ability of the species to respond to environmental change.
                </P>
                <P>After evaluating threats to the species and assessing the cumulative effect of the threats under the Act's section 4(a)(1) factors, we conclude that the risk factors acting on the dunes sagebrush lizard and its habitat, either singly or in combination, are of sufficient imminence, intensity, and magnitude to indicate that the species is in danger of extinction throughout all of its range. Due to past and current stressors, the species has experienced reductions in resiliency across its range, making it vulnerable to stochastic events We do not find that the dunes sagebrush lizard meets the definition of a threatened species because the reductions in resiliency, redundancy, and representation to this point have elevated the risk of the extinction for the species. Thus, after assessing the best available information, we determine that dunes sagebrush lizard is in danger of extinction throughout all of its range.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Status Throughout a Significant Portion of Its Range</HD>
                <P>
                    Under the Act and our implementing regulations, a species may warrant listing if it is in danger of extinction or likely to become so within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range. We have determined that the dunes sagebrush lizard is in danger of extinction throughout all of its range and accordingly did not undertake an analysis of any significant portions of its range. Because the dunes sagebrush lizard warrants listing as endangered throughout all of its range, our determination does not conflict with the decision in 
                    <E T="03">Center for Biological Diversity</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Everson,</E>
                     435 F. Supp. 3d 69 (D.D.C. 2020), which vacated the provision of the Final Policy on Interpretation of the Phrase “Significant Portion of Its Range” in the Endangered Species Act's Definitions of “Endangered Species” and “Threatened Species” (79 FR 37578, July 1, 2014) providing that if the Service determines that a species is threatened throughout all of its range, the Service will not analyze whether the species is endangered in a significant portion of its range.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Determination of Status</HD>
                <P>Our review of the best available scientific and commercial information indicates that the dunes sagebrush lizard meets the Act's definition of an endangered species. Therefore, we are listing the dunes sagebrush lizard as an endangered species in accordance with sections 3(6) and 4(a)(1) of the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Available Conservation Measures</HD>
                <P>
                    Conservation measures provided to species listed as endangered or threatened species under the Act include recognition as a listed species, planning and implementation of recovery actions, requirements for Federal protection, and prohibitions against certain practices. Recognition through listing results in public awareness, and conservation by Federal, State, Tribal, and local agencies, private organizations, and individuals. The Act 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43767"/>
                    encourages cooperation with the States and other countries and calls for recovery actions to be carried out for listed species. The protection required by Federal agencies, including the Service, and the prohibitions against certain activities are discussed, in part, below.
                </P>
                <P>The primary purpose of the Act is the conservation of endangered and threatened and the ecosystems upon which they depend. The ultimate goal of such conservation efforts is the recovery of these listed species, so that they no longer need the protective measures of the Act. Section 4(f) of the Act calls for the Service to develop and implement recovery plans for the conservation of endangered and threatened species. The goal of this process is to restore listed species to a point where they are secure, self-sustaining, and functioning components of their ecosystems.</P>
                <P>
                    The recovery planning process begins with development of a recovery outline made available to the public soon after a final listing determination. The recovery outline guides the immediate implementation of urgent recovery actions while a recovery plan is being developed. Recovery teams (composed of species experts, Federal and State agencies, nongovernmental organizations, and stakeholders) may be established to develop and implement recovery plans. The recovery planning process involves the identification of actions that are necessary to halt and reverse the species' decline by addressing the threats to its survival and recovery. The recovery plan identifies recovery criteria for review of when a species may be ready for reclassification from endangered to threatened (“downlisting”) or removal from protected status (“delisting”), and methods for monitoring recovery progress. Recovery plans also establish a framework for agencies to coordinate their recovery efforts and provide estimates of the cost of implementing recovery tasks. Revisions of the plan may be done to address continuing or new threats to the species, as new substantive information becomes available. The recovery outline, draft recovery plan, final recovery plan, and any revisions will be available on our website as they are completed (
                    <E T="03">https://www.fws.gov/program/endangered-species</E>
                    ), or from our New Mexico Ecological Services Field Office (see 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Implementation of recovery actions generally requires the participation of a broad range of partners, including other Federal agencies, States, Tribes, nongovernmental organizations, businesses, and private landowners. Examples of recovery actions include habitat restoration (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     restoration of native vegetation), research, captive propagation and reintroduction, and outreach and education. The recovery of many listed species cannot be accomplished solely on Federal lands because their range may occur primarily or solely on non-Federal lands. To achieve recovery of these species requires cooperative conservation efforts on private, State, and Tribal lands.
                </P>
                <P>
                    When this rule is effective (see 
                    <E T="02">DATES</E>
                    , above), funding for dunes sagebrush lizard recovery actions will be available from a variety of sources, including Federal budgets, State programs, and cost-share grants for non-Federal landowners, the academic community, and nongovernmental organizations. In addition, pursuant to section 6 of the Act, the States of New Mexico and Texas will be eligible for Federal funds to implement management actions that promote the protection or recovery of the dunes sagebrush lizard. Information on our grant programs that are available to aid species recovery can be found at: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.fws.gov/service/financial-assistance.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    Please let us know if you are interested in participating in recovery efforts for the dunes sagebrush lizard. Additionally, we invite you to submit any new information on this species whenever it becomes available and any information you may have for recovery planning purposes (see 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>Section 7 of the Act is titled, “Interagency Cooperation” and mandates all Federal action agencies to use their existing authorities to further the conservation purposes of the Act and to ensure that their actions are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of listed species or adversely modify critical habitat. Regulations implementing section 7 are codified at 50 CFR part 402.</P>
                <P>Section 7(a)(2) states that each Federal action agency shall, in consultation with the Secretary, ensure that any action they authorize, fund, or carry out is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a listed species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of designated critical habitat. Each Federal agency shall review its action at the earliest possible time to determine whether it may affect listed species or critical habitat. If a determination is made that the action may affect listed species or critical habitat, formal consultation is required (50 CFR 402.14(a)), unless the Service concurs in writing that the action is not likely to adversely affect listed species or critical habitat. At the end of a formal consultation, the Service issues a biological opinion, containing its determination of whether the Federal action is likely to result in jeopardy or adverse modification.</P>
                <P>
                    Examples of discretionary actions for the dunes sagebrush lizard that may be subject to consultation procedures under section 7 are land management or other landscape-altering activities on Federal lands or mineral rights administered by the BLM as well as actions on State, Tribal, local, or private lands that require a Federal permit (such as a permit from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers under section 404 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1251 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) or a permit from the Service under section 10 of the Act) or that involve some other Federal action (such as funding from the Federal Highway Administration, Federal Aviation Administration, or the Federal Emergency Management Agency). Federal actions not affecting listed species or critical habitat—and actions on State, Tribal, local, or private lands that are not federally funded, authorized, or carried out by a Federal agency—do not require section 7 consultation. Federal agencies should coordinate with the local Service Field Office (see 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    ) with any specific questions on section 7 consultation and conference requirements. To facilitate this process, we will ensure that maps and the data used to generate them in the SSA report will be made available through requests to the New Mexico Ecological Services Office (see 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    ). We will also publish up-to-date range maps on our website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.fws.gov/species/dunes-sagebrush-lizard-sceloporus-arenicolus</E>
                    ) to facilitate the project planning process.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Act and its implementing regulations set forth a series of general prohibitions and exceptions that apply to endangered wildlife. The prohibitions of section 9(a)(1) of the Act, codified at 50 CFR 17.21, make it illegal for any person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States to commit, to attempt to commit, to solicit another to commit or to cause to be committed any of the following: (1) import endangered wildlife into, or export endangered wildlife from, the United States; (2) take (which includes harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect, or to attempt to engage in any such conduct) endangered wildlife within the United States or on the high seas; (3) possess, sell, deliver, carry, transport, or ship, by any means whatsoever, any endangered wildlife that has been taken illegally; (4) deliver, receive, carry, transport, or ship in 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43768"/>
                    interstate or foreign commerce, in the course of commercial activity, any endangered wildlife; or (5) sell or offer for sale in interstate or foreign commerce any endangered wildlife. Certain exceptions to these prohibitions apply to employees or agents of the Service, the National Marine Fisheries Service, other Federal land management agencies, and State conservation agencies.
                </P>
                <P>We may issue permits to carry out otherwise prohibited activities involving endangered wildlife under certain circumstances. Regulations governing permits for endangered wildlife are codified at 50 CFR 17.22. With regard to endangered wildlife, a permit may be issued: for scientific purposes, for enhancing the propagation or survival of the species, or for take incidental to otherwise lawful activities. The statute also contains certain exemptions from the prohibitions, which are found in sections 9 and 10 of the Act.</P>
                <P>
                    It is the policy of the Service, as published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on July 1, 1994 (59 FR 34272), to identify, to the extent known at the time a species is listed, specific activities that will not be considered likely to result in violation of section 9 of the Act. To the extent possible, activities that will be considered likely to result in violation will also be identified in as specific a manner as possible. The intent of this policy is to increase public awareness of the effect of a listing on proposed and ongoing activities within the range of the species.
                </P>
                <P>
                    At this time, we are unable to identify specific activities that will not be considered likely to result in a violation of section 9 of the Act beyond what is already clear from the Act's descriptions of prohibitions or already excepted through our regulations at 50 CFR 17.21 (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     any person may take endangered wildlife in defense of his own life or the lives of others). Also, as discussed above, certain activities that are prohibited under section 9 may be permitted under section 10 of the Act.
                </P>
                <P>To the extent currently known, the following is a list of examples of activities that will be considered likely to result in violation of section 9 of the Act in addition to what is already clear from the descriptions of the prohibitions found at 50 CFR 17.21:</P>
                <P>(1) Destruction, alteration, or removal of shinnery oak duneland and shrubland vegetation.</P>
                <P>(2) Degradation, removal, or fragmentation of shinnery oak duneland and shrubland formations and ecosystems.</P>
                <P>(3) Disruption of water tables in dunes sagebrush lizard habitat.</P>
                <P>(4) Introduction of nonnative species that compete with or prey upon the dunes sagebrush lizard.</P>
                <P>(5) Unauthorized release of biological control agents that attack any life stage of the dunes sagebrush lizard or that degrade or alter its habitat.</P>
                <P>(6) Herbicide or pesticide applications in shinnery oak duneland and shrubland vegetation and ecosystems.</P>
                <P>
                    This list is intended to be illustrative and not exhaustive; additional activities that will be considered likely to result in violation of section 9 of the Act may be identified during coordination with the local field office, and in some instances (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     with new or site-specific information), the Service may conclude that one or more activities identified here will not be considered likely to result in violation of section 9. Questions regarding whether specific activities would constitute violation of section 9 of the Act should be directed to the New Mexico Ecological Services Field Office (see 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Critical Habitat</HD>
                <P>Section 4(a)(3) of the Act and implementing regulations (50 CFR 424.12) require that we designate critical habitat at the time a species is determined to be an endangered or threatened species, to the maximum extent prudent and determinable. In our July 3, 2023, proposed listing rule (88 FR 42661), we determined that designation of critical habitat was prudent, but not determinable because specific information needed to analyze the impacts of designation was lacking. We are still in the process of assessing the information needed to analyze the impacts of critical habitat. We plan to publish a proposed rule to designate critical habitat for the dunes sagebrush lizard in the near future. The Act allows the Service an additional year to publish a critical habitat designation that is not determinable at the time of listing (16 U.S.C. 1533(b)(6)(C)(ii)).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Required Determinations</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Government-to-Government Relationship With Tribes</HD>
                <P>In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994 (Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments; 59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175 (Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments), and the Department of the Interior's manual at 512 DM 2, we readily acknowledge our responsibility to communicate meaningfully with federally recognized Tribes on a government-to-government basis. In accordance with Secretaries' Order 3206 of June 5, 1997 (American Indian Tribal Rights, Federal-Tribal Trust Responsibilities, and the Endangered Species Act), we readily acknowledge our responsibilities to work directly with Tribes in developing programs for healthy ecosystems, to acknowledge that Tribal lands are not subject to the same controls as Federal public lands, to remain sensitive to Indian culture, and to make information available to Tribes. No designated Tribal lands occur within the range of the dunes sagebrush lizard, and we received no comments from Tribes on the July 3, 2023, proposed listing rule, but several Tribes may have interests in this area and could be affected by the rule. We contacted the Mescalero Apache, Pueblo of Tesuque, Ysleta del Sur Pueblo, Kiowa Tribe of Oklahoma, Apache Tribe of Oklahoma, and Comanche Nation of Oklahoma regarding the SSA process by mail and invited them to provide information and comments to inform the SSA.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">References Cited</HD>
                <P>
                    A complete list of references cited in this rulemaking is available on the internet at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and upon request from the New Mexico Ecological Services Field Office (see 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authors</HD>
                <P>The primary authors of this rule are the staff members of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service's Species Assessment Team and the New Mexico Ecological Services Field Office.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 17</HD>
                    <P>Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Plants, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation, Wildlife.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulation Promulgation</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, we amend part 17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 17—ENDANGERED AND THREATENED WILDLIFE AND PLANTS</HD>
                </PART>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="50" PART="17">
                    <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 17 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                    <AUTH>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                        <P> 16 U.S.C. 1361-1407; 1531-1544; and 4201-4245, unless otherwise noted.</P>
                    </AUTH>
                </REGTEXT>
                <REGTEXT TITLE="50" PART="17">
                    <AMDPAR>
                        2. Amend § 17.11, in paragraph (h), by adding an entry for “Lizard, dunes sagebrush” to the List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife in alphabetical 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43769"/>
                        order under REPTILES to read as follows:
                    </AMDPAR>
                    <SECTION>
                        <SECTNO>§ 17.11</SECTNO>
                        <SUBJECT> Endangered and threatened wildlife.</SUBJECT>
                        <STARS/>
                        <P>(h) * * *</P>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L1,tp0,i1" CDEF="s25,r25,r25,xls30,r100">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1">Common name</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">Scientific name</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">Where listed</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">Status</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">Listing citations and applicable rules</CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW RUL="s">
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="28">*         *         *         *         *         *         *</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
                                <ENT I="21">
                                    <E T="02">REPTILES</E>
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="28">*         *         *         *         *         *         *</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">Lizard, dunes sagebrush</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    <E T="03">Sceloporus arenicolus</E>
                                </ENT>
                                <ENT>Wherever found</ENT>
                                <ENT>E</ENT>
                                <ENT>
                                    89 FR [INSERT 
                                    <E T="02">Federal Register</E>
                                     PAGE WHERE THE DOCUMENT BEGINS], 5/20/2024.
                                </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="28">*         *         *         *         *         *         *</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                    </SECTION>
                </REGTEXT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Martha Williams,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11025 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4333-15-P</BILCOD>
        </RULE>
    </RULES>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>98</NO>
    <DATE>Monday, May 20, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Proposed Rules</UNITNAME>
    <PRORULES>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="43770"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <CFR>10 CFR Part 431</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 1904-AF34</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended (“EPCA”), prescribes energy conservation standards for various consumer products and certain commercial and industrial equipment, including air-cooled commercial package air conditioners and heat pumps with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h. In this notice of proposed rulemaking (“NOPR”), the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) proposes amended energy conservation standards, based on clear and convincing evidence, identical to those set forth in a direct final rule (“DFR”) published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        . If DOE receives adverse comment and determines that such comment may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final rule, DOE will publish a notification of withdrawal and will proceed with this proposed rule.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE will accept comments, data, and information regarding this NOPR no later than September 9, 2024. Comments regarding the likely competitive impact of the proposed standard should be sent to the Department of Justice contact listed in the 
                        <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                         section on or before June 20, 2024.
                    </P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        See section IV of this document, “Public Participation,” for details. If DOE withdraws the direct final rule published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        <E T="03">,</E>
                         DOE will hold a public meeting to allow for additional comment on this proposed rule. DOE will publish notice of any meeting in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Interested persons are encouraged to submit comments using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         under docket number EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015. Follow the instructions for submitting comments. Alternatively, interested persons may submit comments, identified by docket number EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015, by any of the following methods:
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Email: ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov.</E>
                         Include the docket number EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015 in the subject line of the message.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Postal Mail:</E>
                         Appliance and Equipment Standards Program, U.S. Department of Energy, Building Technologies Office, Mailstop EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. If possible, please submit all items on a compact disc (“CD”), in which case it is not necessary to include printed copies.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>
                         Appliance and Equipment Standards Program, U.S. Department of Energy, Building Technologies Office, 950 L'Enfant Plaza SW, 6th Floor, Washington, DC 20024. Telephone: (202) 287-1445. If possible, please submit all items on a CD, in which case it is not necessary to include printed copies.
                    </P>
                    <P>No telefacsimiles (“faxes”) will be accepted. For detailed instructions on submitting comments and additional information on this process, see section IV of this document (Public Participation).</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                         The docket for this activity, which includes 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         notices, comments, and other supporting documents/materials, is available for review at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         All documents in the docket are listed in the 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         index. However, not all documents listed in the index may be publicly available, such as information that is exempt from public disclosure.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The docket web page can be found at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015.</E>
                         The docket web page contains instructions on how to access all documents, including public comments, in the docket. See section IV of this document for information on how to submit comments through 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        EPCA requires the Attorney General to provide DOE a written determination of whether the proposed standard is likely to lessen competition. The U.S. Department of Justice Antitrust Division invites input from market participants and other interested persons with views on the likely competitive impact of the proposed standard. Interested persons may contact the Antitrust Division at 
                        <E T="03">energy.standards@usdoj.gov</E>
                         on or before the date specified in the 
                        <E T="02">DATES</E>
                         section. Please indicate in the “Subject” line of your email the title and Docket Number of this proposed rulemaking.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        Mr. Lucas Adin, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 287-5904. Email: 
                        <E T="03">ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Mr. Eric Stas, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-4798. Email: 
                        <E T="03">Eric.Stas@hq.doe.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For further information on how to submit a comment, review other public comments and the docket, or participate in the public meeting (if one is held), contact the Appliance and Equipment Standards Program staff at (202) 287-1445 or by email: 
                        <E T="03">ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Synopsis of the Proposed Rule</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Introduction</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Authority</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Background</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Current Standards</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. History of Standards Rulemaking for ACUACs and ACUHPs</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. 2022-2023 ASRAC ACUAC/HP Working Group Recommended Standard Levels</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Proposed Standards</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for ACUAC and ACUHP Standards</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Proposed Standards</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Public Participation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Submission of Comments</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                        B. Public Meeting
                        <PRTPAGE P="43771"/>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Approval of the Office of the Secretary</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Synopsis of the Proposed Rule</HD>
                <P>
                    The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, Public Law 94-163, as amended (“EPCA”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     authorizes the DOE to regulate the energy efficiency of a number of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6291-6317, as codified) Title III, Part C 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of EPCA established the Energy Conservation Program for Certain Industrial Equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6311-6317) This covered equipment includes small, large, and very large commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(B)-(D)) Such equipment includes as equipment categories air-cooled commercial unitary air conditioners with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h (“ACUACs”) and air-cooled commercial unitary heat pumps with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h (“ACUHPs”), which are the subject of this proposed rulemaking.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The current energy conservation standards for the subject equipment are found in the Code of Federal Regulations (“CFR”) at 10 CFR 431.97(b).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         All references to EPCA in this document refer to the statute as amended through the Energy Act of 2020, Public Law 116-260 (Dec. 27, 2020), which reflect the last statutory amendments that impact Parts A and A-1 of EPCA.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         For editorial reasons, upon codification in the U.S. Code, Part C was re-designated Part A-1.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         While ACUACs and ACUHPs with rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h are included in the broader category of commercial unitary air conditioners and heat pumps (“CUACs and CUHPs”), they are not addressed in this NOPR. The standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs with rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h have been addressed in a separate rulemaking (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Docket No. EERE-2022-BT-STD-0008). Accordingly, all references within this NOPR to ACUACs and ACUHPs exclude equipment with rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In accordance with the authority provided by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) and 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1), DOE is proposing this rule establishing and amending the energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs and is concurrently issuing a direct final rule published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     DOE will proceed with this notice of proposed rulemaking only if it determines it must withdraw the direct final rule pursuant to the criteria provided in 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). The amended standards levels in both this NOPR and that DFR reflect the culmination of a negotiated rulemaking that included the following document and stakeholder comments thereon: May 2020 energy conservation standards request for information (“May 2020 ECS RFI”) (85 FR 27941 (May 12, 2020)); May 2022 test procedure (“TP”)/ECS RFI (87 FR 31743 (May 25, 2022)); and the 2022 Appliance Standards and Rulemaking Federal Advisory Committee (“ASRAC”) commercial unitary air conditioners and heat pumps working group negotiations, hereinafter referred to as “the 2023 ECS Negotiations” (87 FR 45703 (July 29, 2022)). Participants in the 2023 ECS Negotiations included stakeholders representing manufacturers, energy-efficiency and environmental advocates, States, and electric utility companies. See section II.B.2 of this document for a detailed history of the current rulemaking.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         42 U.S.C. 6316(b) (applying 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) to energy conservation standard rulemakings involving a variety of industrial equipment, including ACUACs and ACUHPs).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The consensus reached by the ACUAC/HP ASRAC Working Group (hereinafter referred to as “the ACUAC/HP Working Group”) on amended energy conservation standards (“ECS”) is outlined in the ASRAC Working Group Term Sheet (hereinafter referred to as “the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet”). (ASRAC Working Group ECS Term Sheet, Docket No. EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015, No. 87) As discussed in more detail in the accompanying direct final rule and in accordance with the provisions at 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE has tentatively determined that the recommendations contained in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet are compliant with the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B).</P>
                <P>
                    In accordance with these and other statutory provisions discussed in this document, DOE proposes amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. The standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs are expressed in terms of the new integrated ventilation, economizing and cooling (“IVEC”) and integrated ventilation and heating efficiency (“IVHE”), as determined in accordance with the ACUAC/ACUHP test procedure set forth a final rule amending the test procedure for ACUACs and ACUHPs.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The newly adopted DOE test procedure for ACUACs and ACUHPs appears at 10 CFR part 431, subpart F, appendix A1 (appendix A1).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         The final rule amending the test procedure can be found at 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                         under docket number EERE-2023-BT-TP-0014.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Table I.1 presents the proposed amended standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. The proposed standards are the same as those recommended by the ACUAC/HP Working Group. These proposed standards would apply to all equipment listed in Table I.1 and manufactured in, or imported into the United States starting on January 1, 2029, as recommended by the ACUAC/HP Working Group.</P>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="241">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43772"/>
                    <GID>EP20MY24.297</GID>
                </GPH>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Introduction</HD>
                <P>The following section briefly discusses the statutory authority underlying this proposed rule, as well as some of the relevant historical background related to the establishment of energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Authority</HD>
                <P>EPCA, Public Law 94-163, as amended, authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency of certain consumer products and industrial equipment. Title III, Part C of EPCA, added by Public Law 95-619, Title IV, section 441(a) (42 U.S.C. 6311-6317, as codified), established the Energy Conservation Program for Certain Industrial Equipment, which sets forth a variety of provisions designed to improve energy efficiency. This equipment includes ACUACs and ACUHPs, which are a category of small, large, and very large commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment and the subject of this rulemaking. (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(B)-(D)) EPCA prescribed initial standards for this equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(1)-(2))</P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to EPCA, DOE must amend the energy conservation standards for certain types of commercial and industrial equipment, including the equipment at issue in this document, whenever ASHRAE amends the standard levels or design requirements prescribed in ASHRAE Standard 90.1, “Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings” (“ASHRAE Standard 90.1”). DOE must adopt the amended ASHRAE Standard 90.1 levels for these equipment (hereafter “ASHRAE equipment”), unless the Secretary of Energy (“the Secretary”) determines by rule published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     and supported by clear and convincing evidence that adoption of a more-stringent uniform national standard would result in significant additional conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)-(B))
                </P>
                <P>
                    In addition, EPCA contains a review requirement for this same equipment (the six-year-lookback review), which requires DOE to consider the need for amended standards every six years. To adopt more-stringent standards under that provision, DOE must once again have clear and convincing evidence to show that such standards would be technologically feasible and economically justified and would save a significant additional amount of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)); 
                    <E T="03">see id.</E>
                     6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II) &amp; (a)(6)(B)(i))
                </P>
                <P>In deciding whether a more-stringent standard is economically justified, under either the provisions of 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C), DOE must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens. DOE must make this determination after receiving comments on the proposed standard, and by considering, to the maximum extent practicable, the following seven factors:</P>
                <P>(1) The economic impact of the standard on manufacturers and consumers of equipment subject to the standard;</P>
                <P>(2) The savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average life of the covered equipment in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price, initial charges, or maintenance expenses for the covered equipment that are likely to result from the standard;</P>
                <P>(3) The total projected amount of energy savings likely to result directly from the standard;</P>
                <P>(4) Any lessening of the utility or the performance of the covered equipment likely to result from the standard;</P>
                <P>(5) The impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from the standard;</P>
                <P>(6) The need for national energy conservation; and</P>
                <P>(7) Other factors the Secretary of Energy considers relevant.</P>
                <FP>(42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(I)-(VII))</FP>
                <P>The energy conservation program under EPCA, consists essentially of four parts: (1) testing; (2) labeling; (3) the establishment of Federal energy conservation standards, and (4) certification and enforcement procedures. Relevant provisions of the EPCA specifically include definitions (42 U.S.C. 6311), energy conservation standards (42 U.S.C. 6313), test procedures (42 U.S.C. 6314), labeling provisions (42 U.S.C. 6315), and the authority to require information and reports from manufacturers (42 U.S.C. 6316; 42 U.S.C. 6296(a), (b) and (d)).</P>
                <P>
                    Federal energy efficiency requirements for covered equipment established under EPCA generally 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43773"/>
                    supersede State laws and regulations concerning energy conservation testing, labeling, and standards. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a) and (b); 42 U.S.C. 6297) DOE may, however, grant waivers of Federal preemption for particular State laws or regulations, in accordance with the procedures and other provisions set forth under EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(2)(D))
                </P>
                <P>Under 42 U.S.C. 6314, EPCA sets forth the criteria and procedures DOE is required to follow when prescribing or amending test procedures for covered equipment. EPCA requires that any test procedure prescribed or amended under this section must be reasonably designed to produce test results which reflect energy efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of covered equipment during a representative average use cycle and requires that the test procedure not be unduly burdensome to conduct. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(2)) Manufacturers of covered equipment must use the Federal test procedures as the basis for certifying to DOE that their equipment complies with the applicable energy conservation standards adopted pursuant to EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6316(b); 42 U.S.C. 6296) and when making representations about the efficiency of that equipment (42 U.S.C. 6314(d)). Similarly, DOE uses these test procedures to determine whether the equipment complies with relevant standards promulgated under EPCA. The current DOE test procedure for ACUACs and ACUHPs appear at 10 CFR part 431, subpart F, appendix A.</P>
                <P>EPCA also contains what is known as an “anti-backsliding” provision, which prevents the Secretary from prescribing any amended standard that either increases the maximum allowable energy use or decreases the minimum required energy efficiency of a covered product. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(iii)(I)) Also, the Secretary may not prescribe an amended or new standard if interested persons have established by a preponderance of the evidence that the standard is likely to result in the unavailability in the United States in any covered equipment type (or class) of performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those generally available in the United States. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(iii)(II)(aa))</P>
                <P>Finally, the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (“EISA 2007”), Public Law 110-140, amended EPCA, in relevant part, to grant DOE authority to directly issue a final rule (hereinafter referred to as a “direct final rule” or “DFR”) establishing an energy conservation standard on receipt of a statement submitted jointly by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of manufacturers of covered products/equipment, States, and efficiency advocates), as determined by the Secretary, that contains recommendations with respect to an energy or water conservation standard that are in accordance with the provisions of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). (42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1); 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)) Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), the Secretary must also determine whether a jointly-submitted recommendation for an energy or water conservation standard satisfies 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable.</P>
                <P>
                    A NOPR that proposes an identical energy efficiency standard must be published simultaneously with the direct final rule, and DOE must provide a public comment period of at least 110 days on this proposal. (42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1); 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)-(B)) While DOE typically provides a comment period of 60 days on proposed energy conservation standards, for a NOPR accompanying a direct final rule, DOE provides a comment period of the same length as the comment period on the direct final rule—
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     110 days. Based on the comments received during this period, the direct final rule will either become effective, or DOE will withdraw it not later than 120 days after its issuance if: (1) one or more adverse comments is received, and (2) DOE determines that those comments, when viewed in light of the rulemaking record related to the direct final rule, may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), or any other applicable law. (42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1); 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C)) Receipt of an alternative joint recommendation may also trigger a DOE withdrawal of the direct final rule in the same manner. (
                    <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    ) After withdrawing a direct final rule, DOE must proceed with the notice of proposed rulemaking published simultaneously with the direct final rule and publish in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     the reasons why the direct final rule was withdrawn. 
                    <E T="03">Id.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    DOE has previously explained its interpretation of its direct final rule authority. In a final rule amending the Department's “Procedures, Interpretations and Policies for Consideration of New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards for Consumer Products” at 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, DOE noted that it may issue standards recommended by interested persons that are fairly representative of relative points of view as a direct final rule when the recommended standards are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable. 86 FR 70892, 70912 (Dec. 13, 2021). But the direct final rule provision in EPCA does not impose additional requirements applicable to other standards rulemakings, which is consistent with the unique circumstances of rules issued as consensus agreements under DOE's direct final rule authority. 
                    <E T="03">Id.</E>
                     DOE's discretion remains bounded by its statutory mandate to adopt a standard that results in the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified—a requirement found in 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B). As such, DOE's review and analysis of the Joint Agreement is limited to whether the recommended standards satisfy the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Background</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Current Standards</HD>
                <P>
                    In a direct final rule published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on January 15, 2016 (“January 2016 Direct Final Rule”), DOE prescribed the current energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs manufactured on and after January 1, 2023. 81 FR 2420. These standards are set forth in DOE's regulations at 10 CFR 431.97(b) and are repeated in Table II.1.
                </P>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="377">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43774"/>
                    <GID>EP20MY24.298</GID>
                </GPH>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. History of Standards Rulemaking for ACUACs and ACUHPs</HD>
                <P>
                    Since publication of the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, ASHRAE published an updated version of ASHRAE Standard 90.1 (“ASHRAE 90.1-2019”), which updated the minimum efficiency levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs to align with those adopted by DOE in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     specifying two tiers of minimum levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs, with a January 1, 2023 compliance date for the second tier). ASHRAE published another version of ASHRAE Standard 90.1 in January 2023 (“ASHRAE 90.1-2022”), which includes the same minimum efficiency levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs as those included in ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019.
                </P>
                <P>
                    On May 12, 2020, DOE began its six-year-lookback review with for ACUACs and ACUHPs by publishing in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     the May 2020 ECS RFI.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     85 FR 27941. The May 2020 ECS RFI sought information to help DOE inform its decisions, consistent with its obligations under EPCA. DOE received multiple comments from interested stakeholders in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, which prompted DOE to publish the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on May 25, 2022, to investigate additional aspects of the ACUAC and ACUHP TP and standards. 87 FR 31743. In the latter document, DOE identified several issues that it determined would benefit from further comment. DOE discussed these topics (including any comments received in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI that are related to these topics) in the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI. Once again, DOE received a number of written comments from interested parties related to standards for CUACs and CUHPs in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI and the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI. DOE considered these comments in preparation of this NOPR and the direct final rule, and they are discussed in further detail in the direct final rule published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         The May 2020 ECS RFI also addressed commercial warm-air furnaces, a separate type of covered equipment which was subsequently handled in a different rulemaking proceeding (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Docket No. EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042 in 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    On July 29, 2022, DOE published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     a notice of intent to establish a working group for commercial unitary air conditioners and heat pumps to negotiate proposed test procedures and amended energy conservation standards for this equipment (“July 2022 Notice of Intent”). 87 FR 45703. The ACUAC/HP Working Group was established under ASRAC in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (“FACA”) (5 U.S.C. App 2) and the Negotiated Rulemaking Act (“NRA”) (5 U.S.C. 561-570, Pub. L. 104-320). The purpose of the ACUAC/HP Working Group was to discuss, and if possible, reach consensus on recommended amendments to the test procedures and energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. The ACUAC/HP Working Group consisted of 14 voting members, including DOE. (See appendix A, Working Group Members, Document 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43775"/>
                    No. 65 in Docket No. EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015) On December 15, 2022, the ACUAC/HP Working Group signed a Term Sheet (“ACUAC/HP Working Group TP Term Sheet”) of recommendations regarding ACUAC and ACUHP test procedures, including two new efficiency metrics: IVEC and IVHE. (
                    <E T="03">See Id.</E>
                    )
                </P>
                <P>The ACUAC/HP Working Group met five times to discuss energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. These meetings took place on February 22-23, March 21-22, April 12-13, April 26-27, and May 1, 2023. As a result of these efforts, the ACUAC/HP Working Group successfully reached consensus on recommended energy conservation standards in terms of the new IVEC and IVHE metrics for CUACs and CUHPs. On May 1, 2023, the ACUAC/HP Working Group signed the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet outlining its recommendations which ASRAC approved on October 17, 2023. These recommendations are discussed further in section II.B.3 of this NOPR.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. 2022-2023 ASRAC ACUAC/HP Working Group Recommended Standard Levels</HD>
                <P>This section summarizes the standard levels recommended in the Term Sheet submitted by the ACUAC/HP Working Group for ACUAC/HP energy conservation standards and the subsequent procedural steps taken by DOE. Recommendation #1 of the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet recommends standard levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs with a recommended compliance date of January 1, 2029. (ASRAC Term Sheet, No. 87 at p. 2) These recommended standard levels are presented in Table II.2. Recommendation #2 of the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet recommends revising existing certification requirements to support the new metrics and standards presented in Table II.2, specifically requesting that manufacturers be required to certify the following information publicly to DOE for each basic model: (1) crankcase heat wattage for each compressor stage, and (2) 5 °F heating capacity and COP, if applicable. DOE will address recommendation #2 regarding certification in a separate rulemaking.</P>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="195">
                    <GID>EP20MY24.299</GID>
                </GPH>
                <P>After carefully considering the consensus recommendations for amending the energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs submitted by the ACUAC/HP Working Group and adopted by ASRAC, DOE has tentatively determined that these recommendations are in accordance with the statutory requirements of 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) and 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1) for the issuance of a direct final rule. The following paragraphs explain DOE's rationale in making this tentative determination.</P>
                <P>First, with respect to the requirement that recommended energy conservation standards be submitted by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view, DOE notes that the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet was signed and submitted by a broad cross-section of interests, including the manufacturers who produce the subject equipment. To satisfy this requirement, DOE has generally found that the group submitting a joint statement must, where appropriate, include larger concerns and small businesses in the regulated industry/manufacturer community, energy advocates, energy utilities, consumers, and States. However, the Department has explained that it will be necessary to evaluate the meaning of “fairly representative” on a case-by-case basis, subject to the circumstances of a particular rulemaking, to determine whether additional parties must be part of a joint statement beyond the required “manufacturers of covered products, States, and efficiency advocates” specifically called out by EPCA at 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A). In this case, in addition to manufacturers, the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet also included environmental and energy-efficiency advocacy organizations, and electric utility companies. Although States were not direct signatories to the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet, the ASRAC Committee approving the ACUAC/HP Working Group's recommendations included at least two members representing States—one representing the State of New York and one representing the State of California. As a result, DOE has tentatively determined that these recommendations were submitted by interested persons who are fairly representative of relevant points of view on this matter, including those specifically identified by Congress: manufacturers of covered equipment, States, and efficiency advocates. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A); 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1))</P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), the Secretary must also determine whether a jointly-submitted recommendation for an energy or water conservation standard satisfies 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable. In making this determination, DOE conducted an analysis to evaluate 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43776"/>
                    whether the potential energy conservation standards under consideration achieve significant energy savings and are technologically feasible and economically justified. The evaluation is similar to the comprehensive approach that DOE typically conducts whenever it considers potential new or amended energy conservation standards for a given type of product or equipment. DOE applies the same principles to any consensus recommendations it may receive to satisfy its statutory obligations. Upon review, the Secretary tentatively determined that the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet comports with the standard-setting criteria set forth under 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B).
                </P>
                <P>
                    Accordingly, DOE published a direct final rule establishing amended energy conservation standards for the subject ACUACs and ACUHPs published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , which includes the consensus-recommended efficiency levels as the “recommended trial standard level (“TSL”) for ACUACs and ACUHPs.
                </P>
                <P>
                    For further background information on these proposed standards and the supporting analyses, please see the direct final rule published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , including section V.A of the DFR which provides a description of all the considered TSLs. That document and the accompanying technical support document (“TSD”) contain an in-depth discussion of the analyses conducted in evaluating the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet, the methodologies DOE used in conducting those analyses, and the analytical results.
                </P>
                <P>In sum, the Secretary has tentatively determined that the relevant criteria under 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) and 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1) have been satisfied, such that it is appropriate to propose the consensus-recommended amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs through this NOPR, based on the clear and convincing evidence, as discussed in section III.A of this document.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Proposed Standards</HD>
                <P>As noted previously, EPCA specifies that, for any commercial and industrial equipment addressed under 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(i), DOE may prescribe an energy conservation standard more stringent than the level for such equipment in ASHRAE Standard 90.1, as amended, only if “clear and convincing evidence” shows that a more-stringent standard would result in significant additional conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II)) For this proposed rule, DOE considered the impacts of amended standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs at each TSL, beginning with the maximum technologically feasible (“max-tech”) level, to determine whether that level was economically justified. Where the max-tech level was not justified, DOE then considered the next most efficient level and undertook the same evaluation until it reached the highest efficiency level that is both technologically feasible and economically justified and saves a significant amount of energy.</P>
                <P>To aid the reader as DOE discusses the benefits and/or burdens of each TSL, tables in this section present a summary of the results of DOE's quantitative analysis for each TSL. In addition to the quantitative results presented in the tables, DOE also considers other burdens and benefits that affect economic justification. These include the impacts on identifiable subgroups of consumers who may be disproportionately affected by a national standard and impacts on employment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for ACUAC and ACUHP Standards</HD>
                <P>
                    Table III.1 and Table III.2 summarize the quantitative impacts estimated for each TSL for ACUACs and ACUHPs. The national impacts are measured over the lifetime of ACUACs and ACUHPs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with amended standards (2029-2058). The energy savings, emissions reductions, and value of emissions reductions refer to full-fuel-cycle (“FFC”) results. DOE is presenting monetized benefits of greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions reductions in accordance with the applicable Executive Orders, and DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this document in the absence of the social cost of greenhouse gases, including the Interim Estimates presented by the Interagency Working Group (“IWG”). The efficiency levels contained in each TSL are described in section V.A of the direct final rule published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="593">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43777"/>
                    <GID>EP20MY24.300</GID>
                </GPH>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="318">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43778"/>
                    <GID>EP20MY24.301</GID>
                </GPH>
                <P>DOE first considered TSL 4, which represents the max-tech efficiency levels. The max-tech efficiency levels for all equipment classes would require complete redesigns of almost all models currently available on the market to be optimized around the new test procedure and energy efficiency metrics to provide better field performance. TSL 4 could necessitate using a combination of numerous design options, including the most efficient compressors, fans, and motor designs, more-efficient heat exchangers, and/or advanced controls. TSL 4 would save an estimated 14.8 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 4, the NPV of consumer net benefit would be $1.5 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $21.7 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.</P>
                <P>
                    The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 4 are 291.4 Mt of CO
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                    , 67.7 thousand tons of SO
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                    , 496.0 thousand tons of NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                    , 0.45 tons of Hg, 2,268.2 thousand tons of CH
                    <E T="52">4</E>
                    , and 2.2 thousand tons of N
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                    O. The estimated monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions (associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at TSL 4 is $12.6 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health benefits from reduced SO
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                     and NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                     emissions at TSL 4 is $7.8 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $23.2 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs, health benefits from reduced SO
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                     and NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                     emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 4 is $21.9 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated total NPV at TSL 4 is $57.5 billion. The estimated total NPV is provided for additional information; however, DOE primarily relies upon the NPV of consumer benefits when determining whether a potential standard level is economically justified.
                </P>
                <P>At TSL 4, the average LCC impact is a savings of $242 for small ACUACs, $3,880 for large ACUACs, and $12,766 for very large ACUACs. The simple payback period is 10 years for small ACUACs and seven years for large and very large ACUACs. The fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 60 percent for small ACUACs, 31 percent for large ACUACs, and 24 percent for very large ACUACs. On a shipment-weighted average basis, the average LCC impact is a savings of $2,379, the simple payback period is 9 years, and the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 49 percent.</P>
                <P>
                    At TSL 4, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $1,550.6 million to a decrease of $830.1 million, which corresponds to decreases of 58.4 percent to 31.3 percent, respectively. DOE estimates that industry would need to invest $1,891 million to comply with standards set at TSL 4. DOE estimates that approximately 2 percent of small ACUAC and ACUHP models, 10 percent of large ACUAC and ACUHP models, and 1 percent of very large ACUAC and ACUHP models currently available for purchase meet the efficiency levels that would be required at TSL 4 after testing using the amended test procedure and when represented in the new metric. Very few manufacturers produce equipment at TSL 4 efficiency levels at this time. DOE estimates that only three of the nine manufacturers of small ACUACs and ACUHPs currently offer models that meet the efficiency levels that would be required for small ACUACs and ACUHPs at TSL 4. DOE estimates that only two of the eight manufacturers of large ACUACs and ACUHPs offer models that meet the efficiency levels that would be required for large ACUACs and ACUHPs at TSL 4. DOE estimates that only one of the eight manufacturers of very large 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43779"/>
                    ACUACs and ACUHPs offer models that meet the efficiency level that would be required for very large ACUACs and ACUHPs at TSL 4.
                </P>
                <P>At TSL 4, DOE understands that all of the manufacturers would need to utilize significant engineering resources to redesign their current offerings to bring them into compliance with TSL 4 efficiencies. All manufacturers would have to invest heavily in their production facilities and source more-efficient components for incorporation into their designs. One of the challenges that certain members of the ACUAC/HP Working Group expressed was ensuring the footprint of the large and very large ACUACs and ACUHPs did not grow to a level that was not suitable for existing retrofits. While there was some uncertainty surrounding what those footprints might look like, most manufacturers were generally concerned that TSL 4 could require such increases, especially for very large models. DOE understands that to meet max-tech IVEC levels, a high fraction of models would need larger cabinet footprints to accommodate the increased size of efficiency-improving design options, which would require substantial investment in retooling as well as redesign engineering efforts.</P>
                <P>DOE estimates that at TSL 4, most manufacturers would be required to redesign every ACUAC and ACUHP model offering covered by this rulemaking. Some manufacturers may not have the engineering capacity to complete the necessary redesigns within the compliance period. If manufacturers were unable to redesign all their covered ACUAC and ACUHP models within the compliance period, they would likely prioritize redesigns based on model sales volume. In such case, model offerings of large and very large ACUACs and ACUHPs might decrease, given that there are many capacities offered for large and very large ACUACs and ACUHPs and comparatively fewer shipments across which to distribute conversion costs. Furthermore, DOE recognizes that a standard set at max-tech could greatly limit equipment differentiation in the ACUAC and ACUHP market.</P>
                <P>Based upon the previous considerations, the Secretary tentatively concludes that at TSL 4 for ACUACs and ACUHPs, the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the impacts on manufacturers, including the large conversion costs, profit margin impacts that could result in a large reduction in INPV, and the scale and magnitude of the redesign efforts needed for manufacturers to bring their current equipment offerings into compliance at this TSL. DOE is concerned that manufacturers may narrow their equipment offerings and focus on high-volume models to meet the standard within the compliance window. DOE is also concerned with the potential footprint implications, especially for very large ACUAC and ACUHP models, as manufacturer optimize around the new test procedure and metric for the largest of ACUAC and ACUHP models. Consequently, DOE has tentatively concluded that it is unable to make a determination, supported by clear and convincing evidence, that TSL 4 is economically justified.</P>
                <P>DOE then considered TSL 3 (the Recommended TSL), which represents efficiency levels 4, 2, and 1 for small, large, and very large ACUACs and ACUHPs, respectively. At TSL 3 efficiency levels, DOE understand that manufacturers would likely need to implement fewer design options than needed for TSL 4. These design options could include increasing outdoor and/or indoor coil size, modifying compressor staging, and improving fan and/or fan motor efficiency in order to meet these levels. These technologies and design paths are familiar to manufacturers as they produce equipment today that can meet TSL 3 efficiency levels, but they are not optimized around the new test procedure and metrics, which are more representative of field performance. The Recommended TSL would save an estimated 5.5 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 3, the NPV of consumer net benefit would be $4.4 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $15.3 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.</P>
                <P>
                    The cumulative emissions reductions at the Recommended TSL are 108.7 Mt of CO
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                    , 25.3 thousand tons of SO
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                    , 185.1 thousand tons of NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                    , 0.2 tons of Hg, 845.6 thousand tons of CH
                    <E T="52">4</E>
                    , and 0.8 thousand tons of N
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                    O. The estimated monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions (associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at the Recommended TSL is $4.86 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health benefits from reduced SO
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                     and NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                     emissions at the Recommended TSL is $3.0 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $8.8 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs, health benefits from reduced SO
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                     and NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                     emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 3 is $12.3 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated total NPV at TSL 3 is $29.0 billion. The estimated total NPV is provided for additional information; however, DOE primarily relies upon the NPV of consumer benefits when determining whether a potential standard level is economically justified.
                </P>
                <P>At the Recommended TSL, the average LCC impact is a savings of $1,380 for small ACUACs, $2,488 for large ACUACs, and $6,431 for very large ACUACs. The simple payback period is six years for small ACUACs, 3.5 years for large ACUACs, and 1 year for very large ACUACs. The fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 26 percent for small ACUACs, 4 percent for large ACUACs, and 1 percent for very large ACUACs. On a shipment-weighted average basis, the average LCC impact is a savings of $2,154, the simple payback period is 4.8 years, and the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 18 percent.</P>
                <P>
                    At the Recommended TSL, TSL 3, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $193.9 million to a decrease $79.5 million, which correspond to decreases of 7.3 percent and 3.0 percent, respectively. DOE estimates that industry must invest $288 million to comply with standards set at the Recommended TSL. The ACUAC/HP Working Group manufacturers were more comfortable with TSL 3 efficiency levels, because the technologies anticipated to be used are the same as technologies employed in the commercially-available products today. In some cases, manufacturers believed existing cabinets could be maintained, while in other cases, investments would be needed to modify production equipment for new cabinet designs to optimize fan design and accommodate other changes. DOE estimates that at TSL 3 efficiency levels, manufacturers might likely utilize staging of the compressor instead of moving the entire market to variable-speed compressors. However, DOE understands that both of these are options that manufacturers may choose to improve efficiency for those models needing redesign. While DOE estimates that there are currently few shipments at the Recommended TSL, particularly for small ACUACs/HPs (as discussed in section IV.F.8 of the direct final rule published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    ), DOE estimates that approximately 37 percent of small ACUAC and ACUHP models, 50 percent of large ACUAC and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43780"/>
                    ACUHP models, and 64 percent of very large ACUAC and ACUHP models currently available would have the capability of meeting the efficiency levels required at TSL 3 without being redesigned. This indicates that there is already a significant number of models available on the market that would meet the Recommended TSL when represented in the new metrics, and that the technology to meet these standards is readily available. Manufacturers understand the design pathways and have significant experience with the existing technologies needed to bring the remaining models into compliance within the timeframe given. DOE estimates that five of the nine manufacturers of small ACUACs and ACUHPs offer models that would meet the efficiency level required at TSL 3. DOE estimates that six of the eight manufacturers of large ACUACs and ACUHPs offer models that meet the efficiency level required at TSL 3. DOE estimates that six of the eight manufacturers of very large ACUACs and ACUHPs offer models that meet the efficiency level required at TSL 3. Given the support expressed by the ACUAC/HP Working Group for TSL 3 (the Recommended TSL), DOE has tentatively concluded that all manufacturers of ACUACs/HPs will be able to redesign their model offerings in the compliance timeframe.
                </P>
                <P>
                    After considering the analysis and weighing the benefits and burdens, the Secretary has tentatively concluded that the Recommended TSL (TSL 3) for ACUACs and ACUHPs is in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), which contains provisions for adopting a uniform national standard more stringent than the amended ASHRAE Standard 90.1 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for the equipment considered in this document. Specifically, the Secretary has tentatively determined, supported by clear and convincing evidence as described in a direct final rule published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     and accompanying TSD, that such adoption would result in significant additional conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically justified. In determining whether the recommended standards are economically justified, the Secretary has tentatively determined that the benefits of the recommended standards exceed the burdens. At this TSL, the average LCC savings for consumers of ACUACs is positive. An estimated 18 percent of ACUAC consumers experience a net cost. The FFC national energy savings are significant, and the NPV of consumer benefits is positive using both a 3-percent and 7-percent discount rate. Notably, the benefits to consumers vastly outweigh the cost to manufacturers. At the Recommended TSL, the NPV of consumer benefits, even measured at the more conservative discount rate of 7 percent, is over 47 times higher than the maximum estimated manufacturers' loss in INPV. The economic justification for standard levels at the Recommended TSL is clear and convincing even without weighing the estimated monetary value of emissions reductions. When those emissions reductions are included—representing $4.9 billion in climate benefits (associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate), and $9.0 billion (using a 3-percent discount rate) or $3.0 billion (using a 7-percent discount rate) in health benefits—the rationale becomes stronger still.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         As discussed in section II.B.2 of this document, ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019 updated the minimum efficiency levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs to align with those adopted by DOE in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019 includes minimum efficiency levels that are aligned with the current Federal energy conservation standards). ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022 includes the same minimum efficiency levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs as ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Accordingly, the Secretary has tentatively concluded, supported by clear and convincing evidence, that the Recommended TSL (TSL 3) would offer the maximum improvement in efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified and would result in the significant additional conservation of energy. As stated, DOE conducts the walk-down analysis to determine the TSL that represents the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified as required under EPCA. The walk-down is not a comparative analysis, as a comparative analysis would result in the maximization of net benefits instead of energy savings that are technologically feasible and economically justified, which would be contrary to the statute. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     86 FR 70892, 70908 (Dec. 13, 2021). Although DOE has not conducted a comparative analysis to select the amended energy conservation standards, DOE notes that compared to TSL 4, the Recommended TSL results in shorter payback periods and fewer consumers with net cost and results in a lower maximum decrease in INPV and lower manufacturer conversion costs.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Although DOE considered amended standard levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs by grouping the efficiency levels for each equipment class into TSLs, DOE evaluates all analyzed efficiency levels in its analysis. Although there are ELs for each equipment class above those of TSL 3, the previously discussed uncertainty around the economic justification to support amended standards at TSL 4 applies for all efficiency levels higher than those of the Recommended TSL. As discussed, there is substantial uncertainty as to which combinations of design options manufacturers may employ to achieve high IVEC levels (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     those above the Recommended TSL), which may result in very high product conversion costs. In addition, manufacturers' capacity to redesign all models that do not meet the amended standard levels is constrained by resources devoted to the low-GWP refrigerant transition and becomes increasingly difficult as minimum efficiency levels increases above the Recommended TSL. Also, similar to TSL 4, many more cabinets would need to be redesigned at efficiency levels above those at TSL 3, which would require substantial investment in design and retooling. For small ACUACs and ACUHPs, adopting an efficiency level above that at TSL 3 would result in nearly 50 percent of purchasers experiencing a net cost. For large and very large ACUACs and ACUHPs, higher ELs could potentially result in reduced configuration and model availability due to large jumps in failing model counts, high cost of redesign, high conversion costs, and lower shipment volumes (as compared to small ACUACs and ACUHPs) across which to distribute conversion costs. Therefore, DOE has tentatively concluded that it is unable to make a determination, supported by clear and convincing evidence, that efficiency levels above TSL 3 are economically justified.
                </P>
                <P>However, at the Recommended TSL, there are substantially more model offerings currently available on the market, and significantly less redesign would be required than for higher efficiency levels. Additionally, the efficiency levels at TSL 3 result in positive LCC savings for all equipment classes and with far fewer consumers experiencing a net LCC cost, and mitigate the impacts on INPV and conversion costs to the point where DOE has tentatively concluded they are economically justified, as discussed for the Recommended TSL in the preceding paragraphs.</P>
                <P>
                    The proposed amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs, which are expressed as minimum efficiency values in terms of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43781"/>
                    IVEC and IVHE, are shown in Table III.3.
                </P>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="241">
                    <GID>EP20MY24.302</GID>
                </GPH>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Proposed Standards</HD>
                <P>The benefits and costs of the proposed standards can also be expressed in terms of annualized values. The annualized net benefit is: (1) the annualized national economic value (expressed in 2022$) of the benefits from operating equipment that meet the proposed standards (consisting primarily of operating cost savings from using less energy, minus increases in equipment purchase costs, and (2) the annualized monetary value of the climate and health benefits from emission reductions.</P>
                <P>Table III.4 shows the annualized values for ACUACs and ACUHPs under the Recommended TSL (TSL 3), expressed in 2022$. The results under the primary estimate are as follows.</P>
                <P>
                    Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and health benefits from reduced NO
                    <E T="52">X</E>
                     and SO
                    <E T="52">2</E>
                     emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated cost of the proposed standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs is $481.3 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $944.7 million in reduced equipment operating costs, $279.2 million in climate benefits, and $317.1 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit would amount to $1.1 billion per year.
                </P>
                <P>Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated cost of the proposed standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs is $493.2 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $1371.6 billion in reduced operating costs, $279.2 million in climate benefits, and $507.9 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit would amount to $1.7 billion per year.</P>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43782"/>
                    <GID>EP20MY24.303</GID>
                </GPH>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="174">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43783"/>
                    <GID>EP20MY24.304</GID>
                </GPH>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Public Participation</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Submission of Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    DOE will accept comments, data, and information regarding this proposed rule unit the date provided in the 
                    <E T="02">DATES</E>
                     section at the beginning of this proposed rule. Interested parties may submit comments, data, and other information using any of the methods described in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section at the beginning of this document. Comments relating to the direct final rule published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     should be submitted as instructed therein.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Submitting comments via www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     The 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                     web page will require you to provide your name and contact information. Your contact information will be viewable to DOE Building Technologies staff only. Your contact information will not be publicly viewable except for your first and last names, organization name (if any), and submitter representative name (if any). If your comment is not processed properly because of technical difficulties, DOE will use this information to contact you. If DOE cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, DOE may not be able to consider your comment.
                </P>
                <P>However, your contact information will be publicly viewable if you include it in the comment itself or in any documents attached to your comment. Any information that you do not want to be publicly viewable should not be included in your comment, nor in any document attached to your comment. Otherwise, persons viewing comments will see only first and last names, organization names, correspondence containing comments, and any documents submitted with the comments.</P>
                <P>
                    Do not submit to 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                     information for which disclosure is restricted by statute, such as trade secrets and commercial or financial information (hereinafter referred to as Confidential Business Information (“CBI”)). Comments submitted through 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                     cannot be claimed as CBI. Comments received through the website will waive any CBI claims for the information submitted. For information on submitting CBI, see the Confidential Business Information section.
                </P>
                <P>
                    DOE processes submissions made through 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                     before posting. Normally, comments will be posted within a few days of being submitted. However, if large volumes of comments are being processed simultaneously, your comment may not be viewable for up to several weeks. Please keep the comment tracking number that 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                     provides after you have successfully uploaded your comment.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Submitting comments via email, hand delivery/courier, or postal mail.</E>
                     Comments and documents submitted via email, hand delivery/courier, or postal mail also will be posted to 
                    <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     If you do not want your personal contact information to be publicly viewable, do not include it in your comment or any accompanying documents. Instead, provide your contact information in a cover letter. Include your first and last names, email address, telephone number, and optional mailing address. The cover letter will not be publicly viewable as long as it does not include any comments.
                </P>
                <P>Include contact information each time you submit comments, data, documents, and other information to DOE. If you submit via postal mail or hand delivery/courier, please provide all items on a CD, if feasible, in which case it is not necessary to submit printed copies. No telefacsimiles (“faxes”) will be accepted.</P>
                <P>Comments, data, and other information submitted to DOE electronically should be provided in PDF (preferred), Microsoft Word or Excel, WordPerfect, or text (ASCII) file format. Provide documents that are not secured, that are written in English, and that are free of any defects or viruses. Documents should not contain special characters or any form of encryption and, if possible, they should carry the electronic signature of the author.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Campaign form letters.</E>
                     Please submit campaign form letters by the originating organization in batches of between 50 to 500 form letters per PDF or as one form letter with a list of supporters' names compiled into one or more PDFs. This reduces comment processing and posting time.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Confidential Business Information.</E>
                     Pursuant to 10 CFR 1004.11, any person submitting information that he or she believes to be confidential and exempt by law from public disclosure should submit via email two well-marked copies: one copy of the document marked “confidential” including all the information believed to be confidential, and one copy of the document marked “non-confidential” with the information believed to be confidential deleted. DOE will make its own determination about the confidential status of the information and treat it according to its determination.
                </P>
                <P>
                    It is DOE's policy that all comments may be included in the public docket, without change and as received, including any personal information provided in the comments (except information deemed to be exempt from public disclosure).
                    <PRTPAGE P="43784"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Public Meeting</HD>
                <P>
                    As stated previously, if DOE withdraws the direct final rule published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1) and 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C), DOE will hold a public meeting to allow for additional comment on this proposed rule. DOE will publish notice of any meeting in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review</HD>
                <P>
                    The regulatory reviews conducted for this proposed rule are identical to those conducted for the direct final rule published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . Please see the direct final rule for further details.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
                <P>
                    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) requires preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (“IRFA”) and a final regulatory flexibility analysis (“FRFA”) for any rule that by law must be proposed for public comment, unless the agency certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. As required by E.O. 13272, “Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking,” 67 FR 53461 (August 16, 2002), DOE published procedures and policies on February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of its rules on small entities are properly considered during the rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and policies available on the Office of the General Counsel's website (
                    <E T="03">www.energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>
                    For manufacturers of ACUACs and ACUHPs, the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) has set a size threshold, which defines those entities classified as “small businesses” for the purposes of the statute. DOE used the SBA's small business size standards to determine whether any small entities would be subject to the requirements of the rule. (See 13 CFR part 121.) The size standards are listed by North American Industry Classification System (“NAICS”) code and industry description and are available at 
                    <E T="03">www.sba.gov/document/support--table-size-standards.</E>
                     Manufacturing of ACUACs and ACUHPs is classified under NAICS 333415, “Air Conditioning and Warm Air Heating Equipment and Commercial and Industrial Refrigeration Equipment Manufacturing.” The SBA sets a threshold of 1,250 employees or fewer for an entity to be considered as a small business for this category.
                </P>
                <P>
                    To estimate the number of companies that could be small business manufacturers of ACUACs and ACUHPs, DOE conducted a market survey using public information and subscription-based company reports to identify potential small business manufacturers. DOE reviewed its Compliance Certification Database,
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the California Energy Commission's Modernized Appliance Efficiency Database System,
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the ENERGY STAR Product Finder dataset,
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     individual company websites, import/export logs (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     ImportYeti 
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    ), and equipment specifications to create a list of companies that manufacture, produce, import, or private label the equipment covered by this proposed rulemaking. DOE further relied on public information and market research tools (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     reports from Dun and Bradstreet 
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    ) to determine company structure, location, headcount, and annual revenue. DOE screened out companies that do not offer the equipment covered by this proposed rulemaking, do not meet the SBA's definition of a “small business,” or are foreign-owned and operated.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         U.S. Department of Energy's Compliance Certification Database is available at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.doe.gov/certification-data</E>
                         (last accessed March 30, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         California Energy Commission's Modernized Appliance Efficiency Database System is available at 
                        <E T="03">cacertappliances.energy.ca.gov/Pages/Search/AdvancedSearch.aspx</E>
                         (last accessed Nov. 28, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         ENERGY STAR Product Finder is available at 
                        <E T="03">www.energystar.gov/productfinder</E>
                         (last accessed Nov. 28, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         ImportYeti login is available at 
                        <E T="03">www.importyeti.com/</E>
                         (last accessed Jan. 11, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         The Dun &amp; Bradstreet subscription login is available at 
                        <E T="03">app.dnbhoovers.com</E>
                         (last accessed Jan. 11, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>DOE identified nine original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) that sell ACUACs and ACUHPs in the United States. Of these nine OEMs, DOE determined none of them qualify as a domestic small business manufacturer of ACUACs or ACUHPs. Given the lack of small domestic OEMs with a direct compliance burden, DOE tentatively concludes and certifies that this proposed rule would not have “a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities,” and that the preparation of an IRFA is not warranted.</P>
                <P>DOE will transmit the certification and supporting statement of factual basis to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for review under 5 U.S.C. 605(b).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Approval of the Office of the Secretary</HD>
                <P>The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this notice of proposed rulemaking.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 431</HD>
                    <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business information, Energy conservation, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
                <P>
                    This document of the Department of Energy was signed on April 12, 2024, by Jeffrey Marootian, Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, pursuant to delegated authority from the Secretary of Energy. That document with the original signature and date is maintained by DOE. For administrative purposes only, and in compliance with requirements of the Office of the Federal Register, the undersigned DOE Federal Register Liaison Officer has been authorized to sign and submit the document in electronic format for publication, as an official document of the Department of Energy. This administrative process in no way alters the legal effect of this document upon publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, on April 17, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Treena V. Garrett,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Federal Register Liaison Officer, U.S. Department of Energy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, DOE proposes to amend part 431 of chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 431—ENERGY EFFICIENCY PROGRAM FOR CERTAIN COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 431 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P> 42 U.S.C. 6291-6317; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <AMDPAR>2. Revise § 431.97 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 431.97</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> Energy efficiency standards and their compliance dates.</SUBJECT>
                    <P>
                        (a) All basic models of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment must be tested for performance using the applicable DOE test procedure in § 431.96, be compliant with the applicable standards set forth in paragraphs (b) through (i) of this section, and be certified to the Department under 10 CFR part 429.
                        <PRTPAGE P="43785"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(b) Each air-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h and double-duct air conditioners or heat pumps) manufactured on or after January 1, 2023, and before January 1, 2029, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 1 to this paragraph (b). Each air-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h and double-duct air conditioners or heat pumps) manufactured on or after January 1, 2029, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 2 to this paragraph (b). Each water-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in table 3 to this paragraph (b) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 3. Each evaporatively-cooled commercial air conditioning and heating equipment manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in table 4 to this paragraph (b) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 4. Each double-duct air conditioner or heat pump manufactured on or after January 1, 2010, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 5 to this paragraph (b).</P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,xs60,r50,xs60,xs80">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 1 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(b)</E>
                            —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity Greater Than or Equal to 65,000 
                            <E T="01">Btu/h</E>
                        </TTITLE>
                        <TDESC>[Excluding double-duct air-conditioners and heat pumps]</TDESC>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment with a Cooling Capacity Greater Than or Equal to 65,000 Btu/h (Excluding Double-Duct Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps)</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Subcategory</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">
                                Minimum
                                <LI>
                                    efficiency 
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                </LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="2" O="L">
                                Compliance date: 
                                <LI>equipment manufactured starting on . . .</LI>
                            </CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>IEER = 14.8</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>IEER = 14.6</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                IEER = 14.1
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.4.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                IEER = 13.9
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.4.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>IEER = 14.2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>IEER = 14.0</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                IEER = 13.5
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.3.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                IEER = 13.3
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.3.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>IEER = 13.2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>IEER = 13.0</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                IEER = 12.5
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.2.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                IEER = 12.3
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.2.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <TNOTE>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             See section 3 of appendix A to this subpart for the test conditions upon which the COP standards are based.
                        </TNOTE>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,xs60,r50,xs60,xs80">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 2 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(b)</E>
                            —Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity Greater Than or Equal to 65,000 
                            <E T="01">Btu/h</E>
                        </TTITLE>
                        <TDESC>[Excluding double-duct air-conditioners and heat pumps]</TDESC>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment with a Cooling Capacity Greater Than or Equal to 65,000 Btu/h (Excluding Double-Duct Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps)</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Subcategory</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">
                                Minimum
                                <LI>efficiency</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="2" O="L">
                                Compliance date: 
                                <LI>equipment manufactured starting on . . .</LI>
                            </CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>IVEC = 14.3</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>IVEC = 13.8</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                IVEC = 13.4
                                <LI O="xl">IVHE = 6.2.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>IVEC = 13.8</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>IVEC = 13.3</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                IVEC = 13.1
                                <LI O="xl">IVHE = 6.0.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>IVEC = 12.9</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>IVEC = 12.2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                IVEC = 12.1
                                <LI O="xl">IVHE = 5.8.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <PRTPAGE P="43786"/>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,xs60,xs80">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 3 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(b)</E>
                            —Minimum Cooling Efficiency Standards for Water-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Water-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">
                                Minimum
                                <LI>efficiency</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="2" O="L">Compliance date: equipment manufactured starting on . . .</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 12.1</ENT>
                            <ENT>October 29, 2003.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 12.1</ENT>
                            <ENT>June 1, 2013.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 11.9</ENT>
                            <ENT>June 1, 2013.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 12.5</ENT>
                            <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 12.3</ENT>
                            <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 12.4</ENT>
                            <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 12.2</ENT>
                            <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,xs60,xs80">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 4 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(b)</E>
                            —Minimum Cooling Efficiency Standards for Evaporatively-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Evaporatively-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">
                                Minimum
                                <LI>efficiency</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="2" O="L">Compliance date: equipment manufactured starting on . . .</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 12.1</ENT>
                            <ENT>October 29, 2003.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 12.1</ENT>
                            <ENT>June 1, 2013.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 11.9</ENT>
                            <ENT>June 1, 2013.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 12.0</ENT>
                            <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 11.8</ENT>
                            <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 11.9</ENT>
                            <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 11.7</ENT>
                            <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,xs60,r50,xs60,xs80">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 5 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(b)</E>
                            —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Double-Duct Air Conditioners or Heat Pumps
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Double-Duct Air Conditioners or Heat Pumps</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Subcategory</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">
                                Minimum
                                <LI>
                                    efficiency 
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                </LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="2" O="L">
                                Compliance date: 
                                <LI>equipment manufactured starting on . . .</LI>
                            </CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 11.2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 11.0</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 11.0
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.3.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 10.8
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.3.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 11.0</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 10.8</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 10.6
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.2.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 10.4
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.2.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 10.0</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>AC</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 9.8</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 9.5
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.2.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>HP</ENT>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 9.3
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.2.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <TNOTE>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             See section 3 of appendix A to this subpart for the test conditions upon which the COP standards are based.
                        </TNOTE>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>
                        (c) Each water-source heat pump manufactured starting on the compliance date listed in table 6 to this paragraph (c) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (c).
                        <PRTPAGE P="43787"/>
                    </P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,r100,r50">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 6 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(c)</E>
                            —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Water-Source Heat Pumps
                        </TTITLE>
                        <TDESC>[Water-to-air, water-loop]</TDESC>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Water-Source Heat Pumps (Water-to-Air, Water-Loop)</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2" O="L">
                                Compliance date: 
                                <LI>equipment manufactured starting on . . . </LI>
                            </CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">&lt;17,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 12.2
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 4.3.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>October 9, 2015.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥17,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 13.0
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 4.3.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>October 9, 2015.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 13.0
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 4.3.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>October 9, 2015.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>(d) Each non-standard size packaged terminal air conditioner (PTAC) and packaged terminal heat pump (PTHP) manufactured on or after October 7, 2010, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 7 to this paragraph (d). Each standard size PTAC manufactured on or after October 8, 2012, and before January 1, 2017, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 7. Each standard size PTHP manufactured on or after October 8, 2012, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 7. Each standard size PTAC manufactured on or after January 1, 2017, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 8 to this paragraph (d).</P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="xs60,r25,r50,r50,xs80">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 7 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(d)</E>
                            —Minimum Efficiency Standards for PTAC and PTHP
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1" O="L">
                                Compliance date: 
                                <LI>products manufactured on and after . . .</LI>
                            </CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">PTAC</ENT>
                            <ENT>Standard Size</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 11.7</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                October 8, 2012.
                                <SU>2</SU>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 13.8−(0.3 × Cap 
                                <SU>1</SU>
                                )
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                October 8, 2012.
                                <SU>2</SU>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 9.3</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                October 8, 2012.
                                <SU>2</SU>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>Non-Standard Size</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 9.4</ENT>
                            <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 10.9−(0.213 × Cap 
                                <SU>1</SU>
                                )
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 7.7</ENT>
                            <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">PTHP</ENT>
                            <ENT>Standard Size</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 11.9
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.3.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>October 8, 2012.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 14.0−(0.3 × Cap 
                                <SU>1</SU>
                                )
                                <LI O="xl">
                                    COP = 3.7−(0.052 × Cap 
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                    ).
                                </LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>October 8, 2012.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 9.5
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 2.9.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>October 8, 2012.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>Non-Standard Size</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 9.3
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 2.7.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 10.8−(0.213 × Cap 
                                <SU>1</SU>
                                )
                                <LI O="xl">
                                    COP = 2.9−(0.026 × Cap 
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                    ).
                                </LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 7.6
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 2.5.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <TNOTE>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             “Cap” means cooling capacity in thousand Btu/h at 95 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature.
                        </TNOTE>
                        <TNOTE>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             And manufactured before January 1, 2017. See table 8 to this paragraph (d) for updated efficiency standards that apply to this category of equipment manufactured on and after January 1, 2017.
                        </TNOTE>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="xs60,r25,r50,r50,xs80">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 8 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(d)</E>
                            —Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for PTAC
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1" O="L">
                                Compliance date: 
                                <LI>products manufactured on and after . . .</LI>
                            </CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">PTAC</ENT>
                            <ENT>Standard Size</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 11.9</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2017.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 14.0−(0.3 × Cap 
                                <SU>1</SU>
                                )
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2017.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>EER = 9.5</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2017.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <TNOTE>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             “Cap” means cooling capacity in thousand Btu/h at 95 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature.
                        </TNOTE>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>
                        (e)(1) Each single package vertical air conditioner and single package vertical heat pump manufactured on or after January 1, 2010, but before October 9, 2015 (for models ≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h), or October 9, 2016 (for models ≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h), must meet the applicable minimum energy conservation standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (e)(1).
                        <PRTPAGE P="43788"/>
                    </P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s100,r40,xs50,xs50,xs70">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 9 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(e)(1)</E>
                            —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Single Package Vertical Heat Pumps
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                Efficiency
                                <LI>level</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="1" O="L">Compliance date: products manufactured on and after . . .</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps, single-phase and three-phase</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                AC
                                <LI>HP</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 9.0
                                <LI>EER = 9.0</LI>
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                January 1, 2010.
                                <LI>January 1, 2010.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                AC
                                <LI>HP</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 8.9
                                <LI>EER = 8.9</LI>
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                January 1, 2010.
                                <LI>January 1, 2010.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                AC
                                <LI>HP</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 8.6
                                <LI>EER = 8.6</LI>
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 2.9.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                January 1, 2010.
                                <LI>January 1, 2010.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>(2) Each single package vertical air conditioner and single package vertical heat pump manufactured on and after October 9, 2015 (for models ≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h), or October 9, 2016 (for models ≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h), but before September 23, 2019, must meet the applicable minimum energy conservation standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (e)(2).</P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s100,r40,xs50,xs50,xs70">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 10 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(e)(2)</E>
                            —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Single Package Vertical Heat Pumps
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                Efficiency
                                <LI>level</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="1" O="L">Compliance date: products manufactured on and after . . .</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps, single-phase and three-phase</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                AC
                                <LI>HP</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 9.0
                                <LI>EER = 9.0</LI>
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                January 1, 2010.
                                <LI>January 1, 2010.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                AC
                                <LI>HP</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 10.0
                                <LI>EER = 10.0</LI>
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                October 9, 2015.
                                <LI>October 9, 2015.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                AC
                                <LI>HP</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 10.0
                                <LI>EER = 10.0</LI>
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                October 9, 2016.
                                <LI>October 9, 2016.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>(3) Each single package vertical air conditioner and single package vertical heat pump manufactured on and after September 23, 2019, must meet the applicable minimum energy conservation standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (e)(3).</P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s100,r40,xs50,xs50,xs70">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 11 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(e)(3)</E>
                            —Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Single Package Vertical Heat Pumps
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                Efficiency
                                <LI>level</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="1" O="L">Compliance date: products manufactured on and after . . .</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps, single-phase and three-phase</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                AC
                                <LI>HP</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 11.0
                                <LI>EER = 11.0</LI>
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.3.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                September 23, 2019.
                                <LI>September 23, 2019.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                AC
                                <LI>HP</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 10.0
                                <LI>EER = 10.0</LI>
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                October 9, 2015.
                                <LI>October 9, 2015.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                AC
                                <LI>HP</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                EER = 10.0
                                <LI>EER = 10.0</LI>
                                <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                October 9, 2016.
                                <LI>October 9, 2016.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>
                        (f)(1) Each computer room air conditioner with a net sensible cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h manufactured on or after October 29, 2012, and before May 28, 2024 and each computer room air conditioner with a net sensible cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h and less than 760,000 Btu/h manufactured on or after October 29, 2013, and before May 28, 2024 must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (f)(1).
                        <PRTPAGE P="43789"/>
                    </P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,12,10">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 12 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(f)(1)</E>
                            —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Computer Room Air Conditioners
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Net sensible cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Minimum SCOP efficiency</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Downflow</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Upflow</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.20</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.09</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.99</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.90</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.79</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.60</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.49</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.50</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.39</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.40</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.29</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.44</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.45</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.34</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.35</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.24</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.50</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.39</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.15</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.04</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.99</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.45</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.34</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.99</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.05</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.94</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>(2) Each computer room air conditioner manufactured on or after May 28, 2024, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (f)(2).</P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="7" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,9,9,r50,9,9">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 13 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(f)(2)</E>
                            —Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Floor-Mounted Computer Room Air Conditioners
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Downflow and upflow ducted</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Net sensible cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">
                                Minimum NSenCOP 
                                <LI>efficiency</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="3">Downflow</CHED>
                            <CHED H="3">Upflow ducted</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Upflow non-ducted and horizontal flow</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Net sensible cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">
                                Minimum NSenCOP 
                                <LI>efficiency</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="3">
                                Upflow 
                                <LI>non-ducted</LI>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="3">Horizontal flow</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.70</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.67</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.16</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.65</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.58</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.04</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.36</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.33</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.89</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.47</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.70</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.67</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.09</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.65</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.58</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.99</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.36</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.33</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.81</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.47</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.82</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.79</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.43</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.79</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.73</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.70</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.32</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.68</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.67</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.64</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.20</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.60</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.77</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.74</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.35</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.71</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.68</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.65</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.24</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.60</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.61</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.58</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.12</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.54</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.56</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.53</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.08</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.48</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.24</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.21</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.90</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.18</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.21</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.18</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.81</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.18</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.51</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.48</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.00</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.44</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.19</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.16</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.82</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.15</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.12</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.73</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s80,r40,12,10">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 14 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(f)(2)</E>
                            —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Ceiling-Mounted Computer Room Air Conditioners
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Net sensible cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Minimum SCOP efficiency</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Ducted</CHED>
                            <CHED H="2">Non-ducted</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Free Air Discharge Condenser</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.05</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.08</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.02</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.05</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.92</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.94</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Free Air Discharge Condenser and Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.01</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.04</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.97</ENT>
                            <ENT>2</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.87</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.89</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Ducted Condenser</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.86</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.89</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <PRTPAGE P="43790"/>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.83</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.86</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.73</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.75</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Fluid Economizer and Ducted Condenser</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.82</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.85</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.78</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.81</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.68</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.7</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.38</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.41</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.28</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.31</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.18</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.2</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.33</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.36</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.23</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.26</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.13</ENT>
                            <ENT>2.16</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.97</ENT>
                            <ENT>2</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.93</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.98</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.78</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.81</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.92</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.95</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.88</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.93</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.73</ENT>
                            <ENT>1.76</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>(g)(1) Each variable refrigerant flow air conditioner or heat pump manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in table 15 to this paragraph (g)(1) and prior to January 1, 2024, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (g)(1).</P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,r50,xs90,xs80">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 15 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(g)(1)</E>
                            —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">
                                Heating type 
                                <SU>1</SU>
                            </CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1" O="L">Compliance date: equipment manufactured on and after . . .</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Air Conditioners (Air-Cooled)</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>11.2 EER</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>11.0 EER</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>11.0 EER</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>10.8 EER</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>10.0 EER</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>9.8 EER</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Heat Pumps (Air-Cooled)</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>11.0 EER, 3.3 COP</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>10.8 EER, 3.3 COP</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>10.6 EER, 3.2 COP</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>10.4 EER, 3.2 COP</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>9.5 EER, 3.2 COP</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                            <ENT>9.3 EER, 3.2 COP</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Heat Pumps (Water-Source)</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;17,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Without Heat Recovery</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                12.0 EER
                                <LI>4.2 COP</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                October 29, 2012.
                                <LI>October 29, 2003.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>With Heat Recovery</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                11.8 EER
                                <LI>4.2 COP</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                October 29, 2012.
                                <LI>October 29, 2003.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥17,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All</ENT>
                            <ENT>12.0 EER, 4.2 COP</ENT>
                            <ENT>October 29, 2003.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All</ENT>
                            <ENT>12.0 EER, 4.2 COP</ENT>
                            <ENT>October 29, 2003.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Without Heat Recovery</ENT>
                            <ENT>10.0 EER, 3.9 COP</ENT>
                            <ENT>October 29, 2013.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>With Heat Recovery</ENT>
                            <ENT>9.8 EER, 3.9 COP</ENT>
                            <ENT>October 29, 2013.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <TNOTE>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             VRF multi-split heat pumps (air-cooled) with heat recovery fall under the category of “All Other Types of Heating” unless they also have electric resistance heating, in which case it falls under the category for “No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating.”
                        </TNOTE>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>
                        (2) Each variable refrigerant flow air conditioner or heat pump (except air-cooled systems with cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h) manufactured on or after January 1, 2024, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (g)(2).
                        <PRTPAGE P="43791"/>
                    </P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,xs112,xs76">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 16 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(g)(2)</E>
                            —Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps 
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Size category</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Heating type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Air Conditioners (Air-Cooled)</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All</ENT>
                            <ENT>15.5 IEER.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥135,000 and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All</ENT>
                            <ENT>14.9 IEER.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>All</ENT>
                            <ENT>13.9 IEER.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Heat Pumps (Air-Cooled)</ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Heat Pump without Heat Recovery</ENT>
                            <ENT>14.6 IEER, 3.3 COP.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT O="xl"/>
                            <ENT>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</ENT>
                            <ENT>14.4 IEER, 3.3 COP.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥135,000 and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                Heat Pump without Heat Recovery
                                <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                13.9 IEER, 3.2 COP.
                                <LI>13.7 IEER, 3.2 COP.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                Heat Pump without Heat Recovery
                                <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                12.7 IEER, 3.2 COP.
                                <LI>12.5 IEER, 3.2 COP.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Heat Pumps (Water-Source)</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                Heat Pump without Heat Recovery
                                <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                16.0 IEER, 4.3 COP.
                                <LI>15.8 IEER, 4.3 COP.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥65,000 and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                Heat Pump without Heat Recovery
                                <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                16.0 IEER, 4.3 COP.
                                <LI>15.8 IEER, 4.3 COP.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥135,000 and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                Heat Pump without Heat Recovery
                                <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                14.0 IEER, 4.0 COP.
                                <LI>13.8 IEER, 4.0 COP.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                Heat Pump without Heat Recovery
                                <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                12.0 IEER, 3.9 COP.
                                <LI>11.8 IEER, 3.9 COP.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>(h) Each direct expansion-dedicated outdoor air system manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in table 17 to this paragraph (h) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (h).</P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,r65,xs66,xs70">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 17 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(h)</E>
                            —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Direct Expansion-Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment category</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1" O="L">Compliance date: equipment manufactured starting on . . .</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Direct expansion-dedicated outdoor air systems</ENT>
                            <ENT>(AC)—Air-cooled without ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                            <ENT>ISMRE2 = 3.8</ENT>
                            <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>(AC w/VERS)—Air-cooled with ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                            <ENT>ISMRE2 = 5.0</ENT>
                            <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>(ASHP)—Air-source heat pumps without ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                ISMRE2 = 3.8
                                <LI>ISCOP2 = 2.05.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>(ASHP w/VERS)—Air-source heat pumps with ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                ISMRE2 = 5.0
                                <LI>ISCOP2 = 3.20.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>(WC)—Water-cooled without ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                            <ENT>ISMRE2 = 4.7</ENT>
                            <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>(WC w/VERS)—Water-cooled with ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                            <ENT>ISMRE2 = 5.1</ENT>
                            <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>(WSHP)—Water-source heat pumps without ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                ISMRE2 = 3.8
                                <LI>ISCOP2 = 2.13.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                            <ENT>(WSHP w/VERS)—Water-source heat pumps with ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                ISMRE2 = 4.6
                                <LI>ISCOP2 = 4.04.</LI>
                            </ENT>
                            <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <P>(i) Air-cooled, three-phase, commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h and air-cooled, three-phase variable refrigerant flow multi-split air conditioning and heating equipment with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in tables 18 and 19 to this paragraph (i) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (i).</P>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,r25,r25,r35,xs70">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 18 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(i)</E>
                            —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Air-Cooled, Three-Phase, Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity of Less Than 65,000 
                            <E T="01">Btu/h</E>
                             and Air-Cooled, Three-Phase, Small Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity of Less Than 65,000 
                            <E T="01">Btu/h</E>
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1" O="L">Compliance date: equipment manufactured starting on . . .</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                            <ENT>13.0 SEER</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                June 16, 2008.
                                <SU>1</SU>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                            <ENT>14.0 SEER</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                January 1, 2017.
                                <SU>1</SU>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                            <ENT>14.0 SEER; 8.2 HSPF</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                January 1, 2017.
                                <SU>1</SU>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                            <ENT>14.0 SEER; 8.0 HSPF</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                January 1, 2017.
                                <SU>1</SU>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VRF Air Conditioners</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT/>
                            <ENT>13.0 SEER</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                June 16, 2008.
                                <SU>1</SU>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VRF Heat Pumps</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT/>
                            <ENT>13.0 SEER; 7.7 HSPF</ENT>
                            <ENT>
                                June 16, 2008.
                                <SU>1</SU>
                            </ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <TNOTE>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             And manufactured before January 1, 2025. For equipment manufactured on or after January 1, 2025, see table 19 to this paragraph (i) for updated efficiency standards.
                        </TNOTE>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                    <PRTPAGE P="43792"/>
                    <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,r25,r25,r35,xs70">
                        <TTITLE>
                            Table 19 to Paragraph 
                            <E T="01">(i)</E>
                            —Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Air-Cooled, Three-Phase, Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity of Less Than 65,000 
                            <E T="01">Btu/h</E>
                             and Air-Cooled, Three-Phase, Small Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity of Less Than 65,000 
                            <E T="01">Btu/h</E>
                        </TTITLE>
                        <BOXHD>
                            <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                            <CHED H="1" O="L">Compliance date: equipment manufactured starting on . . .</CHED>
                        </BOXHD>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                            <ENT>13.4 SEER2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                            <ENT>13.4 SEER2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                            <ENT>14.3 SEER2; 7.5 HSPF2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                            <ENT>13.4 SEER2; 6.7 HSPF2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Space-Constrained Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>≤30,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                            <ENT>12.7 SEER2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Space-Constrained Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>≤30,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                            <ENT>13.9 SEER2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Space-Constrained Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>≤30,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                            <ENT>13.9 SEER2; 7.0 HSPF2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Space-Constrained Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>≤30,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                            <ENT>13.9 SEER2; 6.7 HSPF2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Small-Duct, High-Velocity Commercial Package Air Conditioning</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                            <ENT>13.0 SEER2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">Small-Duct, High-Velocity Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                            <ENT>14.0 SEER2; 6.9 HSPF2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VRF Air Conditioners</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT/>
                            <ENT>13.4 SEER2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                        <ROW>
                            <ENT I="01">VRF Heat Pumps</ENT>
                            <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                            <ENT/>
                            <ENT>13.4 SEER2; 7.5 HSPF2</ENT>
                            <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                        </ROW>
                    </GPOTABLE>
                </SECTION>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-08545 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2024-1467; Project Identifier AD-2023-01241-T]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Airplanes</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA proposes to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all The Boeing Company Model 737-100, -200, -200C, -300, -400, and -500 series airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by a report indicating cracks in the frame inner chord and web at station (STA) 727. This proposed AD would require an inspection for any repair, repetitive inspections of the frame inner chord and web at STA 727 for any crack, and applicable on-condition actions. The FAA is proposing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA must receive comments on this proposed AD by July 5, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         202-493-2251.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>
                         Deliver to Mail address above between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">AD Docket:</E>
                         You may examine the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2024-1467; or in person at Docket Operations between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this NPRM, any comments received, and other information. The street address for Docket Operations is listed above.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Material Incorporated by Reference:</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For service information identified in this NPRM, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual &amp; Data Services (C&amp;DS), 2600 Westminster Blvd., MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; website 
                        <E T="03">myboeingfleet.com</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195. It is also available at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         by searching for and locating Docket No. FAA-2024-1467.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Muoi Vuong, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, WA 98198; phone: 562-627-5205; email: 
                        <E T="03">muoi.vuong@faa.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA invites you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    . Include “Docket No. FAA-2024-1467; Project Identifier AD-2023-01241-T” at the beginning of your comments. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. The FAA will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposal because of those comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Except for Confidential Business Information (CBI) as described in the following paragraph, and other information as described in 14 CFR 11.35, the FAA will post all comments received, without change, to 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                    , including any personal information you provide. The agency will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact received about this NPRM.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Confidential Business Information</HD>
                <P>
                    CBI is commercial or financial information that is both customarily and actually treated as private by its owner. Under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552), CBI is exempt from public disclosure. If your comments responsive to this NPRM contain commercial or financial information that is customarily treated as private, that you actually treat as private, and that is relevant or 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43793"/>
                    responsive to this NPRM, it is important that you clearly designate the submitted comments as CBI. Please mark each page of your submission containing CBI as “PROPIN.” The FAA will treat such marked submissions as confidential under the FOIA, and they will not be placed in the public docket of this NPRM. Submissions containing CBI should be sent to Muoi Vuong, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, WA 98198; phone: 562-627-5205; email: 
                    <E T="03">muoi.vuong@faa.gov.</E>
                     Any commentary that the FAA receives that is not specifically designated as CBI will be placed in the public docket for this rulemaking.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>The FAA has received a report indicating that cracking was found in the frame inner chord and web at STA 727 between S-11L and S-13L. The cracks were found on a Model 737-400 series airplane that had completed 49,724 flight cycles and 50,875 flight hours. Inspections were performed following accomplishment of Boeing Service Bulletin 737-53A1177 (which is also required for the affected airplanes in AD 2015-21-06, Amendment 39-18298 (80 FR 69839, November 12, 2015)), during which cracks were found above S-4L and S-4R. Cracks between S-11L and S-13L were found on that airplane after The Boeing Company advised the operator to remove and replace the bonded ring assembly from the frame at STA 727 and to inspect all open fastener holes in the adjacent structure. Such cracking, if not addressed, may result in the inability of a Principal Structural Element to sustain limit load, which could adversely affect the structural integrity of the airplane.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination</HD>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this NPRM after determining that the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Service Information Under 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                <P>The FAA reviewed Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 737-53A1416 RB, dated July 21, 2023. This service information specifies procedures for a general visual inspection for any repair and repetitive high frequency eddy current inspections of the frame inner chord and web at STA 727, between S-11 and S-13, left and right sides, for any crack, and applicable on-condition actions. On-condition actions include obtaining and following repair instructions.</P>
                <P>
                    This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed AD Requirements in This NPRM</HD>
                <P>
                    This proposed AD would require accomplishing the actions specified in the service information already described, except for any differences identified as exceptions in the regulatory text of this proposed AD. For information on the procedures and compliance times, see this service information at 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FAA-2024-1467.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
                <P>The FAA estimates that this AD, if adopted as proposed, would affect 245 airplanes of U.S. registry. The FAA estimates the following costs to comply with this proposed AD:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r100,12C,12C,12C">
                    <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost per
                            <LI>product</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost on U.S.
                            <LI>operators</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Inspections</ENT>
                        <ENT>8 work-hours × $85 per hour = $680</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0</ENT>
                        <ENT>$680</ENT>
                        <ENT>$166,600</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The FAA has received no definitive data on which to base the cost estimates for the on-condition actions specified in this proposed AD.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements. Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
                <P>The FAA determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</P>
                <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
                <P>(2) Would not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
                <P>(3) Would not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
                    <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 39.13</SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT> [Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive:</AMDPAR>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="04">The Boeing Company:</E>
                         Docket No. FAA-2024-1467; Project Identifier AD-2023-01241-T.
                    </FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Comments Due Date</HD>
                    <P>The FAA must receive comments on this airworthiness directive (AD) by July 5, 2024.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
                    <P>
                        None.
                        <PRTPAGE P="43794"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
                    <P>This AD applies to all The Boeing Company Model 737-100, -200, -200C, -300, -400, and -500 series airplanes, certificated in any category.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
                    <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 53, Fuselage.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
                    <P>This AD was prompted by a report indicating cracks in the frame inner chord and web at station (STA) 727. The FAA is issuing this AD to address cracks in the left and right frames at STA 727 before they reach a critical length. The unsafe condition, if not addressed, may result in the inability of a principal structural element (PSE) to sustain limit load, which could adversely affect the structural integrity of the airplane.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
                    <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Required Actions for Group 1 Airplanes</HD>
                    <P>For airplanes identified as Group 1 in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 737-53A1416 RB, dated July 21, 2023: Within 120 days after the effective date of this AD, inspect for existing repairs and cracking of the frame inner chord and web at STA 727, between S-11 and S-13, left and right sides, using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (j) of this AD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Required Actions for Group 2 Airplanes</HD>
                    <P>For airplanes identified as Group 2 in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 737-53A1416 RB, dated July 21, 2023: Except as specified by paragraph (i) of this AD, at the applicable times specified in the “Compliance” paragraph of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 737-53A1416 RB, dated July 21, 2023, do all applicable actions identified in, and in accordance with, the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 737-53A1416 RB, dated July 21, 2023.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="04">Note 1 to paragraph (h):</E>
                         Guidance for accomplishing the actions required by this AD can be found in Boeing Service Bulletin 737-53A1416, dated July 21, 2023, which is referred to in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 737-53A1416 RB, dated July 21, 2023.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Exceptions to Service Information Specifications</HD>
                    <P>(1) Where the Compliance Time columns of the tables in the “Compliance” paragraph of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 737-53A1416 RB, dated July 21, 2023, use the phrase “the original issue date of Requirements Bulletin 737-53A1416 RB,” this AD requires using the effective date of this AD.</P>
                    <P>(2) Where Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 737-53A1416 RB, dated July 21, 2023, specifies contacting Boeing for repair instructions or for alternative inspections, this AD requires doing the repair, or doing the alternative inspections and applicable on-condition actions, before further flight using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (j) of this AD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
                    <P>
                        (1) The Manager, AIR-520, Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or responsible Flight Standards Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the certification office, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (k)(1) of this AD. Information may be emailed to: 
                        <E T="03">AMOC@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the responsible Flight Standards Office.</P>
                    <P>(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair, modification, or alteration required by this AD if it is approved by The Boeing Company Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, AIR-520, Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, to make those findings. To be approved, the repair method, modification deviation, or alteration deviation must meet the certification basis of the airplane, and the approval must specifically refer to this AD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Related Information</HD>
                    <P>
                        (1) For more information about this AD, contact Muoi Vuong, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th Street, Des Moines, WA 98198; phone: 562-627-5205; email: 
                        <E T="03">muoi.vuong@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) Service information identified in this AD that is not incorporated by reference is available at the address specified in paragraph (l)(3) of this AD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                    <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
                    <P>(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.</P>
                    <P>(i) Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin 737-53A1416 RB, dated July 21, 2023.</P>
                    <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                    <P>
                        (3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual &amp; Data Services (C&amp;DS), 2600 Westminster Blvd., MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; website 
                        <E T="03">myboeingfleet.com</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195.</P>
                    <P>
                        (5) You may view this material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit 
                        <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</E>
                         or email 
                        <E T="03">fr.inspection@nara.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued on May 9, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>James D. Foltz,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Director, Compliance &amp; Airworthiness Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10645 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Aviation Administration</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>14 CFR Part 39</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FAA-2024-1303; Project Identifier AD-2023-01252-T]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 2120-AA64</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Airworthiness Directives; The Boeing Company Airplanes</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA proposes to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all The Boeing Company Model 787-8, 787-9, and 787-10 airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by a report of operators receiving No. 1 flight compartment windows that may not meet type design requirements for withstanding a bird impact. This proposed AD would require replacing affected No. 1 flight compartment windows and would prohibit the installation of affected windows. The FAA is proposing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The FAA must receive comments on this proposed AD by July 5, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         202-493-2251.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery:</E>
                         Deliver to Mail address above between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">AD Docket:</E>
                         You may examine the AD docket at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         under Docket No. FAA-2024-1303; or in person at Docket Operations between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The AD docket contains this NPRM, any comments 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43795"/>
                        received, and other information. The street address for Docket Operations is listed above.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Material Incorporated by Reference:</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For service information identified in this NPRM, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual &amp; Data Services (C&amp;DS), 2600 Westminster Blvd., MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; website 
                        <E T="03">myboeingfleet.com.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195. It is also available at 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                         by searching for and locating Docket No. FAA-2024-1303.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Joseph Hodgin, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA 98198; phone: 206-231-3962; email: 
                        <E T="03">Joseph.J.Hodgin@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments Invited</HD>
                <P>
                    The FAA invites you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    . Include “Docket No. FAA-2024-1303; Project Identifier AD-2023-01252-T” at the beginning of your comments. The most helpful comments reference a specific portion of the proposal, explain the reason for any recommended change, and include supporting data. The FAA will consider all comments received by the closing date and may amend this proposal because of those comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Except for Confidential Business Information (CBI) as described in the following paragraph, and other information as described in 14 CFR 11.35, the FAA will post all comments received, without change, to 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov,</E>
                     including any personal information you provide. The agency will also post a report summarizing each substantive verbal contact received about this NPRM.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Confidential Business Information</HD>
                <P>
                    CBI is commercial or financial information that is both customarily and actually treated as private by its owner. Under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552), CBI is exempt from public disclosure. If your comments responsive to this NPRM contain commercial or financial information that is customarily treated as private, that you actually treat as private, and that is relevant or responsive to this NPRM, it is important that you clearly designate the submitted comments as CBI. Please mark each page of your submission containing CBI as “PROPIN.” The FAA will treat such marked submissions as confidential under the FOIA, and they will not be placed in the public docket of this NPRM. Submissions containing CBI should be sent to Joseph Hodgin, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA 98198; phone: 206-231-3962; email: 
                    <E T="03">Joseph.J.Hodgin@faa.gov.</E>
                     Any commentary that the FAA receives that is not specifically designated as CBI will be placed in the public docket for this rulemaking.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>The FAA has received a report that certain No. 1 flight compartment windows may not meet type design requirements for withstanding a bird impact due to the elimination of a witness test specimen and process changes that affect main bondline strength. A number of these windows were delivered to operators of Boeing Model 787-8, 787-9, and 787-10 airplanes.</P>
                <P>In the event of a high-energy bird impact, these windows may spall. This condition, if not addressed, could result in injuries to crew that may affect continued safe flight and landing.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">FAA's Determination</HD>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this NPRM after determining that the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Related Service Information Under 1 CFR Part 51</HD>
                <P>The FAA reviewed Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB560010-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 13, 2023. This service information specifies procedures for determining whether a left or right No. 1 flight compartment window with certain part numbers and serial numbers is installed and for replacing any window that has an affected part number and serial number.</P>
                <P>
                    This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed AD Requirements in This NPRM</HD>
                <P>
                    This proposed AD would require accomplishing the actions specified in the service information already described, except for any differences identified as exceptions in the regulatory text of this proposed AD. This proposed AD would also prohibit the installation of affected parts. For information on the procedures, see this service information at 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                     under Docket No. FAA-2024-1303.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Costs of Compliance</HD>
                <P>The FAA estimates that this AD, if adopted as proposed, would affect 152 airplanes of U.S. registry. The FAA estimates the following costs to comply with this proposed AD:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Estimated Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost per
                            <LI>airplane</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Cost on U.S.
                            <LI>operators</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Inspect right and left No. 1 windows</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.25 work-hour × $85 per hour = $21.25</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0</ENT>
                        <ENT>$21.25</ENT>
                        <ENT>$3,230</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The FAA estimates the following costs to do any replacements that would be required based on the results of the proposed inspection. The agency has no way of determining the number of airplanes that might need these replacements or how many replacements each airplane may require:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,12,r50">
                    <TTITLE>On-Condition Costs</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Action</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Labor cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Parts cost</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Cost per airplane</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Replace No. 1 window</ENT>
                        <ENT>16 work-hours × $85 per hour = $1,360</ENT>
                        <ENT>$104,060</ENT>
                        <ENT>$105,420 per window.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="43796"/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for This Rulemaking</HD>
                <P>Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.</P>
                <P>The FAA is issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements. Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Regulatory Findings</HD>
                <P>The FAA determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.</P>
                <P>For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:</P>
                <P>(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,</P>
                <P>(2) Would not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and</P>
                <P>(3) Would not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 14 CFR Part 39</HD>
                    <P>Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Proposed Amendment</HD>
                <P>Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 39—AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 39 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                    <P> 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.</P>
                </AUTH>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 39.13 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>[Amended]</SUBJECT>
                </SECTION>
                <AMDPAR>2. The FAA amends § 39.13 by adding the following new airworthiness directive:</AMDPAR>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="04">The Boeing Company:</E>
                         Docket No. FAA-2024-1303; Project Identifier AD-2023-01252-T.
                    </FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(a) Comments Due Date</HD>
                    <P>The FAA must receive comments on this airworthiness directive (AD) by July 5, 2024.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(b) Affected ADs</HD>
                    <P>None.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(c) Applicability</HD>
                    <P>This AD applies to all The Boeing Company Model 787-8, 787-9, and 787-10 airplanes, certificated in any category.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(d) Subject</HD>
                    <P>Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 56, Windows.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(e) Unsafe Condition</HD>
                    <P>This AD was prompted by a report that certain No.1 flight compartment windows may not meet type design requirements for withstanding a bird impact due to the elimination of a witness test specimen and process changes that affect main bondline strength. The FAA is issuing this AD to prevent a window from spalling in the event of a high-energy bird impact. The unsafe condition, if not addressed, could result in injuries to crew that may affect continued safe flight and landing.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(f) Compliance</HD>
                    <P>Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(g) Required Actions</HD>
                    <P>For airplanes identified in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB560010-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 13, 2023: Except as specified in paragraph (h) of this AD, at the applicable times specified in the “Compliance” paragraph of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB560010-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 13, 2023, do all applicable actions identified in, and in accordance with, the Accomplishment Instructions of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB560010-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 13, 2023.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="04">Note 1 to paragraph (g):</E>
                         Guidance for accomplishing the actions required by this AD can be found in Boeing Alert Service Bulletin B787-81205-SB560010-00, Issue 001, dated December 13, 2023, which is referred to in Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB560010-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 13, 2023.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(h) Exceptions to Service Information Specifications</HD>
                    <P>Where the “Boeing Recommended Compliance Time” column in the tables under the “Compliance” paragraph of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB560010-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 13, 2023, uses the phrase “the Issue 001 date of the Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB560010-00 RB,” this AD requires using the effective date of this AD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(i) Parts Installation Prohibition</HD>
                    <P>As of the effective date of this AD, do not install on any airplane a No. 1 flight compartment window part number 190800-11, -12, -13, -14, -15, -16, -19, or -20, with a serial number listed in Appendix A of Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-SB560010-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 13, 2023.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(j) Alternative Methods of Compliance (AMOCs)</HD>
                    <P>
                        (1) The Manager, AIR-520, Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or responsible Flight Standards Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the certification office, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (k)(1) of this AD. Information may be emailed to: 
                        <E T="03">AMOC@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the responsible Flight Standards Office.</P>
                    <P>(3) An AMOC that provides an acceptable level of safety may be used for any repair, modification, or alteration required by this AD if it is approved by The Boeing Company Organization Designation Authorization (ODA) that has been authorized by the Manager, AIR-520, Continued Operational Safety Branch, FAA, to make those findings. To be approved, the repair method, modification deviation, or alteration deviation must meet the certification basis of the airplane, and the approval must specifically refer to this AD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(k) Related Information</HD>
                    <P>
                        (1) For more information about this AD, contact Joseph Hodgin, Aviation Safety Engineer, FAA, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA 98198; phone: 206-231-3962; email: 
                        <E T="03">Joseph.J.Hodgin@faa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>(2) Service information identified in this AD that is not incorporated by reference is available at the address specified in paragraph (l)(3) of this AD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">(l) Material Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                    <P>(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.</P>
                    <P>(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.</P>
                    <P>(i) Boeing Alert Requirements Bulletin B787-81205-SB560010-00 RB, Issue 001, dated December 13, 2023.</P>
                    <P>(ii) [Reserved]</P>
                    <P>
                        (3) For service information, contact Boeing Commercial Airplanes, Attention: Contractual &amp; Data Services (C&amp;DS), 2600 Westminster Blvd., MC 110-SK57, Seal Beach, CA 90740-5600; telephone 562-797-1717; website 
                        <E T="03">myboeingfleet.com.</E>
                        <PRTPAGE P="43797"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Airworthiness Products Section, Operational Safety Branch, 2200 South 216th St., Des Moines, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 206-231-3195.</P>
                    <P>
                        (5) You may view this material at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, visit 
                        <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</E>
                         or email 
                        <E T="03">fr.inspection@nara.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Issued on May 8, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>James D. Foltz,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Director, Compliance &amp; Airworthiness Division, Aircraft Certification Service.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10507 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-13-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
        <PRORULE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Coast Guard</SUBAGY>
                <CFR>33 CFR Part 117</CFR>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. USCG-2023-0601]</DEPDOC>
                <RIN>RIN 1625-AA09</RIN>
                <SUBJECT>Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway; West Palm Beach, FL</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Coast Guard, DHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed rulemaking.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Coast Guard proposes to modify the operating schedule that governs the Flagler Memorial (SR A1A) Bridge, mile 1021.8, the Royal Park (SR 704) Bridge, mile 1022.6, and the Southern Boulevard (SR 700/80) Bridge, mile 1024.7, across Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (AICW), at West Palm Beach, FL. Palm Beach County and the communities surrounding the bridges have requested the Coast Guard consider placing additional weekday restrictions during peak traffic hours to assist with alleviating vehicle congestion. This proposed modification will allow the drawbridges to operate in concert and determine whether a permanent change to the schedules is needed. We invite your comments on this proposed rulemaking.</P>
                </SUM>
                <EFFDATE>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments and related material must reach the Coast Guard on or before June 20, 2024.</P>
                </EFFDATE>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                         You may submit comments identified by docket number USCG-2023-0601 using Federal Decision Making Portal at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        See the “Public Participation and Request for Comments” portion of the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section below for instructions on submitting comments. This notice of proposed rulemaking with its plain-language, 100-word-or-less proposed rule summary will be available in this same docket.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        If you have questions on this proposed rule, call or email Ms. Jennifer Zercher, Bridge Management Specialist, Seventh Coast Guard District; telephone (571) 607-5951, email 
                        <E T="03">Jennifer.N.Zercher@uscg.mil.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Table of Abbreviations</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">CFR Code of Federal Regulations</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">DHS Department of Homeland Security</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">FR Federal Register</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">OMB Office of Management and Budget</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">NPRM Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (Advance, Supplemental)</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">§ Section </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">U.S.C. United States Code</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">FL Florida</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">TD Temporary Deviation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">AICW Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background, Purpose and Legal Basis</HD>
                <P>The Flagler Memorial (SR A1A) Bridge, across the AICW, mile 1021.8, at West Palm Beach, FL is a double-leaf bascule bridge with a 24-foot vertical clearance at mean high water in the closed position. The normal operating schedule is set forth in 33 CFR 117.261(u). The Royal Park (SR 704) Bridge, across the AICW, mile 1022.6, at West Palm Beach, FL is a double-leaf bascule bridge with a 21-foot vertical clearance at mean high water in the closed position. The normal operating schedule is set forth in 33 CFR 117.261(v). The Southern Boulevard (SR 700/80) Bridge, across the AICW, mile 1024.7, at West Palm Beach, FL is a double-leaf bascule bridge with a 25-foot vertical clearance at mean high water in the closed position. The normal operating schedule is set forth in 33 CFR 117.261(w).</P>
                <P>
                    On July 31, 2023, the Coast Guard published a temporary deviation entitled “Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway, West Palm Beach, FL” in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     (88 FR 49287). That temporary deviation, effective from 12:01 a.m. on August 1, 2023, through 11:59 p.m. on January 22, 2024, allows Flagler Memorial Bridge to operate a restricted opening schedule during peak traffic hours in the morning and evening. The comment period ended September 29, 2023, with 529 comments received.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Most of the comments received during the temporary deviation request for comments for the Flagler Memorial Bridge were in favor of the temporary deviation. A total of 380 comments supported the deviation and included generic comments, such as “I support” or “I support this initiative.” The second highest group included 64 comments that were either outside the scope of temporary deviation or did not provide an opinion. Instead, comments were given on the adjacent drawbridges and school zones in the area. These comments were not considered actionable as they were not associated to the temporary deviation. Next, 63 commentors proposed alternate operating schedules. Those proposed alternate schedules included not opening during rush hour, or only open once an hour and at various morning and afternoon rush hour times. The designated times included in the rule proposal to allow the drawbridge to open on the hour during rush hour was previously determined by local authorities. The Coast Guard feels that a modification to those time periods is not necessary because the blocks of time presented have been determined to be the best use of hourly openings. To allow the drawbridge to remain closed to navigation during the designated times or to only open once an hour would result in an unreasonable obstruction to navigation on this waterway. The AICW is a Federal Project Waterway extending over 1500 miles from Boston to Florida Bay. It is the main waterway artery for all recreational and commercial traffic that are unable to safely transit offshore. The Coast Guard has the responsibility to ensure reasonable access to this waterway is maintained. Allowing the Flagler Memorial Bridge to remain closed to navigation of would be contrary to our responsibility. Finally, 10 comments were received which were against the proposed change. The main concern is that the bridge openings will be longer in duration during the hourly openings. An effect of limiting drawbridge openings is the possibility of longer openings to allow all vessels to safely pass. This may or may not occur. However, vehicles have alternate routes across the waterway that they may use if the bridge is open to navigation. The only alternate route available to vessels is open ocean, which may not be safe or reasonable to navigation. Another concern is that more vessels will be waiting for an opening which may cause conditions that are hazardous to navigation. Mariners must constantly maneuver and move to maintain control of their vessels, whereas vehicles are stationary while waiting for drawbridges. There are areas on either side of the bridge for 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43798"/>
                    mariners to maintain control of their vessels during the bridge openings. The Coast Guard understands this concern and we feel this is the reason for not allowing the bridge to remain closed to navigation but allow for hourly openings at the designated times and then twice an hour all other times There were also 12 comments that were duplicate and not considered actionable.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Discussion of Proposed Rule</HD>
                <P>Under this proposed rule, the Flagler Memorial (SR A1A), the Royal Park (SR 704), and the Southern Boulevard (SR 700/80) Bridges will open hourly during pre-designated times. Vehicle traffic across these bridges is exceeding the roadway capacity during certain times of the day. The Coast Guard is proposing to limit drawbridge openings during high vehicle traffic times to assist with vehicle congestion while requesting state and local agencies consider alternate mitigation measures to improve traffic flow and roadway congestion. The drawbridges will open twice an hour at all other times or as outlined in each drawbridge operating regulation. Vessels that can pass beneath the bridge without an opening may do so at any time.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Regulatory Analyses</HD>
                <P>We developed this proposed rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive Orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on these statutes and Executive Orders.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Regulatory Planning and Review</HD>
                <P>Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. This proposed rule has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, as amended by Executive Order 14094 (Modernizing Regulatory Review). Accordingly, the NPRM has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).</P>
                <P>This regulatory action determination is based on the ability that vessels can still transit the bridge during the designated times and vessels able to pass without an opening may do so at any time.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Impact on Small Entities</HD>
                <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
                <P>While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the bridge may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section IV.A above this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator.</P>
                <P>
                    If you think that your business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction qualifies as a small entity and that this rule would have a significant economic impact on it, please submit a comment (see 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                    ) explaining why you think it qualifies and how and to what degree this rule would economically affect it.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this proposed rule. If the proposed rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     section. The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this proposed rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Collection of Information</HD>
                <P>This proposed rule would call for no new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520.).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Federalism and Indian Tribal Governments</HD>
                <P>A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132 (Federalism), if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the National Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this proposed rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.</P>
                <P>
                    Also, this proposed rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175 (Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments) because it would not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this proposed rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     section.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act</HD>
                <P>The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this proposed rule will not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this proposed rule elsewhere in this preamble.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Environment</HD>
                <P>We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01, Rev.1, associated implementing instructions, and Environmental Planning Policy COMDTINST 5090.1 (series), which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f). The Coast Guard has determined that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This proposed rule promulgates the operating regulations or procedures for drawbridges. Normally such actions are categorically excluded from further review, under paragraph L49, of Chapter 3, Table 3-1 of the U.S. Coast Guard Environmental Planning Implementation Procedures.</P>
                <P>Neither a Record of Environmental Consideration nor a Memorandum for the Record are required for this rule. We seek any comments or information that may lead to the discovery of a significant environmental impact from this proposed rule.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Public Participation and Request for Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    We view public participation as essential to effective rulemaking and will consider all comments and material received during the comment period. Your comment can help shape the outcome of this rulemaking. If you 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43799"/>
                    submit a comment, please include the docket number for this rulemaking, indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Submitting comments.</E>
                     We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal Decision Making Portal at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     To do so, go to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     type USCG-2023-0601 in the search box and click “Search.” Next, look for this document in the Search Results column, and click on it. Then click on the Comment option. If your material cannot be submitted using 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     contact the person in the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     section of this document for alternate instructions.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Viewing material in docket.</E>
                     To view documents mentioned in this proposed rule as being available in the docket, find the docket as described in the previous paragraph, and then select “Supporting &amp; Related Material” in the Document Type column. Public comments will also be placed in our online docket and can be viewed by following instructions on the 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     Frequently Asked Questions web page. Also, if you go to the online docket and sign up for email alerts, you will be notified when comments are posted, or a final rule is published of any posting or updates to the docket.
                </P>
                <P>We review all comments received, but we will only post comments that address the topic of the proposed rule. We may choose not to post off-topic, inappropriate, or duplicate comments that we receive.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Personal information.</E>
                     We accept anonymous comments. Comments we post to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     will include any personal information you have provided. For more about privacy and submissions in response to this document, see DHS's eRulemaking System of Records notice (85 FR 14226, March 11, 2020).
                </P>
                <LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 33 CFR Part 117</HD>
                    <P>Bridges.</P>
                </LSTSUB>
                <P>For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard proposes to amend 33 CFR part 117 as follows:</P>
                <PART>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 117—DRAWBRIDGE OPERATION REGULATIONS</HD>
                </PART>
                <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 117 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <AUTH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                    <P>33 U.S.C. 499; 33 CFR 1.05-1; DHS Delegation No. 0170.1. Revision No. 01.3</P>
                </AUTH>
                <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 117.261 by revising paragraphs (u)(1), (v)(1), and (w)(1) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                <SECTION>
                    <SECTNO>§ 117.261 </SECTNO>
                    <SUBJECT>Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway from St. Marys River to Key Largo.</SUBJECT>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>(u) Flagler Memorial (SR A1A) Bridge, mile 1021.8, at West Palm Beach.</P>
                    <P>(1) The draw will open on the quarter and three-quarter hour, except that Monday through Friday (except Federal holidays) from 7:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and from 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m., the draw need only open on the quarter hour.</P>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>(v) Royal Park (SR 704) Bridge, mile 1022.6, at West Palm Beach.</P>
                    <P>(1) The draw will open on the hour and half hour, except that Monday through Friday (except Federal holidays) from 7:29 a.m. to 9:01 a.m. and from 4:01 p.m. to 6:01 p.m., the draw need only open on the three-quarter hour.</P>
                    <STARS/>
                    <P>(w) Southern Boulevard (SR 80) Bridge, mile 1024.7, at West Palm Beach.</P>
                    <P>(1) The draw will open on the quarter and three-quarter hour, except that Monday through Friday (except Federal holidays) from 7:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and from 4:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m., the draw need only open on the quarter hour.</P>
                    <STARS/>
                </SECTION>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED> Dated: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Douglas M. Schofield,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Rear Admiral, U.S. Coast Guard, Commander, Coast Guard Seventh District.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10980 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-04-P</BILCOD>
        </PRORULE>
    </PRORULES>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>98</NO>
    <DATE>Monday, May 20, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Notices</UNITNAME>
    <NOTICES>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="43800"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="F">DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
                <P>The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are requested regarding; whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
                <P>
                    Comments regarding this information collection received by June 20, 2024 will be considered. Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be submitted within 30 days of the publication of this notice on the following website 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                     Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function. An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Food and Nutrition Service</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     SNAP-Ed Connection Resource Sharing Form 889.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     0584-0625.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Summary of Collection:</E>
                     Section 28 of the Food and Nutrition Act (FNA) of 2008, as amended (7 U.S.C. 2036a), states that “The Secretary shall establish an online clearinghouse that makes available to State agencies, local agencies, institutions of higher education, and community organizations, best practices for planning, implementing, and evaluating nutrition education and obesity prevention services to ensure that projects carried out with funds received under this section are appropriate for the target population.” Information collected via the SNAP-Ed Connection Resource Sharing Form (FNS-889) form enables the Food and Nutrition Service (FNS) to review and approve resources to be shared publicly on the SNAP-Ed Connection website.
                </P>
                <P>The SNAP-Ed Connection is FNS's online clearinghouse and includes resources shared among SNAP-Ed administrators and educators. This resource website helps SNAP-Ed personnel find the tools and information needed to implement evidence-based obesity prevention programs. The FNS-889 form enables FNS to collect and disseminate SNAP-Ed-related information and resources via the SNAP-Ed Connection website, thus meeting the requirements of the FNA, Section 28(c)(7)1.</P>
                <P>This revision to the information collection is necessary to improve the submission process and clarify the information collected, thus providing data that is accurate and beneficial to SNAP-Ed agencies using the resources. These updates are also necessary to align with FNS system and process changes. The updates to the FNS-889 form will align with the new SNAP-Ed National Program Evaluation and Reporting System (N-PEARS) to ensure consistency with SNAP-Ed specific terms. This form update will also help ensure FNS uses the same submission criteria for nutrition and physical activity interventions, as those resources will no longer be accepted via this form, but through the SNAP-Ed intervention submission process.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">SNAP-Ed Connection Resource Sharing Form FNS 889:</E>
                     SNAP-Ed personnel use the SNAP-Ed Connection website to locate curricula, participant materials, nutrition research, administrative documents, and information regarding SNAP-Ed program development, implementation and evaluation. Within SNAP-Ed Connection is the SNAP-Ed Library, an online database of SNAP-Ed-related materials. SNAP-Ed personnel and other nutrition and public health agencies use the SNAP-Ed Connection Resource Sharing Form to share information about resources that can be used to administer, develop, implement and showcase SNAP-Ed programs. SNAP-Ed personnel include nutrition education instructors in State, local, and Tribal Governments, and businesses.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Need and Use of the Information:</E>
                     The information collected via this form will be reviewed and approved by FNS for possible inclusion in the SNAP-Ed Library. These collected resources may be shared with SNAP-Ed State and local agencies to provide technical assistance, best practices and help enhance program activities. They may also be highlighted in FNS's communications such as SNAP-Ed email newsletters and other social media platforms.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Respondents to this information collection will be asked to use the FNS-889 form to submit their resources for review and may submit materials at any time. Respondents will access the FNS-889 form via a direct link on the SNAP-Ed Library web page, that will take them to the Microsoft Forms website to complete the form. The form includes instructions to email resource attachments to 
                    <E T="03">snap-edconnection@usda.gov</E>
                     upon completion. If a respondent is not able to use the FNS-889 form, they may submit responses to the form questions via email to 
                    <E T="03">snap-edconnection@usda.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description of Respondents:</E>
                     State, Local, Tribal Government, Not-for-Profit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     24.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency of Responses:</E>
                     Reporting: Occasionally; Annually.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Burden Hours:</E>
                     18.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Rachelle Ragland-Greene,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Departmental Information Collection Clearance Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10993 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3410-30-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="43801"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Foreign-Trade Zones Board</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[S-52-2024]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Approval of Subzone Status; Jubilant HollisterStier, LLC; Spokane, Washington</SUBJECT>
                <P>On March 19, 2024, the Executive Secretary of the Foreign-Trade Zones (FTZ) Board docketed an application submitted by the Spokane Airport Board, grantee of FTZ 224, requesting subzone status subject to the existing activation limit of FTZ 224, on behalf of Jubilant HollisterStier, LLC, in Spokane, Washington.</P>
                <P>
                    The application was processed in accordance with the FTZ Act and Regulations, including notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     inviting public comment (89 FR 20632-20633, March 25, 2024). The FTZ staff examiner reviewed the application and determined that it meets the criteria for approval. Pursuant to the authority delegated to the FTZ Board Executive Secretary (15 CFR 400.36(f)), the application to establish Subzone 224A was approved on May 15, 2024, subject to the FTZ Act and the Board's regulations, including section 400.13, and further subject to FTZ 224's 2,000-acre activation limit.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Elizabeth Whiteman,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Executive Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11007 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Bureau of Industry and Security</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Emerging Technology Technical Advisory Committee; Notice of Partially Closed Meeting Revised: Agenda/Time Change</SUBJECT>
                <P>The Emerging Technology Technical Advisory Committee (ETTAC) will meet on May 23, 2024, at 9 a.m.-4 p.m., (eastern daylight time) in the Herbert C. Hoover Building, Room 3884, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, D.C. (enter through Main Entrance on 14th Street between Constitution and Pennsylvania Avenues). The Committee's primary focus is the identification of emerging and foundational technologies that may be developed over a period of five to ten years with potential dual-use applications as early as possible in their developmental stages both within the United States and abroad, and any other matters relating to actions designed to carry out the policy set forth in section 1752(1)(A) of the Export Control Reform Act. The purpose of the meeting is to have Committee members and U.S. Government representatives mutually review updated technical data and policy-driving information that has been gathered.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Agenda</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Closed Session</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">9 a.m.-12 p.m.</HD>
                <P>1. Discussion of matters determined to be exempt from the open meeting and public participation requirements found in sections 1009(a)(1) and 1009(a)(3) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) (5 U.S.C. 1001-1014). The exemption is authorized by section 1009(d) of the FACA, which permits the closure of advisory committee meetings, or portions thereof, if the head of the agency to which the advisory committee reports determines such meetings may be closed to the public in accordance with subsection (c) of the Government in the Sunshine Act (5 U.S.C. 552b(c)). In this case, the applicable provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552b(c) are subsection 552b(c)(4), which permits closure to protect trade secrets and commercial or financial information that is privileged or confidential, and subsection 552b(c)(9)(B), which permits closure to protect information that would be likely to significantly frustrate implementation of a proposed agency action were it to be disclosed prematurely. The closed session of the meeting will involve committee discussions and guidance regarding U.S. Government strategies and policies.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Open Session</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1 p.m.-4 p.m.</HD>
                <P>2. Opening remarks by the Chairman, Opening remarks by the Bureau of Industry and Security</P>
                <P>3. Generative AI and Large Language Models</P>
                <P>4. Hardware for the Future of AI</P>
                <P>5. Hardware Security</P>
                <P>6. Industrial AI and its Impact on Advanced Manufacturing</P>
                <P>
                    The open session will be accessible via teleconference. To join the conference, submit inquiries to Ms. Yvette Springer at 
                    <E T="03">Yvette.Springer@bis.doc.gov</E>
                     no later than May 16, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>A limited number of seats will be available for the public session. Reservations are not accepted.</P>
                <P>To the extent that time permits, members of the public may present oral statements to the Committee. The public may submit written statements at any time before or after the meeting. However, to facilitate distribution of materials to the Committee members, the Committee suggests that members of the public forward their materials prior to the meeting to Ms. Springer via email.</P>
                <P>The Deputy Assistant Secretary for Administration Performing the non-exclusive functions and duties of the Chief Financial Officer with the concurrence of the delegate of the General Counsel, formally determined on April 29, 2024, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 1009(d)), that the portion of the meeting dealing with pre-decisional changes to the Commerce Control List and the U.S. export control policies shall be exempt from the provisions relating to public meetings found in 5 U.S.C. 1009(a)(1) and 1009(a)(3). The remaining portions of the meeting will be open to the public.</P>
                <P>For more information, contact Ms. Springer via email.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Yvette Springer,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Committee Liaison Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10940 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-JT-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[A-570-168]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Certain Alkyl Phosphate Esters From the People's Republic of China: Initiation of Less-Than-Fair-Value Investigation</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable May 13, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Robert Palmer, AD/CVD Operations, Office VIII, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-9068.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Petition</HD>
                <P>
                    On April 23 and 24, 2024, the U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) received an antidumping duty (AD) petition concerning imports of certain alkyl phosphate esters (alkyl phosphate esters) from the People's Republic of China (China) filed in proper form on behalf of ICL-IP America, Inc. (the petitioner).
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Petition was 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43802"/>
                    accompanied by a countervailing duty (CVD) petition concerning imports of alkyl phosphate esters from China.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner's Letters, “Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petitions,” dated April 23, 2024 (the Petition); and “Errata to Antidumping and 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        Countervailing Duty Petitions,” dated April 24, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Between April 25 and May 2, 2024, Commerce requested supplemental information pertaining to certain aspects of the Petition in supplemental questionnaires.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The petitioner responded to Commerce's supplemental questionnaires between April 29 and May 3, 2024.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Commerce's Letters, “Supplemental Questions,” dated April 25, 2024; and “Supplemental Questions,” dated April 25, 2024; 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         Memorandum, “Phone Call with Counsel to Petitioner,” dated May 2, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner's Letters, “Responses to Petition Supplemental Questionnaires,” dated April 29, 2024 (First General Issues Supplement); and “Responses to China AD Questionnaire,” dated April 29, 2024; “Responses to Second Petition Supplemental Questionnaire,” dated May 3, 2024; and “Responses to Second Petition Supplemental Questionnaires,” dated May 3, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>In accordance with section 732(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), the petitioner alleges that imports of alkyl phosphate esters from China are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV) within the meaning of section 731 of the Act, and that imports of such products are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, the alkyl phosphate esters industry in the United States. Consistent with section 732(b)(1) of the Act, the Petition was accompanied by information reasonably available to the petitioner supporting its allegations.</P>
                <P>
                    Commerce finds that the petitioner filed the Petition on behalf of the domestic industry, because the petitioner is an interested party, as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act.
                    <SU>a</SU>
                     Commerce also finds that the petitioner demonstrated sufficient industry support for the initiation of the requested LTFV investigation.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section on “Determination of Industry Support for the Petitions,” 
                        <E T="03">infra.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Period of Investigation</HD>
                <P>Because the Petition was filed on April 23, 2024, and because China is a non-market economy (NME) country, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.204(b)(1), the period of investigation (POI) for the China LTFV investigation is October 1, 2023, through March 31, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Investigation</HD>
                <P>
                    The products covered by this investigation are alkyl phosphate esters from China. For a full description of the scope of this investigation, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the appendix to this notice.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments on the Scope of the Investigation</HD>
                <P>
                    As discussed in the 
                    <E T="03">Preamble</E>
                     to Commerce's regulations, we are setting aside a period for interested parties to raise issues regarding product coverage (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     scope).
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce will consider all scope comments received from interested parties and, if necessary, will consult with interested parties prior to the issuance of the preliminary determination. If scope comments include factual information,
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     all such factual information should be limited to public information. To facilitate preparation of its questionnaires, Commerce requests that scope comments be submitted by 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time (ET) on June 3, 2024, which is the next business day after 20 calendar days from the signature date of this notice.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any rebuttal comments, which may include factual information, and should also be limited to public information, must be filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on June 13, 2024, which is 10 calendar days from the initial comment deadline.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping Duties; Countervailing Duties, Final Rule,</E>
                         62 FR 27296, 27323 (May 19, 1997) (
                        <E T="03">Preamble</E>
                        ); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         19 CFR 351.312.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) (defining “factual information”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         The deadline for scope comments falls on June 2, 2024, which is a Sunday. In accordance with 19 CFR 351.303(b)(1), Commerce will accept comments filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on June 3, 2024 (“For both electronically filed and manually filed documents, if the applicable due date falls on a non-business day, the Secretary will accept documents that are filed on the next business day.”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Commerce requests that any factual information that parties consider relevant to the scope of this investigation be submitted during that period. However, if a party subsequently finds that additional factual information pertaining to the scope of the investigation may be relevant, the party must contact Commerce and request permission to submit the additional information. All scope comments must be filed simultaneously on the records of the concurrent LTFV and CVD investigations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Filing Requirements</HD>
                <P>
                    All submissions to Commerce must be filed electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping Duty and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS), unless an exception applies.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     An electronically filed document must be received successfully in its entirety by the time and date it is due.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Electronic Filing Procedures; Administrative Protective Order Procedures,</E>
                         76 FR 39263 (July 6, 2011); 
                        <E T="03">see also Enforcement and Compliance: Change of Electronic Filing System Name,</E>
                         79 FR 69046 (November 20, 2014) for details of Commerce's electronic filing requirements, effective August 5, 2011. Information on using ACCESS can be found at 
                        <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/help.aspx</E>
                         and a handbook can be found at 
                        <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/help/Handbook_on_Electronic_Filing_Procedures.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments on Product Characteristics</HD>
                <P>Commerce is providing interested parties an opportunity to comment on the appropriate physical characteristics of alkyl phosphate esters to be reported in response to Commerce's AD questionnaires. This information will be used to identify the key physical characteristics of the subject merchandise in order to report the relevant factors of production (FOP) accurately, as well as to develop appropriate product comparison criteria.</P>
                <P>
                    Interested parties may provide any information or comments that they feel are relevant to the development of an accurate list of physical characteristics. In order to consider the suggestions of interested parties in developing and issuing the AD questionnaire, all product characteristics comments must be filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on June 3, 2024, which is the next business day after 20 calendar days from the signature date of this notice.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any rebuttal comments must be filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on June 13, 2024, which is 10 calendar days from the initial comment deadline. All comments and submissions to Commerce must be filed electronically using ACCESS, as explained above, on the record of the LTFV investigation.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         The deadline for product characteristics comments falls on June 2, 2024, which is a Sunday. In accordance with 19 CFR 351.303(b)(1), Commerce will accept comments filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on June 3, 2024 (“For both electronically filed and manually filed documents, if the applicable due date falls on a non-business day, the Secretary will accept documents that are filed on the next business day.”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Determination of Industry Support for the Petition</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 732(b)(1) of the Act requires that a petition be filed on behalf of the domestic industry. Section 732(c)(4)(A) of the Act provides that a petition meets this requirement if the domestic producers or workers who support the petition account for: (i) at least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product; and (ii) more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the petition. Moreover, section 732(c)(4)(D) of the Act provides that, if the petition does not establish support of domestic 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43803"/>
                    producers or workers accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product, Commerce shall: (i) poll the industry or rely on other information in order to determine if there is support for the petition, as required by subparagraph (A); or (ii) determine industry support using a statistically valid sampling method to poll the “industry.”
                </P>
                <P>
                    Section 771(4)(A) of the Act defines the “industry” as the producers as a whole of a domestic like product. Thus, to determine whether a petition has the requisite industry support, the statute directs Commerce to look to producers and workers who produce the domestic like product. The U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC), which is responsible for determining whether “the domestic industry” has been injured, must also determine what constitutes a domestic like product in order to define the industry. While both Commerce and the ITC must apply the same statutory definition regarding the domestic like product,
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     they do so for different purposes and pursuant to a separate and distinct authority. In addition, Commerce's determination is subject to limitations of time and information. Although this may result in different definitions of the like product, such differences do not render the decision of either agency contrary to law.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 771(10) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See USEC, Inc.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         132 F. Supp. 2d 1, 8 (CIT 2001) (citing 
                        <E T="03">Algoma Steel Corp., Ltd.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         688 F. Supp. 639, 644 (CIT 1988), 
                        <E T="03">aff'd Algoma Steel Corp., Ltd.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         865 F.2d 240 (Fed. Cir. 1989)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Section 771(10) of the Act defines the domestic like product as “a product which is like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the article subject to an investigation under this title.” Thus, the reference point from which the domestic like product analysis begins is “the article subject to an investigation” (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the class or kind of merchandise to be investigated, which normally will be the scope as defined in the petition).
                </P>
                <P>
                    With regard to the domestic like product, the petitioner does not offer a definition of the domestic like product distinct from the scope of the investigation.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Based on our analysis of the information submitted on the record, we have determined that alkyl phosphate esters, as defined in the scope, constitute a single domestic like product, and we have analyzed industry support in terms of that domestic like product.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition at Volume I (pages 15-17 and Exhibits I-4 and I-6); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 11-15.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         For a discussion of the domestic like product analysis as applied to this case and information regarding industry support, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Checklist, “Certain Alkyl Phosphate Esters from the People's Republic of China,” dated concurrently with, and hereby adopted by, this notice (China AD Initiation Checklist), at Attachment II, Analysis of Industry Support for the Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petitions Covering Certain Alkyl Phosphate Esters from the People's Republic of China. This checklist is on file electronically via ACCESS.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In determining whether the petitioner has standing under section 732(c)(4)(A) of the Act, we considered the industry support data contained in the Petition with reference to the domestic like product as defined in the “Scope of the Investigation,” in the appendix to this notice. To establish industry support, the petitioner provided its own production of the domestic like product in 2023.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The petitioner asserts that there are currently no other known producers of alkyl phosphate esters in the United States; therefore, the Petition is supported by 100 percent of the U.S. industry.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     We relied on data provided by the petitioner for purposes of measuring industry support.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition at Volume I (Exhibit I-11); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 10-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition at Volume I (pages 3-5 and Exhibits I-1, I-2, and I-8); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 7-11 and Exhibit I-17.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition at Volume I (pages 3-5 and Exhibits I-1, I-2, and I-8, and I-11); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 7-11 and Exhibit I-17. For further discussion, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Attachment II of the China AD Initiation Checklist.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Our review of the data provided in the Petition, the First General Issues Supplement, and other information readily available to Commerce indicates that the petitioner has established industry support for the Petition.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     First, the Petition established support from domestic producers (or workers) accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product and, as such, Commerce is not required to take further action in order to evaluate industry support (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     polling).
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Second, the domestic producers (or workers) have met the statutory criteria for industry support under section 732(c)(4)(A)(i) of the Act because the domestic producers (or workers) who support the Petition account for at least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Finally, the domestic producers (or workers) have met the statutory criteria for industry support under section 732(c)(4)(A)(ii) of the Act because the domestic producers (or workers) who support the Petition account for more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the Petition.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Accordingly, Commerce determines that the Petition was filed on behalf of the domestic industry within the meaning of section 732(b)(1) of the Act.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Attachment II of the China AD Initiation Checklist.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.; see also</E>
                         section 732(c)(4)(D) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Attachment II of the China AD Initiation Checklist.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Allegations and Evidence of Material Injury and Causation</HD>
                <P>
                    The petitioner alleges that the U.S. industry producing the domestic like product is being materially injured, or is threatened with material injury, by reason of the imports of the subject merchandise sold at LTFV. In addition, the petitioner alleges that subject imports exceed the negligibility threshold provided for under section 771(24)(A) of the Act.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition at Volume I (page 18 and Exhibit I-10).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The petitioner contends that the industry's injured condition is illustrated by a significant volume of subject imports; reduced market share; underselling and price depression and/or suppression; lost sales and revenues; negative impact on domestic industry capacity, capacity utilization, and employment; and negative impact on domestic industry sales revenue and operating profits.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     We assessed the allegations and supporting evidence regarding material injury, threat of material injury, causation, as well as negligibility, and we have determined that these allegations are properly supported by adequate evidence and meet the statutory requirements for initiation.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at 18-34 and Exhibits I-1, I-3, I-4, I-8, and I-10 through I-13.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         China AD Initiation Checklist at Attachment III, Analysis of Allegations and Evidence of Material Injury and Causation for the Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petitions Covering Certain Alkyl Phosphate Esters from the People's Republic of China.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Allegations of Sales at LTFV</HD>
                <P>The following is a description of the allegations of sales at LTFV upon which Commerce based its decision to initiate an LTFV investigation of imports of alkyl phosphate esters from China. The sources of data for the deductions and adjustments relating to U.S. price and normal value (NV) are discussed in greater detail in the China AD Initiation Checklist.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">U.S. Price</HD>
                <P>
                    The petitioner based export price (EP) on pricing information for sales, or 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43804"/>
                    offers for sale, of alkyl phosphate esters produced in and exported from China.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The petitioner also based EP on the average unit value derived from official import statistics for imports of alkyl phosphate esters from China into the United States during the POI.
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The petitioner made certain adjustments to U.S. price to calculate a net ex-factory U.S. price, where applicable.
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         China AD Initiation Checklist.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Normal Value</HD>
                <P>
                    Commerce considers China to be an NME country.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In accordance with section 771(18)(C)(i) of the Act, any determination that a foreign country is an NME country shall remain in effect until revoked by Commerce. Therefore, we continue to treat China as an NME country for purposes of the initiation of the China LTFV investigation. Accordingly, we base NV on FOPs valued in a surrogate market economy country in accordance with section 773(c) of the Act.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See, e.g., Certain Freight Rail Couplers and Parts Thereof from the People's Republic of China: Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value and Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Critical Circumstances,</E>
                         88 FR 15372 (March 13, 2023), and accompanying Preliminary Decision Memorandum at 5, unchanged in 
                        <E T="03">Certain Freight Rail Couplers and Parts Thereof from the People's Republic of China: Final Affirmative Determination of Sales at Less-Than-Fair Value and Final Affirmative Determination of Critical Circumstances,</E>
                         88 FR 34485 (May 30, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The petitioner claims that the Republic of Türkiye (Türkiye) is an appropriate surrogate country for China because it is a market economy that is at a level of economic development comparable to that of China and is a significant producer of comparable merchandise.
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The petitioner provided publicly available information from Türkiye to value all FOPs (except propylene oxide).
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     To value propylene oxide, the petitioner provided import statistics from another surrogate country, Malaysia.
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Based on the information provided by the petitioner, we believe it is appropriate to use Türkiye as a surrogate country for China to value all FOPs (except propylene oxide) and Malaysia to value propylene oxide for initiation purposes.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         China AD Initiation Checklist.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Interested parties will have the opportunity to submit comments regarding surrogate country selection and, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.301(c)(3)(i), will be provided an opportunity to submit publicly available information to value FOPs within 30 days before the scheduled date of the preliminary determination.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Factors of Production</HD>
                <P>
                    Because information regarding the volume of inputs consumed by Chinese producers/exporters was not reasonably available, the petitioner used product-specific consumption rates from a U.S. producer of alkyl phosphate esters as a surrogate to value Chinese manufacturers' FOPs.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, the petitioner calculated factory overhead, selling, general, and administrative expenses, and profit based on the experience of a Turkish producer of comparable merchandise.
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Fair Value Comparisons</HD>
                <P>
                    Based on the data provided by the petitioner, there is reason to believe that imports of alkyl phosphate esters from China are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at LTFV. Based on comparisons of EP to NV in accordance with sections 772 and 773 of the Act, the estimated dumping margins range from 86.45 to 171.61 percent 
                    <E T="03">ad valorem.</E>
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Initiation of LTFV Investigation</HD>
                <P>Based upon the examination of the Petition and supplemental questionnaire responses, we find that they meet the requirements of section 732 of the Act. Therefore, we are initiating an LTFV investigation to determine whether imports of alkyl phosphate esters from China are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at LTFV. In accordance with section 733(b)(1)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(b)(1), unless postponed, we will make our preliminary determination no later than 140 days after the date of these initiations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Respondent Selection</HD>
                <P>
                    In the Petition, the petitioner named 65 companies in China as producers and/or exporters of alkyl phosphate esters.
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Our standard practice for respondent selection in AD investigations involving NME countries is to select respondents based on quantity and value (Q&amp;V) questionnaires in cases where Commerce has determined that the number of companies is large, and it cannot individually examine each company based upon its resources. Therefore, considering the number of producers and/or exporters identified in the Petition, Commerce will solicit Q&amp;V information that can serve as a basis for selecting exporters for individual examination in the event that Commerce determines that the number is large and decides to limit the number of respondents individually examined pursuant to section 777A(c)(2) of the Act. Because there are 65 Chinese producers and/or exporters identified in the Petition, Commerce has determined that it will issue Q&amp;V questionnaires to the largest producers and/or exporters that are identified in the U.S. Customs and Border Protection data for which there is complete address information on the record.
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition at Volume I (page 14 and Exhibit I-8); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 1 and Exhibit I-8.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Release of U.S. Customs and Border Protection Data,” dated May 8, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Commerce will post the Q&amp;V questionnaires along with filing instructions on Commerce's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.trade.gov/ec-adcvd-case-announcements.</E>
                     Producers/exporters of alkyl phosphate esters from China that do not receive Q&amp;V questionnaires may still submit a response to the Q&amp;V questionnaire and can obtain a copy of the Q&amp;V questionnaire from Commerce's website. Responses to the Q&amp;V questionnaire must be submitted by the relevant Chinese producers/exporters no later than 5:00 p.m. ET on May 28, 2024, which is the next business day after two weeks from the signature date of this notice.
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     All Q&amp;V questionnaire responses must be filed electronically via ACCESS. An electronically filed document must be received successfully, in its entirety, by ACCESS no later than 5:00 p.m. ET on the deadline noted above.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         The Q&amp;V questionnaire response deadline falls on May 27, 2024, which is a federal holiday. In accordance with 19 CFR 351.303(b)(1), Commerce will accept Q&amp;V questionnaire responses filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on May 28, 2024 (“For both electronically filed and manually filed documents, if the applicable due date falls on a non-business day, the Secretary will accept documents that are filed on the next business day.”)
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under administrative protective order (APO) in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(b). As stated above, instructions for filing such applications may be found on Commerce's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.trade.gov/administrative-protective-orders.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Separate Rates</HD>
                <P>
                    In order to obtain separate rate status in an NME investigation, exporters and producers must submit a separate rate application. The specific requirements for submitting a separate rate application in an NME investigation are outlined in detail in the application itself, which is available on Commerce's 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43805"/>
                    website at 
                    <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/Resources/nme/nme-sep-rate.html.</E>
                     The separate rate application will be due 30 days after publication of this initiation notice. Exporters and producers must file a timely separate rate application if they want to be considered for individual examination. Exporters and producers who submit a separate rate application and have been selected as mandatory respondents will be eligible for consideration for separate rate status only if they respond to all parts of Commerce's AD questionnaire as mandatory respondents. Commerce requires that companies from China submit a response both to the Q&amp;V questionnaire and to the separate rate application by the respective deadlines to receive consideration for separate rate status. Companies not filing a timely Q&amp;V questionnaire response will not receive separate rate consideration.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Use of Combination Rates</HD>
                <P>Commerce will calculate combination rates for certain respondents that are eligible for a separate rate in an NME investigation. The Separate Rates and Combination Rates Bulletin states:</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>
                        {w}hile continuing the practice of assigning separate rates only to exporters, all separate rates that {Commerce} will now assign in its NME investigation will be specific to those producers that supplied the exporter during the period of investigation. Note, however, that one rate is calculated for the exporter and all of the producers which supplied subject merchandise to it during the period of investigation. This practice applies both to mandatory respondents receiving an individually calculated separate rate as well as the pool of non-investigated firms receiving the {weighted average} of the individually calculated rates. This practice is referred to as the application of “combination rates” because such rates apply to specific combinations of exporters and one or more producers. The cash-deposit rate assigned to an exporter will apply only to merchandise both exported by the firm in question 
                        <E T="03">and</E>
                         produced by a firm that supplied the exporter during the period of investigation.
                        <SU>39</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </FP>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>39</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Enforcement and Compliance's Policy Bulletin No. 05.1, regarding, “Separate-Rates Practice and Application of Combination Rates in Antidumping Investigation involving NME Countries,” (April 5, 2005), at 6 (emphasis added), available on Commerce's website at 
                            <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/Resources/policy/bull05-1.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                </EXTRACT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Distribution of Copies of the Petition</HD>
                <P>In accordance with section 732(b)(3)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(f), a copy of the public version of the Petition has been provided to the Government of China via ACCESS. To the extent practicable, we will attempt to provide a copy of the public version of the Petition to each exporter named in the Petition, as provided under 19 CFR 351.203(c)(2).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">ITC Notification</HD>
                <P>Commerce will notify the ITC of our initiation, as required by section 732(d) of the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Preliminary Determination by the ITC</HD>
                <P>
                    The ITC will preliminarily determine, within 45 days after the date on which the Petition was filed, whether there is a reasonable indication that imports of alkyl phosphate esters from China are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, a U.S. industry.
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     A negative ITC determination will result in the investigation being terminated.
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Otherwise, this LTFV investigation will proceed according to statutory and regulatory time limits.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 733(a) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Submission of Factual Information</HD>
                <P>
                    Factual information is defined in 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) as: (i) evidence submitted in response to questionnaires; (ii) evidence submitted in support of allegations; (iii) publicly available information to value factors under 19 CFR 351.408(c) or to measure the adequacy of remuneration under 19 CFR 351.511(a)(2); (iv) evidence placed on the record by Commerce; and (v) evidence other than factual information described in (i)-(iv). Section 351.301(b) of Commerce's regulations requires any party, when submitting factual information, to specify under which subsection of 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) the information is being submitted 
                    <SU>42</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and, if the information is submitted to rebut, clarify, or correct factual information already on the record, to provide an explanation identifying the information already on the record that the factual information seeks to rebut, clarify, or correct.
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Time limits for the submission of factual information are addressed in 19 CFR 351.301, which provides specific time limits based on the type of factual information being submitted. Interested parties should review the regulations prior to submitting factual information in this investigation.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.301(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.301(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Extensions of Time Limits</HD>
                <P>
                    Parties may request an extension of time limits before the expiration of a time limit established under 19 CFR 351.301, or as otherwise specified by Commerce. In general, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after the expiration of the time limit established under 19 CFR 351.301, or as otherwise specified by Commerce.
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For submissions that are due from multiple parties simultaneously, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after 10:00 a.m. ET on the due date. Under certain circumstances, Commerce may elect to specify a different time limit by which extension requests will be considered untimely for submissions which are due from multiple parties simultaneously. In such a case, we will inform parties in a letter or memorandum of the deadline (including a specified time) by which extension requests must be filed to be considered timely. An extension request must be made in a separate, standalone submission; under limited circumstances we will grant untimely filed requests for the extension of time limits, where we determine, based on 19 CFR 351.302, that extraordinary circumstances exist. Parties should review Commerce's regulations concerning the extension of time limits and the 
                    <E T="03">Time Limits Final Rule</E>
                     prior to submitting factual information in this investigation.
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.301; 
                        <E T="03">see also Extension of Time Limits; Final Rule,</E>
                         78 FR 57790 (September 20, 2013) (
                        <E T="03">Time Limits Final Rule</E>
                        ), available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2013-09-20/html/2013-22853.htm.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.302; 
                        <E T="03">see also, e.g., Time Limits Final Rule.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Certification Requirements</HD>
                <P>
                    Any party submitting factual information in an AD or CVD proceeding must certify to the accuracy and completeness of that information.
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Parties must use the certification formats provided in 19 CFR 351.303(g).
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce intends to reject factual submissions if the submitting party does not comply with the applicable certification requirements.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 782(b) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Certification of Factual Information to Import Administration During Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings,</E>
                         78 FR 42678 (July 17, 2013) (
                        <E T="03">Final Rule</E>
                        ). Additional information regarding the 
                        <E T="03">Final Rule</E>
                         is available at 
                        <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/Resources/filing/index.html.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>
                    Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. Parties wishing to participate in this investigation should ensure that they meet the requirements of 19 CFR 351.103(d) (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     by filing the required letter of appearance). Note that Commerce has amended certain of its 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43806"/>
                    requirements pertaining to the service of documents in 19 CFR 351.303(f).
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Administrative Protective Order, Service, and Other Procedures in Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings,</E>
                         88 FR 67069 (September 29, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>This notice is issued and published pursuant to sections 732(c)(2) and 777(i) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.203(c).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 13, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Ryan Majerus,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Policy and Negotiations, performing the non-exclusive functions and duties of the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Investigation</HD>
                    <P>The products covered by this investigation are alkyl phosphate esters, which are halogenated and non-halogenated phosphorus-based esters with a phosphorus content of at least 6.5 percent (per weight) and a viscosity between 1 and 2000 mPa.s (at 20-25 °C).</P>
                    <P>Merchandise subject to this investigation primarily includes Tris (2-chloroisopropyl) phosphate (TCPP), Tris (1,3-dichloroisopropyl) phosphate (TDCP), and Triethyl Phosphate (TEP).</P>
                    <P>
                        TCPP is also known as Tris (1-chloro-2- propyl) phosphate, Tris (1-chloropropan-2-yl) phosphate, Tris (monochloroisopropyl) phosphate (TMCP), and Tris (2-chloroisopropyl) phosphate (TCIP). TCPP has the chemical formula C
                        <E T="52">9</E>
                        H
                        <E T="52">18</E>
                        C
                        <E T="52">l3</E>
                        O
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        P and the Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Nos. 1244733-77-4 and 13674-84-5. It may also be identified as CAS No. 6145-73-9.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        TDCP is also known as Tris (1,3-dichloroisopropyl) phosphate, Tris (1,3-dichloro-2-propyl) phosphate, Chlorinated tris, tris {2- chloro-1-(chloromethyl ethyl)} phosphate, TDCPP, and TDCIPP. TDCP has the chemical formula C
                        <E T="52">9</E>
                        H
                        <E T="52">15</E>
                        C
                        <E T="52">l6</E>
                        O
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        P and the CAS No. 13674-87-8.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        TEP is also known as Phosphoric acid triethyl ester, phosphoric ester, flame retardant TEP, Tris(ethyl) phosphate, Triethoxyphosphine oxide, and Ethyl phosphate (neutral). TEP has the chemical formula (C
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        H
                        <E T="52">5</E>
                        O)
                        <E T="52">3</E>
                        PO and the CAS No. 78-40-0.
                    </P>
                    <P>Imported alkyl phosphate esters are not excluded from the scope of this investigation even if the imported alkyl phosphate ester consists of a single isomer or combination of isomers in proportions different from the isomers ordinarily provided in the market.</P>
                    <P>Also included in this investigation are blends including one or more alkyl phosphate esters, with or without other substances, where the alkyl phosphate esters account for 20 percent or more of the blend by weight.</P>
                    <P>Alkyl phosphate esters are classified under subheading 2919.90.5050, Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS). Imports may also be classified under subheadings 2919.90.5010 and 3824.99.5000, HTSUS. The HTSUS subheadings and CAS registry numbers are provided for convenience and customs purposes. The written description of the scope is dispositive.</P>
                </EXTRACT>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10934 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Rescission of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Administrative Reviews; Correction</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice; correction.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) published a notice of rescission of antidumping and countervailing duty administrative reviews in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         of April 15, 2024, in which Commerce inadvertently placed the countervailing duty order Forged Steel Fittings from The People's Republic of China (C-570-068) under the header, “India” instead of the correct header, “The People's Republic of China.”
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Brenda E. Brown, Office of AD/CVD Operations, Customs Liaison Unit, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230, telephone: (202) 482-4735.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Correction</HD>
                <P>
                    In the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     of April 15, 2024, in FR Doc. 2024-07856 at 89 FR 26126, the table should have included the countervailing duty order on Forged Steel Fittings from The People's Republic of China (C-570-068) and the period of review for 1/1/2023-12/31/2023 under the header, “The People's Republic of China.” This serves as a correction notice.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>This notice is issued and published in accordance with section(s) 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, and 19 CFR 351.213(d)(4).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>James Maeder,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Operations.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11030 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[A-549-848]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Truck and Bus Tires From Thailand: Preliminary Affirmative Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value, Preliminary Negative Determination of Critical Circumstances, and Postponement of Final Determination</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) preliminarily determines that truck and bus tires from Thailand are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV). The period of investigation (POI) is October 1, 2022, through September 30, 2023. Interested parties are invited to comment on this preliminary determination.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable May 20, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Faris Montgomery or Jonathan Schueler, AD/CVD Operations, Office VIII, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-1537 or (202) 482-9175, respectively.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    This preliminary determination is made in accordance with section 733(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). Commerce published the notice of initiation of this investigation on November 14, 2023.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On December 4, 2023, we selected Bridgestone Corporation (Bridgestone) and Prinx Chengshan Tire (Thailand) Co., Ltd. (Prinx) as mandatory respondents in this investigation.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On February 8, 2024, Commerce postponed the preliminary determination of this investigation until May 14, 2024.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For a complete description of the events that followed the initiation of this investigation, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the Preliminary Decision Memorandum.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     A list of topics included 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43807"/>
                    in the Preliminary Decision Memorandum is included as Appendix II to this notice. The Preliminary Decision Memorandum is a public document and is on file electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS). ACCESS is available to registered users at 
                    <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov</E>
                    . In addition, a complete version of the Preliminary Decision Memorandum can be accessed directly at 
                    <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/public/FRNoticesListLayout.aspx</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Truck and Bus Tires from Thailand: Initiation of Less-Than-Fair-Value Investigation,</E>
                         88 FR 77960 (November 14, 2023) (
                        <E T="03">Initiation Notice</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Respondent Selection,” dated December 4, 2023.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Truck and Bus Tires from Thailand: Postponement of Preliminary Determination in the Less-Than-Fair-Value Investigation,</E>
                         89 FR 8649 (February 8, 2024).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Decision Memorandum for the Preliminary Determination in the Less-Than-Fair-Value Investigation of Truck and Bus Tires from Thailand,” dated concurrently with, and 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        hereby adopted by, this notice (Preliminary Decision Memorandum).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Investigation</HD>
                <P>
                    The products covered by this investigation are truck and bus tires from Thailand. For a complete description of the scope of this investigation, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     Appendix I.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with the preamble to Commerce's regulations,
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the 
                    <E T="03">Initiation Notice</E>
                     set aside a period of time for parties to raise issues regarding product coverage (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     scope).
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Certain interested parties commented on the scope of the investigation as it appeared in the 
                    <E T="03">Initiation Notice</E>
                    . For a summary of the product coverage comments and rebuttal responses submitted to the record for this preliminary determination, and accompanying discussion and analysis of all comments timely received, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the Preliminary Scope Decision Memorandum.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce is not preliminarily modifying the scope language as it appeared in the 
                    <E T="03">Initiation Notice</E>
                    . 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     the scope in Appendix I to this notice.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping Duties; Countervailing Duties, Final Rule,</E>
                         62 FR 27296, 27323 (May 19, 1997).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Initiation Notice</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Scope Comments Decision Memorandum for the Preliminary Determination,” dated concurrently with this notice (Preliminary Scope Decision Memorandum).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Methodology</HD>
                <P>
                    Commerce is conducting this investigation in accordance with section 731 of the Act. Commerce has calculated export prices in accordance with section 772(a) of the Act. Constructed export prices have been calculated in accordance with section 772(b) of the Act. Normal value is calculated in accordance with section 773 of the Act. For a full description of the methodology underlying the preliminary determination, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the Preliminary Decision Memorandum.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Preliminary Negative Determination of Critical Circumstances</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with section 733(e) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.206, Commerce preliminarily finds that critical circumstances do not exist for Prinx, Bridgestone, and all other exporters and producers of the subject merchandise. For a full description of the methodology and results of Commerce's critical circumstances analysis, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the Preliminary Decision Memorandum.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">All-Others Rate</HD>
                <P>
                    Sections 733(d)(1)(ii) and 735(c)(5)(A) of the Act provide that in the preliminary determination Commerce shall determine an estimated all-others rate for all exporters and producers not individually examined. This rate shall be an amount equal to the weighted average of the estimated weighted-average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated, excluding any zero and 
                    <E T="03">de minimis</E>
                     margins, and any margins determined entirely under section 776 of the Act.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In this investigation, Commerce preliminarily calculated a zero rate for Prinx. Therefore, the only rate that is not zero, 
                    <E T="03">de minimis</E>
                     or based entirely on facts otherwise available is the rate calculated for Bridgestone. Consequently, the preliminary rate calculated for Bridgestone is also the preliminary rate assigned to all other producers and exporters.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Preliminary Determination</HD>
                <P>Commerce preliminarily determines that the following estimated weighted-average dumping margins exist:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s100,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Exporter/producer</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Weighted-
                            <LI>average </LI>
                            <LI>dumping </LI>
                            <LI>margin </LI>
                            <LI>(percent)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Bridgestone Corporation</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.35</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Prinx Chengshan Tire (Thailand) Co., Ltd.</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.00</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">All Others</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.35</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    Consistent with section 733(b)(3) of the Act, Commerce disregards 
                    <E T="03">de minimis</E>
                     rates and preliminarily determines that individually examined respondents with 
                    <E T="03">de minimis</E>
                     rates have not made sales of subject merchandise at LTFV.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Suspension of Liquidation</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with section 733(d)(2) of the Act, Commerce will direct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to suspend liquidation of entries of subject merchandise, as described in Appendix I, entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . Further, pursuant to section 733(d)(1)(B) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(d), Commerce will instruct CBP to require a cash deposit equal to the estimated weighted-average dumping margin or the estimated all-others rate, as follows: (1) the cash deposit rate for the respondents listed above will be equal to the company-specific estimated weighted-average dumping margins determined in this preliminary determination; (2) if the exporter is not a respondent identified above, but the producer is, then the cash deposit rate will be equal to the company-specific estimated weighted-average dumping margin established for that producer of the subject merchandise except as explained below; and (3) the cash deposit rate for all other producers and exporters will be equal to the all-others estimated weighted-average dumping margin.
                </P>
                <P>Because the estimated weighted-average dumping margin for Prinx is zero percent, entries of shipments of subject merchandise from this company will not be subject to suspension of liquidation or cash deposit requirements. In such situations, Commerce applies the exclusion to the provisional measures to the producer/exporter combination that was examined in the investigation. Accordingly, Commerce is directing CBP not to suspend liquidation of entries of subject merchandise from Prinx. Entries of shipments of subject merchandise from this company in any other producer/exporter combination, or by third parties that sourced subject merchandise from the excluded producer/exporter combination, are subject to the provisional measures at the all others rate.</P>
                <P>
                    Should the final estimated weighted-average dumping margin be zero or 
                    <E T="03">de minimis</E>
                     for the producer/exporter combinations identified above, entries of shipments of subject merchandise from these producer/exporter combinations will be excluded from the potential antidumping duty order. Such exclusions are not applicable to merchandise exported to the United States by these respondents in any other producer/exporter combinations or by third parties that sourced subject merchandise from the excluded producer/exporter combination. These suspension of liquidation instructions will remain in effect until further notice.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Disclosure</HD>
                <P>
                    Commerce intends to disclose its calculations and analysis performed to interested parties in this preliminary 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43808"/>
                    determination within five days of any public announcement or, if there is no public announcement, within five days of the date of publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b).
                </P>
                <P>Consistent with 19 CFR 351.224(e), Commerce will analyze and, if appropriate, correct any timely allegations of significant ministerial errors by amending the preliminary determination. However, consistent with 19 CFR 351.224(d), Commerce will not consider incomplete allegations that do not address the significance standard under 19 CFR 351.224(g) following the preliminary determination. Instead, Commerce will address such allegations in the final determination together with issues raised in the case briefs or other written comments.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Verification</HD>
                <P>As provided in section 782(i)(1) of the Act, Commerce intends to verify the information relied upon in making its final determination.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Comment</HD>
                <P>
                    Case briefs or other written comments for may be submitted to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance. Interested parties will be notified of the timeline for the submission of case briefs and written comments related to non-scope issues at a later date. Rebuttal briefs, limited to issues raised in the case briefs, may be filed not later than five days after the date for filing case briefs.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Interested parties who submit case briefs or rebuttal briefs in this proceeding must submit: (1) a table of contents listing each issue; and (2) a table of authorities.
                    <FTREF/>
                    <SU>9</SU>
                      
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     the Preliminary Scope Decision Memorandum for the case and rebuttal brief deadlines related to scope issues.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.309(d); 
                        <E T="03">see also Administrative Protective Order, Service, and Other Procedures in Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings,</E>
                         88 FR 67069, 67077 (September 29, 2023) (
                        <E T="03">APO and Service Final Rule</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 351.309(c)(2) and (d)(2)
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Preliminary Scope Decision Memorandum.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As provided under 19 CFR 351.309(c)(2) and (d)(2), in prior proceedings we have encouraged interested parties to provide an executive summary of their briefs that should be limited to five pages total, including footnotes. In this investigation, we instead request that interested parties provide at the beginning of their briefs a public, executive summary for each issue raised in their briefs.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, we request that interested parties limit their public executive summary of each issue to no more than 450 words, not including citations. We intend to use the public executive summaries as the basis of the comment summaries included in the issues and decision memorandum that will accompany the final determination in this investigation. We request that interested parties include footnotes for relevant citations in the public executive summary of each issue. Note that Commerce has amended certain of its requirements pertaining to the service of documents in 19 CFR 351.303(f).
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         We use the term “issue” here to describe an argument that Commerce would normally address in a comment of the Issues and Decision Memorandum.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See APO and Service Final Rule.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), interested parties who wish to request a hearing, limited to issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs, must submit a written request to the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance, U.S. Department of Commerce, within 30 days after the date of publication of this notice. Requests should contain the party's name, address, and telephone number, the number of participants, whether any participant is a foreign national, and a list of the issues to be discussed. If a request for a hearing is made, Commerce intends to hold the hearing at a time and date to be determined. Parties should confirm by telephone the date, time, and location of the hearing two days before the scheduled date.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Postponement of Final Determination</HD>
                <P>Section 735(a)(2) of the Act provides that a final determination may be postponed until not later than 135 days after the date of the publication of the preliminary determination if, in the event of an affirmative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by exporters who account for a significant proportion of exports of the subject merchandise, or in the event of a negative preliminary determination, a request for such postponement is made by the petitioner. Section 351.210(e)(2) of Commerce's regulations requires that a request by exporters for postponement of the final determination be accompanied by a request for extension of provisional measures from a four-month period to a period not more than six months in duration.</P>
                <P>
                    On May 9 and 13, 2024, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.210(e), Prinx and Bridgestone, respectively, requested that Commerce postpone the final determination.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In accordance with section 735(a)(2)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.210(b)(2)(ii), because: (1) the preliminary determination is affirmative; (2) the requesting exporters account for a significant proportion of exports of the subject merchandise; and (3) no compelling reasons for denial exist, Commerce is postponing the final determination. Accordingly, Commerce will make its final determination no later than 135 days after the date of publication of this preliminary determination.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Prinx's Letter, “Prinx Request for Postponement of Final Determination,” dated May 9, 2024; 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         Bridgestone's Letter, “Request to Extend Final Determination,” dated May 13, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">U.S. International Trade Commission Notification</HD>
                <P>In accordance with section 733(f) of the Act, Commerce will notify the U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) of its preliminary determination. If the final determination is affirmative, the ITC will determine before the later of 120 days after the date of this preliminary determination or 45 days after the final determination whether these imports are materially injuring, or threaten material injury to, the U.S. industry.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>This determination is issued and published in accordance with sections 733(f) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(c).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Ryan Majerus,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Policy and Negotiations, performing the non-exclusive functions and duties of the Assistance Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix I</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Investigation</HD>
                    <P>The scope of the investigation covers truck and bus tires. Truck and bus tires are new pneumatic tires, of rubber, with a truck or bus size designation. Truck and bus tires covered by the scope may be tube-type, tubeless, radial, or non-radial (also known as bias construction or bias-ply). Subject tires have, at the time of importation, the symbol “DOT” on the sidewall, certifying that the tire conforms to applicable motor vehicle safety standards. Subject tires may also have one of the following suffixes in their tire size designation, which also appear on the sidewall of the tire:</P>
                    <P>TR—Identifies tires for service on trucks or buses to differentiate them from similarly sized passenger car and light truck tires; and</P>
                    <P>HC—Identifies a 17.5 inch rim diameter code for use on low platform trailers.</P>
                    <P>
                        All tires with a “TR” or “HC” suffix in their size designations are covered by the scope regardless of their intended use.
                        <PRTPAGE P="43809"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>In addition, all tires that lack one of the above suffix markings are included in the scope, as well as all tires that include any other prefix or suffix in their sidewall markings, are included in the scope, regardless of their intended use, as long as the tire is of a size that fits trucks or busses. Sizes that fit trucks and busses include, but are not limited to, the numerical size designations listed in the “Truck-Bus” section of the Tire and Rim Association Year Book, as updated annually. The scope includes all tires that are of a size that fits trucks or busses, unless the tire falls within one of the specific exclusions set out below.</P>
                    <P>Truck and bus tires, whether or not mounted on wheels or rims, are included in the scope.</P>
                    <P>
                        However, if a subject tire is imported mounted on a wheel or rim, only the tire is covered by the scope. Subject merchandise includes truck and bus tires produced in the subject country whether mounted on wheels or rims in the subject country or in a third country. Truck and bus tires are covered whether or not they are accompanied by other parts, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         a wheel, rim, axle parts, bolts, nuts, etc. Truck and bus tires that enter attached to a vehicle are not covered by the scope.
                    </P>
                    <P>Specifically excluded from the scope are the following types of tires: (1) pneumatic tires, of rubber, that are not new, including recycled and retreaded tires; (2) non-pneumatic tires, such as solid rubber tires; and (3) tires that exhibit each of the following physical characteristics: (a) the designation “MH” is molded into the tire's sidewall as part of the size designation; (b) the tire incorporates a warning, prominently molded on the sidewall, that the tire is for “Mobile Home Use Only;” and (c) the tire is of bias construction (also known as non-radial construction) as evidenced by the fact that the construction code included in the size designation molded into the tire's sidewall is not the letter “R.”</P>
                    <P>The subject merchandise is currently classifiable under Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) subheadings: 4011.20.1015 and 4011.20.5020. Tires meeting the scope description may also enter under the following HTSUS subheadings: 4011.90.1010, 4011.90.1050, 4011.90.2010, 4011.90.2050, 4011.90.8010, 4011.90.8050, 8708.70.4530, 8708.70.4546, 8708.70.4548, 8708.70.4560, 8708.70.6030, 8708.70.6045, 8708.70.6060, and 8716.90.5059.</P>
                    <P>While HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and for customs purposes, the written description of the subject merchandise is dispositive.</P>
                </EXTRACT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix II</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">List of Topics Discussed in the Preliminary Decision Memorandum</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Summary</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Background</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Period of Investigation</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Discussion of the Methodology</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Preliminary Negative Determination of Critical Circumstances</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Currency Conversion</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. Recommendation</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11026 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[A-555-003, A-557-830, A-549-851, A-552-841]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled Into Modules, From Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Initiation of Less-Than-Fair-Value Investigations</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable May 14, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Hermes Pinilla or Joshua Weiner (Cambodia) at (202) 482-3477 or (202) 482-3902, respectively; Patrick Barton (Malaysia) at (202) 482-0012; Drew Jackson (Thailand) at (202) 482-4406; and Laurel LaCivita and Deborah Cohen (the Socialist Republic of Vietnam (Vietnam)) at (202) 482-4243 and (202) 482-4521, respectively, AD/CVD Operations, Offices I, III, and IV, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Petitions</HD>
                <P>
                    On April 24, 2024, the U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) received antidumping duty (AD) petitions concerning imports of crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells, whether or not assembled into modules (solar cells), from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam filed in proper form on behalf of the American Alliance for Solar Manufacturing Trade Committee (the petitioner or the Committee).
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On May 9, 2024, the petitioner filed an amendment to the Petitions, clarifying the identity of the members of the Committee.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     These AD Petitions were accompanied by countervailing duty (CVD) petitions concerning imports of solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner's Letters, “Petitions for the Imposition of Antidumping and Countervailing Duties,” dated April 24, 2024 (the Petitions); and “Errata to General Issues Volume I of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petitions,” dated April 26, 2024 (General Issues Errata).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner's Letter, “Amendment to Petitions for the Imposition of Antidumping and Countervailing Duties,” dated May 9, 2024 (Petition Amendment). The petitioner clarifies that the members of the Committee are: First Solar, Inc., Hanwha Q CELLS USA, Inc., and Mission Solar Energy LLC. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition Amendment at 1
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Between April 26 and May 13, 2024, Commerce requested supplemental information pertaining to certain aspects of the Petitions in supplemental questionnaires.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The petitioner responded to Commerce's supplemental questionnaires between April 30 and May 13, 2024.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Commerce's Letters, “Supplemental Questions,” dated April 26, 2024 (General Issues Questionnaire), and “Supplemental Questions,” dated April 26, 2024 (Cambodia Supplemental); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         Country-Specific Supplemental Questionnaires: Malaysia Supplemental, Thailand Supplemental, and Vietnam Supplemental, dated April 26, 2024; and Memoranda, “Phone Call with Counsel to the Petitioner,” dated May 3, 2024 (May 3 Memorandum); “Phone Call with Counsel to the Petitioner,” dated May 9, 2023; and “Phone Call with Counsel to the Petitioner,” dated May 13, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner's Letters, “Petitioner's Responses to First Supplemental Questionnaire Regarding General Injury Vol. I of the Petition,” dated April 30, 2024 (First General Issues Supplement); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First Country-Specific AD Supplemental Responses, dated April 30, 2024; Second Country-Specific Supplemental Responses,” dated May 1, 2024; Third Cambodia and Vietnam Supplemental Responses,” dated May 6, 2024; “Petitioner's Responses to Supplemental Questionnaire Phone Call Regarding General Injury Vol. I of the Petition,” dated May 7, 2024 (Second General Issues Supplement); “Petitioner's Responses to May 9, 2024 Supplemental Questionnaire Phone Call Regarding Cambodia Antidumping Duty Volume II of the Petition,” dated May 10, 2024; and “Petitioner's Response to the Third Supplemental Questionnaire Regarding General Injury Vol. I of the Petition,” dated May 13, 2024 (Third General Issues Supplement).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>In accordance with section 732(b) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), the petitioner alleges that imports of solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV) within the meaning of section 731 of the Act, and that imports of such products are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, the solar cells industry in the United States. Consistent with section 732(b)(1) of the Act, the Petitions were accompanied by information reasonably available to the petitioner supporting its allegations.</P>
                <P>
                    Commerce finds that the petitioner filed the Petitions on behalf of the domestic industry, because the petitioner is an interested party, as defined in section 771(9)(F) of the Act.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce also finds that the petitioner demonstrated sufficient industry 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43810"/>
                    support for the initiation of the requested LTFV investigations.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         The majority of the members of the Committee are interested parties under section 771(9)(C) of the Act; thus, the Committee qualifies as an interested party under section 771(9)(F) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section on “Determination of Industry Support for the Petitions,” 
                        <E T="03">infra.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Periods of Investigation</HD>
                <P>Because the Petitions were filed on April 24, 2024, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.204(b)(1), the period of investigation (POI) for the LTFV investigations from Cambodia, Malaysia, and Thailand is April 1, 2023, through March 31, 2024. Because Vietnam is a non-market economy (NME) country, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.204(b)(1), the POI for LTFV investigation from Vietnam is October 1, 2023, through March 31, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Investigations</HD>
                <P>
                    The products covered by these investigations are solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam. For a full description of the scope of these investigations, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the appendix to this notice.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments on the Scope of the Investigations</HD>
                <P>
                    On May 3, 2024, Commerce requested information and clarification from the petitioner regarding the proposed scope to ensure that the scope language in the Petitions is an accurate reflection of the products for which the domestic industry is seeking relief.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On May 7, 2024, the petitioner provided clarifications and revised the scope.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The description of merchandise covered by these investigations, as described in the appendix to this notice, reflects these clarifications.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         May 3 Memorandum.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Second General Issues Supplement at 2-6.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As discussed in the 
                    <E T="03">Preamble</E>
                     to Commerce's regulations, we are setting aside a period for interested parties to raise issues regarding product coverage (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     scope).
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce will consider all scope comments received from interested parties and, if necessary, will consult with interested parties prior to the issuance of the preliminary determinations. If scope comments include factual information,
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     all such factual information should be limited to public information. To facilitate preparation of its questionnaires, Commerce requests that scope comments be submitted by 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time (ET) on June 3, 2024, which is 20 calendar days from the signature date of this notice.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any rebuttal comments, which may include factual information, and should also be limited to public information, must be filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on June 13, 2024, which is 10 calendar days from the initial comment deadline.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping Duties; Countervailing Duties, Final Rule,</E>
                         62 FR 27296, 27323 (May 19, 1997) (
                        <E T="03">Preamble</E>
                        ); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         19 CFR 351.312.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) (defining “factual information”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.303(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Commerce requests that any factual information that parties consider relevant to the scope of these investigations be submitted during that period. However, if a party subsequently finds that additional factual information pertaining to the scope of the investigations may be relevant, the party must contact Commerce and request permission to submit the additional information. All scope comments must be filed simultaneously on the records of the concurrent LTFV and CVD investigations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Filing Requirements</HD>
                <P>
                    All submissions to Commerce must be filed electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping Duty and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS), unless an exception applies.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     An electronically filed document must be received successfully in its entirety by the time and date it is due.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Electronic Filing Procedures; Administrative Protective Order Procedures,</E>
                         76 FR 39263 (July 6, 2011); 
                        <E T="03">see also Enforcement and Compliance: Change of Electronic Filing System Name,</E>
                         79 FR 69046 (November 20, 2014) for details of Commerce's electronic filing requirements, effective August 5, 2011. Information on using ACCESS can be found at 
                        <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/help.aspx</E>
                         and a handbook can be found at 
                        <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/help/Handbook_on_Electronic_Filing_Procedures.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments on Product Characteristics</HD>
                <P>Commerce is providing interested parties an opportunity to comment on the appropriate physical characteristics of solar cells to be reported in response to Commerce's AD questionnaires. This information will be used to identify the key physical characteristics of the subject merchandise in order to report the relevant factors of production (FOP) or cost of production (COP) accurately, as well as to develop appropriate product comparison criteria.</P>
                <P>Interested parties may provide any information or comments that they feel are relevant to the development of an accurate list of physical characteristics. Specifically, they may provide comments as to which characteristics are appropriate to use as: (1) general product characteristics; and (2) product comparison criteria. We note that it is not always appropriate to use all product characteristics as product comparison criteria. We base product comparison criteria on meaningful commercial differences among products. In other words, although there may be some physical product characteristics utilized by manufacturers to describe solar cells, it may be that only a select few product characteristics take into account commercially meaningful physical characteristics. In addition, interested parties may comment on the order in which the physical characteristics should be used in matching products. Generally, Commerce attempts to list the most important physical characteristics first and the least important characteristics last.</P>
                <P>
                    In order to consider the suggestions of interested parties in developing and issuing the AD questionnaires, all product characteristics comments must be filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on June 3, 2024, which is 20 calendar days from the signature date of this notice.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any rebuttal comments must be filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on June 13, 2024, which is 10 calendar days from the initial comment deadline. All comments and submissions to Commerce must be filed electronically using ACCESS, as explained above, on the record of each of the LTFV investigations.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.303(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Determination of Industry Support for the Petitions</HD>
                <P>Section 732(b)(1) of the Act requires that a petition be filed on behalf of the domestic industry. Section 732(c)(4)(A) of the Act provides that a petition meets this requirement if the domestic producers or workers who support the petition account for: (i) at least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product; and (ii) more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the petition. Moreover, section 732(c)(4)(D) of the Act provides that, if the petition does not establish support of domestic producers or workers accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product, Commerce shall: (i) poll the industry or rely on other information in order to determine if there is support for the petition, as required by subparagraph (A); or (ii) determine industry support using a statistically valid sampling method to poll the “industry.”</P>
                <P>
                    Section 771(4)(A) of the Act defines the “industry” as the producers as a whole of a domestic like product. Thus, to determine whether a petition has the requisite industry support, the statute directs Commerce to look to producers and workers who produce the domestic 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43811"/>
                    like product. The U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC), which is responsible for determining whether “the domestic industry” has been injured, must also determine what constitutes a domestic like product in order to define the industry. While both Commerce and the ITC apply the same statutory definition regarding the domestic like product,
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     they do so for different purposes and pursuant to a separate and distinct authority. In addition, Commerce's determination is subject to limitations of time and information. Although this may result in different definitions of the like product, such differences do not render the decision of either agency contrary to law.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 771(10) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See USEC, Inc.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         132 F. Supp. 2d 1, 8 (CIT 2001) (citing 
                        <E T="03">Algoma Steel Corp., Ltd.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         688 F. Supp. 639, 644 (CIT 1988), 
                        <E T="03">aff'd Algoma Steel Corp., Ltd.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         865 F.2d 240 (Fed. Cir. 1989)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Section 771(10) of the Act defines the domestic like product as “a product which is like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the article subject to an investigation under this title.” Thus, the reference point from which the domestic like product analysis begins is “the article subject to an investigation” (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the class or kind of merchandise to be investigated, which normally will be the scope as defined in the petition).
                </P>
                <P>
                    With regard to the domestic like product, the petitioner does not offer a definition of the domestic like product distinct from the scope of the investigations.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Based on our analysis of the information submitted on the record, we have determined that solar cells, as defined in the scope, constitute a single domestic like product, and we have analyzed industry support in terms of that domestic like product.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 27-31); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         Petitioner's Letter, “Response to Comments on Standing and Industry Support,” dated May 9, 2024 (Petitioner Response) at 7-12 and Exhibit 2.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         For a discussion of the domestic like product analysis as applied to these cases and information regarding industry support, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Checklists, “Antidumping Duty Investigation Initiation Checklists: Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam,” dated concurrently with, and hereby adopted by, this notice (Country-Specific AD Initiation Checklists), at Attachment II, Analysis of Industry Support for the Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petitions Covering Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam (Attachment II). These checklists are on file electronically via ACCESS.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In determining whether the petitioner has standing under section 732(c)(4)(A) of the Act, we considered the industry support data contained in the Petitions with reference to the domestic like product as defined in the “Scope of the Investigations,” in the appendix to this notice. To establish industry support, the petitioner provided the 2023 production of the domestic like product for the U.S. producers that support the Petitions.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The petitioner estimated the production of the domestic like product for the entire domestic industry based on the production data from the ITC's 2024 report from its second monitoring proceeding of the safeguard measures on solar cells and made certain adjustments to these data to estimate total U.S. production of the domestic like product in 2023.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The petitioner compared the production of the supporters of the Petitions to the estimated total 2023 production of the domestic like product for the entire domestic industry.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     We have relied on the data provided by the petitioner for purposes of measuring industry support.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 9-11 and Exhibits I-3 and I-19); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 3 and Exhibit I-Supp-5; and Petitioner Response at 16-17 and Exhibits 8-9.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 9-11 and Exhibit I-19); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 1-4 and Exhibits I-Supp-2 through I-Supp-5; and Petitioner Response at 16-17 and Exhibits 9-10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 9-11 and Exhibits I-3 and I-19); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 1-4 and Exhibits I-Supp-2 through I-Supp-5; and Petitioner Response at 16-17 and Exhibits 8-10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 8-11 and Exhibits I-1, I-2, and I-19); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 1-4 and Exhibits I-Supp-2 through I-Supp-5; Petitioner Response at 16-17 and Exhibits 8-10; and Third General Issues Supplement. For further discussion, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Attachment II of the Country-Specific AD Initiation Checklists.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    On May 3, 2024, we received timely filed comments on industry support from NextEra Energy Constructors, LLC (NextEra), a U.S. importer of solar cells.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On May 7, 2024, we received timely filed comments on industry support from Illuminate USA LLC (Illuminate), a U.S. producer of the domestic like product.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On May 7, 2024, we also received timely filed comments on industry support from Canadian Solar US Module Manufacturing Corporation, Canadian Solar International Limited, and Canadian Solar Manufacturing (Thailand) Co., Ltd. (collectively, Canadian Solar), a U.S. producer of the domestic like product and foreign producer and exporter of solar cells.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On May 9, 2024, the petitioner responded to the comments from NextEra, Illuminate, and Canadian Solar in a timely filed rebuttal submission.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         NextEra's Letter, “Request to Reject the Petitions or to Poll the Industry,” dated May 3, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Illuminate's Letter, “Challenge to Petitioner's Standing for Domestic Production of Cells and Request to Poll the Domestic Industry,” dated May 7, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Canadian Solar's Letter, “Request to Exclude Hanwha from Commerce's Industry Support Calculations,” dated May 7, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner Response.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Our review of the data provided in the Petitions, the First General Issues Supplement, the Third General Issues Supplement, the Petitioner Response, and other information readily available to Commerce indicates that the petitioner has established industry support for the Petitions.
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     First, the Petitions established support from domestic producers (or workers) accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product and, as such, Commerce is not required to take further action in order to evaluate industry support (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     polling).
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Second, the domestic producers (or workers) have met the statutory criteria for industry support under section 732(c)(4)(A)(i) of the Act because the domestic producers (or workers) who support the Petitions account for at least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Finally, the domestic producers (or workers) have met the statutory criteria for industry support under section 732(c)(4)(A)(ii) of the Act because the domestic producers (or workers) who support the Petitions account for more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the Petitions.
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Accordingly, Commerce determines that the Petitions were filed on behalf of the domestic industry within the meaning of section 732(b)(1) of the Act.
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Attachment II of the Country-Specific AD Initiation Checklists.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.; see also</E>
                         section 732(c)(4)(D) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Attachment II of the Country-Specific AD Initiation Checklists.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Allegations and Evidence of Material Injury and Causation</HD>
                <P>
                    The petitioner alleges that the U.S. industry producing the domestic like product is being materially injured, or is threatened with material injury, by reason of the imports of the subject merchandise sold at LTFV. In addition, the petitioner argues that subject imports from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Cambodia individually exceed the negligibility threshold 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43812"/>
                    provided for under section 771(24)(A) of the Act.
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 40-41 and Exhibit I-32).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The petitioner contends that the industry's injured condition is illustrated by the significant and increasing volume of subject imports; the increase in subject imports' market share; underselling and price depression and/or suppression; lost sales and revenues; negative impact on capacity utilization, employment, planned expansions and new facilities, and financial performance; and the magnitude of the alleged dumping margins.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     We assessed the allegations and supporting evidence regarding material injury, threat of material injury, causation, as well as negligibility, and we have determined that these allegations are properly supported by adequate evidence, and meet the statutory requirements for initiation.
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at Volume I (pages 3-8, 26-27, 32-59 and Exhibits I-5 through I-16, and I-25 through I-53); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 4 and Exhibit I-Supp-6.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Country-Specific AD Initiation Checklists at Attachment III, Analysis of Allegations and Evidence of Material Injury and Causation for the Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petitions Covering Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Allegations of Sales at LTFV</HD>
                <P>The following is a description of the allegations of sales at LTFV upon which Commerce based its decision to initiate LTFV investigations of imports of solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam. The sources of data for the deductions and adjustments relating to U.S. price and normal value (NV) are discussed in greater detail in the Country-Specific AD Initiation Checklists.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">U.S. Price</HD>
                <P>
                    For Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam, the petitioner based export price (EP) on pricing information for sales, or offers for sale, of solar cells produced in and exported from each country.
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For each country, the petitioner made certain adjustments to U.S. price to calculate a net ex-factory U.S. price, where applicable.
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Country-Specific AD Initiation Checklists.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">
                    Normal Value 
                    <E T="51">37</E>
                    <FTREF/>
                </HD>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         In accordance with section 773(b)(2) of the Act, for the Cambodia, Malaysia, and Thailand investigations, Commerce will request information necessary to calculate the constructed value (CV) and COP to determine whether there are reasonable grounds to believe or suspect that sales of the foreign like product have been made at prices that represent less than the COP of the product.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    For Cambodia, Malaysia, and Thailand, the petitioner stated that it was unable to obtain home market or third country pricing information for solar cells to use as a basis for normal value (NV).
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, for Cambodia, Malaysia, and Thailand, the petitioner calculated NV based on CV.
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For further discussion of CV for Cambodia, Malaysia, and Thailand, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the section “Normal Value Based on Constructed Value,” below.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Country-Specific AD Initiation Checklists.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Commerce considers Vietnam to be an NME country.
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In accordance with section 771(18)(C)(i) of the Act, any determination that a foreign country is an NME country shall remain in effect until revoked by Commerce. Therefore, we continue to treat Vietnam as an NME country for purposes of the initiation of the Vietnam LTFV investigation. Accordingly, we base NV on FOPs valued in a surrogate market economy country in accordance with section 773(c) of the Act.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See, e.g., Certain Frozen Fish Fillets from the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Final Results, and Final Results of No Shipments of the Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2016-2017,</E>
                         84 FR 18007 (April 29, 2019).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The petitioner claims that Indonesia is an appropriate surrogate country for Vietnam because it is a market economy that is at a level of economic development comparable to that of Vietnam and is a significant producer of comparable merchandise.
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The petitioner provided publicly available information from Indonesia to value all FOPs.
                    <SU>42</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Based on the information provided by the petitioner, we believe it is appropriate to use Indonesia as a surrogate country for Vietnam to value all FOPs.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Vietnam AD Initiation Checklist.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Interested parties will have the opportunity to submit comments regarding surrogate country selection and, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.301(c)(3)(i), will be provided an opportunity to submit publicly available information to value FOPs within 30 days before the scheduled date of the preliminary determination.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Factors of Production</HD>
                <P>
                    Because information regarding the volume of inputs consumed by Vietnamese producers/exporters was not reasonably available, the petitioner used product-specific consumption rates from a U.S. producer of solar cells as a surrogate to value Vietnamese manufacturers' FOPs.
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, the petitioner calculated factory overhead, selling, general, and administrative (SG&amp;A) expenses, and profit based on the experience of an Indonesian producer of identical merchandise.
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Normal Value Based on Constructed Value</HD>
                <P>
                    As noted above for Cambodia, Malaysia, and Thailand, the petitioner stated that it was unable to obtain home market or third-country prices for solar cells to use as a basis for NV. Therefore, for Cambodia, Malaysia, and Thailand, the petitioner calculated NV based on CV.
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Country-Specific AD Initiation Checklists.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 773(e) of the Act, the petitioner calculated CV as the sum of the cost of manufacturing, SG&amp;A expenses, financial expenses, and profit.
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For Cambodia, Malaysia, and Thailand, in calculating the cost of manufacturing, the petitioner relied on the production experience and input consumption rates of a U.S. producer of solar cells, valued using publicly available information applicable to the respective countries, where applicable.
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In calculating SG&amp;A expenses, financial expenses, and profit ratios, the petitioner relied on the fiscal year 2022-2023 financial statements of producers of identical merchandise domiciled in Malaysia, and Thailand.
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For Cambodia, the petitioner was not able to find financial statements from a producer of identical or comparable merchandise in Cambodia and used a 2023 audited financial statements from a Thai producer of integrated circuits, microelectronics circuit boards.
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Cambodia AD Initiation Checklist.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Fair Value Comparisons</HD>
                <P>
                    Based on the data provided by the petitioner, there is reason to believe that imports of solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at LTFV. Based on comparisons of EP to NV in accordance with sections 772 and 773 of the Act, the estimated dumping margins for solar cells for each of the countries covered by this initiation are as follows: (1) Cambodia -125.37 percent; (2) Malaysia -81.22 percent; (3) Thailand—70.36 percent; and (4) Vietnam—271.28 percent.
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Country-Specific AD Initiation Checklists.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Initiation of LTFV Investigations</HD>
                <P>
                    Based upon the examination of the Petitions and supplemental responses, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43813"/>
                    we find that they meet the requirements of section 732 of the Act. Therefore, we are initiating LTFV investigations to determine whether imports of solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at LTFV. In accordance with section 733(b)(1)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(b)(1), unless postponed, we will make our preliminary determinations no later than 140 days after the date of these initiations.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Respondent Selection</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Cambodia</HD>
                <P>
                    In the Petitions, the petitioner identified 14 companies in Cambodia as producers or exporters of solar cells.
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In the event Commerce determines that the number of companies is large, and it cannot individually examine each company based upon Commerce's resources, where appropriate, Commerce intends to select mandatory respondents based on quantity and value (Q&amp;V) questionnaires issued to potential respondents. Following standard practice in AD investigations involving market economy countries, Commerce would normally select respondents based on U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) entry data for imports under the appropriate Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) subheadings listed in the “Scope of the Investigations” in the Appendix. However, for these investigations, due to Commerce's determination that imports from Cambodia of solar cells are circumventing the AD order on solar cells from China,
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     we cannot rely on CBP data in selecting respondents, and instead, we will rely on shipment data gathered by issuing Q&amp;V questionnaires.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (page 23 and Exhibit I-23); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         General Issues Errata at 2 and Exhibit I-23; First General Issues Supplement at 1 and Exhibit I-Supp-1; and Second General Issues Supplement at 1 and Exhibit I-Supp2-2.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Orders on Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from the People's Republic of China: Final Scope Determination and Final Affirmative Determinations of Circumvention With Respect to Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam,</E>
                         88 FR 57419 (August 23, 2023) (Final Circumvention Determination).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Commerce will issue Q&amp;V questionnaires to all Cambodian companies identified in the Petition with complete address information. Commerce will also post the Q&amp;V questionnaires along with filing instructions on Commerce's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.trade.gov/ec-adcvd-case-announcements.</E>
                     Exporters/producers of solar cells from Cambodia that do not receive Q&amp;V questionnaires may still submit a response to the Q&amp;V questionnaire and can obtain a copy of the Q&amp;V questionnaire from Commerce's website. Responses to the Q&amp;V questionnaire must be submitted by the relevant Cambodian producers/exporters no later than 5:00 p.m. on May 28, 2024, which is two weeks from the signature date of this notice. An electronically filed document must be received successfully, in its entirety, by ACCESS no later than 5:00 p.m. ET on the deadline noted above. Commerce intends to finalize its decision regarding respondent selection within 20 days of publication of this notice.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Malaysia and Thailand</HD>
                <P>
                    In the Petitions, the petitioner identified 27 companies in Malaysia and 23 companies in Thailand as producers or exporters of solar cells.
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In the event Commerce determines that the number of companies is large, and it cannot individually examine each company based upon Commerce's resources, where appropriate, Commerce intends to select mandatory respondents based on Q&amp;V questionnaires issued to potential respondents. Following standard practice in AD investigations involving market economy countries, Commerce would normally select respondents based on CBP entry data for imports under the appropriate HTSUS subheadings listed in the “Scope of the Investigations” in the Appendix. However, for these investigations, due to Commerce's determination that imports from Malaysia and Thailand of solar cells are circumventing the AD order on solar cells from China,
                    <SU>54</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     we cannot rely on CBP data in selecting respondents, and instead, we will rely on shipment data gathered by issuing Q&amp;V questionnaires.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (page 23 and Exhibit I-23); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         Errata to General Issues Supplement at 2 and Exhibit I-23; First General Issues Supplement at 1 and Exhibit I-Supp-1; and Second General Issues Supplement at 1 and Exhibit I-Supp2-2.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>54</SU>
                         See Final Circumvention Determination.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Notwithstanding the decision to rely on Q&amp;V questionnaires for respondent selection for Malaysia and Thailand, due to the large number of producers and/or exporters identified in the Petitions, Commerce has determined to limit the number of Q&amp;V questionnaires that it will issue to producers and/or exporters based on CBP data for entries of solar cells under the appropriate HTSUS subheadings listed in the “Scope of the Investigations,” in the appendix. Accordingly, for Malaysia and Thailand, Commerce will send Q&amp;V questionnaires to the largest producers and/or exporters that are identified in the CBP entry data for which there is complete address information on the record.</P>
                <P>
                    Commerce will also post the Q&amp;V questionnaires along with filing instructions on Commerce's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.trade.gov/ec-adcvd-case-announcements.</E>
                     Exporters/producers of solar cells from Malaysia and Thailand that do not receive Q&amp;V questionnaires may still submit a response to the Q&amp;V questionnaire and can obtain a copy of the Q&amp;V questionnaire from Commerce's website. Responses to the Q&amp;V questionnaire must be submitted by the relevant Malaysian or Thai producers/exporters no later than 5:00 p.m. on May 28, 2024, which is two weeks from the signature date of this notice. An electronically filed document must be received successfully, in its entirety, by ACCESS no later than 5:00 p.m. ET on the deadline noted above. Commerce intends to finalize its decision regarding respondent selection within 20 days of publication of this notice.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Vietnam</HD>
                <P>
                    In the Petitions, the petitioner named 50 companies in Vietnam as producers and/or exporters of solar cells.
                    <SU>55</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Our standard practice for respondent selection in AD investigations involving NME countries is to select respondents based on Q&amp;V questionnaires in cases where we have determined that the number of companies is large and it cannot individually examine each company based upon its resources. Therefore, considering the number of producers and/or exporters identified in the Petitions, Commerce will solicit Q&amp;V information that can serve as a basis for selecting exporters for individual examination in the event that Commerce determines that the number is large and decides to limit the number of respondents individually examined pursuant to section 777A(c)(2) of the Act. Because there are 50 Vietnamese producers and/or exporters identified in the Petitions, Commerce has determined that it will issue Q&amp;V questionnaires to the largest producers and/or exporters that are identified in the CBP data for which there is complete address information on the record.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>55</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (page 23 and Exhibit I-23); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         Errata to General Issues Supplement at 2 and Exhibit I-23; First General Issues Supplement at 1 and Exhibit I-Supp-1; and Second General Issues Supplement at 1 and Exhibit I-Supp2-2.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Commerce will also post the Q&amp;V questionnaires along with filing instructions on Commerce's website at 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43814"/>
                    <E T="03">https://www.trade.gov/ec-adcvd-case-announcements.</E>
                     Exporters/producers of solar cells from Vietnam that do not receive Q&amp;V questionnaires may still submit a response to the Q&amp;V questionnaire and can obtain a copy of the Q&amp;V questionnaire from Commerce's website. Responses to the Q&amp;V questionnaire must be submitted by the relevant Vietnamese producers/exporters no later than 5:00 p.m. on May 28, 2024, which is two weeks from the signature date of this notice. An electronically filed document must be received successfully, in its entirety, by ACCESS no later than 5:00 p.m. ET on the deadline noted above. Commerce intends to finalize its decision regarding respondent selection within 20 days of publication of this notice.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(b). As stated above, instructions for filing such applications may be found on Commerce's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.trade.gov/administrative-protective-orders.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Separate Rates</HD>
                <P>
                    In order to obtain separate rate status in an NME investigation, exporters and producers must submit a separate rate application. The specific requirements for submitting a separate rate application in an NME investigation are outlined in detail in the application itself, which is available on Commerce's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/Resources/nme/nme-sep-rate.html.</E>
                     The separate rate application will be due 30 days after publication of this initiation notice. Exporters and producers must file a timely separate rate application if they want to be considered for individual examination. Exporters and producers who submit a separate rate application and have been selected as mandatory respondents will be eligible for consideration for separate rate status only if they respond to all parts of Commerce's AD questionnaire as mandatory respondents. Commerce requires that companies from Vietnam submit a response both to the Q&amp;V questionnaire and to the separate rate application by the respective deadlines to receive consideration for separate rate status. Companies not filing a timely Q&amp;V questionnaire response will not receive separate rate consideration.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Use of Combination Rates</HD>
                <P>Commerce will calculate combination rates for certain respondents that are eligible for a separate rate in an NME investigation. The Separate Rates and Combination Rates Bulletin states:</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>
                        {w}hile continuing the practice of assigning separate rates only to exporters, all separate rates that {Commerce} will now assign in its NME investigation will be specific to those producers that supplied the exporter during the period of investigation. Note, however, that one rate is calculated for the exporter and all of the producers which supplied subject merchandise to it during the period of investigation. This practice applies both to mandatory respondents receiving an individually calculated separate rate as well as the pool of non-investigated firms receiving the {weighted average} of the individually calculated rates. This practice is referred to as the application of “combination rates” because such rates apply to specific combinations of exporters and one or more producers. The cash-deposit rate assigned to an exporter will apply only to merchandise both exported by the firm in question 
                        <E T="03">and</E>
                         produced by a firm that supplied the exporter during the period of investigation.
                        <SU>56</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </FP>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>56</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             Enforcement and Compliance's Policy Bulletin No. 05.1, regarding, “Separate-Rates Practice and Application of Combination Rates in Antidumping Investigation involving NME Countries,” (April 5, 2005) at 6 (emphasis added), available on Commerce's website at 
                            <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/Resources/policy/bull05-1.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                </EXTRACT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Distribution of Copies of the Petitions</HD>
                <P>In accordance with section 732(b)(3)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(f), copies of the public version of the Petitions have been provided to the governments of Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam via ACCESS. To the extent practicable, we will attempt to provide a copy of the public version of the Petitions to each exporter named in the Petitions, as provided under 19 CFR 351.203(c)(2).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">ITC Notification</HD>
                <P>Commerce will notify the ITC of our initiation, as required by section 732(d) of the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Preliminary Determinations by the ITC</HD>
                <P>
                    The ITC will preliminarily determine, within 45 days after the date on which the Petitions were filed, whether there is a reasonable indication that imports of solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, and Thailand, and/or Vietnam are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, a U.S. industry.
                    <SU>57</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     A negative ITC determination for any country will result in the investigation being terminated with respect to that country.
                    <SU>58</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Otherwise, these LTFV investigations will proceed according to statutory and regulatory time limits.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>57</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 733(a) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>58</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Submission of Factual Information</HD>
                <P>
                    Factual information is defined in 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) as: (i) evidence submitted in response to questionnaires; (ii) evidence submitted in support of allegations; (iii) publicly available information to value factors under 19 CFR 351.408(c) or to measure the adequacy of remuneration under 19 CFR 351.511(a)(2); (iv) evidence placed on the record by Commerce; and (v) evidence other than factual information described in (i)-(iv). Section 351.301(b) of Commerce's regulations requires any party, when submitting factual information, to specify under which subsection of 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) the information is being submitted 
                    <SU>59</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and, if the information is submitted to rebut, clarify, or correct factual information already on the record, to provide an explanation identifying the information already on the record that the factual information seeks to rebut, clarify, or correct.
                    <SU>60</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Time limits for the submission of factual information are addressed in 19 CFR 351.301, which provides specific time limits based on the type of factual information being submitted. Interested parties should review the regulations prior to submitting factual information in these investigations.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.301(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>60</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.301(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Particular Market Situation Allegation</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 773(e) of the Act addresses the concept of particular market situation (PMS) for purposes of CV, stating that “if a particular market situation exists such that the cost of materials and fabrication or other processing of any kind does not accurately reflect the cost of production in the ordinary course of trade, the administering authority may use another calculation methodology under this subtitle or any other calculation methodology.” When an interested party submits a PMS allegation pursuant to section 773(e) of the Act (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     a cost-based PMS allegation), Commerce will respond to such a submission consistent with 19 CFR 351.301(c)(2)(v). If Commerce finds that a cost-based PMS exists under section 773(e) of the Act, then it will modify its dumping calculations appropriately.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Neither section 773(e) of the Act, nor 19 CFR 351.301(c)(2)(v), sets a deadline for the submission of cost-based PMS allegations and supporting factual information. However, in order to administer section 773(e) of the Act, Commerce must receive PMS allegations and supporting factual information with enough time to consider the submission. Thus, should an interested party wish to submit a cost-based PMS allegation and supporting new factual information pursuant to section 773(e) of the Act, it must do so no later than 20 days after 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43815"/>
                    submission of a respondent's initial section D questionnaire response.
                </P>
                <P>
                    We note that a PMS allegation filed pursuant to sections 773(a)(1)(B)(ii)(III) or 773(a)(1)(C)(iii) of the Act (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     a sales-based PMS allegation) must be filed within 10 days of submission of a respondent's initial section B questionnaire response, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.301(c)(2)(i) and 19 CFR 351.404(c)(2).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Extensions of Time Limits</HD>
                <P>
                    Parties may request an extension of time limits before the expiration of a time limit established under 19 CFR 351.301, or as otherwise specified by Commerce. In general, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after the expiration of the time limit established under 19 CFR 351.301, or as otherwise specified by Commerce.
                    <SU>61</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For submissions that are due from multiple parties simultaneously, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after 10:00 a.m. ET on the due date. Under certain circumstances, Commerce may elect to specify a different time limit by which extension requests will be considered untimely for submissions which are due from multiple parties simultaneously. In such a case, we will inform parties in a letter or memorandum of the deadline (including a specified time) by which extension requests must be filed to be considered timely. An extension request must be made in a separate, standalone submission; under limited circumstances we will grant untimely filed requests for the extension of time limits, where we determine, based on 19 CFR 351.302, that extraordinary circumstances exist. Parties should review Commerce's regulations concerning the extension of time limits and the 
                    <E T="03">Time Limits Final Rule</E>
                     prior to submitting factual information in these investigations.
                    <SU>62</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>61</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.301; 
                        <E T="03">see also Extension of Time Limits; Final Rule,</E>
                         78 FR 57790 (September 20, 2013) (
                        <E T="03">Time Limits Final Rule</E>
                        ), available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2013-09-20/html/2013-22853.htm.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>62</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.302; 
                        <E T="03">see also, e.g., Time Limits Final Rule.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Certification Requirements</HD>
                <P>
                    Any party submitting factual information in an AD or CVD proceeding must certify to the accuracy and completeness of that information.
                    <SU>63</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Parties must use the certification formats provided in 19 CFR 351.303(g).
                    <SU>64</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce intends to reject factual submissions if the submitting party does not comply with the applicable certification requirements.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>63</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 782(b) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>64</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Certification of Factual Information to Import Administration During Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings,</E>
                         78 FR 42678 (July 17, 2013) (
                        <E T="03">Final Rule</E>
                        ). Additional information regarding the 
                        <E T="03">Final Rule</E>
                         is available at 
                        <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/Resources/filing/index.html.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>
                    Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. Parties wishing to participate in these investigations should ensure that they meet the requirements of 19 CFR 351.103(d) (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     by filing the required letter of appearance). Note that Commerce has amended certain of its requirements pertaining to the service of documents in 19 CFR 351.303(f).
                    <SU>65</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>65</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Administrative Protective Order, Service, and Other Procedures in Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings,</E>
                         88 FR 67069 (September 29, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>This notice is issued and published pursuant to sections 732(c)(2) and 777(i) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.203(c).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Ryan Majerus,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Policy and Negotiations, performing the non-exclusive functions and duties of the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Investigations</HD>
                    <P>The merchandise covered by these investigations is crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells, and modules, laminates, and panels, consisting of crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells, whether or not partially or fully assembled into other products, including, but not limited to, modules, laminates, panels and building integrated materials.</P>
                    <P>These investigations cover crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells of thickness equal to or greater than 20 micrometers, having a p/n junction formed by any means, whether or not the cell has undergone other processing, including, but not limited to, cleaning, etching, coating, and/or addition of materials (including, but not limited to, metallization and conductor patterns) to collect and forward the electricity that is generated by the cell.</P>
                    <P>Merchandise under consideration may be described at the time of importation as parts for final finished products that are assembled after importation, including, but not limited to, modules, laminates, panels, building-integrated modules, building-integrated panels, or other finished goods kits. Such parts that otherwise meet the definition of merchandise under consideration are included in the scope of the investigations.</P>
                    <P>Excluded from the scope of the investigations are thin film photovoltaic products produced from amorphous silicon (a-Si), cadmium telluride (CdTe), or copper indium gallium selenide (CIGS).</P>
                    <P>Also excluded from the scope of the investigations are crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells, not exceeding 10,000 mm2 in surface area, that are permanently integrated into a consumer good whose function is other than power generation and that consumes the electricity generated by the integrated crystalline silicon photovoltaic cell. Where more than one cell is permanently integrated into a consumer good, the surface area for purposes of this exclusion shall be the total combined surface area of all cells that are integrated into the consumer good.</P>
                    <P>Additionally, excluded from the scope of the investigations are panels with surface area from 3,450 mm2 to 33,782 mm2 with one black wire and one red wire (each of type 22 AWG or 24 AWG not more than 206 mm in length when measured from panel extrusion), and not exceeding 2.9 volts, 1.1 amps, and 3.19 watts. For the purposes of this exclusion, no panel shall contain an internal battery or external computer peripheral ports.</P>
                    <P>Also excluded from the scope of the investigations are:</P>
                    <P>(1) Off grid CSPV panels in rigid form with a glass cover, with the following characteristics: (A) a total power output of 100 watts or less per panel; (B) a maximum surface area of 8,000 cm2 per panel; (C) do not include a built-in inverter; (D) must include a permanently connected wire that terminates in either an 8 mm male barrel connector, or a two-port rectangular connector with two pins in square housings of different colors; (E) must include visible parallel grid collector metallic wire lines every 1-4 millimeters across each solar cell; and (F) must be in individual retail packaging (for purposes of this provision, retail packaging typically includes graphics, the product name, its description and/or features, and foam for transport); and</P>
                    <P>(2) Off grid CSPV panels without a glass cover, with the following characteristics: (A) a total power output of 100 watts or less per panel; (B) a maximum surface area of 8,000 cm2 per panel; (C) do not include a built-in inverter; (D) must include visible parallel grid collector metallic wire lines every 1-4 millimeters across each solar cell; and (E) each panel is (1) permanently integrated into a consumer good; (2) encased in a laminated material without stitching, or (3) has all of the following characteristics: (i) the panel is encased in sewn fabric with visible stitching, (ii) includes a mesh zippered storage pocket, and (iii) includes a permanently attached wire that terminates in a female USB-A connector.</P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, the following CSPV panels are excluded from the scope of the investigations: off-grid CSPV panels in rigid form with a glass cover, with each of the following physical characteristics, whether or not assembled into a fully completed off-grid hydropanel whose function is conversion of water vapor into liquid water: (A) a total power output of no more than 80 watts per panel; (B) a surface area of less than 5,000 square centimeters (cm2) per panel; (C) do not include a built-in inverter; (D) do not have a frame around the edges of the panel; (E) include a clear glass back panel; and (F) 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43816"/>
                        must include a permanently connected wire that terminates in a twoport rectangular connector.
                    </P>
                    <P>Additionally excluded from the scope of these investigations are off-grid small portable crystalline silicon photovoltaic panels, with or without a glass cover, with the following characteristics: (1) a total power output of 200 watts or less per panel; (2) a maximum surface area of 16,000 cm2 per panel; (3) no built-in inverter; (4) an integrated handle or a handle attached to the package for ease of carry; (5) one or more integrated kickstands for easy installation or angle adjustment; and (6) a wire of not less than 3 meters either permanently connected or attached to the package that terminates in an 8 mm diameter male barrel connector.</P>
                    <P>Also excluded from the scope of these investigations are off-grid crystalline silicon photovoltaic panels in rigid form with a glass cover, with each of the following physical characteristics, whether or not assembled into a fully completed off-grid hydropanel whose function is conversion of water vapor into liquid water: (A) a total power output of no more than 180 watts per panel at 155 degrees Celsius; (B) a surface area of less than 16,000 square centimeters (cm2) per panel; (C) include a keep-out area of approximately 1,200 cm2 around the edges of the panel that does not contain solar cells; (D) do not include a built-in inverter; (E) do not have a frame around the edges of the panel; (F) include a clear glass back panel; (G) must include a permanently connected wire that terminates in a two-port rounded rectangular, sealed connector; (H) include a thermistor installed into the permanently connected wire before the twoport connector; and (I) include exposed positive and negative terminals at opposite ends of the panel, not enclosed in a junction box.</P>
                    <P>Modules, laminates, and panels produced in a third-country from cells produced in a subject country are covered by the investigations; however, modules, laminates, and panels produced in a subject country from cells produced in a third-country are not covered by the investigations.</P>
                    <P>
                        Also excluded from the scope of these investigations are all products covered by the scope of the antidumping and countervailing duty orders on 
                        <E T="03">Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from the People's Republic of China: Amended Final Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value, and Antidumping Duty Order,</E>
                         77 FR 73018 (December 7, 2012); and 
                        <E T="03">Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from the People's Republic of China: Countervailing Duty Order,</E>
                         77 FR 73017 (December 7, 2012).
                    </P>
                    <P>Merchandise covered by the investigations is currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff System of the United States (HTSUS) under subheadings 8541.42.0010 and 8541.43.0010. Imports of the subject merchandise may enter under HTSUS subheadings 8501.71.0000, 8501.72.1000, 8501.72.2000, 8501.72.3000, 8501.72.9000, 8501.80.1000, 8501.80.2000, 8501.80.3000, 8501.80.9000, 8507.20.8010, 8507.20.8031, 8507.20.8041, 8507.20.8061, and 8507.20.8091. These HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes; the written description of the scope of the investigations is dispositive.</P>
                </EXTRACT>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11031 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[C-555-004, C-557-831, C-549-852, C-552-842]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled Into Modules, From Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Initiation of Countervailing Duty Investigations</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable May 14, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Dusten Horn or Garry Kasparov (Cambodia), Preston Cox or Scarlet Jaldin (Malaysia), Shane Subler or Henry Wolfe (Thailand), and Frank Schmitt (the Socialist Republic of Vietnam (Vietnam)), AD/CVD Operations, Offices I, VI, and VIII, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-5075, (202) 482-1397, (202) 482-5041, (202) 482-4275, (202) 482-2000, (202) 482-0574, and (202) 482-4880, respectively.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P> </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Petitions</HD>
                <P>
                    On April 24, 2024, the U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) received countervailing duty (CVD) petitions concerning imports of crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells, whether or not assembled into modules (solar cells), from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam filed in proper form on behalf of The American Alliance for Solar Manufacturing Trade Committee (the petitioner or Committee).
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On May 9, 2024, the petitioner filed an amendment to the Petitions, clarifying the identity of the members of the Committee.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The CVD petitions were accompanied by antidumping duty (AD) petitions concerning imports of solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner' Letters, “Petitions for the Imposition of Antidumping and Countervailing Duties,” dated April 24, 2024 (the Petitions); and “Errata to General Issues Volume I of Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petitions,” dated April 26, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner's Letter, “Amendment to Petitions for the Imposition of Antidumping and Countervailing Duties,” dated May 9, 2024 (Petition Amendment). The petitioner clarifies that the members of the Committee are: First Solar, Inc.; Hanwha Q CELLS USA, Inc.; and Mission Solar Energy LLC. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition Amendment at 1.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Between April 26 and May 13, 2024, Commerce requested supplemental information pertaining to certain aspects of the Petitions.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Between April 30 and May 13, 2024, the petitioner filed timely responses to these requests for additional information.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Commerce's Letters, “Supplemental Questions,” dated April 26, 2024; “Petition for the Imposition of Countervailing Duties on Imports of Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from the Kingdom of Cambodia: Supplemental Questions,” dated April 30, 2024; “Petition for the Imposition of Countervailing Duties on Imports of Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from Malaysia: Supplemental Questions,” dated April 30, 2024; “Petition for the Imposition of Countervailing Duties on Imports of Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from Thailand: Supplemental Questions,” dated April 30, 2024; and “Petition for the Imposition of Countervailing Duties on Imports of Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Supplemental Questions,” dated April 30, 2024, 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         Memoranda, “Phone Call with Counsel to the Petitioner,” dated May 3, 2024 (May 3, 2024, Memorandum); and “Phone Call with Counsel to the Petitioner,” dated May 13, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner's Letters, “Petitioner's Responses to First Supplemental Questionnaire Regarding General Injury Vol. I of the Petition,” dated April 30, 2024 (First General Issues Supplement); “Petitioner's Response to First Supplemental Questionnaire Regarding Cambodia Countervailing Duty Volume VI of the Petition,” dated May 1, 2024; “Petitioner's Response to First Supplemental Questionnaire Regarding Malaysia Countervailing Duty Volume VII of the Petition,” dated May 2, 2024; “Petitioner's Responses to Frist Supplemental Questionnaire Regarding Thailand Countervailing Duty Volume VIII of the Petition,” dated May 3, 2024; “Petitioner's Responses to First Supplemental Questionnaire Regarding Vietnam Countervailing Duty Volume IX of the Petition,” dated May 3, 2024; “Petitioner's Response to Second Supplemental Questionnaire Regarding Cambodia Countervailing Duty Volume VI of the Petition,” dated May 6; “Petitioner's Additional Responses to First Supplemental Questionnaire Regarding Malaysia Countervailing Duty Volume VII of the Petition,” dated May 6, 2024; “Petitioner's Additional Responses to First Supplemental Questionnaire Regarding Thailand Countervailing Duty Volume VIII of the Petition,” dated May 6, 2024; “Petitioner's Additional Responses to the Supplemental Questionnaire Regarding Vietnam Countervailing Duty Volume IX of the Petition,” dated May 6, 2024; “Petitioner's Responses to Supplemental Questionnaire Phone Call Regarding General Injury Vol. I of the Petition,” dated May 7, 2024 (Second General Issues Supplement); and “Petitioner's Response to the Third Supplemental Questionnaire Regarding General Injury Vol. I of the Petition,” dated May 13, 2024 (Third General Issues Supplement).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In accordance with section 702(b)(1) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), the petitioner alleges that the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43817"/>
                    Government of Cambodia (GOC), the Government of Malaysia (GOM), the Government of Thailand (GOT), and the Government of Vietnam (GOV) (collectively, Governments) are providing countervailable subsidies, within the meaning of sections 701 and 771(5) of the Act, to producers of solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam, and that such imports are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, the domestic industry producing solar cells in the United States. Consistent with section 702(b)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(b), for those alleged programs on which we are initiating CVD investigations, the Petitions were accompanied by information reasonably available to the petitioner supporting its allegations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Commerce finds that the petitioner filed the Petitions on behalf of the domestic industry because the petitioner is an interested party as defined in section 771(9)(F) of the Act.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce also finds that the petitioner demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the initiation of the requested CVD investigations.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         The majority of the members of the Committee are interested parties under section 771(9)(C) of the Act; thus, the Committee qualifies as an interested party under section 771(9)(F) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section on “Determination of Industry Support for the Petitions,” 
                        <E T="03">infra.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Periods of Investigation</HD>
                <P>
                    Because the Petitions were filed on April 24, 2024, the periods of investigation for the Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam CVD investigations are January 1, 2023, through December 31, 2023.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.204(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Investigations</HD>
                <P>
                    The merchandise covered by these investigations are solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam. For a full description of the scope of these investigations, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the appendix to this notice.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments on the Scope of the Investigations</HD>
                <P>
                    On May 3, 2024, Commerce requested information and clarification from the petitioner regarding the proposed scope to ensure that the scope language in the Petitions is an accurate reflection of the products for which the domestic industry is seeking relief.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On May 7, 2024, the petitioner provided clarifications and revised the scope.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The description of merchandise covered by these investigations, as described in the appendix to this notice, reflects these revisions.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         May 3, 2024, Memorandum.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Second General Issues Supplement at 2-6.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As discussed in the 
                    <E T="03">Preamble</E>
                     to Commerce's regulations, we are setting aside a period for interested parties to raise issues regarding product coverage (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     scope).
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce will consider all comments received from interested parties and, if necessary, will consult with interested parties prior to the issuance of the preliminary determinations. If scope comments include factual information, all such factual information should be limited to public information.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     To facilitate preparation of its questionnaires, Commerce requests that scope comments be submitted by 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time (ET) on June 3, 2024, which is 20 calendar days from the signature date of this notice.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any rebuttal comments, which may include factual information, must be filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on June 13, 2024, which is 10 calendar days from the initial comment deadline.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping Duties; Countervailing Duties; Final Rule,</E>
                         62 FR 27296, 27323 (May 19, 1997) (
                        <E T="03">Preamble</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) (defining “factual information”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.303(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Commerce requests that any factual information that parties consider relevant to the scope of the investigations be submitted during that time period. However, if a party subsequently finds that additional factual information pertaining to the scope of the investigations may be relevant, the party must contact Commerce and request permission to submit the additional information. All scope comments must be filed simultaneously on the records of the concurrent AD and CVD investigations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Filing Requirements</HD>
                <P>
                    All submissions to Commerce must be filed electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping Duty and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS), unless an exception applies.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     An electronically filed document must be received successfully in its entirety by the time and date it is due.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Electronic Filing Procedures; Administrative Protective Order Procedures,</E>
                         76 FR 39263 (July 6, 2011); 
                        <E T="03">see also Enforcement and Compliance; Change of Electronic Filing System Name,</E>
                         79 FR 69046 (November 20, 2014), for details of Commerce's electronic filing requirements, effective August 5, 2011. Information on using ACCESS can be found at 
                        <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/help.aspx</E>
                         and a handbook can be found at 
                        <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/help/Handbook_on_Electronic_Filing_Procedures.pdf</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Consultations</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to sections 702(b)(4)(A)(i) and (ii) of the Act, Commerce notified the Governments of the receipt of the Petitions and provided an opportunity for consultations with respect to the Petitions.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce held consultations with the GOC on May 7, 2024,
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the GOV on May 7, 2024,
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the GOM on May 8, 2024,
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the GOT on May 8, 2024.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Commerce's Letters, “Invitation for Consultation to Discuss the Countervailing Duty Petition on Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules from Malaysia,” dated April 25, 2024; “Invitation for Consultation to Discuss the Countervailing Duty Petition on Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules from the Socialist Republic of Vietnam,” dated April 25, 2024; “Countervailing Duty Petition on Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules from the Kingdom of Cambodia: Invitation for Consultations to Discuss the Countervailing Duty Petition,” dated April 26, 2024; and “Invitation for Consultation to Discuss the Countervailing Duty Petition on Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from the Kingdom of Thailand,” dated April 26, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Consultations with the Government of Cambodia,” dated May 7, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Consultations with officials from the Government of the Socialist Republic of Vietnam,” dated May 7, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Consultations with Officials from the Government of Malaysia” dated May 9, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Consultations with Officials from the Royal Thai Government,” dated May 10, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Additionally, given the nature of certain subsidy programs alleged in the Petitions, on May 7, 2024, Commerce issued a letter to the Government of the People's Republic of China (China), providing the Government of China with the opportunity to meet with Commerce officials.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In response to that letter, Commerce forwarded the letter to officials at the Chinese Embassy in Washington, DC. 
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On May 13, 2024, at the request of the Government of China, Commerce met with officials from China's Ministry of Commerce.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Commerce's Letter, “Countervailing Duty Petitions on Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam (Vietnam),” dated May 7, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Letter to the Government of the People's Republic of China,” dated May 13, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Meeting with the People's Republic of China—Ministry of Commerce,” dated May 13, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Determination of Industry Support for the Petitions</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 702(b)(1) of the Act requires that a petition be filed on behalf of the domestic industry. Section 702(c)(4)(A) of the Act provides that a petition meets this requirement if the domestic 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43818"/>
                    producers or workers who support the petition account for: (i) at least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product; and (ii) more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the petition. Moreover, section 702(c)(4)(D) of the Act provides that, if the petition does not establish support of domestic producers or workers accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product, Commerce shall: (i) poll the industry or rely on other information in order to determine if there is support for the petition, as required by subparagraph (A); or (ii) determine industry support using a statistically valid sampling method to poll the “industry.”
                </P>
                <P>
                    Section 771(4)(A) of the Act defines the “industry” as the producers as a whole of a domestic like product. Thus, to determine whether a petition has the requisite industry support, the statute directs Commerce to look to producers and workers who produce the domestic like product. The U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC), which is responsible for determining whether “the domestic industry” has been injured, must also determine what constitutes a domestic like product in order to define the industry. While both Commerce and the ITC apply the same statutory definition regarding the domestic like product,
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     they do so for different purposes and pursuant to a separate and distinct authority. In addition, Commerce's determination is subject to limitations of time and information. Although this may result in different definitions of the like product, such differences do not render the decision of either agency contrary to law.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 771(10) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See USEC, Inc.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         132 F. Supp. 2d 1, 8 (CIT 2001) (citing 
                        <E T="03">Algoma Steel Corp., Ltd.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         688 F. Supp. 639, 644 (CIT 1988), 
                        <E T="03">aff'd Algoma Steel Corp., Ltd.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         865 F.2d 240 (Fed. Cir. 1989)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Section 771(10) of the Act defines the domestic like product as “a product which is like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the article subject to an investigation under this title.” Thus, the reference point from which the domestic like product analysis begins is “the article subject to an investigation” (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the class or kind of merchandise to be investigated, which normally will be the scope as defined in the petition).
                </P>
                <P>
                    With regard to the domestic like product, the petitioner does not offer a definition of the domestic like product distinct from the scope of the investigations.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Based on our analysis of the information submitted on the record, we have determined that solar cells, as defined in the scope, constitute a single domestic like product, and we have analyzed industry support in terms of that domestic like product.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 27-31); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         Petitioner's Letter, “Response to Comments on Standing and Industry Support,” dated May 9, 2024 (Petitioner Response), at 7-12 and Exhibit 2.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         For a discussion of the domestic like product analysis as applied to these cases and information regarding industry support, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Checklists, “Countervailing Duty Investigation Initiation Checklists: Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam,” dated concurrently with, and hereby adopted by, this notice (Country-Specific CVD Initiation Checklists), at Attachment II, Analysis of Industry Support for the Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petitions Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and the Socialist Republic of Vietnam (Attachment II). These checklists are on file electronically via ACCESS.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In determining whether the petitioner has standing under section 702(c)(4)(A) of the Act, we considered the industry support data contained in the Petitions with reference to the domestic like product as defined in the “Scope of the Investigations,” in the appendix to this notice. To establish industry support, the petitioner provided the 2023 production of the domestic like product for the U.S. producers that support the Petitions.
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The petitioner estimated the production of the domestic like product for the entire domestic industry based on the production data from the ITC's 2024 report from its second monitoring proceeding of the safeguard measures on solar cells and made certain adjustments to these data to estimate total U.S. production of the domestic like product in 2023.
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The petitioner compared the production of the supporters of the Petitions to the estimated total 2023 production of the domestic like product for the entire domestic industry.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     We have relied on the data provided by the petitioner for purposes of measuring industry support.
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 9-11 and Exhibits I-3 and I-19); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 3 and Exhibit I-Supp-5; and Petitioner Response at 16-17 and Exhibits 8-9.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 9-11 and Exhibit I-19); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 1-4 and Exhibits I-Supp-2 through I-Supp-5; and Petitioner Response at 16-17 and Exhibits 9-10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 9-11 and Exhibits I-3 and I-19); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 1-4 and Exhibits I-Supp-2 through I-Supp-5; and Petitioner Response at 16-17 and Exhibits 8-10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 8-11 and Exhibits I-1, I-2, and I-19); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 1-4 and Exhibits I-Supp-2 through I-Supp-5; Third General Issues Supplement; and Petitioner Response at 16-17 and Exhibits 8-10. For further discussion, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Attachment II of the Country-Specific CVD Initiation Checklists.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    On May 3, 2024, we received timely filed comments on industry support from NextEra Energy Constructors, LLC (NextEra), a U.S. importer of solar cells.
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On May 7, 2024, we received timely filed comments on industry support from Illuminate USA LLC (Illuminate), a U.S. producer of the domestic like product.
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On May 7, 2024, we also received timely filed comments on industry support from Canadian Solar US Module Manufacturing Corporation, Canadian Solar International Limited, and Canadian Solar Manufacturing (Thailand) Co., Ltd. (collectively, Canadian Solar), a U.S. producer of the domestic like product and foreign producer and exporter of solar cells.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On May 9, 2024, the petitioner responded to the comments from NextEra, Illuminate, and Canadian Solar in a timely filed rebuttal submission.
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         NextEra's Letter, “Request to Reject the Petitions or to Poll the Industry,” dated May 3, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Illuminate's Letter, “Challenge to Petitioner's Standing for Domestic Production of Cells and Request to Poll the Domestic Industry,” dated May 7, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Canadian Solar's Letter, “Request to Exclude Hanwha from Commerce's Industry Support Calculations,” dated May 7, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner Response.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Our review of the data provided in the Petitions, the First General Issues Supplement, the Third General Issues Supplement, the Petitioner Response, and other information readily available to Commerce indicates that the petitioner have established industry support for the Petitions.
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     First, the Petitions established support from domestic producers (or workers) accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product and, as such, Commerce is not required to take further action to evaluate industry support (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     polling).
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Second, the domestic producers (or workers) have met the statutory criteria for industry support under section 702(c)(4)(A)(i) of the Act because the domestic producers (or workers) who support the Petitions account for at least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product.
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Finally, the domestic producers (or workers) have met the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43819"/>
                    statutory criteria for industry support under section 702(c)(4)(A)(ii) of the Act because the domestic producers (or workers) who support the Petitions account for more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the Petitions.
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Accordingly, Commerce determines that the Petitions were filed on behalf of the domestic industry within the meaning of section 702(b)(1) of the Act.
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 2-3 and Exhibits I-3 and I-4); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         General Issues Supplement at 4-5 and Attachment 2. For further discussion, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Attachment II of the Country-Specific CVD Initiation Checklists.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Attachment II of the Country-Specific CVD Initiation Checklists; 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         section 702(c)(4)(D) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Attachment II of the Country-Specific CVD Initiation Checklists.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Injury Test</HD>
                <P>Because Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam are “Subsidies Agreement Countries” within the meaning of section 701(b) of the Act, section 701(a)(2) of the Act applies to these investigations. Accordingly, the ITC must determine whether imports of the subject merchandise from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and/or Vietnam materially injure, or threaten material injury to, a U.S. industry.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Allegations and Evidence of Material Injury and Causation</HD>
                <P>
                    The petitioner alleges that imports of the subject merchandise are benefiting from countervailable subsidies and that such imports are causing, or threaten to cause, material injury to the U.S. industry producing the domestic like product. In addition, the petitioner alleges that subject imports from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam individually exceed the negligibility threshold provided for under section 771(24)(A) of the Act.
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 40-41 and Exhibit I-32).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The petitioner contends that the industry's injured condition is illustrated by the significant and increasing volume of subject imports; the increase in subject imports' market share; lost sales and revenues; underselling and price depression and/or suppression; and the negative impact on capacity utilization, employment, planned expansions and new facilities, and financial performance.
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     We assessed the allegations and supporting evidence regarding material injury, threat of material injury, causation, cumulation, as well as negligibility, and we have determined that these allegations are properly supported by adequate evidence and meet the statutory requirements for initiation.
                    <SU>42</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (pages 3-8, 26-27, 32-59 and Exhibits I-4 through I-18, I-25, and through I-53); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 4 and Exhibit I-Supp-6.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Country-Specific CVD Initiation Checklists at Attachment III, Analysis of Allegations and Evidence of Material Injury and Causation for the Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petitions Covering Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Initiation of CVD Investigations</HD>
                <P>Based upon the examination of the Petitions and supplemental responses, we find that they meet the requirements of section 702 of the Act. Therefore, we are initiating CVD investigations to determine whether imports of solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam benefit from countervailable subsidies conferred by the GOC, GOM, GOT, and the GOV, respectively. In accordance with section 703(b)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(b)(1), unless postponed, we will make our preliminary determinations no later than 65 days after the date of these initiations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Cambodia</HD>
                <P>
                    Based on our review of the Petitions, we find that there is sufficient information to initiate a CVD investigation on 13 of the 16 programs alleged by the petitioner. For a full discussion of the basis for our decision to initiate on each program, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the Cambodia CVD Initiation Checklist. A public version of the initiation checklist for this investigation is available on ACCESS.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Malaysia</HD>
                <P>
                    Based on our review of the Petitions, we find that there is sufficient information to initiate a CVD investigation on 18 of the 19 programs alleged by the petitioner. For a full discussion of the basis for our decision to initiate on each program, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the Malaysia CVD Initiation Checklist. A public version of the initiation checklist for this investigation is available on ACCESS.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Thailand</HD>
                <P>
                    Based on our review of the Petitions, we find that there is sufficient information to initiate a CVD investigation on 19 of the 20 programs alleged by the petitioner. For a full discussion of the basis for our decision to initiate on each program, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the Thailand CVD Initiation Checklist. A public version of the initiation checklist for this investigation is available on ACCESS.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Vietnam</HD>
                <P>
                    Based on our review of the Petitions, we find that there is sufficient information to initiate a CVD investigation on 31 of the 32 of the programs alleged by the petitioner. For a full discussion of the basis for our decision to initiate on each program, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the Vietnam CVD Initiation Checklist. A public version of the initiation checklist for this investigation is available on ACCESS.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Respondent Selection</HD>
                <P>
                    In the Petitions, the petitioner identified 14 companies in Cambodia, 27 companies in Malaysia, 23 companies in Thailand, and 50 companies in Vietnam as producers or exporters of solar cells.
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce intends to follow its standard practice in CVD investigations and calculate company-specific subsidy rates in these investigations. In the event that Commerce determines that the number of known producers/exporters is large, and it cannot individually examine each company based upon Commerce's resources, Commerce intends to select mandatory respondents based on quantity and value (Q&amp;V) questionnaires issued to the potential respondents. Commerce normally selects mandatory respondents in CVD investigations using U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) entry data for U.S. imports under the appropriate Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) subheadings listed in the “Scope of the Investigations” in the appendix. However, for these investigations, due to Commerce's determination that imports of solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam are circumventing the CVD order on solar cells from the People's Republic of China,
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     we plan to use CBP data only to identify the largest producers/exporters, and we will further refine that data to increase accuracy by issuing Q&amp;V questionnaires to the largest producer/exporters accounting for the largest volume of exports and select respondents for individual examination based on by issuing Q&amp;V questionnaires.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitions at Volume I (page 23 and Exhibit I-23); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         April 30, 2024, Questionnaire Response at Exhibit 1-Supp-1; and May 7, 2024, Questionnaire Response at Exhibit-I-Supp2-2.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Orders on Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled Into Modules, from the People's Republic of China: Final Scope Determination and Final Affirmative Determinations of Circumvention With Respect to Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam,</E>
                         88 FR 57419 (August 23, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Due to the large number of producers and/or exporters identified in each country, Commerce has determined to limit the number of Q&amp;V questionnaires 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43820"/>
                    that it will issue to exporters and producers based on CBP data for entries of solar cells under the appropriate HTSUS subheadings listed in the “Scope of the Investigations,” in the appendix. Accordingly, for Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam, Commerce will send Q&amp;V questionnaires to the largest producers and/or exporters that are identified in the CBP entry data for which there is complete address information on the record.
                </P>
                <P>With respect to Cambodia, Commerce intends to send Q&amp;V questionnaires to all producers and/or exporters that are identified in the Petitions for which there is complete address information on the record.</P>
                <P>
                    Commerce will also post the Q&amp;V questionnaires along with filing instructions on Commerce's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.trade.gov/ec-adcvd-case-announcements.</E>
                     Exporters/producers of solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and Vietnam that do not receive Q&amp;V questionnaires may still submit a response to the Q&amp;V questionnaire and can obtain a copy of the Q&amp;V questionnaire from Commerce's website. Responses to the Q&amp;V questionnaire must be submitted by the relevant producers/exporters no later than 5:00 p.m. on May 28, 2024, which is two weeks from the signature date of this notice. An electronically filed document must be received successfully, in its entirety, by ACCESS no later than 5:00 p.m. ET on the deadline noted above. Commerce intends to finalize its decision regarding respondent selection within 20 days of publication of this notice.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Distribution of Copies of the Petitions</HD>
                <P>In accordance with section 702(b)(4)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(f), a copy of the public version of the Petitions has been provided to the GOC, GOM, GOT, and GOV via ACCESS. To the extent practicable, we will attempt to provide a copy of the public version of the Petitions to each exporter named in the Petitions, as provided under 19 CFR 351.203(c)(2).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">ITC Notification</HD>
                <P>Commerce will notify the ITC of its initiation, as required by section 702(d) of the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Preliminary Determination by the ITC</HD>
                <P>
                    The ITC will preliminarily determine, within 45 days after the date on which the Petitions were filed, whether there is a reasonable indication that imports of solar cells from Cambodia, Malaysia, Thailand, and/or Vietnam are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, a U.S. industry.
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     A negative ITC determination for any country will result in the investigation being terminated with respect to that country.
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Otherwise, these CVD investigations will proceed according to statutory and regulatory time limits.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 703(a)(1) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Submission of Factual Information</HD>
                <P>
                    Factual information is defined in 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) as: (i) evidence submitted in response to questionnaires; (ii) evidence submitted in support of allegations; (iii) publicly available information to value factors of production under 19 CFR 351.408(c) or to measure the adequacy of remuneration under 19 CFR 351.511(a)(2); (iv) evidence placed on the record by Commerce; and (v) evidence other than factual information described in (i)-(iv). Section 351.301(b) of Commerce's regulations requires any party, when submitting factual information, to specify under which subsection of 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) the information is being submitted 
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and, if the information is submitted to rebut, clarify, or correct factual information already on the record, to provide an explanation identifying the information already on the record that the factual information seeks to rebut, clarify, or correct.
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Time limits for the submission of factual information are addressed in 19 CFR 351.301, which provides specific time limits based on the type of factual information being submitted. Interested parties should review the regulations prior to submitting factual information in these investigations.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.301(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.301(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Extensions of Time Limits</HD>
                <P>
                    Parties may request an extension of time limits before the expiration of a time limit established under 19 CFR 351.301, or as otherwise specified by Commerce. In general, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after the expiration of the time limit established under 19 CFR 351.301, or as otherwise specified by Commerce.
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For submissions that are due from multiple parties simultaneously, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after 10:00 a.m. ET on the due date. Under certain circumstances, Commerce may elect to specify a different time limit by which extension requests will be considered untimely for submissions which are due from multiple parties simultaneously. In such a case, we will inform parties in a letter or memorandum of the deadline (including a specified time) by which extension requests must be filed to be considered timely. An extension request must be made in a separate, standalone submission; under limited circumstances we will grant untimely filed requests for the extension of time limits, where we determine, based on 19 CFR 351.302, that extraordinary circumstances exist. Parties should review Commerce's regulations concerning the extension of time limits and the 
                    <E T="03">Time Limits Final Rule</E>
                     prior to submitting factual information in these investigations.
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.302.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.301; 
                        <E T="03">see also Extension of Time Limits; Final Rule,</E>
                         78 FR 57790 (September 20, 2013) (
                        <E T="03">Time Limits Final Rule</E>
                        ), available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2013-09-20/html/2013-22853.htm.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Certification Requirements</HD>
                <P>
                    Any party submitting factual information in an AD or CVD proceeding must certify to the accuracy and completeness of that information.
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Parties must use the certification formats provided in 19 CFR 351.303(g).
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce intends to reject factual submissions if the submitting party does not comply with the applicable certification requirements.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 782(b) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Certification of Factual Information to Import Administration During Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings,</E>
                         78 FR 42678 (July 17, 2013) (
                        <E T="03">Final Rule</E>
                        ); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         frequently asked questions regarding the 
                        <E T="03">Final Rule,</E>
                         available at 
                        <E T="03">https://enforcement.trade.gov/tlei/notices/factual_info_final_rule_FAQ_07172013.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>
                    Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. Parties wishing to participate in these investigations should ensure that they meet the requirements of 19 CFR 351.103(d) (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     by filing the required letters of appearance). Note that Commerce has amended certain of its requirements pertaining to the service of documents in 19 CFR 351.303(f).
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Administrative Protective Order, Service, and Other Procedures in Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings,</E>
                         88 FR 67069 (September 29, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>This notice is issued and published pursuant to sections 702 and 777(i) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.203(c).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <PRTPAGE P="43821"/>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Ryan Majerus,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Policy and Negotiations, performing the non-exclusive functions and duties of the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Investigations</HD>
                    <P>The merchandise covered by these investigations is crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells, and modules, laminates, and panels, consisting of crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells, whether or not partially or fully assembled into other products, including, but not limited to, modules, laminates, panels and building integrated materials.</P>
                    <P>These investigations cover crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells of thickness equal to or greater than 20 micrometers, having a p/n junction formed by any means, whether or not the cell has undergone other processing, including, but not limited to, cleaning, etching, coating, and/or addition of materials (including, but not limited to, metallization and conductor patterns) to collect and forward the electricity that is generated by the cell.</P>
                    <P>Merchandise under consideration may be described at the time of importation as parts for final finished products that are assembled after importation, including, but not limited to, modules, laminates, panels, building-integrated modules, building-integrated panels, or other finished goods kits. Such parts that otherwise meet the definition of merchandise under consideration are included in the scope of the investigations.</P>
                    <P>Excluded from the scope of the investigations are thin film photovoltaic products produced from amorphous silicon (a-Si), cadmium telluride (CdTe), or copper indium gallium selenide (CIGS).</P>
                    <P>
                        Also excluded from the scope of the investigations are crystalline silicon photovoltaic cells, not exceeding 10,000 mm
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         in surface area, that are permanently integrated into a consumer good whose function is other than power generation and that consumes the electricity generated by the integrated crystalline silicon photovoltaic cell. Where more than one cell is permanently integrated into a consumer good, the surface area for purposes of this exclusion shall be the total combined surface area of all cells that are integrated into the consumer good.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, excluded from the scope of the investigations are panels with surface area from 3,450 mm
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         to 33,782 mm
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         with one black wire and one red wire (each of type 22 AWG or 24 AWG not more than 206 mm in length when measured from panel extrusion), and not exceeding 2.9 volts, 1.1 amps, and 3.19 watts. For the purposes of this exclusion, no panel shall contain an internal battery or external computer peripheral ports.
                    </P>
                    <P>Also excluded from the scope of the investigations are:</P>
                    <P>
                        (1) Off grid CSPV panels in rigid form with a glass cover, with the following characteristics: (A) a total power output of 100 watts or less per panel; (B) a maximum surface area of 8,000 cm
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         per panel; (C) do not include a built-in inverter; (D) must include a permanently connected wire that terminates in either an 8 mm male barrel connector, or a two-port rectangular connector with two pins in square housings of different colors; (E) must include visible parallel grid collector metallic wire lines every 1-4 millimeters across each solar cell; and (F) must be in individual retail packaging (for purposes of this provision, retail packaging typically includes graphics, the product name, its description and/or features, and foam for transport); and
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) Off grid CSPV panels without a glass cover, with the following characteristics: (A) a total power output of 100 watts or less per panel; (B) a maximum surface area of 8,000 cm
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         per panel; (C) do not include a built-in inverter; (D) must include visible parallel grid collector metallic wire lines every 1-4 millimeters across each solar cell; and (E) each panel is (1) permanently integrated into a consumer good; (2) encased in a laminated material without stitching, or (3) has all of the following characteristics: (i) the panel is encased in sewn fabric with visible stitching, (ii) includes a mesh zippered storage pocket, and (iii) includes a permanently attached wire that terminates in a female USB-A connector.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, the following CSPV panels are excluded from the scope of the investigations: off-grid CSPV panels in rigid form with a glass cover, with each of the following physical characteristics, whether or not assembled into a fully completed off-grid hydropanel whose function is conversion of water vapor into liquid water: (A) a total power output of no more than 80 watts per panel; (B) a surface area of less than 5,000 square centimeters (cm
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        ) per panel; (C) do not include a built-in inverter; (D) do not have a frame around the edges of the panel; (E) include a clear glass back panel; and (F) must include a permanently connected wire that terminates in a twoport rectangular connector.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally excluded from the scope of these investigations are off-grid small portable crystalline silicon photovoltaic panels, with or without a glass cover, with the following characteristics: (1) a total power output of 200 watts or less per panel; (2) a maximum surface area of 16,000 cm
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         per panel; (3) no built-in inverter; (4) an integrated handle or a handle attached to the package for ease of carry; (5) one or more integrated kickstands for easy installation or angle adjustment; and (6) a wire of not less than 3 meters either permanently connected or attached to the package that terminates in an 8 mm diameter male barrel connector.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Also excluded from the scope of these investigations are off-grid crystalline silicon photovoltaic panels in rigid form with a glass cover, with each of the following physical characteristics, whether or not assembled into a fully completed off-grid hydropanel whose function is conversion of water vapor into liquid water: (A) a total power output of no more than 180 watts per panel at 155 degrees Celsius; (B) a surface area of less than 16,000 square centimeters (cm
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        ) per panel; (C) include a keep-out area of approximately 1,200 cm
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         around the edges of the panel that does not contain solar cells; (D) do not include a built-in inverter; (E) do not have a frame around the edges of the panel; (F) include a clear glass back panel; (G) must include a permanently connected wire that terminates in a two-port rounded rectangular, sealed connector; (H) include a thermistor installed into the permanently connected wire before the twoport connector; and (I) include exposed positive and negative terminals at opposite ends of the panel, not enclosed in a junction box.
                    </P>
                    <P>Modules, laminates, and panels produced in a third-country from cells produced in a subject country are covered by the investigations; however, modules, laminates, and panels produced in a subject country from cells produced in a third-country are not covered by the investigations.</P>
                    <P>
                        Also excluded from the scope of these investigations are all products covered by the scope of the antidumping and countervailing duty orders on 
                        <E T="03">Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from the People's Republic of China: Amended Final Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value, and Antidumping Duty Order,</E>
                         77 FR 73018 (December 7, 2012); and 
                        <E T="03">Crystalline Silicon Photovoltaic Cells, Whether or Not Assembled into Modules, from the People's Republic of China: Countervailing Duty Order,</E>
                         77FR 7,017 (December 7, 2012).
                    </P>
                    <P>Merchandise covered by the investigations is currently classified in the Harmonized Tariff System of the United States (HTSUS) under subheadings 8541.42.0010 and 8541.43.0010. Imports of the subject merchandise may enter under HTSUS subheadings 8501.71.0000, 8501.72.1000, 8501.72.2000, 8501.72.3000, 8501.72.9000, 8501.80.1000, 8501.80.2000, 8501.80.3000, 8501.80.9000, 8507.20.8010, 8507.20.8031, 8507.20.8041, 8507.20.8061, and 8507.20.8091. These HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes; the written description of the scope of the investigations is dispositive.</P>
                </EXTRACT>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11027 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>International Trade Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[C-570-169]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Certain Alkyl Phosphate Esters from the People's Republic of China: Initiation of Countervailing Duty Investigation</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.</P>
                </AGY>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Applicable May 13, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Benjamin Nathan, AD/CVD Operations, Office II, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-3834.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">
                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                    <PRTPAGE P="43822"/>
                </HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Petition</HD>
                <P>
                    On April 23, 2024, the U.S. Department of Commerce (Commerce) received a countervailing duty (CVD) petition concerning imports of certain alkyl phosphate esters (alkyl phosphate esters) from the People's Republic of China (China) filed in proper form on behalf of ICL-IP America, Inc. (the petitioner).
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The CVD petition was accompanied by an antidumping duty (AD) petition concerning imports of alkyl phosphate esters from China.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner's Letter, “Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petition,” dated April 23, 2024 (the Petition); and “Errata to Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petition,” dated April 24, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Between April 25 and May 2, 2024, Commerce requested supplemental information pertaining to certain aspects of the Petition.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Between April 29 and May 3, 2024, the petitioner filed responses to these requests for additional information.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Commerce's Letters, “Supplemental Questions,” dated April 25, 2024; “Supplemental Questions,” dated April 25, 2024 (General Issues Questionnaire); and “Supplemental Questions,” dated April 29, 2024; 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         Memorandum, “Phone Call with Counsel to Petitioner,” dated May 2, 2024 (May 2 Memorandum).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petitioner's Letters, “Responses to General Issues Questionnaire,” dated April 29, 2024 (First General Issues Supplement); “Responses to Countervailing Duty Petition Supplemental Questionnaire,” dated May 2, 2024; and “Responses to Second Petition Supplemental Questionnaire,” dated May 3, 2024 (Second General Issues Supplement).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>In accordance with section 702(b)(1) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), the petitioner alleges that the Government of China (GOC) is providing countervailable subsidies, within the meaning of sections 701 and 771(5) of the Act, to producers of alkyl phosphate esters from China, and that such imports are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, the domestic industry producing alkyl phosphate esters in the United States. Consistent with section 702(b)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(b), for those alleged programs on which we are initiating a CVD investigation, the Petition was accompanied by information reasonably available to the petitioner supporting its allegations.</P>
                <P>
                    Commerce finds that the petitioner filed the Petition on behalf of the domestic industry because the petitioner is an interested party as defined in section 771(9)(C) of the Act. Commerce also finds that the petitioner demonstrated sufficient industry support with respect to the initiation of the requested CVD investigation.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section on “Determination of Industry Support for the Petition,” 
                        <E T="03">infra.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Period of Investigation</HD>
                <P>
                    Because the Petition was filed on April 23, 2024, the period of investigation (POI) for China is January 1, 2023, through December 31, 2023.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.204(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Investigation</HD>
                <P>
                    The merchandise covered by this investigation is alkyl phosphate esters from China. For a full description of the scope of this investigation, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the appendix to this notice.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Comments on the Scope of the Investigation</HD>
                <P>
                    On April 25 and May 2, 2024, Commerce requested information and clarification from the petitioner regarding the proposed scope to ensure that the scope language in the Petition is an accurate reflection of the products for which the domestic industry is seeking relief.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On April 29 and May 3, 2024, the petitioner provided clarifications and revised the scope.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The description of merchandise covered by this investigation, as described in the appendix to this notice, reflects these clarifications.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         General Issues Questionnaire; 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         May 2 Memorandum.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 2-7 and Exhibits I-15 and I-16; 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         Second General Issues Supplement at 1-2.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As discussed in the 
                    <E T="03">Preamble</E>
                     to Commerce's regulations, we are setting aside a period for interested parties to raise issues regarding product coverage (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     scope).
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce will consider all comments received from interested parties and, if necessary, will consult with interested parties prior to the issuance of the preliminary determination. If scope comments include factual information, all such factual information should be limited to public information.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     To facilitate preparation of its questionnaires, Commerce requests that scope comments be submitted by 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time (ET) on June 3, 2024, which is the next business day after 20 calendar days from the signature date of this notice.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Any rebuttal comments, which may include factual information, must be filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on June 13, 2024, which is 10 calendar days from the initial comment deadline.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping Duties; Countervailing Duties; Final Rule,</E>
                         62 FR 27296, 27323 (May 19, 1997) (
                        <E T="03">Preamble</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) (defining “factual information”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         The deadline for scope comments falls on June 2, 2024, which is a Sunday. In accordance with 19 CFR 351.303(b)(1), Commerce will accept comments filed by 5:00 p.m. ET on June 3, 2024 (“For both electronically filed and manually filed documents, if the applicable due date falls on a non-business day, the Secretary will accept documents that are filed on the next business day.”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Commerce requests that any factual information that parties consider relevant to the scope of the investigation be submitted during that time period. However, if a party subsequently finds that additional factual information pertaining to the scope of the investigation may be relevant, the party must contact Commerce and request permission to submit the additional information. All scope comments must be filed simultaneously on the records of the concurrent AD and CVD investigations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Filing Requirements</HD>
                <P>
                    All submissions to Commerce must be filed electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping Duty and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (ACCESS), unless an exception applies.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     An electronically filed document must be received successfully in its entirety by the time and date it is due.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings: Electronic Filing Procedures; Administrative Protective Order Procedures,</E>
                         76 FR 39263 (July 6, 2011); 
                        <E T="03">see also Enforcement and Compliance; Change of Electronic Filing System Name,</E>
                         79 FR 69046 (November 20, 2014), for details of Commerce's electronic filing requirements, effective August 5, 2011. Information on using ACCESS can be found at 
                        <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/help.aspx</E>
                         and a handbook can be found at 
                        <E T="03">https://access.trade.gov/help/Handbook_on_Electronic_Filing_Procedures.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Consultations</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to sections 702(b)(4)(A)(i) and (ii) of the Act, Commerce notified the GOC of the receipt of the Petition and provided an opportunity for consultations with respect to the Petition.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On April 29, 2024, the GOC submitted comments on the Petition in lieu of consultations.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Commerce's Letter “Invitation for Consultation to Discuss the Countervailing Duty Petition on Certain Alkyl Phosphate Esters from the People's Republic of China,” dated April 25, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GOC's Letter, “China-USA Consultations with Respect to Possible Initiation of Countervailing Investigation Against Imports of Alkyl Phosphate Esters from China,” dated May 8, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Determination of Industry Support for the Petition</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 702(b)(1) of the Act requires that a petition be filed on behalf of the domestic industry. Section 702(c)(4)(A) of the Act provides that a petition meets this requirement if the domestic producers or workers who support the petition account for: (i) at least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product; and (ii) more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43823"/>
                    support for, or opposition to, the petition. Moreover, section 702(c)(4)(D) of the Act provides that, if the petition does not establish support of domestic producers or workers accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product, Commerce shall: (i) poll the industry or rely on other information in order to determine if there is support for the petition, as required by subparagraph (A); or (ii) determine industry support using a statistically valid sampling method to poll the “industry.”
                </P>
                <P>
                    Section 771(4)(A) of the Act defines the “industry” as the producers as a whole of a domestic like product. Thus, to determine whether a petition has the requisite industry support, the statute directs Commerce to look to producers and workers who produce the domestic like product. The U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC), which is responsible for determining whether “the domestic industry” has been injured, must also determine what constitutes a domestic like product in order to define the industry. While both Commerce and the ITC apply the same statutory definition regarding the domestic like product,
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     they do so for different purposes and pursuant to a separate and distinct authority. In addition, Commerce's determination is subject to limitations of time and information. Although this may result in different definitions of the like product, such differences do not render the decision of either agency contrary to law.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 771(10) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See USEC, Inc.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         132 F. Supp. 2d 1, 8 (CIT 2001) (citing 
                        <E T="03">Algoma Steel Corp., Ltd.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         688 F. Supp. 639, 644 (CIT 1988), 
                        <E T="03">aff'd Algoma Steel Corp., Ltd.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">United States,</E>
                         865 F.2d 240 (Fed. Cir. 1989)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Section 771(10) of the Act defines the domestic like product as “a product which is like, or in the absence of like, most similar in characteristics and uses with, the article subject to an investigation under this title.” Thus, the reference point from which the domestic like product analysis begins is “the article subject to an investigation” (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the class or kind of merchandise to be investigated, which normally will be the scope as defined in the petition).
                </P>
                <P>
                    With regard to the domestic like product, the petitioner does not offer a definition of the domestic like product distinct from the scope of the investigation.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Based on our analysis of the information submitted on the record, we have determined that alkyl phosphate esters, as defined in the scope, constitute a single domestic like product, and we have analyzed industry support in terms of that domestic like product.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition at Volume I (pages 15-17 and Exhibits I-4 and I-6); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 11-15.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         For a discussion of the domestic like product analysis as applied to this case and information regarding industry support, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Checklist, “Certain Alkyl Phosphate Esters from the People's Republic of China,” dated concurrently with, and hereby adopted by, this notice (China CVD Initiation Checklist), at Attachment II, Analysis of Industry Support for the Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petition Covering Certain Alkyl Phosphate Esters from the People's Republic of China. This checklist is on file electronically via ACCESS.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In determining whether the petitioner has standing under section 702(c)(4)(A) of the Act, we considered the industry support data contained in the Petition with reference to the domestic like product as defined in the “Scope of the Investigation,” in the appendix to this notice. To establish industry support, the petitioner provided its own production of the domestic like product in 2023.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The petitioner asserts that there are currently no other known producers of alkyl phosphate esters in the United States; therefore, the Petition is supported by 100 percent of the U.S. industry.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     We relied on data provided by the petitioner for purposes of measuring industry support.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition at Volume I (Exhibit I-11); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 10-11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition at Volume I (pages 3-5 and Exhibits I-1, I-2, and I-8); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 7-11 and Exhibit I-17.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition at Volume I (pages 3-5 and Exhibits I-1, I-2, and I-8, and I-11); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 7-11 and Exhibit I-17. For further discussion, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Attachment II of the China CVD Initiation Checklist
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Our review of the data provided in the Petition, the First General Issues Supplement, and other information readily available to Commerce indicates that the petitioner has established industry support for the Petition.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     First, the Petition established support from domestic producers (or workers) accounting for more than 50 percent of the total production of the domestic like product and, as such, Commerce is not required to take further action to evaluate industry support (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     polling).
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Second, the domestic producers (or workers) have met the statutory criteria for industry support under section 702(c)(4)(A)(i) of the Act because the domestic producers (or workers) who support the Petition account for at least 25 percent of the total production of the domestic like product.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Finally, the domestic producers (or workers) have met the statutory criteria for industry support under section 702(c)(4)(A)(ii) of the Act because the domestic producers (or workers) who support the Petition account for more than 50 percent of the production of the domestic like product produced by that portion of the industry expressing support for, or opposition to, the Petition.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Accordingly, Commerce determines that the Petition was filed on behalf of the domestic industry within the meaning of section 702(b)(1) of the Act.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Attachment II of the China CVD Initiation Checklist.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.; see also</E>
                         section 702(c)(4)(D) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Attachment II of the China CVD Initiation Checklist.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Injury Test</HD>
                <P>Because China is a “Subsidies Agreement Country” within the meaning of section 701(b) of the Act, section 701(a)(2) of the Act applies to this investigation. Accordingly, the ITC must determine whether imports of the subject merchandise from China materially injure, or threaten material injury to, a U.S. industry.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Allegations and Evidence of Material Injury and Causation</HD>
                <P>
                    The petitioner alleges that imports of the subject merchandise are benefiting from countervailable subsidies and that such imports are causing, or threaten to cause, material injury to the U.S. industry producing the domestic like product. In addition, the petitioner alleges that subject imports from China exceed the negligibility threshold provided for under section 771(24)(A) of the Act.
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition at Volume I (page 18 and Exhibit I-10).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The petitioner contends that the industry's injured condition is illustrated by the significant volume of subject imports; reduced market share; underselling and price depression and/or suppression; lost sales and revenues; negative impact on domestic industry capacity, capacity utilization, and employment; and negative impact on domestic industry sales revenue and operating profits.
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     We assessed the allegations and supporting evidence regarding material injury, threat of material injury, causation, cumulation, as well as negligibility, and we have determined that these allegations are properly supported by adequate evidence and meet the statutory requirements for initiation.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at 18-34 and Exhibits I-1, I-3, I-4, I-8, and I-10 through I-13.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         China CVD Initiation Checklist at Attachment III, Analysis of Allegations and Evidence of Material Injury and Causation for the Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Petition Covering Certain Alkyl Phosphate Esters from the People's Republic of China.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <PRTPAGE P="43824"/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Initiation of CVD Investigation</HD>
                <P>Based upon the examination of the Petition and supplemental responses, we find that they meet the requirements of section 702 of the Act. Therefore, we are initiating a CVD investigation to determine whether imports of alkyl phosphate esters from China benefit from countervailable subsidies conferred by the GOC. In accordance with section 703(b)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.205(b)(1), unless postponed, we will make our preliminary determination no later than 65 days after the date of this initiation.</P>
                <P>
                    Based on our review of the Petition, we find that there is sufficient information to initiate a CVD investigation on 41 of the programs alleged by the petitioner. For a full discussion of the basis for our decision to initiate on each program, 
                    <E T="03">see</E>
                     the China CVD Initiation Checklist. A public version of the initiation checklist for this investigation is available on ACCESS.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Respondent Selection.</HD>
                <P>
                    In the Petition, the petitioner identified 65 companies in China as producers and/or exporters of alkyl phosphate esters.
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce intends to follow its standard practice in CVD investigations and calculate company-specific subsidy rates in this investigation. In the event that Commerce determines that the number of companies is large and it cannot individually examine each company based on Commerce's resources, where appropriate, Commerce intends to select respondents based on U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) data for U.S. imports of alkyl phosphate esters during the POI under the appropriate Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States subheadings listed within the “Scope of the Investigation” in the appendix.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Petition at Volume I (page 14 and Exhibit I-8); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         First General Issues Supplement at 1 and Exhibit I-8.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    On May 8, 2024, Commerce released the CBP data for imports of alkyl phosphate esters from China under administrative protective order (APO) to all parties with access to information protected by APO and indicated that interested parties wishing to comment regarding the CBP data and/or respondent selection must do so within three business days of the publication date of the notice of initiation of this investigation.
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Comments must be filed electronically using ACCESS. An electronically filed document must be received successfully, in its entirety, by ACCESS no later than 5:00 p.m. ET on the specified deadline. Commerce will not accept rebuttal comments regarding the CBP data or respondent selection.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Memorandum, “Countervailing Duty Petition on Certain Alkyl Phosphate Esters from China: Release of Data from U.S. Customs and Border Protection,” dated May 8, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(b). Instructions for filing such applications may be found on Commerce's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.trade.gov/administrative-protective-orders.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Distribution of Copies of the Petition</HD>
                <P>In accordance with section 702(b)(4)(A) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.202(f), a copy of the public version of the Petition has been provided to the GOC via ACCESS. To the extent practicable, we will attempt to provide a copy of the public version of the Petition to each exporter named in the Petition, as provided under 19 CFR 351.203(c)(2).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">ITC Notification</HD>
                <P>Commerce will notify the ITC of its initiation, as required by section 702(d) of the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Preliminary Determination by the ITC</HD>
                <P>
                    The ITC will preliminarily determine, within 45 days after the date on which the Petition was filed, whether there is a reasonable indication that imports of alkyl phosphate esters from China are materially injuring, or threatening material injury to, a U.S. industry.
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     A negative ITC determination will result in the investigation being terminated.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Otherwise, this CVD investigation will proceed according to statutory and regulatory time limits.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 703(a)(1) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Submission of Factual Information</HD>
                <P>
                    Factual information is defined in 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) as: (i) evidence submitted in response to questionnaires; (ii) evidence submitted in support of allegations; (iii) publicly available information to value factors of production under 19 CFR 351.408(c) or to measure the adequacy of remuneration under 19 CFR 351.511(a)(2); (iv) evidence placed on the record by Commerce; and (v) evidence other than factual information described in (i)-(iv). Section 351.301(b) of Commerce's regulations requires any party, when submitting factual information, to specify under which subsection of 19 CFR 351.102(b)(21) the information is being submitted 
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and, if the information is submitted to rebut, clarify, or correct factual information already on the record, to provide an explanation identifying the information already on the record that the factual information seeks to rebut, clarify, or correct.
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Time limits for the submission of factual information are addressed in 19 CFR 351.301, which provides specific time limits based on the type of factual information being submitted. Interested parties should review the regulations prior to submitting factual information in this investigation.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.301(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.301(b)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Extensions of Time Limits</HD>
                <P>
                    Parties may request an extension of time limits before the expiration of a time limit established under 19 CFR 351.301, or as otherwise specified by Commerce. In general, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after the expiration of the time limit established under 19 CFR 351.301, or as otherwise specified by Commerce.
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For submissions that are due from multiple parties simultaneously, an extension request will be considered untimely if it is filed after 10:00 a.m. ET on the due date. Under certain circumstances, Commerce may elect to specify a different time limit by which extension requests will be considered untimely for submissions which are due from multiple parties simultaneously. In such a case, we will inform parties in a letter or memorandum of the deadline (including a specified time) by which extension requests must be filed to be considered timely. An extension request must be made in a separate, standalone submission; under limited circumstances we will grant untimely filed requests for the extension of time limits, where we determine, based on 19 CFR 351.302, that extraordinary circumstances exist. Parties should review Commerce's regulations concerning the extension of time limits and the 
                    <E T="03">Time Limits Final Rule</E>
                     prior to submitting factual information in this investigation.
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.302.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         19 CFR 351.301; 
                        <E T="03">see also Extension of Time Limits; Final Rule,</E>
                         78 FR 57790 (September 20, 2013) (
                        <E T="03">Time Limits Final Rule</E>
                        ), available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.gpo.gov/fdsys/pkg/FR-2013-09-20/html/2013-22853.htm.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Certification Requirements</HD>
                <P>
                    Any party submitting factual information in an AD or CVD proceeding must certify to the accuracy and completeness of that information.
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Parties must use the certification formats provided in 19 CFR 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43825"/>
                    351.303(g).
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Commerce intends to reject factual submissions if the submitting party does not comply with the applicable certification requirements.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section 782(b) of the Act.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Certification of Factual Information to Import Administration During Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings,</E>
                         78 FR 42678 (July 17, 2013) (
                        <E T="03">Final Rule</E>
                        ); 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         frequently asked questions regarding the 
                        <E T="03">Final Rule,</E>
                         available at 
                        <E T="03">https://enforcement.trade.gov/tlei/notices/factual_info_final_rule_FAQ_07172013.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notification to Interested Parties</HD>
                <P>
                    Interested parties must submit applications for disclosure under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. Parties wishing to participate in this investigation should ensure that they meet the requirements of 19 CFR 351.103(d) (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     by filing the required letters of appearance). Note that Commerce has amended certain of its requirements pertaining to the service of documents in 19 CFR 351.303(f).
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See Administrative Protective Order, Service, and Other Procedures in Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Proceedings,</E>
                         88 FR 67069 (September 29, 2023).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>This notice is issued and published pursuant to sections 702 and 777(i) of the Act, and 19 CFR 351.203(c).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 13, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Ryan Majerus,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for Policy and Negotiations, performing the non-exclusive functions and duties of the Assistant Secretary for Enforcement and Compliance.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Scope of the Investigation</HD>
                    <P>The products covered by this investigation are alkyl phosphate esters, which are halogenated and non-halogenated phosphorus-based esters with a phosphorus content of at least 6.5 percent (per weight) and a viscosity between 1 and 2000 mPa.s (at 20-25 °C).</P>
                    <P>Merchandise subject to this investigation primarily includes Tris (2-chloroisopropyl) phosphate (TCPP), Tris (1,3-dichloroisopropyl) phosphate (TDCP), and Triethyl Phosphate (TEP)).</P>
                    <P>
                        TCPP is also known as Tris (1-chloro-2-propyl) phosphate, Tris (1-chloropropan-2-yl) phosphate, Tris (monochloroisopropyl) phosphate (TMCP), and Tris (2-chloroisopropyl) phosphate (TCIP). TCPP has the chemical formula C
                        <E T="52">9</E>
                        H
                        <E T="52">18</E>
                        C
                        <E T="52">l3</E>
                        O
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        P and the Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Nos. 1244733-77-4 and 13674-84-5. It may also be identified as CAS No. 6145-73-9.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        TDCP is also known as Tris (1,3-dichloroisopropyl) phosphate, Tris (1,3-dichloro-2-propyl) phosphate, Chlorinated tris, tris {2- chloro-1-(chloromethyl ethyl)} phosphate, TDCPP, and TDCIPP. TDCP has the chemical formula C
                        <E T="52">9</E>
                        H
                        <E T="52">15</E>
                        C
                        <E T="52">l6</E>
                        O
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        P and the CAS No. 13674-87-8.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        TEP is also known as Phosphoric acid triethyl ester, phosphoric ester, flame retardant TEP, Tris(ethyl) phosphate, Triethoxyphosphine oxide, and Ethyl phosphate (neutral). TEP has the chemical formula (C
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        H
                        <E T="52">5</E>
                        O)
                        <E T="52">3</E>
                        PO and the CAS No. 78-40-0.
                    </P>
                    <P>Imported alkyl phosphate esters are not excluded from the scope of this investigation even if the imported alkyl phosphate ester consists of a single isomer or combination of isomers in proportions different from the isomers ordinarily provided in the market.</P>
                    <P>Also included in this investigation are blends including one or more alkyl phosphate esters, with or without other substances, where the alkyl phosphate esters account for 20 percent or more of the blend by weight.</P>
                    <P>Alkyl phosphate esters are classified under subheading 2919.90.5050, Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS). Imports may also be classified under subheadings 2919.90.5010 and 3824.99.5000, HTSUS. The HTSUS subheadings and CAS registry numbers are provided for convenience and customs purposes. The written description of the scope is dispositive.</P>
                </EXTRACT>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10935 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-DS-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Patent and Trademark Office</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Patent Processing</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, on or after the date of publication of this notice. The USPTO invites comments on this information collection renewal, which helps the USPTO assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. Public comments were previously requested via the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on January 29, 2024 during a 60-day comment period (89 FR 5500). This notice allows for an additional 30 days for public comment.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Agency:</E>
                     United States Patent and Trademark Office, Department of Commerce.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Patent Processing.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     0651-0031.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>
                     The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) is required by 35 U.S.C. 131 to examine an application for patent and, when appropriate, issue a patent. The USPTO is also required to publish patent applications, with certain exceptions, promptly after the expiration of a period of eighteen months from the earliest filing date for which a benefit is sought under title 35, United States Code (“eighteen-month publication”). Certain situations may arise which require that additional information be supplied in order for the USPTO to further process the patent or application. The USPTO administers the statutes through various sections of the rules of practice in 37 CFR part 1.
                </P>
                <P>During the processing of an application for a patent, the applicant or applicant's representative may submit additional information to the USPTO concerning the examination of a specific application. For example, the applicant or applicant's representative may submit: information disclosure statements, petitions for extension of time, express abandonments of applications and petitions to revive abandoned applications, disclaimers, pre-appeal requests for review, petitions to make special, requests for expedited examination of design applications, requests for continued examination, requests to inspect, copy, and access patent applications, and certain transmittal forms.</P>
                <P>The information in this collection is used by the USPTO to continue the processing of the patent or application to ensure that applicants are complying with the patent regulations and to aid in the prosecution of the application. This also includes situations that require additional information in order for the USPTO to further process the patent or application.</P>
                <P>
                    For this 30-day notice, the non-hourly cost burdens have been adjusted due to an increase in the postage rates since the 60-day notice was published. The 60-day 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice was published with several form numbers associated with this information collection inadvertently left off. In this notice, the USPTO has included all the form numbers associated with this information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Forms:</E>
                     (AIA= America Invents Act; SB = Specimen Book)
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/AIA/22 (Petition for Extension of Time under 37 CFR 1.136(a))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/AIA/24 (Express Abandonment under 37 CFR 1.138)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/AIA/24B (Petition for Express Abandonment to Obtain a Refund)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/AIA/25 (Terminal Disclaimer to Obviate a Provisional Double Patenting Rejection Over a Pending “Reference” Application)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/AIA/26 (Terminal Disclaimer to Obviate a Double Patenting Rejection Over a “Prior” Patent)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    • PTO/AIA/33 (Pre-Appeal Brief Request for Review)
                    <PRTPAGE P="43826"/>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/AIA/40 (Request for Correction in a Patent Application Relating to Inventorship or an Inventor Name, or Order of Names, Other than in a Reissue Application (37 CFR 1.48))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/AIA/41 (Request to Correct or Update the Name of the Applicant Under 37 CFR 1.46(c)(1), or Change the Applicant Under 37 CFR 1.46(c)(2)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/AIA/63 (Terminal Disclaimer to Accompany Petition under 37 CFR 1.137 in a Design Application Filed on or after September 16, 2012)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/AIA/67 (Power to Inspect/Copy—For Applications Filed on or After September 16, 2012)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/AIA/96 (Statement Under 37 CFR 3.73(c))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/08a (Information Disclosure Statement by Applicant)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/08b (Information Disclosure Statement by Applicant)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/17i (Processing Fee under 37 CFR 1.17(i) Transmittal)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/21 (Transmittal Form)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/22 (Petition for Extension of Time under 37 CFR 1.136(a))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/24 (Express Abandonment under 37 CFR 1.138)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/24B (Petition for Express Abandonment to Obtain a Refund)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/25 (Terminal Disclaimer to Obviate a Provisional Double Patenting Rejection Over a Pending “Reference” Application)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/25a (Terminal Disclaimer in a Patent or Proceeding in View of an Application)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/26 (Terminal Disclaimer to Obviate a Double Patenting Rejection Over a “Prior” Patent)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/26a (Terminal Disclaimer in a Patent or Proceeding in View of Another Patent)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/27 (Request for Expedited Examination of a Design Application (37 CFR 1.155))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/30 Patent Center and PTO/SB/30 (Request for Continued Examination (RCE) Transmittal)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/33 (Pre-Appeal Brief Request for Review)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/35 (Nonpublication Request under 35 U.S.C. 122(b)(2)(B)(i))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/36 (Rescission of Previous Nonpublication Request (35 U.S.C. 122(b)(2)(B)(ii) and, if applicable, Notice of Foreign Filing (35 U.S.C. 122(b)(2)(B)(iii))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/37 (Request Deferral of Examination 37 CFR 1.103(d))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/38 (Request to Retrieve Electronic Priority Applications(s) Filed with Nonparticipating Office(s) That is Available in a Participating Office (37 CFR 1.55(i)(4)))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/39 (Authorization or Rescission of Authorization to Permit Access to Application-as-filed by Participating Offices)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/43 (Disclaimer in a Patent under 37 CFR 1.321(a))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/63 (Terminal Disclaimer to Accompany Petition)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/64 (Petition for Revival of an Application for Patent Abandoned Unintentionally Under 37 CFR 1.137(a))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/64a (Petition for Revival of an Application for Patent Abandoned for Failure to Notify the Office of a Foreign or International Filing (37 CFR 1.137(f))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/67 (Power to Inspect/Copy—For Applications Filed Before September 16, 2012)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/68 (Request for Access to an Abandoned Application under 37 CFR 1.14)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/91 (Deposit Account Order Form)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/92 (Certificate of Mailing or Transmission under 37 CFR 1.8)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/96 (Statement under 37 CFR 3.73(b))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO/SB/130 (Petition to Make Special Based on Age for Advancement of Examination under 37 CFR 1.102(c)(1))</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTOL/413A (Applicant Initiated Interview Request Form)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO-2053-A/B (Notice Under 37 CFR 1.251—Pending Application)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO-2054-A/B (Notice Under 37 CFR 1.251—Abandoned Application)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• PTO-2055-A/B (Notice Under 37 CFR 1.251—Patent)</FP>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension and revision of a currently approved information collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Private sector.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondent's Obligation:</E>
                     Required to obtain or retain benefits.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     On occasion.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Annual Respondents:</E>
                     2,435,597 respondents.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Annual Responses:</E>
                     2,435,597 responses.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Time per Response:</E>
                     The USPTO estimates that the responses in this information collection will take the public approximately between 2 minutes (0.03 hours) and 8 hours to complete. This includes the time to gather the necessary information, create the document, and submit the completed request to the USPTO.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Respondent Burden Hours:</E>
                     535,466 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Respondent Non-Hourly Cost Burden:</E>
                     $363,826,829.
                </P>
                <P>
                    This information collection request may be viewed at 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov.</E>
                     Follow the instructions to view Department of Commerce, USPTO information collections currently under review by OMB.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Written comments and recommendations for this information collection should be submitted within 30 days of the publication of this notice on the following website, 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain</E>
                    . Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review-Open for Public Comments,” or by using the search function and entering either the title of the information collection or the OMB Control Number, 0651-0031.
                </P>
                <P>Further information can be obtained by:</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Email: InformationCollection@uspto.gov.</E>
                     Include “0651-0031 information request” in the subject line of the message.
                </P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                     Justin Isaac, Office of the Chief Administrative Officer, United States Patent and Trademark Office, P.O. Box 1450, Alexandria, VA 22313-1450.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Justin Isaac,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Information Collections Officer, Office of the Chief Administrative Officer, United States Patent and Trademark Office.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11010 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 3510-16-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">COMMODITY FUTURES TRADING COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Global Markets Advisory Committee</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Commodity Futures Trading Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of meeting.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) announces that on June 4, 2024 from 10:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. Eastern Time, the Global Markets Advisory Committee (GMAC) will hold an in-person public meeting in New York City with options for the public to attend virtually. At this meeting, the GMAC will hear a presentation from the GMAC's Global Market Structure Subcommittee, Technical Issues Subcommittee, and Digital Asset Markets Subcommittee on various workstreams, and consider recommendations from the Subcommittees on such workstreams.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The meeting will be held on June 4, 2024, from 10:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. Eastern Time. Please note that the meeting may end early if the GMAC has completed its business. Members of the public who wish to submit written statements in connection with the meeting should submit them by June 11, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The meeting will take place in New York City and the venue 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43827"/>
                        location will be listed on the CFTC website. You may submit public comments, identified by “Global Markets Advisory Committee,” through the CFTC website at 
                        <E T="03">https://comments.cftc.gov.</E>
                         Follow the instructions for submitting comments through the Comments Online process on the website. If you are unable to submit comments online, contact Harry Jung, Designated Federal Officer, via the contact information listed below to discuss alternate means of submitting your comments. Any statements submitted in connection with the committee meeting will be made available to the public, including publication on the CFTC website, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.cftc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Harry Jung, Global Markets Advisory Committee Designated Federal Officer, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW, Washington, DC; (202) 394-3995; or 
                        <E T="03">HJung@cftc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The meeting will be open to the public with seating on a first-come, first-served basis. Members of the public may also listen to the meeting by telephone by calling a domestic or international toll or toll-free number to connect to a live, listen-only audio feed. Call-in participants should be prepared to provide their first name, last name, and affiliation.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Domestic Toll and Toll-Free Numbers:</E>
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+1 669 254 5252 US (San Jose)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+1 646 828 7666 US (New York)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+1 646 964 1167 US (US Spanish Line)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+1 669 216 1590 US (San Jose)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+1 415 449 4000 US (US Spanish Line)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">+1 551 285 1373 US (New Jersey)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">833 435 1820 US Toll Free</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">833 568 8864 US Toll Free</FP>
                <P>
                    International Numbers are available here: 
                    <E T="03">https://cftc-gov.zoomgov.com/u/adeeUEhsJp</E>
                     and will be posted on the CFTC's website, 
                    <E T="03">https://www.cftc.gov,</E>
                     on the page for the meeting, under Related Links.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Call-In/Webinar ID:</E>
                     160 720 0847.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Pass Code/Pin Code:</E>
                     245047.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Members of the public may also view a live webcast of the meeting via the 
                    <E T="03">https://www.cftc.gov</E>
                     website. The meeting agenda may change to accommodate other Committee priorities. For agenda updates, please visit 
                    <E T="03">https://www.cftc.gov/About/AdvisoryCommittees/GMAC.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    After the meeting, a transcript of the meeting will be published through a link on the CFTC's website, 
                    <E T="03">https://www.cftc.gov.</E>
                     Persons requiring special accommodations to attend the meeting because of a disability should notify the contact person above.
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Authority: 5 U.S.C. 1009(a)(2).)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Christopher Kirkpatrick,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary of the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11034 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6351-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">CONSUMER PRODUCT SAFETY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
                    <P> Wednesday, May 22, 2024-10:00 a.m.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
                    <P> The meeting will be held remotely, and in person at 4330 East West Highway, Bethesda, Maryland 20814.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
                    <P> Commission Meeting—Open to the Public.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTER TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
                    <P>
                          
                        <E T="03">Decisional Matter:</E>
                         FY 2024 Proposed Operating Plan: Alignment and Midyear Review.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">To attend remotely, please use the following link:</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">https://cpsc.webex.com/cpsc/j.php?MTID=m92b90dade65b93e5f55499b39d75511b.</E>
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P> Alberta E. Mills, Office of the Secretary, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, 4330 East West Highway, Bethesda, MD 20814, 301-504-7479 (Office) or 240-863-8938 (Cell).</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Alberta E. Mills,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Commission Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11062 Filed 5-16-24; 11:15 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6355-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Transmittal No. 22-25]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Arms Sales Notification</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Defense Security Cooperation Agency, Department of Defense (DoD).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Arms sales notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The DoD is publishing the unclassified text of an arms sales notification.</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Neil Hedlund at 
                        <E T="03">neil.g.hedlund.civ@mail.mil</E>
                         or (703) 697-9214.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>This 36(b)(1) arms sales notification is published to fulfill the requirements of section 155 of Public Law 104-164 dated July 21, 1996. The following is a copy of a letter to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, Transmittal 22-25 with attached Policy Justification and Sensitivity of Technology.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Aaron T. Siegel,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="520">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43828"/>
                    <GID>EN20MY24.317</GID>
                </GPH>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-C</BILCOD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Transmittal No. 22-25</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Notice of Proposed Issuance of Letter of Offer and Acceptance Pursuant to Section 36(b)(1) of the Arms Export Control Act, as Amended</HD>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">Prospective Purchaser:</E>
                     Government of the Netherlands
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Value:</E>
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L0,tp0,p0,8/9,g1,t1,i1" CDEF="s30,xs56">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Major Defense Equipment *</ENT>
                        <ENT>$104.6 million.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Other</ENT>
                        <ENT>$ 12.4 million.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="02">TOTAL</ENT>
                        <ENT>$117.0 million.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    (iii) 
                    <E T="03">Description and Quantity or Quantities of Articles or Services under Consideration for Purchase:</E>
                     Foreign Military Sales (FMS) case NE-P-AGJ, was below congressional notification threshold at $16.8 million ($15.3 million in MDE) and included twenty-three (23) AIM-9X Block II Tactical Missiles. The Government of the Netherlands has requested the case be amended to include an additional fifty (50) AIM-9X Block II Tactical Missiles and requested a new FMS case for twenty-two (22) AIM-9X Block II Tactical Missiles; forty-three (43) AIM-9X Block II+ Tactical Missiles; and one (1) AIM-9X Block II+ Tactical Guidance Unit. This case amendment and new FMS case will increase the total case values above the MDE notification threshold and thus require notification of the entirety of the FMS cases.
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    <E T="03">Major Defense Equipment (MDE):</E>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Ninety-five (95) AIM-9X Block II Tactical Missiles</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                    Forty-three (43) AIM-9X Block II+ 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43829"/>
                    Tactical Missiles
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">One (1) AIM-9X Block II+ Tactical Guidance Unit</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    <E T="03">Non-MDE:</E>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Also included are containers; classified and unclassified software; U.S. Government and contractor technical assistance; and other related elements of logistical and program support.</FP>
                <P>
                    (iv) 
                    <E T="03">Military Department:</E>
                     Navy (NE-P-AGM, NE-P-AGJ)
                </P>
                <P>
                    (v) 
                    <E T="03">Prior Related Cases, if any:</E>
                     NE-P-AGE
                </P>
                <P>
                    (vi) 
                    <E T="03">Sales Commission, Fee, etc., Paid, Offered, or Agreed to be Paid:</E>
                     None
                </P>
                <P>
                    (vii) 
                    <E T="03">Sensitivity of Technology Contained in the Defense Article or Defense Services Proposed to be Sold:</E>
                     See Attached Annex
                </P>
                <P>
                    (viii) 
                    <E T="03">Date Report Delivered to Congress:</E>
                     May 26, 2022
                </P>
                <P>* As defined in Section 47(6) of the Arms Export Control Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">POLICY JUSTIFICATION</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">The Netherlands—AIM-9X Block II Missiles</HD>
                <P>The Government of the Netherlands has requested to buy seventy-two (72) AIM-9X Block II Tactical Missiles; and forty-three (43) AIM-9X Block II+ Tactical Missiles that will be added to a previously implemented case. The original FMS case, valued at $16.8 million, included twenty-three (23) AIM-9X Block II Tactical Missiles. The Netherlands has also requested a new FMS case for twenty-two (22) AIM-9X Block II Tactical Missiles; forty-three (43) AIM-9X Block II+ Tactical Missiles; and one (1) AIM-9X Block II+ Tactical Guidance Unit. Therefore, this notification is for a total of ninety-five (95) AIM-9X Block II Tactical Missiles; forty-three (43) AIM-9X Block II+ Tactical Missiles; and one (1) AIM-9X Block II+ Tactical Guidance Unit. Also included are containers; classified and unclassified software; U.S. Government and contractor technical assistance; and other related elements of logistical and program support. The total estimated cost is $117 million.</P>
                <P>This proposed sale will support the foreign policy and national security objectives of the United States by helping to improve the security of a North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) ally that is an important force for political stability and economic progress in Europe.</P>
                <P>The proposed sale will enable the Royal Netherlands Air Force (RNAF) to provide stronger support for the Netherlands' air defense needs. This proposed sale of AIM-9X missiles will improve the RNAF's capability to conduct self-defense and regional security missions, enhancing interoperability with the U.S. and other NATO members. The Netherlands will have no difficulty absorbing these missiles into its armed forces.</P>
                <P>The proposed sale of this equipment and support will not alter the basic military balance in the region.</P>
                <P>The principal contractor will be Raytheon Missiles and Defense, Tucson, AZ. There are no known offset agreements proposed in connection with this potential sale.</P>
                <P>Implementation of this sale will not require the assignment of any U.S. Government or contractor representatives to the Netherlands.</P>
                <P>There will be no adverse impact on U.S. defense readiness as a result of this proposed sale.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Transmittal No. 22-25</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Notice of Proposed Issuance of Letter of Offer and Acceptance Pursuant to Section 36(b)(l) of the Arms Export Control Act</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Annex </HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Item No. vii</HD>
                <P>
                    (vii) 
                    <E T="03">Sensitivity of Technology:</E>
                </P>
                <P>1. The AIM-9X Block II and Block II+ (Plus) Missile (including the Guidance Unit) replaces the AIM-9X Block I Missile configuration. The missile includes a high off-boresight seeker, enhanced countermeasure rejection capability, low drag/high angle of attack airframe and the ability to integrate the Helmet Mounted Cueing System. The software algorithms are the most sensitive portion of the AIM-9X missile. The software continues to be modified via a pre-planned product improvement (P3I) program in order to improve its counter-countermeasure capabilities. No software source code or algorithms will be released.</P>
                <P>2. The highest level of classification of defense articles, components and services included in this potential sale is SECRET.</P>
                <P>3. If a technologically advanced adversary were to obtain knowledge of the specific hardware and software elements, the information could be used to develop countermeasures that might reduce weapon system effectiveness or be used in the development of a system with similar or advanced capabilities.</P>
                <P>4. A determination has been made that the Netherlands can provide substantially the same degree of protection for the sensitive technology being released as the U.S. Government. This sale is necessary in furtherance of the U.S. foreign policy and national security objectives outlined in the Policy Justification.</P>
                <P>5. All defense articles and services listed in this transmittal have been authorized for release and export to the Government of the Netherlands.</P>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11036 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket ID: DoD-2024-OS-0003]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness (OUSD(P&amp;R)), Department of Defense (DoD).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>30-Day information collection notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The DoD has submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Consideration will be given to all comments received by June 20, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                         Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Reginald Lucas, (571) 372-7574, 
                        <E T="03">whs.mc-alex.esd.mbx.dd-dod-information-collections@mail.mil.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title; Associated Form; and OMB Number:</E>
                     Military Experiences, Risk and Protective Factors, and Adolescent Health and Well-Being Survey; OMB Control Number 0704-0635.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>
                     Revision.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     3776.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Annual Responses:</E>
                     3776.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Average Burden per Response:</E>
                     30 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     1888.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>
                     This study is designed to assess the direct and indirect association of military experiences with adolescents' psychosocial adjustment and physical health, academic achievement, and educational and career aspirations to identify risk and protective factors that may promote or inhibit positive outcomes among military-connected adolescents and their families.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43830"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Individuals and households.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     On occasion.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondent's Obligation:</E>
                     Voluntary.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Desk Officer:</E>
                     Ms. Jasmeet Seehra.
                </P>
                <P>You may also submit comments and recommendations, identified by Docket ID number and title, by the following method:</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                     All submissions received must include the agency name, Docket ID number, and title for this 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the internet at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">DOD Clearance Officer:</E>
                     Mr. Reginald Lucas.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Requests for copies of the information collection proposal should be sent to Mr. Lucas at 
                    <E T="03">whs.mc-alex.esd.mbx.dd-dod-information-collections@mail.mil.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Aaron T. Siegel,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11019 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket ID: DoD-2024-OS-0056]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed Collection; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for Intelligence and Security (OUSD(I&amp;S)), Department of Defense (DoD).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>60-Day information collection notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        In compliance with the 
                        <E T="03">Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995,</E>
                         the Defense Counterintelligence and Security Agency announces a proposed public information collection and seeks public comment on the provisions thereof. Comments are invited on: whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways to minimize the burden of the information collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Consideration will be given to all comments received by July 19, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Department of Defense, Office of the Assistant to the Secretary of Defense for Privacy, Civil Liberties, and Transparency, Regulatory Directorate, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Mailbox #24, Suite 08D09, Alexandria, VA 22350-1700.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         All submissions received must include the agency name, docket number and title for this 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the internet at 
                        <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to Defense Counterintelligence and Security Agency, Defense Counterintelligence and Security Agency, 27130 Telegraph Road, Quantico, VA 22134; ATTN: Ms. Sandra Langley, or call 410-863-9995.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title; Associated Form; and OMB Number:</E>
                     Defense Information System for Security; OMB Control Number 0705-0008.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>
                     This information collection is necessary as the Defense Information System for Security (DISS) system requires personal data collection to facilitate the initiation, investigation and adjudication of information relevant to DoD security clearances and employment suitability determinations for active duty military, civilian employees and contractors requiring such credentials. The respondents for this information collection are 45,377 Facility Security Officers (FSOs) working in industry companies, who are responsible for the regular servicing and updating of the DISS records of individuals with an industry person category. The specific purpose of this information collection is for FSOs to update the DISS records of contractor personnel within their company and Security Management Office to facilitate DoD Adjudicators and Security Managers obtaining accurate up-to-date eligibility and access information on contractor personnel. FSO respondents electronically collect, update, and complete the collection directly into the DISS application.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Individuals or households.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     680,655.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     45,377.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     45.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Annual Responses:</E>
                     2,041,965.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Average Burden per Response:</E>
                     20 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     On occasion.
                </P>
                <P>The DISS is a DoD personnel security system and is the authoritative source for clearance information resulting in access determinations to sensitive/classified information and facilities. Collection and maintenance of personal data in DISS is required to facilitate the initiation, investigation and adjudication of information relevant to DoD security clearances and employment suitability determinations for active duty military, civilian employees, and contractors requiring such credentials. FSOs working in private companies that contract with DoD and who need access to the DISS system to update security-related information about their company's employees must complete DD Form 2962 (OMB Control Number 0704-0542). Specific uses include: Facilitation for DoD Adjudicators and Security Managers to obtain accurate up-to-date eligibility and access information on all personnel (military, civilian and contractor personnel) adjudicated by the DoD. The DoD Adjudicators and Security Managers are also able to update eligibility and access levels of military, civilian and contractor personnel nominated for access to sensitive DoD information. Once granted access, the FSOs maintain employee personal information, submit requests for investigations, and submit other relevant personnel security information into DISS on over 1,000,000 contract employees annually.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Aaron T. Siegel,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11023 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="43831"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket ID: DoD-2024-OS-0057]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed Collection; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for Intelligence and Security (OUSD(I&amp;S)), Department of Defense (DoD).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>60-Day information collection notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        In compliance with the 
                        <E T="03">Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995,</E>
                         the Defense Counterintelligence and Security Agency announces a proposed public information collection and seeks public comment on the provisions thereof. Comments are invited on: whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways to minimize the burden of the information collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Consideration will be given to all comments received by July 19, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov</E>
                        . Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Department of Defense, Office of the Assistant to the Secretary of Defense for Privacy, Civil Liberties, and Transparency, Regulatory Directorate, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Mailbox #24, Suite 08D09, Alexandria, VA 22350-1700.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         All submissions received must include the agency name, docket number and title for this 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the internet at 
                        <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to the Defense Counterintelligence and Security Agency, 27130 Telegraph Rd, Quantico, VA 22134-2253, ATTN: Mr. Christopher Pirch, or call 571-305-6241.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title; Associated Form; and OMB Number:</E>
                     Personnel Security Investigation Projection for Industry Census Survey; OMB Control Number 0705-0007.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>
                     Executive Order (E.O.) 12829, “National Industrial Security Program (NISP),” stipulates that the Secretary of Defense shall serve as the Executive Agent for inspecting and monitoring the contractors, licensees, and grantees who require or will require access to classified information; and for determining the eligibility for access to classified information of contractors, licensees, and grantees and their respective employees. The Under Secretary of Defense for Intelligence assigned Defense Counterintelligence and Security Agency (DCSA) the responsibility for central operational management of NISP personnel security investigation (PSI) workload projections, and for monitoring of NISP PSI funding and investigations. The execution of the collection instrument is an essential element of DCSA's ability to plan, program and budget for the PSI needs of NISP personnel security investigations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profit, not-for-profit institutions, state, local or tribal governments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     5,333.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     7,999.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Annual Responses:</E>
                     7,999.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Average Burden per Response:</E>
                     40 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     Annually.
                </P>
                <P>Contractor entities are responsible for completing contractual requirements. Based on guidance contained in their contracts, they must identify which personnel will require background investigations for clearances in order to complete those contracts. Therefore, in order to comply with the terms of the Fiscal Year 2001 Defense Authorization Bill as they pertain to quantifying background investigation requirements and to ensure sufficient funding for these background investigations for clearances, DCSA must solicit input from the contractor entities regarding the numbers of each type of investigation they require for contract performance requiring access to classified information. The survey data are used to project case and cost estimates, integral to planning and programming for NISP personnel security investigations across the Fiscal Year Defense Plan.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Aaron T. Siegel,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11020 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket ID: DoD-2023-OS-0119]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Health Affairs (OASD(HA)), Department of Defense (DoD).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>30-Day information collection notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The DoD has submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Consideration will be given to all comments received by June 17, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain</E>
                        . Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Reginald Lucas, (571) 372-7574, 
                        <E T="03">whs.mc-alex.esd.mbx.dd-dod-information-collections@mail.mil</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P> </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title; Associated Form; and OMB Number:</E>
                     Leader Assessment of the DoD's Toolkit for Managing Suicide-Related Events; OMB Control Number: 0720-SPTK.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>
                     New.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     200.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Annual Responses:</E>
                     200.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Average Burden per Response:</E>
                     120 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     400.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>
                     The Defense Suicide Prevention Office (DSPO) has developed an online postvention toolkit intended to equip DoD personnel with a better understanding of how to support survivors in a way that is sensitive to the unique issues associated with 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43832"/>
                    suicide-related events. Sections of the toolkit were specifically designed to facilitate leader decision-making, support, and management of suicide-related events. While this toolkit is a critical step in supporting postvention in the military, it has yet to be formally evaluated. In accordance with Department of Defense Instruction (DoDI) 6490.16, DSPO and Military Departments must “ensure that suicide prevention activities are developed from a relevant evidence-base and have an evaluation capability” prior to implementation. Suicide prevention activities that were in place prior to release of the DoDI 6490.16 must be reviewed for improvement and gather program evaluation data. In addition, Government Accountability Office (GAO) Report GAO-22-105108 titled “DoD Should Enhance Oversight, Staffing, Guidance, and Training Affecting Certain Remote Installations,” recommended that the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness, in collaboration with DSPO, establish guidance to address commanders' response to suicide attempts, including the extent of any responsibilities related to reintegration of Service members into the workplace following a suicide attempt. The proposed project will allow DSPO to meet the DoDI 6490.16 requirement for development of an evaluation plan for the DSPO Postvention Toolkit, while simultaneously meeting GAO's requirements to explore and develop resources to meet the needs of military leaders' in supporting Service member reintegration following a suicide attempt. Feedback from leaders is needed to understand the perceptions of the toolkit to guide improvements in content, approach, and dissemination.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Individuals or Households.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     Once.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondent's Obligation:</E>
                     Voluntary.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Desk Officer:</E>
                     Mr. Matt Eliseo.
                </P>
                <P>You may also submit comments and recommendations, identified by Docket ID number and title, by the following method:</P>
                <P>
                    • 
                    <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov</E>
                    . Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                     All submissions received must include the agency name, Docket ID number, and title for this 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the internet at 
                    <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">DOD Clearance Officer:</E>
                     Mr. Reginald Lucas.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Requests for copies of the information collection proposal should be sent to Mr. Lucas at 
                    <E T="03">whs.mc-alex.esd.mbx.dd-dod-information-collections@mail.mil</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Aaron T. Siegel,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11039 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Transmittal No. 21-33]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Arms Sales Notification</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Defense Security Cooperation Agency, Department of Defense (DoD).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Arms sales notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The DoD is publishing the unclassified text of an arms sales notification.</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Neil Hedlund at 
                        <E T="03">neil.g.hedlund.civ@mail.mil</E>
                         or (703) 697-9214.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>This 36(b)(1) arms sales notification is published to fulfill the requirements of section 155 of Public Law 104-164 dated July 21, 1996. The following is a copy of a letter to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, Transmittal 21-33 with attached Policy Justification and Sensitivity of Technology.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Aaron T. Siegel,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="572">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43833"/>
                    <GID>EN20MY24.316</GID>
                </GPH>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-C</BILCOD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Transmittal No. 21-33</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Notice of Proposed Issuance of Letter of Offer Pursuant to Section 36(b)(1) of the Arms Export Control Act, as Amended</HD>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">Prospective Purchaser:</E>
                     Government of Egypt
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Value:</E>
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L0,tp0,p0,8/9,g1,t1,i1" CDEF="s30,xs56">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Major Defense Equipment *</ENT>
                        <ENT>$662 million.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Other</ENT>
                        <ENT>$ 29 million.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="02">TOTAL</ENT>
                        <ENT>$691 million.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Funding Source: Foreign Military Financing (FMF)</P>
                <P>
                    (iii) 
                    <E T="03">Description and Quantity or Quantities of Articles or Services under Consideration for Purchase:</E>
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    <E T="03">Major Defense Equipment (MDE):</E>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Five thousand (5,000) TOW 2A, Radio Frequency (RF) Missiles, BGM-71E-4B-RF</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Seventy (70) TOW 2A, Radio Frequency (RF) Missiles, BGM-71E-4B-RF (Fly-to-Buy Lot Acceptance Missiles)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    <E T="03">Non-MDE:</E>
                    <PRTPAGE P="43834"/>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Also included is missile support equipment; technical manuals/publications; spare parts; tool and test equipment; training; U.S. Government technical and logistical support, contractor technical support, and other associated equipment and services; and other related elements of logistical and program support.</FP>
                <P>
                    (iv) 
                    <E T="03">Military Department:</E>
                     Army (EG-B-VJO)
                </P>
                <P>
                    (v) 
                    <E T="03">Prior Related Cases, if any:</E>
                     EG-B-VCO
                </P>
                <P>
                    (vi) 
                    <E T="03">Sales Commission, Fee, etc., Paid, Offered, or Agreed to be Paid:</E>
                     None
                </P>
                <P>
                    (vii) 
                    <E T="03">Sensitivity of Technology Contained in the Defense Article or Defense Services Proposed to be Sold:</E>
                     See Attached Annex
                </P>
                <P>
                    (viii) 
                    <E T="03">Date Report Delivered to Congress:</E>
                     May 19, 2022
                </P>
                <P>* As defined in Section 47(6) of the Arms Export Control Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">POLICY JUSTIFICATION</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Egypt—TOW 2A Radio Frequency (RF) Missiles and Support</HD>
                <P>The Government of Egypt has requested to buy five thousand (5,000) TOW 2A, Radio Frequency (RF) missiles, BGM-71E-4B-RF; and seventy (70) TOW 2A, Radio Frequency (RF) missiles, BGM-71E-4B-RF (Fly-to-Buy Lot Acceptance missiles). Also included is missile support equipment; technical manuals/publications; spare parts; tool and test equipment; training; U.S. Government technical and logistical support, contractor technical support, and other associated equipment and services; and other related elements of logistical and program support. The estimated total cost is $691 million.</P>
                <P>This proposed sale will support the foreign policy and national security of the United States by helping to improve the security of a Major Non-North Atlantic Treaty Organization Ally that continues to be an important strategic partner in the Middle East.</P>
                <P>The proposed sale will enhance Egypt's capability to strengthen its homeland defense by replenishing its stocks. The missiles will be used for counter-terrorism and border security against armored threats and fortified positions. Egypt will have no difficulty absorbing these additional missiles into its armed forces.</P>
                <P>The proposed sale of this equipment and support will not alter the basic military balance in the region.</P>
                <P>The principal contractor will be Raytheon Missiles &amp; Defense, Tucson, AZ. There are no known offset agreements proposed in connection with this potential sale.</P>
                <P>Implementation of this proposed sale will not require the assignment of any additional U.S. Government or contractor representatives to Egypt.</P>
                <P>There will be no adverse impact on U.S. defense readiness as a result of this proposed sale.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Transmittal No. 21-33</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Notice of Proposed Issuance of Letter of Offer Pursuant to Section 36(b)(1) of the Arms Export Control Act</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Annex</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Item No. vii</HD>
                <P>
                    (vii) 
                    <E T="03">Sensitivity of Technology:</E>
                </P>
                <P>1. The Radio Frequency TOW 2A (RF) Missile (BGM-71-4B-RF) is a direct attack missile designed to defeat armored vehicles, reinforced urban structures, field fortification and other such targets. TOW Missiles are fired from a variety of TOW Launchers in the U.S. Army, USMC, and FMS partner forces. The TOW 2A RF missile can be launched from the same launcher platforms as the existing wire-guided TOW 2A missile without modification to the launcher. The TOW 2A missile (both wire and RF) contains two tracker beacons (Xenon and thermal) for the launcher to track and guide the missile in flight. Guidance commands from the launcher are provided to the missile by the RF link contained within the missile case.</P>
                <P>2. The highest level of classification of defense articles, components, and services included in this potential sale is SECRET.</P>
                <P>3. If a technologically advanced adversary were to obtain knowledge of the specific hardware and software elements, the information could be used to develop countermeasures that might reduce weapon system effectiveness or be used in the development of a system with similar or advanced capabilities.</P>
                <P>4. A determination has been made that Egypt can provide substantially the same degree of protection for the sensitive technology being released as the U.S. Government. This sale is necessary in furtherance of the U.S. foreign policy and national security objectives outlined in the Policy Justification.</P>
                <P>5. All defense articles and services listed in this transmittal have been authorized for release and export to the Government of Egypt.</P>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11033 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Transmittal No. 21-0M]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Arms Sales Notification</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Defense Security Cooperation Agency, Department of Defense (DoD).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Arms sales notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The DoD is publishing the unclassified text of an arms sales notification.</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Neil Hedlund at 
                        <E T="03">neil.g.hedlund.civ@mail.mil</E>
                         or (703) 697-9214.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>This 36(b)(5)(C) arms sales notification is published to fulfill the requirements of section 155 of Public Law 104-164 dated July 21, 1996. The following is a copy of a letter to the Speaker of the House of Representatives with attached Transmittal 21-0M.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Aaron T. Siegel,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="503">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43835"/>
                    <GID>EN20MY24.318</GID>
                </GPH>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-C</BILCOD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Transmittal No. 21-0M</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">REPORT OF ENHANCEMENT OR UPGRADE OF SENSITIVITY OF TECHNOLOGY OR CAPABILITY (SEC. 36(B)(5)(C), AECA)</HD>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">Purchaser:</E>
                     Government of Egypt
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Sec. 36(b)(1), AECA Transmittal No.:</E>
                     #20-81 
                </P>
                <P>Date: February 16, 2021</P>
                <P>Military Department: Navy</P>
                <P>Funding Source: Foreign Military Financing (FMF)</P>
                <P>
                    (iii) 
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     On February 16, 2021, Congress was notified by Congressional certification transmittal number 20-81 of the possible sale, under Section 36(b)(l) of the Arms Export Control Act, of up to one hundred sixty-eight (168) RIM-116C Rolling Airframe Missiles (RAM) Block 2 tactical missiles. Also included were RAM Guided Missile Round Pack Tri-Pack shipping and storage containers; operator manuals and technical documentation; U.S. Government and contractor engineering, technical and logistics support services; and other related elements of logistical and program support. The estimated total program cost was $197 million. Major Defense Equipment (MDE) constituted $182 million of this total.
                </P>
                <P>This transmittal notifies the addition of four (4) MK 49 MOD 5 RAM Guided Missile Launching Systems (GMLS) (MDE). The following non-MDE items will also be included: support equipment; sparing; U.S. Government and contractor technical assistance; and U.S. Government non-technical support. The overall MDE value will increase to $282 million and the overall total value will increase to $347 million.</P>
                <P>
                    (iv) 
                    <E T="03">Significance:</E>
                     This notification is being provided to report the inclusion of MDE items not previously notified. The 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43836"/>
                    inclusion of this MDE represents an increase in capability over what was previously notified. The Egyptian Navy will replace the RAM MK 49 MOD 3 launchers on its Ex‐Oliver Hazard Perry (OHP) Frigates with these Mod 5 launchers. This potential sale will improve Egypt's capability to meet current and future threats and provide significantly enhanced area defense capabilities over Egypt's coastal areas and approaches to the Suez Canal.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (v) 
                    <E T="03">Justification:</E>
                     This proposed sale will support the foreign policy and national security objectives of the United States by helping to improve the security of a Major Non-North Atlantic Treaty Organization Ally that continues to be an important strategic partner in the Middle East.
                </P>
                <P>
                    (vi) 
                    <E T="03">Sensitivity of Technology:</E>
                     The RAM MK 49 GMLS is the launcher for the RAM Guided Missile Weapon System (GMWS) that was approved under the original 36(b)(1) notification, Transmittal No. 20-81. The RAM GMWS is a high fire power, dual mode, fire and forget weapon system, which provides ship self-defense against anti-ship missiles. The RAM MK 49 GMLS is comprised of a 21-round launcher guide, which is capable of firing tactical or telemetry RAM missiles.
                </P>
                <P>The highest level of classification of defense articles, components, and services included in this potential sale is UNCLASSIFIED.</P>
                <P>
                    (vii) 
                    <E T="03">Date Report Delivered to Congress:</E>
                     May 26, 2022
                </P>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11037 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket ID: DoD-2024-HA-0055]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed Collection; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>The Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Health Affairs (OASD(HA)), Department of Defense (DoD).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>60-Day information collection notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        In compliance with the 
                        <E T="03">Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995,</E>
                         the Defense Health Agency announces a proposed public information collection and seeks public comment on the provisions thereof. Comments are invited on: whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways to minimize the burden of the information collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Consideration will be given to all comments received by July 19, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal: http://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the instructions for submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Department of Defense, Office of the Assistant to the Secretary of Defense for Privacy, Civil Liberties, and Transparency, Regulatory Directorate, 4800 Mark Center Drive, Mailbox #24, Suite 08D09, Alexandria, VA 22350-1700.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         All submissions received must include the agency name, docket number and title for this 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         document. The general policy for comments and other submissions from members of the public is to make these submissions available for public viewing on the internet at 
                        <E T="03">http://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         as they are received without change, including any personal identifiers or contact information.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to Defense Health Agency, 7700 Arlington Blvd., Falls Church, VA 22042, ATTN: Amanda Grifka, 703-681-1771.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title; Associated Form; and OMB Number:</E>
                     Safety Culture, Operational reliability, Resilience/burnout, and Engagement (SCORE
                    <E T="51">TM</E>
                    ) Survey; OMB Control Number 0720-SCOR.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Needs and Uses:</E>
                     The 2001 National Defense Authorization Act addresses patient safety in military and veteran's healthcare and requires an examination of systemic factors which lead to medical error. The SCORE
                    <E T="51">TM</E>
                     Survey, a validated commercial assessment tool for patient safety that engages all levels of staff from executive leaders to frontline teams, is a response to this legislation. Defense Health Network National Capital Region (DHN NCR) uses results from the SCORE
                    <E T="51">TM</E>
                     to meet requirements for Leapfrog, a nonprofit advocate of transparency and quality in healthcare which evaluates military facilities. Furthermore, SCORE
                    <E T="51">TM</E>
                     provides the granular, customized data necessary for true culture change at echelon or process for driving cultural change with the survey results.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Required post-survey debriefings drive team engagement: in 2020 and 2021 alone, DHN NCR SCORE
                    <E T="51">TM</E>
                     debriefs generated over 1,000 frontline action plans which have driven Fiscal Year 2024 year-over-year increases in improvement readiness and local leadership engagement. Additionally, since SCORE
                    <E T="51">TM</E>
                     is repeated every 12-24 months, it meets the highest-level Leapfrog requirements and have helped our largest facilities earn Leapfrog “A” designation.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Federal Government, Individuals, or Households.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     16,333.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                     98,000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Responses per Respondent:</E>
                     1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Annual Responses:</E>
                     98,000.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Average Burden per Response:</E>
                     10 minutes.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     As required.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Aaron T. Siegel,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11021 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Secretary</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Transmittal No. 22-11]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Arms Sales Notification</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Defense Security Cooperation Agency, Department of Defense (DoD).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Arms sales notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The DoD is publishing the unclassified text of an arms sales notification.</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Neil Hedlund at 
                        <E T="03">neil.g.hedlund.civ@mail.mil</E>
                         or (703) 697-9214.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>This 36(b)(1) arms sales notification is published to fulfill the requirements of section 155 of Public Law 104-164 dated July 21, 1996. The following is a copy of a letter to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, Transmittal 22-11 with attached Policy Justification and Sensitivity of Technology.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Aaron T. Siegel,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Alternate OSD Federal Register Liaison Officer, Department of Defense.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="530">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43837"/>
                    <GID>EN20MY24.315</GID>
                </GPH>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-C</BILCOD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Transmittal No. 22-11</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Notice of Proposed Issuance of Letter of Offer Pursuant to Section 36(b)(1) of the Arms Export Control Act, as Amended</HD>
                <P>
                    (i) 
                    <E T="03">Prospective Purchaser:</E>
                     Government of Egypt
                </P>
                <P>
                    (ii) 
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Value:</E>
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L0,tp0,p0,8/9,g1,t1,i1" CDEF="s30,xs56">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Major Defense Equipment * </ENT>
                        <ENT>$1.725 billion.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Other</ENT>
                        <ENT>$.875 billion.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="02">TOTAL</ENT>
                        <ENT>$2.600 billion.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>Funding Source: Combined National Funds and Foreign Military Financing (FMF)</P>
                <P>
                    (iii) 
                    <E T="03">Description and Quantity or Quantities of Articles or Services under Consideration for Purchase:</E>
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    <E T="03">Major Defense Equipment (MDE):</E>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Twenty-three (23) CH-47F Chinook Helicopters</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Fifty-six (56) T-55-GA-714A Engines (46 installed, 10 spares)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Fifty-two (52) Embedded Global Positioning System (GPS) Inertial Navigation Systems (INS) (EGI) (46 installed, 6 spares)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Twenty-nine (29) AN/AAR-57 Common Missile Warning Systems (CMWS) (23 installed, 6 spares)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Seventy-five (75) M-240 Machine Guns (69 installed, 6 spares)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    <E T="03">Non-MDE:</E>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                    Also included is Common Missile Warning System (CMWS) classified software; AN/APR-39 Radar Warning Receivers (RWR); AN/AVR-2B Laser Detecting Sets (LDS); 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43838"/>
                    High Frequency (HF) radios; Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) (including 25.4mm decoy cartridges, impulse cartridges for cable cutters and aircraft cartridges); AN/ARN-147 Very High Frequency (VHF) Omni Directional Radio Range/Instrument Landing System (VOR/ILS) receivers; AN/ARN-153 Tactical Airborne Navigation System (TACAN) radios; AN/APN-209 radar altimeters; AN/AVS-6 Night Vision Devices (NVD); 7.62mm ammunition; items and services to support the mission equipment; hardware and services required to implement additional aircraft options such as: rescue hoists; external cargo slings and nets; Bambi fire buckets; Fast Rope Insertion Extraction Systems (FRIES); Cargo On/Off Loading Systems (COOLS); Extended Range Fuel Systems (ERFS); upgrade to the maintenance hangar and additional parking pads; special tools and test equipment; ground support equipment; airframe and engine spare parts; technical data; publications; Maintenance Work Orders/Engineering Change Proposals (MWO/ECPs); technical assistance; transportation; training; and other related elements of logistics and program support.
                </FP>
                <P>
                    (iv) 
                    <E T="03">Military Department:</E>
                     Army (EG-B-VGG)
                </P>
                <P>
                    (v) 
                    <E T="03">Prior Related Cases, if any:</E>
                     EG-B-KXA, EG-B-BEL
                </P>
                <P>
                    (vi) 
                    <E T="03">Sales Commission, Fee, etc., Paid, Offered, or Agreed to be Paid:</E>
                     None known at this time
                </P>
                <P>
                    (vii) 
                    <E T="03">Sensitivity of Technology Contained in the Defense Article or Defense Services Proposed to be Sold:</E>
                     See Attached Annex
                </P>
                <P>
                    (viii) 
                    <E T="03">Date Report Delivered to Congress:</E>
                     May 26, 2022
                </P>
                <P>* As defined in Section 47(6) of the Arms Export Control Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">POLICY JUSTIFICATION</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Egypt—CH-47F Chinook Helicopters</HD>
                <P>The Government of Egypt has requested to buy twenty-three (23) CH-47F Chinook helicopters; fifty-six (56) T-55-GA-714A engines (46 installed, 10 spares); fifty-two (52) Embedded Global Positioning System (GPS) Inertial Navigation Systems (INS) (EGI) (46 installed, 6 spares); twenty-nine (29) AN/AAR-57 Common Missile Warning Systems (CMWS) (23 installed, 6 spares); and seventy-five (75) M-240 machine guns (69 installed, 6 spares). Also included is Common Missile Warning System (CMWS) classified software; AN/APR-39 Radar Warning Receivers (RWR); AN/AVR-2B Laser Detecting Sets (LDS); High Frequency (HF) radios; Aircraft Survivability Equipment (ASE) (including 25.4mm decoy cartridges, impulse cartridges for cable cutters and aircraft cartridges); AN/ARN-147 Very High Frequency (VHF) Omni Directional Radio Range/Instrument Landing System (VOR/ILS) receivers; AN/ARN-153 Tactical Airborne Navigation System (TACAN) radios; AN/APN-209 radar altimeters, AN/AVS-6 Night Vision Devices (NVD); 7.62mm ammunition; items and services to support the mission equipment; hardware and services required to implement additional aircraft options such as: rescue hoists; external cargo slings and nets; Bambi fire buckets; Fast Rope Insertion Extraction Systems (FRIES); Cargo On/Off Loading Systems (COOLS); Extended Range Fuel Systems (ERFS); upgrade to the maintenance hangar and additional parking pads; special tools and test equipment; ground support equipment; airframe and engine spare parts; technical data; publications; Maintenance Work Orders/Engineering Change Proposals (MWO/ECPs); technical assistance; transportation; training; and other related elements of logistics and program support. The total estimated program cost is $2.6 billion.</P>
                <P>This proposed sale will support the foreign policy and national security of the United States by helping to improve the security of a Major Non-North Atlantic Treaty Organization Ally that continues to be an important strategic partner in the Middle East.</P>
                <P>The proposed sale will improve Egypt's heavy lift capability. Egypt will use this enhanced capability to strengthen its homeland defense and deter regional threats. Egypt will have no difficulty absorbing this equipment and services into its armed forces.</P>
                <P>The proposed sale of this equipment and support will not alter the basic military balance in the region.</P>
                <P>The principal contractor will be Boeing Helicopter Company, Philadelphia, PA. There are no known offset agreements proposed in connection with this potential sale.</P>
                <P>Implementation of this proposed sale will require the assignment of seven (7) U.S. Government and six (6) contractor representatives to Egypt to support delivery of the CH-47 Chinook aircraft and to provide support and equipment familiarization. Two (2) contractors would be deployed to Egypt for approximately two (2) years plus options for additional years for follow-on support of equipment and five (5) military personnel (Technical Assistance Field Team/TAFT) would be deployed to Egypt for approximately two (2) years.</P>
                <P>There will be no adverse impact on U.S. defense readiness as a result of this proposed sale.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Transmittal No. 22-11</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Notice of Proposed Issuance of Letter of Offer Pursuant to Section 36(b)(1) of the Arms Export Control Act</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Annex</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Item No. vii</HD>
                <P>
                    (vii) 
                    <E T="03">Sensitivity of Technology:</E>
                </P>
                <P>1. The CH-47F is a twin engine, heavy lift helicopter. The CH-47F has the common avionics architecture system (CAAS) cockpit, which provides aircraft system, flight, mission, and communication management systems. The CAAS includes five multifunction displays (MFDs), two general purpose processor units (GPPUs), two control display units (CDUs) and two data concentrator units (DCUs). The Navigation System has two Embedded GPS/INS (EGIs), two Digital Advanced Flight Control System (DAFCS), one AN/ARN-147 (VOR/ILS marker Beacon System), one ARN-153 Tactical Air Navigation System (TACAN), two air data computers, and one AN/APN-209 Radar Altimeter system. The communications suite is as follows: two each Multi-mode radios providing VHF FM, VHF-AM, UHF, HQ II and Demand Assigned Multiple Access (DAMA) Satellite Communications (SATCOM), and one each High Frequency (HF) Radio. Aircraft survivability equipment (ASE) will consist of the AN/AAR-57 Common Missile Warning System (CMWS), and the AN/APR-39 Radar Signal Detecting Set (RSDS).</P>
                <P>• The AN/AAR-57 Common Missile Warning System (CMWS) is the detection component of the suite of countermeasures designed to increase survivability of current generation combat aircraft and specialized special operations aircraft against the threat posed by infrared guided missiles.</P>
                <P>• The AN/APR-39 Radar Signal Detecting Set provides the pilot with visual and audible warning when a hostile fire-control threat is encountered.</P>
                <P>• The AN/AVS-6 Night Vision Device (NVD) is a third-generation, helmet-mounted, direct-view, image-intensification device. It enables Aviators to operate more effectively and safely during lowlight and degraded battlefield conditions.</P>
                <P>
                    2. The highest level of classification of defense articles, components, and services included in this potential sale is SECRET.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43839"/>
                </P>
                <P>3. If a technologically advanced adversary were to obtain knowledge of the specific hardware and software elements, the information could be used to develop countermeasures that might reduce weapon system effectiveness or be used in the development of a system with similar or advanced capabilities.</P>
                <P>4. A determination has been made that the Government of Egypt can provide substantially the same degree of protection for the sensitive technology being released as the U.S. Government. This sale is necessary in furtherance of the U.S. foreign policy and national security objectives outlined in the Policy Justification.</P>
                <P>5. All defense articles and services listed in this transmittal have been authorized for release and export to the Government of Egypt.</P>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11035 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6001-FR-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No.: ED-2024-SCC-0032]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; School Pulse Panel 2024-25 Data Collection</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Center for Education Statistics (NCES), Department of Education (ED).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, the Department is proposing a revision of a currently approved information collection request (ICR).</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before June 20, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for proposed information collection requests should be submitted within 30 days of publication of this notice. Click on this link 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain</E>
                         to access the site. Find this information collection request (ICR) by selecting “Department of Education” under “Currently Under Review,” then check the “Only Show ICR for Public Comment” checkbox. 
                        <E T="03">Reginfo.gov</E>
                         provides two links to view documents related to this information collection request. Information collection forms and instructions may be found by clicking on the “View Information Collection (IC) List” link. Supporting statements and other supporting documentation may be found by clicking on the “View Supporting Statement and Other Documents” link.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Carrie Clarady, (202) 245-6347.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The Department is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title of Collection:</E>
                     School Pulse Panel 2024-25 Data Collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     1850-0969.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Revision of a currently approved ICR.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents/Affected Public:</E>
                     State, Local, and Tribal Governments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Number of Annual Responses:</E>
                     53,955.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Number of Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     10,175.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The School Pulse Panel (SPP) is a data collection that was originally designed to collect voluntary responses from a nationally representative sample of public schools to better understand how schools, students, and educators were responding to the ongoing stressors of the coronavirus pandemic. Due to the immediate need to collect information from schools during the pandemic to satisfy the requirement of Executive Order 14000, an emergency clearance was issued to develop and field the first several monthly collections of the SPP in 2021 and a full review of the SPP data collection was performed under the traditional clearance review process in 2022 (OMB#1850-0969). SPPs innovative design and timely dissemination of findings have been used and cited frequently among Department of Education senior leadership, the White House Domestic Policy Council, the USDAs Food and Nutrition Service, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Congressional deliberations, and the media. The ongoing, growing interest by stakeholders resulted in the request for dedicated funding to create an established NCES quick-turnaround data collection vehicle to become a mainstay for NCES. Funding for a mainstay collection was approved in late 2022, and NCES conducted a new collection during the 2023-24 school year. The purpose of this request is for a full review of the 2024-25 SPP data collection under the traditional clearance review process.
                </P>
                <P>For the 2024-25 school year, the survey will ask school staff about a wide range of topics, including, but not limited to, staffing, learning recovery, tutoring, usage of federal funds, facilities, transportation, school environment issues, and overall principal and staff experiences, in addition to repeating items from the previous collections. It is planned that some new content will be rotated in (and some rotated out) monthly. This package includes details regarding the methodology and operations, as well as potential content areas and an item bank of potential items that can be asked any month.</P>
                <P>The School Pulse Panel study is one of the few reliable, nationally representative, quick-turnaround studies that produces data on U.S. public schools. The sample design for the 2024-25 collection will roughly be the same as the 2023-24 collection, with 4,000 public elementary, middle, high, and combined-grade schools in an initial sample and 4,000 public elementary, middle, high, and combined-grade schools in a reserve sample. These schools will be selected via a random stratified sampling approach.</P>
                <P>This submission has undergone a 60-day public comment period and is now submitted for an additional 30-day public comment period. We have made revisions to all documents that are part of this request. We have added instruments for the August, September, and October 2024 surveys (Appendix C1) and split the Item Bank into two parts; Appendix B1 will be an item bank for the current administration SPP 2024-2025, while Appendix B2 contains all questionnaires from previous administrations, including all items that may be revived in future months of SPP 2024-25. Items in Appendix C1 are currently being tested and are considered draft until the testing is complete; final items will be submitted to OMB through a change request. Subsequent quarterly instruments will also be posted for 30-day comment in the months immediately preceding their administration, potentially followed by change requests to allow for small changes in items as deemed necessary by cognitive testing.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <PRTPAGE P="43840"/>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Stephanie Valentine,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>PRA Coordinator, Strategic Collections and Clearance, Governance and Strategy Division, Office of Chief Data Officer, Office of Planning, Evaluation and Policy Development.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10973 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4000-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No.: ED-2024-SCC-0044]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Application for Flexibility for Equitable Per-Pupil Funding</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Elementary and Secondary Education (OESE), Department of Education (ED).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, the Department is proposing an extension without change of a currently approved information collection request (ICR).</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before June 20, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for proposed information collection requests should be submitted within 30 days of publication of this notice. Click on this link 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain</E>
                         to access the site. Find this information collection request (ICR) by selecting “Department of Education” under “Currently Under Review,” then check the “Only Show ICR for Public Comment” checkbox. 
                        <E T="03">Reginfo.gov</E>
                         provides two links to view documents related to this information collection request. Information collection forms and instructions may be found by clicking on the “View Information Collection (IC) List” link. Supporting statements and other supporting documentation may be found by clicking on the “View Supporting Statement and Other Documents” link.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Melissa Siry, 202-260-0926.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The Department is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title of Collection:</E>
                     Application for Flexibility for Equitable Per-pupil Funding.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     1810-0734.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     An extension without change of a currently approved ICR.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents/Affected Public:</E>
                     State, Local, and Tribal Governments. 
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Number of Annual Responses:</E>
                     10.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Number of Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     560.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     This is a request to extend an existing information collection for the Application for Flexibility for Equitable Per-pupil Funding, the instrument through which local educational agencies (LEAs) apply for flexibility to consolidate eligible Federal funds and State and local education funding based on weighted per-pupil allocations for low-income and otherwise disadvantaged students. This program allows LEAs to consolidate funds under the following Federal education programs: Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA); Title I, Part A Improving Basic Programs Operated by Local Educational Agencies; Title I, Part C Education of Migratory Children; Title I, Part D, Subpart 2 Local Prevention and Intervention Programs for Children and Youth Who Are Neglected, Delinquent, or At-Risk; Title II Preparing, Training, and Recruiting High-quality Teachers, Principals, or Other School Leaders; Title III Language Instruction for English Learners and Immigrant Students; Title IV, Part A Student Support and Academic Enrichment Grants; Title VI, Part B Rural Education Initiative. On December 10, 2015, the programs above were reauthorized by the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (ESEA), as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA). The Flexibility for Equitable Per-pupil Funding under section 1501 of the ESEA allows the U.S. Department of Education (Department) to offer an LEA the opportunity to consolidate funds under the above-listed programs to support the LEA in creating a single school funding system based on weighted per-pupil allocations for low-income and otherwise disadvantaged students, with attendant flexibility in using those funds.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Kun Mullan,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>PRA Coordinator, Strategic Collections and Clearance, Governance and Strategy Division, Office of Chief Data Officer, Office of Planning, Evaluation and Policy Development.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11032 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4000-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities, Office of the Secretary, U.S. Department of Education.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Announcement of an open meeting.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This notice sets forth the agenda for the summer 2024 meeting of the President's Board of Advisors on Historically Black Colleges and Universities (Board) and provides information to members of the public about how to attend the meeting, request to make oral comments at the meeting, and submit written comments pertaining to the work of the Board.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>On June 20, 2024, the Board will hold a virtual meeting from 10:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. E.D.T.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Sedika Franklin, Associate Director/Designated Federal Official, U.S. Department of Education, White House Initiative on Historically Black Colleges and Universities, 400 Maryland Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20202 or by email at 
                        <E T="03">sedika.franklin@ed.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">The Board's Statutory Authority and Function:</E>
                     The Board is established by 20 U.S.C. 1063e (the HBCUs Partners Act) and Executive Order 14041 (September 3, 2021) and is continued by Executive Order 14109 (September 29, 2023). The Board is also governed by the provisions of 5 U.S.C. chapter 10 (Federal Advisory Committees), which sets forth standards for the formation and use of advisory committees. The purpose of the Board is to advise the President, through the White House Initiative on Historically Black Colleges and Universities (Initiative), on all matters pertaining to strengthening the educational capacity of Historically Black Colleges and Universities (HBCUs).
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Board advises the President in the following areas: (i) improving the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43841"/>
                    identity, visibility, and distinctive capabilities and overall competitiveness of HBCUs; (ii) engaging the philanthropic, business, government, military, homeland-security, and education communities in a national dialogue regarding new HBCU programs and initiatives; (iii) improving the ability of HBCUs to remain fiscally secure institutions that can assist the Nation in achieving its educational goals and in advancing the interests of all Americans; (iv) elevating the public awareness of, and fostering appreciation of, HBCUs; (v) encouraging public-private investments in HBCUs; and (vi) improving government-wide strategic planning related to HBCU competitiveness to align Federal resources and provide the context for decisions about HBCU partnerships, investments, performance goals, priorities, human capital development, and budget planning. Notice of the meeting is required by 5 U.S.C. Chapter 10 (Federal Advisory Committees) and is intended to notify the public of an opportunity to attend the meeting.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Meeting Agenda:</E>
                     The meeting agenda will include roll call; approval of the minutes from the April 18, 2024 Board meeting; an update from the Board Chairperson; an update from U.S. Department of Education staff; an update from the Executive Director of the Initiative; a status report from each of the Board's subcommittees (Preservation and Growth, Infrastructure, and Career Pathways and Financial Support and Research); and a discussion regarding the status of the Board's report to the President. The public comment period will begin immediately following the conclusion of such discussions. The Board will hold a vote on recommendations presented by its subcommittees and/or any final elements of its report to the President.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Access to the Meeting:</E>
                     An advance RSVP is not required to attend the meeting. The public may join the meeting at the following link: 
                    <E T="03">https://events.intellor.com?do=modentry&amp;eventID=507129.</E>
                </P>
                <P>To join the meeting, please click on the link, enter your name, email address, and organization, and follow the prompts to connect to the meeting audio by computer or telephone. Members of the public who cannot join by computer may dial in by phone at 1-202-735-3323 with access code 5337461#. Members of the public joining by phone will be automatically placed in listen only mode.</P>
                <P>Members of the public may virtually join the meeting 10 minutes prior to its start time.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Submission of requests to make an oral comment:</E>
                     There will be an allotted time for oral comment. The public may submit a request to make oral comment by sending a note via the chat function to the Host and Presenters of the meeting. Please include “Oral Comment Request” in the note and provide the name, title, organization/affiliation, and email address of the person requesting to speak. Those joining by phone will be given instructions by the event producer on how to make oral comment. The Designated Federal Official will call upon each requestor in the order in which the requests were received. Each individual who makes a request will have an opportunity to speak for up to two minutes. All oral comments will become part of the official record of the meeting.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Submission of written comments: Written comments must be submitted to the 
                    <E T="03">whirsvps@ed.gov</E>
                     mailbox no later than two business days before the meeting. Please include in the subject line “Written Comments: Public Comment.” The email must include the name(s), title, organization/affiliation, mailing address, email address, and telephone number of the person(s) making the comment. Comments should be submitted as a Microsoft Word document or in a medium compatible with Microsoft Word (not a PDF file) that is attached to the email or provided in the body of the email message. Please do not send material directly to the members of the Board. Written comments will become part of the official record of the meeting.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Access to Records of the Meeting:</E>
                     The Department will post the official report of the meeting on the Board's website, 
                    <E T="03">https://sites.ed.gov/whhbcu/policy/presidents-board-of-advisors-pba-on-hbcus,</E>
                     no later than 90 days after the meeting. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 1009(b), the public may also inspect the meeting materials and other Board records at 400 Maryland Avenue SW, Washington, DC, by emailing 
                    <E T="03">oswhi-hbcu@ed.gov</E>
                     = to schedule an appointment.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Reasonable Accommodations:</E>
                     The meeting site is accessible to individuals with disabilities. If you will need an auxiliary aid or service to participate in the meeting (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     interpreting service, assistive listening device, or materials in an alternate format), notify the contact person listed in this notice at least two weeks before the meeting date. Although we will attempt to meet a request received after that date, we may not be able to make available the requested auxiliary aid or service because of insufficient time to arrange it.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Electronic Access to this Document:</E>
                     The official version of this document is the document published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . Free internet access to the official edition of the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     and the Code of Federal Regulations is available via the Federal Digital System at: 
                    <E T="03">www.gpo.gov/fdsys.</E>
                     At this site you can view this document, as well as all other documents of this Department published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , in text or Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF). To use PDF, you must have Adobe Acrobat Reader, which is available free at the site.
                </P>
                <P>
                    You may also access documents of the Department published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     by using the article search feature at: 
                    <E T="03">www.federalregister.gov.</E>
                     Specifically, through the advanced search feature at this site, you can limit your search to documents published by the Department.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     HBCUs Partners Act, Presidential Executive Order 14041, continued by Executive Order 14109.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Alexis Barrett,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief of Staff, Office of the Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10920 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4000-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Western Area Power Administration</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed 2028 Parker-Davis Project Power Marketing Plan</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Western Area Power Administration, Department of Energy (DOE).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of proposed plan.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Department of Energy (DOE), Western Area Power Administration (WAPA), Desert Southwest Region (DSW) has developed a Proposed 2028 Parker-Davis Project (P-DP) Power Marketing Plan (Proposed 2028 Plan). The Proposed 2028 Plan provides for marketing power from P-DP from October 1, 2028, through September 30, 2048. WAPA currently markets 259,206 kilowatts (kW) of capacity and associated energy from P-DP in the summer and 198,337 kW in the winter, under long-term contracts to 35 customers located in Arizona, California, and Nevada. On September 30, 2028, WAPA's existing long-term sales contracts for P-DP power will expire, and the Proposed 2028 Plan would take effect October 1, 2028. WAPA developed the Proposed 2028 Plan to define the products and services to be offered, along with Eligibility and Allocation Criteria that will lead to allocations of P-DP power to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43842"/>
                        contractors. This 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         notice initiates the formal public process for the Proposed 2028 Plan. As part of the process, WAPA requests public comment.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        A consultation and comment period begins today and will end August 19, 2024. WAPA will present a detailed explanation of the Proposed 2028 Plan during a public information forum that will be held June 20, 2024 from 1 p.m. to no later than 4 p.m. Mountain Standard Time (MST). WAPA will host a public comment forum that will be held July 19, 2024 from 1 p.m. to no later than 4 p.m. MST, or until the last comment is received. The public information and public comment forums will be conducted as hybrid meetings with both in-person and virtual options. Information and instructions for participating in the forums will be posted on DSW's website at least 14 days prior to these events at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.wapa.gov/about-wapa/regions/dsw/pdpremarketing.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Oral and written comments may be presented at the public comment forum. A transcript of oral comments made at this forum will be available from the court reporter or on DSW's website identified above. WAPA will accept written comments at any time during the consultation and comment period. To ensure consideration, written comments on the Proposed 2028 Plan must be received or postmarked by August 19, 2024. WAPA reserves the right not to consider any comments received or postmarked after the close of the comment period.</P>
                    <P>The record, including all documents sent to WAPA by the public for the purpose of developing the new marketing plan, will be available on DSW's website. Program information and the existing P-DP marketing plan documents are also available on the website.</P>
                    <P>
                        After all public comments have been considered, WAPA will publish a Final 2028 Power Marketing Plan (Final 2028 Plan) in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments regarding the Proposed 2028 Plan may be submitted to: Jack D. Murray, Regional Manager, Desert Southwest Region, Western Area Power Administration, P.O. Box 6457, Phoenix, AZ 85005-6457, fax (602) 605-4663, or email: 
                        <E T="03">pdp-remarketing@wapa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The public information and public comment forums will be held at WAPA's DSW office, located at 615 South 43rd Avenue, Phoenix, Arizona 85009. As access to WAPA facilities is controlled, any U.S. citizen wishing to attend a forum in person must present an official form of picture identification (ID), such as a U.S. driver's license, U.S. passport, U.S. government ID, or U.S. military ID. Foreign nationals should contact Cheryl Cruz at (602) 605-2664 or email: 
                        <E T="03">dswpwrmrk@wapa.gov,</E>
                         in advance of the forum to obtain the necessary form for admittance.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Jennifer Henn, Power Markets Advisor, Desert Southwest Region, Western Area Power Administration, (602) 605-2572 or email: 
                        <E T="03">pdp-remarketing@wapa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    P-DP, initially authorized by Congress in 1935, is a large power and water system of the Lower Colorado River Basin located in Arizona, California, and Nevada. In the original 1935 authorization for the Parker Dam, Congress defined the purposes of the Project as follows: (1) controlling floods; (2) improving navigation; (3) regulating the flow of the streams of the United States; (4) providing for storage and delivery of water; (5) the reclamation of public lands and Indian reservations; (6) other beneficial uses; and (7) for the generation of electric energy as a means of financially aiding and assisting such undertakings.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Davis Dam was authorized by the Secretary of Interior in 1941 pursuant to his authority under the Reclamation Project Act of 1939.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In 1954, Congress consolidated operations of the Parker and Davis Dams into a single project, now known as P-DP, for the purpose of “effecting economies” and increased efficiency in the construction, operation, maintenance, and accounting thereof.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         49 Stat. 1028, 1039 (Aug. 30, 1935).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         53 Stat. 1187 (Aug. 4, 1939).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         68 Stat. 143 (May 28, 1954).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>P-DP power facilities include Davis Dam, with its total operating capacity of 255,000 kW for P-DP, and Parker Dam, with 60,000 kW of operating capacity allotted to P-DP and 60,000 kW allotted to Metropolitan Water District of Southern California. Both dams are operated and owned by the Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation). WAPA owns and operates approximately 1,500 miles of high voltage transmission lines and 45 substations throughout Arizona, California, and Nevada to facilitate delivery of P-DP power in those three states.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">History of Parker-Davis Project Power Allocations</HD>
                <P>
                    WAPA allocates power not reserved for project purposes to preference power customers in accordance with its authority under Reclamation law 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the Department of Energy Organization Act of 1977,
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which transferred Reclamation's power marketing functions to the DOE, acting by and through WAPA.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                         Reclamation Project Act of 1939, sec. 9(c), 53 Stat. 1187, 1194 (Aug. 4, 1939), as amended or supplemented (43 U.S.C. 485h(c)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         91 Stat. 565, 578, sec. 302 (Aug. 4, 1977) (42 U.S.C. 7152).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    On December 28, 1984, following an extensive public process, litigation, and congressional action, WAPA published the Conformed General Consolidated Power Marketing Criteria or Regulations for Boulder City Area Projects (hereinafter referred to as the “Conformed Criteria,” 49 FR 50582). The Conformed Criteria established general marketing principles for the Federal projects within the jurisdiction of the then-existing Boulder City Area Office of WAPA, which included P-DP, Boulder Canyon Project (Hoover), and Central Arizona Project (Navajo) (49 FR 50582, 50584). The Conformed Criteria also set forth marketing criteria specific to P-DP once contracts expired on May 31, 1987, reserved power for existing P-DP contractors upon application and made available additional power to new and current contractors in excess of that power reserved by existing contractors and reserved for priority use (
                    <E T="03">Id.</E>
                     at 49 FR 50584-50587). As part of a separate public process and consistent with the Conformed Criteria, WAPA issued final allocation criteria and allocations of capacity and energy from P-DP for the period beginning June 1, 1987 (52 FR 28333).
                </P>
                <P>
                    In 2002, WAPA initiated a public process to remarket P-DP power when the existing contracts were set to expire on September 30, 2008 (
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     67 FR 51580). On May 5, 2003, WAPA published a decision to: (1) apply the Power Marketing Initiative (PMI), 10 CFR 905.30 through 905.37, to the P-DP remarketing effort; (2) increase the summer and winter marketable capacity; (3) increase capacity available to existing P-DP contractors as of October 1, 2008; (4) round up allocations of less than one mega-watt (MW) to an even one MW in summer and winter, and allocations of less than two MW to an even two MW in summer only; (5) extend for 20 years 93 percent of existing contractors' adjusted allocations; and (6) use the remaining 7 percent of adjusted allocations for a resource pool (68 FR 23709). In subsequent, separate public processes, WAPA issued decisions on resource pool eligibility and allocation criteria and final allocations for the 2008-2028 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43843"/>
                    marketing period (70 FR 74805; 71 FR 70380). WAPA's decisions for the 2008-2028 period did not otherwise alter marketing criteria applicable to the 1987-2008 marketing period, including the energy allocation methodology and minimum scheduling requirements set forth in the Conformed Criteria (
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     49 FR 50582, 50585, 50587).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Development of the Proposed 2028 Plan</HD>
                <P>WAPA developed the Proposed 2028 Plan: (1) to define the products and services WAPA will offer, and (2) to determine the criteria for marketing and allocating power from October 1, 2028, through September 30, 2048. In the Proposed 2028 Plan, WAPA proposes to offer a resource extension to existing contractors and to offer a portion of the resource to new allottees.</P>
                <P>
                    As explained in the 
                    <E T="02">DATES</E>
                     section of this notice, WAPA will hold public information and public comment forums on the Proposed 2028 Plan. After considering all public comments, WAPA will publish a notice of the Final 2028 Plan in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    . As part of that notice, WAPA will announce its decisions regarding power resource extensions to existing contractors and resource allocations to new allottees. If WAPA determines to issue resource allocations to new allottees in the Final 2028 Plan, it will include in the same 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice a call for applications from preference entities interested in receiving an allocation of Federal power from P-DP (Call for Resource Pool Applications). The deadline for receipt of applications will be set forth in the notice. WAPA then would evaluate the applications, determine which applications meet the requirements of the Final 2028 Plan, and exercise its discretion, provided by law, to allocate power to certain eligible applicants. Proposed and final allocations subsequently will be published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <P>
                    The Proposed 2028 Plan incorporates the intent of the Energy Planning and Management Program (EPAMP) (10 CFR part 905), published by WAPA on October 20, 1995 (herein referred to as the “Final Rule,” 60 FR 54151). EPAMP implements Section 114 of the Energy Policy Act of 1992,
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and requires WAPA's customers to prepare Integrated Resource Plans. The PMI (10 CFR 905.30 through 905.37) provides a framework for extending power allocations to existing contractors and establishing project-specific resource pools.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         106 Stat. 2776, 2799 (Oct. 24, 1992) (42 U.S.C. 7275 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         In the Final Rule, WAPA stated that application of the PMI, including the amount of resource extended, would initially apply only to the Pick-Sloan Missouri Basin Program-Eastern Division and the Loveland Area Projects. Applicability to other projects would be determined through future, project-specific public processes. As noted previously, on May 5, 2003, WAPA published a decision to apply the Power Marketing Initiative (PMI), 10 CFR 905.30 through 905.37, to the P-DP remarketing effort for the 2008-2028 period.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The PMI calls for extending a major portion of the resources currently under contract to existing long-term firm power customers for a period beyond the expiration date of their current contracts (10 CFR 905.30(a)). The PMI provides, “[t]he remaining unextended power will be used to establish project-specific resource pools” which will be made available to new eligible customers (10 CFR 905.32(a)). In addition, the PMI states, “at two 5-year intervals after the effective date of the extension to existing customers, [WAPA] shall create a project-specific resource pool increment of up to an additional 1 percent of the long-term marketable resource under contract at the time. The size of the additional resource pool increment shall be determined by [WAPA] based on consideration of the actual fair-share needs of eligible new customers and other appropriate purposes” (10 CFR 905.32(b)). The Final Rule adopting EPAMP noted specific terms and conditions associated with allocations out of each resource pool would be determined during future, project-specific public processes (60 FR 54151, 54163). The Final Rule further stated, “[o]ne of [WAPA]'s goals in the PMI is to achieve widespread use of [WAPA]'s resources. Reservation of a modest percentage of resources to create a resource pool is consistent with a policy of encouraging widespread use of Federal hydroelectric power” (
                    <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Proposed 2028 Plan</HD>
                <P>The Proposed 2028 Plan will provide new power marketing criteria for P-DP. The Proposed 2028 Plan addresses: (1) the power to be marketed after September 30, 2028, which is the termination date for all P-DP electric service contracts; (2) the general terms and conditions under which the power will be marketed starting on October 1, 2028, and going through September 30, 2048; and (3) the criteria to determine eligibility for allocations from the proposed resource pool.</P>
                <P>Within broad statutory guidelines and operational constraints of P-DP, WAPA has wide discretion as to whom and under what terms it will contract for the sale of Federal power, if preference is accorded to statutorily defined entities. WAPA markets power in a manner that will encourage the most widespread use at the lowest possible rates consistent with sound business principles.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Marketable Power Resource</HD>
                <P>The primary purpose of P-DP is water control and delivery. The water control system consists of storage reservoirs that provide daily, seasonal, and annual flow regulation. Power generated from these resources depends on hydrology and water operation requirements.</P>
                <P>Some of the power generated by P-DP is reserved for priority use by the United States (herein referred to as “Priority Use Power” or “PUP”). PUP is capacity and energy required for the development and operation of Reclamation projects as required by legislation (Reclamation project use power), and irrigation pumping on certain Indian lands. Reclamation project use power is defined to mean that capacity and energy for Reclamation projects in the Lower Colorado River Basin. The following is a list of facilities and projects for which Reclamation project use power is reserved: relift and drainage pumps; construction campsites; the Yuma-Mesa Irrigation and Drainage District; Gila Project drainage pumps; Wellton-Mohawk Irrigation and Drainage District Plant Nos. 1, 2, and 3; and the Colorado River Front Work and Levee System. Power for irrigation pumping on certain Indian lands is defined to mean capacity and energy for use in irrigation pumping on Indian irrigation projects which are adjacent to the Lower Colorado River south of Davis Dam and north of the border between the United States and Mexico.</P>
                <P>
                    WAPA proposes that P-DP power in surplus to that reserved for PUP shall be reserved for allocation to existing contractors and a resource pool shall be offered to potential new contractors, consistent with applicable law and the terms and conditions provided herein. Power that is reserved as PUP, but not presently needed, also may be marketed to contractors as withdrawable power. Withdrawable power is power that can be withdrawn for Reclamation project use power and power for irrigation pumping on Indian lands, which shall have equal priority. When PUP is requested, WAPA will confirm that the power to be withdrawn will be used for the above specified purposes, and then will withdraw the necessary amount of PUP upon a two-year advance notice. Withdrawals of power will be made as requested and confirmed until the total 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43844"/>
                    amount of power reserved for priority use purposes is in use.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Products and Services</HD>
                <P>WAPA proposes to market a fixed amount of capacity, referred to as Contract Rate of Delivery (CROD), for the summer and winter seasons. As described in further detail in Part III, WAPA proposes to have at least 259,206 kW of marketable capacity in the summer and at least 198,337 kW of marketable capacity in the winter, beginning October 1, 2028. The summer season for any calendar year is the seven-month period beginning the first day of P-DP's March billing period and continuing through the last day of its September billing period. The winter season is the five-month period beginning the first day of P-DP's October billing period and continuing through the last day of its February billing period in the next succeeding calendar year.</P>
                <P>Under the existing P-DP marketing plan, energy allocations are a fixed seasonal amount for the length of customers' contracts and are equal to 3,441 kWh/kW, a 67 percent capacity factor, in the summer season, and 1,703 kWh/kW, a 47 percent capacity factor, in the winter season (49 FR 50582, 50587; 68 FR 23709, 23709). Due to challenging hydrological conditions in the Colorado River Basin, this methodology has imposed increasing financial burdens on contractors during the current marketing period, as WAPA has been required to purchase significant amounts of power to meet contractors' firm energy requirements. Accordingly, WAPA proposes to eliminate this methodology and instead offer energy amounts for three-month periods (“Quarterly Energy”) based on Reclamation's 24-month generation projection studies (“24-Month Study”), which are released every month. The Quarterly Energy would be published for contractors by no later than the last day of August for October through December, the last day of November for January through March, the last day of February for April through June, and the last day of May for July through September, of each year during the marketing period. This would allow for energy deliveries to be more aligned with actual generation, thereby decreasing the amount of power WAPA would have to purchase and reducing financial burdens on contractors. Under the Proposed 2028 Plan, available generation, less PUP (which would continue to be fixed on the same terms as under the existing marketing plan), would be published for contractors in the form of Quarterly Energy based on a pro rata share of their seasonal CROD.</P>
                <P>WAPA is also proposing to purchase energy on behalf of contractors to supplement projected hydropower generation (“Optional Energy”), if requested. Contractors must elect to purchase Optional Energy from WAPA no later than the day before prescheduling takes place. The amount of Optional Energy requested, combined with the contractor's monthly energy entitlement pursuant to its Quarterly Energy, must not exceed the contractor's CROD scheduled at a hundred percent capacity factor (contractor's CROD multiplied by twenty-four hours multiplied by the number of days in the month). An estimated monthly price for Optional Energy will be published by WAPA at least quarterly but may be revised and re-published as conditions dictate. The actual costs associated with Optional Energy purchased by WAPA will be passed through to the contractor who elects to receive it.</P>
                <P>There may be instances, after Quarterly Energy has been published, that Reclamation makes significant reductions to generation projections. For example, sustained periods of precipitation and/or run off from water sources other than the Colorado River can result in water being stored in Lake Mead for later use, thereby reducing P-DP generation. To minimize power purchases resulting from these situations, WAPA proposes to revise contractors' monthly energy entitlements when significant generation reductions occur after Quarterly Energy has been published. A significant reduction in generation would occur when dollars associated with projected purchase power requirements needed to maintain the Quarterly Energy for a particular month exceed dollars associated with that month's portion of WAPA's Annual Purchase Power Projection. The Annual Purchase Power Projection is an annual estimate of what power WAPA will purchase in the upcoming fiscal year, from October 1 through September 30. Currently, WAPA's Annual Purchase Power Projection is used as a component of the P-DP firm electric service (FES) rate. When such significant reductions occur, WAPA would publish contractors' revised energy for the month using the reduced generation projections. Revised energy would continue to be based on a pro rata share of contractors' CROD and would be effective no later than one day prior to prescheduling. Contractors could request that WAPA purchase Optional Energy on their behalf per the terms described above to obtain energy following a revision.</P>
                <P>WAPA also proposes to designate the portion of projected annual generation exceeding a kWh calculation of all projected marketable capacity (including PUP) multiplied by a 67 percent capacity factor in the summer season and 47 percent capacity factor in the winter season as “Excess Energy.” If the current 24-Month Study generation projection for a year exceeds the result of the capacity factor calculation described above, energy exceeding that calculation (Excess Energy) would be distributed to all contractors and PUP recipients based on a pro rata share of their seasonal CROD. Excess Energy will be distributed to contractors monthly and included as an addition to each contractor's Quarterly Energy. Excess Energy would be subject to the same rate and payment requirements as other available P-DP hydropower. The 24-Month Study yearly projections could show Excess Energy at the beginning of a year, but such Excess Energy may not remain at originally projected levels for the full year. Excess Energy distributed in part of a year may be subject to adjustment in subsequent months if the 24-Month Study yearly generation projection drops below the Excess Energy threshold later that year. WAPA would establish procedures for designating and adjusting Excess Energy in Metering and Scheduling Instructions (MSI), which would be incorporated into the electric service contracts, to minimize subsequent energy adjustments as much as possible.</P>
                <P>WAPA also is proposing an option that would allow contractors to use transmission capacity, reserved for delivery of their P-DP FES allocation, for contractor-owned or -purchased resources. Transmission capacity used for such energy could not exceed a contractor's CROD.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Proposed Resource Extensions and Resource Pool Allocations</HD>
                <P>
                    On September 30, 2028, WAPA's long-term sales contracts for P-DP power will expire. As part of its Proposed 2028 Plan, WAPA proposes to apply the principles of the PMI (10 CFR 905.30 through 905.37) to P-DP for the forthcoming marketing period. This includes a proposal to extend 98 percent of P-DP contractors' existing CROD, as of September 30, 2028, for an additional 20 years, from October 1, 2028, through September 30, 2048. The existing CROD for PUP contractors will remain unchanged. WAPA proposes that a resource pool of two percent of available P-DP capacity (CROD) be established for new allottees. Energy associated 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43845"/>
                    with the new resource pool would be based on a pro rata share of the allottee's seasonal CROD and published in the form of Quarterly Energy. WAPA proposes creation of a single, one-time resource pool of a definite size, given the small size of the P-DP resource relative to those of other WAPA projects and the substantial costs and effort associated with creation of incremental resource pools. Specific terms and conditions governing the extensions and resource pool are described below.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Extension for Existing Contractors</HD>
                <P>WAPA proposes to have at least 259,206 kW or marketable capacity in the summer and at least 198,337 kW of marketable capacity in the winter, beginning October 1, 2028. WAPA expects the addition of 3,750 kW of capacity resulting from the rewind of Davis Dam Unit 5, anticipated to be available in July 2025 or earlier. With the addition of 3,750 kW, WAPA would have 262,956 kW of marketable capacity in the summer and 202,087 kW of marketable capacity in the winter. The actual marketable capacity for the forthcoming marketing period will be identified in the Final 2028 Plan. Consistent with 10 CFR 905.32(e)(2), WAPA intends to retain the capacity increase associated with the Davis Dam rewind effort through the end of the current marketing period to enhance operational flexibility.</P>
                <P>WAPA proposes to extend existing contractors' allocations using the formula contained in the PMI: “Customer Contract Rate of Delivery (CROD) today/total project CROD under contract today × project-specific percentage × marketable resource determined to be available at the time future resource extensions begin = CROD extended” (10 CFR 905.33(a)). After adjusting each contractor's CROD by applying the increase in marketable capacity and then reducing the adjusted CROD by two percent (the amount of the proposed resource pool), the net effect to each contractor's current CROD would be a reduction of approximately 0.6 percent in the summer and 0.2 percent in the winter. Reductions would be mitigated if additional capacity gains are achieved prior to October 1, 2028. The creation of a resource pool would not affect PUP customers' CROD.</P>
                <P>In the event any existing contractors forfeit or express an intention not to extend some or all of their allocations prior to October 1, 2028, such resources will be returned to the other existing contractors on a pro rata basis.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Resource Pool Allocations</HD>
                <P>WAPA proposes to establish a resource pool by reserving a portion of the power available during the forthcoming marketing period for allocation to new, eligible preference entities, or returned to existing contractors if enough new preference customers are not found. Allocations for the resource pool would be determined through a separate public process.</P>
                <P>The 2028 resource pool would consist of two percent of the power resources available beginning October 1, 2028. The two-percent reduction to the adjusted allocations of existing contractors (described in Part III.A) would create a resource pool of approximately 5,259 kW of summer capacity and 4,041 kW of winter capacity. The new resource pool would include approximately 748 kW of summer withdrawable capacity and 146 kW of winter withdrawable capacity.</P>
                <P>When reducing existing allocations to create the resource pool, WAPA would first take energy from existing contractors' withdrawable allocations up to the total reduction, when available. The remaining reductions would come from nonwithdrawable energy.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Eligibility Criteria for Resource Pool Allocations</HD>
                <P>WAPA proposes to apply the following Eligibility Criteria to all applicants seeking a resource pool allocation under the new marketing plan.</P>
                <P>1. Qualified applicants must meet the preference requirements under Section 9(c) of the Reclamation Project Act of 1939 (43 U.S.C. 485(c)), as amended and supplemented.</P>
                <P>2. Qualified applicants will be located within the P-DP marketing area that includes: (1) all of the drainage area considered tributary to the Colorado River below a point one mile downstream from the mouth of the Paria River (Lees Ferry); (2) the State of Arizona, excluding that portion lying in the Upper Colorado River Basin; (3) that portion of the State of New Mexico lying in the Lower Colorado River Basin and the independent Quemada Basin lying north of the San Francisco River drainage area; (4) those portions of the State of California lying in the Lower Colorado River Basin and in drainage basins of all streams draining into the Pacific Ocean south of Calleguas Creek; and (5) those parts of the States of California and Nevada in the Lahontan Basin including and lying south of the drainages of Mono Lake, Adobe Meadows, Owens Lake, Amargosa River, Dry Lakes, and all closed independent basins or other areas in southern Arizona not tributary to the Colorado River.</P>
                <P>3. Qualified applicants must not have an existing allocation of Federal power or be a member of a parent entity that has an allocation of Federal power.</P>
                <P>4. Qualified applicants, except Native American tribes, must be ready, willing, and able to receive and distribute or use power from WAPA. Ready, willing, and able means that the potential allottee has the facilities needed for the receipt of power or has made the necessary arrangements for transmission and/or distribution service; and the potential allottee's power supply contracts with third parties permit the delivery of WAPA power.</P>
                <P>5. Qualified applicants that desire to purchase power from WAPA for resale to consumers, including cooperatives, public utility districts, public power districts and municipalities, must achieve electric utility status and have necessary arrangements for transmission and/or distribution service in place by January 31, 2028. Native American tribes are not subject to this requirement. Electric utility status means the applicant has responsibility to meet load growth, has a distribution system, and is ready, willing, and able to purchase P-DP Federal power from WAPA on a wholesale basis for resale to retail customers.</P>
                <P>
                    6. Qualified Native American applicants must be a Native American tribe as defined in the Indian Self Determination Act of 1975 (25 U.S.C. 5301 
                    <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                     as amended or supplemented).
                </P>
                <P>
                    7. Qualified applicants must apply in response to the Call for Resource Pool Applications issued by WAPA in a separate 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice. The notice will include the deadline for receipt of those applications.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Allocation Criteria for Resource Pool Allocations</HD>
                <P>WAPA proposes to apply the following Allocation Criteria to all applicants seeking a resource pool allocation under the new marketing plan.</P>
                <P>1. Allocations will be made in amounts as determined solely by WAPA in exercise of its discretion consistent with its governing authorities and considered to be in the best interest of the United States.</P>
                <P>
                    2. Allocations will be based on the applicant's load during the calendar year prior to the Call for Resource Pool Applications or the amount requested, whichever is less.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43846"/>
                </P>
                <P>3. WAPA will base allocations made to Native American tribes on the actual load experienced during the calendar year prior to the Call for Resource Pool Applications or the amount requested, whichever is less. WAPA may use estimated load values if actual load data is not available. WAPA will review and adjust, where necessary, inaccurate estimates received during the allocation process.</P>
                <P>4. WAPA will consider allocations below 1,000 kW. As part of the 2008 resource pool, WAPA set forth a 1,000 kW minimum for new allocations given operational constraints in scheduling. However, with rounding tools now available, WAPA will be able to ensure that CROD is not exceeded.</P>
                <P>5. Qualified applicants seeking an allocation as an aggregated group must demonstrate to WAPA's satisfaction the existence of a contractual aggregation arrangement prior to WAPA's notice of final allocations. Members of an aggregated group must individually and collectively meet preference status and all other eligibility requirements. Qualified applicants aggregating their loads will be required to enter into a single firm power contract with WAPA, with the aggregated group entity as the contracting Party.</P>
                <P>6. An allottee will have the right to purchase power from WAPA only upon execution of an electric service contract between WAPA and the allottee, and satisfaction of all conditions in that contract.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. General Criteria and Contract Principles</HD>
                <P>WAPA proposes to apply the following criteria and contract principles to all contracts executed under the new marketing plan:</P>
                <P>A. Electric service contracts shall be executed no later than May 31, 2028, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by WAPA.</P>
                <P>B. Contracts will include clauses specifying criteria that contractors must meet on a continuous basis to be eligible to receive electric service from WAPA.</P>
                <P>C. All power supplied by WAPA will be delivered pursuant to MSI, which will be part of contractors' electric service contracts.</P>
                <P>D. Contracts shall provide for WAPA to furnish electric service effective October 1, 2028, through September 30, 2048.</P>
                <P>E. Contracts shall incorporate WAPA's standard provisions for electric service contracts, integrated resource plans, and General Power Contract Provisions, as determined by WAPA.</P>
                <P>
                    F. WAPA proposes a new minimum scheduling requirement that aligns with Reclamation's generation schedule and how energy is scheduled within the Western Interconnection.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     WAPA intends for contractors to receive the maximum benefit of their resource allocations while accommodating the following goals: meeting Reclamation's water requirements; reducing purchase power and wheeling costs; and minimizing sales of energy in low load hours. WAPA would develop a tool that uses Reclamation's 24-Month Study data, the status of generators, water volumes and elevation, reduced water releases, hourly pricing and projected hourly load, and other relevant information to model and produce an optimized monthly capacity and monthly minimum energy requirement for each contractor. During the public process and prior to the execution of contracts for the 2028-2048 marketing period, WAPA would provide examples of methods being considered, seek feedback from existing contractors and potential new allottees, and select which option provides the greatest flexibility and achieves the goals identified in this notice. Minimum scheduling requirements will be included in the MSI.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         This proposal would eliminate the current P-DP marketing plan criterion that all power contractors be required to schedule a minimum rate of delivery during off peak load hours (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         49 FR 50852, 50585). The Conformed Criteria and existing contracts specifically provide that the number of kilowatt hours to be taken during off peak load hours at the minimum rate of delivery will not exceed 25% of the contractor's monthly energy entitlement (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ). Scheduling trends no longer follow the traditional on/off peak hours, due to changes in load demand. Furthermore, the availability and integration of renewable energy resources, such as wind and solar during certain hours of the day, are also now competing with hydropower generation.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>G. WAPA may, as it deems reasonable and necessary, enter into other agreements such as: transmission service agreements, interchange agreements, reserve agreements, load regulation agreements, exchange agreements, maintenance and emergency service agreements, power pooling agreements, or other transactions.</P>
                <P>H. P-DP will remain operationally integrated with the Boulder Canyon Project, subject to applicable operational restraints of the Bureau of Reclamation, applicable laws, and the other requirements of the marketing plan.</P>
                <P>I. WAPA, at its discretion and sole determination, reserves the right to adjust the CROD on five years' written notice in response to changes in hydrology and river operations. Such adjustments will take place only after WAPA conducts a public process.</P>
                <P>J. Renewable energy certificates associated with P-DP power will be made available to contractors and may be sold or transferred to third parties, provided such sale or transfer is consistent with WAPA policy and documented in electric service contracts.</P>
                <P>K. Each entity is ultimately responsible for obtaining its own delivery or other arrangements to its load. Transmission service over the P-DP system will be provided in accordance with Part V of this Proposed 2028 Plan.</P>
                <P>L. WAPA may develop rate schedules for services provided under the Proposed 2028 Plan. Such rates will be developed through a separate public process.</P>
                <P>M. Contractors must pay all applicable rates and charges in the manner and within the time prescribed in the contract.</P>
                <P>
                    N. P-DP will remain financially segregated for the purposes of accounting and project repayment. Beginning June 1, 2005, and until the end of the repayment period for the Central Arizona Project, P-DP provides for surplus revenues by including the equivalent of 4 
                    <FR>1/2</FR>
                     mills per kWh in the rates charged to contractors in Arizona and by including the equivalent of 2 
                    <FR>1/2</FR>
                     mills per kWh in the rates charged to contractors in California and Nevada. After the repayment period for the Central Arizona Project, the equivalent of 2 
                    <FR>1/2</FR>
                     mills per kWh shall be included in the rate charged to all contractors in Arizona, Nevada, and California.
                </P>
                <P>O. Consistent with the current P-DP Advancement of Funds contract, new allottees would be required to reimburse existing contractors for undepreciated replacement advances, to the extent existing contractors' allocations are reduced as a result of creating the resource pool. New allottees who receive an allocation would be required to prepay for service according to the applicable rate schedule and may participate in advance funding of WAPA's and Reclamation's operation and maintenance expenses, consistent with the existing Advancement of Funds contract, or an updated version of the contract that addresses the status of P-DP, as appropriate.</P>
                <P>P. Deficits for costs incurred during a previous marketing period would not be passed through to new allottees.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Transmission Service</HD>
                <P>
                    P-DP power will be delivered to designated points of delivery on WAPA's P-DP transmission system. Contractors must secure all necessary transmission service to deliver Federal 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43847"/>
                    power beyond WAPA's P-DP transmission system. WAPA may assist new contractors in obtaining third-party transmission arrangements for delivery of firm power allocated during the forthcoming marketing period. WAPA will determine the use of its transmission resources concurrently with further development of the products and services under this Proposed 2028 Plan. A list of designated delivery points will be provided with the Call for Resource Pool Applications. WAPA will market surplus transmission capacity on P-DP under WAPA's Open Access Transmission Tariff and other applicable arrangements.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Legal Authorities</HD>
                <P>
                    WAPA developed this Proposed 2028 Plan in accordance with its power marketing authorities pursuant to the Department of Energy Organization Act (42 U.S.C. 7101, 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ); the Reclamation Act of June 17, 1902 (32 Stat. 388), as amended and supplemented by subsequent enactments, particularly section 9(c) of the Reclamation Project Act of 1939 (43 U.S.C. 485(c)); and other acts specifically applicable to P-DP.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Procedural Requirements</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (44 U.S.C. 3501, 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), WAPA has received approval from the Office of Management and Budget for the collection of customer information under control number 1910-5136.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Environmental Compliance</HD>
                <P>
                    WAPA has determined this action fits within the following categorical exclusions listed in appendix B to subpart D of 10 CFR part 1021: B4.1 (Contracts, policies, and marketing and allocation plans for electric power) and B4.4 (Power marketing services and activities). Categorically excluded projects and activities do not require preparation of either an environmental impact statement or an environmental assessment.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                    A copy of the categorical exclusion determination is available on WAPA's website under the 2024 accordion menu at 
                    <E T="03">www.wapa.gov/about-wapa/regions/dsw/environment.</E>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         The determination was done in compliance with NEPA (42 U.S.C. 4321-4347); the Council on Environmental Quality Regulations for implementing NEPA (40 CFR parts 1500-1508); and DOE NEPA Implementing Procedures and Guidelines (10 CFR part 1021).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Determination Under Executive Order 12866</HD>
                <P>WAPA has an exemption from centralized regulatory review under Executive Order 12866; accordingly, no clearance of this notice by the Office of Management and Budget is required.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
                <P>
                    This document of the Department of Energy was signed on May 13, 2024, by Tracey A. LeBeau, Administrator, Western Area Power Administration. For administrative purposes only, and in compliance with requirements of the Office of the Federal Register, the undersigned DOE Federal Register Liaison Officer has been authorized to sign and submit the document in electronic format for publication, as an official document of the Department of Energy. This administrative process in no way alters the legal effect of this document upon publication in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, on May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Treena V. Garrett,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Federal Register Liaison Officer, U.S. Department of Energy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10997 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OPPT-2024-0073; FRL-11760-02-OCSPP]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Di-isodecyl Phthalate (DIDP) and Di-isononyl Phthalate (DINP); Science Advisory Committee on Chemicals (SACC) Peer Review of Draft Documents; Notice of SACC Meeting; Availability; and Request for Comment</SUBJECT>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA or “Agency”) is announcing the availability of and soliciting public comment on the draft manufacturer-requested risk evaluation for Di-isodecyl Phthalate (DIDP) and the draft physical chemical, fate, and hazard assessments for Di-isononyl Phthalate (DINP) prepared under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA). The draft documents will also be submitted to the Science Advisory Committee on Chemicals (SACC) for peer review. EPA is also announcing that there will be two virtual public meetings of the SACC: On July 23, 2024, for the SACC to consider the scope and clarity of the draft charge questions for the peer review; and on July 30-August 2, 2024, for the SACC to consider the draft documents and public comments for peer review.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                </DATES>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Virtual Preparatory Public Meeting</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comments:</E>
                     Submit written comments on the scope and clarity of the charge questions on or before noon (12:00 p.m. EDT) on July 19, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Registration:</E>
                     To request time to present oral comments, you must register by noon (12:00 p.m. EDT) on July 19, 2024. For those not making oral comments, registration will remain open through the end of the meeting on July 19, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Meeting date:</E>
                     July 23, 2024, 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. (EDT).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Virtual Peer Review Public Meeting</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comments:</E>
                     Submit comments on or before July 19, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Registration:</E>
                     To request time to present oral comments, you must register by noon, July 26, 2024. For those not making oral comments, registration will remain open through the end of the meeting.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Meeting dates:</E>
                     July 30-August 2, 2024, 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. (EDT).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Special Accommodations</HD>
                <P>To allow sufficient time for EPA to process your request before the applicable meeting, please submit your requests at least ten business days in advance of the meeting.</P>
                <P>
                    See unit III. of 
                    <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments:</E>
                         Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2024-0073, through the 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal</E>
                         at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the online instructions for submitting comments. Do not submit electronically any information you consider to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Additional instructions on commenting and visiting the docket is available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Meeting registration:</E>
                         For information and instructions on how to register and access these virtual public meetings, please refer to the SACC website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/tsca-peer-review.</E>
                         After registering, you will receive the webcast and streaming service meeting links and audio teleconference information.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Special accommodation requests:</E>
                         To request accommodation for a disability, please contact the Designated Federal Official (DFO) listed under 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <PRTPAGE P="43848"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">SACC peer review:</E>
                         The Designated Federal Official (DFO) is Dr. Alaa Kamel, Mission Support Division (7602M), Office of Program Support, Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention, Environmental Protection Agency; telephone number: (202) 564-5336 or SACC main office number: (202) 564-8450; email address: 
                        <E T="03">kamel.alaa@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Draft documents:</E>
                         Todd Coleman, Existing Chemicals Risk Management Division (7404M), Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics, Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention, Environmental Protection Agency; telephone number: (202) 564-1208; email address: 
                        <E T="03">coleman.todd@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Executive Summary</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What action is the Agency taking?</HD>
                <P>EPA is announcing the availability of and soliciting public comment on the draft risk evaluation for DIDP and the draft physical chemical, fate, and hazard assessments for DINP. EPA is also announcing a virtual peer review public meeting on July 30-August 2, 2024, for the SACC to consider and review the draft documents. A virtual preparatory public meeting will be held on July 23, 2024, for the SACC to consider and ask questions regarding the scope and clarity of the draft charge questions. This document provides instructions for accessing the materials, submitting written comments, and registering to provide oral comments and attend the public meetings.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. What is the Agency's authority for taking this action?</HD>
                <P>
                    EPA established the SACC in 2016 in accordance with the TSCA, 15 U.S.C. 2625(o), to provide independent advice and expert consultation with respect to the scientific and technical aspects of issues relating to the implementation of TSCA. The SACC operates in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C. 10, and supports activities under TSCA, 15 U.S.C. 2601 
                    <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                     the Pollution Prevention Act (PPA), 42 U.S.C. 13101 
                    <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                     and other applicable statutes.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Does this action apply to me?</HD>
                <P>This action is directed to the public in general and may be of particular interest to those involved in the manufacture, processing, distribution, and disposal of the subject chemical substance, and/or those interested in the assessment of risks involving chemical substances and mixtures regulated under TSCA (including members of at-risk communities, non-governmental organizations (NGOs), Federal, State, and local officials). Since other entities may also be interested, the Agency has not attempted to describe all the specific entities that may be interested.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. What should I consider as I submit my comments to EPA?</HD>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">Submitting CBI.</E>
                     Do not submit CBI to EPA through email or 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     If you wish to include CBI in your comment, please contact the DFO listed under 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     to obtain special instructions before submitting that information.
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. Tips for 
                    <E T="03">preparing your comments.</E>
                     When preparing and submitting your comments, see 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets/commenting-epa-dockets.</E>
                     See also the instructions in unit III.C.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. How can I stay informed about SACC activities?</HD>
                <P>
                    You may subscribe to the following listserv for alerts regarding this and other SACC-related activities: 
                    <E T="03">https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USAEPAOPPT/subscriber/new?topic_id=USAEPAOPPT_101.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What is the purpose of the SACC?</HD>
                <P>
                    The SACC provides independent advice and recommendations to the EPA on the scientific and technical aspects of risk assessments, methodologies, and pollution prevention measures and approaches for chemicals regulated under TSCA. The SACC is composed of experts in toxicology; environmental risk assessment; exposure assessment; and related sciences (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     synthetic biology, pharmacology, biotechnology, nanotechnology, biochemistry, biostatistics, physiologically based pharmacokinetic (PBPK) modeling, computational toxicology, epidemiology, environmental fate, and environmental engineering and sustainability). The SACC currently consists of 18 members. When needed, the committee will be assisted by 
                    <E T="03">ad hoc</E>
                     reviewers with specific expertise in the topics under consideration.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Why is EPA conducting these risk evaluations?</HD>
                <P>
                    TSCA requires EPA to conduct risk evaluations on prioritized chemical substances and allows chemical manufacturers to request an EPA-conducted risk evaluation of a chemical substance (or category of chemical substances) using the procedures established in 40 CFR 702.37. TSCA also identifies the minimum components EPA must include in all chemical substance risk evaluations. EPA received manufacturer requests to conduct risk evaluations for DIDP and DINP, both as categories of chemical substances, and subsequently granted and initiated risk evaluations for both of them. The purpose of conducting risk evaluations is to determine whether a chemical substance presents an unreasonable risk to human health or the environment under the Conditions of Use (COUs). These evaluations include assessing unreasonable risks to relevant potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulations. As part of this process EPA: (1) Integrates hazard and exposure assessments using the best available science that is reasonably available to assure decisions are based on the weight of the scientific evidence, and (2) Conducts peer review for risk evaluation approaches that have not been previously peer reviewed. For more information about the three stages of EPA's process for ensuring the safety of existing chemicals (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     prioritization, risk evaluation, and risk management), go to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/assessing-and-managing-chemicals-under-tsca/how-epa-evaluates-safety-existing-chemicals.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Why is EPA evaluating the risks from DIDP and DINP?</HD>
                <P>On May 24, 2019, EPA received requests to conduct risk evaluations for DIDP and DINP from ExxonMobil Chemical Company, Evonik Corporation, and Teknor Apex, through the American Chemistry Council's High Phthalates Panel (ACC HPP). In December 2019, EPA notified ACC HPP that the Agency had granted their manufacturer requested risk evaluations.</P>
                <P>DIDP is a common chemical name for the category of chemical substances that includes the following substances: 1,2-benzenedicarboxylic acid, 1,2-diisodecyl ester (CASRN 26761-40-0) and 1,2-benzenedicarboxylic acid, di-C9-11-branched alkyl esters, C10-rich (CASRN 68515-49-1). Both CASRNs contain mainly C10 dialkyl phthalate esters.</P>
                <P>
                    DINP is a common chemical name for the category of chemical substances that includes the following substances: 1,2-benzenedicarboxylic acid, 1,2-isononyl ester (CASRN 28553-12-0) and 1,2-benzenedicarboxylic acid, di-C9-11-branched alkyl esters, C9-rich (CASRN 68515-48-0). Both CASRNs contain mainly C9 dialkyl phthalate esters. Both DIDP and DINP are primarily used as a plasticizer in polyvinyl chloride (PVC) in consumer, commercial, and industrial applications.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43849"/>
                </P>
                <P>DIDP and DINP are both structurally phthalates, and therefore many aspects of physical-chemical (p-chem) properties and exposure (to humans and ecological species) are similar, described further in the draft physical chemical and fate assessments for both chemical substances. Because of the similar exposure and physical chemical properties of DIDP and DINP, EPA is developing these individual risk evaluations in parallel, and similarly the SACC peer review of the methods and novel analyses for the draft risk evaluations will occur concurrently. Both DIDP and DINP have extremely low water solubility and will be preferentially sorbed into sediments, soils, and suspended solids in surface water and wastewater. Both are expected to be persistent in anaerobic environments. Under indoor settings, DIDP and DINP are expected to partition to airborne particles and are expected to have extended lifetime compared to outdoor settings.</P>
                <P>For both DIDP and DINP, liver and developmental toxicity are indicated as the most sensitive and robust non-cancer hazards. However, these two phthalates differ in several important respects regarding their human health hazard profiles. For DIDP, the developmental toxicity is not characterized by androgen insufficiency, and data are insufficient to determine the carcinogenicity. For DINP, developmental toxicity results in androgen insufficiency (phthalate syndrome), and the effects on the liver include cancer. Therefore, because of these hazard differences, EPA is requesting peer review on the draft hazard assessment of DINP ahead of issuing the risk evaluation of DINP.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. What is the topic of the planned SACC peer review?</HD>
                <P>EPA is submitting the draft risk evaluation of DIDP, draft physical chemical, fate, and hazard assessments of DINP, and associated supporting documents to the SACC for peer review, along with the public comments received. The draft risk evaluation for DIDP includes analyses of physical chemical properties, the fate and transport in the environment, exposure to workers, consumers and general population including potentially exposed or susceptible subpopulations (PESS), releases to the environment, environmental hazard and risk characterization for terrestrial and aquatic species, and human health hazard and risk characterization for workers, consumers, and the general population. The draft assessments of DINP includes analyses of physical chemical properties, the fate and transport in the environment, environmental hazard for terrestrial and aquatic species, human health non-cancer hazards, and human health cancer hazards.</P>
                <P>
                    EPA is not developing charge questions for all aspects of the draft documents but is instead focusing its charge to the SACC on specific scientific areas that need peer review. Many of the methods and analyses used in these evaluations are not novel and have been reviewed in the development of the tools, used in various agency work products or in previous TSCA assessments (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     systematic review, consumer exposure model (CEM), American Meteorological Society (AMS)/EPA Regulatory Model (AERMOD), point source calculator (PSC), etc.). Also, EPA is not soliciting comments on uses of these phthalates that are outside the scope of TSCA (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     personal care products, cosmetics, food contact materials, medical devices); those uses will be addressed as appropriate within the cumulative risk assessment.
                </P>
                <P>As a result of the similarities in conditions of use, chemical properties, and data availability between DIDP and DINP, the methods and approaches used to assess DIDP apply to DINP. Nonetheless, these two chemicals differ most in their human health hazard profiles and therefore SACC is requested to review these novel analyses for DINP. Any relevant recommendations from this SACC review on DIDP will be also considered in the development of the final risk evaluations for both DIDP and DINP. By taking the DIDP risk evaluation and DINP hazard assessments to peer review in this manner, EPA will obtain the necessary independent review and advice for the DINP risk evaluation.</P>
                <P>EPA continues to work on risk evaluations of additional high-priority substance phthalates, in addition to the cumulative risk assessment (CRA) for the phthalates. The subsequent five individual risk evaluations and the CRA are not part of this peer review but will be brought to the SACC for peer review at a future date.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Public Meeting of the SACC</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. What is the purpose of the virtual peer review public meeting(s)?</HD>
                <P>EPA is planning two virtual public meetings: (1) A preparatory public meeting for the SACC to consider and ask questions regarding the scope and clarity of the draft charge questions; and (2) a public meeting for the SACC to consider and review the draft documents. These public meetings are part of the SACC peer review of the Agency's methods and novel analyses for the draft evaluations of the risks from the phthalates DIDP and DINP to inform risk management decisions under TSCA. EPA expects to ask the SACC to consider and review this DIDP draft risk evaluation and DINP assessments. The agenda for these meetings will be posted in the docket and the SACC website.</P>
                <P>To participate in these virtual public meetings, you must register online to receive the webcast and streaming service meeting links and audio teleconference information for each meeting. Online registration will be available beginning approximately one month prior to the meeting, and remain open through the end of the meeting. To make oral comments during one of these meetings, follow the instructions in unit III.C.</P>
                <P>Recommendations from this SACC review and public comments will be considered in the development of the final risk evaluation for DIDP and DINP. The Agency will be seeking SACC review of its data analyses and methodologies relevant to human health hazard and exposure analyses that have not been previously peer reviewed.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. How can I access the documents?</HD>
                <P>
                    The manufacturer-requested draft risk evaluation for DIDP, draft assessments for DINP, and related documents, including background documents, related supporting materials, and draft charge questions, are available in the docket. As additional background materials become available, EPA will include those additional background materials (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     SACC members and consultants participating in this meeting and the meeting agenda) in the docket and through links on the SACC website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/tsca-peer-review.</E>
                </P>
                <P>After the public meeting, the SACC will prepare the meeting minutes and a final report document summarizing its recommendations to the EPA, which will also be available in the docket and through the SACC website.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. How can I provide comments?</HD>
                <P>To ensure proper receipt of comments, it is imperative that you identify docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OPPT-2024-0073 in the subject line on the first page of your comments and follow the instructions in this document.</P>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">Written comments.</E>
                     Submit written comments by the deadlines set in the 
                    <E T="02">DATES</E>
                     section of this document and as described in the 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     section of this document.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43850"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. 
                    <E T="03">Oral comments.</E>
                     To request time to present oral comments during one of the virtual public meetings, you must register online by the deadlines set in the 
                    <E T="02">DATES</E>
                     section of this document. Oral comments during the virtual public meetings are limited to 5 minutes. In addition, each speaker should submit a written copy of their oral comments and any supporting materials (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     presentation slides) to the DFO prior to the meetings for distribution to the SACC.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     15 U.S.C. 2625(o); 5 U.S.C. 10.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Michal Freedhoff,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Administrator, Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10999 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[EPA-HQ-OPP-2017-0720; FRL-11906-01-OCSPP]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Pesticide Registration Review; Draft Human Health and/or Ecological Risk Assessments for Several Pesticides; Notice of Availability</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This notice announces the availability of EPA's draft human health and/or ecological risk assessments for the registration review of 3-Iodo-2-propynyl butylcarbamate (IPBC) and Pyrimethanil. EPA is opening a 60-day public comment period for these risk assessments.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received on or before July 19, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2017-0720, through the 
                        <E T="03">Federal eRulemaking Portal</E>
                         at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Follow the online instructions for submitting comments. Do not submit electronically any information you consider to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute. Additional instructions on commenting and visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For pesticide specific information contact:</E>
                         The Chemical Review Manager for the pesticide of interest identified in table 1 of unit I.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For general questions on the registration review program, contact:</E>
                         Melanie Biscoe, Pesticide Re-Evaluation Division (7508P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (202) 566-0701; email address: 
                        <E T="03">biscoe.melanie@epa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Purpose of This Notice</HD>
                <P>Pursuant to 40 CFR 155.53(c), this notice announces the availability of EPA's human health and/or ecological risk assessments for the pesticides shown in table 1 and opens a 60-day public comment period on the risk assessments.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,r50">
                    <TTITLE>Table 1—Draft Risk Assessments Being Made Available for Public Comment</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Registration review case name and No.</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Docket ID No.</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Chemical review manager and contact information</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">3-Iodo-2-propynyl butylcarbamate (IPBC); Case Number 2725</ENT>
                        <ENT>EPA-HQ-OPP-2011-0420</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            Areej Jahangir, 
                            <E T="03">jahangir.areej@epa.gov,</E>
                             (202) 566-1577.
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Pyrimethanil; Case Number 7059</ENT>
                        <ENT>EPA-HQ-OPP-2019-0380</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            Christian Bongard, 
                            <E T="03">bongard.christian@epa.gov,</E>
                             (202) 566-2248.
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Background</HD>
                <P>EPA is conducting its registration review of the chemicals listed in table 1 of unit I pursuant to the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) section 3(g) (7 U.S.C. 136(g)) and the Procedural Regulations for Registration Review at 40 CFR part 155, subpart C. FIFRA section 3(g) provides, among other things, that pesticide registrations are to be reviewed every 15 years. Consistent with 40 CFR 155.57, in its final registration review decision, EPA will ultimately determine whether a pesticide continues to meet the registration standard in FIFRA section 3(c)(5) (7 U.S.C. 136a(c)(5)).</P>
                <P>As part of the registration review process, the Agency has completed draft human health and/or ecological risk assessments for all pesticides listed in table 1 of unit I. Pursuant to 40 CFR 155.53(c), EPA generally provides for at least a 30-day public comment period on draft human health and/or ecological risk assessments during registration review. This comment period is intended to provide an opportunity for public input on the Agency's assessment of the human health and/or ecological risks posed by use of these pesticides.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. What should I consider as I prepare a comment for EPA?</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Does this action apply to me?</HD>
                <P>This notice is directed to the public in general and may be of interest to a wide range of stakeholders including environmental, human health, farm worker, and agricultural advocates; the chemical industry; pesticide users; and members of the public interested in the sale, distribution, or use of pesticides. Since others also may be interested, the Agency has not attempted to describe all the specific entities that may be affected by this action. If you have any questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the Chemical Review Manager identified in table 1 in unit I. In submitting a comment to EPA, please consider the following:</P>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">Submitting CBI.</E>
                     Do not submit this information to EPA through 
                    <E T="03">regulations.gov</E>
                     or email. Clearly mark the part or all of the information that you claim to be CBI. For CBI information in a disk or CD-ROM that you mail to EPA, mark the outside of the disk or CD-ROM as CBI and then identify electronically within the disk or CD-ROM the specific information that is claimed as CBI. In addition to one complete version of the comment that includes information claimed as CBI, a copy of the comment that does not contain the information claimed as CBI must be submitted for inclusion in the public docket. Information so marked will not be disclosed except in accordance with procedures set forth in 40 CFR part 2.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43851"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. 
                    <E T="03">Tips for preparing your comments.</E>
                     When preparing and submitting your comments, see the commenting tips at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.epa.gov/dockets/commenting-epa-dockets.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    3. 
                    <E T="03">Environmental justice.</E>
                     EPA seeks to achieve environmental justice, the fair treatment and meaningful involvement of any group, including minority and/or low-income populations, in the development, implementation, and enforcement of environmental laws, regulations, and policies. To help address potential environmental justice issues, the Agency seeks information on any groups or segments of the population who, as a result of their location, cultural practices, or other factors, may have atypical or disproportionately high and adverse human health impacts or environmental effects from exposure to the pesticides discussed in this document, compared to the general population.
                </P>
                <P>
                    4. 
                    <E T="03">Information submission requirements.</E>
                     Anyone may submit data or information in response to this document. To be considered during a pesticide's registration review, the submitted data or information must meet the following requirements:
                </P>
                <P>• To ensure that EPA will consider data or information submitted, interested persons must submit the data or information during the comment period. However, the Agency may, at its discretion, consider data or information submitted at a later date.</P>
                <P>• The data or information submitted must be presented in a legible and useable form. For example, an English translation must accompany any material that is not in English, and a written transcript must accompany any information submitted as an audio-graphic or videographic record. Written material may be submitted in paper or electronic form.</P>
                <P>• Submitters must clearly identify the source of any submitted data or information.</P>
                <P>• Submitters may request the Agency to reconsider data or information that the Agency rejected in a previous review. However, submitters must explain why they believe the Agency should reconsider the data or information in the pesticide's registration review.</P>
                <P>
                    All comments should be submitted using the methods in 
                    <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                     and must be received by the EPA on or before the closing date. The Agency will consider all comments received during the public comment period and make changes, as appropriate, to a draft human health and/or ecological risk assessment. As appropriate, EPA may then issue a revised risk assessment, explain any changes to the draft risk assessment, and respond to comments.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     7 U.S.C. 136 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: April 30, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Timothy Kiely,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Director, Pesticide Re-Evaluation Division, Office of Pesticide Programs.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10985 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6560-50-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Open Meeting of the FDIC Advisory Committee on Economic Inclusion</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.</P>
                </AGY>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, notice is hereby given of a meeting of the FDIC Advisory Committee on Economic Inclusion. The Advisory Committee will provide advice and recommendations on initiatives to expand access to banking services by underserved populations. The meeting is open to the public. The public's means to observe this meeting of the Advisory Committee on Economic Inclusion will be both in-person and via a Webcast live on the internet. In addition, the meeting will be recorded and subsequently made available on-demand approximately two weeks after the event. To view the live event, visit 
                        <E T="03">http://fdic.windrosemedia.com.</E>
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Wednesday, June 4, 2024, from 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>The meeting will be held in the FDIC Board Room on the 6th floor of the FDIC Building located at 550 17th Street NW, Washington, DC.</P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Requests for further information concerning the meeting may be directed to Debra A. Decker, Committee Management Officer of the FDIC at (202) 898-8748.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                     The agenda will include updates from Committee members about key challenges facing their communities or organizations. There will be panel discussions on the current environment for economic inclusion, including industry and market trends that affect consumer participation in the banking system. The agenda is subject to change. Any changes to the agenda will be announced at the beginning of the meeting.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Meeting:</E>
                     The meeting will be open to the public, limited only by the space available on a first-come, first-served basis. For security reasons, members of the public will be subject to security screening procedures and must present a valid photo identification to enter the building. Observers requiring auxiliary aids (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     sign language interpretation) for this meeting should email 
                    <E T="03">DisabilityProgram@fdic.gov</E>
                     to make necessary arrangements. This meeting will also be Webcast live via the internet at 
                    <E T="03">http://fdic.windrosemedia.com.</E>
                     To view the recording, visit 
                    <E T="03">http://fdic.windrosemedia.com/index.php?category=Advisory+Committee+on+Economic+Inclusion+-+(Come-IN).</E>
                     Written statements may be filed with the committee before or after the meeting.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <FP>Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.</FP>
                    <DATED>Dated at Washington, DC, on May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>James P. Sheesley,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Executive Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11022 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6714-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">FEDERAL MARITIME COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[DOCKET NO. 24-21]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>PKDC, LLC, Complainant v. CMA CGM S.A., Respondent; Notice of Filing of Complaint and Assignment</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>Served: May 15, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Notice is given that a complaint has been filed with the Federal Maritime Commission (the “Commission”) by PKDC, LLC (the “Complainant”) against CMA CGM S.A. (the “Respondent”). Complainant states that the Commission has subject matter jurisdiction over the complaint pursuant to the Shipping Act of 1984, as amended, 46 U.S.C. 40101 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                     and personal jurisdiction over the Respondent as an ocean common carrier, as defined by 46 U.S.C. 40102(7) and (18), that has entered into a service contract, as defined by 46 U.S.C. 40102(21).
                </P>
                <P>Complainant is a limited liability company existing under the laws of the State of Colorado with its principal place of business in Denver, Colorado.</P>
                <P>Complainant identifies Respondent as a corporation organized under the laws of France with a corporate headquarters in Marseille, France who does business in the United States through CMA CGM (America) LLC, with its principal place of business in Norfolk, Virginia.</P>
                <P>
                    Complainant alleges that Respondent violated 46 U.S.C. 41102(c), 41104(a)(2), 41104(a)(9), and 41104(a)(10), and 46 CFR 545.5. Complainant alleges these violations arose from a practice of systematically refusing to meet service commitments, a requirement that 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43852"/>
                    extracontractual surcharges be paid prior to performance of service commitments, and an assessment of unreasonable demurrage and detention charges.
                </P>
                <P>An answer to the complaint must be filed with the Commission within 25 days after the date of service.</P>
                <P>
                    The full text of the complaint can be found in the Commission's electronic Reading Room at 
                    <E T="03">https://www2.fmc.gov/readingroom/proceeding/24-21/.</E>
                     This proceeding has been assigned to the Office of Administrative Law Judges. The initial decision of the presiding judge shall be issued by May 15, 2025, and the final decision of the Commission shall be issued by December 1, 2025.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>David Eng,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10983 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6730-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency</SUBAGY>
                <AGENCY TYPE="O">FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Public Meeting: Proposal by Capital One Financial Corporation To Acquire Discover Financial Services and Discover Bank, and for Discover Bank To Merge With and Into Capital One, National Association</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) and Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), Department of Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of public meeting.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>A virtual public meeting will be held regarding the proposal by Capital One Financial Corporation, McLean, Virginia, to acquire Discover Financial Services, Riverwoods, Illinois, and thereby indirectly acquire Discover Bank, Greenwood, Delaware, pursuant to section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act, and to indirectly acquire Discover Financial Services's ownership interest in certain nonbanking companies engaged in activities that are closely related to banking pursuant to sections 4(c)(8) and 4(j) of the Bank Holding Company Act; and for Discover Bank, Greenwood, Delaware, to merge with and into Capital One, National Association, McLean, Virginia, pursuant to the Bank Merger Act. The purpose of the meeting is to collect information related to factors the Board and OCC consider when making determinations under the Bank Holding Company Act and the Bank Merger Act.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The meeting date is July 19, 2024, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. eastern daylight time (EDT). Members of the public seeking to make oral comments during the virtual meeting must register by 12 p.m. EDT on June 28, 2024, to be placed on a list of registered commenters and receive specific instructions for participation. Members of the public seeking to watch the virtual meeting (but not provide oral comments) must register any time prior to 11:59 p.m. EDT on July 18, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">OCC:</E>
                         Jason Almonte, Director for Large Bank Licensing, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, New York Office, 7 Times Square, 10th Floor Mailroom, New York, New York 10036, via email at 
                        <E T="03">jason.almonte@occ.treas.gov</E>
                        , or via telephone at (917) 344-3405. 
                        <E T="03">Federal Reserve:</E>
                         Brent Hassell, Assistant Vice President, Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, 701 East Byrd Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219, via email at 
                        <E T="03">Brent.Hassell@rich.frb.org,</E>
                         or via telephone at (804) 697-2633, or Katherine Eike, Senior Analyst—Supervision, Regulation and Credit/Community and Regional/Consumer Affairs/Applications, Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, 701 East Byrd Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219, via email at 
                        <E T="03">Kathy.Eike@rich.frb.org,</E>
                         or via telephone at (804) 697-8971. For users who have hearing or speech impairments, please call 711 from any telephone, anywhere in the United States.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Background and Public Meeting Notice</HD>
                <P>
                    On March 21, 2024, Capital One, National Association, McLean, Virginia (Capital One Bank), applied to the OCC to merge Discover Bank, Greenwood, Delaware, with and into Capital One Bank pursuant to section 18(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1828(c)) (Bank Application). On March 21, 2024, the Board received an application from Capital One Financial Corporation (Capital One), McLean, Virginia, to acquire Discover Financial Services, Riverwoods, Illinois, parent of Discover Bank, pursuant to section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1842) (Section 3 Application) and a notice from Capital One to acquire certain nonbanking companies pursuant to sections 4(c)(8) and 4(j) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1843(c)(8) and 1843(j)) (Section 4 Notice, and together with the Section 3 Application, Holding Company Filings).
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Board and OCC (agencies) hereby announce that a public meeting on the Bank Application and the Holding Company Filings (together, the applications) will be held, as described below.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         As of the date of publication of this notice, these nonbanking companies are: DFS Services LLC, Riverwoods, Illinois; Discover Financial Services (Canada), Inc., Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada; PULSE Network LLC, Houston, Texas; and Diners Club International Ltd., Riverwoods, Illinois (collectively, Nonbanking Companies).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Purpose and Procedures</HD>
                <P>The public meeting will be held virtually. The virtual format will expand public access to the proceedings for both viewers and those who testify, and it will reduce travel and related costs associated with attending in-person proceedings.</P>
                <P>The purpose of the public meeting is to collect information relating to the factors that the agencies consider under the applicable statutes in acting on the applications. These factors include the effects of the proposal on the convenience and needs of the communities to be served by the combined organization; the insured depository institutions' performance under the Community Reinvestment Act; the impact of the proposal on competition in the relevant markets; the effects of the proposal on the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system; the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the companies and banks involved in the proposal; and the effectiveness of the companies and banks in combatting money laundering activities. In addition, in acting on the Section 4 Notice, the Board considers whether the proposed acquisition of the Nonbanking Companies can reasonably be expected to produce benefits to the public, such as greater convenience, increased competition, or gains in efficiency, that outweigh possible adverse effects, such as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interests, unsound banking practices, or risk to the stability of the United States banking or financial system. Witnesses may present oral testimony in support of the proposed transactions, in opposition to the proposed transactions, or without taking a position in support or opposition.</P>
                <P>
                    Testimony at the public meeting will be presented virtually to a panel consisting of Presiding Officers and other panel members appointed by the Presiding Officers. The Presiding Officers will have the authority and discretion to ensure that the meeting proceeds in a fair and orderly manner. 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43853"/>
                    The rules for taking evidence in an administrative proceeding will not apply to the public meeting. In general, the role of the panel members will be to listen to the oral testimony. The panel members may ask questions of those who testify; however, the questions generally will be limited to seeking clarification of statements made. Panel members may question witnesses, but no cross-examination of witnesses will be permitted. The public meeting will be transcribed, and the transcript will be posted on the respective public websites of the Board and the OCC.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Materials related to the applications are available on the Board's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/foia/capital-one-discover-application-materials.htm</E>
                         and the OCC's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://occ.gov/topics/charters-and-licensing/public-comment/business-combination-or-merger-applications-comments.html.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Information for Persons Wishing To Testify</HD>
                <P>
                    All persons wishing to testify at the public meeting must submit a written request to testify no later than 12 p.m. EDT on June 28, 2024, through a link to the online registration website that will be made available on the following web page by May 28, 2024: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/foia/capital-one-discover-application-materials.htm.</E>
                     The Board will provide the OCC with a copy of each request to testify.
                </P>
                <P>The online registration site will collect the following information from persons requesting to testify: (i) the name, city and state, telephone number, organization (if applicable), and email address of the person testifying; (ii) a brief statement of the nature of the expected testimony (including whether the testimony will support, oppose, or neither support nor oppose the proposed transactions); and (iii) the identification of any special needs, such as translation services, or disabilities requiring assistance. Translators or interpreters will be provided to the extent available if a need for such services is noted in the request to testify.</P>
                <P>
                    Persons who wish to testify must be able to access the online meeting platform using a computer, tablet, smart phone, or similar mobile device and have a video camera on their computer or mobile device. Persons who have registered to testify will be contacted by agency staff prior to the meeting and provided with specific instructions on participation (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     how to connect to the online meeting), as well as an opportunity to attend a technical session on how to connect to audio and video for the meeting.
                </P>
                <P>In order to verify the identity of persons who have registered to testify at the public meeting, each person will be required to attend an identity verification session in advance of the public meeting, where they must present a valid, government-issued photo identification to agency staff using the video camera feature. Individuals who register to testify will be contacted by email to schedule their identity verification sessions.</P>
                <P>
                    Those wishing to submit a written version of their oral testimony may, but need not, file the written submission with the Presiding Officers via email to both 
                    <E T="03">Comments.applications@rich.frb.org</E>
                     and to 
                    <E T="03">LicensingPublicComments@occ.treas.gov</E>
                     before the meeting begins, or within three business days after the date of the meeting, and the subject line of the email should state “PUBLIC MEETING.” No presentation materials will be permitted to be used during the public meeting due to technical considerations associated with a virtual format.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The agencies will review written materials submitted through the comment submission process and, as described below, written comments relating to the application will be posted to the agencies' respective public websites.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Information for Persons Watching or Listening to the Meeting Without Testifying</HD>
                <P>
                    Persons interested in watching the public meeting (but not testifying) must register by submitting their name and email address through the online registration website that will be made available on the following web page by May 28, 2024: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/foia/capital-one-discover-application-materials.htm.</E>
                     Registrants will be provided information on accessing the online meeting platform.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Persons who wish to listen to the public meeting via telephone (but not watch it or testify) need not register online and may access audio of the meeting using a call-in number that will be available on July 18, 2024, on the registration web page at: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/foia/capital-one-discover-application-materials.htm.</E>
                     Persons attending via telephone will only be able to listen to the meeting audio, and all phone lines will be placed on mute to minimize disruption. Persons listening to the public meeting via telephone will not be able to provide testimony and will not have the ability to view the speakers or any other information that may be shown on screen during the meeting.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Transcript of the Meeting</HD>
                <P>The agencies anticipate that a transcript of the public meeting will be posted on each agency's respective public website. An audio or video recording of the public meeting will not be retained by the agencies.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Meeting Procedures</HD>
                <P>The Presiding Officers will prepare a schedule of the speakers who are expected to testify and establish the order of presentation. To ensure an opportunity for all interested commenters to present their views, the Presiding Officers may limit the time for providing oral comments and may establish other procedures related to the conduct of the public meeting as appropriate. For instance, each person may be permitted up to three minutes to testify. The Presiding Officers may extend the end time of the meeting beyond 5 p.m. EDT, if additional time is needed to accommodate demonstrated public interest.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Reasonable Accommodations</HD>
                <P>
                    Persons who wish to request reasonable accommodations should submit a request through the online registration website that will be made available on the following web page by May 28, 2024: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/foia/capital-one-discover-application-materials.htm;</E>
                     or by calling Katherine Eike, Senior Analyst in the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond's Department of Supervision, Regulation and Credit/Community and Regional/Consumer Affairs/Applications, at (804) 697-8971. Requests should be made no later than 12 p.m. EDT on June 28, 2024. Requests submitted after this time may not be possible to accommodate. Requests should include a detailed description of the accommodation needed and a way for agency staff to contact the requester if more information is needed regarding the request.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Extension of the Comment Period</HD>
                <P>The Board is extending the comment periods on the Holding Company Filings, and the OCC is extending the comment period on the Bank Application, through 5 p.m. EDT on July 24, 2024.</P>
                <P>
                    Written comments regarding the Holding Company Filings may be submitted to the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, Brent B. Hassell, Assistant Vice President, P.O. Box 27622, Richmond, Virginia 23261, or electronically to 
                    <E T="03">Comments.applications@rich.frb.org;</E>
                     or the offices of the Board of Governors, Ann E. Misback, Secretary of the Board, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43854"/>
                    20th Street and Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20551-0001. In general, all written comments will be made available on the Board's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/foia/capital-one-discover-application-materials.htm</E>
                     as submitted. In general, comments received will be made available without change and will not be modified to remove personal or business information including confidential, contact, or other identifying information. Comments should not include any information such as confidential information that would not be appropriate for public disclosure.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Written comments on the Bank Application may be submitted to Jason Almonte, Director for Large Bank Licensing at 
                    <E T="03">LicensingPublicComments@occ.treas.gov</E>
                     or Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, New York Office, 7 Times Square, 10th Floor Mailroom, New York, New York 10036. Written comments will be made available on OCC's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.occ.gov/topics/charters-and-licensing/public-comment/business-combination-or-merger-applications-comments.html.</E>
                     In general, the OCC will publish each comment without change, including any business or personal information, name and address, email addresses, and phone numbers. Comments received, including attachments and other supporting material, are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. Do not enclose any information in a comment or supporting material that is confidential or inappropriate for public disclosure.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Privacy Note</HD>
                <P>
                    The Board will make the public record of the Holding Company Filings, including all comments received, the written copy of a person's oral testimony at the public meeting (if a written copy is provided to the agencies), and the transcript of the public meeting, available on the Board's public website at: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/foia/capital-one-discover-application-materials.htm.</E>
                     The OCC will make the public record of the Bank Application, including all comments received, the written copy of a person's oral testimony at the public meeting (if a written copy is provided to the agencies), and the transcript of the public meeting, available on the OCC's public website at: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.occ.gov/topics/charters-and-licensing/public-comment/business-combination-or-merger-applications-comments.html.</E>
                     Persons submitting comments and/or testimony are reminded to include only information that they wish to make available to the public.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Theodore J. Dowd,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Senior Deputy Comptroller and Chief Counsel.</TITLE>
                    <P>By order of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.</P>
                    <NAME>Ann E. Misback, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary of the Board. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11028 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-P; 4810-33-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) (BHC Act), Regulation Y (12 CFR part 225), and all other applicable statutes and regulations to become a bank holding company and/or to acquire the assets or the ownership of, control of, or the power to vote shares of a bank or bank holding company and all of the banks and nonbanking companies owned by the bank holding company, including the companies listed below.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The public portions of the applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, if any, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank(s) indicated below and at the offices of the Board of Governors. This information may also be obtained on an expedited basis, upon request, by contacting the appropriate Federal Reserve Bank and from the Board's Freedom of Information Office at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.federalreserve.gov/foia/request.htm.</E>
                     Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)).
                </P>
                <P>Comments received are subject to public disclosure. In general, comments received will be made available without change and will not be modified to remove personal or business information including confidential, contact, or other identifying information. Comments should not include any information such as confidential information that would not be appropriate for public disclosure.</P>
                <P>Comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors, Ann E. Misback, Secretary of the Board, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20551-0001, not later than June 20, 2024.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">A. Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City</E>
                     (Jeffrey Imgarten, Assistant Vice President) 1 Memorial Drive, Kansas City, Missouri 64198-0001. Comments can also be sent electronically to 
                    <E T="03">KCApplicationComments@kc.frb.org:</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">One America Bancorp, Inc., Dallas, Texas;</E>
                     to become a bank holding company by acquiring The Hopeton State Bank, Hopeton, Oklahoma.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.</P>
                    <NAME>Michele Taylor Fennell,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Associate Secretary of the Board. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11017 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6210-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE</AGENCY>
                <AGENCY TYPE="O">GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <AGENCY TYPE="O">NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[OMB Control No. 9000-0010; Docket No. 2024-0053; Sequence No. 6]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; Progress Payments, SF 1443</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Department of Defense (DOD), General Services Administration (GSA), and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>Under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, the Regulatory Secretariat Division has submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) a request to review and approve an extension of a previously approved information collection requirement regarding progress payments.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Submit comments on or before June 20, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for this information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                         Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Benjamin Collins, Procurement Analyst, at telephone 850-826-0058, or 
                        <E T="03">benjamin.collins@gsa.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">
                    SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                    <PRTPAGE P="43855"/>
                </HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. OMB Control Number, Title, and Any Associated Form(s)</HD>
                <P>9000-0010; Progress Payments, SF 1443; Standard Form (SF) 1443, Contractor's Request for Progress Payment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Need and Uses</HD>
                <P>This clearance covers the information that contractors must submit to comply with the following Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) requirements:</P>
                <P>FAR 52.232-16, Progress Payments, and SF 1443, Contractor's Request for Progress Payment. Paragraph (g) of this FAR clause requires contractors to furnish reports, certificates, financial statements, and other pertinent information (including estimates to complete) reasonably requested by contracting officers for the administration of fixed-price contracts under which the Government will provide progress payments based on costs. Each request for progress payment shall be submitted on an SF 1443.</P>
                <P>Contracting officers use this information to administer progress payments under a contract. This collection of information is necessary for protection of the Government against financial loss through making of progress payments.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Annual Burden</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     6,169.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Annual Responses:</E>
                     197,408.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Burden Hours:</E>
                     82,911.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">D. Public Comment</HD>
                <P>
                    A 60-day notice was published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     at 89 FR 18636, on March 14, 2024. No comments were received.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Obtaining Copies:</E>
                     Requesters may obtain a copy of the information collection documents from the GSA Regulatory Secretariat Division, by calling 202-501-4755 or emailing 
                    <E T="03">GSARegSec@gsa.gov.</E>
                     Please cite OMB Control No. 9000-0010, Progress Payments, SF 1443.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Janet Fry,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Federal Acquisition Policy Division, Office of Governmentwide Acquisition Policy, Office of Acquisition Policy, Office of Governmentwide Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10981 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6820-EP-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Award of a Single Source Cooperative Agreement to Fund Emory University/International Association of National Public Health</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), located within the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), announces the award of approximately $5,000,000 with an expected total funding of approximately $25,000,000 over a 5-year period, to Emory University/International Association of National Public Health. This award will help countries increase surveillance, laboratory, and outbreak response capacity to improve recognition of and respond to health threats.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The period for this award will be September 30, 2024, through September 29, 2029.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Shana Eatman, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600 Clifton Rd., Atlanta, GA, Telephone: 770-488-3933, Email: 
                        <E T="03">DGHPNOFOs@cdc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The single source award will build on past work by CDC's national public health institutes (NPHIs) Program to support linkages among critical global health security (GHS) functions leading to improved GHS coordination and country led response to threats.</P>
                <P>Emory University/International Association of National Public Health is in a unique position to conduct this work, as it will help countries develop a strategic plan aligned with public health priorities, map existing public health functions to identify gaps or ways to improve coordination and linkages, prioritize public health activities to utilize limited resources more effectively, and demonstrate NPHI value by identifying quick wins.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of the Award</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Recipient:</E>
                     Emory University/International Association of National Public Health.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Purpose of the Award:</E>
                     The purpose of this award is to implement activities that draw on the recipient's network of NPHIs to strengthen NPHIs globally, to contribute to stronger health system and global health security.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Amount of Award:</E>
                     $5,000,000 in Federal Fiscal Year (FFY) 2024 funds, with a total estimated $25,000,000 for the 5-year period of performance, subject to availability of funds. Please note, Year 1 funding is as follows: $5,000,000 for Core Component 1, $10,000,000 for Approved but Unfunded (ABU) Component 2, and $15,000,000 Component 3 (ABU).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     This program is authorized under section 307 of the Public Health Service Act [42 U.S.C. 242
                    <E T="03">I</E>
                    ] and section 301(a) [42 U.S.C. 241(a)] of the Public Health Service Act.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Period of Performance:</E>
                     September 30, 2024, through September 29, 2029.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 13, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Jamie Legier,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Director, Office of Grants Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11008 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4163-18-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Award of a Single Source Cooperative Agreement To Fund National Emergency Management Association</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), located within the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), announces the award of approximately $165,000, with an expected total funding of approximately $825,000 over a 5-year period, to National Emergency Management Association. The award will identify promising practices and opportunities that build upon existing CDC public health partnership efforts to advance the public health and healthcare system overall capacity to prevent, protect, mitigate, respond to, and recover from all-hazards emergency incidents to include, but not limited to, interrelated efforts to align the Federal Emergency Management (FEMA) Thread and Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (THIRA) and ongoing alignment of National Preparedness Goal Core Capabilities with the CDC PHEP capabilities and the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response (ASPR) Hospital Preparedness Program (HPP) capabilities.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <PRTPAGE P="43856"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The period for this award will be September 30, 2024 through September 29, 2029.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Nicole Estes, Office of Readiness and Response-Division of State and Local Readiness, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, (1600 Clifton Road, Atlanta, GA 30329), Telephone: 404-639-7168, Email: 
                        <E T="03">gqh3@cdc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The single source award will prepare the nation's public health system to minimize the consequences associated with all-hazards events. The Office of Readiness and Response (ORR), Division of State and Local Readiness (DSLR) works to promote the integration of public health emergency preparedness into overarching emergency preparedness and enhance public health emergency preparedness.</P>
                <P>National Emergency Management Association is in a unique position to conduct this work, as it is a national professional association of state and insular state emergency management directors committed to providing national leadership and expertise in comprehensive emergency management; serving as a vital information and assistance resource for state and territorial directors and their governors; and forging strategic partnerships to advance continuous improvements in emergency management.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Summary of the Award</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Recipient:</E>
                     National Emergency Management Association.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Purpose of the Award:</E>
                     The purpose of this program is to prepare the nation's public health system to minimize the consequences associated with all-hazards events. The Office of Readiness and Response (ORR), Division of State and Local Readiness (DSLR) works to promote the integration of public health emergency preparedness into overarching emergency preparedness and enhance public health emergency preparedness.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Amount of Award:</E>
                     $165,000 in Federal Fiscal Year (FFY) 2024 funds, with a total estimated $825,000 for the 5-year period of performance, subject to availability of funds.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     This program is authorized under section 301(a) and 317(a) of the Public Health Service Act 42 U.S.C. 247(a) Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number 93.684.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Period of Performance:</E>
                     September 30, 2024 through September 29, 2029.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 13, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Jamie Legier,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Director, Office of Grants Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10982 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4163-18-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; Matching Program</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Child Support Services, Administration for Children and Families, Department of Health and Human Services.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of a new matching program.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (Privacy Act), the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), Administration for Children and Families (ACF), Office of Child Support Services (OCSS), is providing notice of a re-established matching program between HHS/ACF/OCSS and state agencies administering the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP). The matching program compares state SNAP agency records with new hire, quarterly wage, and unemployment insurance information maintained in the National Directory of New Hires (NDNH) system of records maintained by OCSS. The outcomes of the comparisons help state agencies with establishing or verifying eligibility for applicants and recipients of SNAP benefits, reducing SNAP benefit errors, and maintaining program integrity.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments due within 30 days after publication. The re-established matching program will commence no sooner than 30 days after publication of this notice, provided no comments are received that warrant a change to this notice. The matching program will be conducted for an initial term of 18 months (from approximately August 16, 2024, through February 15, 2026) and, within 3 months of expiration, may be renewed for 1 additional year if the parties make no change to the matching program and certify that the program has been conducted in compliance with the agreement.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Interested parties may submit written comments on this notice to Venkata Kondapolu, Director, Division of Federal Systems, OCSS, ACF, by email at 
                        <E T="03">OCSSFedSystems@acf.hhs.gov</E>
                         or by mail at Mary E. Switzer Building, 330 C Street SW, Floor 5, Washington, DC 20201. Comments received will be available for public inspection at this address from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday through Friday.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        General questions about the matching program may be submitted to Venkata Kondapolu, Director, Division of Federal Systems, OCSS, ACF, by email at 
                        <E T="03">OCSSFedSystems@acf.hhs.gov,</E>
                         by mail at Mary E. Switzer Building, 330 C St. SW, 5th Floor, Washington, DC 20201, or by telephone at 202-260-4712.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a), provides certain protections for individuals applying for and receiving federal benefits. The law governs the use of computer matching by federal agencies when records in a system of records contain information about individuals, are retrieved by name or other personal identifier, and are matched with records of other federal, state, or local government records. The Privacy Act requires agencies involved in a matching program to:</P>
                <P>1. Obtain approval of a Computer Matching Agreement, prepared in accordance with the Privacy Act, by the Data Integrity Board of each federal agency in a matching program, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(u)(3)(A).</P>
                <P>2. Enter into a written Computer Matching Agreement, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(o)(1).</P>
                <P>3. Provide a report of the matching program to Congress and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and make it available to the public, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(o)(2)(A).</P>
                <P>
                    4. Publish notice of the matching program in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(12) after OMB and Congress complete their review of the report, as provided by OMB Circular A-108.
                </P>
                <P>5. Provide individual notice at the time of application and periodically thereafter that applicants and recipients' information provided may be subject to verification through matching programs, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(o)(1)(D).</P>
                <P>6. Independently verify match findings before suspending, terminating, reducing, or making a final denial of an individual's benefits or payments or taking other adverse action against the individual, as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(p). This matching program complies with these requirements.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Tanguler Gray,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Commissioner, Office of Child Support Services.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Participating Agencies</HD>
                <P>
                    The agencies participating in the matching program are OCSS (source agency) and state agencies 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43857"/>
                    administering SNAP (recipient non-federal agencies).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority for Conducting the Matching Program</HD>
                <P>The authority for conducting the matching program is 42 U.S.C. 653(j)(10). State SNAP agencies are required to participate in the matching program, as provided by 7 U.S.C. 2020(e)(24).</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Purpose(s)</HD>
                <P>The purpose of the matching program is to provide each participating state agency administering SNAP with new hire, quarterly wage, and unemployment insurance information from the OCSS NDNH system of records to assist them in establishing or verifying SNAP applicants' and recipients' eligibility for assistance, reducing payment errors, and maintaining program integrity, including determining whether duplicate participation exists or if the applicant or recipient resides in another state. The state SNAP agencies may also use the NDNH information for the secondary purpose of updating SNAP recipients' reported participation in work activities and updating the recipients' and their employers' contact information maintained by the state SNAP agencies.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Categories of Individuals</HD>
                <P>The categories of individuals whose data is used in the matching program are adult members of households who have applied for or receive SNAP benefits.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Categories of Records</HD>
                <P>The categories of records used in the matching program, which may include personal identifiers, are new hire, quarterly wage, and unemployment insurance information. The specific data elements that will be provided to OCSS in a state agency input file are:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Submitting state code (two-digit Federal Information Processing Standard code)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Date stamp (input file transmission date)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Adult SNAP caseload month and year of adult SNAP applicants and recipients</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Adult SNAP applicant/recipient Social Security number</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Adult SNAP applicant/recipient's first, middle, and last name</FP>
                <P>The SNAP-NDNH Record Specifications offer optional programming for the state to customize matching. For example, states may use the Passback field to identify specific records in a file, use the same State Data Indicator field whether or not to receive NDNH data that was provided by the state, and notify OCSS whether or not to verify the name and Social Security number combinations in the state agency's input file using Social Security Administration processes, as states may undergo verification prior to sending the file to OCSS. The NDNH data elements that OCSS will return to the state agency are as follows:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">a. New Hire File</HD>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• New hire processed date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Employee name and address</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Employee date and state of hire</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Federal and state employer identification numbers</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Department of Defense code</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Employer name and address</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Transmitter agency code</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Transmitter state code</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Transmitter state or agency name</FP>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">b. Quarterly Wage File</HD>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Quarterly wage processed date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Employee name</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Federal and state employer identification numbers</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Department of Defense code</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Employer name and address</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Employee wage amount</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Quarterly wage reporting period</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Transmitter agency code</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Transmitter state code</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Transmitter state or agency name</FP>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">c. Unemployment Insurance File</HD>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Unemployment insurance processed date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Claimant name and address</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Claimant benefit amount</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Unemployment insurance reporting period</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Transmitter state code</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Transmitter state or agency name</FP>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">System(s) of Records</HD>
                <P>
                    The NDNH data used in this matching program will be disclosed from the following OCSS system of records, as authorized by routine use 15: 
                    <E T="03">OCSS National Directory of New Hires, System No. 09-80-0381; see System of Records Notice (SORN) published in full at 89 FR 25625 (April 11, 2024).</E>
                </P>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10928 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4184-42-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Food and Drug Administration</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FDA-2022-N-2015]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Program Policy and Procedures Manual Guide 1240.3605 Regulating Animal Foods With Drug Claims; Withdrawal</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Food and Drug Administration, HHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of withdrawal.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Food and Drug Administration (FDA, Agency, or we) is announcing the withdrawal of the Center for Veterinary Medicine's (CVM's) Program Policy and Procedures Manual Guide (PPM) 1240.3605 Regulating Animal Foods with Drug Claims. This 1998 document presented guidance to CVM staff for the regulation of animal food that may have intended uses that result in the products also being drugs. FDA is withdrawing PPM 1240.3605 after determining that it no longer reflects Agency current thinking.</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Kelly A. Louviere, Center for Veterinary Medicine (HFV-200), Food and Drug Administration, 7500 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-402-5815, 
                        <E T="03">kelly.louviere@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>FDA is announcing the withdrawal of CVM's PPM 1240.3605 Regulating Animal Foods with Drug Claims. This 1998 document presented guidance to CVM staff for the regulation of animal food that may have intended uses that result in the products being drugs under section 201(g) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321(g)).</P>
                <P>
                    In 2021, CVM initiated a review of PPM 1240.3605, spurred by stakeholder interest, including industry and government (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     Congressional) stakeholders. Congress requested FDA “review [PPM] 1240.3605 for solutions on how ingredient claims for animal production, animal well-being, food safety and the environment can be regulated as animal food.” In making this request, Congress expressed concern that PPM 1240.3605 had not been updated since 1998 and had not kept pace with science (H. Rep. No. 117-82 at 91 (2022)).
                </P>
                <P>
                    On October 18, 2022, CVM held a virtual listening session to gather information and stakeholder feedback to be considered during our review of the regulation of animal food with certain types of claims, such as claims about environmental benefits (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     reduced greenhouse gas emissions), production 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43858"/>
                    (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     growth promotion, feed efficiency), and effects on the animal microbiome. We specifically asked for feedback on how we could modernize or improve PPM 1240.3605, what challenges were presented by this PPM, and what additional types of claims or ingredients CVM should consider during its review of the policy. Many stakeholders requested that we update our PPM to provide for a larger set of ingredients that can be safely used in animal food to be treated other than as drugs and to encourage innovation that supports human and animal health, promotes sustainable animal production, and provides benefits to the environment.
                </P>
                <P>After a thorough review of PPM 1240.3605, and careful consideration of stakeholder feedback, FDA has determined that PPM 1240.3605 no longer reflects Agency current thinking and is therefore withdrawing the PPM.</P>
                <P>
                    FDA encourages firms developing animal food, nutritional ingredients, or non-nutritive ingredients with intended uses that could make them a drug, including substances that are for use in animal food and are intended to affect the structure or any function of the animal's body, to contact the Agency early in the product development process. To contact FDA's Center for Veterinary Medicine about an animal food substance intended to have the effects described above, please email 
                    <E T="03">animalfood-premarket@fda.hhs.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <P>FDA intends to issue guidance to clarify our current thinking on the regulation of certain substances that are for use in animal food and are intended to affect the structure or any function of an animal's body.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lauren K. Roth,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Commissioner for Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10936 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4164-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; RFA-DK-23-004 Human Islet Research Network—Consortium on Modeling Autoimmune Diabetes (UG3/UH3).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 26, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, NIDDK, Democracy II, Suite 7000A, 6707 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Tori Stone, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, National Institutes of Health, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 827-0994, 
                        <E T="03">tori.stone@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.847, Diabetes, Endocrinology and Metabolic Research; 93.848, Digestive Diseases and Nutrition Research; 93.849, Kidney Diseases, Urology and Hematology Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Miguelina Perez, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10992 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of General Medical Sciences; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of General Medical Sciences Special Emphasis Panel; Review of K99/R00 Applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 24-25, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, National Institute of General Medical Sciences, Natcher Building, 45 Center Drive, Bethesda, Maryland 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Tracy Koretsky, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, National Institute of General Medical Sciences, National Institutes of Health, 45 Center Drive, MSC 6200, Room 3AN12F, Bethesda, Maryland 20892, 301-594-2886, 
                        <E T="03">tracy.koretsky@nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program No. 93.859, Biomedical Research and Research Training, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Miguelina Perez,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10988 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meetings.</P>
                <P>The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Healthcare Delivery and Methodologies Integrated Review Group; Health Promotion in Communities Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 10-11, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         Melrose Hotel, 2430 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20037  (In-Person Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Helena Eryam Dagadu, MPH, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 3137, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 435-1266, 
                        <E T="03">dagaduhe@csr.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Healthcare Delivery and Methodologies Integrated Review Group; Community Influences on Health Behavior Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 11-12, 2024.
                        <PRTPAGE P="43859"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892  (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Elia E Ortenberg, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 3108, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-827-7189, 
                        <E T="03">femiaee@csr.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Molecular, Cellular and Developmental Neuroscience Integrated Review Group; Neuronal Communications Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         Hilton Washington/Rockville, 1750 Rockville Pike, Rockville, MD 20852  (In-Person Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Prithi Rajan, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 435-1042, 
                        <E T="03">prithi.rajan@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Biology of Development and Aging Integrated Review Group; Drug Discovery and Molecular Pharmacology C Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892  (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Jeffrey Smiley, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 6194, MSC 7804, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 272-4596, 
                        <E T="03">smileyja@csr.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Infectious Diseases and Immunology B Integrated Review Group; Hypersensitivity, Autoimmune, and Immune-mediated Diseases Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892  (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Xinrui Li, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 594-2084, 
                        <E T="03">xinrui.li@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Center for Scientific Review Special Emphasis Panel; Special Topics: Noninvasive Neuromodulation and Neuroimaging Technologies.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892  (In-Person and Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Pablo M. Blazquez Gamez, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 435-1042, 
                        <E T="03">pablo.blazquezgamez@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Biobehavioral and Behavioral Processes Integrated Review Group; Biobehavioral Regulation, Learning and Ethology Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892  (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Sara Louise Hargrave, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institute of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 3170, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 443-7193, 
                        <E T="03">hargravesl@mail.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Oncology 2—Translational Clinical Integrated Review Group; Cellular Immunotherapy of Cancer Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:30 a.m. to 6:30 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892  (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Shahana Majid, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 867-5309, 
                        <E T="03">shahana.majid@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Infectious Diseases and Immunology A Integrated Review Group; Cellular and Molecular Immunology—A Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:30 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892  (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Velasco Cimica, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-594-1760, 
                        <E T="03">velasco.cimica@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Center for Scientific Review Special Emphasis Panel; RFA-NS-22-070—HEAL Initiative: Development and Validation of Non-Rodent Mammalian Models of Pain.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892  (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Jennifer Kielczewski, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 435-1042, 
                        <E T="03">jennifer.kielczewski@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.306, Comparative Medicine; 93.333, Clinical Research, 93.306, 93.333, 93.337, 93.393-93.396, 93.837-93.844, 93.846-93.878, 93.892, 93.893, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Miguelina Perez,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10987 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Prospective Grant of an Exclusive Patent License: T Cell Receptor Fusion Proteins for the Treatment of Cancer</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Institutes of Health, HHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The National Cancer Institute, an institute of the National Institutes of Health, Department of Health and Human Services, is contemplating the grant of an Exclusive Patent License to practice the inventions embodied in the Patents and Patent Applications listed in the Supplementary Information section of this notice to INTcRON LLC (“INTcRON”) located in Memphis, Tennessee.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Only written comments and/or applications for a license which are received by the National Cancer Institute's Technology Transfer Center on or before June 4, 2024 will be considered.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Requests for copies of the patent application, inquiries, and comments relating to the contemplated an Exclusive Patent License should be directed to: Andrew Burke, Ph.D., Senior Technology Transfer Manager, NCI Technology Transfer Center, Telephone: (240) 276-5484; Email: 
                        <E T="03">andy.burke@nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Intellectual Property</HD>
                <P>1. United States Provisional Patent Application No. 62/369,883 filed August 2, 2016, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-US-01];</P>
                <P>2. PCT Patent Application No. PCT/US2017/044615 filed July 31, 2017, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-PCT-02];</P>
                <P>3. Australian Patent No. 2017306038 issued October 5, 2023, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-AU-03];</P>
                <P>
                    4. Canadian Patent Application No. 3,032,870 effective filing date of July 31, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43860"/>
                    2017, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-CA-04];
                </P>
                <P>5. Chinese Patent Application No. 201780059356.4 effective filing date of July 31, 2017, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-CN-05];</P>
                <P>6. European Patent No. 3494133 issued July 6, 2022, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-EP-06];</P>
                <P>a. Validated in the following jurisdictions: AL, AT, BE, BG, CH, CY, CZ, DE, DK, EE, ES, FI, FR, GB, GR, HU, HR, IE, IS, IT, LT, LU, LV, MC, MK, MT, NL, NO, PL, PT, RO, RS, SE, SI, SK, SM and TR.</P>
                <P>7. Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-505220 effective filing date of July 31, 2017, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-JP-07];</P>
                <P>8. United States Patent No. 10,611,816 issued April 7, 2020, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-US-08];</P>
                <P>9. Israeli Patent No. 264425 issued August 2, 2023, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-IL-09];</P>
                <P>10. South Korean Patent No. 10-2527052 issued April 25, 2023, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-KR-10];</P>
                <P>11. Singapore Patent Application No. 11201900654Q effective filing date of July 31, 2017, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-SG-11];</P>
                <P>12. Hong Kong Patent No. HK40009637 issued July 7, 2023, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-HK-12];</P>
                <P>13. Hong Kong Patent Application No. 19132196.7 effective filing date of July 31, 2017, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-HK-13];</P>
                <P>14. Singapore Patent Application No. 10201913959W filed December 31, 2019, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-SG-14];</P>
                <P>15. United States Patent No. 11,208,456 issued December 28, 2021, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-US-15];</P>
                <P>16. United States Patent No. 11,897,933 issued February 13, 2024, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-US-16];</P>
                <P>17. United States Patent No. 11,840,561 issued December 12, 2023, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-US-17];</P>
                <P>18. Japanese Patent No. 7413338 issued January 4, 2024, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-JP-18];</P>
                <P>19. European Patent Application No. 22182473.3 filed July 1, 2022, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-EP-19];</P>
                <P>20. Israeli Patent Application No. 301894 filed April 3, 2023, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-IL-01];</P>
                <P>21. Hong Kong Patent Application No. 42023078137.9 filed August 28, 2023, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-HK-01];</P>
                <P>22. Australian Patent Application No. 2023233125 filed September 21, 2023, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-AU-01];</P>
                <P>23. Japanese Patent Application No. 2023-221526 filed December 27, 2023, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-JP-01];</P>
                <P>24. United States Patent Application No. 18/423,020 filed January 25, 2024, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-US-02]; and</P>
                <P>25. Chinese Patent Application No. 202410214235.4 filed February 27, 2024, entitled “Anti-KRAS G12D T Cell Receptors” [HHS Reference No. E-175-2016-0-CN-01].</P>
                <P>The patent rights in these inventions have been assigned and/or exclusively licensed to the government of the United States of America.</P>
                <P>The prospective exclusive license territory may be worldwide, and the field of use may be limited to the following:</P>
                <P>“Development, manufacture and commercialization of acellular fusion protein therapy products for the treatment of cancer in humans, wherein:</P>
                <P>1. The fusion protein contains at least the antigen binding domain of either T cell receptor (TCR) “TRAV12-2/TRBV10/2” or “TRAV4/TRBV5-6 (A, B or C)”, as disclosed and claimed in the Licensed Patent Rights;</P>
                <P>2. The cancer expresses mutant KRAS G12D; and</P>
                <P>3. The human(s) express(es) at least HLA-C*08:02 or HLA-C*05:01.</P>
                <P>
                    For the avoidance of doubt, specifically excluded from this Licensed Field of Use are cell therapy products (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     T cell or natural killer cell-based) which have been genetically engineered to express the TCR(s) claimed in the Licensed Patent Rights.”
                </P>
                <P>The Intellectual Property is primarily directed to isolated T cell receptors (TCRs) reactive to mutated Kirsten rat sarcoma viral oncogene homolog (KRAS), within the context of human leukocyte antigens (HLAs) C*08:02 or C*05:01. Mutated KRAS, which plays a well-defined driver role in oncogenesis, is expressed by a variety of human cancers, including pancreatic, lung, endometrial, ovarian and prostate. Due to its restricted expression in precancerous and cancerous cells, this antigen may be targeted on mutant KRAS-expressing tumors with minimal normal tissue toxicity.</P>
                <P>This notice is made in accordance with 35 U.S.C. 209 and 37 CFR part 404. The prospective exclusive license will be royalty bearing, and the prospective exclusive license may be granted unless within fifteen (15) days from the date of this published notice, the National Cancer Institute receives written evidence and argument that establishes that the grant of the license would not be consistent with the requirements of 35 U.S.C. 209 and 37 CFR part 404.</P>
                <P>In response to this Notice, the public may file comments or objections. Comments and objections, other than those in the form of a license application, will not be treated confidentially, and may be made publicly available.</P>
                <P>License applications submitted in response to this Notice will be presumed to contain business confidential information and any release of information in these license applications will be made only as required and upon a request under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Richard U. Rodriguez,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Director, Technology Transfer Center, National Cancer Institute.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10970 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of General Medical Sciences; Notice of Closed Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meetings.</P>
                <P>
                    The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43861"/>
                    552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of General Medical Sciences Special Emphasis Panel; Review of the Centers of Biomedical Research Excellence (COBRE) Phase 1.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         July 11-12, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, National Institute of General Medical Sciences, Natcher Building, 45 Center Drive, Bethesda, Maryland 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Nina Sidorova, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Branch, National Institute of General Medical Sciences, National Institutes of Health, 45 Center Drive, MSC 6200, Bethesda, Maryland 20892, 301-594-3663, 
                        <E T="03">sidorova@nigms.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of General Medical Sciences Special Emphasis Panel; Review of Centers of Biomedical Research Excellence (COBRE) Phase 1 Applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         July 18-19, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, National Institute of General Medical Sciences, Natcher Building, 45 Center Drive, Bethesda, Maryland 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Jason M. Chan, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Branch, National Institute of General Medical Sciences, National Institutes of Health, 45 Center Drive, MSC 6200, Bethesda, Maryland 20892, 301-594-3663, 
                        <E T="03">jason.chan2@nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of General Medical Sciences Special Emphasis Panel; Review of R13 applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         July 25, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         11:00 a.m. to 2:30 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, National Institute of General Medical Sciences, Natcher Building, 45 Center Drive, Bethesda, Maryland 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Lee Warren Slice, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Office of Scientific Review, National Institute of General Medical Sciences, National Institutes of Health, 45 Center Drive, Room 3AN12, Bethesda, Maryland 20892, 301-435-0807, 
                        <E T="03">slicelw@mail.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program No. 93.859, Biomedical Research and Research Training, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Miguelina Perez,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10989 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke Special Emphasis Panel; BPN Small Molecule and Biologic Therapeutic Drug Discovery for Disorders of the Nervous System.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 11-12, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate cooperative agreement applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Neuroscience Center, 6001 Executive Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20852 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Eric S. Tucker, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Scientific Review Branch, Division of Extramural Activities, NINDS/NIH/HHS, NSC, 6001 Executive Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20852, 301-827-0799, 
                        <E T="03">eric.tucker@nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.853, Clinical Research Related to Neurological Disorders; 93.854, Biological Basis Research in the Neurosciences, National Institutes of Health, HHS).</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lauren A. Fleck, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10968 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.</P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; Time-Sensitive Obesity PAR Review.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 26, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         11:30 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, NIDDK, Democracy II, Suite 7000A, 6707 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Michele L. Barnard, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Review Branch, DEA, NIDDK, National Institutes of Health, Room 7353, 6707 Democracy Blvd., Bethesda, MD 20892-2542, (301) 594-8898, 
                        <E T="03">barnardm@extra.niddk.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.847, Diabetes, Endocrinology and Metabolic Research; 93.848, Digestive Diseases and Nutrition Research; 93.849, Kidney Diseases, Urology and Hematology Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Miguelina Perez,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10990 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases; Notice of Closed Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43862"/>
                </P>
                <P>The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases Special Emphasis Panel; HIV Syndemics RFA Review.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         July 9, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         11:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, NIDDK Democracy II, Suite 7000A, 6707 Democracy Boulevard, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Michele L. Barnard, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Review Branch, DEA, NIDDK, National Institutes of Health, Room 7353, 6707 Democracy Blvd., Bethesda, MD 20892-2542, (301) 594-8898,
                        <E T="03">barnardm@extra.niddk.nih.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.847, Diabetes, Endocrinology and Metabolic Research; 93.848, Digestive Diseases and Nutrition Research; 93.849, Kidney Diseases, Urology and Hematology Research, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Miguelina Perez, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10991 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Institutes of Health</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <P>Pursuant to section 1009 of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meetings.</P>
                <P>The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Population Sciences and Epidemiology Integrated Review Group; Social and Environmental Determinants of Health Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 12-13, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Ananya Paria, MPH, MS, DHSc, Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 1007H, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 827-6513, 
                        <E T="03">pariaa@mail.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Oncology 2—Translational Clinical Integrated Review Group; Therapeutic Immune Regulation Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         8:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         The Bethesdan Hotel, 8120 Wisconsin Avenue, Bethesda, MD 20814.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Yue Wu, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 803C, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 867-5309, 
                        <E T="03">wuy25@csr.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Musculoskeletal, Oral and Skin Sciences Integrated Review Group; Musculoskeletal Rehabilitation Sciences Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         8:00 a.m. to 9:30 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         Residence Inn Bethesda, 7335 Wisconsin Avenue, Bethesda, MD 20814.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Richard Michael Lovering, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 1000J, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 867-5309, 
                        <E T="03">loveringrm@mail.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Brain Disorders and Clinical Neuroscience Integrated Review Group; Acute Neural Injury and Epilepsy Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         Hyatt Georgetown DC/WEST END, 2121 M St. NW, Washington, DC 20037.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Paula Elyse Schauwecker, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 5201, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-760-8207, 
                        <E T="03">schauweckerpe@csr.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Healthcare Delivery and Methodologies Integrated Review Group; Clinical Informatics and Digital Health Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (In Person and Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Paul Hewett, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institute of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room, Bethesda, MD 20892, (240) 672-8946, 
                        <E T="03">hewettmarxpn@csr.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Center for Scientific Review Special Emphasis Panel; Small Business: Health Services and Systems.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         Melrose Hotel, 2430 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20037.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Michael J. McQuestion, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 3114, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-480-1276, 
                        <E T="03">mike.mcquestion@nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Population Sciences and Epidemiology Integrated Review Group; Reproductive, Perinatal and Pediatric Health Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Cynthia Chioma McOliver, Ph.D., MPH Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 1007G, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 594-2081, 
                        <E T="03">mcolivercc@csr.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Integrative, Functional and Cognitive Neuroscience Integrated Review Group; Learning, Memory and Decision Neuroscience Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Roger Janz, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 402-8515, 
                        <E T="03">janzr2@csr.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Vascular and Hematology Integrated Review Group; Basic Biology of Blood, Heart and Vasculature Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Aisha Lanette Walker, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 594-3527, 
                        <E T="03">aisha.walker@nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Center for Scientific Review Special Emphasis Panel; Small Business: SBIR/STTR Commercialization Readiness Pilot (CRP) Program.
                        <PRTPAGE P="43863"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Marie-Jose Belanger, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Rm. 6188, MSC 7804, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-435-1267, 
                        <E T="03">belangerm@csr.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Infectious Diseases and Immunology A Integrated Review Group; Molecular and Cellular Biology of Virus Infection Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Kenneth M. Izumi, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, MSC 7808, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 496-6980, 
                        <E T="03">izumikm@csr.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Name of Committee:</E>
                         Population Sciences and Epidemiology Integrated Review Group; Social Sciences and Population Studies B Study Section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Date:</E>
                         June 13-14, 2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Time:</E>
                         10:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                         To review and evaluate grant applications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Place:</E>
                         National Institutes of Health, Rockledge II, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Bethesda, MD 20892 (Virtual Meeting).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Contact Person:</E>
                         Kate Fothergill, Ph.D., Scientific Review Officer, Center for Scientific Review, National Institutes of Health, 6701 Rockledge Drive, Room 3142, Bethesda, MD 20892, 301-435-2309, 
                        <E T="03">fothergillke@mail.nih.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <FP>(Catalogue of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Nos. 93.306, Comparative Medicine; 93.333, Clinical Research, 93.306, 93.333, 93.337, 93.393-93.396, 93.837-93.844, 93.846-93.878, 93.892, 93.893, National Institutes of Health, HHS)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lauren A. Fleck, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Program Analyst, Office of Federal Advisory Committee Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10972 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4140-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Coast Guard</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. USCG-2024-0336]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0017</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Coast Guard, DHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Sixty-day notice requesting comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information: 1625-0017, Various International Agreement Safety Certificates and Documents; without change. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before July 19, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2024-0336] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         See the “Public participation and request for comments” portion of the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section for further instructions on submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the internet at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Additionally, copies are available from: COMMANDANT (CG-6P), ATTN: PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT MANAGER, U.S. COAST GUARD, 2703 MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. AVE. SE, STOP 7710, WASHINGTON, DC 20593-7710.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        A.L. Craig, Office of Privacy Management, telephone 202-475-3528, fax 202-372-8405, or email 
                        <E T="03">hqs-dg-m-cg-61-pii@uscg.mil</E>
                         for questions on these documents.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation and Request for Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    This notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                     chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
                </P>
                <P>The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) the practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
                <P>In response to your comments, we may revise this ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.</P>
                <P>We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, USCG-2024-0336, and must be received by July 19, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Submitting Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     If your material cannot be submitted using 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     contact the person in the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     section of this document for alternate instructions. Documents mentioned in this notice, and all public comments, are in our online docket at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and can be viewed by following that website's instructions. Additionally, if you go to the online docket and sign up for email alerts, you will be notified when comments are posted.
                </P>
                <P>
                    We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and will include any personal information you have provided. For more about privacy and submissions in response to this document, see DHS's eRulemaking System of Records notice (85 FR 14226, March 11, 2020).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Information Collection Request</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Various International Agreement Safety Certificates and Documents.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     1625-0017.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Summary:</E>
                     These Coast Guard-issued forms are used as evidence of compliance with the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS) by certain U.S. vessels on international voyages. Without the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43864"/>
                    proper certificates or documents, a U.S. vessel could be detained in a foreign port.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Need:</E>
                     SOLAS applies to all mechanically propelled cargo vessels of 500 or more gross tons (GT), and to all mechanically propelled passenger vessels carrying more than 12 passengers that engage in international voyages. SOLAS and title 46 CFR 2.01-25 list certificates and documents that may be issued to vessels.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Forms:</E>
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-967, Exemption Certificate</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-968, Passenger Ship Safety Certificate</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-968A, Record of Equipment for the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate (Form P)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-969, Notice of Completion of Examination for Safety Certificate</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-3347, Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-3347B, Record of Equipment for the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate (Form E)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-4359, Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-4360, International Ship Security Certificate</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-4361, Interim International Ship Security Certificate</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-5643, Safety Management Certificate</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-5679, High-Speed Craft Safety Certificate</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-5679A, Record of Equipment for High-Speed Craft Safety Certificate</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-5680, Permit to Operate High-Speed Craft</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-6038, Continuous Synopsis Record (CSR) Document Number __ for the ship with IMO Number: __</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-6038A, Amendments to the Continuous Synopsis Record (CSR) Document Number __ for the ship with IMO Number: __</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-16170, Polar Ship Certificate</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• CG-16170A, Record of Equipment for the Polar Ship Certificate</FP>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     Owners and operators of SOLAS vessels.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     On occasion.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Hour Burden Estimate:</E>
                     The estimated burden has decreased from 69 hours to 55 hours a year, due to a decrease in the estimated annual number of responses.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. chapter 35, as amended.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 9, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Kathleen Claffie,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief, Office of Privacy Management, U.S. Coast Guard.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11016 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-04-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Coast Guard</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. USCG-2024-0334]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0103</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Coast Guard, DHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Sixty-day notice requesting comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information: 1625-0103, Mandatory Ship Reporting System for the Northeast and Southeast Coasts of the United States; without change.</P>
                    <P>Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before July 19, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2024-0334] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         See the “Public participation and request for comments” portion of the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section for further instructions on submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the internet at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Additionally, copies are available from: COMMANDANT (CG-6P), ATTN: PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT MANAGER, U.S. COAST GUARD, 2703 MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. AVE. SE, STOP 7710, WASHINGTON, DC 20593-7710.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        A.L. Craig, Office of Privacy Management, telephone 202-475-3528, fax 202-372-8405, or email 
                        <E T="03">hqs-dg-m-cg-61-pii@uscg.mil</E>
                         for questions on these documents.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation and Request for Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    This notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                     chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
                </P>
                <P>The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) the practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
                <P>In response to your comments, we may revise this ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.</P>
                <P>We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, USCG-2024-0334, and must be received by July 19, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Submitting Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     If your material cannot be submitted using 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     contact the person in the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     section of this document for alternate instructions. Documents mentioned in this notice, and all public comments, are in our online docket at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and can be viewed by following that website's instructions. Additionally, if you go to the online docket and sign up for email alerts, you will be notified when comments are posted.
                </P>
                <P>
                    We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and will include any personal information you have provided. For more about privacy and submissions in response to this document, see DHS's eRulemaking System of Records notice (85 FR 14226, March 11, 2020).
                    <PRTPAGE P="43865"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Information Collection Request</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Mandatory Ship Reporting System for the Northeast and Southeast Coasts of the United States.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     1625-0103.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Summary:</E>
                     The information is needed to reduce the number of ship collisions with endangered northern right whales. Coast Guard rules at 33 CFR part 169 establish two mandatory ship-reporting systems off the northeast and southeast coasts of the United States.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Need:</E>
                     The collection involves ships' reporting by radio to a shore-based authority when entering the area covered by the reporting system. The ship will receive, in return, information to reduce the likelihood of collisions between themselves and northern right whales—an endangered species—in the areas established with critical-habitat designation.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Forms:</E>
                     None.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     Operators of certain vessels.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     On occasion
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Hour Burden Estimate:</E>
                     The estimated burden remains 137 hours a year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. chapter 35, as amended.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 9, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Kathleen Claffie,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief, Office of Privacy Management, U.S. Coast Guard.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11018 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-04-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Coast Guard</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. USCG-2024-0335]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625—NEW</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Coast Guard, DHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Sixty-day notice requesting comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information: 1625—NEW, Coast Guard Junior Reserve Officers' Training Corps (JROTC) Host School Application. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before July 19, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2024-0335] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         See the “Public participation and request for comments” portion of the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section for further instructions on submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the internet at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                        . Additionally, copies are available from: COMMANDANT (CG-6P), ATTN: PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT MANAGER, U.S. COAST GUARD, 2703 MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. AVE SE, STOP 7710, WASHINGTON, DC 20593-7710.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        A.L. Craig, Office of Privacy Management, telephone 202-475-3528, fax 202-372-8405, or email 
                        <E T="03">hqs-dg-m-cg-61-pii@uscg.mil</E>
                         for questions on these documents.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation and Request for Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    This notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                     chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
                </P>
                <P>The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) the practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
                <P>In response to your comments, we may revise this ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.</P>
                <P>We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, USCG-2024-0335, and must be received by July 19, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Submitting Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     If your material cannot be submitted using 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     contact the person in the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     section of this document for alternate instructions. Documents mentioned in this notice, and all public comments, are in our online docket at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and can be viewed by following that website's instructions. Additionally, if you go to the online docket and sign up for email alerts, you will be notified when comments are posted.
                </P>
                <P>
                    We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and will include any personal information you have provided. For more about privacy and submissions in response to this document, see DHS's eRulemaking System of Records notice (85 FR 14226, March 11, 2020).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Information Collection Request</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Coast Guard Junior Reserve Officers' Training Corps (JROTC) Host School Application
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     1625—NEW.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Summary:</E>
                     The Coast Guard is mandated under 14 U.S.C. 320 to establish and maintain not fewer than 1 Coast Guard JROTC Units in every Coast Guard District by December 31, 2025. The JROTC program is governed under the provisions of 10 U.S.C. Chapter 102. The information on this Host School Application will be used to help determine whether the applying school will be selected to host a Coast Guard JROTC unit. If the school is selected, the information will be used to establish and manage the unit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Need:</E>
                     The information is needed to help determine whether the applying school will be selected to host a Coast Guard JROTC unit. If the school is selected, the information will be used to establish and manage the unit. The Coast Guard is mandated under 14 U.S.C. 320 to establish and maintain not fewer than one Coast Guard JROTC Units in every Coast Guard District by 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43866"/>
                    Dec 31, 2025. The JROTC program is governed under the provisions of 10 U.S.C. chapter 102.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Forms:</E>
                </P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Host School Application for USCG JROTC Unit (CG-1533)</FP>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     School officials applying on behalf of a secondary school, public or private, that wish to apply to host a Coast Guard JROTC unit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     Applicants need only apply once unless their application information needs to be updated.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Hour Burden Estimate:</E>
                     The estimated burden is 25 hours a year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. chapter 35, as amended.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 9, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Kathleen Claffie,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief, Office of Privacy Management, U.S. Coast Guard.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11013 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-04-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Coast Guard</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. USCG-2024-0337]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Information Collection Request to Office of Management and Budget; OMB Control Number: 1625-0043</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Coast Guard, DHS.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Sixty-day notice requesting comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Coast Guard intends to submit an Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), requesting an extension of its approval for the following collection of information: 1625-0043, Ports and Waterways Safety; without change. Our ICR describes the information we seek to collect from the public. Before submitting this ICR to OIRA, the Coast Guard is inviting comments as described below.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must reach the Coast Guard on or before July 19, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        You may submit comments identified by Coast Guard docket number [USCG-2024-0337] to the Coast Guard using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         See the “Public participation and request for comments” portion of the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section for further instructions on submitting comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        A copy of the ICR is available through the docket on the internet at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                         Additionally, copies are available from: COMMANDANT (CG-6P), ATTN: PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT MANAGER, U.S. COAST GUARD, 2703 MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. AVE. SE, STOP 7710, WASHINGTON, DC 20593-7710.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        A.L. Craig, Office of Privacy Management, telephone 202-475-3528, fax 202-372-8405, or email 
                        <E T="03">hqs-dg-m-cg-61-pii@uscg.mil</E>
                         for questions on these documents.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Public Participation and Request for Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    This notice relies on the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                     chapter 35, as amended. An ICR is an application to OIRA seeking the approval, extension, or renewal of a Coast Guard collection of information (Collection). The ICR contains information describing the Collection's purpose, the Collection's likely burden on the affected public, an explanation of the necessity of the Collection, and other important information describing the Collection. There is one ICR for each Collection.
                </P>
                <P>The Coast Guard invites comments on whether this ICR should be granted based on the Collection being necessary for the proper performance of Departmental functions. In particular, the Coast Guard would appreciate comments addressing: (1) the practical utility of the Collection; (2) the accuracy of the estimated burden of the Collection; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of information subject to the Collection; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the Collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
                <P>In response to your comments, we may revise this ICR or decide not to seek an extension of approval for the Collection. We will consider all comments and material received during the comment period.</P>
                <P>We encourage you to respond to this request by submitting comments and related materials. Comments must contain the OMB Control Number of the ICR and the docket number of this request, USCG-2024-0337, and must be received by July 19, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Submitting Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov.</E>
                     If your material cannot be submitted using 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov,</E>
                     contact the person in the 
                    <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                     section of this document for alternate instructions. Documents mentioned in this notice, and all public comments, are in our online docket at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and can be viewed by following that website's instructions. Additionally, if you go to the online docket and sign up for email alerts, you will be notified when comments are posted.
                </P>
                <P>
                    We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to 
                    <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                     and will include any personal information you have provided. For more about privacy and submissions in response to this document, see DHS's eRulemaking System of Records notice (85 FR 14226, March 11, 2020).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Information Collection Request</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Ports and Waterways Safety—Title 33 CFR Subchapter P.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     1625-0043.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Summary:</E>
                     This collection of information allows the master, owner, or agent of a vessel affected by these rules to request a deviation from the requirements governing navigation safety equipment to the extent that there is no reduction in safety.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Need:</E>
                     Provisions in title 33 CFR subchapter P, allow any person directly affected by the rules in that subchapter to request a deviation from any of the requirements as long as it does not compromise safety. This collection enables the Coast Guard to evaluate the information the respondent supplies, to determine whether it justifies the request for a deviation.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Forms:</E>
                     None.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     Master, owner, or agent of a vessel.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     On occasion.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Hour Burden Estimate:</E>
                     The estimated burden has decreased from 2,033 hours to 1,463 hours a year, due to a decrease in the estimated annual number of responses.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. chapter 35, as amended.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 9, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Kathleen Claffie,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief, Office of Privacy Management, U.S. Coast Guard.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11014 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9110-04-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="43867"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Fall 2024 Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency SBOM-a-Rama; Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA), Department of Homeland Security (DHS).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Announcement of public event.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>CISA will facilitate a public event to build on existing community-led work around Software Bill of Materials (SBOM) on specific SBOM topics. The first goal of this two-day event is to help the broader software and security community understand the current state of SBOM. Secondly, this event will foster discussion between organizations interested in exploring SBOM automation solutions and those focusing on open source and proprietary tools.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Wednesday September 11, 2024 from 11:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Eastern Daylight Time, or 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Mountain Daylight Time and Thursday September 12, 2024 from 10:00 a.m. to 1:30 p.m., Eastern Daylight Time, or 8:00 a.m. to 11:30 a.m., Mountain Daylight Time.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The event will be a hybrid event held at the Denver Athletic Club, 1325 Glenarm Place, Denver CO 80204, as well as virtually, with connection information and dial-in information available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.cisa.gov/news-events/events/sbom-rama-fall-2024.</E>
                         A form to allow individuals to register their interest in either in-person or virtual participation will be available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.cisa.gov/news-events/events/sbom-rama-fall-2024.</E>
                         See the “Participation in the SBOM-a-Rama” section in the 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         caption for more information on how to participate.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Allan Friedman, (202) 961-4349, Email: 
                        <E T="03">sbom@cisa.dhs.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    An SBOM has been identified by the cybersecurity community as a key aspect of modern cybersecurity, including software security and supply chain security. Executive Order (E.O.) 14028 declares that “the trust we place in our digital infrastructure should be proportional to how trustworthy and transparent that infrastructure is, and to the consequences we will incur if that trust is misplaced.” 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     SBOMs play a key role in providing this transparency.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         E.O. 14028, Improving the Nation's Cybersecurity, 1, 86 FR 26633 (May 17, 2021).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    E.O. 14028 defines SBOM as “a formal record containing the details and supply chain relationships of various components used in building software.” 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The E.O. further notes that “. . .software developers and vendors often create products by assembling existing open source and commercial software components. The SBOM enumerates these components in a product.” 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Transparency from SBOMs aids multiple parties across the software lifecycle, including software developers, purchasers, and operators.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Recognizing the importance of SBOMs in transparency and security, and that SBOM evolution and refinement is likely to be most effective coming from the community; CISA is facilitating a public event which is intended to advance the software and security communities' understanding of SBOM creation, use, and implementation across the broader technology ecosystem.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at 10(j), 86 FR 26633 at 26646 (May 17, 2021).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         Ibid.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         Ibid.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. SBOM Background</HD>
                <P>
                    The idea of an SBOM is not novel.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     It has been discussed and explored in the software industry for years, building on industrial and supply chain innovations.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Academics identified the potential value of a “software bill of materials” as far back as 1995,
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and tracking use of third-party code is a longstanding software best practice.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         A brief summary of the history of a software bill of materials can be found in Carmody, S., Coravos, A., Fahs, G. et al. Building resilient medical technology supply chains with a software bill of materials. npj Digit. Med. 4, 34 (2021). 
                        <E T="03">https://doi.org/10.1038/s41746-021-00403-w.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         See “Toyota Supply Chain Management: A Strategic Approach to Toyota's Renowned System” by Ananth V. Iyer, Sridhar Seshadri, and Roy Vasher—a work about Edwards Deming's Supply Chain Management 
                        <E T="03">https://books.google.com/books/about/Toyota_Supply_Chain_Management_A_Strateg.html?id=JY5wqdelrg8C</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         Leblang D.B., Levine P.H., Software configuration management: Why is it needed and what should it do? In: Estublier J. (eds) Software Configuration Management Lecture Notes in Computer Science, vol. 1005, Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg (1995).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         The Software Assurance Forum for Excellence in Code (SAFECode), an industry consortium, has released a report on third party components that cites a range of standards. 
                        <E T="03">Managing Security Risks Inherent in the Use of Third-party Components,</E>
                         SAFECode (May 2017), 
                        <E T="03">available at https://www.safecode.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/05/SAFECode_TPC_Whitepaper.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Still, SBOM generation and sharing across the software supply chain was not seen as a commonly accepted practice in modern software. In 2018, the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA) convened the first multistakeholder process to promote software component transparency.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Over the subsequent three years, this stakeholder community developed guidance to help foster the idea of SBOM, including high-level overviews, initial advice on implementation, and technical resources.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     When the NTIA-initiated multistakeholder process concluded, NTIA noted “what was an obscure idea became a key part of the global agenda around securing software supply chains.” 
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In July 2022, CISA facilitated eight public listening sessions around four open topics (two for each topic): Cloud &amp; Online Applications, Sharing &amp; Exchanging SBOMs, Tooling &amp; Implementation, and On-ramps &amp; Adoption.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     These public listening sessions resulted in the formation of four public, community-led workstreams around each of the four topics. These groups have been convening on a weekly basis since August 2022. More information can be found at 
                    <E T="03">https://cisa.gov/SBOM.</E>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA), Notice of Open Meeting, 83 FR 26434 (June 7, 2018).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Ntia.gov/SBOM.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         NTIA, 
                        <E T="03">Marking the Conclusion of NTIA's SBOM Process</E>
                         (Feb. 9, 2022), 
                        <E T="03">https://www.ntia.doc.gov/blog/2022/marking-conclusion-ntia-s-sbom-process.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         Public Listening Sessions on Advancing SBOM Technology, Processes, and Practices, 
                        <E T="03">https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2022/06/01/2022-11733/public-listening-sessions-on-advancing-sbom-technology-processes-and-practices.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>CISA believes that the concept of SBOM and its implementation would benefit from further refinement, and that a broad-based community effort can help scale and operationalize SBOM implementation. To support such a community effort to advance SBOM technologies, processes, and practices, CISA facilitated the 2023 CISA SBOM-a-Rama and the Winter 2024 SBOM-a-Rama. These events reach a broader, international audience, and allow the exchange of information and ideas from more perspectives. The Fall 2024 SBOM-a-Rama will build on the previous events to offer updates as well as present new discussion topics for consideration by the community.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Topics for CISA SBOM-a-Rama</HD>
                <P>
                    The goal of this event is to help the broader software and security community understand the current state of SBOM and what efforts have been made by different parts of the SBOM community, including CISA-facilitated, community-led work and other activity from sectors and governments. Attendees are invited to ask questions, share comments, and raise further issues 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43868"/>
                    that need attention. CISA will also facilitate conversations on how the community can most efficiently make progress in addressing gaps in the SBOM ecosystem. One key focus of this event will be the need for tools to automate SBOM creation, management, and consumption.
                </P>
                <P>
                    A full agenda will be posted in advance of the meeting at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.cisa.gov/news-events/events/sbom-rama-fall-2024.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Participation in the SBOM-a-Rama</HD>
                <P>
                    This event is open to the public. CISA welcomes participation from anyone interested in learning about the current state of SBOM practice and implementation including private sector practitioners, policy experts, academics, and representatives from non-U.S. organizations. Additional information, including the meeting link, will be available one week before the meeting date at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.cisa.gov/SBOM.</E>
                </P>
                <P>This notice is issued under the authority of 6 U.S.C. 652(c)(10)-(11) and 6 U.S.C. 659(c)(4).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Eric Goldstein,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Executive Assistant Director for Cybersecurity, Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, Department of Homeland Security.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10922 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 9111-LF-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FR-7080-N-23]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Request for Project Construction Changes on Project Mortgages, (Form HUD-92437), OMB Control Number: 2502-0011</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Policy Development and Research, Chief Data Officer, HUD.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for an additional 30 days of public comment.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments Due Date:</E>
                         June 20, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                         Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function. Interested persons are also invited to submit comments regarding this proposal and comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Clearance Officer, REE, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Room 8210, Washington, DC 20410-5000; email 
                        <E T="03">PaperworkReductionActOffice@hud.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, REE, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Washington, DC 20410; email 
                        <E T="03">Colette.Pollard@hud.gov</E>
                         or telephone 202-402-3400. This is not a toll-free number. HUD welcomes and is prepared to receive calls from individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing, as well as individuals with speech and communication disabilities. To learn more about how to make an accessible telephone call, please visit 
                        <E T="03">https://www.fcc.gov/consumers/guides/telecommunications-relay-service-trs.</E>
                         Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.</P>
                <P>
                    The 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice that solicited public comment on the information collection for a period of 60 days was published on December 5, 2023 at 88 FR 84347.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Overview of Information Collection</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title of Information Collection:</E>
                     Request for Construction on Project Mortgages.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Approval Number:</E>
                     2502-0011.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>
                     Reinstatement, with change, of previously approved collection for which approval has expired.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Form Number:</E>
                     HUD-92437.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description of the need for the information and proposed use:</E>
                     The previous OMB collection reflects an accurate assessment of the numbers submitted under this collection, which once included three forms. The specific forms, HUD-92441, HUD-92442, and HUD-92442-A, were removed from this collection and placed under the Multifamily Closing OMB control number 2502-0598. The current numbers are based on the average of three fiscal years of initial endorsements. Each use of form HUD-92437 serves as an official project change order that includes changes to contract work, contract price, or contract time. All on-site construction changes are submitted on this form. The contractor, architect, mortgagor, and mortgagee must approve the proposed changes before the request is submitted to HUD for approval. The form ensures that viable projects are developed.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents:</E>
                     Individuals participating in HUD Multifamily mortgage insurance programs are principals of the sponsor(s), mortgagor(s), and general contractor.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     1,174.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Responses:</E>
                     3,522.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>
                     3.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Average Hours per Response:</E>
                     2.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Burden:</E>
                     7,044.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Solicitation of Public Comment</HD>
                <P>This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:</P>
                <P>(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;</P>
                <P>(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;</P>
                <P>(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and</P>
                <P>
                    (4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     permitting electronic submission of responses.
                </P>
                <P>(5) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.</P>
                <P>HUD encourages interested parties to submit comments in response to these questions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Authority</HD>
                <P>Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3507.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Colette Pollard,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Department Reports Management Officer, Office of Policy Development and Research, Chief Data Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10923 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4210-67-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="43869"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket No. FR-7090-N-05]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Evaluation of the Emergency Housing Voucher Program; OMB Control No.: 2528-NEW</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Policy Development and Research, HUD.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments Due Date:</E>
                         July 19, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection can be submitted within 60 days of publication of this notice to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                         Find this particular information collection by selecting, “Currently under 60-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function. Interested persons are also invited to submit comments regarding this proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and can be sent to: Anna Guido, Reports Management Officer, REE, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Room 8210, Washington, DC 20410-5000 or email at 
                        <E T="03">PaperworkReductionActOffice@hud.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Anna Guido, Reports Management Officer, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Washington, DC 20410; email; 
                        <E T="03">Anna.P.Guido@hud.gov;</E>
                         telephone (202) 402-5535 (this is not a toll-free number). HUD welcomes and is prepared to receive calls from individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing, as well as individuals with speech or communication disabilities. To learn more about how to make an accessible telephone call, please visit 
                        <E T="03">https://www.fcc.gov/consumers/guides/telecommunications-relay-service-trs.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Guido.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A. Overview of Information Collection</HD>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title of Information Collection:</E>
                     Evaluation of the Emergency Housing Voucher Program.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Approval Number:</E>
                     2528-New.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Request:</E>
                     New collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Form Number:</E>
                     N/A.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description of the need for the information and proposed use:</E>
                     The purpose of this proposed information collection is to gather information in support of the Evaluation of the Emergency Housing Voucher Program. The Emergency Housing Voucher (EHV) Program is one of eight housing provisions that was included in the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (ARP). Section 3202 of ARP provided $5 billion to HUD to fund a temporary voucher program that, in part, supported roughly 70,000 incremental emergency vouchers to be allocated to Public Housing Agencies (PHAs) via formula.
                </P>
                <P>The Evaluation of the EHV program will document the implementation and early outcomes of the EHV Program through a mixed mode data collection approach to provide a broad overview of the program nationally.</P>
                <P>Data collection activities planned to be carried out as part of the evaluation include: (1) collecting HUD administrative data, (2) a national web survey of 611 PHAs administering the EHV program and 371 referring partner Continuums of Care (CoCs), and (3) telephone/virtual interviews with staff from a selected sample of communities, including PHAs, CoCs, and other PHA partner organizations. The evaluation will use a mixed-methods approach with administrative data and web survey data to measure outcomes in key interest areas. The follow-up telephone interviews will collect information on the experiences of program staff in implementing the EHV program.</P>
                <P>In total, HUD plans to conduct a web survey of 611 PHAs, a web survey of 371 CoCs, and 50 telephone/virtual interviews (comprised of interviews with 25 PHAs and 25 CoCs/partner organizations).</P>
                <P>
                    HUD will provide reasonable accommodations. Respondents who are blind or have vision-related disabilities, deaf or hard of hearing, as well as individuals with speech or communication disabilities can elect to participate through a web-based version of the data collection or through a telephone-based version of the data collection. HUD welcomes and is prepared to receive calls from individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing, as well as individuals with speech or communication disabilities. To learn more about how to make an accessible telephone call, please visit 
                    <E T="03">https://www.fcc.gov/consumers/guides/telecommunications-relay-service-trs.</E>
                     We will use translation and/or interpretation services as needed for individuals with Limited English Proficiency.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents (i.e., affected public):</E>
                     PHA staff, CoC staff, and partner organization staff.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     611 respondents to the web survey of PHAs, 371 respondents to the web survey of CoCs, 50 respondents to the phone/virtual interviews with PHA staff, and 50 respondents to the phone/virtual interviews with CoC staff/partner organizations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency of Response:</E>
                     1.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Responses:</E>
                     611 responses to the web survey of PHAs, 371 responses to the web survey of CoCs, 50 responses to the phone/virtual interviews with PHAs, 50 responses to the phone/virtual interviews with CoCs/partner organizations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Average Hours per Response:</E>
                     The web survey for PHA staff is expected to take 35 minutes per respondent. The web survey for CoC staff is expected to take 57 minutes per respondent. Phone/virtual interviews with PHA staff are expected to take 105 minutes per respondent. Phone/virtual interviews with CoC/partner organization staff are expected to take 75 minutes per respondent.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Burdens:</E>
                     856.83 hours.
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="8" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12,12,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Table 1—Estimated Hour and Cost Burden of Information Collection</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Information collection</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>respondents</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Frequency of response</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Responses per annum</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Burden hour per response</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Annual burden hours</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Hourly cost per response</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Cost</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Web survey for PHA staff</ENT>
                        <ENT>611</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>611</ENT>
                        <ENT>.58</ENT>
                        <ENT>354.38</ENT>
                        <ENT>$59.90</ENT>
                        <ENT>$21,227.36</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="43870"/>
                        <ENT I="01">Web survey for CoC staff</ENT>
                        <ENT>371</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>371</ENT>
                        <ENT>.95</ENT>
                        <ENT>352.45</ENT>
                        <ENT>59.90</ENT>
                        <ENT>21,111.75</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Phone/Virtual Interviews with PHA staff</ENT>
                        <ENT>50</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>50</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.75</ENT>
                        <ENT>87.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>59.90</ENT>
                        <ENT>5,241.25</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Phone/Virtual Interviews with CoCs and non-CoC partner organization staff</ENT>
                        <ENT>50</ENT>
                        <ENT>1</ENT>
                        <ENT>50</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.25</ENT>
                        <ENT>62.5</ENT>
                        <ENT>59.90</ENT>
                        <ENT>3,743.75</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Total</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,082</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>1,082</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>856.83</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>51,324.11</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B. Solicitation of Public Comment</HD>
                <P>This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:</P>
                <P>(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;</P>
                <P>(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;</P>
                <P>(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected, and</P>
                <P>
                    (4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     permitting electronic submission of responses.
                </P>
                <P>HUD encourages interested parties to submit comments in response to these questions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">C. Authority</HD>
                <P>Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3507.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Calvin C. Johnson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant Secretary for the Office of Research, Evaluation, &amp; Monitoring.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11009 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4210-67-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Bureau of Indian Affairs</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[245A2100DD/AAKC001030/A0A501010.999900; OMB Control Number 1076-0176]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; IDEIA Part B and C Child Count</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of information collection; request for comment.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, we, the Bureau of Indian Education (BIE) are proposing to renew an information collection.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before June 20, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection request (ICR) should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) through 
                        <E T="03">https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRA/icrPublicCommentRequest?ref_nbr=202212-1076-007</E>
                         or by visiting 
                        <E T="03">https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain</E>
                         and selecting “Currently under Review—Open for Public Comments” and then scrolling down to the “Department of the Interior.”
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        To request additional information about this ICR, contact Steven Mullen, Information Collection Clearance Officer, Office of Regulatory Affairs and Collaborative Action—Indian Affairs, U.S. Department of the Interior, 1001 Indian School Road NW, Suite 229, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87104; 
                        <E T="03">comments@bia.gov</E>
                        ; (202) 924-2650. Individuals in the United States who are deaf, deafblind, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability may dial 711 (TTY, TDD, or TeleBraille) to access telecommunications relay services. You may also view the ICR at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.reginfo.gov/public/Forward?SearchTarget=PRA&amp;textfield=1076-0176</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA, 44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) and 5 CFR 1320.8(d)(1), we provide the general public and other Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on new, proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps us assess the impact of our information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand our information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format.
                </P>
                <P>
                    A 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     notice with a 60-day public comment period soliciting comments on this collection of information was published on January 5, 2023 (88 FR 879). No comments were received.
                </P>
                <P>As part of our continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burdens, we are again soliciting comments from the public and other Federal agencies on the proposed ICR that is described below. We are especially interested in public comment addressing the following:</P>
                <P>(1) Whether or not the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether or not the information will have practical utility;</P>
                <P>(2) The accuracy of our estimate of the burden for this collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</P>
                <P>(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and</P>
                <P>
                    (4) How might the agency minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43871"/>
                    appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     permitting electronic submission of response.
                </P>
                <P>Comments that you submit in response to this notice are a matter of public record. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Indian Tribes and Tribal organizations must submit information to the BIE if they are served by elementary or secondary schools for Indian children that, through Department of the Interior, receive allocations of funding under the IDEIA for the coordination of assistance for Indian children 0 to 5 years of age with disabilities on reservations. The information must be provided on two forms. The Part B form addresses Indian children 3 to 5 years of age on reservations served by Bureau-funded schools. The Part C form addresses Indian children up to 3 years of age on reservations served by Bureau-funded schools. The information required by the forms includes counts of children as of a certain date each year.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title of Collection:</E>
                     IDEIA Part B and Part C Child Count.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     1076-0017.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Form Number:</E>
                     Part B, Part C.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Extension of a currently approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondents/Affected Public:</E>
                     Indian Tribes and Tribal organizations.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Number of Annual Respondents:</E>
                     118.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Number of Annual Responses:</E>
                     118.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Completion Time per Response:</E>
                     20 hours per form.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Number of Annual Burden Hours:</E>
                     2,360 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Respondent's Obligation:</E>
                     Required to Obtain a Benefit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Frequency of Collection:</E>
                     Twice (once per year for each form).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Annual Nonhour Burden Cost:</E>
                     $0.
                </P>
                <P>
                    The authority for this action is the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ). An agency may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Steven Mullen,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Information Collection Clearance Officer, Office of Regulatory Affairs and Collaborative Action—Indian Affairs.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10938 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4337-15-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Park Service</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[NPS-WASO-NAGPRA-37700; PPWOCRADN0-PCU00RP16.R50000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Review Committee: Notice of Nomination Solicitation</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Park Service, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Request for nominations.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The National Park Service is soliciting nominations for the Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Review Committee (Committee). The Committee has an upcoming vacancy for a traditional Indian religious leader and two vacancies for members nominated by national museum organizations or national scientific organizations. The Secretary of the Interior will appoint members from nominations submitted by Indian Tribes, Native Hawaiian organizations, traditional Native American religious leaders, national museum organizations, or national scientific organizations.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Nominations must be received by July 19, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Please address nominations to Melanie O'Brien, Designated Federal Officer, National Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Review Committee, via email 
                        <E T="03">nagpra_info@nps.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Melanie O'Brien, via telephone at (202) 354-2201.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The Committee was established by the Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act of 1990 (NAGPRA) and is regulated by the Federal Advisory Committee Act.</P>
                <P>The Committee is responsible for:</P>
                <P>1. Monitoring the inventory and identification process.</P>
                <P>2. Upon request, considering findings of fact or disputes related to the inventory, summary, or repatriation process.</P>
                <P>3. Compiling an inventory of culturally unidentifiable human remains and recommending specific actions for such remains.</P>
                <P>4. Consulting with Indian Tribes and Native Hawaiian organizations and museums on matters within the scope of the work of the Committee.</P>
                <P>5. Consulting with the Secretary of the Interior in the development of regulations.</P>
                <P>6. Making recommendations regarding future care of repatriated cultural items.</P>
                <P>The Committee consists of seven members appointed by the Secretary of the Interior. The Secretary may not appoint Federal officers or employees to the Committee. Three members are appointed from nominations submitted by Indian Tribes, Native Hawaiian organizations, and traditional Native American religious leaders. At least two of these members must be traditional Indian religious leaders. Three members are appointed from nominations submitted by national museum organizations or national scientific organizations. An organization that is created by, is a part of, and is governed in any way by a parent national museum or scientific organization must submit a nomination through the parent organization. One member is appointed from a list of persons developed and consented to by all of the other members.</P>
                <P>Members are appointed for four-year terms and incumbent members may be reappointed for two-year terms. The Committee's work is completed during public meetings. The Committee attempts to meet several times a year. In person meetings normally last two or three days while virtual meetings last three to four hours.</P>
                <P>
                    Members will be appointed as special Government employees (SGEs). Please be aware that members selected to serve as SGEs will be required, prior to appointment, to file a Confidential Financial Disclosure Report in order to avoid involvement in real or apparent conflicts of interest. You may find a copy of the Confidential Financial Disclosure Report and more information about ethics requirements for SGEs at the following website: 
                    <E T="03">https://www.doi.gov/ethics/special-government-employees.</E>
                     Additionally, after appointment, members appointed as SGEs will be required to meet applicable financial disclosure and ethics training requirements annually. Please contact 202-208-7960 or 
                    <E T="03">DOI_Ethics@sol.doi.gov</E>
                     with any questions about the ethics requirements for members appointed as SGEs.
                </P>
                <P>
                    Committee members serve without pay but are reimbursed for each day of committee business. Committee members are also reimbursed for travel expenses incurred in association with Committee meetings (25 U.S.C. 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43872"/>
                    3006(b)(4)). Additional information regarding the Committee, including the Committee's charter, meeting procedures, and past practice, is available on the National NAGPRA Program website, at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.nps.gov/nagpra/review-committee.htm.</E>
                </P>
                <P>Nominations must:</P>
                <P>1. Be submitted on the official letterhead of the Indian Tribe, Native Hawaiian organization, national museum organization, or national scientific organization.</P>
                <P>2. Affirm that the signatory is the official authorized by the Indian Tribe, Native Hawaiian organization, national museum organization, or national scientific organization to submit the nomination.</P>
                <P>3. If submitted by a Native American traditional religious leader, affirm that the signatory meets the definition of traditional Native American religious leader (see 43 CFR 10.2 “Traditional religious leader”).</P>
                <P>4. Provide the nominator's original signature, daytime telephone number, and email address.</P>
                <P>5. Include the nominee's full legal name, home address, home telephone number, and email address.</P>
                <P>6. If the nominee is a traditional Indian religious leader, affirm that the nominee meets the description of a traditional Indian religious leader (see 43 CFR 10.12(b)(1)).</P>
                <P>7. If submitted by a national museum organization or national scientific organization, affirm that the organization meets the description of a national organization (see 43 CFR 10.12(b)(2)).</P>
                <P>Nominations should include a resume providing an adequate description of the nominee's qualifications, including information that would enable the Department of the Interior to make an informed decision regarding meeting the membership requirements of the Committee and permit the Department of the Interior to contact a potential member.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Public Disclosure of Information:</E>
                     Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information with your nomination, you should be aware that your entire nomination—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your nomination to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     5 U.S.C. ch. 10; 25 U.S.C. 3006; 43 CFR 10.12.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Alma Ripps,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief, Office of Policy.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10930 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4312-52-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>National Park Service</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[NPS-WASO-NRNHL-DTS#-37968; PPWOCRADI0, PCU00RP14.R50000]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>National Park Service, Interior.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The National Park Service is soliciting electronic comments on the significance of properties nominated before May 11, 2024, for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments should be submitted electronically by June 4, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Comments are encouraged to be submitted electronically to 
                        <E T="03">National_Register_Submissions@nps.gov</E>
                         with the subject line “Public Comment on &lt;property or proposed district name, (County) State&gt;.” If you have no access to email, you may send them via U.S. Postal Service and all other carriers to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C Street NW, MS 7228, Washington, DC 20240.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Sherry A. Frear, Chief, National Register of Historic Places/National Historic Landmarks Program, 1849 C Street NW, MS 7228, Washington, DC 20240, 
                        <E T="03">sherry_frear@nps.gov,</E>
                         202-913-3763.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The properties listed in this notice are being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places. Nominations for their consideration were received by the National Park Service before May 11, 2024. Pursuant to section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation.</P>
                <P>Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.</P>
                <P>Nominations submitted by State or Tribal Historic Preservation Officers,</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Key:</E>
                     State, County, Property Name, Multiple Name(if applicable), Address/Boundary, City, Vicinity, Reference Number.
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">ARIZONA</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Maricopa County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Grand Avenue Commercial Historic District, 723-1845 Grand Ave., 718-734 W. Polk St., 1205 W. Pierce St., 1348 W. Roosevelt St., 1107 N. Laurel St., Phoenix, SG100010434</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">CALIFORNIA</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Los Angeles County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Westminster Place Historic District, parts of St. Andrews Place east side, from Wilshire Boulevard to 5th Street, Los Angeles, SG100010439</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Sonoma County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Petaluma Woman's Club, 518 B Street, Petaluma, SG100010437</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">District of Columbia</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">On Leong Chinese Merchants Association, 618-620 H Street NW, Washington, SG100010440</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">MAINE</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">York County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Summer Street Block, 1-11 Summer Street, Biddeford, SG100010444</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">MISSISSIPPI</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Attala County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Hull L.V. Home and Studio, 123 Allen Street, Kosciusko, SG100010441</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">OHIO</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Franklin County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Green Lawn Cemetery, 1000 Greenlawn Ave., Columbus, SG100010446</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">OREGON</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Multnomah County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Alderway Building, (Downtown Portland, Oregon MPS), 521-539 SW Broadway, Portland, MP100010438</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">VERMONT</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Washington County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Northfield Graded School, (Educational Resources of Vermont MPS), 168 North Main Street, Northfield, MP100010436</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">WISCONSIN</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Iowa County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Grandview, 7351 State Road 39, Town of Moscow, SG100010435</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Langlade County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Modern Woodmen of America Lodge, W10555 County Highway K, Town of Elcho, SG100010443</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <PRTPAGE P="43873"/>
                <P>A request for removal has been made for the following resource(s):</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">MAINE</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Washington County</HD>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Columbia Union Church, N side of ME 29-608, .05 mi. E of jct. with ME 29-610, Epping vicinity, OT97000607</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>Authority: Section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Sherry A. Frear,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief, National Register of Historic Places/National Historic Landmarks Program.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10921 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4312-52-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Investigation Nos. 701-TA-591 and 731-TA-1399 (Review)]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Common Alloy Aluminum Sheet From China; Scheduling of Expedited Five-Year Reviews</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>United States International Trade Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Commission hereby gives notice of the scheduling of expedited reviews pursuant to the Tariff Act of 1930 (“the Act”) to determine whether revocation of the antidumping duty and countervailing duty orders on common alloy aluminum sheet from China would be likely to lead to continuation or recurrence of material injury within a reasonably foreseeable time.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>April 8, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Caitlyn Hendricks-Costello ((202) 205-2058), Office of Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (
                        <E T="03">https://www.usitc.gov</E>
                        ). The public record for this proceeding may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at 
                        <E T="03">https://edis.usitc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Background.</E>
                    —On April 8, 2024, the Commission determined that the domestic interested party group response to its notice of institution (89 FR 96, January 2, 2024) of the subject five-year reviews was adequate and that the respondent interested party group response was inadequate. The Commission did not find any other circumstances that would warrant conducting full reviews.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Accordingly, the Commission determined that it would conduct expedited reviews pursuant to section 751(c)(3) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1675(c)(3)).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         A record of the Commissioners' votes, the Commission's statement on adequacy, and any individual Commissioner's statements will be available from the Office of the Secretary and at the Commission's website.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>For further information concerning the conduct of these reviews and rules of general application, consult the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, part 201, subparts A and B (19 CFR part 201), and part 207, subparts A, D, E, and F (19 CFR part 207).</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Staff report.</E>
                    —A staff report containing information concerning the subject matter of the reviews has been placed in the nonpublic record, and will be made available to persons on the Administrative Protective Order service list for these reviews on July 24, 2024. A public version will be issued thereafter, pursuant to § 207.62(d)(4) of the Commission's rules.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Written submissions.</E>
                    —As provided in § 207.62(d) of the Commission's rules, interested parties that are parties to the reviews and that have provided individually adequate responses to the notice of institution,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and any party other than an interested party to the reviews may file written comments with the Secretary on what determinations the Commission should reach in the reviews. Comments are due on or before 5:15 p.m. on August 1, 2024 and may not contain new factual information. Any person that is neither a party to the five-year reviews nor an interested party may submit a brief written statement (which shall not contain any new factual information) pertinent to the reviews by August 1, 2024. However, should the Department of Commerce (“Commerce”) extend the time limit for its completion of the final results of its reviews, the deadline for comments (which may not contain new factual information) on Commerce's final results is three business days after the issuance of Commerce's results. If comments contain business proprietary information (BPI), they must conform with the requirements of §§ 201.6, 207.3, and 207.7 of the Commission's rules. The Commission's 
                    <E T="03">Handbook on Filing Procedures,</E>
                     available on the Commission's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.usitc.gov/documents/handbook_on_filing_procedures.pdf,</E>
                     elaborates upon the Commission's procedures with respect to filings.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         The Commission has found the responses submitted on behalf of Aluminum Association Common Alloy, Aluminum Sheet Trade Enforcement Working Group, Arconic Corporation, Commonwealth Rolled Products, Inc., Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC, Jupiter Aluminum, Corporation, JW Aluminum Company, Novelis Corporation, and Texarkana Aluminum, Inc. to be individually adequate. Comments from other interested parties will not be accepted (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         19 CFR 207.62(d)(2)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>In accordance with §§ 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the rules, each document filed by a party to the reviews must be served on all other parties to the reviews (as identified by either the public or BPI service list), and a certificate of service must be timely filed. The Secretary will not accept a document for filing without a certificate of service.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Determination.</E>
                    —The Commission has determined these reviews are extraordinarily complicated and therefore has determined to exercise its authority to extend the review period by up to 90 days pursuant to 19 U.S.C. 1675(c)(5)(B).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     These reviews are being conducted under authority of title VII of the Act; this notice is published pursuant to § 207.62 of the Commission's rules.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
                    <DATED>Issued: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lisa Barton,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10986 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">INTERNATIONAL TRADE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Investigation No. 337-TA-1401]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Certain Firearm Disassembly Tongs; Institution of Investigation</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>U.S. International Trade Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Notice is hereby given that a complaint was filed with the U.S. International Trade Commission on February 15, 2024, under section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, on behalf of GTUL LLC of Cedar Point, North Carolina. An amended complaint was filed on April 12, 2024. Supplements to the amended complaint were filed on April 15, 16, and 26, 2024. The amended complaint alleges violations of section 337 based upon the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain firearm disassembly tongs by reason of the infringement of certain 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43874"/>
                        claims of U.S. Patent No. 8,793,915 (“the '915 patent”). The complaint further alleges that an industry in the United States exists as required by the applicable Federal Statute. The complainant requests that the Commission institute an investigation and, after the investigation, issue a general exclusion order, or in the alternative a limited exclusion order, and cease and desist orders.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The complaint, except for any confidential information contained therein, may be viewed on the Commission's electronic docket (EDIS) at 
                        <E T="03">https://edis.usitc.gov.</E>
                         For help accessing EDIS, please email 
                        <E T="03">EDIS3Help@usitc.gov.</E>
                         Hearing impaired individuals are advised that information on this matter can be obtained by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on (202) 205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at (202) 205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.usitc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Pathenia M. Proctor, The Office of Unfair Import Investigations, telephone (202) 205-2560.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P/>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     The authority for institution of this investigation is contained in section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, 19 U.S.C. 1337, and in section 210.10 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, 19 CFR 210.10 (2024).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Scope of Investigation:</E>
                     Having considered the complaint, the U.S. International Trade Commission, on May 13, 2024, 
                    <E T="03">ordered that</E>
                    —
                </P>
                <P>(1) Pursuant to subsection (b) of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, an investigation be instituted to determine whether there is a violation of subsection (a)(1)(B) of section 337 in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, or the sale within the United States after importation of certain products identified in paragraph (2) by reason of infringement of one or more of claims 1-23 of the '915 patent, and whether an industry in the United States exists as required by subsection (a)(2) of section 337;</P>
                <P>(2) Pursuant to section 210.10(b)(1) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, 19 CFR 210.10(b)(1), the plain language description of the accused products or category of accused products, which defines the scope of the investigation, is “devices suitable for engaging the slide lock on a firearm; they include two arms that are joined at a base and that [are] contoured to be pressed together to grip the slide lock so that it may be removed from the remainder of the gun”;</P>
                <P>(3) For the purpose of the investigation so instituted, the following are hereby named as parties upon which this notice of investigation shall be served:</P>
                <P>(a) The complainant is:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">GTUL LLC, 722 Cedar Point Blvd., Cedar Point, NC 28584</FP>
                <P>(b) The respondents are the following entities alleged to be in violation of section 337, and are the parties upon which the complaint is to be served:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">OFFROADCALI, 5835 Southfront Rd., Ste. 200, Livermore, CA 94550</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">ROADRUNNERMATERIALS, SPR GROUP INC, 6951 Southfront Road, Livermore, CA 94551,</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">DRP-California, Mission Trading Company, Inc., 6951 Southfront Road, Livermore, CA 94551</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Eurasiaparts Automotive Parts, 27610 Commerce Dr., Suite 101, Temecula, CA 92590</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">Brementech, 3629 East 18th Street, Antioch, CA 94509</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">MTCPARTS.COM, 6951 Southfront Road, Livermore, CA 94551</FP>
                <P>(c) The Office of Unfair Import Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Suite 401, Washington, DC 20436; and</P>
                <P>(4) For the investigation so instituted, the Chief Administrative Law Judge, U.S. International Trade Commission, shall designate the presiding Administrative Law Judge.</P>
                <P>Responses to the complaint and the notice of investigation must be submitted by the named respondents in accordance with section 210.13 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, 19 CFR 210.13. Pursuant to 19 CFR 201.16(e) and 210.13(a), such responses will be considered by the Commission if received not later than 20 days after the date of service by the Commission of the complaint and the notice of investigation. Extensions of time for submitting responses to the complaint and the notice of investigation will not be granted unless good cause therefor is shown.</P>
                <P>Failure of a respondent to file a timely response to each allegation in the complaint and in this notice may be deemed to constitute a waiver of the right to appear and contest the allegations of the complaint and this notice, and to authorize the administrative law judge and the Commission, without further notice to the respondent, to find the facts to be as alleged in the complaint and this notice and to enter an initial determination and a final determination containing such findings, and may result in the issuance of an exclusion order or a cease and desist order or both directed against the respondent.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>By order of the Commission.</P>
                    <DATED>Issued: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Lisa Barton,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary to the Commission.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10931 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7020-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[OMB Control Number 1103-0120]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Extension of a Previously Approved Collection; Title: DOJ's OMB Circular A-11 Section 280 Information Collection Request: Improving Federal Customer Experience</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Department of Justice, Office of the Chief Information Officer.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>60-Day notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of Justice (DOJ), Office of the Chief Information Officer will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until July 19, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        If you have additional comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Darwin Arceo, 950 Penn. Ave., NW Washington, DC 20530, Phone: 202-255-1925, Email: 
                        <E T="03">Darwin.Arceo@usdoj.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    —Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the U.S. Department of Justice, including whether the information will have practical utility;
                    <PRTPAGE P="43875"/>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Evaluate whether and if so how the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected can be enhanced; and</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    —Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     permitting electronic submission of responses.
                </FP>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     Under the PRA, (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520) Federal Agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes Agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA requires Federal Agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, DOJ is publishing notice of the proposed collection of information set forth in this document.
                </P>
                <P>Whether seeking a loan, Social Security benefits, veteran's benefits, or other services provided by the Federal Government, individuals and businesses expect Government customer services to be efficient and intuitive, just like services from leading private-sector organizations. Yet the 2016 American Consumer Satisfaction Index and the 2017 Forrester Federal Customer Experience Index show that, on average, Government services lag nine percentage points behind the private sector.</P>
                <P>A modern, streamlined and responsive customer experience means: Raising government-wide customer experience to the average of the private sector service industry; developing indicators for high-impact Federal programs to monitor progress towards excellent customer experience and mature digital services; and providing the structure (including increasing transparency) and resources to ensure customer experience is a focal point for agency leadership. To support this, OMB Circular A-11 Section 280 established government-wide standards for mature customer experience organizations in government and measurement. To enable Federal programs to deliver the experience taxpayers deserve, they must undertake three general categories of activities: Conduct ongoing customer research, gather and share customer feedback, and test services and digital products.</P>
                <P>
                    These data collection efforts may be either qualitative or quantitative in nature or may consist of mixed methods. Additionally, data may be collected via a variety of means, including but not limited to electronic or social media, direct or indirect observation (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     in person, video and audio collections), interviews, questionnaires, surveys, and focus groups. Inquiries will be limited to data collections that solicit strictly voluntary opinions or responses. Steps will be taken to ensure anonymity of respondents in each activity covered by this request.
                </P>
                <P>The results of the data collected will be used to improve the delivery of Federal services and programs. It will include the creation of personas, customer journey maps, and reports and summaries of customer feedback data and user insights. It will also provide government-wide data on customer experience that can be displayed on performance.gov to help build transparency and accountability of Federal programs to the customers they serve.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview of This Information Collection</HD>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">Type of Information Collection:</E>
                     Extension of a previously approved collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. 
                    <E T="03">The Title of the Form/Collection:</E>
                     DOJ's OMB Circular A-11 Section 280 Information Collection Request: Improving Federal Customer Experience.
                </P>
                <P>
                    3. 
                    <E T="03">The agency form number, if any, and the applicable component of the Department sponsoring the collection:</E>
                     DOJ, Office of the Chief Information Officer.
                </P>
                <P>
                    4. 
                    <E T="03">Affected public who will be asked or required to respond, as well as the obligation to respond:</E>
                     Affected Public: State, local and tribal governments, individuals and households, Private Sector-for or not for profit institutions, and Federal Government]. The obligation to respond is voluntary.
                </P>
                <P>
                    5. 
                    <E T="03">An estimate of the total number of respondents and the amount of time estimated for an average respondent to respond:</E>
                     2,001,550.
                </P>
                <P>The time per response Varied, dependent upon the data collection method used. The possible response time to complete a questionnaire or survey may be 3 minutes or up to 1.5 hours to participate in an interview.</P>
                <P>
                    6. 
                    <E T="03">An estimate of the total annual burden (in hours) associated with the collection:</E>
                     Ex: The total annual burden hours for this collection is 101,125.
                </P>
                <P>
                    7. 
                    <E T="03">An estimate of the total annual cost burden associated with the collection, if applicable:</E>
                     $0.
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,15,r25,15,r25,12">
                    <TTITLE>Total Burden Hours</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Activity</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of 
                            <LI>respondents</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Frequency</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total 
                            <LI>annual </LI>
                            <LI>responses</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Time per 
                            <LI>response</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Total 
                            <LI>annual </LI>
                            <LI>burden </LI>
                            <LI>(hours)</LI>
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="01">Title</ENT>
                        <ENT>2,0001, 550</ENT>
                        <ENT>1/annually</ENT>
                        <ENT>2, 001,550</ENT>
                        <ENT>Varies</ENT>
                        <ENT>101,125</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Unduplicated Totals</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>hrs.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>If additional information is required contact: Darwin Arceo, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE, 4W-218, Washington, DC.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Darwin Arceo,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Department Clearance Officer for PRA, U.S. Department of Justice.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10984 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4410-PN-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="43876"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[OMB Number 1121-0147]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Reinstatement, With Change, of a Previously Approved Collection for Which Approval Has Expired: Census of State and Federal Adult Correctional Facilities</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Bureau of Justice Statistics, Department of Justice.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>30-day notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Bureau of Justice Statistics (BJS), Department of Justice (DOJ), will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The proposed information collection was previously published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on March 11, 2024, allowing a 60-day comment period.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 30 days until June 20, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        If you have comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Laura Maruschak, Statistician, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 810 Seventh Street NW, Washington, DC 20531, (email: 
                        <E T="03">laura.maruschak@usdoj.gov</E>
                        ; telephone: 202-598-0802).
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The proposed information collection was previously published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    , volume 89 page 17524 on March 11, 2024, allowing a 60-day comment period.
                </P>
                <P>Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Bureau of Justice Statistics, including whether the information will have practical utility;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">—Evaluate whether and if so how the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected can be enhanced; and</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    —Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology, 
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     permitting electronic submission of responses.
                </FP>
                <P>
                    Written comments and recommendations for this information collection should be submitted within 30 days of the publication of this notice on the following website 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain</E>
                    . Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function and entering either the title of the information collection or the OMB Control Number 1121-0147. This information collection request may be viewed at 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov</E>
                    . Follow the instructions to view Department of Justice, information collections currently under review by OMB.
                </P>
                <P>DOJ seeks PRA authorization for this information collection for three (3) years. OMB authorization for an ICR cannot be for more than three (3) years without renewal. The DOJ notes that information collection requirements submitted to the OMB for existing ICRs receive a month-to-month extension while they undergo review.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Overview of This Information Collection</HD>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">Type of Information Collection:</E>
                     Reinstatement, with change, of a previously approved collection for which approval has expired. Proposed revisions include the addition of items to measure digital technology/internet accessibility of inmates and security staff vacancies.
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. 
                    <E T="03">Title of the Form/Collection:</E>
                     Census of State and Federal Adult Correctional Facilities (CCF).
                </P>
                <P>
                    3. 
                    <E T="03">Agency form number, if any, and the applicable component of the Department of Justice sponsoring the collection:</E>
                     CJ-43A and CJ-43B. The sponsoring component is the Bureau of Justice Statistics.
                </P>
                <P>
                    4. 
                    <E T="03">Affected public who will be asked or required to respond, as well as a brief abstract: Affected Public:</E>
                     State and Federal Government, and private entities contracted to house inmates for state and federal government.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Abstract:</E>
                     The Census of State and Federal Adult Correctional Facilities (CCF) is part of the larger Bureau of Justice Statistics' (BJS) portfolio of establishment surveys that inform the nation on the characteristics of adult correctional facilities and persons sentenced to state and federal prisons. The CCF collects data at the facility level. Data obtained are intended to describe the characteristics of confinement and community-based adult correctional facilities that are operated by (1) state correctional and BOP authorities or (2) private entities that primarily house inmates for state correctional or BOP authorities. The data collected inform issues related to the operations of facilities and the conditions of confinement, including facility capacity and crowding, safety and security within prisons, staff workload, overall facility function, programming, work assignments, and special housing. BJS plans to continue to use two instruments to collect data on each facility eligible for the CCF with the reference date of June 30, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>Consistent with the most recent iteration of the CCF in 2019 the 2024 CJ-43A includes—</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    • Functions of the facility (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     general confinement, community corrections, reception/diagnostic, medical treatment confinement)
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Percentage of inmates regularly permitted to leave the facility unaccompanied</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    • Whether the facility is administratively linked (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     share budgets or staff) to other facilities and if they are, names of other facilities
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    • Type of authority operating the facility (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     federal, state, local, joint state and local, or private)
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Whether the facility is authorized to house males, females, or both males and females</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Physical-security level of the facility</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Whether the facility has a designated geriatric unit for inmates of advanced age</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Whether the facility has a housing unit specifically designated for veterans</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Rated or design capacity of the facility</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Whether the facility operated under a state or federal court order or consent decree that limited the number of inmates it could house</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Whether the facility operated under a state or federal court order or consent decree for specific conditions of confinement</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Year that state or federal court order or consent decree took effect</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates, by sex on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates under the age of 18 by sex on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    • Number of inmates by racial or ethnic category on the reference date
                    <PRTPAGE P="43877"/>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates by custody-security level on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates by maximum sentence length (more than 1 year and 1 year or less) on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates who were non-U.S. citizens on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates being held in restrictive housing on reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates housed in protective custody, administrative segregation, segregated for disciplinary reasons, or other restrictive housing on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates held for federal, state, local, and tribal authorities on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of staff (security and total), by sex on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of security staff by racial or ethnic category on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of misconduct/disciplinary reports filed on inmates over a 1-year period</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of assaults against facility staff by inmates reported over a 1-year period</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of prisoner assaults by other inmates with and without serious injury reported over a 1-year period</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of disturbances that occurred at the facility over a 1-year period</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Whether the facility has a perimeter or barriers, or surveillance method to detect those attempting to escape</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of escapes by inmates that occurred at the facility over a 1-year period</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of walkaways by inmates that occurred at the facility over a 1-year period</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Types of work assignments available to inmates on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Types of counseling or special programs available to inmates on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Types of educational programs available to inmates on the reference date</FP>
                <P>BJS is proposing to add the following items to the 2024 CJ-43A, all of which are likely available from the same databases as existing data elements and should pose minimal additional burden to the respondents, while enhancing BJS's ability to characterize the corrections system and populations it serves:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of vacant security staff positions</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Accessibility of technology/internet by inmates</FP>
                <P>Based on high burden, low utilization, and/or low response rates in the 2019 CCF, BJS is proposing to remove the following items from the CJ-43A:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of payroll and nonpayroll staff by employment status (full-time and part-time)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of security staff on average at facility by day shift, night shift, and overnight shift</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of shared security staff with other administratively linked facilities</FP>
                <P>Consistent with the most recent iteration of the CCF in 2019 the 2024 CJ-43B includes—</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    • Functions of the facility (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     general confinement, community corrections, reception/diagnostic, medical treatment confinement)
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Percentage of inmates regularly permitted to leave the facility unaccompanied</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Whether the facility is administratively linked to other facilities and if they are, names of other facilities</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    • Type of authority operating the facility (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     federal, state, local, joint state and local, or private)
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Whether the facility is authorized to house males, females, or both males and females</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates by sex on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates under the age of 18 by sex on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates by racial or ethnic category on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates who were non-U.S. citizens on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of inmates held for federal, state, local, and tribal authorities on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Number of walkaways by inmates that occurred at the facility over a 1-year period</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Types of counseling or special programs available to inmates on the reference date</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Types of educational programs available to inmates on the reference date</FP>
                <P>
                    5. 
                    <E T="03">Obligation to Respond:</E>
                     Voluntary.
                </P>
                <P>
                    6. 
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     1,670 state and federal adult correctional facilities, of which, 1,160 are confinement and 510 are community-based facilities. A central respondent may be responsible for coordinating, compiling, and submitted data for multiple facilities, particularly in the case of state DOCs, the BOP, and private corporations operating multiple facilities.
                </P>
                <P>
                    7. 
                    <E T="03">Estimated Time per Respondent:</E>
                     Estimated burden for the CJ43-A is 180 minutes and 55 minutes for the CJ-43B.
                </P>
                <P>
                    8. 
                    <E T="03">Frequency:</E>
                     One-time.
                </P>
                <P>
                    9. 
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Annual Time Burden:</E>
                     3,947.5 hours
                </P>
                <P>
                    10. 
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Annual Other Costs Burden:</E>
                     $151,979.
                </P>
                <P>If additional information is required contact: Darwin Arceo, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE, 4W-218, Washington, DC.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Darwin Arceo,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Department Clearance Officer for PRA,U.S. Department of Justice. </TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10971 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4410-18-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Agreement and Undertaking</SUBJECT>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of availability; request for comments.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting this Office of Workers' Compensation Programs (OWCP)-sponsored information collection request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA). Public comments on the ICR are invited.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The OMB will consider all written comments that the agency receives on or before June 20, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain.</E>
                         Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Michelle Neary by telephone at 202-693-6312, or by email at 
                        <E T="03">DOL_PRA_PUBLIC@dol.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    The OWCP-1 is a form completed by employers to provide the Secretary of Labor with authorization to sell securities or to bring suit under indemnity bonds deposited by the self-insured employers in the event there is a default in the payment of benefits. For additional substantive information about this ICR, see the related notice published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on January 30, 2024 (89 FR 5939).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Comments are invited on:</E>
                     (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43878"/>
                    the functions of the Department, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) if the information will be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) the accuracy of the agency's estimates of the burden and cost of the collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (4) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information collection; and (5) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
                </P>
                <P>
                    This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless the OMB approves it and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid OMB Control Number. 
                    <E T="03">See</E>
                     5 CFR 1320.5(a) and 1320.6.
                </P>
                <P>DOL seeks PRA authorization for this information collection for three (3) years. OMB authorization for an ICR cannot be for more than three (3) years without renewal. The DOL notes that information collection requirements submitted to the OMB for existing ICRs receive a month-to-month extension while they undergo review.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Agency:</E>
                     DOL-OWCP.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title of Collection:</E>
                     Agreement and Undertaking.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                     1240-0039.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Private Sector— Businesses or other for-profits.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     20.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Number of Responses:</E>
                     20.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Annual Time Burden:</E>
                     5 hours.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Total Estimated Annual Other Costs Burden:</E>
                     $4.
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Authority: 44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D))</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Michelle Neary,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Senior Paperwork Reduction Act Analyst.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10924 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-CK-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL CREDIT UNION ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
                    <P> 10:00 a.m., Wednesday, May 22, 2024.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
                    <P> Board Room, 7th Floor, Room 7B, 1775 Duke Street (All visitors must use Diagonal Road Entrance) Alexandria, VA 22314-3428.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
                    <P> Open.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTER TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
                    <P> 1. Board Briefing, Share Insurance Fund Quarterly Report.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P> Melane Conyers-Ausbrooks, Secretary of the Board, Telephone: 703-518-6304.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Melane Conyers-Ausbrooks,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary of the Board.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11080 Filed 5-16-24; 11:15 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7535-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Proposal Review Panel for Computing &amp; Communication Foundations; Notice of Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <P>In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, as amended), the National Science Foundation (NSF) announces the following meeting:</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Name and Committee Code:</E>
                     Proposal Review Panel for Computing &amp; Communication Foundations (#1192)—TILOS Site Visit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Date and Time:</E>
                     June 20, 2024, 8:00 a.m.-4:45 p.m. (Eastern); June 21, 2024, 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. (Eastern).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Place:</E>
                     Halicioglu Data Science Institute, 234 Matthews Ln., La Jolla, CA 92093.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Meeting:</E>
                     Part-Open.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Contact Persons:</E>
                     Sankar Basu, National Science Foundation, 2415 Eisenhower Avenue, Alexandria, VA 22314; Telephone: 703-292-8910.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Purpose of Meeting:</E>
                     NSF site visit to provide advice and recommendations concerning progress of the AI Institute for Learning-enabled Optimization at Scale (TILOS).
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Agenda:</E>
                     To conduct an in-depth evaluation of performance, to assess progress towards goals, and to provide recommendations.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Day 1: June 20, 2024</HD>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">8:00 a.m.-8:15 a.m. Welcome and Introductions (Open)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">8:15 a.m.-8:30 a.m. Overview of the Institute (Open)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">8:30 a.m.-10:00 a.m. Research Program Overview (Open)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">10:00 a.m.-10:15 a.m. BREAK</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">10:15 a.m.-11:00 a.m. Executive Session (Closed)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">11:00 a.m.-11:45 a.m. Education and Broad Impacts (Open)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">11:45 a.m.-1:15 p.m. LUNCH + Poster Session (Open)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">1:15 p.m.-2:00 p.m External visitors + NSF team meet with students/postdocs (Open)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">2:00 p.m.-2:30 p.m. Strategic Impact (multidisciplinary/multi-organizational synergies/nexus point) (Open)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">2:30 p.m.-3:15 p.m. Knowledge Transfer (Open)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">3:15 p.m.-4:15 p.m. Executive Session (Closed)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">4:15 p.m.-4:45 p.m. Written questions/issues delivered to TILOS by the Site Visit Team (Closed)</FP>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Day 2: June 21, 2024</HD>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">8:00 a.m.-9:30 a.m. TILOS Response to issues raised by Site Visit Team (Closed)</FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    9:30 a.m.-4:00 p.m. Site Visit Review Team prepares Site Visit Report [
                    <E T="03">Working lunch provided; TILOS leadership available in case of questions</E>
                    ]—Presentation of Site Visit Report (Executive Summary) to TILOS team (Closed)
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">4:30 p.m. Site Visit concludes</FP>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Reason for Closing:</E>
                     Topics to be discussed and evaluated during the site review will include information of a proprietary or confidential nature, including technical information, and information on personnel. These matters are exempt under 5 U.S.C. 552b(c), (4) and (6) of the Government in the Sunshine Act.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Crystal Robinson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10927 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7555-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket Nos. 72-78, 50-317, and 50-318; NRC-2024-0085]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Constellation Energy Generation, LLC.; Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant, Units 1 and 2; Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation; Environmental Assessment and Finding of No Significant Impact</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice; issuance.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing an environmental assessment (EA) and a finding of no significant impact (FONSI) for an exemption request submitted by Constellation Energy Generation, LLC (Constellation) that would permit Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant (CCNPP) to maintain nine loaded and to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43879"/>
                        load six new 37 multi-purpose canisters (MPC) with continuous basket shims (CBS) in the HI-STORM Flood/Wind (FW) MPC Storage System at its CCNPP Units 1 and 2 Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI) in a storage condition where the terms, conditions, and specifications in the Certificate of Compliance (CoC) No. 1032, Amendment No. 1, Revision No. 1, are not met.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The EA and FONSI referenced in this document are available on May 20, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2024-0085 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly available information related to this document using any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Federal Rulemaking website:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">https://www.regulations.gov</E>
                         and search for Docket ID NRC-2024-0085. Address questions about Docket IDs in 
                        <E T="03">Regulations.gov</E>
                         to Stacy Schumann; telephone: 301-415-0624; email: 
                        <E T="03">Stacy.Schumann@nrc.gov</E>
                        . For technical questions, contact the individual listed in the “For Further Information Contact” section of this document.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS):</E>
                         You may obtain publicly available documents online in the ADAMS Public Documents collection at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.nrc.gov/reading-rm/adams.html</E>
                        . To begin the search, select “Begin Web-based ADAMS Search.” For problems with ADAMS, please contact the NRC's Public Document Room (PDR) reference staff at 1-800-397-4209, at 301-415-4737, or by email to 
                        <E T="03">PDR.Resource@nrc.gov</E>
                        . For the convenience of the reader, instructions about obtaining materials referenced in this document are provided in the “Availability of Documents” section.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">NRC's PDR:</E>
                         The PDR, where you may examine and order copies of publicly available documents, is open by appointment. To make an appointment to visit the PDR, please send an email to 
                        <E T="03">PDR.Resource@nrc.gov</E>
                         or call 1-800-397-4209 or 301-415-4737, between 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. eastern time (ET), Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Yen-Ju Chen, Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555; telephone: 301-415-1018; email: 
                        <E T="03">Yen-Ju.Chen@nrc.gov</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Introduction</HD>
                <P>
                    The NRC is reviewing an exemption request from Constellation, dated March 22, 2024. Constellation is requesting an exemption pursuant to section 72.7 of title 10 of the 
                    <E T="03">Code of Federal Regulations</E>
                     (10 CFR), in paragraphs 72.212(a)(2), 72.212(b)(3), 72.212(b)(5)(i), 72.212(b)(11), and 72.214 that require Constellation to comply with the terms, conditions, and specifications of the CoC No. 1032, Amendment No. 1, Revision No. 1. If approved, the exemption would allow Constellation to maintain nine loaded and to load six new MPC-37-CBS in the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System at the CCNPP ISFSI in a storage condition where the terms, conditions, and specifications in the CoC No. 1032, Amendment No. 1, Revision No. 1, are not met.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Environmental Assessment</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    CCNPP is located near Maryland Highway 2-4 in Calvert County on the west bank of the Chesapeake Bay, approximately halfway between the mouth of the Chesapeake Bay and its headwaters at the Susquehanna River. Unit 1 began operating in 1975 and Unit 2 began operating in 1977. Constellation has been storing spent fuel in an ISFSI at CCNPP under a general license as authorized by 10 CFR part 72, subpart K, “General License for Storage of Spent Fuel at Power Reactor Sites.” Constellation currently uses the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System under CoC No. 1032, Amendment No. 1, Revision No. 1, for dry storage of spent nuclear fuel in a specific MPC (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     MPC-37) at the CCNPP ISFSI.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Description of the Proposed Action</HD>
                <P>The CoC is the NRC approved design for each dry cask storage system. The proposed action would exempt the applicant from the requirements of 10 CFR 72.212(a)(2), 72.212(b)(3), 72.212(b)(5)(i), 72.212(b)(11), and 72.214 only as these requirements pertain to the use of the MPC-37-CBS in the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System for the already loaded systems and the near-term planned loading of the canisters. The exemption would allow Constellation to maintain nine loaded and to load six new MPC-37-CBS in the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System at the CCNPP ISFSI, despite the MPC-37-CBS in the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System not being in compliance with the terms, conditions, and specifications in the CoC No. 1032, Amendment No. 1, Revision No. 1.</P>
                <P>The HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System CoC provides the requirements, conditions, and operating limits necessary for use of the system to store spent fuel. Holtec International (Holtec), the designer and manufacturer of the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System, developed a variant of the design with CBS for the MPC-37, known as MPC-37-CBS. Holtec originally implemented the CBS variant design under the provisions of 10 CFR 72.48, which allows licensees to make changes to cask designs without a CoC amendment under certain conditions (listed in 10 CFR 72.48(c)). After evaluating the specific changes to the cask designs, the NRC determined that Holtec erred when it implemented the CBS variant design under 10 CFR 72.48, as this was not the type of change allowed without a CoC amendment. For this reason, the NRC issued three Severity Level IV violations to Holtec. Prior to the issuance of the violations, Constellation had already loaded nine MPC-37-CBS in a HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System, which are safely in storage on the CCNPP ISFSI pad. Additionally, Constellation plans to load six new MPC-37-CBS in the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System beginning in July 2024. This exemption considers the loading of the nine already loaded systems and the near-term planned loading of the six canisters with the CBS variant basket design.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Need for the Proposed Action</HD>
                <P>Constellation requested this exemption because Constellation is currently out of compliance with NRC requirements, resulting from the previous loading of spent fuel into a storage system with the CBS variant basket design. This exemption would allow nine already loaded MPC-37-CBS in the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System to remain in storage at the CCNPP ISFSI. The applicant also requested the exemption in order to allow CCNPP to load six new MPC-37-CBS in HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System at the CCNPP ISFSI for the future loading campaign beginning in July 2024.</P>
                <P>
                    Approval of the exemption request would allow Constellation to effectively manage the spent fuel pool margin and capacity to enable refueling and offloading fuel from the reactor. It would also allow Constellation to effectively manage the availability of the specialized workforce and equipment needed to support competing fuel loading and operational activities at CCNPP and other Constellation sites.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43880"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Environmental Impacts of the Proposed Action</HD>
                <P>This EA evaluates the potential environmental impacts of granting an exemption from the terms, conditions, and specifications in CoC No. 1032, Amendment No. 1, Revision No. 1. The exemption would allow nine loaded MPC-37-CBS in the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System to remain loaded at the CCNPP ISFSI. The exemption also would allow a near-term loading of six new MPC-37-CBS to be loaded in the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System and maintained in storage at the CCNPP ISFSI.</P>
                <P>The potential environmental impacts of storing spent nuclear fuel in NRC-approved storage systems have been documented in previous assessments. On July 18, 1990, the NRC amended 10 CFR part 72 to provide for the storage of spent fuel under a general license in cask designs approved by the NRC. The EA for the 1990 final rule analyzed the potential environmental impacts of using NRC-approved storage casks. The EA for the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System, CoC No. 1032, Amendment No. 1, Revision No. 1, published in 2015, tiers off of the EA issued for the July 18, 1990, final rule. “Tiering” off earlier EAs is a standard process encouraged by the regulations implementing the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) that entails the use of impact analyses of previous EAs to bound the impacts of a proposed action where appropriate. The Holtec HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System is designed to mitigate the effects of design basis accidents that could occur during storage. Considering the specific design requirements for the accident conditions, the design of the cask would prevent loss of containment, shielding, and criticality control. If there is no loss of containment, shielding, or criticality control, the environmental impacts would not be significant.</P>
                <P>The exemptions requested by Constellation at the CCNPP site as they relate to CoC No. 1032, Amendment No. 1, Revision No. 1, for the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System are limited to the use of the CBS variant basket design only for the already loaded nine canisters and near-term planned loading of six canisters utilizing the CBS variant basket design. The staff has determined that this change in the basket will not result in either radiological or non-radiological environmental impacts that significantly differ from the environmental impacts evaluated in the EA supporting the issuance of CoC No. 1032, Amendment No. 1, Revision No. 1. If the exemption is granted, there will be no significant change in the types or amounts of any effluents released, no significant increase in individual or cumulative public or occupational radiation exposure, and no significant increase in the potential for or consequences from radiological accidents. Accordingly, the Commission concludes that there would be no significant environmental impacts associated with the proposed action.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Alternative to the Proposed Action</HD>
                <P>The staff considered the no-action alternative. The no-action alternative (denial of the exemption request) would require Constellation to unload spent fuel from the MPC-37-CBS in the HI-STORM FW MPC Storage System to bring it in compliance with the CoC terms, conditions, and specifications in the CoC No. 1032, Amendment No. 1, Revision No. 1. Unloading the cask would subject station personnel to additional radiation exposure, generate additional contaminated waste, increase the risk of a possible fuel handling accident, and increase the risk of a possible heavy load handling accident. Furthermore, the removed spent fuel would need to be placed in the spent fuel pool, where it would remain until approved storage casks can be fabricated and delivered to site for loading. Delay in the loading of this spent fuel into other casks, as well as not allowing the planned future loading campaign, could affect Constellation's ability to effectively manage the spent fuel pool capacity, reactor fuel offloading, and refueling. It could also pose challenges to spent fuel heat removal and impact the availability of the specialized workforce and equipment needed to support competing fuel loading and operational activities at CCNPP and other Constellation sites. The NRC has determined that the no-action alternative would result in undue potential human health and safety impacts that could be avoided by proceeding with the proposed exemption, especially given that the staff has concluded in NRC's Safety Determination Memorandum, issued with respect to the enforcement action against Holtec regarding these violations, that fuel can be stored safety in the MPC-37-CBS canisters.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Agencies Consulted</HD>
                <P>The NRC provided the Maryland Department of Natural Resources (MDNR) a copy of this draft EA for review by an email dated April 29, 2024. On May 9, 2024, MDNR provided its concurrence by email.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Finding of No Significant Impact</HD>
                <P>The environmental impacts of the proposed action have been reviewed in accordance with the requirements in 10 CFR part 51, which implement NEPA. Based upon the foregoing EA, the NRC finds that the proposed action of granting the exemption from the regulations in 10 CFR 72.212(a)(2), 72.212(b)(3), 72.212(b)(5)(i), 72.212(b)(11) and 72.214, which require the licensee to comply with the terms, conditions, and specifications of the CoC, in this case limited to past and specific future loadings of baskets with the CBS variant design, would not significantly impact the quality of the human environment. Accordingly, the NRC has determined that a FONSI is appropriate, and an environmental impact statement is not warranted.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Availability of Documents</HD>
                <P>The documents identified in the following table are available to interested persons through ADAMS, as indicated.</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s200,xs100">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Document description</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            ADAMS accession No. or 
                            <E T="02">Federal Register</E>
                             notice
                        </CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Constellation's request for exemption, dated March 22, 2024</ENT>
                        <ENT>ML24082A008</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Certificate of Compliance No. 1032, Amendment 1, Revision 1, dated May 29, 2015</ENT>
                        <ENT>ML15152A358 (Package)</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Holtec International, Inc.—Notice of Violation; The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Inspection Report No. 07201014/2022-201, EA-23-044, dated January 30, 2024</ENT>
                        <ENT>ML24016A190</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">10 CFR part 72 amendment to allow spent fuel storage in NRC-approved casks, dated July 18, 1990</ENT>
                        <ENT>55 FR 29181</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">EA for part 72 amendment to allow spent fuel storage in NRC-approved casks, March 8, 1989</ENT>
                        <ENT>ML051230231</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Final rule for List of Approved Spent Fuel Storage Casks: Holtec HI-STORM FW System CoC No. 1032, Amendment No. 1, Revision No. 1, dated March 19, 2015</ENT>
                        <ENT>80 FR 14291</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Safety Determination of a Potential Structural Failure of the Fuel Basket During Accident Conditions for the HI-STORM 100 and HI-STORM Flood/Wind Dry Cask Storage Systems, dated January 31, 2024</ENT>
                        <ENT>ML24018A085</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">NRC email to MDNR regarding the review of EA/FONSI for CCNPP Exemption, dated April 29, 2024</ENT>
                        <ENT>ML24131A121</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="43881"/>
                        <ENT I="01">MDNR's email response regarding EA/FONSI for CCNPP Exemption, dated May 9, 2024</ENT>
                        <ENT>ML24131A120</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <SIG>
                    <P>For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Bernard H. White,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Chief, Storage and Transportation Licensing Branch, Division of Fuel Management, Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10932 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7590-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[NRC-2024-0001]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
                    <P>
                         Weeks of May 20, 27, and June 3, 10, 17, 24, 2024. The schedule for Commission meetings is subject to change on short notice. The NRC Commission Meeting Schedule can be found on the internet at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.nrc.gov/public-involve/public-meetings/schedule.html.</E>
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
                    <P>
                         The NRC provides reasonable accommodation to individuals with disabilities where appropriate. If you need a reasonable accommodation to participate in these public meetings or need this meeting notice or the transcript or other information from the public meetings in another format (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         braille, large print), please notify Anne Silk, NRC Disability Program Specialist, at 301-287-0745, by videophone at 240-428-3217, or by email at 
                        <E T="03">Anne.Silk@nrc.gov.</E>
                         Determinations on requests for reasonable accommodation will be made on a case-by-case basis.
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
                    <P>Public.</P>
                    <P>
                        Members of the public may request to receive the information in these notices electronically. If you would like to be added to the distribution, please contact the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Office of the Secretary, Washington, DC 20555, at 301-415-1969, or by email at 
                        <E T="03">Betty.Thweatt@nrc.gov</E>
                         or 
                        <E T="03">Samantha.Miklaszewski@nrc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
                    <P/>
                </PREAMHD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Week of May 20, 2024</HD>
                <P>There are no meetings scheduled for the week of May 20, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Week of May 27, 2024—Tentative</HD>
                <P>There are no meetings scheduled for the week of May 27, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Week of June 3, 2024—Tentative</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Tuesday, June 4, 2024</HD>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">10:00 a.m. Briefing on Human Capital and Equal Employment Opportunity (Public Meeting) (Contact: Angie Randall: 301-415-6806)</FP>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Additional Information:</E>
                     The meeting will be held in the Commissioners' Hearing Room, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland. The public is invited to attend the Commission's meeting in person or watch live via webcast at the Web address—
                    <E T="03">https://video.nrc.gov/.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Friday, June 7, 2024</HD>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">10:00 a.m. Meeting with Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards (Public Meeting) (Contact: Robert Krsek: 301-415-1766)</FP>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Additional Information:</E>
                     The meeting will be held in the Commissioners' Hearing Room, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland. The public is invited to attend the Commission's meeting in person or watch live via webcast at the Web address—
                    <E T="03">https://video.nrc.gov/.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Week of June 10, 2024—Tentative</HD>
                <P>There are no meetings scheduled for the week of June 10, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Week of June 17, 2024—Tentative</HD>
                <P>There are no meetings scheduled for the week of June 17, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Week of June 24, 2024—Tentative</HD>
                <P>There are no meetings scheduled for the week of June 24, 2024.</P>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P>
                         For more information or to verify the status of meetings, contact Wesley Held at 301-287-3591 or via email at 
                        <E T="03">Wesley.Held@nrc.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>The NRC is holding the meetings under the authority of the Government in the Sunshine Act, 5 U.S.C. 552b.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED> Dated: May 16, 2024.</DATED>
                    <P>For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.</P>
                    <NAME>Wesley W. Held,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Policy Coordinator, Office of the Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11086 Filed 5-16-24; 11:15 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7590-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">PENSION BENEFIT GUARANTY CORPORATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Submission of Information Collection for OMB Review; Comment Request; Locating and Paying Participants</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of request for extension of OMB approval of an information collection.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) is requesting that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) extend approval of a collection of information (OMB Control Number 1212-0055; expires August 31, 2024) under the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of the information collection is to enable PBGC to pay benefits to participants and beneficiaries. This notice informs the public of PBGC's request and solicits public comment on the collection.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Comments must be received on or before June 20, 2024 to be assured of consideration.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAMain</E>
                        . Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        All comments received will be posted without change to PBGC's website, 
                        <E T="03">www.pbgc.gov,</E>
                         including any personal information provided. Do not submit comments that include any personally identifiable information or confidential business information.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        A copy of the request will be posted on PBGC's website at 
                        <E T="03">www.pbgc.gov/prac/laws-and-regulation/federal-register-notices-open-for-comment</E>
                        . It may also be obtained without charge by writing to the Disclosure Division (
                        <E T="03">disclosure@pbgc.gov</E>
                        ), Office of the General Counsel of PBGC, 445 12th Street SW, Washington, DC 20024-2101; or, calling 202-229-4040 during normal business hours. If you are deaf or hard of hearing or have a speech disability, please dial 7-1-1 to access telecommunications relay services.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Monica O'Donnell (
                        <E T="03">odonnell.monica@pbgc.gov</E>
                        ), Attorney, Regulatory Affairs 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43882"/>
                        Division, Office of the General Counsel, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, 445 12th Street SW, Washington, DC 20024-2101; 202-229-8706; or Gregory Katz (
                        <E T="03">katz.gregory@pbgc.gov</E>
                        ), Attorney, Regulatory Affairs Division, Office of the General Counsel, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, 445 12th Street SW, Washington, DC 20024-2101; 202-229-3829. If you are deaf or hard of hearing or have a speech disability, please dial 7-1-1 to access telecommunications relay services.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>This information collection is needed to pay participants and beneficiaries who may be entitled to pension benefits from plans that have terminated. Participants and beneficiaries are asked to provide information in connection with an application for benefits. This includes requests to individuals to provide identifying information so that PBGC may determine whether the individuals are entitled to benefits. All requested information is needed so that PBGC may determine benefit entitlements and make appropriate payments.</P>
                <P>
                    This information collection includes My Pension Benefit Account (MyPBA), an application on PBGC's website, 
                    <E T="03">www.pbgc.gov,</E>
                     through which plan participants and beneficiaries may conduct electronic transactions with PBGC, including applying for pension benefits, designating a beneficiary, changing contact information, and applying for or changing electronic direct deposit.
                </P>
                <P>PBGC is proposing the addition of two new forms: Form 713RBD, and Form 714RBD. Form 713RBD and Form 714RBD relate to elections to withdraw employee contributions for participants and beneficiaries who are at or beyond their Required Beginning Dates. PBGC is proposing to remove Form 718, “Installment Payment Agreement,” because PBGC no longer administers installment agreements for benefit overpayments. PBGC is proposing to remove Form 719 for electing or changing tax withholding from annuity benefit payments since participants are using Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Form W-4P, “Withholding Certificate for Periodic Pension or Annuity Payments.” PBGC is also making other clarifying, editorial, and formatting changes.</P>
                <P>
                    The existing collection of information was approved through August 31, 2024, under OMB control number 1212-0055. On February 8, 2024, PBGC published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     (at 89 FR 8725) a notice informing the public of its intent to request an extension of this collection of information. No comments were received. PBGC is requesting that OMB extend its approval (with modifications) for three years. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
                </P>
                <P>PBGC estimates that it will receive a combined 136,081 benefit applications and information forms annually. The total annual burden associated with this collection of information is estimated to be 101,703 hours and an estimated $60,742 (the estimated cost of notary services for signatures (including spousal consents) required on applicable forms).</P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>Issued in Washington, DC.</P>
                    <NAME>Gregory Katz,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Assistant General Counsel for Regulatory Affairs, Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10969 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7709-02-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">POSTAL REGULATORY COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Docket Nos. CP2020-192; CP2020-198; MC2024-295 and CP2024-303; MC2024-297 and CP2024-304]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>New Postal Products</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Postal Regulatory Commission.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Commission is noticing a recent Postal Service filing for the Commission's consideration concerning a negotiated service agreement. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Comments are due:</E>
                         May 22, 2024.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at 
                        <E T="03">http://www.prc.gov.</E>
                         Those who cannot submit comments electronically should contact the person identified in the 
                        <E T="02">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT</E>
                         section by telephone for advice on filing alternatives.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Introduction</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Docketed Proceeding(s)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Introduction</HD>
                <P>The Commission gives notice that the Postal Service filed request(s) for the Commission to consider matters related to negotiated service agreement(s). The request(s) may propose the addition or removal of a negotiated service agreement from the Market Dominant or the Competitive product list, or the modification of an existing product currently appearing on the Market Dominant or the Competitive product list.</P>
                <P>Section II identifies the docket number(s) associated with each Postal Service request, the title of each Postal Service request, the request's acceptance date, and the authority cited by the Postal Service for each request. For each request, the Commission appoints an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in the proceeding, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505 (Public Representative). Section II also establishes comment deadline(s) pertaining to each request.</P>
                <P>
                    The public portions of the Postal Service's request(s) can be accessed via the Commission's website (
                    <E T="03">http://www.prc.gov</E>
                    ). Non-public portions of the Postal Service's request(s), if any, can be accessed through compliance with the requirements of 39 CFR 3011.301.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Docket No. RM2018-3, Order Adopting Final Rules Relating to Non-Public Information, June 27, 2018, Attachment A at 19-22 (Order No. 4679).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's request(s) in the captioned docket(s) are consistent with the policies of title 39. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern Market Dominant product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3622, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3030, and 39 CFR part 3040, subpart B. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern Competitive product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3632, 39 U.S.C. 3633, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3035, and 39 CFR part 3040, subpart B. Comment deadline(s) for each request appear in section II.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Docketed Proceeding(s)</HD>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     CP2020-190; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     Notice of the United States Postal Service of Filing Modification Three to International Priority Airmail, Commercial ePacket, Priority Mail Express International, Priority Mail International &amp; First-Class Package International Service with Reseller Contract 2 Negotiated Service Agreement; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     May 14, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 CFR 3035.105; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Gregory S. Stanton 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     May 22, 2024.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43883"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     CP2020-198; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     Notice of the United States Postal Service of Filing Modification Three to International Priority Airmail, Commercial ePacket, Priority Mail Express International, Priority Mail International &amp; First-Class Package International Service with Reseller Contract 5 Negotiated Service Agreement; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     May 14, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3040.130 through 3040.135, and 39 CFR 3035.105; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Katalin K. Clendenin; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     May 22, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    3. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2024-295 and CP2024-303; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add Priority Mail &amp; USPS Ground Advantage Contract 259 to Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     May 14, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3040.130 through 3040.135, and 39 CFR 3035.105; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Christopher C. Mohr; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     May 22, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    4. 
                    <E T="03">Docket No(s).:</E>
                     MC2024-297 and CP2024-304; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Title:</E>
                     USPS Request to Add International Priority Airmail, Commercial ePacket, Priority Mail Express International &amp; Priority Mail International Contract 7 to Competitive Product List and Notice of Filing Materials Under Seal; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Acceptance Date:</E>
                     May 14, 2024; 
                    <E T="03">Filing Authority:</E>
                     39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR 3040.130 through 3040.135, and 39 CFR 3035.105; 
                    <E T="03">Public Representative:</E>
                     Katalin K. Clendenin; 
                    <E T="03">Comments Due:</E>
                     May 22, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>
                    This Notice will be published in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                    .
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Erica A. Barker,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11015 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 7710-FW-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100143; File No. SR-NYSEAMER-2024-28]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE American LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Change To Amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that, on May 1, 2024, NYSE American LLC (“NYSE American” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the self-regulatory organization. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78a.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule to add wireless connectivity services that transport market data to Toronto, Canada. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">www.nyse.com,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and the Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule to add wireless connectivity services that transport market data to Toronto, Canada.</P>
                <P>The Exchange expects that the proposed rule change would become operative no later than June 30, 2024. It will announce the proposed change to all Fixed Income and Data Services (“FIDS”) customers in the TR2 third party data center in Toronto, Canada (“TR2”).</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to add market data connections to a selection of symbols of the NYSE Integrated Feed (“NYSE IF”) and to a selection of symbols of the NYSE Arca Integrated Feed (“NYSE Arca IF” and together with the NYSE IF, the “Integrated Feeds”) in TR2 (“TR2 Market Data Connections”). As is true for the existing market data connections to the Markham, Canada third party access center (such access center, “Markham”, and such connections “Markham Market Data Connections”),
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the TR2 Market Data Connections would not include the Integrated Feeds themselves, just the connections to them.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99968 (April 16, 2024), 89 FR 29379 (April 22, 2024) (SR-NYSEAmer-2024-25).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As there would be limited bandwidth available on the wireless network to TR2, the Exchange proposes that, as with the Markham Market Data Connection, the TR2 Market Data Connection would not transport information for all the symbols included in the NYSE IF and NYSE Arca IF. Rather, FIDS would provide connectivity to the same selection of symbols from the Integrated Feeds that it includes in the Markham Market Data Connections, which include those symbols for which there is demand (the “Proposed Market Data”).
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                         When a market participant requested a TR2 Market Data Connection, it would receive connectivity to the Proposed Market Data. The customer would then determine the symbols for which it would receive data. The Exchange would not have visibility into which portions of the Proposed Market Data a given customer chooses to receive.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The charges for a TR2 Market Data Connection would be the same as for the Markham Market Data Connection: a non-recurring initial charge of $5,000 and a $6,500 monthly fee for the service of transporting the Proposed Market Data. The proposal would waive the first month's MRC, to allow customers to test a new TR2 Market Data Connection for a month before incurring any MRC.</P>
                <P>
                    In order to implement the proposed change, the Exchange proposes to add the following items to the Connectivity Fee Schedule under “C. Wireless Connectivity to Market Data”:
                    <PRTPAGE P="43884"/>
                </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s100,r100">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Type of service</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Amount of charge</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">NYSE Integrated Feed: Wireless Connection in TR2 access center</ENT>
                        <ENT>$5,000 per connection initial charge plus monthly charge per connection of $6,500.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">NYSE Arca Integrated Feed: Wireless Connection in TR2 access center</ENT>
                        <ENT>$5,000 per connection initial charge plus monthly charge per connection of $6,500.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As with the Markham Market Data Connections, the proposed TR2 Market Data Connections would not utilize the pole on the grounds of the MDC.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Market Data</HD>
                <P>
                    The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca at the Mahwah data center. In each case, the NYSE or NYSE Arca, as applicable, files with the Commission for the Integrated Feed it generates, and the related fees.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The filed market data fees apply to all customers of the Integrated Feeds, no matter what form of connectivity or connectivity provider they use.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 74128 (January 23, 2015), 80 FR 4951 (January 29, 2015) (SR-NYSE-2015-03) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of proposed rule change establishing the NYSE Integrated Feed data feed); 76485 (November 20, 2015), 80 FR 74158 (November 27, 2015) (SR-NYSE-2015-57) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of a proposed rule change establishing fees for the NYSE Integrated Feed); 65669 (November 2, 2011), 76 FR 69311 (November 8, 2011) (SR-NYSEArca-2011-78) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of proposed rule change offering the NYSE Arca Integrated Feed); and 66128 (January 10, 2012), 77 FR 2331 (January 17, 2012) (SR-NYSEArca-2011-96) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of a proposed rule change establishing fees for NYSE Arca Integrated Feed).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>When a market participant wants to connect to an Integrated Feed, it requests a connection from the provider of its choice. All providers, including FIDS, may only provide the market participant with connectivity once the provider has received confirmation from the NYSE or NYSE Arca, as applicable, that the market participant is authorized to receive the requested data feed.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Application and Impact of the Proposed Change</HD>
                <P>The proposed change would apply to all customers equally. The proposed change would not apply differently to distinct types or sizes of market participants. As is currently the case, the purchase of any connectivity service is completely voluntary and the Connectivity Fee Schedule is applied uniformly to all customers.</P>
                <P>FIDS expects few new customers in TR2.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Competitive Environment</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market in which other vendors offer connectivity services as a means to facilitate the trading and other market activities of those market participants who believe that it enhances the efficiency of their operations. The Commission has repeatedly expressed its preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. Specifically, in Regulation NMS, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.” 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 51808 (June 9, 2005), 70 FR 37496, 37499 (June 29, 2005).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>A third party has announced that it plans to create a wireless connection between Markham and the MDC. The Exchange believes it intends to expand its offering to connect to the TR2. Such a wireless connection would compete with the Exchange's TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data. Third-party vendors are not at any competitive disadvantage created by the Exchange.</P>
                <P>The proposed change is not otherwise intended to address any other issues relating to colocation services or related fees, and the Exchange is not aware of any problems that market participants would have in complying with the proposed change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, because it is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanisms of, a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest and does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers. The Exchange further believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b)(4) of the Act,
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     because it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among its members and issuers and other persons using its facilities and does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is Reasonable</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is reasonable. In considering the reasonableness of proposed services and fees, the Commission's market-based test considers “whether the exchange was subject to significant competitive forces in setting the terms of its proposal . . . , including the level of any fees.” 
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If the Exchange meets that burden, “the Commission will find that its proposal is consistent with the Act unless `there is a substantial countervailing basis to find that the terms' of the proposal violate the Act or the rules thereunder.” 
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Here, the Exchange is subject to significant competitive forces in setting the terms on which it offers its proposal, in particular because substantially similar substitutes are available, and the Exchange has not placed the third party vendors at a competitive disadvantage created by the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 90209 (October 15, 2020), 85 FR 67044, 67049 (October 21, 2020) (SR-NYSE-2020-05, SR-NYSEAMER-2020-05, SR-NYSEARCA-2020-08, SR-NYSECHX-2020-02, SR-NYSENAT-2020-03, SR-NYSE-2020-11, SR-NYSEAMER-2020-10, SR-NYSEArca-2020-15, SR-NYSECHX-2020-05, SR-NYSENAT-2020-08) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval to Establish a Wireless Fee Schedule Setting Forth Available Wireless Bandwidth Connections and Wireless Market Data Connections) (“Wireless Approval Order”), citing Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59039 (December 2, 2008), 73 FR 74770, 74781 (December 9, 2008) (“2008 ArcaBook Approval Order”). 
                        <E T="03">See NetCoalition</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">SEC,</E>
                         615 F.3d 525 (D.C. Cir. 2010).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, at 67049, citing 2008 ArcaBook Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, at 74781.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43885"/>
                    options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.
                </P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is reasonable to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange offers wireless bandwidth connections, without connectivity to market data, between the Mahwah data center and Markham and TR2. It does not charge separately for the Markham and TR2 connections, as “the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to view the . . . service as one service, and not two.” 
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     This is because northbound, the same data, put on the connection by the customer, is delivered to both Markham and TR2, while southbound, the customer may choose the Mb of data it sends from each Canadian data center, but the combined total must equal no more than the total Mb of the wireless circuit.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         Securities Act Release No. 99521 (February 12, 2024), 89 FR 12386 (February 16, 2024) (SR-NYSEAMER-2024-07), at 12388.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Connectivity Fee Schedule—B. Wireless Connectivity—Wireless Connectivity Note.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    By contrast, in the present case, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to charge for the TR2 Market Data Connection separately from the Markham Market Data Connection. First, the customers would be located in Canada and need not have a presence in the Mahwah data center, and charging for the TR2 Market Data Connection separately from the Markham Market Data Connection reflects that usage of the Integrated Feed serves a different purpose at each location, and is consistent with the NYSE Wireless Order regarding wireless market data connections. Second, the nature of the services is different: the present connectivity would not be to a wireless bandwidth on which the customer can put data, irrespective of whether the data is northbound or southbound. Rather, the TR2 Market Data Connection would be limited to connectivity to the Integrated Feeds. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that the Markham and TR2 services are two services.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         The Exchange believes that this would be consistent with its existing approach to wireless connectivity. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, Connectivity Fee Schedule—B. Wireless Connectivity, and Connectivity Fee Schedule—C. Wireless Connectivity to Market Data.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">The Exchange Would Not Preclude Other Connections To Proposed Market Data in TR2</HD>
                <P>The Exchange is not aware of any other public, commercially available wireless or fiber connections to the Proposed Market Data between the MDC and TR2.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange. Indeed, as noted above, the Exchange believes that in the future a third party may offer a wireless connection to TR2, which would compete with the TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>Wireless connections and fiber connections to the Proposed Market Data in Markham would compete with each other. Given the various advantages and disadvantages of both wireless and fiber connections, a market participant interested in purchasing a connection to the Proposed Market Data in Markham is likely to consider a variety of factors in deciding whether to use a wireless versus fiber connection, including latency; the amount of network uptime; the equipment the network uses; the cost of the connection; and the applicable contractual provisions. Indeed, fiber network connections may be more attractive to some market participants as they are more reliable and less susceptible to weather conditions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Third Party Competitors Would Not Be at a Competitive Disadvantage Created by the Exchange</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that FIDS would have any competitive advantage over any future providers of connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. The Exchange's proposed service for connectivity to Proposed Market Data in TR2 does not have any special access to or advantage within the MDC. The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca. FIDS would collect the Proposed Market Data, then send it over the TR2 Market Data Connection by connecting to equipment in a MDC meet-me-room and from there to a pole. The pole is owned by a third party and is not on the grounds of the MDC, and the path into the MDC through a meet-me-room is available to any telecommunications provider. Further, all distances in the MDC are normalized.</P>
                <P>
                    Nor would the Exchange have a competitive advantage over third-party competitors offering wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by virtue of the fact that it owns and operates the MDC's meet-me-rooms. Third parties purchasing wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data would require a circuit connecting out of the MDC, and in most cases, such circuits are provided by third-party telecommunications service providers that have installed their equipment in the MDC's two meet-me-rooms (“Telecoms”). Currently, 16 Telecoms operate in the meet-me-rooms and provide a variety of circuit choices. It is in the Exchange's best interest to set the fees that Telecoms pay to operate in the meet-me-rooms at a reasonable level 
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     so that market participants, including Telecoms, will maximize their use of the MDC. By setting the meet-me-room fees at a reasonable level, the Exchange encourages Telecoms to participate in the meet-me-rooms and to sell circuits to Users 
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for connecting into and out of the MDC. These Telecoms then compete with each other by pricing such circuits at competitive rates. These competitive rates for circuits help draw in more Users and Hosted Customers 
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to the MDC, which directly benefits the Exchange by increasing the customer base to whom the Exchange can sell its colocation services, which include cabinets, power, ports, and connectivity to many third-party data feeds, and because having more Users and Hosted Customers leads, in many cases, to greater participation on the Exchange. In this way, by setting the meet-me-room fees at a level attractive to 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43886"/>
                    telecommunications firms, the Exchange spurs demand for all of the services it sells at the MDC.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 97999 (July 26, 2023), 88 FR 50190 (August 1, 2023) (SR-NYSEAmer-2023-36) (“MMR Notice”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         “User” means any market participant that requests to receive co-location services directly from the Exchange.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         A User may host another entity in its space within the MDC. Such Users are called “Hosting Users” and their customers are referred to as “Hosted Customers.” 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 76009 (September 29, 2015), 80 FR 60213 (October 5, 2015) (SR-NYSEMKT-2015-67).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MMR Notice, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>If anything, the Exchange would be subject to a competitive disadvantage vis-à-vis third party competitors offering wireless or fiber connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. Third-party competitors would not be subject to the Commission's filing requirements, and therefore could freely change their services and pricing in response to competitive forces. In contrast, the Exchange's service and pricing would be standardized as set out in this filing, and the Exchange would be unable to respond to pricing pressure from its competitors without seeking a formal fee change in a filing before the Commission.</P>
                <P>
                    In sum, because the Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange the proposed fees for the TR2 Market Data Connection are reasonable.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is reasonable because a market participant in the Canadian data center that opted for a TR2 Market Data Connection would be able to select the specific Proposed Market Data feed that it wanted to receive in accordance with its needs, thereby helping it tailor its operations to the requirements of its business operations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is an Equitable Allocation of Fees and Credits</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes that its proposal equitably allocates its fees among market participants.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is equitable to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is equitable to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is equitable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange. Indeed, as noted above, the Exchange believes that in the future a third party may offer a wireless connection to TR2, which would compete with the TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed change is equitable because it will result in fees being charged only to market participants that voluntarily select to receive the corresponding services and because those services will be available to all market participants. Furthermore, the Exchange believes that the services and fees proposed herein are equitably allocated because, in addition to the services being completely voluntary, they are available to all market participants on an equal basis (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the same products and services are available to all market participants). All market participants that voluntarily select a TR2 Market Data Connection would be charged the same amount for the same services.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is Not Unfairly Discriminatory</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is not unfairly discriminatory, for the following reasons.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed change is not unfairly discriminatory because it will result in fees being charged only to market participants that voluntarily select to receive the corresponding services and because those services will be available to all market participants. Furthermore, the Exchange believes that the services and fees proposed herein are not unfairly discriminatory because, in addition to the services being completely voluntary, they are available to all market participants on an equal basis (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the same products and services are available to all market participants). All market participants that voluntarily select a TR2 Market Data Connection would be charged the same amount for the same services.
                </P>
                <P>For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The proposed rule changes will not impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of Section 6(b)(8) of the Act.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(8).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to expand the connectivity options to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43887"/>
                </P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in Markham or TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange.</P>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that FIDS would have any competitive advantage over any future providers of connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. The Exchange's proposed service for connectivity to Proposed Market Data in TR2 does not have any special access to or advantage within the MDC. The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca. FIDS would collect the Proposed Market Data, then send it over the TR2 Market Data Connection by connecting to equipment in a MDC meet-me-room and from there to a pole. The pole is owned by a third party and is not on the grounds of the MDC, and the path into the MDC through a meet-me-room is available to any telecommunications provider. Further, all distances in the MDC are normalized.</P>
                <P>Because the Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange, the Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to expand the connectivity options to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2.</P>
                <P>
                    Nor does the Exchange have a competitive advantage over any future third-party competitors offering wireless or fiber connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by virtue of the fact that it owns and operates the MDC's meet-me-rooms. Third parties purchasing wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data would require a circuit connecting out of the MDC, and in most cases, such circuits are provided by third-party Telecoms. Currently, 16 Telecoms operate in the meet-me-rooms and provide a variety of circuit choices. It is in the Exchange's best interest to set the fees that Telecoms pay to operate in the meet-me-rooms at a reasonable level 
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     so that market participants, including Telecoms, will maximize their use of the MDC. By setting the meet-me-room fees at a reasonable level, the Exchange encourages Telecoms to participate in the meet-me-rooms and to sell circuits to Users for connecting into and out of the MDC. These Telecoms then compete with each other by pricing such circuits at competitive rates. These competitive rates for circuits help draw in more Users and Hosted Customers to the MDC, which directly benefits the Exchange by increasing the customer base to whom the Exchange can sell its colocation services, which include cabinets, power, ports, and connectivity to many third-party data feeds, and because having more Users and Hosted Customers leads, in many cases, to greater participation on the Exchange. In this way, by setting the meet-me-room fees at a level attractive to telecommunications firms, the Exchange spurs demand for all of the services it sells at the MDC.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MMR Notice, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>For the reasons described above, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule changes reflect this competitive environment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Because the proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative prior to 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act and Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) thereunder.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Exchange has satisfied this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B) 
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Act to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-NYSEAMER-2024-28 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSEAMER-2024-28. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43888"/>
                    Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSEAMER-2024-28 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10959 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100145; File No. SR-NYSECHX-2024-17]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Chicago, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that, on May 1, 2024, the NYSE Chicago, Inc. (“NYSE Chicago” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the self-regulatory organization. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78a.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule to add wireless connectivity services that transport market data to Toronto, Canada. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">www.nyse.com,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and the Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule to add wireless connectivity services that transport market data to Toronto, Canada.</P>
                <P>The Exchange expects that the proposed rule change would become operative no later than June 30, 2024. It will announce the proposed change to all Fixed Income and Data Services (“FIDS”) customers in the TR2 third party data center in Toronto, Canada (“TR2”).</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to add market data connections to a selection of symbols of the NYSE Integrated Feed (“NYSE IF”) and to a selection of symbols of the NYSE Arca Integrated Feed (“NYSE Arca IF” and together with the NYSE IF, the “Integrated Feeds”) in TR2 (“TR2 Market Data Connections”). As is true for the existing market data connections to the Markham, Canada third party access center (such access center, “Markham”, and such connections, “Markham Market Data Connections”),
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the TR2 Market Data Connections would not include the Integrated Feeds themselves, just the connections to them.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99971 (April 16, 2024), 89 FR 29384 (April 22, 2024) (SR-NYSECHX-2024-15).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As there would be limited bandwidth available on the wireless network to TR2, the Exchange proposes that, as with the Markham Market Data Connection, the TR2 Market Data Connection would not transport information for all the symbols included in the NYSE IF and NYSE Arca IF. Rather, FIDS would provide connectivity to the same selection of symbols from the Integrated Feeds that it includes in the Markham Market Data Connections, which include those symbols for which there is demand (the “Proposed Market Data”).
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                         When a market participant requested a TR2 Market Data Connection, it would receive connectivity to the Proposed Market Data. The customer would then determine the symbols for which it would receive data. The Exchange would not have visibility into which portions of the Proposed Market Data a given customer chooses to receive.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The charges for a TR2 Market Data Connection would be the same as for the Markham Market Data Connection: a non-recurring initial charge of $5,000 and a $6,500 monthly fee for the service of transporting the Proposed Market Data. The proposal would waive the first month's MRC, to allow customers to test a new TR2 Market Data Connection for a month before incurring any MRC.</P>
                <P>In order to implement the proposed change, the Exchange proposes to add the following items to the Connectivity Fee Schedule under “C. Wireless Connectivity to Market Data”:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s100,r100">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Type of service</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Amount of charge</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">NYSE Integrated Feed: Wireless Connection in TR2 access center</ENT>
                        <ENT>$5,000 per connection initial charge plus monthly charge per connection of $6,500.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">NYSE Arca Integrated Feed: Wireless Connection in TR2 access center</ENT>
                        <ENT>$5,000 per connection initial charge plus monthly charge per connection of $6,500.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <PRTPAGE P="43889"/>
                <P>As with the Markham Market Data Connections, the proposed TR2 Market Data Connections would not utilize the pole on the grounds of the MDC.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Market Data</HD>
                <P>
                    The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca at the Mahwah data center. In each case, the NYSE or NYSE Arca, as applicable, files with the Commission for the Integrated Feed it generates, and the related fees.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The filed market data fees apply to all customers of the Integrated Feeds, no matter what form of connectivity or connectivity provider they use.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 74128 (January 23, 2015), 80 FR 4951 (January 29, 2015) (SR-NYSE-2015-03) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of proposed rule change establishing the NYSE Integrated Feed data feed); 76485 (November 20, 2015), 80 FR 74158 (November 27, 2015) (SR-NYSE-2015-57) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of a proposed rule change establishing fees for the NYSE Integrated Feed); 65669 (November 2, 2011), 76 FR 69311 (November 8, 2011) (SR-NYSEArca-2011-78) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of proposed rule change offering the NYSE Arca Integrated Feed); and 66128 (January 10, 2012), 77 FR 2331 (January 17, 2012) (SR-NYSEArca-2011-96) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of a proposed rule change establishing fees for NYSE Arca Integrated Feed).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>When a market participant wants to connect to an Integrated Feed, it requests a connection from the provider of its choice. All providers, including FIDS, may only provide the market participant with connectivity once the provider has received confirmation from the NYSE or NYSE Arca, as applicable, that the market participant is authorized to receive the requested data feed.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Application and Impact of the Proposed Change</HD>
                <P>The proposed change would apply to all customers equally. The proposed change would not apply differently to distinct types or sizes of market participants. As is currently the case, the purchase of any connectivity service is completely voluntary and the Connectivity Fee Schedule is applied uniformly to all customers.</P>
                <P>FIDS expects few new customers in TR2.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Competitive Environment</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market in which other vendors offer connectivity services as a means to facilitate the trading and other market activities of those market participants who believe that it enhances the efficiency of their operations. The Commission has repeatedly expressed its preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. Specifically, in Regulation NMS, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.” 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 51808 (June 9, 2005), 70 FR 37496, 37499 (June 29, 2005).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>A third party has announced that it plans to create a wireless connection between Markham and the MDC. The Exchange believes it intends to expand its offering to connect to the TR2. Such a wireless connection would compete with the Exchange's TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data. Third-party vendors are not at any competitive disadvantage created by the Exchange.</P>
                <P>The proposed change is not otherwise intended to address any other issues relating to colocation services or related fees, and the Exchange is not aware of any problems that market participants would have in complying with the proposed change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of section 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, because it is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanisms of, a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest and does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers. The Exchange further believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with section 6(b)(4) of the Act,
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     because it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among its members and issuers and other persons using its facilities and does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is Reasonable</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is reasonable. In considering the reasonableness of proposed services and fees, the Commission's market-based test considers “whether the exchange was subject to significant competitive forces in setting the terms of its proposal . . . , including the level of any fees.” 
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If the Exchange meets that burden, “the Commission will find that its proposal is consistent with the Act unless `there is a substantial countervailing basis to find that the terms' of the proposal violate the Act or the rules thereunder.” 
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Here, the Exchange is subject to significant competitive forces in setting the terms on which it offers its proposal, in particular because substantially similar substitutes are available, and the Exchange has not placed the third party vendors at a competitive disadvantage created by the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 90209 (October 15, 2020), 85 FR 67044, 67049 (October 21, 2020) (SR-NYSE-2020-05, SR-NYSEAMER-2020-05, SR-NYSEARCA-2020-08, SR-NYSECHX-2020-02, SR-NYSENAT-2020-03, SR-NYSE-2020-11, SR-NYSEAMER-2020-10, SR-NYSEArca-2020-15, SR-NYSECHX-2020-05, SR-NYSENAT-2020-08) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval to Establish a Wireless Fee Schedule Setting Forth Available Wireless Bandwidth Connections and Wireless Market Data Connections) (“Wireless Approval Order”), citing Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59039 (December 2, 2008), 73 FR 74770, 74781 (December 9, 2008) (“2008 ArcaBook Approval Order”). 
                        <E T="03">See NetCoalition</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">SEC,</E>
                         615 F.3d 525 (D.C. Cir. 2010).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, at 67049, citing 2008 ArcaBook Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, at 74781.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is reasonable to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange offers wireless bandwidth connections, without connectivity to market data, between the Mahwah data center and Markham and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43890"/>
                    TR2. It does not charge separately for the Markham and TR2 connections, as “the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to view the . . . service as one service, and not two.” 
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     This is because northbound, the same data, put on the connection by the customer, is delivered to both Markham and TR2, while southbound, the customer may choose the Mb of data it sends from each Canadian data center, but the combined total must equal no more than the total Mb of the wireless circuit.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         Securities Act Release No. 99522 (February 12, 2024), 89 FR 12398 (February 16, 2024) (SR-NYSECHX-2024-03), at 12401.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Connectivity Fee Schedule—B. Wireless Connectivity—Wireless Connectivity Note.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    By contrast, in the present case, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to charge for the TR2 Market Data Connection separately from the Markham Market Data Connection. First, the customers would be located in Canada and need not have a presence in the Mahwah data center, and charging for the TR2 Market Data Connection separately from the Markham Market Data Connection reflects that usage of the Integrated Feed serves a different purpose at each location, and is consistent with the NYSE Wireless Order regarding wireless market data connections. Second, the nature of the services is different: the present connectivity would not be to a wireless bandwidth on which the customer can put data, irrespective of whether the data is northbound or southbound. Rather, the TR2 Market Data Connection would be limited to connectivity to the Integrated Feeds. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that the Markham and TR2 services are two services.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         The Exchange believes that this would be consistent with its existing approach to wireless connectivity. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, Connectivity Fee Schedule—B. Wireless Connectivity, and Connectivity Fee Schedule—C. Wireless Connectivity to Market Data.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Exchange Would Not Preclude Other Connections to Proposed Market Data in TR2</HD>
                <P>The Exchange is not aware of any other public, commercially available wireless or fiber connections to the Proposed Market Data between the MDC and TR2.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange. Indeed, as noted above, the Exchange believes that in the future a third party may offer a wireless connection to TR2, which would compete with the TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data. </P>
                <P>Wireless connections and fiber connections to the Proposed Market Data in Markham would compete with each other. Given the various advantages and disadvantages of both wireless and fiber connections, a market participant interested in purchasing a connection to the Proposed Market Data in Markham is likely to consider a variety of factors in deciding whether to use a wireless versus fiber connection, including latency; the amount of network uptime; the equipment the network uses; the cost of the connection; and the applicable contractual provisions. Indeed, fiber network connections may be more attractive to some market participants as they are more reliable and less susceptible to weather conditions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Third Party Competitors Would Not Be at a Competitive Disadvantage Created by the Exchange</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that FIDS would have any competitive advantage over any future providers of connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. The Exchange's proposed service for connectivity to Proposed Market Data in TR2 does not have any special access to or advantage within the MDC. The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca. FIDS would collect the Proposed Market Data, then send it over the TR2 Market Data Connection by connecting to equipment in a MDC meet-me-room and from there to a pole. The pole is owned by a third party and is not on the grounds of the MDC, and the path into the MDC through a meet-me-room is available to any telecommunications provider. Further, all distances in the MDC are normalized.</P>
                <P>
                    Nor would the Exchange have a competitive advantage over third-party competitors offering wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by virtue of the fact that it owns and operates the MDC's meet-me-rooms. Third parties purchasing wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data would require a circuit connecting out of the MDC, and in most cases, such circuits are provided by third-party telecommunications service providers that have installed their equipment in the MDC's two meet-me-rooms (“Telecoms”). Currently, 16 Telecoms operate in the meet-me-rooms and provide a variety of circuit choices. It is in the Exchange's best interest to set the fees that Telecoms pay to operate in the meet-me-rooms at a reasonable level 
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     so that market participants, including Telecoms, will maximize their use of the MDC. By setting the meet-me-room fees at a reasonable level, the Exchange encourages Telecoms to participate in the meet-me-rooms and to sell circuits to Users 
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for connecting into and out of the MDC. These Telecoms then compete with each other by pricing such circuits at competitive rates. These competitive rates for circuits help draw in more Users and Hosted Customers 
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to the MDC, which directly benefits the Exchange by increasing the customer base to whom the Exchange can sell its colocation services, which include cabinets, power, ports, and connectivity to many third-party data feeds, and because having more Users and Hosted Customers leads, in many cases, to greater participation on the Exchange. In this way, by setting the meet-me-room fees at a level attractive to telecommunications firms, the Exchange spurs demand for all of the services it sells at the MDC.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98001 (July 26, 2023), 88 FR 50202 (August 1, 2023) (SR-NYSECHX-2023-14) (“MMR Notice”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         “User” means any market participant that requests to receive co-location services directly from the Exchange.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         A User may host another entity in its space within the MDC. Such Users are called “Hosting Users” and their customers are referred to as “Hosted Customers.” 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 87408 (October 28, 2019), 84 FR 58778 (November 1, 2019) (SR-NYSECHX-2019-12).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MMR Notice, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    If anything, the Exchange would be subject to a competitive disadvantage vis-à-vis third party competitors offering wireless or fiber connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. Third-party competitors would not be subject to the Commission's filing requirements, and therefore could freely change their services and pricing in response to competitive forces. In contrast, the Exchange's service and pricing would be standardized as set out in this filing, and the Exchange would be unable to respond to pricing pressure from its competitors without seeking a formal fee change in a filing before the Commission.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43891"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    In sum, because the Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange the proposed fees for the TR2 Market Data Connection are reasonable.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is reasonable because a market participant in the Canadian data center that opted for a TR2 Market Data Connection would be able to select the specific Proposed Market Data feed that it wanted to receive in accordance with its needs, thereby helping it tailor its operations to the requirements of its business operations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is an Equitable Allocation of Fees and Credits</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes that its proposal equitably allocates its fees among market participants.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is equitable to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is equitable to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is equitable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange. Indeed, as noted above, the Exchange believes that in the future a third party may offer a wireless connection to TR2, which would compete with the TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed change is equitable because it will result in fees being charged only to market participants that voluntarily select to receive the corresponding services and because those services will be available to all market participants. Furthermore, the Exchange believes that the services and fees proposed herein are equitably allocated because, in addition to the services being completely voluntary, they are available to all market participants on an equal basis (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the same products and services are available to all market participants). All market participants that voluntarily select a TR2 Market Data Connection would be charged the same amount for the same services.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is Not Unfairly Discriminatory</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is not unfairly discriminatory, for the following reasons.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed change is not unfairly discriminatory because it will result in fees being charged only to market participants that voluntarily select to receive the corresponding services and because those services will be available to all market participants. Furthermore, the Exchange believes that the services and fees proposed herein are not unfairly discriminatory because, in addition to the services being completely voluntary, they are available to all market participants on an equal basis (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the same products and services are available to all market participants). All market participants that voluntarily select a TR2 Market Data Connection would be charged the same amount for the same services.
                </P>
                <P>For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The proposed rule changes will not impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of section 6(b)(8) of the Act.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(8).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to expand the connectivity options to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in Markham or TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that FIDS would have any competitive 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43892"/>
                    advantage over any future providers of connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. The Exchange's proposed service for connectivity to Proposed Market Data in TR2 does not have any special access to or advantage within the MDC. The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca. FIDS would collect the Proposed Market Data, then send it over the TR2 Market Data Connection by connecting to equipment in a MDC meet-me-room and from there to a pole. The pole is owned by a third party and is not on the grounds of the MDC, and the path into the MDC through a meet-me-room is available to any telecommunications provider. Further, all distances in the MDC are normalized.
                </P>
                <P>Because the Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange, the Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to expand the connectivity options to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2.</P>
                <P>
                    Nor does the Exchange have a competitive advantage over any future third-party competitors offering wireless or fiber connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by virtue of the fact that it owns and operates the MDC's meet-me-rooms. Third parties purchasing wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data would require a circuit connecting out of the MDC, and in most cases, such circuits are provided by third-party Telecoms. Currently, 16 Telecoms operate in the meet-me-rooms and provide a variety of circuit choices. It is in the Exchange's best interest to set the fees that Telecoms pay to operate in the meet-me-rooms at a reasonable level 
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     so that market participants, including Telecoms, will maximize their use of the MDC. By setting the meet-me-room fees at a reasonable level, the Exchange encourages Telecoms to participate in the meet-me-rooms and to sell circuits to Users for connecting into and out of the MDC. These Telecoms then compete with each other by pricing such circuits at competitive rates. These competitive rates for circuits help draw in more Users and Hosted Customers to the MDC, which directly benefits the Exchange by increasing the customer base to whom the Exchange can sell its colocation services, which include cabinets, power, ports, and connectivity to many third-party data feeds, and because having more Users and Hosted Customers leads, in many cases, to greater participation on the Exchange. In this way, by setting the meet-me-room fees at a level attractive to telecommunications firms, the Exchange spurs demand for all of the services it sells at the MDC.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MMR Notice, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>For the reasons described above, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule changes reflect this competitive environment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Because the proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative prior to 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act and Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) thereunder.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Exchange has satisfied this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under section 19(b)(2)(B) 
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Act to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-NYSECHX-2024-17 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSECHX-2024-17. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSECHX-2024-17 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <PRTPAGE P="43893"/>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10961 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Sunshine Act Meetings</SUBJECT>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">TIME AND DATE:</HD>
                    <P> 2:00 p.m. on Thursday, May 23, 2024.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">PLACE:</HD>
                    <P> The meeting will be held via remote means and/or at the Commission's headquarters, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">STATUS:</HD>
                    <P> This meeting will be closed to the public.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">MATTERS TO BE CONSIDERED:</HD>
                    <P> Commissioners, Counsel to the Commissioners, the Secretary to the Commission, and recording secretaries will attend the closed meeting. Certain staff members who have an interest in the matters also may be present.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the event that the time, date, or location of this meeting changes, an announcement of the change, along with the new time, date, and/or place of the meeting will be posted on the Commission's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>The General Counsel of the Commission, or her designee, has certified that, in her opinion, one or more of the exemptions set forth in 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(3), (5), (6), (7), (8), 9(B) and (10) and 17 CFR 200.402(a)(3), (a)(5), (a)(6), (a)(7), (a)(8), (a)(9)(ii) and (a)(10), permit consideration of the scheduled matters at the closed meeting.</P>
                    <P>The subject matter of the closed meeting will consist of the following topics:</P>
                    <P>Institution and settlement of injunctive actions;</P>
                    <P>Institution and settlement of administrative proceedings;</P>
                    <P>Resolution of litigation claims; and</P>
                    <P>Other matters relating to examinations and enforcement proceedings.</P>
                    <P>At times, changes in Commission priorities require alterations in the scheduling of meeting agenda items that may consist of adjudicatory, examination, litigation, or regulatory matters.</P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <PREAMHD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">CONTACT PERSON FOR MORE INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P> For further information, please contact Vanessa A. Countryman from the Office of the Secretary at (202) 551-5400.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                         5 U.S.C. 552b.
                    </P>
                </PREAMHD>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 16, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Vanessa A. Countryman, </NAME>
                    <TITLE>Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11130 Filed 5-16-24; 4:15 pm]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100142; File No. SR-NYSE-2024-26]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; New York Stock Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on May 1, 2024, New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the self-regulatory organization. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78a.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule to add wireless connectivity services that transport market data to Toronto, Canada. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">www.nyse.com,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and the Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule to add wireless connectivity services that transport market data to Toronto, Canada.</P>
                <P>The Exchange expects that the proposed rule change would become operative no later than June 30, 2024. It will announce the proposed change to all Fixed Income and Data Services (“FIDS”) customers in the TR2 third party data center in Toronto, Canada (“TR2”).</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to add market data connections to a selection of symbols of the NYSE Integrated Feed (“NYSE IF”) and to a selection of symbols of the NYSE Arca Integrated Feed (“NYSE Arca IF” and together with the NYSE IF, the “Integrated Feeds”) in TR2 (“TR2 Market Data Connections”). As is true for the existing market data connections to the Markham, Canada third party access center (such access center, “Markham”, and such connections, “Markham Market Data Connections”),
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the TR2 Market Data Connections would not include the Integrated Feeds themselves, just the connections to them.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99969 (April 16, 2024), 89 FR 29409 (April 22, 2024) (SR-NYSE-2024-20).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As there would be limited bandwidth available on the wireless network to TR2, the Exchange proposes that, as with the Markham Market Data Connection, the TR2 Market Data Connection would not transport information for all the symbols included in the NYSE IF and NYSE Arca IF. Rather, FIDS would provide connectivity to the same selection of symbols from the Integrated Feeds that it includes in the Markham Market Data Connections, which include those symbols for which there is demand (the “Proposed Market Data”).
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                         When a market participant requested a TR2 Market Data Connection, it would receive connectivity to the Proposed Market Data. The customer would then determine the symbols for which it would receive data. The Exchange would not have visibility into which portions of the Proposed Market Data a given customer chooses to receive.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The charges for a TR2 Market Data Connection would be the same as for the Markham Market Data Connection: a non-recurring initial charge of $5,000 and a $6,500 monthly fee for the service of transporting the Proposed Market Data. The proposal would waive the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43894"/>
                    first month's MRC, to allow customers to test a new TR2 Market Data Connection for a month before incurring any MRC.
                </P>
                <P>In order to implement the proposed change, the Exchange proposes to add the following items to the Connectivity Fee Schedule under “C. Wireless Connectivity to Market Data”:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s100,r100">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Type of service</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Amount of charge</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">NYSE Integrated Feed: Wireless Connection in TR2 access center</ENT>
                        <ENT>$5,000 per connection initial charge plus monthly charge per connection of $6,500.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">NYSE Arca Integrated Feed: Wireless Connection in TR2 access center</ENT>
                        <ENT>$5,000 per connection initial charge plus monthly charge per connection of $6,500.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As with the Markham Market Data Connections, the proposed TR2 Market Data Connections would not utilize the pole on the grounds of the MDC.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Market Data</HD>
                <P>
                    The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca at the Mahwah data center. In each case, the NYSE or NYSE Arca, as applicable, files with the Commission for the Integrated Feed it generates, and the related fees.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The filed market data fees apply to all customers of the Integrated Feeds, no matter what form of connectivity or connectivity provider they use.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 74128 (January 23, 2015), 80 FR 4951 (January 29, 2015) (SR-NYSE-2015-03) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of proposed rule change establishing the NYSE Integrated Feed data feed); 76485 (November 20, 2015), 80 FR 74158 (November 27, 2015) (SR-NYSE-2015-57) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of a proposed rule change establishing fees for the NYSE Integrated Feed); 65669 (November 2, 2011), 76 FR 69311 (November 8, 2011) (SR-NYSEArca-2011-78) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of proposed rule change offering the NYSE Arca Integrated Feed); and 66128 (January 10, 2012), 77 FR 2331 (January 17, 2012) (SR-NYSEArca-2011-96) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of a proposed rule change establishing fees for NYSE Arca Integrated Feed).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>When a market participant wants to connect to an Integrated Feed, it requests a connection from the provider of its choice. All providers, including FIDS, may only provide the market participant with connectivity once the provider has received confirmation from the NYSE or NYSE Arca, as applicable, that the market participant is authorized to receive the requested data feed.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Application and Impact of the Proposed Change</HD>
                <P>The proposed change would apply to all customers equally. The proposed change would not apply differently to distinct types or sizes of market participants. As is currently the case, the purchase of any connectivity service is completely voluntary and the Connectivity Fee Schedule is applied uniformly to all customers.</P>
                <P>FIDS expects few new customers in TR2.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Competitive Environment</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market in which other vendors offer connectivity services as a means to facilitate the trading and other market activities of those market participants who believe that it enhances the efficiency of their operations. The Commission has repeatedly expressed its preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. Specifically, in Regulation NMS, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.” 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 51808 (June 9, 2005), 70 FR 37496, 37499 (June 29, 2005).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>A third party has announced that it plans to create a wireless connection between Markham and the MDC. The Exchange believes it intends to expand its offering to connect to the TR2. Such a wireless connection would compete with the Exchange's TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data. Third-party vendors are not at any competitive disadvantage created by the Exchange.</P>
                <P>The proposed change is not otherwise intended to address any other issues relating to colocation services or related fees, and the Exchange is not aware of any problems that market participants would have in complying with the proposed change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, because it is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanisms of, a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest and does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers. The Exchange further believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b)(4) of the Act,
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     because it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among its members and issuers and other persons using its facilities and does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is Reasonable</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is reasonable. In considering the reasonableness of proposed services and fees, the Commission's market-based test considers “whether the exchange was subject to significant competitive forces in setting the terms of its proposal . . . , including the level of any fees.” 
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If the Exchange meets that burden, “the Commission will find that its proposal is consistent with the Act unless `there is a substantial 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43895"/>
                    countervailing basis to find that the terms' of the proposal violate the Act or the rules thereunder.” 
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Here, the Exchange is subject to significant competitive forces in setting the terms on which it offers its proposal, in particular because substantially similar substitutes are available, and the Exchange has not placed the third party vendors at a competitive disadvantage created by the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 90209 (October 15, 2020), 85 FR 67044, 67049 (October 21, 2020) (SR-NYSE-2020-05, SR-NYSEAMER-2020-05, SR-NYSEARCA-2020-08, SR-NYSECHX-2020-02, SR-NYSENAT-2020-03, SR-NYSE-2020-11, SR-NYSEAMER-2020-10, SR-NYSEArca-2020-15, SR-NYSECHX-2020-05, SR-NYSENAT-2020-08) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval to Establish a Wireless Fee Schedule Setting Forth Available Wireless Bandwidth Connections and Wireless Market Data Connections) (“Wireless Approval Order”), citing Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59039 (December 2, 2008), 73 FR 74770, 74781 (December 9, 2008) (“2008 ArcaBook Approval Order”). 
                        <E T="03">See NetCoalition</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">SEC,</E>
                         615 F.3d 525 (D.C. Cir. 2010).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, at 67049, citing 2008 ArcaBook Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, at 74781.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is reasonable to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange offers wireless bandwidth connections, without connectivity to market data, between the Mahwah data center and Markham and TR2. It does not charge separately for the Markham and TR2 connections, as “the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to view the . . . service as one service, and not two.” 
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     This is because northbound, the same data, put on the connection by the customer, is delivered to both Markham and TR2, while southbound, the customer may choose the Mb of data it sends from each Canadian data center, but the combined total must equal no more than the total Mb of the wireless circuit.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         Securities Act Release No. 99520 (February 12, 2024), 89 FR 12402 (February 16, 2024) (SR-NYSE-2024-05), at 12405.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Connectivity Fee Schedule—B. Wireless Connectivity—Wireless Connectivity Note.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    By contrast, in the present case, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to charge for the TR2 Market Data Connection separately from the Markham Market Data Connection. First, the customers would be located in Canada and need not have a presence in the Mahwah data center, and charging for the TR2 Market Data Connection separately from the Markham Market Data Connection reflects that usage of the Integrated Feed serves a different purpose at each location, and is consistent with the NYSE Wireless Order regarding wireless market data connections. Second, the nature of the services is different: the present connectivity would not be to a wireless bandwidth on which the customer can put data, irrespective of whether the data is northbound or southbound. Rather, the TR2 Market Data Connection would be limited to connectivity to the Integrated Feeds. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that the Markham and TR2 services are two services.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         The Exchange believes that this would be consistent with its existing approach to wireless connectivity. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, Connectivity Fee Schedule—B. Wireless Connectivity, and Connectivity Fee Schedule—C. Wireless Connectivity to Market Data.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Exchange Would Not Preclude Other Connections to Proposed Market Data in TR2</HD>
                <P>The Exchange is not aware of any other public, commercially available wireless or fiber connections to the Proposed Market Data between the MDC and TR2.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange. Indeed, as noted above, the Exchange believes that in the future a third party may offer a wireless connection to TR2, which would compete with the TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>Wireless connections and fiber connections to the Proposed Market Data in Markham would compete with each other. Given the various advantages and disadvantages of both wireless and fiber connections, a market participant interested in purchasing a connection to the Proposed Market Data in Markham is likely to consider a variety of factors in deciding whether to use a wireless versus fiber connection, including latency; the amount of network uptime; the equipment the network uses; the cost of the connection; and the applicable contractual provisions. Indeed, fiber network connections may be more attractive to some market participants as they are more reliable and less susceptible to weather conditions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Third Party Competitors Would Not Be at a Competitive Disadvantage Created by the Exchange</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that FIDS would have any competitive advantage over any future providers of connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. The Exchange's proposed service for connectivity to Proposed Market Data in TR2 does not have any special access to or advantage within the MDC. The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca. FIDS would collect the Proposed Market Data, then send it over the TR2 Market Data Connection by connecting to equipment in a MDC meet-me-room and from there to a pole. The pole is owned by a third party and is not on the grounds of the MDC, and the path into the MDC through a meet-me-room is available to any telecommunications provider. Further, all distances in the MDC are normalized.</P>
                <P>
                    Nor would the Exchange have a competitive advantage over third-party competitors offering wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by virtue of the fact that it owns and operates the MDC's meet-me-rooms. Third parties purchasing wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data would require a circuit connecting out of the MDC, and in most cases, such circuits are provided by third-party telecommunications service providers that have installed their equipment in the MDC's two meet-me-rooms (“Telecoms”). Currently, 16 Telecoms operate in the meet-me-rooms and provide a variety of circuit choices. It is in the Exchange's best interest to set the fees that Telecoms pay to operate in the meet-me-rooms at a reasonable level 
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     so that market participants, including Telecoms, will maximize their use of the MDC. By setting the meet-me-room fees at a reasonable level, the Exchange encourages Telecoms to participate in the meet-me-rooms and to sell circuits to Users 
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for connecting into and out of the MDC. These Telecoms then compete with each other by pricing such circuits at competitive rates. These competitive rates for circuits help draw in more Users and 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43896"/>
                    Hosted Customers 
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to the MDC, which directly benefits the Exchange by increasing the customer base to whom the Exchange can sell its colocation services, which include cabinets, power, ports, and connectivity to many third-party data feeds, and because having more Users and Hosted Customers leads, in many cases, to greater participation on the Exchange. In this way, by setting the meet-me-room fees at a level attractive to telecommunications firms, the Exchange spurs demand for all of the services it sells at the MDC.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 97998 (July 26, 2023), 88 FR 50238 (August 1, 2023) (SR-NYSE-2023-27) (“MMR Notice”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         “User” means any market participant that requests to receive co-location services directly from the Exchange.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         A User may host another entity in its space within the MDC. Such Users are called “Hosting Users” and their customers are referred to as “Hosted Customers.” 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 76008 (September 29, 2015), 80 FR 60190 (October 5, 2015) (SR-NYSE-2015-40).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MMR Notice, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>If anything, the Exchange would be subject to a competitive disadvantage vis-à-vis third party competitors offering wireless or fiber connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. Third-party competitors would not be subject to the Commission's filing requirements, and therefore could freely change their services and pricing in response to competitive forces. In contrast, the Exchange's service and pricing would be standardized as set out in this filing, and the Exchange would be unable to respond to pricing pressure from its competitors without seeking a formal fee change in a filing before the Commission.</P>
                <P>
                    In sum, because the Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange the proposed fees for the TR2 Market Data Connection are reasonable.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is reasonable because a market participant in the Canadian data center that opted for a TR2 Market Data Connection would be able to select the specific Proposed Market Data feed that it wanted to receive in accordance with its needs, thereby helping it tailor its operations to the requirements of its business operations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is an Equitable Allocation of Fees and Credits</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes that its proposal equitably allocates its fees among market participants.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is equitable to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is equitable to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is equitable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange. Indeed, as noted above, the Exchange believes that in the future a third party may offer a wireless connection to TR2, which would compete with the TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed change is equitable because it will result in fees being charged only to market participants that voluntarily select to receive the corresponding services and because those services will be available to all market participants. Furthermore, the Exchange believes that the services and fees proposed herein are equitably allocated because, in addition to the services being completely voluntary, they are available to all market participants on an equal basis (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the same products and services are available to all market participants). All market participants that voluntarily select a TR2 Market Data Connection would be charged the same amount for the same services.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is Not Unfairly Discriminatory</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is not unfairly discriminatory, for the following reasons.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed change is not unfairly discriminatory because it will result in fees being charged only to market participants that voluntarily select to receive the corresponding services and because those services will be available to all market participants. Furthermore, the Exchange believes that the services and fees proposed herein are not unfairly discriminatory because, in addition to the services being completely voluntary, they are available to all market participants on an equal basis (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the same products and services are available to all market participants). All market participants that voluntarily select a TR2 Market Data Connection would be charged the same amount for the same services.
                </P>
                <P>For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The proposed rule changes will not impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of Section 6(b)(8) of the Act.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(8).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to expand the connectivity options to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43897"/>
                    rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.
                </P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in Markham or TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange.</P>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that FIDS would have any competitive advantage over any future providers of connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. The Exchange's proposed service for connectivity to Proposed Market Data in TR2 does not have any special access to or advantage within the MDC. The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca. FIDS would collect the Proposed Market Data, then send it over the TR2 Market Data Connection by connecting to equipment in a MDC meet-me-room and from there to a pole. The pole is owned by a third party and is not on the grounds of the MDC, and the path into the MDC through a meet-me-room is available to any telecommunications provider. Further, all distances in the MDC are normalized.</P>
                <P>Because the Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange, the Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to expand the connectivity options to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2.</P>
                <P>
                    Nor does the Exchange have a competitive advantage over any future third-party competitors offering wireless or fiber connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by virtue of the fact that it owns and operates the MDC's meet-me-rooms. Third parties purchasing wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data would require a circuit connecting out of the MDC, and in most cases, such circuits are provided by third-party Telecoms. Currently, 16 Telecoms operate in the meet-me-rooms and provide a variety of circuit choices. It is in the Exchange's best interest to set the fees that Telecoms pay to operate in the meet-me-rooms at a reasonable level 
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     so that market participants, including Telecoms, will maximize their use of the MDC. By setting the meet-me-room fees at a reasonable level, the Exchange encourages Telecoms to participate in the meet-me-rooms and to sell circuits to Users for connecting into and out of the MDC. These Telecoms then compete with each other by pricing such circuits at competitive rates. These competitive rates for circuits help draw in more Users and Hosted Customers to the MDC, which directly benefits the Exchange by increasing the customer base to whom the Exchange can sell its colocation services, which include cabinets, power, ports, and connectivity to many third-party data feeds, and because having more Users and Hosted Customers leads, in many cases, to greater participation on the Exchange. In this way, by setting the meet-me-room fees at a level attractive to telecommunications firms, the Exchange spurs demand for all of the services it sells at the MDC.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MMR Notice, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>For the reasons described above, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule changes reflect this competitive environment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Because the proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative prior to 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act and Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) thereunder.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Exchange has satisfied this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B) 
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Act to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov</E>
                    . Please include file number SR-NYSE-2024-26 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSE-2024-26. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43898"/>
                    only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSE-2024-26 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10958 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100144; File No. SR-NYSEARCA-2024-36]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that, on May 1, 2024, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the self-regulatory organization. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78a.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule to add wireless connectivity services that transport market data to Toronto, Canada. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">www.nyse.com,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and the Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule to add wireless connectivity services that transport market data to Toronto, Canada.</P>
                <P>The Exchange expects that the proposed rule change would become operative no later than June 30, 2024. It will announce the proposed change to all Fixed Income and Data Services (“FIDS”) customers in the TR2 third party data center in Toronto, Canada (“TR2”).</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to add market data connections to a selection of symbols of the NYSE Integrated Feed (“NYSE IF”) and to a selection of symbols of the NYSE Arca Integrated Feed (“NYSE Arca IF” and together with the NYSE IF, the “Integrated Feeds”) in TR2 (“TR2 Market Data Connections”). As is true for the existing market data connections to the Markham, Canada third party access center (such access center, “Markham”, and such connections, “Markham Market Data Connections”),
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the TR2 Market Data Connections would not include the Integrated Feeds themselves, just the connections to them.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99970 (April 16, 2024), 89 FR 29413 (April 22, 2024) (SR-NYSEARCA-2024-32).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As there would be limited bandwidth available on the wireless network to TR2, the Exchange proposes that, as with the Markham Market Data Connection, the TR2 Market Data Connection would not transport information for all the symbols included in the NYSE IF and NYSE Arca IF. Rather, FIDS would provide connectivity to the same selection of symbols from the Integrated Feeds that it includes in the Markham Market Data Connections, which include those symbols for which there is demand (the “Proposed Market Data”).
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                         When a market participant requested a TR2 Market Data Connection, it would receive connectivity to the Proposed Market Data. The customer would then determine the symbols for which it would receive data. The Exchange would not have visibility into which portions of the Proposed Market Data a given customer chooses to receive.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The charges for a TR2 Market Data Connection would be the same as for the Markham Market Data Connection: a non-recurring initial charge of $5,000 and a $6,500 monthly fee for the service of transporting the Proposed Market Data. The proposal would waive the first month's MRC, to allow customers to test a new TR2 Market Data Connection for a month before incurring any MRC.</P>
                <P>In order to implement the proposed change, the Exchange proposes to add the following items to the Connectivity Fee Schedule under “C. Wireless Connectivity to Market Data”:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s100,r200">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Type of service</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Amount of charge</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">NYSE Integrated Feed: Wireless Connection in TR2 access center</ENT>
                        <ENT>$5,000 per connection initial charge plus monthly charge per connection of $6,500.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <PRTPAGE P="43899"/>
                        <ENT I="01">NYSE Arca Integrated Feed: Wireless Connection in TR2 access center</ENT>
                        <ENT>$5,000 per connection initial charge plus monthly charge per connection of $6,500.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As with the Markham Market Data Connections, the proposed TR2 Market Data Connections would not utilize the pole on the grounds of the MDC.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Market Data</HD>
                <P>
                    The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca at the Mahwah data center. In each case, the NYSE or NYSE Arca, as applicable, files with the Commission for the Integrated Feed it generates, and the related fees.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The filed market data fees apply to all customers of the Integrated Feeds, no matter what form of connectivity or connectivity provider they use.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 74128 (January 23, 2015), 80 FR 4951 (January 29, 2015) (SR-NYSE-2015-03) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of proposed rule change establishing the NYSE Integrated Feed data feed); 76485 (November 20, 2015), 80 FR 74158 (November 27, 2015) (SR-NYSE-2015-57) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of a proposed rule change establishing fees for the NYSE Integrated Feed); 65669 (November 2, 2011), 76 FR 69311 (November 8, 2011) (SR-NYSEArca-2011-78) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of proposed rule change offering the NYSE Arca Integrated Feed); and 66128 (January 10, 2012), 77 FR 2331 (January 17, 2012) (SR-NYSEArca-2011-96) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of a proposed rule change establishing fees for NYSE Arca Integrated Feed).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>When a market participant wants to connect to an Integrated Feed, it requests a connection from the provider of its choice. All providers, including FIDS, may only provide the market participant with connectivity once the provider has received confirmation from the NYSE or NYSE Arca, as applicable, that the market participant is authorized to receive the requested data feed.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Application and Impact of the Proposed Change</HD>
                <P>The proposed change would apply to all customers equally. The proposed change would not apply differently to distinct types or sizes of market participants. As is currently the case, the purchase of any connectivity service is completely voluntary and the Connectivity Fee Schedule is applied uniformly to all customers.</P>
                <P>FIDS expects few new customers in TR2.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Competitive Environment</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market in which other vendors offer connectivity services as a means to facilitate the trading and other market activities of those market participants who believe that it enhances the efficiency of their operations. The Commission has repeatedly expressed its preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. Specifically, in Regulation NMS, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.” 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 51808 (June 9, 2005), 70 FR 37496, 37499 (June 29, 2005).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>A third party has announced that it plans to create a wireless connection between Markham and the MDC. The Exchange believes it intends to expand its offering to connect to the TR2. Such a wireless connection would compete with the Exchange's TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data. Third-party vendors are not at any competitive disadvantage created by the Exchange.</P>
                <P>The proposed change is not otherwise intended to address any other issues relating to colocation services or related fees, and the Exchange is not aware of any problems that market participants would have in complying with the proposed change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of section 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, because it is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanisms of, a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest and does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers. The Exchange further believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with section 6(b)(4) of the Act,
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     because it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among its members and issuers and other persons using its facilities and does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is Reasonable</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is reasonable. In considering the reasonableness of proposed services and fees, the Commission's market-based test considers “whether the exchange was subject to significant competitive forces in setting the terms of its proposal . . . , including the level of any fees.” 
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If the Exchange meets that burden, “the Commission will find that its proposal is consistent with the Act unless `there is a substantial countervailing basis to find that the terms' of the proposal violate the Act or the rules thereunder.” 
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Here, the Exchange is subject to significant competitive forces in setting the terms on which it offers its proposal, in particular because substantially similar substitutes are available, and the Exchange has not placed the third party vendors at a competitive disadvantage created by the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 90209 (October 15, 2020), 85 FR 67044, 67049 (October 21, 2020) (SR-NYSE-2020-05, SR-NYSEAMER-2020-05, SR-NYSEARCA-2020-08, SR-NYSECHX-2020-02, SR-NYSENAT-2020-03, SR-NYSE-2020-11, SR-NYSEAMER-2020-10, SR-NYSEArca-2020-15, SR-NYSECHX-2020-05, SR-NYSENAT-2020-08) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval to Establish a Wireless Fee Schedule Setting Forth Available Wireless Bandwidth Connections and Wireless Market Data Connections) (“Wireless Approval Order”), citing Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59039 (December 2, 2008), 73 FR 74770, 74781 (December 9, 2008) (“2008 ArcaBook Approval Order”). 
                        <E T="03">See NetCoalition</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">SEC,</E>
                         615 F.3d 525 (D.C. Cir. 2010).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, at 67049, citing 2008 ArcaBook Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, at 74781.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43900"/>
                </P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is reasonable to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange offers wireless bandwidth connections, without connectivity to market data, between the Mahwah data center and Markham and TR2. It does not charge separately for the Markham and TR2 connections, as “the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to view the . . . service as one service, and not two.” 
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     This is because northbound, the same data, put on the connection by the customer, is delivered to both Markham and TR2, while southbound, the customer may choose the Mb of data it sends from each Canadian data center, but the combined total must equal no more than the total Mb of the wireless circuit.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         Securities Act Release No. 99523 (February 12, 2024), 89 FR 12390 (February 16, 2024) (SR-NYSEARCA-2024-11), at 12392.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Connectivity Fee Schedule—B. Wireless Connectivity—Wireless Connectivity Note.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    By contrast, in the present case, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to charge for the TR2 Market Data Connection separately from the Markham Market Data Connection. First, the customers would be located in Canada and need not have a presence in the Mahwah data center, and charging for the TR2 Market Data Connection separately from the Markham Market Data Connection reflects that usage of the Integrated Feed serves a different purpose at each location, and is consistent with the NYSE Wireless Order regarding wireless market data connections. Second, the nature of the services is different: the present connectivity would not be to a wireless bandwidth on which the customer can put data, irrespective of whether the data is northbound or southbound. Rather, the TR2 Market Data Connection would be limited to connectivity to the Integrated Feeds. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that the Markham and TR2 services are two services.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         The Exchange believes that this would be consistent with its existing approach to wireless connectivity. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, Connectivity Fee Schedule—B. Wireless Connectivity, and Connectivity Fee Schedule—C. Wireless Connectivity to Market Data.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Exchange Would Not Preclude Other Connections to Proposed Market Data in TR2</HD>
                <P>The Exchange is not aware of any other public, commercially available wireless or fiber connections to the Proposed Market Data between the MDC and TR2.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange. Indeed, as noted above, the Exchange believes that in the future a third party may offer a wireless connection to TR2, which would compete with the TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>Wireless connections and fiber connections to the Proposed Market Data in Markham would compete with each other. Given the various advantages and disadvantages of both wireless and fiber connections, a market participant interested in purchasing a connection to the Proposed Market Data in Markham is likely to consider a variety of factors in deciding whether to use a wireless versus fiber connection, including latency; the amount of network uptime; the equipment the network uses; the cost of the connection; and the applicable contractual provisions. Indeed, fiber network connections may be more attractive to some market participants as they are more reliable and less susceptible to weather conditions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Third Party Competitors Would Not Be at a Competitive Disadvantage Created by the Exchange</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that FIDS would have any competitive advantage over any future providers of connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. The Exchange's proposed service for connectivity to Proposed Market Data in TR2 does not have any special access to or advantage within the MDC. The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca. FIDS would collect the Proposed Market Data, then send it over the TR2 Market Data Connection by connecting to equipment in a MDC meet-me-room and from there to a pole. The pole is owned by a third party and is not on the grounds of the MDC, and the path into the MDC through a meet-me-room is available to any telecommunications provider. Further, all distances in the MDC are normalized.</P>
                <P>
                    Nor would the Exchange have a competitive advantage over third-party competitors offering wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by virtue of the fact that it owns and operates the MDC's meet-me-rooms. Third parties purchasing wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data would require a circuit connecting out of the MDC, and in most cases, such circuits are provided by third-party telecommunications service providers that have installed their equipment in the MDC's two meet-me-rooms (“Telecoms”). Currently, 16 Telecoms operate in the meet-me-rooms and provide a variety of circuit choices. It is in the Exchange's best interest to set the fees that Telecoms pay to operate in the meet-me-rooms at a reasonable level 
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     so that market participants, including Telecoms, will maximize their use of the MDC. By setting the meet-me-room fees at a reasonable level, the Exchange encourages Telecoms to participate in the meet-me-rooms and to sell circuits to Users 
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for connecting into and out of the MDC. These Telecoms then compete with each other by pricing such circuits at competitive rates. These competitive rates for circuits help draw in more Users and Hosted Customers 
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to the MDC, which directly benefits the Exchange by increasing the customer base to whom the Exchange can sell its colocation services, which include cabinets, power, ports, and connectivity to many third-party data feeds, and because having more Users and Hosted Customers leads, in many cases, to greater participation on the Exchange. In this way, by setting the meet-me-room fees at a level attractive to telecommunications firms, the Exchange 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43901"/>
                    spurs demand for all of the services it sells at the MDC.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98000 (July 26, 2023), 88 FR 50244 (August 1, 2023) (SR-NYSEArca-2023-47) (“MMR Notice”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         “User” means any market participant that requests to receive co-location services directly from the Exchange.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         A User may host another entity in its space within the MDC. Such Users are called “Hosting Users” and their customers are referred to as “Hosted Customers.” 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 76010 (September 29, 2015), 80 FR 60197 (October 5, 2015) (SR-NYSEArca-2015-82).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MMR Notice, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>If anything, the Exchange would be subject to a competitive disadvantage vis-à-vis third party competitors offering wireless or fiber connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. Third-party competitors would not be subject to the Commission's filing requirements, and therefore could freely change their services and pricing in response to competitive forces. In contrast, the Exchange's service and pricing would be standardized as set out in this filing, and the Exchange would be unable to respond to pricing pressure from its competitors without seeking a formal fee change in a filing before the Commission.</P>
                <P>
                    In sum, because the Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange the proposed fees for the TR2 Market Data Connection are reasonable.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is reasonable because a market participant in the Canadian data center that opted for a TR2 Market Data Connection would be able to select the specific Proposed Market Data feed that it wanted to receive in accordance with its needs, thereby helping it tailor its operations to the requirements of its business operations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is an Equitable Allocation of Fees and Credits</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes that its proposal equitably allocates its fees among market participants.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is equitable to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is equitable to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is equitable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange. Indeed, as noted above, the Exchange believes that in the future a third party may offer a wireless connection to TR2, which would compete with the TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed change is equitable because it will result in fees being charged only to market participants that voluntarily select to receive the corresponding services and because those services will be available to all market participants. Furthermore, the Exchange believes that the services and fees proposed herein are equitably allocated because, in addition to the services being completely voluntary, they are available to all market participants on an equal basis (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the same products and services are available to all market participants). All market participants that voluntarily select a TR2 Market Data Connection would be charged the same amount for the same services.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is Not Unfairly Discriminatory</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is not unfairly discriminatory, for the following reasons.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed change is not unfairly discriminatory because it will result in fees being charged only to market participants that voluntarily select to receive the corresponding services and because those services will be available to all market participants. Furthermore, the Exchange believes that the services and fees proposed herein are not unfairly discriminatory because, in addition to the services being completely voluntary, they are available to all market participants on an equal basis (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the same products and services are available to all market participants). All market participants that voluntarily select a TR2 Market Data Connection would be charged the same amount for the same services.
                </P>
                <P>For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The proposed rule changes will not impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of section 6(b)(8) of the Act.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(8).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to expand the connectivity options to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43902"/>
                </P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in Markham or TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange.</P>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that FIDS would have any competitive advantage over any future providers of connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. The Exchange's proposed service for connectivity to Proposed Market Data in TR2 does not have any special access to or advantage within the MDC. The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca. FIDS would collect the Proposed Market Data, then send it over the TR2 Market Data Connection by connecting to equipment in a MDC meet-me-room and from there to a pole. The pole is owned by a third party and is not on the grounds of the MDC, and the path into the MDC through a meet-me-room is available to any telecommunications provider. Further, all distances in the MDC are normalized.</P>
                <P>Because the Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange, the Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to expand the connectivity options to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2.</P>
                <P>
                    Nor does the Exchange have a competitive advantage over any future third-party competitors offering wireless or fiber connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by virtue of the fact that it owns and operates the MDC's meet-me-rooms. Third parties purchasing wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data would require a circuit connecting out of the MDC, and in most cases, such circuits are provided by third-party Telecoms. Currently, 16 Telecoms operate in the meet-me-rooms and provide a variety of circuit choices. It is in the Exchange's best interest to set the fees that Telecoms pay to operate in the meet-me-rooms at a reasonable level 
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     so that market participants, including Telecoms, will maximize their use of the MDC. By setting the meet-me-room fees at a reasonable level, the Exchange encourages Telecoms to participate in the meet-me-rooms and to sell circuits to Users for connecting into and out of the MDC. These Telecoms then compete with each other by pricing such circuits at competitive rates. These competitive rates for circuits help draw in more Users and Hosted Customers to the MDC, which directly benefits the Exchange by increasing the customer base to whom the Exchange can sell its colocation services, which include cabinets, power, ports, and connectivity to many third-party data feeds, and because having more Users and Hosted Customers leads, in many cases, to greater participation on the Exchange. In this way, by setting the meet-me-room fees at a level attractive to telecommunications firms, the Exchange spurs demand for all of the services it sells at the MDC.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MMR Notice, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>For the reasons described above, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule changes reflect this competitive environment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Because the proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative prior to 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act and Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) thereunder.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Exchange has satisfied this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under section 19(b)(2)(B) 
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Act to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov</E>
                    . Please include file number SR-NYSEARCA-2024-36 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSEARCA-2024-36. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43903"/>
                    Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-SR-NYSEARCA-2024-36 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10960 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100139; File No. SR-GEMX-2024-10]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq GEMX, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Options 7, Section 6</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on May 1, 2024, Nasdaq GEMX, LLC (“GEMX” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III, below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend its Rules at Options 7, Section 6.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The Exchange initially filed the proposed pricing changes on November 28, 2023 (SR-GEMX-2023-16) to be effective on December 1, 2023. On December 5, 2023, the Exchange withdrew SR-GEMX-2023-16 and replaced it with SR-GEMX-2023-19. On January 16, 2023, the Exchange withdrew SR-GEMX-2023-19 and submitted SR-GEMX-2024-03. On March 7, 2024, the Exchange withdrew SR-GEMX-2024-03 and submitted SR-GEMX-2024-07. On May 1, 2024, the Exchange withdrew SR-GEMX-2024-07 and submitted this filing.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/rulebook/gemx/rules,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend Options 7, Section 6, C, Ports and Other Services. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend the monthly caps for SQF Ports 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and SQF Purge Ports.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         “Specialized Quote Feed” or “SQF” is an interface that allows Market Makers to connect, send, and receive messages related to quotes, Immediate-or-Cancel Orders, and auction responses to the Exchange. Features include the following: (1) options symbol directory messages (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         underlying instruments); (2) System event messages (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         start of trading hours messages and start of opening); (3) trading action messages (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         halts and resumes); (4) execution messages; (5) quote messages; (6) Immediate-or-Cancel Order messages; (7) risk protection triggers and purge notifications; (8) opening imbalance messages; (9) auction notifications; and (10) auction responses. The SQF Purge Interface only receives and notifies of purge requests from the Market Maker. Market Makers may only enter interest into SQF in their assigned options series. Immediate-or-Cancel Orders entered into SQF are not subject to the Order Price Protection, Market Order Spread Protection, and Size Limitation Protection in Options 3, Section 15(a)(1)(A), (1)(B), and (2)(B) respectively. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Supplementary Material .03(c) to Options 3, Section 7.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         SQF Purge is a specific port for the SQF interface that only receives and notifies of purge requests from the Market Maker. Dedicated SQF Purge Ports enable Market Makers to seamlessly manage their ability to remove their quotes in a swift manner. The SQF Purge Port is designed to assist Market Makers in the management of, and risk control over, their quotes. Market Makers may utilize a purge port to reduce uncertainty and to manage risk by purging all quotes in their assigned options series. Of note, Market Makers may only enter interest into SQF in their assigned options series. Additionally, the SQF Purge Port may be utilized by a Market Maker in the event that the Member has a system issue and determines to purge its quotes from the order book.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Today, GEMX assesses $1,250 per port, per month for an SQF Port as well as an SQF Purge Port.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Also, today, SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports are subject to a monthly cap of $17,500, which cap is applicable to Market Makers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         The Exchange proposes to add a comma between “per port” and “per month” in the Options 7, Section 6, C, SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Fee rule text. The Exchange also proposes to remove an extraneous period in Options 7, Section 6, C, in the second paragraph.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    At this time, the Exchange proposes to establish an increased SQF Fee and SQF Purge Port Cap to Primary Market Makers and Market Makers that do not provide a minimum amount of liquidity on GEMX. This proposed increased SQF Fee and SQF Purge Port Cap is intended to incentivize Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to add liquidity on GEMX for the benefit of other market participants in order to lower their fees. GEMX proposes to increase the SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Cap to $27,500 a month if a Primary Market Maker or Market Maker does not transact 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Today, GEMX caps an SQF Port and SQF Purge Port at $17,500 a month.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     With this proposal, the Exchange would not assess Primary Market Makers and Market Makers an SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Cap beyond the monthly cap of $27,500, instead of $17,500, once the Member has exceeded the proposed port cap for the respective month. Primary Market Makers and Market Makers who transact 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month will continue to be subject to the $17,500 SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Cap.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         For purposes of this cap, “Total Customer Volume” shall be defined as a percentage of all cleared customer volume at The Options Clearing Corporation in Multiply Listed Equity Options and Exchange-Traded Products (“TCV”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         The Exchange also proposes a technical amendment to remove an extra period in Options 7, Section 6, C.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Supplementary Material .03(c) to Options 3, Section 7, Market Makers may only enter interest into SQF in their assigned options series. Pursuant to Supplementary Material .03(c) to Options 3, Section 7, the SQF interface allows Market Makers to connect, send, and receive messages related to quotes, Immediate-or-Cancel Orders, and auction responses to the Exchange. An SQF Purge is a specific port for the SQF interface that only receives and notifies of purge requests from the Market Maker. A GEMX Market Maker requires only one SQF Port to 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43904"/>
                    submit quotes in its assigned options series into GEMX. While a Market Maker may elect to obtain multiple SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports to organize its business,
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     only one SQF Port and SQF Purge Port is necessary for a Market Maker to fulfill its regulatory quoting obligations.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         For example, a Market Maker may desire to utilize multiple SQF Ports for accounting purposes, to measure performance, for regulatory reasons or other determinations that are specific to that Member.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         GEMX Market Makers have various regulatory requirements as provided for in Options 2, Section 4. Additionally, GEMX Market Makers have certain quoting requirements with respect to their assigned options series as provided in Options 2, Section 5. SQF Ports are the only quoting protocol available on GEMX and only Market Makers may utilize SQF Ports. The same is true for SQF Purge Ports.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of Sections 6(b)(4) and 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among members and issuers and other persons using any facility, and is not designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4) and (5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed pricing change to increase the SQF Port and SQF Purge Port monthly cap from $17,500 per month to $27,500 per month if Primary Market Makers or Market Makers do not transact 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month is reasonable because it will incentivize Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to add liquidity on GEMX to lower their costs. The Exchange believes that the total volume required to achieve the cap is reasonable as the Exchange has limited the volume to simple orders, as not all Market Makers transact complex orders. Further, 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month is an achievable number for Market Makers who currently add volume to the Exchange. Additionally, the Exchange believes that an SQF Fee and SQF Purge Port Cap of $27,500, in lieu of $17, 500, is reasonable because Primary Market Makers and Market Makers are obligated, among other things, to compete with other Market Makers to improve the market in all series of options classes to which the Market Maker is appointed and to update market quotations in response to changed market conditions in all series of options classes to which the Market Maker is appointed.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes that it is reasonable to increase the SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Cap to $27,500 for Primary Market Makers and Market Makers that do not transact 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month because the Exchange believes that Primary Market Makers and Market Makers that do not contribute a minimum amount of liquidity on GEMX should not be subject to the same opportunities to lower their costs as those Primary Market Makers and Market Makers that do contribute to liquidity and therefore provide the ability for other market participants to engage with that order flow. The Exchange believes that the increase is modest and would serve to encourage Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to submit order flow to GEMX in order to lower their cost and would result in additional order competition, which also benefits market participants. The Exchange believes this proposal promotes liquidity, quote competition, and trading opportunities.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 4(b)(1) and (3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports are utilized by Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to quote on GEMX. A Market Maker may submit all quotes through one SQF Port and utilize one SQF Purge Port to view its purge requests. While a Market Maker may elect to obtain multiple SQF Ports to organize its business,
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     only one SQF Port is necessary for a Market Maker to fulfill its regulatory quoting obligations.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For those Market Makers that elect to organize themselves by obtaining a greater number of SQF Ports or SQF Purge Ports, they will be subject to a cap.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For Market Makers that only take 1 SQF Port or only a few SQF Ports or SQF Purge Ports, their costs would be far below the $27,500 or $17,500 threshold for the cap.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         For example, a Market Maker may desire to utilize multiple SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports for accounting purposes, to measure performance, for regulatory reasons or other determinations that are specific to that member organization.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         Market Makers have various regulatory requirements as provided for in Options 2, Section 4. Additionally, Market Makers have certain quoting requirements with respect to their assigned options series as provided in Options 2, Section 5. SQF Ports are the only quoting protocol available on GEMX.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         The number of ports that members choose to purchase varies widely. Today, on GEMX, no Market Makers have 1 SQF Port/SQF Purge Port, 1 Market Maker had 2-5 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, 4 Market Makers have between 6-10 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, and 8 Market Makers have more than 11 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed pricing change to increase the SQF Fee and SQF Purge Cap for Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to $27,500 a month if Primary Market Makers or Market Makers do not transact 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory as all Primary Market Makers and Market Makers would be able to cap their SQF Port and SQF Purge Port costs at $17,500, provided they transacted the requisite volume, otherwise Primary Market Makers and Market Makers would be uniformly subject to the $27,500 SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Cap. The Exchange notes that unlike other market participants, Primary Market Makers are obligated to quote in the Opening Process and intra-day.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, Market Makers may enter quotes in the Opening Process to open an option series and they are required to quote intra-day.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, unlike other market participants, Primary Market Makers and Market Makers have obligations to compete with other Market Makers to improve the market in all series of options classes to which the Market Maker is appointed and to update market quotations in response to changed market conditions in all series of options classes to which the Market Maker is appointed.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Finally, unlike other market participants, Primary Market Makers and Market Makers incur other costs related to their quoting obligations in addition to other fees paid by other market participants. Market Makers are subject to a number of fees, unlike other market participants. Market Makers pay separate Membership Fees,
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and CMM Trading Right Fees,
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in addition to other fees paid by other market participants. These liquidity providers are critical market participants in that they are the only market participants that provide liquidity to GEMX and are necessary for opening the market. Allowing Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to manage their costs by capping SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports in addition to transaction fees enables these essential market participants to manage their business model more effectively and better allocate resources to other technologies that are necessary to manage risk and capacity to ensure that these market participants continue to compete effectively on GEMX. The following chart represents the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43905"/>
                    classification of GEMX members and the percentage of Market Makers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 3, Section 8 and Options 2, Section 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 4(b)(1) and (3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 6, A.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 6, B.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="259">
                    <GID>EN20MY24.312</GID>
                </GPH>
                <P>GEMX believes Primary Market Makers and Market Makers should be eligible for certain incentives because they fulfill a unique role on the Exchange and are the only market participants required to submit quotes to the Exchange. The proposed SQF Port and SQF Purge Cap is designed to ensure that Primary Market Makers and Market Makers add a certain amount of liquidity on GEMX in order to be able to cap their SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Fees at the lower cap of $17,500 as compared to the increased cap of $27,500. The Exchange would apply the criteria uniformly when applying the SQF Fee and SQF Purge Cap to Primary Market Makers and Market Makers.</P>
                <P>Finally, GEMX believes the proposed SQF Fee and SQF Purge Cap is constrained by competitive forces and reasonably designed in consideration of the competitive environment in which the Exchange operates. This fee structure incents Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to support increased liquidity, quote competition, and trading opportunities on the Exchange, for the benefit of all market participants.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Intermarket Competition</HD>
                <P>The proposal does not impose an undue burden on intermarket competition. The Exchange believes its proposal remains competitive with other options markets who also offer order entry protocols. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive. The chart below shows the February 2024 market share for multiply listed options by exchange. Of the 17 operating options exchanges, none currently has more than a 17.6% market share. Customers widely distribute their transactions across exchanges according to their business needs and the ability of each exchange to meet those needs through technology, liquidity and functionality.</P>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="246">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43906"/>
                    <GID>EN20MY24.313</GID>
                </GPH>
                <P>Market share is the percentage of volume on a particular exchange relative to the total volume across all exchanges, and indicates the amount of order flow directed to that exchange. High levels of market share enhance the value of trading and ports.</P>
                <P>In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Intramarket Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The proposed pricing change to increase the SQF Fee and SQF Purge Cap for Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to $27,500 a month if Primary Market Makers or Market Makers do not transact 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month does not impose an undue burden on competition as all Primary Market Makers and Market Makers would be able to cap their SQF Port and SQF Purge Port costs at $17,500, provided they transacted the requisite volume, otherwise Primary Market Makers and Market Makers would be uniformly subject to the $27,500 SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Cap. The Exchange notes that unlike other market participants, Primary Market Makers are obligated to quote in the Opening Process and intra-day.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, Market Makers may enter quotes in the Opening Process to open an option series and they are required to quote intra-day.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, unlike other market participants, Primary Market Makers and Market Makers have obligations to compete with other Market Makers to improve the market in all series of options classes to which the Market Maker is appointed and to update market quotations in response to changed market conditions in all series of options classes to which the Market Maker is appointed.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Finally, unlike other market participants, Primary Market Makers and Market Makers incur other costs related to their quoting obligations in addition to other fees paid by other market participants. Market Makers are subject to a number of fees, unlike other market participants. Market Makers pay separate Membership Fees,
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and CMM Trading Right Fees,
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in addition to other fees paid by other market participants. These liquidity providers are critical market participants in that they are the only market participants that provide liquidity to GEMX and are necessary for opening the market. Allowing Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to manage their costs by capping SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports in addition to transaction fees enables these essential market participants to manage their business model more effectively and better allocate resources to other technologies that are necessary to manage risk and capacity to ensure that these market participants continue to compete effectively on GEMX. GEMX believes Primary Market Makers and Market Makers should be eligible for certain incentives because they fulfill a unique role on the Exchange and are the only market participants required to submit quotes to the Exchange. The proposed SQF Port Cap is designed to ensure that Primary Market Makers and Market Makers add a certain amount of liquidity on GEMX in order to be able to cap their SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Fees at the lower cap of $17,500 as compared to the increased cap of $27,500. The Exchange would apply the criteria uniformly when applying the SQF Fee and SQF Purge Cap to Primary Market Makers and Market Makers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 3, Section 8 and Options 2, Section 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 4(b)(1) and (3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 6, A.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 6, B.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Finally, GEMX believes the proposed SQF Fee and SQF Purge Cap is constrained by competitive forces and reasonably designed in consideration of the competitive environment in which the Exchange operates. This fee structure incents Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to support increased liquidity, quote competition, and trading opportunities on the Exchange, for the benefit of all market participants.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43907"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were either solicited or received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(ii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-GEMX-2024-10 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-GEMX-2024-10. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-GEMX-2024-10 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10955 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100146; File No. SR-NYSENAT-2024-15]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE National, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on May 1, 2024, NYSE National, Inc. (“NYSE National” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the self-regulatory organization. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78a.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule to add wireless connectivity services that transport market data to Toronto, Canada. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">www.nyse.com,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and the Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend the Connectivity Fee Schedule to add wireless connectivity services that transport market data to Toronto, Canada.</P>
                <P>The Exchange expects that the proposed rule change would become operative no later than June 30, 2024. It will announce the proposed change to all Fixed Income and Data Services (“FIDS”) customers in the TR2 third party data center in Toronto, Canada (“TR2”).</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to add market data connections to a selection of symbols of the NYSE Integrated Feed (“NYSE IF”) and to a selection of symbols of the NYSE Arca Integrated Feed (“NYSE Arca IF” and together with the NYSE IF, the “Integrated Feeds”) in TR2 (“TR2 Market Data Connections”). As is true for the existing market data connections to the Markham, Canada third party access center (such access center, “Markham”, and such connections, “Markham Market Data Connections”),
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the TR2 Market Data Connections would not include the Integrated Feeds themselves, just the connections to them.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99972 (April 16, 2024), 89 FR 29418 (April 22, 2024) (SR-NYSENAT-2024-13).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As there would be limited bandwidth available on the wireless network to TR2, the Exchange proposes that, as with the Markham Market Data 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43908"/>
                    Connection, the TR2 Market Data Connection would not transport information for all the symbols included in the NYSE IF and NYSE Arca IF. Rather, FIDS would provide connectivity to the same selection of symbols from the Integrated Feeds that it includes in the Markham Market Data Connections, which include those symbols for which there is demand (the “Proposed Market Data”).
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                         When a market participant requested a TR2 Market Data Connection, it would receive connectivity to the Proposed Market Data. The customer would then determine the symbols for which it would receive data. The Exchange would not have visibility into which portions of the Proposed Market Data a given customer chooses to receive.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The charges for a TR2 Market Data Connection would be the same as for the Markham Market Data Connection: a non-recurring initial charge of $5,000 and a $6,500 monthly fee for the service of transporting the Proposed Market Data. The proposal would waive the first month's MRC, to allow customers to test a new TR2 Market Data Connection for a month before incurring any MRC.</P>
                <P>In order to implement the proposed change, the Exchange proposes to add the following items to the Connectivity Fee Schedule under “C. Wireless Connectivity to Market Data”:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r50">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Type of service</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Amount of charge</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">NYSE Integrated Feed: Wireless Connection in TR2 access center</ENT>
                        <ENT>$5,000 per connection initial charge plus monthly charge per connection of $6,500.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">NYSE Arca Integrated Feed: Wireless Connection in TR2 access center</ENT>
                        <ENT>$5,000 per connection initial charge plus monthly charge per connection of $6,500.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>As with the Markham Market Data Connections, the proposed TR2 Market Data Connections would not utilize the pole on the grounds of the MDC.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Market Data</HD>
                <P>
                    The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca at the Mahwah data center. In each case, the NYSE or NYSE Arca, as applicable, files with the Commission for the Integrated Feed it generates, and the related fees.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The filed market data fees apply to all customers of the Integrated Feeds, no matter what form of connectivity or connectivity provider they use.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 74128 (January 23, 2015), 80 FR 4951 (January 29, 2015) (SR-NYSE-2015-03) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of proposed rule change establishing the NYSE Integrated Feed data feed); 76485 (November 20, 2015), 80 FR 74158 (November 27, 2015) (SR-NYSE-2015-57) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of a proposed rule change establishing fees for the NYSE Integrated Feed); 65669 (November 2, 2011), 76 FR 69311 (November 8, 2011) (SR-NYSEArca-2011-78) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of proposed rule change offering the NYSE Arca Integrated Feed); and 66128 (January 10, 2012), 77 FR 2331 (January 17, 2012) (SR-NYSEArca-2011-96) (notice of filing and immediate effectiveness of a proposed rule change establishing fees for NYSE Arca Integrated Feed).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>When a market participant wants to connect to an Integrated Feed, it requests a connection from the provider of its choice. All providers, including FIDS, may only provide the market participant with connectivity once the provider has received confirmation from the NYSE or NYSE Arca, as applicable, that the market participant is authorized to receive the requested data feed.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Application and Impact of the Proposed Change</HD>
                <P>The proposed change would apply to all customers equally. The proposed change would not apply differently to distinct types or sizes of market participants. As is currently the case, the purchase of any connectivity service is completely voluntary and the Connectivity Fee Schedule is applied uniformly to all customers.</P>
                <P>FIDS expects few new customers in TR2.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Competitive Environment</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market in which other vendors offer connectivity services as a means to facilitate the trading and other market activities of those market participants who believe that it enhances the efficiency of their operations. The Commission has repeatedly expressed its preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. Specifically, in Regulation NMS, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.” 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 51808 (June 9, 2005), 70 FR 37496, 37499 (June 29, 2005).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>A third party has announced that it plans to create a wireless connection between Markham and the MDC. The Exchange believes it intends to expand its offering to connect to the TR2. Such a wireless connection would compete with the Exchange's TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data. Third-party vendors are not at any competitive disadvantage created by the Exchange.</P>
                <P>The proposed change is not otherwise intended to address any other issues relating to colocation services or related fees, and the Exchange is not aware of any problems that market participants would have in complying with the proposed change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of section 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, because it is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to, and perfect the mechanisms of, a free and open market and a national market system and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest and does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers. The Exchange further believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with section 6(b)(4) of the Act,
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     because it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among its members and issuers and other persons using its facilities and does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is Reasonable</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is reasonable. In considering the reasonableness of proposed services and fees, the Commission's market-based test considers “whether the exchange was subject to significant competitive forces in setting the terms of its proposal . . . , including the level of any fees.” 
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If the Exchange meets that 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43909"/>
                    burden, “the Commission will find that its proposal is consistent with the Act unless ‘there is a substantial countervailing basis to find that the terms’ of the proposal violate the Act or the rules thereunder.” 
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Here, the Exchange is subject to significant competitive forces in setting the terms on which it offers its proposal, in particular because substantially similar substitutes are available, and the Exchange has not placed the third party vendors at a competitive disadvantage created by the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 90209 (October 15, 2020), 85 FR 67044, 67049 (October 21, 2020) (SR-NYSE-2020-05, SR-NYSEAMER-2020-05, SR-NYSEARCA-2020-08, SR-NYSECHX-2020-02, SR-NYSENAT-2020-03, SR-NYSE-2020-11, SR-NYSEAMER-2020-10, SR-NYSEArca-2020-15, SR-NYSECHX-2020-05, SR-NYSENAT-2020-08) (Order Granting Accelerated Approval to Establish a Wireless Fee Schedule Setting Forth Available Wireless Bandwidth Connections and Wireless Market Data 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        Connections) (“Wireless Approval Order”), citing Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59039 (December 2, 2008), 73 FR 74770, 74781 (December 9, 2008) (“2008 ArcaBook Approval Order”). 
                        <E T="03">See NetCoalition</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">SEC,</E>
                         615 F.3d 525 (D.C. Cir. 2010).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, at 67049, citing 2008 ArcaBook Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, at 74781.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is reasonable to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange offers wireless bandwidth connections, without connectivity to market data, between the Mahwah data center and Markham and TR2. It does not charge separately for the Markham and TR2 connections, as “the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to view the . . . service as one service, and not two.” 
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     This is because northbound, the same data, put on the connection by the customer, is delivered to both Markham and TR2, while southbound, the customer may choose the Mb of data it sends from each Canadian data center, but the combined total must equal no more than the total Mb of the wireless circuit.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         Securities Act Release No. 99519 (February 12, 2024), 89 FR 12394 (February 16, 2024) (SR-NYSENAT-2024-02), at 12397.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Connectivity Fee Schedule—B. Wireless Connectivity—Wireless Connectivity Note.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    By contrast, in the present case, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable to charge for the TR2 Market Data Connection separately from the Markham Market Data Connection. First, the customers would be located in Canada and need not have a presence in the Mahwah data center, and charging for the TR2 Market Data Connection separately from the Markham Market Data Connection reflects that usage of the Integrated Feed serves a different purpose at each location, and is consistent with the NYSE Wireless Order regarding wireless market data connections. Second, the nature of the services is different: the present connectivity would not be to a wireless bandwidth on which the customer can put data, irrespective of whether the data is northbound or southbound. Rather, the TR2 Market Data Connection would be limited to connectivity to the Integrated Feeds. Accordingly, the Exchange believes that the Markham and TR2 services are two services.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         The Exchange believes that this would be consistent with its existing approach to wireless connectivity. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11, Connectivity Fee Schedule—B. Wireless Connectivity, and Connectivity Fee Schedule—C. Wireless Connectivity to Market Data.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Exchange Would Not Preclude Other Connections to Proposed Market Data in TR2</HD>
                <P>The Exchange is not aware of any other public, commercially available wireless or fiber connections to the Proposed Market Data between the MDC and TR2.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange. Indeed, as noted above, the Exchange believes that in the future a third party may offer a wireless connection to TR2, which would compete with the TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>Wireless connections and fiber connections to the Proposed Market Data in Markham would compete with each other. Given the various advantages and disadvantages of both wireless and fiber connections, a market participant interested in purchasing a connection to the Proposed Market Data in Markham is likely to consider a variety of factors in deciding whether to use a wireless versus fiber connection, including latency; the amount of network uptime; the equipment the network uses; the cost of the connection; and the applicable contractual provisions. Indeed, fiber network connections may be more attractive to some market participants as they are more reliable and less susceptible to weather conditions.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Third Party Competitors Would Not Be at a Competitive Disadvantage Created by the Exchange</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that FIDS would have any competitive advantage over any future providers of connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. The Exchange's proposed service for connectivity to Proposed Market Data in TR2 does not have any special access to or advantage within the MDC. The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca. FIDS would collect the Proposed Market Data, then send it over the TR2 Market Data Connection by connecting to equipment in a MDC meet-me-room and from there to a pole. The pole is owned by a third party and is not on the grounds of the MDC, and the path into the MDC through a meet-me-room is available to any telecommunications provider. Further, all distances in the MDC are normalized.</P>
                <P>
                    Nor would the Exchange have a competitive advantage over third-party competitors offering wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by virtue of the fact that it owns and operates the MDC's meet-me-rooms. Third parties purchasing wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data would require a circuit connecting out of the MDC, and in most cases, such circuits are provided by third-party telecommunications service providers that have installed their equipment in the MDC's two meet-me-rooms (“Telecoms”). Currently, 16 Telecoms operate in the meet-me-rooms and provide a variety of circuit choices. It is in the Exchange's best interest to set the fees that Telecoms pay to operate in the meet-me-rooms at a reasonable level 
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     so that market participants, including Telecoms, will maximize their use of the MDC. By setting the meet-me-room fees at a reasonable level, the Exchange encourages Telecoms to participate in the meet-me-rooms and to 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43910"/>
                    sell circuits to Users 
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for connecting into and out of the MDC. These Telecoms then compete with each other by pricing such circuits at competitive rates. These competitive rates for circuits help draw in more Users and Hosted Customers 
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to the MDC, which directly benefits the Exchange by increasing the customer base to whom the Exchange can sell its colocation services, which include cabinets, power, ports, and connectivity to many third-party data feeds, and because having more Users and Hosted Customers leads, in many cases, to greater participation on the Exchange. In this way, by setting the meet-me-room fees at a level attractive to telecommunications firms, the Exchange spurs demand for all of the services it sells at the MDC.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98002 (July 26, 2023), 88 FR 50232 (August 1, 2023) (SR-NYSENat-2023-12) (“MMR Notice”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         “User” means any market participant that requests to receive co-location services directly from the Exchange.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         A User may host another entity in its space within the MDC. Such Users are called “Hosting Users” and their customers are referred to as “Hosted Customers.” 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 83351 (May 31, 2018), 83 FR 26314 (June 6, 2018) (SR-NYSENAT-2018-07).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MMR Notice, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>If anything, the Exchange would be subject to a competitive disadvantage vis-à-vis third party competitors offering wireless or fiber connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. Third-party competitors would not be subject to the Commission's filing requirements, and therefore could freely change their services and pricing in response to competitive forces. In contrast, the Exchange's service and pricing would be standardized as set out in this filing, and the Exchange would be unable to respond to pricing pressure from its competitors without seeking a formal fee change in a filing before the Commission.</P>
                <P>
                    In sum, because the Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange the proposed fees for the TR2 Market Data Connection are reasonable.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Wireless Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is reasonable because a market participant in the Canadian data center that opted for a TR2 Market Data Connection would be able to select the specific Proposed Market Data feed that it wanted to receive in accordance with its needs, thereby helping it tailor its operations to the requirements of its business operations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is an Equitable Allocation of Fees and Credits</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes that its proposal equitably allocates its fees among market participants.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is equitable to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is equitable to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is equitable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange. Indeed, as noted above, the Exchange believes that in the future a third party may offer a wireless connection to TR2, which would compete with the TR2 Market Data Connection, as customers could use the third-party wireless connection to transport the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed change is equitable because it will result in fees being charged only to market participants that voluntarily select to receive the corresponding services and because those services will be available to all market participants. Furthermore, the Exchange believes that the services and fees proposed herein are equitably allocated because, in addition to the services being completely voluntary, they are available to all market participants on an equal basis (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the same products and services are available to all market participants). All market participants that voluntarily select a TR2 Market Data Connection would be charged the same amount for the same services.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is Not Unfairly Discriminatory</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is not unfairly discriminatory, for the following reasons.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is not unfairly discriminatory not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed change is not unfairly discriminatory because it will result in fees being charged only to market participants that voluntarily select to receive the corresponding services and because those services will be available to all market participants. Furthermore, the Exchange believes that the services and fees proposed herein are not unfairly discriminatory because, in addition to the services being completely voluntary, they are available to all market participants on an equal basis (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the same products and services are available to all market participants). All market participants that voluntarily select a TR2 Market Data Connection would be charged the same amount for the same services.
                </P>
                <P>For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The proposed rule changes will not impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of section 6(b)(8) of the Act.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(8).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <PRTPAGE P="43911"/>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to expand the connectivity options to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2. For the first time, a customer would be able to connect to the Proposed Market Data at TR2, increasing the options available to it. Without this proposed rule change, any market participants in TR2 would not have access to the Proposed Market Data.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to charge the same amount for the TR2 Market Data Connection as for the Markham Market Data Connection, as the same market data would be transported over both connections. Given the limitation on bandwidth, the Exchange believes that it is reasonable not to transport information for all the symbols included in the Integrated Feeds to TR2, but rather that the Proposed Market Data include a subset of that data.</P>
                <P>Additional third party competitors could offer fiber or wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by obtaining the market data at the MDC and sending it over a fiber or wireless network to Canada. A market participant in Markham or TR2 also may create a proprietary market data connection, whether fiber or wireless; connect through another market participant; utilize fiber connections offered by third parties; or utilize fiber connections offered by FIDS. The Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange.</P>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that FIDS would have any competitive advantage over any future providers of connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2. The Exchange's proposed service for connectivity to Proposed Market Data in TR2 does not have any special access to or advantage within the MDC. The Integrated Feeds are generated at the MDC in the trading and execution systems of the NYSE and NYSE Arca. FIDS would collect the Proposed Market Data, then send it over the TR2 Market Data Connection by connecting to equipment in a MDC meet-me-room and from there to a pole. The pole is owned by a third party and is not on the grounds of the MDC, and the path into the MDC through a meet-me-room is available to any telecommunications provider. Further, all distances in the MDC are normalized.</P>
                <P>Because the Exchange could not impose any impediments to a third party seeking to offer a similar service, including by placing them at a latency or other competitive disadvantage with respect to the Exchange, the Exchange believes that it would not impose a burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate to expand the connectivity options to make wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data available at TR2.</P>
                <P>
                    Nor does the Exchange have a competitive advantage over any future third-party competitors offering wireless or fiber connectivity to the Proposed Market Data in TR2 by virtue of the fact that it owns and operates the MDC's meet-me-rooms. Third parties purchasing wireless connectivity to the Proposed Market Data would require a circuit connecting out of the MDC, and in most cases, such circuits are provided by third-party Telecoms. Currently, 16 Telecoms operate in the meet-me-rooms and provide a variety of circuit choices. It is in the Exchange's best interest to set the fees that Telecoms pay to operate in the meet-me-rooms at a reasonable level 
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     so that market participants, including Telecoms, will maximize their use of the MDC. By setting the meet-me-room fees at a reasonable level, the Exchange encourages Telecoms to participate in the meet-me-rooms and to sell circuits to Users for connecting into and out of the MDC. These Telecoms then compete with each other by pricing such circuits at competitive rates. These competitive rates for circuits help draw in more Users and Hosted Customers to the MDC, which directly benefits the Exchange by increasing the customer base to whom the Exchange can sell its colocation services, which include cabinets, power, ports, and connectivity to many third-party data feeds, and because having more Users and Hosted Customers leads, in many cases, to greater participation on the Exchange. In this way, by setting the meet-me-room fees at a level attractive to telecommunications firms, the Exchange spurs demand for all of the services it sells at the MDC.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MMR Notice, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>For the reasons described above, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule changes reflect this competitive environment.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act 
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) thereunder.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Because the proposed rule change does not: (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative prior to 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, the proposed rule change has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act and Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) thereunder.
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii). In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission. The Exchange has satisfied this requirement.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under section 19(b)(2)(B) 
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Act to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                    <PRTPAGE P="43912"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov</E>
                    . Please include file number
                </P>
                <P>SR-NYSENAT-2024-15 on the subject line.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSENAT-2024-15. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSENAT-2024-15 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10962 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100134; File No. SR-CboeEDGX-2024-023]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change to Amend its Fee Schedule</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on April 30, 2024, Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc. (the “Exchange” or “EDGX”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc. (the “Exchange” or “EDGX Options”) proposes to amend its Fee Schedule. The text of the proposed rule change is provided in Exhibit 5.</P>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is also available on the Exchange's website (
                    <E T="03">http://markets.cboe.com/us/options/regulation/rule_filings/edgx/</E>
                    ), at the Exchange's Office of the Secretary, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend its fee schedule for its equity options platform (“EDGX Options”) relating to logical connectivity fees.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The Exchange initially filed the proposed fee change on January 2, 2024 (SR-CboeEDGX-2024-006). On March 1, 2024, the Exchange withdrew that filing and submitted SR-CboeEDGX-2024-017. On April 30, 2024, the Exchange withdrew that filing and submitted this filing.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    By way of background, the Exchange offers a variety of logical ports, which provide users with the ability within the Exchange's System to accomplish a specific function through a connection, such as order entry, data receipt or access to information. The Exchange currently assesses, among other things, the following logical port connectivity fees on a monthly basis: $500 per port for Logical Ports; 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     $500 per port for Multicast PITCH Spin Server Ports (“Spin Ports”) and GRP Ports; 
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and $600 per port for Ports with Bulk Quoting Capabilities 
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     (“Bulk Ports”). The Exchange proposes to increase the monthly fees for the forgoing ports to the following rates: $750 per port for Logical Ports, Spin Ports and GRP Ports and $1,000 per port for Bulk Ports. The Exchange notes the proposed fee change better enables it to continue to maintain and improve its market technology and services and also notes that the proposed fee amount, even as amended, continues to be in line with, or even lower than, amounts assessed by other exchanges for similar connections, including the Exchange's affiliated options exchanges.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         Logical Ports include FIX and BOE ports (used for order entry), drop logical port (which grants users the ability to receive and/or send drop copies) and ports that are used for receipt of certain market data feeds.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         Spin Ports and GRP Ports are used to request and receive a retransmission of data from the Exchange's Multicast PITCH data feeds.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         Bulk Quoting Capabilities Ports provide users with the ability to submit and update multiple bids and offers in one message through logical ports enabled for bulk-quoting.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See e.g.,</E>
                         Cboe C2 Options Exchange Fee Schedule, Options Logical Port Fees, Cboe BZX Options Exchange Fee Schedule, Options Logical Port Fees and Cboe Exchange Fees Schedule, Logical Connectivity Fees;
                        <E T="03"> see also</E>
                         The Nasdaq Stock Market Options Pricing Schedule, Section 3 Nasdaq Options Market—Ports and Other Services.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”) and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43913"/>
                    and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Specifically, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section 6(b)(5) 
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requirements that the rules of an exchange be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in securities, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest. Additionally, the Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Section 6(b)(5) 
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requirement that the rules of an exchange not be designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers. The Exchange also believes the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b)(4) 
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Act, which requires that Exchange rules provide for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among its Members and other persons using its facilities.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed fee is reasonable as it is still in line with, or even lower than, amounts assessed by other exchanges for similar connections.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Indeed, the Exchange believes assessing fees that are a lower rate than fees assessed by other exchanges for analogous connectivity (which were similarly adopted via the rule filing process and filed with the Commission) is reasonable. Additionally, the Exchange believes the proposed fee increase is reasonable in light of recent and anticipated connectivity-related upgrades and changes. The Exchange and its affiliated exchanges recently launched a multi-year initiative to improve Cboe Exchange Platform performance and capacity requirements, including for its U.S. options markets, to increase competitiveness, support growth and advance a consistent world class platform. The goal of the project, among other things, is to provide faster and more consistent order handling and matching performance for options, while ensuring quicker processing time and supporting increasing volumes. For example, the Exchange is currently performing order handler and matching engine hardware upgrades across its markets to advance this goal. The Exchange anticipates that upgrades to its matching engines may result in a latency reduction up to 40% to 50% on the Exchange and that upgrades to its order handlers may offer lower variability in the processing of message, which can reduce the time a message takes to get to the matching engine. The Exchange expended, and will continue to expend, resources to innovate and modernize technology so that it may benefit its Members and continue to compete among other options markets. The Exchange also notes that neither it—nor its options exchange affiliates—have passed through or offset current or projected costs associated with these upgrades. The ability to continue to innovate with technology and offer new products to market participants allows the Exchange to remain competitive in the options space which currently has 17 options markets and potential new entrants. The Exchange also notes market participants may continue to choose the method of connectivity based on their specific needs, and no broker-dealer is required to become a Member of, let alone connect directly to, the Exchange. There is also no regulatory requirement that any market participant connect to any one particular exchange. Market participants may voluntarily choose to become a member of one or more of a number of different exchanges, of which, the Exchange is but one choice. Additionally, any Exchange member that is dissatisfied with the proposal is free to choose not to be a member of the Exchange and send order flow to another exchange. Moreover, direct connectivity is not a requirement to participate on the Exchange. The Exchange also believes substitutable products and services are available to market participants, including, among other things, other options exchanges to which a market participant may connect in lieu of the Exchange and/or trading of any options product, such as within the Over-the-Counter (OTC) markets, which do not require connectivity to the Exchange. Indeed, there are currently 17 registered options exchanges that trade options (13 of which are not affiliated with Cboe), some of which have similar or lower connectivity fees.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Based on publicly available information, no single options exchange has more than approximately 17% of the market share.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, low barriers to entry mean that new exchanges may rapidly enter the market and offer additional substitute platforms to further compete with the Exchange and the products it offers. For example, there are 4 exchanges that have been added in the U.S. options markets in the last 5 years (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Nasdaq MRX, LLC, MIAX Pearl, LLC, MIAX Emerald LLC, and most recently MEMX LLC), with a fifth options exchange anticipated to added in 2024 (MIAX Sapphire, LLC).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See, e.g.</E>
                        , Cboe C2 Options Exchange Fee Schedule, Options Logical Port Fees, Cboe BZX Options Exchange Fee Schedule, Options Logical Port Fees and Cboe Exchange Fees Schedule, Logical Connectivity Fees 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         The Nasdaq Stock Market Options Pricing Schedule, Section 3 Nasdaq Options Market—Ports and Other Services.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Cboe Global Markets U.S. Options Market Volume Summary (December 20, 2023), available at 
                        <E T="03">https://markets.cboe.com/us/options/market_statistics/</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As for market participants that determine to continue to maintain membership or to join the Exchange for business purposes, those business reasons presumably result in revenue capable of covering the proposed fee. Further, for such market participants that choose to connect to the Exchange, the Exchange believes the proposed fees continue to provide flexibility with respect to how to connect to the Exchange based on each market participants' respective business needs. For example, the amount and type of logical ports are determined by factors relevant and specific to each market participant, including its business model, costs of connectivity, how its business is segmented and allocated and volume of messages sent to the Exchange. Moreover, the Exchange notes that it does not have unlimited system capacity and the proposed fees are also designed to encourage market participants to be efficient with their respective logical port usage and discourage the purchasing of large amounts of superfluous ports. There is also no requirement that any market participant maintain a specific number of logical ports and a market participant may choose to maintain as many or as few of such ports as each deems appropriate. Further, market participants may reduce or discontinue use of these ports in response to the proposed fees. Indeed, when the Exchange last increased pricing for logical ports in 2018, the Exchange observed with the first two months that market participants did in fact reduce the number of logical ports they maintained. Particularly, Logical Port quantities were reduced by approximately 20%. This demonstrates that if an exchange sets a fee too high for connectivity, market participants can and do choose to disconnect, or reduce, their connectivity from the Exchange. The Exchange also does not assess any 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43914"/>
                    termination fee for a market participant to drop its connectivity or membership, nor is the Exchange aware of any other costs that would be incurred by a market participant to do so.
                </P>
                <P>
                    As noted above, there is no regulatory requirement that any market participant connect to any one options exchange, nor that any market participant connect at a particular connection speed or act in a particular capacity on the Exchange, or trade any particular product offered on an exchange. Moreover, membership is not a requirement to participate on the Exchange. Indeed, the Exchange is unaware of any one options exchange whose membership includes every registered broker-dealer. By way of example, while the Exchange has 51 members that trade options, Cboe BZX has 61 members that trade options, and Cboe C2 has 52 Trading Permit Holders (“TPHs”) (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     members). There is also no firm that is a Member of EDGX Options only. Further, based on previously publicly available information regarding a sample of the Exchange's competitors, NYSE American Options has 71 members,
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and NYSE Arca Options has 69 members,
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     MIAX Options has 46 members 
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and MIAX Pearl Options has 40 members.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Accordingly, excessive fees would simply serve to reduce demand for these products, which market participants are under no regulatory obligation to utilize.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.nyse.com/markets/american-options/membership#directory.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.nyse.com/markets/arca-options/membership#directory.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.miaxglobal.com/sites/default/files/page-files/MIAX_Options_Exchange_Members_April_2023_04282023.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See https://www.miaxglobal.com/sites/default/files/page-files/MIAX_Pearl_Exchange_Members_01172023_0.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange also believes that the proposed fee change is not unfairly discriminatory because it would be assessed uniformly across all market participants that purchase the respective logical ports. All Members have the option to select any connectivity option, and there is no differentiation among Members with regard to the fees charged for the services offered by the Exchange.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange believes the proposed fee change will not impact intramarket competition because it will apply to all similarly situated market participants equally (i.e., all market participants that choose to purchase the relevant logical ports).</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes the proposed fees will not impact intermarket competition because they are also in line with, or even lower than some fees for similar connectivity on other exchanges, and therefore may stimulate intermarket competition by attracting additional firms to connect to the Exchange or at least should not deter interested participants from connecting directly to the Exchange. Further, if the changes proposed herein are unattractive to market participants, the Exchange can, and likely will, see a decline in usage of these ports as a result. The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can determine whether or not to connect directly to the Exchange based on the value received compared to the cost of doing so. Indeed, market participants have numerous alternative venues that they may participate on and direct their order flow, including 13 (soon to be 14) non-Cboe affiliated options markets, as well as off-exchange venues, where competitive products are available for trading. Moreover, the Commission has repeatedly expressed its preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. Specifically, in Regulation NMS, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.” 
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The fact that this market is competitive has also long been recognized by the courts. In 
                    <E T="03">NetCoalition</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Securities and Exchange Commission</E>
                    , the D.C. Circuit stated as follows: “[n]o one disputes that competition for order flow is ‘fierce.’ . . . As the SEC explained, `[i]n the U.S. national market system, buyers and sellers of securities, and the broker-dealers that act as their order-routing agents, have a wide range of choices of where to route orders for execution'; [and] ‘no exchange can afford to take its market share percentages for granted’ because ‘no exchange possesses a monopoly, regulatory or otherwise, in the execution of order flow from broker dealers’ . . . . ”.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Accordingly, the Exchange does not believe its proposed change imposes any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         See Securities Exchange Act Release No. 51808 (June 9, 2005), 70 FR 37496, 37499 (June 29, 2005).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">NetCoalition</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">SEC,</E>
                         615 F.3d 525, 539 (D.C. Cir. 2010) (quoting Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59039 (December 2, 2008), 73 FR 74770, 74782-83 (December 9, 2008) (SR-NYSEArca-2006-21)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act 
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and paragraph (f) of Rule 19b-4 
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     thereunder. At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission will institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-CboeEDGX-2024-023 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-CboeEDGX-2024-023. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43915"/>
                    Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-CboeEDGX-2024-023 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>23</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>23</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10950 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[SEC File No. 270-346, OMB Control No. 3235-0392]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Extension: Rule 15g-3</SUBJECT>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">Upon Written Request, Copies Available From:</E>
                     Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-2736
                </FP>
                <P>
                    Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”) (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) is soliciting comments on the existing collection of information provided for in Rule 15g-3—Broker or dealer disclosure of quotations and other information relating to the penny stock market (17 CFR 240.15g-3) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ). The Commission plans to submit this existing collection of information to the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) for extension and approval.
                </P>
                <P>Rule 15g-3 requires that brokers and dealers disclose to customers current quotation prices or similar market information in connection with transactions in penny stocks. The purpose of the rule is to increase the level of disclosure to investors concerning penny stocks generally and specific penny stock transactions.</P>
                <P>The Commission estimates that approximately 170 broker-dealers will each spend an average of approximately 87.0833333 hours annually to comply with this rule. Thus, the total time burden is approximately 14,804 hours per year.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Written comments are invited on:</E>
                     (a) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Commission's estimates of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted by July 19, 2024.
                </P>
                <P>An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information under the PRA unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.</P>
                <P>
                    Please direct your written comments to: David Bottom, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o John Pezzullo, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, or send an email to: 
                    <E T="03">PRA_Mailbox@sec.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10976 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100141; File No. SR-FICC-2024-003]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Fixed Income Clearing Corporation; Notice of Filing of Partial Amendment No. 1 and Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, Concerning the Adoption of a Minimum Margin Amount at GSD</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Introduction</HD>
                <P>
                    On February 27, 2024, Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) proposed rule change SR-FICC-2024-003 pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The notice of filing of the proposed rule change was published for comment in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on March 15, 2024.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On March 25, 2024, the Commission extended the review period of the proposed rule change, pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     until June 13, 2024, as the date by which the Commission shall either approve, disapprove, or institute proceedings to determine whether to disapprove the proposed rule change.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Commission has received comments regarding the proposed rule change.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99711 (March 11, 2024), 89 FR 18991 (March 15, 2024) (SR-FICC-2024-003).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(ii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99769 (March 19, 2024), 89 FR 20716 (March 25, 2024) (SR-FICC-2024-003).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         Comments on the proposed rule change are 
                        <E T="03">available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-ficc-2024-003/srficc2024003.htm.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    On April 5, 2024, FICC filed Partial Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change to correct errors FICC discovered regarding the impact analysis filed as Exhibit 3 and discussed in the filing narrative, as well as correct a typo in the methodology formula in Exhibit 5b.
                    <FTREF/>
                    <SU>7</SU>
                      
                    <PRTPAGE P="43916"/>
                    The corrections in Partial Amendment No. 1 do not change the substance of the proposed rule change.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         To promote the public availability and transparency of its post-notice partial amendment, FICC submitted a copy of Partial Amendment No. 1 through the Commission's electronic public comment letter mechanism. Accordingly, Partial Amendment No. 1 has been posted to the Commission's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-ficc-2024-003/srficc2024003-455611-1167714.pdf</E>
                         and thus been publicly available since April 5, 2024. FICC has requested confidential treatment pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24b-2 with respect to Exhibit 3 and Exhibit 5b.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Partial Amendment No. 1 includes corrections to percentages and other figures throughout the filing narrative. Accordingly, the Commission is publishing notice of the proposed rule change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1 (hereinafter, the “Proposed Rule Change”), in its entirety and reopening the public comment period.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         On February 27, 2024, FICC filed the proposed rule change as an advance notice with the Commission pursuant to section 806(e)(1) of Title VIII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act entitled the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010 (“Clearing Supervision Act”) and Rule 19b-4(n)(1)(i) under the Act. 12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1); 17 CFR 240.19b-4(n)(1)(i). Notice of the advance notice was published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on March 15, 2024. Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99712 (March 11, 2024), 89 FR 18981 (March 15, 2024) (SR-FICC-2024-801). Pursuant to section 806(e)(1)(H) of the Clearing Supervision Act, the Commission extended the review period of the advance notice for an additional 60 days after finding that the Advance Notice raised novel and complex issues. On March 22, 2024, the Commission requested additional information from FICC pursuant to section 806(e)(1)(D) of the Clearing Supervision Act, which tolled the Commission's review period of review of the Advance Notice. 12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1)(D). On April 26, 2024, the Commission received FICC's response to the Commission's request for additional information. On April 5, 2024, FICC filed Partial Amendment No. 1 to the advance notice, which makes the same corrections as Partial Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change. In a separate publication, the Commission is publishing notice of the advance notice, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, in its entirety and reopening the public comment period.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Proposed Rule Change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, is described in Items II and III below, which Items have been prepared primarily by FICC. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the Proposed Rule Change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, from interested persons and is instituting proceedings, pursuant to section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act,
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to determine whether to approve or disapprove the Proposed Rule Change, as modified by the Partial Amendment No. 1.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Clearing Agency's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Partial Amendment No. 1</HD>
                <P>
                    The proposed rule change consists of modifications to FICC's Government Securities Division (“GSD”) Rulebook (“GSD Rules”) 
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to (1) enhance the VaR Floor by incorporating a “Minimum Margin Amount” and (2) expand the application of the enhanced VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy, as described in greater detail below. The proposed rule change would necessitate changes to the Methodology Document—GSD Initial Market Risk Margin Model (the “QRM Methodology”), which is filed as Exhibit 5b.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     FICC is requesting confidential treatment of the QRM Methodology and has filed it separately with the Commission.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         Terms not defined herein are defined in the GSD Rules, 
                        <E T="03">available at</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">www.dtcc.com/legal/rules-and-procedures.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         The QRM Methodology was filed as a confidential exhibit as part of proposed rule change SR-FICC-2018-001 (the “VaR Filing”). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 83362 (June 1, 2018), 83 FR 26514 (June 7, 2018) (SR-FICC-2018-001) (“VaR Filing Approval Order”). FICC also filed the VaR Filing proposal as an advance notice pursuant to section 806(e)(1) of the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010 (12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1) and Rule 19b-4(n)(1)(i) under the Act (17 CFR 240.19b-4(n)(1)(i)), with respect to which the Commission issued a Notice of No Objection. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 83223 (May 11, 2018), 83 FR 23020 (May 17, 2018) (SR-FICC-2018-801). The QRM Methodology has been subsequently amended following the VaR Filing Approval Order. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 85944 (May 24, 2019), 84 FR 25315 (May 31, 2019) (SR-FICC-2019-001), 90182 (Oct. 14, 2020), 85 FR 66630 (Oct. 20, 2020) (SR-FICC-2020-009), 93234 (Oct. 1, 2021), 86 FR 55891 (Oct. 7, 2021) (SR-FICC-2021-007), 95605 (Aug. 25, 2022), 87 FR 53522 (Aug. 31, 2022) (SR-FICC-2022-005), 97342 (Apr. 21, 2023), 88 FR 25721 (Apr. 27, 2023) (SR-FICC-2023-003), and 99447 (Jan. 30, 2024), 89 FR 8260 (Feb. 6, 2024) (SR-FICC-2024-001).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.24b-2.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Clearing Agency's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Partial Amendment No. 1</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the clearing agency included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item V below. The clearing agency has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">
                    (A) 
                    <E T="03">Clearing Agency's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1</E>
                </HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>FICC is proposing to enhance the VaR Floor by incorporating a Minimum Margin Amount in order to supplement the VaR model and improve its responsiveness and resilience to extreme market volatility. Specifically, FICC is proposing to modify the VaR Floor and the corresponding description in the GSD Rules to incorporate a Minimum Margin Amount. In addition, FICC is proposing to expand the application of the enhanced VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy. The proposed change would necessitate changes to the QRM Methodology.</P>
                <P>
                    FICC has observed extreme market volatility in the fixed income market due to monetary policy changes, inflation, and recession fears. The extreme market volatility has led to greater risk exposures for FICC. Specifically, the extreme market volatilities during the two arguably most stressful market periods, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the COVID period during March of 2020 and the successive interest rate hikes that began in March 2022, have led to market price changes that exceeded the VaR model's projections, which yielded insufficient VaR Charges. As a result, FICC's VaR backtesting metrics fell below the performance target due to unprecedented levels of extreme market volatility. This highlighted the need for FICC to enhance its VaR model so that it can better respond to extreme market volatility.
                </P>
                <P>In order to better manage its risk exposures during extreme market volatility events, FICC is proposing to adopt a Minimum Margin Amount that would be applied as a minimum volatility calculation to ensure that FICC calculates sufficient margin to cover its risk exposures, particularly during extreme market volatility. The proposed Minimum Margin Amount would be incorporated into the VaR Floor to supplement the VaR model and enhance its responsiveness to extreme market volatility. As proposed, the Minimum Margin Amount is designed to improve the margin backtesting performance during periods of heightened market volatility by maintaining a VaR Charge that is appropriately calibrated to reflect the current market volatility. The proposed Minimum Margin Amount aims to enhance backtesting coverage when there are potential VaR model performance challenges, particularly when securities price changes significantly exceed those implied by the VaR model risk factors, as observed during the recent periods of extreme market volatility. FICC believes the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would provide a more reliable estimate for the portfolio risk level when current market conditions significantly deviate from historical observations.</P>
                <P>
                    The proposed Minimum Margin Amount would be determined using historical price returns to represent risk along with amounts calculated (i) using a filtered historical simulation approach, (ii) using a haircut method, and (iii) to incorporate other risk factors. By using a filtered historical simulation 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43917"/>
                    approach in which historical returns are scaled to current market volatility, the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would operate as a floor to the VaR Charge to improve the responsiveness of the VaR model to extreme volatility. Because the use of historical price return-based risk representation is not dependent on any sensitivity data vendor, it would allow the proposed Minimum Margin Amount to also operate as a floor to the Margin Proxy and improve the responsiveness of Margin Proxy to extreme volatility.
                </P>
                <P>As a result of this proposal, Members may experience increases in their Required Fund Deposits to the Clearing Fund. Based on an impact study conducted by FICC, on average, at the Member level, the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would have increased the SOD VaR Charge by approximately $22.43 million, or 17.56%, and the noon VaR Charge by approximately $23.25 million, or 17.43%, over a 2-year impact study period.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    FICC, through GSD, serves as a central counterparty and provider of clearance and settlement services for transactions in the U.S. government securities, as well as repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions involving U.S. government securities.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As part of its market risk management strategy, FICC manages its credit exposure to Members by determining the appropriate Required Fund Deposit to the Clearing Fund and monitoring its sufficiency, as provided for in the GSD Rules.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Required Fund Deposit serves as each Member's margin.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         GSD also clears and settles certain transactions on securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and government sponsored enterprises.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GSD Rule 4 (Clearing Fund and Loss Allocation), 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 10. FICC's market risk management strategy is designed to comply with Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4) under the Act, where these risks are referred to as “credit risks.” 17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The objective of a Member's Required Fund Deposit is to mitigate potential losses to FICC associated with liquidating a Member's portfolio in the event FICC ceases to act for that Member (hereinafter referred to as a “default”).
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The aggregate amount of all Members' Required Fund Deposit constitutes the Clearing Fund. FICC would access the Clearing Fund should a defaulting Member's own Required Fund Deposit be insufficient to satisfy losses to FICC caused by the liquidation of that Member's portfolio.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         The GSD Rules identify when FICC may cease to act for a Member and the types of actions FICC may take. For example, FICC may suspend a firm's membership with FICC or prohibit or limit a Member's access to FICC's services in the event that Member defaults on a financial or other obligation to FICC. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GSD Rule 21 (Restrictions on Access to Services) of the GSD Rules, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    FICC regularly assesses market and liquidity risks as such risks relate to its margin methodologies to evaluate whether margin levels are commensurate with the particular risk attributes of each relevant product, portfolio, and market. For example, FICC employs daily backtesting to determine the adequacy of each Member's Required Fund Deposit.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     FICC compares the Required Fund Deposit 
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for each Member with the simulated liquidation gains/losses, using the actual positions in the Member's portfolio(s) and the actual historical security returns. A backtesting deficiency occurs when a Member's Required Fund Deposit would not have been adequate to cover the projected liquidation losses and highlights exposure that could subject FICC to potential losses in the event that a Member defaults.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         The Model Risk Management Framework (“Model Risk Management Framework”) sets forth the model risk management practices of FICC and states that Value at Risk (“VaR”) and Clearing Fund requirement coverage backtesting would be performed on a daily basis or more frequently. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 81485 (Aug. 25, 2017), 82 FR 41433 (Aug. 31, 2017) (SR-FICC-2017-014), 84458 (Oct. 19, 2018), 83 FR 53925 (Oct. 25, 2018) (SR-FICC-2018-010), 88911 (May 20, 2020), 85 FR 31828 (May 27, 2020) (SR-FICC-2020-004), 92380 (July 13, 2021), 86 FR 38140 (July 19, 2021) (SR-FICC-2021-006), 94271 (Feb. 17, 2022), 87 FR 10411 (Feb. 24, 2022) (SR-FICC-2022-001), and 97890 (July 13, 2023), 88 FR 46287 (July 19, 2023) (SR-FICC-2023-008).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         Members may be required to post additional collateral to the Clearing Fund in addition to their Required Fund Deposit amount. 
                        <E T="03">See e.g.,</E>
                         section 7 of GSD Rule 3 (Ongoing Membership Requirements), 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 10 (providing that adequate assurances of financial responsibility of a member may be required, such as increased Clearing Fund deposits). For backtesting comparisons, FICC uses the Required Fund Deposit amount, without regard to the actual, total collateral posted by the member to the GSD Clearing Fund.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>FICC investigates the cause(s) of any backtesting deficiencies and determines if there is an identifiable cause of repeat backtesting deficiencies. FICC also evaluates whether multiple Members may experience backtesting deficiencies for the same underlying reason.</P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to the GSD Rules, each Member's Required Fund Deposit amount consists of a number of applicable components, each of which is calculated to address specific risks faced by FICC, as identified within the GSD Rules.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     These components include the VaR Charge, Blackout Period Exposure Adjustment, Backtesting Charge, Holiday Charge, Margin Liquidity Adjustment Charge, special charge, and Portfolio Differential Charge.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The VaR Charge generally comprises the largest portion of a Member's Required Fund Deposit amount.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GSD Rule 4 (Clearing Fund and Loss Allocation), Section 1b. 
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">VaR Charge</HD>
                <P>
                    The VaR Charge is based on the potential price volatility of unsettled positions using a sensitivity-based Value-at-Risk (VaR) methodology. The VaR methodology provides an estimate of the possible losses for a given portfolio based on: (1) confidence level, (2) a time horizon and (3) historical market volatility. The VaR methodology is intended to capture the risks related to market price that are associated with the Net Unsettled Positions in a Member's Margin Portfolios. This risk-based margin methodology is designed to project the potential losses that could occur in connection with the liquidation of a defaulting Member's Margin Portfolio, assuming a Margin Portfolio would take three days to liquidate in normal market conditions. The projected liquidation gains or losses are used to determine the amount of the VaR Charge to each Margin Portfolio, which is calculated to capture the market price risk 
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     associated with each Member's Margin Portfolio(s) at a 99% confidence level.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         Market price risk refers to the risk that volatility in the market causes the price of a security to change between the execution of a trade and settlement of that trade. This risk is sometimes also referred to as volatility risk.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>FICC's VaR model is designed to provide a margin calculation that covers the market risk in a Member's Margin Portfolio. The VaR model calculates the risk profile of each Member's Margin Portfolio by applying certain representative risk factors to measure the degree of responsiveness of the Margin Portfolio's value to the changes of these risk factors over a historical lookback period of at least 10 years that may be supplemented with an additional stressed period.</P>
                <P>
                    The VaR model has been shown to perform well in low to moderate volatility markets. From January 2013 to March 2020, the VaR model has generally performed above the 99% performance target, with deterioration in backtesting coverage only during the two arguably most stressful market periods, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the COVID period during March of 2020 and the successive interest rate hikes that began in March 2022. The market events during these two stressful periods, including monetary policy changes, inflation and recession fears, have resulted in 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43918"/>
                    significant market volatility in the fixed income market that exceeded the 99-percentile of the observed historical data set. Specifically, the extreme market volatilities during these two periods have led to market price changes that exceeded the VaR model's projections, which yielded insufficient VaR Charges. As a result, FICC's VaR backtesting metrics fell below the performance target due to unprecedented levels of extreme market volatility. This highlighted the need for FICC to enhance its VaR model so that it can better respond to extreme market volatility. Accordingly, FICC is proposing changes to the VaR Floor that FICC believes would mitigate the risk of potential underperformance of its VaR model under extreme market volatility.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current VaR Floor</HD>
                <P>
                    On June 1, 2018, the Commission approved FICC's VaR Filing to make changes to GSD's method of calculating a Member's Required Fund Deposit amount, including the VaR Charge.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The VaR Filing amended the definition of VaR Charge to, among other things, incorporate the VaR Floor.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     FICC established the VaR Floor to address the risk that in a long/short portfolio the VaR model could calculate a VaR Charge that is erroneously low where the gross market value of unsettled positions in a Member's portfolio is high and the cost of liquidation in the event of the Member default is also high. This is likely to occur when the VaR model applies substantial risk offsets among long and short unsettled positions in different classes of securities that have a high degree of historical price correlation.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     When this high degree of historical price correlations does not apply as a result of changing market conditions, the VaR Charge derived from the VaR model can be inadequate, and the VaR Floor would then be applied by FICC to mitigate such risk.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         VaR Filing Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         The term “VaR Floor” is currently defined within the definition of VaR Charge. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GSD Rule 1 (Definitions), 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         As an example, certain securities may have highly correlated historical price returns, but if market conditions were to substantially change, these historical correlations could break down, leading to model-generated offsets that could not adequately capture a portfolio's risk.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Currently, the VaR Floor is based upon the market value of the gross unsettled positions in the Member's portfolio. The VaR Floor is determined by multiplying the absolute value of the sum of Net Long Positions and Net Short Positions of Eligible Securities, grouped by product and remaining maturity, by a percentage designated by FICC from time to time for such group. For U.S. Treasury and agency securities, such percentage shall be a fraction, no less than 10%, of the historical minimum volatility of a benchmark fixed income index for such group by product and remaining maturity. For mortgage-backed securities, such percentage shall be a fixed percentage that is no less than 0.05%.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         “VaR Charge” definition in GSD Rule 1 (Definitions). 
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The current VaR Floor is not designed to address the risk of potential underperformance of the VaR model under extreme market volatility.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Incorporate a Minimum Margin Amount Into the VaR Floor</HD>
                <P>In order to mitigate the risk of potential underperformance of its VaR model under extreme market volatility, FICC proposes to incorporate a Minimum Margin Amount into the VaR Floor to supplement the VaR model and enhance its responsiveness to extreme market volatility. FICC believes this proposal would complement and improve the VaR model performance during stressed market conditions. Specifically, FICC believes this proposal would improve the margin backtesting performance during periods of heightened market volatility by maintaining a VaR Charge that is appropriately calibrated to reflect the current market volatility.</P>
                <P>FICC is proposing to introduce a new calculation called the “Minimum Margin Amount” to complement the existing VaR Floor in the GSD Rules. The Minimum Margin Amount would enhance backtesting coverage when there are potential VaR model performance challenges, particularly when securities price changes significantly exceed those implied by the VaR model risk factors, as observed during the recent periods of extreme market volatility. FICC believes the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would provide a more reliable estimate for the portfolio risk level when current market conditions significantly deviate from historical observations.</P>
                <P>
                    The Minimum Margin Amount would be defined in the GSD Rules as, with respect to each Margin Portfolio, a minimum volatility calculation for specified Net Unsettled Positions of a Netting Member as of the time of such calculation. The proposed definition would provide that the Minimum Margin Amount shall use historical price returns to represent risk 
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and be calculated as the sum of the following: (a) amounts calculated using a filtered historical simulation (“FHS”) approach 
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to assess volatility by scaling historical market price returns to current market volatility, with market volatility being measured by applying exponentially weighted moving average to the historical market price returns with a decay factor between 0.93 and 0.99, as determined by FICC from time to time based on sensitivity analysis, macroeconomic conditions, and/or backtesting performance, (b) amounts calculated using a haircut method to measure the risk exposure of those securities that lack sufficient historical price return data, (c) amounts calculated to incorporate risks related to (i) repo interest volatility (“repo interest volatility charge”) 
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and (ii) transaction costs related to bid-ask spread in the market that could be incurred when liquidating a portfolio (“bid-ask spread risk charge”).
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In addition, the proposed definition would require FICC to provide Members with at a minimum one Business Day advance notice of any change to the decay factor via an Important Notice.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         This proposed approach is referred to as the “price return-based risk representation” in the QRM Methodology. Given the availability and accessibility of historical price returns data, FICC believes the proposed approach would help minimize and diversify FICC's risk exposure from external data vendors.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         The FHS method differs from the historical simulation method by incorporating the volatilities of historical price returns as a crucial element. In particular, the FHS method constructs the filtered historical price returns in two steps: first, “devolatilizing” the historical price returns by dividing them by a volatility estimate for the day of the price return, and second, “revolatilizing” the devolatilized price returns by multiplying them by a volatility estimate based on the current market. For additional background on the FHS method, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Filtered historical simulation Value-at-Risk models and their competitors, Pedro Gurrola-Perez and David Murphy, Bank of England, March 2015, 
                        <E T="03">at www.bankofengland.co.uk/working-paper/2015/filtered-historical-simulation-value-at-risk-models-and-their-competitors.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         The “repo interest volatility charge” is a component of the VaR Charge that is designed to address repo interest volatility. The repo interest volatility charge is calculated based on internally constructed repo interest rate indices. This rule change is proposing to also include the repo interest volatility charge as a component of the Minimum Margin Amount; however, it is not proposing to change the repo interest volatility charge or the manner in which this component is calculated.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         The “bid-ask spread risk charge” is a component of the VaR Charge that is designed to address transaction costs related to bid-ask spread in the market that could be incurred when liquidating a portfolio. This rule change is proposing to also include the bid-ask spread risk charge as a component of the Minimum Margin Amount; however, it is not proposing to change the bid-ask spread risk charge or the manner in which this component is calculated.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         Although the QRM Methodology is being submitted as a confidential Exhibit 5b to this proposal due to its proprietary content, FICC makes available to Members a Value-at-Risk (VaR) calculator that can be used to estimate their Clearing Fund requirements based on their portfolios.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <PRTPAGE P="43919"/>
                <P>FICC is proposing to revise the definition of the VaR Floor to incorporate the Minimum Margin Amount, such that the VaR Floor would be the greater of (i) the VaR Floor Percentage Amount and (ii) the Minimum Margin Amount.</P>
                <P>The “VaR Floor Percentage Amount” would be the new defined term used to describe the current VaR Floor percentage calculation in the GSD Rules. This rule change is not proposing to change the VaR Floor percentage or the manner in which this component is calculated.</P>
                <P>As proposed, the Minimum Margin Amount would be utilized as the VaR Charge for a Member's Margin Portfolio when it is greater than the current VaR Charge of the Margin Portfolio and the VaR Floor Percentage Amount.</P>
                <P>
                    Under the proposed changes to the QRM Methodology, the Minimum Margin Amount would use a price return-based risk representation (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     use historical price returns to represent risk) 
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and be calculated as the sum of (i) amounts calculated using a FHS method that scales historical market price returns to current market volatility, (ii) amounts calculated using a haircut method for securities that lack sufficient historical price return data, and (iii) amounts calculated to incorporate additional risk factors.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 25.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">FHS Method</HD>
                <P>Following the FHS method, FICC would first construct historical price returns using certain mapped fixed income securities benchmarks. As proposed, the mapped fixed income securities benchmarks to be used with the FHS method when calculating the Minimum Margin Amount in the QRM Methodology would be Bloomberg Treasury indexes for U.S. Treasury and agency securities, Bloomberg TIPS indexes for Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”), and to-be-announced (“TBA”) securities for mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) pools. These benchmarks were selected because their price movements generally closely track those of the securities mapped to them and that their price history is generally readily available and accessible.</P>
                <P>After constructing historical price returns, FICC would estimate a market volatility associated with each historical price return by applying exponentially weighted moving average (“EWMA”) to the historical price returns. The historical price returns are then “devolatilized” by dividing them by the corresponding EWMA volatilities to obtain the residual returns. The residual returns are then “revolatilized” by multiplying them by the current EWMA volatility to obtain the filtered returns.</P>
                <P>The filtered return time series are then used to simulate the profits and losses of a Member's Margin Portfolio and derive the volatility of the Margin Portfolio using the standard historical simulation approach. In particular, each security that is in a Member's Margin Portfolio would be mapped to a respective fixed income securities benchmark, as applicable, based on the security's asset class and remaining maturity. The filtered returns of the benchmark are used as the simulated returns of the mapped security to calculate the simulated profits and losses of a Member's Margin Portfolio. The Minimum Margin Amount is then calculated as the 99-percentile of the simulated portfolio loss.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Haircut Method</HD>
                <P>Occasionally, a Member's Margin Portfolio(s) contain classes of securities that reflect market price changes that are not consistently related to historical price moves. The value of these securities is often uncertain because the securities' market volume varies widely, thus the price histories are limited. Because the volume and price information for such securities are not robust, the FHS method would not generate Minimum Margin Amounts that adequately reflect the risk profile of such securities. Accordingly, the proposed changes to the QRM Methodology would provide that the Minimum Margin Amount would use a haircut method to assess the market risk of those securities that are more difficult to simulate, for example, because of thin trading history.</P>
                <P>Specifically, the proposed haircut method would be used for MBS pools that are not TBA securities eligible, floating rate notes and U.S. Treasury/agency securities with remaining time to maturities of less than or equal to one year.</P>
                <P>
                    A haircut method would also be used to size up the basis risk between an agency security and the mapped U.S. Treasury index to supplement the historical market price moves generated by the FHS method for agency securities to reflect any residual risks between agency securities and the mapped fixed income securities benchmarks, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Bloomberg Treasury indexes. Similarly, a haircut method would be used to size up the MBS pool/TBA basis risk to address the residual risk for using TBA price returns as proxies for MBS pool returns used in the FHS method.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Minimum Margin Amount Calculation</HD>
                <P>FICC is proposing to modify the QRM Methodology to specify that the Minimum Margin Amount would use a price return-based risk representation and be calculated per Member Margin Portfolio as the sum of (i), (ii), and (iii):</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">(i) FHS Method</HD>
                <P>(a) the amount calculated using historical market price returns of mapped fixed income securities benchmarks derived based on the FHS method.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">(ii) Haircut Method</HD>
                <P>(a) the haircut charge for MBS pools that are not TBA securities eligible,</P>
                <P>(b) the supplemental haircut charge for agency securities,</P>
                <P>(c) the haircut charge for floating rate notes and U.S. Treasury/agency securities with remaining time to maturities of less than or equal to one year, and</P>
                <P>(d) the supplemental basis haircut charge for mortgage pool securities.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">(iii) Additional Risk Factors</HD>
                <P>
                    (a) the repo interest volatility charge,
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 27.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (b) the bid-ask spread risk charge.
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 28.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The mapped fixed income securities benchmarks, historical market price returns, parameters and volatility assessments to be used to calculate the Minimum Margin Amount would be determined by FICC from time to time in accordance with FICC's model risk management practices and governance set forth in the Clearing Agency Model Risk Management Framework.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Model Risk Management Framework, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Minimum Margin Amount Parameters</HD>
                <P>The proposed Minimum Margin Amount uses a lookback period for the filtered historical simulation and a decay factor for calculating the EWMA volatility of the historical prices returns.</P>
                <P>
                    In particular, the lookback period of the proposed Minimum Margin Amount is the same as the lookback period used for the VaR model, which is 10 years, plus, to the extent applicable, a stressed period. Consistent with the VaR methodology outlined in the QRM Methodology and pursuant to the model performance monitoring required under the Model Risk Management Framework,
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the lookback period 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43920"/>
                    would be analyzed to evaluate its sensitivity and impact to the model performance.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         The Model Risk Management Framework provides that all models undergo ongoing model performance monitoring and backtesting which is the process of (i) evaluating an active model's 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        ongoing performance based on theoretical tests, (ii) monitoring the model's parameters through the use of threshold indicators, and/or (iii) backtesting using actual historical data/realizations to test a VaR model's predictive power. 
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The decay factor in general affects (i) whether and how the Minimum Margin Amount would be invoked, (ii) the peak level of margin increase or the degree of procyclicality, and (iii) how quickly the margin would fall back to pre-stress levels. Similar to the lookback period, the decay factor of the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would also be analyzed to evaluate its sensitivity and impact to the model performance pursuant to the model performance monitoring required under the Model Risk Management Framework.
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The decay factor would be, as proposed, between 0.93 and 0.99, and any update thereto is expected to be an infrequent event and would typically happen only when there is an unprecedented market volatility event which resulted in risk exposures to FICC that cannot be adequately mitigated by the then calibrated decay factor. The decision to update the decay factor would be based on the above-mentioned sensitivity analysis with considerations to factors, such as the impact to the VaR Charges, macroeconomic conditions, and/or backtesting performance. The initial decay factor for the Minimum Margin Amount calculation would be 0.97 but may be adjusted as set forth above in accordance with FICC's model risk management practices and governance set forth in the Model Risk Management Framework.
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 34.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Model Risk Management Framework, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Model Risk Management Framework would also require FICC to conduct ongoing model performance monitoring of the Minimum Margin Amount methodology.
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     FICC's current model performance monitoring practices would provide for sensitivity analysis of relevant model parameters and assumptions to be conducted monthly, or more frequently when markets display high volatility. In addition, FICC would monitor each Member's Required Fund Deposit and the aggregate Clearing Fund requirements versus the requirements calculated by the Minimum Margin Amount. Specifically, FICC would review and assess the robustness of the Required Fund Deposit inclusive of the Minimum Margin Amount by comparing the results versus the three-day profit and loss of each Member's Margin Portfolio based on actual market price moves. Based on the results of the sensitivity analysis and/or backtesting, FICC could consider adjustments to the Minimum Margin Amount, including changing the decay factor as appropriate. Any adjustment to the Minimum Margin Amount calculation would be subject to the model risk management practices and governance process set forth in the Model Risk Management Framework.
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         note 34.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Model Risk Management Framework, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Expand Application of VaR Floor To Include Margin Proxy</HD>
                <P>
                    The GSD Margin Proxy methodology is currently deployed as an alternative volatility calculation in the event that the requisite vendor data used for the VaR model is unavailable for an extended period of time.
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In circumstances where the Margin Proxy is applied by FICC, FICC is proposing to have the VaR Floor operate as a floor for the Margin Proxy. Specifically, FICC is proposing to expand the application of the VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy so that if the Margin Proxy, when deployed, is lower than the VaR Floor, then the VaR Floor would be utilized as the VaR Charge with respect to a Member's Margin Portfolio. FICC believes this proposed change would enable Margin Proxy to be a more effective risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress, thereby enhancing the overall resilience of the FICC risk management.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         FICC may deem such data to be unavailable and deploy Margin Proxy when there are concerns with the quality of data provided by the vendor.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Proposed GSD Rule Changes</HD>
                <P>In connection with incorporating the Minimum Margin Amount into the VaR Floor, FICC would modify the GSD Rules to:</P>
                <P>I. Add a definition of “Minimum Margin Amount” and define it as, with respect to each Margin Portfolio, a minimum volatility calculation for specified Net Unsettled Positions of a Member as of the time of such calculation. The definition would provide that the Minimum Margin Amount shall use historical price returns to represent risk and be calculated as the sum of the following: (a) amounts calculated using a filtered historical simulation approach to assess volatility by scaling historical market price returns to current market volatility, with market volatility being measured by applying exponentially weighted moving average to the historical market price returns with a decay factor between 0.93 and 0.99, as determined by FICC from time to time based on sensitivity analysis, macroeconomic conditions, and/or backtesting performance, (b) amounts calculated using a haircut method to measure the risk exposure of those securities that lack sufficient historical price return data, and (c) amounts calculated to incorporate risks related to (i) repo interest volatility (“repo interest volatility charge”) and (ii) transaction costs related to bid-ask spread in the market that could be incurred when liquidating a portfolio (“bid-ask spread risk charge”). In addition, the proposed definition would require FICC to provide Members with at a minimum one Business Day advance notice of any change to the decay factor via an Important Notice;</P>
                <P>II. Add a definition of “VaR Floor Percentage Amount” which would be defined the same as the current calculation for the VaR Floor percentage with non-substantive modifications to reflect that the calculated amount is a separate defined term; and</P>
                <P>III. Move the defined term VaR Floor out of the definition of VaR Charge and define it as the greater of (i) the VaR Floor Percentage Amount and (ii) the Minimum Margin Amount.</P>
                <P>In connection with applying the VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy, FICC would modify the GSD Rules to revise the definition of “VaR Charge” by adding a reference to the Margin Proxy with respect to the VaR Floor application and clarifying that VaR Charge is calculated at the Margin Portfolio-level.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Proposed QRM Methodology Changes</HD>
                <P>In connection with incorporating the Minimum Margin Amount into the VaR Floor, FICC would modify the QRM Methodology to:</P>
                <P>I. Describe how the Minimum Margin Amount, as defined in the GSD Rules, would be calculated, including:</P>
                <P>(i) Establishing mapped fixed income securities benchmarks for purposes of the calculation using historical market price returns of such securities with the FHS method;</P>
                <P>(ii) Using a haircut method to assess the market risk of certain securities that are more difficult to simulate due to thin trading history; and</P>
                <P>(iii) Detailing other risk factors that would be incorporated in the calculation.</P>
                <P>II. Describe the developmental evidence and impacts to backtesting performance and margin charges relating to Minimum Margin Amount.</P>
                <P>
                    In connection with applying the VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy, FICC 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43921"/>
                    would modify the QRM Methodology to reflect that the Minimum Margin Amount would serve as a floor for the Margin Proxy.
                </P>
                <P>In addition, FICC would modify the QRM Methodology to:</P>
                <P>
                    I. Make certain clarifying changes to the QRM Methodology to delete an out-of-date description of the Margin Proxy being used as an adjustment factor to the VaR,
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     enhance the description of the VaR Floor Percentage Amount, and update the list of key model parameters to reflect the Margin Proxy lookback period; and
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         FICC currently does not use Margin Proxy as an adjustment factor to the VaR and does not intend to use it as such in the future.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>II. Make certain technical changes to the QRM Methodology to renumber sections and tables, correct grammatical and typographical errors, delete out-of-date index names, and update certain formula notations and section titles as necessary.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Impact Study</HD>
                <P>
                    FICC performed an impact study on Members' Margin Portfolios for the period beginning July 1, 2021 through June 30, 2023 (“Impact Study Period').
                    <E T="51">41 42</E>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If the proposed rule changes 
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     had been in place during the Impact Study Period compared to the existing GSD Rules, the aggregate average daily start-of-day (“SOD”) VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $2.90 billion or 13.89%, the aggregate average daily noon VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $3.03 billion or 14.06%, and the aggregate average daily Backtesting Charges would have decreased by approximately $622 million or 64.46%.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         GSD increased the minimum Required Fund Deposit for Members to $1 million on Dec. 5, 2022 (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 96136 (Oct. 24, 2022), 87 FR 65268 (Oct. 28, 2022) (SR-FICC-2022-006)); however, for the purpose of this Impact Study, the $1 million minimum Requirement Fund Deposit is assumed to be in effect for the entirety of the Impact Study period.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         GSD adopted a Portfolio Differential Charge (“PD Charge”) as an additional component to the GSD Required Fund Deposit on Oct. 30, 2023 (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98494 (Sep. 25, 2023), 88 FR 67394 (Sep. 29, 2023) (SR-FICC-2023-011)); however, for the purpose of this Impact Study, the PD Charge is assumed to be in effect for the entirety of the Impact Study period.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         Margin Proxy was not deployed during the Impact Study Period; however, if the proposed rule changes had been in place and the Margin Proxy were deployed during the Impact Study Period, the aggregate average daily SOD VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $4.16 billion or 20.97%. The impact study also indicated that if the proposed rule changes had been in place and the Margin Proxy were deployed, the VaR model backtesting coverage would have increased from approximately 98.17% to 99.38% during the Impact Study Period. Specifically, if the proposed rule changes had been in place and the Margin Proxy were deployed during the Impact Study Period, the number of the VaR model backtesting deficiencies would have been reduced by 899 (from 1358 to 459, or approximately 66.2%).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The impact study indicated that if the proposed rule changes had been in place, the VaR model backtesting coverage would have increased from approximately 98.86% to 99.46% during the Impact Study Period. Specifically, if the proposed rule changes had been in place during the Impact Study Period, the number of VaR model backtesting deficiencies would have been reduced by 441 (from 843 to 402, or approximately 52%).</P>
                <P>The impact study also indicated that if the proposed rule changes had been in place, overall margin backtesting coverage would have increased from approximately 98.87% to 99.33% during the Impact Study Period. Specifically, if the proposed rule changes had been in place during the Impact Study Period, the number of overall margin backtesting deficiencies would have been reduced by 280 (from 685 to 405, or approximately 41%) and the overall margin backtesting coverage for 94 Members (approximately 72% of the GSD membership) would have improved with 36 Members who were below 99% coverage would be brought back to above 99%.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Impacts to Members Over the Impact Study Period</HD>
                <P>
                    On average, at the Member level, the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would have increased the SOD VaR Charge by approximately $22.43 million, or 17.56%, and the noon VaR Charge by approximately $23.25 million, or 17.43%, over the Impact Study Period. The largest average percentage increase in SOD VaR Charge for any Member would have been approximately 66.88%, or $97,051 (0.21% of the Member's average Net Capital),
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the largest average percentage increase in noon VaR Charge for any Member would have been approximately 64.79%, or $61,613 (0.13% of the Member's average Net Capital). The largest average dollar increase in SOD VaR Charge for any Member would have been approximately $268.51 million (0.34% of the Member's average Net Capital), or 19.06%, and the largest dollar increase in noon VaR Charge for any Member would have been approximately $289.00 million (1.07% of the Member's average Net Capital), or 13.67%. The top 10 Members based on the size of their average SOD VaR Charges and average noon VaR Charges would have contributed approximately 51.87% and 53.64% of the aggregated SOD VaR Charges and aggregated noon VaR Charges, respectively, during the Impact Study Period had the proposed Minimum Margin Amount been in place. The same Members would have contributed to 50.08% and 51.52% of the increase in aggregated SOD VaR Charges and aggregated noon VaR Charges, respectively, had the proposed Minimum Margin Amount been in place during the Impact Study Period.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         The term “Net Capital” means, as of a particular date, the amount equal to the net capital of a broker or dealer as defined in SEC Rule 15c3-1(c)(2), or any successor rule or regulation thereto. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GSD Rule 1 (Definitions), 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Implementation Timeframe</HD>
                <P>
                    FICC would implement the proposed rule changes by no later than 60 Business Days after the later of the approval of the proposed rule change and no objection to the related advance notice 
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     by the Commission. FICC would announce the effective date of the proposed changes by an Important Notice posted to its website.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 8.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    FICC believes that this proposal is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a registered clearing agency. Specifically, FICC believes that this proposal is consistent with section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act 
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rules 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) and (e)(6)(i), each promulgated under the Act,
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for the reasons described below.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(3)(F).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) and (e)(6)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act requires, in part, that the GSD Rules be designed to assure the safeguarding of securities and funds which are in the custody or control of the clearing agency or for which it is responsible.
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     FICC believes the proposed changes are designed to assure the safeguarding of securities and funds which are in its custody or control or for which it is responsible because they are designed to enable FICC to better limit its exposure to Members in the event of a Member default, as described below.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(3)(F).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Required Fund Deposits are made up of risk-based components (as margin) that are calculated and assessed daily to limit FICC's credit exposures to Members. FICC is proposing changes to the GSD Rules and QRM Methodology that are designed to more effectively measure and address risk characteristics in situations where the risk factors used in the VaR method do not adequately predict market price movements. The proposed changes above would adjust 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43922"/>
                    the VaR Floor to help ensure that FICC collects adequate margin from its Members, particularly in periods of extreme market volatility. During periods of extreme market volatility, the existing VaR model has been shown to underperform based on backtesting performances. Backtesting percentages covering such periods indicate the risk that VaR Charges would be insufficient to manage risk in the event of a Member default. FICC pays particular attention to Members with backtesting deficiencies that bring the backtesting results for that Member below the 99% confidence target to determine if there is an identifiable cause of repeat backtesting deficiencies. During the recent period of extreme market volatility, there was an increase in observed backtesting deficiencies. The Minimum Margin Amount, to be defined in the GSD Rules and further incorporated in the QRM Methodology as described herein, is a proposed targeted response to enhance the GSD VaR model performance and improve the backtesting coverage during periods of extreme market volatility.
                </P>
                <P>As a result of the recent extreme market volatility, FICC's VaR model did not achieve a 99% confidence level for all Members during the COVID period during March of 2020 and the successive interest rate hikes that began in June 2022. The Minimum Margin Amount is intended to allow the VaR Charge to be more responsive during market conditions when the VaR model projections do not closely correspond with observed market price changes. Backtesting studies indicate that the aggregate average daily SOD VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $2.90 billion or 13.89%, the aggregate average daily noon VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $3.03 billion or 14.06%, the aggregate average daily Backtesting Charges would have decreased by approximately $622 million or 64.46% during the Impact Study Period, and the overall margin backtesting coverage (based on 12-month trailing backtesting) would have improved from approximately 98.87% to 99.33% during the Impact Study Period if the Minimum Margin Amount calculation had been in place. Improving the overall backtesting coverage level would help FICC ensure that it maintains an appropriate level of margin to address its risk management needs.</P>
                <P>The use of the Minimum Margin Amount would reduce risk by allowing FICC to calculate the exposure in each portfolio using historical price returns to represent risk along with amounts calculated (i) using a FHS method that scales historical market price returns to current market volatility, (ii) using a haircut method for securities that lack sufficient historical price return data, and (iii) to incorporate other risk factors. As reflected by backtesting studies during the Impact Study Period, the proposed changes would appropriately limit FICC's credit exposure to Members when current market conditions deviate from historical observations, resulting in the risk factors used in the VaR method do not adequately predict market price movements and associated credit risk exposure. Adding the Minimum Margin Amount to the VaR Floor would help to ensure that the risk exposure during periods of extreme market volatility is adequately captured in the VaR Charges. Similarly, the proposed change to expand the application of VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy would enable Margin Proxy to be a more effective risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress. By improving the effectiveness of Margin Proxy as a risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress would help ensure that the margin that FICC collects from Members is sufficient to mitigate the credit exposure presented by the Members. Overall, FICC believes these proposed changes would help to ensure that FICC continues to accurately calculate and assess margin and in turn, collect sufficient margin from its Members and better enable FICC to limit its exposures that could be incurred when liquidating a portfolio.</P>
                <P>FICC believes the proposed clarifying and technical changes to the GSD Rules and QRM Methodology described above would enhance the clarity of the GSD Rules and the QRM Methodology for FICC and its membership. Having clear and accurate rules would help Members better understand their rights and obligations under the GSD Rules, and Members would be more likely to act in accordance with the GSD Rules. Similarly, having a clear and accurate methodology document that describes how the VaR Charges are calculated would help to ensure that FICC continues to accurately calculate and assess margin and in turn, collect sufficient margin from its Members and better enable FICC to limit its exposures that could be incurred when liquidating a portfolio.</P>
                <P>
                    By better enabling FICC to limit its exposure to Members, the proposed changes to the GSD Rules and QRM Methodology are designed to better ensure that, in the event of a Member default, FICC would have adequate margin from the defaulting Member and non-defaulting Members would not be exposed to losses they cannot anticipate or control. Therefore, the proposed changes would be designed to assure the safeguarding of securities and funds which are in the custody or control of FICC or for which it is responsible, consistent with section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act.
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) under the Act 
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requires a covered clearing agency to establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to effectively identify, measure, monitor, and manage its credit exposures to participants and those exposures arising from its payment, clearing, and settlement processes by maintaining sufficient financial resources to cover its credit exposure to each participant fully with a high degree of confidence. As described above, FICC believes that the proposed changes would enable it to better identify, measure, monitor, and, through the collection of Members' Required Fund Deposits, manage its credit exposures to Members by maintaining sufficient resources to cover those credit exposures fully with a high degree of confidence. More specifically, as indicated by backtesting studies, implementation of a Minimum Margin Amount by changing the GSD Rules and QRM Methodology as described herein would allow FICC to limit its credit exposures to Members in the event that the current VaR model yields too low a VaR Charge for such portfolios and improve backtesting performance. As indicated by the backtesting studies, the aggregate average daily SOD VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $2.90 billion or 13.89%, the aggregate average daily noon VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $3.03 billion or 14.06%, the aggregate average daily Backtesting Charges would have decreased by approximately $622 million or 64.46% during the Impact Study Period, and the overall margin backtesting coverage (based on 12-month trailing backtesting) would have improved from approximately 98.87% to 99.33% during the Impact Study Period if the Minimum Margin Amount calculation had been in place. By identifying and providing for appropriate VaR Charges, adding the Minimum Margin Amount to the VaR Floor would help to ensure that the risk exposure during periods of extreme market volatility is adequately identified, measured and monitored. Similarly, the proposed change to expand the application of VaR Floor to 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43923"/>
                    include Margin Proxy would enable Margin Proxy to be a more effective risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress. By improving the effectiveness of Margin Proxy as a risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress would help ensure that the margin that FICC collects from Members is sufficient to mitigate the credit exposure presented by the Members. As a result, FICC believes that the proposal would enhance FICC's ability to effectively identify, measure and monitor its credit exposures and would enhance its ability to maintain sufficient financial resources to cover its credit exposure to each participant fully with a high degree of confidence, consistent with the requirements of Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) under the Act.
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(4)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Rule 17Ad-22(e)(6)(i) under the Act 
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requires a covered clearing agency to establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to cover its credit exposures to its participants by establishing a risk-based margin system that, at a minimum, considers, and produces margin levels commensurate with, the risks and particular attributes of each relevant product, portfolio, and market. FICC believes that the proposed changes to adjust the VaR Floor to include the Minimum Margin Amount by changing the GSD Rules and QRM Methodology as described herein are consistent with the requirements of Rule 17Ad-22(e)(6)(i) cited above. The Required Fund Deposits are made up of risk-based components (as margin) that are calculated and assessed daily to limit FICC's credit exposures to Members. FICC is proposing changes that are designed to more effectively measure and address risk characteristics in situations where the risk factors used in the VaR method do not adequately predict market price movements. As reflected in backtesting studies, FICC believes the proposed changes would appropriately limit FICC's credit exposure to Members in the event that the VaR model yields too low a VaR Charge in such situations. Such backtesting studies indicate that the aggregate average daily SOD VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $2.90 billion or 13.89%, the aggregate average daily noon VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $3.03 billion or 14.06%, the aggregate average daily Backtesting Charges would have decreased by approximately $622 million or 64.46% during the Impact Study Period, and the overall margin backtesting coverage (based on 12-month trailing backtesting) would have improved from approximately 98.87% to 99.33% during the Impact Study Period if the Minimum Margin Amount calculation had been in place. By identifying and providing for appropriate VaR Charges, adding the Minimum Margin Amount to the VaR Floor would help to ensure that margin levels are commensurate with the risk exposure of each portfolio during periods of extreme market volatility. Similarly, the proposed change to expand the application of VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy would enable Margin Proxy to be a more effective risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress. By improving the effectiveness of Margin Proxy as a risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress would help ensure that the margin that FICC collects from Members is sufficient to mitigate the credit exposure presented by the Members. Overall, the proposed changes would allow FICC to more effectively address the risks presented by Members. In this way, the proposed changes enhance the ability of FICC to produce margin levels commensurate with the risks and particular attributes of each relevant product, portfolio, and market. As such, FICC believes that the proposed changes are consistent with the requirements of Rule 17Ad-22(e)(6)(i) under the Act.
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(6)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">(B) Clearing Agency's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    FICC believes the proposed rule changes to (i) modify the VaR Floor to incorporate a Minimum Margin Amount and (ii) expand the application of the VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy, each as described above, could impose a burden on competition. As a result of the proposed rule changes, Members may experience increases in their Required Fund Deposits. An impact study during the Impact Study Period indicates that on average each Member would have had an increase in the SOD VaR Charge and the noon VaR Charge of approximately $22.43 million, or 17.56%, and $23.25 million, or 17.43%, respectively. Such increases could burden Members that have lower operating margins or higher costs of capital than other Members. It is not clear whether the burden on competition would necessarily be significant because it would depend on whether the affected Members were similarly situated in terms of business type and size. Regardless of whether the burden on competition is significant, FICC believes that any burden on competition would be necessary and appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as permitted by section 17A(b)(3)(I) of the Act.
                    <SU>54</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>54</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(3)(I).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Specifically, FICC believes that the proposed rule changes would be necessary in furtherance of the Act, as described in this filing and further below. FICC believes that the above-described burden on competition that may be created by the proposed changes is necessary, because the GSD Rules must be designed to assure the safeguarding of securities and funds that are in FICC's custody or control or which it is responsible, consistent with section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act.
                    <SU>55</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As described above, FICC believes that the use of the Minimum Margin Amount would reduce risk by allowing FICC to calculate the exposure in each portfolio using historical price returns to represent risk along with amounts calculated (i) using a FHS method that scales historical market price returns to current market volatility, (ii) a haircut method for securities that lack sufficient historical price return data, and (iii) to incorporate other risk factors, based on open positions within each portfolio. FICC believes the proposed change would provide a more reliable estimate than the FICC VaR historical data set for the portfolio risk level when current market conditions deviate from historical observations. Accurately calculating and assessing margin and in turn, collecting sufficient margin from its Members would better enable FICC to limit its exposures that could be incurred when liquidating a portfolio. Similarly, the proposed change to expand the application of VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy would enable Margin Proxy to be a more effective risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress. By improving the effectiveness of Margin Proxy as a risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress would help ensure that the margin that FICC collects from Members is sufficient to mitigate the credit exposure presented by the Members. By better enabling FICC to limit its exposure to Members, the proposed changes to the GSD Rules and QRM Methodology are designed to better ensure that, in the event of a Member default, FICC would have adequate margin from the defaulting Member and non-defaulting Members would not be exposed to losses they cannot anticipate or control. Therefore, the proposed 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43924"/>
                    changes would be designed to assure the safeguarding of securities and funds which are in the custody or control of FICC or for which it is responsible, consistent with section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act.
                    <SU>56</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>55</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(3)(F).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>56</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    FICC also believes these proposed changes are necessary to support FICC's compliance with Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) and Rule 17Ad-22(e)(6)(i) under the Act,
                    <SU>57</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which require FICC to establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to (x) effectively identify, measure, monitor, and manage its credit exposures to participants and those arising from its payment, clearing, and settlement processes, including by maintaining sufficient financial resources to cover its credit exposure to each participant fully with a high degree of confidence and (y) cover its credit exposures to its participants by establishing a risk-based margin system that, at a minimum, considers, and produces margin levels commensurate with, the risks and particular attributes of each relevant product, portfolio, and market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>57</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) and (e)(6)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As described above, FICC believes that implementing the Minimum Margin Amount into the VaR Floor would allow FICC to more effectively measure and address risk characteristics in situations where the risk factors used in the VaR method do not adequately predict market price movements, particularly in periods of extreme volatility and economic uncertainty. FICC's existing VaR model underperformed in response to the significant levels of extreme market volatility, and the VaR Charge amounts that were calculated using the profit and loss scenarios generated by FICC's VaR model did not achieve the 99% backtesting coverage target during the COVID period during March of 2020 and the successive interest rate hikes that began in March 2022. In addition, the current VaR Floor is not designed to address the risk of potential underperformance of the VaR model under extreme market volatility. As reflected in backtesting studies during the Impact Study Period, FICC believes the proposed changes would appropriately cover FICC's credit exposure to Members with a high degree of confidence in the event that the VaR model yields too low a VaR Charge in such situations. The proposed rule changes would limit FICC's exposure to Members by ensuring that each Member has an appropriate minimum VaR Charge applied to its portfolios in the event that the VaR model yields too low a VaR Charge for such portfolios. By identifying and providing for appropriate VaR Charges, adding the Minimum Margin Amount to the VaR Floor would help to ensure that margin levels are commensurate with the risk exposure of each portfolio during periods of extreme market volatility. Similarly, the proposed change to expand the application of VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy would enable Margin Proxy to be a more effective risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress. By improving the effectiveness of Margin Proxy as a risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress would help ensure that the margin that FICC collects from Members is sufficient to mitigate the credit exposure presented by the Members. Therefore, FICC believes that these proposed changes would allow FICC to effectively identify, measure, monitor, and manage its credit exposures to Members and better limit FICC's credit exposures to Members by maintaining sufficient financial resources to cover its credit exposure to each Member fully with a high degree of confidence and producing margin levels commensurate with the risks and particular attributes of each relevant product and portfolio consistent with the requirements of Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) and Rule 17Ad-22(e)(6)(i) under the Act.
                    <SU>58</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>58</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>FICC also believes that the above-described burden on competition that could be created by the proposed changes would be appropriate in furtherance of the Act because such changes have been appropriately designed to assure the safeguarding of securities and funds which are in the custody or control of FICC or for which it is responsible, as described in detail above. The proposed changes to incorporate the Minimum Margin Amount and apply the VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy would enable FICC to produce margin levels more commensurate with the risks and particular attributes of each Member's portfolio. Any increase in Required Fund Deposit as a result of such proposed changes for a particular Member would be in direct relation to the specific risks presented by such Members' portfolio, and each Member's Required Fund Deposit would continue to be calculated with the same parameters and at the same confidence level. Therefore, Members with portfolios that present similar risks, regardless of the type of Member, would have similar impacts on their Required Fund Deposit amounts. In addition, the proposed changes would improve the risk-based margining methodology that FICC employs to set margin requirements and better limit FICC's credit exposures to its Members. Impact studies indicate that the proposed methodology would result in backtesting coverage that more appropriately addresses the risks presented by each portfolio. Therefore, because the proposed changes are designed to provide FICC with a more appropriate and complete measure of the risks presented by Members' portfolios, FICC believes the proposals are appropriately designed to meet its risk management goals and its regulatory obligations.</P>
                <P>
                    Therefore, FICC does not believe that the proposed changes would impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the Act.
                    <SU>59</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                         15.U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(3)(I).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>FICC does not believe the proposed clarifying and technical changes to the GSD Rules and the QRM Methodology would impact competition. These changes would help to ensure that the GSD Rules and the QRM Methodology remain clear. Specifically, the changes to the GSD Rules would facilitate members' understanding of the GSD Rules and their obligations thereunder, and the changes to the QRM Methodology would help ensure that FICC continues to accurately calculate and assess margin from its Members. These changes would not affect FICC's operations or the rights and obligations of the membership. As such, FICC believes the proposed clarifying and technical changes would not have any impact on competition.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">(C) Clearing Agency's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>FICC has not received or solicited any written comments relating to this proposal. If any additional written comments are received, they will be publicly filed as an Exhibit 2 to this filing, as required by Form 19b-4 and the General Instructions thereto.</P>
                <P>
                    Persons submitting comments are cautioned that, according to Section IV (Solicitation of Comments) of the Exhibit 1A in the General Instructions to Form 19b-4, the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from comment submissions. Commenters should submit only information that they wish to make available publicly, including their name, email address, and any other identifying information.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43925"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    All prospective commenters should follow the Commission's instructions on how to submit comments, 
                    <E T="03">available at www.sec.gov/regulatory-actions/how-to-submit-comments.</E>
                     General questions regarding the rule filing process or logistical questions regarding this filing should be directed to the Main Office of the SEC's Division of Trading and Markets at 
                    <E T="03">tradingandmarkets@sec.gov</E>
                     or 202-551-5777.
                </P>
                <P>FICC reserves the right not to respond to any comments received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove the Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, and Grounds for Disapproval Under Consideration</HD>
                <P>
                    The Commission is instituting proceedings pursuant to section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act to determine whether the Proposed Rule Change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, should be approved or disapproved.
                    <SU>60</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Institution of proceedings is appropriate at this time in view of the legal and policy issues raised by the Proposed Rule Change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1. Institution of proceedings does not indicate that the Commission has reached any conclusions with respect to any of the issues involved. Rather, the Commission seeks and encourages interested persons to comment on the Proposed Rule Change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, which would provide the Commission with arguments to support the Commission's analysis as to whether to approve or disapprove the Proposed Rule Change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>60</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Exchange Act,
                    <SU>61</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Commission is providing notice of the grounds for disapproval under consideration. The Commission is instituting proceedings to allow for additional analysis of, and input from commenters with respect to, the consistency of the Proposed Rule Change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, with section 17A of the Exchange Act 
                    <SU>62</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the rules thereunder, including the following provisions:
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>61</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>62</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q-1.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • Section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Exchange Act,
                    <SU>63</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which requires, among other things, that the rules of a clearing agency are designed to assure the safeguarding of securities and funds which are in the custody or control of the clearing agency or for which it is responsible;
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>63</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(3)(F).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) under the Exchange Act,
                    <SU>64</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which requires that a covered clearing agency establish, implement, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to effectively identify, measure, monitor, and manage its credit exposures to participants and those exposures arising from its payment, clearing, and settlement processes by maintaining sufficient financial resources to cover its credit exposure to each participant fully with a high degree of confidence; and
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>64</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(4)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    • Rule 17Ad-22(e)(6)(i) under the Exchange Act,
                    <SU>65</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which requires that a covered clearing agency establish, implement, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to cover its credit exposures to its participants by establishing a risk-based margin system that, at a minimum, considers, and produces margin levels commensurate with, the risks and particular attributes of each relevant product, portfolio, and market.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>65</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(6)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Procedure: Request for Written Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    The Commission requests that interested persons provide written submissions of their views, data, and arguments with respect to the issues identified above, as well as any other concerns they may have with the Proposed Rule Change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1. In particular, the Commission invites the written views of interested persons concerning whether the Proposed Rule Change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, is consistent with section 17A(b)(3)(F) 
                    <SU>66</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rules 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i), and (e)(6)(i) 
                    <SU>67</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Exchange Act, or any other provision of the Exchange Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder. Although there do not appear to be any issues relevant to approval or disapproval that would be facilitated by an oral presentation of views, data, and arguments, the Commission will consider, pursuant to Rule 19b-4(g) under the Exchange Act,
                    <SU>68</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     any request for an opportunity to make an oral presentation.
                    <SU>69</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>66</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(3)(F).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>67</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) and 17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(6)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>68</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(g).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>69</SU>
                         Section 19(b)(2) of the Exchange Act grants to the Commission flexibility to determine what type of proceeding—either oral or notice and opportunity for written comments—is appropriate for consideration of a particular proposal by a self-regulatory organization. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Act Amendments of 1975, Senate Comm. on Banking, Housing &amp; Urban Affairs, S. Rep. No. 75, 94th Cong., 1st Sess. 30 (1975).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Commission asks that commenters address the sufficiency of FICC's statements in support of the Proposed Rule Change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, which are set forth herein, in addition to any other comments they may wish to submit about the Proposed Rule Change, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1.</P>
                <P>Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include File Number  SR-FICC-2024-003 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to File Number SR-FICC-2024-003. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549 on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of FICC and on DTCC's website (
                    <E T="03">dtcc.com/legal/sec-rule-filings</E>
                    ). Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection.
                </FP>
                <P>
                    All submissions should refer to File Number SR-FICC-2024-003 and should 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43926"/>
                    be submitted on or before June 10, 2024. Rebuttal comments should be submitted by June 24, 2024.
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>70</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>70</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(31).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10957 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100126; File No. SR-NYSEAMER-2024-29]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE American LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend the NYSE American Options Fee Schedule</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that, on May 1, 2024, NYSE American LLC (“NYSE American” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the self-regulatory organization. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78a.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend the NYSE American Options Fee Schedule (“Fee Schedule”) regarding Initiating Participant Rebates for Single-Leg Customer Best Execution Auctions. The Exchange proposes to implement the fee change effective May 1, 2024. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">www.nyse.com,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and the Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The purpose of this filing is to modify certain Initiating Participant Rebates offered for initiating Single-Leg Customer Best Execution Auctions (each a “CUBE Auction”).
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See generally</E>
                         Rule 971.1NYP (describing the CUBE Auction, which is an electronic crossing mechanism for single-leg orders with a price improvement auction on the Exchange).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Background</HD>
                <P>The Exchange first notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive or incentives to be insufficient.</P>
                <P>
                    There are currently 17 registered options exchanges competing for order flow. Based on publicly-available information, and excluding index-based options, no single exchange has more than 16% of the market share of executed volume of multiply-listed equity and ETF options trades.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, currently no exchange possesses significant pricing power in the execution of multiply-listed equity &amp; ETF options order flow. More specifically, in March of 2024, the Exchange had less than 9% market share of executed volume of multiply-listed equity &amp; ETF options trades.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Thus, in such a low-concentrated and highly competitive market, no single options exchange possesses significant pricing power in the execution of option order flow.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         The OCC publishes options and futures volume in a variety of formats, including daily and monthly volume by exchange, available here: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.theocc.com/Market-Data/Market-Data-Reports/Volume-and-Open-Interest/Monthly-Weekly-Volume-Statistics</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         Based on a compilation of OCC data for monthly volume of equity-based options and monthly volume of equity-based ETF options, 
                        <E T="03">see id.,</E>
                         the Exchanges market share in equity-based options increased from 7.55% for the month of March 2023 to 8.36% for the month of March 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the ever-shifting market share among the exchanges from month to month demonstrates that market participants can shift order flow, or discontinue use of certain categories of products, in response to fee changes. Accordingly, competitive forces constrain the Exchange's transaction fees (and credits), and market participants can readily trade on competing venues if they deem pricing levels at those other venues to be more favorable. In response to the competitive environment, the Exchange offers specific rates and credits in its Fees Schedule, as do other competing options exchanges, which the Exchange believes provide incentive to ATP Holders to increase order flow of certain qualifying orders.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Proposal</HD>
                <P>
                    In response to these competitive forces, the Exchange has established various pricing incentives designed to encourage increased Electronic volume executed on the Exchange, including (but not limited to) the American Customer Engagement (“ACE”) Program and the Professional Volume Incentive program.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     To encourage participation in the ACE Program and CUBE Auctions, the Exchange offers an ACE Initiating Participant Rebate to ACE Program participants that initiate CUBE Auctions.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange also offers an alternative to the ACE Initiating Participant Rebate—the Alternative Initiating Participant Rebate—that enables non-ACE Program participants to qualify for this Rebate on certain initiating CUBE Orders provided they meet certain Professional volume requirements and increase their initiating CUBE volume.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Fee Schedule Sections I.E. (American Customer Engagement (“ACE”) Program); and I.H. (Professional Volume Incentive).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Fee Schedule Section I.G (CUBE Auction Fees &amp; Credits, Single-Leg CUBE Auction).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.,</E>
                         note 2. The Alternative Initiating Participant Rebate is available to ATP Holders that execute a minimum of 5,000 contracts ADV in the “Professional” range and increase their Initiating CUBE Orders by the greater of 40% over their August 2019 volume or 15,000 contracts ADV. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Section I.H. of the Fee Schedule defines volume in the Professional range as Electronic volume of Professional Customers, Broker Dealers, Non-NYSE American Options Market Makers, and Firms.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The ACE Initiating Participant Rebate (the “ACE Rebate”) and the Alternative Initiating Participant Rebate are applied to each of the first 5,000 contracts per leg of a CUBE Order executed in a CUBE Auction (each a “qualifying contract”).
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Currently, the ACE Rebate is ($0.12) per qualifying contract for ATP Holders that qualify for any of the five ACE Program Tiers. The Alternative Initiating Participant Rebate is ($0.10) per qualifying contract. These rebates are in addition to any additional credits offered for participation in CUBE Auctions and an ATP Holder that 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43927"/>
                    qualifies for both rebates would be entitled only to the greater of the two rebates.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to modify the ACE Initiating Participant Credit such that ATP Holders who qualify for the ACE Program are eligible to receive a different ACE Rebate amount depending on which ACE Tier that ATP Holder achieves. Specifically, ACE Program participants that qualify for ACE Tiers 1, 2, or 3 would be eligible for a ($0.05) per contract rebate for qualify contracts.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The ACE Program participants that qualify for ACE Tiers 4 or 5 (the highest ACE Tiers) would continue to be eligible for the ($0.12) per contract rebate for qualifying contracts.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The proposed change is design [sic] to incent ATP Holders that currently qualify for the ACE Rebates to increase their Electronic volume on the Exchange (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     and to qualify for ACE Tier 4 or 5. For ACE Program participants that do not achieve ACE Tiers 4 or 5, the Exchange believes that the ($0.05) per contract ACE Rebate would continue to incent ACE Program participants to submit initiating CUBE Orders. The Exchange notes that the ACE Program Tiers are competitively achievable for all ATP Holders that submit significant Customer order flow, in that all firms that submit the requisite significant Customer order flow could compete to meet the tiers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed Fee Schedule Section I.G (CUBE Auction Fees &amp; Credits, Single-Leg CUBE Auction), including updates to note 2.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed Fee Schedule Section I.G (CUBE Auction Fees &amp; Credits, Single-Leg CUBE Auction), including updates to note 2 (specifying that the ACE Rebate amount is tied to the ACE Program Tier achieved).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also proposes to eliminate the Alternative Initiating Participant Rebate as it did not sufficiently encourage non-ACE Program participants to submit initiating CUBE Orders.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Moreover, the Exchange believes that the removal of stale and outdated volume benchmarks (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     August 2019) would allow the Exchange to streamline the Fee Schedule.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         proposed Fee Schedule Section I.G (CUBE Auction Fees &amp; Credits, Single-Leg CUBE Auction), including updates to note 2 (removing reference to the Alternative Initiating Participant Rebate and associated volume requirements).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>To the extent that the proposed modification encourages the submission of CUBE Orders, all market participants stand to benefit from increased liquidity and opportunities for price improvement. Further, because the ACE Rebate is tied to Customer order flow—in addition to initiating CUBE volume, the Exchange believes all market participants stand to benefit from increased order flow, which promotes market depth, facilitates tighter spreads and enhances price discovery. The increased liquidity on the Exchange would result in enhanced market quality for all participants.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange notes the fee changes proposed herein are consistent with similar fees/credits offered on other options exchanges.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E>
                         Miami Options Exchange LLC (“MIAX”) Fee Schedule, 1.a.iii. (Transaction Fees, Multiply-Listed Options Exchange Fees, Priority Customer Rebate Program) (providing a ($0.10) per contract credit for PRIME Agency Orders—the MIAX equivalent to initiating CUBE Orders and an additional ($0.02) per contract credit for Priority Customer Agency Orders submitted to PRIME), which amounts are tied to meeting certain Priority Customer volume thresholds; and Cboe Exchange Inc. (“Cboe”) Fee Schedule, Volume Incentive Program (providing Trading Permit Holders (“TPH”)—their ATP Holder equivalent per contract credits for Public Customer orders transmitted by TPHs and executed electronically on the Exchange, provided the TPH meets certain volume thresholds in a month).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of Sections 6(b)(4) and (5) of the Act,
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, because it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among its members, issuers and other persons using its facilities and does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4) and (5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed change to the ACE Rebate is reasonable, equitable, and not unfairly discriminatory. As noted above, the Exchange operates in highly competitive market. The Exchange is only one of several options venues to which market participants may direct their order flow, and it represents a small percentage of the overall market. As such, market participants can readily direct order flow to competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive or incentives to be insufficient. The Exchange believes that the proposed fee change is reasonable, equitable, and not unfairly discriminatory in that the Exchange and competing options exchanges currently offer reduced fees or credits in connection with Customer volume and auction volume. The proposed change to the ACE Rebate is reasonable because it continues to encourage ATP Holders to take the opportunity to receive credits on initiating CUBE Orders by reaching the Customer volume thresholds (set forth in the ACE Program). The Exchange notes that the volume thresholds for each Tier of the ACE Program are not being modified in this proposal—only the amount of ACE Rebate associated with each Tier. The Exchange also believes that the changes to the ACE Rebate, as amended, are in a reasonable increment to encourage overall order flow to the Exchange without change the criteria for reaching each ACE Program Tier.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposal represents an equitable allocation of rebates and is not unfairly discriminatory because all ATP Holders have the opportunity to meet the ACE Program Tier thresholds and, in turn, qualify for the higher ACE Rebate. The Exchange also notes that the proposed changes will not adversely impact any ATP Holder's ability to qualify for other credit tiers. Rather, should an ATP Holder not achieve ACE Program Tier 4 or 5, the ATP Holder will still receive the ACE Rebate (albeit a reduced one). Further, the proposal is based on the amount and type of business transacted on the Exchange and ATP Holders are not obligated to participate in CUBE Auctions. Rather, the proposal is designed to encourage participants to utilize the Exchange as a primary trading venue (if they have not done so previously) or increase Electronic Customer volume sent to the Exchange to be eligible to receive an ACE Rebate.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed elimination of the Alternative Initiating Participant Rebate is reasonable, equitable, and not unfairly discriminatory as this Rebate was not functioning as intended. Moreover, the proposed removal of this Rebate is reasonable because it eliminates a stale and outdated volume benchmarks (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     August 2019) and would therefore streamline the Fee Schedule.
                </P>
                <P>
                    As noted herein, relative volume-based incentives and discounts have been widely adopted by exchanges 
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and are reasonable, equitable and non-discriminatory because they are open to all ATP Holders on an equal basis and provide additional benefits or discounts that are reasonably related to (i) the value to an exchange's market quality and (ii) associated higher levels of market activity, such as higher levels of liquidity provision and/or growth patterns. Additionally, as noted above, the Exchange operates in a highly competitive market. The Exchange is only one of several options venues to which market participants may direct their order flow. Competing options exchanges offer similar tiered pricing 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43928"/>
                    structures to that of the Exchange, including schedules of rebates/credits and fees that apply based upon members achieving certain volume and/or growth thresholds. These competing pricing schedules, moreover, are presently comparable to those that the Exchange provides, including the rebates and credits available based on Customer and auction volume.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 15.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with Section 6(b)(8) of the Act, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change would impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Instead, as discussed above, the Exchange believes that the proposed changes would continue to encourage the submission of additional liquidity to a public exchange, thereby promoting market depth, price discovery and transparency and enhancing order execution opportunities for all market participants. As a result, the Exchange believes that the proposed changes further the Commission's goal in adopting Regulation NMS of fostering integrated competition among orders, which promotes “more efficient pricing of individual stocks for all types of orders, large and small.” 
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 51808 (June 9, 2005), 70 FR 37496, 37499 (June 29, 2005) (S7-10-04) (“Reg NMS Adopting Release”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Intramarket Competition</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed change to the ACE Rebate does not impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. All ATP Holders have the opportunity to meet the ACE Program Tier thresholds and, in turn, qualify for the higher ACE Rebate. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed changes to the ACE Rebate will adversely impact any ATP Holder's ability to qualify for other credit tiers. Rather, should an ATP Holder not achieve ACE Program Tier 4 or 5, the ATP Holder will still receive the ACE Rebate (albeit a reduced one). Further, the proposal is based on the amount and type of business transacted on the Exchange and ATP Holders are not obligated to participate in CUBE Auctions. Rather, the proposal is designed to encourage participants to utilize the Exchange as a primary trading venue (if they have not done so previously) or increase Electronic Customer volume sent to the Exchange to be eligible to receive an ACE Rebate.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes this proposed change will help promote competition by providing incentives for market participants to continue to submit Customer order flow to the Exchange and thus, create a greater opportunity for Customers to receive additional price improvement and access greater liquidity. As such, the Exchange does not believe the proposed changes to ACE Initiating Participant rebate will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed elimination of the Alternative Initiating Participant Rebate does not impose any burden on intramarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act because it would apply equally to all similarly-situated ATP Holders.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Intermarket Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor one of the 17 competing option exchanges if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges and to attract order flow to the Exchange. Based on publicly-available information, and excluding index-based options, no single exchange currently has more than 16% of the market share of executed volume of multiply-listed equity and ETF options trades.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, no exchange currently possesses significant pricing power in the execution of multiply-listed equity &amp; ETF options order flow. More specifically, in March of 2024, the Exchange had less than 9% market share of executed volume of multiply-listed equity &amp; ETF options trades.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         Based on OCC data, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 6, the Exchange's market share in equity-based options increased from 7.55% for the month of March 2023 to 8.36% for the month of March 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change reflects this competitive environment as it designed to encourage ATP Holders to direct trading interest to the Exchange, to provide liquidity and to attract order flow. To the extent that this purpose is achieved, all the Exchange's market participants should benefit from the improved market quality and increased opportunities for price improvement.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed changes could promote competition between the Exchange and other execution venues, including those that currently offer similar pricing structures, by encouraging additional orders to be sent to the Exchange for execution.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 15.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The foregoing rule change is effective upon filing pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) 
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Act and subparagraph (f)(2) of Rule 19b-4 
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     thereunder, because it establishes a due, fee, or other charge imposed by the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B) 
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Act to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-NYSEAMER-2024-29 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSEAMER-2024-29. This 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43929"/>
                    file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSEAMER-2024-29 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>27</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>27</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10943 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100132; File No. SR-Phlx-2024-21]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Options 7, Sections 4 and 9</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on May 1, 2024, Nasdaq PHLX LLC (“Phlx” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III, below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend Options 7, Sections 4 and 9.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The Exchange initially filed the proposed pricing changes on November 28, 2023 (SR-Phlx-2023-52) to be effective on December 1, 2023. On December 5, 2023, the Exchange withdrew SR-Phlx-2023-52 and replaced it with SR-Phlx-2023-56. On January 16, 2023, the Exchange withdrew SR-Phlx-2023-56 and submitted SR-Phlx-2024-02. On March 7, 2024, the Exchange withdrew SR-Phlx-2024-02 and submitted SR-Phlx-2024-10. On May 1, 2024, the Exchange withdrew SR-Phlx-2024-10 and submitted this filing.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/rulebook/phlx/rules,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend Options 7, Section 4, Multiply Listed Options Fees (Includes options overlying equities, ETFs, ETNs and indexes which are Multiply Listed) (Excludes SPY and broad-based index options symbols listed within Options 7, Section 5.A). The Exchange also proposes a technical amendment to Options 7, Section 9, B.</P>
                <P>
                    Today, Lead Market Makers and Market Makers are subject to a “Monthly Market Maker Cap” of $500,000 for: (i) electronic Option Transaction Charges, excluding surcharges and excluding options overlying broad-based index options symbols listed within Options 7, Section 5.A; and (ii) QCC Transaction Fees (as defined in Exchange Options 3, Section 12 and Floor QCC Orders, as defined in Options 8, Section 30(e)).
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     All dividend, merger, short stock interest, reversal and conversion, jelly roll and box spread strategy executions (as defined in this Options 7, Section 4) are excluded from the Monthly Market Maker Cap. Lead Market Makers or Market Makers that (i) are on the contra-side of an electronically-delivered and executed Customer order, excluding responses to a PIXL auction; and (ii) have reached the Monthly Market Maker Cap are assessed fees $0.05 per contract Fee for Adding Liquidity in Penny Symbols, $0.18 per contract Fee for Removing Liquidity in Penny Symbols, $0.18 per contract in Non-Penny Symbols, and $0.18 per contract in a non-Complex electronic auction, including the Quote Exhaust auction and, for purposes of this fee, the opening process.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Today, the Monthly Market Maker Cap offers Lead Market Makers and Market Makers the ability to lower their costs provided they execute a certain amount of orders on Phlx.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         The trading activity of separate Lead Market Maker and Market Maker member organizations is aggregated in calculating the Monthly Market Maker Cap if there is Common Ownership between the member organizations.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         A Complex electronic auction includes, but is not limited to, the Complex Order Live Auction (“COLA”). Transactions which execute against an order for which the Exchange broadcast an order exposure alert in an electronic auction will be subject to this fee.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    At this time, the Exchange proposes to establish an increased SQF Fee Cap to Lead Market Makers and Market Makers that do not provide a minimum amount of liquidity on Phlx. This proposed increased SQF Fee Cap is intended to incentivize Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to add liquidity on Phlx for the benefit of other market participants in order to lower their fees. Phlx proposes to increase the SQF Port Fees cap to $50,000 a month if a Lead Market Maker or Market Maker does not transact 0.20% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Today, Phlx assesses $1,250 per port, per month up to a maximum of $42,000 per month for an SQF Port that receives inbound quotes at any time within that month.
                    <FTREF/>
                    <SU>7</SU>
                      
                    <PRTPAGE P="43930"/>
                    With this proposal, the Exchange would not assess Lead Market Makers and Market Makers an SQF Port Fee beyond the monthly cap of $50,000, instead of $42,000, once the member organization has exceeded the proposed port cap for the respective month. Lead Market Makers and Market Makers who transacts 0.20% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month will continue to be subject to the $42,000 SQF Fee Cap. The Exchange believes that Lead Market Makers and Market Makers will add liquidity to Phlx in order to decrease their costs of doing business on the Exchange by obtaining the benefits of the lower SQF Fee Cap similar to the manner in which Lead Market Maker and Market Makers today transact a certain quantity of orders to achieve the Monthly Market Maker Cap.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         For purposes of this cap, “Total Customer Volume” shall be defined as a percentage of all cleared customer volume at The Options Clearing Corporation in Multiply Listed Equity Options and Exchange-Traded Products (“TCV”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         An active port shall mean that the port was utilized to submit a quote to the System during a given month. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 9, B. The 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        Exchange proposes to add the words “active port” in parenthesis at the end of the description of SQF Port Fee in Options 7, Section 9, B to tie the definition of an active port to the description for the port. The Exchange also proposes a technical amendment to add a comma between “per port” and “per month” for the SQF Port Fee in Options 7, Section 9, B. Today, member organizations are not assessed an active SQF Port Fee for additional ports acquired for ten business days for the purpose of transitioning technology. The member organization is required to provide the Exchange with written notification of the transition and all additional ports, provided at no cost, will be removed at the end of the ten business days. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 9, B.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Options 3, Section 7(a)(i)(B), Market Makers may only enter quotes into SQF in their assigned options series to add liquidity on Phlx. Pursuant to Options 3, Section 7(a)(i)(B), the SQF interface allows Market Makers to connect, send, and receive messages related to quotes, Immediate-or-Cancel Orders, and auction responses to the Exchange. While a Phlx Market Maker may elect to obtain multiple SQF Ports to organize its business,
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     only one SQF Port is necessary for a Phlx Market Maker to fulfill its regulatory quoting obligations.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         For example, a Phlx Market Maker may desire to utilize multiple SQF Ports for accounting purposes, to measure performance, for regulatory reasons or other determinations that are specific to that member organization.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         Phlx Market Makers have various regulatory requirements as provided for in Options 2, Section 4. Additionally, Phlx Market Makers have certain quoting requirements with respect to their assigned options series as provided in Options 2, Section 5. SQF Ports are the only quoting protocol available on Phlx and only Market Makers may utilize SQF Ports.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of sections 6(b)(4) and 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among members and issuers and other persons using any facility, and is not designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4) and (5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed pricing change to increase the SQF Fee Cap for Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to $50,000 a month if Lead Market Makers or Market Makers do not transact 0.20% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month is reasonable because it will incentivize Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to add liquidity on Phlx to lower their costs. The Exchange believes that the total volume required to achieve the cap is reasonable as the Exchange has limited the volume to simple orders, as not all Market Makers transact complex orders. Additionally, the Exchange has limited the trading volume to electronic volume, as not all Market Makers transact business in open outcry and Floor Market Makers may enter orders verbally in the trading crowd. Further, 0.20% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month is an achievable number for Market Makers who currently add volume to the Exchange. Additionally, the Exchange believes that an SQF Fee cap of $50,000, in lieu of $42,000, is reasonable because Lead Market Makers and Market Makers are obligated, among other things, to maintain a two-sided market in those options in which the Market Maker is registered to trade, in a manner that enhances the depth, liquidity and competitiveness of the market and compete with other electronic Market Makers in all options in all capacities in which the electronic Market Maker is registered to trade.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes that it is reasonable to increase the SQF Port Fee Cap to $50,000 for Lead Market Makers and Market Makers that do not transact 0.20% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month because the Exchange believes that Lead Market Makers and Market Makers that do not contribute a minimum amount of liquidity on Phlx should not be subject to the same opportunities to lower their costs as those Lead Market Makers and Market Makers that do contribute to liquidity and therefore provide the ability for other market participants to engage with that order flow. The Exchange believes that the increase is modest and would serve to encourage Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to submit order flow to Phlx in order to lower their cost and would result in additional order competition, which also benefits market participants. The Exchange believes this proposal promotes liquidity, quote competition, and trading opportunities.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 5(a)(1) and (3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    SQF Ports are utilized by Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to quote on Phlx. The SQF Port is the only protocol available for quoting. A Phlx Market Maker may submit all quotes through one SQF Port and SQF Ports are only utilized in the Market Maker's assigned options series. While a Phlx Market Maker may elect to obtain multiple SQF Ports to organize its business,
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     only one SQF Port is necessary for a Phlx Market Maker to fulfill its regulatory quoting obligations.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For those Market Makers that elect to organize themselves by obtaining a greater number of SQF Ports, they will be subject to a cap.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For Market Makers that only take 1 SQF Port or only a few SQF Ports, their costs would be far below the $42,000 or $50,000 threshold for the cap.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         For example, a Phlx Market Maker may desire to utilize multiple SQF Ports for accounting purposes, to measure performance, for regulatory reasons or other determinations that are specific to that member organization.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         Phlx Market Makers have various regulatory requirements as provided for in Options 2, Section 4. Additionally, Phlx Market Makers have certain quoting requirements with respect to their assigned options series as provided in Options 2, Section 5. SQF Ports are the only quoting protocol available on Phlx and only Market Makers may utilize SQF Ports.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         The number of ports that member organizations choose to purchase varies widely. Today, on Phlx, 2 Market Makers have 1 SQF Port, 5 Market Makers have 2-5 SQF Ports, 4 Market Makers have between 6-10 SQF Ports, and 11 Market Makers have more than 10 SQF Ports. Additionally, today, on Nasdaq GEMX, LLC no Market Makers have 1 SQF Port/SQF Purge Port, 1 Market Maker has 2-5 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, 4 Market Makers have between 6-10 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, and 8 Market Makers have more than 10 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports. Finally, on Nasdaq MRX LLC (“MRX”), 2 Market Makers have 1 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, no Market Makers have 2-5 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, 2 Market Makers have between 6-10 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, and 6 Market Makers have more than 10 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed pricing change to increase the SQF Fee Cap for Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to $50,000 a month if Lead Market Makers or Market Makers do not transact 0.20% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory as all Lead Market Makers and Market Makers would be able to cap their SQF Port costs at $42,000, provided they transacted the requisite volume, otherwise Lead Market Makers and Market Makers 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43931"/>
                    would be uniformly subject to the $50,000 SQF Fee Cap. The Exchange notes that unlike other market participants, Lead Market Makers are obligated to quote in the Opening Process and intra-day.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, Market Makers may enter quotes in the Opening Process to open an option series and they are required to quote intra-day.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, unlike other market participants, Lead Market Makers and Market Makers have obligations to the market to maintain a two-sided market in those options in which the Market Maker is registered to trade, in a manner that enhances the depth, liquidity and competitiveness of the market and compete with other electronic Market Makers in all options in all capacities in which the electronic Market Maker is registered to trade, among other obligations.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Finally, unlike other market participants, Lead Market Makers and Market Makers incur other costs related to their quoting obligations in addition to other fees paid by other market participants. Phlx assesses Streaming Quote Trader 
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Fees based on the number of option class assignments to Lead Market Makers and Market Makers.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, Phlx assesses Remote Market Maker 
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Organization Fees and Remote Lead Market Maker Fees.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     These liquidity providers are critical market participants in that they are the only market participants that provide liquidity to Phlx and are necessary for opening the market. Allowing Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to manage their costs by capping SQF Ports in addition to transaction fees enables these essential market participants to manage their business model more effectively and better allocate resources to other technologies that are necessary to manage risk and capacity to ensure that these market participants continue to compete effectively on Phlx. The following chart represents the classification of Phlx members and the percentage of Market Makers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 3, Section 8 and Options 2, Section 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 5(a)(1) and (3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         A “Streaming Quote Trader” or “SQT” means a Market Maker who has received permission from the Exchange to generate and submit option quotations electronically in options to which such SQT is assigned. An SQT may only submit such quotations while such SQT is physically present on the trading floor of the Exchange. An SQT may only submit quotes in classes of options in which the SQT is assigned. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 1, Section 1(b)(54).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 8, B.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         A “Remote Streaming Quote Trader” or “RSQT” means a Market Maker that is a member affiliated with an Remote Streaming Quote Trader Organization with no physical trading floor presence who has received permission from the Exchange to generate and submit option quotations electronically in options to which such RSQT has been assigned. A qualified RSQT may function as a Remote Lead Market Maker upon Exchange approval. An RSQT is also known as a Remote Market Maker (“RMM”) pursuant to Options 2, Section 11. A Remote Streaming Quote Organization (“RSQTO”) or Remote Market Maker Organization (“RMO”) are Exchange member organizations that have qualified pursuant to Options 2, Section 1. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 1, Section 1(b)(49).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 8, C and D.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="238">
                    <GID>EN20MY24.306</GID>
                </GPH>
                <P>Phlx believes Lead Market Makers and Market Makers should be eligible for certain incentives because they fulfill a unique role on the Exchange and are the only market participants required to submit quotes to the Exchange. The proposed SQF Port Cap is designed to ensure that Lead Market Makers and Market Makers add a certain amount of liquidity on Phlx in order to be able to cap their SQF Fees at the lower cap of $42,000 as compared to the increased cap of $50,000. The Exchange would apply the criteria uniformly when applying the SQF Fee Cap to Lead Market Makers and Market Makers.</P>
                <P>Finally, Phlx believes the proposed SQF cap is constrained by competitive forces and reasonably designed in consideration of the competitive environment in which the Exchange operates. This fee structure incents Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to support increased liquidity, quote competition, and trading opportunities on the Exchange, for the benefit of all market participants.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43932"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Intermarket Competition</HD>
                <P>The proposal does not impose an undue burden on intermarket competition. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive. The chart below shows the February 2024 market share for multiply listed options by exchange. Of the 17 operating options exchanges, none currently has more than a 17.6% market share. Customers widely distribute their transactions across exchanges according to their business needs and the ability of each exchange to meet those needs through technology, liquidity and functionality. </P>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="246">
                    <GID>EN20MY24.307</GID>
                </GPH>
                <P>Market share is the percentage of volume on a particular exchange relative to the total volume across all exchanges, and indicates the amount of order flow directed to that exchange. High levels of market share enhance the value of trading and ports. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Intramarket Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The proposed pricing change to increase the SQF Fee Cap for Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to $50,000 a month if Lead Market Makers or Market Makers do not transact 0.20% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month does not impose an undue burden on competition as all Lead Market Makers and Market Makers would be able to cap their SQF Port costs at $42,000, provided they transacted the requisite volume, otherwise Lead Market Makers and Market Makers would be uniformly subject to the $50,000 SQF Fee Cap. The Exchange notes that unlike other market participants, Lead Market Makers are obligated to quote in the Opening Process and intra-day.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, Market Makers may enter quotes in the Opening Process to open an option series and they are required to quote intra-day.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, unlike other market participants, Lead Market Makers and Market Makers have obligations to the market to maintain a two-sided market in those options in which the Market Maker is registered to trade, in a manner that enhances the depth, liquidity and competitiveness of the market and compete with other electronic Market Makers in all options in all capacities in which the electronic Market Maker is registered to trade, among other obligations.
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Finally, unlike other market participants, Lead Market Makers and Market Makers incur other costs related to their quoting obligations in addition to other fees paid by other market participants. Phlx assesses Streaming Quote Trader 
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Fees based on the number of option class assignments to Lead Market Makers and Market Makers.
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, Phlx assesses Remote Market Maker 
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Organization Fees and Remote Lead Market Maker Fees.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     These liquidity providers are critical market participants in that they are the only 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43933"/>
                    market participants that provide liquidity to Phlx and are necessary for opening the market. Allowing Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to manage their costs by capping SQF Ports in addition to transaction fees enables these essential market participants to manage their business model more effectively and better allocate resources to other technologies that are necessary to manage risk and capacity to ensure that these market participants continue to compete effectively on Phlx. The Exchange believes that Lead Market Makers and Market Makers should be eligible for certain incentives because they fulfill a unique role on the Exchange and are the only market participants required to submit quotes to the Exchange. The proposed SQF Port Cap is designed to ensure that Lead Market Makers and Market Makers add a certain amount of liquidity on Phlx in order to be able to cap their SQF Fees at the lower cap of $42,000 as compared to the increased cap of $50,000. The Exchange would apply the SQF Fee Cap criteria uniformly to Lead Market Makers and Market Makers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 3, Section 8 and Options 2, Section 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 5(a)(1) and (3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         A “Streaming Quote Trader” or “SQT” means a Market Maker who has received permission from the Exchange to generate and submit option quotations electronically in options to which such SQT is assigned. An SQT may only submit such quotations while such SQT is physically present on the trading floor of the Exchange. An SQT may only submit quotes in classes of options in which the SQT is assigned. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 1, Section 1(b)(54).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 8, B.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         A “Remote Streaming Quote Trader” or “RSQT” means a Market Maker that is a member affiliated with an Remote Streaming Quote Trader Organization with no physical trading floor presence who has received permission from the Exchange to generate and submit option quotations electronically in options to which such RSQT has been assigned. A qualified RSQT may function as a Remote Lead Market Maker upon Exchange approval. An RSQT is also known as a Remote Market Maker (“RMM”) pursuant to Options 2, Section 11. A Remote Streaming Quote Organization (“RSQTO”) or Remote Market Maker Organization (“RMO”) are Exchange member organizations that have qualified pursuant to Options 2, Section 1. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 1, Section 1(b)(49).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 8, C and D.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were either solicited or received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(ii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-Phlx-2024-21 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-Phlx-2024-21. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-Phlx-2024-21 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>31</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>31</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10948 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100136; File No. SR-BX-2024-015]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq BX, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend BX Options 7, Section 2</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on May 1, 2024, Nasdaq BX, Inc. (“BX” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III, below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend the Exchange's Pricing Schedule at Options 7, Section 2.</P>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/rulebook/bx/rules,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend its Pricing Schedule at Options 7, Section 2(1) to establish an additional incentive 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43934"/>
                    for Participants with respect to Apple, Inc. (“AAPL”).
                </P>
                <P>Today, the Exchange assesses the following fees and rebates in Penny and Non-Penny Symbols:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Penny Symbols</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Market participant</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Maker rebate</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Taker fee</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Lead Market Maker</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             ($0.24)
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>$0.50</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Market Maker</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             ($0.20)
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>$0.50</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Non-Customer</ENT>
                        <ENT>($0.12)</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0.50</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Firm</ENT>
                        <ENT>($0.12)</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0.50</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Customer</ENT>
                        <ENT>($0.30)</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             
                            <SU>4</SU>
                             $0.40
                        </ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>Non-Penny Symbols</TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Market participant</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Maker
                            <LI>rebate/fee</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Taker fee</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Lead Market Maker</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             ($0.45)
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>$1.25</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Market Maker</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             ($0.40)
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>$1.25</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Non-Customer</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0.45</ENT>
                        <ENT>$1.25</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Firm</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0.45</ENT>
                        <ENT>$1.25</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Customer</ENT>
                        <ENT>
                            <SU>3</SU>
                             ($1.10)
                        </ENT>
                        <ENT>$0.79</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    Today, the Exchange offers Participants two ways to reduce the Penny Symbol Customer Taker Fee which is currently $0.40 per contract. In note 1 of Options 7, Section 2, the Exchange offers Participants a reduced Penny Symbol Customer 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Taker Fee of $0.33 per contract, instead of $0.40 per contract, in SPDR S&amp;P 500 ETF (“SPY”), Invesco QQQ Trust Series 1 (“QQQ”) and iShares Russell 2000 ETF (“IWM”). Further, in note 4 of Options 7, Section 2, the Exchange offers Participants 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     that increase their executed Customer volume which removes liquidity in a given month by at least 70% above their March 2024 volume as measured by a percentage of TCV, a Taker Fee discount of $0.05 per contract in Penny Symbols, excluding SPY, QQQ, and IWM.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The term “Customer” or (“C”) applies to any transaction that is identified by a Participant for clearing in the Customer range at The Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) which is not for the account of broker or dealer or for the account of a “Professional” (as that term is defined in Options 1, Section 1(a)(48)). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 1(a).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         The Exchange proposes to change the word “Members” to Participants” in note 4 of Options 7, Section 2 to conform with the definition of options participants on BX in Options 1, Section 1(a)(40).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         Members with no Customer volume in the remove liquidity segment for the month of March 2024 may qualify for the Taker Fee discount by having any new volume considered as added volume. The note 4 incentive is available through September 30, 2024.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>At this time, the Exchange proposes to amend note 1 of Options 7, Section 2 to extend the discounted Penny Symbol Customer Taker Fee of $0.33 per contract to AAPL, in addition to SPY, QQQ, and IWM. Further, the Exchange proposes to exclude AAPL from the Penny Taker Fee discount in note 4 of Options 7, Section 2, similar to SPY, QQQ, and IWM. With note 4, qualifying Participants pay a Customer Taker Fee of $0.35 per contract (instead of $0.40 per contract) in Penny Symbols, however, BX excludes SPY, QQQ, and IWM from the note 4 incentive because Participants are entitled to a lower Penny Customer Taker Fees of $0.33 per contract for those symbols per note 1. Penny transactions in AAPL that remove liquidity would similarly be entitled to the note 1 discount, but not the note 4 discount.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed amendments will attract additional AAPL Penny transactions that remove liquidity to BX similar to SPY, QQQ and IWM.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of Sections 6(b)(4) and 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees and other charges among members and issuers and other persons using any facility, and is not designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4) and (5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    BX's proposed changes to its Pricing Schedule are reasonable in several respects. As a threshold matter, the Exchange is subject to significant competitive forces in the market for options securities transaction services that constrain its pricing determinations in that market. The fact that this market is competitive has long been recognized by the courts. In 
                    <E T="03">NetCoalition</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Securities and Exchange Commission,</E>
                     the D.C. Circuit stated as follows: “[n]o one disputes that competition for order flow is `fierce.' . . . As the SEC explained, `[i]n the U.S. national market system, buyers and sellers of securities, and the broker-dealers that act as their order-routing agents, have a wide range of choices of where to route orders for execution'; [and] `no exchange can afford to take its market share percentages for granted' because `no exchange possesses a monopoly, regulatory or otherwise, in the execution of order flow from broker dealers'. . . .” 
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">NetCoalition</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">SEC,</E>
                         615 F.3d 525, 539 (D.C. Cir. 2010) (quoting Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59039 (December 2, 2008), 73 FR 74770, 74782-83 (December 9, 2008) (SR-NYSEArca-2006-21)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Commission and the courts have repeatedly expressed their preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. In Regulation NMS, while adopting a series of steps to improve the current market model, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.” 
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 51808 (June 9, 2005), 70 FR 37496, 37499 (June 29, 2005) (“Regulation NMS Adopting Release”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Numerous indicia demonstrate the competitive nature of this market. For example, clear substitutes to the Exchange exist in the market for options 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43935"/>
                    security transaction services. The Exchange is only one of seventeen options exchanges to which market participants may direct their order flow. Within this environment, market participants can freely and often do shift their order flow among the Exchange and competing venues in response to changes in their respective pricing schedules. As such, the proposal represents a reasonable attempt by the Exchange to increase its liquidity and market share relative to its competitors.
                </P>
                <P>The Exchange's proposal to reduce the Penny Symbol Customer Taker Fee from $0.40 to $0.33 per contract for trades which remove liquidity in AAPL in note 1 of Options 7, Section 2 is reasonable because it will attract additional Customer Penny Symbol AAPL transactions that remove liquidity to BX. The Exchange believes that it is reasonable to pay lower fees in AAPL, similar to SPY, QQQ, and IWM, as compared to other options symbols because the Exchange is seeking to incentivize greater order flow in these highly liquid Penny Symbols which are subject to greater competition among options exchanges.</P>
                <P>The Exchange's proposal to reduce the Penny Symbol Customer Taker Fee from $0.40 to $0.33 per contract for trades which remove liquidity in AAPL in note 1 of Options 7, Section 2 is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because Customer liquidity enhances market quality on the Exchange by providing more trading opportunities, which benefits all market participants. Additionally, the Exchange will assess the lower Taker Fee in AAPL uniformly to all Customer Penny Symbol Taker Fee transactions similar to SPY, QQQ and IWM.</P>
                <P>The Exchange's proposal to exclude AAPL Penny transactions that remove liquidity from note 4 of Options 7, Section 2 is reasonable because with the proposed change to note 1 of Options 7, Section 2, Participants would be entitled to a lower Penny Customer Taker Fee of $0.33 per contract in AAPL.</P>
                <P>The Exchange's proposal to exclude AAPL Penny transactions that remove liquidity from note 4 of Options 7, Section 2 is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the Exchange would not permit any transaction to remove liquidity in AAPL in Penny Symbols to receive the discount in note 4 of Options 7, Section 2.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <P>In terms of intra-market competition, the Exchange does not believe that its proposal will place any category of market participant at a competitive disadvantage. The Exchange's proposal to reduce the Penny Symbol Customer Taker Fee from $0.40 to $0.33 per contract for trades which remove liquidity in AAPL in note 1 of Options 7, Section 2 does not impose an undue burden on competition because Customer liquidity enhances market quality on the Exchange by providing more trading opportunities, which benefits all market participants. Additionally, the Exchange will assess the lower Taker Fee in AAPL uniformly to all Customer Penny Symbol Taker Fee transactions similar to SPY, QQQ and IWM. Also, the Exchange's proposal to exclude AAPL Penny transactions that remove liquidity from note 4 of Options 7, Section 2 does not impose an undue burden on competition because the Exchange would not permit any transaction to remove liquidity in AAPL in Penny Symbols to receive the discount in note 4 of Options 7, Section 2.</P>
                <P>In terms of inter-market competition, the Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive, or rebate opportunities available at other venues to be more favorable. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other options exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited. In sum, if the changes proposed herein are unattractive to market participants, it is likely that the Exchange will lose market share as a result. Accordingly, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed changes will impair the ability of members or competing order execution venues to maintain their competitive standing in the financial markets.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were either solicited or received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(ii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-BX-2024-015 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-BX-2024-015. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43936"/>
                    Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-BX-2024-015 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>11</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>11</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10952 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100133; File No. SR-ISE-2024-17]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq ISE, LLC; Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Strike Interval for Options on SPDR® Gold Shares</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on May 3, 2024, Nasdaq ISE, LLC (“ISE” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend the strike interval for options on SPDR® Gold Shares (“GLD”).</P>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/rulebook/ise/rules,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend Options 4, Section 5, “Series of Options Contracts Open for Trading.” Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend Options 4, Section 5(e) to allow for the interval between strike prices of series of options on Exchange-Traded Fund Shares of SPDR® Gold Shares or “GLD” to be $1 or greater where the strike price is greater than $200.</P>
                <P>Currently Options 4, Section 5(d) provides that,</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <P>Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Material hereto, the interval between strike prices of series of options on individual stocks will be:</P>
                    <P>(1) $2.50 or greater where the strike price is $25.00 or less;</P>
                    <P>(2) $5.00 or greater where the strike price is greater than $25.00; and</P>
                    <P>(3) $10.00 or greater where the strike price is greater than $200.00.</P>
                    <FP>The interval between strike prices of series of options on Exchange-Traded Fund Shares approved for options trading pursuant to Section 3(h) of this Options 4 shall be fixed at a price per share which is reasonably close to the price per share at which the underlying security is traded in the primary market at or about the same time such series of options is first open for trading on the Exchange, or at such intervals as may have been established on another options exchange prior to the initiation of trading on the Exchange.</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>
                    At this time, the Exchange proposes to amend Options 4, Section 5(d) to add rule text related to the interval between strike prices of series of options on Exchange-Traded Fund Shares to provide that the interval will be $1 or greater where the strike price is $200 or less and $5.00 or greater where the strike price is greater than $200. Today, Cboe Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe”) permits the interval between strike prices of series of options on Exchange-Traded Fund Shares to be $1 or greater where the strike price is $200 or less and $5.00 or greater where the strike price is greater than $200.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Today, ISE may fix the interval between strike prices of series of options on Exchange-Traded Fund Shares at such intervals as may have been established on another options exchange prior to the initiation of trading on the Exchange. ISE proposes to adopt Cboe's language to provide a strike interval for Exchange-Traded Fund Shares in the event a different interval is not elected at a price per share which is reasonably close to the price per share at which the underlying security is traded in the primary market at or about the same time such series of options is first open for trading on the Exchange, or at such intervals as may have been established on another options exchange prior to the initiation of trading on the Exchange.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Cboe Rule 4.5 at Interpretation and Policy .07(a).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Further, current Options 4, Section 5(e) allows for the interval between strike prices of series of options on Exchange-Traded Fund Shares of the SPDR S&amp;P 500 ETF (“SPY”), iShares Core S&amp;P 500 ETF (“IVV”), PowerShares QQQ Trust (“QQQ”), iShares Russell 2000 Index Fund (“IWM”), and the SPDR Dow Jones Industrial Average ETF (“DIA”) to be $1 or greater where the strike price is greater than $200.</P>
                <P>At this time, the Exchange proposes to modify the interval setting regime to be $1 or greater where the strike price is greater than $200 for GLD options, similar to SPY, IVV, QQQ, IWM and DIA. The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change would make GLD options easier for investors and traders to use and more tailored to their investment needs.</P>
                <P>GLD is an Exchange-Traded Fund Share designed to closely track the price and performance of the price of gold bullion. GLD is widely quoted as an indicator of gold stock prices and is a significant indicator of overall economic health. Investors use GLD to diversify their portfolios and benefit from market trends. Additionally, GLD is a leading product in its asset class that trades within a “complex” where, in addition to the underlying security, there are multiple instruments available for hedging such as, COMEX Gold Futures; Gold Daily Futures; iShares GOLD Trust; SPDR GOLD Minishares Trust; Aberdeen Physical Gold Trust; and GraniteShares Gold Shares.</P>
                <P>
                    Accordingly, the Exchange believes that offering a wider base of GLD options affords traders and investors 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43937"/>
                    important hedging and trading opportunities, particularly in the midst of current price trends. The Exchange believes that not having the proposed $1 strike price intervals above $200 in GLD significantly constricts investors' hedging and trading possibilities. The Exchange therefore believes that by having smaller strike intervals in GLD, investors would have more efficient hedging and trading opportunities due to the lower $1 interval ascension. The proposed $1 interval above the $200 strike price, will result in having at-the-money series based upon the underlying ETF moving less than 1%. The Exchange believes that the proposed strike setting regime is in line with the slower movements of broad-based indices. Considering the fact that $1 intervals already exist below the $200 price point and that GLD have consistently inclined in price toward the $200 level, the Exchange believes that continuing to maintain the current $200 level (above which intervals increase 500% to $5), may have a negative effect on investing, trading and hedging opportunities, and volume. The Exchange believes that the investing, trading, and hedging opportunities available with GLD options far outweighs any potential negative impact of allowing GLD options to trade in more finely tailored intervals above the $200 price point.
                </P>
                <P>The proposed strike setting regime would permit strikes to be set to more closely reflect the increasing value in the underlying and allows investors and traders to roll open positions from a lower strike to a higher strike in conjunction with the price movements of the underlying ETF. Under the current rule, where the next higher available series would be $5 away above a $200 strike price, the ability to roll such positions would be impaired. Accordingly, to move a position from a $200 strike to a $205 strike under the current rule, an investor would need for the underlying product to move 2.5%, and would not be able to execute a roll up until such a large movement occurred. The Exchange believes that with the proposed rule change, the investor would be in a significantly safer position of being able to roll his open options position from a $200 to a $201 strike price, which is only a 0.5% move for the underlying. As a result, the proposed rule change will allow the Exchange to better respond to customer demand for GLD strike price more precisely aligned with the smaller, longer-term incremental increases in the underlying ETF. The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change, like the other strike price programs currently offered by the Exchange, will benefit investors by providing investors the flexibility to more closely tailor their investment and hedging decisions using GLD options. Moreover, by allowing series of GLD options to be listed in $1 intervals between strike prices over $200, the proposal will moderately augment the potential total number of options series available on the Exchange. However, the Exchange believes it and the Options Price Reporting Authority (“OPRA”) have the necessary systems capacity to handle any potential additional traffic associated with this proposed rule change. The Exchange also believes that Members will not have a capacity issue due to the proposed rule change. In addition, the Exchange represents that it does not believe that this expansion will cause fragmentation of liquidity, but rather, believes that finer strike intervals will serve to increase liquidity available as well as price efficiency by providing more trading opportunities for all market participants.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, in that it is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system, and, in general to protect investors and the public interest.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>In particular, the proposed rule change will allow investors to more easily use GLD options. Moreover, the proposed rule change would allow investors to better trade and hedge positions in GLD options where the strike price is greater than $200, and ensure that investors in both options are not at a disadvantage simply because of the strike price.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b)(1) of the Act, which provides that the Exchange be organized and have the capacity to be able to carry out the purposes of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the rules of the Exchange. The proposal allows the Exchange to respond to customer demand to allow GLD options to trade in $1 intervals above a $200 strike price. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule would create additional capacity issues or affect market functionality. As noted above, ETF options trade in wider $5 intervals above a $200 strike price, whereby options at or below a $200 strike price trade in $1 intervals. This creates a situation where contracts on the same option class effectively may not be able to execute certain strategies such as, for example, rolling to a higher strike price, simply because of the $200 strike price above which options intervals increase by 500%. This proposal remedies the situation by establishing an exception to the current ETF interval regime for GLD options to allow such options to trade in $1 or greater intervals at all strike prices.</P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change, like other strike price programs currently offered by the Exchange, will benefit investors by giving them increased flexibility to more closely tailor their investment and hedging decisions. By way of example, GLD is a leading product in its asset class and it trades within a “complex” where, in addition to the underlying security, there are multiple instruments available for hedging such as, COMEX Gold Futures; Gold Daily Futures; iShares GOLD Trust; SPDR GOLD Minishares Trust; Aberdeen Physical Gold Trust; and Granite Shares Gold Shares.</P>
                <P>With regard to the impact of this proposal on system capacity, the Exchange believes it and OPRA have the necessary systems capacity to handle any potential additional traffic associated with this proposed rule change. The Exchange believes that its members will not have a capacity issue as a result of this proposal.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Rather, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change will result in additional investment options and opportunities to achieve the investment and trading objectives of market participants seeking efficient trading and hedging vehicles, to the benefit of investors, market participants, and the marketplace in general. Specifically, the Exchange believes that GLD options investors and traders will significantly benefit from the availability of finer strike price intervals above a $200 price point. In addition, the interval setting regime the Exchange proposes to apply to GLD options is currently applied to SPY, IVV, QQQ, IWM and DIA options, which are similarly popular and widely traded ETF products and track indexes 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43938"/>
                    at similarly high price levels. Thus, the proposed strike setting regime for GLD options will allow options on this an actively traded ETF with index levels at corresponding price levels to trade pursuant to the same strike setting regime. This will permit investors to employ similar investment and hedging strategies for each of these options.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received from Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were either solicited or received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     or within such longer period up to 90 days (i) as the Commission may designate if it finds such longer period to be appropriate and publishes its reasons for so finding or (ii) as to which the self-regulatory organization consents, the Commission will:
                </P>
                <P>(A) by order approve or disapprove the proposed rule change, or</P>
                <P>(B) institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov</E>
                    . Please include file number SR-ISE-2024-17 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-ISE-2024-17. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-ISE-2024-17 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>6</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>6</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10949 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100137; File No. SR-FICC-2024-008]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Fixed Income Clearing Corporation; Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change To Modify the GSD Rules and MBSD Rules to Update Certain Member Requirements Under CCLF</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on May 8, 2024, Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II and III below, which Items have been prepared by the clearing agency. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Clearing Agency's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The purpose of the proposed rule change is to modify the MBSD Rules concerning CCLF (also known as the Capped Contingency Liquidity Facility) to (i) require that each MBSD Clearing Member provide an annual attestation that its Defined Capped Liquidity Amount has been incorporated into its liquidity plans; (ii) require Clearing Members to provide certain acknowledgements to FICC concerning their understanding of and ability to meet their CCLF obligations; and (iii) provide additional clarity and transparency in the MBSD Rules concerning the liquidity funding reports that are made available to Clearing Members in connection with their CCLF obligations. The proposed rule change would also modify the GSD Rules to include a similar requirement that each GSD Netting Member provide certain acknowledgements to FICC concerning their understanding of and ability to meet their CCLF obligations and provide further clarity around GSD's regular attestation requirement in GSD Rule 22A.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         Capitalized terms not defined herein are defined in the GSD Rules and MBSD Rules, as applicable, 
                        <E T="03">available at www.dtcc.com/legal/rules-and-procedures.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Clearing Agency's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the clearing agency included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The clearing agency has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">(A) Clearing Agency's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    CCLF is a rules-based committed liquidity facility designed to help ensure that FICC maintains sufficient liquid financial resources to meet its cash settlement obligations in the event of a default of the member (and its affiliates) to which FICC has the largest exposure in extreme but plausible market conditions. In the event that FICC has ceased to act for an MBSD 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43939"/>
                    Clearing Member pursuant to MBSD Rule 17 or for a GSD Netting Member pursuant to GSD Rule 22A, FICC may declare a Capped Contingency Liquidity Facility Event (a “CCLF Event”), pursuant to which such members may be required to hold and fund their deliveries to the insolvent member, up to a predetermined cap, by entering into repo transactions with FICC until the associated closeout is complete. The maximum predetermined cap amount that an MBSD Clearing Member would be required to fund during a CCLF Event is referred to as the “Defined Capped Liquidity Amount.” The maximum predetermined cap amount that a GSD Netting Member would be required to fund during a CCLF Event is referred to as the “Individual Total Amount.” Each MBSD Clearing Member's Defined Capped Liquidity Amount or GSD Netting Member's Individual Total Amount is generally established at set intervals based on liquidity studies performed by FICC; however, FICC may also reset such amounts at such other time periods as FICC may determine from time to time (an “
                    <E T="03">ad hoc</E>
                     resizing”).
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MBSD Rule17, Section 2a(c) and GSD Rule 22A, Section 2a(b), 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 3.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Proposed Changes</HD>
                <P>FICC proposes to modify the MBSD Rules to (i) require that each Clearing Member provide a regular attestation that its Defined Capped Liquidity Amount has been incorporated into its liquidity plans and (ii) provide additional clarity and transparency concerning the liquidity funding reports that are made available to Clearing Members in connection with their CCLF obligations. Additionally, FICC proposes to modify both the MBSD Rules and GSD Rules to require MBSD Clearing Members and GSD Netting Members to provide certain acknowledgements to FICC concerning their understanding of and ability to meet their CCLF obligations. FICC also proposes to modify the GSD Rules to provide further clarity around GSD's regular attestation requirement in GSD Rule 22A. The proposed changes are discussed in detail below.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Required Attestation</HD>
                <P>FICC proposes to adopt new Section 2a(e) of MBSD Rule 17 that would require each Clearing Member to provide to FICC a regular attestation that the Clearing Member's Defined Capped Liquidity Amount has been incorporated into its liquidity plans (“Required Attestation”). The Required Attestation would be required on at least an annual basis or upon demand by FICC. The newly proposed rule would require that each Required Attestation be signed by two authorized officers of the Clearing Member (or otherwise be satisfactory in form and substance to FICC) and contain the following certifications: (1) such officers have read and understand the MBSD Rules; (2) the Clearing Member's Defined Capped Liquidity Amount has been incorporated into the Clearing Member's liquidity planning; (3) the Clearing Member acknowledges and agrees that its Defined Capped Liquidity Amount may be changed pursuant to Section 2a(c) of MBSD Rule 17 or otherwise upon ten Business Days' Notice; (4) the Clearing Member will incorporate any changes to its Defined Capped Liquidity Amount into its liquidity planning; and (5) the Clearing Member shall, through periodic discussions with its financing sources and other methods, continually reassess its liquidity plans and related operational plans, including in the event of any changes to such Clearing Member's Defined Capped Liquidity Amount, to ensure such Clearing Member's ability to meet its Defined Capped Liquidity Amount. FICC would also add a new defined term to the definitions in MBSD Rule 1 for “Required Attestation,” which would refer readers to newly proposed Section 2a(e) of MBSD Rule 17.</P>
                <P>
                    FICC believes that the proposed rule change would strengthen the CCLF program by requiring each Clearing Member to attest that it understands its potential obligations under CCLF, has taken appropriate steps to incorporate such obligations in its liquidity planning, and continually reassess its liquidity plans and related operational plans as those obligations change. FICC notes that the proposed rule would mirror an existing requirement in the GSD Rules that Netting Members provide a comparable Required Attestation to FICC concerning such Netting Member's CCLF obligations.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GSD Rule 22A, Section 2a(d), 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 3, and proposed conforming changes to the GSD Rule discussed below.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Liquidity Funding Report</HD>
                <P>
                    FICC also proposes to adopt new Section 2a(d) of MBSD Rule 17 to provide additional clarity and transparency around the liquidity funding reports made available to MBSD Clearing Members. Specifically, Section 2a(d) of MBSD Rule 17 would provide that on each Business Day, FICC will make a liquidity funding report available to each Clearing Member, for informational purposes only, that includes (i) the Clearing Member's Defined Capped Liquidity Amount and (ii) other information concerning historical CCLF requirements. The proposed rule would further reiterate that, in the event that FICC declares a CCLF Event, Clearing Members shall be required to enter into CCLF Transactions up to their Defined Capped Liquidity Amount as calculated by FICC. FICC notes that the proposed rule would provide similar clarity and transparency regarding the information and reporting made available by FICC to MBSD Clearing Members as is currently provided to GSD Netting Members under Section 2a(c) of GSD Rule 22A.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GSD Rule 22A, Section 2a(c), 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 3.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">CCLF Acknowledgements</HD>
                <P>
                    FICC proposes to adopt new Section 2a(f) of MBSD Rule 17 and Section 2a(e) of GSD Rule 22A to permit FICC to require MBSD Clearing Members and GSD Netting Members to provide certain acknowledgements to FICC, in such form and at such times as FICC may determine from time to time, concerning such member's understanding of and ability to meet its CCLF obligations. Such written acknowledgements would include, but not be limited to, an acknowledgement from each member whose CCLF obligations increase by an amount exceeding certain thresholds established FICC following any 
                    <E T="03">ad hoc</E>
                     resizing of the CCLF confirming such member's ability to meet the increased obligation.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Proposed Section 2a(f) of MBSD Rule 17 and Section 2a(e) of GSD Rule 22A would further provide that FICC will inform members of any such required acknowledgements, including specific thresholds for any required acknowledgement, by Important Notice. FICC believes that the proposed rule change would strengthen the CCLF program by ensuring that each MBSD Clearing Member and GSD Netting Member is informed of and understands certain key obligations under CCLF as may be required by FICC, particularly in the event of an 
                    <E T="03">ad hoc</E>
                     resizing of the facility.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         FICC would initially establish this threshold to be any increase of $1 million or more.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Other Proposed Clarifying Changes</HD>
                <P>
                    Finally, FICC would also modify Section 2(a)(d) of GSD Rule 22A concerning GSD's Required Attestations to clarify that the regular interval for attestations from GSD Netting Members is “on at least an annual basis.” As a matter of practice, GSD currently requires the attestations on an at least an annual basis, and the proposed change 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43940"/>
                    would align the GSD Rules with the proposed MBSD Rules concerning Required Attestations and provide additional clarity and transparency to GSD Netting Members concerning the attestation requirement.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2.Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    FICC believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a registered clearing agency. section 17A(b)(3)(F) of Act 
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requires, in part, that the rules of a clearing agency be designed to promote the prompt and accurate clearance and settlement of securities transactions and to assure the safeguarding of securities and funds, which are in the custody or control of the clearing agency or for which it is responsible. FICC believes the proposed rule change would strengthen the CCLF program by requiring each MBSD Clearing Member to attest to its understanding of its potential obligations under CCLF, that it has taken appropriate steps to incorporate such obligations in its liquidity planning, and that it continually reassesses its liquidity plans and related operational plans as those obligations change. Furthermore, the proposed rule change would also clearly state in both the MBSD and GSD Rules that Required Attestations are completed on at least an annual basis. It would also require MBSD Clearing Members and GSD Netting Members to acknowledge, among other things, significant increases in their CCLF obligations following any 
                    <E T="03">ad hoc</E>
                     resizing of the CCLF. CCLF provides additional liquidity to FICC in the event that its other liquidity resources are insufficient upon the default of an MBSD Clearing Member or GSD Netting Member, which would help ensure that FICC has sufficient funds to meet its cash settlement obligations to its non-defaulting participants. FICC therefore believes the proposed rule change is designed to promote the prompt and accurate clearance and settlement of securities transactions and assure the safeguarding of securities and funds which are in the custody or control of FICC or for which it is responsible, consistent with section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(3)(F).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Rule 17Ad-22(e)(7) under the Act 
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requires generally that a covered clearing agency establish, implement, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to effectively measure, monitor, and manage the liquidity risk that arises in or is borne by the covered clearing agency. As described above, the proposed attestation and acknowledgements are intended to reinforce each member's understanding of its responsibilities under CCLF. Specifically, they are designed to ensure that the member understands its potential obligations under CCLF, that it has taken appropriate steps to incorporate such obligations in its liquidity planning, and that it continually reassesses its liquidity plans and related operational plans as those obligations change. CCLF provides additional liquidity to FICC in the event that its other liquidity resources are insufficient upon a member default and helps to ensure that FICC has sufficient funds to manage its liquidity risk and meet its cash settlement obligations on an ongoing and timely basis. FICC therefore believes the proposed rule change is reasonably designed to comply with the requirements of Rule 17Ad-22(e)(7) under the Act.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(7).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">(B) Clearing Agency's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 17A(b)(3)(I) of Act 
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requires that the rules of a clearing agency do not impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. FICC does not believe that the proposed rule change would impose any burden or have an impact on competition. The proposed rule change would not impact the financial obligations of FICC's members under CCLF. The proposed Required Attestation is intended to ensure that each MBSD Clearing Member understands its potential obligations under CCLF, has taken appropriate steps to incorporate such obligations in its liquidity planning, and continually reassess its liquidity plans and related operational plans as those obligations change. Pursuant to Section 7 of Rule 2A, each MBSD Clearing Member agrees to abide by the MBSD Rules and to be bound by all the provisions thereof. This includes the requirements and obligations associated with CCLF as provided in Section 2a of MBSD Rule 17. FICC believes that most of the responsibilities and activities to which MBSD Clearing Members would be required to attest (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     reading and understanding the MBSD Rules, understanding its obligations under CCLF, incorporating such obligations into its liquidity planning, and continually reassessing such plans, especially as its CCLF obligations change) are, to a large extent, reasonably and fairly implied in order to abide by and comply with such Clearing Member's existing obligations under the CCLF rules. Furthermore, the proposed rule change would not prescribe the specific ways in which Clearing Members satisfy the attestation requirement but rather provides flexibility for each Clearing Member to consider methods to meet its CCLF obligations in the manner that best suits its specific business, operating, and regulatory model, as well as applicable balance sheet, liquidity plan, and ownership structure. Finally, FICC does not believe that requiring a written acknowledgement from MBSD Clearing Members or GSD Netting Members regarding their understanding of and ability to meet CCLF obligations, particularly those following an 
                    <E T="03">ad hoc</E>
                     resizing, would impose any burden or competitive impact on those members. Accordingly, FICC does not believe that the proposed rule change would impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q-1(b)(3)(I).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">(C) Clearing Agency's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>FICC has not received or solicited any written comments relating to this proposal. If any written comments are received, they will be publicly filed as an Exhibit 2 to this filing, as required by Form 19b-4 and the General Instructions thereto.</P>
                <P>Persons submitting comments are cautioned that, according to Section IV (Solicitation of Comments) of the Exhibit 1A in the General Instructions to Form 19b-4, the Commission does not edit personal identifying information from comment submissions. Commenters should submit only information that they wish to make available publicly, including their name, email address, and any other identifying information.</P>
                <P>
                    All prospective commenters should follow the Commission's instructions on how to submit comments, 
                    <E T="03">available at www.sec.gov/regulatory-actions/how-to-submit-comments.</E>
                     General questions regarding the rule filing process or logistical questions regarding this filing should be directed to the Main Office of the SEC's Division of Trading and Markets at 
                    <E T="03">tradingandmarkets@sec.gov</E>
                     or 202-551-5777.
                </P>
                <P>
                    FICC reserves the right to not respond to any comments received.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43941"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change, and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     or within such longer period up to 90 days (i) as the Commission may designate if it finds such longer period to be appropriate and publishes its reasons for so finding or (ii) as to which the self-regulatory organization consents, the Commission will:
                </P>
                <P>(A) by order approve or disapprove such proposed rule change, or</P>
                <P>(B) institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov</E>
                    . Please include file number  SR-FICC-2024-008 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-FICC-2024-008. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549 on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of FICC and on DTCC's website (
                    <E T="03">dtcc.com/legal/sec-rule-filings</E>
                    ). Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection.
                </FP>
                <P>All submissions should refer to File Number SR-FICC-2024-008 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>11</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>11</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10953 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100140; File No. SR-FICC-2024-801]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Fixed Income Clearing Corporation; Notice of Filing of Partial Amendment No. 1 to an Advance Notice To Adopt a Minimum Margin Amount at GSD</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    On February 27, 2024, Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) advance notice SR-FICC-2024-801 (“Advance Notice”) pursuant to section 806(e)(1) of Title VIII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act entitled the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010 (“Clearing Supervision Act”) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4(n)(1)(i) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”).
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The notice of filing and extension of the review period of the Advance Notice was published for comment in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on March 15, 2024.
                    <E T="51">3 4</E>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Commission has received comments regarding the substance of the changes proposed in the Advance Notice.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(n)(1)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99712 (March 11, 2024), 89 FR 18981 (March 15, 2024) (SR-FICC-2024-801). Pursuant to section 806(e)(1)(H) of the Clearing Supervision Act, the Commission may extend the review period of an advance notice for an additional 60 days, if the changes proposed in the advance notice raise novel or complex issues, subject to the Commission providing the clearing agency with prompt written notice of the extension. 12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1)(H). The Commission found that the Advance Notice raised novel and complex issues and, accordingly, extended the review period of the Advance Notice for an additional 60 days until June 26, 2024, pursuant to section 806(e)(1)(H). 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         On February 27, 2024, FICC filed the Advance Notice as a proposed rule change with the Commission pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1), and Rule 19b-4 thereunder, 17 CFR 240.19b-4. The notice of proposed rule change was published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on March 15, 2024. Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99710 (March 11, 2024), 89 FR 18991 (March 15, 2024) (SR-FICC-2024-003). On March 25, 2024, the Commission extended the review period of the proposed rule change, pursuant to section 19(b)(2) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(2)(ii), until June 13, 2024, as the date by which the Commission shall either approve, disapprove, or institute proceedings to determine whether to disapprove the proposed rule change. Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99769 (March 19, 2024), 89 FR 20716 (March 25, 2024) (SR-FICC-2024-003).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         Comments on the Advance Notice are 
                        <E T="03">available at</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-ficc-2024-801/srficc2024801.htm.</E>
                         Comments on the proposed rule change are 
                        <E T="03">available at</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-ficc-2024-003/srficc2024003.htm.</E>
                         Because the proposals contained in the Advance Notice and the proposed rule change are the same, the Commission considers all comments received on the proposal, regardless of whether the comments are submitted with respect to the Advance Notice or the proposed rule change.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    On March 22, 2024, the Commission requested additional information from FICC pursuant to section 806(e)(1)(D) of the Clearing Supervision Act, which tolled the Commission's period of review of the Advance Notice until 120 days from the date the information requested by the Commission was received by the Commission.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On April 26, 2024, the Commission received FICC's response to the Commission's request for additional information.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1)(D). The Commission's memo regarding the Request for Additional Information and the tolled due date has been publicly available on the Commission's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-ficc-2024-801/srficc2024801-449019-1150022.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1)(E)(ii) and (G)(ii); The Commission's memo regarding its receipt of FICC's response to the Request for Additional Information is 
                        <E T="03">available at</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-ficc-2024-801/srficc2024801-471851-1323835.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    On April 5, 2024, FICC filed Partial Amendment No. 1 to the Advance Notice to correct errors FICC discovered regarding the impact analysis filed as Exhibit 3 and discussed in the filing narrative, as well as correct a typo in the methodology formula in Exhibit 5b.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The corrections in Partial Amendment No. 1 do not change the substance of the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43942"/>
                    Advance Notice. Partial Amendment No. 1 corrects percentages and other figures throughout the filing narrative. Accordingly, the Commission is publishing notice of the Advance Notice, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, in its entirety and reopening the public comment period.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         To promote the public availability and transparency of its post-notice partial amendment, FICC submitted a copy of Partial Amendment No. 1 through the Commission's electronic public comment letter mechanism. Accordingly, Partial Amendment No. 1 has been posted to the Commission's website at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-ficc-2024-003/srficc2024003-455611-1167714.pdf</E>
                         and thus been publicly available since April 5, 2024. 12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1)(E) and (G). FICC has requested confidential treatment pursuant to 17 CFR 240.24b-2 with respect to Exhibit 3 and Exhibit 5b.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Advance Notice, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, is described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared primarily by FICC. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the Advance Notice, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, from interested persons.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         On April 5, 2024, FICC filed Partial Amendment No. 1 to the proposed rule change, which makes the same corrections as Partial Amendment No. 1 to the Advance Notice. In a separate publication, the Commission is publishing notice of the associated proposed rule change (SR-FICC-2024-003), as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, in its entirety and reopening the public comment period.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Clearing Agency's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Advance Notice, as Modified by Partial Amendment No. 1</HD>
                <P>
                    This Advance Notice, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, consists of amendments to FICC's Government Securities Division (“GSD”) Rulebook (“GSD Rules”) 
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in order to (1) enhance the VaR Floor by incorporating a “Minimum Margin Amount” and (2) expand the application of the enhanced VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy, as described in greater detail below.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         Terms not defined herein are defined in the GSD Rules, 
                        <E T="03">available at www.dtcc.com/legal/rules-and-procedures.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed rule change would necessitate changes to the Methodology Document—GSD Initial Market Risk Margin Model (the “QRM Methodology”), which is filed as Exhibit 5b.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     FICC is requesting confidential treatment of the QRM Methodology and has filed it separately with the Commission.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         The QRM Methodology was filed as a confidential exhibit as part of proposed rule change SR-FICC-2018-001 (the “VaR Filing”). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 83362 (June 1, 2018), 83 FR 26514 (June 7, 2018) (SR-FICC-2018-001) (“VaR Filing Approval Order”). FICC also filed the VaR Filing proposal as an advance notice pursuant to section 806(e)(1) of the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010 (12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1) and Rule 19b-4(n)(1)(i) under the Act (17 CFR 240.19b-4(n)(1)(i)), with respect to which the Commission issued a Notice of No Objection. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 83223 (May 11, 2018), 83 FR 23020 (May 17, 2018) (SR-FICC-2018-801). The QRM Methodology has been subsequently amended following the VaR Filing Approval Order. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 85944 (May 24, 2019), 84 FR 25315 (May 31, 2019) (SR-FICC-2019-001), 90182 (Oct. 14, 2020), 85 FR 66630 (Oct. 20, 2020) (SR-FICC-2020-009), 93234 (Oct. 1, 2021), 86 FR 55891 (Oct. 7, 2021) (SR-FICC-2021-007), 95605 (Aug. 25, 2022), 87 FR 53522 (Aug. 31, 2022) (SR-FICC-2022-005), 97342 (Apr. 21, 2023), 88 FR 25721 (Apr. 27, 2023) (SR-FICC-2023-003), and 99447 (Jan. 30, 2024), 89 FR 8260 (Feb. 6, 2024) (SR-FICC-2024-001).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.24b-2.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Clearing Agency's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Advance Notice, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the clearing agency included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the Advance Notice, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, and discussed any comments it received on the Advance Notice, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The clearing agency has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A and B below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">(A) Clearing Agency's Statement on Comments on the Advance Notice, as Modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>FICC has not received or solicited any written comments relating to this proposal. If any additional written comments are received, they will be publicly filed as an Exhibit 2 to this filing, as required by Form 19b-4 and the General Instructions thereto. FICC reserves the right not to respond to any comments received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">(B) Advance Notice Filed Pursuant to Section 806(e) of the Clearing Supervision Act</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Nature of the Proposed Change</HD>
                <P>FICC is proposing to enhance the VaR Floor by incorporating a Minimum Margin Amount in order to supplement the VaR model and improve its responsiveness and resilience to extreme market volatility. Specifically, FICC is proposing to modify the VaR Floor and the corresponding description in the GSD Rules to incorporate a Minimum Margin Amount. In addition, FICC is proposing to expand the application of the enhanced VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy. The proposed change would necessitate changes to the QRM Methodology.</P>
                <P>
                    FICC has observed extreme market volatility in the fixed income market due to monetary policy changes, inflation, and recession fears. The extreme market volatility has led to greater risk exposures for FICC. Specifically, the extreme market volatilities during the two arguably most stressful market periods, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the COVID period during March of 2020 and the successive interest rate hikes that began in March 2022, have led to market price changes that exceeded the VaR model's projections, which yielded insufficient VaR Charges. As a result, FICC's VaR backtesting metrics fell below the performance target due to unprecedented levels of extreme market volatility. This highlighted the need for FICC to enhance its VaR model so that it can better respond to extreme market volatility.
                </P>
                <P>In order to better manage its risk exposures during extreme market volatility events, FICC is proposing to adopt a Minimum Margin Amount that would be applied as a minimum volatility calculation to ensure that FICC calculates sufficient margin to cover its risk exposures, particularly during extreme market volatility. The proposed Minimum Margin Amount would be incorporated into the VaR Floor to supplement the VaR model and enhance its responsiveness to extreme market volatility. As proposed, the Minimum Margin Amount is designed to improve the margin backtesting performance during periods of heightened market volatility by maintaining a VaR Charge that is appropriately calibrated to reflect the current market volatility. The proposed Minimum Margin Amount aims to enhance backtesting coverage when there are potential VaR model performance challenges, particularly when securities price changes significantly exceed those implied by the VaR model risk factors, as observed during the recent periods of extreme market volatility. FICC believes the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would provide a more reliable estimate for the portfolio risk level when current market conditions significantly deviate from historical observations.</P>
                <P>
                    The proposed Minimum Margin Amount would be determined using historical price returns to represent risk along with amounts calculated (i) using a filtered historical simulation approach, (ii) using a haircut method, and (iii) to incorporate other risk factors. By using a filtered historical simulation approach in which historical returns are scaled to current market volatility, the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would operate as a floor to the VaR Charge to improve the responsiveness of the VaR model to extreme volatility. Because the use of historical price return-based risk representation is not dependent on any sensitivity data vendor, it would allow the proposed Minimum Margin Amount to also operate as a floor to the Margin Proxy 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43943"/>
                    and improve the responsiveness of Margin Proxy to extreme volatility.
                </P>
                <P>As a result of this proposal, Members may experience increases in their Required Fund Deposits to the Clearing Fund. Based on an impact study conducted by FICC, on average, at the Member level, the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would have increased the SOD VaR Charge by approximately $22.43 million, or 17.56%, and the noon VaR Charge by approximately $23.25 million, or 17.43%, over a 2-year impact study period.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    FICC, through GSD, serves as a central counterparty and provider of clearance and settlement services for transactions in the U.S. government securities, as well as repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions involving U.S. government securities.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As part of its market risk management strategy, FICC manages its credit exposure to Members by determining the appropriate Required Fund Deposit to the Clearing Fund and monitoring its sufficiency, as provided for in the GSD Rules.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Required Fund Deposit serves as each Member's margin.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         GSD also clears and settles certain transactions on securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and government sponsored enterprises.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GSD Rule 4 (Clearing Fund and Loss Allocation), 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 10. FICC's market risk management strategy is designed to comply with Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4) under the Act, where these risks are referred to as “credit risks.” 17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The objective of a Member's Required Fund Deposit is to mitigate potential losses to FICC associated with liquidating a Member's portfolio in the event FICC ceases to act for that Member (hereinafter referred to as a “default”).
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The aggregate amount of all Members' Required Fund Deposit constitutes the Clearing Fund. FICC would access the Clearing Fund should a defaulting Member's own Required Fund Deposit be insufficient to satisfy losses to FICC caused by the liquidation of that Member's portfolio.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         The GSD Rules identify when FICC may cease to act for a Member and the types of actions FICC may take. For example, FICC may suspend a firm's membership with FICC or prohibit or limit a Member's access to FICC's services in the event that Member defaults on a financial or other obligation to FICC. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GSD Rule 21 (Restrictions on Access to Services) of the GSD Rules, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    FICC regularly assesses market and liquidity risks as such risks relate to its margin methodologies to evaluate whether margin levels are commensurate with the particular risk attributes of each relevant product, portfolio, and market. For example, FICC employs daily backtesting to determine the adequacy of each Member's Required Fund Deposit.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     FICC compares the Required Fund Deposit 
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for each Member with the simulated liquidation gains/losses, using the actual positions in the Member's portfolio(s) and the actual historical security returns. A backtesting deficiency occurs when a Member's Required Fund Deposit would not have been adequate to cover the projected liquidation losses and highlights exposure that could subject FICC to potential losses in the event that a Member defaults.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         The Model Risk Management Framework (“Model Risk Management Framework”) sets forth the model risk management practices of FICC and states that Value at Risk (“VaR”) and Clearing Fund requirement coverage backtesting would be performed on a daily basis or more frequently. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release Nos. 81485 (Aug. 25, 2017), 82 FR 41433 (Aug. 31, 2017) (SR-FICC-2017-014), 84458 (Oct. 19, 2018), 83 FR 53925 (Oct. 25, 2018) (SR-FICC-2018-010), 88911 (May 20, 2020), 85 FR 31828 (May 27, 2020) (SR-FICC-2020-004), 92380 (July 13, 2021), 86 FR 38140 (July 19, 2021) (SR-FICC-2021-006), 94271 (Feb. 17, 2022), 87 FR 10411 (Feb. 24, 2022) (SR-FICC-2022-001), and 97890 (July 13, 2023), 88 FR 46287 (July 19, 2023) (SR-FICC-2023-008).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         Members may be required to post additional collateral to the Clearing Fund in addition to their Required Fund Deposit amount. 
                        <E T="03">See e.g.,</E>
                         Section 7 of GSD Rule 3 (Ongoing Membership Requirements), 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 10 (providing that adequate assurances of financial responsibility of a member may be required, such as increased Clearing Fund deposits). For backtesting comparisons, FICC uses the Required Fund Deposit amount, without regard to the actual, total collateral posted by the member to the GSD Clearing Fund.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>FICC investigates the cause(s) of any backtesting deficiencies and determines if there is an identifiable cause of repeat backtesting deficiencies. FICC also evaluates whether multiple Members may experience backtesting deficiencies for the same underlying reason.</P>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to the GSD Rules, each Member's Required Fund Deposit amount consists of a number of applicable components, each of which is calculated to address specific risks faced by FICC, as identified within the GSD Rules.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     These components include the VaR Charge, Blackout Period Exposure Adjustment, Backtesting Charge, Holiday Charge, Margin Liquidity Adjustment Charge, special charge, and Portfolio Differential Charge.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The VaR Charge generally comprises the largest portion of a Member's Required Fund Deposit amount.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GSD Rule 4 (Clearing Fund and Loss Allocation), Section 1b. 
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">VaR Charge</HD>
                <P>
                    The VaR Charge is based on the potential price volatility of unsettled positions using a sensitivity-based Value-at-Risk (VaR) methodology. The VaR methodology provides an estimate of the possible losses for a given portfolio based on: (1) confidence level, (2) a time horizon and (3) historical market volatility. The VaR methodology is intended to capture the risks related to market price that are associated with the Net Unsettled Positions in a Member's Margin Portfolios. This risk-based margin methodology is designed to project the potential losses that could occur in connection with the liquidation of a defaulting Member's Margin Portfolio, assuming a Margin Portfolio would take three days to liquidate in normal market conditions. The projected liquidation gains or losses are used to determine the amount of the VaR Charge to each Margin Portfolio, which is calculated to capture the market price risk 
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     associated with each Member's Margin Portfolio(s) at a 99% confidence level.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         Market price risk refers to the risk that volatility in the market causes the price of a security to change between the execution of a trade and settlement of that trade. This risk is sometimes also referred to as volatility risk.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>FICC's VaR model is designed to provide a margin calculation that covers the market risk in a Member's Margin Portfolio. The VaR model calculates the risk profile of each Member's Margin Portfolio by applying certain representative risk factors to measure the degree of responsiveness of the Margin Portfolio's value to the changes of these risk factors over a historical lookback period of at least 10 years that may be supplemented with an additional stressed period.</P>
                <P>
                    The VaR model has been shown to perform well in low to moderate volatility markets. From January 2013 to March 2020, the VaR model has generally performed above the 99% performance target, with deterioration in backtesting coverage only during the two arguably most stressful market periods, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     the COVID period during March of 2020 and the successive interest rate hikes that began in March 2022. The market events during these two stressful periods, including monetary policy changes, inflation and recession fears, have resulted in significant market volatility in the fixed income market that exceeded the 99-percentile of the observed historical data set. Specifically, the extreme market volatilities during these two periods have led to market price changes that exceeded the VaR model's projections, which yielded insufficient VaR Charges. As a result, FICC's VaR backtesting metrics fell below the performance target due to unprecedented levels of extreme market 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43944"/>
                    volatility. This highlighted the need for FICC to enhance its VaR model so that it can better respond to extreme market volatility. Accordingly, FICC is proposing changes to the VaR Floor that FICC believes would mitigate the risk of potential underperformance of its VaR model under extreme market volatility.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current VaR Floor</HD>
                <P>
                    On June 1, 2018, the Commission approved FICC's VaR Filing to make changes to GSD's method of calculating a Member's Required Fund Deposit amount, including the VaR Charge.
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The VaR Filing amended the definition of VaR Charge to, among other things, incorporate the VaR Floor.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     FICC established the VaR Floor to address the risk that in a long/short portfolio the VaR model could calculate a VaR Charge that is erroneously low where the gross market value of unsettled positions in a Member's portfolio is high and the cost of liquidation in the event of the Member default is also high. This is likely to occur when the VaR model applies substantial risk offsets among long and short unsettled positions in different classes of securities that have a high degree of historical price correlation.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     When this high degree of historical price correlations does not apply as a result of changing market conditions, the VaR Charge derived from the VaR model can be inadequate, and the VaR Floor would then be applied by FICC to mitigate such risk.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         VaR Filing Approval Order, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         The term “VaR Floor” is currently defined within the definition of VaR Charge. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GSD Rule 1 (Definitions), 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         As an example, certain securities may have highly correlated historical price returns, but if market conditions were to substantially change, these historical correlations could break down, leading to model-generated offsets that could not adequately capture a portfolio's risk.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Currently, the VaR Floor is based upon the market value of the gross unsettled positions in the Member's portfolio. The VaR Floor is determined by multiplying the absolute value of the sum of Net Long Positions and Net Short Positions of Eligible Securities, grouped by product and remaining maturity, by a percentage designated by FICC from time to time for such group. For U.S. Treasury and agency securities, such percentage shall be a fraction, no less than 10%, of the historical minimum volatility of a benchmark fixed income index for such group by product and remaining maturity. For mortgage-backed securities, such percentage shall be a fixed percentage that is no less than 0.05%.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         “VaR Charge” definition in GSD Rule 1 (Definitions). 
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The current VaR Floor is not designed to address the risk of potential underperformance of the VaR model under extreme market volatility.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Incorporate a Minimum Margin Amount Into the VaR Floor</HD>
                <P>In order to mitigate the risk of potential underperformance of its VaR model under extreme market volatility, FICC proposes to incorporate a Minimum Margin Amount into the VaR Floor to supplement the VaR model and enhance its responsiveness to extreme market volatility. FICC believes this proposal would complement and improve the VaR model performance during stressed market conditions. Specifically, FICC believes this proposal would improve the margin backtesting performance during periods of heightened market volatility by maintaining a VaR Charge that is appropriately calibrated to reflect the current market volatility.</P>
                <P>FICC is proposing to introduce a new calculation called the “Minimum Margin Amount” to complement the existing VaR Floor in the GSD Rules. The Minimum Margin Amount would enhance backtesting coverage when there are potential VaR model performance challenges, particularly when securities price changes significantly exceed those implied by the VaR model risk factors, as observed during the recent periods of extreme market volatility. FICC believes the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would provide a more reliable estimate for the portfolio risk level when current market conditions significantly deviate from historical observations.</P>
                <P>
                    The Minimum Margin Amount would be defined in the GSD Rules as, with respect to each Margin Portfolio, a minimum volatility calculation for specified Net Unsettled Positions of a Netting Member as of the time of such calculation. The proposed definition would provide that the Minimum Margin Amount shall use historical price returns to represent risk 
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and be calculated as the sum of the following: (a) amounts calculated using a filtered historical simulation (“FHS”) approach 
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to assess volatility by scaling historical market price returns to current market volatility, with market volatility being measured by applying exponentially weighted moving average to the historical market price returns with a decay factor between 0.93 and 0.99, as determined by FICC from time to time based on sensitivity analysis, macroeconomic conditions, and/or backtesting performance, (b) amounts calculated using a haircut method to measure the risk exposure of those securities that lack sufficient historical price return data, (c) amounts calculated to incorporate risks related to (i) repo interest volatility (“repo interest volatility charge”) 
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and (ii) transaction costs related to bid-ask spread in the market that could be incurred when liquidating a portfolio (“bid-ask spread risk charge”).
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In addition, the proposed definition would require FICC to provide Members with at a minimum one Business Day advance notice of any change to the decay factor via an Important Notice.
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         This proposed approach is referred to as the “price return-based risk representation” in the QRM Methodology. Given the availability and accessibility of historical price returns data, FICC believes the proposed approach would help minimize and diversify FICC's risk exposure from external data vendors.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         The FHS method differs from the historical simulation method by incorporating the volatilities of historical price returns as a crucial element. In particular, the FHS method constructs the filtered historical price returns in two steps: first, “devolatilizing” the historical price returns by dividing them by a volatility estimate for the day of the price return, and second, “revolatilizing” the devolatilized price returns by multiplying them by a volatility estimate based on the current market. For additional background on the FHS method, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Filtered historical simulation Value-at-Risk models and their competitors, Pedro Gurrola-Perez and David Murphy, Bank of England, March 2015, 
                        <E T="03">at www.bankofengland.co.uk/working-paper/2015/filtered-historical-simulation-value-at-risk-models-and-their-competitors.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         The “repo interest volatility charge” is a component of the VaR Charge that is designed to address repo interest volatility. The repo interest volatility charge is calculated based on internally constructed repo interest rate indices. This rule change is proposing to also include the repo interest volatility charge as a component of the Minimum Margin Amount; however, it is not proposing to change the repo interest volatility charge or the manner in which this component is calculated.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         The “bid-ask spread risk charge” is a component of the VaR Charge that is designed to address transaction costs related to bid-ask spread in the market that could be incurred when liquidating a portfolio. This rule change is proposing to also include the bid-ask spread risk charge as a component of the Minimum Margin Amount; however, it is not proposing to change the bid-ask spread risk charge or the manner in which this component is calculated.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         Although the QRM Methodology is being submitted as a confidential Exhibit 5b to this proposal due to its proprietary content, FICC makes available to Members a Value-at-Risk (VaR) calculator that can be used to estimate their Clearing Fund requirements based on their portfolios.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>FICC is proposing to revise the definition of the VaR Floor to incorporate the Minimum Margin Amount, such that the VaR Floor would be the greater of (i) the VaR Floor Percentage Amount and (ii) the Minimum Margin Amount.</P>
                <P>
                    The “VaR Floor Percentage Amount” would be the new defined term used to describe the current VaR Floor percentage calculation in the GSD 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43945"/>
                    Rules. This rule change is not proposing to change the VaR Floor percentage or the manner in which this component is calculated.
                </P>
                <P>As proposed, the Minimum Margin Amount would be utilized as the VaR Charge for a Member's Margin Portfolio when it is greater than the current VaR Charge of the Margin Portfolio and the VaR Floor Percentage Amount.</P>
                <P>
                    Under the proposed changes to the QRM Methodology, the Minimum Margin Amount would use a price return-based risk representation (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     use historical price returns to represent risk) 
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and be calculated as the sum of (i) amounts calculated using a FHS method that scales historical market price returns to current market volatility, (ii) amounts calculated using a haircut method for securities that lack sufficient historical price return data, and (iii) amounts calculated to incorporate additional risk factors.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 25.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">FHS Method</HD>
                <P>Following the FHS method, FICC would first construct historical price returns using certain mapped fixed income securities benchmarks. As proposed, the mapped fixed income securities benchmarks to be used with the FHS method when calculating the Minimum Margin Amount in the QRM Methodology would be Bloomberg Treasury indexes for U.S. Treasury and agency securities, Bloomberg TIPS indexes for Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”), and to-be-announced (“TBA”) securities for mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) pools. These benchmarks were selected because their price movements generally closely track those of the securities mapped to them and that their price history is generally readily available and accessible.</P>
                <P>After constructing historical price returns, FICC would estimate a market volatility associated with each historical price return by applying exponentially weighted moving average (“EWMA”) to the historical price returns. The historical price returns are then “devolatilized” by dividing them by the corresponding EWMA volatilities to obtain the residual returns. The residual returns are then “revolatilized” by multiplying them by the current EWMA volatility to obtain the filtered returns.</P>
                <P>The filtered return time series are then used to simulate the profits and losses of a Member's Margin Portfolio and derive the volatility of the Margin Portfolio using the standard historical simulation approach. In particular, each security that is in a Member's Margin Portfolio would be mapped to a respective fixed income securities benchmark, as applicable, based on the security's asset class and remaining maturity. The filtered returns of the benchmark are used as the simulated returns of the mapped security to calculate the simulated profits and losses of a Member's Margin Portfolio. The Minimum Margin Amount is then calculated as the 99-percentile of the simulated portfolio loss.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Haircut Method</HD>
                <P>Occasionally, a Member's Margin Portfolio(s) contain classes of securities that reflect market price changes that are not consistently related to historical price moves. The value of these securities is often uncertain because the securities' market volume varies widely, thus the price histories are limited. Because the volume and price information for such securities are not robust, the FHS method would not generate Minimum Margin Amounts that adequately reflect the risk profile of such securities. Accordingly, the proposed changes to the QRM Methodology would provide that the Minimum Margin Amount would use a haircut method to assess the market risk of those securities that are more difficult to simulate, for example, because of thin trading history.</P>
                <P>Specifically, the proposed haircut method would be used for MBS pools that are not TBA securities eligible, floating rate notes and U.S. Treasury/agency securities with remaining time to maturities of less than or equal to one year.</P>
                <P>
                    A haircut method would also be used to size up the basis risk between an agency security and the mapped U.S. Treasury index to supplement the historical market price moves generated by the FHS method for agency securities to reflect any residual risks between agency securities and the mapped fixed income securities benchmarks, 
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     Bloomberg Treasury indexes. Similarly, a haircut method would be used to size up the MBS pool/TBA basis risk to address the residual risk for using TBA price returns as proxies for MBS pool returns used in the FHS method.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Minimum Margin Amount Calculation</HD>
                <P>FICC is proposing to modify the QRM Methodology to specify that the Minimum Margin Amount would use a price return-based risk representation and be calculated per Member Margin Portfolio as the sum of (i), (ii), and (iii):</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">(i) FHS Method</HD>
                <P>(a) the amount calculated using historical market price returns of mapped fixed income securities benchmarks derived based on the FHS method.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">(ii) Haircut Method</HD>
                <P>(a) the haircut charge for MBS pools that are not TBA securities eligible,</P>
                <P>(b) the supplemental haircut charge for agency securities,</P>
                <P>(c) the haircut charge for floating rate notes and U.S. Treasury/agency securities with remaining time to maturities of less than or equal to one year, and</P>
                <P>(d) the supplemental basis haircut charge for mortgage pool securities.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">(iii) Additional Risk Factors</HD>
                <P>
                    (a) the repo interest volatility charge,
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 27.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (b) the bid-ask spread risk charge.
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 28.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The mapped fixed income securities benchmarks, historical market price returns, parameters and volatility assessments to be used to calculate the Minimum Margin Amount would be determined by FICC from time to time in accordance with FICC's model risk management practices and governance set forth in the Clearing Agency Model Risk Management Framework.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Model Risk Management Framework, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Minimum Margin Amount Parameters</HD>
                <P>The proposed Minimum Margin Amount uses a lookback period for the filtered historical simulation and a decay factor for calculating the EWMA volatility of the historical prices returns.</P>
                <P>
                    In particular, the lookback period of the proposed Minimum Margin Amount is the same as the lookback period used for the VaR model, which is 10 years, plus, to the extent applicable, a stressed period. Consistent with the VaR methodology outlined in the QRM Methodology and pursuant to the model performance monitoring required under the Model Risk Management Framework,
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the lookback period would be analyzed to evaluate its sensitivity and impact to the model performance.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         The Model Risk Management Framework provides that all models undergo ongoing model performance monitoring and backtesting which is the process of (i) evaluating an active model's ongoing performance based on theoretical tests, (ii) monitoring the model's parameters through the use of threshold indicators, and/or (iii) backtesting using actual historical data/realizations to test a VaR model's predictive power. 
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The decay factor in general affects (i) whether and how the Minimum Margin Amount would be invoked, (ii) the peak level of margin increase or the degree of procyclicality, and (iii) how quickly the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43946"/>
                    margin would fall back to pre-stress levels. Similar to the lookback period, the decay factor of the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would also be analyzed to evaluate its sensitivity and impact to the model performance pursuant to the model performance monitoring required under the Model Risk Management Framework.
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The decay factor would be, as proposed, between 0.93 and 0.99, and any update thereto is expected to be an infrequent event and would typically happen only when there is an unprecedented market volatility event which resulted in risk exposures to FICC that cannot be adequately mitigated by the then calibrated decay factor. The decision to update the decay factor would be based on the above-mentioned sensitivity analysis with considerations to factors, such as the impact to the VaR Charges, macroeconomic conditions, and/or backtesting performance. The initial decay factor for the Minimum Margin Amount calculation would be 0.97 but may be adjusted as set forth above in accordance with FICC's model risk management practices and governance set forth in the Model Risk Management Framework.
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Supra</E>
                         note 34.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Model Risk Management Framework, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Model Risk Management Framework would also require FICC to conduct ongoing model performance monitoring of the Minimum Margin Amount methodology.
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     FICC's current model performance monitoring practices would provide for sensitivity analysis of relevant model parameters and assumptions to be conducted monthly, or more frequently when markets display high volatility. In addition, FICC would monitor each Member's Required Fund Deposit and the aggregate Clearing Fund requirements versus the requirements calculated by the Minimum Margin Amount. Specifically, FICC would review and assess the robustness of the Required Fund Deposit inclusive of the Minimum Margin Amount by comparing the results versus the three-day profit and loss of each Member's Margin Portfolio based on actual market price moves. Based on the results of the sensitivity analysis and/or backtesting, FICC could consider adjustments to the Minimum Margin Amount, including changing the decay factor as appropriate. Any adjustment to the Minimum Margin Amount calculation would be subject to the model risk management practices and governance process set forth in the Model Risk Management Framework.
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         note 28.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Model Risk Management Framework, 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 16.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Expand Application of VaR Floor To Include Margin Proxy</HD>
                <P>
                    The GSD Margin Proxy methodology is currently deployed as an alternative volatility calculation in the event that the requisite vendor data used for the VaR model is unavailable for an extended period of time.
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In circumstances where the Margin Proxy is applied by FICC, FICC is proposing to have the VaR Floor operate as a floor for the Margin Proxy. Specifically, FICC is proposing to expand the application of the VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy so that if the Margin Proxy, when deployed, is lower than the VaR Floor, then the VaR Floor would be utilized as the VaR Charge with respect to a Member's Margin Portfolio. FICC believes this proposed change would enable Margin Proxy to be a more effective risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress, thereby enhancing the overall resilience of the FICC risk management.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         FICC may deem such data to be unavailable and deploy Margin Proxy when there are concerns with the quality of data provided by the vendor.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Proposed GSD Rule Changes</HD>
                <P>In connection with incorporating the Minimum Margin Amount into the VaR Floor, FICC would modify the GSD Rules to:</P>
                <P>I. Add a definition of “Minimum Margin Amount” and define it as, with respect to each Margin Portfolio, a minimum volatility calculation for specified Net Unsettled Positions of a Member as of the time of such calculation. The definition would provide that the Minimum Margin Amount shall use historical price returns to represent risk and be calculated as the sum of the following: (a) amounts calculated using a filtered historical simulation approach to assess volatility by scaling historical market price returns to current market volatility, with market volatility being measured by applying exponentially weighted moving average to the historical market price returns with a decay factor between 0.93 and 0.99, as determined by FICC from time to time based on sensitivity analysis, macroeconomic conditions, and/or backtesting performance, (b) amounts calculated using a haircut method to measure the risk exposure of those securities that lack sufficient historical price return data, and (c) amounts calculated to incorporate risks related to (i) repo interest volatility (“repo interest volatility charge”) and (ii) transaction costs related to bid-ask spread in the market that could be incurred when liquidating a portfolio (“bid-ask spread risk charge”). In addition, the proposed definition would require FICC to provide Members with at a minimum one Business Day advance notice of any change to the decay factor via an Important Notice;</P>
                <P>II. Add a definition of “VaR Floor Percentage Amount” which would be defined the same as the current calculation for the VaR Floor percentage with non-substantive modifications to reflect that the calculated amount is a separate defined term; and</P>
                <P>III. Move the defined term VaR Floor out of the definition of VaR Charge and define it as the greater of (i) the VaR Floor Percentage Amount and (ii) the Minimum Margin Amount.</P>
                <P>In connection with applying the VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy, FICC would modify the GSD Rules to revise the definition of “VaR Charge” by adding a reference to the Margin Proxy with respect to the VaR Floor application and clarifying that VaR Charge is calculated at the Margin Portfolio-level.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Proposed QRM Methodology Changes</HD>
                <P>In connection with incorporating the Minimum Margin Amount into the VaR Floor, FICC would modify the QRM Methodology to:</P>
                <P>I. Describe how the Minimum Margin Amount, as defined in the GSD Rules, would be calculated, including:</P>
                <P>(i) Establishing mapped fixed income securities benchmarks for purposes of the calculation using historical market price returns of such securities with the FHS method;</P>
                <P>(ii) Using a haircut method to assess the market risk of certain securities that are more difficult to simulate due to thin trading history; and</P>
                <P>(iii) Detailing other risk factors that would be incorporated in the calculation.</P>
                <P>II. Describe the developmental evidence and impacts to backtesting performance and margin charges relating to Minimum Margin Amount.</P>
                <P>In connection with applying the VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy, FICC would modify the QRM Methodology to reflect that the Minimum Margin Amount would serve as a floor for the Margin Proxy.</P>
                <P>In addition, FICC would modify the QRM Methodology to:</P>
                <P>
                    I. Make certain clarifying changes to the QRM Methodology to delete an out-of-date description of the Margin Proxy being used as an adjustment factor to 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43947"/>
                    the VaR,
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     enhance the description of the VaR Floor Percentage Amount, and update the list of key model parameters to reflect the Margin Proxy lookback period; and
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         FICC currently does not use Margin Proxy as an adjustment factor to the VaR and does not intend to use it as such in the future.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>II. Make certain technical changes to the QRM Methodology to renumber sections and tables, correct grammatical and typographical errors, delete out-of-date index names, and update certain formula notations and section titles as necessary.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Impact Study</HD>
                <P>
                    FICC performed an impact study on Members' Margin Portfolios for the period beginning July 1, 2021 through June 30, 2023 (“Impact Study Period').
                    <E T="51">41 42</E>
                    <FTREF/>
                     If the proposed rule changes 
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     had been in place during the Impact Study Period compared to the existing GSD Rules, the aggregate average daily start-of-day (“SOD”) VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $2.90 billion or 13.89%, the aggregate average daily noon VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $3.03 billion or 14.06%, and the aggregate average daily Backtesting Charges would have decreased by approximately $622 million or 64.46%.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         GSD increased the minimum Required Fund Deposit for Members to $1 million on Dec. 5, 2022 (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 96136 (Oct. 24, 2022), 87 FR 65268 (Oct. 28, 2022) (SR-FICC-2022-006)); however, for the purpose of this Impact Study, the $1 million minimum Requirement Fund Deposit is assumed to be in effect for the entirety of the Impact Study period.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         GSD adopted a Portfolio Differential Charge (“PD Charge”) as an additional component to the GSD Required Fund Deposit on Oct. 30, 2023 (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98494 (Sep. 25, 2023), 88 FR 67394 (Sep. 29, 2023) (SR-FICC-2023-011)); however, for the purpose of this Impact Study, the PD Charge is assumed to be in effect for the entirety of the Impact Study period.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         Margin Proxy was not deployed during the Impact Study Period; however, if the proposed rule changes had been in place and the Margin Proxy were deployed during the Impact Study Period, the aggregate average daily SOD VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $4.16 billion or 20.97%. The impact study also indicated that if the proposed rule changes had been in place and the Margin Proxy were deployed, the VaR model backtesting coverage would have increased from approximately 98.17% to 99.38% during the Impact Study Period. Specifically, if the proposed rule changes had been in place and the Margin Proxy were deployed during the Impact Study Period, the number of the VaR model backtesting deficiencies would have been reduced by 899 (from 1358 to 459, or approximately 66.2%).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The impact study indicated that if the proposed rule changes had been in place, the VaR model backtesting coverage would have increased from approximately 98.86% to 99.46% during the Impact Study Period. Specifically, if the proposed rule changes had been in place during the Impact Study Period, the number of VaR model backtesting deficiencies would have been reduced by 441 (from 843 to 402, or approximately 52%).</P>
                <P>The impact study also indicated that if the proposed rule changes had been in place, overall margin backtesting coverage would have increased from approximately 98.87% to 99.33% during the Impact Study Period. Specifically, if the proposed rule changes had been in place during the Impact Study Period, the number of overall margin backtesting deficiencies would have been reduced by 280 (from 685 to 405, or approximately 41%) and the overall margin backtesting coverage for 94 Members (approximately 72% of the GSD membership) would have improved with 36 Members who were below 99% coverage would be brought back to above 99%.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Impacts to Members Over the Impact Study Period</HD>
                <P>
                    On average, at the Member level, the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would have increased the SOD VaR Charge by approximately $22.43 million, or 17.56%, and the noon VaR Charge by approximately $23.25 million, or 17.43%, over the Impact Study Period. The largest average percentage increase in SOD VaR Charge for any Member would have been approximately 66.88%, or $97,051 (0.21% of the Member's average Net Capital),
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and the largest average percentage increase in noon VaR Charge for any Member would have been approximately 64.79%, or $61,613 (0.13% of the Member's average Net Capital). The largest average dollar increase in SOD VaR Charge for any Member would have been approximately $268.51 million (0.34% of the Member's average Net Capital), or 19.06%, and the largest dollar increase in noon VaR Charge for any Member would have been approximately $289.00 million (1.07% of the Member's average Net Capital), or 13.67%. The top 10 Members based on the size of their average SOD VaR Charges and average noon VaR Charges would have contributed approximately 51.87% and 53.64% of the aggregated SOD VaR Charges and aggregated noon VaR Charges, respectively, during the Impact Study Period had the proposed Minimum Margin Amount been in place. The same Members would have contributed to 50.08% and 51.52% of the increase in aggregated SOD VaR Charges and aggregated noon VaR Charges, respectively, had the proposed Minimum Margin Amount been in place during the Impact Study Period.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         The term “Net Capital” means, as of a particular date, the amount equal to the net capital of a broker or dealer as defined in SEC Rule 15c3-1(c)(2), or any successor rule or regulation thereto. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         GSD Rule 1 (Definitions), 
                        <E T="03">supra</E>
                         note 10.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Implementation Timeframe</HD>
                <P>
                    FICC would implement the proposed rule changes by no later than 60 Business Days after the later of the approval of the related proposed rule change filing 
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and no objection to the advance notice by the Commission. FICC would announce the effective date of the proposed changes by an Important Notice posted to its website.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         FICC filed this advance notice as a proposed rule change (File No. SR-FICC-2024-003) with the Commission pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Act, 15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1), and Rule 19b-4 thereunder, 17 CFR 240.19b-4. A copy of the proposed rule change is 
                        <E T="03">available at www.dtcc.com/legal/sec-rule-filings.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Anticipated Effect on and Management of Risk</HD>
                <P>FICC believes that the proposed change, which consists of a proposal to (i) modify the calculation of the VaR Floor and the corresponding description in the GSD Rules and QRM Methodology to incorporate a Minimum Margin Amount and (ii) expand the application of the VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy, would enable FICC to better limit its exposure to Members arising out of the activity in their portfolios. As stated above, the proposed change is designed to enhance the GSD VaR model performance and improve the backtesting coverage during periods of extreme market volatility. The proposed charge would help ensure that FICC maintains an appropriate level of margin to address its risk management needs.</P>
                <P>Specifically, the proposed rule change seeks to remedy potential situations that are described above where FICC's VaR model and/or Margin Proxy, including the existing VaR Floor, does not respond effectively to increased market volatility and the VaR Charge amounts do not achieve a 99% confidence level. Therefore, by enabling FICC to collect margin that more accurately reflects the risk characteristics of its Members, the proposal would enhance FICC's risk management capabilities.</P>
                <P>
                    By providing FICC with a more effective limit on its exposures, the proposed change would also mitigate risk for Members because lowering the risk profile for FICC would in turn lower the risk exposure that Members may have with respect to FICC in its role as a central counterparty. Further, the proposal is designed to meet FICC's risk management goals and its 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43948"/>
                    regulatory obligations, as described below.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Consistency With the Clearing Supervision Act</HD>
                <P>
                    Although Title VIII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act entitled the Payment, Clearing, and Settlement Supervision Act of 2010 (“Clearing Supervision Act”) does not specify a standard of review for an advance notice, its stated purpose is instructive: to mitigate systemic risk in the financial system and promote financial stability by, among other things, promoting uniform risk management standards for systemically important financial market utilities and strengthening the liquidity of systemically important financial market utilities.
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         12 U.S.C. 5461(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>FICC believes that the proposal is consistent with the Clearing Supervision Act, specifically with the risk management objectives and principles of section 805(b), and with certain of the risk management standards adopted by the Commission pursuant to section 805(a)(2), for the reasons described below.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">(i) Consistency With Section 805(b) of the Clearing Supervision Act</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 805(b) of the Clearing Supervision Act 
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     states that the objectives and principles for the risk management standards prescribed under section 805(a) shall be to, among other things, promote robust risk management, promote safety and soundness, reduce systemic risks, and support the stability of the broader financial system. For the reasons described below, FICC believes that the proposed changes in this advance notice are consistent with the objectives and principles of the risk management standards as described in section 805(b) of the Clearing Supervision Act.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         12 U.S.C. 5464(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>FICC is proposing to (i) modify the calculation of the VaR Floor and the corresponding description in the GSD Rules and QRM Methodology to incorporate a Minimum Margin Amount and (ii) expand the application of the VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy, both of which would enable FICC to better limit its exposure to Members arising out of the activity in their portfolios. FICC believes these proposed changes are consistent with promoting robust risk management because the changes would better enable FICC to limit its exposure to Members in the event of a Member default by collecting adequate prefunded financial resources to cover its potential losses resulting from the default of a Member and the liquidation of a defaulting Member's portfolio.</P>
                <P>Specifically, the proposed Minimum Margin Amount would modify the VaR Floor to cover circumstances, such as extreme market volatility, where the current VaR Charge calculation and the VaR Floor are both lower than market price volatility from corresponding securities benchmarks. The proposed changes are designed to more effectively measure and address risk characteristics in situations where the risk factors used in the VaR method do not adequately predict market price movements and associated credit risk exposure. As reflected in backtesting studies, FICC believes the proposed changes would appropriately limit FICC's credit exposure to Members in the event that the VaR model yields too low a VaR Charge in such situations. Such backtesting studies indicate that the aggregate average daily Backtesting Charges would have decreased by approximately $622 million or 64.46% during the Impact Study Period, and the overall margin backtesting coverage (based on 12-month trailing backtesting) would have improved from approximately 98.87% to 99.33% during the Impact Study Period if the Minimum Margin Amount calculation had been in place. Improving the overall backtesting coverage level would help FICC ensure that it maintains an appropriate level of margin to address its risk management needs.</P>
                <P>The use of the Minimum Margin Amount would reduce risk by allowing FICC to calculate the exposure in each portfolio using historical price returns to represent risk along with amounts calculated (i) using a FHS method that scales historical market price returns to current market volatility, (ii) using a haircut method for those securities that lack sufficient historical price return data, and (iii) to incorporate other risk factors. As reflected by backtesting studies during the Impact Study Period, using the FHS method would provide a more reliable estimate than the FICC VaR historical data set for the portfolio risk level when current market conditions deviate from historical observations. Adding the Minimum Margin Amount to the VaR Floor and applying the VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy would help to ensure that the risk exposure during periods of extreme market volatility is adequately captured in the VaR Charges. FICC believes that would help to ensure that FICC continues to accurately calculate and assess margin and in turn, collect sufficient margin from its Members and better enable FICC to limit its exposures that could be incurred when liquidating a portfolio.</P>
                <P>The proposed change to expand the application of VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy would enable Margin Proxy to be a more effective risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress. By improving the effectiveness of Margin Proxy as a risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress would help ensure that the margin that FICC collects from Members is sufficient to mitigate the credit exposure presented by the Members.</P>
                <P>
                    For these reasons, FICC believes the proposed changes would help to promote GSD's robust risk management, which, in turn, is consistent with reducing systemic risks and supporting the stability of the broader financial system, consistent with section 805(b) of the Clearing Supervision Act.
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    FICC also believes the changes proposed in this advance notice are consistent with promoting safety and soundness, which, in turn, is consistent with reducing systemic risks and supporting the stability of the broader financial system, consistent with section 805(b) of the Clearing Supervision Act.
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As described above, the proposed changes are designed to help ensure that FICC is collecting adequate prefunded financial resources to cover its potential losses resulting from the default of a Member and the liquidation of a defaulting Member's portfolio in times of extreme market volatility. Because the proposed changes would better position FICC to limit its exposures to Members in the event of a Member default, FICC believes the proposed changes are consistent with promoting safety and soundness, which, in turn, is consistent with reducing systemic risks and supporting the stability of the broader financial system.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">(ii) Consistency With 805(a)(2) of the Clearing Supervision Act</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 805(a)(2) of the Clearing Supervision Act 
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     authorizes the Commission to prescribe risk management standards for the payment, clearing and settlement activities of designated clearing entities, like FICC, and financial institutions engaged in designated activities for which the Commission is the supervisory agency or the appropriate financial regulator. The Commission has adopted risk management standards under section 805(a)(2) of the Clearing Supervision 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43949"/>
                    Act 
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and section 17A of the Act 
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     (the risk management standards are referred to as the “Covered Clearing Agency Standards”).
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         12 U.S.C. 5464(a)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78q-1.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.17Ad-22.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Covered Clearing Agency Standards require registered clearing agencies to establish, implement, maintain, and enforce written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to be consistent with the minimum requirements for their operations and risk management practices on an ongoing basis.
                    <SU>54</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     FICC believes that this proposal is consistent with Rules 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) and (e)(6)(i), each promulgated under the Act,
                    <SU>55</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     for the reasons described below.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>54</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>55</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) and (e)(6)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) under the Act 
                    <SU>56</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requires a covered clearing agency to establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to effectively identify, measure, monitor, and manage its credit exposures to participants and those exposures arising from its payment, clearing, and settlement processes by maintaining sufficient financial resources to cover its credit exposure to each participant fully with a high degree of confidence. As described above, FICC believes that the proposed changes would enable it to better identify, measure, monitor, and, through the collection of Members' Required Fund Deposits, manage its credit exposures to Members by maintaining sufficient resources to cover those credit exposures fully with a high degree of confidence. More specifically, as indicated by backtesting studies, implementation of a Minimum Margin Amount by changing the GSD Rules and QRM Methodology as described herein would allow FICC to limit its credit exposures to Members in the event that the current VaR model yields too low a VaR Charge for such portfolios and improve backtesting performance. As indicated by the backtesting studies, the aggregate average daily SOD VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $2.90 billion or 13.89%, the aggregate average daily noon VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $3.03 billion or 14.06%, the aggregate average daily Backtesting Charges would have decreased by approximately $622 million or 64.46% during the Impact Study Period, and the overall margin backtesting coverage (based on 12-month trailing backtesting) would have improved from approximately 98.87% to 99.33% during the Impact Study Period if the Minimum Margin Amount calculation had been in place. By identifying and providing for appropriate VaR Charges, adding the Minimum Margin Amount to the VaR Floor would help to ensure that the risk exposure during periods of extreme market volatility is adequately identified, measured and monitored. Similarly, the proposed change to expand the application of VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy would enable Margin Proxy to be a more effective risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress. By improving the effectiveness of Margin Proxy as a risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress would help ensure that the margin that FICC collects from Members is sufficient to mitigate the credit exposure presented by the Members. As a result, FICC believes that the proposal would enhance FICC's ability to effectively identify, measure and monitor its credit exposures and would enhance its ability to maintain sufficient financial resources to cover its credit exposure to each participant fully with a high degree of confidence, consistent with the requirements of Rule 17Ad-22(e)(4)(i) of the Act.
                    <SU>57</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>56</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(4)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>57</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Rule 17Ad-22(e)(6)(i) under the Act 
                    <SU>58</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requires a covered clearing agency to establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to cover its credit exposures to its participants by establishing a risk-based margin system that, at a minimum, considers, and produces margin levels commensurate with, the risks and particular attributes of each relevant product, portfolio, and market. FICC believes that the proposed changes to adjust the VaR Floor to include the Minimum Margin Amount by changing the GSD Rules and QRM Methodology as described herein are consistent with the requirements of Rule 17Ad-22(e)(6)(i) cited above. The Required Fund Deposits are made up of risk-based components (as margin) that are calculated and assessed daily to limit FICC's credit exposures to Members. FICC is proposing changes that are designed to more effectively measure and address risk characteristics in situations where the risk factors used in the VaR method do not adequately predict market price movements. As reflected in backtesting studies, FICC believes the proposed changes would appropriately limit FICC's credit exposure to Members in the event that the VaR model yields too low a VaR Charge in such situations. Such backtesting studies indicate that the aggregate average daily SOD VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $2.90 billion or 13.89%, the aggregate average daily noon VaR Charges would have increased by approximately $3.03 billion or 14.06%, the aggregate average daily Backtesting Charges would have decreased by approximately $622 million or 64.46% during the Impact Study Period, and the overall margin backtesting coverage (based on 12-month trailing backtesting) would have improved from approximately 98.87% to 99.33% during the Impact Study Period if the Minimum Margin Amount calculation had been in place. By identifying and providing for appropriate VaR Charges, adding the Minimum Margin Amount to the VaR Floor would help to ensure that margin levels are commensurate with the risk exposure of each portfolio during periods of extreme market volatility. Similarly, the proposed change to expand the application of VaR Floor to include Margin Proxy would enable Margin Proxy to be a more effective risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress. By improving the effectiveness of Margin Proxy as a risk mitigant under extreme market volatility and heightened market stress would help ensure that the margin that FICC collects from Members is sufficient to mitigate the credit exposure presented by the Members. Overall, the proposed changes would allow FICC to more effectively address the risks presented by Members. In this way, the proposed changes enhance the ability of FICC to produce margin levels commensurate with the risks and particular attributes of each relevant product, portfolio, and market. As such, FICC believes that the proposed changes are consistent with the requirements of Rule 17Ad-22(e)(6)(i) under the Act.
                    <SU>59</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>58</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.17Ad-22(e)(6)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the Advance Notice, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, is consistent with the Clearing Supervision Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                    <PRTPAGE P="43950"/>
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include File Number SR-FICC-2024-801 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to File Number SR-FICC-2024-801. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the Advance Notice, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the Advance Notice, as modified by Partial Amendment No. 1, between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549 on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of FICC and on DTCC's website (
                    <E T="03">www.dtcc.com/legal/sec-rule-filings</E>
                    ). Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-FICC-2024-801 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Date and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 806(e)(1)(G) of the Clearing Supervision Act provides that FICC may implement the changes if it has not received an objection to the proposed changes within 60 days of the later of (i) the date that the Commission receives an advance notice or (ii) the date that any additional information requested by the Commission is received,
                    <SU>60</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     unless extended as described below.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>60</SU>
                         12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1)(G).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 806(e)(1)(H) of the Clearing Supervision Act, the Commission may extend the review period of an advance notice for an additional 60 days, if the changes proposed in the advance notice raise novel or complex issues, subject to the Commission providing the clearing agency with prompt written notice of the extension.
                    <SU>61</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>61</SU>
                         12 U.S.C. 5465(e)(1)(H).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The date that is 60 days after FICC filed the advance notice with the Commission is April 27, 2024. However, the Commission extended the review period of the Advance Notice for an additional 60 days under section 806(e)(1)(H) of the Clearing Supervision Act 
                    <SU>62</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     due to the Commission's finding that the Advance Notice is both novel and complex.
                    <SU>63</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, on March 22, 2024, the Commission requested additional information from FICC pursuant to section 806(e)(1)(D) of the Clearing Supervision Act, which tolled the Commission's review period of review of the Advance Notice until 120 days from the date the information requested by the Commission was received by the Commission.
                    <SU>64</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     On April 26, 2024, the Commission received FICC's response to the Commission's request for additional information.
                    <SU>65</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Accordingly, August 23, 2024, is the date by which the Commission shall notify FICC of an objection regarding the Advance Notice, unless the Commission requests further information for consideration of the Advance Notice.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>62</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>63</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 3.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>64</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 6.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>65</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 7.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>All submissions should refer to File Number SR- FICC-2024-801 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>66</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>66</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(91) and 17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(94).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10956 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100130; File No. SR-NASDAQ-2024-021]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Options 7, Section 3</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on May 1, 2024, The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III, below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend The Nasdaq Options Market LLC's (“NOM”) Rules at Options 7, Section 3, Nasdaq Options Market—Ports and Other Services.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The Exchange initially filed the proposed pricing changes on November 28, 2023 (SR-NASDAQ-2023-050) to be effective on December 1, 2023. On December 5, 2023, the Exchange withdrew SR-NASDAQ-2023-050 and placed it with SR-NASDAQ-2023-054. On January 16, 2023, the Exchange withdrew SR-NASDAQ-2023-054 and submitted SR-NASDAQ-2024-003. On March 7, 2024, the Exchange withdrew SR-NASDAQ-2024-003 and submitted SR-NASDAQ-2024-012. On May 1, 2024, the Exchange withdrew SR-NASDAQ-2024-012 and submitted this filing.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/rulebook/nasdaq/rules,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43951"/>
                    the most significant aspects of such statements.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend Options 7, Section 3, Nasdaq Options Market—Ports and Other Services.</P>
                <P>Today, NOM assesses SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports a per port, per month fee based on a tiered fee schedule. Specifically, NOM assesses an SQF Port and an SQF Purge Port fee of $1,500 per port, per month for the first 5 ports (1-5), a $1,000 per port, per month fee for the next 15 ports (6-20), and a $500 per port, per month fee for all ports over 20 ports (21 and above).</P>
                <P>
                    At this time, the Exchange proposes to establish an increased fee for SQF Ports and SQF Ports above 20 ports (21 and above) that do not provide a minimum amount of liquidity on NOM. This increased fee is intended to incentivize Market Makers to add liquidity on NOM for the benefit of other market participants. Specifically, NOM proposes an SQF Port Fee and an SQF Purge Port Fee of $750 per port for all ports above 20 ports if a Market Maker did not transact 1.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Market Makers who transact 1.50% of Total Customer Volume that adds liquidity in a month will continue to be assessed a $500 per port fee for SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports for over 20 ports. The Exchange believes that Market Makers will add liquidity to NOM in order to decrease their costs of doing business on the Exchange by achieving the lower SQF Port Fee and SQF Purge Port Fee for more than 20 ports.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         For purposes of this cap, “Total Customer Volume” shall be defined as a percentage of all cleared customer volume at The Options Clearing Corporation in Multiply Listed Equity Options and Exchange-Traded Products (“TCV”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Options 3, Section 7(e)(1)(B), NOM Market Makers may only enter quotes into SQF in their assigned options series. Pursuant to Options 3, Section 7(e)(1)(B), the SQF interface allows NOM Market Makers to connect, send, and receive messages related to quotes, Immediate-or-Cancel Orders, and auction responses to the Exchange. An SQF Purge is a specific port for the SQF interface that only receives and notifies of purge requests from the Market Maker. A NOM Market Maker may submit all quotes through one SQF Port and utilize one SQF Purge Port to view its purge requests. While a NOM Market Maker may elect to obtain multiple SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports to organize its business,
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     only one SQF Port and SQF Purge Port is necessary for a NOM Market Maker to fulfill its regulatory quoting obligations.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         For example, a NOM Market Maker may desire to utilize multiple SQF Ports for accounting purposes, to measure performance, for regulatory reasons or other determinations that are specific to that NOM Participant. The Exchange notes that 78% of NOM Market Makers pay the $1,000 per port, per month fee for 6-20 ports and 39% pay the proposed $750 per port, per month fee for over 20 ports.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         NOM Market Makers have various regulatory requirements as provided for in Options 2, Section 4. Additionally, NOM Market Makers have certain quoting requirements with respect to their assigned options series as provided in Options 2, Section 5. The Exchange notes that SQF Ports are the only quoting protocol available on NOM and only NOM Market Makers may utilize SQF Ports. The same is true for SQF Purge Ports.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of sections 6(b)(4) and 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among members and issuers and other persons using any facility, and is not designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4) and (5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed pricing change to increase the SQF Port Fee and SQF Purge Port Fee for above 20 ports to $750 per port if a Market Maker does not transact 1.50% of Total Customer Volume that adds liquidity in a month is reasonable because it will incentivize Market Makers to add liquidity on NOM to lower their costs. Further, 1.50% of Total Customer Volume that adds liquidity in a month is an achievable number for Market Makers who currently add volume to the Exchange. The Exchange believes that increasing the SQF Port Fee and SQF Purge Port Fee for above 20 ports from $500 to $750 per port is reasonable because Market Makers are obligated, among other things, to maintain a two-sided market in those options in which the Market Maker is registered to trade, in a manner that enhances the depth, liquidity and competitiveness of the market and compete with other Market Makers in all options in all capacities in which the Market Maker is registered to trade.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes that it is reasonable to increase the SQF Port Fee and SQF Purge Port Fee for above 20 ports from $500 to $750 per port for Market Makers that do not transact 1.50% of Total Customer Volume that adds liquidity in a month because the Exchange believes that Market Makers that do not contribute a minimum amount of liquidity on NOM should not be subject to the same opportunities to lower their costs as those Market Makers that do contribute to liquidity and therefore provide the ability for other market participants to engage with that order flow. The Exchange believes that the increase is modest and would serve to encourage Market Makers to submit order flow to NOM in order to lower their cost and would result in additional order competition. The Exchange believes this proposal promotes liquidity, quote competition, and trading opportunities.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 4(a)(1) and (3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    A NOM Market Maker requires only one SQF Port to submit quotes in its assigned options series into NOM. A NOM Market Maker may submit all quotes through one SQF Port and utilize one SQF Purge Port to view its purge requests. While a NOM Market Maker may elect to obtain multiple SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports to organize its business,
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     only one SQF Port and SQF Purge Port is necessary for a NOM Market Maker to fulfill its regulatory quoting obligations. For those Market Makers that elect to organize themselves by obtaining a greater number of SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports they will be able to reduce their fees.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Participants may choose a greater number of SQF Ports or SQF Purge Ports, beyond one port, depending on that Participant's particular business model.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         For example, a NOM Market Maker may desire to utilize multiple SQF Ports for accounting purposes, to measure performance, for regulatory reasons or other determinations that are specific to that Participant.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         The number of ports that member organizations choose to purchase varies widely. Today, on Phlx, 2 Market Makers have 1 SQF Port, 5 Market Makers have 2-5 SQF Ports, 4 Market Makers have between 6-10 SQF Ports, and 11 Market Makers have more than 10 SQF Ports. Additionally, today, on Nasdaq GEMX, LLC no Market Makers have 1 SQF Port/SQF Purge Port, 1 Market Maker has 2-5 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, 4 Market Makers have between 6-10 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, and 8 Market Makers have more than 10 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports. Finally, on Nasdaq MRX LLC (“MRX”), 2 Market Makers have 1 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, no Market Makers have 2-5 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, 2 Market Makers have between 6-10 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, and 6 Market Makers have more than 10 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed pricing change to increase the SQF Port Fee and SQF Purge Port Fee for above 20 ports to $750 per port if a Market Maker does not transact 1.50% of Total Customer Volume that adds liquidity in a month is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory as the Exchange would 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43952"/>
                    uniformly apply the criteria when assessing fees. The Exchange notes that unlike other market participants, Market Makers are required to quote intra-day.
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, unlike other market participants, Market Makers have obligations to the market to maintain a two-sided market in those options in which the Market Maker is registered to trade, in a manner that enhances the depth, liquidity and competitiveness of the market and compete with other Market Makers in all options in all capacities in which the Market Maker is registered to trade, among other obligations.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     These liquidity providers are critical market participants in that they are the only market participants that provide liquidity to NOM. Allowing Market Makers to manage their costs by lowering the SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Fees for above 20 ports enables these essential market participants to manage their business model more effectively and better allocate resources to other technologies that are necessary to manage risk and capacity to ensure that these market participants continue to compete effectively on NOM. The following chart represents the classification of NOM members and the percentage of Market Makers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 5(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 4(a)(1) and (3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="234">
                    <GID>EN20MY24.308</GID>
                </GPH>
                <P>The Exchange believes that Market Makers should be eligible for certain incentives because they fulfill a unique role on the Exchange and are the only market participants required to submit quotes to the Exchange. The proposed reduced fee for above 20 ports is designed to ensure that Market Makers that add a certain amount of liquidity on NOM could obtain lower fees for above 20 ports to reduce costs. The Exchange desires to reward Market Makers provided they are adding a certain amount of liquidity to NOM and would apply the criteria uniformly.</P>
                <P>Finally, the reduced SQF Port and SQF Purge Port fees for above 20 ports is constrained by competitive forces and reasonably designed in consideration of the competitive environment in which the Exchange operates. This fee structure incents Market Makers to support increased liquidity, quote competition, and trading opportunities on the Exchange, for the benefit of all market participants.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Intermarket Competition</HD>
                <P>The proposal does not impose an undue burden on intermarket competition. The Exchange believes its proposal remains competitive with other options markets who also offer order entry protocols. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive. The chart below shows the February 2024 market share for multiply listed options by exchange. Of the 17 operating options exchanges, none currently has more than a 17.6% market share. Customers widely distribute their transactions across exchanges according to their business needs and the ability of each exchange to meet those needs through technology, liquidity and functionality. </P>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="250">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43953"/>
                    <GID>EN20MY24.309</GID>
                </GPH>
                <P>Market share is the percentage of volume on a particular exchange relative to the total volume across all exchanges, and indicates the amount of order flow directed to that exchange. High levels of market share enhance the value of trading and ports.</P>
                <P>In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Intramarket Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The proposed pricing change to increase the SQF Port Fee and SQF Purge Port Fee for above 20 ports to $750 per port if a Market Maker does not transact 1.50% of Total Customer Volume that adds liquidity in a month does not impose an undue burden on competition as the Exchange would uniformly apply the criteria when assessing fees. The Exchange notes that unlike other market participants, Market Makers are required to quote intra-day.
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, unlike other market participants, Market Makers have obligations to the market to maintain a two-sided market in those options in which the Market Maker is registered to trade, in a manner that enhances the depth, liquidity and competitiveness of the market and compete with other Market Makers in all options in all capacities in which the Market Maker is registered to trade, among other obligations.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     These liquidity providers are critical market participants in that they are the only market participants that provide liquidity to NOM. Allowing Market Makers to manage their costs by lowering the SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Fees for above 20 ports enables these essential market participants to manage their business model more effectively and better allocate resources to other technologies that are necessary to manage risk and capacity to ensure that these market participants continue to compete effectively on NOM. The Exchange believes that Market Makers should be eligible for certain incentives because they fulfill a unique role on the Exchange and are the only market participants required to submit quotes to the Exchange. The proposed reduced fee for above 20 ports is designed to ensure that Market Makers that add a certain amount of liquidity on NOM could obtain lower fees for above 20 ports to reduce costs. The Exchange desires to reward Market Makers provided they are adding a certain amount of liquidity to NOM and would apply the criteria uniformly.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 5(d).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 4(a)(1) and (3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Finally, the reduced SQF Port and SQF Purge Port fees for above 20 ports is constrained by competitive forces and reasonably designed in consideration of the competitive environment in which the Exchange operates. This fee structure incents Market Makers to support increased liquidity, quote competition, and trading opportunities on the Exchange, for the benefit of all market participants.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were either solicited or received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(ii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
                    <PRTPAGE P="43954"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-NASDAQ-2024-021 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-NASDAQ-2024-021. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-NASDAQ-2024-021 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>17</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>17</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10946 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[SEC File No. 270-625, OMB Control No. 3235-0686]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request</SUBJECT>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">Upon Written Request Copies Available From:</E>
                     Securities and Exchange Commission, Office of FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-2736
                </FP>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                        <E T="03">Extension:</E>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Form WB-APP—Implementing the Whistleblower Provisions of Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>
                    Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ) (“PRA”), the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) is soliciting comments on the collection of information summarized below. The Commission plans to submit an extension for this current collection of information to the Office of Management and Budget for approval.
                </P>
                <P>
                    In Release No. 34-64545,
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Commission adopted rules (“Rules”) and forms to implement Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 entitled “Securities Whistleblower Incentives and Protection,” which was created by section 922 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”).
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Rules describe the whistleblower program that the Commission has established pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act which requires the Commission to pay an award, subject to certain limitations and conditions, to whistleblowers who voluntarily provide the Commission with original information about a violation of the federal securities laws that leads to the successful enforcement of a covered judicial or administrative action, or of a related action. The Rules define certain terms critical to the operation of the whistleblower program, outline the procedures for applying for awards and the Commission's procedures for making decisions on claims, and generally explain the scope of the whistleblower program to the public and to potential whistleblowers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Implementation of the Whistleblower Provisions of Section 21F of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Release No. 34-64545; File No. S7-33-10 (adopted May 25, 2011).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         Public Law 111-203, 922(a), 124 Stat. 1841 (2010).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Form WB-APP is a form that is submitted by whistleblowers filing a claim for a whistleblower award. Form WB-APP is required for application for an award under the Rules. On March 7, 2024, the Commission approved an updated version of the WB-APP in conjunction with its amended rules. Based on Commission experience the updated WB-APP clarifies instructions to make it more user-friendly. Additionally, the new form has added one question asking if the submitter has filed for a whistleblower award from a non-SEC authority and if so, to provide the name of that authority. No substantive changes were made to the WB-APP.</P>
                <P>
                    The Commission estimates that it takes a whistleblower, on average, two hours to complete Form WB-APP. The completion time depends largely on the complexity of the alleged violation and the amount of information the whistleblower possesses in support of his or her application for an award. Based on the receipt of an average of approximately 192 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     annual Form WB- APP submissions for the past three fiscal years, the Commission estimates that the annual reporting burden of Form WB-APP is 378 hours.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         This figure does not include Form WB-APP submissions which were facially deficient, subsequently withdrawn, or submitted by individuals who have been barred by the Commission from participation in the whistleblower program.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The public may view background documentation for this information collection at the following website: 
                    <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov.</E>
                     Find this particular information collection by selecting “Currently under 30-day Review—Open for Public Comments” or by using the search function. Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice by June 20, 2024 to (i) 
                    <E T="03">MBX.OMB.OIRA.SEC_desk_officer@omb.eop.gov</E>
                     and (ii) David Bottom, Director/Chief Information Officer, Securities and Exchange Commission, c/o John Pezzullo, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, or by sending an email to: 
                    <E T="03">PRA_Mailbox@sec.gov.</E>
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10977 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="43955"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100135; File No. SR-Phlx-2024-20]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq PHLX LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Exchange's Pricing Schedule at Options 7, Section 3 To Increase SPY Rebates</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on May 1, 2024, Nasdaq PHLX LLC (“Phlx” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC” or “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III, below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend the Exchange's Pricing Schedule at Options 7, Section 3 to increase SPY rebates.</P>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/rulebook/phlx/rules,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The purpose of the proposed rule change is to amend the Pricing Schedule at Options 7, Section 3 to increase the Simple Order Rebate for Adding Liquidity in SPY that is currently provided to Lead Market Makers 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Market Makers.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The term “Lead Market Maker” applies to transactions for the account of a Lead Market Maker (as defined in Options 2, Section 12(a)). A Lead Market Maker is an Exchange member who is registered as an options Lead Market Maker pursuant to Options 2, Section 12(a). An options Lead Market Maker includes a Remote Lead Market Maker which is defined as an options Lead Market Maker in one or more classes that does not have a physical presence on an Exchange floor and is approved by the Exchange pursuant to Options 2, Section 11.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         The term “Market Maker” is defined in Options 1, Section 1(b)(28) as a member of the Exchange who is registered as an options Market Maker pursuant to Options 2, Section 12(a). A Market Maker includes SQTs and RSQTs as well as Floor Market Makers.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Today, the Exchange pays Lead Market Makers and Market Makers a Simple Order Rebate for Adding Liquidity in SPY. The rebate is paid based on a percentage of all cleared customer volume at The Options Clearing Corporation in Multiply Listed Equity Options and Exchange-Traded Products (“TCV”). Rebates are currently paid on electronically executed Lead Market Maker and Market Maker Simple Order contracts per day in a month in SPY. Today, Lead Market Makers and Market Makers are paid per the highest tier achieved as follows:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s15,r50,12">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Tiers</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Adds liquidity in SPY as a percentage of TCV</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Rebate for adding liquidity</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                        <ENT>up to 0.02%</ENT>
                        <ENT>$0.12</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                        <ENT>up to 0.04%</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.15</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
                        <ENT>up to 0.10%</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.18</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">4</ENT>
                        <ENT>up to 0.20%</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.24</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">5</ENT>
                        <ENT>up to 0.40%</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.27</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">6</ENT>
                        <ENT>greater than 0.40%</ENT>
                        <ENT>0.32</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The Exchange now proposes to increase the Tier 5 rebate from $0.27 to $0.28 per contract and the Tier 6 rebate from $0.32 to $0.34 per contract. The Exchange is increasing the Tier 5 and Tier 6 rebates without changing the current tier qualifications so that Lead Market Makers and Market Makers can submit the same amount of liquidity adding volume in SPY as they do today to receive the higher rebates proposed above. The Exchange believes that the proposed changes will incentivize Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to provide greater liquidity in SPY to receive the higher rebates, which benefits all market participants through the quality of order interaction.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of Sections 6(b)(4) and 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees and other charges among members and issuers and other persons using any facility, and is not designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4) and (5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange's proposed changes to its Pricing Schedule are reasonable in several respects. As a threshold matter, the Exchange is subject to significant competitive forces in the market for options securities transaction services that constrain its pricing determinations in that market. The fact that this market is competitive has long been recognized by the courts. In 
                    <E T="03">NetCoalition</E>
                     v. 
                    <E T="03">Securities and Exchange Commission,</E>
                     the D.C. Circuit stated as follows: “[n]o one disputes that competition for order flow is `fierce.' . . . As the SEC explained, `[i]n the U.S. national market system, buyers and sellers of securities, and the broker-dealers that act as their order-routing agents, have a wide range of choices of where to route orders for execution'; [and] `no exchange can afford to take its market share percentages for granted' because `no exchange possesses a monopoly, regulatory or otherwise, in the execution of order flow from broker dealers'. . . .” 
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">NetCoalition</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">SEC,</E>
                         615 F.3d 525, 539 (D.C. Cir. 2010) (quoting Securities Exchange Act Release No. 59039 (December 2, 2008), 73 FR 74770, 74782-83 (December 9, 2008) (SR-NYSEArca-2006-21)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Commission and the courts have repeatedly expressed their preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. In Regulation NMS, while adopting a series of steps to improve the current market model, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.” 
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 51808 (June 9, 2005), 70 FR 37496, 37499 (June 29, 2005) (“Regulation NMS Adopting Release”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Numerous indicia demonstrate the competitive nature of this market. For example, clear substitutes to the Exchange exist in the market for options security transaction services. The Exchange is only one of seventeen options exchanges to which market participants may direct their order flow. 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43956"/>
                    Within this environment, market participants can freely and often do shift their order flow among the Exchange and competing venues in response to changes in their respective pricing schedules. As such, the proposal represents a reasonable attempt by the Exchange to increase its liquidity and market share relative to its competitors.
                </P>
                <P>The Exchange believes that its proposal to increase the Tier 5 and Tier 6 Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity in SPY that will be provided to qualifying Lead Market Makers and Market Makers is reasonable because the proposed changes are designed to attract more liquidity in SPY to Phlx to the benefit of all market participants. As discussed above, the Exchange is proposing to increase the Tier 5 rebate from $0.27 to $0.28 per contract and the Tier 6 rebate from $0.32 to $0.34 per contract without changing the current tier qualifications so that Lead Market Makers and Market Makers can submit the same amount of liquidity adding volume in SPY as they do today to receive the higher proposed rebates. Because SPY is the most actively traded symbol on Phlx, the Exchange believes that further incentivizing Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to add liquidity in this symbol will have a significant and beneficial impact on market quality on Phlx.</P>
                <P>
                    The Exchange also believes that the proposed changes are equitable and not unfairly discriminatory as all qualifying Lead Market Makers and Market Makers would be eligible to receive the increased Tier 5 and Tier 6 Simple Order Rebates for Adding Liquidity in SPY. Furthermore, the Exchange continues to believe that it is not unfairly discriminatory to offer certain incentive programs (like the rebates discussed in this proposal) to only Lead Market Makers and Market Makers. Lead Market Makers and Market Makers add value through continuous quoting 
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and are subject to additional requirements and obligations 
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     that other market participants are not. Incentivizing Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to provide greater liquidity benefits all market participants through the quality of order interaction.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <P>In terms of intra-market competition, the Exchange does not believe that its proposal puts any category of market participant at a competitive disadvantage. As described above, while the proposed SPY rebates will apply to only Lead Market Makers and Market Makers, the Exchange believes that incentivizing Lead Market Makers and Market Makers to provide greater liquidity in SPY benefits all market participants through the quality of order interaction.</P>
                <P>In terms of inter-market competition, the Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive, or rebate opportunities available at other venues to be more favorable. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges and with alternative trading systems that have been exempted from compliance with the statutory standards applicable to exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited. In sum, if the changes proposed herein are unattractive to market participants, it is likely that the Exchange will lose market share as a result. Accordingly, the Exchange does not believe that the proposed changes will impair the ability of members or competing order execution venues to maintain their competitive standing in the financial markets.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were either solicited or received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(ii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-Phlx-2024-20 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-Phlx-2024-20. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43957"/>
                    SR-Phlx-2024-20 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                    <FTREF/>
                </FP>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>12</SU>
                    </P>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10951 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100138; File No. SR-MRX-2024-11]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq MRX, LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Options 7, Section 6</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on May 1, 2024, Nasdaq MRX, LLC (“MRX” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I, II, and III, below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend its Rules at Options 7, Section 6.
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The Exchange initially filed the proposed pricing changes on November 28, 2023 (SR-MRX-2023-23) to be effective on December 1, 2023. On December 5, 2023, the Exchange withdrew SR-MRX-2023-23 and replaced it with SR-MRX-2023-25. On January 16, 2023, the Exchange withdrew SR-MRX-2023-25 and submitted SR-MRX-2024-02. On March 7, 2024, the Exchange withdrew SR-MRX-2024-02 and submitted SR-MRX-2024-07. On May 1, 2024, the Exchange withdrew SR-MRX-2024-07 and submitted this filing.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://listingcenter.nasdaq.com/rulebook/mrx/rules,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend Options 7, Section 6, Ports and Other Services. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend the monthly caps for SQF Ports 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and SQF Purge Ports.
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         “Specialized Quote Feed” or “SQF” is an interface that allows Market Makers to connect, send, and receive messages related to quotes, Immediate-or-Cancel Orders, and auction responses to the Exchange. Features include the following: (1) options symbol directory messages (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         underlying and complex instruments); (2) system event messages (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         start of trading hours messages and start of opening); (3) trading action messages (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         halts and resumes); (4) execution messages; (5) quote messages; (6) Immediate-or-Cancel Order messages; (7) risk protection triggers and purge notifications; (8) opening imbalance messages; (9) auction notifications; and (10) auction responses. The SQF Purge Interface only receives and notifies of purge requests from the Market Maker. Market Makers may only enter interest into SQF in their assigned options series. Immediate-or-Cancel Orders entered into SQF are not subject to the (i) Order Price Protection, Market Order Spread Protection, and Size Limitation Protection in Options 3, Section 15(a)(1)(A), (1)(B), and (2)(B) respectively, for single leg orders, or (ii) Complex Order Price Protection as defined in Options 3, Section 16(c)(1) for Complex Orders. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Supplementary Material .03(c) to Options 3, Section 7.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         SQF Purge is a specific port for the SQF interface that only receives and notifies of purge requests from the Market Maker. Dedicated SQF Purge Ports enable Market Makers to seamlessly manage their ability to remove their quotes in a swift manner. The SQF Purge Port is designed to assist Market Makers in the management of, and risk control over, their quotes. Market Makers may utilize a purge port to reduce uncertainty and to manage risk by purging all quotes in their assigned options series. Of note, Market Makers may only enter interest into SQF in their assigned options series. Additionally, the SQF Purge Port may be utilized by a Market Maker in the event that the Member has a system issue and determines to purge its quotes from the order book.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Today, MRX assesses $1,250 per port, per month for an SQF Port as well as an SQF Purge Port. Today, MRX waives one SQF Port fee per Market Maker per month. Also, today, SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports are subject to a monthly cap of $17,500, which cap is applicable to Market Makers.</P>
                <P>
                    At this time, the Exchange proposes to establish an increased SQF Fee and SQF Purge Port Cap to Primary Market Makers and Market Makers that do not provide a minimum amount of liquidity on MRX. This proposed increased SQF Fee and SQF Purge Port Cap is intended to incentivize Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to add liquidity on MRX for the benefit of other market participants in order to lower their fees. MRX proposes to increase the SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Cap to $27,500 a month if a Primary Market Maker or Market Maker does not transact 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Today, MRX caps an SQF Port and SQF Purge Port at $17,500 a month. With this proposal, the Exchange would not assess Primary Market Makers and Market Makers an SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Cap beyond the monthly cap of $27,500, instead of $17,500, once the Member has exceeded the proposed port cap for the respective month. Primary Market Makers and Market Makers who transacts 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month will continue to be subject to the $17,500 SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Cap.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         For purposes of this cap, “Total Customer Volume” shall be defined as a percentage of all cleared customer volume at The Options Clearing Corporation in Multiply Listed Equity Options and Exchange-Traded Products (“TCV”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Supplementary Material .03(c) to Options 3, Section 7, Market Makers may only enter interest into SQF in their assigned options series. Pursuant to Supplementary Material .03(c) to Options 3, Section 7, the SQF interface allows Market Makers to connect, send, and receive messages related to quotes, Immediate-or-Cancel Orders, and auction responses to the Exchange. An SQF Purge is a specific port for the SQF interface that only receives and notifies of purge requests from the Market Maker. A MRX Market Maker requires only one SQF Port to submit quotes in its assigned options series into MRX. While a Market Maker may elect to obtain multiple SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports to organize its business,
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     only one SQF Port and SQF Purge Port is necessary for a Market Maker to fulfill its regulatory quoting obligations.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         For example, a Market Maker may desire to utilize multiple SQF Ports for accounting purposes, to measure performance, for regulatory reasons or other determinations that are specific to that Member.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         MRX Market Makers have various regulatory requirements as provided for in Options 2, Section 4. Additionally, MRX Market Makers have certain quoting requirements with respect to their assigned options series as provided in Options 2, Section 5. SQF Ports are the only quoting protocol available on MRX and only Market Makers may utilize SQF Ports. The same is true for SQF Purge Ports.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <PRTPAGE P="43958"/>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of Sections 6(b)(4) and 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among members and issuers and other persons using any facility, and is not designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4) and (5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of Sections 6(b)(4) and 6(b)(5) of the Act,
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, in that it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among members and issuers and other persons using any facility, and is not designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4) and (5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed pricing change to increase the SQF Port and SQF Purge Port monthly cap from $17,500 per month to $27,500 per month if Primary Market Makers or Market Makers do not transact 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month is reasonable because it will incentivize Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to add liquidity on MRX to lower their costs. The Exchange believes that the total volume required to achieve the cap is reasonable as the Exchange has limited the volume to simple orders, as not all Market Makers transact complex orders. Further, 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month is an achievable number for Market Makers who currently add volume to the Exchange. Additionally, the Exchange believes that an SQF Fee and SQF Purge Port Cap of $27,500, in lieu of $17, 500, is reasonable because Primary Market Makers and Market Makers are obligated, among other things, to compete with other Market Makers to improve the market in all series of options classes to which the Market Maker is appointed and to update market quotations in response to changed market conditions in all series of options classes to which the Market Maker is appointed.
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The Exchange believes that it is reasonable to increase the SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Cap to $27,500 for Primary Market Makers and Market Makers that do not transact 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month because the Exchange believes that Primary Market Makers and Market Makers that do not contribute a minimum amount of liquidity on MRX should not be subject to the same opportunities to lower their costs as those Primary Market Makers and Market Makers that do contribute to liquidity and therefore provide the ability for other market participants to engage with that order flow. The Exchange believes that the increase is modest and would serve to encourage Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to submit order flow to MRX in order to lower their cost and would result in additional order competition, which also benefits market participants. The Exchange believes this proposal promotes liquidity, quote competition, and trading opportunities.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 4(b)(1) and (3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports are utilized by Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to quote on MRX. A Market Maker may submit all quotes through one SQF Port and utilize one SQF Purge Port to view its purge requests. While a Market Maker may elect to obtain multiple SQF Ports to organize its business,
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     only one SQF Port is necessary for a Market Maker to fulfill its regulatory quoting obligations.
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For those Market Makers that elect to organize themselves by obtaining a greater number of SQF Ports or SQF Purge Ports, they will be subject to a cap.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     For Market Makers that only take 1 SQF Port or only a few SQF Ports or SQF Purge Ports, their costs would be far below the $27,500 or $17,500 threshold for the cap.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         For example, a Market Maker may desire to utilize multiple SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports for accounting purposes, to measure performance, for regulatory reasons or other determinations that are specific to that member organization.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         Market Makers have various regulatory requirements as provided for in Options 2, Section 4. Additionally, Market Makers have certain quoting requirements with respect to their assigned options series as provided in Options 2, Section 5. SQF Ports are the only quoting protocol available on MRX.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         The number of ports that members choose to purchase varies widely. Today, on MRX, 2 Market Makers have 1 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, no Market Makers have 2-5 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, 2 Market Makers have between 6-10 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports, and 6 Market Makers have more than 10 SQF Ports/SQF Purge Ports.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed pricing change to increase the SQF Fee and SQF Purge Cap for Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to $27,500 a month if Primary Market Makers or Market Makers do not transact 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory as all Primary Market Makers and Market Makers would be able to cap their SQF Port and SQF Purge Port costs at $17,500, provided they transacted the requisite volume, otherwise Primary Market Makers and Market Makers would be uniformly subject to the $27,500 SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Cap. The Exchange notes that unlike other market participants, Primary Market Makers are obligated to quote in the Opening Process and intra-day.
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, Market Makers may enter quotes in the Opening Process to open an option series and they are required to quote intra-day.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, unlike other market participants, Primary Market Makers and Market Makers have obligations to compete with other Market Makers to improve the market in all series of options classes to which the Market Maker is appointed and to update market quotations in response to changed market conditions in all series of options classes to which the Market Maker is appointed.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Finally, unlike other market participants, Primary Market Makers and Market Makers incur other costs related to their quoting obligations in addition to other fees paid by other market participants. Market Makers are subject to a number of fees, unlike other market participants. Market Makers pay separate Membership Fees,
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and CMM Trading Right Fees,
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in addition to other fees paid by other market participants. These liquidity providers are critical market participants in that they are the only market participants that provide liquidity to MRX and are necessary for opening the market. Allowing Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to manage their costs by capping SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports in addition to transaction fees enables these essential market participants to manage their business model more effectively and better allocate resources to other technologies that are necessary to manage risk and capacity to ensure that these market participants continue to compete effectively on MRX. The following chart represents the classification of MRX members and the percentage of Market Makers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 3, Section 8 and Options 2, Section 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 4(b)(1) and (3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 6, A.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 6, B.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="231">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43959"/>
                    <GID>EN20MY24.310</GID>
                </GPH>
                <P>MRX believes Primary Market Makers and Market Makers should be eligible for certain incentives because they fulfill a unique role on the Exchange and are the only market participants required to submit quotes to the Exchange. The proposed SQF Port and SQF Purge Cap is designed to ensure that Primary Market Makers and Market Makers add a certain amount of liquidity on MRX in order to be able to cap their SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Fees at the lower cap of $17,500 as compared to the increased cap of $27,500. The Exchange would apply the criteria uniformly when applying the SQF Fee and SQF Purge Cap to Primary Market Makers and Market Makers.</P>
                <P>Finally, MRX believes the proposed SQF Fee and SQF Purge Cap is constrained by competitive forces and reasonably designed in consideration of the competitive environment in which the Exchange operates. This fee structure incents Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to support increased liquidity, quote competition, and trading opportunities on the Exchange, for the benefit of all market participants.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Intermarket Competition</HD>
                <P>The proposal does not impose an undue burden on intermarket competition. The Exchange believes its proposal remains competitive with other options markets who also offer order entry protocols. The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues if they deem fee levels at a particular venue to be excessive. The chart below shows the February 2024 market share for multiply listed options by exchange. Of the 17 operating options exchanges, none currently has more than a 17.6% market share. Customers widely distribute their transactions across exchanges according to their business needs and the ability of each exchange to meet those needs through technology, liquidity and functionality.</P>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="246">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43960"/>
                    <GID>EN20MY24.311</GID>
                </GPH>
                <P>Market share is the percentage of volume on a particular exchange relative to the total volume across all exchanges, and indicates the amount of order flow directed to that exchange. High levels of market share enhance the value of trading and ports.</P>
                <P>In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees to remain competitive with other exchanges. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange believes that the degree to which fee changes in this market may impose any burden on competition is extremely limited.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Intramarket Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    The proposed pricing change to increase the SQF Fee and SQF Purge Cap for Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to $27,500 a month if Primary Market Makers or Market Makers do not transact 0.50% of Total Customer Volume in electronic simple orders that adds liquidity in a month does not impose an undue burden on competition as all Primary Market Makers and Market Makers would be able to cap their SQF Port and SQF Purge Port costs at $17,500, provided they transacted the requisite volume, otherwise Primary Market Makers and Market Makers would be uniformly subject to the $27,500 SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Cap. The Exchange notes that unlike other market participants, Primary Market Makers are obligated to quote in the Opening Process and intra-day.
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, Market Makers may enter quotes in the Opening Process to open an option series and they are required to quote intra-day.
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Further, unlike other market participants, Primary Market Makers and Market Makers have obligations to compete with other Market Makers to improve the market in all series of options classes to which the Market Maker is appointed and to update market quotations in response to changed market conditions in all series of options classes to which the Market Maker is appointed.
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Finally, unlike other market participants, Primary Market Makers and Market Makers incur other costs related to their quoting obligations in addition to other fees paid by other market participants. Market Makers are subject to a number of fees, unlike other market participants. Market Makers pay separate Membership Fees,
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and CMM Trading Right Fees,
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in addition to other fees paid by other market participants. These liquidity providers are critical market participants in that they are the only market participants that provide liquidity to MRX and are necessary for opening the market. Allowing Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to manage their costs by capping SQF Ports and SQF Purge Ports in addition to transaction fees enables these essential market participants to manage their business model more effectively and better allocate resources to other technologies that are necessary to manage risk and capacity to ensure that these market participants continue to compete effectively on MRX. MRX believes Primary Market Makers and Market Makers should be eligible for certain incentives because they fulfill a unique role on the Exchange and are the only market participants required to submit quotes to the Exchange. The proposed SQF Port Cap is designed to ensure that Primary Market Makers and Market Makers add a certain amount of liquidity on MRX in order to be able to cap their SQF Port and SQF Purge Port Fees at the lower cap of $17,500 as compared to the increased cap of $27,500. The Exchange would apply the criteria uniformly when applying the SQF Fee and SQF Purge Cap to Primary Market Makers and Market Makers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 3, Section 8 and Options 2, Section 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 2, Section 4(b)(1) and (3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 6, A.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Options 7, Section 6, B.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Finally, MRX believes the proposed SQF Fee and SQF Purge Cap is constrained by competitive forces and reasonably designed in consideration of the competitive environment in which the Exchange operates. This fee structure incents Primary Market Makers and Market Makers to support increased liquidity, quote competition, and trading opportunities on the Exchange, for the benefit of all market participants.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43961"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were either solicited or received.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(ii) of the Act.
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (i) necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (ii) for the protection of investors; or (iii) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)(ii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-MRX-2024-11 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-MRX-2024-11. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-MRX-2024-11 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10954 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100131; File No. SR-MSRB-2024-04]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend MSRB Rule G-27, on Dealer Supervision, To Adopt a New Residential Supervisory Location Classification</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on May 10, 2024, the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (“MSRB”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the MSRB. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The MSRB filed with the Commission a proposed rule change consisting of an amendment to MSRB Rule G-27, on supervision, to adopt new Supplementary Material .04, on residential supervisory locations (“RSLs”), to allow certain brokers, dealers, and municipal securities dealers (“dealers”) that are members of a registered securities association (“FINRA-member dealers”) 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to designate, as an RSL that is a non-branch location,
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     an associated person's private residence where specified supervisory activities are conducted,
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which would otherwise be classified as an office of municipal supervisory jurisdiction (“OMSJ”) 
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or a municipal branch office where certain supervisory activities are conducted (“supervisory 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43962"/>
                    municipal branch office”),
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     if certain conditions are met (the “proposed rule change”). Dealers that are not members of a registered securities association (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     FINRA), including bank dealers,
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     would be ineligible from designating an associated person's private residence as an RSL under the proposed rule change.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         The MSRB notes that the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) is currently the only registered securities association and will generally, as such, refer to FINRA specifically in the filing when intending to clarify specific regulatory obligations and/or applicable rule(s).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         Pursuant to MSRB Rule G-27(g)(ii)(A) a location is excluded from registration as a branch office—that is, it is deemed a non-branch location—in the following instances: (i) a location established solely for customer service and/or back office type functions where no sales activities are conducted and that is not held out to the public as a branch office; (ii) an associated person's primary residence provided it is not held out to the public as an office and certain other conditions are satisfied; (iii) a location, other than a primary residence, that is used for municipal securities activities for less than 30 business days in any one calendar year and is not held out to the public as an office, and which satisfies certain of the conditions set forth in the primary residence exception; (iv) a location of convenience, where associated persons occasionally and exclusively by appointment meet with customers and is not held out to the public as an office; (v) a location used primarily for non-securities activities and from which the associated person(s) effects no more than 25 municipal securities transactions in any one calendar year; (vi) the floor of a registered national securities exchange; and (vii) a temporary location established in response to the implementation of a business continuity plan.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(a).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         Pursuant to MSRB Rule G-27(g)(i) a branch office is classified as an OMSJ if any one of the following enumerated activities occurs at the location: (i) order execution and/or market making; (ii) structuring of public offerings or private placements; (iii) maintaining custody of customers' funds and/or municipal securities; (iv) final acceptance (approval) of new accounts on behalf of the member; (v) review and endorsement of customer orders, pursuant to subparagraph (c)(i)(G)(2); (vi) final approval of advertising for use by persons associated with the dealer, pursuant to MSRB Rule G-21(f); or (vii) responsibility for supervising the municipal securities activities of persons associated with the dealer at one or more other municipal branch offices of the dealer. An office that is designated an OMSJ must have a registered principal on-site and be inspected on an annual basis.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         Pursuant to MSRB Rule G-27(g)(ii)(B), any location that is responsible for supervising the municipal securities activities of persons associated with the dealer at one or more non-branch branch locations of the dealer is considered to be a municipal branch office. A supervisory municipal branch office is generally deemed to be an office that supervises other non-branch locations.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         A bank dealer is defined under MSRB Rule D-8 as a municipal securities dealer which is a bank or a separately identifiable department or division of a bank. The MSRB will consider at a later date whether or not to extend the ability to make RSL designations to bank dealers after giving due consideration to how to operationalize such an initiative.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The MSRB has designated the proposed rule change as constituting a “noncontroversial” rule change under Section 19(b)(3)(A) 
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Exchange Act and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) 
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     thereunder, which renders the proposal effective upon receipt of this filing by the Commission. The MSRB proposes an operative date of June 1, 2024, for the proposed rule change to conform with FINRA's Rule 3110.19 effective date.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The text of the proposed rule change is available on the MSRB's website at 
                    <E T="03">https://msrb.org/2024-SEC-Filings,</E>
                     at the MSRB's principal office, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the MSRB included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The MSRB has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>
                    The proposed rule change is meant to more closely conform the MSRB's dealer supervisory rule to FINRA's recently approved supervisory requirements to help ensure a coordinated regulatory approach in the area of dealer supervision and to enable FINRA to more efficiently inspect those dealers that are subject to both self-regulatory organizations, as well as to promote regulatory consistency for dealers engaging in activities across asset classes. To that end, the MSRB is proposing to amend MSRB Rule G-27 to adopt new Supplementary Material .04, on residential supervisory locations, to allow dealers to designate an associated person's private residences where specified supervisory activities are conducted as non-branch locations, if certain conditions are met. As such, these locations would not be subject to a dealer's requirement to register, or notice file their locations 
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in the appropriate participating jurisdictions and/or with self-regulatory organizations. Additionally, designated RSLs would not be subject to an annual inspection of such offices or locations as required of OSMJs and branch office locations. The specific compliance obligations are addressed below.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         The Uniform Branch Office Registration Form (Form BR) is the form used for branch office registration, notification, closing or withdrawal. Broker-Dealers must use Form BR to register or notice file their branch offices in the appropriate participating jurisdictions and/or with self-regulatory organizations (SROs). More specifically, firms must register each branch office with, among others, FINRA and states that require branch registration.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Background</HD>
                <P>
                    MSRB Rule G-27(d) outlines the MSRB's current requirements for dealers to conduct internal inspections (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     office inspections) of their offices and locations. Currently, MSRB Rule G-27(d)(i)(A) requires dealers to inspect every OMSJ 
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and any supervisory municipal branch office 
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     at least annually. MSRB Rules G-27(d)(i)(B) and G-27(d)(i)(C) require dealers to inspect every non-supervisory branch office 
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     at least every three years, and every non-branch location on a regular periodic 
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     schedule. FINRA and the Commission's Office of Compliance Inspections and Examinations (now the Division of Examinations) staff have previously issued joint guidance stating that office inspections must be conducted on-site at the office.
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MSRB Rule G-27(g)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         Pursuant to MSRB Rule G-27(g)(ii)(B), notwithstanding the exclusions in MSRB Rule G-27(ii)(A), any location that is responsible for supervising the municipal securities activities of persons associated with the dealer at one or more non-branch branch locations of the dealer is considered to be a municipal branch office. A supervisory municipal branch location is generally deemed to be an office that supervises other non-branch locations.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         A non-supervisory branch office would generally be deemed a location that is not charged with supervising the municipal securities activities of persons associated with the dealer.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         While MSRB rules do not explicitly establish a specific timeframe for such regular periodic inspections, FINRA Rule 3110.13 sets out a general presumption that a non-branch location will be inspected at least every three years, even in the absence of any red flags, and if a FINRA-member dealer establishes a longer periodic inspection schedule, such member must document in its written supervisory and inspection procedures the factors used in determining that a longer periodic inspection cycle is appropriate.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         FINRA Regulatory Notice 11-54, FINRA and the SEC Issue Joint Guidance on Effective Policies and Procedures for Broker-Dealer Branch Inspections, (November 30, 2011), available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.finra.org/sites/default/files/NoticeDocument/p125204.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The proposed rule change would amend MSRB Rule G-27 to adopt new Supplementary Material .04 that would treat an associated person's private residence where specified supervisory activities are conducted,
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     subject to certain safeguards and limitations, as a non-branch location (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     unregistered office). Because it would be treated as a non-branch location, the RSL would be subject to inspections on a regular periodic schedule instead of the annual inspection currently required for every OMSJ and supervisory municipal branch office. This proposed rule change would align with FINRA's recently adopted amendments to FINRA Rule 3110 creating an RSL designation.
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The proposed rule change is designed to promote regulatory consistency for dealers that are both FINRA-member dealer and MSRB registrants, allowing limited relief from their inspection requirements under MSRB and FINRA rules under similar circumstances.
                    <SU>19</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MSRB Rule G-27(g)(i)(D) through (G) and MSRB Rule G-27(g)(ii)(B).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Act Release No. 98980 (November 17, 2023), 88 FR 82447 (November 24, 2023) (File No. SR-FINRA-2023-006). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         FINRA Regulatory Notice 24-02, Branch Office Registration, Designation and Inspections, (January 23, 2024), available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.finra.org/sites/default/files/2024-01/Regulatory_Notice_24-02.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>19</SU>
                         As previously noted, proposed MSRB Rule G-27 Supplementary Material .04 would be applicable only to dealers that are also FINRA-member dealers.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Description of Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Conditions for Designation as a Residential Supervisory Location (Proposed Supplementary Material .04(a) of MSRB Rule G-27)</HD>
                <P>
                    FINRA Rule 3110.19(a) lists conditions for a FINRA-member dealer to designate an office or location as an RSL.
                    <SU>20</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Proposed Supplementary 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43963"/>
                    Material .04(a), on conditions for designation as a residential supervisory location, of MSRB Rule G-27 would mirror the conditions set forth in FINRA Rule 3110.19(a) for dealers to designate a location that is the associated person's private residence where specified supervisory activities are conducted as an RSL. Specifically, the conditions that must be met for designation as an RSL under proposed Supplementary Material .04(a) would include:
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>20</SU>
                         While the MSRB does not define office, in FINRA's 2005 rulemaking initiative to establish a uniform definition of branch office, FINRA noted that the language of the uniform definition substantially mirrored the Commission's definition of “office” in its books and records rules under the Exchange Act. Exchange Act Rule 17a-3(g)(i), defines the term as any location where one or more associated persons regularly conducts the business of handling funds or securities or effecting any 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        transactions in, or inducing or attempting to induce the purchase or sale of, any security (17 CFR 240.17a-3). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         NASD Notice to Members 05-67 (October 6, 2005), available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.finra.org/sites/default/files/NoticeDocument/p015121.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (i) only one associated person, or multiple associated persons who reside at that location and are members of the same immediate family, conduct business at the location; 
                    <SU>21</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>21</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(a)(1), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(a)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (ii) the location is not held out to the public as an office; 
                    <SU>22</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>22</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(a)(2), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(a)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (iii) the associated person does not meet with customers or prospective customers at the location; 
                    <SU>23</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>23</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(a)(3), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(a)(3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (iv) any sales activity that takes place at the location complies with the conditions set forth under subparagraphs (g)(ii)(A)(2) or (3) of MSRB Rule G-27; 
                    <SU>24</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(a)(4), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(a)(4) with appropriate cross-reference changes to applicable MSRB rule provisions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (v) neither customer funds nor securities are handled at that location; 
                    <SU>25</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>25</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(a)(5), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(a)(5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (vi) the associated person is assigned to a designated branch office, in accordance with MSRB Rule G-27(g)(ii), on municipal branch office,
                    <SU>26</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and such designated branch office is reflected on all business cards, stationery, retail communications and other communications to the public by such associated person; 
                    <SU>27</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>26</SU>
                         Branch office for purposes of this Supplementary Material is intended to be consistent with the term municipal branch office under MSRB Rule G-27(g)(ii)(A).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>27</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(a)(6), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(a)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (vii) the associated person's correspondence and communications with the public are subject to the dealer's supervision in accordance with MSRB Rule G-27; 
                    <SU>28</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>28</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(a)(7), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(a)(7) with appropriate cross-reference change to the applicable MSRB rule.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (viii) the associated person's electronic communications (
                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                     email) are made through the dealer's electronic system; 
                    <SU>29</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>29</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(a)(8), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(a)(8).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (ix) (A) the dealer must have a recordkeeping system to make, maintain, and preserve such records required to be made, maintained, and preserved under applicable securities laws and regulations, including applicable MSRB rules, and the dealer's own written supervisory procedures under MSRB Rule G-27; (B) such records are not physically or electronically maintained and preserved at the office or location; 
                    <SU>30</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and (C) the dealer has prompt access to such records; 
                    <SU>31</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                         Under Regulation S-P, on privacy of consumer financial information, dealers are required to have policies and procedures addressing the protection of customer information and records. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         17 CFR 248.30.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>31</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(a)(9), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(a)(9) with appropriate cross-reference change to the applicable MSRB rule and minor non-substantive terminology changes for consistency with MSRB rule language.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (x) the dealer must determine that its surveillance and technology tools are appropriate to supervise the types of risks presented by each RSL, which may include but are not limited to: (A) firm-wide electronic tools for recordkeeping, surveillance of email and correspondence, electronic or other equally effective trade blotter review, regular activity-based sampling reviews, and tools for visual inspections; (B) tools specific to carrying out supervision of such RSL based on the activities of associated persons assigned to the location, products offered, and restrictions on the activity of the RSL; and (C) system security tools such as secure network connections and effective cybersecurity protocols.
                    <SU>32</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>32</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(a)(10), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(a)(10).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The MSRB believes that its proposed rule change with respect to the conditions for designation as an RSL recognizes modernization within the municipal securities market with respect to hybrid work arrangements while also balancing investor protection. In re-evaluating the current paradigm of the OMSJ and municipal branch office model, the MSRB believes that there are certain supervisory activities that can be conducted outside of an OMSJ or municipal branch office while also providing appropriate investor protection. The conditions set forth in FINRA amended rules for designating an office or location as an RSL, which the MSRB has incorporated into the proposed rule change, are in furtherance of ensuring only certain supervisory activities are undertaken at such offices or locations.
                    <SU>33</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Additionally, through outreach and engagement, the MSRB has learned from dealers about the significant technology advancements since the establishment of the current OMSJ and municipal branch office definitions, so the MSRB believes it is fitting for dealers to assess whether their technology tools are appropriate to supervise the types of risk that could be presented at an RSL.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>33</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See supra</E>
                         note 18.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The MSRB believes that adopting similar provisions to those of FINRA will allow dealers to elect to designate an associated person's private residence as an RSL while meeting their supervisory obligations under MSRB rules and allowing dealers the ability to comply with consistent regulations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Dealer Ineligibility Criteria (Proposed Supplementary Material .04(b) of MSRB Rule G-27)</HD>
                <P>FINRA Rule 3110.19(b) outlines the conditions that would render its member firms ineligible from designating an office as an RSL, which include, if the member firm: (i) is currently designated as a restricted firm under FINRA Rule 4111; (ii) is currently designated as a taping firm under FINRA Rule 3170; (iii) is currently undergoing, or is required to undergo, a review under FINRA Rule 1017(a)(7) as a result of one or more associated persons at such location; (iv) receives a notice from FINRA, pursuant to FINRA Rule 9557, regarding capital compliance related matters under Rules 4110, 4120 and 4130, unless FINRA has otherwise permitted such activities in writing under its rules; (v) is or becomes suspended by FINRA; (vi) has been a FINRA member for less than 12 months; or (vii) is or has been found by the Commission or FINRA to be in violation of office inspection obligations under FINRA Rule 3110(c) within the past three years.</P>
                <P>
                    The MSRB believes that the aforementioned categories of ineligibility are events or activities that are more likely to raise investor protection concerns because they expressly account for dealers that pose higher risks and, therefore, should be ineligible to utilize the RSL designation. As such, proposed Supplementary Material .04(b), on dealer ineligibility criteria, of MSRB Rule G-27 would provide that a dealer is ineligible from designating an office or location as an RSL if the dealer is not a FINRA-member dealer or if it fails to satisfy the prescribed requirements relating to firm eligibility for such RSL designation under FINRA Rule 3110.19(b). The 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43964"/>
                    MSRB believes that maintaining regulatory consistency regarding RSL designations will provide dealers with clear guidance on how and when they are able to consider designating an office or location as an RSL.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Location Ineligibility Criteria (Proposed Supplementary Material .04(c) of MSRB Rule G-27)</HD>
                <P>FINRA Rule 3110.19(c) lists the criteria that would render a particular office or location that is an associated person's private residence where specified supervisory activities are conducted ineligible from designation as an RSL. Proposed Supplementary Material .04(c), on location ineligibility criteria, of MSRB Rule G-27 would mirror the conditions set forth in FINRA Rule 3110.19(c) for ineligibility of particular offices or locations to be designated as an RSL. Specifically, the conditions that would make an office ineligible for the RSL designation under proposed Supplementary Material .04(c) would include if one or more persons at that office or location:</P>
                <P>
                    (i) is a designated principal 
                    <SU>34</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     who has less than one year of direct supervisory experience with the dealer, or with an affiliate or subsidiary of the dealer that is registered as a dealer or investment adviser; 
                    <SU>35</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>34</SU>
                         MSRB Rule G-27(b)(ii)(C), on appropriate principals, outlines the functional role and responsibilities, under the Rule, that can be engaged in by a principal(s) (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         municipal securities principal, municipal securities sales principal, general securities principal or municipal fund securities limited principal) holding a supervisory designation.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>35</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(c)(1), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(c)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (ii) is functioning as a principal for a limited period without being duly qualified under MSRB Rules G-3(b)(ii)(D), (b)(iv)(B)(4), or (c)(ii)(D); 
                    <SU>36</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>36</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(c)(2), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(c)(2) with appropriate cross-reference changes to applicable MSRB rule provisions.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (iii) is subject to a mandatory heightened supervisory plan under the rules of a registered securities association, the Commission, or state regulatory agency; 
                    <SU>37</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>37</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(c)(3), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(c)(3) with minor non-substantive terminology changes.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (iv) is statutorily disqualified as defined in Section 3(a)(39) of the Exchange Act, unless such disqualified person has been approved to associate with a dealer, without being subject to a mandatory heightened supervision plan, by a registered securities association; 
                    <SU>38</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>38</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(c)(4), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(c)(4) with non-substantive terminology changes.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (v) has an event in the prior three years that required a “yes” response to any item contained in Questions 14A(1)(a) and 2(a), 14B(1)(a) and 2(a), 14C, 14D and 14E on Form U4 (Uniform Application for Securities Industry Registration or Transfer), or similar form by a registered securities association; 
                    <SU>39</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     or
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>39</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(c)(5), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(c)(5). The identified disclosures consist of Questions 14A(1)(a) and 2(a), 14B(1)(a) and 2(a), 14C, 14D and 14E on Form U4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (vi) has been notified in writing that such associated person is now subject to any Investigation or Proceeding as such terms are defined in the Explanation of Terms for the Form U4, by the Commission, a self-regulatory organization, or state securities commission (or agency or office performing like functions) (each, a “Regulator”) expressly alleging they have failed to reasonably supervise another person subject to their supervision, with a view to preventing the violation of any provision of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the Investment Advisers Act, the Investment Company Act, the Commodity Exchange Act, any state law pertaining to the regulation of securities or any rule or regulation under any of such Acts or laws, or any of the rules of the MSRB or other self-regulatory organization, including FINRA. Notwithstanding, such office or location may be designated or redesignated as an RSL subject to the requirements of this Supplementary Material upon the earlier of: (i) the dealer's receipt of written notification from the applicable Regulator that such Investigation has concluded without further action; or (ii) one year from the date of the last communication from such Regulator relating to such Investigation.
                    <SU>40</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>40</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(c)(6) mirrors FINRA Rule 3110.19(c)(6), with non-substantive terminology changes.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Allowing dealers to designate offices or locations as an RSL and, therefore, treat them as a non-branch location would make such RSL subject to inspections on a regular periodic schedule, rather than an annual inspection requirement required of OMSJs and other supervisory municipal branch offices. Additionally, these offices or locations would become unregistered offices. However, FINRA's Central Registration Depository System provides access to information regarding offices and locations (registered and unregistered), and the affirmative requirement for FINRA-member dealers to provide a list of RSL designation information would ensure this information is readily accessible to regulators.
                    <SU>41</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In previous regulatory notices,
                    <SU>42</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     it has been stated that the potential for significant regulatory problems exists when business is conducted at locations that are not subject to regular examination by the member. While the MSRB recognizes that on-site office inspections are only one factor in an overall reasonably designed supervisory system, the ineligibility criteria recognize the necessity for more direct oversight and frequency of examinations of some offices. Therefore, the proposed rule change outlined below aligns with FINRA's amendments establishing location ineligibility. The MSRB believes that adopting similar provisions to those of FINRA will allow dealers to elect to designate RSLs while still meeting their supervisory obligations under MSRB rules.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>41</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Act Release No. 98980 (November 17, 2023) 88 FR 82447, 82452 (November 24, 2023) (File No. SR-FINRA-2023-006).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>42</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         NASD Notice To Members 88-11, Proposed Amendments to Article III, Section 27 of the NASD Rules of Fair Practice Regarding Supervision and the Definitions of “Office of Supervisory Jurisdiction” and “Branch Office,” (February 8, 1988), available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/notices/88-11.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Obligation To Provide List of RSLs to Registered Securities Association (Proposed Supplementary Material .04(d) of MSRB Rule G-27)</HD>
                <P>
                    Proposed Supplementary Material .04(d), on obligations to provide RSL list, of MSRB Rule G-27 would fully mirror the provisions of FINRA Rule 3110.19(d) and would require dealers electing to designate any office or location of the dealer as an RSL to provide a current list of all offices or locations designated as RSLs by the 15th day of the month following each calendar quarter in the manner and format as required by the registered securities association (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     FINRA). The proposed amendments harmonize with FINRA's requirements to ensure greater regulatory certainty.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Risk Assessment (Proposed Supplementary Material .04(e) of MSRB Rule G-27)</HD>
                <P>
                    FINRA Rule 3110.19(e) requires member firms, prior to designating an office or location as an RSL, to develop a reasonable risk-based approach to designating such office or location as an RSL, and conduct and document a risk assessment for the associated person assigned to that office or location. Proposed Supplementary Material .04(e), on risk assessment, of MSRB Rule G-27 would mirror the provisions of FINRA Rule 3110.19(e). Specifically, a 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43965"/>
                    dealer would be required, prior to designating an office or location as an RSL, to develop a reasonable risk-based approach to designating such office or location as an RSL and conduct and document a risk assessment for the associated person(s) assigned to that office or location. In line with FINRA Rule 3110.19(e), proposed Supplementary Material .04(e) of MSRB Rule G-27 would list certain factors, among others, that dealers must consider in the risk assessment that include whether each associated person at such office or location is subject to:
                </P>
                <P>
                    (i) customer complaints, taking into account the volume and nature of the complaints; 
                    <SU>43</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>43</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(e)(1), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(e)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (ii) heightened supervision other than where such office or location is ineligible for RSL designation under paragraph (c)(3) of this Supplementary Material; 
                    <SU>44</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>44</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(e)(2), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(e)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (iii) any failure to comply with the dealer's written supervisory procedures; 
                    <SU>45</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>45</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(e)(3), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(e)(3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (iv) any recordkeeping violations; 
                    <SU>46</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>46</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(e)(4), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(e)(4).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    (v) any regulatory communications from a regulator indicating that the associated person at such office or location may have failed reasonably to supervise another person subject to their supervision, including but not limited to, subpoenas, preliminary or routine regulatory inquiries or requests for information, deficiency letters, “blue sheet” requests or other trading questionnaires, or examinations.
                    <SU>47</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>47</SU>
                         Proposed Supplementary Material .04(e)(5), mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(e)(5). The aforementioned regulatory communications could include but are not limited to, subpoenas, preliminary or routine regulatory inquiries or requests for information, deficiency letters, “blue sheet” requests or other trading questionnaires, or examinations.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Additionally, pursuant to the proposed rule change and mirroring FINRA Rule 3110.19(e), dealers designating an office as an RSL would be required to take into account any higher-risk activities that take place or a higher-risk associated person that is assigned to that office or location. Finally, under the proposed rule change, dealers would need to take into consideration any indicators of irregularities or misconduct (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     “red flags”) when designating an office or location as an RSL and review such red flags in determining whether it would be reasonable to maintain the RSL designation of such office or location. Dealers would also need to consider evidencing steps taken to address those red flags where appropriate.
                </P>
                <P>The MSRB believes that aligning the proposed rule change with FINRA amended rules would create regulatory certainty for dealers.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The MSRB believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 15B(b)(2)(C) of the Exchange Act,
                    <SU>48</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     which provides that the MSRB's rules shall be designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices, to promote just and equitable principles of trade, to foster cooperation and coordination with persons engaged in regulating, clearing, settling, processing information with respect to, and facilitating transactions in municipal securities and municipal financial products, to remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market in municipal securities and municipal financial products, and, in general, to protect investors, municipal entities, obligated persons, and the public interest.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>48</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78
                        <E T="03">o</E>
                        -4(b)(2)(C).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In accordance with Section 15B(b)(2)(C) of the Exchange Act,
                    <SU>49</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the proposed rule change is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices because the RSL designation is intended to provide a practical and balanced way for dealers to continue effectively meeting the core regulatory obligation to establish and maintain a system to supervise the activities of each associated person that is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations and with applicable MSRB rules, which directly serves investor protection. The MSRB has noticed that there has been a shift towards adopting work from home models due to carryover from the conditions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, and the criteria and conditions contained within the proposed rule change is designed to accommodate this shift while also mitigating any associated risks to investor protections. As such, the proposed rule change is designed to minimize risks by limiting which offices or locations can be considered an RSL while also setting conditions for dealers designating an office or location as an RSL. The robust nature of the criteria that must be satisfied and circumstances that would make a location ineligible for RSL designation serve an important role in preventing fraud and manipulative acts. For example, a location cannot be designated as an RSL if the principal of the location has less than one year of direct supervisory experience with the dealer or its affiliates or subsidiaries, which is in furtherance of the Exchange Act.
                    <SU>50</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In the same vein, the terms of the proposed rule change would include important safeguards, such as requiring risk assessments in connection with the RSL designation, which furthers the prevention of manipulative acts and practices and the protection of investors, municipal entities, obligated persons and the public interest. Dealers are required to determine that their surveillance and technology tools are appropriate to supervise RSL designations in furtherance of preventing fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>49</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78
                        <E T="03">o</E>
                        -4(b)(2)(C).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>50</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    By providing that such requirements for the use of the RSL designation are applicable to the municipal securities activities of dealers, in addition to other asset classes, the proposed rule change promotes just and equitable principles of trade by ensuring all FINRA-member dealers are subject to the same regulatory standard under both FINRA and MSRB rules. This regulatory consistency would allow FINRA-member dealers that are subject to FINRA and MSRB rules the ability to utilize the RSL designation in a manner that achieves compliance with both MSRB Rule G-27 and FINRA Rule 3110 without the burden or confusion of differing regulatory requirements. The MSRB believes that the market will benefit from similar supervisory requirements for municipal securities as well as corporate securities that are subject to FINRA rules. Additionally, the proposed rule change is intended to provide a practical and balanced way for dealers to continue to effectively meet their core regulatory obligation to establish and maintain a system to supervise the activities of each associated person that is reasonably designed to achieve compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations, and with applicable MSRB rules, which directly serves investors, municipal entities, obligated persons and public interest protections. The MSRB believes that the proposed rule change would facilitate transactions in municipal securities and remove impediments to a free and open market because, by ensuring a consistent regulatory framework for which dealers can avail themselves of RSL designations, the proposed rule change would alleviate some of the operational 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43966"/>
                    challenges dealers would otherwise experience, which will allow them to more effectively allocate resources to the operations that facilitate transactions in municipal securities and municipal financial products.
                </P>
                <P>Finally, aligning the proposed rule change with amended FINRA Rule 3110 and thereby making such requirements specifically applicable to FINRA-member dealers' municipal securities activities fosters cooperation between regulators because it creates as close as possible a uniform standard, with minimal distinction needed between the treatment of municipal securities and other asset classes, enabling FINRA and the Commission to more efficiently inspect FINRA-member dealers subject to the rules of both self-regulatory organizations.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    Section 15B(b)(2)(C) of the Exchange Act 
                    <SU>51</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     requires that MSRB rules be designed not to impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act. The MSRB has considered the economic impact of the proposed rule change and believes that the proposed rule change would not impose any unnecessary or inappropriate burden on competition, as the proposed rule change would align with the newly approved RSL designation under FINRA Rule 3110. In addition, the proposed rule change would be applied equally to all dealers that are FINRA-member dealers.
                    <SU>52</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, the MSRB believes the proposed rule change would not impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act.
                    <SU>53</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>51</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78
                        <E T="03">o</E>
                        -4(b)(2)(C).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>52</SU>
                         As previously mentioned, the MSRB will consider amendments to MSRB Rule G-27 at a later date on whether the proposed rule change should be extended to other dealers under MSRB rules, such as bank dealers.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>53</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78
                        <E T="03">o</E>
                        -4(b)(2)(C).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    In determining whether these standards have been met, the MSRB was guided by the MSRB's Policy on the Use of Economic Analysis in MSRB Rulemaking.
                    <SU>54</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In accordance with this policy, the MSRB has evaluated the potential impacts on competition of the proposed rule change. The proposed rule change would amend MSRB Rule G-27 to provide a mechanism for dealers to utilize the RSL designation under MSRB rules.
                    <SU>55</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The proposed rule change is intended to align MSRB Rule G-27 with amended FINRA Rule 3110, which established the option to treat an associated person's private residence where supervisory activities are conducted as a non-branch location, subject to safeguards and limitations. The MSRB also believes the proposed rule change would be appropriate as some dealers' business model and work environment continue to evolve with ongoing technological advancements and the shift to remote working may have accelerated since the COVID-19 pandemic.
                    <SU>56</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>54</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Policy on the Use of Economic Analysis in MSRB Rulemaking, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.msrb.org/Policy-Use-Economic-Analysis-MSRB-Rulemaking.</E>
                         In evaluating whether there was any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act, the MSRB was guided by its principles that required the MSRB to consider costs and benefits of a rule change, its impact on efficiency, capital formation and competition, and the main reasonable alternative regulatory approaches. For those rule changes which the MSRB files for immediate effectiveness under Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A)), while not subject to the policy, the MSRB usually focuses its examination exclusively on the burden of competition on regulated entities, but may also include any additional economic analysis that the MSRB believes may inform the rulemaking process based on the facts and circumstances.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>55</SU>
                         The proposed rule change would apply specifically to dealers that are also FINRA-member dealers.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>56</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Letter from Leslie M. Norwood, Managing Director and Associate General Counsel, Head of Municipal Securities, Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association, dated February 26, 2024, at 5 available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.msrb.org/sites/default/files/2024-02/SIFMA-Notice%202023-11.pdf,</E>
                         and Letter from H. Deane Armstrong, CCO, Regional Brokers, Inc., dated February 26, 2024, at 1, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.msrb.org/sites/default/files/2024-02/Regional-Brokers-Notice-2023-11.pdf,</E>
                         responding to MSRB Notice 2023-11, Request for Information on Impacts of MSRB Rules on Small Firms (December 4, 2023), available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.msrb.org/sites/default/files/2023-12/2023-11.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Benefits</HD>
                <P>
                    The MSRB believes that the proposed rule change would benefit FINRA-member dealers by offering the option to treat an associated person's private residence where specified supervisory activities are conducted as a non-branch location, with the intention of minimizing harm to issuers and investors who benefit from the current supervisory framework. Specifically, the MSRB believes that the criteria for dealers to designate an associated person's private residence where specified supervisory activities are conducted as an RSL would sufficiently safeguard against potential harm. The proposed rule change would therefore lower costs for dealers that choose the RSL designation, including reduced time and expenses related to on-site office inspections, as well as reduced expenses for office leasing.
                    <SU>57</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>57</SU>
                         While the MSRB cannot quantify the reduction in leased premises, the MSRB understands through its outreach and engagement with dealers that expenses from leasing office space have generally decreased since the start of the pandemic.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>In addition, even if dealers choose not to utilize the RSL designation, dealers would still benefit from the alignment of MSRB Rule G-27 with the recently amended FINRA Rule 3110. With an estimated 98% of MSRB-registered dealers subject to FINRA's supervision rules, a discrepancy between MSRB Rule G-27 and the existing analogous FINRA rules on supervision would create confusion, uncertainty and an unnecessary burden for dealers and result in a less efficient operation. By eliminating potential areas of inconsistency between MSRB and FINRA rules, dealers would have a lower compliance burden and an improved efficiency. A more efficient supervisory system for dealers may ultimately also benefit issuers and investors whom the rules are designed to protect, such as by ensuring dealers are able to focus time, attention and resources on matters related to effecting transactions in municipal securities and advancing a fair and efficient market. The MSRB expects the benefits to accumulate over time.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Costs</HD>
                <P>
                    Dealers would need to make a one-time revision to their policies and procedures in accordance with the proposed rule change, including accounting for a risk assessment, eligibility criteria and conditions, written supervisory procedures as well as an effective supervisory system. To clarify, the upfront costs to update policies and procedures and associated training are primarily applicable to dealers that elect to utilize the RSL designation, with such costs being proportionately higher for smaller than larger dealers. However, the MSRB believes the total upfront costs would still be manageable, with an estimated incremental amount of $3,820 for the RSL designation, as shown in Table 1; therefore, the cost should not impose an onerous burden on these dealers that choose this option. The MSRB believes the estimated one-time upfront cost would be offset by the cumulative compliance cost savings as a result of the consistency between MSRB Rule G-27 and FINRA Rule 3110 over time, as well as the cumulative cost savings from the convenience of RSL designation if a dealer chooses this option.
                    <SU>58</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>58</SU>
                         For those dealers that opt for the RSL designation, the changes may impose additional 
                        <PRTPAGE/>
                        costs on acquiring information technology compliance software and hardware upgrades to ensure adequate supervisory functions remotely. However, dealers likely already made these technology upgrades and incurred cost in establishing supervisory controls appropriate to support mandatory work-from-home orders and shift to hybrid work arrangements during the COVID-19 pandemic. Therefore, the MSRB believes the incremental costs for upgrading the information technology would be negligible.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <PRTPAGE P="43967"/>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12">
                    <TTITLE>
                        Table 1—Estimate of Incremental Costs Based on 2024 Hourly Rates 
                        <E T="01">
                            <SU>59</SU>
                        </E>
                    </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Cost components</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Hourly rate</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">
                            Number of
                            <LI>hours</LI>
                        </CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Cost per firm</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22">Upfront Costs—RSL Classification:</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">(a) Revision of Policies and Procedures</ENT>
                        <ENT>$540</ENT>
                        <ENT>4.0</ENT>
                        <ENT>$2,160</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">(b) Outside Counsel Review</ENT>
                        <ENT>570</ENT>
                        <ENT>2.0</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,140</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW RUL="n,s">
                        <ENT I="03">(c) Training</ENT>
                        <ENT>520</ENT>
                        <ENT>1.0</ENT>
                        <ENT>520</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="05">Subtotal</ENT>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT/>
                        <ENT>3,820</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="22">Annual Ongoing Costs For Firms Choosing the RSL Classification:</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="03">Due Diligence and Continuing Education</ENT>
                        <ENT>520</ENT>
                        <ENT>3.0</ENT>
                        <ENT>1,560</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>
                    The costs
                    <FTREF/>
                     of annual ongoing compliance with the proposed rule change would likely be minor. For those dealers that transact in municipal securities only and choose the RSL designation in connection with discharging their supervisory activities, the MSRB estimates about $1,560 annually per dealer to conduct the required risk assessment, submit a list of all locations designated as RSLs to FINRA on a quarterly basis and ensure that a dealer is in compliance with the eligibility requirements, including the office or location eligibility for the RSL designation.
                    <SU>60</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                         The hourly rates data is gathered from the Commission's filing on “Amendments Regarding the Definition of “Exchange” and “Alternative Trading Systems (ATSs) That Trade U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities, National Market System (NMS) Stocks, and Other Securities.” 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Act Release No. 94062 (January 26, 2022), 87 FR 15496, 15624 (March 18, 2022) (File No. S7-02-22) (“Proposed Rule”). The Commission's economic analysis utilizes the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association, Management &amp; Professional Earnings in the Securities Industry—2013 Report for the hourly rates of various financial industry market professionals. To compensate for inflation, the data reflects the 2024 hourly rate level after adjusting for the annual cumulative wage inflation rate of 37% between 2013 and 2023, and another 4% between 2023 and 2024. See The Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Employment Cost Index: Wages and Salaries Private Industry (available at 
                        <E T="03">https://fred.stlouisfed.org/series/ECIWAG</E>
                        ). The number of hours for each task is based on the MSRB's internal estimate.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>60</SU>
                         Dealers of various sizes may incur different amounts of ongoing costs. Therefore, the $1,560 annually per firm represents an estimate for a mid-sized firm (“mid-sized” is defined by FINRA as a firm with 151-499 registered representatives). The MSRB does not believe the proposed rule change would impose costs on investors.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Finally, in response to comments received 
                    <SU>61</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     as to dealers that have adopted a work-from-home model in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and utilized the previous relief granted by the MSRB,
                    <SU>62</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     if an associated person working from their private residence takes orders (
                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                     “order entry”) that are then entered through a designated municipal branch office or an electronic system established by the dealer that is reviewable at the municipal branch office, such location would continue to be excluded from the definition of municipal branch office under MSRB Rule G-27(g)(ii)(A)(2)(g), provided that all other conditions are met, and therefore would not require an on-site principal or incur cost related to principal personnel. The MSRB does not believe that the proposed rule change would impose any unnecessary or inappropriate burden or impact on competition for these dealers because the proposed rule change would not lessen any flexibility or increase cost that existed pre-pandemic for such offices or locations that were already otherwise excluded from the definition of non-branch location due to the functional activities being carried out, for example, order entry and other back-office work. On the other hand, if an associated person is conducting order execution from their private residence, especially if only in municipal securities, such office or location would be burdened by needing the individual to be qualified as a principal by taking and passing the Municipal Securities Principal Qualification Examination and its activities supervised by another principal at a separate office or location. This may disproportionately affect smaller dealers that may have a higher proportion of these one-person private residences. However, these dealers do have the choice to revert to their pre-pandemic arrangement where order execution is conducted only at a municipal branch office, not at an associated person's private residence.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>61</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See infra</E>
                         note 64.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>62</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Act Release No. 90621 (December 9, 2020), 85 FR 81254 (December 15, 2020).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Effect on Competition, Efficiency, and Capital Formation</HD>
                <P>
                    The MSRB believes that the proposed rule change would neither impose a burden on competition nor hinder capital formation, as the proposed rule change is applicable to all FINRA-member dealers choosing to avail themselves of the RSL designation and is not expected to erode protection for investors and issuers. While upfront costs would be relatively higher for smaller-size dealers than larger-size dealers, the MSRB expects the total one-time upfront costs to be manageable for dealers that elect to utilize the RSL designation. The MSRB believes it is appropriate, in an environment with increased remote working personnel, to allow some residential offices or locations to be treated as non-branch locations. Since bank dealers are not covered in the proposed rule change for now, to the extent that some of those 18 bank dealers, as of 2023, would have chosen the RSL designation, had the option been available to them, such bank dealers may be disadvantaged in their competition with other dealers. The MSRB, however, believes this disadvantage would be minimal because the MSRB understands through its outreach and engagement with some bank dealers that bank dealers generally have fewer OMSJs and branch offices or locations than other dealers, so the use of the RSL designation may not be coveted for most bank dealers when weighing the called for processes and documentation requirements. The MSRB believes that the proposed rule change would improve the municipal securities market's operational efficiency and promote regulatory consistency. At present, the MSRB is unable to quantitatively evaluate the magnitude of the efficiency gains or losses, but believes the benefits accumulated over time would outweigh the upfront costs of revising policies 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43968"/>
                    and procedures and the annual ongoing costs of ensuring compliance.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>
                    Written comments were not directly solicited on the proposed rule change.
                    <SU>63</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     However, the MSRB did receive comments referencing the proposed rule change in response to a request for information on the impact of MSRB rules on small firms (the “RFI”).
                    <SU>64</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>63</SU>
                         Comments received in response to FINRA's recently adopted amendments creating an RSL designation under FINRA Rule 3110.19 can be found at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/sr-finra-2023-006/srfinra2023006.htm.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>64</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         MSRB Notice 2023-11, Request for Information on Impacts of MSRB Rules on Small Firms (December 4, 2023) available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.msrb.org/sites/default/files/2023-12/2023-11.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”) stated in its response to the RFI that certain aspects of the use of home offices and remote supervision create a disproportionate burden on small firms.
                    <SU>65</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Specifically, SIFMA stated that many firms utilized the temporary COVID-19 relief “under which entities were not required to designate the homes of employees working alone from home as offices.” 
                    <SU>66</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Furthermore, SIFMA requested guidance and relief that exempts a municipal branch office from being named as an OMSJ if the orders taken or placed by that person are entered through a designated municipal branch office or electronic system that is reviewable at the municipal branch office. SIFMA went on to request similar relief for municipal finance investment bankers working remotely, and that such locations in which structuring and underwriting activities occur be exempt from the OMSJ definition. Similarly, Regional Brokers, Inc. (“Regional Brokers”) expressed concern that with the COVID-19 relief ending, many home offices will be required to be designated as an OMSJ due to order taking or market making occurring at such offices.
                    <SU>67</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     As a result, Regional Brokers stated that one-person OMSJ's would be burdened by needing the individual to be qualified as a principal whose activities would need to be supervised by another principal at a separate location.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>65</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Letter from Leslie M. Norwood, Managing Director and Associate General Counsel, Head of Municipal Securities, Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association, dated February 26, 2024, at 5.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>66</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         The MSRB notes that the COVID-19 relief, among other things, clarified, under MSRB Rule G-27(g)(ii)(A)(7) that a temporary location established in response to the implementation of a business continuity plan is not deemed a municipal branch office. Hence, the COVID relief did not create a new exemption with respect to the classification of locations.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>67</SU>
                         Letter from H. Deane Armstrong, CCO, Regional Brokers, Inc., dated February 26, 2024, at 1.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The MSRB notes that primary residences in which orders are entered through a designated municipal branch office or an electronic system established by the dealer that is reviewable at the municipal branch office are excluded from the definition of municipal branch office, if other conditions are met and, as such, among other things, do not require an on-site principal.
                    <SU>68</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     In addition, the MSRB highlights that order execution, market making, and structuring are functional activities related to effecting a transaction in municipal securities that the proposed rule change does not seek to address or include within the RSL designation. FINRA also addressed similar comments in its filing regarding expanding the RSL designation to order execution and noted that the RSL designation is meant to carve out supervisory activities only and declined to expand its proposal to include other activities. As such, the MSRB reminds dealers that the proposed rule change is meant to ensure regulatory consistency in the area of supervision and to facilitate the enforcement thereof, so the MSRB would not be inclined at this point to consider additional amendments to MSRB Rule G-27 in this regard.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>68</SU>
                         MSRB Rule G-27(g)(ii)(A)(2)(g) outlines the requirements for the primary residence exclusion from the definition of a municipal branch office and MSRB Rule G-27(b)(iv) prescribes the locations in which there must be one or more appropriately registered principals.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) 
                    <SU>69</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     of the Exchange Act and Rule 19b-4(f)(6) 
                    <SU>70</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     thereunder, the MSRB has designated the proposed rule change as one that effects a change that: (i) does not significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) does not impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) by its terms, does not become operative for 30 days after the date of the filing, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate. A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) normally does not become operative until 30 days after the date of filing.
                    <SU>71</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     However, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) 
                    <SU>72</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     permits the Commission to designate a shorter time if such action is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest.
                    <SU>73</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The MSRB has requested that the Commission designate the proposed rule change operative on June 1, 2024,
                    <SU>74</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     as specified in Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    <SU>75</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>69</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>70</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>71</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>72</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>73</SU>
                         In addition, Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) requires a self-regulatory organization to give the Commission written notice of its intent to file a proposed rule change, along with a brief description and text of such proposed rule change, at least five business days prior to the date of filing, or such shorter time as designated by the Commission.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>74</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         SR-MSRB-2024-04.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>75</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The MSRB notes that the proposed rule change is based on, and materially conforms with, the Commission's recent approval of FINRA Rule 3110.19 (Residential Supervisory Location), which has an effective date of June 1, 2024.
                    <SU>76</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The MSRB requests that the Commission waive the requirement that the proposed rule change, by its terms, not become operative for 30 days after the date of the filing as set forth in Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) 
                    <SU>77</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in order to align with the operative date of FINRA Rule 3110.19. The MSRB states that the proposed rule change is meant to more closely conform the MSRB's dealer supervisory rule to FINRA's recently approved supervisory requirements to help ensure a coordinated regulatory approach in the area of dealer supervision and to enable FINRA and the Commission to more efficiently inspect those dealers that are subject to both self-regulatory organizations, as well as to promote regulatory consistency for dealers engaging in activities across asset classes. For dealers that are both FINRA-member dealers and MSRB registrants, the MSRB believes that the proposed rule change will allow limited relief from their inspection requirements under MSRB and FINRA rules under similar circumstances.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>76</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Exchange Act Release No. 98980 (Nov. 17, 2023), 88 FR 82447 (Nov. 24, 2023) (File No. SR-FINRA-2023-006). 
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         FINRA Regulatory Notice 24-02, Branch Office Registration, Designation and Inspections (Jan. 23, 2024), available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.finra.org/sites/default/files/2024-01/Regulatory_Notice_24-02.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>77</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f)(6)(iii).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Commission believes that waiving the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest. An operative date of June 1, 2024 will alleviate operational challenges and confusion for dealers that are both FINRA-member dealers and MSRB registrants by allowing the proposed rule change to become operative on the same date that FINRA Rule 3110.19 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43969"/>
                    takes effect. Accordingly, the Commission hereby waives the 30-day operative delay specified in Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii) and designates the proposed rule change to be operative on June 1, 2024.
                    <SU>78</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>78</SU>
                         For the purpose of waiving the 30-day operative delay for this proposal, the Commission has considered the proposed rule's impact on efficiency, competition, and capital formation. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         15 U.S.C. 78c(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Exchange Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">• </E>
                    Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include File Number SR-MSRB-2024-04 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to File Number SR-MSRB-2024-04. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">http://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549 on official business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the MSRB. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-MSRB-2024-04 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>79</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>79</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10947 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100127; File No. 4-631]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Joint Industry Plan; Notice of Designation of a Longer Period for Commission Action on the Twenty-Third Amendment to the National Market System Plan To Address Extraordinary Market Volatility</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    On October 24, 2023, NYSE Group, Inc., on behalf of the Participants 
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     to the National Market System Plan to Address Extraordinary Market Volatility (“Plan”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to section 11A(a)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) 
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 608 thereunder,
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     a proposal (“Proposed Amendment”) to amend the Plan. The Proposed Amendment was published for comment in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     on November 21, 2023.
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         The Participants are: Cboe BYX Exchange, Inc., Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc., Cboe EDGA Exchange, Inc., Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc., The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., Investors Exchange LLC, Long-Term Stock Exchange, Inc., MEMX LLC, MIAX Pearl, LLC, NASDAQ BX, Inc., NASDAQ PHLX LLC, The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, New York Stock Exchange LLC, NYSE American LLC, NYSE Arca, Inc., NYSE Chicago, Inc., and NYSE National, Inc. (collectively, “Participants”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78k-1(a)(3).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         17 CFR 242.608.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 98928 (November 14, 2023), 88 FR 81131 (“Notice”). Comments received in response to the Notice can be found on the Commission's website at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/4-631/4-631.htm.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    On February 15, 2024, the Commission instituted proceedings pursuant to Rule 608(b)(2)(i) of Regulation NMS 
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     under the Exchange Act to determine whether to approve or disapprove the Proposed Amendment or to approve the Proposed Amendment with any changes or subject to any conditions the Commission deems necessary or appropriate after considering public comment.
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         17 CFR 242.608(b)(2)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 99545 (February 15, 2024), 89 FR 13389 (February 22, 2024) (“OIP”). Comments received in response to the OIP can be found on the Commission's website at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/comments/4-631/4-631.htm</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Rule 608(b)(2)(i) of Regulation NMS provides that proceedings to determine whether a plan or amendment should be disapproved shall be concluded within 180 days of the date of publication of notice of the plan or amendment and that the time for conclusion of such proceedings may be extended for up to 60 days (up to 240 days from the date of notice publication) if the Commission determines that a longer period is appropriate and publishes the reasons for such determination or the plan participants consent to a longer period.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     The 180th day after publication of the Notice for the Proposed Amendment is May 19, 2024. The Commission is extending this 180-day period.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         17 CFR 242.608(b)(2)(i).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    The Commission finds that it is appropriate to designate a longer period within which to conclude proceedings regarding the Proposed Amendment so that it has sufficient time to consider the Proposed Amendment and the comments received. Accordingly, pursuant to Rule 608(b)(2)(i) of Regulation NMS,
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Commission designates July 18, 2024 as the date by which the Commission shall conclude the proceedings to determine whether to approve or disapprove the Proposed Amendment or to approve the Proposed Amendment with any changes or subject to any conditions the Commission deems necessary or appropriate (File No. 4-631).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>9</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>9</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(85).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10944 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <PRTPAGE P="43970"/>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Release No. 34-100125; File No. SR-NYSE-2024-27]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Self-Regulatory Organizations; New York Stock Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend its Price List</SUBJECT>
                <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                <P>
                    Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and Rule 19b-4 thereunder,
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     notice is hereby given that on May 1, 2024, New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) the proposed rule change as described in Items I and II below, which Items have been prepared by the Exchange. The Commission is publishing this notice to solicit comments on the proposed rule change from interested persons.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(1).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Terms of Substance of the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange proposes to amend its Price List to introduce two new adding tiers for Midpoint Passive Liquidity (“MPL”) Orders that add liquidity to the Exchange. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at 
                    <E T="03">www.nyse.com,</E>
                     at the principal office of the Exchange, and at the Commission's Public Reference Room.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement of the Purpose of, and the Statutory Basis for, the Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Purpose</HD>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to amend its Price List to introduce two new adding tiers for MPL Orders that add liquidity to the Exchange.</P>
                <P>The proposed changes respond to the current competitive environment where order flow providers have a choice of where to direct liquidity-providing orders by offering further incentives for member organizations to send additional displayed liquidity to the Exchange.</P>
                <P>The Exchange proposes to implement the fee changes effective May 1, 2024.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Background</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Current Market and Competitive Environment</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market. The Commission has repeatedly expressed its preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. In Regulation NMS, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.” 
                    <SU>3</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>3</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 51808 (June 9, 2005), 70 FR 37496, 37499 (June 29, 2005) (File No. S7-10-04) (Final Rule) (“Regulation NMS”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    While Regulation NMS has enhanced competition, it has also fostered a “fragmented” market structure where trading in a single stock can occur across multiple trading centers. When multiple trading centers compete for order flow in the same stock, the Commission has recognized that “such competition can lead to the fragmentation of order flow in that stock.” 
                    <SU>4</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Indeed, cash equity trading is currently dispersed across 16 exchanges,
                    <SU>5</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     numerous alternative trading systems,
                    <SU>6</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and broker-dealer internalizers and wholesalers, all competing for order flow. Based on publicly-available information, no single exchange currently has more than 20% market share.
                    <SU>7</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Therefore, no exchange possesses significant pricing power in the execution of cash equity order flow. More specifically, the Exchange's share of executed volume of equity trades in Tapes A, B and C securities is less than 12%.
                    <SU>8</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>4</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 61358, 75 FR 3594, 3597 (January 21, 2010) (File No. S7-02-10) (Concept Release on Equity Market Structure).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>5</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Cboe U.S Equities Market Volume Summary, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://markets.cboe.com/us/equities/market_share. See generally</E>
                          
                        <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/fast-answers/divisionsmarketregmrexchangesshtml.html.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>6</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         FINRA ATS Transparency Data, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://otctransparency.finra.org/otctransparency/AtsIssueData.</E>
                         A list of alternative trading systems registered with the Commission is 
                        <E T="03">available at https://www.sec.gov/foia/docs/atslist.htm.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>7</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Cboe Global Markets U.S. Equities Market Volume Summary, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://markets.cboe.com/us/equities/market_share/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>8</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See id.</E>
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange believes that the ever-shifting market share among the exchanges from month to month demonstrates that market participants can move order flow, or discontinue or reduce use of certain categories of products. While it is not possible to know a firm's reason for shifting order flow, the Exchange believes that one such reason is because of fee changes at any of the registered exchanges or non-exchange venues to which the firm routes order flow. Accordingly, competitive forces compel the Exchange to use exchange transaction fees and credits because market participants can readily trade on competing venues if they deem pricing levels at those other venues to be more favorable.</P>
                <P>In response to this competitive environment, the Exchange has established incentives for member organizations who submit orders that provide liquidity on the Exchange in MPL Orders. The proposed fee change is designed to provide incentives to member organizations to submit additional such liquidity to the Exchange.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Proposed Rule Change</HD>
                <P>
                    An MPL Order is defined in Rule 7.31 as a Limit Order that is not displayed and does not route, with a working price at the midpoint of the PBBO.
                    <SU>9</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>9</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Rule 7.31(d)(3). Limit Order is defined in Rule 7.31(a)(2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Currently, the Exchange offers tiered credits of $0.0020, $0.00250 and $0.00275, respectively, for member organizations that have an average daily trading volume (“ADV”) that adds liquidity to the Exchange during the billing month (“Adding ADV”) in MPL Orders that is at least a specified percentage (0.0075%, 0.015% and 0.075%, respectively) of Tapes A, B and C consolidated average daily volume (“CADV”),
                    <SU>10</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     excluding any liquidity added by a Designated Market Maker (“DMM”).
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>10</SU>
                         Footnote 2 to the Price List defines ADV as “average daily volume” and “Adding ADV” as ADV that adds liquidity to the Exchange during the billing month. CADV is defined in footnote * of the Price List.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>The Exchange proposes two additional adding tier credits for MPL Orders, as follows.</P>
                <P>
                    First, the Exchange would offer a $0.0029 credit to member organizations that have Adding ADV in MPL Orders of 25 million shares, excluding any liquidity added by a DMM. Second, the 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43971"/>
                    Exchange would offer a $0.0030 credit to member organizations that have an Adding ADV in MPL Orders of at least 30 million shares, excluding any liquidity added by a DMM. The Exchange believes that the additional tiers would enable more member organizations with high volumes of Adding ADV in MPL Orders to qualify for higher credits, especially in high volume months.
                </P>
                <P>The purpose of the proposed change is to incentivize member organizations to trade on the Exchange in MPL Orders. Providing additional ways for member organizations to qualify for higher credits for MPL Orders that add liquidity to the Exchange would increase liquidity providing MPL Orders, which in turn would support the quality of price discovery on the Exchange and provide additional price improvement opportunities for incoming orders that take liquidity. The Exchange believes that by correlating the amount of credits to the level of MPL Orders that add liquidity sent by a member organization, the Exchange's fee structure would incentivize member organizations to submit more MPL Orders that add liquidity to the Exchange, thereby increasing the potential for price improvement and execution opportunities to incoming marketable orders submitted to the Exchange.</P>
                <P>As noted above, the Exchange operates in a competitive and fragmented market environment, particularly as it relates to attracting non-marketable orders, which add liquidity to the Exchange. Based on the profile of liquidity-adding firms generally, the Exchange believes that additional member organizations could qualify for the tiers if they choose to direct order flow to the Exchange. However, without having a view of member organization's activity on other exchanges and off-exchange venues, the Exchange has no way of knowing whether the proposed rule change would result in any member organization directing MPL Orders to the Exchange in order to qualify for a new proposed tier.</P>
                <P>The proposed changes are not otherwise intended to address other issues, and the Exchange is not aware of any significant problems that market participants would have in complying with the proposed changes.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Statutory Basis</HD>
                <P>
                    The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
                    <SU>11</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in general, and furthers the objectives of Sections 6(b)(4) and (5) of the Act,
                    <SU>12</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     in particular, because it provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among its members, issuers and other persons using its facilities and does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers or dealers.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>11</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>12</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(4) &amp; (5).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    As discussed above, the Exchange operates in a highly competitive market. The Commission has repeatedly expressed its preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. In Regulation NMS, the Commission highlighted the importance of market forces in determining prices and SRO revenues and, also, recognized that current regulation of the market system “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.” 
                    <SU>13</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     While Regulation NMS has enhanced competition, it has also fostered a “fragmented” market structure where trading in a single stock can occur across multiple trading centers. When multiple trading centers compete for order flow in the same stock, the Commission has recognized that “such competition can lead to the fragmentation of order flow in that stock.” 
                    <SU>14</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>13</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 51808 (June 9, 2005), 70 FR 37495, 37499 (June 29, 2005) (S7-10-04) (Final Rule) (“Regulation NMS”).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>14</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Securities Exchange Act Release No. 61358, 75 FR 3594, 3597 (January 21, 2010) (File No. S7-02-10) (Concept Release on Equity Market Structure).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposed Change Is Reasonable</HD>
                <P>The proposed new Adding Tiers for MPL Orders are reasonable because they represent an additional way for member organizations to qualify for credits for adding liquidity in MPL Orders, thereby encouraging the submission of additional liquidity to a national securities exchange. As noted, the Exchange believes that the additional tiers would enable more member organizations to add liquidity in MPL Orders. Submission of additional liquidity to the Exchange would promote price discovery and transparency and enhance order execution opportunities for member organizations from the substantial amounts of liquidity present on the Exchange. All member organizations would benefit from the greater amounts of liquidity that will be present on the Exchange, which would provide greater execution opportunities.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposal Is an Equitable Allocation of Fees</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes its proposal to offer additional tiered credits in MPL Orders equitably allocates its fees among its market participants. By providing additional incentives for member organizations to qualify for an adding credit, the proposal would continue to encourage member organizations to send orders that provide liquidity to the Exchange, thereby contributing to robust levels of liquidity, which benefits all market participants, and promoting price discovery and transparency. The proposal would also enhance order execution opportunities for member organizations from the substantial amounts of liquidity present on the Exchange. All member organizations would benefit from the greater amounts of liquidity that will be present on the Exchange, which would provide greater execution opportunities and additional price improvement opportunities for incoming orders. The Exchange believes that by offering additional, higher credits correlated to higher volumes of Adding ADV in MPL Orders, more member organizations will be able to choose to route their liquidity-providing orders to the Exchange to qualify for the proposed credit. As previously noted, based on the profile of liquidity-providing member organizations generally, the Exchange believes additional member organizations could qualify for the proposed credits if they choose to direct order flow to the Exchange. Additional liquidity-providing orders benefits all market participants because it provides greater execution opportunities on the Exchange.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD3">The Proposal Is Not Unfairly Discriminatory</HD>
                <P>The Exchange believes its proposal to additional MPL Order adding tiers is not unfairly discriminatory because the proposal would be provided on an equal basis to all member organizations that add liquidity, who would all be eligible for the same credit on an equal basis. Accordingly, no member organization already operating on the Exchange would be disadvantaged by this allocation of fees. Further, as noted, the Exchange believes the proposal would provide an incentive for member organizations to continue to send orders that provide liquidity to the Exchange, to the benefit of all market participants.</P>
                <P>
                    For the foregoing reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act.
                    <PRTPAGE P="43972"/>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Burden on Competition</HD>
                <P>
                    In accordance with Section 6(b)(8) of the Act,
                    <SU>15</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change would not impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Instead, as discussed above, the Exchange believes that the proposed changes would encourage the submission of additional liquidity to a public exchange, thereby promoting market depth, price discovery and transparency and enhancing order execution opportunities for member organizations. As a result, the Exchange believes that the proposed change furthers the Commission's goal in adopting Regulation NMS of fostering integrated competition among orders, which promotes “more efficient pricing of individual stocks for all types of orders, large and small.” 
                    <SU>16</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>15</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78f(b)(8).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>16</SU>
                         
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Regulation NMS, 70 FR at 37498-99.
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Intramarket Competition.</E>
                     The proposed change is designed to attract additional order flow to the Exchange. The Exchange believes that the proposed changes would continue to incentivize market participants to direct order flow to the Exchange. Greater liquidity benefits all market participants on the Exchange by providing more trading opportunities and encourages member organizations to send orders, thereby contributing to robust levels of liquidity, which benefits all market participants on the Exchange. The proposed credits would be available to all similarly-situated market participants, and, as such, the proposed change would not impose a disparate burden on competition among market participants on the Exchange. As noted, the proposal would apply to all similarly situated member organizations on the same and equal terms, who would benefit from the changes on the same basis. Accordingly, the proposed change would not impose a disparate burden on competition among market participants on the Exchange.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Intermarket Competition.</E>
                     The Exchange operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily choose to send their orders to other exchange and off-exchange venues if they deem fee levels at those other venues to be more favorable. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually adjust its fees and rebates to remain competitive with other exchanges and with off-exchange venues. Because competitors are free to modify their own fees and credits in response, and because market participants may readily adjust their order routing practices, the Exchange does not believe its proposed fee change can impose any burden on intermarket competition.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Self-Regulatory Organization's Statement on Comments on the Proposed Rule Change Received From Members, Participants, or Others</HD>
                <P>No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Date of Effectiveness of the Proposed Rule Change and Timing for Commission Action</HD>
                <P>
                    The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act 
                    <SU>17</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     and paragraph (f) of Rule 19b-4 
                    <SU>18</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     thereunder. At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission will institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>17</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78s(b)(3)(A).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>18</SU>
                         17 CFR 240.19b-4(f).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                <P>Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Electronic Comments</HD>
                <P>
                    • Use the Commission's internet comment form (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ); or
                </P>
                <P>
                    • Send an email to 
                    <E T="03">rule-comments@sec.gov.</E>
                     Please include file number SR-NYSE-2024-27 on the subject line.
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD2">Paper Comments</HD>
                <P>• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.</P>
                <FP>
                    All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSE-2024-27. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.sec.gov/rules/sro.shtml</E>
                    ). Copies of the submission, all subsequent amendments, all written statements with respect to the proposed rule change that are filed with the Commission, and all written communications relating to the proposed rule change between the Commission and any person, other than those that may be withheld from the public in accordance with the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552, will be available for website viewing and printing in the Commission's Public Reference Room, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days between the hours of 10 a.m. and 3 p.m. Copies of the filing also will be available for inspection and copying at the principal office of the Exchange. Do not include personal identifiable information in submissions; you should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. We may redact in part or withhold entirely from publication submitted material that is obscene or subject to copyright protection. All submissions should refer to file number SR-NYSE-2024-27 and should be submitted on or before June 10, 2024.
                </FP>
                <SIG>
                    <P>
                        For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
                        <SU>19</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>19</SU>
                             17 CFR 200.30-3(a)(12).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <NAME>Sherry R. Haywood,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Secretary.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10942 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8011-01-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>National Women's Business Council; Notice of Public Meeting</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Small Business Administration, National Women's Business Council.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of open public meeting.</P>
                </ACT>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The public meeting will be held on Thursday, June 6, 2024, from 12:00 p.m. to 2:00 p.m. EDT.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>This meeting will be held via Zoom, a web conferencing platform. The access link will be provided to attendees upon registration.</P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        For more information, please visit the NWBC website at 
                        <E T="03">www.nwbc.gov</E>
                        , email 
                        <E T="03">info@nwbc.gov</E>
                         or call Ariana Satina, NWBC's Program and Operations Manager, at (202) 322-9059.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The meeting is open to the public; however, advance notice of attendance is requested. To RSVP, please visit the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43973"/>
                        NWBC website at 
                        <E T="03">www.nwbc.gov</E>
                        . The “Public Meetings” section under “Events” will feature a link to register on Eventbrite.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        NWBC strongly encourages that public comments and questions be submitted in advance by May 30th. The Eventbrite registration page will include an opportunity to do so, but individuals may also email 
                        <E T="03">info@nwbc.gov</E>
                         with subject line—“[Name/Organization] Comment for 06/06/24 Public Meeting.” NWBC staff and/or a Council Member will respond to a selection of questions or statements with most relevance to the topic of women's business enterprise. Please note that public comments are typically shared during the final few minutes of the program.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        This event will be held over Zoom. During the live event, attendees will be in listen-only mode. For technical assistance, please visit the Zoom Support Page. The meeting record, including a recording and a recap, will be made available on 
                        <E T="03">www.nwbc.gov</E>
                         under the “Public Meetings” section after the meeting has concluded.
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>Pursuant to section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, the National Women's Business Council (NWBC) announces its second public meeting of Fiscal Year 2024. The 1988 Women's Business Ownership Act established NWBC to serve as an independent source of advice and policy recommendations to the President, Congress, and the Administrator of the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) on issues of importance to women entrepreneurs.</P>
                <P>This meeting will allow the Council to hear from subject matter experts on issues related to women's entrepreneurship. It will also allow the three subcommittees to provide updates to the full Council.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Andrienne Johnson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10974 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8026-09-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Disaster Declaration # 20303 and # 20304; Oklahoma Disaster Number OK-20001]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Presidential Declaration Amendment of a Major Disaster for the State of Oklahoma</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>U.S. Small Business Administration.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Amendment 5.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This is an amendment of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for the State of Oklahoma (FEMA-4776-DR), dated 04/30/2024.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Incident:</E>
                         Severe Storms, Straight-line Winds, Tornadoes, and Flooding.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Incident Period:</E>
                         04/25/2024 through 05/09/2024.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Issued on 05/13/2024.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Physical Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>
                         07/01/2024.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Economic Injury (EIDL) Loan Application Deadline Date:</E>
                         01/30/2025.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Visit the MySBA Loan Portal at https://lending.sba.gov</E>
                         to apply for a disaster assistance loan.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Alan Escobar, Office of Disaster Recovery &amp; Resilience, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW, Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The notice of the President's major disaster declaration for the State of Oklahoma, dated 04/30/2024, is hereby amended to include the following areas as adversely affected by the disaster:</P>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                    <E T="03">Primary Counties (Physical Damage and Economic Injury Loans):</E>
                     Washita.
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                    <E T="03">Contiguous Counties (Economic Injury Loans Only):</E>
                </FP>
                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Oklahoma: Beckham, Caddo, Custer, Kiowa</FP>
                <P>All other information in the original declaration remains unchanged.</P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number 59008)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Francisco Sánchez, Jr.,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Associate Administrator, Office of Disaster Recovery &amp; Resilience.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10925 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 8026-09-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF STATE</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Public Notice: 12413]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Department of State Sanctions Actions Pursuant to the Executive Order Regarding Blocking Property With Respect to Specified Persons Undermining the Peace and Stability in the West Bank</SUBJECT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of State is publishing the names of one or more persons that have been placed on the Department of Treasury's List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (SDN List) administered by the Office of Foreign Asset Control (OFAC) based on the Department of State's determination, in consultation with other departments, as appropriate, that one or more applicable legal criteria of the Executive Order regarding blocking property with respect to specified persons undermining the peace and stability in the West Bank were satisfied. All property and interests in property subject to U.S. jurisdiction of these persons are blocked, and U.S. persons are generally prohibited from engaging in transactions with them.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        See 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section for applicable date(s).
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Aaron P. Forsberg, Director, Office of Economic Sanctions Policy and Implementation, Bureau of Economic and Business Affairs, Department of State, Washington, DC 20520, tel.: (202) 647 7677, email: 
                        <E T="03">ForsbergAP@state.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Electronic Availability</HD>
                <P>
                    The SDN List and additional information concerning sanctions programs are available on OFAC's website, 
                    <E T="03">https://ofac.treasury.gov/sanctions-programs-and-country-information/west-bank-related-sanctions.</E>
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notice of Department of State Actions</HD>
                <P>On April 19, 2024, the Department of State, in consultation with other departments, as appropriate, determined that the property and interests in property subject to U.S. jurisdiction of the following person is blocked under the relevant sanctions authority listed below.</P>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="425">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43974"/>
                    <GID>EN20MY24.314</GID>
                </GPH>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Amy E. Holman,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary, Bureau of Economic and Business Affairs, Department of State.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11000 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4710-07-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF STATE</AGENCY>
                <DEPDOC>[Public Notice: 12378]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Department of State.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Rescindment of a system of records notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Personality Index to the Central Foreign Policy Records, State-29, which is being rescinded, was a search tool component of the State Archiving System (SAS). It served as a centralized index of individuals involved in all phases of foreign policy establishment, discussion, and definition. This index also functioned as a record of individuals utilizing the Department's services, including those overseas.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>The personality index search tool was disposed of in May 2020 when the State Archiving System (SAS) was decommissioned.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Questions can be submitted by mail, email, or by calling Ereney A. Hadjigeorgalis, the Senior Agency Official for Privacy on (202) 485-2051. If by mail, please write to: U.S Department of State; Office of Global Information Services, A/GIS; Room, 4534, 2201 C St. NW; Washington, DC 20520. If by email, please address the email to the Senior Agency Official for Privacy, Ereney A. Hadjigeorgalis, at 
                        <E T="03">Privacy@state.gov</E>
                        . Please write “Personality Index to the Central Foreign Policy Records, State-29” on the envelope or the subject line of your email.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Ereney A. Hadjigeorgalis, Senior Agency Official for Privacy; U.S. Department of State; Office of Global Information Services, A/GIS; Room 4534, 2201 C St. NW; Washington, DC 20520 or by calling (202) 485-2051.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The Personality Index to the Central Foreign Policy Records, State-29, must be rescinded because it was disposed of when the State Archiving System (SAS) was decommissioned in May 2020. </P>
                <PRIACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">SYSTEM NAME AND NUMBER:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Personality Index to the Central Foreign Policy Records, State-29.
                        <PRTPAGE P="43975"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">HISTORY:</HD>
                    <P>Personality Index to the Central Foreign Policy Records, State-29, was previously published at 42 FR 49716.</P>
                </PRIACT>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Ereney A. Hadjigeorgalis,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Acting Deputy Assistant Secretary, Global Information Services (A/GIS), U.S. Department of State.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10933 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4710-24-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Highway Administration</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of Final Federal Agency Actions on the Upper Mill Creek Canyon Road Improvement Project Along Mill Creek Canyon Road in the State of Utah</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), DOT.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of limitation on claims for judicial review of actions by FHWA and other Federal agencies.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>This notice announces actions taken by FHWA and other Federal agencies that are final. This final agency action relates to a proposed highway project, the roadway widening of Mill Creek Canyon Road, modifications to parking areas, establishment of a bicycle lane, and drainage improvements to the upper 4.6 miles of Mill Creek Canyon Road near Millcreek, Utah. The FHWA's Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) provides details on the Selected Alternative for the proposed improvements.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        By this notice, FHWA is advising the public of final agency actions subject to 23 U.S.C. 139(
                        <E T="03">l</E>
                        )(1). A claim seeking judicial review of the Federal agency actions on the highway project will be barred unless the claim is filed on or before October 17, 2024. If the Federal law that authorizes judicial review of a claim provides a time period of less than 150 days for filing such claim, then that shorter time period still applies.
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Braden Peters, Project Manager, Federal Highway Administration, Central Federal Lands Highway Division, 12300 W Dakota Avenue, Suite 380, Lakewood, Colorado 80228, Telephone (720) 963-3397, Email: 
                        <E T="03">braden.peters@dot.gov.</E>
                         Regular office hours are 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. (mountain time).
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>Notice is hereby given that FHWA has taken a final agency action by issuing a FONSI for the following highway project in the State of Utah: Upper Mill Creek Canyon Road, near Millcreek in Salt Lake County.</P>
                <P>The project includes reconstructing Mill Creek Canyon Road and establishing a consistent width along the road, including a bicycle lane for about 1.5 miles; reducing informal parking sites and expanding and formalizing parking areas at existing trailheads and adjacent to the road in other designated areas; modifying, replacing, or installing culverts; constructing associated improvements, such as retaining walls, ditches and other drainage features, signs, and trail connections; and striping the road.</P>
                <P>
                    The FHWA's action, related actions by other Federal agencies, and the laws under which such actions were taken, are described in the Environmental Assessment (EA) approved on February 28, 2024, and the FONSI approved on May 14, 2024, and other documents in the project file. The EA and FONSI are available for review by contacting FHWA at the addresses provided above. In addition, these documents can be viewed and downloaded from the project website: 
                    <E T="03">https://highways.dot.gov/federal-lands/projects/ut/flap-sla-10-1.</E>
                     This notice applies to all Federal agency decisions as of the issuance date of this notice and all laws under which such actions were taken, including by not limited to:
                </P>
                <P>
                    1. 
                    <E T="03">General:</E>
                     National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) [42 U.S.C. 4321-4351]; Federal-Aid Highway Act [23 U.S.C. 109 and 23 U.S.C. 128].
                </P>
                <P>
                    2. 
                    <E T="03">Air:</E>
                     Clean Air Act [42 U.S.C. 7401-7671(q)].
                </P>
                <P>
                    3. 
                    <E T="03">Land:</E>
                     Section 4(f) of the Department of Transportation Act of 1966 [49 U.S.C. 303].
                </P>
                <P>
                    4. 
                    <E T="03">Wildlife:</E>
                     Endangered Species Act (ESA) [16 U.S.C. 1531-1544 and section 1536], Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act [16 U.S.C. 661-667(d)], Migratory Bird Treaty Act [16 U.S.C. 703-712].
                </P>
                <P>
                    5. 
                    <E T="03">Historic and Cultural Resources:</E>
                     Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended [16 U.S.C. 470(f) 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ]; Archeological Resources Protection Act of 1977 [16 U.S.C. 470(aa)-470(ll)]; Archeological and Historic Preservation Act [16 U.S.C. 469-469(c)]; Native American Grave Protection and Repatriation Act (NAGPRA) [25 U.S.C. 3001-3013].
                </P>
                <P>
                    6. 
                    <E T="03">Social and Economic:</E>
                     Civil Rights Act of 1964 [42 U.S.C. 2000(d)-2000(d)(1)]; American Indian Religious Freedom Act [42 U.S.C. 1996]; Farmland Protection Policy Act (FPPA) [7 U.S.C. 4201-4209].
                </P>
                <P>
                    7. 
                    <E T="03">Wetlands and Water Resources:</E>
                     Clean Water Act (section 404, section 401, section 319) [33 U.S.C. 1251-1377]; Land and Water Conservation Fund (LWCF) [16 U.S.C. 4601-4604]; Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) [42 U.S.C. 300(f)-300(j)(6)]; Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899 [33 U.S.C. 401-406]; Wild and Scenic Rivers Act [16 U.S.C. 1271-1287]; Emergency Wetlands Resources Act [16 U.S.C. 3921, 3931]; TEA-21 Wetlands Mitigation [23 U.S.C. 103(b)(6)(M, 133(b)(11)]; Flood Disaster Protection Act [42 U.S.C. 4001-4128].
                </P>
                <P>
                    8. 
                    <E T="03">Hazardous Materials:</E>
                     Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) [42 U.S.C. 9601-9675]; Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA); Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) [42 U.S.C. 6901-6992(k)].
                </P>
                <P>
                    9. 
                    <E T="03">Executive Orders:</E>
                     E.O. 11990 Protection of Wetlands; E.O. 11988 Floodplain Management; E.O. 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations; E.O. 11593 Protection and Enhancement of Cultural Resources; E.O. 13007 Indian Sacred Sites; E.O. 13287 Preserve America; E.O. 13175 Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments; E.O. 11514 Protection and Enhancement of Environmental Quality; E.O. 13112 Invasive Species.
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Program Number 20.205, Highway Planning and Construction. The regulations implementing Executive Order 12372 regarding intergovernmental consultation on Federal programs and activities apply to this program.)</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     23 U.S.C. 139 (
                    <E T="03">l</E>
                    )(1).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Judy Salomonson,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Chief of Business Operations, CFLHD, Federal Highway Administration.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11029 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-RY-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Federal Transit Administration</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement for the Maryland Transit Administration Baltimore Red Line Project</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Federal Transit Administration (FTA), Department of Transportation (DOT).</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The FTA, as lead Federal agency, and the Maryland Transit Administration (MTA), as local project sponsor and joint lead agency, issue this notice to advise other Federal, State, and local agencies, Tribes, and the public that a Supplemental 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43976"/>
                        Environmental Impact Statement (SEIS) will be prepared in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) for the Red Line Project (“the Project”). The Project, a proposed high-frequency, high-capacity, approximately 14-mile transit line for the Baltimore Region, will fill a major gap in east-west transit service between Woodlawn and Bayview, through downtown Baltimore, Maryland.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For FTA:</E>
                         Heidi Krofft, Environmental Protection Specialist, FTA Region 3, 1835 Market Street, Suite 910, Philadelphia, PA 19103, 215-656-7053.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">For MTA:</E>
                         Allison Scott, Red Line Senior Project Director, 6 St. Paul Street, Baltimore, MD 21202, 410-767-3769.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        All previous environmental documents as well as current project documents and additional information are available on the Project's website: 
                        <E T="03">https://redlinemaryland.com/.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>The Project was first identified as a priority for transit investment in Baltimore City and Baltimore County in the 2001 Maryland Comprehensive Transit Plan and the 2002 Baltimore Regional Rail Systems Plan. Subsequently, FTA issued the Notice of Intent to Prepare a Draft EIS for the Project on April 11, 2003 (68 FR 17855) and issued the Record of Decision (ROD) in February 2013. In 2015, MTA cancelled the project to focus on other statewide priorities and the ROD was rescinded in 2015.</P>
                <P>Following the recission of the ROD, local and regional planning studies continued to study an east-west transit line. The 2020 Regional Transit Plan ranked the project corridor high for near-term transit investment. The Project was subject to more detailed exploration in the 2022 East-West Corridor Feasibility Study, which confirmed the public's continued support for east-west transit. The State officially restarted the Project in June 2023.</P>
                <P>
                    The Project's SEIS will build upon the previous technical reports and NEPA analyses, as well as recent local and regional planning studies. The original purpose and need articulated in the previous EIS remains consistent. The purpose of the proposed Project is to provide high-frequency, high-capacity transit service in the corridor in a manner that improves transit efficiency; increases access to transit near work and activity centers; enhances connections among existing transit routes; provides transportation choices for east-west commuters; and supports economic development and community revitalization. The Red Line alignment was subject to more detailed exploration in the 2022 East-West Corridor Feasibility Study, which confirmed the public's continued support for east-west transit based on the same needs identified in the 2008-2013 FTA NEPA review (
                    <E T="03">https://redlinemaryland.com/resources/</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <P>The SEIS will reassess tunneling options, as well as changes to the eastern end of the proposed Project alignment. The SEIS will focus on any changes in the affected environment and project impacts, operational changes, regulations, and mitigation measures; and will include coordination activities and input from Federal, State, and local agencies; consultation with tribes; and public involvement. The Project may result in new or changed significant impacts that were not evaluated in the FEIS. Therefore, pursuant to 23 CFR 771.130(a), FTA has determined that a SEIS is necessary to identify and disclose any new significant impacts. The SEIS will follow the same process and format as the Project's EIS, except that in accordance with 23 CFR 771.130(d), additional scoping is not required. Per 40 CFR 1506.13, the SEIS will follow Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations that were in effect when the original Notice of Intent was published for the Project on April 11, 2003.</P>
                <P>Consistent with NEPA's requirements, FTA and MTA are committed to meaningful and equitable stakeholder and public engagement during preparation of the SEIS. Insights and commitments from the work previously completed provides a strong foundation to build upon. Ongoing stakeholder and public engagement activities such as online surveys, pop-up events, on-street engagement, community meetings, in-person public workshops, and stakeholder conversations will be used to inform and exchange information related to the project's key considerations and decisions. Interagency Review Meetings will be held to present the study approach and results of major study findings to Cooperating and Participating Agencies.</P>
                <P>Once completed, the SEIS will be available for public, agency, and tribal review and comment prior to the public hearing(s). After public review, FTA and MTA anticipate issuing a combined Final SEIS/ROD pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 304a(b) and 23 U.S.C.139(n)(2) and 23 CFR 771.124 unless FTA determines that statutory criteria or practicability considerations preclude issuance of such a combined document.</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     23 U.S.C. 139(n)(2), 23 CFR part 771, 40 CFR 1506.6, and 49 CFR 1.81(a)(5) and 1.91(c).
                </P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Theresa Garcia Crews,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Regional Administrator, FTA Region 3.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11003 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4910-57-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Agency Information Collection Activities: Information Collection Renewal; Comment Request; Credit Risk Retention</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P> Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P> Notice and request for comment.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P> The OCC, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites comment on a continuing information collection, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA). In accordance with the requirements of the PRA, the OCC may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. The OCC is soliciting comment concerning the renewal of its information collection titled, “Credit Risk Retention.”</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P> Comments must be received by July 19, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P> Commenters are encouraged to submit comments by email, if possible. You may submit comments by any of the following methods:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Email: prainfo@occ.treas.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Mail:</E>
                         Chief Counsel's Office, Attention: Comment Processing, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Attention: 1557-0249, 400 7th Street SW, Suite 3E-218, Washington, DC 20219.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>
                         400 7th Street SW, Suite 3E-218, Washington, DC 20219.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Fax:</E>
                         (571) 293-4835.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Instructions:</E>
                         You must include “OCC” as the agency name and “1557-0249” in your comment. In general, the OCC will publish comments on 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov</E>
                         without change, including any business or personal information provided, such as name and address information, email addresses, or phone numbers. Comments received, including attachments and other supporting materials, are part of the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43977"/>
                        public record and subject to public disclosure. Do not include any information in your comment or supporting materials that you consider confidential or inappropriate for public disclosure.
                    </P>
                    <P>Following the close of this notice's 60-day comment period, the OCC will publish a second notice with a 30-day comment period. You may review comments and other related materials that pertain to this information collection beginning on the date of publication of the second notice for this collection by the method set forth in the next bullet.</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Viewing Comments Electronically:</E>
                         Go to 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov.</E>
                         Hover over the “Information Collection Review” tab and click on “Information Collection Review” from the drop-down menu. From the “Currently under Review” drop-down menu, select “Department of Treasury” and then click “submit.” This information collection can be located by searching OMB control number “1557-0249” or “Credit Risk Retention.” Upon finding the appropriate information collection, click on the related “ICR Reference Number.” On the next screen, select “View Supporting Statement and Other Documents” and then click on the link to any comment listed at the bottom of the screen.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • For assistance in navigating 
                        <E T="03">www.reginfo.gov,</E>
                         please contact the Regulatory Information Service Center at (202) 482-7340.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>Shaquita Merritt, Clearance Officer, (202) 649-5490, Chief Counsel's Office, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 400 7th Street SW, Washington, DC 20219. If you are deaf, hard of hearing, or have a speech disability, please dial 7-1-1 to access telecommunications relay services.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>
                    Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501 
                    <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                    ), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the OMB for each collection of information that they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) to include agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of title 44 generally requires Federal agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the 
                    <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                     concerning each proposed collection of information, including each proposed extension of an existing collection of information, before submitting the collection to OMB for approval. To comply with this requirement, the OCC is publishing notice of the renewal/revision of this collection.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Title:</E>
                     Credit Risk Retention.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">OMB Control No.:</E>
                     1557-0249.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Description:</E>
                     This information collection request relates to 12 CFR part 43, which implemented section 941(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act.
                    <SU>1</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                     Section 941(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act required the OCC, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board), Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and, in the case of the securitization of any residential mortgage asset, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), and the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) (collectively, the agencies) to issue rules that, subject to certain exemptions: require a securitizer to retain not less than 5% of the credit risk of any asset that the securitizer, through the issuance of an asset-backed security, transfers, sells, or conveys to a third party; and prohibit a securitizer from directly or indirectly hedging or otherwise transferring the credit risk that the securitizer is required to retain under the statute and implementing regulations.
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>1</SU>
                         Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (July 21, 2010)).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>
                    Part 43 sets forth permissible forms of risk retention for securitizations that involve the issuance of asset-backed securities. Section 15G of the Exchange Act also exempts certain types of securitization transactions from these risk retention requirements and authorizes the agencies to exempt or establish a lower risk retention requirement for other types of securitization transactions. Section 15G also states that the agencies must permit a securitizer to retain less than five percent of the credit risk of commercial mortgages, commercial loans, and automobile loans that are transferred, sold, or conveyed through the issuance of ABS by the securitizer if the loans meet underwriting standards established by the Federal banking agencies.
                    <SU>2</SU>
                    <FTREF/>
                </P>
                <FTNT>
                    <P>
                        <SU>2</SU>
                         15 U.S.C. 78o-11(c)(1)(B)(ii) and (2).
                    </P>
                </FTNT>
                <P>Part 43 sets forth permissible forms of risk retention for securitizations that involve issuance of asset-backed securities, as well as exemptions from the risk retention requirements, and contains requirements subject to the PRA.</P>
                <P>Section 43.4 sets forth the conditions that must be met by sponsors electing to use the standard risk retention option, which may consist of an eligible vertical interest or an eligible horizontal residual interest, or any combination thereof. Sections 43.4(c)(1) and 43.4(c)(2) specify the disclosures required with respect to eligible horizontal residual interests and eligible vertical interests, respectively.</P>
                <P>A sponsor retaining any eligible horizontal residual interest (or funding a horizontal cash reserve account) is required to disclose: the fair value (or a range of fair values and the method used to determine such range) of the eligible horizontal residual interest that the sponsor expects to retain at the closing of the securitization transaction (§ 43.4(c)(1)(i)(A)); the material terms of the eligible horizontal residual interest (§ 43.4(c)(1)(i)(B)); the methodology used to calculate the fair value (or range of fair values) of all classes of ABS interests (§ 43.4(c)(1)(i)(C)); the key inputs and assumptions used in measuring the estimated total fair value (or range of fair values) of all classes of ABS interests (§ 43.4(c)(1)(i)(D)); the reference data set or other historical information used to develop the key inputs and assumptions (§ 43.4(c)(1)(i)(G)); the fair value of the eligible horizontal residual interest retained by the sponsor (§ 43.4(c)(1)(ii)(A)); the fair value of the eligible horizontal residual interest required to be retained by the sponsor (§ 43.4(c)(1)(ii)(B)); a description of any material differences between the methodology used in calculating the fair value disclosed prior to sale and the methodology used to calculate the fair value at the time of closing (§ 43.4(c)(1)(ii)(C)); and if the sponsor retains risk through the funding of an eligible horizontal cash reserve account, the amount placed by the sponsor in the horizontal cash reserve account at closing, the fair value of the eligible horizontal residual interest that the sponsor is required to fund through such account, and a description of such account (§ 43.4(c)(1)(iii)).</P>
                <P>For eligible vertical interests, the sponsor is required to disclose: the form of the eligible vertical interest (§ 43.4(c)(2)(i)(A)); the percentage that the sponsor is required to retain as a vertical interest (§ 43.4(c)(2)(i)(B)); a description of the material terms of the vertical interest and the amount the sponsor expects to retain at closing (§ 43.4(c)(2)(i)(C)); and the amount of vertical interest retained by the sponsor at closing, if that amount is materially different from the amount disclosed ((§ 43.4(c)(2)(ii)).</P>
                <P>
                    Section 43.4(d) requires a sponsor to retain the certifications and disclosures required in paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section in its records and must provide the disclosure upon request to the Commission and the sponsor's 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43978"/>
                    appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, until three years after all ABS interests are no longer outstanding.
                </P>
                <P>Section 43.5(k) requires sponsors relying on the master trust (or revolving pool securitization) risk retention option to disclose: the material terms of the seller's interest and the percentage of the seller's interest that the sponsor expects to retain at the closing of the transaction (§ 43.5(k)(1)(i)); the amount of the seller's interest that the sponsor retained at closing, if that amount is materially different from the amount disclosed (§ 43.5(k)(1)(ii)); the material terms of any horizontal residual interests offsetting the seller's interest under § 43.5(g), § 43.5(h) and § 43.5(i) (§ 43.5(k)(1)(iii)); and the fair value of any horizontal residual interests retained by the sponsor (§ 43.5(k)(1)(iv)). Additionally, a sponsor must retain the disclosures required in § 43.5(k)(1) in its records and must provide the disclosure upon request to the Commission and the sponsor's appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, until three years after all ABS interests are no longer outstanding (§ 43.5(k)(3)).</P>
                <P>Section 43.6 addresses the requirements for sponsors utilizing the eligible ABCP conduit risk retention option. The requirements for the eligible ABCP conduit risk retention option include disclosure to each purchaser of ABCP and periodically to each holder of commercial paper issued by the ABCP conduit of the name and form of organization of the regulated liquidity provider that provides liquidity coverage to the eligible ABCP conduit, including a description of the material terms of such liquidity coverage, and notice of any failure to fund; and with respect to each ABS interest held by the ABCP conduit, the asset class or brief description of the underlying securitized assets, the standard industrial category code for each originator-seller that retains an interest in the securitization transaction, and a description of the percentage amount and form of interest retained by each originator-seller (§ 43.6(d)(1)). An ABCP conduit sponsor relying upon this section shall provide, upon request, to the Commission and the sponsor's appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, the information required under § 43.6(d)(1), in addition to the name and form of organization of each originator-seller that retains an interest in the securitization transaction (§ 43.6(d)(2)).</P>
                <P>A sponsor relying on the eligible ABCP conduit risk retention option shall maintain and adhere to policies and procedures to monitor compliance by each originator-seller which is satisfying a risk retention obligation in respect to ABS interests acquired by an eligible ABCP conduit (§ 43.6(f)(2)(i)). If the ABCP conduit sponsor determines that an originator-seller is no longer in compliance, the sponsor must promptly notify the holders of the ABCP, and upon request, the Commission and the sponsor's appropriate Federal banking agency, in writing of the name and form of organization of any originator-seller that fails to retain, and the amount of ABS interests issued by an intermediate SPV of such originator-seller and held by the ABCP conduit (§ 43.6(f)(2)(ii)(A)(1)); the name and form of organization of any originator-seller that hedges, directly or indirectly through an intermediate SPV, its risk retention in violation of the rule, and the amount of ABS interests issued by an intermediate SPV of such originator-seller and held by the ABCP conduit (§ 43.6(f)(2)(ii)(A)(2)); and any remedial actions taken by the ABCP conduit sponsor or other party with respect to such ABS interests (§ 43.6(f)(2)(ii)(A)(3)).</P>
                <P>Section 43.7 sets forth the requirements for sponsors relying on the commercial mortgage-backed securities risk retention option and includes disclosures of: the name and form of organization of each initial third-party purchaser (§ 43.7(b)(7)(i)); each initial third-party purchaser's experience in investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities (§ 43.7(b)(7)(ii)); other material information (§ 43.7(b)(7)(iii)); the fair value and purchase price of the eligible horizontal residual interest retained by each initial third-party purchaser and the fair value of the eligible horizontal residual interest that the sponsor would have retained if the sponsor had relied on retaining an eligible horizontal residual interest under the standard risk retention option (§ 43.7(b)(7)(iv) and (v)); a description of the material terms of the eligible horizontal residual interest retained by each initial third-party purchaser, including the same information as is required to be disclosed by sponsors retaining horizontal interests pursuant to § 43.4 (§ 43.7(b)(7)(vi)); the material terms of the applicable transaction documents with respect to the Operating Advisor (§ 43.7(b)(7)(vii)); and representations and warranties concerning the securitized assets, a schedule of any securitized assets that are determined not to comply with such representations and warranties and the factors used to determine that such securitized assets should be included in the pool notwithstanding that they did not comply with the representations and warranties (§ 43.7(b)(7)(viii)). A sponsor relying on the commercial mortgage-backed securities risk retention option is also required to provide in the underlying securitization transaction documents certain provisions related to the Operating Advisor (§ 43.7(b)(6)), to maintain and adhere to policies and procedures to monitor compliance by third-party purchasers with regulatory requirements (§ 43.7(c)(2)(i)), and to notify the holders of the ABS interests in the event of noncompliance by a third-party purchaser with such regulatory requirements (§ 43.7(c)(2)(ii)).</P>
                <P>Section 43.8 requires that a sponsor relying on the Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation risk retention option must disclose a description of the manner in which it has met the credit risk retention requirements (§ 43.8(c)).</P>
                <P>Section 43.9 sets forth the requirements for sponsors relying on the open market CLO risk retention option, and includes disclosures of a complete list of, and certain information related to, every asset held by an open market CLO (§ 43.9(d)(1)) and the full legal name and form of organization of the CLO manager (§ 43.9(d)(2)).</P>
                <P>Section 43.10 sets forth the requirements for sponsors relying on the qualified tender option bond risk retention option and includes disclosures of the name and form of organization of the qualified tender option bond entity, a description of the form and subordination features of the retained interest in accordance with the disclosure obligations in section 43.4(c), the fair value of any portion of the retained interest that is claimed by the sponsor as an eligible horizontal residual interest, and the percentage of ABS interests issued that is represented by any portion of the retained interest that is claimed by the sponsor as an eligible vertical interest (§ 43.10(e)(1)-(4)). In addition, to the extent any portion of the retained interest claimed by the sponsor is a municipal security held outside of the qualified tender option bond entity, the sponsor must disclose the name and form of organization of the qualified tender option bond entity, the identity of the issuer of the municipal securities, the face value of the municipal securities deposited into the qualified tender option bond entity, and the face value of the municipal securities retained outside of the qualified tender option bond entity by the sponsor or its majority-owned affiliates (§ 43.10(e)(5)).</P>
                <P>
                    Section 43.11 sets forth the conditions that apply when the sponsor of a securitization allocates to originators of securitized assets a portion of the credit 
                    <PRTPAGE P="43979"/>
                    risk the sponsor is required to retain, including disclosure of the name and form of organization of any originator that acquires and retains an interest in the transaction, a description of the form, amount and nature of such interest, and the method of payment for such interest (§ 43.11(a)(2)). A sponsor relying on this section is required to maintain and adhere to policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to monitor originator compliance with retention amount and hedging, transferring and pledging requirements (§ 43.11(b)(2)(i)), and to promptly notify the holders of the ABS interests in the transaction in the event of originator non-compliance with such regulatory requirements (§ 43.11(b)(2)(ii)).
                </P>
                <P>Sections 43.13 and 43.19(g) provide exemptions from the risk retention requirements for qualified residential mortgages and qualifying 3-to-4 unit residential mortgage loans that meet certain specified criteria, including that the depositor with respect to the securitization transaction certify that it has evaluated the effectiveness of its internal supervisory controls and concluded that the controls are effective (§§ 43.13(b)(4)(i) and 43.19(g)(2)), and that the sponsor provide a copy of the certification to potential investors prior to sale of asset-backed securities in the issuing entity (§§ 43.13(b)(4)(iii) and 43.19(g)(2)). In addition, §§ 43.13(c)(3) and 43.19(g)(3) provide that a sponsor that has relied upon the exemptions will not lose the exemptions if, after closing of the transaction, it is determined that one or more of the residential mortgage loans does not meet all of the criteria; provided that the depositor complies with certain specified requirements, including prompt notice to the holders of the asset-backed securities of any loan that is required to be repurchased by the sponsor, the amount of such repurchased loan, and the cause for such repurchase.</P>
                <P>Section 43.15 provides exemptions from the risk retention requirements for qualifying commercial loans that meet the criteria specified in § 43.16, qualifying CRE loans that meet the criteria specified in § 43.17, and qualifying automobile loans that meet the criteria specified in § 43.18. Section 43.15 also requires the sponsor to disclose a description of the manner in which the sponsor determined the aggregate risk retention requirement for the securitization transaction after including qualifying commercial loans, qualifying CRE loans, or qualifying automobile loans with 0 percent risk retention (§ 43.15(a)(4)). In addition, the sponsor is required to disclose descriptions of the qualifying commercial loans, qualifying CRE loans, and qualifying automobile loans (“qualifying assets”), and descriptions of the assets that are not qualifying assets, and the material differences between the group of qualifying assets and the group of assets that are not qualifying assets with respect to the composition of each group's loan balances, loan terms, interest rates, borrower credit information, and characteristics of any loan collateral (§ 43.15(b)(3)). Additionally, a sponsor must retain the disclosures required in §§ 43.15(a) and (b) in its records and must provide the disclosure upon request to the Commission and the sponsor's appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, until three years after all ABS interests are no longer outstanding (§ 43.15(d)).</P>
                <P>Sections 43.16, 43.17 and 43.18 each require that: the depositor of the asset-backed security certify that it has evaluated the effectiveness of its internal supervisory controls and concluded that its internal supervisory controls are effective (§§ 43.16(a)(8)(i), 43.17(a)(10)(i), and 43.18(a)(8)(i)); the sponsor is required to provide a copy of the certification to potential investors prior to the sale of asset-backed securities in the issuing entity (§§ 43.16(a)(8)(iii), 43.17(a)(10)(iii), and 43.18(a)(8)(iii)); and the sponsor must promptly notify the holders of the asset-backed securities of any loan included in the transaction that is required to be cured or repurchased by the sponsor, including the principal amount of such loan and the cause for such cure or repurchase (§§ 43.16(b)(3), 43.17(b)(3), and 43.18(b)(3)). Additionally, a sponsor must retain the disclosures required in §§ 43.16(a)(8), 43.17(a)(10) and 43.18(a)(8) in its records and must provide the disclosure upon request to the Commission and the sponsor's appropriate Federal banking agency, if any, until three years after all ABS interests are no longer outstanding (§ 43.15(d)).</P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Type of Review:</E>
                     Regular.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                     Businesses or other for-profit.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Frequency of Response:</E>
                     On occasion.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Number of Respondents:</E>
                     35.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Estimated Total Annual Burden:</E>
                     2,835 hours.
                </P>
                <P>Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for OMB approval. All comments will become a matter of public record. Comments are invited on:</P>
                <P>(a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the OCC, including whether the information has practical utility;</P>
                <P>(b) The accuracy of the OCC's estimate of the burden of the collection of information;</P>
                <P>(c) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;</P>
                <P>(d) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and</P>
                <P>(e) Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <NAME>Patrick T. Tierney,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Assistant Director, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10998 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency</SUBAGY>
                <DEPDOC>[OCC Charter Number 700133]</DEPDOC>
                <SUBJECT>Fifth District Savings Bank, New Orleans, Louisiana; Approval of Conversion Application</SUBJECT>
                <P>
                    Notice is hereby given that on May 10, 2024, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) approved the application of Fifth District Savings Bank, New Orleans, Louisiana, to convert to the stock form of organization. Copies of the application are available on the OCC website at the FOIA Reading Room (
                    <E T="03">https://foia-pal.occ.gov/palMain.aspx</E>
                    ) under Mutual to Stock Conversion Applications. If you have any questions, please contact Licensing Activities at (202) 649-6260.
                </P>
                <EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(Authority: 12 CFR 192.205).</FP>
                </EXTRACT>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 10, 2024.</DATED>
                    <P>By the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.</P>
                    <NAME>Stephen A. Lybarger,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Deputy Comptroller for Licensing.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </PREAMB>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10939 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-33-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of Foreign Assets Control</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of OFAC Sanctions Action</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Foreign Assets Control, Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <PRTPAGE P="43980"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is publishing the names of one or more persons that have been placed on OFAC's Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (SDN List) based on OFAC's determination that one or more applicable legal criteria were satisfied. All property and interests in property subject to U.S. jurisdiction of these persons are blocked, and U.S. persons are generally prohibited from engaging in transactions with them.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        See 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section for applicable date(s).
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>OFAC: Bradley T. Smith, Director, tel.: 202-622-2490; Associate Director for Global Targeting, tel.: 202-622-2420; Assistant Director for Licensing, tel.: 202-622-2480; Assistant Director for Regulatory Affairs, tel.: 202-622-4855; or the Assistant Director for Compliance, tel.: 202-622-2490.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Electronic Availability</HD>
                <P>
                    The SDN List and additional information concerning OFAC sanctions programs are available on OFAC's website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.treasury.gov/ofac</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notice of OFAC Actions</HD>
                <P>On May 15, 2024, OFAC determined that the property and interests in property subject to U.S. jurisdiction of the following persons are blocked under the relevant sanctions authority listed below.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Individuals</HD>
                <P>1. GIBRIL, Ali Yagoub (a.k.a. JIBRIL, Ali Yagoub; a.k.a. JIBRIL, Ali Yaqoub), Sudan; DOB 01 Jan 1964; POB Zalingei, Central Darfur, Sudan; nationality Sudan; Gender Male; National ID No. 20510589109 (Sudan) (individual) [SUDAN-EO14098].</P>
                <P>Designated pursuant to section 1(a)(ii)(A) of Executive Order 14098 of May 4, 2023, “Imposing Sanctions Certain Persons Destabilizing Sudan and Undermining the Goal of a Democratic Transition,” 88 FR 29529 (May 5, 2023)(E.O. 14908), for being a foreign person who is or has been a leader, official, senior executive officer, or member of the board of directors of the Rapid Support Forces, an entity that has, or whose members have been responsible for, or complicit in, or to have directly or indirectly engaged or attempted to engage in actions or policies that threaten the peace, security, or stability of Sudan, relating to the tenure of such leader, official, senior executive officer, or member of the board of directors.</P>
                <P>2. MOHAMED, Osman Mohamed Hamid (a.k.a. HAMID, Osman Mohamed; a.k.a. MOHAMED, Osman Mohamed Hamed), Sudan; DOB 01 Jan 1966; POB Kadiqali, Sudan; nationality Sudan; Gender Male; Passport P05557591 (Sudan) expires 03 Mar 2024; National ID No. 11540384888 (Sudan) (individual) [SUDAN-EO14098].</P>
                <P>Designated pursuant to section 1(a)(ii)(A) of E.O. 14908 for being a foreign person determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State, who is or has been a leader, official, senior executive officer, or member of the board of directors of any the Rapid Support Forces, an entity that has, or whose members have been responsible for, or complicit in, or to have directly or indirectly, engaged or attempted to engage in actions or policies that threaten the peace, security, or stability of Sudan, relating to the tenure of such leader, official, senior executive officer, or member of the board of directors.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Bradley T. Smith,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11006 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-AL-P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of Foreign Assets Control</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of OFAC Sanctions Actions</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Foreign Assets Control, Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is publishing the names of one or more persons that have been placed on OFAC's Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (SDN List) based on OFAC's determination that one or more applicable legal criteria were satisfied. All property and interests in property subject to U.S. jurisdiction of these persons are blocked, and U.S. persons are generally prohibited from engaging in transactions with them.</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        See 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section for applicable date(s).
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>OFAC: Bradley T. Smith, Director, tel.: 202-622-2490; Associate Director for Global Targeting, tel.: 202-622-2420; Assistant Director for Licensing, tel.: 202-622-2480; Assistant Director for Regulatory Affairs, tel.: 202-622-4855; or the Assistant Director for Sanctions Compliance &amp; Evaluation, tel.: 202-622-2490.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Electronic Availability</HD>
                <P>
                    The SDN List and additional information concerning OFAC sanctions programs are available on OFAC's website (
                    <E T="03">https://www.treasury.gov/ofac</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notice of OFAC Actions</HD>
                <P>On May 15, 2024, OFAC determined that the property and interests in property subject to U.S. jurisdiction of the following persons are blocked under the relevant sanctions authorities listed below.</P>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-AL-P</BILCOD>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="569">
                    <PRTPAGE P="43981"/>
                    <GID>EN20MY24.319</GID>
                </GPH>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Bradley T. Smith,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11001 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-AL-C</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</AGENCY>
                <SUBAGY>Office of Foreign Assets Control</SUBAGY>
                <SUBJECT>Notice of OFAC Sanctions Actions</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Office of Foreign Assets Control, Treasury.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>
                        The U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is publishing the names of one or more persons that have been placed on OFAC's Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (SDN List) based on OFAC's determination that one or more applicable legal criteria were satisfied. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43982"/>
                        All property and interests in property subject to U.S. jurisdiction of these persons are blocked, and U.S. persons are generally prohibited from engaging in transactions with them.
                    </P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        See 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section for applicable date(s).
                    </P>
                </DATES>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>OFAC: Bradley Smith, Director, tel.: 202-622-2490; Associate Director for Global Targeting, tel.: 202-622-2420; Assistant Director for Licensing, tel.: 202-622-2480; Assistant Director for Regulatory Affairs, tel.: 202-622-4855; or Assistant Director for Sanctions Compliance &amp; Evaluation, tel.: 202-622-2490.</P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Electronic Availability</HD>
                <P>
                    The SDN List and additional information concerning OFAC sanctions programs are available on OFAC's website (
                    <E T="03">https://ofac.treasury.gov</E>
                    ).
                </P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Notice of OFAC Actions</HD>
                <P>On April 19, 2024, OFAC determined that the property and interests in property subject to U.S. jurisdiction of the following persons are blocked under the relevant sanctions authorities listed below.</P>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-AL-P</BILCOD>
                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="476">
                    <GID>EN20MY24.305</GID>
                </GPH>
                <SIG>
                    <PRTPAGE P="43983"/>
                    <DATED>Dated: April 19, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Bradley Smith,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Director, Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10963 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4810-AL-C</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="N">DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Advisory Committee Charter Renewals</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Department of Veterans Affairs.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice of advisory committee charter renewals.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>In accordance with the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) and after consultation with the General Services Administration, the Secretary of Veterans Affairs has determined that the following Federal advisory committee is vital to the mission of the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) and renewing its charter would be in the public interest. Consequently, the charter for the following Federal advisory committee is renewed for a two-year period, beginning on the dates listed below.</P>
                </SUM>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Jeffrey Moragne, Committee Management Officer, Department of Veterans Affairs, Advisory Committee Management Office (00AC), 810 Vermont Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20420; telephone (202) 714-1578; or email at 
                        <E T="03">Jeffrey.Moragne@va.gov</E>
                        . To view a copy of a VA Federal advisory committee charters, please visit 
                        <E T="03">http://www.va.gov/advisory</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P> </P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s60,r100,xs72">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Committee name</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Committee description</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Charter renewed on</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">VA National Academic Affiliations Council</ENT>
                        <ENT>Provides advice on matters affecting partnerships between VA and its academic affiliates</ENT>
                        <ENT>December 6, 2023.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Cooperative Studies Scientific Evaluation Committee</ENT>
                        <ENT>Provides advice on VA cooperative studies, multi-site clinical research activities, and policies related to conducting and managing these efforts and ensures that new and ongoing projects maintain high quality, are based upon scientific merit, mission relevance, and quality and are conducted efficiently, safely, and economically conducted</ENT>
                        <ENT>April 11, 2024.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Health Systems Research</ENT>
                        <ENT>Provides advice on the fair and equitable selection of the most meritorious research projects for support by VA research funds and to offer advice for research program officials on program priorities and policies; ensures the high quality and mission relevance of VA's legislatively mandated research and development program; and advises on the scientific and technical merit, the mission relevance and the protection of human and animal subjects proposals</ENT>
                        <ENT>April 11, 2024.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Joint Biomedical Laboratory Research and Development and Clinical Science Research and Development Services Scientific Merit Review Board</ENT>
                        <ENT>Provides advice on the scientific quality, budget, safety and mission relevance of investigator-initiated research proposals submitted for VA merit review consideration and to offer advice for research program officials on program priorities and policies. The applications to be reviewed may address research questions within the general area of biomedical and behavioral research or clinical science research. The Board does not consider grants, contracts or other forms of extramural research</ENT>
                        <ENT>April 11, 2024.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Rehabilitation Research and Development Service Scientific Merit Review Board</ENT>
                        <ENT>Provides advice on the fair and equitable selection of the most meritorious research projects for support by VA research funds; provides advice for research program officials on program priorities and policies; and ensures that the VA Rehabilitation Research and Development program promotes functional independence and improves the quality of life for impaired and disabled Veterans</ENT>
                        <ENT>April 11, 2024</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <P>The Secretary has also renewed the charter for the following statutorily authorized Federal advisory committee for a two-year period, beginning on the date listed below:</P>
                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,nj,tp0,i1" CDEF="s60,r100,xs72">
                    <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                    <BOXHD>
                        <CHED H="1">Committee name</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Committee description</CHED>
                        <CHED H="1">Charter renewed on</CHED>
                    </BOXHD>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Advisory Committee on Minority Veterans</ENT>
                        <ENT>Provides advice on the administration of VA benefits for Veterans who are minority group members, by reviewing reports and studies on compensation, health care, rehabilitation, outreach, and other benefits and services administered by the Department</ENT>
                        <ENT>February 11, 2024.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Veterans' Rural Health Advisory Committee</ENT>
                        <ENT>Provides advice on health care issues that affect Veterans residing in rural areas</ENT>
                        <ENT>March 21, 2024.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Advisory Committee on Homeless Veterans</ENT>
                        <ENT>Provides advice on benefits and services to Veterans experiencing homelessness</ENT>
                        <ENT>April 10, 2024.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Advisory Committee on Former Prisoners of War</ENT>
                        <ENT>Provides advice on the administration of benefits for Veterans who are former prisoners of war and the needs of these Veterans, in the areas compensation, health care and rehabilitation</ENT>
                        <ENT>April 22, 2024.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                    <ROW>
                        <ENT I="01">Advisory Committee on Prosthetics and Special Disabilities Programs</ENT>
                        <ENT>Provides advice on administration of VA prosthetics and special-disabilities programs; coordination of VA and non-VA programs to develop and test prosthetic devices; and coordination of the informational exchange regarding development and testing of prosthetic devices</ENT>
                        <ENT>May 9, 2024.</ENT>
                    </ROW>
                </GPOTABLE>
                <SIG>
                    <PRTPAGE P="43984"/>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 15, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Jelessa M. Burney,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Federal Advisory Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11004 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
        <NOTICE>
            <PREAMB>
                <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS</AGENCY>
                <SUBJECT>Solicitation of Nominations for Appointment to the Veterans and Community Oversight and Engagement Board</SUBJECT>
                <AGY>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                    <P>Department of Veterans Affairs.</P>
                </AGY>
                <ACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                    <P>Notice.</P>
                </ACT>
                <SUM>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                    <P>The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) is seeking nominations of qualified candidates to be considered for appointment as a member of the Veterans and Community Oversight and Engagement Board (herein-after referred in this section to as “the Board”) for the VA West Los Angeles Campus in Los Angeles, CA (“Campus”).</P>
                </SUM>
                <DATES>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                    <P>Nominations for membership on the Board must be received no later than 5 p.m. EST on July 15, 2024.</P>
                </DATES>
                <ADD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                    <P>
                        All nominations should be mailed to the Veterans Experience Office, Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW (30), Washington, DC 20420; or sent electronically to the Advisory Committee Management Office mailbox at 
                        <E T="03">vaadvisorycmte@va.gov</E>
                         with a subject line: Nomination to VCOEB.
                    </P>
                </ADD>
                <FURINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                    <P>
                        Eugene W. Skinner Jr., Designated Federal Officer, Veterans Experience Office, Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW (30), Washington, DC 20420, telephone 202-631-7645 or via email at 
                        <E T="03">Eugene.Skinner@va.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                </FURINF>
            </PREAMB>
            <SUPLINF>
                <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                <P>In carrying out the duties set forth in the West LA Leasing Act, the Board shall:</P>
                <P>(1) Provide the community with opportunities to collaborate and communicate by conducting public forums; and</P>
                <P>
                    (2) Focus on local issues regarding the Department that are identified by the community with respect to health care, implementation of the Master Plan, and any subsequent plans, benefits, and memorial services at the Campus. Information on the Master Plan can be found at 
                    <E T="03">https://www.losangeles.va.gov/masterplan/.</E>
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Authority:</E>
                     The Board is a statutory committee established as required by section 2(i) of the West Los Angeles Leasing Act of 2016, Public Law 114-226 (the West LA Leasing Act). The Board operates in accordance with the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), as amended, 5 U.S.C. ch. 10. The Board is established to coordinate locally with the Department of Veterans Affairs to identify the goals of the community and Veteran partnership; provide advice and recommendations to the Secretary to improve services and outcomes for Veterans, members of the Armed Forces, and the families of such Veterans and members; and provide advice and recommendations on the implementation of the Draft Master Plan approved by the Secretary on January 28, 2016, and on the creation and implementation of any other successor master plans.
                </P>
                <P>
                    <E T="03">Membership Criteria and Qualifications:</E>
                     VA is seeking nominations for Board membership.
                </P>
                <P>The Board is composed of fifteen members and several ex-officio members. The Board meets up to four times annually; and it is important that Board members attend meetings to achieve a quorum so that Board can effectively carry out its duties.</P>
                <P>The members of the Board are appointed by the Secretary of Veterans Affairs from the general public, from various sectors and organizations, and shall meet the following qualifications, as set forth in the West LA Leasing Act:</P>
                <P>(1) Not less than 50% of members shall be Veterans; and</P>
                <P>(2) Non-Veteran members shall be:</P>
                <P>a. Family members of Veterans,</P>
                <P>b. Veteran advocates,</P>
                <P>c. Service providers,</P>
                <P>d. Real estate professionals familiar with housing development projects, or</P>
                <P>e. Stakeholders.</P>
                <P>The Board members may also serve as Subcommittee members.</P>
                <P>In accordance with the Board Charter, the Secretary shall determine the number, terms of service, and pay and allowances of Board members, except that a term of service of any such member may not exceed two years. The Secretary may reappoint any Board member for additional terms of service.</P>
                <P>To the extent possible, the Secretary seeks members who have diverse professional and personal qualifications including but not limited to subject matter experts in the areas described above. VA strives to develop a Committee membership that includes diversity in military services, ranks, and deployments, military service, military deployments, working with Veterans, committee subject matter expertise, as well as diversity in race/ethnicity, gender, religion, disability, geographical background, and profession. We ask that nominations include any relevant experience and information so that VA can ensure diverse Board membership.</P>
                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Requirements for Nomination Submission</HD>
                <P>Nominations should be typed written (one nomination per nominator). Nomination package should include:</P>
                <P>
                    (1) A letter of nomination that clearly states the name and affiliation of the nominee, the basis for the nomination (
                    <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                     specific attributes which qualify the nominee for service in this capacity), and a statement from the nominee indicating a willingness to serve as a member of the Board;
                </P>
                <P>(2) The nominee's contact information, including name, mailing address, telephone numbers, and email address;</P>
                <P>(3) The nominee's curriculum vitae, not to exceed three pages and a one-page cover letter;</P>
                <P>(4) A summary of the nominee's experience and qualifications relative to the membership criteria and professional qualifications criteria listed above;</P>
                <P>(5) letters of recommendation are accepted, but not required; and</P>
                <P>(6) a statement confirming that he/she is not a Federally—registered lobbyist.</P>
                <P>The Department makes every effort to ensure that the membership of VA Federal advisory committees is diverse in terms of points of view represented and the committee's capabilities. Appointments to this Board shall be made without discrimination because of a person's race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, national origin, age, disability, or genetic information. Nominations must state that the nominee is willing to serve as a member of the Board and appears to have no conflict of interest that would preclude membership. An ethics review is conducted for each selected nominee.</P>
                <SIG>
                    <DATED>Dated: May 14, 2024.</DATED>
                    <NAME>Jelessa M. Burney,</NAME>
                    <TITLE>Federal Advisory Committee Management Officer.</TITLE>
                </SIG>
            </SUPLINF>
            <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-10926 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
            <BILCOD>BILLING CODE P</BILCOD>
        </NOTICE>
    </NOTICES>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>98</NO>
    <DATE>Monday, May 20, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
    <NEWPART>
        <PTITLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="43985"/>
            <PARTNO>Part II</PARTNO>
            <AGENCY TYPE="P">Department of Energy</AGENCY>
            <CFR>10 CFR Parts 429 and 431</CFR>
            <TITLE>Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedure for Air-Cooled, Evaporatively-Cooled, and Water-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps; Final Rule</TITLE>
        </PTITLE>
        <RULES>
            <RULE>
                <PREAMB>
                    <PRTPAGE P="43986"/>
                    <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                    <CFR>10 CFR Parts 429 and 431</CFR>
                    <DEPDOC>[EERE-2023-BT-TP-0014]</DEPDOC>
                    <RIN>RIN 1904-AD93</RIN>
                    <SUBJECT>Energy Conservation Program: Test Procedure for Air-Cooled, Evaporatively-Cooled, and Water-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps</SUBJECT>
                    <AGY>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                        <P>Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.</P>
                    </AGY>
                    <ACT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                        <P>Final rule.</P>
                    </ACT>
                    <SUM>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                        <P>The U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) is amending the Federal test procedures for air-cooled commercial package air conditioners and heat pumps with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h, evaporatively-cooled commercial package air conditioners, and water-cooled commercial package air conditioners to incorporate by reference the latest versions of the applicable industry test standards. Specifically, DOE is amending the current test procedure for this equipment for measuring the current cooling and heating metrics—integrated energy efficiency ratio (“IEER”) and coefficient of performance (“COP”), respectively; and establishing a new test procedure for this equipment that adopts two new metrics—integrated ventilation, economizer, and cooling (“IVEC”) and integrated ventilation and heating efficiency (“IVHE”). Testing to the IVEC and IVHE metrics will not be required until such time as compliance is required with any amended energy conservation standard based on the new metrics. Additionally, DOE is amending certain provisions of DOE's regulations related to representations and enforcement for the subject equipment.</P>
                    </SUM>
                    <EFFDATE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                        <P>The effective date of this rule is August 5, 2024. The amendments will be mandatory for testing the subject equipment starting May 15, 2025.</P>
                        <P>The incorporation by reference of certain material listed in this rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register on August 5, 2024. The incorporation by reference of certain other materials listed in this rule were approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of January 22, 2016.</P>
                    </EFFDATE>
                    <ADD>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                        <P>
                            The docket, which includes 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             notices, public meeting webinar attendee lists and transcripts, comments, and other supporting documents/materials, is available for review at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                             under docket number EERE-2023-BT-TP-0014. All documents in the docket are listed in the 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                             index. However, not all documents listed in the index may be publicly available, such as those containing information that is exempt from public disclosure.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            A link to the docket web page can be found at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2023-BT-TP-0014.</E>
                             The docket web page contains instructions on how to access all documents, including public comments, in the docket.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            For further information on how to review the docket, contact the Appliance and Equipment Standards Program staff at (202) 287-1445 or by email: 
                            <E T="03">ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                    </ADD>
                    <FURINF>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                        <P>
                            Mr. Troy Watson, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (240) 449-9387. Email: 
                            <E T="03">ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            Mr. Eric Stas, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-4798. Email: 
                            <E T="03">Eric.Stas@hq.doe.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            For further information on how to review the docket, contact the Appliance and Equipment Standards Program staff at (202) 287-1445 or by email: 
                            <E T="03">ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FURINF>
                </PREAMB>
                <SUPLINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P>DOE maintains a previously approved incorporation by reference and incorporates by reference the following industry standards into parts 429 and 431:</P>
                    <P>
                        AHRI Standard 340/360-2022 (I-P), 
                        <E T="03">2022 Standard for Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment,</E>
                         AHRI-approved January 26, 2022 (“AHRI 340/360-2022”).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        AHRI Standard 1340-2023 (I-P), 
                        <E T="03">2023 Standard for Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment,</E>
                         AHRI-approved November 16, 2023 (“AHRI 1340-2023”).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Copies of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-2023 can be obtained from the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (“AHRI”), 2311 Wilson Blvd., Suite 400, Arlington, VA 22201, (703) 524-8800, or online at: 
                        <E T="03">www.ahrinet.org/standards/search-standards.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 37-2009, 
                        <E T="03">Methods of Testing for Rating Electrically Driven Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment,</E>
                         ASHRAE-approved June 24, 2009 (“ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009”).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Copies of ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009 can be obtained from the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (“ASHRAE”), 180 Technology Parkway NW, Peachtree Corners, GA 30092, (404) 636-8400, or online at: 
                        <E T="03">www.ashrae.org.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>See section IV.N of this document for a further discussion of these standards.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Synopsis of the Final Rule</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Authority and Background</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Authority</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Background</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Discussion</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Scope of Applicability</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Definitions</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. CUAC and CUHP Definition</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Basic Model Definition</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Double-Duct Definition</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Metric Definitions</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Updates to Industry Standards</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. AHRI 340/360</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. AHRI 1340</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. ASHRAE 37</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Term Sheet Recommendations and Metrics</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. IVEC</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. IVHE</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. DOE Adopted Test Procedures and Comments Received</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Overall</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Double-Duct Systems</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. ECUACs and WCUACs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Overall</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. ESP Requirements for ECUACs and WCUACs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. ECUAC and WCUAC Test Temperatures and WCUAC Heat Rejection Components</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. IVHE for Colder Climates</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Test Conditions Used for Current Metrics in Appendix A</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Test Conditions Used for New Metrics in Appendix A1</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. Provisions Introduced in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Cooling Weighting Factors Adjustment</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. ESP Testing Target Calculation</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Test Instructions for Splitting ESP Between Return and Supply Duct</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">d. Default Fan Power and Maximum Pressure Drop for Coil-Only Systems</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">e. Component Power Measurement</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">f. Non-Standard Low-Static Indoor Fan Motors</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">g. IVHE Equations</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8. Heating Test Provisions Not Included in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. General</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Definitions of Heating Operating Levels</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                            c. Boost2 Heating Operating Level and COP2
                            <E T="52">5</E>
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">d. Extrapolation of Boost Heating Operating Level to 21 °F</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                            e. Operating Levels Used for Optional COP2
                            <E T="52">17</E>
                             Representations
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">9. Test Procedure Revisions Recommended for a Future Rulemaking</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Configuration of Unit Under Test</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Summary</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                            2. Background
                            <PRTPAGE P="43987"/>
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Proposed Approach for Exclusion of Certain Components</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Components Addressed Through Test Provisions of 10 CFR Part 431, Subpart F, Appendices A and A1</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Components Addressed Through Representation Provisions of 10 CFR 429.43</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Enforcement Provisions of 10 CFR 429.134</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">d. Testing Specially Built Units That Are Not Distributed in Commerce</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Updates in AHRI 1340-2023</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Comments Received and Adopted Provisions</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Overall Approach</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Coated Coils</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Represented Values</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Cooling Capacity</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Representations of Cooling Capacity</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Verification of Cooling Capacity</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. AEDM Tolerance for IVEC and IVHE</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Minimum Part-Load Airflow</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. Enforcement Procedure for Verifying Cut-In and Cut-Out Temperatures</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. Organization of the Regulatory Text for CUACs and CUHPs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Effective and Compliance Dates</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">K. Test Procedure Costs and Impact</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Appendix A</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Appendix A1</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Estimate of Small Entities Regulated</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Description and Estimate of Compliance Requirements</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Cost and Compliance Associated With Appendix A</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Cost and Compliance Associated With Appendix A1</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Significant Alternatives to the Rule</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Certification Statement</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Review Under Executive Order 13132</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Review Under Executive Order 12988</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. Review Under Executive Order 12630</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Review Under Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">K. Review Under Executive Order 13211</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal Energy Administration Act of 1974</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">M. Congressional Notification</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">N. Description of Materials Incorporated by Reference</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Approval of the Office of the Secretary</FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Synopsis of the Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        In this final rule, DOE updates its test procedures for CUACs and CUHPs by: (1) updating the reference in the Federal test procedure to the most recent version of the industry test procedure, AHRI 340/360-2022, for measuring integrated energy efficiency ratio (“IEER”), energy efficiency ratio (“EER”), and coefficient of performance (“COP”), consistent with the latest version of ASHRAE Standard 90.1; and (2) establishing a new test procedure that references a new industry test procedure, AHRI 1340-2023, which is consistent with recommendations from the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, including ones for the adoption of new efficiency metrics (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         integrated ventilation, economizer, and cooling (“IVEC”) and integrated ventilation and heating efficiency (“IVHE”)) and new testing requirements.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To implement the changes, DOE is: (1) amending appendix A to incorporate by reference AHRI 340/360-2022 for CUACs and CUHPs, while maintaining the current efficiency metrics (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         EER, IEER, and COP); and (2) adding a new appendix A1 to subpart F of 10 CFR part 431. At 10 CFR 431.96, “Uniform test method for the measurement of energy efficiency of commercial air conditioners and heat pumps,” DOE is listing appendix A1 as the applicable test method for CUACs and CUHPs for any subsequent energy conservation standards denominated in terms of IVEC and IVHE. Appendix A1 utilizes AHRI 1340-2023, including the new IVEC and IVHE efficiency metrics recommended by the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. Use of appendix A1 will not be required until such time as compliance is required with any amended energy conservation standard based on the new metrics, should DOE adopt such standards. After the date on which compliance with appendix A1 is required, appendix A will no longer be used as part of the Federal test procedure. DOE is also amending certain provisions within DOE's regulations for representation and enforcement consistent with the test procedure amendments.
                    </P>
                    <P>Table I-1 summarizes the adopted amendments to the DOE test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs, the test procedure provision prior to the amendment, and the reason for each adopted change.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="363">
                        <PRTPAGE P="43988"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.126</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        DOE has determined that the amendments to appendix A will not alter the measured efficiency of CUACs and CUHPs or require retesting or recertification solely as a result of DOE's adoption of the amendments to the test procedure. Additionally, DOE has determined that the amendments to appendix A will not increase the cost of testing. Representations of energy use or energy efficiency will be required to be based on testing in accordance with the amended test procedure in appendix A beginning 360 days after the date of publication of this test procedure final rule in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE has determined that the new test procedure at appendix A1 will alter the measured efficiency of CUACs and CUHPs and, as a result, manufacturers would need to retest, or rerun the alternative efficiency determination method where allowed, prior to making any representations under the test procedure in appendix A1. Cost estimates for retesting are discussed in section III.K of this document. As discussed, use of appendix A1 will not be required until the compliance date of any amended energy conservation standard denominated in terms of the new metrics in appendix A1, should DOE adopt such standards.</P>
                    <P>
                        The amendments to representation requirements in 10 CFR 429.43 will not be required until either 360 days after publication in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         of this test procedure final rule or beginning on the compliance date of amended standards for CUACs and CUHPs based on IVEC and IVHE (as applicable), depending on the specific provisions.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The effective date for the amended test procedures adopted in this final rule is 75 days after publication of this document in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Authority and Background</HD>
                    <P>
                        Small, large, and very large commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment are included in the list of “covered equipment” for which DOE is authorized to establish and amend energy conservation standards and test procedures. (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(B)-(D)) Commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment includes as equipment categories air-cooled commercial unitary air conditioners with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h (“ACUACs”) and air-cooled commercial unitary heat pumps with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h (“ACUHPs”), evaporatively-cooled commercial unitary air conditioners (“ECUACs”), and water-cooled commercial unitary air conditioners (“WCUACs”), which are the subject of this final rule.
                        <SU>1</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (ECUACs, WCUACs, ACUACs, and ACUHPs, which includes double-duct equipment, are collectively referred to as “CUACs and CUHPs” in this document.) DOE's test procedures for CUACs and CUHPs are currently prescribed at title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (“CFR”), part 431, subpart F, § 431.96, table 1. The following sections discuss DOE's 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43989"/>
                        authority to establish and amend test procedures for CUACs and CUHPs and relevant background information regarding DOE's amendments to the test procedures for this equipment.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             While ACUACs with a rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h are included in the broader category of CUACs, they are not addressed in this final rule. The test procedure for ACUACs with rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h have been addressed in a separate rulemaking: 
                            <E T="03">see</E>
                             Docket No. EERE-2017-BT-TP-0031. All references within this final rule to ACUACs and ACUHPs exclude equipment with rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Authority</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, Public Law 94-163 (42 U.S.C. 6291-6317, as codified), as amended (“EPCA”),
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency of a number of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. Title III, Part C 
                        <SU>3</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         of EPCA, added by Public Law 95-619, Title IV, section 441(a), established the Energy Conservation Program for Certain Industrial Equipment, which sets forth a variety of provisions designed to improve energy efficiency. This covered equipment includes small, large, and very large commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(B)-(D)) Commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment includes CUACs and CUHPs, the subject of this document.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             All references to EPCA in this document refer to the statute as amended through the Energy Act of 2020, Public Law 116-260 (Dec. 27, 2020), which reflect the last statutory amendments that impact Parts A and A-1 of EPCA.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>3</SU>
                             For editorial reasons, upon codification in the U.S. Code, Part C was redesignated Part A-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The energy conservation program under EPCA consists essentially of four parts: (1) testing; (2) labeling; (3) Federal energy conservation standards, and (4) certification and enforcement procedures. Relevant provisions of EPCA include definitions (42 U.S.C. 6311), energy conservation standards (42 U.S.C. 6313), test procedures (42 U.S.C. 6314), labeling provisions (42 U.S.C. 6315), and the authority to require information and reports from manufacturers (42 U.S.C. 6316; 42 U.S.C. 6296).</P>
                    <P>The Federal testing requirements consist of test procedures that manufacturers of covered equipment must use as the basis for: (1) certifying to DOE that their equipment complies with the applicable energy conservation standards adopted pursuant to EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6316(b); 42 U.S.C. 6296), and (2) making other representations about the efficiency of that equipment (42 U.S.C. 6314(d)). Similarly, DOE uses these test procedures to determine whether the equipment complies with relevant standards promulgated under EPCA.</P>
                    <P>Federal energy efficiency requirements for covered equipment established under EPCA generally supersede State laws and regulations concerning energy conservation testing, labeling, and standards. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a) and (b); 42 U.S.C. 6297) DOE may, however, grant waivers of Federal preemption in limited circumstances for particular State laws or regulations, in accordance with the procedures and other provisions of EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(2)(D))</P>
                    <P>Under 42 U.S.C. 6314, EPCA sets forth the criteria and procedures DOE must follow when prescribing or amending test procedures for covered equipment. Specifically, EPCA requires that any test procedures prescribed or amended under this section must be reasonably designed to produce test results which reflect energy efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of a given type of covered equipment (or class thereof) during a representative average use cycle (as determined by the Secretary) and requires that such test procedures not be unduly burdensome to conduct. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(2)-(3))</P>
                    <P>EPCA generally requires that, at least once every seven years, DOE evaluate test procedures for each type of covered equipment, including CUACs and CUHPs, to determine whether amended test procedures would more accurately or fully comply with the requirements for the test procedures to not be unduly burdensome to conduct and be reasonably designed to produce test results that reflect energy efficiency, energy use, and estimated operating costs during a representative average use cycle. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(1)-(3)) DOE refers to these provisions as the “lookback” provisions and rulemakings conducted under these provisions as “lookback” rulemakings.</P>
                    <P>
                        Specific to certain commercial equipment, including CUACs and CUHPs, EPCA requires that the test procedures be those generally accepted industry testing procedures or rating procedures developed or recognized by AHRI or ASHRAE, as referenced in ASHRAE Standard 90.1, “Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings” (“ASHRAE Standard 90.1”). (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(A)) Further, if such an industry test procedure is amended, DOE must update its test procedure to be consistent with the amended industry test procedure unless DOE determines, by rule published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         and supported by clear and convincing evidence, that the amended test procedure would not meet the requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(2) and (3) related to representative use and test burden, in which case DOE may establish an amended test procedure that does satisfy those statutory provisions. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(B) and (C)) DOE refers to these provisions as the “ASHRAE trigger” provisions and rulemakings conducted under these provisions as “ASHRAE trigger” rulemakings. As noted in the recent update to DOE's procedures, interpretations, and policies for consideration of new or amended energy conservation standards and test procedures, DOE considers an ASHRAE trigger to occur only when ASHRAE Standard 90.1 is updated to include an amended industry test procedure, and that referenced test procedure includes amendments relative to the existing DOE test procedure. 89 FR 24340, 24351 (April 8, 2024).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Whether pursuant to the lookback provision or the trigger provision, if DOE determines that a test procedure amendment is warranted, the Department must publish proposed test procedures in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        , and afford interested persons an opportunity (of not less than 45 days duration) to present oral and written data, views, and arguments on the proposed test procedures. (42 U.S.C. 6314(b)) If DOE determines that test procedure revisions are not appropriate, DOE must publish in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         its determination not to amend the test procedures. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(1)(A)(ii))
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE is publishing this final rule in satisfaction of its aforementioned statutory obligations under EPCA. Specifically, in accordance with the ASHRAE trigger provisions at 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(B), DOE is updating appendix A to reference the most recent version of the industry test procedure, AHRI 340/360-2022, which was adopted in ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022, and which includes amendments relative to the existing Federal test procedure at appendix A to subpart F to 10 CFR part 431.
                        <SU>4</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Pursuant to section 6314(a)(4)(B), DOE also evaluated whether AHRI 340/360-2022 could provide representative results for the new efficiency metrics recommended by the Working Group (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         IVEC and IVHE). While AHRI 340/360-2022 provides representative results for the current energy efficiency metrics, IEER, EER, and COP, it does not include, among other things, operating modes other than mechanical-cooling-only operation in the cooling metric, part-load heating tests, higher ESP requirements, or crankcase heater operation, which are integral to the IVEC and IVHE metrics recommended 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43990"/>
                        by the Working Group. A more complete discussion of the differences between the current efficiency metrics and the IVEC and IVHE efficiency metrics can be found in section III.D. Accordingly, as detailed below, DOE has determined, supported by clear and convincing evidence, that AHRI 340/360-2022 cannot provide representative energy use results for the IVEC and IVHE efficiency metrics.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>4</SU>
                             As discussed in section I.B of this document, DOE was also triggered by updated industry test procedures in ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2016 and ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019, both of which included amendments relative to the existing Federal test procedure. However, ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022, and its referenced industry test procedure, AHRI 340/360-2022, supersedes these previous versions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As a result, consistent with 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(C), DOE is establishing a new test procedure, appendix A1, to measure energy use for the IVEC and IVHE efficiency metrics. DOE has determined that appendix A1 is reasonably designed to reflect energy use for the IVEC and IVHE efficiency metrics during a representative average use cycle without being unduly burdensome to conduct. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(C); 
                        <E T="03">id.</E>
                         section 6314 (a)(2)) In particular, DOE notes that appendix A1 includes: (1) a more mathematically accurate representation of cooling efficiency; (2) an integrated heating metric rather than the single-point full-load COP metric, which includes performance at multiple outdoor air temperatures as well as other operating modes not previously accounted for in the COP metric (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         part-load heating, heating-season ventilation hours, unoccupied no-load hours, and supplemental electric resistance heat operation); (3) operating modes other than mechanical-cooling-only operation in the cooling metric (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         integrated mechanical and economizer cooling, economizer-only cooling, cooling season ventilation, unoccupied no-load hours); (4) higher external static pressure (“ESP”) requirements; (5) crankcase heater operation; and (6) oversizing of units in field installations.
                    </P>
                    <P>As DOE has determined that the updated version of the industry test procedure, AHRI 340/360-2022, adopted in appendix A is more representative than the previous version of the test procedure referenced in appendix A (because it would more fully comply with the requirements that the test procedure be not unduly burdensome to conduct and be reasonably designed to produce test results that reflect energy efficiency, energy use, and estimated operating costs during a representative average use cycle) and because the test procedure adopted in appendix A1 is more representative for the new IVEC and IVHE metrics, this rulemaking also satisfies DOE's obligations under the lookback provisions at 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(1)(A). For more details on the improved representativeness of AHRI 340/360-2022, see section III.E of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Background</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE's existing test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs appears at 10 CFR 431.96 (
                        <E T="03">Uniform test method for the measurement of energy efficiency of commercial air conditioners and heat pumps</E>
                        ). The test procedure for ACUACs and ACUHPs with a rated cooling capacity of greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h specified in 10 CFR 431.96 references appendix A to subpart F of part 431 (“Uniform Test Method for the Measurement of Energy Consumption of Air-Cooled Small (≥65,000 Btu/h), Large, and Very Large Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment,” referred to as “appendix A” in this document). Appendix A references certain sections of ANSI/AHRI Standard 340/360-2007, “2007 Standard for Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment,” approved by ANSI on October 27, 2011 and updated by addendum 1 in December 2010 and addendum 2 in June 2011 (“ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007”); ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 37-2009, “Methods of Testing for Rating Electrically Driven Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment” (“ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009”); and specifies other test procedure requirements related to minimum external static pressure (“ESP”), optional break-in period, refrigerant charging, setting indoor airflow, condenser head pressure controls, standard airflow and air quantity, tolerance on capacity at part-load test points, and condenser air inlet temperature for part-load tests.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The DOE test procedure for ECUACs and WCUACs with a rated cooling capacity of greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h specified in 10 CFR 431.96 incorporates by reference ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007, excluding section 6.3 of ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 and including paragraphs (c) and (e) of 10 CFR 431.96.
                        <SU>5</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The DOE test procedure for ECUACs and WCUACs with a rated cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h incorporates by reference ANSI/AHRI Standard 210/240-2008, “2008 Standard for Performance Rating of Unitary Air-Conditioning &amp; Air-Source Heat Pump Equipment,” approved by ANSI on October 27, 2011 and updated by addendum 1 in June 2011 and addendum 2 in March 2012 (“ANSI/AHRI 210/240-2008”), excluding section 6.5 of ANSI/AHRI 210/240-2008 and including paragraphs (c) and (e) of 10 CFR 431.96.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>5</SU>
                             Paragraphs (c) and (e) of 10 CFR 431.96 address optional break-in provisions and additional provisions regarding set-up, respectively.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        On October 26, 2016, ASHRAE published ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2016, which included updates to the test procedure references for CUACs and CUHPs (excluding CUACs and CUHPs with a rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h) to reference AHRI Standard 340/360-2015, “2015 Standard for Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment” (“AHRI 340/360-2015”).
                        <SU>6</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This action by ASHRAE triggered DOE's obligations under 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(B), as outlined previously because AHRI 340/360-2015 included substantive changes compared to the current DOE test procedure at appendix A to subpart F of 10 CFR part 431. On July 25, 2017, DOE published a request for information (“RFI”) (“July 2017 TP RFI”) in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         to collect information and data to consider amendments to DOE's test procedures for certain categories of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment including CUACs and CUHPs. 82 FR 34427.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>6</SU>
                             The previous version of ASHRAE Standard 90.1 (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2013) references ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        At the time DOE published the July 2017 TP RFI, the applicable version of ASHRAE Standard 90.1 was the 2016 edition, which referenced AHRI Standard 340/360-2015, “2015 Standard for Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment” as the test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs. However, on October 24, 2019, ASHRAE published ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019, which updated the relevant AHRI Standard 340/360 reference to the 2019 edition, “2019 Standard for Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment” (“AHRI 340/360-2019”). This action by ASHRAE again triggered DOE's obligations under 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(B), as outlined previously, because AHRI 340/360-2019 included substantive changes compared to the current DOE test procedure at appendix A to subpart F of 10 CFR part 431. In January 2022, AHRI published additional updates to its test procedure standard for CUACs and CUHPs, with the publication of AHRI Standard 340/360-2022, “2022 Standard for Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment” (“AHRI 340/360-2022”), which DOE references in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43991"/>
                        the amended test procedure in appendix A to subpart F of 10 CFR part 431, as established in this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For ECUACs and WCUACs with a rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h, ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2016 references ANSI/AHRI 210/240-2008, which is referenced by the current Federal test procedure at 10 CFR 431.96 for this equipment. After the publication of the July 2017 RFI, AHRI published AHRI Standard 210/240-2017, “2017 Standard for Performance Rating of Unitary Air-conditioning &amp; Air-source Heat Pump Equipment” (“AHRI 210/240-2017”). ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019 updated its reference to AHRI 210/240-2017 as the test procedure for ECUACs and WCUACs with rated cooling capacities less than 65,000 Btu/h. This action by ASHRAE triggered DOE's obligations under 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(B), as outlined previously, because AHRI 210/240-2017 included substantive changes compared to the current DOE test procedure for ECUACs and WCUACs with a rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h at 10 CFR 431.96. However, after the publication of AHRI 210/240-2017, AHRI released two updates to that industry standard: (1) AHRI Standard 210/240-2017 with Addendum 1, “2017 Standard for Performance Rating of Unitary Air-conditioning &amp; Air-source Heat Pump Equipment” (“AHRI 210/240-2017 with Addendum 1”), which was published in April 2019; and (2) AHRI Standard 210/240-2023, “2023 Standard for Performance Rating of Unitary Air-conditioning &amp; Air-source Heat Pump Equipment” (“AHRI 210/240-2023”), which was published in May 2020.
                        <SU>7</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>7</SU>
                             AHRI 210/240-2023 notes at the beginning of the standard that while it was first published in May 2020, it establishes a method to rate residential central air conditioners and heat pumps consistent with the Federal test procedure for residential central air conditioners and heat pumps codified in 10 CFR part 430, subpart B, appendix M1 (“appendix M1”). Appendix M1 was required to be used coincident with the January 1, 2023 compliance date of Federal energy conservation standards denominated in terms of seasonal energy efficiency ratio 2 (“SEER2”), energy efficiency ratio 2 (“EER2”), and heating seasonal performance factor 2 (“HSPF2”). Therefore, despite being published in May 2020, this version was named AHRI 210/240-2023.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        On May 12, 2020, DOE published an RFI in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         regarding energy conservation standards for ACUACs, ACUHPs, and commercial warm air furnaces (“May 2020 ECS RFI”). 85 FR 27941. In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, DOE received comments from various stakeholders, including ones related to the test procedure for ACUACs and ACUHPs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        On May 25, 2022, DOE published an RFI in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         regarding test procedures and energy conservations standards for CUACs and CUHPs (“May 2022 TP/ECS RFI”). 87 FR 31743.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        On July 29, 2022, DOE published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         a notice of intent to establish a working group for commercial unitary air conditioners and heat pumps (“Working Group”) to negotiate proposed test procedures and amended energy conservation standards for this equipment (“July 2022 Notice of Intent”). 87 FR 45703. The Working Group was established under the Appliance Standards and Rulemaking Federal Advisory Committee (“ASRAC”) in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) (5 U.S.C. App 2) and the Negotiated Rulemaking Act (“NRA”) (5 U.S.C. 561-570, Pub. L. 104-320). The purpose of the Working Group was to discuss, and if possible, reach consensus on recommended amendments to the test procedures and energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. The Working Group consisted of 14 voting members, including DOE. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         appendix A, Working Group Members, to Document No. 65 in Docket No. EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015) On December 15, 2022, the Working Group signed a term sheet of recommendations regarding ACUAC and ACUHP test procedures to be submitted to ASRAC, the contents of which are referenced throughout this final rule (referred to hereafter as the “ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet”). (
                        <E T="03">See Id.</E>
                        ) The ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet was approved by ASRAC on March 2, 2023. These recommendations are discussed further in section III.D of this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In January 2023, ASHRAE published ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022, which included updates to the test procedure references for CUACs and CUHPs with cooling capacities greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h, specifically referencing AHRI 340/360-2022. For ECUACs and WCUACs with capacities less than 65,000 Btu/h, ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022 references AHRI 210/240-2023. Notably, ECUACs and WCUACs with a rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h were removed from the scope of AHRI 210/240-2023 and are instead included in the scope of AHRI 340/360-2022.
                        <SU>8</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE discusses this change in scope to the industry test procedure and comments received related to ECUACs and WCUACs with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h in section III.E.3 of this final rule. These actions by ASHRAE again triggered DOE's obligations under 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(B) for ACUACs and ACUHPs, as outlined previously, because AHRI 340/360-2022 again included substantive changes compared to the current DOE test procedure at appendix A to subpart F of 10 CFR 431. While DOE was triggered previously with the publication of ASHRAE 90.1-2016 and ASHRAE 90.1-2019, the latest version, ASHRAE 90.1-2022, and its referenced industry test procedure, AHRI 340/360-2022, supersedes these previous versions. Therefore, in this final rule DOE evaluated the amendments under ASHRAE 90.1-2022 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         AHRI 340/360-2022) relative to the current Federal test procedures for the CUACs and CUHPs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>8</SU>
                             ECUACs and WCUACs with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h are included in the scope of ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 and continue to be included in scope of the latest version of AHRI 340/360 (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             AHRI 340/360-2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE published a notice of proposed rulemaking (“NOPR”) in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on August 17, 2023, presenting DOE's proposals to amend the CUAC and CUHP test procedure (“August 2023 TP NOPR”). 88 FR 56392. The August 2023 TP NOPR also summarized and responded to comments pertaining to test procedures for CUACs and CUHPs received in response to the July 2017 TP RFI, the May 2020 ECS RFI, and the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE held a public webinar related to the August 2023 TP NOPR on September 7, 2023 (hereafter, the “NOPR public webinar”).
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE received comments in response to the August 2023 TP NOPR from the interested parties listed in Table II-1, along with each commenter's abbreviated name used throughout this final rule. Discussion of relevant comments and DOE's responses are provided in appropriate sections of this document.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="371">
                        <PRTPAGE P="43992"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.127</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        A parenthetical reference at the end of a comment quotation or paraphrase provides the location of the item in the public record.
                        <SU>9</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To the extent that interested parties have provided written comments that are substantively consistent with any oral comments provided during the September 7, 2023 NOPR public webinar, DOE cites the written comments throughout this final rule. DOE did not identify any oral comments provided during the NOPR public webinar that are not substantively addressed by written comments.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>9</SU>
                             The parenthetical reference provides a reference for information located in the docket of DOE's rulemaking to develop test procedures for CUACs and CUHPs. (Docket No. EERE-2023-BT-TP-0014, which is maintained at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                            ) The references are arranged as follows: (commenter name, comment docket ID number, page of that document).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In response to the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE received multiple comments regarding energy conservation standards for CUACs and CUHPs, particularly regarding standards for ECUACs, WCUACs, and double-duct systems. Comments regarding energy conservation standards are outside the scope of consideration for this test procedure rulemaking and are not addressed in this final rule. Topics related to energy conservation standards for CUACs and CUHPs would be addressed in separate rulemaking processes.</P>
                    <P>Following the publication of the August 2023 TP NOPR, AHRI published AHRI Standard 1340-2023, “2023 Standard for Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment” (“AHRI 1340-2023”). This is an update to AHRI Standard 340/360 that incorporates the recommendations in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. This updated industry standard has not yet been adopted in ASHRAE Standard 90.1, and as such does not constitute an ASHRAE trigger, as outlined previously.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Discussion</HD>
                    <P>In the following sections, DOE outlines certain amendments to its test procedures for CUACs and CUHPs. For each amendment, DOE provides relevant background information, explains why the amendment is necessary, discusses relevant public comments, and discusses the approach DOE has implemented.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Scope of Applicability</HD>
                    <P>This rulemaking applies to ACUACs and ACUHPs with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h, including double-duct air conditioners and heat pumps, as well as ECUACs and WCUACs of all capacities. Definitions that apply to CUACs and CUHPs are discussed in section III.B of this final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE's regulations for CUACs and CUHPs cover both single-package units and split systems. See the definition of “commercial package air-conditioning and heating equipment” at 10 CFR 431.92. A split system consists of a condensing unit—which includes a condenser coil, condenser fan and motor, and compressor—that is paired with a separate component that includes an evaporator coil to form a complete refrigeration circuit for space conditioning. One application for 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43993"/>
                        condensing units is to be paired with an air handler (which includes an evaporator coil), such that the combined system (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the condensing unit with air handler) meets the definition of a split system CUAC or CUHP. It should be pointed out that AHRI has a certification program for unitary large equipment that includes certification of CUACs, CUHPs, and condensing units. DOE notes that as part of the AHRI certification program for unitary large equipment, manufacturers who sell air-cooled condensing units with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h and less than 135,000 Btu/h must certify condensing units as a complete system (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         paired with an air handler) according to the AHRI 340/360 test procedure.
                        <SU>10</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, for condensing units with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 135,000 Btu/h and less than 250,000 Btu/h, the AHRI certification program allows manufacturers to certify condensing units as a complete system according to AHRI 340/360 or optionally certify as a condensing unit only according to AHRI Standard 365, “Standard for Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning Condensing Units” (“AHRI 365”).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>10</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             appendix A of the AHRI Unitary Large Equipment Certification Program Operations Manual (January 2024). This can be found at 
                            <E T="03">www.ahrinet.org/system/files/2023-10/ULE_OM.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE emphasized that these AHRI testing and certification requirements differ from the Federal test procedure at 10 CFR 431.96, which requires testing to ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 and does not permit certifying to DOE as a condensing unit only according to AHRI 365. 88 FR 56392, 56398-56399 (August 17, 2023). Additionally, the AHRI certification program does not include unitary split systems or condensing units with cooling capacities above 250,000 Btu/h, whereas the Federal test procedure and standards (codified at 10 CFR 431.96 and 431.97, respectively) cover all CUACs and CUHPs with cooling capacities up to 760,000 Btu/h. Once again, in the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE emphasized that condensing unit models distributed in commerce with air handlers with cooling capacities up to 760,000 Btu/h are covered as commercial package air-conditioning and heating equipment (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         definition at 10 CFR 431.92), and as such, they are subject to the Federal regulations specified for CUACs and CUHPs regarding test procedures (10 CFR 431.96), energy conservation standards (10 CFR 431.97), and certification and representation requirements (10 CFR 429.43). 88 FR 56392, 56398-56399 (August 17, 2023).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE received several comments regarding DOE's clarification of coverage of condensing units. Trane commented that single-package and split-system equipment are included in the DOE regulation, but stated that the AHRI certification program structure specific to split systems exists for several reasons. (Trane, No. 14 at p. 2) Trane stated that split systems between 65,000 Btu/h and 250,000 Btu/h are often matched sets, but split systems between 135,000 Btu/h to 250,000 Btu/h may be installed in applications where a stand-alone condenser is matched in the field with a non-matched air-handling unit, which Trane commented warrants a separate stand-alone condenser rating. Trane stated that in larger split-system applications (with capacities greater than 250,000 Btu/h) condensing units are often paired with: (1) semi-custom and custom air-handling units that are unique to that installation; (2) more than one air-handling unit, or (3) air-handling units manufactured by different HVAC manufacturers, or the system is built up in the field and all controls for the system are installed on site. Trane asserted that even considering only the air handlers offered by a single manufacturer, there would be thousands of condenser and air handler combinations that would require testing, alternative efficiency determination method (“AEDM”) development, and certification. Trane also stated that in split-system replacements, condensing units are often replaced more frequently than the air-handling unit. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        AHRI commented that certifying condensing units as a complete system (paired with an air handler) is appropriate for the capacity range between 65,000 and 135,000 Btu/h, but that rating models with capacities greater than or equal to 135,000 Btu/h as either a complete system (using AHRI 340/360) or as a condensing unit only (using AHRI 365) allows manufacturers to provide condensing units for installation in a system that may be connected to a number of different indoor equipment types. (AHRI, No. 15 at pp. 4-5) AHRI commented that using AHRI 365 to rate models allows manufacturers to meet customer needs when indoor equipment and controls with which the condensing unit would be paired in the field are not known. AHRI stated that there is no procedure in AHRI 340/360 nor AHRI 1340 for rating outdoor units such as condensing units without an indoor match. Furthermore, AHRI commented that DOE had not investigated the impact of this proposed change sufficiently and asserted that there could be serious consequences. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In response to concerns raised by AHRI and Trane, DOE emphasizes that the clarification provided in the August 2023 TP NOPR regarding the coverage of condensing units paired with air handlers is not a change from the existing requirements for rating these models. Neither the current DOE test procedure nor the amended test procedures adopted in this final rule reference AHRI 365 for testing or rating condensing units only. Accordingly, in this final rule, DOE reiterates that condensing unit models distributed in commerce with air handlers with cooling capacities up to 760,000 Btu/h are covered as commercial package air-conditioning and heating equipment (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         definition at 10 CFR 431.92), and as such, they are subject to the Federal regulations specified for CUACs and CUHPs regarding test procedures (10 CFR 431.96), energy conservation standards (10 CFR 431.97), and certification and representation requirements (10 CFR 429.43).
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding Trane's assertion as to the extent of testing, AEDM development, and certification needed, DOE notes that its regulations do not require that ratings for CUACs and CUHPs (including split systems that comprise a condensing unit and air handler) be developed through testing, and that AEDMs can be used to rate all such systems. DOE further notes that to the extent that manufacturers have developed simulations of condensing unit model performance in accordance with AHRI 365, such simulations could be used as the basis of an AEDM to rate condensing units paired with air handlers, provided the AEDM satisfies the minimum requirements specified at 10 CFR 429.70(c).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Definitions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. CUAC and CUHP Definition</HD>
                    <P>
                        As in this final rule, DOE has previously used the colloquial terms “commercial unitary air conditioners” and “commercial unitary heat pump” (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         CUACs and CUHPs), to refer to certain commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment, recognizing that CUAC is not a statutory term and is not currently used in the CFR. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         79 FR 58948, 58950 (Sept. 30, 2014); 80 FR 52676, 52676 (Sept. 1, 2015). As codified in regulation, the classes for which EPCA prescribed standards have been grouped under the headings “commercial air conditioners 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43994"/>
                        and heat pumps” (10 CFR 431.96(b), table 1) and “air conditioning and heating equipment” (10 CFR 431.97(b), table 1), although these are not defined terms. These classes have also been identified by the broader equipment type with which they are associated (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         small, large, or very large commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment). 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to establish a definition for “commercial unitary air conditioner and commercial unitary heat pump” to assist in distinguishing between the regulated categories of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment. 88 FR 56392, 56399-56400 (August 17, 2023). The proposed definition was structured to indicate categories of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment that are excluded from the definition, rather than stipulating features or characteristics of CUACs and CUHPs. The proposed definition excluded single package vertical air conditioners and heat pumps (“SPVUs”), variable refrigerant flow multi-split air conditioners and heat pumps, and water-source heat pumps. Specifically, DOE proposed to define “commercial unitary air conditioner and commercial unitary heat pump” as any small, large, or very large air-cooled, water-cooled, or evaporatively-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment that consists of one or more factory-made assemblies that provide space conditioning; but does not include: (1) single package vertical air conditioners and heat pumps; (2) variable refrigerant flow multi-split air conditioners and heat pumps; (3) water-source heat pumps; (4) equipment marketed only for use in computer rooms, data processing rooms, or other information technology cooling applications, and (5) equipment only capable of providing ventilation and conditioning of 100-percent outdoor air marketed only for ventilation and conditioning of 100-percent outdoor air. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at 88 FR 56399. DOE also requested comment on the proposed definition for “commercial unitary air conditioners and heat pumps.” 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at 88 FR 56400.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE received feedback from several commenters regarding the proposed definition for CUACs and CUHPs. AHRI, Rheem, and Trane commented that they did not agree that the proposed definition for CUACs and CUHPs is necessary or addresses any existing problems. (AHRI, No. 15 at p. 3; Rheem, No. 12 at pp. 1-2; Trane, No. 14 at p. 3) AHRI asserted that manufacturers, regulators, and design engineers understand the phrase “unitary central air conditioners and central air-conditioning heat pumps for commercial application” within the existing definition for “commercial package air-conditioning and heating equipment” as referring to CUACs and CUHPs. (AHRI, No. 15 at p. 3) AHRI also stated that the proposed definition for CUACs and CUHPs creates a circular reference to the existing definition of “Commercial package air-conditioning and heating equipment.” (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) AHRI further asserted that the proposed definition for CUACs and CUHPs should not be implemented, as the term is not referenced (or proposed) in 42 U.S.C. 6311. (
                        <E T="03">Id</E>
                         at p. 4) AHRI did not support any changes that would separate small, large, or very large commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment from their designation as “ASHRAE equipment” per 42 U.S.C. 6313. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>Carrier, NEEA, and NYSERDA supported the proposed definition of “commercial unitary air conditioner and commercial unitary heat pump.” (Carrier, No. 8 at pp. 1-2; NEEA, No. 16 at pp. 3-4; NYSERDA, No. 13 at p. 3) Carrier recommended DOE also adopt the definitions for “Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning Equipment” and “Commercial and Industrial Unitary Heat Pump” in sections 3.4 and 3.5 of AHRI 340/360-2022 and sections 3.5 and 3.6 of AHRI 1340-202X Draft to provide additional clarity. (Carrier, No. 8 at pp. 1-2) NYSERDA recommended including “packaged or split” in the definition for additional clarity. (NYSERDA, No. 13 at p. 3)</P>
                    <P>
                        NEEA also commented that the definition proposed for CUACs and CUHPs includes excluded products, which appeared contradictory to DOE's statement that models can meet the definition for multiple equipment categories. (NEEA, No. 16 at pp. 3-4) NEEA requested clarification regarding DOE's intent with the proposed definition. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) AHRI also requested clarification as to why DOE used distinct descriptions for the fourth and fifth exclusions in the proposed CUAC and CUHP definition rather than using the already defined terms in 10 CFR 431.92, “Computer room air conditioners,” and “Unitary dedicated outdoor air systems” respectively. (AHRI, No. 15 at pp. 3-4)
                    </P>
                    <P>After consideration of the comments received and upon further review, DOE is declining to finalize the proposed definition for CUACs and CUHPs in this final rule. DOE may consider adopting a definition for CUACs and CUHPs in a future rulemaking action.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Basic Model Definition</HD>
                    <P>The current definition for “basic model” in DOE's regulations includes a provision applicable for “small, large, and very large air-cooled or water-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled, three-phase, small commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h).” 10 CFR 431.92. Additionally, the term in the current “basic model” definition includes ACUACs, ACUHPs, and WCUACs, but does not explicitly include ECUACs. However, the definition of “commercial package air-conditioning and heating equipment” at 10 CFR 431.92 makes clear that that term includes evaporatively-cooled equipment. Consequently, ECUACs are part of the relevant basic model definition, so the omission of the term “evaporatively-cooled” from the heading should not impact the proper functioning and use of the test procedure.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to update the definition of “basic model” so that this provision instead applies to the proposed defined term “commercial unitary air conditioner and commercial unitary heat pump,” which would also inherently include evaporatively-cooled equipment. 88 FR 56392, 56400 (August 17, 2023). DOE also proposed editorial changes more generally to the definition of “basic model” specified in 10 CFR 431.92 to address that the current wording could be misinterpreted to read as a definition of each equipment category, rather than as the definition of what constitutes a basic model for each equipment category. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE did not receive any comments in response to its proposal to update the definition for “basic model.” As discussed in section III.B.1, DOE is not finalizing the proposed defined term “commercial unitary air conditioner and commercial unitary heat pump.” As such, DOE is applying the definition of “basic model” to the existing defined term “commercial package air-conditioning and heating equipment” at 10 CFR 431.92. Therefore, other than this terminology change, DOE is amending the definition for “basic model” as proposed, for the reasons discussed in the preceding paragraphs and in the August 2023 TP NOPR.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Double-Duct Definition</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE established a definition for “double-duct air conditioner or heat pump” at 10 CFR 431.92 (referred to as “double-duct air conditioners and heat 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43995"/>
                        pumps” or “double-duct systems”) in an energy conservation standards direct final rule published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on January 15, 2016 (“January 2016 Direct Final Rule”). 81 FR 2420, 2529. This definition was included in a term sheet by the ASRAC working group for commercial package air conditioners (“Commercial Package Air Conditioners Working Group”) as part of the rulemaking that culminated with the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         Document No. 93 in Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-STD-0007, pp. 4-5) DOE defines “double-duct systems” as air-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment that: (1) is either a horizontal single package or split-system unit or a vertical unit that consists of two components that may be shipped or installed either connected or split; (2) is intended for indoor installation with ducting of outdoor air from the building exterior to and from the unit, as evidenced by the unit and/or all of its components being non-weatherized, including the absence of any marking (or listing) indicating compliance with UL 1995,
                        <SU>11</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         “Heating and Cooling Equipment,” or any other equivalent requirements for outdoor use; (3) if it is a horizontal unit, a complete unit has a maximum height of 35 inches; if it is a vertical unit, a complete unit has a maximum depth of 35 inches; and (4) has a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h and up to 300,000 Btu/h. 10 CFR 431.92.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>11</SU>
                             Underwriters Laboratory (UL) 1995, 
                            <E T="03">UL Standard for Safety for Heating and Cooling Equipment</E>
                             (UL 1995).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to amend the “double-duct air conditioner or heat pump” definition consistent with the definition in both AHRI 340/360-2022 and the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. 88 FR 56392, 56400-56401 (August 17, 2023). AHRI 340/360-2022 and the AHRI 1340-202X Draft specify the following definition for “double-duct systems”: an air conditioner or heat pump that complies with all of the following: (1) is either a horizontal single package or split-system unit; or a vertical unit that consists of two components that can be shipped or installed either connected or split; or a vertical single packaged unit that is not intended for exterior mounting on, adjacent interior to, or through an outside wall; (2) is intended for indoor installation with ducting of outdoor air from the building exterior to and from the unit, where the unit and/or all of its components are non-weatherized; (3) if it is a horizontal unit, the complete unit shall have a maximum height of 35 in. or the unit shall have components that do not exceed a maximum height of 35 in. If it is a vertical unit, the complete (split, connected, or assembled) unit shall have components that do not exceed maximum depth of 35 in.; (4) has a rated cooling capacity greater than and equal to 65,000 Btu/h and less than or equal to 300,000 Btu/h.</P>
                    <P>In comparison to DOE's definition, DOE noted the following regarding the definition for double-duct system in AHRI 340/360-2022 and the AHRI 1340-202X Draft: (1) vertical single packaged units not intended for exterior mounting on, adjacent interior to, or through an outside wall can be classified as double-duct systems; (2) the maximum dimensions apply to each component of a split system; and (3) the AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft definition does not include compliance with UL 1995 as a criterion for determining whether a model is non-weatherized. In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE tentatively concluded that the definition for “double-duct system” in section 3.7 of AHRI 340/360-2022 and section 3.12 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft more appropriately classifies double-duct systems and differentiates this equipment from other categories of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment. 88 FR 56392, 56400-56401 (August 17, 2023).</P>
                    <P>DOE did not receive comment regarding the proposed revisions to the definition for “double-duct air conditioner or heat pump.” DOE has determined that the substance of the definitions for “double-duct system” in AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-2023 better implement the intent of DOE and the Commercial Package Air Conditioners Working Group to create a separate equipment class of ACUACs and ACUHPs that are designed for indoor installation and that require ducting of outdoor air from the building exterior. 81 FR 2420, 2446 (Jan. 15, 2016). Thus, DOE is revising the definition of “double-duct air conditioner or heat pump” in 10 CFR 431.92 as proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR, which is consistent with the definition in section 3.2.7 of AHRI 1340-2023.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Metric Definitions</HD>
                    <P>
                        As mentioned in sections III.D.1 and III.D.2, and discussed in further detail in section III.E of this final rule, DOE is adopting new cooling and heating metrics in appendix A1 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         IVEC and IVHE). Additionally, DOE is adopting three metrics for optional representations in appendix A1, as discussed further in section III.E.6 of this final rule: energy efficiency ratio 2 (“EER2”), coefficient of performance 2 (“COP2”), and IVHE for colder climates (“IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                        ”). In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to add new definitions at 10 CFR 431.92 for the terms “IVEC,” “IVHE,” “EER2,” and “COP2” that describe what each metric represents, the test procedure used to determine each metric, and specific designations applicable to each metric (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                        ). 88 FR 56392, 56401 (August 17, 2023). DOE did not receive comment on the proposed definitions for “IVEC,” “IVHE,” “EER2,” and “COP2.” Therefore, DOE is adopting the definitions as proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Updates to Industry Standards</HD>
                    <P>The following sections discuss the changes included in the most recent updates to AHRI 340/360 and ASHRAE 37, which are incorporated by reference in the current DOE test procedure for ACUACs and ACUHPs with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h at 10 CFR 431.96 and 10 CFR part 431, subpart F, appendix A. AHRI 340/360 is also incorporated by reference in the current DOE test procedure for ECUACs and WCUACs with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h at 10 CFR 431.96. The following sections also discuss the new industry test standard, AHRI 1340-2023, which DOE is incorporating by reference for use in the new DOE test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs at 10 CFR part 431, subpart F, appendix A1.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. AHRI 340/360</HD>
                    <P>As noted previously, DOE's current test procedures for ACUACs, ACUHPs, and ECUACs and WCUACs with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h incorporates by reference ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007. DOE's current test procedure for ECUACs and WCUACs with a rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h incorporates by reference ANSI/AHRI 210/240-2008.</P>
                    <P>
                        The most recent version of ASHRAE Standard 90.1 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022) references AHRI 340/360-2022 as the test procedure for ACUACs, ACUHPs, and ECUACs and WCUACs with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h. ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022 included updates to the test procedure references for ECUACs and WCUACs with capacities less than 65,000 Btu/h to reference AHRI 210/240-2023. However, ECUACs and WCUACs with capacities less than 65,000 Btu/h are outside of the scope of AHRI 210/240-2023 and are instead included in AHRI 340/360-2022. Given 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43996"/>
                        these changes to the relevant industry test standards, DOE believes that such reference was an oversight.
                    </P>
                    <P>The following list includes substantive additions in AHRI 340/360-2022 as compared to the current Federal test procedures that apply to CUACs and CUHPs, which reference ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 and ANSI/AHRI 210/240-2008:</P>
                    <P>1. A method for testing double-duct systems at non-zero outdoor air ESP (see section 6.1.3.7 and appendix I of AHRI 340/360-2022);</P>
                    <P>
                        2. A method for comparing relative efficiency of indoor integrated fan and motor combinations (“IFMs”) that allows CUACs and CUHPs with non-standard (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         higher ESP) IFMs to be rated in the same basic model as otherwise identical models with standard IFMs (see section D4.2 of appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022);
                    </P>
                    <P>3. Requirements for indoor and outdoor air condition measurement (see appendix C of AHRI 340/360-2022);</P>
                    <P>4. Detailed provisions for setting indoor airflow and ESP (see sections 6.1.3.3-6.1.3.5 of AHRI 340/360-2022) and refrigerant charging instructions to be used in cases in which manufacturer's instructions conflict or are incomplete (see section 5.8 of AHRI 340/360-2022); and</P>
                    <P>5. ECUACs and WCUACs with cooling capacities less than 65,000 Btu/h are included within the scope of the standard.</P>
                    <P>As discussed, DOE is amending its test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs by incorporating by reference AHRI 340/360-2022 in appendix A. Section III.E discusses the specific sections of AHRI 340/360-2022 that DOE references in the amendments to appendix A adopted in this final rule. As discussed, DOE is adopting these amendments in accordance with the requirement that the test procedures for commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment be those generally accepted industry testing procedures or rating procedures developed or recognized by AHRI or ASHRAE, as referenced in ASHRAE Standard 90.1. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(A)) As DOE has noted, ASHRAE Standard 90.1 references an incorrect industry standard for ECUACs and WCUACs with capacities less than 65,000 Btu/h, AHRI 210/240-2023, so DOE is amending appendix A to reference the applicable industry standard, AHRI 340/360-2022.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. AHRI 1340</HD>
                    <P>The recommendations of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet have been incorporated into an updated version of AHRI 340/360, denoted as AHRI 1340-2023, which supersedes AHRI 340/360-2022, but has not yet been adopted in ASHRAE Standard 90.1. In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to adopt the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, a draft version of AHRI 1340 available at the time. DOE noted its intent to update its incorporation by reference to the final published version of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, unless there were substantive changes between the draft and published versions. 88 FR 56392, 56402 (August 17, 2023). Differences between the ACUAC/ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, and AHRI 1340-2023 are discussed in the paragraphs that follow.</P>
                    <P>The AHRI 1340-202X Draft proposed for adoption in the August 2023 TP NOPR includes recommendations from the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet described in section III.D of this final rule (including the IVEC and IVHE metrics). The AHRI 1340-202X Draft also included the following revisions and additions to the IVEC and IVHE metrics not included in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, which are discussed in detail in section III.E of this final rule:</P>
                    <P>1. Detailed test instructions for splitting ESP between the return and supply ductwork, consistent with ESP requirements recommended in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet;</P>
                    <P>2. Corrections to the hour-based IVEC weighting factors included in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet;</P>
                    <P>3. Correction of the equation in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet for calculating adjusted ESP for any cooling or heating tests conducted with an airflow rate that differs from the full-load cooling airflow;</P>
                    <P>4. Addition of separate hour-based weighting factors and bin temperatures to calculate a separate version of IVHE that is representative of colder climates, designated IVHEC;</P>
                    <P>5. Changes to the default fan power and maximum pressure drop used for testing coil-only systems;</P>
                    <P>6. Additional instruction for component power measurement during testing;</P>
                    <P>7. Corrections to equations used for calculating IVHE;</P>
                    <P>8. Provisions for testing with non-standard low-static indoor fan motors; and</P>
                    <P>9. Revision to the power adder for WCUACs that reflects power that would be consumed by field-installed heat rejection components.</P>
                    <P>Since publication of the August 2023 TP NOPR, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft was finalized and published as AHRI 1340-2023 in December 2023. DOE has reviewed AHRI 1340-2023 and has identified that AHRI 1340-2023 includes the previously discussed revisions and additions to the IVEC and IVHE metrics in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft that were not included in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. AHRI 1340-2023 also includes several revisions and updates to the test procedures specified in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. DOE reviewed these revisions and updates, which include the following items, and discusses them in detail in sections III.E.3, III.E.7, III.E.8, III.F, and III.H of this document. Those sections also include discussion of the justification for adopting the content of these changes (which are largely consistent with corresponding proposals in the August 2023 TP NOPR) in this final rule.</P>
                    <P>1. A method for calculating capacity and fan power adjustments for coil-only systems operating at part-load airflow, consistent with DOE's proposal in the August 2023 TP NOPR;</P>
                    <P>2. Addition of a method to verify cut-in and cut-out temperatures, consistent with DOE's proposal in the August 2023 TP NOPR but with additional specificity;</P>
                    <P>3. Addition of an optional boost 2 test for optional representations of 5 °F capacity and performance for systems with more than two operating levels;</P>
                    <P>4. Allowance for the test conducted at 5 °F and 17 °F at the boost heating operating level to be used for IVHE bins ranging from 5 °F to 21 °F;</P>
                    <P>5. Revisions to appendix D of AHRI 1340 to align with the specific components approach proposed by DOE in the August 2023 TP NOPR, and inclusion of provision for how to test models with drain pan heaters present; and</P>
                    <P>6. Revisions to the test temperatures for ECUACs and WCUACs and corresponding revision to the tower fan and pump power values for WCUACs.</P>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with the proposals in the August 2023 TP NOPR, in this final rule DOE is incorporating by reference AHRI 1340-2023 in the new test procedure at appendix A1 as DOE has determined, supported by clear and convincing evidence, that AHRI 340/360-2022 cannot provide representative energy use results for the IVEC and IVHE efficiency metrics. Further, DOE has determined that AHRI 1340-2023 would not be unduly burdensome to conduct and reflects energy efficiency during a representative average use cycle for the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43997"/>
                        IVEC and IVHE efficiency metrics. Specific aspects of AHRI 1340-2023 are discussed in more detail in section III.E. Section III.E of this document also discusses comments received on DOE's proposal to adopt the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, as well as the specific sections of AHRI 1340-2023 that DOE references in appendix A1.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. ASHRAE 37</HD>
                    <P>ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009, which provides a method of test for many categories of air conditioning and heating equipment, is referenced for testing CUACs and CUHPs by AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-2023. More specifically, sections 5 and 6 and appendices C, D, and E of AHRI 340/360-2022 and sections 5 and 6 and appendices C, D, and E of AHRI 1340-2023 reference methods of test in ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. DOE currently incorporates by reference ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009 in 10 CFR 431.95, and the current incorporation by reference applies to the current Federal test procedure for ACUACs and ACUHPs specified at appendix A. The current Federal test procedures at 10 CFR 431.96 for ECUACs and WCUACs do not explicitly reference ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to maintain the incorporation by reference of ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009 to the proposed appendix A, which would also apply ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009 to testing ECUACs and WCUACs, and to incorporate by reference ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009 for use with appendix A1. 88 FR 56392, 56402 (August 17, 2023). DOE did not receive any comments regarding its proposal to incorporate by reference ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009 to both appendices A and A1. Therefore, as proposed, DOE is maintaining its incorporation by reference of ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009 in appendix A and incorporating by reference ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009 in appendix A1. Section III.E of this document discusses the specific sections of ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009 that DOE references in appendices A and A1.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Term Sheet Recommendations and Metrics</HD>
                    <P>
                        As previously mentioned, DOE published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         the July 2022 Notice of Intent. 87 FR 45703 (July 29, 2022). DOE then established the Working Group in accordance with FACA and NRA. The Working Group consisted of 14 members and met six times, while the Working Group's subcommittee met an additional seven times. The Working Group meetings were held between September 20, 2022, and December 15, 2022, after which the Working Group successfully reached consensus on an amended test procedure. The Working Group signed a term sheet of recommendations on December 15, 2022. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0065) The Working Group addressed the following aspects of the test procedure for ACUACs and ACUHPs:
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        1. 
                        <E T="03">Mathematical representation of cooling efficiency:</E>
                         The current cooling metric specified by AHRI 340/360-2022 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         IEER) represents a weighted average of the measured energy efficiency ratios (EER) measured at four distinct test conditions, whereas the IVEC metric is calculated as the total annual cooling capacity divided by the total annual energy use, as discussed further in section III.D.1 of this document. The Working Group agreed that this calculation approach provides a more mathematically accurate way of representing the cooling efficiency of ACUACs and ACUHPs compared to the current approach used for IEER. As part of this equation format, the IVEC metric also uses hour-based weighting factors to represent the time spent per year in each operating mode.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        2. 
                        <E T="03">Integrated heating metric:</E>
                         The current heating metric for ACUHPs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         COP) represents the ratio of heating capacity to the power input, calculated at a single test condition of 47 °F. COP does not account for the performance at part-load or over the range of temperatures seen during an average heating season, and it does not include energy use in heating season ventilation mode. IVHE accounts for both full-load and part-load operation at a range of typical ambient temperatures seen during the heating season, and it includes energy use in heating season ventilation mode. Analogous to IVEC, the IVHE metric is calculated as the total annual heating load divided by the total annual energy use, as discussed further in section III.D.2 of this document, and the metric also uses hour-based weighting factors to represent the time spent per year in each operating mode.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        3. 
                        <E T="03">Operating modes other than mechanical cooling:</E>
                         The IEER metric currently does not include the energy use of operating modes other than mechanical cooling, such as economizer-only cooling and cooling season ventilation. The newly established IVEC metric includes the energy use of these other modes.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        4. 
                        <E T="03">ESP:</E>
                         The IVEC and IVHE metrics require increased ESPs—in comparison to the ESPs required for determining IEER and COP—to more accurately represent ESPs and corresponding indoor fan power that would be experienced in real-world installations.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        5. 
                        <E T="03">Crankcase heater operation:</E>
                         The current IEER metric includes crankcase heater power consumption only when operating at part-load compressor stages (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         for part-load cooling operation, crankcase heater power is included only for higher-stage compressors that are staged off, and it is not included for lower-stage compressors when all compressors are cycled off). The COP metric does not include any crankcase heater power consumption. In contrast, the IVEC and IVHE metrics include all annual crankcase heater operation, including when all compressors are cycled off in part-load cooling or heating, ventilation mode, unoccupied no-load hours, and in heating season (for ACUACs only).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        6. 
                        <E T="03">Oversizing:</E>
                         The current IEER and COP metrics do not consider that ACUACs and ACUHPs are typically oversized in field installations. In contrast, the IVEC and IVHE metrics include an oversizing factor of 15 percent (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         it is assumed that the unit's measured full-load cooling capacity is 15 percent higher than the peak building cooling load and peak building heating load). Accounting for oversizing is more representative of the load fractions seen in field applications and better enables the test procedure to differentiate efficiency improvements from the use of modulating/staged components.
                    </P>
                    <P>Based on discussions related to these six topics, the Working Group developed the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, which includes the following recommendations:</P>
                    <P>1. A recommendation to adopt the latest version of AHRI 340/360-2022 with IEER and COP metrics required for compliance beginning 360 days from the date a test procedure final rule publishes (see Recommendation #0);</P>
                    <P>2. The IVEC efficiency metric, to be required on the date of amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs (see Recommendation #1);</P>
                    <P>3. Hour-based weighting factors for the IVEC metric (see Recommendation #2);</P>
                    <P>4. Details on determination of IVEC, including provisions for determining IVEC in appendix B of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet (see Recommendation #3);</P>
                    <P>5. Target load fractions and temperature test conditions for IVEC, which account for oversizing (see Recommendation #4);</P>
                    <P>
                        6. A requirement that representations of full-load EER be made in accordance 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43998"/>
                        with the full-load “A” test (see Recommendation #5); 
                        <SU>12</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>12</SU>
                             Similar to the current test procedure for determining IEER, the test procedure recommended in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet includes four cooling tests designated with letters “A,” “B,” “C,” and “D.” The “A” test is a full-load cooling test, while the “B,” “C,” and “D” tests are part-load cooling tests.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        7. A requirement to provide representations of airflow used for the full-load “A” test and the part-load “D” test (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the airflow used in the lowest-stage test for the D point), and a provision for determining the minimum airflow that can be used for testing (see Recommendation #6);
                    </P>
                    <P>8. The IVHE efficiency metric (see Recommendation #7);</P>
                    <P>
                        9. Hour-based weighting factors, load bins, and outdoor air temperatures for each bin (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         temperatures used for the building heating load line, not test temperature conditions) for the IVHE metric (see Recommendation #8);
                    </P>
                    <P>10. The test conditions and list of required and optional tests and representations for the IVHE metric (see Recommendation #9);</P>
                    <P>11. Provisions for manufacturers to certify cut-in and cut-out temperatures for heat pumps to DOE and provisions for a DOE verification test of those temperatures (see Recommendation #10);</P>
                    <P>12. Commitment of the Working Group to analyze ventilation and fan-only operation included in the IVEC and IVHE metrics to validate that these metrics adequately capture fan energy use during the energy conservation standards portion of the negotiated rulemaking. If the IVEC and IVHE levels do not adequately drive more efficient air moving systems that are technologically feasible and economically justified, the Working Group committed to developing a metric addressing furnace fan energy use (see Recommendation #11);</P>
                    <P>13. ESP requirements for the IVEC and IVHE metrics, requirements for splitting the ESP requirements between the return and supply ducts, and a requirement that certified airflow for full load and D bin be made public in the DOE Compliance Certification Database (see Recommendation #12);</P>
                    <P>14. Provisions requiring manufacturers to certify crankcase heater wattages and tolerances for certification (see Recommendation #13); and</P>
                    <P>15. Provisions that the contents of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet be implemented in a test procedure NOPR and final rule, with the final rule issuing no later than any energy conservation standards direct final rule (see Recommendation #14).</P>
                    <P>The following sections provide a summary of the development and final recommendations regarding the IVEC and IVHE cooling and heating metrics in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. IVEC</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the new cooling metric, the Working Group determined to prospectively modify the climate zones and building types accounted for in the test procedure as compared to those included in the existing DOE test procedure, in order to improve the representativeness of the metrics to better reflect the broad range of applications of CUACs and CUHPs. To do so, the Working Group utilized hour-based weighting factors, which represent the average time spent per year in each operating mode and load bin. To develop these weighting factors, members of the Working Group used building modeling developed by Carrier that was based on 10 ASHRAE Standard 90.1 building prototypes across all U.S. climate zones. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0019) The resulting hour-based weighting factors are provided in Recommendation #2 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0065)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group concluded that including economizer-only cooling and cooling season ventilation operating modes in a seasonal cooling metric would improve the representativeness for ACUACs and ACUHPs, and as such, included these modes in the IVEC metric outlined in Recommendation #1 and the hour-based weighting factors in Recommendation #2 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. Appendix B of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet provides the recommended calculation method for the IVEC method and includes sections specifying the methods for including ventilation and economizer-only cooling operation in the calculation of IVEC. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0065)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The Working Group also considered ESP requirements for the IVEC and IVHE metrics. Stakeholders indicated the need for higher ESP requirements to improve representativeness of field performance. Additionally, stakeholders discussed the importance of maintaining uniformity in testing of units at higher ESP conditions. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0062 at p. 11) The ESP requirements agreed to by the Working Group are provided in Recommendation #12 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0065) and include the following:
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        1. 
                        <E T="03">Higher ESP requirements for testing:</E>
                         As discussed previously, the minimum ESP conditions recommended by the Working Group are provided in Table III-1.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="107">
                        <GID>ER20my24.128</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        2. 
                        <E T="03">Economizer pressure drop:</E>
                         ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022 requires the use of economizers for comfort cooling applications for almost all U.S. climate zones. The analysis conducted by Carrier in support of the Working Group indicates that over 96 percent of buildings require the use of economizers. (see EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0019 at p. 14) Economizers installed in CUACs and CUHPs add internal static pressure that the indoor 
                        <PRTPAGE P="43999"/>
                        fan has to overcome, even when the economizer dampers are closed. The current DOE test procedure does not require the installation of an economizer on a tested unit, and DOE is aware that manufacturers generally do not test CUACs and CUHPs with economizers installed. The ESP requirements specified by the current DOE test procedure are the same regardless of whether a unit is tested with or without an economizer. As such, testing a unit without an economizer does not reflect the total static pressure that would be experienced in the field for installations that require the use of an economizer. Accordingly, in order to better represent the fan power of ACUACs and ACUHPs that are typically installed with economizers, the Working Group recommended that for all units tested without an economizer installed, 0.10 in. H2O shall be added to the full-load ESP values specified in Table III-1.
                        <SU>13</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>13</SU>
                             An economizer is an apparatus that supplies outdoor air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling during mild or cooler weather.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        3. 
                        <E T="03">Return and supply static split requirements:</E>
                         Test procedures for CUACs and CUHPs include ESP requirements that reflect the total ESP applied within the return and supply ductwork of the test set-up. The current Federal test procedure does not specify requirements for how ESP is distributed during testing (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the relative contribution from return ductwork versus supply ductwork). Given the recommendation to increase the required ESP levels for testing, the Working Group concluded that the higher ESP conditions could cause variability in test results if the distribution of ESP between return ductwork and supply ductwork were not specified in the revised test procedure. Therefore, to ensure repeatable and reproducible testing conditions for CUAC and CUHP units, the Working Group recommended specifying that ESP requirements be split with 25 percent applied in the return ductwork and the remaining 75 percent applied in the supply ductwork. The Working Group further recommended that the fraction of ESP applied in the return ductwork shall have a −5/+0 percent tolerance (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the return static must be within 20 to 25 percent of the total ESP) for the full-load cooling test. In a case where there is no additional restriction on the return duct and more than 25 percent of the ESP is already applied in the return ductwork without a restriction, then greater than 25 percent ESP in the return ductwork will be allowed. Once set for the full-load cooling test, these restriction settings shall remain unchanged for the other cooling and heating tests conducted.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To incorporate the various changes involved in testing requirements and weighting factors already discussed, the Working Group created the IVEC metric provided in Recommendation #1 with further specifications in appendix B of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. The IVEC metric is a summation formula analogous to the seasonal energy efficiency ratio 2 (“SEER2”) metric designated for residential central air conditioner and central air conditioning heat pumps (“CAC/HP”) equipment. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         appendix M1 to subpart B of 10 CFR part 430, “Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Central Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps.”) Stated simply, the IVEC metric is calculated by dividing the total annual cooling capacity by the total annual energy use. Key aspects encompassed in the IVEC metric include the following:
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        1. 
                        <E T="03">Accounting for energy consumed in different modes:</E>
                         The IVEC metric includes energy use during mechanical cooling, integrated mechanical and economizer cooling, economizer-only cooling, cooling season ventilation, unoccupied no-load hours, and heating season operation of crankcase heat (for CUACs only). Appendix B of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet specifies instructions for determining energy consumption during each mode.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        2. 
                        <E T="03">Testing parameters:</E>
                         The ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet further specifies instructions in appendix B for the mechanical cooling tests at each target mechanical load. These methodologies and tolerances mirror those specified in AHRI 340/360-2022, including a 3-percent tolerance on the target mechanical load for part-load tests, and in cases when the target mechanical load cannot be met within tolerance, instructions for using interpolation and cyclic degradation to determine the performance at the target test point.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        3. 
                        <E T="03">Target load percentages:</E>
                         Recommendation #4 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet includes target conditions for testing, including load percentages for testing units at part-load conditions. For each bin, the specified target load percent (%Loadi) reflects the average load as a percentage of the full-load capacity for that bin met by using all modes of cooling, and is used for determining total annual cooling provided in the numerator of the IVEC equation. The target mechanical load percent (%Loadi,mech) is the average load for each bin met only through mechanical cooling (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         mechanical-only cooling and the mechanical portion of integrated mechanical and economizer cooling) and is the target load fraction used for the part-load cooling test for each bin.
                    </P>
                    <P>As mentioned, the IVEC metric includes the annual operation of crankcase heaters for CUACs and CUHPs. Appendix B of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet further specifies the accounting of crankcase heater energy consumption in each operating mode. Recommendation #2 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet specifies hour-based weighting factors to account for crankcase heat operation in unoccupied no-load cooling season hours for CUACs and CUHPs, as well as heating season hours for CUACs. Appendix B of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet also specifies that for part-load cooling tests, crankcase heat is accounted for in power measurements of higher-stage compressors that are staged off during testing, while crankcase heat operation of lower-stage compressors when cycled off as well as crankcase heat operation in other operating modes is calculated using the certified crankcase heater power.</P>
                    <P>The IVEC metric also accounts for a 15-percent oversizing factor. Accordingly, the target load percentages specified in Recommendation #4 include this 15-percent oversizing factor. Additionally, the A test condition is excluded from the IVEC calculation; however, the A test is still a required test point for determining full-load capacity.</P>
                    <P>IVEC includes outdoor and return air dry-bulb and wet-bulb test temperatures that differ from those used in the current test procedure for determining IEER, as shown in Table III-2.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="156">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44000"/>
                        <GID>ER20my24.129</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        The IVEC metric also limits the minimum airflow that can be used for testing. This minimum airflow limit calculation method is based on the average ventilation rate determined in building modeling performed to develop IVEC and is a function of the full-load cooling capacity. Unlike AHRI 340/360-2022 (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         section 6.1.3.4.5), the provisions for determining IVEC do not specify separate test provisions for setting airflow during part-load tests of multi-zone variable air volume (“MZVAV”) units. Rather, the part-load airflow used for testing all CUACs and CUHPs will be based on the certified part-load cooling airflow.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. IVHE</HD>
                    <P>
                        The IVHE metric specified in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet differs from the COP heating efficiency metric specified in the current DOE test procedure by the inclusion of heating season operating modes not currently accounted for, a combined seasonal performance metric rather than individual ratings at specific temperature conditions, and additional optional test conditions. In alignment with the development of the IVEC metric described in section III.D.1 of this final rule, the Working Group determined to utilize hour-based weighting factors to account for heating loads across more building types and climate zones than are included in the current DOE test procedure. The building heating load lines and hours developed for the IVHE metric rely on a similar ASHRAE Standard 90.1 building and climate zone analysis as the one conducted for the IVEC metric development. Additionally, in developing the heating load line on which the hour-based weighting factors rely, the Working Group utilized the previously discussed 15-percent oversizing factor and assumed a heat-to-cool ratio of 1, as outlined in Recommendation #8 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         assumed the peak building cooling load equals the peak building heating load).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The heating rating requirements recommended in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet include several distinct provisions regarding testing requirements from the existing DOE test procedure. In the current DOE test procedure, CUHPs are required to be tested only at a 47 °F full-load condition to generate a COP rating. Recommendation #9 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, however, introduces several provisions with significant differences from the existing DOE test procedure. First, the recommendation includes required testing at 47 °F and 17 °F full-load conditions, aligning with those previously specified in AHRI 340/360-2022. Additionally, the recommendation introduces optional part-load test conditions at both 47 °F and 17 °F temperature conditions, as well as test conditions for optional testing at a 5 °F full-load condition. Finally, the recommendation includes test requirements for optional boost tests at the 17 °F and 5 °F test conditions for variable-speed units. Additionally, the IVHE metric incorporates two operating modes previously excluded from the DOE test procedure: heating season ventilation mode and supplemental electric resistance heat operation. Lastly, the IVHE test conditions rely on the same ESP requirements per capacity bin as those specified for IVEC, as detailed in Recommendation #12. The airflow provisions pertaining to IVEC mentioned in section III.D.1 of this final rule (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         a limit on minimum airflow used for testing and no separate test provisions for MZVAV units) apply to the test provisions for the IVHE metric as well.
                    </P>
                    <P>The results from optional and required testing, as well as the newly included operating modes, are included in the calculation of the IVHE metric utilizing the weighting factors outlined in Recommendation #8 and calculation methods from appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. The calculation methods for IVHE that implement these changes are further detailed in the paragraphs that follow.</P>
                    <P>The IVHE metric includes contributions from both mechanical and resistance heating to meet building heating load. Similar to the IVEC calculation approach, the IVHE metric is calculated by dividing the total annual building heating load by the total annual energy use.</P>
                    <P>Recommendations #8, #9, and #10, as well as appendices B and C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, provide the calculation methods for the IVHE metric. The hour-based weighting factors and bin temperatures for IVHE are included in Recommendation #8 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, which specifies 10 distinct load-based bins alongside weighting factors for heating season ventilation and operation of crankcase heat in unoccupied no-load heating season hours. The calculation methods outlined for the IVHE metric in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet are specified as the following:</P>
                    <P>
                        1. 
                        <E T="03">Building load calculation:</E>
                         Recommendation #8 includes the calculation method for the building load in each load bin based on the measured full-load cooling capacity.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        2. 
                        <E T="03">Interpolation between temperatures:</E>
                         Appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet specifies interpolation instructions for the various test temperatures specified in Recommendation #8. Interpolation instructions are specified for bins with temperatures between 17 °F and 47 °F. Appendix C also includes the following instructions for bins with temperatures less than 17 °F: (1) interpolation instructions to be used if the optional 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44001"/>
                        5 °F test is conducted, and (2) extrapolation instructions utilizing the 47 °F and 17 °F test data to be used if the 5 °F test is not conducted.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        3. 
                        <E T="03">Determination of heating stage, auxiliary heat, and cyclic degradation:</E>
                         For load bins in which the calculated building load exceeds the highest-stage mechanical heating capacity determined for the bin temperature, appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet includes calculation methods for determining the power required by auxiliary resistance heat and is included in the overall IVHE calculation. For load bins in which the calculated building load is lower than the lowest-stage mechanical heating capacity determined for the bin temperature, appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet includes calculation methodology for calculating power and incorporating cyclic degradation with a cyclic degradation factor of 0.25. This cyclic degradation methodology is consistent with the methodology specified in appendix M1 to subpart B of 10 CFR part 430 for residential central heat pumps. For load bins in which the calculated building load is in between the lowest-stage and highest-stage mechanical heating capacities determined for the bin temperature, appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet includes calculations for determining power based on interpolation between performance of mechanical heating stages.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        4. 
                        <E T="03">Defrost degradation:</E>
                         The capacity calculations for all load bins with temperatures less than 40 °F include a defrost degradation coefficient, with calculations specified in appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        5. 
                        <E T="03">Cut-out factor:</E>
                         Recommendation #10 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet specifies that manufacturers will certify cut-in and cut-out temperatures, or the lack thereof, to DOE to ensure resistance-only operation is included at temperatures below which mechanical heating would not operate. This restriction is implemented in calculations through a cut-out factor included in appendix C. DOE is not amending the certification or reporting requirements for ACUHPs in this final rule to require reporting cut-in and cut-out temperatures. Instead, DOE may consider proposals to amend the certification and reporting requirements for this equipment under a separate rulemaking regarding appliance and equipment certification.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        6. 
                        <E T="03">Crankcase heater power contribution:</E>
                         In alignment with the inclusion of crankcase heater power contribution in IVEC, appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet specifies a method for incorporating crankcase heat power for all heating season operating modes for ACUHPs. Specifically, for part-load heating tests, crankcase heat is accounted for in power measurements of higher-stage compressors that are staged off during testing, while crankcase heat operation of lower-stage compressors when cycled off, as well as crankcase heat operation in other operating modes, is calculated using the certified crankcase heater power.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. DOE Adopted Test Procedures and Comments Received</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to maintain the current efficiency metrics of IEER, EER, and COP in appendix A, and reference AHRI 340/360-2022 in appendix A for measuring the existing metrics. 88 FR 56392, 56403-56404 (August 17, 2023). Additionally, DOE proposed to establish a new test procedure at appendix A1 that adopts the substance of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, including the new IVEC and IVHE metrics, through incorporation by reference of a finalized version of that industry test standard. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         The following sections discuss DOE's proposals, comments received, and DOE's adopted provisions regarding (1) AHRI 1340-2023 and the IVEC and IVHE metrics; (2) double-duct systems; (3) ECUACs and WCUACs; (4) the IVHE metric for colder climates; (5) the test conditions used in appendix A; (6) the test conditions used in appendix A1; (7) provisions introduced in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft that are not included in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet; and (8) heating test provisions introduced in AHRI 1340-2023.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Overall</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed, DOE proposed to establish a new test procedure at appendix A1 that would adopt the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, including the newly proposed IVEC and IVHE metrics. DOE noted its intent to ideally incorporate by reference a finalized version of that industry test standard. DOE further stated that if a finalized version of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft is not published before the test procedure final rule, or if there are substantive changes between the draft and published versions of the standard that are not supported by stakeholder comments in response to this NOPR, DOE may adopt the substance of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft or provide additional opportunity for comment on the final version of that industry consensus standard. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         As noted in the August 2023 TP NOPR, certain provisions in the current appendix A and table 1 to 10 CFR 431.96(b) (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         regarding minimum ESP, optional break-in) would be redundant with the reference to AHRI 340/360-2022, and, as such, DOE proposed to remove those explicit provisions from table 1 to 10 CFR 431.96(b) and appendix A, and instead reference them through the relevant provisions of the updated AHRI 340/360. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Further, in both appendix A and appendix A1, DOE proposed to incorporate by reference ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Specifically for appendix A1, DOE proposed to adopt certain sections of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft to determine IVEC and IVHE, which are generally consistent with the recommendations from the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         The ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet applies only to the test procedures for ACUACs and ACUHPs, excluding double-duct systems. However, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft proposed for adoption in the August 2023 TP NOPR, as well as the final version of the standard (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         AHRI 1340-2023), include additional provisions for determining IVEC and IVHE for double-duct systems, ECUACs, and WCUACs, indicating industry consensus that these metrics are appropriate for these categories of CUACs and CUHPs. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE requested comment on the proposed adoption of the IVEC and IVHE metrics as determined using the AHRI 1340-202X Draft in appendix A1 for all CUACs and CUHPs. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        On this topic, AHRI, ASAP &amp; ACEEE, Carrier, the CA IOUs, Lennox, NEEA, Rheem, and Trane generally supported the proposal to adopt the IVEC and IVHE metrics as determined in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, consistent with the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. (AHRI, No. 15 at pp. 1, 5; ASAP &amp; ACEEE, No. 11 at p. 1; Carrier, No. 8 at p. 2; CA IOUs, No. 10 at pp. 1-2; Lennox, No. 9 at p. 2; NEEA, No. 16 at pp. 1-2; Rheem, No. 12 at p. 2, Trane, No. 14 at p. 1) NEEA specifically supported the ESP requirements proposed by DOE consistent with the recommendations of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. (NEEA, No. 16 at p. 2) The CA IOUs stated that the new test procedure improves representativeness. (CA IOUs, No. 10 at p. 1) AHRI and ASAP &amp; ACEEE acknowledged the efforts made by the AHRI Commercial Unitary Standards Technical Committee 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44002"/>
                        (“STC”) and supported the corrections and additions to the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet included in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. (AHRI, No. 15 at pp. 1-2; ASAP &amp; ACEEE, No. 11 at p. 1)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As proposed, DOE is adopting the most recent version of AHRI Standard 340/360 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         AHRI 340/360-2022) in appendix A for testing CUACs and CUHPs (including ACUACs, ACUHPs, ECUACs, WCUACs, and double-duct systems) to measure the current metrics—EER, IEER, and COP. Specifically, DOE is adopting the following sections of AHRI 340/360-2022: sections 3 (with certain exclusions 
                        <SU>14</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        ), 4, 5, and 6, and appendices A, C, D (excluding sections D1 through D3), and E. As proposed, DOE is also removing certain provisions from table 1 to 10 CFR 431.96(b) and the current appendix A that are redundant with the reference to AHRI 340/360-2022 adopted in appendix A in this final rule. As discussed, DOE is adopting these amendments in accordance with the requirement that the test procedures for commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment be those generally accepted industry testing procedures or rating procedures developed or recognized by AHRI or ASHRAE, as referenced in ASHRAE Standard 90.1. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(A))
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>14</SU>
                             DOE is not referencing the following provisions in section 3 of AHRI 340/360-2022 because the terms are either defined at 10 CFR 431.92 or are not needed for the DOE test procedure: 3.2 (Basic Model), 3.4 (Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning Equipment), 3.5 (Commercial and Industrial Unitary Heat Pump), 3.7 (Double-duct System), 3.8 (Energy Efficiency Ratio), 3.12 (Heating Coefficient of Performance), 3.14 (Integrated Energy Efficiency Ratio), 3.23 (Published Rating), 3.26 (Single Package Air-Conditioners), 3.27 (Single Package Heat Pumps), 3.29 (Split System Air-conditioners), 3.30 (Split System Heat Pump), and 3.36 (Year Round Single Package Air-conditioners).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As discussed in section III.C.2 of this document, AHRI 1340-2023 includes certain updates that are not included in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. Most of these updates were included in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, and they are discussed in detail in section III.E.7 of this final rule. There are also several updates included AHRI 1340-2023 that were not included in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, notably regarding ECUACs and WCUACs (discussed in further detail in section III.E.3 of this document) and boost heating tests (described in further detail in section III.E.8 of this document). Based on comments received and DOE's review of AHRI 1340-2023, DOE has determined that the updates to the test procedure in AHRI 1340-2023 are appropriate, consistent with the intent of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet and the intent of the provisions proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR, and improve the representativeness of the test procedure.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE has determined that the recommendations specified in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet are consistent with the EPCA requirement that test procedures for covered equipment, including CUACs and CUHPs, be reasonably designed to produce test results that reflect energy efficiency, energy use, and estimated operating costs of a type of industrial equipment (or class thereof) during a representative average use cycle (as determined by the Secretary), and shall not be unduly burdensome to conduct (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(2)). As a result, DOE is adopting a new test procedure in appendix A1 in accordance with the Term Sheet. Therefore, DOE is amending the test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs to adopt in the new appendix A1 the test provisions in AHRI 1340-2023 and ASHRAE 37-2009. DOE is adopting the following sections of AHRI 1340-2023 in appendix A1: sections 3 (with certain exclusions),
                        <SU>15</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         4, 5 (excluding section 5.2), and 6.1 through 6.3, and appendices A, C, D (excluding sections D.1 and D.2), and E. Use of appendix A1 will not be required until the compliance date of amended energy conservation standards denominated in terms of the new metrics in appendix A1, should such standards be adopted.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>15</SU>
                             DOE is not referencing the following provisions in section 3 of AHRI 1340-2023 because the terms are either defined at 10 CFR 431.92 or are not needed for the DOE test procedure: 3.2.2 (Barometric Relief Dampers), 3.2.3 (Basic Model), 3.2.5 (Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning Equipment), 3.2.5.1 (Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning System), 3.2.5.2 (Commercial and Industrial Unitary Heat Pump), 3.2.7 (Double-duct System), 3.2.9 (Desiccant Dehumidification Component), 3.2.10 (Drain Pan Heater), 3.2.11.1 (Air Economizer), 3.2.12 (Energy Efficiency Ratio 2), 3.2.13 (Evaporative Cooling), 3.2.13.1 (Direct Evaporative Cooling System), 3.2.13.2 (Indirect Evaporative Cooling System), 3.2.14 (Fresh Air Damper), 3.2.15 (Fire, Smoke, or Isolation Damper), 3.2.17 (Hail Guard), 3.2.19 (Heating Coefficient of Performance 2), 3.2.20 (High-Effectiveness Indoor Air Filtration), 3.2.22 (Indoor Single Package Air-conditioners), 3.2.23 (Integrated Ventilation, Economizing, and Cooling Efficiency (IVEC)), 3.2.34 (Integrated Ventilation and Heating Efficiency (IVHE)), 3.2.29 (Non-standard Ducted Condenser Fan), 3.2.31.2 (Boost2 Heating Operational Level (B2)), 3.2.34 (Power Correction Capacitor), 3.2.35 (Powered Exhaust Air Fan), 3.2.36 (Powered Return Air Fan), 3.2.37 (Process Heat Recovery, Reclaim, or Thermal Storage Coil), 3.2.38 (Published Rating), 3.2.41 (Refrigerant Reheat Coil), 3.2.42 (Single Package Air-Conditioners), 3.2.43 (Single Package Heat Pumps), 3.2.45 (Sound Trap), 3.2.46 (Split System), 3.2.51 (Steam or Hydronic Heat Coils), 3.2.53 (UV Lights), 3.2.55 (Ventilation Energy Recovery System (VERS)), 3.2.56 (Year Round Single Package Air-conditioners), and 3.2.57 (Year Round Single Package Heat Pump).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As proposed, for appendices A and A1, DOE is incorporating by reference ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. Appendices A and A1 reference all sections of the industry test standard except sections 1 (Purpose), 2 (Scope), and 4 (Classifications).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Double-Duct Systems</HD>
                    <P>As discussed in section III.B.3 of this final rule, double-duct systems are equipment classes of ACUACs and ACUHPs, either single package or split, designed for indoor installation in constrained spaces, such that outdoor air must be ducted to and from the outdoor coil.</P>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to the current DOE test procedure (which references ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007), double-duct systems are tested and rated under the same test conditions at zero outdoor air ESP as conventional ACUACs and ACUHPs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         that are not double-duct systems). AHRI 340/360-2022 includes two different set of test provisions that can be used for testing double-duct systems. Section 6.1.3.7 of AHRI 340/360-2022 includes provisions for measuring performance at zero outdoor air ESP to determine the EER, IEER, and/or COP metrics, consistent with the current DOE test procedure. AHRI 340/360-2022 added an additional test method in appendix I for double-duct systems that specifies an outdoor air ESP requirement of 0.50 in. H
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O for double-duct systems. When testing with 0.50 in. H
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O outdoor air ESP, ratings are designated with the subscript “DD” (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         EER
                        <E T="52">DD</E>
                        , COP
                        <E T="52">DD</E>
                        , and IEER
                        <E T="52">DD</E>
                        ) to distinguish them from the ratings determined by testing at zero outdoor air ESP. ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022 does not include any separate provisions for double-duct systems or the EER
                        <E T="52">DD</E>
                        , COP
                        <E T="52">DD</E>
                        , and/or IEER
                        <E T="52">DD</E>
                         metrics; therefore, testing per Appendix I to AHRI 340/360-2022 is not required per ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022. As a result, DOE's statutory obligation to consider the test procedures for CUACs and CUHPs referenced in ASHRAE Standard 90.1 (per 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(A)) does not include Appendix I to AHRI 340/360-2022.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet did not include provisions for double-duct systems. However, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft included provisions for determining the new IVEC and IVHE metrics for double-duct systems. Specifically, similar to appendix I of AHRI 340/360-2022, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft applied a 0.50 in. H
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O outdoor air ESP requirement for determining IVEC and IVHE for double-
                        <PRTPAGE P="44003"/>
                        duct systems. Other than this outdoor air ESP requirement, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft specified no differences in determining IVEC and IVHE for double-duct systems as compared to conventional ACUACs and ACUHPs. In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to: (1) maintain the existing metrics for double-duct systems and reference AHRI 340/360-2022 for double-duct systems in appendix A, and (2) adopt the IVEC and IVHE metrics for double-duct systems in appendix A1 as specified in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. 88 FR 56392, 56421-56422 (August 17, 2023).
                    </P>
                    <P>In response, Carrier supported the adoption of the IVEC and IVHE metric, as specified in AHRI 1340-202X, in appendix A1, as well as the proposal to maintain the test procedure from AHRI 340/360-2022 in appendix A without the provisions of appendix I of that test procedure. (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 3) AHRI similarly supported the adoption of IVEC and IVHE for double-duct systems in appendix A1. (AHRI, No. 15 at p. 2)</P>
                    <P>DOE notes that AHRI 1340-2023 maintains the same ESP conditions and method for determining IVEC and IVHE for double-duct systems as the method specified in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. Because double-duct systems are installed indoors with ducting of outdoor air to and from the outdoor coil, DOE has concluded that testing at a non-zero outdoor air ESP (as specified in the AHRI 1340-2023) would be more representative of field applications than testing at zero outdoor air ESP (as specified in the current Federal test procedure). DOE has also concluded that the IVEC and IVHE metrics specified in AHRI 1340-2023 better capture actual energy use in the field than the COP, EER, and IEER metrics specified in the current DOE test procedure, for the reasons discussed throughout this final rule for ACUACs and ACUHPs more generally. Further, DOE has concluded that the application of the IVEC and IVHE metrics in AHRI 1340-2023 to double-duct systems reflect industry consensus that these metrics are suitable for double-duct systems. For these reasons and given the support expressed by stakeholders, DOE is adopting the provisions in AHRI 1340-2023 for determining IVEC and IVHE for double-duct systems in appendix A1.</P>
                    <P>
                        As mentioned previously, the current cooling energy conservation standards for double-duct systems are in terms of EER and the current heating energy conservation standards are in terms of COP. Testing to the IVEC and IVHE metrics will not be required until such time as compliance is required with amended energy conservation standards for double-duct systems denominated in terms of IVEC and IVHE, should DOE adopt such standards. As discussed, DOE is also updating the current test procedure for all CUACs and CUHPs, including double-duct systems, in appendix A to reference AHRI 340/360-2022, maintaining the current EER and COP metrics until the compliance date of any energy conservation standards for double-duct systems denominated in terms of IVEC and IVHE. As discussed, ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022 does not include any provisions specific to double-duct systems or standards denominated in terms of the EER
                        <E T="52">DD</E>
                        , COP
                        <E T="52">DD</E>
                        , and/or IEER
                        <E T="52">DD</E>
                         metrics; therefore, testing double-duct systems at non-zero outdoor air ESP per Appendix I to AHRI 340/360-2022 which generates results in terms of EER
                        <E T="52">DD</E>
                        , COP
                        <E T="52">DD</E>
                        , and/or IEER
                        <E T="52">DD</E>
                         (as opposed to testing a zero outdoor air ESP per section 6.1.3.7 of AHRI 340/360-2022 which generates results in terms of EER, COP, and/or IEER) is not required per ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022. As a result, DOE's statutory obligation to consider the test procedures for CUACs and CUHPs referenced in ASHRAE Standard 90.1 (per 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(A)) does not include Appendix I to AHRI 340/360-2022.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. ECUACs and WCUACs</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Overall</HD>
                    <P>The current DOE test procedure for ECUACs and WCUACs is specified at 10 CFR 431.96 and includes the EER metric. The ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet does not include provisions for ECUACs and WCUACs. However, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft includes provisions for determining the new IVEC and optional EER2 metric for ECUACs and WCUACs. The AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023 provisions for determining IVEC and EER2 for ECUACs and WCUACs are largely the same as the provisions for ACUACs and ACUHPs; however, there are several provisions specific or unique to ECUACs and WCUACs, specifically regarding: (1) ESP requirements, (2) test temperatures, and (3) accounting for power of WCUAC heat rejection components.</P>
                    <P>In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to adopt the IVEC metric for ECUACs and WCUACs in appendix A1, as specified in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, and sought comment on this proposal, including the test temperature requirements. 88 FR 56392, 56419-56420 (August 17, 2023).</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the August 2023 TP NOPR, Carrier supported the adoption of the IVEC metric for ECUACs and WCUACs in appendix A1 as specified in the proposed AHRI 1340-202X Draft. (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 2) Carrier also commented that the working version of AHRI 1340 (at the time of Carrier's comment) included updated test temperatures for determining IVEC and EER2 for ECUACs and WCUACs, and Carrier presented these updated test conditions. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) AHRI also expressed support for DOE's proposal to adopt the IVEC and IVHE metrics for ECUACs and WCUACs. (AHRI, No. 15 at pp. 2, 5)
                    </P>
                    <P>Trane supported the product classifications and water temperatures for WCUACs in AHRI 1340 but did not support adopting the IVEC metric for WCUACs as specified in AHRI 1340. Trane further stated that issues specific to WCUACs need to be addressed in order to adopt an IVEC metric for WCUACs that is truly representative of field applications. Trane asserted that the provisions in AHRI 1340 do not adequately consider the difference between indoor and outdoor single package units and stated that the vast majority of WCUACs are indoor packaged units. Trane further commented that WCUACs installed indoors most often use waterside economizers rather than airside economizers and are typically installed in the core of a multi-story office building, such that outdoor air for economizing or ventilation is not introduced through the WCUAC air handling section. Trane also commented that because WCUACs typically distribute conditioned air only within a single floor of a building, duct runs are typically shorter than for traditional rooftop systems, and, therefore, the ESP conditions included in AHRI 1340 should be different for WCUACs. (Trane, No. 14 at pp. 3-4)</P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding Trane's concerns about the IVEC metric for WCUACs, DOE acknowledges that WCUACs have a range of applications that may not always align with the assumptions included in the analyses to develop the IVEC metric. However, DOE notes that this is also true for ACUACs and ACUHPs, which serve a wide range of applications and operate in a wide variety of different operating conditions. The intent of the IVEC metric, as developed by the Working Group, was to representatively capture performance of the U.S. national average of CUAC and CUHP applications, understanding that this “average performance” cannot perfectly represent the unique aspects of certain applications. DOE notes that the IVEC metric is specified for WCUACs in the recently published industry consensus test procedure AHRI 1340-
                        <PRTPAGE P="44004"/>
                        2023 consistent with DOE's proposals (with certain updated test conditions, as discussed). Therefore, DOE understands AHRI 1340-2023 and the IVEC metric specified in the test procedure to represent general industry consensus on a representative test procedure and metric for CUACs and CUHPs, including WCUACs.
                    </P>
                    <P>AHRI 1340-2023 includes updates to the provisions for determining IVEC for ECUACs and WCUACs—specifically, the test temperature and accounting for power of WCUAC heat rejection components. The ESP requirements specified for ECUACs and WCUACs are unchanged from the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. These provisions are discussed in detail in the following subsections. DOE has concluded that the IVEC metric specified in AHRI 1340-2023 for ECUACs and WCUACs (including the ESP requirements, updated test temperatures, and updated WCUAC heat rejection component power allowances) is consistent with the proposed adoption of the IVEC metric specified in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and meets the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(2)-(3). Accordingly, DOE is adopting the IVEC metric (as well as the optional EER2 metric) and associated test provisions specified in AHRI 1340-2023 in appendix A1 for ECUACs and WCUACs.</P>
                    <P>As mentioned previously, the current energy conservation standards for ECUACs and WCUACs are in terms of EER. Testing to the IVEC metric will not be required until such time as compliance is required with amended energy conservation standards for ECUACs and WCUACs denominated in terms of IVEC, should DOE adopt such standards. As discussed, DOE is also updating the current test procedure for all CUACs and CUHPs, including ECUACs and WCUACs, in appendix A to reference AHRI 340/360-2022, maintaining the current EER metric until the compliance date of any energy conservation standards for ECUACs and WCUACs denominated in terms of the IVEC metric. As discussed in section III.C.1 of this final rule, DOE has concluded that this amendment in Appendix A is consistent with the intent of the test procedure references for ECUACs and WCUACs in the latest published version of ASHRAE Standard 90.1.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. ESP Requirements for ECUACs and WCUACs</HD>
                    <P>
                        The IVEC and EER2 metrics include higher ESP requirements than the current DOE test procedures and AHRI 340/360-2022. For ECUACs and WCUACs with cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft specifies the same ESP requirements for determining IVEC and EER2 for ECUACs and WCUACs as for ACUACs and ACUHPs. For ECUACs and WCUACs with cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h, there are no air-cooled equipment of comparable cooling capacity within the scope of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. Therefore, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft includes an ESP requirement of 0.5 in. H
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O for testing ECUACs and WCUACs with cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h, which is consistent with the ESP requirement specified in AHRI 210/240-2023 for comparable air-cooled equipment (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         air-cooled, three-phase CUACs and CUHPs with cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h). As discussed in the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE understood that the provisions for determining IVEC and EER2 for ECUACs and WCUACs, specifically including the higher ESP requirements outlined in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, reflect industry consensus that the IVEC metric (and optional EER2 metric) provide a more representative measure of energy efficiency for ECUACs and WCUACs. 88 FR 56392, 56419-56420 (August 17, 2023). AHRI 1340-2023 maintains the same ESP requirements as those outlined in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. In this final rule, DOE maintains its conclusion that the ESP requirements specified for ECUACs and WCUACs in AHRI 1340-2023 are representative of field installations for ECUACs and WCUACs. As such, DOE is adopting the ESP requirements for testing ECUACs and WCUACs as outlined in AHRI 1340-2023.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. ECUAC and WCUAC Test Temperatures and WCUAC Heat Rejection Components</HD>
                    <P>ECUACs and WCUACs use different test temperatures than ACUACs and ACUHPs, and in the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE presented test temperature requirements for full-load and part-load test points for determining IVEC for ECUACs and WCUACs, as specified in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. 88 FR 56392, 56419-56420 (August 17, 2023).</P>
                    <P>
                        WCUACs are typically installed in the field with separate heat rejection components 
                        <SU>16</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that reject heat from the water loop to outdoor ambient air, but these separate heat rejection components are not installed nor is their power measured during testing of WCUACs under the current DOE test procedure. These heat rejection components typically consist of a circulating water pump (or pumps) and a cooling tower. To account for the power that would be consumed by these components in field installations, section 6.1.1.7 of AHRI 340/360-2022 specifies that WCUACs with cooling capacities less than 135,000 Btu/h shall add 10.0 W to the total power of the unit for every 1,000 Btu/h of cooling capacity.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>16</SU>
                             Separate heat rejection components (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             a cooling tower or circulating water pump) are required for WCUACs but not used with ACUACs or ECUACs. ACUACs and ECUACs contain all components needed to reject heat to the ambient air surrounding the ACUAC or ECUAC. WCUACs, however, reject heat to a building's water loop. Separate components are needed to circulate the water in the water loop and reject heat from the water loop to the ambient air surrounding the building.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Section 6.2.4.3 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft includes similar provisions for accounting for the power of heat rejection components for WCUACs to those in AHRI 340/360-2022. However, unlike AHRI 340/360-2022, the heat rejection component power addition was not limited to units with cooling capacities less than 135,000 Btu/h in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, and instead, it applied to WCUACs of all cooling capacities. DOE proposed the adoption of the approach specified in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft in the August 2023 TP NOPR. 88 FR 56392, 56420-56421 (August 17, 2023).</P>
                    <P>As noted by Carrier's comment (summarized in section III.E.3.a of this document), based on further discussions and analysis in AHRI Commercial Unitary STC meetings after the issuance of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, the test conditions for ECUACs and WCUACs were updated in the published AHRI 1340-2023. Additionally, AHRI 1340-2023 includes different values to account for the power of heat rejection components of WCUACs as compared to the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. Both of these changes were related to a changed assumption in operation of cooling towers in water loops serving WCUACs.</P>
                    <P>
                        The analysis conducted to develop the heat rejection component power adder and the WCUAC entering water temperature (“EWT”) test conditions in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft assumed constant cooling tower fan speed regardless of load level. In other words, the analysis to develop the AHRI 1340-202X Draft method assumed that the cooling tower fans do not slow down when there is less heat to reject in the cooling tower, and thus: (1) the cooling tower fan power does not reduce at lower load levels; and (2) the cooling tower approach 
                        <SU>17</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         reduces significantly 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44005"/>
                        at lower load levels. Specifically, as the cooling load reduces, the same amount of cooling tower airflow is being provided to reject less heat in the cooling tower, so the water is cooled in the cooling tower to a temperature closer to the outdoor air wet-bulb temperature, and, therefore, the water leaving the cooling tower (and entering the WCUAC) is at a lower temperature, resulting in a lower WCUAC EWT test condition.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>17</SU>
                             For an evaporative cooling tower, the “cooling tower approach” is the difference between the cold water temperature (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             the temperature of the cooled water leaving the cooling tower) and the outdoor air wet-bulb temperature.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The analysis conducted to develop the heat rejection component power adder and the WCUAC EWT test conditions in AHRI 1340-2023 assumes that variable frequency drives (“VFDs”) are used on cooling tower fans to reduce cooling tower fan speed (and thus cooling tower fan power) for lower cooling loads. The use of VFDs on cooling tower fans impacts both the cooling tower fan power and the WCUAC EWT. First, the cooling tower fan VFD reduces cooling tower fan power at part load. Therefore, instead of a single power adder in W per 1,000 Btu/h of cooling capacity applied regardless of the test being conducted (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         independent of the test bin) as specified in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, AHRI 1340-2023 includes four different condenser tower fan and pump power rate adders (in units of W per 1,000 Btu/h of cooling capacity)—a separate adder for each test bin, with the adders decreasing at lower load levels. Second, the reduced cooling tower fan speed at part load means that the cooling tower approach does not significantly reduce at lower load levels, because cooling tower airflow driving heat transfer in the cooling tower reduces along with the amount of heat rejected.
                        <SU>18</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Correspondingly, the WCUAC part-load EWT test conditions in AHRI 1340-2023 are higher than the EWT test conditions in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. The EWT test conditions for WCUACs in AHRI 1340-2023, which were developed based on the assumption that VFDs are used on cooling tower fans to reduce cooling tower fan speed, are the same as those included in Carrier's comment (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 2) in response to the August 2023 TP NOPR.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>18</SU>
                             For the AHRI 1340-2023 EWTs, the assumed cooling tower approach is the same for B, C, and D bins -
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             as shown in Table III-3 and Table III-4, the difference between the outdoor air wet-bulb temperature in Table III-3 and the EWT in Table III-4 is 8 °F for the B, C, and D bins. Therefore, the EWT test conditions in AHRI 1340-2023 decrease for each part-load bin by the same amount as the outdoor air wet-bulb temperature test conditions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Additionally, AHRI 1340-2023 includes slight changes to the outdoor air wet-bulb temperature test conditions for ECUACs, based on updated analysis of representative temperatures. The outdoor air wet-bulb temperature requirements for ECUACs in AHRI 1340-2023 are the same as those included in Carrier's comment (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 2) in response to the August 2023 TP NOPR.</P>
                    <P>Table III-3 and Table III-4 show the test temperatures included in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and the final test temperatures included in AHRI 1340-2023 for ECUACs and WCUACs, respectively.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="138">
                        <GID>ER20my24.130</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="206">
                        <GID>ER20my24.131</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44006"/>
                    <P>Regarding the minor revisions to the ECUAC outdoor air wet-bulb temperatures in AHRI 1340-2023, DOE has concluded that these updated temperatures are representative of applications for ECUACs, and that adopting these slight updates to the proposed ECUAC test temperatures is consistent with the intent of the proposed approach and with comments from Carrier that included these updated temperatures. Therefore, in this final rule, DOE is adopting the ECUAC test temperatures specified in AHRI 1340-2023.</P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding the test temperatures and heat rejection component power for WCUACs, DOE has concluded that VFDs are typically used on cooling tower fans to reduce cooling tower fan speed with reduced cooling load, and, therefore, concludes that assuming the presence of cooling tower fan VFDs is a more representative basis for determining the WCUAC EWTs and tower fan and pump power rate or “TFPPR” adders. Additionally, DOE has concluded that the updates to the approach in AHRI 1340-2023 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         updated WCUAC test temperatures and updated TFPPR approach) are generally consistent with the approach proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR, but with more representative technical details. Further, DOE concludes that adopting the updated WCUAC test temperatures (and, thus, generally, the updated approach for developing WCUAC test temperatures and TFPPR values that assumes cooling tower fan VFDs) is consistent with comments from Carrier that included these updated temperatures.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        However, DOE is aware of three issues in the WCUAC heat rejection components power adders (referred to in AHRI 1340-2023 as the TFPPR) used in Table 7 to AHRI 1340-2023. The first issue is a mismatch between how the TFPPR values were developed and how they were implemented in AHRI 1340-2023. Specifically, the TFPPR values in Table 7 to AHRI 1340-2023 were determined based on the full-load cooling capacity; therefore, the TFPPR value for each bin was intended to be multiplied by the full-load capacity. However, the approach implemented in AHRI 1340-2023 is inconsistent with these values—specifically, equations 8, 10, 11, and 13 specify to multiply the TFPPR by the cooling capacity determined for the test(s) performed for a given cooling bin. Because part-load cooling capacities are lower than full-load cooling capacities, multiplying the TFPPR value for a part-load cooling bin by the part-load capacity for that bin results in an unrepresentatively low tower fan and pump power calculated for the bin. To resolve this issue, DOE has concluded that the values should instead be based on the target cooling capacity for each part-load cooling bin, which aligns with the approach in equations 8, 10, 11, and 13 of AHRI 1340-2023 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         multiplying the TFPPR values by the measured cooling capacity for each bin).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The second issue is that the full-load cooling tower fan power was developed without consideration of the cooling tower fan motor efficiency; therefore, the calculation reflected a fan motor efficiency of 100 percent. Because 100 percent is a physically impossible motor efficiency (and, therefore, underestimates the amount of power a fan motor consumes), DOE has concluded that the TFPPR values should include a more representative (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         lower) full-load fan motor efficiency.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The third issue is that the TFPPR values in AHRI 1340-2023 are based on an unrepresentatively low fan power at low loads. Specifically, the fan power was assumed to decrease cubically with decreasing cooling load.
                        <SU>19</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, this assumption does not account for VFD, motor, and transmission losses which do not decrease cubically with decreasing cooling load. At low cooling load (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         for the D bin), this significantly underestimates cooling tower fan power because the VFD, motor, and transmission losses are underestimated. DOE has concluded that a more representative approach would be to account for the VFD, motor, and transmission losses when developing the relationship between cooling tower fan power and load. Accounting for these losses impacts the TFPPR values for the B, C, and D part-load bins.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>19</SU>
                             The theoretical fan laws indicate that fan power decreases cubically with decreasing fan speed. It was assumed that cooling tower fan speed is proportional to cooling load (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             heat to be rejected in the cooling tower), and, therefore, that cooling tower fan power decreases cubically with decreasing cooling load.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Corrected TFPPR values that address these three issues with the values published in AHRI 1340-2023 are shown in Table III-5. DOE understands that the AHRI Commercial Unitary STC also plans to address the aforementioned issues with the TFPPR values that were published in AHRI 1340-2023. DOE expects that AHRI will consider including the corrected TFPPR values shown in Table III-5 and adopted in this final rule in a future version of AHRI 1340.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="100">
                        <GID>ER20my24.132</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed in detail in the previous paragraphs, DOE has concluded that the updated TFPPR values shown in Table III-5 are generally consistent with the approach proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR, but that the corrected TFPPR values provide a more representative accounting of WCUAC heat rejection component power than the values published in AHRI 1340-2023 or the AHRI 1340-202X Draft.</P>
                    <P>For these reasons, DOE is adopting the updated WCUAC IVEC test temperatures for IVEC in AHRI 1340-2023 and the TFPPR approach in AHRI 1340-2023 as modified by the revised TFPPR values shown in Table III-5.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. IVHE for Colder Climates</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in the August 2023 TP NOPR (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         88 FR 56392, 56416 (August 17, 2023)), it is likely that in the future manufacturers will develop CUHPs that 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44007"/>
                        are designed for operation in colder climates, and correspondingly that the market for CUHPs in colder climates is expected to grow. Because the IVHE metric is based on the US national average climate across all US climate zones, the lowest bin temperature for calculating IVHE is 15.9 °F, and a small fraction of heating hours are at colder temperatures (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         19 percent of heating hours are in a load bin with a temperature colder than 32 °F, and less than 1 percent of heating hours are in a load bin with a temperature colder than 17 °F).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As a result, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft includes provisions that are distinct from the provisions used for IVHE, including weighting factors and temperature bins, for calculating a colder climate-specific IVHE metric, designated as IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                        . Specifically, IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                         was developed using the same building heating analysis that was used to develop IVHE (as discussed in section III.D.2 of this final rule), but the IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                         weighting factors and load bins were developed using the results for climates zones 5 and above (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         climate zone 5 as well as all climate zones colder than climate zone 5), weighted by the share of the U.S. population in each of those climate zones. The use of only climate zones 5 and colder for IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                         results in the following, compared to IVHE: lower outdoor dry-bulb temperature for each load bin, more heating season hours in all load bins, and a higher heating season building load. Specifically, for IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                        , 56 percent of heating hours are in a load bin with a temperature colder than 32 °F, and 12 percent of heating hours are in a load bin with a temperature colder than 17 °F. Further, because the defrost degradation coefficients specified in appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet depend on the outdoor temperature for each load bin (and IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                         has colder bin temperatures than IVHE), the AHRI 1340-202X Draft also specifies separate defrost degradation coefficients for calculating IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                        . In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to adopt provisions for determining the IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                         metric in appendix A1 via reference to the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and to allow for optional representations of IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                         for CUHPs. 88 FR 56392, 56416 (August 17, 2023).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the August 2023 TP NOPR, NEEA and NYSERDA supported DOE's proposal to include in the test procedure and allow optional representations of the colder climate IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                        . (NEEA, No. 16 at pp. 2-3; NYSERDA, No. 13 at p. 2)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Given the potential for the development of CUHPs designed for operation in colder climates and the expected increased number of shipments of CUHPs into colder climates, DOE recognizes the utility in having CUHP ratings for a separate IVHE metric that is specific to colder climates. AHRI 1340-2023 includes provisions for determining IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                         that are generally consistent with the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, with the additional specificity discussed in section III.E.8 of this final rule. Correspondingly, DOE has concluded that the IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                         metric as specified in AHRI 1340-2023 (including the minor updates in the published AHRI 1340-2023 that provide additional specificity as discussed in section III.E.8 of this document) is more representative of field conditions for CUHPs installed in colder US climates. Therefore, DOE is adopting provisions for determining the IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                         metric in appendix A1 via reference to AHRI 1340-2023 and allowing for optional representations of IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                         for CUHPs. Specifically, DOE is amending the test procedure so that IVHE will be the regulated heating metric when testing to appendix A1; therefore, should DOE adopt amended standards for CUHPs denominated in terms of IVEC and IVHE, all CUHPs will be required to certify compliance with IVHE standards, and additional representations of IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                         will be optional.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Test Conditions Used for Current Metrics in Appendix A</HD>
                    <P>
                        AHRI 340/360-2022 designates certain test conditions for test procedures characterized as “standard rating tests” and certain other test conditions for test procedures characterized as “performance operating tests.” The “standard rating tests” are used for determining representations of cooling capacity, heating capacity, and cooling and heating efficiencies. The “performance operating tests” evaluate other operating conditions, such as “maximum operating conditions” (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         section 8 of AHRI 340/360-2022). Specifically, Table 6 of AHRI 340/360-2022 specifies test conditions for standard rating and performance operating tests for CUACs and CUHPs. The relevant conditions for EER and IEER cooling tests are those referred to as “standard rating conditions” in AHRI 340/360-2022.
                    </P>
                    <P>To clarify this distinction and consistent with its proposal to adopt AHRI 340/360-2022 in appendix A, DOE proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR to specify explicitly in section 3 of appendix A that the cooling test conditions used for representations as required under the DOE regulations would be: (1) for equipment subject to standards in terms of EER, the “Standard Rating Conditions, Cooling” conditions specified in Table 6 of AHRI 340/360-2022; and (2) for equipment subject to standards in terms of IEER, the “Standard Rating Conditions, Cooling” and “Standard Rating Part-Load Conditions (IEER)” conditions specified in Table 6 of AHRI 340/360-2022. 88 FR 56392, 56412 (August 17, 2023).</P>
                    <P>
                        For heating mode tests of CUHPs, Table 6 of AHRI 340/360-2022 includes “Standard Rating Conditions” for both a “High Temperature Steady-state Test for Heating” and a “Low Temperature Steady-state Test for Heating” (conducted at 47 °F and 17 °F outdoor air dry-bulb temperatures, respectively). To clarify which conditions are applicable for representations as required under the DOE regulations and consistent with its proposal to adopt AHRI 340/360-2022 in appendix A, DOE proposed to specify explicitly in section 3 of appendix A that the heating test conditions used for compliance are the “Standard Rating Conditions (High Temperature Steady-state Heating)” conditions specified in Table 6 of AHRI 340/360-2022. Further, DOE proposed to include the low-temperature (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         17 °F) heating test condition specified in Table 6 of AHRI 340/360-2022 (referred to as “Low Temperature Steady-state Heating”) and specify in section 3 of appendix A that representations of COP at this low-temperature heating condition are optional. 88 FR 56392, 56412 (August 17, 2023).
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE did not receive any comments in response to these proposals. Therefore, DOE is adopting the specification of the relevant test conditions in AHRI 340/360-2022 in appendix A as proposed. These amendments in appendix A are consistent with the test requirements referenced in the latest version of ASHRAE Standard 90.1.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. Test Conditions Used for New Metrics in Appendix A1</HD>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with DOE's proposal to adopt the AHRI 1340-202X Draft for determining IVEC and IVHE, as discussed more fully in the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to specify in section 3 of the proposed appendix A1 which test conditions in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft would be required and optional for rating to IVEC and IVHE. 88 FR 56392, 56412-56413 (August 17, 2023). DOE also proposed to include provisions for optional representations of the full-load efficiency metrics, EER2, COP2
                        <E T="52">47</E>
                        , COP2
                        <E T="52">17</E>
                        , and COP2
                        <E T="52">5</E>
                        , and specified the test conditions required for these optional representations. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE did not receive any comments regarding 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44008"/>
                        the proposed approach for specifying the required and optional test conditions. The test conditions in AHRI 1340-2023 align with those in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft except for certain test conditions for ECUACs and WCUACs, which are discussed in section III.E.3 of this final rule. Therefore, DOE is adopting the specification of test conditions in appendix A1 as proposed, referencing the corresponding test conditions in the published AHRI 1340-2023.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">7. Provisions Introduced in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft</HD>
                    <P>
                        The AHRI 1340-202X Draft proposed for adoption in the August 2023 TP NOPR includes several provisions regarding the new IVEC and IVHE metrics that are not included in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. DOE notes that the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet includes provisions to allow changes to the recommendations in the term sheet if mistakes in the original recommendations are identified through further analysis or discussion between stakeholders. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0065, Recommendations #2, #8, #11) Further, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft includes a number of additional test provisions that arose as a result of discussions between many interested stakeholders participating in the AHRI Commercial Unitary STC and that DOE has concluded are consistent with the intent of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet but provide additional guidance for determining IVEC and IVHE. DOE included discussion of provisions regarding the topics discussed in the following sub-sections in the August 2023 TP NOPR and proposed to adopt the provisions in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft regarding all of these topics. 88 FR 56392, 56416-56419 (August 17, 2023). DOE did not receive comment regarding the provisions in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft addressing these topics, and these provisions are also included in the published AHRI 1340-2023, consistent with DOE's proposals in the August 2023 TP NOPR. As discussed, DOE is adopting AHRI 1340-2023 for determining IVEC and IVHE in appendix A1, including these additional provisions not specified in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, consistent with proposals in the August 2023 TP NOPR. The following sections discuss these provisions in further detail.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Cooling Weighting Factors Adjustment</HD>
                    <P>
                        Subsequent to the development of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, additional analysis of the building models used to develop the weighting factors for the IVEC metric indicated that the recommended weighting hours included in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet are incorrect. Specifically, the weighting hour factors in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet over-represent mechanical-only cooling hours and underrepresent economizer-only and integrated-economizer hours for all IVEC load bins. DOE presented corrected weighting factors during the ACUAC and ACUHP standards negotiations, and no concerns were raised. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0078 at p. 8) These corrected IVEC weighting factors were included in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and remain the same in AHRI 1340-2023. DOE is adopting AHRI 1340-2023 for determining IVEC and IVHE in appendix A1, including these updated IVEC weighting factors.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. ESP Testing Target Calculation</HD>
                    <P>Recommendation #12 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet includes an equation for determining adjusted ESP for cooling or heating tests that use an airflow that differs from the full-load cooling airflow. However, the equation specified in Recommendation #12 is missing a term for the full-load ESP. This equation was corrected in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and remains the same in AHRI 1340-2023. DOE is adopting AHRI 1340-2023 for determining IVEC and IVHE in appendix A1, including this corrected equation for determining adjusted ESP.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Test Instructions for Splitting ESP Between Return and Supply Duct</HD>
                    <P>As discussed previously, Recommendation #12 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet specifies that ESP shall be split between return and supply ducts during testing, such that 25 percent of the ESP is applied in the return ductwork. However, the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet does not contain explicit test se-tup instructions specifying how to achieve the split in ESP between return and supply ductwork. Section E11 in appendix E of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and section E11 in appendix E of AHRI 1340-2023 include more detailed instructions regarding the duct and pressure measurement set-up, the measurement and adjustment of the return static pressure, and the restriction devices that can be used in the return ductwork to achieve the required split of between 20 and 25 percent of the total ESP applied to the return ductwork. The AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023 also include the same test instructions for cases in which the ESP split is not achieved in the first test, as well as any exceptions to the specified tolerance requirement. DOE has concluded that these additional instructions provide a more consistent measurement of ESP and are aligned with the intent of Recommendation #12 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. Therefore, DOE is adopting these provisions of AHRI 1340-2023 for determining IVEC and IVHE.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Default Fan Power and Maximum Pressure Drop for Coil-Only Systems</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE's current test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs references ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007, and section 6.1 of that test standard specifies default fan power and corresponding capacity adjustment for ACUACs, ACUHPs, ECUACs, and WCUACs with a coil-only configuration (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         without an integral indoor fan). Specifically, ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 requires that an indoor fan power of 365 Watts (“W”) per 1,000 standard cubic feet per minute (“scfm”) be added to power input for coil-only units and that the corresponding heat addition (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         1,250 Btu/h per 1,000 scfm) be subtracted from measured cooling capacity (and added to measured heating capacity), regardless of the capacity of the unit under test and regardless of full-load or part-load test conditions.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Section 6.1.1.6 of AHRI 340/360-2022 has the same requirement as ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 regarding default fan power and capacity adjustment of coil-only systems. Additionally, both section 6.1.3.2(d) of ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 and section 6.1.3.3.4 of AHRI 340/360-2022 specify that for coil-only systems, the pressure drop across the indoor assembly shall not exceed 0.30 in. H
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O for the full-load cooling test. If the measured pressure drop exceeds that value, then the industry test standards specify that the indoor airflow rate be reduced such that the measured pressure drop does not exceed the specified maximum pressure drop.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The AHRI 1340-202X Draft included different requirements for testing coil-only units as compared to ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 and AHRI 340/360-2022. First, section 5.17.4 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft includes a higher maximum pressure drop across the indoor assembly of 1.0 in. H
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O when testing 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44009"/>
                        coil-only units, as compared to the maximum pressure drop of 0.3 in. H
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O specified in ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 and AHRI 340/360-2022. Second, section 6.2.4.2 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft includes higher default fan power values than specified in ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 and AHRI 340/360-2022; these values were updated to reflect the higher ESP requirements used for IVEC and IVHE. Because the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet and the AHRI 1340-202X Draft specify ESP requirements that vary by capacity bin, section 6.2.4.2 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft specifies different default fan power adders and capacity adjustments for each capacity bin, developed based on fan power needed to overcome the ESP requirement for each bin. DOE proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR to adopt the default fan power adders and capacity adjustments included in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft in appendix A1. 88 FR 56392, 56417 (August 17, 2023).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Lastly, while ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 and AHRI 340/360-2022 specify a single default fan power adder (and corresponding capacity adjustment) to be used for all tests, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft included separate default fan power adders and capacity adjustments for full-load tests and part-load tests (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         tests conducted at an airflow lower than the full-load cooling airflow) to reflect that fan power does not decrease linearly with airflow (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         reducing airflow in part-load operation would reduce fan power in field operation by more than would be calculated using a single power adder that is normalized by airflow). These part-load fan power adders and capacity adjustments were developed assuming a part-load airflow that is 67 percent of the full-load airflow. The AHRI 1340-202X Draft does not specify what values to use if the part-load airflow is between 67 and 100 percent of the full-load airflow. Alongside proposing to adopt the fan power adders specified in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft in the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to adopt a linear interpolation approach in appendix A1 in the case where the part-load airflow for coil-only CUACs and CUHPs specified by a manufacturer for a test is between 67 and 100 percent of the full-load airflow, which would specify how to calculate the default fan power coefficient and capacity adjustment in such cases. 88 FR 56392, 56417 (August 17, 2023). The proposed approach is consistent with the approach adopted for the residential CAC/HP test procedure.
                        <SU>20</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>20</SU>
                             The CAC/HP test procedure final rule was published in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             on October 25, 2022, and can be found at 87 FR 64550.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Consistent with the basis of part-load values in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft on 67 percent of full-load cooling airflow, DOE also proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR to clarify that for tests in which the manufacturer-specified airflow is less than the full-load cooling airflow, the target airflow for the test must be the higher of: (1) the manufacturer-specified airflow for the test; or (2) 67 percent of the airflow measured for the full-load cooling test. 88 FR 56392, 56417 (August 17, 2023).</P>
                    <P>
                        AHRI 1340-2023 includes provisions consistent with those DOE proposed to adopt for testing coil-only units in the August 2023 TP NOPR. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Specifically, the already discussed maximum pressure drop and capacity and fan power adjustments included in sections 5.17.4 and 6.2.4.2 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft are included in sections 5.17.2 and 6.2.4.3 of AHRI 1340-2023. Additionally, AHRI 1340-2023 includes provisions consistent with DOE's proposals regarding issues for testing coil-only units not addressed in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. Specifically, section 6.2.4.2 of AHRI 1340-2023 includes the linear interpolation method to address cases in which the part-load airflow specified by a manufacturer for a test is between 67 and 100 percent of the full-load airflow. Further, section 5.18.4.2 of AHRI 1340-2023 includes the clarification regarding which target airflow should be used for tests in which the manufacturer-specified airflow is less than the full-load cooling airflow.
                    </P>
                    <P>Accordingly, DOE has concluded that the coil-only test procedure in AHRI 1340-2023 aligns with the approach proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR and represents industry consensus on the most appropriate and representative way to test and determine the IVEC and IVHE of coil-only systems. Therefore, DOE is adopting these provisions of AHRI 1340-2023 for determining IVEC and IVHE for coil-only units.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">e. Component Power Measurement</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section E10 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023 include additional instruction regarding how the total unit, indoor fan, controls, compressor, condenser section, and crankcase heat power should be measured and accounted for during a test. This includes details that were not included in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, as well as updates to address issues such as unique model designs and power meter precision that were identified after the term sheet was completed. For example, although the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet specified that controls power be determined by subtracting all other power measurements from the total unit power, sections E10.1 and E10.2 of both the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023 require that controls power be measured. This is because controls power is a much smaller value than power consumed by other components of a CUAC or CUHP and, thus, is more accurately determined by measuring directly with a power meter of sufficient precision. Section E10.2 of both the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023 also allow for determination of compressor and condenser section power by measurement together or by subtraction from total power (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         separate power measurement of power consumed by the compressor and condenser section is not required). These provisions address cases in which unique wiring of certain models may make separate measurement of compressor and condenser section power very difficult or impossible, in addition to cases in which the laboratory does not have enough power meters to measure all components separately. Section E10.3 of both the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023 also provide an equation for calculating default value(s) for crankcase heater power to address the case in which a manufacturer does not specify crankcase heater wattage.
                        <SU>21</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Because DOE has concluded that these provisions will provide more repeatable and representative test results, DOE is adopting AHRI 1340-2023 for determining IVEC and IVHE in appendix A1, including these provisions for component power measurement.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>21</SU>
                             As discussed, Recommendation #13 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet requires that manufacturers certify crankcase heater wattage for each heater. DOE is not adopting amendments to certification requirements in this rulemaking, and will instead address certification requirements in a separate rulemaking for certification, compliance, and enforcement.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">f. Non-Standard Low-Static Indoor Fan Motors</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in section III.D.1 of this document, DOE is adopting higher ESPs recommended by the Working Group and included in AHRI 1340-2023 in the appendix A1 Federal test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs. However, individual models of CUACs and CUHPs with indoor fan motors intended 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44010"/>
                        for installation in applications with a low ESP may not be able to operate at the adopted full-load ESP requirements at the full-load indoor rated airflow. To address this situation, section 3.25 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and section 3.2.30 of AHRI 1340-2023 both define “non-standard low-static indoor fan motors” as motors which cannot maintain ESP as high as specified in the test procedure when operating at the full-load rated indoor airflow and that are distributed in commerce as part of an individual model within the same basic model that is distributed in commerce with a different motor specified for testing that can maintain the required ESP. Section 5.19.3.3 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and section 5.19.3.3 of AHRI 1340-2023 include the same test provisions for CUACs and CUHPs with non-standard low-static indoor fan motors that cannot reach the ESP within tolerance during testing, which require using the maximum available fan speed that does not overload the motor or motor drive, adjusting the airflow-measuring apparatus to maintain airflow within tolerance, and operating with an ESP as close as possible to the minimum ESP requirements for testing. This approach is consistent with the industry test standard referenced by the DOE test procedure for DX-DOASes (AHRI 920-2020).
                    </P>
                    <P>As discussed in section III.F.5.a of this document, DOE is clarifying that representations for a CUAC or CUHP basic model must be based on the least efficient individual model(s) distributed in commerce within the basic model (with the exception specified in 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(vi)(A) for certain individual models with the components listed in table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)). DOE has concluded that the combination of: (1) the provisions in AHRI 1340-2023 for testing models with “non-standard low-static indoor fan motors” with (2) the requirement that basic models be rated based on the least efficient individual model (with certain exceptions, as discussed) provides an appropriate approach for handling CUAC and CUHP models with these motors—if an individual model with a non-standard low-static indoor fan motor is tested, the test will be conducted at an indoor airflow representative for that model. But because testing at the rated airflow for such an individual model will result in testing at an ESP lower than the requirement and, thus, a lower indoor fan power, the representations for that basic model will be required to be based on an individual model with an indoor fan motor that can achieve the ESP requirements at the rated airflow. Consistent with the adoption of AHRI 340/360-2023 in appendix A1, DOE is not deviating from the provisions for testing models with non-standard low-static indoor fan motors.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">g. IVHE Equations</HD>
                    <P>Section 6.3 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and section 6.3 of AHRI 1340-2023 both include several changes regarding the heating metric equations that differ from the provisions in appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. DOE has concluded that these updated IVHE equations, described in the following paragraphs, provide for a more accurate calculation of IVHE. Further, Recommendation #9 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet states that the equations in appendix C of the term sheet are subject to quality control checking (“QC”) for errors, with the intent remaining the same as voted on. DOE has concluded that the discussed deviations in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and the published AHRI 1340-2023 hold the same intent of the recommendations set forth in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. Therefore, DOE is adopting the provisions of AHRI 1340-2023 for determining IVHE in appendix A1, including the updated equations discussed in this section.</P>
                    <P>
                        1. 
                        <E T="03">Removal of the cut-out factor from certain equations:</E>
                         Appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet includes a cut-out factor in IVHE calculations to reflect the dependence of unit performance on whether compressors are cut-out at a given bin temperature. However, the cut-out factor was inadvertently included in certain equations in appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet where it should not apply (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         equations to determine unit performance that should not be impacted by the fraction of time in which compressors are cut out). Therefore, in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023, the cut-out factor is removed from those equations where it was incorrectly applied in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. For all CUHPs that DOE is aware of on the market today, the cut-in and cut-out temperatures are less than the temperature of the lowest load bin. As such, the cut-out factor only applies when the unit is operating at full-load capacity and does not affect the calculation of IVHE.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        2. 
                        <E T="03">Accounting for auxiliary heat when compressors are cut out:</E>
                         When compressors are cut out, auxiliary heat would operate to meet the building load. This auxiliary heat operation is addressed in section b of appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         when building load exceeds the highest stage unit heating capacity at a given bin temperature), but was inadvertently excluded in sections c and d of appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         when building load is between capacities of a unit tested with multiple heating stages, or when building load is less than the capacity for the lowest tested compressor stage). Therefore, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023 include corrections in these cases so that auxiliary heat demand is applied to meet building load in all cases in which compressors are cut out.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        3. 
                        <E T="03">Fan power applied in auxiliary heat-only mode:</E>
                         In appendix C of the Term Sheet, the equations do not subtract the heat gain in the indoor airstream from the indoor fan (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         “fan heat”) from the auxiliary heat demand. The AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023 address this issue by subtracting fan heat from auxiliary heat demand. Additionally, sections c and d of appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet assume that the fan would be either cycling between airflows when cycling between stages of compression or operating at the lowest-measured indoor airflow for any cooling or heating test when cycling on and off at the lowest stage of compression; however, the indoor fan would likely be operating at the airflow corresponding to the full-load heating test when operating in auxiliary heat mode. The AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023 address this by applying fan power from the full-load heating test for auxiliary heat-only mode. However, DOE notes that because both fan heat and auxiliary heat apply heat to the indoor airstream with the same efficiency (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         COP of 1), the airflow assumed for auxiliary heat-only mode does not impact results, as the fan heat resulting from an increase in fan power reduces the auxiliary heat needed to meet the building load by the same amount, resulting in no net change to calculated IVHE.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        4. 
                        <E T="03">Interpolation for variable-speed compressor systems:</E>
                         When building load is between capacities of a unit tested with multiple heating stages, section c of appendix C of the Term Sheet includes a separate method for interpolating between stages for variable-speed compressor systems (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         a method that interpolates capacity divided by power) from the method for all other units (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         a method that linearly interpolates power). As part of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44011"/>
                        development of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, it was determined that there were insufficient data to support a separate interpolation method for variable-speed compressor systems, and, therefore, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023 apply the same linear interpolation method based on power for all units. The linear interpolation method for variable-speed compressor systems included in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft is also maintained in AHRI 1340-2023.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        5. 
                        <E T="03">Compressor operating levels for heating tests:</E>
                         Recommendation #9 of the Term Sheet includes details on the required and optional tests based on configuration of the system (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         single-stage, two or more stages, and variable-capacity). Required tests include a test at “high” operating level at 17 °F and 47 °F; optional tests include tests at low and intermediate operating levels at 17 °F and 47 °F, as well as high and “boost” operating levels at 5 °F. For variable-capacity systems, the Term Sheet specifies that the high speed and low speed at each temperature should be the normal maximum and minimum for each ambient temperature. The AHRI 1340-202X Draft includes additional explanation of which compressor speeds correspond to the low, medium, high, and boost designations at each test temperature. AHRI 1340-2023 maintains the explanations included in AHRI 1340-202X Draft and includes further explanation of the compressor operating levels, as discussed in section III.E.8.b of this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE tentatively concluded that these updated IVHE equations as described in the preceding paragraphs would provide for a more accurate calculation of IVHE. 88 FR 56392, 56419 (August 17, 2023). Further, Recommendation #9 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet states that the equations in appendix C of the Term Sheet are subject to quality control checking (“QC”) for errors with the intent remaining the same as voted on. In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE tentatively concluded that the discussed deviations in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft hold the same intent of the recommendations set forth in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. Therefore, DOE proposed to adopt the provisions of AHRI 1340-202X Draft for determining IVHE in appendix A1, including the updated equations discussed in this section. 88 FR 56392, 56418-56419 (August 17, 2023).</P>
                    <P>AHRI 1340-2023 includes the largely the same provisions as AHRI 1340-202X Draft for determining IVHE. Any differences between the provisions in AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023 are discussed in section III.E.8 of this final rule. Therefore, DOE has concluded that that the updated IVHE equations in AHRI 1340-2023, as described in the preceding paragraphs, would provide for a more accurate calculation of IVHE than the equations in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, and that the discussed deviations hold the same intent as the recommendations set forth in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. Therefore, DOE is adopting in appendix A1 the approach for determining IVHE from AHRI 1340-2023.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE notes that appendix C of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet includes a provision that “additional provisions, still TBD would apply for variable-speed compressors for which pairs of full-speed or minimum-speed tests are not run at the same speed.” (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0065 at p. 14) The AHRI 1340-202X Draft does not include any provisions allowing for determination of capacity for a bin by interpolating between tests conducted at different compressor operating levels. In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE tentatively concluded that this approach is appropriate and that calculating IVHE with results from multiple tests at each compressor operating level would provide representative ratings for manufacturers that choose to include performance at operating levels beyond the required high operating level tests at 47 and 17 °F in their representations of IVHE. 88 FR 56392, 56419 (August 17, 2023). AHRI 1340-2023 also includes no such provisions allowing interpolation between tests conducted at different compressor operating levels. Therefore, DOE maintains its tentative conclusion from the August 2023 TP NOPR and is adopting the approach for determining IVHE from AHRI 1340-2023 unchanged.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">8. Heating Test Provisions Not Included in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. General</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in the August 2023 TP NOPR (88 FR 56392, 56418-56419 (August 17, 2023)) and section III.E.7.g of this final rule, the AHRI 1340-202X Draft includes conditions for heating tests and calculations for the IVHE, IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                        , and COP2 metrics that DOE proposed to adopt in the August 2023 TP NOPR. AHRI 1340-2023 includes several updates to the heating test provisions as compared to the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. The following sections describe these updates and what DOE is adopting in this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Definitions of Heating Operating Levels</HD>
                    <P>Table 26 to AHRI 1340-202X Draft and section 6.3.5 of AHRI 1340-202X Draft specify the heating operating levels to use and the requirements for each, but do not make clear the parameters included in defining an operating level. Section 3.2.31 of AHRI 1340-2023 includes definitions for all heating operating levels, as well as a general definition of “operating level.” Section 3.2.31.6 defines “operating level” as being determined by the number of compressors operating, the modulation level of each operating compressor, and the indoor fan speed. The definition indicates that the modulation level of a single compressor is determined by the speed, duty cycle, vapor injection setting, and state of any other operating parameters that affect the continuous capacity of the compressor at a single set of operating conditions.</P>
                    <P>DOE is adopting these AHRI 1340-2023 operating level definitions in the DOE test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs, because DOE has concluded that they provide appropriate clarity on how to determine the operating levels to be used for heating tests and are substantively consistent with the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, which DOE proposed to adopt in the August 2023 TP NOPR. The one exception is the definition for the “boost2 heating operating level,” which is discussed in section III.E.8.c of this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Boost2 Heating Operating Level and COP25</HD>
                    <P>
                        The AHRI 1340-202X Draft includes low, medium, high, and boost heating operating levels, with boost being the operating level with the highest heating capacity. The boost operating level uses the maximum compressor operating capacity that is allowed by the controls at 17 °F, and the airflow that is allowed by the controls at 17 °F when operating at the chosen compressor operating capacity. AHRI 1340-2023 includes all the same heating operating levels as the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, plus a boost2 heating operating level. AHRI 1340-2023 defines the “boost2 operating level” as an operating level allowed by the controls at 5 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature with a capacity at 5 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature that is greater than the capacity of the boost heating operating level at 5 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature and less than or equal to the maximum capacity allowed by the controls at 5 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44012"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For units with a boost operating level, AHRI 1340-2023 specifies representations of COP2
                        <E T="52">5</E>
                         be based on the capacity and power determined at the boost or boost2 heating operating level denoted as the H5B or H5B2 tests in Table 23 to AHRI 1340-2023. However, AHRI 1340-2023 does not allow the H5B2 test to be used in the calculation of IVHE or IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                        . As discussed in section III.E.7.g of this document, AHRI 1340-2023 does not include any provisions allowing for determination of capacity for a bin by interpolating between tests conducted at different compressor operating levels. Therefore, inclusion of results from the boost2 operating level would require at least two tests conducted at this operating level. Because there is no other test specified at a different outdoor dry-bulb temperature condition at this same boost2 operating level, AHRI 1340-2023 only allows the H5B2 test to be used to determine the capacity at 5 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature or COP2 at 5 °F.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE has determined that including a boost2 heating operating level allows for manufacturers to make performance representations that adequately reflect boosted heating performance at lower temperatures. DOE notes that Recommendation #9 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet includes the following: “Manufacturers can make representations of COP and capacity at any of the following temperatures: 5 °F, 17 °F, and 47 °F, in accordance with the DOE test procedure, in addition to the IVHE metric that will be required for standards.” (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0065 at p. 6) As mentioned in section III.E.4 of this final rule, DOE acknowledges that in the future manufacturers will likely develop CUHPs that are designed for operation in colder climates. This may include designing CUHPs that are capable of providing boosted heating capacity at low temperatures. DOE has determined that the inclusion of the boost2 heating operating level and the H5B2 test in AHRI 1340-2023 is consistent with the intent of Recommendation #9 of the Term Sheet. This will allow for manufacturers designing systems with boosted heating capacity at 5 °F that differs from the operating levels at higher outdoor temperatures to make representations of capacity and performance at 5 °F, and correspondingly provide commercial consumers interested in low-temperature heating performance an additional standardized metric to compare such performance across models. Further, DOE has concluded that the inclusion of the boost2 heating operating level and the H5B2 test in AHRI 1340-2023 is generally consistent with the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, in that it maintains the proposed allowance for optional representations at 5 °F, but adds additional options for manufacturers to determine this optional representation at the compressor speed most representative for a model. As discussed, testing at the boost2 heating operating level is optional and would not be required for determinations of IVHE. DOE is adopting the H5B2 test in its amended test procedure at appendix A1, but with two additional clarifying provisions not included in AHRI 1340-2023.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        First, section 6.3.14.2 of AHRI 1340-2023 specifies that for determining the COP2
                        <E T="52">5</E>
                         of units with a boost operating level, one must use the capacity and power determined for the H5B or H5B2 test, instead of the H5H test. These provisions indicate that optional COP2
                        <E T="52">5</E>
                         representations for such units are based on a higher heating operating level but do not specify whether the H5B or H5B2 test is to be used for a unit that has both a boost heating operating level and a boost2 heating operating level. DOE has determined that additional specificity is warranted as to which test is used to determine optional COP2
                        <E T="52">5</E>
                         representations—specifically, DOE has concluded that it should be clarified to use the highest applicable heating operating level to determine COP2
                        <E T="52">5</E>
                        . Therefore, DOE is adding the following clarification to section 5.3 of appendix A1: For units without a 
                        <E T="03">boost heating operating level</E>
                         and without a 
                        <E T="03">boost 2 heating operating level,</E>
                         use capacity and power determined for the H5H test. For units with a 
                        <E T="03">boost heating operating level</E>
                         and without a 
                        <E T="03">boost 2 heating operating level,</E>
                         use capacity and power determined for the H5B test. For units with a 
                        <E T="03">boost 2 heating operating level,</E>
                         use capacity and power determined for the H5B2 test.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Second, section 3.2.31.1 of AHRI 1340-2023 defines the “boost heating operating level” as the operating level that has the maximum capacity allowed by the controls at 17 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature, with a capacity at 17.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature that is greater than the capacity of the high heating operating level 
                        <SU>22</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         at 17 °F. This means that there is no boost heating operating level if the high heating operating level is the heating operating level with the maximum capacity at 17 °F. Section 3.2.31.2 of AHRI 1340-2023 defines the “boost2 heating operating level” as an operating level allowed by the controls at 5 °F outdoor dry bulb-temperature with a capacity at 5 °F outdoor dry bulb-temperature that is greater than the capacity of the boost heating operating level at 5 °F and less than or equal to the maximum capacity allowed by the controls at 5 °F outdoor dry bulb-temperature.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>22</SU>
                             Section 3.2.31.3 of AHRI 1340-2023 defines “high heating operating level” as the operating level with the maximum capacity that is allowed by the controls at 47.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Because the definition of the “boost2 heating operating level” relies on the capacity of the boost operating level, the definition implies that a model must have an operating level that meets the definition for the boost heating operating level in order for it to also have a boost2 heating operating level. This implication means that AHRI 1340-2023 would not allow the H5B2 test to be conducted for a model which has no boost heating operating level at 17 °F, even if that model has an operating level with a capacity at 5 °F that is greater than the capacity of the high heating operating level at 5 °F. DOE has determined that such a scenario is possible and should be accounted for in the definition for the “boost2 heating operating level” and the requirements for the H5B2 test.</P>
                    <P>
                        As such, DOE is not adopting the definition for the “boost2 heating operating level” in section 3.2.31.2 of AHRI 1340-2023. Instead, DOE is adopting the following definition for the “boost2 heating operating level” in section 5.1 of appendix A1, which addresses the aforementioned scenario of a model with a boosted operating level at 17 °F but not 5 °F: “An 
                        <E T="03">operating level</E>
                         allowed by the controls at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature with a capacity at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature that is less than or equal to the maximum capacity allowed by the controls at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature, and greater than the capacity of: (a) the 
                        <E T="03">Boost Heating Operating Level</E>
                         at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature, if there is an operating level that meets the definition for 
                        <E T="03">Boost Heating Operating Level</E>
                         specified in section 3.2.31.1 of AHRI 1340-2023; or (b) the 
                        <E T="03">High Heating Operating Level</E>
                         at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature, if there is not an operating level that meets the definition for 
                        <E T="03">Boost Heating Operating Level</E>
                        ” specified in section 3.2.31.1 of AHRI 1340-2023.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Correspondingly, DOE is also specifying in section 5.2 of appendix A1 updated requirements for the H5B2 test of AHRI 1340-2023 that are to be used in case a model has no heating operating level that meets the definition of “boost 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44013"/>
                        heating operating level” in section 3.2.31.1 of AHRI 1340-2023. Section 6.3.6 of AHRI 1340-2023 specifies to run the H5B2 test in Table 23 to AHRI 1340-2023 with an operating level allowed by the controls at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature that has a capacity at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature that is greater than the capacity of the 
                        <E T="03">Boost Heating Operating Level</E>
                         at 5.0 °F. In section 5.2 of appendix A1, DOE is instead adopting a revised version of that provision that replaces the comparison to capacity of the 
                        <E T="03">Boost Heating Operating Level</E>
                         at 5.0 °F with a comparison to capacity of the 
                        <E T="03">High Heating Operating Level</E>
                         at 5.0 °F.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As noted previously, DOE has concluded that the inclusion of the boost2 heating operating level and the H5B2 test in AHRI 1340-2023 is generally consistent with the AHRI 1340-202X Draft. Similarly, DOE has concluded that the provisions discussed in this section (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         to allow use of the boost2 heating operating level for determining optional representations at 5 °F for a model which has no boost heating operating level at 17 °F, and to clarify which test should be used for optional COP2
                        <E T="52">5</E>
                         representations depending on which heating operating levels apply at 5 °F) maintain the proposed allowance for optional representations at 5 °F, but add options and clarity for manufacturers to consistently determine this optional representation at the compressor speed most representative for a model.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE understands that the AHRI Commercial Unitary STC also plans to address the aforementioned clarifications regarding the instructions for which test to use for optional representation of COP2
                        <E T="52">5</E>
                         and the definition of “boost2 heating operating level” that were published in AHRI 1340-2023. DOE expects that AHRI will consider including such clarifications in a future version of AHRI 1340, consistent with the clarifications adopted in this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Extrapolation of Boost Heating Operating Level to 21 °F</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in section III.E.7.g of this final rule, AHRI 1340-202X Draft requires interpolation of capacity and power between tests of the same operating level at different outdoor air temperatures when calculating values for the temperature bins used in IVHE and IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                        . Extrapolation of capacity and power are not allowed in AHRI 1340-202X Draft.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Sections 6.3.8 and 6.3.9 of AHRI 1340-2023 allow for capacity and power from boost heating operating level tests conducted at 5 °F and 17 °F to be used to extrapolate boost heating operating level performance up to 21 °F. This allows manufacturers to take advantage of the boost heating operating level for calculations of the IVHE and IVHE
                        <E T="52">C</E>
                         bins with outdoor air dry-bulb temperatures between 17 °F and 22 °F.
                        <SU>23</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>23</SU>
                             Table 22 of AHRI 1340-2023 specifies: (1) for the IVHE metric, bin temperatures of 21 °F and 18.1 °F for bin numbers 8 and 9; and (2) for the IVHE
                            <E T="52">C</E>
                             metric, a bin temperature of 20.0 °F for bin number 5.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE has determined that these provisions are appropriate and will allow for more representative accounting of performance for bin temperatures between 17 °F and 22 °F, which are conditions at which models would likely operate at boost heating operating level, as necessary, to meet the building load, if the model operated as such for tests at 17 °F (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         it would be unlikely that a model would have a boost operating level that engages at 17 °F but not at 22 °F). Further, DOE has concluded that these provisions are generally consistent with the AHRI 1340-202X Draft in that the provisions maintain the same compressor operating levels for determining IVHE, but the upper temperature limit to which boost heating performance can be applied is being slightly extended (by 5 °F, from 17 °F to 22 °F) to more representatively account for performance between 17 °F to 22 °F. Therefore, DOE is adopting the provisions allowing extrapolation of boost heating operating level performance in sections 6.3.8 and 6.3.9 of AHRI 1340-2023.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">e. Operating Levels Used for Optional COP217 Representations</HD>
                    <P>
                        As previously mentioned in section III.E.8.c of this document, AHRI 1340-2023 specifies that for units with a boost operating level, representations of COP2
                        <E T="52">5</E>
                         is to be based on the capacity and power determined at the boost or boost 2 heating operating level denoted as the H5B or H5B2 test, instead of the H5H test. However, while AHRI 1340-2023 includes a boost operating level test at 17 °F (the H17B test), section 6.3.14.2 of AHRI 1340-2023 requires that COP2
                        <E T="52">17</E>
                         be determined using the capacity and power determined for the H17H test and does not allow for the COP2
                        <E T="52">17</E>
                         to be determined using the capacity and power determined for the H17B test if conducted. Similar to its conclusions regarding the use of the H5B or H5B2 test for determining COP2
                        <E T="52">5</E>
                        , DOE has determined it would be appropriate to require the H17B test to be used for representations of COP2
                        <E T="52">17</E>
                         if conducted because representations of efficiency at the maximum capacity for a given test condition are common and useful for consumers and utilities. Therefore, DOE is also specifying in this final rule that the H17B test, if conducted, be used for determining COP2
                        <E T="52">17</E>
                        , in order to allow manufacturers to make optional representations of capacity and performance at that operating level for models that are capable of boost operation. DOE understands that the AHRI Commercial Unitary STC also plans to specify that the H17B test is to be used for determining COP2
                        <E T="52">17</E>
                         if this test is conducted. DOE expects that AHRI will consider including prescribing the use of the H17B test in appropriate cases for representations of COP2
                        <E T="52">17</E>
                        , consistent with this final rule, in a future version of AHRI 1340.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">9. Test Procedure Revisions Recommended for a Future Rulemaking</HD>
                    <P>
                        NYSERDA generally supported the proposed IVEC and IVHE metrics but commented that the heating test provisions proposed do not adequately account for fan energy consumed during auxiliary heating mode. (NYSERDA, No. 13 at pp. 2-3) NYSERDA recommended DOE consider the inclusion of an additional energy consumption term in the denominator of the IVHE calculation to account for supply fan energy use for commercial warm air furnaces, which NYSERDA stated would support recommendation #11 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. NYSERDA recommended addressing the fan energy consumption issue at the next appropriate juncture. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>NEEA recommended DOE consider the following items the next time the CUAC/HP test procedure is reviewed: (1) impacts of outside air damper leakage; (2) energy saving potential from energy recovery ventilators (“ERV”); (3) benefits of variable-capacity or variable-speed compressors, and (4) a controls verification procedure (“CVP”). (NEEA, No. 16 at p. 4)</P>
                    <P>At this time DOE has concluded that it does not have sufficient information or data to justify adopting deviations from the IVEC and IVHE metrics negotiated by the Working Group and included in the industry consensus test procedure AHRI 1340-2023. Therefore, DOE is adopting the IVEC and IVHE metrics as specified in AHRI 1340-2023.</P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding NYSERDA's comments on fan energy consumption in the IVHE metric, DOE notes that IVHE is the heating metric for CUHPs and assumes electric resistance supplementary heat for all models. Dual fuel CUHPs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         CUHPs with gas furnace supplementary heat) will still have IVHE ratings that reflect electric resistance supplementary heat. The IVHE metric accounts for 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44014"/>
                        supply fan energy during all hours with a heating load, regardless of whether the IVHE calculations assume the heating load is met by mechanical heating only, electric resistance heating only, or both, as described in section III.D.2 of this document. Therefore, DOE has concluded that no fan energy use for CUHPs is unaccounted for in the IVHE metric. DOE recognizes NEEA's suggested topics for consideration in a future test procedure rulemaking, but consistent with NEEA's comment, DOE is not addressing these topics in this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Configuration of Unit Under Test</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Summary</HD>
                    <P>
                        CUACs and CUHPs are sold with a wide variety of components, including many that can optionally be installed on or within the unit both at the factory and in the field. The following sections address the required configuration of units under test. In all cases, these components are distributed in commerce with the CUAC and CUHP but can be packaged or shipped in different ways from the point of manufacture for ease of transportation. Each optional component may or may not affect a model's measured efficiency when tested to the DOE test procedure adopted in this final rule. For certain components not directly addressed in the DOE test procedure, the August 2023 TP NOPR proposed more specific instructions on how each component should be handled for the purposes of making representations in 10 CFR part 429. 88 FR 56392, 56430-56433 (August 17, 2023). Specifically, the proposed instructions were intended to provide manufacturers with clarity on how components should be treated and how to group individual models with and without optional components for the purposes of representations to reduce burden. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE proposed these provisions in 10 CFR part 429 to allow for testing of certain individual models that can be used as a proxy to represent the performance of equipment with multiple combinations of components. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to handle CUAC and CUHP components in two distinct ways to help manufacturers better understand their options for developing representations for their differing product offerings. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         First, DOE proposed that the treatment of certain components be specified by the test procedure, such that their impact on measured efficiency is limited. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         For example, a fresh air damper must be set in the closed position and sealed during testing, resulting in a measured efficiency that would be similar or identical to the measured efficiency for a unit without a fresh air damper. Second, DOE proposed provisions expressly allowing certain models to be grouped together for the purposes of making representations and allowing the performance of a model without certain optional components to be used as a proxy for models with any combinations of the specified components, even if such components would impact the measured efficiency of a model. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         A steam/hydronic coil is an example of such a component. The efficiency representation for a model with a steam/hydronic coil is based on the measured performance of the CUAC and CUHP as tested without the component installed because the steam/hydronic coil is not easily removed from the CUAC and CUHP for testing.
                        <FTREF/>
                        <SU>24</SU>
                          
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>24</SU>
                             Note that in certain cases, as explained further in section III.F.3.b of this document, the representation may have to be based on an individual model with a steam/hydronic coil.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In this final rule, DOE is adopting provisions regarding configuration of unit under test largely similar to those proposed, but with several differences from the proposed provisions, as discussed in the following sections. Specifically, the following sections provide a background for the proposed provisions, describe the proposed provisions, describe relevant updates in AHRI 1340-2023 that were not included in the AHRI 1340-202X Draft, summarize and respond to the comments that DOE received in response to the August 2023 TP NOPR, and discuss the provisions that DOE is adopting in this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Background</HD>
                    <P>
                        In 2013, ASRAC formed the Commercial HVAC Working Group to engage in a negotiated rulemaking effort regarding the certification of certain commercial heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment, including CUACs and CUHPs. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         78 FR 15653 (March 12, 2013)) This Commercial HVAC Working Group submitted a term sheet (Commercial HVAC Term Sheet) providing the Commercial HVAC Working Group's recommendations. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0023-0052 
                        <SU>25</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        ) The Commercial HVAC Working Group recommended that DOE issue guidance under current regulations on how to test certain equipment features when included in a basic model, until such time as the testing of such features can be addressed through a test procedure rulemaking. The Commercial HVAC Term Sheet listed the subject features under the heading “Equipment Features Requiring Test Procedure Action.” (
                        <E T="03">Id</E>
                         at pp. 3-9) The Commercial HVAC Working Group also recommended that DOE issue an enforcement policy stating that DOE would exclude certain equipment with specified features from DOE testing, but only when the manufacturer offers for sale at all times a model that is identical in all other features; otherwise, the model with that feature would be eligible for DOE testing. These features were listed under the heading “Equipment Features Subject to Enforcement Policy.” (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at pp. 9-15)
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>25</SU>
                             Available at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0023-0052.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        On January 30, 2015, DOE issued a Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy addressing the treatment of specific features during DOE testing of commercial HVAC equipment. (
                        <E T="03">See www.energy.gov/gc/downloads/commercial-equipment-testing-enforcement-policies</E>
                        ) The Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy stated that—for the purposes of assessment testing pursuant to 10 CFR 429.104, verification testing pursuant to 10 CFR 429.70(c)(5), and enforcement testing pursuant to 10 CFR 429.110—DOE would not test a unit with one of the optional features listed for a specified equipment type if a manufacturer distributes in commerce an otherwise identical unit that does not include that optional feature. (Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy at p. 1) The objective of the Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy is to ensure that each basic model has a commercially-available version eligible for DOE testing. That is, each basic model includes a model either without the optional feature(s) listed in the policy or that is eligible for testing with the feature(s). 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         The features in the Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy for CUACs and CUHPs (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at pp. 1-3 and 5-6) align with the Commercial HVAC Term Sheet's list designated “Equipment Features Subject to Enforcement Policy.” (EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0023-0052, pp. 9-15)
                    </P>
                    <P>By way of comparison, AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft include appendix D, “Unit Configuration for Standard Efficiency Determination—Normative.” Section D3 to appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft includes a list of features that are optional for testing, and it further specifies the following general provisions regarding testing of units with optional features:</P>
                    <P>
                        • If an otherwise identical model (within the basic model) without the feature is not distributed in commerce, conduct tests with the feature according to the individual provisions specified in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44015"/>
                        section D3 to appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft.
                    </P>
                    <P>• For each optional feature, section D3 to appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft includes explicit instructions on how to conduct testing for equipment with the optional feature present.</P>
                    <P>The optional features provisions in AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft are generally consistent with DOE's Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy, but the optional features in section D3 to appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft do not entirely align with the list of features included for CUACs and CUHPs in the Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy.</P>
                    <P>DOE notes that the list of features and provisions in section D3 to appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft conflate components that can be addressed by testing provisions with components that, if present on a unit under test, could have a substantive impact on test results and that cannot be disabled or otherwise mitigated. This differentiation was central to the Commercial HVAC Term Sheet, which as noted previously, included separate lists for “Equipment Features Requiring Test Procedure Action” and “Equipment Features Subject to Enforcement Policy,” and remains central to providing clarity in DOE's regulations. Therefore, in the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE tentatively determined that provisions more explicit than those included in section D3 of appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft are warranted to clarify treatment of models that include more than one optional component. 88 FR 56392, 56430 (August 17, 2023).</P>
                    <P>
                        In order to provide clarity between test procedure provisions (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         how to test a specific unit) and certification and enforcement provisions (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         which model to test), DOE proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR to exclude appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 or AHRI 1340-202X Draft from adoption and instead proposed related provisions in 10 CFR 429.43 and 429.134 and 10 CFR part 431, subpart F, appendices A and A1. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Proposed Approach for Exclusion of Certain Components</HD>
                    <P>DOE's proposals in August 2023 TP NOPR for addressing treatment of certain components are discussed in the following sub-sections.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Components Addressed Through Test Provisions of 10 CFR Part 431, Subpart F, Appendices A and A1</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed in 10 CFR part 431, subpart F, appendices A and A1, test provisions for specific components, including all of the components listed in section D3 to appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft, for which there is a test procedure action that limits the impacts on measured efficiency (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         test procedure provisions specific to the component that are not addressed by general provisions in AHRI 340/360-2022 or AHRI 1340-202X Draft that negate the component's impact on performance). 88 FR 56392, 56430 (August 17, 2023). These provisions would specify how to test a unit with such a component (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         for a unit with hail guards, remove hail guards for testing). These proposed test provisions were consistent with the provision in section D3 to appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft but include revisions for further clarity and specificity (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         adding clarifying provisions for how to test units with modular economizers as opposed to units shipped with economizers installed). 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Specifically, DOE proposed to require in appendices A and A1 that steps be taken during unit set-up and testing to limit the impacts on the measurement of these components:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Air Economizers</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Barometric Relief Dampers</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Desiccant Dehumidification Components</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Evaporative Pre-cooling of Air-cooled Condenser Intake Air</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Fire/Smoke/Isolation Dampers</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Fresh Air Dampers</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Hail Guards</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• High-Effectiveness Indoor Air Filtration</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Power Correction Capacitors</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Process Heat Recovery/Reclaim Coils/Thermal Storage</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Refrigerant Reheat Coils</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Steam/Hydronic Heat Coils</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• UV Lights</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Ventilation Energy Recovery Systems (VERS)</FP>
                    <P>
                        The components were listed and described in the proposed table 1 to appendix A and table 1 to appendix A1. Test provisions for the components were provided in the tables. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Components Addressed Through Representation Provisions of 10 CFR 429.43</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Overall Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with the Commercial HVAC Term Sheet and the Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy, in the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed provisions that explicitly allow representations for individual models with certain components to be based on testing for individual models without those components. 88 FR 56392, 56430-56433 (August 17, 2023). DOE proposed a table (table 6) at 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A) listing the components for which these provisions would apply. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         88 FR 56430-56431. DOE proposed the following components be listed in table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A):
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Air Economizers</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Desiccant Dehumidification Components</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Evaporative Pre-cooling of Air-cooled Condenser Intake Air</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Fire/Smoke/Isolation Dampers</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Indirect/Direct Evaporative Cooling of Ventilation Air</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Non-Standard Ducted Condenser Fans</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Non-Standard Indoor Fan Motors</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Powered Exhaust/Powered Return Air Fans</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Process Heat Recovery/Reclaim Coils/Thermal Storage</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Refrigerant Reheat Coils</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Sound Traps/Sound Attenuators</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Steam/Hydronic Heat Coils</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Ventilation Energy Recovery Systems (VERS)</FP>
                    <P>
                        In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to specify that the basic model representation must be based on the least-efficient individual model that comprises a basic model, and clarified how this long-standing basic model provision interacts with the proposed component treatment in 10 CFR 429.43. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         88 FR 56431-56432. DOE tentatively concluded that regulated entities may benefit from clarity in the regulatory text as to how the least-efficient individual model within a basic model provision works in concert with the component treatment for CUACs and CUHPs. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         The amendments proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR explicitly state that excluding the specified components from consideration in determining basic model efficiency in certain scenarios is an exception to basing representations on the least-efficient individual model within a basic model. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         In other words, the components listed in 10 CFR 429.43 are not being considered as part of the representation under DOE's regulatory framework if certain conditions are met as discussed in the following paragraphs, and, thus, their impact on efficiency is not reflected in the representation. In this case, the basic model's representation is generally determined by applying the testing and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44016"/>
                        sampling provisions to the least-efficient individual model in the basic model that does not have a component listed in 10 CFR 429.43.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE proposed clarifying instructions for instances when individual models within a basic model may have more than one of the specified components and there may be no individual model without any of the specified components. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE proposed the concept of an otherwise comparable model group (“OCMG”). 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         An OCMG is a group of individual models within the basic model that do not differ in components that affect energy consumption as measured according to the applicable test procedure other than the specific components listed in table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A) but may include individual models with any combination of such specified components. Therefore, a basic model can be composed of multiple OCMGs, each representing a unique combination of components that affect energy consumption as measured according to the applicable test procedure, other than the specified excluded components listed in table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A). For example, a manufacturer might include two tiers of control systems within the same basic model, in which one of the control systems has sophisticated diagnostics capabilities that require a more powerful control board with a higher wattage input. CUAC and CUHP individual models with the “standard” control system would be part of OCMG A, while individual models with the “premium” control system would be part of a different OCMG B, because the control system is not one of the specified exempt components listed in table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A). However, both OCMGs may include different combinations of specified exempt components. Also, both OCMGs may include any combination of characteristics that do not affect the efficiency measurement, such as paint color.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        An OCMG identifies which individual models are to be used to determine a represented value. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Specifically, when identifying the individual model within an OCMG for the purpose of determining a representation for the basic model, only the individual model(s) with the least number (which could be zero) of the specific components listed in table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A) is considered. This clarifies which individual models are exempted from consideration for determination of represented values in the case of an OCMG with multiple specified components and no individual models with zero specific components listed in table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A) (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         models with a number of specific components listed in table 6 greater than the least number in the OCMG are exempted). In the case that the OCMG includes an individual model with no specific components listed in table 1 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(i)(A), then all individual models in the OCMG with specified components would be exempted from consideration. The least-efficient individual model across the OCMGs within a basic model would be used to determine the representation of the basic model. In the case where there are multiple individual models within a single OCMG with the same non-zero least number of specified components, the least efficient of these would be considered.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE relies on the term “comparable” as opposed to “identical” to indicate that, for the purpose of representations, the components that impact energy consumption as measured by the applicable test procedure are the relevant components to consider. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         In other words, differences that do not impact energy consumption, such as unit color and presence of utility outlets, would not warrant separate OCMGs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The use of the OCMG concept results in the represented values of performance that are representative of the individual model(s) with the lowest efficiency found within the basic model, excluding certain individual models with the specific components listed in table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A). 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Specifically with regard to basic models of CUACs and CUHPs distributed in commerce with multiple different heating capacities of furnaces, the individual model with the lowest efficiency found within the basic model (with the aforementioned exception) would likely include the furnace with the highest offered heating capacity. Additionally, selection of the individual model with the lowest efficiency within the basic model would be required to consider all options for factory-installed components and manufacturer-supplied field-installed components (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         electric resistance supplementary heat), excluding the specific components listed in table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A). If manufacturers want to represent more-efficient models within the same group, they would be able to establish those units as new basic models and test and report the results accordingly. Further, the approach, as proposed, is structured to more explicitly address individual models with more than one of the specific components listed in table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A), as well as instances in which there is no comparable model without any of the specified components. DOE developed a document of examples to illustrate the approach proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR for determining represented values for CUACs and CUHPs with specific components, and in particular the OCMG concept (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         EERE-2023-BT-TP-0014-0001).
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE's proposed provisions in 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A) include each of the components specified in section D3 of AHRI 340/360-2022 for which the test provisions for a unit with these components may result in differences in ratings compared to testing a unit without these components. 88 FR 56392, 56431-56432 (August 17, 2023). DOE's proposed treatment for non-standard indoor fan motors and coated coils is discussed in the following sub-sections.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">High-Static Non-Standard Indoor Fan Motors</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy includes high-static indoor blowers or oversized motors as an optional feature for CUACs and CUHPs, among other equipment. The Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy states that when selecting a unit of a basic model for DOE‐initiated testing, if the basic model includes a variety of high-static indoor blowers or oversized motor options,
                        <SU>26</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE will test a unit that has a standard indoor fan assembly (as described in the supplemental test instructions (“STI”) that is part of the manufacturer's certification, including information about the standard motor and associated drive that was used in determining the certified rating). This policy only applies where: (a) the manufacturer distributes in commerce a model within the basic model with the standard indoor fan assembly (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         standard motor and drive), and (b) all models in the basic model have a motor with the same or better relative efficiency performance as the standard motor included in the test unit, as described in a separate guidance document discussed subsequently. If the manufacturer does not offer models with the standard motor identified in the STI or offers models with high-static motors that do not comply with the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44017"/>
                        comparable efficiency guidance, DOE will test any indoor fan assembly offered for sale by the manufacturer.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>26</SU>
                             The Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy defines “high static indoors blower or oversized motor” as an indoor fan assembly, including a motor, that drives the fan and can deliver higher external static pressure than the standard indoor fan assembly sold with the equipment. (
                            <E T="03">See www.energy.gov/sites/default/files/2019/04/f62/Enforcement_Policy-Commercial_HVAC.pdf. at p.6</E>
                            )
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE subsequently issued a draft guidance document (Draft Commercial HVAC Guidance Document) on June 29, 2015 to request comment on a method for comparing the efficiencies of a standard motor and a high-static indoor blower/oversized motor.
                        <SU>27</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As presented in the Draft Commercial HVAC Guidance Document, the relative efficiency of an indoor fan motor would be determined by comparing the percentage losses of the standard indoor fan motor to the percentage losses of the non-standard (oversized) indoor fan motor. The percentage losses would be determined by comparing each motor's wattage losses to the wattage losses of a corresponding reference motor. Additionally, the draft method contains a table that includes a number of situations with different combinations of characteristics of the standard motor and oversized motor (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         whether each motor is subject to Federal standards for motors; whether each motor can be tested to the Federal test procedure for motors; whether each motor horsepower is less than 1 and specifies for each combination whether the non-standard fan enforcement policy would apply (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         whether DOE would not test a model with an oversized motor, as long as the relative efficiency of the oversized motor is at least as good as performance of the standard motor)). DOE has not issued a final guidance document and is instead addressing the issue for CUACs and CUHPs in this test procedure rulemaking.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>27</SU>
                             Available at 
                            <E T="03">www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_standards/pdfs/draft-commercial-hvac-motor-faq-2015-06-29.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The current Federal test procedure does not address this issue. Section D4.1 of appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft provide an approach for including an individual model with a non-standard indoor fan motor as part of the same basic model as an individual model with a standard indoor fan motor. Under the approach in section D4.1 of appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft, the non-standard indoor fan motor efficiency must exceed the minimum value calculated using equation D1 in appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft. This minimum non-standard motor efficiency calculation is dependent on the efficiency of the standard fan motor and the reference efficiencies (determined per Table D1 of appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft) of the standard and non-standard fan motors.</P>
                    <P>
                        Section D4.2 of appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft contain a method for how to compare performance for integrated fans and motors (IFMs). Because the fan motor in an IFM is not separately rated from the fan, this method compares the performance of the entire fan-motor assemblies for the standard and non-standard IFMs, rather than just the fan motors. This approach enables comparing relative performance of standard and non-standard IFMs, for which motor efficiencies could otherwise not be compared using the method specified in section D4.1 of appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 or AHRI 1340-202X Draft. Specifically, this method determines the ratio of the input power of the non-standard IFM to the input power of the standard IFM at the same duty point as defined in section D4.2 of appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         operating at the maximum ESP for the standard IFM at the rated airflow). If the input power ratio does not exceed the maximum ratio specified in Table D3 of appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft, the individual model with the non-standard IFM may be included within the same basic model as the individual model with the standard IFM. Section D4.2 of appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft allow these calculations to be conducted using either test data or simulated performance data.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The approaches in section D4 of appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft for high-static non-standard indoor fan motors and non-standard indoor IFMs generally align with the approaches of the Commercial HVAC Term Sheet, the Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy, and the Draft Commercial HVAC Guidance Document, while providing greater detail and accommodating a wider range of fan motor options. For the reasons presented in the preceding paragraphs, DOE proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR to adopt in table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A) the provisions for comparing performance of standard and high-static non-standard indoor fan motors/IFMs in section D4 of appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft 
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         for the determination of the represented efficiency value for CUACs and CUHPs at 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3). 88 FR 56392, 56432 (August 17, 2023).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             Per DOE's existing certification regulations, if a manufacturer were to use the proposed approach to certify a basic model, the manufacturer would be required to maintain documentation of how the relative efficiencies of the standard and non-standard fan motors or the input powers of the standard and non-standard IFMs were determined, as well as the supporting calculations. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             10 CFR 429.71.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Coated Coils</HD>
                    <P>In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to exclude coated coils from the specific components list specified in 10 CFR 429.43 because DOE tentatively concluded that the presence of coated coils does not result in a significant impact to performance of CUACs and CUHPs, and, therefore, models with coated coils should be rated based on performance of models with coated coils present (rather than based on performance of an individual model within an OCMG without coated coils). 88 FR 56392, 56432-56433 (August 17, 2023).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Enforcement Provisions of 10 CFR 429.134</HD>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with the Commercial HVAC Term Sheet and the Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy, in the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed provisions in 10 CFR 429.134(g)(2) regarding how DOE would assess compliance for basic models of CUACs and CUHPs that include individual models distributed in commerce if DOE cannot obtain for testing individual models without certain components consistent with the model that served as the basis of representation. 88 FR 56392, 56433 (August 17, 2023). Specifically, DOE proposed that if a basic model includes individual models with components listed at table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A) and DOE is not able to obtain an individual model with the least number of those components within an OCMG (as defined in the proposed 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A)(
                        <E T="03">1</E>
                        ) and discussed in section III.F.3.b of this final rule), DOE may test any individual model within the OCMG. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Testing Specially Built Units That Are Not Distributed in Commerce</HD>
                    <P>
                        Unlike section D3 to appendix D of AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-202X Draft, DOE's Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy does not allow a manufacturer to test a model that is specially built for testing without a feature if models without that feature are not actually distributed in commerce. Because testing such specially built models would not provide ratings representative of equipment distributed in commerce, DOE tentatively concluded in the August 2023 TP NOPR that such 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44018"/>
                        approach is not appropriate. 88 FR 56392, 56433 (August 17, 2023). Therefore, consistent with the Commercial HVAC Enforcement Policy, DOE did not propose to allow testing of specially built units in its representation and enforcement provisions. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Updates in AHRI 1340-2023</HD>
                    <P>In the final version of AHRI 1340-2023, appendix D to AHRI 1340-2023 was updated to align with the approach and list of features proposed by DOE in the August 2023 TP NOPR, as discussed in section III.F.3 of this final rule. In addition, Table 37 to appendix D to AHRI 1340-2023 includes instructions specifying that drain pan heaters be disconnected during testing. DOE's consideration of this AHRI 1340-2023 provision for drain pan heaters is discussed in the following section.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Comments Received and Adopted Provisions</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Overall Approach</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE received several comments pertaining to DOE's proposed approach. Carrier stated that DOE's proposal for specific components was not fully clear to Carrier, but that if the intent is that the lowest-efficiency model should be used for representations of performance, Carrier agrees with that approach. (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 3) For rating models, Carrier also agreed that specially built models not distributed in commerce should not be allowed for compliance testing used to determine ratings. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Carrier commented that breaking into separate groups of components and introducing an additional concept of OCMG could create further confusion and undue complexity. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Carrier stated that it would like to see these provisions for specific components be laid out in a more straightforward manner to provide manufacturers clarity when choosing models for representations. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Rheem similarly commented that the proposed OCMG concept lacks clarity and recommended DOE explore ways to make the proposed regulatory text clearer with visual aids or examples. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 2) Rheem recommended the regulatory language to remain the same as it is currently if no further explanation is provided. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding Carrier and Rheem's concerns, DOE's intent is for the lowest-efficiency model within a basic model to be used for representations of performance, as is stated in the provisions adopted at 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(vi)(A)(
                        <E T="03">1</E>
                        ) in this final rule.
                        <SU>29</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE acknowledges that the ability to exclude certain specific components specified in table 7 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(vi)(A) from consideration when identifying the lowest-efficiency model means that there could be confusion in determining the least-efficient model(s) that can be used to determine representations for the basic model. This is the reason that the OCMG concept is required. As discussed, the OCMG formalizes the process by which a manufacturer can consider groups of individual models within a basic model that are comparable, other than the presence of certain specific components specified in table 7 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(vi)(A), and determine the individual model(s) that can be used to determine representations for the basic model. This ensures that the process is performed in the same way by all manufacturers and also by DOE, thereby preventing the potential for confusion and inaccurate representations. Regarding Carrier's and Rheem's requests for more clarity and visual aids, DOE notes that, as discussed, the Department has developed a document which includes visual aids and examples of how the OCMG concept works in application (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         EERE-2023-BT-TP-0014-0001). This document presents several examples that make clear the OCMG concept and how it is used to determine the individual model(s) that can be used to determine representations for a basic model. DOE encourages stakeholders to review this document for additional clarification, and the Department will consider developing other forms of visual aid and examples should stakeholders request it.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>29</SU>
                             In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed the provisions regarding certain components addressed through representation provisions of 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v). In this final rule, those provisions are instead being adopted at 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(vi). Further, the provisions proposed in table 6 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(v)(A) are being adopted in table 7 to 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(vi)(A).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed in the previous paragraphs and the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE is adopting its proposed approach for determining the configuration of a unit under test. DOE is also adopting two updates to the approach proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR, as explained in the paragraphs that follow.</P>
                    <P>
                        First, after consideration of comments received, DOE is changing the required compliance date to be when certifying to standards denominated in terms of IVHE and IVEC, should those standards be established, rather than starting 360 days after publication of the test procedure final rule in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         (as proposed). This is consistent with the approach that DOE has taken for establishing similar provisions for other categories of commercial air conditioning equipment; 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         for other categories such as CRACs (88 FR 21816, 21836-21837 (April 11, 2023)), variable refrigerant flow multi-split systems (87 FR 63860, 63892 (Oct. 20, 2022)), and SPVUs (87 FR 75144, 75166 (Dec. 7, 2022)), DOE specified a compliance date for similar “configuration of unit under test” provisions to be the compliance date of amended energy conservation standards in terms of the new metric. Additionally, this compliance date change ensures that manufacturers will have adequate time to learn and understand the process. As a result, the provisions that DOE is adopting in 10 CFR 429.43 and 429.134 will apply when certifying to standards denominated in terms of IVHE and IVEC or for assessment and enforcement testing of models subject to energy conservation standards denominated in terms of IVEC and IVHE, if such standards are adopted. Consistent with the compliance date for provisions in 10 CFR 429.43 and 429.134, DOE is also not adopting any test provisions for units with specific components in appendix A, and is instead only adopting such test provisions in appendix A1, which would be used when certifying compliance with standards in terms of IVHE and IVEC, should those standards be established.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Second, DOE is adopting in table 2 to appendix A1 the provision for how to test units with drain pan heaters specified in Table 37 to appendix D2 to AHRI 1340-2023 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         disconnect drain pan heaters for testing). Although not proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE has concluded that this guidance for how to test units with drain pan heaters is appropriate and consistent with test provisions for other components that DOE proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR.
                    </P>
                    <P>As discussed, DOE's adopted provisions regarding configuration of unit under test in 10 CFR 429.43 and 429.134 apply to equipment subject to standards in terms of IVHE and IVEC.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Coated Coils</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE received several comments in response to the proposal to exclude coated coils from the specific components list in 10 CFR 429.43. Carrier, Trane, AHRI, and Lennox opposed DOE's proposed exclusion of coated coils from the specific components list. (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 3; Trane, No. 14 at p. 4; AHRI, No. 15 at p. 6; Lennox, No. 9 at p. 2) AHRI asserted that DOE provided no data to support the proposal and that the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44019"/>
                        proposal could more than double manufacturers' listed basic models. (AHRI, No. 15 at p. 6)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Trane stated that there are a multitude of coil coatings available in the marketplace and that many are customized per specific customer requests. (Trane, No. 14 at p. 4) Trane further commented that many coils undergo a special “non-standard” process to have coil coatings applied, often requiring coils to be sent to a third party prior to being installed in the unit during the manufacturing process, which adds significant lead time to the equipment as well as variability in types of coatings that are applied. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Trane argued that excluding coated coils from the list of specific components would necessitate extensive testing in order to develop adequate performance models for all cases. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Trane additionally stated that this would also multiply the number of listed models, as some coil coatings may have significant performance impacts while some may not. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Trane stated that units with coated coils only represent a very small fraction of the market, and, therefore, requiring all equipment to include coil coatings in the basic models is not representative of the vast majority of applications in the marketplace. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Trane also argued that this requirement would be unduly burdensome for manufacturers, given that coated coils represent such a small share of the market. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Carrier stated that there is a negative impact to performance when a unit is first produced with coated coils, but Carrier asserted that the coating prevents degradation over the lifetime of the unit as compared to a unit with an uncoated coil in certain applications. (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 3) In the event that coated coils are removed from the list of specific components, Carrier stated that it is concerned that energy conservation will be reduced over the life of products in the applications that require these components. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) If coated coils are excluded from the list of specific components, Carrier opposed the proposed 360-day compliance date for requirements for representations of those models, stating that compliance would require additional laboratory time and engineering resources that are currently fully allocated to refrigerating transition projects required to meet the Environmental Protection Agency's January 1, 2025 compliance date. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>In response, DOE notes that the comments received in response to the August 2023 TP NOPR indicate that some coil coatings may not have a significant impact on performance while other coil coatings would. Given that comments suggest that certain implementations of coated coils do not impact energy use whereas others do, DOE has determined that for those units for which coated coils do impact energy use, representations should include those impacts, thereby providing full disclosure for commercial customers.</P>
                    <P>Regarding Trane's assertion that including coated coils in representations would be unduly burdensome and assertions that the proposal would significantly increase the number of listed basic models, DOE notes that not all coil coatings would necessarily warrant separate basic models. DOE's definition for “basic model” at 10 CFR 431.92 specifies that a basic model for CUACs and CUHPs can comprise models with “comparably performing” heat exchangers, which allows for models with small variations in performance still to be included together in the same basic model, so long as, consistent with the clarifications adopted and previously discussed in this final rule, the representations for the basic model are based on the least-efficient configuration. Therefore, coil coatings with similar performance impacts could be rated within the same basic model, and coil coatings without a significant impact on performance could be included in the same basic model as models with no coil coatings.</P>
                    <P>DOE expects that manufacturers already have a general understanding of which coil coatings might have significant impacts on performance, based on coil coating material and thickness. To the extent that a manufacturer needs to determine whether a coil coating impacts performance, the manufacturer could presumably determine this for a given model and apply that understanding to other models. In other words, a given coil coating is likely to have similar impacts across all basic models of CUACs and CUHPs, such that finding that the coating has no substantive impact on performance for a given model likely indicates such a finding would apply to other models as well. Thus, DOE expects that there would be no need to separately confirm “no impact” from a given coil coating on each basic model for which it is offered. Further, DOE notes that AEDMs can be used to simulate performance of models with coated coils such that not all models require testing. Therefore, DOE has concluded that the proposed approach for coated coils is not unduly burdensome.</P>
                    <P>DOE disagrees with Trane's comment that requiring all equipment to include coil coatings in the basic models is not representative of the vast majority of applications in the marketplace. The proposed approach does not require that all representations for CUACs and CUHPs be based on the presence of coil coatings; to the extent that manufacturers offer a model with and without a coil coating that substantively impacts performance, the manufacturer can rate as separate basic models with and without the coil coatings. The basic model with ratings based on performance without the coil coating would represent the shipments of units without coil coatings. Further, for coil coatings that impact performance, ratings based on the presence of coil coatings are representative of shipments of units with such coil coatings, and performance ratings based on the presence of the coil coating provide a more accurate assessment of the unit's energy consumption to commercial consumers.</P>
                    <P>Regarding AHRI's assertion that DOE has not provided any data to support its proposal, DOE notes that comments received from both Trane and Carrier indicate that some coil coatings have negative performance impacts. Therefore, DOE concludes that no further data are needed to justify adopting a provision requiring that ratings reflect coated coils with substantive negative performance impacts, as this is consistent with DOE's statutory authority to prescribe test procedures that produce results that are representative of an average use cycle. Additionally, as discussed earlier in this section, to the extent that manufacturers produce units with coated coils that do not impact performance as compared to units with uncoated coils, the manufacturer may group such individual models together within the same basic model.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE disagrees with Carrier's assertion that including coated coils in representations will result in energy conservation being reduced over the life of products in the applications that require coated coils. DOE expects that commercial customers who are currently purchasing CUACs and CUHPs with coated coils do so because they understand coil protection to be important for their application, and DOE does not expect that such consumers would stop purchasing units with coated coils if ratings are required to reflect performance impacts of coated coils. However, the incorporation of performance impacts of coated coils into ratings for CUACs and CUHPs will provide commercial consumers with more accurate assessments of the energy consumption of various models of CUACs and CUHPs, and will, therefore, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44020"/>
                        better elucidate any performance trade-offs associated with coil coatings and will better inform consumers as to coil coatings that may have less performance impact than others.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding Carrier's concern about the timeline for required representations with coated coils, as previously discussed, DOE is adopting all provisions for specific components with a compliance date starting when certifying to standards in terms of IVHE and IVEC, should those standards be established, instead of the proposed compliance date of 360 days after publication of the final rule in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        . DOE has concluded that the adopted compliance date will provide adequate lead time for manufacturers to develop representations that reflect the amended test procedure and representation provisions adopted in this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>For the reasons described in the previous paragraphs and consistent with the proposals in the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE is not incorporating coated coils into DOE's provisions specified in 10 CFR 429.43(a)(3) that allow for the exclusion of specified components when determining represented values for CUACs and CUHPs.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Represented Values</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the following sections, DOE discusses requirements regarding represented values. To the extent DOE is adopting changes to the requirements specified in 10 CFR 429 regarding representations of CUACs and CUHPs, such amendments to 10 CFR part 429, will be required: (1) starting 360 days after the date of publication in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         of this final rule when certifying to an EER, IEER, or COP standard or (2) starting on the compliance date of amended energy conservation standards denominated in terms of IVEC or IVHE, should DOE adopt such standards. Prior to 360 days after the date of publication in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         of this final rule, the current requirements will apply.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Cooling Capacity</HD>
                    <P>In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to adopt provisions relating to the represented value of cooling capacity at 10 CFR 429.43(a)(1)(iv), as well as the verification of cooling capacity during enforcement testing at 10 CFR 429.134(g). 88 FR 56392, 56433-56434 (August 17, 2023). The following sections include discussion of the proposals in the NOPR, responses to related comments, and the approaches adopted in this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Representations of Cooling Capacity</HD>
                    <P>
                        For CUACs and CUHPs, cooling capacity determines equipment class, which in turn determines the applicable energy conservation standard. 10 CFR 431.97. Cooling capacity also dictates the minimum ESP test condition applicable under Table 7 of AHRI 340/360-2022 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         larger capacity units are required to be tested at higher ESPs), which in turn affects the performance of the unit. Cooling capacity is a required represented value for all CUACs and CUHPs, but the requirements currently specified in 10 CFR 429.43(a)(1)(iv) regarding how the represented value of cooling capacity is determined only apply to ACUACs and ACUHPs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to make certain modifications to these provisions and to expand the applicability of these provisions, as amended, to all of the CUACs and CUHPs that are the subject of this rulemaking. Specifically, DOE proposed that the represented value of cooling capacity must be between 95 and 100 percent of the mean of the total cooling capacities measured for the units in the sample. 88 FR 56392, 56433 (August 17, 2023). DOE also proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR that for units where the represented value is determined through an AEDM, the represented value of cooling capacity must be between 95 and 100 percent of the total cooling capacity output simulated by the AEDM. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Additionally, DOE proposed to remove the existing requirement in 10 CFR 429.43(a)(1)(iv) that the represented value of cooling capacity correspond to the nearest appropriate Btu/h multiple according to Table 4 of ANSI/AHRI 340/360-2007 in order to allow manufacturers flexibility in certifying a rated value that provides a representation of cooling capacity that may be more meaningful for commercial consumers. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE argued that these proposals would ensure that the rated capacity is representative of the unit's performance, while allowing manufacturers to conservatively rate capacity if the manufacturer deemed such conservative rating necessary to ensure that equipment is capable of performing at the cooling capacity for which it is represented to consumers. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE requested comment on its proposals related to the representation of cooling capacity. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Carrier supported DOE's cooling capacity representation proposal. (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 4) AHRI commented that it opposes DOE's proposal that represented capacity must be between 95 to 100 percent of measured or simulated capacity for units where the represented value is determined through an AEDM, asserting that this tolerance is too narrow given that manufacturers can rate capacity at 95 percent of development tests. AHRI further argued that the proposal allows for no (0 percent) tolerance for variation because tested capacity during enforcement could be at 105 percent (per DOE's proposal regarding cooling capacity used to determine ESP requirements during DOE testing, which is discussed in section III.G.1.b of this final rule). (AHRI, No. 15 at p. 6) Rheem commented that it opposed DOE's proposal for a one-sided tolerance to be within 95 to 100 percent of rated cooling capacity, arguing that this tolerance does not provide enough margin to account for factors that affect measurements such as manufacturing variation and test lab conditions. Instead, Rheem recommended that DOE consider adoption of a wider two-sided tolerance that accounts for measurement variability, such as 90 to 110 percent of rated capacity. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 2) Lennox similarly commented that it opposes DOE's proposal to require that the measured cooling capacity must be between 95 and 100 percent of the represented value and argued the proposed tolerance is too narrow, given that manufacturers can rate up to 100 percent of the tested value. Lennox recommended DOE instead provide a tolerance range for measured capacity between 95 and 105 percent. (Lennox, No. 9 at p. 2)</P>
                    <P>
                        As previously expressed, DOE's proposal to limit the represented value of cooling capacity to be within 95 and 100 percent of the mean of the total cooling capacities measured for the units in the sample (or simulated by an AEDM) was intended to allow manufacturers to conservatively rate capacity if the manufacturer deemed such conservative rating necessary to ensure that equipment is capable of performing at the cooling capacity for which it is represented to consumers, but it was also intended to prevent manufacturers from over-rating capacity. Comments from Rheem and Lennox suggest that the commenters misunderstood the proposal to be imposing a tolerance on the 
                        <E T="03">measured</E>
                         cooling capacity that is compared to the rated cooling capacity. To clarify, this provision specifies how represented values of cooling capacity are determined based on the sample of measured values (or values calculated in an AEDM) for a given basic model. Verification of rated cooling capacity, which is a separate issue, is discussed in the following section.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44021"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Rated cooling capacity is used to determine the ESP requirements used in testing; therefore, DOE has concluded that significant underrating or overrating of capacity could cause unintended consequences such as inequitable ratings due to differences in self declarations. Further, significant underrating or overrating of capacity would provide an inaccurate assessment to consumers of the amount of space cooling a model can provide. Additionally, the 95 to 100 percent tolerance is consistent with what has been adopted for other categories of commercial air-conditioning, such as DX-DOASes, SPVUs, and CRACs. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 CFR 429.43(a)(3)(i)(B)(
                        <E T="03">1</E>
                        ), (a)(3)(iii)(B), and (a)(3)(iv)(B).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding comments on manufacturing variation and test variability, DOE notes that if a manufacturer develops ratings for a basic model based on testing, the manufacturer must test in accordance with 10 CFR 429.43(a)(1), which requires testing to be conducted on a sample consistent of no less than two units per basic model. The provisions at 10 CFR 429.43(a)(1) specify statistics used to develop represented values based on the mean and standard deviation of measurements—
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         reflecting the variation in measurements included in the sample. If a manufacturer chooses to consider more units or variation in measured performance using different test chambers, DOE does not limit the number of units or test chambers that can be used in the sample to develop a rating for a basic model. In other words, a manufacturer can include in the sample results from all testing it has conducted for a basic model; therefore, there should not be a scenario in which a manufacturer has test results suggesting that the mean of the sample does not accurately reflect performance of the basic model, because those test results can be included in the sample. Thus, there would be no basis for a manufacturer to: (1) underrate cooling capacity (as compared to the mean of measured values) by more than 5 percent; or (2) overrate cooling capacity.
                    </P>
                    <P>Similar logic applies if a manufacturer develops ratings for a basic model based on AEDM simulations in accordance with 10 CFR 429.43(a)(2). DOE's regulations at 10 CFR 429.70 provide a minimum number of tested models needed for validation of an AEDM, but if a manufacturer is concerned that the tested models do not reflect what is likely to be the “average” performance for those models given manufacturing variation and test variability, DOE does not limit the number of units or test chambers that can be used in the test results used to validate an AEDM. Therefore, similar to development of ratings via testing, for AEDM-simulated models, there would be no basis for a manufacturer to: (1) underrate cooling capacity (as compared to the AEDM-simulated values) by more than 5 percent; or (2) overrate cooling capacity.</P>
                    <P>Consequently, DOE has concluded that the issues of manufacturing variation and test variability are sufficiently captured in DOE's existing regulations, so the Department is not adopting any wider tolerance on the represented cooling capacity than proposed. As such, DOE is adopting the provisions regarding representations of cooling capacity as originally proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Verification of Cooling Capacity</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE currently outlines product-specific enforcement provisions at 10 CFR 429.134(g) for ACUACs and ACUHPs, specifically that the mean of cooling capacity measurements during assessment or enforcement testing will be used to determine the applicable standards (which depend on cooling capacity) for purposes of compliance. First, DOE proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR to expand the scope of this requirement to include ECUACs and WCUACs. 88 FR 56392, 56433 (August 17, 2023). Second, DOE proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR for all CUACs and CUHPs that are the subject of this rulemaking that if the mean of the cooling capacity measurements exceeds by more than 5 percent the cooling capacity certified by the manufacturer, the mean of the measurement(s) will be used to select the applicable minimum ESP test condition from Table 7 of AHRI 340/360-2022 in appendix A or from Table 5 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft in appendix A1.
                        <FTREF/>
                        <SU>30</SU>
                          
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>30</SU>
                             Table 5 of AHRI 1340-2023 includes the same ESP test conditions as Table 5 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE requested comment on its proposal related to the verification testing of cooling capacity. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         In response, Carrier and Trane disagreed with DOE's proposal to establish a 5-percent tolerance on rated capacity for determining the applicable minimum ESP condition when conducting verification testing. (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 4; Trane, No. 14 at p. 5)
                    </P>
                    <P>Trane asserted that this tolerance did not provide enough range for manufacturing, design, and testing variability. Trane also asserted that as a result of DOE's proposed 5-percent tested capacity limit above capacity ratings, in some cases, capacity ratings would be difficult to establish with the proposed approach because the tested capacity and ESP requirement continually impact each other in a way which would cause the tested capacity to be either too high or too low depending on the ESP applied. Trane provided an example illustrating the range of different capacities measured under different ESP conditions for the same model. Trane further asserted that there would be no benefit for manufacturers to conservatively rate units at lower ESPs due to capacity fluctuations because doing so could increase the minimum efficiency requirement and the resulting energy efficiency performance could be negatively impacted. (Trane, No. 14 at p. 5)</P>
                    <P>Carrier argued that if manufacturers use the 5-percent margin in the certified capacity rating as the proposed rule allows, it is likely that the tested capacity during assessment and enforcement testing could go above the 105 percent tolerance, and, therefore, Carrier recommended that a tolerance of 10-percent be applied to the tested capacity. (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 4)</P>
                    <P>
                        Carrier also commented regarding an issue it found with the tolerance proposal due to the new ESP requirements in AHRI 1340. Carrier commented that the tested net capacity of a unit can decrease at higher static pressures due to heat loss from the electric motor operating against a higher static pressure. As such, Carrier commented that the tested capacity at lower static pressures could be above the test tolerance, but for the same unit at higher ESPs, the tested capacity could be below the test tolerances. Carrier requested further clarification from DOE as to which capacity should be used for ESP determination if this situation were to occur. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        After careful consideration of comments received, DOE has concluded that the proposed provision to use the measured cooling capacity during assessment and enforcement testing to determine the ESP test condition if the measured cooling capacity exceeds the certified cooling capacity by more than 5 percent is not necessary at this time. As stated in the August 2023 TP NOPR, the intent of this proposal was to ensure the unit is being tested to the appropriate ESP and being evaluated against the appropriate standard during assessment and enforcement testing. 88 FR 56392, 56433 (August 17, 2023). DOE has concluded that the adopted requirement (discussed in section III.G.1.a of this final rule) for the represented value of cooling capacity to be between 95 and 100 percent of the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44022"/>
                        mean of the total cooling capacities measured for the units in the sample (or between 95 and 100 percent of the AEDM-simulated cooling capacity) will ensure that the rated cooling capacity accurately reflects the cooling capacity for a basic model. Therefore, DOE has determined that maintaining the current policy of selecting the ESP requirement used for DOE testing based on the rated cooling capacity rather than the measured cooling capacity will provide a representative measure of the equipment's energy use. DOE acknowledges the issue raised by commenters, and notes that maintaining the current policy will prevent a situation in which the measured capacity iteratively affects the applicable ESP requirement, and will avoid any conflicts between DOE's enforcement provisions and DOE's adopted provisions allowing conservative rating of cooling capacity as low as 95 percent. As such, DOE is not adopting its proposal that the mean of measured capacities be used to select the applicable minimum ESP condition when it exceeds the rated cooling capacity of a basic model by more than 5 percent.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE did not receive comment regarding its proposal to expand the scope of the current product-specific enforcement requirements at 10 CFR 429.134(g) to ECUACs and WCUACs. DOE has determined that extending this provision to ECUACs and WCUACs will ensure that the unit is being evaluated against the appropriate standard. As such, DOE is expanding the scope of the requirement at 10 CFR 429.134(g) that the mean of cooling capacity measurements will be used to determine the applicable standards (which depend on cooling capacity) for purposes of compliance to apply to ECUACs and WCUACs.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. AEDM Tolerance for IVEC and IVHE</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed previously, DOE's existing testing regulations allow the use of an AEDM, in lieu of testing, to simulate the efficiency of CUACs and CUHPs. 10 CFR 429.43(a). For models certified with an AEDM, results from DOE verification tests are subject to certain tolerances when compared to certified ratings. In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed in table 2 to paragraph (c)(5)(vi)(B) at 10 CFR 429.70 to specify a tolerance of 10 percent for CUAC and CUHP verification tests for IVEC and IVHE. 88 FR 56392, 56434 (August 17, 2023). This tolerance is identical to the current tolerance specified for IEER (for ACUACs and ACUHPs) and for integrated metrics for other categories of commercial air conditioners and heat pumps (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         integrated seasonal coefficient of performance 2 and integrated seasonal moisture removal efficiency 2 for DX-DOASes). DOE also proposed to specify a tolerance of 5 percent for CUAC and CUHP verification testing for the optional EER2 and COP2 metrics. This tolerance is identical to the current tolerances specified for EER and COP for CUACs and CUHPs. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE did not receive any comments regarding this proposal. Therefore, DOE is adopting the AEDM tolerances applicable to IVEC, IVHE, EER2, and COP2 as proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Minimum Part-Load Airflow</HD>
                    <P>
                        As previously discussed in sections III.D.1 and III.D.2 of this document, the IVEC and IVHE metrics account for energy consumed (specifically that of the indoor fan) in mechanical cooling and heating, as well as modes other than mechanical cooling and heating (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         economizer-only cooling, cooling season ventilation, heating season ventilation). IVEC and IVHE do not include separate tests or airflow rates for ventilation hours or economizer-only cooling (only applicable to IVEC). For example, for the economizer-only cooling hours in the D bin, the indoor fan power measured when operating at the lowest manufacturer-specified part-load airflow for a given load bin is applied for economizer-only cooling hours in that bin. Section 6.2.7 and 6.3.10 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft require that the lowest indoor fan power measured for cooling or heating tests is applied for cooling-season ventilation hours in IVEC and heating-season ventilation hours in IVHE. AHRI 1340-2023 maintains these provisions. Therefore, considering mechanical cooling and heating, as well as other operating modes (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         economizer-only cooling, ventilation), the indoor fan power measured at the lowest manufacturer-specified part-load cooling and heating airflow rates represents a significant fraction of the power included in the IVEC and IVHE metrics (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         indoor fan power measured at these airflow rates is weighted by a significant number of hours), and differences in the lowest manufacturer-specified part-load airflow can significantly impact IVEC and IVHE ratings.
                    </P>
                    <P>Based on examination of publicly-available product literature, DOE understands that many basic models of a CUAC or CUHP have controls that allow for modulation of the minimum airflow used across a wide range of airflow turndown. DOE's research suggests that many models are distributed in commerce with an “as-shipped” minimum airflow and/or a default minimum airflow setting recommended in manufacturer installation instructions. However, in many cases, DOE observed that the unit controls allow the installer to change this minimum airflow setting during installation to reflect any constraints specific to a particular installation. DOE understands that such constraints may include the duct distribution system, the thermostat the CUAC or CUHP is paired with, and the minimum ventilation rate for the conditioned space served by the CUAC or CUHP. To ensure that IVEC and IVHE ratings reflect indoor fan power that is generally representative of airflow rates that would be used in the field for a given basic model, DOE considered the following two options for requirements related to minimum part-load airflow used for representations of IVEC and IVHE in the August 2023 TP NOPR:</P>
                    <P>1. Representations of IVEC and IVHE (including IVHEc, as applicable) must be based on setting the lowest stage of airflow to the highest part-load airflow allowable by the basic model's system controls. For example, if fan control settings for a basic model allow its lowest stage of airflow to range from 40 to 60 percent, the basic model will need to be represented based on the lowest stage of airflow set to 60 percent of the full-load airflow.</P>
                    <P>
                        2. Representations of IVEC and IVHE (including IVHEc, as applicable) must be determined using minimum part-load airflow that is no lower than the highest of the following: (1) the minimum part-load airflow obtained using the as-shipped system control settings; (2) the minimum part-load airflow obtained using the default system control settings specified in the manufacturer installation instructions (as applicable); and (3) the minimum airflow rate specified in section 5.18.2 of AHRI 1340-202X Draft.
                        <SU>31</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         88 FR 56392, 56434-56435 (August 17, 2023).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>31</SU>
                             Section 5.18.2 of AHRI 1340-2023 includes the same provisions as those specified in section 5.18.2 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE tentatively concluded that option 1, which requires representations based on the highest minimum part-load airflow allowable by system controls, may result in unrepresentatively high airflow rates in cases in which a basic model allows configuration of minimum airflow to a very high percentage to accommodate a small fraction of installations in which minimum part-load airflow must be high (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         in applications with very high minimum ventilation rates). 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                          
                        <PRTPAGE P="44023"/>
                        Therefore, DOE proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR to adopt option 2 and requested comment on its proposal, as well as any alternate options not listed that would ensure representations of IVEC and IVHE are based on minimum part-load airflow that is representative of field installations. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        AHRI, Carrier, Lennox, Rheem, and Trane opposed DOE's proposal and argued that the only restriction on minimum airflow rate should be what was agreed to in Recommendation #6 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         limiting the minimum airflow rate to that specified in Section 5.18.2 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft). (AHRI, No. 15 at pp. 6-7; Carrier, No. 8 at p. 5; Lennox, No. 9 at p. 3; Rheem, No. 12 at p. 2; Trane No. 14 at p. 6) Carrier commented that the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet includes a requirement for manufacturers to certify the airflow that is used in the lowest-stage cooling test, and stated that this ensures that the unit is capable of running in application at the airflows that were used in the tests or AEDM. Carrier further stated that restricting the broad range of airflow settings in commercial equipment to only those that are default from the factory is not appropriate and recommended that no further restrictions be placed on tested airflows beyond what was agreed upon in the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 5)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        AHRI and Trane asserted that ratings are based on a representative average of many customer applications and that equipment built for stock has a default airflow and ESP with the expectation that customers will adjust and commission (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         adjust sheaves, VFDs, discharge air temperature setpoints, or other parts of the equipment) for their specific applications, and made-to-order equipment is built per customer specifications for a given installation. (AHRI, No. 15 at pp. 6-7; Trane, No. 14 at p. 6) AHRI and Trane further stated that the default airflow and ESP may not align with the ESP requirements in the test procedure, and that considerable variation across installations does not align with a single rating point. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Trane further stated that equipment utilizing sheaves in the airflow system almost always require field adjustment up to and including different sheave components ordered as field-installed accessories to complete an equipment installation. (Trane, No. 14 at p. 6) AHRI and Trane further stated that supplemental test instructions submitted as part of certification ensure that the equipment is properly set up for any verification testing as per the test procedure. (AHRI, No. 15 at pp. 6-7; Trane, No. 14 at p. 6)
                    </P>
                    <P>ASAP &amp; ACEEE expressed support for DOE's proposal regarding determination of part-load airflow, stating that it improves representativeness by considering the default and as-shipped settings, and expressed concern that without DOE's proposal, manufacturers could rate models with airflows lower than would be representative. (ASAP &amp; ACEEE, No. 11 at pp. 1-2)</P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding the comments that DOE should impose no additional requirements on minimum part-load airflow and that the only requirements should be the ones in the ACUAC/HP Working Group TP Term Sheet, DOE has concluded that the minimum part-load airflow requirements proposed for 10 CFR 429.43 have a different purpose than, and do not deviate from or conflict with, the requirement regarding minimum airflow specified in Recommendation #6 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet (which is the minimum part-load airflow specified in section 5.18.2 of the AHRI 1340-202X Draft and AHRI 1340-2023). In this final rule, DOE is adopting section 5.18.2 of AHRI 1340-2023 in the test procedure at appendix A1, consistent with Recommendation #6 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. This minimum part-load airflow requirement from the Term Sheet and AHRI 1340 represents the minimum airflow required to provide adequate ventilation in a typical building (based on an average of building types used to develop the IVEC metric, as discussed in section III.D.1 of this document). In other words, the requirement in the test procedure is a lower bound on minimum airflow for 
                        <E T="03">any</E>
                         CUAC/HP model serving the average building, but it is not necessarily representative of the minimum part-load airflow used in the field for a given CUAC or CUHP model. For example, for a model that is typically installed with a minimum part-load airflow of 67 percent of full-load airflow, the minimum airflow limit specified in section 5.18.2 of AHRI 1340-2023 would be far lower than that that representative minimum and would, therefore, fail to serve as a guardrail ensuring the minimum part-load airflow used for rating that model is representative of how the model is typically installed. DOE found in an examination of publicly-available product literature, the range of airflows, including minimum part-load airflow, can differ between models based on application, design of the unit, and manufacturer preferences.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As part of Working Group discussions regarding energy conservation standards, which occurred after the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet was agreed to, it was discussed that minimum part-load airflow is one of the largest determinants of IVEC performance (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0092 at pp. 22-27). Specifically, during the course of the Working Group energy conservation standards negotiations, industry members in the ACUAC/HP Working Group provided a DOE contractor with a confidential, anonymized dataset that included simulated IEER and IVEC values for more than 100 models of CUACs and CUHPs currently available on the market. Analysis of this dataset indicated that the minimum part-load airflow is one of the most significant differentiators between models with lower and higher IVEC values. This is because, as discussed, the minimum part-load airflow is allocated to a large number of hours when calculating IVEC, so lower values of minimum part-load airflow are associated with higher values of IVEC. Given the Department's statutory obligation to ensure that ratings are based on a test procedure that is reasonably designed to produce test results which reflect energy efficiency during a representative average use cycle that is not unduly burdensome to conduct (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(2)), DOE has concluded that provisions beyond those included in AHRI 1340-2023 are needed to ensure that the minimum part-load airflow used to determine IVEC is representative of how a given model is typically installed. Such provisions, when combined with the minimum airflow limit in AHRI 1340-2023 that DOE is also adopting in this final rule, would prevent use of an unrepresentatively low minimum part-load airflow that could boost efficiency ratings but not ultimately result in energy savings in the field. The provisions proposed by DOE address this issue by using the as-shipped or default values of minimum part-load airflow as indicators of the representative minimum part-load airflow used in the field. Although industry commenters objected to having additional requirements on the minimum part-load airflow, the objecting commenters apparently did not recognize the representativeness issue identified by DOE nor provide any alternate approaches to address the issue. In the absence of any suggested alternative approaches, DOE has determined that the proposed approach 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44024"/>
                        is appropriate to ensure that the minimum part-load airflow used to determine IVEC is representative of field operation.
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding comments from AHRI and Trane that ratings are based on a representative average of many customer applications and that considerable variation across installations does not align with a single rating point, DOE agrees that the test procedure is and should be based on a representative average of many applications. While this average rating inherently cannot perfectly represent every application, it should be representative of an average or typical installation. DOE disagrees that its proposed minimum part-load airflow provisions deviate from this “representative average application” approach underlying the test procedure. Without DOE's proposed provisions, there would be no mechanism constraining the certified minimum part-load airflow to be representative of how a given model is typically installed, and further, manufacturers would be incentivized to certify as low a minimum part-load airflow as possible in order to achieve a higher IVEC rating. DOE has concluded that the default or as-shipped minimum airflow setting is the best publicly-available proxy for what the most representative minimum part-load airflow is for a given model. DOE understands that many installers of CUACs and CUHPs do not change settings from their default and/or as-shipped values; therefore, DOE expects that manufacturers are incentivized to provide default and/or as-shipped minimum airflow values that are appropriate for and representative of a typical installation. DOE understands that that some applications may have lower minimum part-load airflows than provided by the default settings, but has concluded that the default or as-shipped minimum part-load airflow settings are representative of a typical installation. Additionally, the default airflow setting for a specific model is not a single rating condition for all models (such as an ESP requirement or test condition)—it instead reflects whatever model-specific considerations the manufacturer might use to determine the default or as-shipped minimum part-load airflow for the model.</P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, DOE notes that several of the concerns expressed by commenters do not apply to DOE's proposal. Specifically, concerns expressed regarding the adjustment of sheaves and whether the default airflow settings are compatible with the airflow and ESP requirements in the test procedure are not relevant to the proposal, because DOE's proposal only addresses 
                        <E T="03">part-load</E>
                         airflow. For CUACs and CUHPs with adjustable sheaves, the sheaves are adjusted when installing the unit to ensure the fan drive assembly is providing the appropriate airflow for a given installation. Similarly, sheaves are typically adjusted as part of test set-up for the full-load cooling test to meet the full-load airflow and ESP test requirements withing tolerance. However, sheaves are not adjusted between full-load and part-load operation, and are, therefore, not relevant to this proposal. Similarly, DOE recognizes that the default 
                        <E T="03">full-load</E>
                         airflow settings may not be compatible with the airflow and ESP requirements in the test procedure, but DOE has proposed no restrictions on the certified 
                        <E T="03">full-load</E>
                         airflow. In summary, DOE's proposal does not have any effect on the fan control settings used to achieve the full-load airflow and ESP used for testing. DOE's proposal only affects the minimum 
                        <E T="03">part-load</E>
                         airflow for testing, which is a percentage of the full-load airflow already achieved in the full-load cooling test, not an absolute value. Part-load airflow is typically reduced by lowering the power provided to the fan motor by a VFD (relative to the power provided for full-load cooling), an adjustment that it made automatically in field installations but can be manually programmed during test. Therefore, regardless of how different the fan control settings needed to achieve the full-load airflow and ESP used for testing may be from the default or as-shipped 
                        <E T="03">full-load</E>
                         airflow settings, DOE has concluded that the default or as-shipped minimum 
                        <E T="03">part-load</E>
                         airflow settings provide an appropriate and representative degree of airflow turndown that will allow for meeting all test tolerances.
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding comments by AHRI and Trane that supplemental test instructions indicate how units should be set up for test, DOE notes that supplemental test instructions are used to ensure that DOE testing is performed consistent with how the manufacturer rated the equipment. Supplemental test instructions do not ensure that manufacturer-specified settings are representative of field use for a basic model. Similarly, the manufacturer's certification of the minimum airflow used for ratings of a basic model (which was cited by Carrier) does not ensure that the certified airflow is representative of field use. The provisions proposed in 10 CFR 429.43 for minimum part-load airflow, however, are intended to ensure that manufacturer-specified and certified minimum part-load airflows are representative of field use.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed in the previous paragraphs, DOE is adopting the proposed provisions for minimum airflow in 10 CFR 429.43. DOE is not amending certification requirements for CUACs and CUHPs in this rulemaking, but DOE will consider such amendments in a separate rulemaking for certification, compliance, and enforcement. As part of that rulemaking, DOE will consider certification requirements pertaining to this minimum airflow issue, such as requiring certification of the range of minimum part-load airflow allowed by system controls for each basic model.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Enforcement Procedure for Verifying Cut-In and Cut-Out Temperatures</HD>
                    <P>
                        Recommendation #10 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet states that DOE will adopt product-specific enforcement provisions for ACUHPs that include a method to verify certified cut-out and cut-in temperatures based on the test method outlined in the Residential Cold-Climate Heat Pump Technology Challenge (“CCHP Challenge”).
                        <SU>32</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The docketed AHRI 1340-202X Draft did not include test provisions for verifying cut-in and cut-out temperatures, but in the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to adopt a method for verifying certified cut-out and cut-in temperatures at 10 CFR 429.134(g) consistent with Recommendation #10 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet. 88 FR 56392, 56435 (August 17, 2023). Specifically, consistent with the CCHP Challenge method and the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, the proposed method specified gradually ramping down outdoor air temperature until the unit cuts out and gradually ramping back up outdoor air temperature until the unit cuts back on, with the temperature ramp-up and ramp-down conducted at 1.0 °F every 5 minutes. DOE did not receive any comments on its proposed method for verifying cut-in and cut-out temperatures.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>32</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See www.energy.gov/sites/default/files/2021-10/bto-cchp-tech-challenge-spec-102521.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Appendix H of AHRI 1340-2023 includes a procedure for verifying cut-in and cut-out temperatures that is generally consistent with the procedure proposed in the August 2023 TP NOPR. As such, and consistent with Recommendation #10 of the ACUAC and ACUHP Working Group TP Term Sheet, DOE is adopting this procedure for verifying certified cut-in and cut-out temperatures through reference to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44025"/>
                        appendix H of AHRI 1340-2023 in DOE's product-specific enforcement provisions at 10 CFR 429.134(g). DOE will address certification requirements for CUACs and CUHPs, including the potential requirement for certification of cut-out and cut-in temperatures, in a separate rulemaking for certification, compliance, and enforcement.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Organization of the Regulatory Text for CUACs and CUHPs</HD>
                    <P>In addition to the substantive changes discussed previously in this document, DOE proposed organizational changes to table 1 to 10 CFR 431.96(b) and tables 1 through 6 to 10 CFR 431.97 in the August 2023 TP NOPR that were not substantive and were intended to reflect terminology changes and to improve the overall readability of the tables. 88 FR 56392, 56435-56436 (August 17, 2023).</P>
                    <P>
                        Specifically, in table 1 to 10 CFR 431.96(b) (regarding test procedures for commercial air conditioners and heat pumps), DOE proposed to revise terminology to reflect the proposed definition for “commercial unitary air conditioners with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h (CUACs) and commercial unitary heat pumps with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h (CUHPs),” discussed further in section III.B.1 of this final rule. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, tables 1 through 5 to 10 CFR 431.97 currently specify cooling and heating standards for CUACs, CUHPs, and water-source heat pumps (“WSHPs”). DOE also proposed to revise this terminology to reflect the proposed definition for CUACs and CUHPs, remove outdated standards no longer in effect, combine cooling and heating standards into the same tables, and create separate tables for standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs (in Table 1), WCUACs (in Table 2), ECUACs (in Table 3), double-duct systems (in Table 4), and WSHPs (in Table 5). 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE did not receive comment in response to the August 2023 TP NOPR with respect to the proposed organization of regulatory text for CUACs and CUHPs. DOE has determined that these changes will improve the overall readability of the tables in 10 CFR 431.96 and 431.97 and are consistent with the other changes adopted in this final rule. However, as discussed in section III.B.1, DOE is not finalizing the proposed definition for CUAC and CUHP. As such, DOE is not implementing the proposed changes in 10 CFR 431.96 and 431.97 to reflect the proposed term for CUAC and CUHP. Other than these terminology changes, DOE is adopting its proposed reorganization of regulatory text for CUACs and CUHPs in this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Effective and Compliance Dates</HD>
                    <P>
                        The effective date for the adopted test procedure amendments will be 75 days after the date of publication of this final rule in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        . EPCA prescribes that all representations of energy efficiency and energy use, including those made on marketing materials and product labels, must be made in accordance with an amended test procedure, beginning 360 days after the date of publication of the final rule in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        . (42 U.S.C. 6314(d)(1)) To the extent the modified test procedure adopted in this final rule is required only for the evaluation and issuance of updated efficiency standards, compliance with the amended test procedure does not require use of such modified test procedure provisions until the compliance date of updated standards.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Test Procedure Costs and Impact</HD>
                    <P>
                        EPCA requires that the test procedures for commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment, which includes CUACs and CUHPs, be those generally accepted industry testing procedures or rating procedures developed or recognized by either AHRI or ASHRAE, as referenced in ASHRAE Standard 90.1. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(A)) Further, if such an industry test procedure is amended, DOE must amend its test procedure to be consistent with the amended industry test procedure, unless DOE determines, by rule published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         and supported by clear and convincing evidence, that such an amended test procedure would not meet the requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(2)-(3) related to representative use and test burden. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(B))
                    </P>
                    <P>In this final rule, DOE is revising the existing test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs (consolidating for ACUACs and ACUHPs, ECUACs, and WCUACs) at appendix A and adopting an amended test procedure at appendix A1. These adoptions are discussed in the following sub-sections. DOE has also amended its representation and enforcement provisions for CUACs and CUHPs.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Appendix A</HD>
                    <P>
                        In this final rule, DOE has amended the existing Federal test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs (including double-duct systems), which is currently located at appendix A for ACUACs and ACUHPs and 10 CFR 431.96 for ECUACs and WCUACs. Specifically, DOE consolidated the test procedures for ACUACs and ACUHPs, ECUACs, and WCUACs at appendix A and updated the test procedure to incorporate by reference an updated version of the applicable industry test method, AHRI 340/360-2022. The revisions to appendix A retain the current efficiency metrics (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         EER, IEER, and COP). The testing requirements in appendix A are generally consistent with those in AHRI 340/360-2022, which in turn references ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. This is generally consistent with the industry test procedures referenced in the latest version of ASHRAE Standard 90.1.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE has determined that the amendments to appendix A will improve the representativeness, accuracy, and reproducibility of the test results and will not be unduly burdensome for manufacturers to conduct or result in increased testing cost as compared to the current test procedure. The revisions to the test procedure in appendix A for measuring EER, IEER, and COP per AHRI 340/360-2022 will not increase third-party laboratory testing costs per unit relative to the current DOE test procedure. DOE estimates the current costs of physical testing to the current required metrics to be $10,500 for ACUACs, $12,000 for ACUHPs, $6,800 for double-duct air conditioners, $8,300 for double-duct heat pumps, and $6,800 for ECUACs and WCUACs. Further, DOE has concluded that the adopted revisions to the test procedure in appendix A will not change efficiency ratings for CUACs and CUHPs, and, therefore, will not require retesting solely as a result of DOE's adoption of this amendment to the DOE test procedure.
                        <SU>33</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>33</SU>
                             Manufacturers are not required to perform laboratory testing on all basic models. In accordance with 10 CFR 429.70, CUAC and CUHP manufacturers may elect to use AEDMs. An AEDM is a computer modeling or mathematical tool that predicts the performance of non-tested basic models. These computer modeling and mathematical tools, when properly developed, can provide a means to predict the energy usage or efficiency characteristics of a basic model of a given covered product or equipment and to reduce the burden and cost associated with testing.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Appendix A1</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to amend the existing test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs (including double-duct equipment) by adopting a new appendix A1 that references AHRI 1340-202X Draft, including the IVEC and IVHE energy efficiency metrics. DOE noted that the proposed test procedure in appendix A1 would lead to an increase in test cost from the current Federal test procedure; therefore, DOE presented estimates of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44026"/>
                        the test costs associated with the proposed test procedure in appendix A1. 88 FR 56392, 56436-56437 (August 17, 2023). The proposed test cost estimates are presented in Table III-6. DOE requested comments regarding its tentative understanding of the impact of the proposals in the NOPR, particularly regarding DOE's initial estimate of the cost impacts associated with appendix A1. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Carrier commented that the test cost estimates presented in the NOPR are likely incorrect, as there is a substantial difference in set-up time and the amount of energy required to test from the smallest systems to the largest. (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 5)</P>
                    <P>
                        Trane expressed concerns regarding the cost estimate for the 5 °F optional test, and the commenter argued that testing to these low temperatures would require significant capital investment on the part of certification laboratories, as well as increased time to conduct testing at low temperature conditions due to the need for more frequent defrosting of the facility. (Trane, No. 14 at pp. 6-7) Specifically, Trane stated the test cost for the optional 5 °F test should be closer to $9,600 (representing four additional shifts in the test laboratory) rather than the $2,000-$4,000 additional cost estimated in the NOPR. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In this final rule, DOE is amending the existing test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs (including double-duct equipment) by adopting a new appendix A1 that utilizes the most recent version of the applicable industry consensus test procedure, AHRI 1340-2023, including the IVEC and IVHE energy efficiency metrics. Should DOE adopt standards in a future energy conservation standards rulemaking denominated in terms of the new metrics, the test procedure in appendix A1 (which references AHRI 1340-2023) would be required.</P>
                    <P>In light of the comments received, DOE once again considered the estimated costs and burdens associated with the new appendix A1. For the reasons that follow, DOE determined these costs to have remained largely the same as those presented in the August 2023 TP NOPR, with just a few adjustments.</P>
                    <P>DOE has determined that these amendments will be representative of an average use cycle and will not be unduly burdensome for manufacturers to conduct. The test procedure in appendix A1 will lead to an increase in test cost from the current Federal test procedure, as discussed in the following paragraphs. The following paragraphs include estimates for increases in cost of testing at a third-party laboratory.</P>
                    <P>The change in ESP requirements discussed in section III.D.1 that apply to measuring the IVEC and IVHE metrics will require additional test set-up that DOE expects will increase test costs. DOE has concluded that metal ductwork will need to be fabricated for testing to withstand the higher ESP requirements (as compared to foamboard ductwork typically used for testing to the current test procedure). DOE estimates a test cost increase ranging from $500 to $1,500 per unit, depending on the unit size/cooling capacity, associated with this transition to metal ductwork. To meet the return/supply duct ESP requirement, DOE estimates an increase of $200 per unit for the time required to apply return duct restrictions. In combination, DOE estimates a total test cost increase of between $700 and $1,700 per unit to meet the new ESP requirements.</P>
                    <P>For determining IVEC, DOE has concluded that there will not be an increase in testing cost as compared to measuring IEER per the current Federal test procedure, beyond the costs associated with the new ESP requirements discussed previously.</P>
                    <P>For determining IVHE, there are two required heating tests and several additional optional heating tests. The required heating tests are full-load tests at 47 °F and 17 °F. The full-load test at 47 °F is already required for the current Federal test procedure for determining COP. The full-load test at 17 °F is currently required for the AHRI certification program. Because all identified CUHP manufacturers are AHRI members and participate in the AHRI certification program and because third-party laboratories currently have the capability to perform these tests, DOE expects that that the required heating tests for IVHE will not increase test cost as compared to testing that is typically already conducted, beyond the costs associated with the new ESP requirements discussed previously.</P>
                    <P>Optional heating tests for CUHPs will increase the cost of heating testing if conducted. The optional tests for IVHE are outlined in III.D.2 of this final rule, which include: (1) an additional full-load test at 5 °F; (2) part-load tests at 17 °F and 47 °F (including up to 2 part-load tests at each temperature); and (3) for variable-speed units, boost tests at 17 °F and 5 °F. DOE estimates that each optional test conducted will increase the cost of heating testing by $2,000 to $4,000 depending on the test condition.</P>
                    <P>Regarding Trane's comments on burden of the optional 5 °F test, DOE disagrees that conducting a heating test for CUHPs would cost as much as $9,600 at third-party laboratories. DOE expects Trane's estimate may be referring to test facilities that are not designed for low-temperature testing. However, DOE is aware of multiple third-party laboratories commonly used by the CUAC and CUHP industry for testing that have test chambers that can already achieve the 5 °F test condition in much less time than would warrant four shifts. Further, DOE notes that it has received a test quote from a third-party laboratory for conducting the 5 °F test that is within the range of test costs estimated in the August 2023 TP NOPR. Therefore, DOE maintains its estimate of $2,000 to $4,000 for each optional heating test. DOE reiterates that these tests are optional, and, thus, the test procedure adopted in this final rule will not require any manufacturers to conduct a 5 °F test.</P>
                    <P>For ECUACs, WCUACs, and double-duct systems, the current Federal test procedure requires testing to EER for cooling tests; testing to IEER is not currently required for ECUACs, WCUACs, or double-duct systems. Because measuring EER requires only a single test, DOE expects that measuring IVEC for ECUACs, WCUACs, and double-duct systems will increase the cost of cooling testing. Specifically, DOE estimates the cost of additional cooling tests to be $3,700 per unit. Further, the previously discussed costs associated with the new indoor air ESP requirements ($700 to $1,700 depending on unit size) will also apply to ECUACs, WCUACs, and double-duct systems. In addition, for double-duct systems DOE expects that testing to appendix A1 will require an additional $2,000 per unit for set-up to meet the non-zero outdoor air ESP requirement. Otherwise, DOE expects similar test burden for determining IVHE for double-duct systems as for determining IVHE for conventional ACUHPs, as discussed in the preceding paragraphs.</P>
                    <P>Regarding Carrier's comment about the burden of testing higher-capacity equipment, DOE acknowledges that there may be higher third-party laboratory test costs associated with test set-up for larger units than for smaller units. Accordingly, DOE estimates that up to an additional shift (which DOE estimates to cost approximately $2,600) may be necessary for test set-up for the largest covered basic models, and the Department has adjusted the upper bound of its estimated test cost range accordingly.</P>
                    <P>Table III-6 shows DOE's estimates for testing to the current Federal test procedure and the test procedure in appendix A1.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="287">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44027"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.133</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>In the August 2023 TP NOPR, DOE also estimated the cost to develop and validate an AEDM for determining IVEC (and IVHE as applicable) for CUACs and CUHPs (including double-duct systems) to be $19,000 per AEDM. Once the AEDM is developed, DOE estimated that it would take one hour of an engineer's time (calculated based upon an engineering technician wage of $41 per hour) to determine efficiency for each basic model using the AEDM. 88 FR 56392, 56437 (August 17, 2023).</P>
                    <P>AHRI, Carrier, Trane, and Rheem commented that the proposed cost to develop an AEDM to rate units to the new IVEC and IVHE metrics were greatly underestimated in the NOPR. (AHRI, No. 15 at p. 7; Carrier, No. 8 at p. 5; Trane, No. 14 at pp. 6-7; Rheem, No. 12 at p. 3) Carrier stated that to lower potential risk of failure or product availability associated with an AEDM issue, manufacturers typically test more than the minimum two units required for AEDM validation, and manufacturers develop multiple AEDMs to limit the number of basic models for which each AEDM was used to generate ratings. (Carrier, No. 8 at p. 5) AHRI and Trane stated that manufacturers may test significantly more units than the two required by DOE to validate an AEDM. (AHRI, No. 15 at p. 7; Trane, No. 14 at pp. 6-7) Rheem stated that the adoption of appendix A1 will require significant investment by manufacturers for product development, laboratory upgrades, and additional testing. (Rheem, No. 12 at p. 3)</P>
                    <P>In response, DOE notes that most CUAC/HP manufacturers have in-house testing capabilities and would principally use those resources for required testing. DOE expects in-house testing to be cheaper on a per-test basis than third-party testing. DOE is conservatively presenting costs associated with a scenario where a manufacturer does not have these in-house testing resources, or where those resources are otherwise occupied and the manufacturer has to rely on third-party testing. Apart from the optional heating tests, DOE has concluded that the amended test procedures adopted in this final rule would not require capital improvements to in-house testing facilities. (DOE once again notes that the 5 °F test, which some manufacturer's test chambers may need upgrades to conduct, is optional.) Further, the amended test procedures will not require manufacturers to undergo any new product development. Any burden associated with model redesign to meet amended energy conservation standards would be addressed in a separate standards rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>
                        As discussed, DOE has concluded that that the potential adoption of amended energy conservation standards denominated in terms of IVEC and IVHE (and corresponding requirement to use the adopted test procedure in appendix A1) would alter the measured energy efficiency of CUACs and CUHPs. Consequently, manufacturers would not be able to rely on data generated under the current test procedure and would, therefore, be required to re-rate CUAC and CUHP models. In accordance with 10 CFR 429.70, however, CUAC and CUHP manufacturers may elect to use AEDMs to rate models, which significantly reduces costs to industry. DOE has updated its estimate of AEDM creation costs to reflect both the previously mentioned modest increase in labor time associated with testing of large units and the cost range of physical testing broadly. In this final rule, DOE estimates the total cost to develop and validate an AEDM for determining IVEC (and IVHE as applicable) for CUACs and CUHPs (including double-duct systems) to be between $26,400 and $40,600 per AEDM.
                        <SU>34</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Once the AEDM is developed, DOE estimates that it will take one hour of an engineer's time (calculated based upon a fully burdened engineering technician wage of $41.52 per hour) to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44028"/>
                        determine efficiency for each basic model using the AEDM.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>34</SU>
                             DOE estimates that a technician would need 80 hours to develop an AEDM and 16 hours to validate an AEDM based on testing, and that the tests of two basic models would be required per AEDM. At a fully burdened labor rate of $41.52 per hour, the cost to develop and validate an AEDM would be approximately $4,000 and the cost to carry out the testing would be between $11,200 and $18,300 for each basic model, depending on the equipment category of models tested. Therefore, DOE estimates that total AEDM creation costs would be between $26,400 and $40,600.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In accordance with 10 CFR 429.70, manufacturers rating their CUAC and CUHP models with AEDMs must validate an AEDM with testing of a minimum of two basic models per validation class (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         10 CFR 429.70(c)(2)(iv)). DOE acknowledges that manufacturers may choose to test more models than the minimum required by DOE, but DOE has estimated burden associated with what would be required by its amended regulations, not including additional testing manufacturers might choose to undertake at their discretion. Accordingly, in this final rule, DOE maintains a cost estimate for AEDM development based on testing test two basic models for each AEDM.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094</HD>
                    <P>Executive Order (“E.O.”) 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993), as supplemented and reaffirmed by E.O. 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” 76 FR 3821 (Jan. 21, 2011), and E.O. 14094, “Modernizing Regulatory Review,” 88 FR 21879 (April 11, 2023), requires agencies, to the extent permitted by law, to: (1) propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of compliance that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including providing economic incentives to encourage the desired behavior, such as user fees or marketable permits, or providing information upon which choices can be made by the public. DOE emphasizes as well that E.O. 13563 requires agencies to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible. In its guidance, the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (“OIRA”) in the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) has emphasized that such techniques may include identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes. For the reasons stated in the preamble, this final regulatory action is consistent with these principles.</P>
                    <P>Section 6(a) of E.O. 12866 also requires agencies to submit “significant regulatory actions” to OIRA for review. OIRA has determined that this final regulatory action does not constitute a “significant regulatory action” under section 3(f) of E.O. 12866, as amended by E.O. 14094. Accordingly, this action was not submitted to OIRA for review under E.O. 12866.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ) requires preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (“IRFA”) and a final regulatory flexibility analysis (“FRFA”) for any rule where the agency was first required by law to publish a proposed rule for public comment, unless the agency certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. As required by Executive Order 13272, “Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking,” 67 FR 53461 (August 16, 2002), DOE published procedures and policies in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of its rules on small entities are properly considered during the DOE rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and policies available on the Office of the General Counsel's website: 
                        <E T="03">www.energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel.</E>
                         DOE reviewed this final rule under the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the procedures and policies published on February 19, 2003.
                    </P>
                    <P>The following sections explain DOE's determination that this final rule does not have a “significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities,” and that the preparation of a FRFA is not warranted.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Estimate of Small Entities Regulated</HD>
                    <P>
                        For manufacturers of CUACs and CUHPs, the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) has set a size threshold, which defines those entities classified as “small businesses” for the purposes of the statute. DOE used the SBA's small business size standards to determine whether any small entities would be subject to the requirements of the rule. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         13 CFR part 121. The equipment covered by this rule is classified under North American Industry Classification System (“NAICS”) code 333415,
                        <SU>35</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         “Air-Conditioning and Warm Air Heating Equipment and Commercial and Industrial Refrigeration Equipment Manufacturing.” In 13 CFR 121.201, the SBA sets a threshold of 1,250 employees or fewer for an entity to be considered as a small business for this category.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>35</SU>
                             The size standards are listed by NAICS code and industry description and are available at 
                            <E T="03">www.sba.gov/document/support--table-size-standards</E>
                             (last accessed April 4, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE reviewed the test procedures adopted in this final rule under the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the procedures and policies published on February 19, 2003. DOE utilized DOE's Compliance Certification Database (“CCD”) 
                        <SU>36</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and manufacturer websites to identify potential small businesses that manufacture CUACs and CUHPs covered by this rulemaking. DOE identified 13 companies that are original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) of CUACs and CUHPs covered by this rulemaking. Next, DOE screened out companies that do not meet the definition of a “small business” or are foreign-owned and operated. Ultimately, for this final rule DOE identified two small, domestic OEMs for consideration. DOE's assessment indicates that of these two OEMs, one is an AHRI member, and one is not an AHRI member and does not certify their equipment in the AHRI Directory. DOE used subscription-based business information tools (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         reports from Dun &amp; Bradstreet) 
                        <SU>37</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to determine headcount and revenue of each small business.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>36</SU>
                             Certified equipment in the CCD is listed by equipment class and can be accessed at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.doe.gov/certification-data/#q=Product_Group_s%3A*</E>
                             (last accessed Dec. 16, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>37</SU>
                             Market research is available through the Dun &amp; Bradstreet Hoovers login page at: 
                            <E T="03">app.dnbhoovers.com</E>
                             (last accessed April 3, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Description and Estimate of Compliance Requirements</HD>
                    <P>
                        In this final rule, DOE is revising the existing test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs (consolidating for ACUACs and ACUHPs, ECUACs, and WCUACs) at appendix A of subpart F of part 431 (appendix A) by adopting sections of AHRI 340/360-2022. DOE is also amending the test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs by adopting a new appendix A1 to subpart F of part 431 (“appendix A1”) that references the industry test 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44029"/>
                        standard AHRI 1340-2023. Additionally, this final rule amends the representation and enforcement provisions for CUACs and CUHPs in 10 CFR part 429 and certain definitions for CUACs and CUHPs in 10 CFR part 431. Specific cost and compliance associated with each appendix are discussed in the subsections that follow.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Cost and Compliance Associated With Appendix A</HD>
                    <P>In appendix A, DOE has amended the existing test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs (relocated to appendix A for ECUACs and WCUACs, for which the current test procedure is located at 10 CFR 431.96) by incorporating by reference an updated version of the applicable industry test method, AHRI 340/360-2022, which includes the energy efficiency metrics IEER (required metric for ACUACs and ACUHPs), EER (required metric for ECUACs, WCUACs, and double-duct systems), and COP (required metric for ACUHPs and double-duct heat pumps) and maintaining an existing reference to industry test method ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. The adopted test procedure at appendix A does not change efficiency ratings as compared to the current Federal test procedure, and, therefore, will not require retesting nor increase third-party laboratory testing costs per unit solely as a result of DOE's adoption of this amendment to the test procedure. DOE estimates the current costs of physical testing to the current required metrics to be: $10,500 for ACUACs; $12,000 for ACUHPs; $6,800 for double-duct air conditioners; $8,300 for double-duct heat pumps; and $6,800 for ECUACs and WCUACs. In accordance with 10 CFR 429.70, CUAC and CUHP manufacturers may elect to use AEDMs to rate models, an approach which can significantly reduce costs to industry.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Cost and Compliance Associated With Appendix A1</HD>
                    <P>In appendix A1, DOE is adopting the test conditions and procedures in AHRI 1340-2023 and ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. The test procedure in appendix A1 includes provisions for measuring CUAC and CUHP energy efficiency using the IVEC and IVHE metrics so as to be consistent with the updated industry test procedure. Should DOE adopt amended energy conservation standards in the future denominated in terms of IVEC and IVHE, the Department expects there would be an increase in third-party laboratory testing cost relative to the current Federal test procedure, as outlined in further detail in section III.K.2 of this document. Table IV-1 shows DOE's estimates for testing to the current Federal test procedure, the initial cost estimate associated with the NOPR, and this final rule's cost estimate for the adopted test procedure in appendix A1.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="273">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.134</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>If CUAC and CUHP manufacturers conduct physical testing to certify a basic model, two units are required to be tested per basic model. However, manufacturers are not required to perform laboratory testing on all basic models, as manufacturers may elect to use AEDMs, in accordance with 10 CFR 429.70. An AEDM is a computer modeling or mathematical tool that predicts the performance of non-tested basic models. These computer modeling and mathematical tools, when properly developed, can provide a means to predict the energy usage or efficiency characteristics of a basic model of a given covered product or equipment and reduce the burden and cost associated with testing.</P>
                    <P>Small businesses would be expected to have different potential regulatory costs depending on whether they are a member of AHRI. DOE understands that all AHRI members and all manufacturers currently certifying to the AHRI Directory will be testing their CUAC and CUHP models in accordance with AHRI 1340-2023, the industry test procedure DOE is adopting, and using AHRI's certification program.</P>
                    <P>
                        The adopted test procedure amendments will not add any additional testing burden to manufacturers which are members of AHRI. As discussed, DOE identified one small, domestic OEM that is an AHRI 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44030"/>
                        member. Therefore, DOE has concluded that the adopted test procedure amendments will not add additional testing burden to one of the two identified small, domestic OEMs, as that AHRI member company will soon be using AHRI 1340-2023. DOE estimated the potential impacts for the one identified small, domestic OEM that is not an AHRI member and does not certify their equipment in the AHRI Directory. This small business would only incur additional costs if the company would not otherwise be using the AHRI 1340-2023 test procedure to rate their models of CUACs and CUHPs.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE estimates that this non-AHRI member company manufactures 14 basic models of ECUACs and WCUACs. To develop cost estimates for this small business, DOE considered the cost to develop an AEDM, the costs to validate the AEDM through physical testing, and the cost per model to determine ratings using the AEDM. DOE anticipates that this small OEM would avail itself of the cost-saving option which the AEDM provides. DOE estimated the cost to develop an AEDM for ECUACs or WCUACs to be $33,600 per AEDM, which includes the required physical testing of two basic models per validation class. Because ECUACs and WCUACs are separate validation classes (per 10 CFR 429.70), the manufacturer would require two AEDMs—one for ECUACs and one for WCUACs, for a total AEDM development cost of $67,200. Additionally, DOE estimated a cost of $41.52 per basic model for determining energy efficiency using the validated AEDM. The estimated cost to rate the 14 basic models with the AEDM would be approximately $600.</P>
                    <P>Therefore, total testing and rating costs expected for this small business, when and if DOE adopts amended energy conservation standards for ECUACs and WCUACs denominated in terms of the IVEC metric, would be approximately $67,800 for the two AEDMs along with the rating costs for 14 basic models. Market research tools report that company's annual revenue to be approximately $50.6 million. Accordingly, testing and AEDM costs to rate in accordance with appendix A1 could cause this small business manufacturer to incur costs significantly less than one percent of annual revenue for that small manufacturer.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Significant Alternatives to the Rule</HD>
                    <P>DOE considered alternative test methods and modifications to the adopted test procedures in appendices A and A1 for CUACs and CUHPs, referencing AHRI 340/360-2022 and AHRI 1340-2023, respectively. However, DOE has determined that there are no better alternatives than the adopted test procedures, in terms of both meeting the agency's objectives and reducing burden on manufacturers. Therefore, DOE is amending the existing DOE test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs through incorporation by reference of AHRI 340/360-2022 in appendix A, and incorporation by reference of AHRI 1340-2023 in appendix A1.</P>
                    <P>As discussed previously, manufacturers, including small businesses, will have the option to implement AEDMs to certify their basic models—which will likely be more cost-effective than testing each basic model. This option is explained in further detail in section III.K.2 of this document.</P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, individual manufacturers may petition for a waiver of the applicable test procedure. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 CFR 431.401) Also, section 504 of the Department of Energy Organization Act, 42 U.S.C. 7194, provides authority for the Secretary to adjust a rule issued under EPCA in order to prevent “special hardship, inequity, or unfair distribution of burdens” that may be imposed on that manufacturer as a result of such rule. Manufacturers should refer to 10 CFR part 1003 for additional details.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Certification Statement</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE identified 13 OEMs affected by this final rule, two of which would be considered small businesses. Of these two small businesses, one is a member of AHRI, and DOE has determined that the AHRI member company will already be testing to the updated industry test standard (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         AHRI 1340-2023) in order to certify in the AHRI Directory. Consequently, DOE does not anticipate its amended test procedure will add to the testing burden for this AHRI member small business. Finally, DOE has determined that testing costs and burden will not increase substantially for the non-AHRI-member small business either. As discussed previously, the amendments to appendix A will result in zero costs to that small manufacturer. Further, the new appendix A1 will have no cost impact until and if amended energy conservation standards denominated in terms of the new metrics IVEC and IVHE are adopted. DOE has determined that if energy conservation standards are amended, the potential cost associated with this final rule is significantly less than one percent of revenue for the one non-AHRI-member small business. Thus, DOE concludes that this rulemaking does not significantly affect a substantial number of small entities.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Based on the limited number of small entities affected and the 
                        <E T="03">de minimis</E>
                         cost impacts, DOE certifies that this final rule does not have a “significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities,” and accordingly, the Department has determined that the preparation of a FRFA is not warranted. DOE will transmit a certification and supporting statement of factual basis to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for review under 5 U.S.C. 605(b).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>
                    <P>
                        Manufacturers of CUACs and CUHPs must certify to DOE that their equipment complies with any applicable energy conservation standards. To certify compliance, manufacturers must first obtain test data for their equipment according to the DOE test procedures, including any amendments adopted for those test procedures. DOE has established regulations for the certification and recordkeeping requirements for all covered consumer products and commercial equipment, including CUACs and CUHPs. (
                        <E T="03">See generally</E>
                         10 CFR part 429.) The collection-of-information requirement for the certification and recordkeeping is subject to review and approval by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). This requirement has been approved by OMB under OMB control number 1910-1400. Public reporting burden for the certification is estimated to average 35 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE is not amending the certification or reporting requirements for CUACs and CUHPs in this final rule. Instead, DOE may consider proposals to amend the certification requirements and reporting for CUACs and CUHPs under a separate rulemaking regarding appliance and equipment certification. DOE will address changes to OMB Control Number 1910-1400 at that time, as necessary.</P>
                    <P>
                        Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44031"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969</HD>
                    <P>
                        In this final rule, DOE adopts test procedure amendments that it expects will be used to develop and implement future energy conservation standards for CUACs and CUHPs. DOE has determined that this rule falls into a class of actions that are categorically excluded from review under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ) and DOE's implementing regulations at 10 CFR part 1021. Specifically, DOE has determined that adopting test procedures for measuring energy efficiency of consumer products and industrial equipment is consistent with activities identified in 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, appendix A, sections A5 and A6. Accordingly, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Review Under Executive Order 13132</HD>
                    <P>Executive Order 13132, “Federalism,” 64 FR 43255 (August 4, 1999), imposes certain requirements on agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have federalism implications. The Executive order requires agencies to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive order also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the development of such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE examined this final rule and determined that it will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. EPCA governs and prescribes Federal preemption of State regulations as to energy conservation for the products that are the subject of this final rule. States can petition DOE for exemption from such preemption to the extent, and based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6297(d)) No further action is required by Executive Order 13132.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Review Under Executive Order 12988</HD>
                    <P>Regarding the review of existing regulations and the promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of Executive Order 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996), imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write regulations to minimize litigation; (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard; and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. Regarding the review required by section 3(a), section 3(b) of Executive Order 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation: (1) clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms; and (6) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of Executive Order 12988 sections 3(a) and 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, this final rule meets the relevant standards of Executive Order 12988.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
                    <P>
                        Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (“UMRA”) requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the private sector. Public Law 104-4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year (adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers of State, local, and Tribal governments on a “significant intergovernmental mandate,” and requires an agency plan for giving notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small governments before establishing any requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE published a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE's policy statement is also available at 
                        <E T="03">www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/gcprod/documents/umra_97.pdf.</E>
                         DOE examined this final rule according to UMRA and its statement of policy and determined that the rule contains neither an intergovernmental mandate, nor a mandate that may result in the expenditure of $100 million or more in any year, so these requirements do not apply.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999</HD>
                    <P>Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any rule that may affect family well-being. This final rule will not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Review Under Executive Order 12630</HD>
                    <P>DOE has determined, under Executive Order 12630, “Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights,” 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988), that this regulation will not result in any takings that might require compensation under the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Review Under Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516 note) provides for agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). Pursuant to OMB Memorandum M-19-15, Improving Implementation of the Information Quality Act (April 24, 2019), DOE published updated guidelines which are available at: 
                        <E T="03">www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2019/12/f70/DOE%20Final%20Updated%20IQA%20Guidelines%20Dec%202019.pdf.</E>
                         DOE has reviewed this final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44032"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Review Under Executive Order 13211</HD>
                    <P>Executive Order 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,” 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that: (1) is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order, and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use if the regulation is implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use.</P>
                    <P>This regulatory action to amend the test procedure for measuring the energy efficiency of CUACs and CUHPs is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866. Moreover, it would not have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, nor has it been designated as a significant energy action by the Administrator of OIRA. Therefore, it is not a significant energy action, and, accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">L. Review Under Section 32 of the Federal Energy Administration Act of 1974</HD>
                    <P>Under section 301 of the Department of Energy Organization Act (Pub. L. 95-91; 42 U.S.C. 7101), DOE must comply with section 32 of the Federal Energy Administration Act of 1974, as amended by the Federal Energy Administration Authorization Act of 1977. (15 U.S.C. 788; “FEAA”) Section 32 essentially provides in relevant part that, where a proposed rule authorizes or requires use of commercial standards, the notice of proposed rulemaking must inform the public of the use and background of such standards. In addition, section 32(c) requires DOE to consult with the Attorney General and the Chairman of the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) concerning the impact of the commercial or industry standards on competition.</P>
                    <P>
                        The modifications to the test procedure for CUACs and CUHPs adopted in this final rule incorporate testing methods contained in certain sections of the following commercial standards: AHRI 340/360-2022, AHRI 1340-2023, and ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. DOE has evaluated these standards and is unable to conclude whether they fully comply with the requirements of section 32(b) of the FEAA (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         whether they were developed in a manner that fully provides for public participation, comment, and review). DOE has consulted with both the Attorney General and the Chairman of the FTC about the impact on competition of using the methods contained in these standards and has received no comments objecting to their use.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">M. Congressional Notification</HD>
                    <P>As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the promulgation of this rule before its effective date. The report will state that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has determined that this action is not a “major rule” under the criteria set forth in 5 U.S.C. 804(2).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">N. Description of Materials Incorporated by Reference</HD>
                    <P>In this final rule, DOE is incorporating by reference the following test standards:</P>
                    <P>
                        AHRI 340/360-2022 is an industry-accepted test procedure for measuring the performance of air-cooled, evaporatively-cooled, and water-cooled unitary air-conditioning and heat pump equipment. AHRI 340/360-2022 is available from AHRI at 
                        <E T="03">www.ahrinet.org/standards/search-standards.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        AHRI 1340-2023 is the most recent industry-accepted test procedure for measuring the performance of air-cooled, evaporatively-cooled, and water-cooled unitary air-conditioning and heat pump equipment. AHRI 1340-2023 is available from AHRI at 
                        <E T="03">www.ahrinet.org/standards/search-standards.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009 is an industry-accepted test procedure for measuring the performance of electrically driven unitary air-conditioning and heat pump equipment. ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009 is available from ASHRAE on ANSI's website at: 
                        <E T="03">https://webstore.ansi.org/standards/ashrae/ansiashraestandard372009.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Approval of the Office of the Secretary</HD>
                    <P>The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this final rule.</P>
                    <LSTSUB>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects</HD>
                        <CFR>10 CFR Part 429</CFR>
                        <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business information, Energy conservation, Household appliances, Imports, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses.</P>
                        <CFR>10 CFR Part 431</CFR>
                        <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business information, Energy conservation test procedures, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
                    </LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
                    <P>
                        This document of the Department of Energy was signed on April 12, 2024, by Jeffrey Marootian, Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, pursuant to delegated authority from the Secretary of Energy. That document with the original signature and date is maintained by DOE. For administrative purposes only, and in compliance with requirements of the Office of the Federal Register, the undersigned DOE Federal Register Liaison Officer has been authorized to sign and submit the document in electronic format for publication, as an official document of the Department of Energy. This administrative process in no way alters the legal effect of this document upon publication in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <SIG>
                        <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, on April 17, 2024.</DATED>
                        <NAME>Treena V. Garrett,</NAME>
                        <TITLE>Federal Register Liaison Officer, U.S. Department of Energy.</TITLE>
                    </SIG>
                    <P>For the reasons stated in the preamble, DOE amends parts 429 and 431 of chapter II of title 10, Code of Federal Regulations as set forth below:</P>
                    <PART>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 429—CERTIFICATION, COMPLIANCE, AND ENFORCEMENT FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS AND COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT</HD>
                    </PART>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="429">
                        <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 429 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <AUTH>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                            <P>42 U.S.C. 6291-6317; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.</P>
                        </AUTH>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="429">
                        <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 429.4 by:</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>a. Removing paragraph (c)(2);</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>b. Redesignating paragraphs (c)(3) through (5) as paragraphs (c)(2) through (4); and</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>c. Adding new paragraph (c)(5).</AMDPAR>
                        <P>The addition reads as follows:</P>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 429.4</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Materials incorporated by reference.</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(c) * * *</P>
                            <P>
                                (5) AHRI Standard 1340-2023 (I-P) (“AHRI 1340-2023”), 
                                <E T="03">
                                    2023 Standard for 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44033"/>
                                    Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment,
                                </E>
                                 approved November 16, 2023; IBR approved for §§ 429.43; 429.134.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="429">
                        <AMDPAR>3. Amend § 429.43 by:</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>a. Removing paragraph (a)(1)(iv);</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>b. Removing and reserving paragraph (a)(2)(ii); and</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>c. Adding paragraph (a)(3)(vi).</AMDPAR>
                        <P>The addition reads as follows:</P>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 429.43</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Commercial heating, ventilating, air conditioning (HVAC) equipment (excluding air-cooled, three-phase, small commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 British thermal units per hour and air-cooled, three-phase, variable refrigerant flow multi-split air conditioners and heat pumps with less than 65,000 British thermal units per hour cooling capacity).</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) * * *</P>
                            <P>(3) * * *</P>
                            <P>
                                (vi) 
                                <E T="03">Commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h).</E>
                                 Before May 15, 2025, the provisions in 10 CFR 429.43, revised as of January 1, 2024, are applicable. On and after May 15, 2025, when certifying to energy conservation standards in terms of EER or IEER and (as applicable) COP, the provisions in paragraph (a)(3)(vi)(B) of this section apply. When certifying to energy conservation standards in terms of IVEC and (as applicable) IVHE, all provisions in this paragraph (a)(3)(vi) apply.
                            </P>
                            <P>(A) For individual model selection when certifying to energy conservation standards in terms of IVEC and (as applicable) IVHE:</P>
                            <P>
                                (
                                <E T="03">1</E>
                                ) Representations for a basic model must be based on the least-efficient individual model(s) distributed in commerce among all otherwise comparable model groups comprising the basic model, with selection of the least-efficient individual model considering all options for factory-installed components and manufacturer-supplied components for field installation, except as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(vi)(A)(
                                <E T="03">2</E>
                                ) of this section for individual models that include components listed in table 7 to paragraph (a)(3)(vi)(A) of this section. For the purpose of this paragraph (a)(3)(vi)(A)(
                                <E T="03">1</E>
                                ), “otherwise comparable model group” means a group of individual models distributed in commerce within the basic model that do not differ in components that affect energy consumption as measured according to the applicable test procedure specified at 10 CFR 431.96 other than those listed in table 7 to paragraph (a)(3)(vi)(A) of this section. An otherwise comparable model group may include individual models distributed in commerce with any combination of the components listed in table 7 (or none of the components listed in table 7). An otherwise comparable model group may consist of only one individual model.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (
                                <E T="03">2</E>
                                ) For a basic model that includes individual models distributed in commerce with components listed in table 7 to paragraph (a)(3)(vi)(A) of this section, the requirements for determining representations apply only to the individual model(s) of a specific otherwise comparable model group distributed in commerce with the least number (which could be zero) of components listed in table 7 to paragraph (a)(3)(vi)(A) included in individual models of the group. Testing under this paragraph (a)(3)(vi)(A)(
                                <E T="03">2</E>
                                ) shall be consistent with any component-specific test provisions specified in section 6 of appendix A1 to subpart F of 10 CFR part 431.
                            </P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s100,r250">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 7 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">a</E>
                                    )(3)(
                                    <E T="01">vi</E>
                                    )(A)—Specific Components for Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment 
                                </TTITLE>
                                <TDESC>[Excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h]</TDESC>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Component</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Description</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air Economizers</ENT>
                                    <ENT>An automatic system that enables a cooling system to supply outdoor air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling during mild or cold weather.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Desiccant Dehumidification Components</ENT>
                                    <ENT>An assembly that reduces the moisture content of the supply air through moisture transfer with solid or liquid desiccants.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Evaporative Pre-cooling of Air-cooled Condenser Intake Air</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Water is evaporated into the air entering the air-cooled condenser to lower the dry-bulb temperature and thereby increase efficiency of the refrigeration cycle.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Fire/Smoke/Isolation Dampers</ENT>
                                    <ENT>A damper assembly including means to open and close the damper mounted at the supply or return duct opening of the equipment.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Indirect/Direct Evaporative Cooling of Ventilation Air</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Water is used indirectly or directly to cool ventilation air. In a direct system, the water is introduced directly into the ventilation air, and in an indirect system, the water is evaporated in secondary air stream, and the heat is removed through a heat exchanger.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Non-Standard Ducted Condenser Fans (not applicable to Double-duct Systems)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>A higher-static condenser fan/motor assembly designed for external ducting of condenser air that provides greater pressure rise and has a higher rated motor horsepower than the condenser fan provided as a standard component with the equipment.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Non-Standard High-Static Indoor Fan Motors</ENT>
                                    <ENT>The standard indoor fan motor is the motor specified in the manufacturer's installation instructions for testing and shall be distributed in commerce as part of a particular model. A non-standard motor is an indoor fan motor that is not the standard indoor fan motor and that is distributed in commerce as part of an individual model within the same basic model.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        For a non-standard high-static indoor fan motor(s) to be considered a specific component for a basic model (and thus subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(3)(vi)(A)(
                                        <E T="03">2</E>
                                        ) of this section), the following provisions must be met:
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="oi3">(1) Non-standard high-static indoor fan motor(s) must meet the minimum allowable efficiency determined per section D.3.1 of AHRI 1340-2023 (incorporated by reference, see § 429.4) for non-standard high-static indoor fan motors or per section D.3.2 of AHRI 1340-2023 for non-standard high-static indoor integrated fan and motor combinations.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="oi3">(2) If the standard indoor fan motor can vary fan speed through control system adjustment of motor speed, all non-standard high-static indoor fan motors must also allow speed control (including with the use of variable-frequency drive).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Powered Exhaust/Powered Return Air Fans</ENT>
                                    <ENT>A powered exhaust fan is a fan that transfers directly to the outside a portion of the building air that is returning to the unit, rather than allowing it to recirculate to the indoor coil and back to the building. A powered return fan is a fan that draws building air into the equipment.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44034"/>
                                    <ENT I="01">Process Heat recovery/Reclaim Coils/Thermal Storage</ENT>
                                    <ENT>A heat exchanger located inside the unit that conditions the equipment's supply air using energy transferred from an external source using a vapor, gas, or liquid.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Refrigerant Reheat Coils</ENT>
                                    <ENT>A heat exchanger located downstream of the indoor coil that heats the supply air during cooling operation using high pressure refrigerant in order to increase the ratio of moisture removal to cooling capacity provided by the equipment.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Sound Traps/Sound Attenuators</ENT>
                                    <ENT>An assembly of structures through which the supply air passes before leaving the equipment or through which the return air from the building passes immediately after entering the equipment for which the sound insertion loss is at least 6 dB for the 125 Hz octave band frequency range.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Steam/Hydronic Heat Coils</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Coils used to provide supplemental heating.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Ventilation Energy Recovery System (VERS)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>An assembly that preconditions outdoor air entering the equipment through direct or indirect thermal and/or moisture exchange with the exhaust air, which is defined as the building air being exhausted to the outside from the equipment.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(B) The represented value of total cooling capacity must be between 95 percent and 100 percent of the mean of the total cooling capacities measured for the units in the sample selected as described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, or between 95 percent and 100 percent of the total cooling capacity output simulated by the AEDM as described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.</P>
                            <P>
                                (C) Representations of IVEC and IVHE (including IVHE
                                <E T="52">c</E>
                                , as applicable) must be determined using a minimum part-load airflow that is no lower than the highest of the following:
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (
                                <E T="03">1</E>
                                ) The minimum part-load airflow obtained using the as-shipped system control settings;
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (
                                <E T="03">2</E>
                                ) The minimum part-load airflow obtained using the default system control settings specified in the manufacturer installation instructions (as applicable); and
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (
                                <E T="03">3</E>
                                ) The minimum airflow rate specified in section 5.18.2 of AHRI 1340-2023.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="429">
                        <AMDPAR>4. Amend § 429.70 by revising table 2 to paragraph (c)(5)(vi)(B) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 429.70</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Alternative methods for determining energy efficiency and energy use.</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(c) * * *</P>
                            <P>(5) * * *</P>
                            <P>(vi) * * *</P>
                            <P>(B) * * *</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s100,r100,12">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 2 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">c</E>
                                    )(5)(
                                    <E T="01">vi</E>
                                    )(B)
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Metric</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Applicable 
                                        <LI>tolerance</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Packaged Boilers</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Combustion Efficiency</ENT>
                                    <ENT>5% (0.05)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>Thermal Efficiency</ENT>
                                    <ENT>5% (0.05)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Water Heaters or Hot Water Supply Boilers</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Thermal Efficiency</ENT>
                                    <ENT>5% (0.05)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>Standby Loss</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10% (0.1)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Unfired Storage Tanks</ENT>
                                    <ENT>R-Value</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10% (0.1)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled, Split and Packaged ACs and HPs Greater Than or Equal to 65,000 Btu/h Cooling Capacity and Less than 760,000 Btu/h Cooling Capacity</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Energy Efficiency Ratio
                                        <LI>Energy Efficiency Ratio 2</LI>
                                        <LI>Coefficient of Performance</LI>
                                        <LI>Coefficient of Performance 2</LI>
                                        <LI>Integrated Energy Efficiency Ratio</LI>
                                        <LI>Integrated Ventilation, Economizing, and Cooling</LI>
                                        <LI>Integrated Ventilation and Heating Efficiency</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        5% (0.05)
                                        <LI>5% (0.05)</LI>
                                        <LI>5% (0.05)</LI>
                                        <LI>5% (0.05)</LI>
                                        <LI>10% (0.1)</LI>
                                        <LI>10% (0.1)</LI>
                                        <LI>10% (0.1)</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled, Split and Packaged ACs, All Cooling Capacities</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Energy Efficiency Ratio
                                        <LI>Energy Efficiency Ratio 2</LI>
                                        <LI>Integrated Energy Efficiency Ratio</LI>
                                        <LI>Integrated Ventilation, Economizing, and Cooling</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        5% (0.05)
                                        <LI>5% (0.05)</LI>
                                        <LI>10% (0.1)</LI>
                                        <LI>10% (0.1)</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Evaporatively-Cooled, Split and Packaged ACs, All Capacities</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Energy Efficiency Ratio
                                        <LI>Energy Efficiency Ratio 2</LI>
                                        <LI>Integrated Energy Efficiency Ratio</LI>
                                        <LI>Integrated Ventilation, Economizing, and Cooling</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        5% (0.05)
                                        <LI>5% (0.05)</LI>
                                        <LI>10% (0.1)</LI>
                                        <LI>10% (0.1)</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Source HPs, All Capacities</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Energy Efficiency Ratio</ENT>
                                    <ENT>5% (0.05)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>Coefficient of Performance</ENT>
                                    <ENT>5% (0.05)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>Integrated Energy Efficiency Ratio</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10% (0.1)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single Package Vertical ACs and HPs</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Energy Efficiency Ratio</ENT>
                                    <ENT>5% (0.05)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>Coefficient of Performance</ENT>
                                    <ENT>5% (0.05)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Packaged Terminal ACs and HPs</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Energy Efficiency Ratio</ENT>
                                    <ENT>5% (0.05)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>Coefficient of Performance</ENT>
                                    <ENT>5% (0.05)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Variable Refrigerant Flow ACs and HPs (Excluding Air-Cooled, Three-phase with Less Than 65,000 Btu/h Cooling Capacity)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Energy Efficiency Ratio
                                        <LI>Coefficient of Performance</LI>
                                        <LI>Integrated Energy Efficiency Ratio</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        5% (0.05)
                                        <LI>5% (0.05)</LI>
                                        <LI>10% (0.1)</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Computer Room Air Conditioners</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Sensible Coefficient of Performance</ENT>
                                    <ENT>5% (0.05)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Direct Expansion- Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Integrated Seasonal Coefficient of Performance 2
                                        <LI>Integrated Seasonal Moisture Removal Efficiency 2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        10% (0.1)
                                        <LI>10% (0.1)</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44035"/>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Warm-Air Furnaces</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Thermal Efficiency</ENT>
                                    <ENT>5% (0.05)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Refrigeration Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Daily Energy Consumption</ENT>
                                    <ENT>5% (0.05)</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="430">
                        <AMDPAR>5. Amend § 429.134 by revising paragraph (g) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 429.134</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Product-specific enforcement provisions.</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (g) 
                                <E T="03">Commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h).</E>
                                 Before May 15, 2025, the provisions in 10 CFR 429.134, revised as of January 1, 2024, are applicable. On and after May 15, 2025, the following provisions apply.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (1) 
                                <E T="03">Verification of cooling capacity.</E>
                                 The cooling capacity of each tested unit of the basic model will be measured pursuant to the test requirements of appendix A or appendix A1 to subpart F of part 431. The mean of the cooling capacity measurement(s) will be used to determine the applicable standards for purposes of compliance.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (2) 
                                <E T="03">Specific components.</E>
                                 For assessment and enforcement testing of models subject to energy conservation standards denominated in terms of IVEC and IVHE, if a basic model includes individual models with components listed at table 7 to § 429.43(a)(3)(vi)(A) and DOE is not able to obtain an individual model with the least number (which could be zero) of those components within an otherwise comparable model group (as defined in § 429.43(a)(3)(vi)(A)(
                                <E T="03">1</E>
                                )), DOE may test any individual model within the otherwise comparable model group.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (3) 
                                <E T="03">Verification of cut-out and cut-in temperatures.</E>
                                 For assessment and enforcement testing of models of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment subject to energy conservation standards denominated in terms of IVHE, the cut-out and cut-in temperatures may be verified using the method in appendix H to AHRI 1340-2023 (incorporated by reference, see § 429.4). If this method is conducted, the cut-in and cut-out temperatures determined using this method will be used to calculate IVHE for purposes of compliance.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <PART>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 431—ENERGY EFFICIENCY PROGRAM FOR CERTAIN COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT</HD>
                    </PART>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="431">
                        <AMDPAR>6. The authority citation for part 431 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <AUTH>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                            <P>42 U.S.C. 6291-6317; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.</P>
                        </AUTH>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="431">
                        <AMDPAR>7. Amend § 431.92 by:</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>a. Revising the definitions for “Basic model” and “Coefficient of performance, or COP”;</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>b. Adding in alphabetical order a definition for “Coefficient of performance 2, or COP2”;</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>c. Revising the definitions for “Double-duct air conditioner or heat pump” and “Energy efficiency ratio, or EER”;</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>d. Adding in alphabetical order a definition for “Energy efficiency ratio 2, or EER2”;</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>e. Revising the definition for “Integrated energy efficiency ratio, or IEER”; and</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>f. Adding in alphabetical order definitions for “Integrated ventilation and heating efficiency, or IVHE” and “Integrated ventilation, economizing, and cooling, or IVEC”.</AMDPAR>
                        <P>The revisions and additions read as follows:</P>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 431.92</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT> Definitions concerning commercial air conditioners and heat pumps.</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Basic model</E>
                                 means:
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (1) 
                                <E T="03">For air-cooled, three-phase, small commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h and air-cooled, three-phase, variable refrigerant flow multi-split air conditioners and heat pumps with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h.</E>
                                 All units manufactured by one manufacturer, having the same primary energy source, and, which have essentially identical electrical, physical, and functional (or hydraulic) characteristics that affect energy consumption, energy efficiency, water consumption, or water efficiency; where essentially identical electrical, physical, and functional (or hydraulic) characteristics means:
                            </P>
                            <P>(i) For split systems manufactured by outdoor unit manufacturers (OUMs): all individual combinations having the same model of outdoor unit, which means comparably performing compressor(s) [a variation of no more than five percent in displacement rate (volume per time) as rated by the compressor manufacturer, and no more than five percent in capacity and power input for the same operating conditions as rated by the compressor manufacturer], outdoor coil(s) [no more than five percent variation in face area and total fin surface area; same fin material; same tube material], and outdoor fan(s) [no more than ten percent variation in airflow and no more than twenty percent variation in power input];</P>
                            <P>(ii) For split systems having indoor units manufactured by independent coil manufacturers (ICMs): all individual combinations having comparably performing indoor coil(s) [plus or minus one square foot face area, plus or minus one fin per inch fin density, and the same fin material, tube material, number of tube rows, tube pattern, and tube size]; and</P>
                            <P>(iii) For single-package systems: all individual models having comparably performing compressor(s) [no more than five percent variation in displacement rate (volume per time) rated by the compressor manufacturer, and no more than five percent variations in capacity and power input rated by the compressor manufacturer corresponding to the same compressor rating conditions], outdoor coil(s) and indoor coil(s) [no more than five percent variation in face area and total fin surface area; same fin material; same tube material], outdoor fan(s) [no more than ten percent variation in outdoor airflow], and indoor blower(s) [no more than ten percent variation in indoor airflow, with no more than twenty percent variation in fan motor power input];</P>
                            <P>(iv) Except that:</P>
                            <P>(A) For single-package systems and single-split systems, manufacturers may instead choose to make each individual model/combination its own basic model provided the testing and represented value requirements in 10 CFR 429.67 are met; and</P>
                            <P>
                                (B) For multi-split, multi-circuit, and multi-head mini-split combinations, a basic model may not include both 
                                <PRTPAGE P="44036"/>
                                individual small-duct, high velocity (SDHV) combinations and non-SDHV combinations even when they include the same model of outdoor unit. The manufacturer may choose to identify specific individual combinations as additional basic models.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (2) 
                                <E T="03">For commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled, three-phase, commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h).</E>
                                 All units manufactured by one manufacturer within a single equipment class, having the same or comparably performing compressor(s), heat exchangers, and air moving system(s) that have a common “nominal” cooling capacity.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (3) 
                                <E T="03">For computer room air conditioners.</E>
                                 All units manufactured by one manufacturer within a single equipment class, having the same primary energy source (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 electric or gas), and which have the same or comparably performing compressor(s), heat exchangers, and air moving system(s) that have a common “nominal” cooling capacity.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (4) 
                                <E T="03">For direct expansion-dedicated outdoor air system.</E>
                                 All units manufactured by one manufacturer, having the same primary energy source (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 electric or gas), within a single equipment class; with the same or comparably performing compressor(s), heat exchangers, ventilation energy recovery system(s) (if present), and air moving system(s) that have a common “nominal” moisture removal capacity.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (5) 
                                <E T="03">For packaged terminal air conditioner (PTAC) or packaged terminal heat pump (PTHP).</E>
                                 All units manufactured by one manufacturer within a single equipment class, having the same primary energy source (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 electric or gas), and which have the same or comparable compressors, same or comparable heat exchangers, and same or comparable air moving systems that have a cooling capacity within 300 Btu/h of one another.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (6) 
                                <E T="03">For single package vertical units.</E>
                                 All units manufactured by one manufacturer within a single equipment class, having the same primary energy source (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 electric or gas), and which have the same or comparably performing compressor(s), heat exchangers, and air moving system(s) that have a rated cooling capacity within 1500 Btu/h of one another.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (7) 
                                <E T="03">For variable refrigerant flow systems (excluding air-cooled, three-phase, variable refrigerant flow air conditioners and heat pumps with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h).</E>
                                 All units manufactured by one manufacturer within a single equipment class, having the same primary energy source (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 electric or gas), and which have the same or comparably performing compressor(s) that have a common “nominal” cooling capacity and the same heat rejection medium (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 air or water) (includes VRF water source heat pumps).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (8) 
                                <E T="03">For water-source heat pumps.</E>
                                 All units manufactured by one manufacturer within a single equipment class, having the same primary energy source (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 electric or gas), and which have the same or comparable compressors, same or comparable heat exchangers, and same or comparable “nominal” cooling capacity.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Coefficient of performance,</E>
                                 or 
                                <E T="03">COP,</E>
                                 means the ratio of the produced cooling effect of an air conditioner or heat pump (or its produced heating effect, depending on the mode of operation) to its net work input, when both the cooling (or heating) effect and the net work input are expressed in identical units of measurement. For air-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h), COP is measured per appendix A to this subpart.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Coefficient of performance 2,</E>
                                 or 
                                <E T="03">COP2,</E>
                                 means the ratio of the produced cooling effect of an air conditioner or heat pump (or its produced heating effect, depending on the mode of operation) to its net work input, when both the cooling (or heating) effect and the net work input are expressed in identical units of measurement. COP2 must be used with a subscript to indicate the outdoor temperature in degrees Fahrenheit at which the COP2 was measured (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 COP2
                                <E T="52">17</E>
                                 for COP2 measured at 17 °F). For air-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h), COP2 is measured per appendix A1 to this subpart.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Double-duct air conditioner or heat pump</E>
                                 means air-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment that meets the following criteria—
                            </P>
                            <P>(1) Is either a horizontal single package or split-system unit; or a vertical unit that consists of two components that may be shipped or installed either connected or split; or a vertical single package unit that is not intended for exterior mounting on, adjacent interior to, or through an outside wall;</P>
                            <P>
                                (2) Is intended for indoor installation with ducting of outdoor air from the building exterior to and from the unit (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 the unit and/or all of its components are non-weatherized);
                            </P>
                            <P>(3) If it is a horizontal unit, the complete unit shall have a maximum height of 35 inches or the unit shall have components that do not exceed a maximum height of 35 inches. If it is a vertical unit, the complete (split, connected, or assembled) unit shall have components that do not exceed a maximum depth of 35 inches; and</P>
                            <P>(4) Has a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h and less than 300,000 Btu/h.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Energy efficiency ratio,</E>
                                 or 
                                <E T="03">EER,</E>
                                 means the ratio of the produced cooling effect of an air conditioner or heat pump to its net work input, expressed in Btu/watt-hour. For commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h), EER is measured per appendix A to this subpart.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Energy efficiency ratio 2,</E>
                                 or 
                                <E T="03">EER2,</E>
                                 means the ratio of the produced cooling effect of an air conditioner or heat pump to its net work input, expressed in Btu/watt-hour. For commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h), EER2 is measured per appendix A1 to this subpart.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Integrated energy efficiency ratio,</E>
                                 or 
                                <E T="03">IEER,</E>
                                 means a weighted average calculation of mechanical cooling EERs determined for four load levels and corresponding rating conditions, expressed in Btu/watt-hour. IEER is measured:
                            </P>
                            <P>(1) Per appendix A to this subpart for commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h);</P>
                            <P>(2) Per appendix C1 to this subpart for water-source heat pumps;</P>
                            <P>(3) Per appendix D1 to this subpart for variable refrigerant flow multi-split air conditioners and heat pumps (other than air-cooled with rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h); and</P>
                            <P>(4) Per appendix G1 to this subpart for single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Integrated ventilation and heating efficiency,</E>
                                 or 
                                <E T="03">IVHE,</E>
                                 means a sum of the space heating provided (Btu) divided by the sum of the energy consumed (Wh), including mechanical heating, supplementary electric resistance 
                                <PRTPAGE P="44037"/>
                                heating, and heating season ventilation operating modes. IVHE with subscript C (IVHE
                                <E T="52">C</E>
                                ) refers to the IVHE of heat pumps using a cold-climate heating load line. For air-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h), IVHE and IVHE
                                <E T="52">C</E>
                                 are measured per appendix A1 to this subpart.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Integrated ventilation, economizing, and cooling,</E>
                                 or 
                                <E T="03">IVEC,</E>
                                 means a sum of the space cooling provided (Btu) divided by the sum of the energy consumed (Wh), including mechanical cooling, economizing, and cooling season ventilation operating modes. For commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h), IVEC is measured per appendix A1 to this subpart.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="431">
                        <AMDPAR>8. Amend § 431.95 by:</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>a. Revising paragraph (b)(4);</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>b. Redesignating paragraph (b)(11) as paragraph (b)(12);</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>c. Adding new paragraph (b)(11); and</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>d. Revising paragraph (c)(2).</AMDPAR>
                        <P>The revision and addition read as follows:</P>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 431.95</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Materials incorporated by reference.</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(b) * * *</P>
                            <P>
                                (4) AHRI Standard 340/360-2022 (I-P) (“AHRI 340/360-2022”), 
                                <E T="03">2022 Standard for Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment,</E>
                                 approved January 26, 2022; IBR approved for appendix A to this subpart.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (11) AHRI Standard 1340-2023 (I-P) (“AHRI 1340-2023”), 
                                <E T="03">2023 Standard for Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment,</E>
                                 approved November 16, 2023; IBR approved for appendix A1 to this subpart.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(c) * * *</P>
                            <P>
                                (2) ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 37-2009 (“ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009”), 
                                <E T="03">Methods of Testing for Rating Electrically Driven Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment,</E>
                                 approved June 24, 2009; IBR approved for § 431.96 and appendices A, A1, B, C1, D1, E1, F1, G, and G1 to this subpart.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="431">
                        <AMDPAR>9. Amend § 431.96 by revising table 1 to paragraph (b) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 431.96</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Uniform test method for the measurement of energy efficiency of commercial air conditioners and heat pumps.</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(b) * * *</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="6" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,r50,r50,r50,r50">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 1 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">b</E>
                                    )—Test Procedures for Commercial Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Cooling 
                                        <LI>capacity or </LI>
                                        <LI>moisture </LI>
                                        <LI>removal </LI>
                                        <LI>
                                            capacity 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Energy 
                                        <LI>efficiency descriptor</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Use tests, 
                                        <LI>conditions, an </LI>
                                        <LI>procedures in</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Additional test procedure provisions as indicated in the listed paragraphs of this section</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Air-Cooled, 3-Phase, AC and HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>SEER and HSPF</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix F to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Air-Cooled, 3-Phase, AC and HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>SEER2 and HSPF2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix F1 to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Air-Cooled AC and HP (excluding double-duct AC and HP)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER, IEER, and COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix A to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Air-Cooled AC and HP (excluding double-duct AC and HP)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER2, COP2, IVEC, and IVHE</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix A1 to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Double-duct AC and HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER, IEER, and COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix A to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Double-duct AC and HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER2, COP2, IVEC, and IVHE</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix A1 to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Water-Cooled and Evaporatively-Cooled AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER and IEER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix A to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Water-Cooled and Evaporatively-Cooled AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER2 and IVEC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix A1 to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Source Heat Pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER and COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix C to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Source Heat Pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER and ACOP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix C1 to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Packaged Terminal Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC and HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER and COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Paragraph (g) of this section</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Paragraphs (c), (e), and (g).</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Computer Room Air Conditioners</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>SCOP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix E to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Computer Room Air Conditioners</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        &lt;760,000 Btu/h or &lt;930,000 Btu/h 
                                        <SU>3</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>NSenCOP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix E1 to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-split Systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h (3-phase)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>SEER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix F to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-split Systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h (3-phase)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix F1 to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-split Systems, Air-cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h (3-phase)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>SEER and HSPF</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix F to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-split Systems, Air-cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h (3-phase)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>SEER2 and HSPF2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix F1 to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44038"/>
                                    <ENT I="01">Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-split Systems, Air-cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC and HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER and COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix D to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-split Systems, Air-cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC and HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER and COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix D1 to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-split Systems, Water-source</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER and COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix D to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-split Systems, Water-source</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER and COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix D1 to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Single Package Vertical Heat Pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC and HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER and COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix G to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Single Package Vertical Heat Pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC and HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER, IEER, and COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Appendix G1 to this subpart 
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Direct Expansion-Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;324 lbs. of moisture removal/hr</ENT>
                                    <ENT>ISMRE2 and ISCOP2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Appendix B to this subpart</ENT>
                                    <ENT>None.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     Moisture removal capacity applies only to direct expansion-dedicated outdoor air systems.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>2</SU>
                                     For equipment with multiple appendices listed in this table, consult the notes at the beginning of those appendices to determine the applicable appendix to use for testing.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>3</SU>
                                     For upflow ducted and downflow floor-mounted computer room air conditioners, the test procedure in appendix E1 to this subpart applies to equipment with net sensible cooling capacity less than 930,000 Btu/h. For all other configurations of computer room air conditioners, the test procedure in appendix E1 to this subpart applies to equipment with net sensible cooling capacity less than 760,000 Btu/h.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <STARS/>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="431">
                        <AMDPAR>10. Revise § 431.97 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 431.97</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Energy efficiency standards and their compliance dates.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) All basic models of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment must be tested for performance using the applicable DOE test procedure in § 431.96, be compliant with the applicable standards set forth in paragraphs (b) through (i) of this section, and be certified to the Department under 10 CFR part 429.</P>
                            <P>(b) Each commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h) manufactured starting on the compliance date listed in tables 1 through 4 to this paragraph (b) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in tables 1 through 4.</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,xs45,r75,xs60,xs60">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 1 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(b)</E>
                                    —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity Greater Than or Equal to 65,000 Btu/h
                                </TTITLE>
                                <TDESC>[Excluding double-duct air-conditioners and heat pumps]</TDESC>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Minimum
                                        <LI>
                                            efficiency 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment
                                        <LI>manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>starting</LI>
                                        <LI>on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment with a Cooling Capacity Greater Than or Equal to 65,000 Btu/h (Excluding Double-Duct Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps)</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER = 14.8</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER = 14.6</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IEER = 14.1
                                        <LI>COP = 3.4</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IEER = 13.9
                                        <LI>COP = 3.4</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER = 14.2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER = 14.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IEER = 13.5
                                        <LI>COP = 3.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IEER = 13.3
                                        <LI>COP = 3.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER = 13.2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER = 13.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IEER = 12.5
                                        <LI>COP = 3.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IEER = 12.3
                                        <LI>COP = 3.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     See section 3 of appendix A to this subpart for the test conditions upon which the COP standards are based.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <PRTPAGE P="44039"/>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s75,r75,r30,r50">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 2 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(b)</E>
                                    —Minimum Cooling Efficiency Standards for Water-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Minimum
                                        <LI>efficiency</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment manufactured starting
                                        <LI>on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Water-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 29, 2003.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2013.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.9</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2013.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.5</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.3</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.4</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s75,r75,r30,r50">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 3 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(b)</E>
                                    —Minimum Cooling Efficiency Standards for Evaporatively-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Minimum
                                        <LI>efficiency</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment manufactured starting
                                        <LI>on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Evaporatively-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 29, 2003.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2013.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.9</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2013.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.8</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.9</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.7</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,xs45,r75,xs60,xs60">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 4 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(b)</E>
                                    —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Double-Duct Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Minimum
                                        <LI>
                                            efficiency 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment
                                        <LI>manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>starting</LI>
                                        <LI>on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Double-Duct Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 11.0
                                        <LI>COP = 3.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.8
                                        <LI>COP = 3.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 10.8</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.6
                                        <LI>COP = 3.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.4
                                        <LI>COP = 3.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 10.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 9.8</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 9.5
                                        <LI>COP = 3.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 9.3
                                        <LI>COP = 3.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     See section 3 of appendix A to this subpart for the test conditions upon which the COP standards are based.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>
                                (c) Each water-source heat pump manufactured starting on the compliance date listed in table 5 to this paragraph (c) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (c).
                                <PRTPAGE P="44040"/>
                            </P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s75,r50,r75">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 5 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(c)</E>
                                    —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Water-Source Heat Pumps (Water-to-Air, Water-Loop)
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Compliance date: equipment manufactured starting on . . .</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Water-Source Heat Pumps (Water-to-Air, Water-Loop)</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">&lt;17,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 12.2
                                        <LI>COP = 4.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 9, 2015.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥17,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 13.0
                                        <LI>COP = 4.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 9, 2015.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 13.0
                                        <LI>COP = 4.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 9, 2015.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(d) Each non-standard size packaged terminal air conditioner (PTAC) and packaged terminal heat pump (PTHP) manufactured on or after October 7, 2010, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 6 to this paragraph (d). Each standard size PTAC manufactured on or after October 8, 2012, and before January 1, 2017, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 6. Each standard size PTHP manufactured on or after October 8, 2012, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 6. Each standard size PTAC manufactured on or after January 1, 2017, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 7 to this paragraph (d).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="xs54,xs80,r50,r50,xs100">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 6 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(d)</E>
                                    —Minimum Efficiency Standards for PTAC and PTHP
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: products manufactured on and
                                        <LI>after . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">PTAC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Standard Size</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.7</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 8, 2012.
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 13.8−(0.3 × Cap 
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                        )
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 8, 2012.
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 9.3</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 8, 2012.
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>Non-Standard Size</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 9.4</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.9−(0.213 × Cap 
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                        )
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 7.7</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">PTHP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Standard Size</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 11.9
                                        <LI>COP = 3.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 8, 2012.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 14.0−(0.3 × Cap 
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                        )
                                        <LI>
                                            COP = 3.7−(0.052 × Cap 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                            )
                                        </LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 8, 2012.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 9.5
                                        <LI>COP = 2.9</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 8, 2012.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>Non-Standard Size</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 9.3
                                        <LI>COP = 2.7</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.8−(0.213 × Cap 
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                        )
                                        <LI>
                                            COP = 2.9−(0.026 × Cap 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                            )
                                        </LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 7.6
                                        <LI>COP = 2.5</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     “Cap” means cooling capacity in thousand Btu/h at 95 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>2</SU>
                                     And manufactured before January 1, 2017. See table 7 to this paragraph (d) for updated efficiency standards that apply to this category of equipment manufactured on and after January 1, 2017.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="xs54,xs80,r50,r50,xs100">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 7 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(d)</E>
                                    —Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for PTAC
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: products manufactured on and
                                        <LI>after . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">PTAC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Standard Size</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.9</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2017.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 14.0−(0.3 × Cap 
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                        )
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2017.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 9.5</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2017.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     “Cap” means cooling capacity in thousand Btu/h at 95 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>
                                (e)(1) Each single package vertical air conditioner and single package vertical heat pump manufactured on or after January 1, 2010, but before October 9, 2015 (for models ≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h), or October 9, 2016 (for models ≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h), must meet the applicable minimum energy conservation standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (e)(1).
                                <PRTPAGE P="44041"/>
                            </P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r23,xs48,xs51,r35">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 8 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(e)(1)</E>
                                    —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Single Package Vertical Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Sub-category</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: products
                                        <LI>manufactured on and after . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps, single-phase and three-phase</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 9.0
                                        <LI>EER = 9.0</LI>
                                        <LI>COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2010.
                                        <LI>January 1, 2010.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 8.9
                                        <LI>EER = 8.9</LI>
                                        <LI>COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2010.
                                        <LI>January 1, 2010.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 8.6
                                        <LI>EER = 8.6</LI>
                                        <LI>COP = 2.9</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2010.
                                        <LI>January 1, 2010.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(2) Each single package vertical air conditioner and single package vertical heat pump manufactured on and after October 9, 2015 (for models ≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h), or October 9, 2016 (for models ≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h), but before September 23, 2019, must meet the applicable minimum energy conservation standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (e)(2).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r23,xs48,xs51,r35">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 9 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(e)</E>
                                    (2)—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Single Package Vertical Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Sub-category</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: products
                                        <LI>manufactured on and after . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps, single-phase and three-phase</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC 
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 9.0 
                                        <LI>EER = 9.0 </LI>
                                        <LI>COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2010. 
                                        <LI>January 1, 2010.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC 
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.0 
                                        <LI>EER = 10.0 </LI>
                                        <LI>COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 9, 2015. 
                                        <LI>October 9, 2015.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC 
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.0 
                                        <LI>EER = 10.0 </LI>
                                        <LI>COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 9, 2016. 
                                        <LI>October 9, 2016.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(3) Each single package vertical air conditioner and single package vertical heat pump manufactured on and after September 23, 2019, must meet the applicable minimum energy conservation standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (e)(3).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r23,xs48,xs51,r35">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 10 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(e)</E>
                                    (3)—Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Single Package Vertical Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Cooling 
                                        <LI>capacity</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Sub-category</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: products
                                        <LI>manufactured on and after . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps, single-phase and three-phase</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC 
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 11.0 
                                        <LI>EER = 11.0 </LI>
                                        <LI>COP = 3.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        September 23, 2019. 
                                        <LI>September 23, 2019.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC 
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.0 
                                        <LI>EER = 10.0 </LI>
                                        <LI>COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 9, 2015. 
                                        <LI>October 9, 2015.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC 
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.0 
                                        <LI>EER = 10.0 </LI>
                                        <LI>COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 9, 2016. 
                                        <LI>October 9, 2016.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>
                                (f)(1) Each computer room air conditioner with a net sensible cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h manufactured on or after October 29, 2012, and before May 28, 2024 and each computer room air conditioner with a net sensible cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h and less than 760,000 Btu/h manufactured on or after October 29, 2013, and before May 28, 2024, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (f)(1).
                                <PRTPAGE P="44042"/>
                            </P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,r100,12,12">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 11 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(f)</E>
                                    (1)—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Computer Room Air Conditioners
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Net sensible cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum SCOP efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Downflow</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Upflow</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.20</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.09</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.99</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.90</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.79</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.60</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.49</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.50</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.39</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.40</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.29</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.44</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.45</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.34</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.35</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.24</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.50</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.39</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.15</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.04</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.99</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.45</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.34</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.99</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.05</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.94</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(2) Each computer room air conditioner manufactured on or after May 28, 2024, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (f)(2).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="7" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,r100,12,12,r100,12,12">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 12 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(f)</E>
                                    (2)—Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Floor-Mounted Computer Room Air Conditioners
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Downflow and upflow ducted</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Net sensible cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Minimum NSenCOP efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="3">Downflow</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="3">Upflow ducted</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Upflow non-ducted and horizontal flow</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Net sensible cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Minimum NSenCOP efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="3">
                                        Upflow 
                                        <LI>non-ducted</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="3">
                                        Horizontal 
                                        <LI>flow</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.70</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.67</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.16</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.65</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.58</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.04</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.36</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.33</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.89</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.47</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.70</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.67</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.09</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.65</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.58</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.99</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.36</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.33</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.81</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.47</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.82</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.79</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.43</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.79</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.73</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.70</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.32</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.68</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.67</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.64</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.20</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.60</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.77</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.74</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.35</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.71</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.68</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.65</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.24</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.60</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.61</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.58</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.12</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.54</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.56</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.53</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.08</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.48</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.24</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.21</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.90</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.18</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.21</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.18</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.81</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.18</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.51</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.48</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.00</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.44</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.19</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.16</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.82</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.15</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.12</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.73</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,r100,12,12">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 13 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(f)</E>
                                    (2)—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Ceiling-Mounted Computer Room Air Conditioners
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Net sensible cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum NSenCOP efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Ducted</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Non-ducted</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Free Air Discharge Condenser</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.05</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.08</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44043"/>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.02</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.05</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.92</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.94</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Free Air Discharge Condenser and Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.01</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.04</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.97</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.87</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.89</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Ducted Condenser</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.86</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.89</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.83</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.86</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.73</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.75</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Fluid Economizer and Ducted Condenser</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.82</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.85</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.78</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.81</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.68</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.7</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.38</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.41</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.28</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.31</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.18</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.2</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.33</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.36</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.23</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.26</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.13</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.16</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.97</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.93</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.98</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.78</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.81</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.92</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.95</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.88</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.93</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.73</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.76</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(g)(1) Each variable refrigerant flow air conditioner or heat pump manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in table 14 to this paragraph (g)(1) and prior to January 1, 2024, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (g)(1).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,r50,r50,r50">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 14 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(g)</E>
                                    (1)—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Heating type 
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date:
                                        <LI>equipment manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>on and after . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Air Conditioners (Air-Cooled)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>11.2 EER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>11.0 EER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>11.0 EER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10.8 EER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10.0 EER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>9.8 EER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Heat Pumps (Air-Cooled)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>11.0 EER, 3.3 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10.8 EER, 3.3 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10.6 EER, 3.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10.4 EER, 3.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>9.5 EER, 3.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>9.3 EER, 3.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Heat Pumps (Water-Source)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;17,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Without Heat Recovery</ENT>
                                    <ENT>12.0 EER, 4.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 29, 2012. 
                                        <LI>October 29, 2003.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>With Heat Recovery</ENT>
                                    <ENT>11.8 EER, 4.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 29, 2012. 
                                        <LI>October 29, 2003.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥17,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl">All.</ENT>
                                    <ENT>12.0 EER, 4.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 29, 2003.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl">All.</ENT>
                                    <ENT>12.0 EER, 4.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 29, 2003.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Without Heat Recovery</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10.0 EER, 3.9 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 29, 2013.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44044"/>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>With Heat Recovery</ENT>
                                    <ENT>9.8 EER, 3.9 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 29, 2013.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     VRF multi-split heat pumps (air-cooled) with heat recovery fall under the category of “All Other Types of Heating” unless they also have electric resistance heating, in which case it falls under the category for “No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating.”
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(2) Each variable refrigerant flow air conditioner or heat pump (except air-cooled systems with cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h) manufactured on or after January 1, 2024, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (g)(2).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s100,r100,r75,r50">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 15 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">g</E>
                                    )(2)—Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Size category</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Heating type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Air Conditioners (Air-Cooled)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>15.5 IEER.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>14.9 IEER.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>13.9 IEER.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Heat Pumps (Air-Cooled)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Heat Pump without Heat Recovery</ENT>
                                    <ENT>14.6 IEER, 3.3 COP.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</ENT>
                                    <ENT>14.4 IEER, 3.3 COP.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Heat Pump without Heat Recovery
                                        <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        13.9 IEER, 3.2 COP.
                                        <LI>13.7 IEER, 3.2 COP.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Heat Pump without Heat Recovery
                                        <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        12.7 IEER, 3.2 COP.
                                        <LI>12.5 IEER, 3.2 COP.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Heat Pumps (Water-Source)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Heat Pump without Heat Recovery
                                        <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        16.0 IEER, 4.3 COP.
                                        <LI>15.8 IEER, 4.3 COP.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Heat Pump without Heat Recovery
                                        <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        16.0 IEER, 4.3 COP.
                                        <LI>15.8 IEER, 4.3 COP.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Heat Pump without Heat Recovery 
                                        <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        14.0 IEER, 4.0 COP.
                                        <LI>13.8 IEER, 4.0 COP.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Heat Pump without Heat Recovery
                                        <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        12.0 IEER, 3.9 COP.
                                        <LI>11.8 IEER, 3.9 COP.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(h) Each direct expansion-dedicated outdoor air system manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in table 16 to this paragraph (h) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (h).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,r100,r50,r50">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 16 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">h</E>
                                    )—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Direct Expansion-Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment Category</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment
                                        <LI>manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>starting on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Direct expansion-dedicated outdoor air systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>(AC)—Air-cooled without ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>ISMRE2 = 3.8</ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(AC w/VERS)—Air-cooled with ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>ISMRE2 = 5.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(ASHP)—Air-source heat pumps without ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        ISMRE2 = 3.8
                                        <LI>ISCOP2 = 2.05</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(ASHP w/VERS)—Air-source heat pumps with ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        ISMRE2 = 5.0
                                        <LI>ISCOP2 = 3.20</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(WC)—Water-cooled without ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>ISMRE2 = 4.7</ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(WC w/VERS)—Water-cooled with ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>ISMRE2 = 5.1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44045"/>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(WSHP)—Water-source heat pumps without ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        ISMRE2 = 3.8
                                        <LI>ISCOP2 = 2.13</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(WSHP w/VERS)—Water-source heat pumps with ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        ISMRE2 = 4.6
                                        <LI>ISCOP2 = 4.04</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(i) Air-cooled, three-phase, commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h and air-cooled, three-phase variable refrigerant flow multi-split air conditioning and heating equipment with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in tables 17 and 18 to this paragraph (i) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (i).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s100,r50,r50,r50,r50">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 17 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">i</E>
                                    )—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Air-Cooled, Three-Phase, Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity of Less Than 65,000 Btu/h and Air-Cooled, Three-Phase, Small Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity of Less Than 65,000 Btu/h
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date:
                                        <LI>equipment</LI>
                                        <LI>manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>starting on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>13.0 SEER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        June 16, 2008.
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                                    <ENT>14.0 SEER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2017.
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        14.0 SEER
                                        <LI>8.2 HSPF</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2017.
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        14.0 SEER
                                        <LI>8.0 HSPF</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2017.
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Air Conditioners</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT/>
                                    <ENT>13.0 SEER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        June 16, 2008.
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Heat Pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        13.0 SEER
                                        <LI>7.7 HSPF</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        June 16, 2008.
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     And manufactured before January 1, 2025. For equipment manufactured on or after January 1, 2025, see table 18 to this paragraph (i) for updated efficiency standards.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s100,r50,r50,r50,r50">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 18 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">i</E>
                                    )—Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Air-Cooled, Three-Phase, Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity of Less Than 65,000 Btu/h and Air-Cooled, Three-Phase, Small Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity of Less Than 65,000 Btu/h
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date:
                                        <LI>equipment</LI>
                                        <LI>manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>starting on. . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt; 65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>13.4 SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt; 65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                                    <ENT>13.4 SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt; 65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        14.3 SEER2
                                        <LI>7.5 HSPF2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt; 65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        13.4 SEER2
                                        <LI>6.7 HSPF2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Space-Constrained Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≤ 30,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>12.7 SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Space-Constrained Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≤ 30,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                                    <ENT>13.9 SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Space-Constrained Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≤ 30,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        13.9 SEER2
                                        <LI>7.0 HSPF2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Space-Constrained Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≤ 30,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        13.9 SEER2
                                        <LI>6.7 HSPF2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Small-Duct, High-Velocity Commercial Package Air Conditioning</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt; 65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>13.0 SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44046"/>
                                    <ENT I="01">Small-Duct, High-Velocity Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt; 65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        14.0 SEER2
                                        <LI>6.9 HSPF2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Air Conditioners</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt; 65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT/>
                                    <ENT>13.4 SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Heat Pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt; 65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        13.4 SEER2
                                        <LI>7.5 HSPF2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="431">
                        <AMDPAR>11. Appendix A to subpart F of part 431 is revised to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix A to Subpart F of Part 431—Uniform Test Method for the Measurement of Energy Consumption of Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment (Excluding Air-Cooled Equipment With a Cooling Capacity Less Than 65,000 Btu/h)</HD>
                        <NOTE>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Note: </HD>
                            <P>Prior to May 15, 2025, representations with respect to the energy use or efficiency of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h), including compliance certifications, must be based on testing conducted in accordance with:</P>
                            <P>(a) The applicable provisions (appendix A to subpart F of part 431 for air-cooled equipment, and table 1 to § 431.96 for water-cooled and evaporatively-cooled equipment) as they appeared in subpart F of 10 CFR part 431, revised as of January 1, 2024; or</P>
                            <P>(b) This appendix.</P>
                            <P>Beginning May 15, 2025, and prior to the compliance date of amended standards for commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h) based on integrated ventilation, economizing, and cooling (IVEC) and integrated ventilation and heating efficiency (IVHE) (see § 431.97), representations with respect to energy use or efficiency of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h), including compliance certifications, must be based on testing conducted in accordance with this appendix.</P>
                            <P>Beginning on the compliance date of amended standards for commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h) based on IVEC and IVHE (see § 431.97), representations with respect to energy use or efficiency of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h), including compliance certifications, must be based on testing conducted in accordance with appendix A1 to this subpart.</P>
                            <P>Manufacturers may also certify compliance with any amended energy conservation standards for commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h) based on IVEC or IVHE prior to the applicable compliance date for those standards (see § 431.97), and those compliance certifications must be based on testing in accordance with appendix A1 to this subpart.</P>
                        </NOTE>
                        <EXTRACT>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Incorporation by Reference</HD>
                            <P>DOE incorporated by reference in § 431.95, the entire standard for AHRI 340/360-2022 and ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. However, certain enumerated provisions of AHRI 340/360-2022 and ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009, as set forth in this section 1 are inapplicable. To the extent there is a conflict between the terms or provisions of a referenced industry standard and the CFR, the CFR provisions control.</P>
                            <P>1.1. AHRI 340/360-2022:</P>
                            <P>(a) Section 1 Purpose is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(b) Section 2 Scope is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>
                                (c) The following subsections of Section 3 Definitions are inapplicable: 3.2 (Basic Model), 3.4 (Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioning Equipment), 3.5 (Commercial and Industrial Unitary Heat Pump), 3.7 (Double-duct System), 3.8 (Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER)), 3.12 (Heating Coefficient of Performance (COP
                                <E T="52">H</E>
                                )), 3.14 (Integrated Energy Efficiency Ratio (IEER)), 3.23 (Published Rating), 3.26 (Single Package Air-Conditioners), 3.27 (Single Package Heat Pumps), 3.29 (Split System Air-conditioners), 3.30 (Split System Heat Pump), 3.36 (Year Round Single Package Air-conditioners),
                            </P>
                            <P>(d) Section 7 Minimum Data Requirements for Published Ratings is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(e) Section 8 Operating Requirements is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(f) Section 9 Marking and Nameplate Data is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(g) Section 10 Conformance Conditions is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(h) Appendix B References—Informative is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(i) Appendix D Unit Configuration for Standard Efficiency Determination—Normative is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(j) Appendix F International Rating Conditions—Normative is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(k) Appendix G Examples of IEER Calculations—Informative is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(l) Appendix H Example of Determination of Fan and Motor Efficiency for Non-standard Integrated Indoor Fan and Motors—Informative is inapplicable, and</P>
                            <P>(m) Appendix I Double-duct System Efficiency Metrics with Non-Zero Outdoor Air External Static Pressure (ESP)—Normative is inapplicable.</P>
                            <P>1.2. ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009:</P>
                            <P>(a) Section 1 Purpose is inapplicable</P>
                            <P>(b) Section 2 Scope is inapplicable, and</P>
                            <P>(c) Section 4 Classifications is inapplicable.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. General</HD>
                            <P>Determine the applicable energy efficiency metrics (IEER, EER, and COP) in accordance with this appendix and the applicable sections of AHRI 340/360-2022 and ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009.</P>
                            <P>Section 3 of this appendix provides additional instructions for testing. In cases where there is a conflict, the language of this appendix takes highest precedence, followed by AHRI 340/360-2022, followed by ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. Any subsequent amendment to a referenced document by the standard-setting organization will not affect the test procedure in this appendix, unless and until the test procedure is amended by DOE.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3. Test Conditions</HD>
                            <P>The following conditions specified in Table 6 of AHRI 340/360-2022 apply when testing to certify to the energy conservation standards in § 431.97. For cooling mode tests for equipment subject to standards in terms of EER, test using the “Standard Rating Conditions Cooling”. For cooling mode tests for equipment subject to standards in terms of IEER, test using the “Standard Rating Conditions Cooling” and the “Standard Rating Part-Load Conditions (IEER)”. For heat pump heating mode tests for equipment subject to standards in terms of COP, test using the “Standard Rating Conditions (High Temperature Steady State Heating)”.</P>
                            <P>
                                For equipment subject to standards in terms of EER, representations of IEER made using the “Standard Rating Part-Load Conditions (IEER)” in Table 6 of AHRI 340/360-2022 are optional. For equipment 
                                <PRTPAGE P="44047"/>
                                subject to standards in terms of IEER, representations of EER made using the “Standard Rating Conditions Cooling” in Table 6 of AHRI 340/360-2022 are optional. Representations of COP made using the “Standard Rating Conditions (Low Temperature Steady State Heating)” in Table 6 of AHRI 340/360-2022 are optional and are not to be used as the basis for determining compliance with energy efficiency standards in terms of COP.
                            </P>
                        </EXTRACT>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="431">
                        <AMDPAR>12. Add appendix A1 to subpart F of part 431 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix A1 to Subpart F of Part 431—Uniform Test Method for the Measurement of Energy Consumption of Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment (Excluding Air-Cooled Equipment With a Cooling Capacity Less Than 65,000 Btu/h)</HD>
                        <NOTE>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                            <P> Prior to May 15, 2025, representations with respect to the energy use or efficiency of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h), including compliance certifications, must be based on testing conducted in accordance with:</P>
                            <P>(a) The applicable provisions (appendix A to subpart F of part 431 for air-cooled equipment, and table 1 to § 431.96 for water-cooled and evaporatively-cooled equipment) as it appeared in subpart F of 10 CFR part 431, revised as of January 1, 2024; or</P>
                            <P>(b) Appendix A to this subpart.</P>
                            <P>Beginning May 15, 2025, and prior to the compliance date of amended standards for commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h) based on integrated ventilation, economizing, and cooling (IVEC) and integrated ventilation and heating efficiency (IVHE) (see § 431.97), representations with respect to energy use or efficiency of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h), including compliance certifications, must be based on testing conducted in accordance with appendix A to this subpart.</P>
                            <P>Beginning on the compliance date of amended standards for commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h) based on IVEC and IVHE (see § 431.97), representations with respect to energy use or efficiency of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h), including compliance certifications, must be based on testing conducted in accordance with this appendix.</P>
                            <P>Manufacturers may also certify compliance with any amended energy conservation standards for commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with a cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h) based on IVEC or IVHE prior to the applicable compliance date for those standards (see § 431.97), and those compliance certifications must be based on testing in accordance with this appendix.</P>
                        </NOTE>
                        <EXTRACT>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">1. Incorporation by Reference</HD>
                            <P>DOE incorporated by reference in § 431.95, the entire standard for AHRI 1340-2023 and ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. However, certain enumerated provisions of AHRI 1340-2023 and ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009, as listed in this section 1 are inapplicable. To the extent there is a conflict between the terms or provisions of a referenced industry standard and the CFR, the CFR provisions control.</P>
                            <P>1.1. AHRI 1340-2023:</P>
                            <P>(a) Section 1 Purpose is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(b) Section 2 Scope is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>
                                (c) The following subsections of section 3 Definitions are inapplicable: 3.2.2 (Barometric Relief Damper), 3.2.3 (Basic Model), 3.2.5 (Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-conditioner and Heat Pump Equipment), 3.2.5.1 (Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning System), 3.2.5.2 (Commercial and Industrial Unitary Heat Pump System), 3.2.7 (Double-duct System), 3.2.9 (Desiccant Dehumidification Component), 3.2.10 (Drain Pan Heater), 3.2.11.1 (Air Economizer), 3.2.12 (Energy Efficiency Ratio 2), 3.2.13 (Evaporative Cooling), 3.2.13.1 (Direct Evaporative Cooling System), 3.2.13.2 (Indirect Evaporative Cooling System), 3.2.14 (Fresh Air Damper), 3.2.15 (Fire, Smoke, or Isolation Damper), 3.2.17 (Hail Guard), 3.2.19 (Heating Coefficient of Performance 2 (COP2
                                <E T="52">H</E>
                                )), 3.2.20 (High-Effectiveness Indoor Air Filtration), 3.2.22 (Indoor Single Package Air-conditioners), 3.2.23 (Integrated Ventilation, Economizing, and Cooling Efficiency (IVEC)), 3.2.34 (Integrated Ventilation and Heating Efficiency (IVHE)), 3.2.29 (Non-standard Ducted Condenser Fan), 3.2.31.2 (Boost2 Heating Operating Level (B2)), 3.2.34 (Power Correction Capacitor), 3.2.35 (Powered Exhaust Air Fan), 3.2.36 (Powered Return Air Fan), 3.2.37 (Process Heat Recovery, Reclaim, or Thermal Storage Coil), 3.2.38 (Published Rating), 3.2.41 (Refrigerant Reheat Coil), 3.2.42 (Single Package Air-conditioner), 3.2.43 (Single Package Heat Pumps), 3.2.44 (Single Package System), 3.2.45 (Sound Trap), 3.2.46 (Split System), 3.2.51 (Steam or Hydronic Heat Coils), 3.2.53 (UV Lights), 3.2.55 (Ventilation Energy Recovery System (VERS)), 3.2.56 (Year Round Single Package Air-conditioner), 3.2.57 (Year Round Single Package Heat Pump),
                            </P>
                            <P>(d) Subsection 5.2 (Optional System Features) of section 5 Test Requirements is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(e) The following subsections of section 6 Rating Requirements are inapplicable: 6.4 (Rating Values), 6.5 (Uncertainty), and 6.6 (Verification Testing),</P>
                            <P>(f) Section 7 Minimum Data Requirements for Published Ratings is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(g) Section 8 Operating Requirements is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(h) Section 9 Marking and Nameplate Data is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(i) Section 10 Conformance Conditions is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(j) Appendix B References—Informative is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(k) Sections D.1 (Purpose) and D.2 (Configuration Requirements) of Appendix D Unit Configuration for Standard Efficiency Determination—Normative are inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(l) Appendix F International Rating Conditions—Normative is inapplicable,</P>
                            <P>(m) Appendix G Example of Determination of Fan and Motor Efficiency for Non-standard Integrated Indoor Fan and Motors—Informative is inapplicable, and</P>
                            <P>(n) Appendix H Determination of Low-temperature Cut-in and Cut-out Temperatures—Normative is inapplicable.</P>
                            <P>1.2. ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009:</P>
                            <P>(a) Section 1 Purpose is inapplicable</P>
                            <P>(b) Section 2 Scope is inapplicable, and</P>
                            <P>(c) Section 4 Classifications is inapplicable.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">2. General</HD>
                            <P>
                                For air conditioners and heat pumps, determine IVEC and IVHE (as applicable) in accordance with this appendix and the applicable sections of AHRI 1340-2023 and ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. Representations of energy efficiency ratio 2 (EER2) and IVHE
                                <E T="52">C</E>
                                 may optionally be made. Representations of coefficient of performance 2 (COP2) at 5 °F, 17 °F, and 47 °F may optionally be made.
                            </P>
                            <P>Sections 3 and 4 of this appendix provide additional instructions for testing. In cases where there is a conflict, the language of this appendix takes highest precedence, followed by AHRI 1340-2023, followed by ANSI/ASHRAE 37-2009. Any subsequent amendment to a referenced document by the standard-setting organization will not affect the test procedure in this appendix, unless and until the test procedure is amended by DOE.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">3. Test Conditions</HD>
                            <P>The following conditions specified in AHRI 1340-2023 apply when testing to certify to the energy conservation standards in § 431.97. For cooling mode, use the rating conditions in Table 7 of AHRI 1340-2023. For heat pump heating mode tests, use the rating conditions in Table 23 of AHRI 1340-2023 and the IVHE building load profile in Table 22 of AHRI 1340-2023.</P>
                            <P>
                                Representations of EER2 made using the “Cooling Bin A” conditions in Table 7 of AHRI 1340-2023 are optional. Representations of IVHE
                                <E T="52">C</E>
                                 made using the IVHE
                                <E T="52">C</E>
                                 Cold Climate building load profile in Table 22 of AHRI 1340-2023 are optional. Representations of COP2
                                <E T="52">47</E>
                                , COP2
                                <E T="52">17</E>
                                , and COP2
                                <E T="52">5</E>
                                 are optional.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">4. Tower Fan and Pump Power Rate (TFPPR)</HD>
                            <P>
                                Where equations 8, 10, 11, and 13 to AHRI 1340-2023 call for using the cooling tower fan and condenser water pump power rate (TFPPR) for the cooling bin specified in Table 7 to AHRI 1340-2023, instead use the TFPPR value for the cooling bin specified in table 1 to this appendix. Where equation 22 to AHRI 1340-2023 calls for using a value of 0.0094 W/(Btu/h) for TFPPR, instead use a value of 0.0102 W/(Btu/h).
                                <PRTPAGE P="44048"/>
                            </P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,12C,12C,12C,12C">
                                <TTITLE>Table 1—Tower Fan and Pump Power Rate </TTITLE>
                                <TDESC>[TFPPR]</TDESC>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling bin</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling Bin A</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling Bin B</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling Bin C</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling Bin D</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Tower Fan and Pump Power Rate (TFPPR), W/(Btu/h)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>0.0102</ENT>
                                    <ENT>0.0099</ENT>
                                    <ENT>0.0121</ENT>
                                    <ENT>0.0430</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">5. Additional Heating Operating Level Provisions</HD>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.1. Boost2 Heating Operating Level Definition</HD>
                            <P>In place of the boost2 heating operating level definition in section 3.2.31.2 of AHRI 1340-2023, use the following definition: An operating level allowed by the controls at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature with a capacity at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature that is less than or equal to the maximum capacity allowed by the controls at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature and greater than the capacity of:</P>
                            <P>(a) The boost heating operating level at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature, if there is an operating level that meets the definition for boost heating operating level specified in section 3.2.31.1 of AHRI 1340-2023; or</P>
                            <P>(b) The high heating operating level at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature, if there is not an operating level that meets the definition for boost heating operating level specified in section 3.2.31.1 of AHRI 1340-2023.</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.2. Requirements for H5B2 Test in Table 23 to AHRI 1340-2023</HD>
                            <P>In place of the third to last paragraph of section 6.3.6 of AHRI 1340-2023, use the following provisions.</P>
                            <P>
                                Run the H5B2 test in Table 23 of AHRI 1340-2023 only if there is an operating level allowed by the controls at 5.0 °F that meets the definition of the boost2 heating operating level specified in section 5.1 of this appendix, and the H5B2 test is being used to determine the capacity at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature and/or COP2
                                <E T="52">5</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <P>If the unit has a boost heating operating level, run the H5B2 test in Table 23 of AHRI 1340-2023 with an operating level allowed by the controls at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature that has a capacity at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature that is greater than the capacity of the boost heating operating level at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature and less than or equal to the maximum capacity allowed by the controls at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature.</P>
                            <P>If the unit does not have a boost heating operating level, run the H5B2 test in Table 23 of AHRI 1340-2023 with an operating level allowed by the controls at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature that has a capacity at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature that is greater than the capacity of the high heating operating level at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature and less than or equal to the maximum capacity allowed by the controls at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature. Use the indoor airflow that is used by the controls at 5.0 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature when operating at the chosen operating level.</P>
                            <P>
                                The H5B2 test shall not be used in the calculation of IVHE or IVHE
                                <E T="52">C</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD2">5.3. Operating Level Requirements for COP2</HD>
                            <P>
                                Any references to COP2
                                <E T="52">H</E>
                                 in AHRI 1340-2023 shall be considered synonymous with COP2 as defined in § 431.92. In place of section 6.3.14.2 of AHRI 1340-2023, use the following provisions.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                To determine COP2
                                <E T="52">47</E>
                                , use capacity and power determined for the H47H test.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                To determine COP2
                                <E T="52">17</E>
                                , the following provisions apply. For units without a boost heating operating level, use capacity and power determined for the H17H test. For units with a boost operating level, use capacity and power determined for the H17B test.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                To determine COP2
                                <E T="52">5</E>
                                , the following provisions apply. For units without a boost heating operating level and without a boost2 heating operating level, use capacity and power determined for the H5H test. For units with a boost heating operating level and without a boost2 heating operating level, use capacity and power determined for the H5B test. For units with a boost2 heating operating level, use capacity and power determined for the H5B2 test.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">6. Set-Up and Test Provisions for Specific Components</HD>
                            <P>When testing equipment that includes any of the features listed in table 2 to this appendix, test in accordance with the set-up and test provisions specified in table 2.</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,xl50,r50">
                                <TTITLE>Table 2—Test Provisions for Specific Components</TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Component</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Description</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Test provisions</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air Economizers</ENT>
                                    <ENT>An automatic system that enables a cooling system to supply outdoor air to reduce or eliminate the need for mechanical cooling during mild or cold weather</ENT>
                                    <ENT>For any air economizer that is factory-installed, place the economizer in the 100% return position and close and seal the outside air dampers for testing. For any modular air economizer shipped with the unit but not factory-installed, do not install the economizer for testing.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Barometric Relief Dampers</ENT>
                                    <ENT>An assembly with dampers and means to automatically set the damper position in a closed position and one or more open positions to allow venting directly to the outside a portion of the building air that is returning to the unit, rather than allowing it to recirculate to the indoor coil and back to the building</ENT>
                                    <ENT>For any barometric relief dampers that are factory-installed, close and seal the dampers for testing. For any modular barometric relief dampers shipped with the unit but not factory-installed, do not install the dampers for testing.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Desiccant Dehumidification Components</ENT>
                                    <ENT>An assembly that reduces the moisture content of the supply air through moisture transfer with solid or liquid desiccants</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Disable desiccant dehumidification components for testing.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Drain Pan Heaters</ENT>
                                    <ENT>A heater that heats the drain pan to make certain that water shed from the outdoor coil during a defrost does not freeze</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Disconnect drain pan heaters for testing.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Evaporative Pre-cooling of Air-cooled Condenser Intake Air</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Water is evaporated into the air entering the air-cooled condenser to lower the dry-bulb temperature and thereby increase efficiency of the refrigeration cycle</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Disconnect the unit from a water supply for testing 
                                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                         operate without active evaporative cooling.
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44049"/>
                                    <ENT I="01">Fire/Smoke/Isolation Dampers</ENT>
                                    <ENT>A damper assembly including means to open and close the damper mounted at the supply or return duct opening of the equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>For any fire/smoke/isolation dampers that are factory-installed, set the dampers in the fully open position for testing. For any modular fire/smoke/isolation dampers shipped with the unit but not factory-installed, do not install the dampers for testing.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Fresh Air Dampers</ENT>
                                    <ENT>An assembly with dampers and means to set the damper position in a closed and one open position to allow air to be drawn into the equipment when the indoor fan is operating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>For any fresh air dampers that are factory-installed, close and seal the dampers for testing. For any modular fresh air dampers shipped with the unit but not factory-installed, do not install the dampers for testing.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Hail Guards</ENT>
                                    <ENT>A grille or similar structure mounted to the outside of the unit covering the outdoor coil to protect the coil from hail, flying debris and damage from large objects</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Remove hail guards for testing.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">High-Effectiveness Indoor Air Filtration</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Indoor air filters with greater air filtration effectiveness than the filters used for testing</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Test with the standard filter.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Power Correction Capacitors</ENT>
                                    <ENT>A capacitor that increases the power factor measured at the line connection to the equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Remove power correction capacitors for testing.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Process Heat recovery/Reclaim Coils/Thermal Storage</ENT>
                                    <ENT>A heat exchanger located inside the unit that conditions the equipment's supply air using energy transferred from an external source using a vapor, gas, or liquid</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Disconnect the heat exchanger from its heat source for testing.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Refrigerant Reheat Coils</ENT>
                                    <ENT>A heat exchanger located downstream of the indoor coil that heats the supply air during cooling operation using high pressure refrigerant in order to increase the ratio of moisture removal to cooling capacity provided by the equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>De-activate refrigerant reheat coils for testing so as to provide the minimum (none if possible) reheat achievable by the system controls.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Steam/Hydronic Heat Coils</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Coils used to provide supplemental heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Test with steam/hydronic heat coils in place but providing no heat.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">UV Lights</ENT>
                                    <ENT>A lighting fixture and lamp mounted so that it shines light on the indoor coil, that emits ultraviolet light to inhibit growth of organisms on the indoor coil surfaces, the condensate drip pan, and/other locations within the equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Turn off UV lights for testing.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Ventilation Energy Recovery System (VERS)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>An assembly that preconditions outdoor air entering the equipment through direct or indirect thermal and/or moisture exchange with the exhaust air, which is defined as the building air being exhausted to the outside from the equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        For any VERS that is factory-installed, place the VERS in the 100% return position and close and seal the outside air dampers and exhaust air dampers for testing, and do not energize any VERS subcomponents (
                                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                         energy recovery wheel motors). For any VERS module shipped with the unit but not factory-installed, do not install the VERS for testing.
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                        </EXTRACT>
                    </REGTEXT>
                </SUPLINF>
                <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-08543 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
            </RULE>
        </RULES>
    </NEWPART>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>98</NO>
    <DATE>Monday, May 20, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
    <NEWPART>
        <PTITLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="44051"/>
            <PARTNO>Part III</PARTNO>
            <AGENCY TYPE="P">Department of Energy</AGENCY>
            <CFR>10 CFR Part 431</CFR>
            <TITLE>Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps; Final Rule</TITLE>
        </PTITLE>
        <RULES>
            <RULE>
                <PREAMB>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44052"/>
                    <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                    <CFR>10 CFR Part 431</CFR>
                    <DEPDOC>[EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015]</DEPDOC>
                    <RIN>RIN 1904-AF34</RIN>
                    <SUBJECT>Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps</SUBJECT>
                    <AGY>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                        <P>Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.</P>
                    </AGY>
                    <ACT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                        <P>Direct final rule.</P>
                    </ACT>
                    <SUM>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                        <P>The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended (“EPCA”), prescribes energy conservation standards for various consumer products and certain commercial and industrial equipment, including air-cooled commercial package air conditioners and heat pumps with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h. In this direct final rule, DOE is adopting amended energy conservation standards, based on clear and convincing evidence, for air-cooled commercial package air conditioners and heat pumps with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h, which it has determined satisfy the relevant statutory criteria.</P>
                    </SUM>
                    <EFFDATE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                        <P>
                            The effective date of this rule is September 17, 2024, unless adverse comment is received by September 9, 2024. If adverse comments are received that DOE determines may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final rule, a timely withdrawal of this rule will be published in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                            . If no such adverse comments are received, compliance with the amended standards established for air-cooled commercial package air conditioners and heat pumps with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h in this direct final rule is required on and after January 1, 2029.
                        </P>
                    </EFFDATE>
                    <ADD>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                        <P>
                            Interested persons are encouraged to submit comments using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                             under docket number EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015. Follow the instructions for submitting comments. Alternatively, interested persons may submit comments, identified by docket number EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015, by any of the following methods:
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">Email: ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov.</E>
                             Include the docket number EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015 in the subject line of the message.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">Postal Mail:</E>
                             Appliance and Equipment Standards Program, U.S. Department of Energy, Building Technologies Office, Mailstop EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. If possible, please submit all items on a compact disc (“CD”), in which case it is not necessary to include printed copies.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">Hand Delivery/Courier:</E>
                             Appliance and Equipment Standards Program, U.S. Department of Energy, Building Technologies Office, 950 L'Enfant Plaza SW, 6th Floor, Washington, DC 20024. Telephone: (202) 287-1445. If possible, please submit all items on a CD, in which case it is not necessary to include printed copies.
                        </P>
                        <P>No telefacsimiles (“faxes”) will be accepted.</P>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                             The docket for this rulemaking, which includes 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             notices, public meeting attendee lists and transcripts, comments, and other supporting documents/materials, is available for review at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                             All documents in the docket are listed in the 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                             index. However, not all documents listed in the index may be publicly available, such as information that is exempt from public disclosure.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            The docket web page can be found at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015.</E>
                             The docket web page contains instructions on how to access all documents, including public comments, in the docket.
                        </P>
                    </ADD>
                    <FURINF>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                        <P/>
                        <P>
                            Mr. Lucas Adin, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 287-5904. Email: 
                            <E T="03">ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            Mr. Eric Stas, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-4798. Email: 
                            <E T="03">Eric.Stas@hq.doe.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            For further information on how to submit a comment or review other public comments and the docket, contact the Appliance and Equipment Standards Program staff at (202) 287-1445 or by email: 
                            <E T="03">ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FURINF>
                </PREAMB>
                <SUPLINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Impact on Manufacturers</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. National Benefits and Costs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Conclusion</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Introduction</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Authority</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Background</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Current Standards</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. History of Standards Rulemaking for ACUACs and ACUHPs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. 2022-2023 ASRAC ACUAC/HP Working Group Recommended Standard Levels</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. General Discussion</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. General Comments</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Scope of Coverage</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Test Procedure and Metrics</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Technological Feasibility</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. General</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Energy Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Determination of Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Significance of Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Economic Justification</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Specific Criteria</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared To Increase in Price (LCC and PBP)</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Energy Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Equipment</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">f. Need for National Energy Conservation</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">g. Other Factors</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Market and Technology Assessment</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Equipment Classes</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Market Post-2023</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Technology Options</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Screening Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Screened-Out Technologies</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Remaining Technologies</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Engineering Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Efficiency Levels in Terms of Existing Metrics</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Baseline Efficiency</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Higher Efficiency Levels</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Efficiency Levels in Terms of New Metrics</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. IVEC</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. IVHE</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Energy Modeling</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Impact of Low-GWP Refrigerants</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Cost Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. MPC Estimates</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. MSP Estimates, Manufacturer Markup, and Shipping Costs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Cost-Efficiency Results</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Markups Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Distribution Channels</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Markups and Sales Tax</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Energy Use Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. System-Level Calculations</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Generalized Building Sample</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Energy Use Adjustment Factors</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Comments</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Equipment Cost</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Installation Cost</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Annual Energy Consumption</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Energy Prices</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Maintenance and Repair Costs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Equipment Lifetime</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. Discount Rates</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                            9. Payback Period Analysis
                            <PRTPAGE P="44053"/>
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Shipments Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. New Shipments</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Replacement Shipments</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Stock Calculation</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Comments</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. National Impact Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Equipment Efficiency Trends</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. National Energy Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Net Present Value Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Overview</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Government Regulatory Impact Model and Key Inputs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Manufacturer Production Costs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Shipments Projections</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Capital and Product Conversion Costs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Discussion of MIA Comments</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">K. Emissions Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in DOE's Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas Emissions</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Social Cost of Carbon Dioxide</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Sensitivity Analysis Using EPA's New SC-GHG Estimates</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Monetization of Other Emissions Impacts</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">M. Utility Impact Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">N. Employment Impact Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Analytical Results and Conclusions</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Trial Standard Levels</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Industry Cash-Flow Analysis Results</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Direct Impacts on Employment</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. National Impact Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Significance of Energy Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Indirect Impacts on Employment</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Equipment</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. Other Factors</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8. Summary of Economic Impacts</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Conclusion</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for ACUACs and ACUHPs Standards</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Standards</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Review Under Executive Order 13132</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Review Under Executive Order 12988</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. Review Under Executive Order 12630</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">K. Review Under Executive Order 13211</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">L. Review Under the Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">M. Congressional Notification</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary</FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, Public Law 94-163, as amended (“EPCA”),
                        <SU>1</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency of a number of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6291-6317, as codified) Title III, Part C 
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         of EPCA established the Energy Conservation Program for Certain Industrial Equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6311-6317) This covered equipment includes small, large, and very large commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(B)-(D)) Such equipment includes as equipment categories air-cooled commercial unitary air conditioners with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h (“ACUACs”) and air-cooled commercial unitary heat pumps with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h (“ACUHPs”), which are the subject of this rulemaking.
                        <SU>3</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The current energy conservation standards are found in the Code of Federal Regulations (“CFR”) at 10 CFR 431.97(b).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             All references to EPCA in this document refer to the statute as amended through the Energy Act of 2020, Public Law 116-260 (Dec. 27, 2020), which reflect the last statutory amendments that impact Parts A and A-1 of EPCA.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             For editorial reasons, upon codification in the U.S. Code, Part C was re-designated Part A-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>3</SU>
                             While ACUACs and ACUHPs with rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h are included in the broader category of commercial unitary air conditioners and heat pumps (“CUACs and CUHPs”), they are not addressed in this direct final rule. The standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs with rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h have been addressed in a separate rulemaking (
                            <E T="03">see</E>
                             Docket No. EERE-2022-BT-STD-0008). Accordingly, all references within this direct final rule to ACUACs and ACUHPs exclude equipment with rated cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In accordance with the authority provided by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) and 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1), DOE is issuing this direct final rule amending the energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs.
                        <SU>4</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The amended standards levels outlined in this document reflect the culmination of a negotiated rulemaking that included the following notices and stakeholder comments thereon: May 2020 energy conservation standards request for information (“May 2020 ECS RFI”) (85 FR 27941 (May 12, 2020); May 2022 test procedure (“TP”)/ECS RFI (87 FR 31743 (May 25, 2022)); and the 2022 Appliance Standards and Rulemaking Federal Advisory Committee (“ASRAC”) commercial unitary air conditioners and heat pumps working group negotiations, hereinafter referred to as “the 2023 ECS Negotiations” (87 FR 45703 (July 29, 2022). Participants in the 2023 ECS Negotiations included stakeholders representing manufacturers, energy-efficiency and environmental advocates, States, and electric utility companies. See section II.B.2 of this document for a detailed history of the current rulemaking.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>4</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             42 U.S.C. 6316(b) (applying 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)) to energy conservation standard rulemakings involving a variety of industrial equipment, including ACUACs and ACUHPs.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The consensus reached by the ACUAC/HP ASRAC Working Group (hereinafter referred to as “the ACUAC/HP Working Group”) on amended energy conservation standards (“ECS”) is outlined in the ASRAC Working Group Term Sheet (hereinafter referred to as “the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet”). (ASRAC Working Group Term Sheet, Docket No. EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015, No. 87) In accordance with the direct final rule provisions at 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE has determined that the recommendations contained in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet are compliant with 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B). As required by EPCA, DOE is also simultaneously publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (“NOPR”) that contains identical standards to those adopted in this direct final rule. Consistent with the statute, DOE is providing a 110-day public comment period on the direct final rule. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(B); 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1))) If DOE determines that any adverse comments received provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B) or any other applicable law, DOE will withdraw the direct final rule and continue the rulemaking under the NOPR. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C); 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1)) See section II.A of this document for more details on DOE's statutory authority.</P>
                    <P>
                        The amended standards that DOE is adopting in this direct final rule are the efficiency levels recommended in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet (shown in Table I.1) as measured according to DOE's amended test procedure for commercial unitary air conditioners and heat pumps codified at title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (“CFR”), part 431, subpart F, appendix A1 (“appendix A1”).
                        <PRTPAGE P="44054"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>The amended standards recommended in the Joint Agreement are represented as trial standard level (“TSL”) 3 in this document (hereinafter the “Recommended TSL”) and are described in section V.A of this document. These standards apply to all equipment listed in Table I.1 and manufactured in, or imported into the United States starting on January 1, 2029.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="241">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.070</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers</HD>
                    <P>
                        Table I.2 summarizes DOE's evaluation of the economic impacts of the adopted standards on consumers of ACUACs and ACUHPs, as measured by the average life-cycle cost (“LCC”) savings and the simple payback period (“PBP”).
                        <SU>5</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The average LCC savings are positive for all equipment classes, and the PBP is less than the average lifetime of the equipment, which is estimated to be 21-30 years, depending on equipment class (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         sections IV.F and V.B.1 of this document).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>5</SU>
                             The average LCC savings refer to consumers that are affected by a standard and are measured relative to the efficiency distribution in the no-new-standards case, which depicts the market in the compliance year in the absence of new or amended standards (see section IV.F.9 of this document). The simple PBP, which is designed to compare specific efficiency levels, is measured relative to the baseline equipment (see section IV.C of this document).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                      
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="140">
                          
                        <GID>ER20MY24.071</GID>
                    </GPH>
                      
                    <P>DOE's analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on consumers is described in section IV.F of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Impact on Manufacturers</HD>
                    <P>The industry net present value (“INPV”) is the sum of the discounted cash flows to the industry from the reference year through the end of the analysis period (2024-2058). Using a real discount rate of 5.9 percent, DOE estimates that the INPV for manufacturers of ACUACs and ACUHPs in the case without amended standards is $2,653.0 million in 2022$. Under the adopted standards, DOE estimates the change in INPV to range from −7.3. percent to −3.0 percent, which is approximately −$193.9 million to −$79.5 million. In order to bring this equipment into compliance with amended standards, it is estimated that industry will incur total conversion costs of $288.0 million.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE's analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on manufacturers is 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44055"/>
                        described in sections IV.J and V.B.2 of this document.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">
                        C. National Benefits and Costs 
                        <E T="51">6</E>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </HD>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>6</SU>
                             All monetary values in this document are expressed in 2022 dollars and, where appropriate, are discounted to 2022 unless explicitly stated otherwise.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE's analyses indicate that the adopted energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs would save a significant amount of energy. Relative to the case without amended standards, the lifetime energy savings for ACUACs and ACUHPs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with the amended standards (2029-2058), amount to 5.5 quadrillion British thermal units (“Btu”), or quads.
                        <SU>7</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This represents a savings of 10.0 percent relative to the energy use of this equipment in the case without amended standards (referred to as the “no-new-standards case”).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>7</SU>
                             The quantity refers to full-fuel-cycle (“FFC”) energy savings. FFC energy savings includes the energy consumed in extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             coal, natural gas, petroleum fuels), and, thus, presents a more complete picture of the impacts of energy efficiency standards. For more information on the FFC metric, see section IV.H.2 of this document.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The cumulative net present value (“NPV”) of total consumer benefits of the standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs ranges from $4.39 billion (at a 7-percent discount rate) to $15.30 billion (at a 3-percent discount rate). This NPV expresses the estimated total value of future operating-cost savings minus the estimated increased equipment and installation costs for ACUACs and ACUHPs purchased in 2029-2058.</P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, the adopted standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs are projected to yield significant environmental benefits. DOE estimates that the adopted standards will result in cumulative emission reductions (over the same period as for energy savings) of 108.7 million metric tons (“Mt”) 
                        <SU>8</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         of carbon dioxide (“CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        ”), 25.3 thousand tons of sulfur dioxide (“SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        ”), 185.1 thousand tons of nitrogen oxides (“NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        ”), 845.6 thousand tons of methane (“CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        ”), 0.8 thousand tons of nitrous oxide (“N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O”), and 0.2 tons of mercury (“Hg”).
                        <SU>9</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The estimated cumulative reduction in CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions through 2030 amounts to 0.32 Mt, which is equivalent to the emissions resulting from the annual electricity use of more than 0.23 million homes.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>8</SU>
                             A metric ton is equivalent to 1.1 short tons. Results for emissions other than CO
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             are presented in short tons.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>9</SU>
                             DOE calculated emissions reductions relative to the no-new-standards-case, which reflects key assumptions in the 
                            <E T="03">Annual Energy Outlook 2023</E>
                             (
                            <E T="03">“AEO 2023”</E>
                            ). 
                            <E T="03">AEO 2023</E>
                             reflects, to the extent possible, laws and regulations adopted through mid-November 2022, including the Inflation Reduction Act. See section IV.K of this document for further discussion of 
                            <E T="03">AEO 2023</E>
                             assumptions that affect air pollutant emissions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE estimates the value of climate benefits from a reduction in greenhouse gases (“GHG”) using four different estimates of the social cost of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         (“SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        ”), the social cost of methane (“SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        ”), and the social cost of nitrous oxide (“SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O”). Together these represent the social cost of GHG (“SC-GHG”). DOE used interim SC-GHG values (in terms of benefit per ton of GHG avoided) developed by an Interagency Working Group on the Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases (“IWG”).
                        <SU>10</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The derivation of these values is discussed in section IV.L of this document. For presentational purposes, the climate benefits associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate are estimated to be $4.9 billion. DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate, and it emphasizes the value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG estimates. DOE is presenting monetized benefits of GHG emissions reductions in accordance with the applicable Executive Orders, and DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this rule in the absence of the estimated benefits from reductions in GHG emissions.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>10</SU>
                             To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the 
                            <E T="03">Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990</E>
                             published in February 2021 by the IWG. (“February 2021 SC-GHG TSD”) (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/TechnicalSupportDocument_SocialCostofCarbonMethaneNitrousOxide.pdf</E>
                            ) (last accessed Dec. 4, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE also estimated the monetized health benefits of SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions reductions associated with energy savings, using benefit-per-ton estimates from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
                        <SU>11</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as discussed in section IV.L of this document. DOE estimates the present value of the health benefits would be $3.0 billion using a 7-percent discount rate, and $8.8 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
                        <SU>12</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE is currently only monetizing health benefits from changes in ambient fine particulate matter (“PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                        ”) concentrations from two precursors (SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        ), and from changes in ambient ozone from one precursor (for NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        ), but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from reductions in direct PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                         emissions.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>11</SU>
                             U.S. EPA, Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing Directly Emitted PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                            , PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                             Precursors and Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-ton-reducing-pm25-precursors-21-sectors</E>
                            ) (last accessed Dec. 4, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>12</SU>
                             DOE estimates the economic value of these emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs for the purpose of complying with the requirements of Executive Order (“E.O.”) 12866.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Table I.3 summarizes the monetized benefits and costs expected to result from the amended standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. There are other important unquantified effects, including certain unquantified climate benefits, unquantified public health benefits from the reduction of toxic air pollutants and other emissions, unquantified energy security benefits, and distributional effects, among others.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44056"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.072</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="237">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44057"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.073</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        The benefits and costs of the considered standards can also be expressed in terms of annualized values. The monetary values for the total annualized net benefits are: (1) the reduced consumer operating costs, minus (2) the increase in equipment purchase prices and installation costs, plus (3) the value of climate and health benefits of emission reductions, all annualized.
                        <SU>13</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>13</SU>
                             To convert the time-series of costs and benefits into annualized values, DOE calculated a present value in 2024, the year used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings. For the benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated with each year's shipments in the year in which the shipments occur (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             2030), and then discounted the present value from each year to 2024. Using the present value, DOE then calculated the fixed annual payment over a 30-year period, starting in the compliance year, that yields the same present value.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The national operating cost savings are domestic private U.S. consumer monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the covered equipment and are measured for the lifetime of ACUACs and ACUHPs shipped in 2029-2058. The health benefits associated with reduced emissions achieved as a result of the adopted standards are also calculated based on the lifetime of ACUACs and ACUHPs shipped in 2029-2058. Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average GHG social costs with 3-percent discount rate.
                        <SU>14</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Estimates of SC-GHG values are presented for all four discount rates in section V.B of this document.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>14</SU>
                             As discussed in section IV.L.1 of this document, DOE agrees with the IWG that using consumption-based discount rates (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             3 percent) is appropriate when discounting the value of climate impacts. Combining climate effects discounted at an appropriate consumption-based discount rate with other costs and benefits discounted at a capital-based rate (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             7 percent) is reasonable because of the different nature of the types of benefits being measured.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Table I.4 presents the total estimated monetized benefits and costs associated with the adopted standard, expressed in terms of annualized values. The results under the primary estimate are as follows.</P>
                    <P>Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated cost of the adopted standards is $493.2 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $1,371.6 million in reduced equipment operating costs, $279.2 million in climate benefits, and $507.9 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit would amount to $1.7 billion per year.</P>
                    <P>
                        Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and health benefits from reduced NOx and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated cost of the standards adopted in this rule is $481.3 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $944.7 million in reduced equipment operating costs, $279.2 million in climate benefits, and $317.2 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $1.1 billion per year.
                    </P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44058"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.074</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="213">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44059"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.075</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>DOE's analysis of the national impacts of the adopted standards is described in sections IV.H, IV.K, and IV.L of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Conclusion</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE has determined that the ACUAC/ACUHP Working Group statement containing recommendations with respect to energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs was submitted jointly by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A).
                        <SU>15</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         After considering the analysis and weighing the benefits and burdens, DOE has determined that the recommended standards are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), which contains criteria for adopting a uniform national standard more stringent than the levels contained in the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (“ASHRAE”) Standard 90.1, as amended,
                        <SU>16</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         for the equipment considered in this document. Specifically, the Secretary has determined, supported by clear and convincing evidence, that the adoption of the recommended standards would result in the significant conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically justified. In determining whether the recommended standards are economically justified, the Secretary has determined that the benefits of the recommended standards exceed the burdens. Namely, the Secretary has concluded that the recommended standards, when considering the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission reductions, the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions, and positive average LCC savings, would yield benefits outweighing the negative impacts on some consumers and on manufacturers, including the conversion costs that could result in a reduction in INPV for manufacturers.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>15</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             42 U.S.C. 6316(b) (applying 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) to energy conservation standard rulemakings involving a variety of industrial equipment, including ACUACs and ACUHPs.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>16</SU>
                             As discussed in section II.B.2, ASHRAE 90.1-2019 updated the minimum efficiency levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs to align with those adopted by DOE in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule—
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             ASHRAE 90.1-2019 includes minimum efficiency levels that are aligned with the current Federal energy conservation standards. The most recent version of ASHRAE Standard 90.1, ASHRAE 90.1-2022, includes the same minimum efficiency levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs as ASHRAE 90.1-2019.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reduction benefits, and a 3-percent discount rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs is $481.3 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $944.7 million in reduced equipment operating costs, $279.2 million in climate benefits, and $317.2 million in health benefits. The net benefit amounts to $1.1 billion per year. DOE notes that the net benefits are substantial even in the absence of climate benefits,
                        <SU>17</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and DOE would adopt the same standards in the absence of such benefits.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>17</SU>
                             The information on climate benefits is provided in compliance with Executive Order 12866.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The significance of energy savings offered by a new or amended energy conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of the specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking.
                        <SU>18</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For example, some covered products and equipment have most of their energy consumption occur during periods of peak energy demand. The impacts of these products on the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than products with relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates the significance of energy savings on a case-by-case basis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>18</SU>
                             Procedures, Interpretations, and Policies for Consideration in New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards and Test Procedures for Consumer Products and Commercial/Industrial Equipment, 86 FR 70892, 70901 (Dec. 13, 2021).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As previously mentioned, the standards are projected to result in estimated national energy savings of 5.5 quads (FFC), the equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 59.1 million homes. In addition, they are projected to reduce CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions by 108.7 Mt. Based on these findings, DOE has determined the energy savings from the standard levels adopted in this direct final rule are “significant” within the meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II). A more detailed discussion of the basis for these conclusions is contained in the remainder of this document and the accompanying TSD.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Under the authority provided by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing this direct final rule amending the energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. Consistent with this authority, DOE is also publishing elsewhere in this issue of the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         a NOPR proposing standards that are identical to those contained in this direct final rule. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)(i); 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1))
                        <PRTPAGE P="44060"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Introduction</HD>
                    <P>The following section briefly discusses the statutory authority underlying this direct final rule, as well as some of the relevant historical background related to the establishment of energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Authority</HD>
                    <P>EPCA, Public Law 94-163, as amended, authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency of certain consumer products and industrial equipment. Title III, Part C of EPCA, added by Public Law 95-619, Title IV, section 441(a) (42 U.S.C. 6311-6317, as codified), established the Energy Conservation Program for Certain Industrial Equipment, which sets forth a variety of provisions designed to improve energy efficiency. This equipment includes ACUACs and ACUHPs, which are a category of small, large, and very large commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment and the subject of this rulemaking. (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(B)-(D)) EPCA prescribed initial standards for this equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(1)-(2))</P>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to EPCA, DOE must amend the energy conservation standards for certain types of commercial and industrial equipment, including the equipment at issue in this document, whenever ASHRAE amends the standard levels or design requirements prescribed in ASHRAE Standard 90.1, “Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings” (“ASHRAE Standard 90.1”). DOE must adopt the amended ASHRAE Standard 90.1 levels for these equipment (hereafter “ASHRAE equipment”), unless the Secretary of Energy (“the Secretary”) determines by rule published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         and supported by clear and convincing evidence that adoption of a more-stringent uniform national standard would result in significant additional conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)-(B))
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, EPCA contains a review requirement for this same equipment (the six-year-lookback review), which requires DOE to consider the need for amended standards every six years. To adopt more-stringent standards under that provision, DOE must once again have clear and convincing evidence to show that such standards would be technologically feasible and economically justified and would save a significant additional amount of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)); 
                        <E T="03">see id.</E>
                         6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II) &amp; (a)(6)(B)(i))
                    </P>
                    <P>In deciding whether a more-stringent standard is economically justified, under either the provisions of 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C), DOE must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens. DOE must make this determination after receiving comments on the proposed standard, and by considering, to the maximum extent practicable, the following seven factors:</P>
                    <P>(1) The economic impact of the standard on manufacturers and consumers of equipment subject to the standard;</P>
                    <P>(2) The savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average life of the covered equipment in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price, initial charges, or maintenance expenses for the covered equipment that are likely to result from the standard;</P>
                    <P>(3) The total projected amount of energy savings likely to result directly from the standard;</P>
                    <P>(4) Any lessening of the utility or the performance of the covered equipment likely to result from the standard;</P>
                    <P>(5) The impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from the standard;</P>
                    <P>(6) The need for national energy conservation; and</P>
                    <P>(7) Other factors the Secretary of Energy considers relevant.</P>
                    <P>(42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(I)-(VII))</P>
                    <P>The energy conservation program under EPCA, consists essentially of four parts: (1) testing; (2) labeling; (3) the establishment of Federal energy conservation standards, and (4) certification and enforcement procedures. Relevant provisions of the EPCA specifically include definitions (42 U.S.C. 6311), energy conservation standards (42 U.S.C. 6313), test procedures (42 U.S.C. 6314), labeling provisions (42 U.S.C. 6315), and the authority to require information and reports from manufacturers (42 U.S.C. 6316; 42 U.S.C. 6296(a), (b) and (d)).</P>
                    <P>Federal energy efficiency requirements for covered equipment established under EPCA generally supersede State laws and regulations concerning energy conservation testing, labeling, and standards. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a) and (b); 42 U.S.C. 6297) DOE may, however, grant waivers of Federal preemption in limited instances for particular State laws or regulations, in accordance with the procedures and other provisions set forth under EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(2)(D))</P>
                    <P>Under 42 U.S.C. 6314, EPCA sets forth the criteria and procedures DOE is required to follow when prescribing or amending test procedures for covered equipment. EPCA requires that any test procedure prescribed or amended under this section must be reasonably designed to produce test results which reflect energy efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of covered equipment during a representative average use cycle and requires that the test procedure not be unduly burdensome to conduct. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(2)) Manufacturers of covered equipment must use the Federal test procedures as the basis for: (1) certifying to DOE that their equipment complies with the applicable energy conservation standards adopted pursuant to EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6316(b); 42 U.S.C. 6296), and (2) making representations about the efficiency of that equipment (42 U.S.C. 6314(d)). Similarly, DOE uses these test procedures to determine whether the equipment complies with relevant standards promulgated under EPCA. The current DOE test procedure for ACUACs and ACUHPs appear at title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (“CFR”), part 431, subpart F, appendix A.</P>
                    <P>EPCA also contains what is known as an “anti-backsliding” provision, which prevents the Secretary from prescribing any amended standard that either increases the maximum allowable energy use or decreases the minimum required energy efficiency of a covered product. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(iii)(I)) Also, the Secretary may not prescribe an amended or new standard if interested persons have established by a preponderance of the evidence that the standard is likely to result in the unavailability in the United States in any covered equipment type (or class) of performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those generally available in the United States. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(iii)(II)(aa))</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (“EISA 2007”), Public Law 110-140, amended EPCA, in relevant part, to grant DOE authority to issue a final rule (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         a “direct final rule” or “DFR”) establishing an energy conservation standard upon receipt of a statement submitted jointly by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of manufacturers of covered products, States, and efficiency advocates), as determined by the Secretary, that contains recommendations with respect to an energy or water conservation standard that are in accordance with the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44061"/>
                        provisions of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4); 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1)) Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), the Secretary must also determine whether a jointly submitted recommendation for an energy or water conservation standard satisfies 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The direct final rule must be published simultaneously with a NOPR that proposes an energy or water conservation standard that is identical to the standard established in the direct final rule, and DOE must provide a public comment period of at least 110 days on this proposal. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)-(B); 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1)) While DOE typically provides a comment period of 60 days on proposed energy conservation standards, for a NOPR accompanying a direct final rule, DOE provides a comment period of the same length as the comment period on the direct final rule—
                        <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                         110 days. Based on the comments received during this period, the direct final rule will either become effective, or DOE will withdraw it not later than 120 days after its issuance if: (1) one or more adverse comments is received, and (2) DOE determines that those comments, when viewed in light of the rulemaking record related to the direct final rule, may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), or any other applicable law. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C); 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1)) Receipt of an alternative joint recommendation may also trigger a DOE withdrawal of the direct final rule in the same manner. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) After withdrawing a direct final rule, DOE must proceed with the notice of proposed rulemaking published at the same time as the direct final rule and publish in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         the reasons why the direct final rule was withdrawn. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE has previously explained its interpretation of its direct final rule authority. In a final rule amending the Department's “Procedures, Interpretations and Policies for Consideration of New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards for Consumer Products” at 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, DOE noted that it may issue standards recommended by interested persons that are fairly representative of relative points of view as a direct final rule when the recommended standards are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable. 86 FR 70892, 70912 (Dec. 13, 2021). But the direct final rule provision in EPCA does not impose additional requirements applicable to other standards rulemakings, which is consistent with the unique circumstances of rules issued as consensus agreements under DOE's direct final rule authority. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE's discretion remains bounded by its statutory mandate to adopt a standard that results in significant conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically justified—a requirement found in 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B). As such, DOE's review and analysis of the Joint Agreement is limited to whether the recommended standards satisfy the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B).
                    </P>
                    <P>Additionally, DOE notes that the direct final rule authority in EPCA is permissive. If DOE determines that recommended standards satisfy the applicable criteria, the Department “may issue a final rule.” (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)(i)) This discretion is particularly relevant for ASHRAE equipment where the applicable statutory criteria require that an amended standard be technologically feasible and economically justified and result in significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II)) This is in contrast to the applicable criteria for covered products and non-ASHRAE equipment, where, in addition to requiring significant conservation of energy, an amended standard must also represent the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified. Thus, there may be situations where the recommended standards for ASHRAE equipment satisfy the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), but do not represent that maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified. In those situations, DOE has discretion on whether to proceed with a direct final rule or propose its own, more-stringent standard. In order to inform that decision, DOE conducts its typical walk-down analysis when evaluating all direct final rules, including those for ASHRAE equipment. Under that approach, DOE starts from the most stringent possible standard (“max-tech”) and “walks-down” through the TSLs until arriving at the first TSL that meets all of the statutory criteria.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Background</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Current Standards</HD>
                    <P>
                        In a direct final rule published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on January 15, 2016 (“January 2016 Direct Final Rule”), DOE prescribed the current energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs manufactured on and after January 1, 2023. 81 FR 2420. These standards are set forth in DOE's regulations at 10 CFR 431.97(b) and are repeated in Table II.1.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="363">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44062"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.076</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. History of Standards Rulemaking for ACUACs and ACUHPs</HD>
                    <P>
                        Since publication of the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, ASHRAE published an updated version of ASHRAE Standard 90.1 (“ASHRAE  90.1-2019”), which updated the minimum efficiency levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs to align with those adopted by DOE in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         specifying two tiers of minimum levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs, with a January 1, 2023 compliance date for the second tier). ASHRAE published another version of ASHRAE Standard 90.1 in January 2023 (“ASHRAE 90.1-2022”), which includes the same minimum efficiency levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs as those included in ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        On May 12, 2020, DOE began its six-year-lookback review with for ACUACs and ACUHPs by publishing in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         the May 2020 ECS RFI.
                        <SU>19</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         85 FR 27941. The May 2020 ECS RFI sought information to help DOE inform its decisions, consistent with its obligations under EPCA. DOE received multiple comments from interested stakeholders in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, which prompted DOE to publish the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on May 25, 2022, to investigate additional aspects of the ACUAC and ACUHP TP and standards. 87 FR 31743. In the latter document, DOE identified several issues that it determined would benefit from further comment. DOE discussed these topics (including any comments received in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI that are related to these topics) in the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI. Once again, DOE received a number of written comments from interested parties related to standards for CUACs and CUHPs in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI and the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI. DOE considered these comments in preparation of this direct final rule. Table II.2 and Table II.3 list the stakeholders whose comments were related to standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs and have been considered in this rulemaking. Relevant comments, and DOE's responses, are provided in the appropriate sections of this document.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>19</SU>
                             The May 2020 ECS RFI also addressed commercial warm air furnaces, a separate type of covered equipment which was subsequently handled in a different rulemaking proceeding (
                            <E T="03">see</E>
                             Docket No. EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042 in 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="322">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44063"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.077</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="197">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.078</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        A parenthetical reference at the end of a comment quotation or paraphrase provides the location of the item in the public record.
                        <SU>20</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For comments received in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI and May 2022 TP/ECS RFI (which are contained within two different dockets 
                        <SU>21</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        ), parenthetical references in this direct final rule include the full docket number (rather than just the document number).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>20</SU>
                             The parenthetical reference provides a reference for information located in the relevant docket for this rulemaking, which is maintained at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                             The references are arranged as follows: (commenter name, comment docket ID number, page of that document).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>21</SU>
                             Comments submitted in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI are available in Docket No. EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042. Comments submitted in response to the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI are available in Docket No. EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        On July 29, 2022, DOE published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         a notice of intent to establish a working group for commercial unitary air conditioners and heat pumps to negotiate proposed test procedures and amended energy conservation standards for this equipment (“July 2022 Notice of Intent”). 87 FR 45703. The ACUAC/HP Working Group was established under ASRAC in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (“FACA”) (5 U.S.C. App 2) and the Negotiated Rulemaking Act (“NRA”) (5 U.S.C. 561- 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44064"/>
                        570, Pub. L. 104-320). The purpose of the ACUAC/HP Working Group was to discuss, and if possible, reach consensus on recommended amendments to the test procedures and energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. The ACUAC/HP Working Group consisted of 14 voting members, including DOE. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         appendix A, Working Group Members, Document No. 65 in Docket No. EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015) On December 15, 2022, the ACUAC/HP Working Group signed a Term Sheet (“ACUAC/HP Working Group TP Term Sheet”) of recommendations regarding ACUAC and ACUHP test procedures, including two new efficiency metrics: integrated ventilation, economizing, and cooling (“IVEC”) and integrated ventilation and heating efficiency (“IVHE”). (
                        <E T="03">See Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The ACUAC/HP Working Group met five times to discuss energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. These meetings took place on February 22-23, March 21-22, April 12-13, April 26-27, and May 1, 2023. As a result of these efforts, the ACUAC/HP Working Group successfully reached consensus on recommended energy conservation standards in terms of the new IVEC and IVHE metrics for CUACs and CUHPs. On May 1, 2023, the ACUAC/HP Working Group signed the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet outlining its recommendations which ASRAC approved on October 17, 2023. These recommendations are discussed further in section II.B.3 of this direct final rule.
                        <SU>22</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>22</SU>
                             The ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet is available at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0087.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. 2022-2023 ASRAC ACUAC/HP Working Group Recommended Standard Levels</HD>
                    <P>This section summarizes the standard levels recommended in the Term Sheet submitted by the ACUAC/HP Working Group for ACUAC/HP energy conservation standards and the subsequent procedural steps taken by DOE. Recommendation #1 of the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet recommends standard levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs with a recommended compliance date of January 1, 2029. (ASRAC Term Sheet, No. 87 at p. 2) These recommended standard levels are presented in Table II.4. Recommendation #2 of the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet recommends revising existing certification requirements to support the new metrics and standards presented in Table II.4, specifically requesting that manufacturers be required to certify the following information publicly to DOE for each basic model: (1) crankcase heat wattage for each compressor stage, and (2) 5 °F heating capacity and COP, if applicable. DOE will address recommendation #2 regarding certification in a separate rulemaking.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="195">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.079</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>After carefully considering the consensus recommendations for amending the energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs submitted by the ACUAC/HP Working Group and adopted by ASRAC, DOE has determined that these recommendations are in accordance with the statutory requirements of 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) and 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1) for the issuance of a direct final rule. The following paragraphs explain DOE's rationale in making this determination.</P>
                    <P>
                        First, with respect to the requirement that recommended energy conservation standards be submitted by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view, DOE notes that the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet was signed and submitted by a broad cross-section of interests, including the manufacturers who produce the subject equipment. To satisfy this requirement, DOE has generally found that the group submitting a joint statement must, where appropriate, include larger concerns and small businesses in the regulated industry/manufacturer community, energy advocates, energy utilities, consumers, and States. However, the Department has explained that it will be necessary to evaluate the meaning of “fairly representative” on a case-by-case basis, subject to the circumstances of a particular rulemaking, to determine whether additional parties must be part of a joint statement beyond the required “manufacturers of covered products, States, and efficiency advocates” specifically called out by EPCA at 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A). In this case, in addition to manufacturers, the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet also included environmental and energy-efficiency advocacy organizations, and electric utility companies. Although States were not direct signatories to the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet, the ASRAC Committee approving 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44065"/>
                        the ACUAC/HP Working Group's recommendations included at least two members representing States—one representing the State of New York and one representing the State of California. As a result, DOE has determined that these recommendations were submitted by interested persons who are fairly representative of relevant points of view on this matter, including those specifically identified by Congress: manufacturers of covered equipment, States, and efficiency advocates. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A); 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1))
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), the Secretary must also determine whether a jointly-submitted recommendation for an energy or water conservation standard satisfies 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable. In making this determination, DOE conducted an analysis to evaluate whether the potential energy conservation standards under consideration achieve significant energy savings and are technologically feasible and economically justified. The evaluation is similar to the comprehensive approach that DOE typically conducts whenever it considers potential new or amended energy conservation standards for a given type of product or equipment. DOE applies the same principles to any consensus recommendations it may receive to satisfy its statutory obligations. Upon review, the Secretary determined that the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet comports with the standard-setting criteria set forth under 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B). Accordingly, the consensus-recommended efficiency levels were included as the recommended TSL for ACUACs and ACUHPs (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         section V.A of this document for description of all of the considered TSLs). The details regarding how the consensus-recommended TSL complies with the standard-setting criteria are discussed and demonstrated in the relevant sections throughout this document.
                    </P>
                    <P>In sum, the Secretary has determined that the relevant criteria under 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) and 42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1) have been satisfied, such that it is appropriate to adopt the consensus-recommended amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs through this direct final rule based on the clear and convincing evidence discussed throughout this final rule. Also, in accordance with the provisions described in section II.A of this document, DOE is simultaneously publishing a NOPR proposing that the identical standard levels contained in this direct final rule be adopted.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. General Discussion</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. General Comments</HD>
                    <P>
                        In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, DOE received multiple comments from stakeholders generally expressing support for DOE evaluating and amending standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. (ASAP, ACEEE, 
                        <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                         EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0023 at p. 1; CA IOUs EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0020 at p. 1; NEEA, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0024 at p. 9; PGE, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0009, pp. 1-2) ASAP, ACEEE, 
                        <E T="03">et al.</E>
                         stated that very large energy savings could result from amended standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs, citing the max-tech efficiency levels analyzed in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule as well as the range of efficiencies in the current market. (ASAP, ACEEE, 
                        <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                         EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0023 at pp. 1-2) PGE also asserted that standards for ACUACs should be substantially higher than standards for ACUHPs to incentivize increased adoption of ACUHPs by commercial consumers, particularly in dual season climates where the commenter claimed that ACUHPs deliver higher efficiency, reduce peak loads, and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. (PGE, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0009 at pp. 1-2)
                    </P>
                    <P>In response to PGE's assertion that standards for ACUACs should be substantially higher than standards for ACUHPs, DOE notes that at the recommended TSL, the IVEC values are marginally higher for ACUACs with all other types of heat than for ACUHPs, as mentioned in section IV.C.2.a, and are unlikely on their own to incentivize increased adoption of ACUHPs, as discussed in section IV.G.4. At this time, DOE does not have evidence or information that would justify adopting higher standards for ACUACs than ACUHPs by a larger margin than recommended by the ACUAC/HP Working Group.</P>
                    <P>DOE also received comments in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI from several other stakeholders generally expressing views that DOE should not amend the existing energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 3; Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at pp. 8, 18-19; Lennox, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0015 at p. 1; Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 2) More specifically, AHRI, Carrier, Lennox, and Trane argued that standards should not be amended because of the burdens manufacturers already face, including regulatory changes such as refrigerant regulations, new efficiency metrics and standards for central air conditioners and heat pumps, and pending test procedure and standard updates for variable refrigerant flow equipment. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 2; Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at pp. 18-19; Lennox, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0015 at pp. 3-4, 8; Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 2) Commenters also asserted that the impacts associated with the 2023 standards could not be assessed at the time of submitting their comments because the standards had yet to take effect, and therefore, considering new standards prior to 2023 would be premature. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 3; Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 8, Lennox, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0015 at pp. 2-3; Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 2) Lennox also asserted that future market uncertainties are compounded by the COVID19 pandemic. (Lennox, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0015 at p. 2)</P>
                    <P>DOE acknowledges that at the time of the May 2020 ECS RFI, compliance was not yet required for the second tier of energy conservation standards adopted in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, which had a compliance date of January 1, 2023. However, the ACUAC/HP Working Group meetings to negotiate recommended energy conservation standard levels and the subsequent agreement outlined in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet occurred after January 1, 2023. Further, the analyses of amended energy conservation standards conducted by DOE as part of the 2023 ECS Negotiations were based on the ACUAC/HP market after the 2023 compliance date. DOE notes that despite the concerns raised regarding cumulative regulatory burden and impacts to the market due to the COVID 19 pandemic, Carrier, Lennox, and Trane (as members of the ACUAC/HP Working Group) voted in favor of the recommended standard levels. Additionally, AHRI subsequently supported efforts for a negotiated rulemaking to amend standards in comments received in response to the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI, demonstrating AHRI's position on this issue changed. (AHRI, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0008 at p. 1) Therefore, DOE surmises that those commenters' original positions on this topic changed since the time of the May 2020 ECS RFI.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, AHRI asserted that among ACUACs and ACUHPs, the only equipment category 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44066"/>
                        for which DOE is statutorily required to review amended standards under the six-year-lookback rulemaking is double-duct systems, based on the fact that the 2023 standards adopted in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule had not yet come into effect. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 3) DOE disagrees with AHRI's reading of the statute. The six-year-lookback provision does not reference compliance dates. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)(1)) The plain language of EPCA requires DOE to evaluate amended standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs “every 6 years” regardless of compliance dates of any amended standards from previous rulemakings. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) In this rulemaking, DOE has evaluated the potential for amended standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs (except for double-duct systems, as discussed in section III.B of this document) pursuant to its statutory obligations.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI, Lennox highlighted the preparations manufacturers are undergoing to implement the 2023 energy conservation standards, as well as the pending transition to lower global warming potential (“GWP”) refrigerants in 2025. (Lennox, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0009 at p. 2) Lennox recommended that DOE exercise caution with energy conservation standard amendments for ACUAC and ACUHP equipment because manufacturers need time to assess the impacts of an amended test procedure before DOE assesses amending energy conservations standards. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Specifically, Lennox recommended a 180-day period for manufacturers to assess the test procedure before the DOE moves forward with energy conservation standards based on the provisions of 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at pp. 5-6)
                    </P>
                    <P>As discussed previously, DOE notes that at the time of the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI, compliance was not yet required with the second tier of energy conservation standards adopted in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. However, the ACUAC/HP Working Group meetings and subsequent ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet agreement occurred after compliance became required with the most recent standards (January 1, 2023), and the analyses of amended energy conservation standards conducted by DOE as part of the 2023 ECS Negotiations were based on the ACUAC/HP market after the 2023 compliance date. DOE notes that after the agreement on the ACUAC/HP Working Group TP Term Sheet, industry members in the ACUAC/HP Working Group conducted simulations to approximate where many models currently on the market would fall in terms of the new IVEC and IVHE metrics. These simulations were shared with a DOE contractor and were used in the 2023 ECS Negotiations. DOE also notes that Lennox was a member of the ACUAC/HP Working Group and agreed to the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet; therefore, DOE surmises that Lennox's original position on this topic changed since the time of the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Scope of Coverage</HD>
                    <P>This direct final rule applies to ACUACs and ACUHPs with a rated cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h (excluding double-duct air conditioners and heat pumps), which is the scope of equipment addressed in the 2023 ECS Negotiations.</P>
                    <P>In the May 2020 ECS RFI, DOE requested comment on several topics related to double-duct systems. 85 FR 27941, 27943-27953 (May 12, 2020). DOE received comments regarding double-duct systems from multiple stakeholders in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013, pp. 2, 8, 10; AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at pp. 3-8, 11; UCA, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0008, Attachment 2) Double-duct systems are a sub-category of ACUACs and ACUHPs with a separate definition (10 CFR 431.92), metrics, and efficiency requirements (10 CFR 431.97).</P>
                    <P>As noted, the scope of proposed standards in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet was determined through the 2023 ECS Negotiations and excludes double-duct air conditioners and heat pumps. Therefore, comments regarding energy conservation standards for double-duct systems are outside the scope of consideration for this rulemaking. Topics related to energy conservation standards for double-duct systems will be addressed in a separate rulemaking process.</P>
                    <P>See section IV.A.1 of this document for discussion of the equipment classes analyzed in this direct final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Test Procedure and Metrics</HD>
                    <P>
                        EPCA sets forth generally applicable criteria and procedures for DOE's adoption and amendment of test procedures. (42 U.S.C. 6314) Manufacturers of covered equipment must use these test procedures to certify to DOE that their equipment complies with applicable energy conservation standards (42 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1); 42 U.S.C. 6296) and when making representations about the efficiency of their equipment (42 U.S.C. 6314(d)). Similarly, DOE uses these test procedures to determine whether the equipment complies with the relevant standards promulgated under EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6314(d)) DOE's current energy conservation standards are expressed in terms of IEER for the cooling efficiency of ACUACs and ACUHPs, and in terms of COP for the heating efficiency of ACUHPs. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 CFR 431.97(b))
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As previously mentioned, the ACUAC/HP Working Group met several times and put forth the ACUAC/HP Working Group TP Term Sheet of recommendations regarding ACUAC and ACUHP test procedures, including new metrics IVEC and IVHE. DOE recently adopted the IVEC and IVHE metrics in a final rule amending the test procedure for ACUACs and ACUHPs.
                        <SU>23</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The newly adopted DOE test procedure for ACUACs and ACUHPs appears at 10 CFR part 431, subpart F, appendix A1 (appendix A1). This direct final rule adopts amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs denominated in terms of the new IVEC and IVHE metrics.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>23</SU>
                             The final rule amending the test procedure can be found at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                             under docket number EERE-2023-BT-TP-0014.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE notes that a change in metrics (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         from IEER to IVEC and from COP to IVHE) necessitates an initial DOE determination that the new requirement would not result in backsliding when compared to the current standards. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         42 U.S.C 6313(a)(6)(B)(iii)(I)) The translation of the current standards to IVEC and IVHE baselines is discussed further in section IV.C.2 of this document.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Technological Feasibility</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. General</HD>
                    <P>
                        In each energy conservation standards rulemaking, DOE conducts a screening analysis based on information gathered on all current technology options and prototype designs that could improve the efficiency of the products or equipment that are the subject of the rulemaking. As the first step in such an analysis, DOE develops a list of technology options for consideration in consultation with manufacturers, design engineers, and other interested parties. DOE then determines which of those means for improving efficiency are technologically feasible. DOE considers technologies incorporated in commercially-available products or in working prototypes to be technologically feasible. 
                        <E T="03">See generally</E>
                         10 CFR 431.4; 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, sections 6(b)(3)(i) and 7(b)(1) (“appendix A”).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        After DOE has determined that particular technology options are 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44067"/>
                        technologically feasible, it further evaluates each technology option in light of the following additional screening criteria: (1) practicability to manufacture, install, and service; (2) adverse impacts on equipment utility or availability; (3) adverse impacts on health or safety and (4) unique-pathway proprietary technologies. Section IV.B of this document discusses the results of the screening analysis for ACUACs and ACUHPs, particularly the designs DOE considered, those it screened out, and those that are the basis for the standards considered in this rulemaking. For further details on the screening analysis for this rulemaking, see chapter 4 of the direct final rule technical support document (“TSD”).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels</HD>
                    <P>When DOE adopts a new or amended standard for a type or class of covered equipment, it determines the maximum improvement in energy efficiency or maximum reduction in energy use that is technologically feasible for such equipment. Accordingly, in the engineering analysis, DOE determined the maximum technologically feasible (“max-tech”) improvements in energy efficiency for ACUACs and ACUHPs, using the design parameters for the most efficient products available on the market or in working prototypes. The max-tech levels that DOE determined for this rulemaking are described in section IV.C of this direct final rule and in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Energy Savings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Determination of Savings</HD>
                    <P>
                        For each TSL, DOE projected energy savings from application of the TSL to ACUACs and ACUHPs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of compliance with the amended standards (2029-2058).
                        <SU>24</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of the subject equipment purchased in the 30-year analysis period. DOE quantified the energy savings attributable to each TSL as the difference in energy consumption between each standards case and the no-new-standards case. The no-new-standards case represents a projection of energy consumption that reflects how the market for equipment would likely evolve in the absence of amended energy conservation standards.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>24</SU>
                             Each TSL is composed of specific efficiency levels for each equipment class. The TSLs considered for this direct final rule are described in section V.A of this document. DOE also presents a sensitivity analysis that considers impacts for equipment shipped in a nine-year period.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE used its national impact analysis (“NIA”) computer models to estimate national energy savings (“NES”) from potential amended standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. The NIA computer model (described in section IV.H of this document) calculates energy savings in terms of site energy, which is the energy directly consumed by equipment at the locations where they are used. For electricity, DOE reports national energy savings in terms of primary energy savings, which is the savings in the energy that is used to generate and transmit the site electricity. For natural gas, the primary energy savings are considered to be equal to the site energy savings. DOE also calculates NES in terms of FFC energy savings. The FFC metric includes the energy consumed in extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         coal, natural gas, petroleum fuels), and, thus, presents a more complete picture of the impacts of energy conservation standards.
                        <SU>25</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE's approach is based on the calculation of an FFC multiplier for each of the energy types used by covered products or equipment. For more information on FFC energy savings, see section IV.H.2 of this document.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>25</SU>
                             The FFC metric is discussed in DOE's statement of policy and notice of policy amendment. 76 FR 51282 (August 18, 2011), as amended at 77 FR 49701 (August 17, 2012).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Significance of Savings</HD>
                    <P>
                        To adopt any new or amended standards for covered equipment more stringent than those set forth in ASHRAE Standard 90.1 or the existing Federal standard (as applicable in the context of the specific rulemaking), DOE must have clear and convincing evidence that such action would result in significant additional energy savings. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)(i); 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II)) 
                        <SU>26</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>26</SU>
                             In setting a more-stringent standard for ASHRAE equipment, DOE must have “clear and convincing evidence” that doing so “would result in significant additional conservation of energy” in addition to being technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II)) This language indicates that Congress had intended for DOE to ensure that, in addition to the savings from the ASHRAE standards, DOE's standards would yield additional energy savings that are significant. In DOE's view, this statutory provision shares the requirement with the statutory provision applicable to covered products and non-ASHRAE equipment that “significant conservation of energy” must be present (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))—and supported with “clear and convincing evidence”—to permit DOE to set a more-stringent requirement than ASHRAE.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The significance of energy savings offered by a new or amended energy conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of the specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking. For example, some covered products and equipment have most of their energy consumption occur during periods of peak energy demand. The impacts of this equipment on the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than equipment with relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates the significance of energy savings on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the significance of cumulative FFC national energy savings, the cumulative FFC emissions reductions, and the need to confront the global climate crisis, among other factors.</P>
                    <P>As stated, the standard levels adopted in this direct final rule are projected to result in national energy savings of 5.59 quads, the equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 146 million homes. Based on the amount of FFC savings, the corresponding reduction in emissions, and the need to confront the global climate crisis, DOE has determined (based on the methodology described in section IV of this document and the analytical results presented in section V.B.3.a of this document) that there is clear and convincing evidence that the energy savings from the standard levels adopted in this direct final rule are “significant” within the meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Economic Justification</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Specific Criteria</HD>
                    <P>As noted previously, EPCA provides seven factors to be evaluated in determining whether a potential energy conservation standard is economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(I)-(VII)) The following sections discuss how DOE has addressed each of those seven factors in this rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers</HD>
                    <P>
                        EPCA requires DOE to consider the economic impact of a potential standard on manufacturers and the consumers of the equipment subject to the standard. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(I) and (C)(i)) In determining the impacts of potential new or amended standards on manufacturers, DOE conducts an MIA, as discussed in section IV.J of this document. DOE first uses an annual cash-flow approach to determine the quantitative impacts. This step includes both a short-term assessment—based on the cost and capital requirements during the period between when a regulation is issued and when entities must comply with the regulation—and a long-term assessment over a 30-year period. The industry-wide impacts analyzed 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44068"/>
                        include: (1) INPV, which values the industry on the basis of expected future cash flows; (2) cash flows by year; (3) changes in revenue and income; and (4) other measures of impact, as appropriate. Second, DOE analyzes and reports the impacts on different types of manufacturers, including impacts on small manufacturers. Third, DOE considers the impact of standards on domestic manufacturer employment and manufacturing capacity, as well as the potential for standards to result in plant closures and loss of capital investment. Finally, DOE takes into account cumulative impacts of various DOE regulations and other regulatory requirements on manufacturers.
                    </P>
                    <P>For individual consumers, measures of economic impact include the changes in LCC and PBP associated with new or amended standards. These measures are discussed further in the following section. For consumers in the aggregate, DOE also calculates the national net present value of the consumer costs and benefits expected to result from particular standards. DOE also evaluates the impacts of potential standards on identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be affected disproportionately by a standard.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared to Increase in Price (LCC and PBP)</HD>
                    <P>EPCA requires DOE to consider the savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average life of the covered equipment in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price of, or in the initial charges for, or maintenance expenses of, the covered equipment that are likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(II)) DOE conducts this comparison in its LCC and PBP analysis.</P>
                    <P>The LCC is the sum of the purchase price of a piece of equipment (including its installation) and the operating cost (including energy, maintenance, and repair expenditures) discounted over the lifetime of the equipment. The LCC analysis requires a variety of inputs, such as equipment prices, equipment energy consumption, energy prices, maintenance and repair costs, equipment lifetime, and discount rates appropriate for consumers. To account for uncertainty and variability in specific inputs, such as equipment lifetime and discount rate, DOE uses a distribution of values, with probabilities attached to each value.</P>
                    <P>The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including installation) of more-efficient equipment through lower operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost due to a more-stringent standard by the change in annual operating cost for the year that standards are assumed to take effect.</P>
                    <P>For its LCC and PBP analysis, DOE assumes that consumers will purchase the covered equipment in the first year of compliance with new or amended standards. The LCC savings for the considered efficiency levels are calculated relative to the case that reflects projected market trends in the absence of new or amended standards. DOE's LCC and PBP analysis is discussed in further detail in section IV.F of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Energy Savings</HD>
                    <P>Although significant additional conservation of energy is a separate statutory requirement for adopting an energy conservation standard, EPCA requires DOE, in determining the economic justification of a standard, to consider the total projected energy savings that are expected to result directly from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(III)) As discussed in section IV.H of this document, DOE uses the NIA computer models to project national energy savings.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Equipment</HD>
                    <P>In establishing equipment classes and in evaluating design options and the impact of potential standard levels, DOE evaluates potential standards that would not lessen the utility or performance of the considered equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(IV)) Based on data available to DOE, the standards adopted in this document would not reduce the utility or performance of the equipment under consideration in this rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition</HD>
                    <P>
                        EPCA directs DOE to consider the impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General of the United States (“Attorney General”), that is likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(V)) To assist the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) in making such a determination, DOE will transmit a copy of this direct final rule and the accompanying TSD to the Attorney General for review, with a request that the DOJ provide its determination on this issue. DOE will consider DOJ's comments on the rule contained in its assessment letter in determining whether to proceed with the direct final rule. DOE will also publish and respond to the DOJ's comments in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         in a separate document.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">f. Need for National Energy Conservation</HD>
                    <P>DOE also considers the need for national energy and water conservation in determining whether a new or amended standard is economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(VI)) The energy savings from the adopted standards are likely to provide improvements to the security and reliability of the Nation's energy system. Reductions in the demand for electricity also may result in reduced costs for maintaining the reliability of the Nation's electricity system. DOE conducts a utility impact analysis to estimate how standards may affect the Nation's needed power generation capacity, as discussed in section IV.M of this document.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE maintains that environmental and public health benefits associated with the more efficient use of energy are important to take into account when considering the need for national energy conservation. The adopted standards are likely to result in environmental benefits in the form of reduced emissions of air pollutants and GHGs associated with energy production and use. As part of the analysis of the need for national energy and water conservation, DOE conducts an emissions analysis to estimate how potential standards may affect these emissions, as discussed in section IV.K of this document, and the estimated emissions impacts are reported in section V.B.6 of this document.
                        <SU>27</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE also estimates the economic value of emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs, as discussed in section IV.L of this document. DOE emphasizes that the SC-GHG analysis presented in this direct final rule and accompanying TSD was performed in support of the cost-benefit analyses required by Executive Order (“E.O.”) 12866, and is provided to inform the public of the impacts of emissions reductions resulting from this rule. However, the SC-GHG estimates were not factored into DOE's EPCA analysis of the need for national energy and water conservation. DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44069"/>
                        rule in the absence of the estimated benefits from reductions in GHG emissions.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>27</SU>
                             As discussed in section IV.L of this document, for the purpose of complying with the requirements of E.O. 12866, DOE also estimates the economic value of emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs. DOE calculates this estimate using a measure of the social cost (“SC”) of each pollutant (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             SC-CO
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                            ). Although this estimate is calculated for the purpose of complying with E.O. 12866, the Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals confirmed in 2016 that DOE's consideration of the social cost of carbon in energy conservation standards rulemakings is permissible under EPCA. 
                            <E T="03">Zero Zone</E>
                             v. 
                            <E T="03">United States DOE,</E>
                             832 F.3d 654, 677 (7th Cir. 2016).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">g. Other Factors</HD>
                    <P>In determining whether an energy conservation standard is economically justified, DOE may consider any other factors that the Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(VII)) To the extent DOE identifies any relevant information regarding economic justification that does not fit into the other categories described previously, DOE could consider such information under “other factors.”</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments</HD>
                    <P>This section addresses the analyses DOE has performed for this rulemaking with regard to ACUACs and ACUHPs. Separate subsections address each component of DOE's analyses. Comments on the methodology and DOE's responses are presented in each section.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE used several analytical tools to estimate the impact of the standards considered in this document on consumers and manufacturers. The first tool is a spreadsheet that calculates the LCC savings and PBP of potential amended or new energy conservation standards. The national impacts analysis uses a second spreadsheet set that provides shipments projections and calculates national energy savings and net present value of total consumer costs and savings expected to result from potential energy conservation standards. DOE uses the third spreadsheet tool, the Government Regulatory Impact Model (“GRIM”), to assess manufacturer impacts of potential standards. These three spreadsheet tools are available on the DOE website for this rulemaking: 
                        <E T="03">www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_standards/standards.aspx?productid=75.</E>
                         Additionally, DOE used output from the latest version of the Energy Information Administration's (“EIA's”) 
                        <E T="03">Annual Energy Outlook</E>
                         (“
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                        ”) for the emissions and utility impact analyses (
                        <E T="03">i.e., AEO 2023</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Market and Technology Assessment</HD>
                    <P>DOE develops information in the market and technology assessment that provides an overall picture of the market for the equipment concerned, including the purpose of the equipment, the industry structure, manufacturers, market characteristics, and technologies used in the equipment. This activity includes both quantitative and qualitative assessments, based primarily on publicly-available information. The subjects addressed in the market and technology assessment for this rulemaking include: (1) a determination of the scope of the rulemaking and equipment classes; (2) manufacturers and industry structure; (3) existing efficiency programs; (4) market and industry trends, and (5) technologies or design options that could improve the energy efficiency of ACUACs and ACUHPs. The key findings of DOE's market assessment are summarized in the following sections. See chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD for further discussion of the market and technology assessment.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Equipment Classes</HD>
                    <P>When evaluating and establishing energy conservation standards, DOE divides covered equipment into equipment classes by the type of energy used, capacity, or other performance-related feature that would justify a different standard. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(iii)(II))</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE currently defines separate energy conservation standards for twelve ACUAC and ACUHP equipment classes (excluding double-duct systems), determined according to the following performance-related features that provide utility to the consumer: rated cooling capacity, equipment subcategory (air conditioner versus heat pump), and supplementary heating type. Table IV.1 lists the current ACUAC and ACUHP equipment classes. (
                        <E T="03">See also</E>
                         10 CFR 431.97(b))
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="419">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44070"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.080</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, DOE received multiple comments from stakeholders regarding the equipment classes for ACUACs and ACUHPs. Several stakeholders recommended that DOE evaluate the capacity ranges that separate the current ACUAC and ACUHP equipment classes, and that DOE consider splitting the existing very large equipment classes (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         240,000 to 760,000 Btu/h) into separate equipment classes because of the potential for increasing stringency of standards (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         more models with efficiency significantly above the 2023 standards) for ACUACs and ACUHPs with capacities at the lower end of the very large capacity range, as compared to the capacity range of very-large equipment as a whole. (ASAP, ACEEE, 
                        <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                         EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0023 at pp. 2-3; CA IOUs, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0020 at p. 6; NEEA, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0024 at pp. 3-5) NEEA specifically recommended splitting the very large equipment class into two classes: one greater than or equal to 240,000 Btu/h and less than 384,000 Btu/h, and the other greater than or equal to 384,000 Btu/h and less than 760,000 Btu/h. (NEEA, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0024 at pp. 3-4) The CA IOUs specifically recommended splitting the very large equipment class into two classes: one greater than or equal to 240,000 Btu/h and less than 400,000 Btu/h, and the other greater than or equal to 400,000 Btu/h and less than 760,000 Btu/h. (CA IOUs, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0020 at p. 6)
                    </P>
                    <P>In response, DOE notes that the stakeholders that recommended splitting the existing very large equipment classes (ASAP, NEEA, and CA IOUs) had representatives that were members of the ACUAC/HP Working Group and agreed to the recommendations in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet, which maintained the existing equipment class capacity boundaries based upon the capacities in the EPCA definitions of small, large, and very large commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment. Consequently, DOE concludes that the recommended energy conservation standards and equipment classes presented in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet represent those stakeholders' latest recommendations on equipment classes.</P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet combines all ACUHPs within each capacity range into single equipment classes regardless of supplementary heating type, which is different from DOE's existing equipment class structure (which includes separate equipment classes in each capacity range for: (1) ACUHPs with electric resistance or no heating; and (2) 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44071"/>
                        ACUHPs with all other types of heating). DOE is adopting amended energy conservation standards in terms of the nine equipment classes recommended in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet, presented in Table IV.2.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="242">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.081</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Market Post-2023</HD>
                    <P>In the May 2020 ECS RFI, DOE sought comment on whether currently available models of ACUACs and ACUHPs (excluding double-duct systems) with efficiency ratings that meet or exceed the 2023 standard levels are representative of the designs and characteristics of models that would be expected to be on the market after the 2023 compliance date. 85 FR 27941, 27948 (May 12, 2020).</P>
                    <P>
                        AHRI, Carrier, and Trane asserted that the ACUAC and ACUHP markets at the time of the May 2020 ECS RFI are not representative of the models that would be expected to be on the market after the 2023 standards take effect. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at pp. 3, 5-6; Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 7; Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 6) More specifically, AHRI commented that it is impossible to forecast the market impact of the 2023 standards on ACUACs and ACUHPs, and also asserted that State refrigerant regulations that drive the industry to use A2L refrigerants will require components such as compressors to be redesigned to accommodate new refrigerants. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at pp. 3, 5-6) Goodman also stated that alternative refrigerants would impact future product design and characteristics (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         requiring factory-installed refrigerant detection sensors depending on the charge amounts of an alternate refrigerant). (Goodman, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0017 at p. 3) Carrier stated the then-current models available on the market that meet the 2023 standards will not be the same products that are offered in 2023 because manufacturers will be working to optimize efficiencies, lower cost, and implement new entry level products. Carrier added that the upcoming 2023 standards will also create a need to further optimize higher-efficiency equipment. Carrier asserted that most products being sold are currently at the minimum efficiency levels, which leads to an inability to properly evaluate the economic impact of moving the markets from the current standards to 2023 standards. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 7) Trane stated that it would be redesigning all of its ACUAC and ACUHP model lines in response to the 2023 standards. (Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 6)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Lennox commented that the market impacts of the 2023 standards are unknown because of uncertainties in assessing the evolving market, including uncertainties in future shipments, the economic impact on manufacturers and consumers, and the total projected energy savings. (Lennox, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0015 at pp. 2-3) However, Lennox also commented that the ACUAC and ACUHP models on the market are representative of designs and characteristics of models that would be expected to be on the market after the 2023 compliance date. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at p. 5) Lennox additionally mentioned that the 2023 standards would cause a phase out of single-speed technology and constant airflow fans. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE notes that at the time these comments were received, compliance was not yet required with the current standards. Compliance was required with the current standards beginning January 1, 2023. DOE analyzed the market after January 1, 2023 for its analyses for the 2023 ECS Negotiations and for this direct final rule such that the comments received in 2020 on this matter are now moot. DOE's analysis of the market efficiency distribution to develop IEER efficiency levels is discussed in section of this direct final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Technology Options</HD>
                    <P>As part of the market and technology assessment, DOE identifies technologies that manufacturers could use to improve ACUAC and ACUHP energy efficiency. Chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD includes the detailed list and descriptions of all technology options identified for this equipment.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the May 2020 ECS RFI, DOE listed 19 technology options determined to improve the efficiency of ACUACs and ACUHPs, as measured by the DOE test procedure, that were presented in the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44072"/>
                        January 2016 Direct Final Rule. 85 FR 27941, 27946 (May 12, 2020). DOE requested comment on the technology options considered in the development of the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, their applicability to the current market, and the range of performance characteristics for each technology option. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE also sought feedback on other technology options that it should consider for inclusion in its analysis. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE also sought comment on any changes in market adoption, costs, and concerns with incorporating the technologies identified into equipment that may have occurred since the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE also requested feedback on how manufacturers would incorporate the technology options from the January 2016 Direct Final Rule to increase energy efficiency in ACUACs and ACUHPs beyond the current levels. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at 85 FR 27949. This request included information on the order in which manufacturers would incorporate the different technologies to incrementally improve the efficiencies of equipment. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE also requested feedback on whether the increased energy efficiency would lead to other design changes that would not occur otherwise. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE was also interested in information regarding any potential impact of design options on a manufacturer's ability to incorporate additional functions or attributes in response to consumer demand. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE also requested comment on whether certain design options may not be applicable to (or incompatible with) specific equipment classes. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Several stakeholders stated that, in general, the technology options listed in the May 2020 ECS RFI are appropriate and have not seen any significant changes since the analysis was conducted for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 4; Lennox, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0015 at p. 5; Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 3)</P>
                    <P>
                        Carrier stated that high-efficiency, multi-stage, and variable-speed compressors, the size of heat exchangers, and more-efficient condenser fan blades and motors can increase efficiency. Carrier also stated that microchannel heat exchangers and expansion valves do not affect efficiency, and that electro-hydrodynamic enhancement has a very minor effect on efficiency.
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 4) Carrier stated that it anticipates that the identified technology options would impact practicability to manufacture, install, and service, with potential impacts including larger/heavier chassis, roof curb changes, and modified electrical service to accommodate high-efficiency components. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at pp. 5-6) AHRI stated that there may be limited availability of electro-hydrodynamic enhancements (without elaborating on why) and that direct-drive fan systems at some voltages may not be available. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 4)
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             Carrier used the term electro-hydromatic enhancement, but DOE assumes Carrier was referring to electro-hydrodynamic enhancement.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>NEEA recommended that DOE consider the presence of economizers, fan speed control, multi-stage compressors, electronically-commutated motors (“ECMs”), and fan efficiency. (NEEA, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0024 at p. 7)</P>
                    <P>
                        Trane stated that achieving the 2023 standard levels will take a combination of compressor technology and advanced heat exchanger design. Trane also stated that secondarily, indoor and outdoor fan technologies would be employed to reach the 2023 standard levels. (Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 8) Carrier stated that the technology options identified are currently being used to reach max-tech efficiency and that more of the advanced features would be used to meet the 2023 standards. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 11) Carrier also asserted that additional features or advancements at the time of their comments would create undue burden in terms of cost and increased equipment size, resulting in a lack of marketability for ACUACs and ACUHPs. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>AHRI suggested that DOE contact manufacturers directly to solicit feedback on: (1) how manufacturers would incorporate the identified technology options to increase energy efficiency of ACUACs and ACUHPs and (2) whether certain design options may not be applicable to specific equipment classes. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 7)</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, the CA IOUs and ASAP, ACEEE, 
                        <E T="03">et al.</E>
                         suggested that DOE consider additional alternative refrigerants as a technology option. (CA IOUs, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0020 at p. 5; ASAP, ACEEE, 
                        <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                         EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0023 at pp. 3-4) ASAP, ACEEE, 
                        <E T="03">et al.</E>
                         stated that alternative refrigerants, including R-452B, R-454B, and R-32, can improve efficiency by at least 5 percent relative to the current refrigerant R-410A, citing testing conducted by Oak Ridge National Laboratory (“ORNL”) in partnership with Trane.
                        <SU>29</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (ASAP, ACEEE, 
                        <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                         EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0023 at pp. 1, 3-4) In response to the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI, ASAP and ACEEE again recommended DOE consider low-GWP refrigerants as a design option. (ASAP and ACEEE, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0011 at p. 3)
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>29</SU>
                             Available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2017/04/f34/10_32226f_Shen_031417-1430.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>AHRI commented that considering alternative refrigerants as a technology option is not appropriate and would be unduly burdensome for manufacturers, recommending screening out alternative refrigerants on the bases of technological feasibility and practicability to manufacture, install, and service. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at pp. 4-5) Carrier suggested that alternate refrigerants should not be the basis of an energy efficiency increase. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 7)</P>
                    <P>As discussed in section IV.C.1 of this document, DOE conducted its engineering analysis by selecting and analyzing currently-available models using their rated efficiency in terms of IEER to characterize the energy use and manufacturing production costs at each efficiency level. As a result, DOE analyzed equipment designs, including expansion devices, indoor and outdoor coils, and fans/motors, consistent with currently available models and the design of the equipment as whole. Therefore, DOE has concluded that the technology options in this direct final rule accurately reflect the efficiency improvement and incremental manufacturing costs associated with these designs.</P>
                    <P>
                        Comments received in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI were received three years prior to the compliance date of the current standards and the 2023 ECS Negotiations. Since that time, the market has updated to comply with the new standards, and DOE conducted interviews with manufacturers to solicit feedback on all aspects of its engineering analysis, including technology options used to increase efficiency of ACUACs and ACUHPs. Certain technology options were also discussed among the ACUAC/HP Working Group during the 2023 ECS Negotiations. (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0088 at pp. 60-64; EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0089 at pp. 17-24) Therefore, DOE surmises that the positions of commenters on certain technology options may have changed since the time of the drafting of some of the comments received.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44073"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding economizers, while the IVEC metric accounts for the benefit of economizer cooling and the energy consumed during economizing via calculations, the metric does not include testing with economizer operation due to test burden and repeatability concerns. As such, the IVEC metric does not allow for differentiation in terms of IVEC efficiency between: (1) systems installed with economizers versus not installed with economizers, and (2) different types of economizers offered. Therefore, DOE did not consider economizers as a technology option for this rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>There are no models currently on the market that include low-GWP refrigerants. Therefore, at this time, DOE does not have sufficient information to consider low-GWP refrigerants as a technology option for improving efficiency. As such, DOE did not consider low-GWP refrigerants as a technology option in its analysis. Section IV.C.4 of this document includes discussion of the impact of low-GWP refrigerants on efficiency and cost of ACUACs and ACUHPs.</P>
                    <P>Regarding electro-hydrodynamic enhancement, DOE did not identify any prototypes or models currently on the market that incorporate this technology to improve efficiency.</P>
                    <P>After consideration of the comments received, assessment of technology options used to improve efficiency in models currently on the market, and additional information provided during manufacturer interviews, DOE considered the technology options presented in Table IV.3 as part of this rulemaking.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="240">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.082</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>A detailed discussion of each technology option identified is contained in chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Screening Analysis</HD>
                    <P>DOE uses the following five screening criteria to determine which technology options are suitable for further consideration in an energy conservation standards rulemaking:</P>
                    <P>
                        (1) 
                        <E T="03">Technological feasibility.</E>
                         Technologies that are not incorporated in commercial equipment or in commercially viable, existing prototypes will not be considered further.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (2) 
                        <E T="03">Practicability to manufacture, install, and service.</E>
                         If it is determined that mass production of a technology in commercial equipment and reliable installation and servicing of the technology could not be achieved on the scale necessary to serve the relevant market at the time of the projected compliance date of the standard, then that technology will not be considered further.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (3) 
                        <E T="03">Adverse impacts on equipment utility or availability.</E>
                         If a technology is determined to have a significant adverse impact on the utility of the equipment to subgroups of consumers, or result in the unavailability of any covered equipment type with performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as equipment generally available in the United States at the time, it will not be considered further.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (4) 
                        <E T="03">Adverse impact on health or safety of technologies.</E>
                         If it is determined that a technology would have significant adverse impacts on health or safety, it will not be considered further.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        (5) 
                        <E T="03">Unique-pathway proprietary technologies.</E>
                         If a technology has proprietary protection and represents a unique pathway to achieving a given efficiency level, it will not be considered further, due to the potential for monopolistic concerns.
                    </P>
                    <P>10 CFR 431.4; 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, sections 6(c)(3) and 7(b).</P>
                    <P>In sum, if DOE determines that a technology, or a combination of technologies, fails to meet one or more of the listed five criteria, it will be excluded from further consideration in the engineering analysis. The reasons for eliminating any technology are discussed in the following sections.</P>
                    <P>The subsequent sections include comments from interested parties pertinent to the screening criteria, DOE's evaluation of each technology option against the screening analysis criteria, and whether DOE determined that a technology option should be excluded (“screened out”) based on the screening criteria.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Screened-Out Technologies</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, DOE screened-out three technology 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44074"/>
                        options: electro-hydrodynamic enhanced heat transfer (due to technological feasibility and practicability to manufacture/install/service), alternative refrigerants (due to technological feasibility), and sub-coolers (due to technological feasibility). 81 FR 2420, 2449 (Jan. 15, 2016).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In the May 2020 ECS RFI, DOE presented the three technology options that were screened out in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule and the criteria for screening them out. DOE sought feedback on whether the technology options that were screened out in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule should continue to be screened out. DOE also sought comment on what impact the screening criteria would have on consideration of the technology options that were considered (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         not screened out) in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. 85 FR 27941, 27947 (May 12, 2020).
                    </P>
                    <P>Trane agreed with the screening analysis conducted for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. (Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 5)</P>
                    <P>Carrier also agreed with continuing to screen out the technology options that were screened out in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 6) Carrier further recommended that an additional screening criterion be added to address cost of a technology option. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 6)</P>
                    <P>As discussed in section IV.A.3 of this document, DOE is not considering alternative refrigerants and electro-hydrodynamic enhanced heat transfer as technology options, and, thus, the need to screen them in or out is not relevant. With respect to the third previously-screened out technology option, DOE is aware of at least one model line on the market that uses sub-coolers for increased efficiency. DOE does not find that the third previously-screened out technology meets any of the criteria for being screened out.</P>
                    <P>In response to Carrier's comment recommending an additional screening criterion be added to address cost of a technology option, the added cost of a technology option is considered in the cost-efficiency analysis and the downstream economic analyses that evaluate the impacts to consumers and the Nation as a whole. Additionally, the product and capital conversion costs manufacturers must bear in order to implement certain technologies are considered in the manufacturer impact analysis, discussed further in section IV.J of this document.</P>
                    <P>DOE did not find that any of the other technology options it identified met the criteria to be screened-out in this rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Remaining Technologies</HD>
                    <P>Through a review of each technology, DOE concludes that all of the identified technologies listed in section IV.A.3 of this document met all five screening criteria to be examined further as design options in DOE's direct final rule analysis. In summary, DOE did not screen out any technology options for this rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE determined that these technology options are technologically feasible because they are being used or have previously been used in commercially-available equipment or working prototypes. DOE also finds that all of the remaining technology options meet the other screening criteria (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         practicable to manufacture, install, and service; do not result in adverse impacts on consumer utility, equipment availability, health, or safety; and do not involve a proprietary technology that is a unique pathway to meeting a given efficiency level). For additional details, see chapter 4 of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Engineering Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The purpose of the engineering analysis is to establish the relationship between the efficiency and cost of ACUACs and ACUHPs. There are two elements to consider in the engineering analysis: (1) the selection of efficiency levels to analyze (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the “efficiency analysis”) and (2) the determination of equipment cost at each efficiency level (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the “cost analysis”). In determining the performance of higher-efficiency equipment, DOE considers technologies and design option combinations not eliminated by the screening analysis. For each equipment class, DOE estimates the baseline cost, as well as the incremental cost for the equipment at efficiency levels above the baseline. The output of the engineering analysis is a set of cost-efficiency “curves” that are used in downstream analyses (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the LCC and PBP analyses and the NIA).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Efficiency Levels in Terms of Existing Metrics</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE typically uses one of two approaches to develop energy efficiency levels for the engineering analysis: (1) relying on observed efficiency levels in the market (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the efficiency-level approach), or (2) determining the incremental efficiency improvements associated with incorporating specific design options to a baseline model (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the design-option approach). Using the efficiency-level approach, the efficiency levels established for the analysis are determined based on the market distribution of existing equipment (in other words, based on the range of efficiencies and efficiency level “clusters” that already exist on the market). Using the design option approach, the efficiency levels established for the analysis are determined through detailed engineering calculations and/or computer simulations of the efficiency improvements from implementing specific design options that have been identified in the technology assessment. DOE may also rely on a combination of these two approaches. For example, the efficiency-level approach (based on actual equipment on the market) may be extended using the design option approach to interpolate to define “gap fill” levels (to bridge large gaps between other identified efficiency levels) and/or to extrapolate to the “max-tech” level (particularly in cases where the “max-tech” level exceeds the maximum efficiency level currently available on the market).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In this rulemaking, DOE applied an efficiency-level approach, analyzing three specific capacities—90,000 Btu/h (7.5-tons), 180,000 Btu/h (15-tons), and 360,000 Btu/h (30-tons)—that served as representative units for the three equipment capacity ranges—“small” (≥65,000 to &lt;135,000 Btu/h), “large” (≥135,000 to &lt;240,000 Btu/h), and “very large” (≥240,000 to &lt;760,000 Btu/h). DOE selected these representative capacities consistent with the analysis conducted for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule after concluding based on assessment of the current market (and receiving no contrary feedback during the 2023 ECS Negotiation meetings) that these capacities continue to be representative of models on the market in their respective capacity ranges. To develop cost-efficiency curves, DOE used the current cooling efficiency metric (IEER) and later translated each efficiency level to the new cooling efficiency metric (IVEC) because there were no publicly-available data for existing models on the market in terms of the new metric; therefore, the cost to produce these models could not be linked directly to efficiency in terms of IVEC. Selection of the efficiency levels in terms of the current efficiency metrics is discussed in sections IV.C.1.a and IV.C.1.b of this document. Further discussion on the translation from IEER to IVEC can be found in section IV.C.2.a of this document. The selection of heating efficiency levels in terms of the new heating efficiency metric (IVHE) is discussed in section IV.C.2.b of this document.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44075"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>Based on DOE's review of equipment available on the market and feedback received during manufacturer interviews, DOE understands that the majority of ACUAC models with electric resistance heating or no heating are designed on the same basic platform and cabinet size as the equivalent ACUAC models with all other types of heating and comparable ACUHP models. Because these models typically have similar designs, DOE estimated that implementing the same efficiency-improving design options would result in the same or similar energy savings for comparable equipment classes. As discussed further in section IV.C.2.a of this document, ACUACs with all other types of heating typically are paired with furnaces that impose additional pressure drop that must be overcome by the indoor fan, thus increasing measured indoor fan power, so for otherwise comparable models, efficiencies in terms of IEER are lower for ACUACs with all other types of heating than ACUACs with electric resistance heating or no heating. Therefore, in order to develop equivalently stringent efficiency levels for all ACUACs, DOE first developed higher efficiency levels specifically for ACUACs with electric resistance heating or no heating. As discussed, these efficiency levels were developed in terms of IEER, and were subsequently translated to the new IVEC metric. DOE then translated these IVEC efficiency levels for ACUACs with electric resistance heating or no heating into IVEC efficiency levels for ACUACs with all other types of heating by using furnace pressure drops from product literature to calculate additional indoor fan power consumed and ultimately IVEC decrements to represent the reduction in IVEC as a result of furnace pressure drop. The calculated decrements closely aligned with the decrements proposed in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet. As further discussed in section IV.C.2 of this document, DOE did not analyze lower IVEC efficiency levels for ACUHPs as compared to ACUACs.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Baseline Efficiency</HD>
                    <P>
                        For each equipment class, DOE generally selects a baseline model as a reference point for each class, and measures changes resulting from potential energy conservation standards against the baseline. The baseline model in each equipment class represents the characteristics of equipment typical of that class (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         capacity, physical size). Generally, a baseline model is one that just meets current energy conservation standards, or, if no standards are in place, the baseline is typically the most common or least efficient unit on the market.
                    </P>
                    <P>In the May 2020 ECS RFI, DOE requested feedback on whether the 2023 energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs are appropriate baseline efficiency levels for DOE to apply each equipment class in evaluating whether to amend energy conservation standards for this equipment. 85 FR 27941, 27948 (May 12, 2020). AHRI, Lennox, and Goodman stated that the 2023 standards would be the correct baseline efficiency to be used in a future DOE analysis. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 6; Lennox, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0015 at p. 6; Goodman, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0017 at p. 3)</P>
                    <P>Consistent with stakeholder feedback, DOE used the current energy conservation standards as the baseline efficiency level in terms of IEER and COP for each equipment class. The baseline efficiency levels in terms of IEER and COP considered in this direct final rule are presented in Table IV.4. As discussed further in section IV.A.1 of this document, consistent with the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet, DOE is combining ACUHPs with all types of heating into a single equipment class for each capacity range. Therefore, for the baseline for ACUHP equipment classes, DOE used the current IEER standard for ACUHPs with all other types of heating.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="279">
                        <GID>ER20my24.083</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44076"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Higher Efficiency Levels</HD>
                    <P>For each equipment class, DOE analyzes several efficiency levels above baseline. The maximum available efficiency level is the highest efficiency model currently available on the market. DOE also defines a “max-tech” efficiency level to represent the maximum possible efficiency for a given equipment class.</P>
                    <P>In the May 2020 ECS RFI, DOE requested comment on what efficiency levels should be considered as max-tech levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs for the evaluation of whether amended standards are warranted. 85 FR 27941, 27949 (May 12, 2020).</P>
                    <P>
                        The CA IOUs and ASAP, ACEEE, 
                        <E T="03">et al.</E>
                         suggested DOE should analyze max-tech efficiency levels higher than what were analyzed in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule and consider max-tech efficiency levels that reflect incorporation of all possible technology options. (CA IOUs, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0020 at pp. 6-7; ASAP, ACEEE, 
                        <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                         EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0023 at pp. 1-2, 4) The CA IOUs recommended DOE consider the technology development timeline of emerging technologies in determining max-tech levels, specifically technology options currently in the lab-scale prototype stage. (CA IOUs, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0020 at pp. 6-7)
                    </P>
                    <P>AHRI, Goodman, and Lennox recommended DOE only consider commercially-available technologies in determining max-tech efficiency levels, specifically those that are used in equipment certified to DOE's Compliance Certification Database (“CCD”). (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 6; Goodman, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0017 at p. 3; Lennox, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0015 at p. 6) Lennox additionally commented that the max-tech levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs have increased by up to eight percent since the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, driven by manufacturers having optimized designs for the part-load IEER metric, which is more representative of consumer use than the prior EER full-load metric, not the advancement of technologies that are employed by this equipment. (Lennox, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0015 at p. 6)</P>
                    <P>Trane stated that the analysis for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule is still relevant and that it supported the process used then for considering max-tech efficiency levels (including manufacturer interviews). (Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 7)</P>
                    <P>Carrier specified what it argued are the max-tech levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs should be in terms of IEER and COP based on certifications to the AHRI Directory at the time of its comment submission. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at pp. 9-10)</P>
                    <P>
                        Consistent with feedback from stakeholders, DOE identified incremental efficiency levels based on a review of currently available models on the market, taking into consideration the efficiency levels analyzed for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. DOE relied on certified IEER data from DOE's CCD and the AHRI Directory, focusing on models that had sufficient information in public product literature to develop costs. Review of the market showed that many of the model lines analyzed for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule are still on the market today; therefore, DOE concluded that many of the efficiency levels analyzed for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule were still appropriate to consider for this rulemaking. DOE started with the efficiency levels used for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule analysis that were above the current IEER standards (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         standards with compliance date of January 1, 2023), adjusting IEER values of some efficiency levels as appropriate based on current market efficiency distributions. DOE also added efficiency levels, as needed, to better represent the range of certified IEER ratings for ACUAC models with electric resistance heating or no heating currently available on the market. This included adjusted max-tech levels for some classes that have models on the market with higher rated IEER than the max-tech levels analyzed for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, consistent with suggestions by stakeholders.
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding the CA IOU's comment that DOE consider emerging technologies in determining max-tech levels, as discussed, DOE developed max-tech levels for the engineering analysis based on model designs currently on the market. DOE concluded that it lacked sufficient cost and efficiency information to analyze higher efficiency levels than currently on the market. DOE notes that the max-tech levels presented in this DFR reflect those presented in the 2023 ECS Negotiations, and the CA IOUs were a member of the ACUAC/HP Working Group and did not object to the analyzed max-tech levels in the 2023 ECS Negotiations.</P>
                    <P>In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, Carrier also recommended that DOE analyze max-tech efficiency separately for equipment that uses alternate refrigerants once available on the market, as it believes that safety code compliance will require additional components and testing that may restrict the use of certain design options. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 10)</P>
                    <P>
                        In response, DOE did not analyze max-tech levels for equipment with alternative refrigerants separately for this rulemaking because DOE is not aware of any models on the market at this time that include refrigerants with GWP below the limit of 700 GWP adopted by the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”).
                        <SU>30</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section IV.C.4 of this direct final rule includes further discussion on consideration of lower-GWP refrigerants in the engineering analysis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>30</SU>
                             On October 24, 2023, the EPA published a final rule in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             restricting the use of certain higher-GWP hydrofluorocarbons (“HFCs”) in aerosols, foams, and refrigeration, air conditioning, and heat pump products and equipment (“October 2023 EPA Final Rule”). This final rule restricts refrigerants with a GWP higher than 700 in residential and light commercial air conditioning and heat pump systems installed on and after January 1, 2025. 88 FR 73098. On December 26, 2023, EPA published an interim final rule and request for comment in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             amending a provision of the October 2023 EPA Final Rule allowing one additional year, until January 1, 2026, for the installation of new residential and light commercial air conditioning and heat pump systems using components manufactured or imported prior to January 1, 2025. 88 FR 88825.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The higher efficiency levels for ACUACs with electric resistance heating or no heating in terms of IEER considered in this direct final rule are presented in Table IV.5.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="176">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44077"/>
                        <GID>ER20my24.084</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Efficiency Levels in Terms of New Metrics</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. IVEC</HD>
                    <P>DOE considered the efficiency levels in terms of IVEC presented in Table IV.6 for this direct final rule. The development of these efficiency levels for each equipment class is discussed in the following subsections.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="347">
                        <GID>ER20my24.085</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">ACUACs with Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in section II.B.3 of this document, the ACUAC/HP Working Group recommended the current cooling performance energy efficiency descriptor, IEER, be replaced with the newly-developed IVEC metric. While the cost-efficiency curves were developed in terms of the existing cooling efficiency metric (IEER), DOE translated the IEER values at each 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44078"/>
                        efficiency level to IVEC values for use in the other analyses in this direct final rule, and to allow consideration of potential amended energy conservation standard levels in terms of the IVEC metric.
                    </P>
                    <P>With this change in cooling efficiency metric, DOE must ensure that a new IVEC-based standard would not result in backsliding of energy efficiency levels when compared to the current IEER standards. (42 U.S.C 6313(a)(6)(B)(iii)(I)) To this end, DOE translated the identified IEER baseline levels (as discussed in section IV.C.1.a of this document) to IVEC baseline levels.</P>
                    <P>During the course of the 2023 ECS Negotiations, industry members in the ACUAC/HP Working Group provided a DOE contractor with a confidential, anonymized dataset that included simulated IEER and IVEC values for more than 100 models currently available on the market. In this dataset, for each equipment class, there is a range of IVEC values near the IEER baseline. DOE calculated a weighted-average IVEC baseline based on the values in this industry-provided dataset to use as the IVEC baseline for analysis for each equipment class for ACUACs with electric resistance heating or no heating. Further discussion of DOE's analysis of baseline IVEC levels is included in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE also translated the higher efficiency levels in terms of IEER to IVEC based on the performance correlations it developed (discussed further in section IV.C.3 of this document) (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         DOE used the performance correlations to calculate an IVEC value for each IEER efficiency level). Further discussion of DOE's analysis of higher IVEC levels is included in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">ACUACs with All Other Types of Heating</HD>
                    <P>
                        ACUACs with all other types of heating typically are paired with furnaces that impose additional pressure drop that must be overcome by the indoor fan, thus increasing measured indoor fan power. Therefore, the current IEER standards have lower minimum efficiency for ACUACs with all other types of heating as compared to ACUACs with electric resistance heating or no heating, and DOE considered a similar furnace decrement for IVEC efficiency levels (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         difference in IVEC levels between comparable classes to reflect presence of a furnace). The recommended standard levels in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet include a furnace decrement of 0.5 for IVEC levels for small and large ACUACs and a furnace decrement of 0.7 for IVEC levels for very large ACUACs. DOE conducted an analysis of furnace pressure drops based on public literature for ACUAC models and used estimates of furnace pressure drop to calculate a furnace IVEC decrement for small, large, and very large ACUACs. DOE's calculated furnace IVEC decrements are similar to the decrements of 0.5, 0.5, and 0.7 included in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet for small, large, and very large ACUACs, respectively. Therefore, with these decrements confirmed, DOE used the furnace IVEC decrements from the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet more broadly to develop IVEC efficiency levels for ACUACs with all other types of heating across all considered efficiency levels for the subject equipment. In other words, for each IVEC efficiency level for ACUACs with electric resistance heating or no heating, DOE subtracted the corresponding furnace IVEC decrement from the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet to determine the corresponding IVEC efficiency level for ACUACs with all other types of heating. Further discussion of DOE's analysis of furnace IVEC decrements is included in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">ACUHPs</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the IVEC values of ACUHPs, DOE conducted an analysis to understand the potential decrement in IVEC efficiency ratings between ACUACs and ACUHPs. Using the January 2016 Direct Final Rule IEER decrements between ACUACs and ACUHPs (81 FR 2420, 2456 (Jan. 15, 2016)), DOE determined IEER values at each efficiency level for ACUHPs. The performance correlations developed for each efficiency level of ACUACs were then adjusted to decrease IEER to reflect the lower ACUHP IEER values. Changes made to the performance correlations reflect the design and operating differences between otherwise identical ACUACs and ACUHPs. For example, compressor performance may be lower in a heat pump than an air conditioner due to the reversing valve imposing pressure drop on the suction line (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         heat pumps may have reduced capacity at a similar power input). Compressor performance may also be lower in a heat pump than an air conditioner due to circuiting not being fully optimized for cooling operation (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         heat pumps may have reduced capacity with a higher power input in this case). Additionally, a heat pump is more likely to require a tube and fin condenser coil instead of a microchannel heat exchanger, which could increase high-side pressure (resulting in a capacity reduction at increased power input) or increase condenser fan power. DOE then calculated IVEC values based on these adjusted correlations for ACUHPs at each efficiency level, and the Department found no significant difference in IVEC between ACUACs and ACUHPs with the same supplemental heating type at each efficiency level using its performance correlations, in contrast to the decrement used when analyzing IEER efficiency levels for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE understands the lack of decrement found in IVEC between ACUACs and ACUHPs to be for two reasons: (1) the design differences in ACUHPs that reduce IEER affect vapor compression system performance, and IVEC weights this performance less than IEER for several reasons (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         because IVEC also includes economizer-only cooling operation, higher external static pressure requirements, and crankcase heater energy consumption; and (2) the reduction in vapor compression system performance for an ACUHP mentioned previously is counterbalanced by an increase in IVEC due to the metric including fewer hours of off-mode operation (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         crankcase heater energy consumption) for ACUHPs than are included in IVEC for ACUACs.
                        <SU>31</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Further discussion of DOE's analysis of ACUHP IVEC decrements is included in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>31</SU>
                             The IVEC metric includes all annual crankcase heater operation, which includes ventilation mode and unoccupied no-load hours for ACUACs and ACUHPs. For ACUACs, the IVEC metric also includes crankcase heater operation during the heating season, because ACUAC compressors do not provide mechanical heating, whereas ACUHP compressors do provide mechanical heating. Specifically, for ACUACs, IVEC includes 4,202 hours of crankcase heater operation during ventilation mode, unoccupied no-load hours, and heating season hours. For ACUHPs, IVEC includes 338 hours of crankcase heater operation during ventilation mode and unoccupied no-load hours.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Given the finding of no IVEC decrement between ACUACs and ACUHPs of the same supplementary heating type, for all efficiency levels except for the levels recommended in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet (discussed later in this sub-section), DOE did not analyze lower IVEC efficiency levels for ACUHPs as compared to ACUACs. Because the standard levels recommended in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet combine ACUHPs into equipment classes that depend only on cooling capacity, regardless of supplemental heating type, DOE analyzed ACUHPs without separate classes for different 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44079"/>
                        supplementary heating types at all efficiency levels. Therefore, for all efficiency levels (including the baseline) except for the levels recommended in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet (discussed later in this sub-section), the IVEC efficiency levels for ACUHPs are the same as the efficiency levels for ACUACs with all other types of heating.
                    </P>
                    <P>Despite the finding of no IVEC decrement for ACUHPs as compared to ACUACs, the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet includes marginally lower recommended standards for ACUHPs than ACUACs with all other types of heat. Therefore, at the recommended efficiency level for each ACUHP equipment class, DOE analyzed the IVEC value recommended by the ACUAC/HP Working Group for that class, instead of using the corresponding IVEC level for ACUACs with all other types of heating.</P>
                    <P>
                        As previously discussed, the additional pressure drop of a furnace and indoor fan energy required to overcome that pressure drop results in lower IVEC for otherwise identical models with furnaces. This pressure drop is the reason that DOE's current standards apply a decrement such that ACUHPs with all other types of heating and have lower IEER standards than ACUHPs with electric resistance heating or no heating. Based on review of models currently on the market and feedback from manufacturer interviews, DOE understands that most manufacturers offer ACUHPs with and without furnaces (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         considered in either the “all other types of heating” class or the “electric resistance heating or no heating” class), and ACUHP models with furnaces are typically otherwise identical to ACUHP models without the furnace. Therefore, DOE understands that manufacturers do not design separate baseline ACUHP models to precisely meet the IEER standards for both “electric resistance heating or no heating” and “all other types of heating”; rather, they design a single ACUHP model such that it meets the applicable standard with or without a furnace present. If the presence of a furnace for an ACUHP model impacts the IEER rating for a model by an amount that differs from the decrement present in the IEER standards, using a single ACUHP design to meet both standards inherently means that one model will have an IEER value above the applicable standard, but DOE understands that manufacturers do not undertake the product development effort to design separate slightly less efficient ACUHP models to take advantage of this small IEER gap. Based on feedback from manufacturer interviews, DOE expects this to continue in the future, even in the context of more-stringent standards.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Therefore, considering ACUHP equipment classes including models of all supplementary heating types (which is the equipment class structure recommended in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet), DOE assumed that manufacturers would design ACUHPs to meet the applicable IVEC efficiency level with a furnace present; by removing the furnace, the otherwise identical ACUHP models with electric resistance or no heating would naturally achieve a higher IVEC. Therefore, in the analyses following the engineering analysis, DOE assumed that all ACUHP IVEC efficiency levels would be met by ACUHPs with furnaces, and that ACUHPs without furnaces (but otherwise identical to the models with furnaces) would have higher IVEC values. Therefore, to determine the IVEC values achieved by ACUHPs without furnaces, DOE added the previously discussed furnace decrements to the ACUHP efficiency levels (which nominally apply to all ACUHPs regardless of supplementary heating type). As a result, DOE concluded that combining ACUHP equipment classes for all types of heating into single equipment classes for each capacity range would generally result in the same market dynamics and energy savings as having ACUHP equipment classes separated by supplementary heating type (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         with the IVEC standard levels for ACUHPs with electric resistance or no heating being higher than the IVEC standard levels for ACUHPs with all other types of heating, with the difference being equal to the previously discussed furnace IVEC decrements). In other words, when comparing IVEC efficiency levels between ACUACs and ACUHPs, DOE's analysis for this direct final rule considers the ACUHP levels to be comparable to the levels for ACUACs with all other types of heating (because the ACUHP levels would need to be met by ACUHP models with furnaces), rather than the ACUHP levels being comparable to the levels for ACUACs with electric resistance or no heating.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. IVHE</HD>
                    <P>The ACUAC/HP Working Group also recommended the current heating performance energy efficiency descriptor, COP, be replaced with the newly-developed IVHE metric. With this change in heating efficiency metric, DOE must ensure that a new IVHE-based standard would not result in backsliding of energy efficiency levels when compared to the current COP standards. (42 U.S.C 6313(a)(6)(B)(iii)(I)) To this end, DOE first established a baseline at the current energy conservation standard in terms of COP for each of the ACUHP equipment classes, and then translated the COP baseline for each class to an IVHE baseline. As discussed previously, DOE used the current COP energy conservations standards as the COP baseline for all ACUHP equipment classes.</P>
                    <P>During the 2023 ECS Negotiations and in confidential interviews conducted with manufacturers, two industry members in the ACUAC/HP Working Group provided a DOE contractor with simulated COP and IVHE values. DOE used this data set, as well as DOE's own test data, to determine an IVHE baseline for each ACUHP equipment class. Specifically, DOE identified an IVHE baseline representative of models with simulated COP at or near the current applicable COP standard level for each ACUHP equipment class.</P>
                    <P>
                        Although, as mentioned, two industry members in the ACUAC/HP Working Group provided DOE contractors with simulated COP and IVHE values, this dataset was significantly smaller than the previously discussed IVEC dataset. Therefore, DOE has concluded that it lacks sufficient IVHE data to identify IVHE efficiency levels more stringent than the levels recommended in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet. In particular, many ACUHP models currently on the market with multiple stages of mechanical cooling offer only one stage of mechanical heating. DOE recognizes that the IVHE metric (which includes part-load operation) will incentivize development of multiple stages of mechanical heating in ACUHPs. However, at this time, there are limited IVHE data available for ACUHP models with multiple stages of mechanical heating; therefore, it is unclear which IVHE levels above the recommended IVHE levels are attainable across the range of capacities. Consequently, for all efficiency levels above the recommended efficiency levels, DOE assigned the recommended IVHE levels—
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         for all IVEC levels above the recommended IVEC levels for ACUHPs, DOE did not analyze an increase in IVHE levels above the recommended IVHE levels.
                    </P>
                    <P>For efficiency levels between the IVHE baseline and the recommended IVHE levels, DOE used its own test data and confidential data provided by certain industry members to identify incremental IVHE levels corresponding to the incremental IVEC levels.</P>
                    <P>
                        Commercial buildings where ACUHPs are currently installed tend to be 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44080"/>
                        dominated by cooling hours as compared to heating hours (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         there are 4,220 hours with a cooling demand in the IVEC metric and only 1,745 hours with a heating demand in the IVHE metric). Further, as discussed, at this time, there are limited IVHE data available to quantify IVHE improvements from design options that impact only heating efficiency. Therefore, the evaluation of amended energy conservation standards for ACUHPs is focused on the analysis of higher cooling efficiency. While many design options employed to achieve higher cooling efficiency levels could inherently result in higher heating efficiency, DOE did not analyze design options that improve only heating efficiency.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE considered the efficiency levels in terms of IVHE presented in Table IV.7 for this direct final rule.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="141">
                        <GID>ER20my24.086</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Energy Modeling</HD>
                    <P>
                        As done for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         81 FR 2420, 2458-2459 (Jan. 15, 2016)), DOE developed component wattage profiles and performance correlations for each efficiency level in this rulemaking (discussed further in section IV.E of this document). This served two purposes. First, and as discussed in section IV.E of this document, these component wattage profiles and performance correlations developed for this direct final rule were used in the energy use analysis, along with hourly building cooling loads and generalized building samples, to estimate the energy savings associated with each efficiency level. Second, as discussed in section IV.C.2.a of this document, the developed performance correlations, along with industry data, were used to develop IVEC values that translated the IEER efficiency levels to the IVEC metric.
                    </P>
                    <P>As previously mentioned in section IV.C.1.b of this document, many of the efficiency levels analyzed for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule were still appropriate to consider for this rulemaking. For this rulemaking, DOE repurposed component wattage profiles and performance correlations from the January 2016 Direct Final Rule analysis for some of those efficiency levels also included in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. Some IEER efficiency levels for this direct final rule have an IEER value that is close to but not exactly the same as an IEER efficiency level analyzed in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. In those cases, DOE adjusted the calculations used to develop the component wattage profiles and performance correlations for that efficiency level from the January 2016 Direct Final Rule analysis so that the resulting IEER would match the IEER value of the new target IEER efficiency level.</P>
                    <P>For new efficiency levels added in the analysis for this direct final rule that are not close to an IEER efficiency level from the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, DOE selected currently-available models with rated IEER close to the IEER efficiency level to use as the basis for new component wattage profiles and performance correlations. DOE used publicly-available product literature for the selected models to collect relevant compressor, evaporator fan, condenser fan, and capacity data. This information was used to create component wattage profiles and performance correlations as a function of temperature for the new efficiency levels.</P>
                    <P>These component wattage profiles and performance correlations were then used to calculate an IVEC value for each efficiency level. As discussed in section IV.C.2.a of this document, the IVEC values resulting from these component wattage profiles and performance correlations were used to develop the incremental IVEC efficiency levels corresponding to each incremental IEER efficiency level. More details regarding the methodology for creating the component wattage profiles and performance correlations for each efficiency level and equipment class are presented in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE did not conduct similar energy modeling for ACUHP representative units since ACUHP shipments represent a very small portion of industry shipments compared to ACUACs shipments (10 percent versus 90 percent). Further, as discussed, in section IV.C.2.a of this document, DOE found no IVEC decrement between ACUACs and ACUHPs of the same supplementary heating type, and, therefore, DOE did not analyze lower IVEC efficiency levels for ACUHPs as compared to ACUACs for all efficiency levels, except for the levels recommended in the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet. In addition, because ACUHPs represent a small portion of shipments, DOE noted, based on equipment teardowns and an extensive review of equipment literature, that manufacturers generally use the same basic design/platform for equivalent ACUAC and ACUHP models. DOE also considered the same design changes for the ACUHP equipment classes that were considered for the ACUAC equipment classes within a given capacity range. For these reasons, DOE focused energy modeling on ACUAC equipment. Although not considered in the LCC and PBP analyses, DOE did analyze ACUHP equipment in the NIA. From this analysis, DOE believes the energy modeling conducted for ACUAC equipment provides a good estimate of ACUHP cooling performance and provides the necessary information to estimate the magnitude of the national energy savings from increases in ACUHP equipment efficiency.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44081"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Impact of Low-GWP Refrigerants</HD>
                    <P>
                        On October 24, 2023, EPA published in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         regulations to restrict the use of HFC refrigerants in specific sectors or subsectors (“October 2023 EPA Final Rule”). 88 FR 73098. This includes establishing a GWP limit of 700 for refrigerants used in light commercial air conditioning and heat pump systems (which includes ACUACs and ACUHPs) installed January 1, 2025 or later. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at 88 FR 73206, 73208. On December 26, 2023, EPA published an interim final rule and request for comment in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         amending a provision of the October 2023 EPA Final Rule allowing one additional year, until January 1, 2026, for the installation of new residential and light commercial air conditioning and heat pump systems using components manufactured or imported prior to January 1, 2025. 88 FR 88825. ACUACs and ACUHPs available on the market today use R-410A, which has a GWP that exceeds this 700 GWP limit. This will require manufacturers to shift away from the use of R-410A to low-GWP refrigerants.
                    </P>
                    <P>In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, multiple stakeholders commented regarding the transition to low-GWP refrigerants and their impacts on ACUACs and ACUHPs, which was well before EPA took final regulatory action.</P>
                    <P>On this topic, the CA IOUs recommended that DOE work closely with the California Air Resources Board, ASHRAE Standing Standard Project Committee 15—Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems, and AHRI's Low-GWP Alternative Refrigeration Evaluation Program to ensure that equipment meeting low-GWP requirements can meet any new efficiency standard. (CA IOUs, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0020 at p. 5)</P>
                    <P>NEEA recommended that DOE consider the impact of alternate refrigerants on ACUAC efficiency, including the technical feasibility and economic implications of meeting new and amended standard levels with alternate refrigerants. (NEEA, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0024 at p. 9)</P>
                    <P>AHRI stated that changes to the engineering analysis would be needed if conducting an analysis at present due to the transition to alternative refrigerants. AHRI stated that the combined costs to add sensors, controls, and other components for new refrigerants, including the cost of these refrigerants, will increase the overall cost of the subject equipment by 10-15 percent over minimum designs of 2018. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 7)</P>
                    <P>Trane stated that systems that use A2L refrigerants will need more controls and sensors for safety reasons, which it predicted will impact the adoption of the new technologies negatively. (Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at pp. 4-5) Trane also recommended that DOE consider in its analysis the effect of new low-GWP refrigerants on cost, design, and size of units. (Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 7) AHRI, Carrier, and Trane also collectively mentioned the Federal authority to regulate refrigerants and the timing of adoption of State building and safety codes to support mildly flammable (A2L) refrigerants. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 5; Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 7; Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 4)</P>
                    <P>
                        In the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI, DOE requested data on the impact of low-GWP refrigerants as replacements for R-410A on: (1) the cooling and heating capacities and compressor power of ACUACs and ACUHPs at various temperature conditions, including, but not limited to, the temperatures currently included in the IEER metric; and (2) the size and design of heat exchangers and compressors used in ACUACs and ACUHPs. 87 FR 31743, 31753 (May 25, 2022). DOE also sought feedback and any additional data on the cost of implementing low-GWP refrigerants in ACUACs and ACUHPs beyond the comments received in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In response to DOE's request for data on the impact of low-GWP refrigerants on capacities, compressor power, and design of heat exchangers and compressors in the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI, Carrier stated that replacement refrigerants require optimization and compressor displacement changes which could also impact performance results, if not properly compensated for. Carrier provided data for a pure cycle analysis where equal compressor isentropic efficiency, heat exchanger efficiency, and system operating conditions were assumed. The analysis presented by Carrier indicates that new low-GWP refrigerant alternatives R-32 and R-454B do not result in a significant impact on measured EER, IEER, and COP at 47 °F and 17 °F. (Carrier, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0010 Attachment 1 at p. 17) Carrier further commented that the required displacement changes with the alternative refrigerants it analyzed, so compressor optimization is required. Carrier also stated the mass flow rates changed with the alternative refrigerants it analyzed, so coil redesign may be required. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>Lennox stated that implementing low-GWP refrigerants will require extensive product redesign from both a performance and safety standard perspective for ACUACs and ACUHPs. (Lennox, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0009 at pp. 5-6)</P>
                    <P>With respect to the cost of implementing low-GWP refrigerants in ACUACs and ACUHPs, AHRI stated that refrigerant charge generally increases with increasing efficiency. AHRI added that transporting factory-charged systems with A2L refrigerants would be more expensive than shipping existing systems charged with non-flammable refrigerants. AHRI further commented that the Department of Transportation has not approved special permits allowing systems with larger charge amounts to ship in the same manner as those containing non-flammable refrigerants. AHRI indicated that without special permits, the expectation is that systems over the charge size threshold of 12 kilograms would need to be shipped as HAZMAT, which would be more costly. (AHRI, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0008 at p. 6)</P>
                    <P>
                        Carrier stated that the likely replacement for R-410A will be A2L refrigerants with low-flame spread per ASHRAE Standard 34, “Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants.” (Carrier, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0010 Attachment 1 at p. 17) Carrier further stated that per UL 60335-2-40 4th edition, “Household and Similar Electrical Appliances—Safety—Part 2-40: Particular Requirements for Electrical Heat Pumps, Air-Conditioners, and Dehumidifiers,” and ASHRAE 15-2022, “Safety Standard for Refrigeration Systems,” additional changes would be required for A2L mitigation, including addition of a refrigerant sensor, additional labeling, testing, and certification. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Carrier commented that it is currently conducting design work and system optimization for the anticipated 2025 implementation date, but that it has not determined final details on cost impacts. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Carrier also stated that there is variability in refrigerant prices due to supply chain issues and it anticipates that the start of the American Innovation and Manufacturing (“AIM”) Act regulations would increase those prices. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        NEEA recommended that the analysis consider the effects on efficiency of the likely and approved refrigerant options for ACUACs available domestically and internationally. NEEA specifically recommended that DOE address the technical feasibility and economic implications of meeting amended standard levels with equipment that 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44082"/>
                        uses different refrigerants, similar to the analysis DOE conducted for the 2016 beverage vending machine energy conservation standards rulemaking (81 FR 1028 (Jan. 8, 2016)). (NEEA, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0013 at p. 8)
                    </P>
                    <P>More generally in response to the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI, NYSERDA recommended that in evaluating amended energy conservation standards, DOE should be mindful of the transition to low-GWP refrigerants that will be more common, even if not required, by 2029. (NYSERDA, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0007 at p. 3)</P>
                    <P>In response, DOE notes that these comments were received prior to the 2023 ECS Negotiations, and in particular, comments received in response to the May 2020 ECS RFI were received three years prior to the 2023 ECS Negotiations. Therefore, manufacturers' understanding of the impacts of low-GWP refrigerants may have changed since the time of the drafting of some of the comments received. DOE conducted multiple rounds of manufacturer interviews to support the analyses for this direct final rule. In the first round of manufacturer interviews, DOE sought feedback on its engineering analysis, and the Department particularly sought input on the potential impacts of low-GWP refrigerants. DOE understands that manufacturers are currently still in the process of developing models that use low-GWP refrigerants and consequently there are currently no market efficiency data available for models using low-GWP refrigerants. However, based on feedback received to this point during the course of the rulemaking (including manufacturer interviews and Carrier's comment providing preliminary testing data), DOE has concluded that implementation of low-GWP refrigerants such as R-32 and R-454B is unlikely to result in a significant impact on measured efficiency of ACUACs and ACUHPs. Therefore, DOE conducted its engineering analysis for this direct final rule using efficiency data for models currently on the market that use R-410A.</P>
                    <P>
                        With respect to suggestions that DOE consider the impact of cost of equipment using A2L refrigerants, DOE acknowledges that design changes to implement A2L refrigerants could impact the cost of equipment and that models using A2L refrigerants may require additional controls or sensors to detect leaks and additional labeling. However, DOE's research and feedback from manufacturer interviews suggests that based on information available at this time, these cost differences are not likely to have a significant impact on the marginal cost to improve efficiency (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the costs to implement these changes will likely be similar at each efficiency level). DOE concludes that the switch to A2L refrigerants will not make a significant difference to the incremental costs of higher efficiency levels as compared to R-410A. Similarly, to the extent that shipping costs may increase in some cases for equipment shipped with A2L refrigerants, DOE does not expect these shipping costs are likely to have a significant impact on the marginal costs to consumers. Therefore, DOE conducted its cost analysis, including shipping costs, considering models currently on the market that use R-410A.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Cost Analysis</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. MPC Estimates</HD>
                    <P>The cost analysis portion of the engineering analysis is conducted using one or a combination of cost approaches. The selection of cost approach depends on a suite of factors, including the availability and reliability of public information, characteristics of the regulated equipment, and the availability and timeliness of purchasing the equipment on the market. The cost approaches are summarized as follows:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Physical teardowns:</E>
                         Under this approach, DOE physically dismantles commercially-available equipment, component-by-component, to develop a detailed bill of materials for the equipment.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Catalog teardowns:</E>
                         In lieu of physically deconstructing equipment, DOE identifies each component using parts diagrams (available from manufacturer websites or appliance repair websites, for example) to develop the bill of materials for the equipment.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Price surveys:</E>
                         If neither a physical nor catalog teardown is feasible (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         for tightly integrated products such as fluorescent lamps, which are infeasible to disassemble and for which parts diagrams are unavailable), cost-prohibitive, or otherwise impractical (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         large commercial boilers), DOE conducts price surveys using publicly-available pricing data published on major online retailer websites and/or by soliciting prices from distributors and other commercial channels.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In the May 2020 ECS RFI, DOE sought input on the increase in manufacturer production cost (“MPC”) associated with incorporating particular design options and/or with reaching efficiency levels above the baseline. 85 FR 27941, 27949 (May 12. 2020). Specifically, DOE was interested in whether and how the costs estimated in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule have changed since the time of that analysis. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE also requested information on the investments necessary to incorporate specific design options, including, but not limited to, costs related to new or modified tooling (if any), materials, engineering and development efforts to implement each design option, and manufacturing/production impacts. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding feedback on MPC associated with each design option and how costs estimated in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule have changed, AHRI commented that the work done to quantify MPCs was generally accurate at the time of the analysis. Regarding the list of design options to improve efficiency, AHRI asserted that ACUAC progression to larger heat exchangers was not properly characterized in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule and that increases to outdoor and indoor fan efficiency were missing. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 7)</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE notes that AHRI's comment was received three years ago and prior to the 2023 ECS Negotiations. As discussed, as part of the analyses supporting the 2023 ECS Negotiations, DOE contractors conducted engineering interviews with manufacturers (all of which are AHRI members) and analyzed the market after the January 1, 2023 compliance date. During these discussions, DOE contractors received feedback on design options used in higher efficiency equipment (including heat exchangers, indoor fans, and outdoor fans), and the MPCs developed for this direct final rule analysis reflect the feedback received in those confidential interviews. Additionally, the cost-efficiency curves were developed based on ACUAC and ACUHP models available on the market at the time of the 2023 ECS Negotiations. To the extent that available models included larger heat exchangers and increases to outdoor and indoor fan efficiency, the improvement in efficiency and corresponding cost for these design options are reflected in the cost-efficiency curves presented in this direct final rule. Further, the cost-efficiency curves were presented during multiple meetings during the 2023 ECS Negotiations 
                        <SU>32</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and ACUAC/HP Working Group members had ample opportunity to provide feedback.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>32</SU>
                             See 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0077</E>
                             and 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0080</E>
                             for presentations during the 2023 ECS Negotiations with cost efficiency curves.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the present case, DOE conducted the cost analysis using a combination of physical teardowns and catalog 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44083"/>
                        teardowns of models to assess how manufacturing costs change with increased equipment efficiency. The resulting bill of materials (“BOM”) provides the basis for the MPC estimates. For each equipment class, DOE initially estimated the MPCs for models using physical and catalog teardowns for each manufacturer that included sufficient information in their equipment literature to conduct the cost estimation analysis. As discussed in section IV.C.1 of this document, DOE specifically focused its analysis on 7.5-ton, 15-ton, and 30-ton ACUAC models with electric resistance heating or no heating.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To collect additional information regarding design options and costs associated with equipment at different efficiency levels, DOE provided design details and cost estimates, broken out by production factors (materials, labor, depreciation, and overhead) and also by major subassemblies (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         indoor/outdoor heat exchangers and fan assemblies, controls, sealed system) and components (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         compressors, fan motors), for each model analyzed in its physical and catalog teardowns to the manufacturers of the models. DOE refined its analysis based on all data and feedback provided by manufacturers in confidential manufacturer interviews.
                    </P>
                    <P>As previously discussed, DOE did not consider any design changes specific to improving heating efficiency, and the cost-efficiency analysis was focused on cooling mode operation. Further, as discussed, because market efficiency data in terms of the new IVEC metric are not available beyond the limited dataset provided to DOE contractors during the Negotiations, the cost-efficiency analysis was conducted based on IEER, and then IVEC values were developed to translate the IEER efficiency levels to IVEC.</P>
                    <P>DOE analyzed costs (using physical teardowns and catalog teardowns) across the full range of manufacturers and equipment offerings for which DOE identified sufficient data to conduct the manufacturing cost estimation analysis. Therefore, DOE's cost estimates reflect the various design pathways that each manufacturer uses to increase efficiency in their current model offerings. The following paragraphs provide additional detail on DOE's methodology for developing MPC estimates, and further detail is included in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD. Generally, the methodology used for this direct final rule is consistent with the methodology used in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule analysis. 81 FR 2420, 2464 (Jan. 15, 2016).</P>
                    <P>
                        For small and large equipment classes (represented by 7.5-ton and 15-ton capacities, respectively), DOE developed cost-efficiency curves (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         relationship between rated IEER and MPC estimate) for each manufacturer individually, and then aggregated the manufacturer-specific cost curves into an industry-average cost-efficiency curve. For efficiency levels for which there were no analyzed models from a given manufacturer with rated IEER values that exactly match the efficiency level, DOE's primary method to determine the MPCs for those efficiency levels for that manufacturer was to interpolate or extrapolate results. For example, to determine the MPC at 7.5-ton Efficiency Level 1 (15.4 IEER) for one manufacturer, DOE interpolated between the results for models rated at 14.8 IEER and 15.6 IEER. For cases in which a manufacturer does not offer a model near a given efficiency level at the representative capacity but offers models at that efficiency level at a similar capacity, DOE estimated the costs of similar capacity models at the target efficiency level and then scaled those costs up or down to reflect the capacity difference and estimate what the cost would be for that model to achieve that efficiency level at the representative capacity. For example, to determine the MPC at 7.5-ton Efficiency Level 5 (19.9 IEER) for one manufacturer, DOE scaled down the cost of an 8.5-ton model with a rated IEER of 19.9 to reflect DOE's estimate of the cost of a 7.5-ton model with comparable efficiency, by developing a cost per efficiency times capacity relationship for that specific model line. There were certain efficiency levels for which some manufacturers did not offer models at or near the target efficiency level, even including capacities slightly different than the representative capacity. For these levels (for example, the 15-ton Efficiency Level 4 (20.1 IEER)), DOE calculated the relative percentage increase in cost relative to baseline for a manufacturer with a commercially-available model at that level, and then applied that percentage increase to the baseline cost for the other manufacturers to estimate MPCs at that level for each manufacturer.
                    </P>
                    <P>For the very large equipment class represented by 30-ton representative units, DOE identified fewer manufacturers offering equipment in this capacity range. After collecting information for all models with sufficient data available to develop cost estimates, DOE concluded that there are insufficient models available to develop separate cost curves for each manufacturer and then combine into an industry-average cost-efficiency curve as was done for the small and large equipment classes. Therefore, DOE developed a single industry-wide cost curve for very large equipment including models from all identified manufacturers. Additionally, DOE's review of equipment available on the market showed that there are two platform types of equipment for 30-ton models (and the very large equipment class more broadly): (1) models with smaller cabinets for light commercial applications, and (2) models with larger cabinets for industrial-type applications. DOE concluded that there are insufficient models with the larger cabinet size spanning the range of efficiency levels being considered (both at the low and high ends of the efficiency range) to develop cost estimates based on the larger cabinet size. Therefore, DOE developed incremental MPCs based on the smaller cabinet platform.</P>
                    <P>
                        As discussed, DOE's cost analysis focused on ACUAC models with electric resistance heating or no heating. In the economic analyses for this rulemaking, the MPCs developed for ACUACs with electric resistance heating or no heating were applied for all ACUACs, including ACUACs with all other types of heating. As previously discussed, DOE has found that ACUACs with electric resistance heating or no heating model lines and ACUACs with all other types of heating model lines generally differ only in the type of supplemental heating and are otherwise identical; therefore, the incremental MPCs for ACUACs with electric resistance heating or no heating and ACUACs with all other types of heating would be the same. In other words, the cost to achieve higher efficiencies would not be impacted by the presence of a furnace. DOE also developed a baseline cost differential between a baseline ACUAC model with electric resistance heating or no heating as compared to a baseline ACUHP model, reflecting the cost differentials of heat pump technology. Consistent with the analysis from the January 2016 Direct Final Rule and feedback received during manufacturer interviews, DOE applied the incremental MPC adders determined for ACUACs with electric resistance or no heating to develop cost curves for ACUHPs. In other words, while there is an absolute cost differential associated with heat pump technology, DOE assumed that this cost differential remained constant across all efficiency levels (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         the cost to achieve higher efficiencies would not be impacted by the presence of a reversing 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44084"/>
                        valve). The one exception to this approach was developing costs for the recommended efficiency levels for ACUHPs, because as discussed in section IV.C.2.a of this document, the IVEC values at those efficiency levels for ACUHP equipment classes were slightly different than the IVECs for the comparable efficiency levels for the ACUACs with all other types of heating., For these recommended ACUHP IVEC levels, DOE used interpolation to adjust the MPC estimates for the corresponding ACUAC levels to reflect the slight difference in IVEC levels between ACUACS and ACUHPS. As discussed in section IV.C.2 of this document, DOE translated the cost-efficiency relationships based on IEER to IVEC and IVHE. Further discussion of DOE's methodology for developing MPC estimates is included in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. MSP Estimates, Manufacturer Markup, and Shipping Costs</HD>
                    <P>
                        To account for manufacturers' non-production costs and profit margin, DOE applies a multiplier (the manufacturer markup) to the MPC. The resulting manufacturer selling price (“MSP”) is the price at which the manufacturer distributes a unit into commerce. DOE developed an average manufacturer markup by examining the annual Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) 10-K reports 
                        <SU>33</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         filed by publicly-traded manufacturers primarily engaged in commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment manufacturing and whose combined product range includes ACUACs and ACUHPs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>33</SU>
                             U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Annual 10-K Reports (Various Years) (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.sec.gov/edgar/searchedgar/companysearch.html</E>
                            ) (last accessed Oct. 3, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the May 2020 ECS RFI, DOE requested feedback on whether manufacturer mark-ups determined in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule are still appropriate for ACUACs and ACUHPs. 85 FR 27941, 27950 (May 12, 2020). In response, AHRI stated that its members found that the manufacturer markups from the January 2016 Direct Final Rule are still appropriate for ACUACs. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 8) AHRI stated that manufacturer markups for ACUHPs are up to 10 percent higher than those determined in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE incorporated AHRI's feedback into its current analysis, estimating manufacturer markups of 1.30 for small ACUACs, 1.32 for small ACUHPs, 1.34 for large ACUACs, 1.36 for large ACUHPs, 1.41 for very large ACUACs, and 1.43 for very large ACUHPs. These markups were applied to MPC estimates to develop MSP estimates. See section IV.J.2.d of this document and chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD for additional discussion on manufacturer markups.</P>
                    <P>Because the design options associated with certain incremental efficiency level involved increases in cabinet sizes, DOE also estimated the incremental shipping cost at each efficiency level separate from the MSP. More specifically, DOE estimated the per-unit shipping costs based on the cabinet dimensions at each efficiency level, assuming the use of a typical 53-foot flatbed trailer. For shipping of HVAC equipment, the size threshold of a trailer is typically met before the weight threshold. DOE used the same approach used for estimating the cost-efficiency relationship, evaluating shipping costs for each manufacturer individually then averaging the results for the small and large equipment classes, and (for the reasons described for MPC estimates in section IV.C.5.a of this document) a single industry-wide shipping cost relationship for the very large equipment class including models from all identified manufacturers. Further discussion of DOE's methodology for developing shipping cost estimates is included in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. Cost-Efficiency Results</HD>
                    <P>The results of the engineering analysis are reported as cost-efficiency data (or “curves”) in the form of IVEC versus MSP plus shipping cost (in dollars), which form the basis for subsequent analyses. As previously mentioned, DOE's cost analysis focused on ACUACs with electric resistance heating or no heating, which were also used to represent the MPCs of ACUACs with all other types of heating. The incremental MPC estimates for these classes were applied to ACUHPs. The total MPC, shipping cost, and MSP plus shipping cost for each efficiency level for the ACUAC equipment classes are listed in Table IV.8 through Table IV.10. The total MPC, shipping cost, and MSP plus shipping cost for each efficiency level for the ACUHP equipment classes (which, as discussed, are based on the same incremental MPC estimates as for ACUAC equipment classes) can be found in chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="172">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.087</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="135">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44085"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.088</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="119">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.089</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD for additional detail on the engineering analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Markups Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The markups analysis develops appropriate markups (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         manufacturer markups, retailer markups, distributor markups, contractor markups) in the distribution chain and sales taxes to convert the MPC/MSP estimates derived in the engineering analysis to consumer prices, which are then used in the LCC and PBP analysis. The markups are multiplicative factors applied to MPCs and MSPs. At each step in the distribution channel, companies mark up the price of the equipment to cover business costs and profit margin. Before developing markups, DOE defines key market participants and identifies distribution channels.
                    </P>
                    <P>In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, AHRI commented that it is researching distribution channels; however, it had no feedback at the time the comment was written. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 8) Carrier commented that it has not observed large shifts in the distribution channels, as the industry for the subject equipment remains mature in the U.S. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 12)</P>
                    <P>However, AHRI disagreed with DOE's use of incremental markups, citing an analysis by Everett Shorey from 2014, and recommended that DOE revert to using the baseline markup for both baseline and incremental costs. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 8)</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE responded thoroughly to the Shorey report in the previous direct final rule. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         81 FR 2420, 2468 (Jan. 15, 2016). In summary, DOE's incremental markup approach assumes that an increase in profitability, which is implied by keeping a fixed markup when the product price goes up, is unlikely to be viable over time in reasonably competitive markets. DOE recognizes that actors in the distribution chains are likely to seek to maintain the same markup on appliances in response to changes in manufacturer sales prices after an amendment to energy conservation standards. However, DOE believes that retail pricing is likely to adjust over time as those actors are forces to readjust their markups to reach a medium-term equilibrium in which per-unit profit is relatively unchanged before and after standards are implemented.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE acknowledges that markup practices in response to amended standards are complex and vary across business conditions. However, DOE's analysis necessarily only considers changes in appliance offerings that occur in response to amended standards. DOE continues to maintain that its assumption that standards do not facilitate a sustainable increase in profitability is reasonable.</P>
                    <P>PGE commented that ACUACs are purchased in larger volume by distributors, with larger discounts from manufacturers, and thereby resulting in lower prices to contractors. PGE stated that raising the minimum efficiency ratings for ACUACs will have a lesser negative wholesale pricing impact due to this volume. (PGE, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0009 at p. 2)</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE reviewed the distribution channels and overall markups from the January 2016 Direct Final Rule at the February 9, 2023 public meeting webinar for this rulemaking (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         presentation slides, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0073 at pp. 20-23), with updated overall markups presented at the March 21-22, 2023 ACUAC/HP Working Group meeting (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         presentation slides, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0080 at pp. 30-33). There was no stakeholder discussion regarding the distribution channels or markups at these meetings. For this reason, DOE continues to use the distribution channels from the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, as well as the same overall methodology, but with updated inputs.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Distribution Channels</HD>
                    <P>For ACUACs and ACUHPs, the main parties in the distribution channel are: (1) manufacturers; (2) wholesalers; (3) small or large mechanical contractors, and (4) consumers. See chapter 6 and appendix 6A of the direct final rule TSD for a more detailed discussion about parties in the distribution chain.</P>
                    <P>
                        For the direct final rule, DOE characterized three distribution 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44086"/>
                        channels to describe how the ACUAC and ACUHP equipment passes from the manufacturer to the commercial consumer. The first of these channels, the replacement distribution channel, estimated to represent 66.0 percent of shipments, was characterized as follows:
                    </P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Manufacturer → Wholesaler → Small or Large Mechanical Contractor → Consumer</FP>
                    <P>The second channel, the new construction distribution channel, estimated to represent 16.5 percent of shipments, was characterized as follows:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Manufacturer → Wholesaler → Small or Large Mechanical Contractor → General Contractor → Consumer</FP>
                    <P>In the third distribution channel, which applies to both the replacement and new construction markets, estimated to represent 17.5 percent of shipments, the manufacturer sells the equipment directly to the customer through a national account:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Manufacturer → Consumer (National Account)</FP>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Markups and Sales Tax</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE developed baseline and incremental markups for each actor in the distribution channels. Baseline markups are applied to the price of equipment with baseline efficiency, while incremental markups are applied to the difference in price between baseline and higher-efficiency models (the incremental cost increase). The incremental markup is typically less than the baseline markup and is designed to maintain similar per-unit operating profit before and after new or amended standards.
                        <SU>34</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>34</SU>
                             Because the projected price of standards-compliant equipment is typically higher than the price of baseline equipment, using the same markup for the incremental cost and the baseline cost would result in higher per-unit operating profit. While such an outcome is possible, DOE maintains that in markets that are reasonably competitive it is unlikely that standards would lead to a sustainable increase in profitability in the long run.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Following the same approach applied in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, DOE relied on several sources to estimate average baseline and incremental markups, including: (1) the 2017 Annual Wholesale Trade Survey for “Hardware and Plumbing and Heating Equipment and Supplies Merchant Wholesaler” 
                        <SU>35</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to develop wholesaler markups, and (2) U.S. Census Bureau's 2017 Economic Census data 
                        <SU>36</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         for the commercial and institutional building construction industry to develop mechanical and general contractor markups. In addition, DOE used the 2005 Air Conditioning Contractors of America's (“ACCA”) financial analysis for the heating, ventilation, air conditioning, and refrigeration (“HVACR”) contracting industry 
                        <SU>37</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to disaggregate the mechanical contractor markups into small and large, replacement and new construction markets.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>35</SU>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, 2017 Annual Wholesale Trade Survey (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.census.gov/data/tables/2017/econ/awts/annual-reports.html</E>
                            ) (last accessed Feb. 7, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>36</SU>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, 
                            <E T="03">2017 Economic Census Data</E>
                             (2017) (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.census.gov/econ/</E>
                            ) (last accessed Feb. 7, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>37</SU>
                             Air Conditioning Contractors of America (ACCA), 
                            <E T="03">Financial Analysis for the HVACR Contracting Industry: 2005</E>
                             (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.acca.org/store/</E>
                            ) (last accessed Feb. 7, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In addition to the markups, DOE derived State and local taxes from data provided by the Sales Tax Clearinghouse.
                        <SU>38</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These data represent weighted-average taxes that include county and city rates. DOE derived population-weighted average tax values for each of the regions from the Energy Information Administration's 2018 Commercial Building Energy Consumption Survey (“CBECS 2018”) 
                        <SU>39</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         considered in the analysis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>38</SU>
                             Sales Tax Clearinghouse Inc., State Sales Tax Rates Along with Combined Average City and County Rates, 2023 (available at: 
                            <E T="03">thestc.com/STrates.stm</E>
                            ) (last accessed Sept. 11, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>39</SU>
                             Energy Information Administration (EIA), 2018 Commercial Building Energy Consumption Survey (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.eia.gov/consumption/commercial</E>
                            /) (last accessed August 19, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Chapter 6 of the direct final rule TSD provides details on DOE's development of markups for ACUACs and ACUHPs.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Energy Use Analysis</HD>
                    <P>The purpose of the energy use analysis is to determine the annual energy consumption of ACUACs at different efficiencies for a representative sample of U.S. commercial buildings, and to assess the energy savings potential of increased equipment efficiency. DOE did not analyze ACUHP energy use because, for the reasons explained in section IV.C.3 of this document, the energy modeling in the engineering analysis was performed only for ACUAC equipment.</P>
                    <P>
                        The energy use analysis estimates the range of energy use of ACUACs in the field (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         as they are actually used by consumers). The energy use analysis provides the basis for other analyses DOE performed, particularly assessments of the energy savings and the savings in consumer operating costs that could result from adoption of amended or new standards.
                    </P>
                    <P>Chapter 7 of the direct final rule TSDs provides details on DOE's energy use analysis for ACUACs. DOE developed engineering correlation data and energy consumption estimates only for the ACUAC equipment classes that have electric resistance heating or no heating. For equipment classes with all other types of heating, DOE assumed that the incremental change in efficiency, and hence, energy savings and energy cost savings, would be similar to the values calculated for the equipment classes with electric resistance heating or no heating.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. System-level Calculations</HD>
                    <P>DOE based the energy use estimates for all equipment classes on three sets of input data:</P>
                    <P>(1) The engineering analysis provided data that were used to calculate the equipment net capacity, compressor, and condenser power consumption as a function of outdoor air temperature (“OAT”), the indoor fan power as a function of external static pressure (“ESP”), and controls power (constant), for each equipment stage at each efficiency level. The compressor, condenser, indoor fan, and controls are referred to as the “system components” in the discussion that follows. The “net capacity” is defined as the maximum-stage system capacity minus the heat generated by the indoor fan. DOE assumed that the ESPs appropriate to each equipment class were those agreed upon in the ACUAC/HP Working Group TP Term Sheet, plus an increment of 0.1 to account for the economizer pressure drop (also included in the ACUAC/HP Working Group TP Term Sheet).</P>
                    <P>(2) Hourly A/C system data were generated using Energy Plus for 11 commercial building prototypes, 4 building vintages, and 16 climate zones; as each building prototype includes multiple systems serving multiple zones, the total number of simulated systems in the 11 commercial building prototypes is 48. Given 4 vintages and 16 climates, this leads to a total of 3,072 individual systems. DOE used TMY3 weather data as simulation input, with the cities used to represent each climate zone the same as those used in the ACUAC/ACUHP Test Procedure. The simulation data account for economizer use. The hourly data extracted from the simulations for each system included the total system load (heat removed from the space), the fan fraction (fraction of the hour that the fan is on), and cooling and heating coil rates. The coil cooling/heating rates were used only to determine the system operating mode.</P>
                    <P>
                        (3) Data from the Commercial Building Energy Consumption Survey (“CBECS”) 2018 were used to estimate, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44087"/>
                        for those buildings using packaged cooling systems, the relative share of floor space by Census Division and building type. In the 2015 analysis, this description of the relevant features of the building stock with associated weights was referred to as the Generalized Building Sample (“GBS”).
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE prepared the engineering data for input to the energy use analysis as follows: For each EL and equipment stage, the engineering correlations were used to calculate the net capacity and component power consumption for a set of integer temperatures spanning the range 30 °F to 110 °F (which exceeds the maximum temperature in the TMY3 data). The capacity and power consumption data were then scaled by the system nominal capacity; the power consumption is, therefore, defined on a per-unit-of-capacity basis. The system nominal capacity was defined as the maximum stage capacity at 95 °F.</P>
                    <P>DOE processed the building simulation data for input to the energy use calculation as follows: First, the data were scaled to the nominal system capacity. For this analysis, consistent with assumption used in the development of the ACUAC/ACUHP Test Procedure, DOE assumed that the system capacity was equal to 1.15 times the peak hourly load. Next, DOE assigned one of four operating modes to each hour: (1) off (zero fan energy use); (2) fan only (fan energy &gt;0 and coil rates = 0); (3) cooling (cooling coil rate &gt;0), and (4) heating (heating coil rate &gt;0). For multizone variable air volume (“VAV”) systems, there were a few hours where both cooling and heating rates are positive; as these hours were dominated by the cooling load, they were assigned to cooling mode.</P>
                    <P>DOE combined the building simulation data with the engineering data to determine the energy use in each hour, and summed this energy use over all hours to determine the annual summer and winter energy use per unit of capacity. The summer season was defined as May through September, and the winter season as all other months in the year. In each hour, the energy use calculations are adjusted based on the system operating mode:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Fan-only mode:</E>
                         the engineering analysis provided a specific value for fan power during fan-only operation; during these hours the energy use is equal to the fan power multiplied by the fan fraction (to account for the fact that the system may be off during part of the hour) plus the controls power.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Heating mode:</E>
                         as discussed with the ACUAC/HP Working Group, DOE assumed that the fan would operate at maximum stage during heating hours; during these hours the energy use is equal to the fan power multiplied by the fan fraction (to account for the fact that the system may be off during part of the hour) plus the controls power at maximum stage.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Cooling mode:</E>
                         all equipment designs include multi-stage compressors, so the calculation must first determine which stages are operating during the hour. DOE calculated the total heat removed, and compared this to the net capacity at each stage; the highest stage that is less than the total load is the lower stage, and the next stage up is the upper stage. The fraction of load allocated to each stage determines the fraction of the hour that the system operates in each stage (equations describing these calculations are provided in chapter 7 of the direct final rule TSD). DOE used the values of component power for the OAT in the hour to calculate the energy use for the upper and lower stages. The total energy use is equal to the weighted sum of the values for the lower and upper stages. If the lower stage was off, DOE adjusted for cyclic performance using the degradation coefficient and load factor as calculated according to section 6.2, Part-Load Rating, of AHRI 340/360-2007, “2007 Standard for Performance Rating of Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment.”
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Off mode:</E>
                         the energy use is equal to the controls power for the fan-only mode.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE converted the system-level energy use data to building-level energy use data by averaging the energy use over all systems in a building. To calculate this average, DOE weighted each system based on the system nominal capacity. DOE also accounted for the possibility that installation of new equipment would require a conversion curb. DOE estimated that the presence of a conversion curb would add 0.2 to the ESP, with a resulting adjustment to fan power and system net capacity. DOE calculated the energy use two times for each system—once with no assumed conversion curb, and once with the assumed conversion curb. DOE then averaged these results to get a single value for each system. The percent of installations with and without conversion curbs, for each equipment class and efficiency level, was estimated based on data collected for the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. These data were adjusted to account for the current equipment baseline, and the cross-walk between IEER and IVEC, as discussed during the 2023 ECS Negotiations. DOE converted the per-unit energy use to a value appropriate to each representative unit by multiplying the energy use by the representative unit capacity.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Generalized Building Sample</HD>
                    <P>
                        The calculations described in the previous section result in summer and winter energy use values for each building prototype, vintage, and climate. To use these data in the LCC, sample weights must be defined that reflect the relative frequency of each of these attributes in the building stock. In addition to building prototype, vintage, and climate, DOE included Census Division (“CD”) and building type as attributes in the building sample. Census Division is included because energy prices depend on these regions. Building type is included as this is the categorization used in CBECS and in the 
                        <E T="03">AEO.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE used CBECS 2018 to determine the total floor space cooled by packaged equipment distributed by Census Division and building type as encoded by Principal Building Activity (“PBA”) in CBECS. DOE mapped the CBECS PBA definitions to the building type definition used in the 
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                         commercial demand module, and the Department used the 
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                         building type definitions as categories in the LCC sample. In general, the mapping of building prototype to building type is straightforward (for example, office, retail, assembly). For the food sales and educational building types, there are two building prototypes (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         full-service and quick-service, and primary and secondary schools respectively). Additional data available in CBECS were used to calculate the percentage of building type floor space to allocate to each building prototype.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE used four vintage categories: pre-1980, 1980-2003, 2004-2018 and 2019-2029. DOE used CBECS2018 to apportion floor space by vintage and building type for the first three vintage categories. For the fourth category, DOE used 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023</E>
                         commercial floor space projections to adjust the floor space to the compliance year 2029. DOE used the 
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                         to estimate, for the period 2019-2029, the floor space added and demolished relative to existing floor space in 2018, for each building type. DOE used these percentages to calculate the existing floor space by vintage and building type in 2029, then converted the absolute numbers to percentages.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE combined the climate zones (“CZ”) and Census Divisions into a set of 28 distinct sub-regions, using population data to estimate the weight for each region. These weights were used to distribute the floor space by CD 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44088"/>
                        into floor space by CD-CZ combined sub-regions.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE used the building simulation data to estimate the total cooling capacity per square foot of cooled floor space for each climate zone, building type and vintage. DOE used the capacity per square foot numbers to convert total cooled floor space to total installed capacity. DOE assigned a weight to each combination of attributes in the building sample based on the percentage of installed capacity.</P>
                    <P>DOE tailored the sample weights for the small, large, and very large equipment classes using a filter based on system nominal capacity. If the system nominal capacity was less than 0.8 times the representative unit capacity, the system was excluded from the sample (and from the calculation of building-level energy use).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Energy Use Adjustment Factors</HD>
                    <P>Building simulations reflect idealized conditions and may over-represent or under-represent heating and cooling loads relative to real-world conditions. In the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, DOE's analysis relied on building simulation data that had been calibrated to CBECS 1995. In the current analysis, DOE's building simulations were not calibrated, so DOE accounted for any deviations from real-world conditions by calculating energy use adjustment factors.</P>
                    <P>DOE calculated these factors as follows:</P>
                    <P>• DOE used CBECS 2018 estimates of cooling and ventilation energy use to estimate the average equipment energy use per square foot of cooled floor space as a function of building type.</P>
                    <P>• DOE used data published with the AEO NEMS model (commercial demand module) to estimate the ratio of the stock average efficiency of packaged cooling equipment in 2018 to the efficiency of the current standard. DOE applied this ratio to convert the CBECS stock-average energy use calculation to a value that represents what the energy use would be if the equipment efficiencies were all equal to the current standard.</P>
                    <P>• DOE took the calculated energy use per unit of capacity for the EL0 engineering data, combined with the capacity per square foot estimate from the building simulation data, to calculate the equipment energy use per square foot at EL0. As this value varies slightly by equipment class, DOE used shipments weight to calculate an average across all installed stock.</P>
                    <P>• DOE compared, for each building type, the CBECS 2018 estimate of energy use per square foot at the current standard to the value calculated for the EL0 engineering data. DOE used the ratio of these two values to define an energy use adjustment factor for each building type. In most cases, the factor is larger than 1, reflecting an under-estimate of energy use by the simulation data. However, for education and healthcare buildings, the calculated factor is less than 1, corresponding to an over-estimate of energy use in the simulated data.</P>
                    <P>• DOE applied the energy use adjustment factors to the energy use values input to the LCC.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE considered two other trends that can impact cooling energy use by space-conditioning equipment: (1) changes to building shell characteristics and internal loads, and (2) increases in cooling-degree days (driven by population shifts and estimated weather trends). Both these trends are modeled in the 
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                         commercial demand module. The first is captured in the 
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                         cooling factor, which tends to decrease loads over time. The second is captured in 
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                         estimates of Cooling Degree Days (“CDD”) over the projection period. DOE estimated the combined impact of the two trends, and calculated that the average impact of the combined trends over a 30-year period results in a 2.8-percent increase in equipment energy use. DOE decided to not include the impact of these trends in the energy use analysis and LCC, as these issues were not discussed during the ASRAC negotiations, and so would present a deviation from the agreed-upon methodology. As the small increase would apply to all ELs, DOE determined that there is no impact to the decision criteria.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Comments</HD>
                    <P>
                        In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, the CA IOUs commented that DOE should update the weather data used in the energy use analysis to reflect the temperatures recorded in the U.S. in recent years. The CA IOUs recommend that DOE consider the methodology used by the California Energy Commission to update weather files to analyze the Title 24-2022 Building Energy Code. (CA IOUs, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0020 at p. 5) AHRI and Trane stated that the methodology used in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule is out of date. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 8; Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 9) AHRI and Carrier both recommended using the ASHRAE prototype buildings and the ASHRAE 205, “Standard Representation of Performance Simulation Data for HVAC&amp;R and Other Facility Equipment,” standardized equipment modeling approach, along with the Dodge data base, for weighting factors. AHRI and Carrier further suggested that the energy modeling should include real world static pressures for well-designed duct work, economizers, fan speed control, stages of capacity, energy recovery, supply air reset, and static pressure reset. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at pp. 8-9; Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at pp. 13-14) Carrier added that both heating and cooling should be modeled, as well as occupied and unoccupied operation. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>NEEA recommended that DOE account for part-load operation, staged systems, and varying percentages of outside air. (NEEA, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0024 at p. 9)</P>
                    <P>
                        In response, DOE reviewed its energy use analysis in light of these comments. To evaluate the adequacy of the TMY3 weather data, DOE downloaded hourly historical dry-bulb temperature data for the period 1998-2020, for the sixteen climate locations used in the TP and ECS analyses, from the National Renewable Energy Laboratory (“NREL”) Physical Solar Model (“PSM”) database, Version 3 (link 
                        <E T="03">https://developer.nrel.gov/docs/solar/nsrdb/</E>
                        ). DOE constructed histograms of the historical data (binned temperature distributions) and compared these to distributions created from the TMY3 weather data. As the focus of the ACUAC/HP Working Group was on cooling, DOE looked primarily at distributions of temperatures greater than or equal to 70 deg F. The data did not show any large discrepancies. Both the maximum temperatures and the percent of annual hours in the high temperature bins were comparable across all sites. DOE also calculated annual 65-degree based heating and cooling degree days (HDD and CDD) for the two datasets; CDD values calculated were 1680 for the TMY3 data and 1672 for the NREL-PSM data; HDD values calculated were 4635 for the TMY3 data and 4634 for the NREL-PSM data. DOE determined that the distribution of hourly temperatures in the TMY3 data are entirely consistent with the actual historical data for the last 20 years. In particular, CDD and HDD metrics, which are most highly correlated with cooling and heating loads, are almost identical between the two data sets. DOE presented these findings to the stakeholders, and did not make any adjustments to the energy use analysis on this basis.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In addition to the review of historical weather data requested by the stakeholders, as noted in section IV.E of this document, DOE also analyzed the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44089"/>
                        projections of CDD trends and commercial sector cooling load trends published in 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023.</E>
                         While this review was not requested by stakeholders, for completeness DOE evaluated any potential impacts these trends might have on energy use over the analysis period. DOE found that the combined effect of these two trends would be to increase lifetime energy consumption at the baseline by 2.8%; the same increase would occur at all higher ELs, hence, the impact on energy savings would also be 2.8%. A small increase in energy savings across all ELs cannot change the relative cost-effectiveness of the analyzed TSLs; and these issues were not actively discussed during the 2023 ECS Negotiations. Therefore, DOE decided not to make this adjustment in the DFR.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE used four building vintages, including the ASHRAE 90.1-2019 building prototypes, to account for variability in building stock characteristics in the population of buildings using ACUACs/ACUHPs. DOE reviewed and discussed methodologies for weighting the building simulation data with stakeholders during the 2023 ECS Negotiations (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0055 at pp. 26-30). The sales data (Dodge data) presented by stakeholders was from 2006 and may not represent the current market. Instead, DOE presented an alternative approach, based on 2018 CBECS data, 2019 Census data, and supplementary data from 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023,</E>
                         which was accepted by stakeholders. More detail on DOE's weighting approach is provided in section IV.E.2 of this document.
                    </P>
                    <P>During the ACUAC/HP Working Group TP negotiations, static pressures were extensively discussed, and stakeholders adopted new test procedure values more appropriate to real-world conditions. DOE used these values, with a 0.1 increment to account for economizer pressure drop, in this ECS analysis. DOE's engineering data and the methods DOE used to calculate energy use accounted for occupied and unoccupied hours, part-load operation, staged systems, economizer operation, fan speed control, and variable rates of outdoor air flow. As previously discussed, DOE did not conduct an energy use analysis specific to heating.</P>
                    <P>Furthermore, DOE reviewed its proposed methodology for the energy use analysis in the February 9, 2023 webinar (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0073 at pp. 18-19), the February 22-23, 2023 meeting (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0078 at p. 36), and the March 21-22, 2023 meeting (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0080 at pp. 21-29). In general, this methodology is consistent with that used to develop the weights in the IVEC metric as part of the test procedure negotiations, with scalars developed to match energy use to CBECS 2018. There were no objections to the energy use methodology as presented in ACUAC/HP Working Group meetings.</P>
                    <P>DOE also reviewed updates to its energy use analysis to account for conversion curbs in the April 24, 2023 slide deck (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0086 at p. 4) and based on discussion regarding installation costs related to conversion curbs at the March 22, 2023 meeting (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0091 at pp. 40-41, 47).</P>
                    <P>Chapter 7 of the direct final rule TSD provides further details on DOE's energy use analysis for ACUACs and ACUHPs.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis</HD>
                    <P>DOE conducted LCC and PBP analyses to evaluate the economic impacts on individual consumers of potential energy conservation standards for ACUACs. The effect of new or amended energy conservation standards on individual consumers usually involves a reduction in operating cost and an increase in purchase cost. DOE used the following two metrics to measure consumer impacts:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Life-cycle Cost (“LCC”)</E>
                         is the total consumer expense of an appliance or equipment over the life of that equipment, consisting of total installed cost (manufacturer selling price, distribution chain markups, sales tax, and installation costs) plus operating costs (expenses for energy use, maintenance, and repair). To compute the operating costs, DOE discounts future operating costs to the time of purchase and sums them over the lifetime of the equipment.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Payback Period (“PBP”)</E>
                         is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including installation) of more-efficient equipment through lower operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost at higher efficiency levels by the change in annual operating cost for the year that amended or new standards are assumed to take effect.
                    </P>
                    <P>For any given efficiency level, DOE measures the change in LCC relative to the LCC in the no-new-standards case, which reflects the estimated efficiency distribution of ACUACs in the absence of new or amended energy conservation standards. In contrast, the PBP for a given efficiency level is measured relative to the baseline equipment.</P>
                    <P>For each considered efficiency level in each equipment class, DOE calculated the LCC and PBP for a nationally representative set of commercial buildings. As stated previously, DOE developed building samples from the 2018 CBECS. For each sample building, DOE determined the energy consumption for the ACUACs and the appropriate energy price. By developing a representative sample of buildings, the analysis captured the variability in energy consumption and energy prices associated with the use of ACUACs.</P>
                    <P>Inputs to the LCC calculation include the installed cost to the commercial consumer, operating expenses, the lifetime of the equipment, and a discount rate. Inputs to the calculation of total installed cost include the cost of the equipment—which includes MPCs, manufacturer markups, retailer and distributor markups, and sales taxes (where appropriate)—and installation costs. Inputs to the calculation of operating expenses include annual energy consumption, energy prices and price projections, repair and maintenance costs, equipment lifetimes, and discount rates. Inputs to the payback period calculation include the installed cost to the consumer and first year operating expenses. DOE created distributions of values for equipment lifetime, and discount rates, with probabilities attached to each value, to account for their uncertainty and variability.</P>
                    <P>
                        The computer model DOE uses to calculate the LCC and PBP relies on a Monte Carlo simulation to incorporate uncertainty and variability into the analysis. The Monte Carlo simulations randomly sample input values from the probability distributions and ACUAC user samples. For this rulemaking, the Monte Carlo approach is implemented in the Python programming language. The model calculated the LCC for equipment at each efficiency level for 10,000 buildings per simulation run. The analytical results include a distribution of 10,000 data points showing the range of LCC savings for a given efficiency level relative to the no-new-standards case efficiency distribution. In performing an iteration of the Monte Carlo simulation for a given commercial consumer, equipment efficiency is chosen based on its probability. If the chosen equipment efficiency is greater than or equal to the efficiency of the standard level under consideration, the LCC calculation reveals that a consumer is not impacted by the standard level. By accounting for consumers who already purchase more-efficient equipment, DOE avoids 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44090"/>
                        overstating the potential benefits from increasing equipment efficiency. DOE calculated the LCC for consumers of ACUACs as if each were to purchase new equipment in the first year of required compliance with new or amended standards. Amended standards apply to ACUACs manufactured after a date that is the later of the date that is three years after publication of any final rule establishing an amended standard or the date that is six years after the effective date of the current standard. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)(iv)) In this case, the latter date prevails; therefore, DOE used 2029 as the first year of compliance with any amended standards for ACUACs.
                    </P>
                    <P>Table IV.11 summarizes the approach and data DOE used to derive inputs to the LCC and PBP calculations. The subsections that follow provide further discussion. Details of the computer model, and of all the inputs to the LCC and PBP analyses, are contained in chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD and its appendices.  </P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="326">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.090</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>DOE reviewed the various LCC inputs at the February 9, 2023 webinar (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0073 at pp. 25-35) and the March 21-22, 2023 meeting (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0080 at pp. 35-47). The only significant stakeholder discussion involved lifetimes and installation, repair, and maintenance costs. These comments are discussed in more detail in their respective following sections.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Equipment Cost</HD>
                    <P>To calculate equipment costs, DOE multiplied the MPCs developed in the engineering analysis by the markups described previously (along with sales taxes). DOE used different markups for baseline equipment and higher-efficiency equipment, because DOE applies an incremental markup to the increase in MSP associated with higher-efficiency equipment. For ACUACs, DOE reviewed historical producer price index (“PPI”) data for “unitary air-conditioners, except heat pumps” spanning 1978 to 2022, but did not find a discernable long-term trend. As a result, DOE applied constant price trends to project the equipment cost to the year of compliance.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Installation Cost</HD>
                    <P>
                        The installation cost is the expense to the commercial consumer of installing the ACUAC, in addition to the price of the unit itself. Installation cost includes labor, overhead, and any miscellaneous materials and parts needed to install the equipment. DOE used data from the January 2016 Direct Final Rule to estimate the baseline installation costs for ACUACs, and scaled these values to the current year based on data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (“BLS”) 
                        <SU>40</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         for materials and labor costs, at yearly rates of 1.95 percent and 2.62 percent, respectively. DOE assumed installation costs are proportional to the equipment weight, as associated with each efficiency level.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>40</SU>
                             Bureau of Labor Statistics data (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.bls.gov/data/</E>
                            ) (last accessed Sept. 9, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE reviewed updates to its installation cost analysis to account for conversion curbs that may be required in some cases to accommodate equipment designs with large footprints in the April 24, 2023 slide deck (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0086 at p. 4), based on discussion at the March 22, 2023 meeting (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0091 at pp. 20-21, 40-41, 47). The approach to determining the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44091"/>
                        applicability of conversion curbs in each installation is consistent with that in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. It generally results in an increased likelihood of consumers encountering conversion curb costs as efficiency levels increase relative to the baseline equipment.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE did not account for any electric panel upgrades in this rule, because DOE did not model product switching from ACUAC-furnace to ACUHP installations in this rulemaking, as discussed in section IV.G.4.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Annual Energy Consumption</HD>
                    <P>For each sampled building, DOE determined the energy consumption for an ACUAC at different efficiency levels using the approach described previously in section IV.E of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Energy Prices</HD>
                    <P>Because marginal electricity price more accurately captures the incremental savings associated with a change in energy use from higher efficiency, it provides a better representation of incremental change in consumer costs than average electricity prices. Therefore, DOE applied average electricity prices for the energy use of the equipment purchased in the no-new-standards case, and marginal electricity prices for the incremental change in energy use associated with the other efficiency levels considered.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE derived electricity prices in 2022 using data from EEI Typical Bills and Average Rates reports. Based upon comprehensive, industry-wide surveys, this semi-annual report presents typical monthly electric bills and average kilowatt-hour costs to the customer as charged by investor-owned utilities. For the commercial sector, DOE calculated electricity prices using the methodology described in Coughlin and Beraki (2019).
                        <SU>41</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>41</SU>
                             Coughlin, K. and B. Beraki (2019), Non-residential Electricity Prices: A Review of Data Sources and Estimation Methods. Lawrence Berkeley National Lab. Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL-2001203. (available at: 
                            <E T="03">ees.lbl.gov/publications/non-residential-electricity-prices</E>
                            ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>DOE's methodology allows electricity prices to vary by sector, region, and season. In the analysis, variability in electricity prices is chosen to be consistent with the way the consumer economic and energy use characteristics are defined in the LCC analysis. For ACUACs, DOE developed annual unit energy consumption values (UECs) by Census Division for each equipment class and efficiency level for the summer (May to September) and winter (October to April) seasons.</P>
                    <P>The average summer and winter electricity prices were used to measure the baseline energy cost. The summer and winter marginal prices, using a marginal load factor of 0.4, were used to measure the operating cost savings from higher-efficiency ACUACs.</P>
                    <P>EEI non-residential electricity prices are separated into three rate categories based on annual peak demand: (1) small commercial; (2) large commercial, and (3) industrial. The demand limits for small commercial, large commercial, and industrial are up to 100 kW, 100-1000 kW, and larger than 1000 kW, respectively. CBECS billing data, which includes monthly demand information, were used to calculate the total square footage assigned to each category based on annual peak demand, as a function of building type. For each building in the CBECS billing data, DOE mapped the building to a rate category based on the annual peak demand, and to a building type based on the CBECS Principal Building Activity. DOE calculated the total floor space associated with each building type and rate category, and used this to define, for each building type, a relative weight for each rate category. DOE then calculated a weighted-average (across rate categories) value of the average and marginal electricity price. DOE calculated the weighted-average for all Census Divisions, assuming the rate category weights do not depend on Census Division.</P>
                    <P>See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for further details.</P>
                    <P>
                        To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the 2022 energy prices by the projection of annual average price changes for each of the nine Census Divisions from the Reference case in 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023,</E>
                         which has an end year of 2050.
                        <SU>42</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To estimate price trends after 2050, DOE kept the energy price constant at the 2050 value.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>42</SU>
                             EIA, 
                            <E T="03">Annual Energy Outlook 2023</E>
                             (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/</E>
                            ) (last accessed Oct. 1, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Maintenance and Repair Costs</HD>
                    <P>Repair costs are associated with repairing or replacing equipment components that have failed in an appliance; maintenance costs are associated with maintaining the operation of the equipment. Typically, small incremental increases in equipment efficiency entail no, or only minor, changes in maintenance costs compared to baseline efficiency equipment. Therefore, DOE assumed no change in maintenance cost with efficiency level.</P>
                    <P>For repair costs, DOE used data from the January 2016 Direct Final Rule to estimate the baseline repair costs for ACUACs, and scaled these values to the current year based on data from the BLS for materials and labor costs, at yearly rates of 1.95 percent and 2.62 percent, respectively. DOE assumed repair costs are proportional to the equipment's manufacturer selling price, as associated with each efficiency level. The approach to determining the frequency of equipment repair is consistent with that in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, and it includes non-compressor repairs conducted in the seventh year, for all consumers.</P>
                    <P>In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, AHRI stated that the costs used in previous analyses do not reflect actual repair and maintenance costs and that typical maintenance costs are double the values in RS Means. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 10) In contrast, Trane stated that the methodology used in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule is adequate, although an update to a more recent version of RS Means is appropriate. (Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 10) Trane and Goodman stated that repair and maintenance costs will rise for products using low-GWP refrigerants. (Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 10; Goodman, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0017 at p. 4)</P>
                    <P>As stated previously, DOE reviewed the various LCC inputs at the February 9, 2023 webinar (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0073 at pp. 25-35) and the March 21-22, 2023 meeting (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0080 at pp. 35-47). At the March 22, 2023 ACUAC/HP Working Group meeting, AHRI and Daikin stated that the maintenance costs were too low. (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0091 at pp. 21, 38-39) In the April 24, 2023 slide deck, DOE confirmed that the maintenance and repair cost numbers were based on negotiated inputs from the previous rulemaking, adjusted for inflation. (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0086 at p. 3)</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to AHRI, DOE notes that because maintenance costs do not change with efficiency level, they have no impact on the LCC results. In response to Trane, DOE notes that it did not update to a more recent version of RS Means due to additional adjustments made to repair and maintenance costs during the 2016 rulemaking, but it did update the 2016 costs by using the BLS scalars previously discussed. In response to Trane and Goodman, DOE has no data with respect to the impact of low-GWP refrigerants on repair and maintenance costs. This issue was not discussed during the 2023 ECS 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44092"/>
                        Negotiations. Furthermore, low-GWP refrigerants would be used at all efficiency levels in the analysis including the no-new-standards case, so any impacts would be independent of the amended standards.
                    </P>
                    <P>Consequently, DOE continues to use the repair and maintenance costs as discussed during the ACUAC/HP Working Group meetings.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. Equipment Lifetime</HD>
                    <P>Equipment lifetime is the age at which a unit of covered equipment is retired from service. For the LCC and PBP analysis, DOE develops a distribution of lifetimes to reflect variability in equipment lifetimes in the field.</P>
                    <P>For small and large ACUAC equipment, DOE used the same lifetime as in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule, which had been developed based on a Weibull distribution. DOE assumed a mean lifetime of 21 years for small equipment classes, and a mean lifetime of 23 years for large equipment classes. For very large equipment classes, DOE created a new distribution with an assumed mean lifetime of 30 years, based on stakeholders' feedback during the 2023 ECS Negotiations. The maximum lifetimes were assumed to be 40 years for the small and large equipment classes and 60 years for the very large equipment classes.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, AHRI disagreed with the Weibull approach to lifetimes and stated that service lifetimes are in the range of 12 to 15 years. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 10) In contrast, Trane stated that the Weibull approach is appropriate and that equipment lifetime should be the same as in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule. (Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 10) Carrier stated that the lifetimes determined by the proposed approach seem reasonable. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 14) AHRI and Carrier both stated that location is an important determinant of lifetime (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         reduced lifetimes for units with more runtime hours or for units in coastal areas due to interactions with salt air). (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p.10; Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 14)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        At the March 22, 2023 ACUAC/HP Working Group meeting, there was discussion regarding whether the proposed lifetime as presented was really consistent with the previous rulemaking, as well as a suggestion that the average life of a 30-ton unit would be much shorter than 34 years. (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0091 at pp. 18, 20, 36-38) In the April 24, 2023 slide deck, DOE confirmed that the lifetimes were consistent with those negotiated in the previous rulemaking. (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0086 at p. 3) DOE noted that shipments modeling indicates that a much shorter lifetime, such as a 20-year lifetime, would result in approximately 50% more shipments than demonstrated in the AHRI data. Given that the CUAC market is saturated (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         market penetrations are not increasing), about 95% of shipments are for the replacement market. On an average basis, the number of replacements that ship each year is equal to the total installed stock divided by the average lifetime. The total installed stock is an independently observed variable (for example, through CBECS surveys) and therefore cannot change when assumptions about the inputs to the shipments model are varied. This means that, if the equipment lifetime is decreased by a factor of 
                        <FR>2/3</FR>
                        , then the total shipments must increase by a factor of 
                        <FR>3/2</FR>
                         (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         by 50%), to ensure that the installed stock remains constant. Similarly, if AHRI shipments are (for example) underestimated by 10%, then a roughly 10% reduction in mean lifetime would be needed to ensure the model results alight with the observed installed stock. Given the possibility of some uncertainty in AHRI shipments, and in response to ACUAC/HP Working Group discussions, DOE reduced the lifetime for very large equipment by approximately 10%, from 34 to 30 years. To provide further information on the importance of the assumed lifetimes for the LCC analysis, DOE also conducted a sensitivity analysis based on a 20-year lifetime. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) The sensitivity analysis showed that consumers were only marginally but not significantly worse off under a 20-year timeline, as relatively heavy discounting in the later years of a unit's lifetime limits any impact. For example, for the very large equipment class at EL 1, under the 20-year scenario, the percent of consumers with net cost increased from 20 to 21% and the LCC savings decreased from $2053 to $1671. (
                        <E T="03">Id</E>
                         at p. 14)
                    </P>
                    <P>In this DFR, DOE continues to use lifetimes with a mean of 21, 23, and 30 years for the small, large, and very large equipment classes, respectively, as discussed in the April 24, 2023 slide deck. DOE is not including additional results for the 20-year-lifetime sensitivity in this direct final rule, but such results can be found in chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD. In response to AHRI and Carrier, DOE does not assign lifetime based on location, but the distribution includes variability that addresses this issue.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">7. Discount Rates</HD>
                    <P>In the calculation of LCC, DOE applies discount rates appropriate to commercial buildings to estimate the present value of future operating cost savings. The discount rate used in the LCC analysis represents the rate from an individual consumer's perspective. DOE estimated a distribution of discount rates for ACUACs based on commercial consumer financing costs and the cost of capital for commercial applications.</P>
                    <P>
                        For developing discount rates by commercial building type, DOE used the cost of capital to estimate the present value of cash flows to be derived from a typical company project or investment. Most companies use both debt and equity capital to fund investments, so the cost of capital is the weighted-average cost to the firm of equity and debt financing. This corporate finance approach is referred to as the weighted-average cost of capital. DOE used currently available economic data in developing commercial discount rates, with Damodaran Online being the primary data source.
                        <SU>43</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The average discount rate across the commercial building types is 6.04 percent.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>43</SU>
                             Damodaran, A. 
                            <E T="03">Data Page: Historical Returns on Stocks, Bonds and Bills-United States.</E>
                             2021. 
                            <E T="03">pages.stern.nyu.edu/~adamodar/</E>
                             (last accessed April 26, 2022).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>See chapter 8 of the final rule TSD for further details on the development of discount rates.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case</HD>
                    <P>
                        To accurately estimate the share of consumers that would be affected by a potential energy conservation standard at a particular efficiency level, DOE's LCC analysis considered the projected distribution (market shares) of equipment efficiencies under the no-new-standards case (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the case without amended or new energy conservation standards).
                    </P>
                    <P>In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, AHRI, Carrier, and Trane all commented that they expect the majority of shipments to remain close to the Federal minimum standard level after 2023. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 11; Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 15; Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 11) PGE stated that ACUACs purchased by customers are often chosen with the minimum required efficiency ratings. (PGE, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0009 at p. 2)</P>
                    <P>
                        In a presentation at an ACUAC/HP Working Group meeting, industry noted that approximately 65 percent of shipments are at baseline efficiency. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44093"/>
                        (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0081 at p. 5) AHRI subsequently provided confidential data to a DOE contractor regarding shipments of ACUACs and ACUHPs by IEER. The data submitted by AHRI were gathered for 2018-2022; in these data, the market share of equipment with IEER above the 2023 standard is around 10-20 percent. This estimate is approximate, as the IEER bin boundaries in the provided data do not align exactly with either the 2018 or 2023 energy conservation standard levels. Under the 2023 standard, it is expected that a significant fraction of shipments will roll-up to the 2023 minimum, but possibly not the full 80-90% shown in the data; some fraction of shipments may shift to levels above the minimum.
                    </P>
                    <P>To estimate the energy efficiency distribution of ACUACs for 2029, DOE also reviewed information from the 2015 ASRAC Working Group, combined with information presented during the negotiations on the relationship between the existing metric, IEER, and the new metric, IVEC. The 2015 ASRAC Working Group analysis used data submitted by AHRI to develop separate base-case efficiency distributions for the Small, Large, and Very Large equipment classes. That analysis separated equipment types into constant air volume (“CAV”) and VAV installations, with lower efficiency levels corresponding to CAV (fixed fan speed) designs. In the analysis presented here, DOE's engineering analysis considered only staged or variable-speed designs because its review of models available on the market after the January 1, 2023 compliance date of current standards and confidential discussions with manufacturers indicated that almost all models on the market today offer staged or variable-speed indoor fan designs and very few models, if any, offer single-speed indoor fan designs, even at EL0, implying that going forward, all installations will use some type of VAV equipment. The 2015 ASRAC Working Group base-case efficiency distribution for VAV equipment indicated approximately 15-percent market share for IEER values above the 2023 standard. This estimate is consistent with the confidential data provided by AHRI for the years 2018-2022.</P>
                    <P>To map the IEER levels to the new IVEC metric, DOE considered information presented during the 2023 ECS Negotiation meetings, specifically scatterplots of IEER vs. IVEC. These scatter plots show a fairly broad range of IVEC for a given band of IEER. For example, for Small ACUACs, for IEER approximately equal to 14.8 (the current standard), the range of plotted IVEC is 10-14. Hence, it seems reasonable to assume that when the market transitions to the new IVEC metric, designs that cluster near a single value of IEER would cover a range of IVEC, and some would, therefore, fall into higher efficiency levels as defined by the IVEC metric. For this reason, DOE assumed 70 percent of equipment at baseline and distributed 30 percent of equipment to higher IVEC-based ELs. For ELs in this direct final rule analysis that did not exist in the 2015 ASRAC analysis, DOE assumed zero market share in the base case.</P>
                    <P>The estimated market shares for the no-new-standards case for are shown in Table IV.12. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for further information on the derivation of the efficiency distributions.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="188">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.091</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>DOE notes that the market shares in Table IV.12 are based on shipments data, as described in the preceding paragraphs. DOE also reviewed model counts in the industry-provided dataset and observed models at ELs shown in this table as having zero shipments. It is common for there to be significantly more models (as a percentage of the total) than shipments at higher efficiency levels; there tend to be more shipments per model at lower efficiency levels. However, DOE acknowledges that there are likely to be non-zero shipments at higher ELs where there are models available. Therefore, DOE has performed a sensitivity analysis for small CUACs that distributes the 30% market share above baseline to the first four ELs (7.5% each) rather than 10% each at the first three ELs, as shown in the table. The results of this sensitivity can be found in Chapter 10 of the TSD.</P>
                    <P>The LCC Monte Carlo simulations draw from the efficiency distributions and randomly assign an efficiency to the ACUACs purchased by each sample building in the no-new-standards case. The resulting percentage shares within the sample match the market shares in the efficiency distributions.</P>
                    <P>
                        While DOE expects economic factors to play a role when consumers, commercial building owners, or builders decide on what type of ACUAC to install, assignment of equipment efficiency for a given installation based solely on economic measures such as life-cycle cost or simple payback period, would not accurately reflect most real-world installations. There are a number of market failures discussed in the economics literature that illustrate how purchasing decisions with respect to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44094"/>
                        energy efficiency are unlikely to be perfectly correlated with energy use, as described subsequently. DOE finds that the method of assignment, which is in part random, simulates behavior in the ACUAC market, where market failures result in purchasing decisions not being perfectly aligned with economic interests. DOE further emphasizes that its approach does not assume that all purchasers of ACUACs make economically irrational decisions (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the lack of a correlation is not the same as a negative correlation). As part of the random assignment, some buildings with large cooling loads will be assigned higher-efficiency ACUACs, and some buildings with particularly low cooling loads will be assigned baseline ACUACs, which aligns with the available data.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The following discussion provides more detail about the various market failures that affect ACUAC purchases. First, a recognized problem in commercial settings is the split incentive problem, where the building owner (or building developer) selects the equipment, and the tenant (or subsequent building owner) pays for energy costs.
                        <E T="51">44 45</E>
                        <FTREF/>
                         There are other similarly misaligned incentives embedded in the organizational structure within a given firm or business that can impact the choice of an ACUAC. For example, if one department or individual within an organization is responsible for capital expenditures (and therefore equipment selection) while a separate department or individual is responsible for paying the energy bills, a market failure similar to the split-incentive problem can result.
                        <SU>46</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Additionally, managers may have other responsibilities and often have other incentives besides operating cost minimization, such as satisfying shareholder expectations, which can sometimes be focused on short-term returns.
                        <SU>47</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Decision-making related to commercial buildings is highly complex and involves gathering information from and for a variety of different market actors. It is common to see conflicting goals across various actors within the same organization, as well as information asymmetries between market actors in the energy efficiency context in commercial building construction.
                        <SU>48</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>44</SU>
                             Vernon, D., and Meier, A. (2012). “Identification and quantification of principal-agent problems affecting energy efficiency investments and use decisions in the trucking industry,” 
                            <E T="03">Energy Policy,</E>
                             49, 266-273.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            <SU>45</SU>
                             Blum, H. and Sathaye, J. (2010). “Quantitative Analysis of the Principal-Agent Problem in Commercial Buildings in the U.S.: Focus on Central Space Heating and Cooling,” Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, LBNL-3557E (available at: 
                            <E T="03">escholarship.org/uc/item/6p1525mg</E>
                            ) (last accessed March 14, 2024).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>46</SU>
                             Prindle, B., Sathaye, J., Murtishaw, S., Crossley, D., Watt, G., Hughes, J., and de Visser, E. (2007). “Quantifying the effects of market failures in the end-use of energy,” Final Draft Report Prepared for International Energy Agency (available from International Energy Agency, Head of Publications Service, 9 rue de la Federation, 75739 Paris, Cedex 15 France).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>47</SU>
                             Bushee, B.J. (1998). “The influence of institutional investors on myopic R&amp;D investment behavior,” 
                            <E T="03">Accounting Review,</E>
                             305-333. DeCanio, S.J. (1993). “Barriers Within Firms to Energy Efficient Investments,” 
                            <E T="03">Energy Policy,</E>
                             21(9), 906-914 (explaining the connection between short-termism and underinvestment in energy efficiency).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>48</SU>
                             International Energy Agency (IEA) (2007). Mind the Gap: Quantifying Principal-Agent Problems in Energy Efficiency. OECD Pub. (available at 
                            <E T="03">www.iea.org/reports/mind-the-gap</E>
                            ) (last accessed March 14, 2024).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The arguments for the existence of market failures in the commercial and industrial sectors are corroborated by empirical evidence. One study in particular showed evidence of substantial gains in energy efficiency that could have been achieved without negative repercussions on profitability, but the investments had not been undertaken by firms.
                        <SU>49</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The study found that multiple organizational and institutional factors caused firms to require shorter payback periods and higher returns than the cost of capital for alternative investments of similar risk. Another study demonstrated similar results with firms requiring very short payback periods of 1-2 years in order to adopt energy-saving projects, implying hurdle rates of 50 to 100 percent, despite the potential economic benefits.
                        <SU>50</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>49</SU>
                             DeCanio, S.J. (1998). “The Efficiency Paradox: Bureaucratic and Organizational Barriers to Profitable Energy-Saving Investments,” 
                            <E T="03">Energy Policy,</E>
                             26(5), 441-454.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>50</SU>
                             Andersen, S.T., and Newell, R.G. (2004). “Information programs for technology adoption: the case of energy-efficiency audits,” 
                            <E T="03">Resource and Energy Economics,</E>
                             26, 27-50.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>If DOE developed an efficiency distribution that assigned ACUAC efficiency in the no-new-standards case solely according to energy use or economic considerations such as life-cycle cost or payback period, the resulting distribution of efficiencies within the consumer sample would not reflect any of the market failures above. Thus, DOE concludes such a distribution would not be representative of the ACUAC market.</P>
                    <P>
                        The use of random assignment is not an assertion of economic irrationality, but instead, it is a methodological approximation of complex consumer behavior. The analysis is neither biased toward high or low energy savings. The methodology does not preferentially assign lower-efficiency ACUACs to buildings in the no-new-standards case where savings from the rule would be greatest, nor does it preferentially assign lower-efficiency ACUACs to buildings in the no-new-standards case where savings from the rule would be smallest. Some consumers were assigned the ACUACs that they would have chosen if they had engaged in perfect economic considerations when purchasing the products. Others were assigned less-efficient ACUACs even where a more-efficient product would eventually result in life-cycle savings, simulating scenarios where, for example, various market failures prevent consumers from realizing those savings. Still others were assigned ACUACs that were 
                        <E T="03">more</E>
                         efficient than one would expect simply from life-cycle costs analysis, reflecting, say, “green” behavior, whereby consumers ascribe independent value to minimizing harm to the environment.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">9. Payback Period Analysis</HD>
                    <P>The payback period is the amount of time (expressed in years) it takes the consumer to recover the additional installed cost of more-efficient equipment, compared to baseline equipment, through energy cost savings. Payback periods that exceed the life of the equipment mean that the increased total installed cost is not recovered in reduced operating expenses.</P>
                    <P>The inputs to the PBP calculation for each efficiency level are the change in total installed cost of the equipment and the change in the first-year annual operating expenditures relative to the baseline. DOE refers to this as a “simple PBP” because it does not consider changes over time in operating cost savings. The PBP calculation uses the same inputs as the LCC analysis when deriving first-year operating costs, except that discount rates are not needed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Shipments Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE uses projections of annual equipment shipments to calculate the national impacts of potential amended or new energy conservation standards on energy use, NPV, and future manufacturer cash flows.
                        <SU>51</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The shipments model takes an accounting approach, tracking market shares of each equipment class and the vintage of units in the stock. Stock accounting uses equipment shipments as inputs to estimate the age distribution of in-service equipment stocks for all years. The age distribution of in-service equipment stocks is a key input to calculations of both the NES and NPV, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44095"/>
                        because operating costs for any year depend on the age distribution of the stock.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>51</SU>
                             DOE uses data on manufacturer shipments as a proxy for national sales, as aggregate data on sales are lacking. In general, one would expect a close correspondence between shipments and sales.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For the current analysis, DOE assumed that any new energy conservation standards for ACUAC and ACUHP would require compliance in 2029. Thus, all units purchased starting in 2029 are affected by the standard level. DOE's analysis considered shipments over a 30-year period, in this case from 2029 through 2058.</P>
                    <P>To project annual shipments over the analysis period, DOE used key drivers, including floor space forecasts, saturations, and product lifetimes, to project shipments of small, large, and very large air-cooled ACUAC and ACUHP in each market segment, which are then aggregated to estimate total shipments. DOE considered two market segments: (1) shipments to new construction, (2) shipments to existing buildings for replacement.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. New Shipments</HD>
                    <P>Shipments to new buildings are driven by market saturations (number of units per square foot) and new floor space constructed in each year. DOE assumed that the market saturations for each equipment type of ACUAC and ACUHP stay constant over the analysis period. Table IV.13 shows the saturation for each equipment class:</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="75">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.092</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        DOE obtained the new floor space projections from the 
                        <E T="03">Annual Energy Outlook 2023</E>
                         (
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023</E>
                        ) 
                        <SU>52</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         reference case for the commercial sector.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>52</SU>
                             EIA, 
                            <E T="03">Annual Energy Outlook 2023</E>
                             (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/</E>
                            ) (last accessed Oct. 1, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Replacement Shipments</HD>
                    <P>Shipments to existing buildings for replacement are calculated using an accounting framework involving initial shipments and a retirement function. The shipments model is initialized in the present year (2023) with a distribution by vintage for ages up to the maximum lifetime, in this case 60 years. The vintage distribution is obtained from the 2015 rulemaking which is calibrated by the AHRI shipments in 2013. Specifically, the shipments total in 2013 is set equal to the AHRI total in the same year. While AHRI data were available up to 2022, market conditions have led to an irregular shipments pattern. In order to smooth the projection, DOE calibrated to 2013 and used model projections for the period up to 2022. Numerically, the quantity that impacts the NES and NPV calculation is cumulative shipments; DOE confirmed that the difference between cumulative shipments for the model projection vs. AHRI historic data is 1 percent or less. The retirement function is based on a failure probability distribution consistent with LCC calculations described in section IV.F.6 of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Stock Calculation</HD>
                    <P>The number units in the existing stock in each year is equal to the sum of total units shipped the same year and the stock in the previous year, with the retired units of the same year removed. The number of 0-year-old units is equal to the number of total units purchased in the same year. As the year is incremented from y − 1 to y, a fraction of the stock is removed; that fraction is determined by survival probability, which uses shipments lifetimes, as discussed in previous section.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Comments</HD>
                    <P>In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, AHRI, Carrier, Goodman, and Trane all commented that historical shipments would not accurately portray the market for ACUACs and ACUHPs, as the impacts of COVID-19 on the HVAC industry are not yet known. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 11; Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 16; Goodman, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0017 at p. 4; Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at p. 11) AHRI also commented that computer room air conditioner shipments were likely included as ACUAC and ACUHP shipments in the previous rulemaking and that those shipments should be removed in any future shipments analysis for ACUAC and ACUHP. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 11)</P>
                    <P>Carrier commented that the higher cost of higher-efficiency equipment will lead more customers to repair rather than replace, although the company does not anticipate a change in failure rates or equipment lifetimes. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at p. 15)</P>
                    <P>PGE stated that the current marketplace split between ACUACs and ACUHPs is estimated at 85 percent to 15 percent. (PGE, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0009 at p. 2) In response to the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI, the CA IOUs stated that while CUHPs are still a small fraction of the market, they expected that CUHPs will play an important role in non-residential space heating electrification efforts in the coming decades. The CA IOUs added that the Consortium for Energy Efficiency's 2019 overview of CUAC/HP programs indicate that States in ASHRAE climate zones two to five are incentivizing electric-only CUHPs. (CA IOUs, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0012 at pp. 4-5) In a presentation at an ACUAC/HP Working Group meeting, industry noted that approximately 10 percent of shipments are heat pumps. (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0081 at p. 6)</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE reviewed its shipments methodology presented at the February 9, 2023 webinar (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0073 at pp. 37-43), the February 22-23, 2023 ACUAC/HP Working Group meeting ((EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0078 at p. 38-40), and the March 21-22, 2023 ACUAC/HP Working Group meeting (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0080 at pp. 49-54). While DOE acknowledges that the impact of COVID-19 on the HVAC industry were unknown at the time that stakeholders submitted comments on the May 2020 ECS RFI, it is DOE practice to use projections of economic and demographic data from the 
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                         as inputs to the DOE shipments and NIA models. These projections account, to the extent possible, for near-term economic impacts and long-term expectations. By the time of publication of this direct final rule, COVID-19-related supply chain issues have largely resolved, so DOE expects that 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023</E>
                         continues to provide the best available 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44096"/>
                        source to gauge future shipments of ACUACs and ACUHPs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, DOE reviewed publicly-available data from the AHRI website and notes that, while the market share of heat pumps aggregated across all size classes is increasing, this increase is dominated by the residential size classes (below 60,000 Btu/hr). DOE recommended that the ACUAC/HP Working Group base its analysis on an assumption that 10-percent of Small unitary product shipments are heat pumps rather than air conditioning only products, and 5-percent of Large and Very Large product shipments are heat pumps, to which the ACUAC/HP Working Group did not disagree. DOE examined 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023</E>
                         projections of the market share split between air conditioners and heat pumps and noted that, while there is a significant trend of increasing market share for residential heat pumps, the trend in the commercial sector is much weaker, with less than a 2-percent shift from rooftop AC to HP over 30 years. Furthermore, DOE does not expect that the marginal differences in standard level between ACUACs with all other types of heat and ACUHPs, as discussed in sections III.A and IV.C.2.a, are large enough to cause any significant difference in commercial consumer purchasing decisions. Hence, DOE held the ACUHP market shares constant over the analysis period and did not model any shift from ACUAC-furnace installations to ACUHP installations in either the base case or the standards cases.
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding AHRI's comment that computer room air conditioner shipments may have been included historically, DOE notes that this is not clear as computer room air conditioners were added to the scope of ASHRAE Standard 90.1 rather than being carved out of existing ACUAC equipment classes. If any computer room air conditioner shipments were included, DOE expects it would represent a small fraction of total shipments and have limited effects on the analysis. In addition, this concern was not brought up in the context of any ASHRAE Working Group discussions regarding shipments, suggesting that it is not likely a significant issue. For these reasons, DOE has not adjusted total shipments to account for computer room air conditioners.</P>
                    <P>
                        With regard to the repair 
                        <E T="03">vs.</E>
                         replace decision, DOE noted during the 2023 ECS Negotiations that, while this issue had been discussed extensively in the 2015 ASRAC negotiations, the impact of this model feature on the policy decision is minimal. Quantitatively, the impact of repairing rather than replacing some fraction of the stock is just to delay the time at which the equipment is replaced; as the lifetime energy use of the equipment is counted in the NES, a delay in the time of replacement has a limited impact on the NES metric. It is also important to note that DOE used the equipment economic lifetime in its analyses (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the time to replacement). It is possible, and even likely, that this observed economic lifetime includes the effect of life-extending equipment repairs in the no-new-standards case. In modeling terms, the question is: which consumers who would have replaced the unit in the no-new-standards case would instead repair it in the standards case? This decision is driven by the difference between the cost of repairing an existing unit, and the incremental cost of a new, more efficient unit. DOE estimated the cost of repair, as discussed in section IV.F.5 of this document, and compared this to the increase in total installed cost (“TIC”) at higher standard levels. Based on this comparison, the increase in units being repaired vs. replaced would be negligible except at max-tech levels, and in this direct final rule, DOE is not adopting max-tech levels.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. National Impact Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The NIA assesses the NES and the NPV from a national perspective of total consumer costs and savings that would be expected to result from new or amended standards at specific efficiency levels.
                        <SU>53</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (“Consumer” in this context refers to consumers of the equipment being regulated.) DOE calculates the NES and NPV for the potential standard levels considered based on projections of annual equipment shipments, along with the annual energy consumption and total installed cost data from the energy use and LCC analyses.
                        <SU>54</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For the present analysis, DOE projected the energy savings, operating cost savings, equipment costs, and NPV of consumer benefits over the lifetime of ACUACs and ACUHPs sold from 2029 through 2058.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>53</SU>
                             The NIA accounts for impacts in the 50 states and U.S. territories.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>54</SU>
                             For the NIA, DOE adjusts the installed cost data from the LCC analysis to exclude sales tax, which is a transfer.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE evaluates the impacts of new or amended standards by comparing a case without such standards with standards-case projections. The no-new-standards case characterizes energy use and consumer costs for each equipment class in the absence of new or amended energy conservation standards. For this projection, DOE considers historical trends in efficiency and various forces that are likely to affect the mix of efficiencies over time. DOE compares the no-new-standards case with projections characterizing the market for each equipment class if DOE adopted new or amended standards at specific energy efficiency levels (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the TSLs or standards cases) for that class. For the standards cases, DOE considers how a given standard would likely affect the market shares of equipment with efficiencies greater than the standard.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE uses a computer model to calculate the energy savings and the national consumer costs and savings from each TSL. Interested parties can review DOE's analyses by changing various input quantities within the spreadsheet. The NIA computer model uses typical values (as opposed to probability distributions) as inputs.</P>
                    <P>Table IV.14 summarizes the inputs and methods DOE used for the NIA analysis for the direct final rule. Discussion of these inputs and methods follows the table. See chapter 10 of the direct final rule TSD for further details.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="330">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44097"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.093</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>DOE discussed its NIA methodology at the February 9, 2023 webinar (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0073 at pp. 44-48) and the March 21-22, 2023 ACUAC/HP Working Group meeting (EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0080 at pp. 55-62). There was not any discussion on the NIA methodology during these meetings.</P>
                    <P>As discussed in section IV.C.3 of this document, DOE did not conduct an LCC analysis for ACUHPs. The energy use analysis calculated the cooling and ventilation energy use for ACUACs and is also representative of the cooling and ventilation energy use for ACUHPs, but the energy use analysis did not calculate the energy use for the heating end-use for ACUHPs. Instead, the data that are output from the LCC for input to the NIA were adjusted to include the heating energy use, operating cost, and related savings for ACUHPs. The NIA also accounted for slightly higher MSPs for ACUHPs, as described in section IV.C, Engineering Analysis, of this document. DOE used the higher MSP for ACUHPs provided by the engineering analysis, but the Department assumed the same installation costs when estimating the total installed cost for ACUHPs.</P>
                    <P>When considering ACUHPs, DOE made two adjustments to the EL0 LCC sample-averaged output:</P>
                    <P>• DOE defined a heating energy adder for ACUHPs, based on CBECS 2018. The CBECS includes estimates of cooling, ventilation, and heating energy use for packaged heat pumps. For those buildings using heat pumps for heating, DOE calculated the ratio of energy use for heating, cooling, and ventilation to the energy use for cooling and ventilation only. This ratio is 1.22, which means that for every kwh of cooling and ventilation energy use, on average, ACUHPs would use an additional 0.22 kwh for heating. DOE assumed that this ratio is constant across equipment classes, and added the heating energy use to the sample-average energy use output by the LCC to define total annual energy use.</P>
                    <P>• DOE calculated a sample-average energy price for each equipment class as the ratio of sample-average annual operating cost to the sample-average annual energy consumption for cooling and ventilation. DOE applied this average price to the heating energy use to estimate the total annual operating cost for ACUHPs.</P>
                    <P>At higher ELs, DOE estimated the heating energy use as the EL0 value multiplied by the ratio of IVHE at the considered EL (IVHE increases with higher efficiency). DOE added this modified heating energy use to the cooling and ventilation energy use output by the LCC to get the total energy use for ACUHPs at each EL. DOE applied the LCC sample-average energy price to calculate the total operating cost for ACUHPs at each EL.</P>
                    <P>These summary data, accounting for all energy use and costs for both ACUACs and ACUHPs, were then input to the NIA calculation.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, PGE stated that ACUHPs have significant advantages for customers over ACUACs, as they provide both heating and cooling and, therefore, provide for: (1) lower operating and maintenance costs; (2) decreases in greenhouse gas and localized air pollution; and (3) longer life spans for the equipment. (PGE, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0009 at p. 2) PGE stated that ACUHPs, on average, are sold at higher efficiency ratings compared to ACUACs. Customers choosing heat pump technology use it for both heating and cooling needs, thereby driving greater efficiency gains during both peak seasons. Additionally, in Northern climates, the run time for equipment is 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44098"/>
                        substantially higher, so there is a natural tendency to buy more efficient, less expensive units to operate. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <P>As stated, DOE has incorporated ACUHPs into its NIA analysis. DOE has not identified a different efficiency distribution or different lifetimes for this equipment. However, the NIA does account for heating energy use.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Equipment Efficiency Trends</HD>
                    <P>A key component of the NIA is the trend in energy efficiency projected for the no-new-standards case and each of the standards cases. Section IV.F.8 of this document describes how DOE developed an energy efficiency distribution for the no-new-standards case (which yields a shipment-weighted average efficiency) for each of the considered equipment classes for the year of anticipated compliance with an amended or new standard (2029). To project the trend in efficiency absent amended standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs over the entire shipments projection period, DOE held the efficiency distribution constant, as historical data based on IEER may not be indicative of potential trends in IVEC.</P>
                    <P>For the standards cases, DOE used a “roll-up” scenario to establish the shipment-weighted efficiency for the year that standards are assumed to become effective (2029). In this scenario, the market shares of equipment in the no-new-standards case that do not meet the standard under consideration would “roll up” to meet the new standard level, and the market share of equipment above the standard would remain unchanged.</P>
                    <P>To develop standards-case efficiency trends after 2029, DOE also held the efficiency distribution constant at the rolled-up levels, for similar reasons as in the no-new-standards case.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. National Energy Savings</HD>
                    <P>
                        The national energy savings analysis involves a comparison of national energy consumption of the considered equipment between each potential standards case (“TSL”) and the case with no new or amended energy conservation standards. DOE calculated the national energy consumption by multiplying the number of units (stock) of each equipment (by vintage or age) by the unit energy consumption (also by vintage). DOE calculated annual NES based on the difference in national energy consumption for the no-new-standards case and for each higher-efficiency standard case. DOE estimated energy consumption and savings based on site energy and converted the electricity consumption and savings to primary energy (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the energy consumed by power plants to generate site electricity) using annual conversion factors derived from 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023.</E>
                         Cumulative energy savings are the sum of the NES for each year over the timeframe of the analysis.
                    </P>
                    <P>Use of higher-efficiency equipment is sometimes associated with a direct rebound effect, which refers to an increase in utilization of the equipment due to the increase in efficiency. DOE did not consider a direct rebound effect for ACUACs and ACUHPs. An important reason for this decision is that in contrast to residential heating and cooling, HVAC operation adjustment in commercial buildings is driven primarily by building managers or owners. The comfort conditions are already established in order to satisfy the occupants, and they are unlikely to change due to installation of higher-efficiency equipment. While it is possible that a small degree of rebound could occur for higher-efficiency ACUACs and ACUHPs, there is no basis to select a specific value. Because the available information suggests that any rebound would be small to negligible, DOE did not include a rebound effect for the direct final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        In 2011, in response to the recommendations of a committee on “Point-of-Use and Full-Fuel-Cycle Measurement Approaches to Energy Efficiency Standards” appointed by the National Academy of Sciences, DOE announced its intention to use FFC measures of energy use and greenhouse gas and other emissions in the national impact analyses and emissions analyses included in future energy conservation standards rulemakings. 76 FR 51281 (August 18, 2011). After evaluating the approaches discussed in the August 18, 2011 notice, DOE published a statement of amended policy in which DOE explained its determination that EIA's National Energy Modeling System (“NEMS”) is the most appropriate tool for its FFC analysis and its intention to use NEMS for that purpose. 77 FR 49701 (August 17, 2012). NEMS is a public domain, multi-sector, partial equilibrium model of the U.S. energy sector 
                        <SU>55</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that EIA uses to prepare its 
                        <E T="03">Annual Energy Outlook.</E>
                         The FFC factors incorporate losses in production and delivery in the case of natural gas (including fugitive emissions) and additional energy used to produce and deliver the various fuels used by power plants. The approach used for deriving FFC measures of energy use and emissions is described in appendix 10B of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>55</SU>
                             For more information on NEMS, refer to 
                            <E T="03">The National Energy Modeling System: An Overview,</E>
                             DOE/EIA-0581(2023), May 2023 (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/nems/overview/pdf/0581(2023).pdf</E>
                            ) (last accessed Oct. 23, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Net Present Value Analysis</HD>
                    <P>The inputs for determining the NPV of the total costs and benefits experienced by consumers are: (1) total annual installed cost; (2) total annual operating costs (energy costs and repair and maintenance costs), and (3) a discount factor to calculate the present value of costs and savings. DOE calculates net savings each year as the difference between the no-new-standards case and each standards case in terms of total savings in operating costs versus total increases in installed costs. DOE calculates operating cost savings over the lifetime of each equipment shipped during the projection period.</P>
                    <P>As discussed in section IV.F.1 of this document, DOE developed ACUACs and ACUHPs price trends based on historical PPI data. DOE applied the same trends to project prices for each equipment class at each considered efficiency level. For ACUACs and ACUHPs, DOE has used a constant default price trend. DOE's projection of equipment prices is described in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <P>To evaluate the effect of uncertainty regarding the price trend estimates, DOE investigated the impact of different equipment price projections on the consumer NPV for the considered TSLs for ACUACs and ACUHPs. In addition to the default price trend, DOE considered two equipment price sensitivity cases: (1) an increasing trend based on the same PPI data but only the years 2000 to 2022 and (2) a decreasing trend based on the same PPI data but only the years 1978 to 2000. The derivation of these price trends and the results of these sensitivity cases are described in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <P>
                        The operating cost savings are energy cost savings, which are calculated using the estimated energy savings in each year and the projected price of the appropriate form of energy. To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the average regional energy prices by the projection of annual national-average residential energy price changes in the Reference case from 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023,</E>
                         which has an end year of 2050. Price trends onwards are held constant at 2050 level. As part of the NIA, DOE also analyzed scenarios that used inputs from variants of the 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023</E>
                         Reference case that have lower and higher economic growth. Those cases have lower and higher energy price 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44099"/>
                        trends compared to the Reference case. NIA results based on these cases are presented in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In calculating the NPV, DOE multiplies the net savings in future years by a discount factor to determine their present value. For this direct final rule, DOE estimated the NPV of consumer benefits using both a 3-percent and a 7-percent real discount rate. DOE uses these discount rates in accordance with guidance provided by the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) to Federal agencies on the development of regulatory analysis.
                        <SU>56</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The discount rates for the determination of NPV are in contrast to the discount rates used in the LCC analysis, which are designed to reflect a consumer's perspective. The 7-percent real value is an estimate of the average before-tax rate of return to private capital in the U.S. economy. The 3-percent real value represents the “social rate of time preference,” which is the rate at which society discounts future consumption flows to their present value.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>56</SU>
                             U.S. Office of Management and Budget, 
                            <E T="03">Circular A-4: Regulatory Analysis</E>
                             (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.whitehouse.gov/omb/information-for-agencies/circulars/</E>
                            ) (last accessed Dec. 11, 2023). DOE used the prior version of Circular A-4 (2003) as a result of the March 1, 2024, effective date of the new version.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis</HD>
                    <P>In analyzing the potential impact of new or amended energy conservation standards on consumers, DOE evaluates the impact on identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be disproportionately affected by a new or amended national standard. The purpose of a subgroup analysis is to determine the extent of any such disproportional impacts. DOE evaluates impacts on particular subgroups of consumers by analyzing the LCC impacts and PBP for those particular consumers from alternative standard levels. For this direct final rule, DOE analyzed the impacts of the considered standard levels on one subgroup: small businesses. The analysis used subsets of the LCC sample composed of buildings that meet the criteria for the considered subgroup. Additionally, electricity prices and discount rates were updated to be representative of small businesses. DOE used the LCC and PBP computer model to estimate the impacts of the considered efficiency levels on this subgroup. Chapter 11 in the direct final rule TSD describes the consumer subgroup analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Overview</HD>
                    <P>DOE performed an MIA to estimate the financial impacts of amended energy conservation standards on manufacturers of ACUACs and ACUHPs and to estimate the potential impacts of such standards on domestic employment, manufacturing capacity, and cumulative regulatory burden for those manufacturers. The MIA has both quantitative and qualitative aspects. The quantitative part of the MIA includes analyses of projected industry cash flows, the INPV, additional investments in research and development (“R&amp;D”) and manufacturing capital necessary to comply with amended standards, and potential impacts on domestic manufacturing employment. Additionally, the MIA seeks to qualitatively determine how amended energy conservation standards might affect manufacturing capacity and competition, as well as how standards contribute to manufacturers' overall regulatory burden. Finally, the MIA serves to identify any disproportionate impacts on manufacturer subgroups, including small business manufacturers.</P>
                    <P>
                        The quantitative part of the MIA primarily relies on the GRIM,
                        <SU>57</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         an industry cash-flow model with inputs specific to this rulemaking. The key GRIM inputs include data on the industry cost structure, unit production costs, equipment shipments, manufacturer markups, and investments in R&amp;D and manufacturing capital required to produce compliant equipment. The key GRIM outputs are the INPV, which is the sum of industry annual cash flows over the analysis period, discounted using the industry-weighted average cost of capital, and the impact on domestic manufacturing employment. The model uses standard accounting principles to estimate the impacts of more-stringent energy conservation standards on the ACUAC and ACUHP manufacturing industry by comparing changes in INPV and domestic manufacturing employment between the no-new-standards case and the various standards cases (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         “TSLs”). To capture the uncertainty relating to manufacturer pricing strategies following amended standards, the GRIM estimates a range of possible impacts under different manufacturer markup scenarios.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>57</SU>
                             A copy of the GRIM spreadsheet tool is available on the DOE website for this rulemaking at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015/document.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The qualitative part of the MIA addresses manufacturer characteristics and market trends. Specifically, the MIA considers such factors as a potential standard's impact on manufacturing capacity, competition within the industry, the cumulative regulatory burden impact of other DOE and non-DOE regulations, and impacts on manufacturer subgroups. The complete MIA is outlined in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE conducted the MIA for this rulemaking in three phases. In Phase 1 of the MIA, DOE prepared a profile of the ACUAC and ACUHP manufacturing industry based on the market and technology assessment, preliminary manufacturer interviews, and publicly-available information. This included a top-down analysis of ACUAC and ACUHP manufacturers that DOE used to derive preliminary financial inputs for the GRIM (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         revenues; materials, labor, overhead, and depreciation expenses; selling, general, and administrative expenses (“SG&amp;A”); R&amp;D expenses; and tax rates). DOE also used public sources of information to further calibrate its initial characterization of the ACUAC and ACUHP manufacturing industry, including company filings of form 10-K from the SEC,
                        <SU>58</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         corporate annual reports, the U.S. Census Bureau's 
                        <E T="03">Annual Survey of Manufactures,</E>
                        <SU>59</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and reports from Dun &amp; Bradstreet.
                        <SU>60</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>58</SU>
                             U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Annual 10-K Reports (Various Years) (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.sec.gov/edgar/searchedgar/companysearch.html</E>
                            ) (last accessed Oct. 3, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>59</SU>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of Manufactures: General Statistics: Statistics for Industry Groups and Industries (2021) (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/data/tables.html</E>
                            ) (last accessed Dec. 5, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>60</SU>
                             Dun &amp; Bradstreet Company Profiles, Various Companies (available at: 
                            <E T="03">app.dnbhoovers.com</E>
                            ) (last accessed Oct. 3, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In Phase 2 of the MIA, DOE prepared a framework industry cash-flow analysis to quantify the potential impacts of amended energy conservation standards. The GRIM uses several factors to determine a series of annual cash flows starting with the announcement of the standard and extending over a 30-year period following the compliance date of the standard. These factors include annual expected revenues, costs of sales, SG&amp;A and R&amp;D expenses, taxes, and capital expenditures. In general, energy conservation standards can affect manufacturer cash flow in three distinct ways: (1) creating a need for increased investment; (2) raising production costs per unit, and (3) altering revenue due to higher per-unit prices and changes in sales volumes.</P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, during Phase 2, DOE developed interview guides to distribute 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44100"/>
                        to manufacturers of ACUACs and ACUHPs in order to develop other key GRIM inputs, including equipment and capital conversion costs, and to gather additional information on the anticipated effects of amended energy conservation standards on revenues, direct employment, capital assets, industry competitiveness, and manufacturer subgroup impacts.
                    </P>
                    <P>In Phase 3 of the MIA, DOE's contractor conducted structured, detailed interviews with representative ACUAC and ACUHP manufacturers. During these interviews, DOE's contractor discussed efficiency levels, design options, and conversion costs to validate assumptions used in the GRIM. As part of Phase 3, DOE also evaluated subgroups of manufacturers that may be disproportionately impacted by amended standards or that may not be accurately represented by the average cost assumptions used to develop the industry cash-flow analysis. Such manufacturer subgroups may include small business manufacturers, low-volume manufacturers, niche players, and/or manufacturers exhibiting a cost structure that largely differs from the industry average, all of whom could be disproportionately affected by amended energy conservation standards. DOE identified one subgroup for a separate impact analysis: small business manufacturers. The small business subgroup is discussed in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Government Regulatory Impact Model and Key Inputs</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE uses the GRIM to quantify the changes in cash flow over time due to new or amended energy conservation standards that result in a higher or lower INPV. The GRIM uses a standard, annual discounted cash-flow analysis that incorporates manufacturer costs, markups, shipments, and industry financial information as inputs. The GRIM models changes in costs, distribution of shipments, investments, and manufacturer margins that could result from an amended energy conservation standard. The GRIM spreadsheet uses the inputs to arrive at a series of annual cash flows, beginning in 2024 (the reference year of the analysis) and continuing to 2058 (the terminal year of the analysis). DOE calculated INPVs by summing the stream of annual discounted cash flows during this period. For manufacturers of ACUACs and ACUHPs, DOE used a real discount rate of 5.9 percent, which was derived from industry financials (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         corporate annual reports and public filings to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC 10-Ks)).
                    </P>
                    <P>The GRIM calculates cash flows using standard accounting principles and compares changes in INPV between the no-new-standards case and each standards case. The difference in INPV between the no-new-standards case and a standards case represents the financial impact of the new or amended energy conservation standard on manufacturers. As discussed previously, DOE developed critical GRIM inputs using a number of sources, including publicly-available data, results of the engineering analysis, and information gathered from industry stakeholders during the course of manufacturer interviews and subsequent ACUAC/HP Working Group meetings. The GRIM results are presented in section V.B.2 of this document. Additional details about the GRIM, the discount rate, and other financial parameters can be found in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Manufacturer Production Costs</HD>
                    <P>Manufacturing more-efficient equipment is typically more expensive than manufacturing baseline equipment due to the use of more complex components, which are typically more costly than baseline components. The changes in the MPCs of covered equipment can affect the shipments, revenues, gross margins, and cash flow of the industry. In this rulemaking, DOE relies on an efficiency-level approach for small, large, and very large ACUACs/HPs. For a complete description of the MPCs, see section IV.C of this document and chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Shipments Projections</HD>
                    <P>
                        The GRIM estimates manufacturer revenues based on total unit shipment projections and the distribution of those shipments by efficiency level and equipment class. Changes in sales volumes and efficiency mix over time can significantly affect manufacturer finances. For this analysis, the GRIM uses the NIA's annual shipment projections derived from the shipments analysis from 2024 (the base year) to 2058 (the end year of the analysis period). In the shipments analysis (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         section IV.G of this document), DOE estimates the distribution of efficiencies in the no-new-standards case and standards cases for all equipment classes.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For the standards cases in the NIA, DOE used a “roll-up” scenario to establish the shipment-weighted efficiency for the year that standards are assumed to become effective (2029). In this scenario, the market shares of equipment in the no-new-standards case that do not meet the standard under consideration would “roll up” to meet the new standard level, and the market share of equipment above the standard would remain unchanged. For a complete description of the shipments analysis, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         section IV.G of this document and chapter 9 of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Capital and Product Conversion Costs</HD>
                    <P>Amended energy conservation standards could cause manufacturers to incur one-time conversion costs to bring their production facilities and equipment designs into compliance. DOE evaluated the level of conversion-related expenditures that would be needed to comply with each considered efficiency level in each equipment class. For the MIA, DOE classified these conversion costs into two major groups: (1) capital conversion costs; and (2) product conversion costs. Capital conversion costs are one-time investments in property, plant, and equipment necessary to adapt or change existing production facilities such that new, compliant equipment designs can be fabricated and assembled. Product conversion costs are one-time investments in research, development, testing, marketing, and other non-capitalized costs necessary to make equipment designs comply with amended energy conservation standards.</P>
                    <P>DOE relied on manufacturer feedback to evaluate the level of capital and product conversion costs manufacturers would likely incur at the various TSLs. DOE contractors conducted interviews with six manufacturers of small, large, and very large ACUACs and ACUHPs. The interviewed manufacturers account for approximately 90 percent of unit sales in the industry.</P>
                    <P>
                        During confidential interviews, DOE's contractor asked manufacturers to estimate the capital conversion costs (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         changes in production processes, equipment, and tooling) to meet the various efficiency levels. The capital conversion cost feedback from these interviews was then scaled using market share estimates to estimate total industry capital conversion costs. Manufacturers were also asked to estimate the redesign effort and engineering resources required at various efficiency levels to quantify the product conversion costs. DOE also relied on data submitted throughout the 2023 ECS Negotiations to estimate product conversion costs. Specifically, manufacturers submitted data simulating IVEC ratings for existing models currently rated under IEER as part of the 2023 ECS Negotiations. DOE reviewed the product conversion cost 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44101"/>
                        feedback from interviews at each efficiency level and then compared the IVEC simulation data provided during the 2023 ECS Negotiations to IEER data from the CCD in order to extrapolate the number of models industry would need to redesign under amended standards. Based on manufacturer feedback, DOE estimated some industry conversion costs associated with the transition in energy efficiency metrics from IEER to IVEC. To estimate total industry product conversion costs, DOE multiplied the development redesign estimate at each efficiency level for each equipment class by the estimated number of industry basic models in CCD that would require redesign. Manufacturer data were aggregated to better reflect the industry as a whole and to protect confidential information.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Industry conversion costs for the adopted standard (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         TSL 3, the Recommended TSL) total $288.0 million. It consists of $70.8 million in capital conversion costs and $217.2 million in product conversion costs.
                    </P>
                    <P>In general, DOE assumes all conversion-related investments occur between the year of publication of the direct final rule and the year by which manufacturers must comply with the new standard. The conversion cost figures used in the GRIM can be found in section V.B.2 of this document. For additional information on the estimated capital and product conversion costs, see chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios</HD>
                    <P>
                        MSPs include direct manufacturing production costs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         labor, materials, and overhead estimated in DOE's MPCs) and all non-production costs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         SG&amp;A, R&amp;D, and interest), along with profit. To calculate the MSPs in the GRIM, DOE applied non-production cost manufacturer markups to the MPCs estimated in the engineering analysis for each equipment class and efficiency level. Modifying these manufacturer markups in the standards case yields different sets of impacts on manufacturers. For the MIA, DOE modeled two standards-case scenarios to represent uncertainty regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability for manufacturers following the implementation of amended energy conservation standards: (1) a preservation of gross margin percentage scenario; and (2) a preservation of operating profit scenario. These scenarios lead to different manufacturer markup values that, when applied to the MPCs, result in varying revenue and cash flow impacts. The industry cash-flow analysis results in section V.B.2.a of this document present the impacts of the upper and lower bound manufacturer markup scenarios on INPV. The preservation of gross margin percentage scenario represents the upper bound scenario, and the preservation of operating profit scenario represents the lower bound scenario for INPV impacts.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Under the preservation of gross margin percentage scenario, DOE applied a single uniform “gross margin percentage” across all efficiency levels, which assumes that following amended standards, manufacturers would be able to maintain the same amount of profit as a percentage of revenues at all efficiency levels within an equipment class. As manufacturer production costs increase with efficiency, this scenario implies that the per-unit dollar profit will increase. Based on publicly-available financial information for ACUAC and ACUHP manufacturers, as well as comments from manufacturer interviews, DOE estimated average gross margin percentages of 23 percent for small ACUACs, 24 percent for small ACUHPs, 25 percent for large ACUACs, 26 percent for large ACUHPs, 29 percent for very large ACUACs, and 30 percent for very large ACUHPs.
                        <SU>61</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Manufacturers tend to believe it is optimistic to assume that they would be able to maintain the same gross margin percentage as their production costs increase, particularly for minimally-efficient products. Therefore, this scenario represents a high bound to industry profitability under new or amended energy conservation standard, because manufacturers can fully pass on incremental increases in production costs due to standards to consumers.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>61</SU>
                             The gross margin percentage of 23 percent for small ACUACs is based on a manufacturer markup of 1.30. The gross margin percentage of 24 percent for small ACUHPs is based on a manufacturer markup of 1.32. The gross margin percentage of 25 percent for large ACUACs is based on a manufacturer markup of 1.34. The gross margin percentage of 26 percent for large ACUHPs is based on a manufacturer markup of 1.36. The gross margin percentage of 29 percent for very large ACUACs is based on a manufacturer markup of 1.41. The gross margin percentage of 30 percent for very large ACUHPs is based on a manufacturer markup of 1.43.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Under the preservation of operating profit scenario, DOE modeled a situation in which manufacturers are not able to increase per-unit operating profit in proportion to increases in manufacturer production costs. In the preservation of operating profit scenario, as the cost of production goes up under a standards case, manufacturers are generally required to reduce their manufacturer markups (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         margins) to a level that maintains base-case operating profit, which allows them to maintain a cost-competitive offering in the market. DOE implemented this scenario in the GRIM by lowering the manufacturer markups at each TSL to yield approximately the same earnings before interest and taxes in the standards case as in the no-new-standards case in the year after the compliance date of the amended standards. In this scenario, manufacturers maintain their total operating profit in absolute dollars in the standards case, despite higher equipment costs and investment. Therefore, gross margin (as a percentage) shrinks in the standards case for minimally-compliant equipment. The implicit assumption behind this scenario is that the industry can only maintain its operating profit in absolute dollars after the standard. This manufacturer markup scenario represents the lower bound to industry profitability under new or amended energy conservation standards.
                    </P>
                    <P>A comparison of industry financial impacts under the two manufacturer markup scenarios is presented in section V.B.2.a of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Discussion of MIA Comments</HD>
                    <P>In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, Lennox asserted that the commercial package air conditioner and commercial warm air furnace manufacturers are facing significant cumulative regulatory burden. (Lennox, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0015 at pp. 7-8)</P>
                    <P>In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, Carrier likewise commented that commercial package air conditioner and heat pump manufacturers face a significant regulatory burden, citing regulatory changes to ASHRAE Standard 90.1, the International Energy Conservation Code (“IECC”), California Air Resource Board, and State-level action, stressing the potential overlap between these regulatory actions and the lack of coordination between their governing bodies. Carrier requested DOE to review its approach to multiple regulations and work closely with industry organizations to minimize regulatory burden. (Carrier, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0013 at pp. 18-19)</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, Trane commented that multiple regulations affecting the same manufacturer can strain profits and lead companies to abandon product lines or markets. Trane asserted that commercial package air conditioner and commercial warm air furnace manufacturers will experience significant cumulative regulatory burden due to DOE energy conservation standards rulemakings. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44102"/>
                        (Trane, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0016 at pp. 12-13)
                    </P>
                    <P>In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, the Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute commented that the industry faces regulatory burden from a variety of sources, including the sunsetting of the UL Standard 1995, State-level GWP limits, and the transition to new efficiency metrics, suggesting that the combined effects of these changes would consume almost all available research and development resources and laboratory time. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 2)</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the May 2022 TP/ECS RFI, Lennox asserted that commercial package air conditioner and heat pump manufacturers are facing unprecedented regulatory change regarding the equipment they manufacture, stressing technical and laboratory resources in the industry. (Lennox, EERE-2022-BT-STD-0015-0009 at p. 6) Lennox also recommended that DOE consider the cumulative impact of the refrigerant transition as part of the rulemaking process for amended energy conservation standards. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         at pp. 5-6)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In response, DOE notes that it analyzes cumulative regulatory burden pursuant to section 13(g) of 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A (which applies to this equipment per 10 CFR 431.4). As such, the Department will recognize and consider the overlapping effects on manufacturers of new or revised DOE standards and other Federal regulatory actions affecting the same products or equipment that take effect approximately three years before or after the 2029 compliance date (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         2026 to 2032). DOE details the rulemakings and expected conversion expenses of Federal energy conservation standards that could impact ACUAC and ACUHP original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) that take effect approximately three years before or after the 2029 compliance date, as discussed in section V.B.2.e of this document. Regarding potential refrigerant regulations, DOE accounts for the potential costs associated with transitioning covered equipment to low-GWP refrigerants in order to comply with Federal and State regulations limiting the use of high-GWP refrigerants in its GRIM. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section V.B.2.e of this document for addition information on the estimated refrigerant transition costs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, AHRI's comment encouraged DOE to reach out to four manufacturers of ACUACs/ACUHPs and CWAFs identified by AHRI as small businesses. (AHRI, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0014 at p. 12) In response to the May 2020 ECS RFI, UCA commented that DOE should be cognizant of the disproportionate impact that regulations may have on small businesses, which, among other issues, may have more limited resources to follow and comply with regulations, and face greater difficulties competing with larger corporations. (UCA, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-0006, pp. 1-7 
                        <SU>62</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>62</SU>
                             The UCA comment included two supplemental attachments: Attachment 1, 
                            <E T="03">US DOE LETTER 6.10.2020,</E>
                             and Attachment 2, 
                            <E T="03">DOE RFI Double Duct Information 6.10.2020.</E>
                             DOE references as “Attachment 1” and “Attachment 2” throughout this document. Both attachments are available on the docket.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In response, DOE reviewed the individual company websites of the four small businesses identified by AHRI and confirmed that none of them currently produce equipment covered by this rulemaking. Further, DOE conducted an assessment of the ACUAC/HP market and did not identify any small, domestic OEMs that manufacture ACUAC/HP equipment for the U.S. market. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD for a list of OEMs of ACUACs and/or ACUHPs.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Emissions Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The emissions analysis consists of two components. The first component estimates the effect of potential energy conservation standards on power sector and site (where applicable) combustion emissions of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , and Hg. The second component estimates the impacts of potential standards on emissions of two additional greenhouse gases, CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O, as well as the reductions in emissions of other gases due to “upstream” activities in the fuel production chain. These upstream activities comprise extraction, processing, and transporting fuels to the site of combustion.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The analysis of electric power sector emissions of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , and Hg uses emissions intended to represent the marginal impacts of the change in electricity consumption associated with amended or new standards. The methodology is based on results published for the 
                        <E T="03">AEO,</E>
                         including a set of side cases that implement a variety of efficiency-related policies. The methodology is described in appendix 13A in the direct final rule TSD. The analysis presented in this document uses projections from 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023.</E>
                         Power sector emissions of CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O from fuel combustion are estimated using Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas Inventories published by the EPA.
                        <SU>63</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>63</SU>
                             Available at 
                            <E T="03">www.epa.gov/sites/production/files/2021-04/documents/emission-factors_apr2021.pdf</E>
                             (last accessed July 12, 2021).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        FFC upstream emissions, which include emissions from fuel combustion during extraction, processing, and transportation of fuels, and “fugitive” emissions (direct leakage to the atmosphere) of CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , are estimated based on the methodology described in chapter 15 of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <P>The emissions intensity factors are expressed in terms of physical units per MWh or MMBtu of site energy savings. For power sector emissions, specific emissions intensity factors are calculated by sector and end use. Total emissions reductions are estimated using the energy savings calculated in the national impact analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in DOE's Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE's no-new-standards case for the electric power sector reflects the 
                        <E T="03">AEO,</E>
                         which incorporates the projected impacts of existing air quality regulations on emissions. 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023</E>
                         reflects, to the extent possible, laws and regulations adopted through mid-November 2022, including the emissions control programs discussed in the following paragraphs the emissions control programs discussed in the following paragraphs, and the Inflation Reduction Act.
                        <SU>64</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>64</SU>
                             For further information, see the Assumptions to 
                            <E T="03">AEO 2023</E>
                             report that sets forth the major assumptions used to generate the projections in the 
                            <E T="03">Annual Energy Outlook</E>
                             (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/assumptions/</E>
                            ) (last accessed Oct. 1, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions from affected electric generating units (“EGUs”) are subject to nationwide and regional emissions cap-and-trade programs. Title IV of the Clean Air Act sets an annual emissions cap on SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         for affected EGUs in the 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia (“DC”). (42 U.S.C. 7651 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ) SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions from numerous States in the eastern half of the United States are also limited under the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (“CSAPR”). 76 FR 48208 (August 8, 2011). CSAPR requires these States to reduce certain emissions, including annual SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions, and went into effect as of January 1, 2015.
                        <SU>65</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                          
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023</E>
                          
                        <PRTPAGE P="44103"/>
                        incorporates implementation of CSAPR, including the update to the CSAPR ozone season program emission budgets and target dates issued in 2016. 81 FR 74504 (Oct. 26, 2016). Compliance with CSAPR is flexible among EGUs and is enforced through the use of tradable emissions allowances. Under existing EPA regulations, for States subject to SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions limits under CSAPR, any excess SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand caused by the adoption of an efficiency standard could be used to permit offsetting increases in SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions by another regulated EGU.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>65</SU>
                             CSAPR requires States to address annual emissions of SO
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             and NO
                            <E T="52">X</E>
                            , precursors to the formation of fine particulate matter (“PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                            ”) pollution, in order to address the interstate transport of pollution with respect to the 1997 and 2006 PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                             National Ambient Air Quality Standards (“NAAQS”). CSAPR also requires certain States to address the ozone season (May-September) emissions of NO
                            <E T="52">X</E>
                            , a precursor to the formation of ozone pollution, in order to address the interstate transport of ozone pollution with respect to the 1997 ozone NAAQS. 76 FR 48208 (August 8, 2011). EPA subsequently published a supplemental rule in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             that included an additional five States in the CSAPR ozone season program. 76 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            FR 80760 (Dec. 27, 2011) (Supplemental Rule). EPA also published in the 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             the CSAPR Update for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. 81 FR 74504 (Oct. 26, 2016).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        However, beginning in 2016, SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions began to fall as a result of the Mercury and Air Toxics Standards (“MATS”) for power plants.
                        <SU>66</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         77 FR 9304 (Feb. 16, 2012). The final rule establishes power plant emission standards for mercury, acid gases, and non-mercury metallic toxic pollutants. Because of the emissions reductions under the MATS, it is unlikely that excess SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand would be needed or used to permit offsetting increases in SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions by another regulated EGU. Therefore, energy conservation standards that decrease electricity generation will generally reduce SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions. DOE estimated SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reduction using emissions factors based on 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023.</E>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>66</SU>
                             In order to continue operating, coal power plants must have either flue gas desulfurization or dry sorbent injection systems installed. Both technologies, which are used to reduce acid gas emissions, also reduce SO
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             emissions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        CSAPR also established limits on NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions for numerous States in the eastern half of the United States. Energy conservation standards would have little effect on NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions in those States covered by CSAPR emissions limits if excess NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand could be used to permit offsetting increases in NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions from other EGUs. In such case, NOx emissions would remain near the limit even if electricity generation goes down. Depending on the configuration of the power sector in the different regions and the need for allowances, however, NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions might not remain at the limit in the case of lower electricity demand. That would mean that standards might reduce NOx emissions in covered States. Despite this possibility, DOE has chosen to be conservative in its analysis and has maintained the assumption that standards will not reduce NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions in States covered by CSAPR. Energy conservation standards would be expected to reduce NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions in the States not covered by CSAPR. DOE used 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023</E>
                         data to derive NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions factors for the group of States not covered by CSAPR.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The MATS limit mercury emissions from power plants, but they do not include emissions caps and, as such, DOE's energy conservation standards would be expected to slightly reduce Hg emissions. DOE estimated mercury emissions reduction using emissions factors based on 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023,</E>
                         which incorporates the MATS.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts</HD>
                    <P>
                        As part of the development of this direct final rule, for the purpose of complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866, DOE considered the estimated net monetary benefits from the reduced emissions of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        , N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O, NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         that are expected to result from each of the TSLs considered. In order to make this calculation analogous to the calculation of the NPV of consumer benefit, DOE considered the reduced emissions expected to result over the lifetime of equipment shipped in the projection period for each TSL. This section summarizes the basis for the values used for monetizing the emissions benefits and presents the values considered in this direct final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the 
                        <E T="03">Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990</E>
                         published in February 2021 by the IWG (“February 2021 SC-GHG TSD”).
                        <SU>67</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>67</SU>
                             See 
                            <E T="03">www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/TechnicalSupportDocument_SocialCostofCarbonMethaneNitrousOxide.pdf</E>
                             (last accessed August 1, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas Emissions</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE estimates the monetized benefits of the reductions in emissions of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        , and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O by using a measure of the social cost (“SC”) of each pollutant (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        ). These estimates represent the monetary value of the net harm to society associated with a marginal increase in emissions of these pollutants in a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. These estimates are intended to include (but are not limited to) climate-change-related changes in net agricultural productivity, human health, property damages from increased flood risk, disruption of energy systems, risk of conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem services.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE exercises its own judgment in presenting monetized climate benefits as recommended by applicable Executive orders, and DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this direct final rule in the absence of the social cost of greenhouse gases. That is, the social costs of greenhouse gases, whether measured using the February 2021 interim estimates presented by the IWG on the Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases or by another means, did not affect the rule ultimately adopted by DOE.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE estimated the global social benefits of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        , and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O reductions (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         SC-GHGs) using SC-GHG values that were based on the interim values presented in the 
                        <E T="03">Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive Order 13990,</E>
                         published in February 2021 by the IWG (“February 2021 SC-GHG TSD”). The SC-GHG is the monetary value of the net harm to society associated with a marginal increase in emissions in a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. In principle, the SC-GHG includes the value of all climate change impacts, including (but not limited to) changes in net agricultural productivity, human health effects, property damage from increased flood risk and natural disasters, disruption of energy systems, risk of conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem services. The SC-GHG, therefore, reflects the societal value of reducing emissions of the gas in question by one metric ton. The SC-GHG is the theoretically appropriate value to use in conducting benefit-cost analyses of policies that affect CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O, and CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         emissions. As a member of the IWG involved in the development of the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, DOE agreed that the interim SC-GHG estimates represent the most appropriate estimate of the SC-GHG until revised estimates are developed reflecting the latest, peer-reviewed science. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         87 FR 78382, 78406-78408 for discussion of the development and details of the IWG SC-GHG estimates.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        There are a number of limitations and uncertainties associated with the SC-GHG estimates. First, the current scientific and economic understanding of discounting approaches suggests discount rates appropriate for intergenerational analysis in the context of climate change are likely to be less than 3 percent, near 2 percent or 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44104"/>
                        lower.
                        <SU>68</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Second, the IAMs used to produce these interim estimates do not include all of the important physical, ecological, and economic impacts of climate change recognized in the climate change literature and the science underlying their “damage functions” (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the core parts of the IAMs that map global mean temperature changes and other physical impacts of climate change into economic—both market and nonmarket—damages) lags behind the most recent research. For example, limitations include the incomplete treatment of catastrophic and non-catastrophic impacts in the integrated assessment models, their incomplete treatment of adaptation and technological change, the incomplete way in which inter-regional and intersectoral linkages are modeled, uncertainty in the extrapolation of damages to high temperatures, and inadequate representation of the relationship between the discount rate and uncertainty in economic growth over long time horizons. Likewise, the socioeconomic and emissions scenarios used as inputs to the models do not reflect new information from the last decade of scenario generation or the full range of projections. The modeling limitations do not all work in the same direction in terms of their influence on the SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         estimates. However, as discussed in the February 2021 TSD, the IWG has recommended that, taken together, the limitations suggest that the interim SC-GHG estimates used in this direct final rule likely underestimate the damages from GHG emissions. DOE concurs with this assessment.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>68</SU>
                             Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases (IWG) (2021) Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive Order 13990. February. United States Government (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/blog/2021/02/26/a-return-to-science-evidence-based-estimates-of-the-benefits-of-reducing-climate-pollution/</E>
                            ) (last accessed Nov. 1, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE is aware that in December 2023, EPA issued a new set of SC-GHG estimates in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.
                        <SU>69</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As DOE had used the IWG interim values in proposing this rule and is currently reviewing the updated 2023 SC-GHG values, for this direct final rule, DOE used these updated 2023 SC-GHG values to conduct a sensitivity analysis of the value of GHG emissions reductions associated with alternative standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs (see section IV.L.1.c of this notice). DOE notes that because EPA's estimates are considerably higher than the IWG's interim SC-GHG values applied for this direct final rule, an analysis that uses the EPA's estimates results in significantly greater climate-related benefits. However, such results would not affect DOE's decision in this direct final rule. As stated elsewhere in this document, DOE would reach the same conclusion regarding the economic justification of the standards presented in this direct final rule without considering the IWG's interim SC-GHG values, which DOE agrees are conservative estimates. For the same reason, if DOE were to use EPA's higher SC-GHG estimates, they would not change DOE's conclusion that the standards are economically justified.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>69</SU>
                             See 
                            <E T="03">www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/scghg.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE's derivations of the SC-GHG (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O, and SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        ) values used for this direct final rule are discussed in the following sections, and the results of DOE's analyses estimating the benefits of the reductions in emissions of these GHGs are presented in section V.B of this document.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Social Cost of Carbon Dioxide</HD>
                    <P>
                        The SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         values used for this direct final rule were based on the values developed for the IWG's February 2021 TSD, which are shown in Table IV.15 in five-year increments from 2020 to 2050. DOE notes that it has exercised its discretion in adopting the IWG's estimates, and as previously stated, DOE finds that the interim SC-GHG estimates represent the most appropriate estimate of the SC-GHG until revised estimates have been developed reflecting the latest, peer-reviewed science.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The set of annual values that DOE used, which was adapted from estimates published by EPA,
                        <SU>70</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         is presented in Appendix 14A of the direct final rule TSD. These estimates are based on methods, assumptions, and parameters identical to the estimates published by the IWG (which were based on EPA modeling), and include values for 2051 to 2070. DOE expects additional climate benefits to accrue for equipment still operating after 2070, but a lack of available SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         estimates for emissions years beyond 2070 prevents DOE from monetizing these potential benefits in this analysis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>70</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             EPA, Revised 2023 and Later Model Year Light-Duty Vehicle GHG Emissions Standards: Regulatory Impact Analysis, Washington, DC (December 2021) (available at: 
                            <E T="03">nepis.epa.gov/Exe/ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=P1013ORN.pdf</E>
                            ) (last accessed Feb. 21, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="145">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.094</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        DOE multiplied the CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reduction estimated for each year by the SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         value for that year in each of the four cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price deflator for gross domestic product (“GDP”) from the Bureau of Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of the stream of monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the four cases using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         values in each case. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         chapter 13 of the direct final rule TSD for the annual emissions reductions and 
                        <E T="03">
                            see 
                            <PRTPAGE P="44105"/>
                            also
                        </E>
                         appendix 14A of the direct final rule TSD for the annual SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         values.
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding the May 2020 ECS RFI, DOE received comments from Policy Integrity regarding the social cost of carbon used in the emissions monetization analysis. Policy Integrity commented that DOE should account for the benefits of greenhouse gas emissions reductions from the use of higher-efficiency equipment using the global estimate of the social cost of greenhouse gases, and that the values developed by the IWG are the best available. (Policy Integrity, EERE-2019-BT-STD-0042-007 at pp. 2-3, 5)</P>
                    <P>In response, DOE agrees that the global estimate of the SC-GHG is appropriate to use in its analysis. The SC-GHG values used in this analysis are based on the best available science and economics. The IWG is in the process of assessing how best to incorporate the latest peer-reviewed science and the recommendations of the National Academies to develop an updated set of SC-GHG estimates, and DOE remains engaged in that process.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide</HD>
                    <P>
                        The SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O values used for this direct final rule were based on the values developed for the February 2021 TSD. DOE notes that it has exercised its discretion in adopting the IWG's estimates, and as previously stated, DOE finds that the interim SC-GHG estimates represent the most appropriate estimate of the SC-GHG until revised estimates have been developed reflecting the latest, peer-reviewed science. Table IV.16 shows the updated sets of SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O estimates from the latest interagency update in five-year increments from 2020 to 2050. The full set of annual values used is presented in Appendix 14-A of the direct final rule TSD. To capture the uncertainties involved in regulatory impact analysis, DOE has determined it is appropriate to include all four sets of SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O values, as recommended by the IWG. DOE derived values after 2050 using the approach described previously for the SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="168">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.095</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        DOE multiplied the CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O emissions reduction estimated for each year by the SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O estimates for that year in each of the cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price deflator for GDP from the Bureau of Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of the stream of monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the cases using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O estimates in each case. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         chapter 13 of the direct final rule TSD for the annual emissions reduction, and 
                        <E T="03">see also</E>
                         appendix 14A of the direct final rule TSD for the annual SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O values.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Sensitivity Analysis Using EPA's New SC-GHG Estimates</HD>
                    <P>In December 2023, EPA issued an updated set of SC-GHG estimates (2023 SC-GHG) in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air Act. These estimates incorporate recent research and address recommendations of the National Academies (2017) and comments from a 2023 external peer review of the accompanying technical report.</P>
                    <P>For this rulemaking, DOE used these updated 2023 SC-GHG values to conduct a sensitivity analysis of the value of GHG emissions reductions associated with alternative standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. This sensitivity analysis provides an expanded range of potential climate benefits associated with amended standards. The final year of EPA's new 2023 SC-GHG estimates is 2080; therefore, DOE did not monetize the climate benefits of GHG emissions reductions occurring after 2080.</P>
                    <P>The overall climate benefits are greater when using the higher, updated 2023 SC-GHG estimates, compared to the climate benefits using the older IWG SC-GHG estimates. The results of the sensitivity analysis are presented in appendix 14C of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Monetization of Other Emissions Impacts</HD>
                    <P>
                        For this direct final rule, DOE estimated the monetized value of NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reductions from electricity generation using benefit-per-ton estimates for that sector from the EPA's Benefits Mapping and Analysis Program.
                        <SU>71</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE used EPA's values for PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                        -related benefits associated with NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and for ozone-related benefits associated with NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         for 2025, 2030, and 2040, calculated with discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent. DOE used linear interpolation to define values for the years not given in the 2025 to 2040 range; for years beyond 2040, the values are held constant. DOE combined the EPA regional benefit-per-ton estimates with regional information on electricity consumption and emissions from 
                        <E T="03">AEO 2023</E>
                         to define weighted-average national values for NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         appendix 14B of the direct final rule TSD).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>71</SU>
                             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing Directly-Emitted PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                            , PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                             Precursors and Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-ton-reducing-directly-emitted-pm25-pm25-precursors-and-ozone-precursors</E>
                            ) (last accessed Nov. 1, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44106"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">M. Utility Impact Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The utility impact analysis estimates the changes in installed electrical capacity and generation projected to result for each considered TSL. The analysis is based on published output from the NEMS associated with 
                        <E T="03">AEO 202</E>
                        3. NEMS produces the 
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                         Reference case, as well as a number of side cases, that estimate the economy-wide impacts of changes to energy supply and demand. For the current analysis, impacts are quantified by comparing the levels of electricity sector generation, installed capacity, fuel consumption and emissions in the 
                        <E T="03">AEO 202</E>
                        3 Reference case and various side cases. Details of the methodology are provided in the appendices to chapters 13 and 15 of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <P>The output of this analysis is a set of time-dependent coefficients that capture the change in electricity generation, primary fuel consumption, installed capacity, and power sector emissions due to a unit reduction in demand for a given end use. These coefficients are multiplied by the stream of electricity savings calculated in the NIA to provide estimates of selected utility impacts of potential new or amended energy conservation standards.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">N. Employment Impact Analysis</HD>
                    <P>DOE considers employment impacts in the domestic economy as one factor in selecting a standard. Employment impacts from new or amended energy conservation standards include both direct and indirect impacts. Direct employment impacts are any changes in the number of employees of manufacturers of the equipment subject to standards, their suppliers, and related service firms. The MIA addresses those impacts. Indirect employment impacts are changes in national employment that occur due to the shift in expenditures and capital investment caused by the purchase and operation of more-efficient appliances. Indirect employment impacts from standards consist of the net jobs created or eliminated in the national economy, other than in the manufacturing sector being regulated, caused by: (1) reduced spending by consumers on energy; (2) reduced spending on new energy supply by the utility industry; (3) increased consumer spending on the equipment to which the new standards apply and other goods and services, and (4) the effects of those three factors throughout the economy.</P>
                    <P>
                        One method for assessing the possible effects on the demand for labor of such shifts in economic activity is to compare sector employment statistics developed by the Labor Department's BLS. BLS regularly publishes its estimates of the number of jobs per million dollars of economic activity in different sectors of the economy, as well as the jobs created elsewhere in the economy by this same economic activity. Data from BLS indicate that expenditures in the utility sector generally create fewer jobs (both directly and indirectly) than expenditures in other sectors of the economy.
                        <SU>72</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         There are many reasons for these differences, including wage differences and the fact that the utility sector is more capital-intensive and less labor-intensive than other sectors. Energy conservation standards have the effect of reducing consumer utility bills. Because reduced consumer expenditures for energy likely lead to increased expenditures in other sectors of the economy, the general effect of efficiency standards is to shift economic activity from a less labor-intensive sector (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the utility sector) to more labor-intensive sectors (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         the retail and service sectors). Thus, the BLS data suggest that net national employment may increase due to shifts in economic activity resulting from energy conservation standards.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>72</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             U.S. Department of Commerce-Bureau of Economic Analysis. 
                            <E T="03">Regional Multipliers: A User Handbook for the Regional Input-Output Modeling System (“RIMS II”)</E>
                             (1997) U.S. Government Printing Office: Washington, DC (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.bea.gov/resources/methodologies/RIMSII-user-guide</E>
                            ) (last accessed August 1, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE estimated indirect national employment impacts for the standard levels considered in this direct final rule using an input/output model of the U.S. economy called Impact of Sector Energy Technologies version 4 (“ImSET”).
                        <SU>73</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         ImSET is a special-purpose version of the “U.S. Benchmark National Input-Output” (“I-O”) model, which was designed to estimate the national employment and income effects of energy-saving technologies. The ImSET software includes a computer- based I-O model having structural coefficients that characterize economic flows among 187 sectors most relevant to industrial, commercial, and residential building energy use.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>73</SU>
                             Livingston, O.V., S.R. Bender, M.J. Scott, and R.W. Schultz, 
                            <E T="03">ImSET 4.0: Impact of Sector Energy Technologies Model Description and User's Guide</E>
                             (2015) Pacific Northwest National Laboratory: Richland, WA. PNNL-24563.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>DOE notes that ImSET is not a general equilibrium forecasting model, and that there are uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Because ImSET does not incorporate price changes, the employment effects predicted by ImSET may over-estimate actual job impacts over the long run for this rule. Therefore, DOE used ImSET only to generate results for near-term timeframes (2034), where these uncertainties are reduced. For more details on the employment impact analysis, see chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Analytical Results and Conclusions</HD>
                    <P>The following section addresses the results from DOE's analyses with respect to the considered energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. It addresses the TSLs examined by DOE, the projected impacts of each of these levels if adopted as energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs, and the standard levels that DOE is adopting in this direct final rule. Additional details regarding DOE's analyses are contained in the direct final rule TSD supporting this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Trial Standard Levels</HD>
                    <P>In general, DOE typically evaluates potential new or amended standards for products and equipment at the equipment class level and by grouping individual efficiency levels for each class into TSLs. Use of TSLs allows DOE to identify and consider industry-level manufacturer cost interactions between the equipment classes, to the extent that there are such interactions, and national-level price elasticity of consumer purchasing decisions that may change when different standard levels are set.</P>
                    <P>In the analysis conducted for this direct final rule, DOE analyzed the benefits and burdens of four TSLs for ACUACs and ACUHPs. DOE developed TSLs that combine efficiency levels for each analyzed equipment class. DOE presents the results for the TSLs in this document, while the results for all efficiency levels that DOE analyzed are in the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <P>
                        Table V.1 presents the TSLs and the corresponding efficiency levels that DOE has identified for potential amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. TSL 4 represents the maximum technologically feasible (“max-tech”) energy efficiency for all equipment classes. TSL 3 represents the efficiency levels recommended by the ACUAC/HP Working Group. TSL 2 and TSL 1 represent intermediate efficiency levels between baseline and TSL 3 for the small and large equipment classes, but 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44107"/>
                        correspond to the same efficiency level for very large equipment classes as TSL 3.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="109">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.096</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        While representative ELs were included in the TSLs, DOE considered all efficiency levels as part of its analysis.
                        <SU>74</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>74</SU>
                             Efficiency levels that were analyzed for this direct final rule are discussed in sections IV.C.1 and IV.C.2 of this document. Results by efficiency level are presented in chapters 8, 10, and 12 of the direct final rule TSD.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers</HD>
                    <P>DOE analyzed the economic impacts on ACUACs and ACUHPs consumers by looking at the effects that potential amended standards at each TSL would have on the LCC and PBP. DOE also examined the impacts of potential standards on selected consumer subgroups. These analyses are discussed in the following sections.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period</HD>
                    <P>
                        In general, higher-efficiency equipment affect consumers in two ways: (1) purchase price increases and (2) annual operating costs decrease. Inputs used for calculating the LCC and PBP include total installed costs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         equipment price plus installation costs), and operating costs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         annual energy use, energy prices, energy price trends, repair costs, and maintenance costs). The LCC calculation also uses equipment lifetime and a discount rate. Chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD provides detailed information on the LCC and PBP analyses.
                    </P>
                    <P>Table V.2 through Table V.7 show the LCC and PBP results for the TSLs considered for each ACUAC equipment class. As discussed previously, in section IV.C.3 of this document, separate LCC and PBP results were not run for ACUHPs, but values related to ACUHP shipments are considered in the NIA. In the first of each pair of tables, the simple payback is measured relative to the baseline equipment. In the second table, the impacts are measured relative to the efficiency distribution in the no-new-standards case in the compliance year (see section IV.F.8 of this document). Because some consumers purchase equipment with higher efficiency in the no-new-standards case, the average savings are less than the difference between the average LCC of the baseline equipment and the average LCC at each TSL. The savings refer only to consumers who are affected by a standard at a given TSL. Those who already purchase equipment with efficiency at or above a given TSL are not affected. Consumers for whom the LCC increases at a given TSL experience a net cost.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="200">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.097</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="155">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44108"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.098</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="160">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.099</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="120">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.100</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="147">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.101</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="108">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44109"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.102</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis</HD>
                    <P>In the consumer subgroup analysis, DOE estimated the impact of the considered TSLs on small businesses. Table V.8 through Table V.10 compare the average LCC savings and PBP at each efficiency level for the consumer subgroup, along with similar metrics for the entire consumer sample for ACUACs (once again, ACUHPs, are considered only in the NIA). In most cases, the average LCC savings and PBP for small businesses at the considered efficiency levels are not substantially different from the average for all commercial consumers. Chapter 11 of the direct final rule TSD presents the complete LCC and PBP results for the subgroup.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="156">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.103</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="120">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.104</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="108">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.105</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44110"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers</HD>
                    <P>DOE performed an MIA to estimate the impact of amended energy conservation standards on manufacturers of ACUACs and ACUHPs. The next section describes the expected impacts on manufacturers at each considered TSL. Chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD explains the analysis in further detail.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Industry Cash-Flow Analysis Results</HD>
                    <P>In this section, DOE provides GRIM results from the analysis, which examines changes in the industry that would result from a standard. Table V.12 and Table V.13 summarize the estimated financial impacts (represented by changes in INPV) of potential amended energy conservation standards on manufacturers of ACUACs and ACUHPs, as well as the conversion costs that DOE estimates manufacturers of ACUACs and ACUHPs would incur at each TSL.</P>
                    <P>As discussed in section IV.J.2.d of this document, to evaluate the range of cash-flow impacts on the ACUAC/ACUHP industry, DOE modeled two manufacturer markup scenarios that correspond to the range of anticipated market responses to amended standards. DOE modeled: (1) the preservation of gross margin percentage scenario and (2) the preservation of operating profit scenario. Under the preservation of gross margin percentage scenario, DOE applied a single uniform “gross margin percentage” across all efficiency levels. As MPCs increase with efficiency, this scenario implies that the absolute dollar markup will increase. DOE assumed a manufacturer “gross margin percentage” of 23 percent for small ACUACs, 24 percent for small ACUHPs, 25 percent for large ACUACs, 26 percent for large ACUHPs, 29 percent for very large ACUACs, and 30 percent for very large ACUHPs. This manufacturer markup is the same as the one DOE assumed in the engineering analysis and the no-new-standards case of the GRIM. Because this scenario assumes that a manufacturer's absolute dollar markup would increase as MPCs increase in the standards cases, it represents the upper (less severe) bound to industry profitability under potential amended energy conservation standards. Specifically, the industry will be able to maintain its average no-new-standards case gross margin (as a percentage of revenue) despite the higher production costs in the standards cases. In general, the larger the MPC increases, the less likely manufacturers are to achieve the cash flow from operations calculated in this scenario because it is less likely that manufacturers will be able to fully markup these larger production cost increases.</P>
                    <P>The preservation of operating profit scenario reflects manufacturers' concerns about their inability to maintain margins as MPCs increase to reach more-stringent efficiency levels. In this scenario, while manufacturers make the necessary investments required to convert their facilities to produce compliant products, operating profit does not change in absolute dollars and decreases as a percentage of revenue. It represents the lower (more severe) bound to industry profitability under potential amended energy conservation standards because no additional operating profit is earned on the higher MPCs, thereby eroding profit margins as a percentage of total revenue.</P>
                    <P>Each of the modeled manufacturer markup scenarios results in a unique set of cash-flows and corresponding INPVs at each TSL. In the following discussion, the INPV results refer to the difference in industry value between the no-new-standards case and each standards case resulting from the sum of discounted cash-flows from the reference year (2024) through the end of the analysis period (2058). To provide perspective on the short-run cash-flow impact, DOE includes in the discussion of results a comparison of free cash flow between the no-new-standards case and the standards case at each TSL in the year before compliance with new standards is required. This figure represents the size of the required conversion costs relative to the cash flow generated by the ACUAC/ACUHP industry in the absence of amended energy conservation standards.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="231">
                        <GID>ER20my24.106</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="243">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44111"/>
                        <GID>ER20my24.107</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>At TSL 1, DOE estimates that impacts on INPV range from −$92.9 million to −$44.2 million, or a change in INPV of −3.5 percent to −1.7 percent. At TSL 1, industry free cash-flow (operating cash flow minus capital expenditures and capital conversion costs) is $67.5 million, which is a decrease of $44.4 million, or a drop of 39.7 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $111.9 million in 2028, the year before the compliance date of amended energy conservation standards. Industry conversion costs total $163.2 million.</P>
                    <P>TSL 1 would set the energy conservation standard for small ACUACs/HPs at EL 2, large ACUACs/HPs at EL 1, and very large ACUACs/HPs at EL 1. At TSL 1, DOE estimates that manufacturers would incur approximately $124.9 million in product conversion costs, as some small ACUACs/HPs, large ACUACs/HPs, and very large ACUACs/HPs would need to be redesigned to comply with the standard. DOE also estimates that manufacturers would incur approximately $38.4 million in capital conversion costs.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 1, DOE estimates that approximately 52 percent of small ACUAC/HP models currently available for purchase, 64 percent of large ACUAC/HP models, and 64 percent of very large ACUAC/HP models would have the capability of meeting the efficiency levels required at TSL 1, necessitating a significant amount of product redesign. DOE estimates that seven of the nine manufacturers of small ACUACs/HPs offer small ACUACs/HPs that would meet the efficiency level required at TSL 1. DOE estimates that seven of the eight manufacturers of large ACUACs/HPs offer large ACUACs/HPs that meet the efficiency level required at TSL 1. DOE estimates that six of the eight manufacturers of very large ACUACs/HPs offer very large ACUACs/HPs that meet the efficiency level required at TSL 1.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 1, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all ACUACs/HPs increases by 2.6 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipment-weighted-average MPC for all ACUACs/HPs in 2029. The incremental increases in MPC lead to different profitability and cash-flows under the two manufacturer markup scenarios. However, the conversion costs are the key driver on impacts to the industry, with the $163.2 million in conversion costs, being the major contributor to changes of −3.5 percent and −1.7 percent of INPV at TSL 1 under the preservation of operating profit scenario and the preservation of gross margin scenario, respectively.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 2, DOE estimates that impacts on INPV range from −$141.7 million to −$76.0 million, or a change in INPV of −5.3 percent to −2.9 percent. At TSL 2, industry free cash-flow is $43.4 million, which is a decrease of $68.5 million, or a drop of 61.2 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $111.9 million in 2028, the year before the compliance date of amended energy conservation standards. Industry conversion costs total $228.0 million.</P>
                    <P>TSL 2 would set the energy conservation standard for small ACUACs/HPs at EL 3, large ACUACs/HPs at EL 1, and very large ACUACs/HPs at EL 1. At TSL 2, DOE estimates that manufacturers would incur approximately $171.1 million in product conversion costs, as some small ACUACs/HPs, large ACUACs/HPs, and very large ACUACs/HPs would need to be redesigned to comply with the standard. DOE also estimates that manufacturers would incur approximately $56.9 million in capital conversion costs.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 2, DOE estimates that approximately 43 percent of small ACUAC/HP models currently available for purchase, 64 percent of large ACUAC/HP models, and 64 percent of very large ACUAC/HP models would have the capability of meeting the efficiency levels required at TSL 2, necessitating a significant amount of product redesign. DOE estimates that six of the nine manufacturers of small ACUACs/HPs offer small ACUACs/HPs that would meet the efficiency level required at TSL 2. DOE estimates that seven of the eight manufacturers of large ACUACs/HPs offer large ACUACs/HPs that meet the efficiency level required at TSL 2. DOE estimates that six of the eight manufacturers of very large ACUACs/HPs offer very large ACUACs/HPs that meet the efficiency level required at TSL 2.</P>
                    <P>
                        At TSL 2, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all ACUACs/HPs increases by 3.6 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipment-weighted-average MPC for all ACUACs/HPs in 2029. The incremental increases in MPC lead to different profitability and cash-flows under the two 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44112"/>
                        manufacturer markup scenarios. However, the conversion costs are the key driver on impacts to the industry, with the $228.0 million in conversion costs, being the major contributor to changes of −5.3 percent and −2.9 percent of INPV at TSL 2 under the preservation of operating profit scenario and the preservation of gross margin scenario, respectively.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        At TSL 3 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the ACUAC/HP Working Group recommended levels), DOE estimates that impacts on INPV would range from −$193.9 million to −$79.5 million, or a change in INPV of −7.3 percent to −3.0 percent. At TSL 3, industry free cash-flow is $21.5 million, which is a decrease of $90.4 million, or a drop of 80.8 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $111.9 million in 2028, the year before the compliance date of amended energy conservation standards. Industry conversion costs total $288.0 million.
                    </P>
                    <P>TSL 3 would set the energy conservation standard for small ACUACs/HPs at EL 4, large ACUACs/HPs at EL 2, and very large ACUACs/HPs at EL 1. At TSL 3, DOE estimates that manufacturers would incur approximately $217.2 million in product conversion costs, as some small ACUACs/HPs, large ACUACs/HPs, and very large ACUACs/HPs would need to be redesigned to comply with the standard. DOE also estimates that manufacturers would incur approximately $70.8 million in capital conversion costs.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 3, DOE estimates that approximately 37 percent of small ACUAC/HP models available for purchase, 50 percent of large ACUAC/HP models, and 64 percent of very large ACUAC/HP models have the capability of meeting the efficiency levels required at TSL 3, necessitating a significant amount of product redesign. DOE estimates that five of the nine manufacturers of small ACUACs/HPs offer small ACUACs/HPs that would meet the efficiency level required at TSL 3. DOE estimates that six of the eight manufacturers of large ACUACs/HPs offer large ACUACs/HPs that meet the efficiency level required at TSL 3. DOE estimates that six of the eight manufacturers of very large ACUACs/HPs offer very large ACUACs/HPs that meet the efficiency level required at TSL 3.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 3, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all ACUACs/HPs increases by 6.3 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipment-weighted-average MPC for all ACUACs/HPs in 2029. The incremental increases in MPC lead to different profitability and cash-flows under the two manufacturer markup scenarios. However, the conversion costs are the key driver on impacts to the industry, with the $288.0 million in conversion costs, being the major contributor to changes of −7.3 percent and −3.0 percent of INPV at TSL 3 under the preservation of operating profit scenario and the preservation of gross margin scenario, respectively.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 4 (max-tech), DOE estimates that impacts on INPV range from −$1,550.6 million to −$830.1 million, or a change in INPV of −58.4 percent to −31.3 percent. At TSL 4, industry free cash-flow is −$677.1 million, which is a decrease of $789.0 million, or a drop of 705.2 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $111.9 million in 2028, the year before the compliance date of amended energy conservation standards. The negative free-cash-flow calculation indicates manufacturers may need to access cash reserves or outside capital to finance conversion efforts. Industry conversion costs total $1,891.0 million.</P>
                    <P>TSL 4 would set the energy conservation standard for small ACUACs/HPs at EL 7, large ACUACs/HPs at EL 4, and very large ACUACs/HPs at EL 3. At TSL 4, DOE estimates that manufacturers would incur approximately $1,443.2 million in product conversion costs, as the majority of small ACUACs/HPs, large ACUACs/HPs, and very large ACUACs/HPs would need to be redesigned to comply with the standard. DOE also estimates that manufacturers would incur approximately $447.8 million in capital conversion costs.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 4, DOE estimates that approximately 2 percent of small ACUAC/HP models available for purchase, 10 percent of large ACUAC/HP models, and 1 percent of very large ACUAC/HP models would have the capability of meeting the efficiency levels required at TSL 4, necessitating a significant amount of product redesign. DOE estimates that only three of the nine manufacturers of small ACUACs/HPs offer small ACUACs/HPs that would meet the efficiency level required at TSL 4. DOE estimates that only two of the eight manufacturers of large ACUACs/HPs offer large ACUACs/HPs that meet the efficiency level required at TSL 4. DOE estimates that only one of the eight manufacturers of very large ACUACs/HPs offer very large ACUACs/HPs that meet the efficiency level required at TSL 4.</P>
                    <P>At max-tech, DOE expects that manufacturers would have to contend with significant engineering uncertainty (considering that very few manufacturers produce models that would meet the efficiency level required at TSL 4) and would need to invest heavily in product redesign at all capacities. At TSL 4, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all ACUACs/HPs increases by 30.3 percent relative to the no-new-standards case shipment-weighted-average MPC for all ACUACs/HPs in 2029. The incremental increases in MPC lead to different profitability and cash-flows under the two manufacturer markup scenarios. However, the conversion costs continue to be the key driver on impacts to the industry, with the $1,891.0 million in conversion costs, being the major contributor to changes of −58.4 percent and −31.3 percent of INPV at TSL 4 under the preservation of operating profit scenario and the preservation of gross margin scenario, respectively.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Direct Impacts on Employment</HD>
                    <P>
                        To quantitatively assess the potential impacts of amended energy conservation standards on direct employment in the ACUACs and ACUHPs industry, DOE used the GRIM to estimate the domestic labor expenditures and number of direct employees in the no-new-standards case and in each of the standards cases during the analysis period. DOE calculated these values using the most up-to-date statistical data from the 2021 
                        <E T="03">ASM,</E>
                        <SU>75</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         BLS employee compensation data,
                        <SU>76</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the results of the engineering analysis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>75</SU>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, 
                            <E T="03">Annual Survey of Manufactures,</E>
                             “Summary Statistics for Industry Groups and Industries in the U.S (2021)” (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/data/tables.html</E>
                            ) (last accessed Dec. 5, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>76</SU>
                             U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, 
                            <E T="03">Employer Costs for Employee Compensation</E>
                             (June 2023) (Sept. 12, 2023) (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.bls.gov/news.release/pdf/ecec.pdf</E>
                            ) (last accessed Dec. 5, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Labor expenditures related to equipment manufacturing depend on the labor intensity of the equipment, the sales volume, and an assumption that wages remain fixed in real terms over time. The total labor expenditures in each year are calculated by multiplying the total MPCs by the labor percentage of MPCs. The total labor expenditures in the GRIM were then converted to total production employment levels by dividing production labor expenditures by the average fully burdened wage multiplied by the average number of hours worked per year per production worker. To do this, DOE relied on the 
                        <E T="03">ASM</E>
                         inputs: Production Workers Annual Wages, Production Workers Annual Hours, Production Workers for Pay Period, and Number of Employees. DOE also relied on the BLS employee compensation data to determine the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44113"/>
                        fully burdened wage ratio. The fully burdened wage ratio factors in paid leave, supplemental pay, insurance, retirement and savings, and legally required benefits.
                    </P>
                    <P>The number of production employees is then multiplied by the U.S. labor percentage to convert total production employment to total domestic production employment. The U.S. labor percentage represents the industry fraction of domestic manufacturing production capacity for the covered equipment. This value is derived from manufacturer interviews, product database analysis, and publicly-available information. Based on information obtained during manufacturer interviews, DOE estimates that 50 percent of ACUACs/HPs are produced domestically.</P>
                    <P>
                        The domestic production employees estimate covers production line workers, including line supervisors, who are directly involved in fabricating, processing, or assembling equipment within the OEM facility. Workers performing services that are closely associated with production operations, such as materials handling tasks using forklifts, are also included as production labor.
                        <SU>77</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE's estimates only account for production workers who manufacture the specific equipment covered by this rulemaking.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>77</SU>
                             The comprehensive description of production and non-production workers is available online at: 
                            <E T="03">www2.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/technical-documentation/questionnaire/2021/instructions/MA_10000_Instructions.pdf,</E>
                             “Definitions and Instructions for the Annual Survey of Manufacturers, MA-10000” (pp. 13-14) (last accessed June 1, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Non-production employees account for the remainder of the direct employment figure. The non-production employees estimate covers domestic workers who are not directly involved in the production process, such as sales, engineering, human resources, and management. Using the amount of domestic production workers previously calculated, non-production domestic employees are extrapolated by multiplying the ratio of non-production workers in the industry compared to production employees. DOE assumes that this employee distribution ratio remains constant between the no-new-standards case and standards cases.</P>
                    <P>Direct employment is the sum of domestic production employees and non-production employees. Using the GRIM, DOE estimates in the absence of amended energy conservation standards, there would be 3,429 domestic production and non-production employees for ACUACs/HPs in 2029. Table V.14 shows the range of the impacts of amended energy conservation standards on U.S. manufacturing employment in the ACUAC/HP industry. The following discussion provides a qualitative evaluation of the range of potential impacts presented in Table V.14.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="125">
                        <GID>ER20my24.108</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        The direct employment impacts shown in Table V.14 represent the potential domestic employment changes that could result following the compliance date of the amended standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs. Employment could increase or decrease due to the labor content of the various equipment being manufactured domestically. The upper bound estimate corresponds to an increase in the number of domestic workers that would result from amended energy conservation standards if manufacturers continue to produce the same scope of covered equipment within the United States after compliance takes effect and would require additional labor to produce more-efficient equipment. To establish a conservative lower bound, DOE assumes all manufacturers would shift production to foreign countries with lower labor costs. At lower TSLs, DOE believes the likelihood of changes in production location due to amended standards are low due to feedback from industry that they would not expect major changes to their production lines and processes, with the majority of conversion costs driven by equipment redesign (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         investments in research, development, testing, marketing, and other non-capitalized costs). However, as amended standards increase in stringency and both the complexity and cost of production facility updates increases, manufacturers are more likely to revisit their production location decisions.
                    </P>
                    <P>Additional detail on the analysis of direct employment can be found in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. Additionally, the employment impacts discussed in this section are independent of the employment impacts from the broader U.S. economy, which are documented in chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity</HD>
                    <P>
                        Based on manufacturer feedback, DOE expects there would be relatively low capital conversion costs at TSLs below the max-tech level (including TSL 3, the Recommended TSL), which indicates that major updates to manufacturing lines will likely not be required to meet amended standards. At max-tech (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         TSL 4), it is unclear if most manufacturers would have the engineering capacity to complete the necessary redesigns within the compliance period. However, because the Recommended TSL would not require max-tech efficiencies, DOE does not expect manufacturers would face long-term capacity constraints due to the standard levels detailed in this direct final rule. Furthermore, accepting that manufacturers fully considered the investment and capacity implications prior to voluntarily entering into the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet, DOE infers that manufacturers would not have agreed to standard levels that they could not reasonably meet within the compliance period.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44114"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers</HD>
                    <P>Using average cost assumptions to develop industry cash-flow estimates may not capture the differential impacts among subgroups of manufacturers. Small manufacturers, niche players, or manufacturers exhibiting a cost structure that differs substantially from the industry average could be affected disproportionately. DOE used the results of the industry characterization to group manufacturers exhibiting similar characteristics. Specifically, DOE investigated small businesses as a manufacturer subgroup that could be disproportionally impacted by energy conservation standards and could merit additional analysis in the MIA. DOE did not identify any other adversely impacted manufacturer subgroups for this rulemaking based on the results of the industry characterization.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE analyzes the impacts on small businesses in a separate analysis for the amended energy conservation standards proposed in the NOPR published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         and in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. In summary, the SBA defines a “small business” as having 1,250 employees or less for North American Industry Classification System (“NAICS”) code 333415, “Air Conditioning and Warm Air Heating Equipment and Commercial and Industrial Refrigeration Equipment Manufacturing.” Based on this classification, DOE did not identify any domestic OEMs that qualify as a small business. For a discussion of the small business manufacturer subgroup, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden</HD>
                    <P>One aspect of assessing manufacturer burden involves examining at the cumulative impact of multiple DOE standards and the regulatory actions of other Federal agencies, States, and localities that affect the manufacturers of a covered product or equipment. While any one regulation may not impose a significant burden on manufacturers, the combined effects of several existing or impending regulations may have serious consequences for some manufacturers, groups of manufacturers, or an entire industry. Assessing the impact of a single regulation may overlook this cumulative regulatory burden. In addition to energy conservation standards, multiple regulations affecting the same manufacturer can strain profits and lead companies to abandon equipment lines or markets with lower expected future returns than competing equipment. For these reasons, DOE conducts an analysis of cumulative regulatory burden as part of its rulemakings pertaining to appliance efficiency.</P>
                    <P>For this cumulative regulatory burden analysis, DOE examined Federal, equipment-specific regulations that could affect ACUAC and ACUHP manufacturers that take effect approximately three years before or after the 2029 compliance date. Table V.15 presents the DOE energy conservation standards that would impact manufacturers of ACUAC and ACUHP equipment in the 2026 to 2032 timeframe.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="607">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44115"/>
                        <GID>ER20my24.109</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Refrigerant Regulations</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE evaluated the potential impacts of State and Federal refrigerant regulations, such as the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) rulemaking prohibiting the use of refrigerants with a GWP of 750 or greater starting January 1, 2025 for “Other Air-conditioning Equipment,” which includes covered equipment under this rulemaking,
                        <SU>78</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44116"/>
                        the October 2023 EPA Final Rule which establishes a GWP limit of 700 for refrigerants used in light commercial air conditioning and heat pump systems (which includes ACUACs and ACUHPs) manufactured January 1, 2025, or later. 88 FR 73098, 73206, 73208. Based on market research and information from manufacturer interviews, DOE expects that ACUAC/HP manufacturers will transition to flammable refrigerants (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         R-32) in response to these refrigerant GWP restrictions. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         section IV.C.4 of this document for additional information. DOE understands that switching from non-flammable to flammable refrigerants requires time and investment to redesign ACUAC/HP units and to upgrade production facilities to accommodate the additional structural and safety precautions required. DOE expects manufacturers will need to transition to an A2L 
                        <SU>79</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         refrigerant to comply with upcoming refrigerant regulations, prior to the expected 2029 compliance date of the amended energy conservation standards.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>78</SU>
                             State of California Air Resource Board, “Prohibitions on Use of Certain Hydrofluorocarbons in Stationary Refrigeration, Stationary Air-
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            conditioning, and Other End-Uses Regulation,” Amendments effective January 1, 2022 (available at: 
                            <E T="03">ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/barcu/regact/2020/hfc2020/frorevised.pdf</E>
                            ) (last accessed Oct. 18, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>79</SU>
                             A2L is a refrigerant classification from the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (“ASHRAE”) Standard 34: “Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants.” The A2L class defines refrigerants that are nontoxic, but mildly flammable. 
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             section IV.C.4 of this document for additional discussion on low-GWP refrigerants.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Investments required to transition to flammable refrigerants in response to Federal or State regulations, including EPA's final rule, necessitate a level of resource allocation beyond typical annual R&amp;D and capital expenditures. DOE considers the cost associated with the refrigerant transition in its GRIM to be independent of DOE actions related to any amended energy conservation standards. DOE accounted for the costs associated with redesigning ACUAC/HPs to make use of flammable refrigerants in the GRIM in the no-new-standards case and standards cases to reflect the cumulative regulatory burden from Federal and State refrigerant regulation. DOE relied on manufacturer feedback in confidential interviews and a report prepared by CARB,
                        <SU>80</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         to estimate the industry refrigerant transition costs. To avoid underestimating the potential costs, DOE used the more conservative costs reported in the report prepared by CARB. Based on feedback, DOE assumed that the transition to low-GWP refrigerants would require industry to invest approximately $210 million in equipment redesign.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>80</SU>
                             Report prepared by the state of California's Air Resources Board, “Proposed Amendments to the Prohibitions on Use of Certain Hydrofluorocarbons in Stationary Refrigeration, Chillers, Aerosols, Propellants, and Foam End-Uses Regulation” (2020) (available at: 
                            <E T="03">ww2.arb.ca.gov/sites/default/files/barcu/regact/2020/hfc2020/appb.pdf?_ga=2.199664686.188689668.1697147618-702155270.1695067053</E>
                            ) (last accessed Oct. 18, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. National Impact Analysis</HD>
                    <P>This section presents DOE's estimates of the national energy savings and the NPV of consumer benefits that would result from each of the TSLs considered as potential amended standards.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Significance of Energy Savings</HD>
                    <P>To estimate the energy savings attributable to potential amended standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs, DOE compared their energy consumption under the no-new-standards case to their anticipated energy consumption under each TSL. The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of equipment purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of anticipated compliance with amended standards (2029-2058). Table V.16 presents DOE's projections of the national energy savings for each TSL considered for ACUACs and ACUHPs. The savings were calculated using the approach described in section IV.H.2 of this document.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="314">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44117"/>
                        <GID>ER20my24.110</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        OMB Circular A-4 
                        <SU>81</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         requires agencies to present analytical results, including separate schedules of the monetized benefits and costs that show the type and timing of benefits and costs. Circular A-4 also directs agencies to consider the variability of key elements underlying the estimates of benefits and costs. For this rulemaking, DOE undertook a sensitivity analysis using nine years, rather than 30 years, of equipment shipments. The choice of a nine-year period is a proxy for the timeline in EPCA for the review of certain energy conservation standards and potential revision of and compliance with such revised standards.
                        <SU>82</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The review timeframe established in EPCA is generally not synchronized with the equipment lifetime, equipment manufacturing cycles, or other factors specific to ACUACs and ACUHPs. Thus, such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any change in DOE's analytical methodology. The NES sensitivity analysis results based on a nine-year analytical period are presented in Table V.17. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of ACUACs and ACUHPs purchased in 2029-2037.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>81</SU>
                             U.S. Office of Management and Budget, 
                            <E T="03">Circular A-4: Regulatory Analysis</E>
                             (Sept. 17, 2003) (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf</E>
                             (last accessed Oct. 23, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>82</SU>
                             For ASHRAE equipment, EPCA requires DOE to review its standards every six years, and requires, for certain products, a three-year period after any new standard is promulgated before compliance is required, except that in no case may any new standards be required within six years of the compliance date of the previous standards. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)) If DOE makes a determination that amended standards are not needed, it must conduct a subsequent review within three years following such a determination. (
                            <E T="03">Id.</E>
                            ) As DOE is evaluating the need to amend the standards, the sensitivity analysis is based on the review timeframe associated with amended standards. While adding a six-year review to the three-year compliance period adds up to nine years, DOE notes that it may undertake reviews at any time within the six-year period and that the three-year compliance date may yield to the six-year backstop. A nine-year analysis period may not be appropriate given the variability that occurs in the timing of standards reviews and the fact that for some products, the compliance period is six years rather than three years.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="320">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44118"/>
                        <GID>ER20my24.111</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE estimated the cumulative NPV of the total costs and savings for consumers that would result from the TSLs considered for ACUACs and ACUHPs. In accordance with OMB's guidelines on regulatory analysis,
                        <SU>83</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE calculated NPV using both a 7-percent and a 3-percent real discount rate. Table V.18 shows the consumer NPV results with impacts counted over the lifetime of equipment purchased in 2029-2058.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>83</SU>
                             U.S. Office of Management and Budget, 
                            <E T="03">Circular A-4: Regulatory Analysis</E>
                             (Sept. 17, 2003) (available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf</E>
                            ) (last accessed Oct. 23, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="298">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44119"/>
                        <GID>ER20my24.112</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>The NPV results based on the aforementioned nine-year analytical period are presented in Table V.19. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of equipment purchased in 2029-2037. As mentioned previously, such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any change in DOE's analytical methodology or decision criteria.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="298">
                        <GID>ER20my24.113</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44120"/>
                    <P>
                        The previous results reflect the use of a default (constant) trend to estimate the change in price for ACUACs and ACUHPs over the analysis period (see section IV.H of this document). DOE also conducted a sensitivity analysis that considered one scenario with a declining price trend in combination with 
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                         High-Economic-Growth (high benefit) and one scenario with an increasing price trend in combination with 
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                         Low-Economic-Growth (low benefit). For 30-year shipments at the amended TSL, in the high benefit scenario, NPV of consumer benefits results at 3 percent and 7 percent discount rates, respectively, are $17.3 billion and $5.2 billion USD. In the low benefit scenario, NPV of consumer benefits results at 3 percent and 7 percent discount rates, respectively, are $14.0 billion and $3.9 billion USD. In the reference scenario, the NPV of consumer benefits results at 3 percent and 7 percent discount rates, respectively, are $15.3 billion and $4.4 billion USD. The full results of these alternative cases are presented in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Indirect Impacts on Employment</HD>
                    <P>DOE estimates that amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs will reduce energy expenditures for consumers of that equipment, with the resulting net savings being redirected to other forms of economic activity. These expected shifts in spending and economic activity could affect the demand for labor. As described in section IV.N of this document, DOE used an input/output model of the U.S. economy to estimate indirect employment impacts of the TSLs that DOE considered. There are uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Therefore, DOE generated results for near-term timeframes (2029-2034), where these uncertainties are reduced.</P>
                    <P>The results suggest that the adopted standards are likely to have a negligible impact on the net demand for labor in the economy. The net change in jobs is so small that it would be imperceptible in national labor statistics and might be offset by other, unanticipated effects on employment. Chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD presents detailed results regarding anticipated indirect employment impacts.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Equipment</HD>
                    <P>As discussed in section III.F.1.d of this document, DOE has concluded that the standards adopted in this direct final rule will not lessen the utility or performance of ACUACs and ACUHPs under consideration in this rulemaking. Manufacturers of this equipment currently offer units that meet or exceed the adopted standards.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE considered any lessening of competition that would be likely to result from new or amended standards. As discussed in section III.F.1.e of this document, EPCA directs the Attorney General of the United States (“Attorney General”) to determine the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result from a proposed standard and to transmit such determination in writing to the Secretary within 60 days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an analysis of the nature and extent of the impact. To assist the Attorney General in making this determination, DOE has provided DOJ with copies of the direct final rule, the related NOPR, and the accompanying TSD for review. DOE will consider DOJ's comments on the DFR in determining how to proceed with this rulemaking. DOE will also publish and respond to the DOJ's comments in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         in a separate document. DOE invites comment from the public regarding any competitive impacts that are likely to result from this direct final rule. In addition, stakeholders may also provide comments separately to DOJ regarding these potential impacts. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         the 
                        <E T="02">ADDRESSES</E>
                         section of the NOPR published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         for information to send comments to DOJ.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy</HD>
                    <P>Enhanced energy efficiency, where economically justified, improves the Nation's energy security, strengthens the economy, and reduces the environmental impacts (costs) of energy production. Reduced electricity demand due to energy conservation standards is also likely to reduce the cost of maintaining the reliability of the electricity system, particularly during peak-load periods. Chapter 15 in the direct final rule TSD presents the estimated impacts on electricity-generating capacity, relative to the no-new-standards case, for the TSLs that DOE considered in this rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>Energy conservation resulting from potential energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs is expected to yield environmental benefits in the form of reduced emissions of certain air pollutants and greenhouse gases. Table V.20 provides DOE's estimate of cumulative emissions reductions expected to result from the TSLs considered in this rulemaking. The emissions were calculated using the multipliers discussed in section IV.K of this document. DOE reports annual emissions reductions for each TSL in chapter 13 of the direct final rule TSD.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="393">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44121"/>
                        <GID>ER20my24.114</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        As part of the analysis for this rulemaking, DOE estimated monetary benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs for ACUACs and ACUHPs. Section IV.L of this document discusses the SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         values that DOE used. Table V.21 presents the value of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reduction at each TSL for each of the SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         cases. The time-series of annual values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="169">
                        <GID>ER20my24.115</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44122"/>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in section IV.L.2 of this document, DOE estimated the monetized climate benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs for ACUACs and ACUHPs. Table V.22 presents the value of the CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         emissions reduction at each TSL, and Table V.23 presents the value of the N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O emissions reduction at each TSL. The time-series of annual values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="170">
                        <GID>ER20my24.116</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="170">
                        <GID>ER20my24.117</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        DOE is well aware that scientific and economic knowledge about the contribution of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and other GHG emissions to changes in the future global climate and the potential resulting damages to the global and U.S. economy continues to evolve rapidly. Thus, any value placed on reduced GHG emissions in this rulemaking is subject to change. That said, because of omitted damages, DOE agrees with the IWG that these estimates most likely underestimate the climate benefits of greenhouse gas reductions. DOE, together with other Federal agencies, will continue to review methodologies for estimating the monetary value of reductions in CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and other GHG emissions. This ongoing review will consider the comments on this subject that are part of the public record for this and other rulemakings, as well as other methodological assumptions and issues. DOE notes, however, that the adopted standards are economically justified even without inclusion of monetized benefits of reduced GHG emissions.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE also estimated the monetary value of the economic benefits associated with NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reductions anticipated to result from the considered TSLs for ACUACs and ACUHPs. The dollar-per-ton values that DOE used are discussed in section IV.L of this document. Table V.24 presents the present value for NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions reduction for each TSL calculated using 7-percent and 3-percent discount rates, and Table V.25 presents similar results for SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reductions. The results in these tables reflect application of EPA's low dollar-per-ton values, which reflects DOE's primary estimate. The time-series of annual values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="109">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44123"/>
                        <GID>ER20my24.118</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="97">
                        <GID>ER20my24.119</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        The benefits of reduced CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        , and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O emissions are collectively referred to as “climate benefits.” The effects of SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions reductions are collectively referred to as “health benefits.” Not all the public health and environmental benefits from the reduction of greenhouse gases, NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         are captured in the values above, and additional unquantified benefits from the reductions of those pollutants, as well as from the reduction of direct PM and other co-pollutants, may be significant. DOE has not included monetary benefits of the reduction of Hg emissions for this direct final rule because the amount of reduction is expected the be very small.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">7. Other Factors</HD>
                    <P>The Secretary of Energy, in determining whether a standard is economically justified, may consider any other factors that the Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B)(ii)(VII)) No other factors were considered in this analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">8. Summary of Economic Impacts</HD>
                    <P>
                        Table V.26 presents the NPV values that result from adding the monetized estimates of the potential economic, climate, and health benefits resulting from reduced GHG, NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions to the NPV of consumer benefits calculated for each TSL considered in this rulemaking. The consumer benefits are domestic U.S. monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the covered ACUACs and ACUHPs, and are measured for the lifetime of equipment shipped in 2029-2058. The climate benefits associated with reduced GHG emissions resulting from the adopted standards are global benefits, and are also calculated based on the lifetime of ACUACs and ACUHPs shipped in 2029-2058. The climate benefits associated with four SC-GHG estimates are shown in Table V.26. DOE does not have a single, central SC-GHG point estimate, and it emphasizes the value of considering the benefits calculated using all four SC-GHG estimates.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="201">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.120</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44124"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Conclusion</HD>
                    <P>
                        As noted previously, EPCA specifies that, for any commercial and industrial equipment addressed under 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(i), DOE may prescribe an energy conservation standard more stringent than the level for such equipment in ASHRAE Standard 90.1, as amended,
                        <SU>84</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         only if “clear and convincing evidence” shows that a more-stringent standard would result in significant additional conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II)) For this direct final rule, DOE considered the impacts of amended standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs at each TSL, beginning with the maximum technologically feasible level, to determine whether that level was economically justified. Where the max-tech level was not justified, DOE then considered the next most efficient level and undertook the same evaluation until it reached the highest efficiency level that is both technologically feasible and economically justified and saves a significant additional amount of energy.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>84</SU>
                             As discussed in section II.B.2, ASHRAE 90.1-2019 updated the minimum efficiency levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs to align with those adopted by DOE in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule—
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             ASHRAE 90.1-2019 includes minimum efficiency levels that are aligned with the current Federal energy conservation standards. ASHRAE 90.1-2022 includes the same minimum efficiency levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs as ASHRAE 90.1-2019.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>To aid the reader as DOE discusses the benefits and/or burdens of each TSL, tables in this section present a summary of the results of DOE's quantitative analysis for each TSL. In addition to the quantitative results presented in the tables, DOE also considers other burdens and benefits that affect economic justification. These include the impacts on identifiable subgroups of consumers who may be disproportionately affected by a national standard and impacts on employment.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for ACUACs and ACUHPs Standards</HD>
                    <P>Table V.27 and Table V.28 summarize the quantitative impacts estimated for each TSL for ACUACs and ACUHPs. The national impacts are measured over the lifetime of ACUACs and ACUHPs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with amended standards (2029-2058). The energy savings, emissions reductions, and value of emissions reductions refer to full-fuel-cycle results. DOE is presenting monetized benefits of GHG emissions reductions in accordance with the applicable Executive Orders, and DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this document in the absence of the social cost of greenhouse gases, including the Interim Estimates presented by the IWG. The efficiency levels contained in each TSL are described in section V.A of this document.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="625">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44125"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.121</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="332">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44126"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.122</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>DOE first considered TSL 4, which represents the max-tech efficiency levels. The max-tech efficiency levels for all equipment classes would require complete redesigns of almost all models currently available on the market to be optimized around the new test procedure and energy efficiency metrics to provide better field performance. TSL 4 could necessitate using a combination of numerous design options, including the most efficient compressors, fans and motor designs, more-efficient heat exchangers, and/or advanced controls. TSL 4 would save an estimated 14.8 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 4, the NPV of consumer net benefit would be $1.5 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $21.7 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.</P>
                    <P>
                        The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 4 are 291.4 Mt of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , 67.7 thousand tons of SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , 496.0 thousand tons of NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , 0.45 tons of Hg, 2,268.2 thousand tons of CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        , and 2.2 thousand tons of N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O. The estimated monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions (associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at TSL 4 is $12.6 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health benefits from reduced SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions at TSL 4 is $7.8 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $23.2 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs, health benefits from reduced SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 4 is $21.9 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated total NPV at TSL 4 is $57.5 billion. The estimated total NPV is provided for additional information; however, DOE primarily relies upon the NPV of consumer benefits when determining whether a potential standard level is economically justified.
                    </P>
                    <P>At TSL 4, the average LCC impact is a savings of $242 for small ACUACs, $3,880 for large ACUACs, and $12,766 for very large ACUACs. The simple payback period is 10 years for small ACUACs and seven years for large and very large ACUACs. The fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 60 percent for small ACUACs, 31 percent for large ACUACs, and 24 percent for very large ACUACs. On a shipment-weighted average basis, the average LCC impact is a savings of $2,379, the simple payback period is 9 years, and the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 49 percent.</P>
                    <P>
                        At TSL 4, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $1,550.6 million to a decrease of $830.1 million, which corresponds to decreases of 58.4 percent to 31.3 percent, respectively. DOE estimates that industry would need to invest $1,891 million to comply with standards set at TSL 4. DOE estimates that approximately 2 percent of small ACUAC/HP models, 10 percent of large ACUAC/HP models, and 1 percent of very large ACUAC/HP models currently available for purchase meet the efficiency levels that would be required at TSL 4 after testing using the amended test procedure and when represented in the new metric. Very few manufacturers produce equipment at TSL 4 efficiency levels at this time. DOE estimates that only three of the nine manufacturers of small ACUACs/HPs currently offer models that meet the efficiency levels that would be required for small ACUACs/HPs at TSL 4. DOE estimates that only two of the eight manufacturers of large ACUACs/HPs currently offer models that meet the efficiency levels that would be required for large ACUACs/HPs at TSL 4. DOE estimates 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44127"/>
                        that only one of the eight manufacturers of very large ACUACs/HPs currently offers models that meet the efficiency level that would be required for very large ACUACs/HPs at TSL 4.
                    </P>
                    <P>At TSL 4, DOE understands that all of the manufacturers would need to utilize significant engineering resources to redesign their current offerings to bring them into compliance with TSL 4 efficiencies. All manufacturers would have to invest heavily in their production facilities and source more-efficient components for incorporation into their designs. One of the challenges that certain members of the ACUAC/HP Working Group expressed was ensuring the footprint of the large and very large ACUACs and ACUHPs did not grow to a level that was not sustainable for existing retrofits. While there was some uncertainty surrounding what those footprints might look like, most manufacturers were generally concerned that TSL 4 could require such increases especially for very large models. DOE understands that to meet max-tech IVEC levels, a high fraction of models would need larger cabinet footprints to accommodate the increased size of efficiency-improving design options, which would require substantial investment in retooling as well as redesign engineering efforts.</P>
                    <P>DOE estimates that at TSL 4, most manufacturers would be required to redesign every ACUAC/HP model offering covered by this rulemaking. Some manufacturers may not have the engineering capacity to complete the necessary redesigns within the compliance period. If manufacturers were unable to redesign all their covered ACUAC/HP models within the compliance period, they would likely prioritize redesigns based on model sales volume. In such case, model offerings of large and very large ACUACs/HPs might decrease given that there are many capacities offered for large and very large ACUACs/HPs and comparatively fewer shipments across which to distribute conversion costs. Furthermore, DOE recognizes that a standard set at max-tech could greatly limit equipment differentiation in the ACUAC/ACUHP market.</P>
                    <P>Based upon the previous considerations, the Secretary concludes that at TSL 4 for ACUACs and ACUHPs, the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the impacts on manufacturers, including the large conversion costs, profit margin impacts that could result in a large reduction in INPV, and the scale and magnitude of the redesign efforts needed for manufacturers to bring their current equipment offerings into compliance at this TSL. DOE is concerned that manufacturers may narrow their equipment offerings and focus on high-volume models to meet the standard within the compliance window. DOE is also concerned with the potential footprint implications especially for very large ACUAC/HP models as manufacturer optimize around the new test procedure and metric for the largest of ACUAC/HP models. Consequently, DOE has concluded that it is unable to make a determination, supported by clear and convincing evidence, that TSL 4 is economically justified.</P>
                    <P>DOE then considered TSL 3 (the Recommended TSL), which represents efficiency levels 4, 2, and 1 for small, large, and very large ACUACs and ACUHPs, respectively. At TSL 3 efficiency levels, DOE understands that manufacturers would likely need to implement fewer design options than needed for TSL 4. These design options could include increasing outdoor and/or indoor coil size, modifying compressor staging, and improving fan and/or fan motor efficiency in order to meet these levels. These technologies and design paths are familiar to manufacturers as they produce equipment today that can meet TSL 3 efficiency levels, but they are not optimized around the new test procedure and metrics, which are more representative of field performance. The Recommended TSL would save an estimated 5.5 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 3, the NPV of consumer net benefit would be $4.4 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $15.3 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.</P>
                    <P>
                        The cumulative emissions reductions at the Recommended TSL are 108.7 Mt of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , 25.3 thousand tons of SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , 185.1 thousand tons of NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , 0.2 tons of Hg, 845.6 thousand tons of CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        , and 0.8 thousand tons of N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O. The estimated monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions (associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at the Recommended TSL is $4.86 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health benefits from reduced SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions at the Recommended TSL is $3.0 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $8.8 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs, health benefits from reduced SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 3 is $12.3 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated total NPV at TSL 3 is $29.0 billion. The estimated total NPV is provided for additional information; however, DOE primarily relies upon the NPV of consumer benefits when determining whether a potential standard level is economically justified.
                    </P>
                    <P>At the Recommended TSL, the average LCC impact is a savings of $1,380 for small ACUACs, $2,488 for large ACUACs, and $6,431 for very large ACUACs. The simple payback period is six years for small ACUACs, 3.5 years for large ACUACs, and 1 year for very large ACUACs. The fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 26 percent for small ACUACs, 4 percent for large ACUACs, and 1 percent for very large ACUACs. On a shipment-weighted average basis, the average LCC impact is a savings of $2,154, the simple payback period is 4.8 years, and the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 18 percent.</P>
                    <P>
                        At the Recommended TSL, TSL 3, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $193.9 million to a decrease $79.5 million, which correspond to decreases of 7.3 percent and 3.0 percent, respectively. DOE estimates that industry must invest $288 million to comply with standards set at the Recommended TSL. The ACUAC/HP Working Group manufacturers were more comfortable with TSL 3 efficiency levels because the technologies anticipated to be used are the same as technologies employed in the commercially available products today. In some cases, manufacturers believed existing cabinets could be maintained, while in other cases, investments would be needed to modify production equipment for new cabinet designs to optimize fan design and accommodate other changes. DOE estimates that at TSL 3 efficiency levels manufacturers might likely utilize staging of the compressor instead of moving the entire market to variable-speed compressors. However, DOE understands that both of these are options that manufacturers may choose to improve efficiency for those models needing redesign. While DOE estimates that there are currently few shipments at the Recommended TSL, particularly for small ACUACs/HPs (as discussed in section IV.F.8 of this document), DOE estimates that approximately 37 percent of small ACUAC/HP models, 50 percent of large ACUAC/HP models, and 64 percent of very large ACUAC/HP models currently available would have the capability of meeting the efficiency levels required at 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44128"/>
                        TSL 3 without being redesigned. This indicates that there is already a significant number of models available on the market that would meet the Recommended TSL when represented in the new metric, and that the technology to meet these standards is readily available. Manufacturers understand the design pathways and have significant experience with the existing technologies needed to bring the remaining models into compliance within the timeframe given. DOE estimates that five of the nine manufacturers of small ACUACs/HPs offer small ACUACs/HPs that would meet the efficiency level required at TSL 3. DOE estimates that six of the eight manufacturers of large ACUACs/HPs offer large ACUACs/HPs that meet the efficiency level required at TSL 3. DOE estimates that six of the eight manufacturers of very large ACUACs/HPs offer very large ACUACs/HPs that meet the efficiency level required at TSL 3. Given the support expressed by the ACUAC/HP Working Group for TSL 3 (the Recommended TSL), DOE believes that all manufacturers of ACUACs/HPs will be able to redesign their model offerings in the compliance timeframe.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        After considering the analysis and weighing the benefits and burdens, the Secretary has concluded that the Recommended TSL (TSL 3) for ACUACs and ACUHPs is in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), which contains provisions for adopting a uniform national standard more stringent than the amended ASHRAE Standard 90.1 
                        <SU>85</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         for the equipment considered in this document. Specifically, the Secretary has determined, supported by clear and convincing evidence as described in this direct final rule and accompanying TSD, that such adoption would result in significant additional conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically justified. In determining whether the recommended standards are economically justified, the Secretary has determined that the benefits of the recommended standards exceed the burdens. At this TSL, the average LCC savings for consumers of ACUACs is positive. An estimated 18 percent of ACUAC consumers experience a net cost. The FFC national energy savings are significant, and the NPV of consumer benefits is positive using both a 3-percent and 7-percent discount rate. Notably, the benefits to consumers vastly outweigh the cost to manufacturers. At the Recommended TSL, the NPV of consumer benefits, even measured at the more conservative discount rate of 7 percent, is over 47 times higher than the maximum estimated manufacturers' loss in INPV. The economic justification for standard levels at the Recommended TSL is clear and convincing even without weighing the estimated monetary value of emissions reductions. When those emissions reductions are included—representing $4.9 billion in climate benefits (associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate), and $9.0 billion (using a 3-percent discount rate) or $3.0 billion (using a 7-percent discount rate) in health benefits—the rationale becomes stronger still.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>85</SU>
                             As discussed in section II.B.2 of this document, ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019 updated the minimum efficiency levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs to align with those adopted by DOE in the January 2016 Direct Final Rule (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019 includes minimum efficiency levels that are aligned with the current Federal energy conservation standards). ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2022 includes the same minimum efficiency levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs as ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2019.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Accordingly, the Secretary has concluded that the Recommended TSL (TSL 3) would offer the maximum improvement in efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified and would result in the significant additional conservation of energy. The Secretary has also concluded, by clear and convincing evidence, that the adoption of the recommended standards would result in the significant conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically justified. As stated, DOE conducts the walk-down analysis to determine the TSL that represents the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified as required under EPCA. The walk-down is not a comparative analysis, as a comparative analysis would result in the maximization of net benefits instead of energy savings that are technologically feasible and economically justified, which would be contrary to the statute. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         86 FR 70892, 70908 (Dec. 13, 2021). Although DOE has not conducted a comparative analysis to select the amended energy conservation standards, DOE notes that compared to TSL 4, the Recommended TSL results in shorter payback periods and fewer consumers with net cost and results in a lower maximum decrease in INPV and lower manufacturer conversion costs.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Although DOE considered amended standard levels for ACUACs and ACUHPs by grouping the efficiency levels for each equipment class into TSLs, DOE evaluates all analyzed efficiency levels in its analysis. Although there are ELs for each equipment class above those of TSL 3, the previously discussed uncertainty around the economic justification to support amended standards at TSL 4 applies for all efficiency levels higher than those of the Recommended TSL. As discussed, there is substantial uncertainty as to which combinations of design options manufacturers may employ to achieve high IVEC levels (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         those above the Recommended TSL), which may result in very high product conversion costs. In addition, manufacturers' capacity to redesign all models that do not meet the amended standard levels is constrained by resources devoted to the low-GWP refrigerant transition and becomes increasingly difficult as minimum efficiency levels increases above the Recommended TSL. Also, similar to TSL 4, many more cabinets would need to be redesigned at efficiency levels above those at TSL 3, which would require substantial investment in design and retooling. For small ACUACs and ACUHPs, adopting an efficiency level above that at TSL 3 would result in nearly 50 percent of purchasers experiencing a net cost. For large and very large ACUACs and ACUHPs, higher ELs could potentially result in reduced configuration and model availability due to large jumps in failing model counts, high cost of redesign, high conversion costs, and lower shipment volumes (as compared to small ACUACs and ACUHPs) across which to distribute conversion costs. Therefore, DOE has concluded that it is unable to make a determination, supported by clear and convincing evidence, that efficiency levels above TSL 3 are economically justified.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, at the Recommended TSL, there are substantially more model offerings currently available on the market, and significantly less redesign would be required than for higher efficiency levels. Additionally, the efficiency levels at TSL 3 result in positive LCC savings for all equipment classes and with far fewer consumers experiencing a net LCC cost, and mitigate the impacts on INPV and conversion costs to the point where DOE has concluded they are economically justified, as discussed for the Recommended TSL in the preceding paragraphs.</P>
                    <P>
                        Under the authority provided by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) and 6316(b)(1), DOE is issuing this direct final rule that adopts amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs at the Recommended TSL (TSL 3). The amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs, which are expressed as minimum efficiency values 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44129"/>
                        in terms of IVEC and IVHE, are shown in Table V.29.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="241">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.123</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Standards</HD>
                    <P>The benefits and costs of the adopted standards can also be expressed in terms of annualized values. The annualized net benefit is: (1) the annualized national economic value (expressed in 2022$) of the benefits from operating equipment that meet the adopted standards (consisting primarily of operating cost savings from using less energy), minus increases in equipment purchase costs, and (2) the annualized monetary value of the climate and health benefits from emissions reductions.</P>
                    <P>Table V.30 shows the annualized values for ACUACs and ACUHPs under the Recommended TSL (TSL 3), expressed in 2022$. The results under the primary estimate are as follows.</P>
                    <P>
                        Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and health benefits from reduced NOx and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated cost of the standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs adopted in this rule is $481.3 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $944.7 million in reduced equipment operating costs, $279.2 million in climate benefits, and $317.1 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit would amount to $1.1 billion per year.
                    </P>
                    <P>Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated cost of the standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs is $493.2 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $1371.6 billion in reduced operating costs, $279.2 million in climate benefits, and $507.9 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $1.7 billion per year.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="418">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44130"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.124</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="538">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44131"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.125</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094</HD>
                    <P>
                        Executive Order (“E.O.”) 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993), as supplemented and reaffirmed by E.O. 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” 76 FR 3821 (Jan. 21, 2011), and amended by E.O. 14094, “Modernizing Regulatory Review,” 88 FR 21879 (April 11, 2023), requires agencies, to the extent permitted by law, to: (1) propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44132"/>
                        compliance that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including providing economic incentives to encourage the desired behavior, such as user fees or marketable permits, or providing information upon which choices can be made by the public. DOE emphasizes as well that E.O. 13563 requires agencies to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible. In its guidance, the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (“OIRA”) in the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) has emphasized that such techniques may include identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes. For the reasons stated in this preamble, this final regulatory action is consistent with these principles.
                    </P>
                    <P>Section 6(a) of E.O. 12866 also requires agencies to submit “significant regulatory actions” to OIRA for review. OIRA has determined that this final regulatory action constitutes a “significant regulatory action” within the scope of section 3(f)(1) of E.O. 12866, as amended by E.O. 14094. Accordingly, pursuant to section 6(a)(3)(C) of E.O. 12866, DOE has provided to OIRA an assessment, including the underlying analysis, of benefits and costs anticipated from the final regulatory action, together with, to the extent feasible, a quantification of those costs; and an assessment, including the underlying analysis, of costs and benefits of potentially effective and reasonably feasible alternatives to the planned regulation, and an explanation why the planned regulatory action is preferable to the identified potential alternatives. These assessments are summarized in this preamble, and further detail can be found in the technical support document for this rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ) requires preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (“IRFA”) and a final regulatory flexibility analysis (“FRFA”) for any rule that by law must be proposed for public comment, unless the agency certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. As required by E.O. 13272, “Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking,” 67 FR 53461 (August 16, 2002), DOE published procedures and policies in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         on February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of its rules on small entities are properly considered during the rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and policies available on the Office of the General Counsel's website (
                        <E T="03">www.energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE is not obligated to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis for this rulemaking because there is not a requirement to publish a general notice of proposed rulemaking under the Administrative Procedure Act. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         5 U.S.C. 601(2), 603(a). As discussed previously, DOE has determined that the ACUAC/HP Working Group ECS Term Sheet meets the necessary requirements under EPCA to issue this direct final rule for energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs under the procedures in 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). DOE notes that the NOPR for energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs published elsewhere in this issue of the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         contains a regulatory flexibility analysis.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>
                    <P>Under the procedures established by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”), a person is not required to respond to a collection of information by a Federal agency unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. OMB Control Number 1910-1400, Compliance Statement Energy/Water Conservation Standards for Appliances, is currently valid and assigned to the certification reporting requirements applicable to covered products and equipment, including ACUACs and ACUHPs.</P>
                    <P>DOE's certification and compliance activities ensure accurate and comprehensive information about the energy and water use characteristics of covered products and covered equipment sold in the United States. Manufacturers of all covered products and covered equipment must submit a certification report before a basic model is distributed in commerce, annually thereafter, and if the basic model is redesigned in such a manner to increase the consumption or decrease the efficiency of the basic model such that the certified rating is no longer supported by the test data. Additionally, manufacturers must report when production of a basic model has ceased and is no longer offered for sale as part of the next annual certification report following such cessation. DOE requires the manufacturer of any covered product or covered equipment to establish, maintain, and retain the records of certification reports, of the underlying test data for all certification testing, and of any other testing conducted to satisfy the requirements of part 429, part 430, and/or part 431. Certification reports provide DOE and consumers with comprehensive, up-to date efficiency information and support effective enforcement.</P>
                    <P>DOE is not amending the existing certification or reporting requirements or establishing new DOE reporting requirements for ACUACs and ACUHPs in this direct final rule. Instead, if determined to be necessary, DOE may consider proposals to establish associated certification requirements and reporting for ACUACs and ACUHPs under a separate, future rulemaking regarding appliance and equipment certification. DOE will address changes to OMB Control Number 1910-1400 at that time, as necessary. Therefore, DOE has concluded that the amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs will not impose additional costs for manufacturers related to reporting and certification.</P>
                    <P>Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969</HD>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (“NEPA”), DOE has analyzed this direct final rule in accordance with NEPA and DOE's NEPA implementing regulations (10 CFR part 1021). DOE has determined that this rule qualifies for categorical exclusion under 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, appendix B, B5.1, because it is a rulemaking that establishes energy conservation standards for consumer products or industrial equipment, none of the exceptions identified in B5.1(b) apply, no extraordinary circumstances exist that require further environmental analysis, and it otherwise meets the requirements for application of a categorical exclusion. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 CFR 1021.410. Therefore, DOE has determined that promulgation of this rule is not a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment within the meaning of NEPA, and does not require an environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44133"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Review Under Executive Order 13132</HD>
                    <P>E.O. 13132, “Federalism,” 64 FR 43255 (August 10, 1999), imposes certain requirements on Federal agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have federalism implications. The Executive order requires agencies to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive order also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the development of such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE has examined this rule and has determined that it would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the National Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. EPCA governs and prescribes Federal preemption of State regulations as to energy conservation for the equipment that is the subject of this direct final rule. States can petition DOE for exemption from such preemption to the extent, and based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a) and (b); 42 U.S.C. 6297) Therefore, no further action is required by Executive Order 13132.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Review Under Executive Order 12988</HD>
                    <P>With respect to the review of existing regulations and the promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of E.O. 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996), imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity; (2) write regulations to minimize litigation; (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard, and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. Regarding the review required by section 3(a), section 3(b) of E.O. 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation: (1) clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any; (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation; (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction; (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any; (5) adequately defines key terms, and (6) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of E.O. 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, this direct final rule meets the relevant standards of E.O. 12988.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
                    <P>
                        Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (“UMRA”) requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the private sector. Public Law 104-4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year (adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers of State, local, and Tribal governments on a “significant intergovernmental mandate,” and requires an agency plan for giving notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small governments before establishing any requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE published a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE's policy statement is also available at 
                        <E T="03">www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/gcprod/documents/umra_97.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE has concluded that this direct final rule may require expenditures of $100 million or more in any one year by the private sector. Such expenditures may include: (1) investment in research and development and in capital expenditures by ACUAC and ACUHP manufacturers in the years between the direct final rule and the compliance date for the amended standards and (2) incremental additional expenditures by consumers to purchase higher-efficiency ACUACs and ACUHPs, starting at the compliance date for the applicable standard.</P>
                    <P>
                        Section 202 of UMRA authorizes a Federal agency to respond to the content requirements of UMRA in any other statement or analysis that accompanies the direct final rule. (2 U.S.C. 1532(c)) The content requirements of section 202(b) of UMRA relevant to a private sector mandate substantially overlap the economic analysis requirements that apply under section 325(o) of EPCA and Executive Order 12866. The 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section of this document and the TSD for this direct final rule respond to those requirements.
                    </P>
                    <P>Under section 205 of UMRA, DOE is obligated to identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before promulgating a rule for which a written statement under section 202 is required. (2 U.S.C. 1535(a)) DOE is required to select from those alternatives the most cost-effective and least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the rule, unless DOE publishes an explanation for doing otherwise, or the selection of such an alternative is inconsistent with law. As required by 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)(i), this direct final rule establishes amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs that DOE has determined to be both technologically feasible and economically justified, and save a significant additional amount of energy, as required by 42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(II) and (a)(6)(B)(ii). A full discussion of the alternatives considered by DOE is presented in chapter 17 of the TSD for this direct final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999</HD>
                    <P>Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any rule that may affect family well-being. This rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Review Under Executive Order 12630</HD>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to E.O. 12630, “Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights,” 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988), DOE has determined that this rule would not result in any takings that might require compensation under the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44134"/>
                        Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) provides for Federal agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under information quality guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). Pursuant to OMB Memorandum M-19-15, “Improving Implementation of the Information Quality Act” (April 24, 2019), DOE published updated guidelines which are available at: 
                        <E T="03">www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2019/12/f70/DOE%20Final%20Updated%20IQA%20Guidelines%20Dec%202019.pdf.</E>
                         DOE has reviewed this direct final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Review Under Executive Order 13211</HD>
                    <P>E.O. 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,” 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that: (1) is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use.</P>
                    <P>DOE has concluded that this regulatory action, which sets forth amended energy conservation standards for ACUACs and ACUHPs, is not a significant energy action because the standards are not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, nor has it been designated as such by the Administrator at OIRA. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects on this direct final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">L. Review Under the Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review</HD>
                    <P>On December 16, 2004, OMB, in consultation with the Office of Science and Technology Policy (“OSTP”), issued its Final Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (“the Bulletin”). 70 FR 2664 (Jan. 14, 2005). The Bulletin establishes that certain scientific information shall be peer reviewed by qualified specialists before it is disseminated by the Federal Government, including influential scientific information related to agency regulatory actions. The purpose of the Bulletin is to enhance the quality and credibility of the Government's scientific information. Under the Bulletin, the energy conservation standards rulemaking analyses are “influential scientific information,” which the Bulletin defines as “scientific information the agency reasonably can determine will have, or does have, a clear and substantial impact on important public policies or private sector decisions.” 70 FR 2664, 2667 (Jan. 14, 2005).</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to OMB's Bulletin, DOE conducted formal peer reviews of the energy conservation standards development process and the analyses that are typically used and prepared a report describing that peer review.
                        <SU>86</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Generation of this report involved a rigorous, formal, and documented evaluation using objective criteria and qualified and independent reviewers to make a judgment as to the technical/scientific/business merit, the actual or anticipated results, and the productivity and management effectiveness of programs and/or projects. Because available data, models, and technological understanding have changed since 2007, DOE has engaged with the National Academy of Sciences to review DOE's analytical methodologies to ascertain whether modifications are needed to improve DOE's analyses. DOE is in the process of evaluating the resulting December 2021 NAS report.
                        <SU>87</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>86</SU>
                             The 2007 “Energy Conservation Standards Rulemaking Peer Review Report” is available at the following website: 
                            <E T="03">www.energy.gov/eere/buildings/downloads/energy-conservation-standards-rulemaking-peer-review-report-0</E>
                             (last accessed Sept. 26, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>87</SU>
                             The December 2021 NAS report is available at 
                            <E T="03">www.nationalacademies.org/our-work/review-of-methods-for-setting-building-and-equipment-performance-standards</E>
                             (last accessed Dec. 5, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">M. Congressional Notification</HD>
                    <P>As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the promulgation of this rule prior to its effective date. The report will state that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has determined that this action meets the criteria set forth in 5 U.S.C. 804(2).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary</HD>
                    <P>The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this direct final rule.</P>
                    <LSTSUB>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 431</HD>
                        <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business information, Energy conservation, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
                    </LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
                    <P>
                        This document of the Department of Energy was signed on April 12, 2024, by Jeffrey Marootian, Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, pursuant to delegated authority from the Secretary of Energy. That document with the original signature and date is maintained by DOE. For administrative purposes only, and in compliance with requirements of the Office of the Federal Register, the undersigned DOE Federal Register Liaison Officer has been authorized to sign and submit the document in electronic format for publication, as an official document of the Department of Energy. This administrative process in no way alters the legal effect of this document upon publication in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <SIG>
                        <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, on April 17, 2024.</DATED>
                        <NAME>Treena V. Garrett,</NAME>
                        <TITLE>Federal Register Liaison Officer, U.S. Department of Energy.</TITLE>
                    </SIG>
                    <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, DOE amends part 431 of chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:</P>
                    <PART>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 431—ENERGY EFFICIENCY PROGRAM FOR CERTAIN COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT</HD>
                    </PART>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="431">
                        <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 431 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <AUTH>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority: </HD>
                            <P>42 U.S.C. 6291-6317; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.</P>
                        </AUTH>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="431">
                        <AMDPAR>2. Revise § 431.97 to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 431.97</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Energy efficiency standards and their compliance dates.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>
                                (a) All basic models of commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment must be tested for performance using the applicable DOE test procedure in § 431.96, be compliant with the applicable standards set forth 
                                <PRTPAGE P="44135"/>
                                in paragraphs (b) through (i) of this section, and be certified to the Department under 10 CFR part 429.
                            </P>
                            <P>(b) Each air-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h and double-duct air conditioners or heat pumps) manufactured on or after January 1, 2023, and before January 1, 2029, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 1 to this paragraph (b). Each air-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment (excluding air-cooled equipment with cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h and double-duct air conditioners or heat pumps) manufactured on or after January 1, 2029, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 2 to this paragraph (b). Each water-cooled commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in table 3 to this paragraph (b) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 3. Each evaporatively-cooled commercial air conditioning and heating equipment manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in table 4 to this paragraph (b) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 4. Each double-duct air conditioner or heat pump manufactured on or after January 1, 2010, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 5 to this paragraph (b).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,xs45,r75,xs60,xs60">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 1 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">b</E>
                                    )—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity Greater Than or Equal to 65,000 Btu/
                                    <E T="01">h</E>
                                     (Excluding Double-Duct Air-Conditioners and Heat Pumps)
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Minimum
                                        <LI>
                                            efficiency 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment
                                        <LI>manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>starting on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity Greater Than or Equal to 65,000 Btu/h (Excluding Double-Duct Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps)</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER = 14.8</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER = 14.6</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IEER = 14.1
                                        <LI>COP = 3.4</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IEER = 13.9
                                        <LI>COP = 3.4</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER = 14.2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER = 14.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IEER = 13.5
                                        <LI>COP = 3.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IEER = 13.3
                                        <LI>COP = 3.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER = 13.2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IEER = 13.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IEER = 12.5
                                        <LI>COP = 3.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IEER = 12.3
                                        <LI>COP = 3.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2023.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     See section 3 of appendix A to this subpart for the test conditions upon which the COP standards are based.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,xs45,r75,xs60,xs60">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 2 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">b</E>
                                    )—Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity Greater Than or Equal to 65,000 Btu/
                                    <E T="01">h</E>
                                     (Excluding Double-Duct Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps)
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment
                                        <LI>manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>starting on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Air-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity Greater Than or Equal to 65,000 Btu/h (Excluding Double-Duct Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps)</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IVEC = 14.3</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IVEC = 13.8</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IVEC = 13.4
                                        <LI>IVHE = 6.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IVEC = 13.8</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IVEC = 13.3</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IVEC = 13.1
                                        <LI>IVHE = 6.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IVEC = 12.9</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>IVEC = 12.2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        IVEC = 12.1
                                        <LI>IVHE = 5.8</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2029.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <PRTPAGE P="44136"/>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s75,r75,r30,r30">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 3 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">b</E>
                                    )—Minimum Cooling Efficiency Standards for Water-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment
                                        <LI>manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>starting on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Water-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 29, 2003.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2013.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.9</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2013.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.5</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.3</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.4</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s75,r75,r30,r30">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 4 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">b</E>
                                    )—Minimum Cooling Efficiency Standards for Evaporatively-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment
                                        <LI>manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>starting on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="03" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Evaporatively-Cooled Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 29, 2003.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2013.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.9</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2013.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 12.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.8</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.9</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.7</ENT>
                                    <ENT>June 1, 2014.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,xs45,r75,xs60,xs60">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 5 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">b</E>
                                    )—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Double-Duct Air Conditioners or Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Supplementary heating type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Minimum
                                        <LI>
                                            efficiency 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment
                                        <LI>manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>starting on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="04" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Double-Duct Air Conditioners or Heat Pumps</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 11.0
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.8
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 10.8</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.6
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.4
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 10.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>AC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 9.8</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Electric Resistance Heating or No Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 9.5
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;300,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>HP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 9.3
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     See section 3 of appendix A to this subpart for the test conditions upon which the COP standards are based.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>
                                (c) Each water-source heat pump manufactured starting on the compliance date listed in table 6 to this paragraph (c) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (c).
                                <PRTPAGE P="44137"/>
                            </P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s75,r75,r50">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 6 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">c</E>
                                    )—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Water-Source Heat Pumps (Water-to-Air, Water-Loop)
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment
                                        <LI>manufactured starting on . . . </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="02" RUL="s">
                                    <ENT I="21">
                                        <E T="02">Water-Source Heat Pumps (Water-to-Air, Water-Loop)</E>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW EXPSTB="00">
                                    <ENT I="01">&lt;17,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 12.2
                                        <LI>COP = 4.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 9, 2015.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥17,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 13.0
                                        <LI>COP = 4.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 9, 2015.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 13.0
                                        <LI>COP = 4.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 9, 2015.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(d) Each non-standard size packaged terminal air conditioner (PTAC) and packaged terminal heat pump (PTHP) manufactured on or after October 7, 2010, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 7 to this paragraph (d). Each standard size PTAC manufactured on or after October 8, 2012, and before January 1, 2017, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 7. Each standard size PTHP manufactured on or after October 8, 2012, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 7. Each standard size PTAC manufactured on or after January 1, 2017, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in table 8 to this paragraph (d).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r50,r50,r75,xs80">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 7 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">d</E>
                                    )—Minimum Efficiency Standards for PTAC and PTHP
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: products
                                        <LI>manufactured on</LI>
                                        <LI>and after . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">PTAC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Standard Size</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.7</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 8, 2012.
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 13.8−(0.3 × Cap 
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                        )
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 8, 2012.
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 9.3</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 8, 2012.
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"/>
                                    <ENT>Non-Standard Size</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 9.4</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.9−(0.213 × Cap 
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                        )
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 7.7</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">PTHP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Standard Size</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 11.9 
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 8, 2012.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 14.0−(0.3 × Cap 
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                        )
                                        <LI O="xl">
                                            COP = 3.7−(0.052 × Cap 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                            )
                                        </LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 8, 2012.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 9.5 
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 2.9</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 8, 2012.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>Non-Standard Size</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 9.3 
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 2.7</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.8−(0.213 × Cap 
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                        )
                                        <LI O="xl">
                                            COP = 2.9−(0.026 × Cap 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                            )
                                        </LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 7.6 
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 2.5</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 7, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     “Cap” means cooling capacity in thousand Btu/h at 95 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature.
                                </TNOTE>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>2</SU>
                                     And manufactured before January 1, 2017. See table 8 to this paragraph (d) for updated efficiency standards that apply to this category of equipment manufactured on and after January 1, 2017.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r50,r50,r75,xs80">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 8 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">d</E>
                                    )—Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for PTAC
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: products 
                                        <LI>manufactured on </LI>
                                        <LI>and after . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">PTAC</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Standard Size</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;7,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 11.9</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2017.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>≥7,000 Btu/h and ≤15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 14.0−(0.3 × Cap 
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                        )
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2017.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>&gt;15,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>EER = 9.5</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2017.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     “Cap” means cooling capacity in thousand Btu/h at 95 °F outdoor dry-bulb temperature.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>
                                (e)(1) Each single package vertical air conditioner and single package vertical heat pump manufactured on or after January 1, 2010, but before October 9, 2015 (for models ≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h), or October 9, 2016 (for models ≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h), must meet the applicable 
                                <PRTPAGE P="44138"/>
                                minimum energy conservation standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (e)(1).
                            </P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,r55,xls32,r30,r50">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 9 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">e</E>
                                    )(1)—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Single Package Vertical Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Sub-
                                        <LI>category</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: products 
                                        <LI>manufactured on and after . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps, single-phase and three-phase</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 9.0
                                        <LI>EER = 9.0</LI>
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2010.
                                        <LI>January 1, 2010.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 8.9
                                        <LI>EER = 8.9</LI>
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2010.
                                        <LI>January 1, 2010.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 8.6
                                        <LI>EER = 8.6</LI>
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 2.9</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2010.
                                        <LI>January 1, 2010.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(2) Each single package vertical air conditioner and single package vertical heat pump manufactured on and after October 9, 2015 (for models ≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h), or October 9, 2016 (for models ≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h), but before September 23, 2019, must meet the applicable minimum energy conservation standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (e)(2).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,r55,xls32,r30,r50">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 10 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">e</E>
                                    )(2)—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Single Package Vertical Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Sub-
                                        <LI>category</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: products 
                                        <LI>manufactured on and after . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps, single-phase and three-phase</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 9.0
                                        <LI>EER = 9.0</LI>
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2010.
                                        <LI>January 1, 2010.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.0
                                        <LI>EER = 10.0</LI>
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 9, 2015.
                                        <LI>October 9, 2015.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.0
                                        <LI>EER = 10.0</LI>
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 9, 2016.
                                        <LI>October 9, 2016.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(3) Each single package vertical air conditioner and single package vertical heat pump manufactured on and after September 23, 2019, must meet the applicable minimum energy conservation standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (e)(3).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,r55,xls32,r30,r50">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 11 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">e</E>
                                    )(3)—Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Single Package Vertical Air Conditioners and Single Package Vertical Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Sub-
                                        <LI>category</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: products 
                                        <LI>manufactured on and after . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps, single-phase and three-phase</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 11.0
                                        <LI>EER = 11.0</LI>
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.3</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        September 23, 2019.
                                        <LI>September 23, 2019.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.0
                                        <LI>EER = 10.0</LI>
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 9, 2015.
                                        <LI>October 9, 2015.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Single package vertical air conditioners and single package vertical heat pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        AC
                                        <LI>HP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        EER = 10.0
                                        <LI>EER = 10.0</LI>
                                        <LI O="xl">COP = 3.0</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 9, 2016.
                                        <LI>October 9, 2016.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(f)(1) Each computer room air conditioner with a net sensible cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h manufactured on or after October 29, 2012, and before May 28, 2024 and each computer room air conditioner with a net sensible cooling capacity greater than or equal to 65,000 Btu/h and less than 760,000 Btu/h manufactured on or after October 29, 2013, and before May 28, 2024 must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (f)(1).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,r100,12,12">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 12 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(f)(1)</E>
                                    —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Computer Room Air Conditioners
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Net sensible cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum SCOP efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Downflow</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Upflow</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.20</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.09</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.99</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44139"/>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.90</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.79</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.60</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.49</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.50</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.39</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.40</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.29</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.44</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.45</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.34</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.35</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.24</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.50</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.39</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.15</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.04</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.99</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.45</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.34</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.99</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.05</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.94</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(2) Each computer room air conditioner manufactured on or after May 28, 2024, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (f)(2).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="7" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,r100,10,10,r100,10,10">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 13 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(f)(2)</E>
                                    —Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Floor-Mounted Computer Room Air Conditioners
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Downflow and upflow ducted</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Net sensible cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">
                                        Minimum NSenCOP 
                                        <LI>efficiency</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="3">Downflow</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="3">Upflow ducted</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Upflow non-ducted and horizontal flow</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Net sensible cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">
                                        Minimum NSenCOP 
                                        <LI>efficiency</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="3">
                                        Upflow 
                                        <LI>non-ducted</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="3">Horizontal flow</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.70</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.67</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.16</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.65</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.58</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.04</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.55</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.36</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.33</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.89</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.47</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        &lt;80,000 Btu/h
                                        <LI>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        2.70
                                        <LI>2.58</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        2.67
                                        <LI>2.55</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        &lt;65,000 Btu/h
                                        <LI>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        2.09
                                        <LI>1.99</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        2.65
                                        <LI>2.55</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.36</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.33</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.81</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.47</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.82</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.79</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.43</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.79</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.73</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.70</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.32</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.68</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.67</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.64</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.20</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.60</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        &lt;80,000 Btu/h
                                        <LI>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        2.77
                                        <LI>2.68</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        2.74
                                        <LI>2.65</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        &lt;65,000 Btu/h
                                        <LI>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        2.35
                                        <LI>2.24</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        2.71
                                        <LI>2.60</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.61</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.58</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.12</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.54</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;80,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.56</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.53</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.08</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.48</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.24</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.21</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.90</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.18</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.21</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.18</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.81</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.18</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        &lt;80,000 Btu/h
                                        <LI>≥80,000 Btu/h and &lt;295,000 Btu/h</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        2.51
                                        <LI>2.19</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        2.48
                                        <LI>2.16</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        &lt;65,000 Btu/h
                                        <LI>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        2.00
                                        <LI>1.82</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        2.44
                                        <LI>2.10</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥295,000 Btu/h and &lt;930,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.15</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.12</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.73</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.10</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,r65,10,10">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 14 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(f)(2)</E>
                                    —Minimum Efficiency Standards for Ceiling-Mounted Computer Room Air Conditioners
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Net sensible cooling capacity</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Minimum NSenCOP 
                                        <LI>efficiency</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Ducted</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="2">Non-ducted</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Free Air Discharge Condenser</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.05</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.08</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.02</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.05</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.92</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.94</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Free Air Discharge Condenser and Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.01</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.04</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.97</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.87</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.89</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Ducted Condenser</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.86</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.89</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.83</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.86</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.73</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.75</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Air-Cooled with Fluid Economizer and Ducted Condenser</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.82</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.85</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.78</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.81</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.68</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.7</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.38</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.41</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.28</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.31</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44140"/>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.18</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.2</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Water-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.33</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.36</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.23</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.26</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.13</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2.16</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.97</ENT>
                                    <ENT>2</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.93</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.98</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.78</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.81</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Glycol-Cooled with Fluid Economizer</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;29,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.92</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.95</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥29,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.88</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.93</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.73</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1.76</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(g)(1) Each variable refrigerant flow air conditioner or heat pump manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in table 15 to this paragraph (g)(1) and prior to January 1, 2024, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (g)(1).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,r25,r75,xs70,xs60">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 15 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">g</E>
                                    )(1)—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Cooling 
                                        <LI>capacity</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Heating type 
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment 
                                        <LI>manufactured </LI>
                                        <LI>on and after . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Air Conditioners (Air-Cooled)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>11.2 EER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>11.0 EER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>11.0 EER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10.8 EER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10.0 EER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>9.8 EER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Heat Pumps (Air-Cooled)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>11.0 EER, 3.3 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10.8 EER, 3.3 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10.6 EER, 3.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10.4 EER, 3.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>9.5 EER, 3.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>All Other Types of Heating</ENT>
                                    <ENT>9.3 EER, 3.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2010.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Heat Pumps (Water-Source)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;17,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Without Heat Recovery</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        12.0 EER, 
                                        <LI>4.2 COP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 29, 2012. 
                                        <LI>October 29, 2003.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>With Heat Recovery</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        11.8 EER 
                                        <LI>4.2 COP</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        October 29, 2012. 
                                        <LI>October 29, 2003.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥17,000 Btu/h and &lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>12.0 EER, 4.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 29, 2003.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 Btu/h and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>12.0 EER, 4.2 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 29, 2003.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Without Heat Recovery</ENT>
                                    <ENT>10.0 EER, 3.9 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 29, 2013.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>With Heat Recovery</ENT>
                                    <ENT>9.8 EER, 3.9 COP</ENT>
                                    <ENT>October 29, 2013.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     VRF multi-split heat pumps (air-cooled) with heat recovery fall under the category of “All Other Types of Heating” unless they also have electric resistance heating, in which case it falls under the category for “No Heating or Electric Resistance Heating.”
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>
                                (2) Each variable refrigerant flow air conditioner or heat pump (except air-cooled systems with cooling capacity less than 65,000 Btu/h) manufactured on or after January 1, 2024, must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (g)(2).
                                <PRTPAGE P="44141"/>
                            </P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,r50,xs78">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 16 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">g</E>
                                    )(2)—Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Size category</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Heating type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Air Conditioners (Air-Cooled)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>15.5 IEER.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>14.9 IEER.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>All</ENT>
                                    <ENT>13.9 IEER.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Heat Pumps (Air-Cooled)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Heat Pump without Heat Recovery</ENT>
                                    <ENT>14.6 IEER, 3.3 COP.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT O="xl"/>
                                    <ENT>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</ENT>
                                    <ENT>14.4 IEER, 3.3 COP.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Heat Pump without Heat Recovery 
                                        <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        13.9 IEER, 3.2 COP. 
                                        <LI>13.7 IEER, 3.2 COP.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Heat Pump without Heat Recovery 
                                        <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        12.7 IEER, 3.2 COP. 
                                        <LI>12.5 IEER, 3.2 COP.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Multi-Split Heat Pumps (Water-Source)</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Heat Pump without Heat Recovery 
                                        <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        16.0 IEER, 4.3 COP. 
                                        <LI>15.8 IEER, 4.3 COP.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥65,000 and &lt;135,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Heat Pump without Heat Recovery 
                                        <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        16.0 IEER, 4.3 COP. 
                                        <LI>15.8 IEER, 4.3 COP.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥135,000 and &lt;240,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Heat Pump without Heat Recovery 
                                        <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        14.0 IEER, 4.0 COP. 
                                        <LI>13.8 IEER, 4.0 COP.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>≥240,000 Btu/h and &lt;760,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        Heat Pump without Heat Recovery 
                                        <LI>Heat Pump with Heat Recovery</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        12.0 IEER, 3.9 COP. 
                                        <LI>11.8 IEER, 3.9 COP.</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(h) Each direct expansion-dedicated outdoor air system manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in table 17 to this paragraph (h) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (h).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r100,r50,xs60">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 17 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">h</E>
                                    )—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Direct Expansion-Dedicated Outdoor Air Systems
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Equipment 
                                        <LI>category</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Efficiency level</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Compliance date: equipment manufactured starting on . . .</CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Direct expansion-dedicated outdoor air systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>(AC)—Air-cooled without ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>ISMRE2 = 3.8</ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(AC w/VERS)—Air-cooled with ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>ISMRE2 = 5.0</ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(ASHP)—Air-source heat pumps without ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        ISMRE2 = 3.8 
                                        <LI O="xl">ISCOP2 = 2.05</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(ASHP w/VERS)—Air-source heat pumps with ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        ISMRE2 = 5.0 
                                        <LI O="xl">ISCOP2 = 3.20</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(WC)—Water-cooled without ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>ISMRE2 = 4.7</ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(WC w/VERS)—Water-cooled with ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>ISMRE2 = 5.1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(WSHP)—Water-source heat pumps without ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        ISMRE2 = 3.8 
                                        <LI O="xl">ISCOP2 = 2.13</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                    <ENT>(WSHP w/VERS)—Water-source heat pumps with ventilation energy recovery systems</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        ISMRE2 = 4.6 
                                        <LI O="xl">ISCOP2 = 4.04</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>May 1, 2024.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(i) Air-cooled, three-phase, commercial package air conditioning and heating equipment with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h and air-cooled, three-phase variable refrigerant flow multi-split air conditioning and heating equipment with a cooling capacity of less than 65,000 Btu/h manufactured on or after the compliance date listed in tables 18 and 19 to this paragraph (i) must meet the applicable minimum energy efficiency standard level(s) set forth in this paragraph (i).</P>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,xs45,r75,xs60,xs60">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 18 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">i</E>
                                    )—Minimum Efficiency Standards for Air-Cooled, Three-Phase, Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity of Less Than 65,000 Btu/
                                    <E T="01">h</E>
                                     and Air-Cooled, Three-Phase, Small Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity of Less Than 65,000 Btu/
                                    <E T="01">h</E>
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Cooling
                                        <LI>capacity</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment
                                        <LI>manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>starting on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>13.0 SEER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        June 16, 2008.
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                                    <ENT>14.0 SEER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2017.
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        14.0 SEER
                                        <LI O="xl">8.2 HSPF</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2017.
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        14.0 SEER
                                        <LI O="xl">8.0 HSPF</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        January 1, 2017.
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Air Conditioners</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT/>
                                    <ENT>13.0 SEER</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        June 16, 2008.
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44142"/>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Heat Pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        13.0 SEER
                                        <LI O="xl">7.7 HSPF</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        June 16, 2008.
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <TNOTE>
                                    <SU>1</SU>
                                     And manufactured before January 1, 2025. For equipment manufactured on or after January 1, 2025, see table 19 to this paragraph (i) for updated efficiency standards.
                                </TNOTE>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,nj,p7,7/8,i1" CDEF="s75,xs45,r75,xs60,xs60">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 19 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">i</E>
                                    )—Updated Minimum Efficiency Standards for Air-Cooled, Three-Phase, Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity of Less Than 65,000 Btu/
                                    <E T="01">h</E>
                                     and Air-Cooled, Three-Phase, Small Variable Refrigerant Flow Multi-Split Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment With a Cooling Capacity of Less Than 65,000 Btu/
                                    <E T="01">h</E>
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">Equipment type</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Cooling
                                        <LI>capacity</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Subcategory</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">Minimum efficiency</CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Compliance date: equipment
                                        <LI>manufactured</LI>
                                        <LI>starting on . . .</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>13.4 SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                                    <ENT>13.4 SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        14.3 SEER2 
                                        <LI O="xl">7.5 HSPF2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        13.4 SEER2 
                                        <LI O="xl">6.7 HSPF2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Space-Constrained Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≤30,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>12.7 SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Space-Constrained Commercial Package Air Conditioning Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≤30,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                                    <ENT>13.9 SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Space-Constrained Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≤30,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        13.9 SEER2
                                        <LI O="xl">7.0 HSPF2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Space-Constrained Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>≤30,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Single-Package</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        13.9 SEER2 
                                        <LI O="xl">6.7 HSPF2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Small-Duct, High-Velocity Commercial Package Air Conditioning</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>13.0 SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">Small-Duct, High-Velocity Commercial Package Air Conditioning and Heating Equipment</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT>Split-System</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        14.0 SEER2
                                        <LI O="xl">6.9 HSPF2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Air Conditioners</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT/>
                                    <ENT>13.4 SEER2</ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">VRF Heat Pumps</ENT>
                                    <ENT>&lt;65,000 Btu/h</ENT>
                                    <ENT/>
                                    <ENT>
                                        13.4 SEER2 
                                        <LI O="xl">7.5 HSPF2</LI>
                                    </ENT>
                                    <ENT>January 1, 2025.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                </SUPLINF>
                <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-08546 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
            </RULE>
        </RULES>
    </NEWPART>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>98</NO>
    <DATE>Monday, May 20, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
    <NEWPART>
        <PTITLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="44143"/>
            <PARTNO>Part IV</PARTNO>
            <AGENCY TYPE="P">Department of Labor</AGENCY>
            <SUBAGY>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</SUBAGY>
            <HRULE/>
            <CFR>29 CFR Part 1910</CFR>
            <TITLE>Hazard Communication Standard; Final Rule</TITLE>
        </PTITLE>
        <RULES>
            <RULE>
                <PREAMB>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44144"/>
                    <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</AGENCY>
                    <SUBAGY>Occupational Safety and Health Administration</SUBAGY>
                    <CFR>29 CFR Part 1910</CFR>
                    <DEPDOC>[Docket No. OSHA-2019-0001]</DEPDOC>
                    <RIN>RIN 1218-AC93</RIN>
                    <SUBJECT>Hazard Communication Standard</SUBJECT>
                    <AGY>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                        <P>Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Labor.</P>
                    </AGY>
                    <ACT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                        <P>Final rule.</P>
                    </ACT>
                    <SUM>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                        <P>OSHA is amending the Hazard Communication Standard (HCS) to conform to the United Nations' Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS), primarily Revision 7 (Rev. 7), address issues that arose during the implementation of the 2012 update to the HCS, and provide better alignment with other U.S. agencies and international trading partners, while enhancing the effectiveness of the standard. Consistent with Executive Order 13563 and the Regulatory Flexibility Act, which call for assessment and, where appropriate, modification and improvement of existing rules, OSHA has reviewed the existing HCS. The agency has determined that the revisions in this final rule will enhance the effectiveness of the HCS by ensuring employees are appropriately apprised of the chemical hazards to which they may be exposed, thus reducing the incidence of chemical-related occupational illnesses and injuries. The modifications to the standard include revised criteria for classification of certain health and physical hazards, revised provisions for updating labels, new labeling provisions for small containers, new provisions related to trade secrets, technical amendments related to the contents of safety data sheets (SDSs), and related revisions to definitions of terms used in the standard.</P>
                    </SUM>
                    <EFFDATE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                        <P>This final rule is effective July 19, 2024. The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this final rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of July 19, 2024. The incorporation by reference of certain other publications listed in the rule was approved by the Director as of July 15, 2019.</P>
                    </EFFDATE>
                    <ADD>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                        <P>In compliance with 28 U.S.C. 2112(a), the agency designates Edmund C. Baird, Associate Solicitor for Occupational Safety and Health, Office of the Solicitor, Room S-4004, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20210, as the recipient of petitions for review of this final rule.</P>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">Docket:</E>
                             To read or download comments or other material in the docket, go to Docket No. OSHA-2019-0001 at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                             index; however, some information (e.g., copyrighted material) is not publicly available to read or download through that website. All comments and submissions, including copyrighted material, are available for inspection through the OSHA Docket Office. Documents submitted to the docket by OSHA or stakeholders are assigned document identification numbers (Document ID) for easy identification and retrieval. The full Document ID is the docket number plus a unique four-digit code. For example, the Document ID number for the 2021 HCS Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) is OSHA-2019-0001-0258. Some Document ID numbers also include one or more attachments.
                        </P>
                        <P>When citing exhibits in the docket, OSHA includes the term “Document ID” followed by the last four digits of the Document ID number. For example, document OSHA-2019-0001-0258 would appear as Document ID 0258. Citations may also include the attachment number (designated “Att.”) or other attachment identifier, if applicable, page numbers (designated “p.”, or “Tr.” for pages from a hearing transcript), and in a limited number of cases a footnote number (designated “Fn.”).</P>
                        <P>
                            This information can be used to search for a supporting document in the docket at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                            . Contact the OSHA Docket Office at (202) 693-2350 (TTY number: 877-889-5627) for assistance in locating docket submissions.
                        </P>
                    </ADD>
                    <FURINF>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION:</HD>
                        <P/>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">For press inquiries:</E>
                             Contact Frank Meilinger, Director, Office of Communications, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor; telephone: (202) 693-1999; email: 
                            <E T="03">meilinger.francis2@dol.gov</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            <E T="03">For general information and technical inquiries:</E>
                             Contact Tiffany DeFoe, Director, Office of Chemical Hazards—Metals, Directorate of Standards and Guidance, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor; telephone: (202) 693-1950; email: 
                            <E T="03">defoe.tiffany@dol.gov</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FURINF>
                </PREAMB>
                <SUPLINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Executive Summary</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Introduction</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. Events Leading to the Revised Hazard Communication Standard</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Need and Support for the Revised Hazard Communication Standard</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Pertinent Legal Authority</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Final Economic Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. OMB Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VIII. Federalism</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IX. State Plans</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">X. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">XI. Protecting Children From Environmental Health and Safety Risks</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">XII. Environmental Impacts</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">XIII. Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">XIV. Summary and Explanation of the Final Rule</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">XV. Issues and Options Considered</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">List of Subjects in 29 CFR Part 1910</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Authority and Signature</FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Executive Summary</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS) has been implemented around the world. In 2012, OSHA revised its Hazard Communication Standard (HCS), 29 CFR 1910.1200, to align with Revision 3 (Rev. 3) of the GHS (77 FR 17574). However, the GHS is updated with improvements and clarifications every two years. This rulemaking amends the HCS primarily to align with Revision 7 (Rev. 7) of the GHS, published in 2017, where appropriate. OSHA is also finalizing updates to address specific issues that have arisen since the 2012 rulemaking and to provide better alignment with other U.S. agencies and international trading partners, while enhancing the effectiveness of the standard. This action is consistent with Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (January 18, 2011), and the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ) which require retrospective analysis of rules that may be out-of-date, ineffective, or excessively burdensome.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA is required by the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSH Act) (29 U.S.C. 651 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ) to assure, as far as possible, safe and healthful working conditions for workers. As part of this effort, OSHA first promulgated the HCS in 1983 to provide a standardized approach to workplace hazard communication associated with exposure to hazardous chemicals. The HCS requires chemical manufacturers or importers to classify the hazards of chemicals they produce or import. It also requires all employers to provide information to their employees about the hazardous chemicals to which they are exposed, by means of a hazard communication program, labels and other forms of warning, safety data sheets (SDSs), and information and training. This final rule 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44145"/>
                        does not change the fundamental structure of the HCS.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA has determined that the amendments to the HCS contained in this final rule enhance the effectiveness of the standard by ensuring that employees are appropriately apprised of the chemical hazards to which they may be exposed. The modifications to the standard include revised criteria for classification of certain health and physical hazards to better capture and communicate the hazards to downstream users; revised provisions for labels (including provisions addressing the labeling of small containers and the relabeling of chemicals that have been released for shipment); amendments related to the contents of SDSs; and new provisions relating to concentrations or concentration ranges being claimed as trade secrets.</P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, in accordance with Executive Orders 12866 and 13563, the Regulatory Flexibility Act, and the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ), OSHA has prepared a Final Economic Analysis (FEA), including a Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Certification, for the final modifications to the HCS (see the full FEA in Section VI of this notice). Supporting materials prepared by OSHA, such as cost-estimate spreadsheets, are available in the public docket for this rulemaking, Docket ID OSHA-2019-0001, through 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In the FEA, OSHA estimates that, annualized at a 7 percent discount rate, the final rule would result in net cost savings of $29.8 million per year, as shown in Table ES-1 below (a summary of annualized costs by affected industry). Annualized at a 3 percent discount rate, OSHA estimates that the final rule would result in net cost savings of $30.7 million per year. OSHA also expects that the final revisions to the HCS will result in modest improvements in worker health and safety above those already being achieved under the current HCS, but the agency was unable to quantify the magnitude of these health and safety benefits (see Section VI.D: Health and Safety Benefits and Unquantified Positive Economic Effects).</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44146"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.135</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>
                        BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
                        <PRTPAGE P="44147"/>
                    </BILCOD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Introduction</HD>
                    <P>This preamble includes a review of the events leading to the final rule, a discussion of the reasons why OSHA finds these modifications to the HCS necessary, the final economic analysis and regulatory flexibility analysis for the standard, and an explanation of the specific revisions OSHA is making to the standard.</P>
                    <P>
                        Section XIV: Summary and Explanation of the Final Rule is organized by paragraph of regulatory text affected by this update, followed by the appendices to the regulatory text. Stakeholders can examine the redline strikeout of the regulatory text (changes from 2012 HCS to this final) at OSHA's HCS web page (
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/dsg/hazcom/</E>
                        ) to view all of the changes to the 2012 HCS made in this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. Events Leading to the Revised Hazard Communication Standard</HD>
                    <P>OSHA first promulgated the HCS in 1983, covering only the chemical manufacturing industry (48 FR 53280). The purpose of the standard was to provide a standardized approach for communicating workplace hazards associated with exposure to hazardous chemicals. OSHA updated the HCS in 1987 to expand coverage to all industries where workers are exposed to hazardous chemicals (52 FR 31852). In 1994, OSHA promulgated an additional update to the HCS with technical changes and amendments designed to ensure better comprehension and greater compliance with the standard (59 FR 6126). In adopting the original HCS in 1983, the agency noted the benefits of an internationally harmonized chemical hazard communication standard (48 FR 53287), and actively participated in efforts to develop one over the subsequent decades. In 2012, the agency officially harmonized the HCS with the third revision of the GHS (Document ID 0085) (77 FR 17574).</P>
                    <P>On February 16, 2021, OSHA published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) to modify the HCS, to bring it into alignment with the seventh revision of the GHS (Document ID 0060) (86 FR 9576), to address specific issues that have arisen since the 2012 rulemaking, and to provide better alignment with other U.S. agencies and international trading partners. On September 21-23, 2021, the agency held an informal public hearing to gather additional input from interested stakeholders. OSHA received more than 170 public submissions (e.g., written comments, exhibits, and briefing materials) during the public comment period. This rulemaking finalizes the amendments proposed in 2021 with modifications based on stakeholder input through the public comment process.</P>
                    <P>The HCS requires periodic revision to maintain consistency with the GHS and incorporate the progression of scientific principles and best approaches for classification and communication of workplace hazards related to hazardous chemical exposure. Several international and domestic activities have impacted the direction of the HCS and led to the updates of this rule, including international negotiations at the United Nations (UN), coordination with other U.S. agencies, OSHA's participation in the U.S.-Canada Regulatory Cooperation Council (RCC) with Health Canada, and information OSHA has received from HCS stakeholders. Below, the agency provides information on the events that have occurred since promulgation of the 2012 HCS, with additional information on the development of the GHS and its relationship to the HCS, and explains the impetus for this rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. International Events Affecting the Standard</HD>
                    <P>The evolution of what was to become the GHS had its early beginnings with the work started in 1956 by the UN Economic and Social Council Committee of Experts on the Transport of Dangerous Goods (TDG) and continued in the 1990s through the UN Conference on Environment and Economic Development (UNCED), the UN International Labour Organization (ILO), and the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) (Document ID 0053). The overarching goal was to provide an internationally harmonized system to convey information to workers, consumers, and the general public on the physical, health, and environmental effects of hazardous chemicals across the globe, as well as to provide a foundation for the safe management of those chemicals.</P>
                    <P>Finalized by the UN in 2002, the GHS is intended to harmonize elements of hazard communication, including SDSs and labels, by providing a unified classification system of chemicals based on their physical and health-related hazards. The GHS is updated and revised every two years based on information and experience gained by regulatory agencies, industry, and non-governmental organizations (Document ID 0052).</P>
                    <P>
                        Since OSHA's adoption of Rev. 3 in 2012, the GHS has been updated six times; the latest revision, Rev. 9, was published in July 2021 (
                        <E T="03">https://unece.org/transport/standards/transport/dangerous-goods/ghs-rev9-2021</E>
                        ). Updates to the GHS in Rev. 4 (2011) included changes to hazard categories for chemically unstable gases and non-flammable aerosols and updates to, and clarification of, precautionary statements (Document ID 0240). Changes in Rev. 5 (2013) included a new test method for oxidizing solids; miscellaneous provisions intended to further clarify the criteria for some hazard classes (skin corrosion/irritation, severe eye damage/irritation, and aerosols) and to complement the information to be included in the SDS; revised and simplified classification and labeling summary tables; a new codification system for hazard pictograms; and revised precautionary statements (Document ID 0241). Rev. 6 (2015) included a new hazard class for desensitized explosives and a new hazard category for pyrophoric gases; miscellaneous provisions intended to clarify the criteria for some hazard classes (explosives, specific target organ toxicity following single exposure, aspiration hazard, and hazardous to the aquatic environment); additional information to be included in Section 9 of the SDS; revised precautionary statements; and a new example in Annex 7 addressing labelling of small packages (Document ID 0197). Changes in Rev. 7 (2017) included revised criteria for categorization of flammable gases within Category 1; miscellaneous amendments intended to clarify the definitions of some health hazard classes; additional guidance regarding the coverage of Section 14 of the SDS (which is non-mandatory under the HCS); and a new example in Annex 7 addressing labeling of small packages with fold-out labels (Document ID 0094). Rev. 8 (2019) added a table for the classification criteria versus only relying on the decision logics for chemicals under pressure; minor changes to precautionary statements for skin irritation and serious eye damage; new provisions for use of non-animal test methods for the skin irritation/corrosion hazard class; and new precautionary pictograms for “keep out of reach of children” (Document ID 0065). Rev. 9 (2021) included changes to chapter 2.1 to better address explosive hazards when not in transport, revisions to decision logics, revisions to Annex 1—classification and labeling summary tables, revisions to precautionary statements, and updates to OECD test guidelines in Annexes 9 and 10 (
                        <E T="03">
                            https://unece.org/transport/standards/
                            <PRTPAGE P="44148"/>
                            transport/dangerous-goods/ghs-rev9-2021
                        </E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">I. U.S. Participation at the United Nations and Interagency Coordination</HD>
                    <P>OSHA leads the U.S. Interagency GHS Coordinating Group, an interagency group that serves as a U.S. delegation to the UN (“Interagency Group”). The Interagency Group works to ensure that modifications to the GHS continue to reflect U.S. agencies' key priorities and do not conflict with U.S. hazard communication and associated requirements. The group meets regularly to discuss issues related to the domestic implementation of the GHS, as well as international work being done at the UN Sub-Committee of Experts on the GHS (UNSCEGHS). It consists of representatives from OSHA, the Department of State, the Department of Transportation (DOT), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the U.S. Coast Guard, the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC), the Department of Energy (DOE), the Department of Defense (DOD), the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), and other agencies as appropriate. To date, OSHA is the only U.S. agency to have implemented the GHS, although CPSC regulations contain elements of the GHS (e.g., precautionary statements) (Document ID 0175). EPA (which initiated the U.S. working group) finalized changes to its regulations governing significant new uses of chemical substances under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) that would align with the HCS and the GHS as well as with OSHA's respiratory protection standard (29 CFR 1910.134) and National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) respirator certification requirements (87 FR 39756).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">II. U.S.-Canada Coordination</HD>
                    <P>An additional international activity impacting the HCS is OSHA's participation in the RCC. The RCC was established in 2011 to promote economic growth, job creation, and other benefits through increased regulatory coordination and transparency between the U.S. and Canada (Document ID 0057; 0199). In June 2018, U.S.-Canada RCC principles were reaffirmed through a memorandum of understanding between the U.S. Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) within the White House Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and the Treasury Board of Canada. Since the RCC's inception, OSHA and Health Canada, Canada's corresponding governmental agency, have developed joint guidance products and consulted on respective regulatory activities. In keeping with the RCC's goal of regulatory cooperation, this final rule contains several updates to the HCS that will align with Canada's Hazardous Products Regulations (HPR), such as changes to exemptions for labeling small containers and using prescribed concentration ranges when claiming trade secrets (Document ID 0051).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Stakeholder Engagement</HD>
                    <P>Since updating the HCS in 2012, OSHA has engaged stakeholders in various ways in order to keep them apprised of changes to the GHS that may have an impact on future updates to the HCS, as well as to gather information about stakeholders' experience implementing the standard. For example, in November 2016, OSHA convened a meeting to inform the public that OSHA was beginning rulemaking efforts to maintain alignment of the HCS with more recent revisions of the GHS (International/Globally Harmonized System (GHS), Docket No. OSHA-2016-0005). Meeting attendees discussed topics and issues that OSHA should consider during the rulemaking. In addition, attendees provided suggestions as to the types of publications (such as guidance products) that would be helpful in complying with the standard and the topics they would like OSHA to address in future compliance assistance materials.</P>
                    <P>OSHA has also engaged stakeholders through Interagency Group public meetings held prior to each UNSCEGHS Session to discuss the issues and proposals being presented at the UN. During this forum, stakeholders have the opportunity to provide comments regarding the various proposals under discussion. Stakeholders are also able to provide comments on these proposals in writing via OSHA's docket for International/Globally Harmonized System (GHS) (Docket No. OSHA-2016-0005). The Interagency Group considers the comments and information gathered at these public meetings and in the docket when developing the U.S. position on issues before the UN.</P>
                    <P>Additionally, in December 2018, the RCC held a stakeholder forum in Washington, DC. The purpose of the forum was to “bring together senior regulatory officials, industry, and other interested members of the public from both sides of the border to discuss recent accomplishments and new opportunities for regulatory cooperation” (Document ID 0057). OSHA led the session regarding chemicals management and workplace chemicals.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. OSHA Guidance Products, Letters of Interpretation, and Directives</HD>
                    <P>
                        Since OSHA's publication of the 2012 HCS update, the agency has published guidance documents, issued letters of interpretation (LOIs), and implemented an enforcement directive. These guidance documents are available at: 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/dsg/hazcom/guidance.html.</E>
                         OSHA will continue to develop guidance documents to assist employers and employees with their understanding of the HCS.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA has issued several LOIs in response to questions from the regulated community. These LOIs provide clarification on provisions in the 2012 update to the HCS and how they apply in particular circumstances. Some of the major issues covered in the LOIs include the labeling of small containers, the labeling of chemicals released for shipment, and the use of concentration ranges for trade secrets. OSHA's LOIs on the HCS may be found at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/standardinterpretations/standardnumber/1910/1910.1200%20-%20Index/result.</E>
                         Several of the updates in this final rule clarify specific elements of the enforcement guidance the agency has already provided in LOIs and the directive. The agency anticipates publishing an updated directive to provide guidance to OSHA compliance officers; however, the 2015 directive is still in force until rescinded or updated (Document ID 0007).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA requested comments in the NPRM on types of guidance documents that the public may find useful to understand the updated HCS. The American Society of Safety Professionals (ASSP) suggested that OSHA “create training modules focused on the changes to the HCS once the rule is finalized” (Document ID 0284, p. 2). Hugo Hidalgo suggested that the agency “leverage technology to effectively communicate hazards of chemicals to customers and end-users once the information becomes available” (Document ID 0297, p. 4). Other comments received in response to OSHA's request for comments on guidance documents are highlighted in Section XV., Issues and Options Considered. OSHA has considered all requests for guidance and is evaluating the best approaches to implement those requests and suggestions.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Need and Support for the Revised Hazard Communication Standard</HD>
                    <P>
                        Hazardous chemical exposures in workplaces in the United States present 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44149"/>
                        a serious and ongoing danger to workers. Acute and chronic exposures to hazardous chemicals in the workplace can have serious health consequences. As described in the 2012 HCS, chemical exposures are either directly responsible for or contribute to serious adverse health effects including cancer; heart, lung, reproductive, and immunological diseases; hearing loss; and eye and skin damage (77 FR 17584). In addition to health effects, exposure to hazardous chemicals can result in physical hazards, such as fires, explosions, and other dangerous incidents (77 FR 17584). Recognition of the significant risk posed by these workplace hazards was the impetus for OSHA to promulgate the original hazard communication standard in order to promote responsible chemical management practices (48 FR 53282-53283).
                    </P>
                    <P>Hazard communication is a fundamental element of sound chemical management practices. As stated in the GHS, “[a]vailability of information about chemicals, their hazards, and ways to protect people, will provide the foundation for national programmes for the safe management of chemicals” (Document ID 0060, p. iii). An anonymous comment on the NPRM stated that “[a]rming employers with this information, since the 1980s, has undoubtedly reduced the potential for, and severity of, chemical and toxic substance injuries and illnesses, to include a reduced number of fatalities. Globally harmonizing the system for classification and labeling across a big part of the world was also beneficial as it provided consistency, and more simplicity, especially for foreign products utilized domestically” (Document ID 0300, p. 1). The commenter went on to state that “[p]roviding safety and health information to product users is imperative. Ultimately, this information equals a form of protection” (Document ID 0300, p. 1).</P>
                    <P>OSHA recognized the importance of a robust hazard communication strategy as early as the 1980s, when the agency first promulgated the HCS (48 FR 53282-53284). The agency also recognized the need for a global strategy and was instrumental in the development of the GHS (48 FR 53287). From its inception, OSHA indicated that the HCS would be updated periodically to keep pace with the advancement of scientific principles underlying the hazard determination process as well as improvements in communication systems (48 FR 53287). In hearing testimony and post-hearing briefs, NIOSH provided documentation supporting the continual updating of occupational safety and health information, stating that the “process should be a never-ending loop of research and translation, allowing for ongoing integration of effective approaches” (Document ID 0456, Att. 15, p. 4).</P>
                    <P>The “research and translation” described by NIOSH is at the heart of the GHS and HCS process—continually evaluating and updating to improve worker protections and make hazard communication clearer and more effective for both workers and employers. In addition to directly enhancing worker protections through improved hazard communication, updating the HCS to maintain alignment with the GHS also improves the availability of important information to support larger efforts to address workplace hazards. Commenters on the NPRM recognized this principle. For example, Ameren stated that the modifications to the HCS “takes a positive approach in our efforts of eliminating risk events” (Document ID 0309, p. 2). ASSP commented, “[w]e believe that aligning the HCS to international regulations is beneficial overall to the OSH profession and our members will assist in ensuring employers use these enhanced requirements to better protect their workers” (Document ID 0284, p. 1). The following sections provide more detailed information on the need for the updates being finalized in this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Maintaining Alignment With the GHS and Ensuring That the Standard Reflects the Current State of Science and Knowledge on Relevant Topics</HD>
                    <P>
                        Periodic updates to the HCS are needed to maintain pace with the general advancement of science, technology, and our understanding of the processes involved in effective communication. As stated in a report published by the ILO in 2008, “[c]ontinuous improvement of occupational safety and health must be promoted. This is necessary to ensure that national laws, regulations, and technical standards to prevent occupational injuries, disease, and deaths are adapted periodically to social, technical, and scientific progress and other changes in the world of work” (ILO, 2008, Document ID 0181).
                        <SU>1</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         While the tools and protective measures in place to reduce or prevent chemical-related occupational injuries and illnesses are effective, such tools and systems become less effective as time goes by and new technologies and workplace hazards emerge. Therefore, there is a need for continual improvement in the systems and processes designed to identify, communicate about, and reduce workplace exposures to chemical hazards.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             The ILO and the World Health Organization (WHO) have also adopted an evergreen approach to workplace hazard communication (
                            <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                            , an approach that ensures systems for hazard communication remain relevant and up-to-date). The ILO and WHO produce international chemical safety cards (ICSC) and maintain a database of approximately 1,700 data sheets designed to provide safety and health information on hazardous chemicals in a format consistent with the GHS. While not exactly like SDSs, ICSCs use phrases similar to GHS precautionary statements to convey safety and health information about workplace chemicals in a consistent, internationally accessible manner. ICSCs also display classification information (hazard pictograms, signal words, and hazard statements) in line with GHS classification criteria—this information is added during updates. With participation by experts from government agencies around the world, including the U.S. (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)/NIOSH), Canada (Quebec-CNESST), Japan (National Institute of Health Sciences), and several European countries, ICSCs are prepared and periodically updated to account for the most recent scientific developments. Due to the robust process of preparation and peer review, the ICSCs are considered  authoritative in nature and a significant asset for workers and health professionals across the globe, including in the United States (ILO, 2019, Document ID 0069).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The changes finalized in this update to the HCS will result in better alignment between the standard and the continually evolving GHS. The first edition of the GHS, adopted in December 2002 and published in 2003, implemented the 16-section format for SDSs 
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that is now standard across much of the globe. As information has improved, the GHS has updated the form and content of SDSs to improve readability, minimize redundancies, and ensure hazards are communicated appropriately (Document ID 0060; Document ID 0237).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             SDSs, as adopted by the HCS, are intended to provide comprehensive information about a substance or mixture for use in the workplace, including identification of the substance or mixture; hazard identification; composition/ingredient information; first aid measures; fire-fighting measures; accidental release measures; handling and storage; exposure controls/personal protective measures; physical and chemical properties; stability and reactivity; toxicological information; ecological information; disposal considerations; transport information; regulatory information; and other information that may be relevant to the workplace (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             date the SDS was prepared, key literature references, and sources of data used to prepare the SDS).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Information OSHA has collected since publication of the 2012 update to the HCS indicates that aligning the HCS with the GHS has had a positive impact on workplace hazard communication. Data from published studies indicate that the hazard communication 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44150"/>
                        approach taken in the 2012 HCS has been effective, when implemented appropriately, in enabling workers to understand, avoid, and mitigate exposures to hazardous chemicals in the workplace (Bechtold, 2014, Document ID 0061; Elliott, 2016, Document ID 0119). Industry representatives have indicated that workers responded positively to training on pictograms and hazard statements because it explained distinctions between acute toxicity and chronic health effects (Bechtold, 2014, Document ID 0061). Consistent labeling requirements have also enabled employers to identify the most hazardous materials in the workplace, understand more about the health effects of these chemicals, and address which hazardous chemicals they may want to replace with safer alternatives (Bechtold, 2014, Document ID 0061).
                    </P>
                    <P>Labels and SDSs are often the first indication to a worker that they are handling a hazardous chemical, so it is imperative that labels and SDSs be as accurate and complete as possible. While the HCS does not require testing of chemicals, it does require that labels and SDSs have accurate information based on all available evidence and that manufacturers, importers, distributors, and employers provide the complete information on the hazards available to them. Without a complete picture of the hazards associated with a particular chemical, workers cannot know how to adequately protect themselves or safely handle these chemicals. North America's Building Trades Unions (NABTU) commented that “[It] is really important to have . . . the labels on the products that are being used because that's the first source of information. The SDS is the backup source . . . . [Labels and SDSs are] where they're going to get information on the hazards of what they're using and the precautions that need to be taken, including . . . any engineering controls or any personal protective equipment” (Document ID 0464, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>
                        Several studies published since the 2012 HCS adopted the 16-section SDS format indicate that the new format has improved comprehension in the workplace (Elliott, 2016, Document ID 0119; Boelhouver, 2013, Document ID 0107). However, other recent studies have shown that the system can still be improved upon. Multiple studies in various industries have demonstrated that while comprehension has improved, many SDSs lack information vital to worker protection. Problems include insufficient information on the identification of substances/mixtures; inadequate hazard identification and classification information (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         missing information on carcinogens and sensitizers, incorrect chemical classifications); lack of precautionary statements on safe handling; missing information on exposure controls/personal protective equipment; and missing toxicological information (Jang, 2019, Document ID 0110; Allen, 2017, Document ID 0117; DiMare, 2017, Document ID 0118; Tsai, 2016, Document ID 0016; Friis, 2015, Document ID 0120; Saito, 2015, Document ID 0191; Suleiman, 2014, Document ID 0192; Lee, 2012, Document ID 0070). A 2014 study concluded that the contents of the SDSs evaluated were generic and incomplete, lacking important safety measures and health information (Suleiman, 2014, Document ID 0192). A study on mixtures found that information on individual ingredients within mixtures was sometimes completely missing and that information on hazard characterization and classification was ambiguous and almost entirely incorrect (LeBouf, 2019, Document ID 0183). Furthermore, a 2012 study conducted by NIOSH found that SDSs for certain classes of chemicals lacked sufficient information to communicate the appropriate hazards and remedies related to engineered nanomaterials (Eastlake, 2012, Document ID 0063). A follow-up NIOSH study found some improvement in SDS preparation since implementation of the 2012 HCS; however, the study also found that there are still serious deficiencies in providing adequate information on the inherent health and safety hazards of engineered nanomaterials, including handling and storage (Hodson, 2019, Document ID 0167).
                    </P>
                    <P>Inadequate information on the chemical hazards and risk management practices required on SDSs can lead to overexposure to chemical hazards and puts workers at risk. An anonymous commenter stated that “[i]naccurate information makes it difficult for downstream users who have to rely on inaccurate or incomplete information . . . ” (Document ID 0308, p. 1). The studies described above demonstrate the need for ongoing review and refinement to make certain the standard is addressing comprehensibility issues and staying relevant with current occupational safety and health tools, science, and technology. This final rule's updates to Appendix D, which are based in part on recent revisions to the GHS, seek, among other things, to remedy the issues that have been identified by clarifying the information needed in the SDS. For example, a change in Section 9 (physical characteristics to include particle characteristics) will identify exposure issues that were not addressed by the previous format. This should, among other things, improve the hazard information required for nanomaterials.</P>
                    <P>
                        Furthermore, the GHS has been updated to reflect the development of non-animal test methods for use in hazard determination and classification. The development of these test methods led to updates in Chapter 3.2 (which correspond to updates in this final rule to Appendix A.2 of the HCS) on skin corrosion/irritation that incorporated new in vitro test methods, and computational or in silico techniques, to classify chemicals for this category of hazard (Document ID 0242). And techniques and processes developed in the behavioral sciences have led to the development of more effective communication practices for occupational safety and health purposes (NIOSH, 2019, Document ID 0126).
                        <SU>3</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Studies evaluating the effectiveness of precautionary statements and pictograms used in the GHS have led to their evolution and continued revisions (Fagotto, 2003, Document ID 0125; ISHN, 2019, Document ID 0068; Ta, 2010, Document ID 0115; Ta, 2011, Document ID 0194; Chan, 2017, Document ID 0017).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>3</SU>
                             Holistic programs such as NIOSH's Total Worker Health program, where behavioral science is integrated into more traditional risk-management practices, require robust hazard communication practices (Tamers, 2019, Document ID 0076).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Regularly updating the HCS to align with international practices also eases compliance for global corporations because it provides greater international consistency (Bechtold, 2014, Document ID 0061). Industry groups such as the American Petroleum Institute (API) have indicated their support for regular HCS updates as long as there is sufficient input from stakeholders (Document ID 0167). During the 2012 rulemaking, numerous safety organizations (including NIOSH, the American Chemical Society (ACS), the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), the American Society of Safety Engineers (ASSE), the Center for Protection of Workers' Rights (CPWR), and the Society for Chemical Hazard Communication (SCHC)) publicly supported OSHA's continued updates to the HCS (see 77 FR 17585, 17603). The Society of Toxicology (SOT) also expressed support for updating the HCS to align with the GHS as this “creates consistent communication about the hazards of chemicals across the globe” (see 77 FR 17585).
                        <PRTPAGE P="44151"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Cooperating With International Trading Partners and Other Federal Agencies</HD>
                    <P>OSHA expects that the updates to the HCS will facilitate cooperation with international trading partners and other federal agencies. The U.S. and Canada participate in the RCC, which has a goal to “enhance regulatory cooperation and economic competitiveness that maintain high standards when it comes to health, safety, and the environment” (Document ID 0127). OSHA continues to work with Health Canada through the RCC to develop guidance documents pertaining to hazard communication issues the two countries share and to work cooperatively through the UNSCEGHS subcommittee. In addition, OSHA and Health Canada share regular updates on regulatory activity. As explained in the Section XIV., Summary and Explanation of the Final Rule, several updates in this final rule will align U.S. and Canadian hazard communication practices, thereby facilitating cooperation between the two countries, easing compliance for employers who participate in both markets, and strengthening worker protections by providing harmonized hazard communication standards across trade borders.</P>
                    <P>In addition, OSHA is updating the requirements for bulk shipment under paragraph (f)(5) to provide additional clarity for shipments that are also regulated by the DOT. For bulk shipments, the finalized new paragraph should increase flexibility by allowing labels to be placed on the immediate container or transmitted with shipping papers, bills of lading, or by other technological or electronic means so that they are immediately available to workers in printed form on the receiving end of the shipment. This allows for the full label information to be available to the downstream user upon receipt while recognizing the unique DOT placarding issues for bulk shipments. And in another effort to facilitate inter-agency cooperation, OSHA is finalizing new language for paragraph (f)(5) providing that where a pictogram required by the DOT appears on the label for a shipped container, the HCS pictogram for the same hazard may also be provided, but is not required to acknowledge that the DOT regulations allow for the GHS pictogram to be on the shipped container (49 CFR 172.401(c)(5)).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Responding to Stakeholder Experiences Implementing the 2012 HCS</HD>
                    <P>Finally, some of the changes in this final rule, including those related to labeling of small containers and relabeling requirements for chemicals that have been released for shipment, were developed in response to feedback and comments received from stakeholders since the promulgation of the 2012 updates to the HCS (Collatz, 2015, Document ID 0174; Ghosh, 2015, Document ID 0180). With respect to the labeling of small containers, issues raised by stakeholders included concerns about insufficient space on the label to highlight the most relevant safety information, problems with the readability of information on small labels, and challenges associated with using fold-out labels for certain small containers that need special handling (Watters, 2013, Document ID 0200; Collaltz, 2015, Document ID 0174; Blankfield, 2017, Document ID 0170). This final rule includes revisions designed to address these issues with small container labeling as well as revisions addressing other issues raised by commenters. Furthermore, OSHA believes that adopting a uniform approach to labeling small containers will enhance worker protections by ensuring that critical information on the hazards posed by the chemicals is included on the label regardless of the size of the container. For a full discussion of this change, see the Summary and Explanation for (f)(12).</P>
                    <P>Similarly, the finalized revisions to paragraph (f)(11), which address the relabeling of chemicals that have been released for shipment, are designed to address stakeholder concerns about the difficulty some manufacturers have in complying with the HCS's requirements to update labels when new information becomes available, especially in the case of chemicals that travel through long distribution cycles (Kenyon, 2017, Document ID 0182). This final rule revises paragraph (f)(11) to address these concerns while maintaining worker protections.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Pertinent Legal Authority</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Background</HD>
                    <P>
                        The purpose of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (the OSH Act or Act) (29 U.S.C. 651 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ) is “to assure so far as possible every working man and woman in the Nation safe and healthful working conditions and to preserve our human resources.” 29 U.S.C. 651(b). To achieve this goal, Congress authorized the Secretary of Labor to promulgate occupational safety and health standards after notice and comment. 29 U.S.C. 655(b). An occupational safety and health standard is a standard “which requires conditions, or the adoption or use of one or more practices, means, methods, operations, or processes, reasonably necessary or appropriate to provide safe or healthful employment and places of employment.” 29 U.S.C. 652(8).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The OSH Act also authorizes the Secretary to “modify” or “revoke” any occupational safety or health standard, 29 U.S.C. 655(b), and under the Administrative Procedure Act, regulatory agencies generally may revise their rules if the changes are supported by a reasoned analysis. See 
                        <E T="03">Encino Motorcars, LLC</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">Navarro</E>
                        , U.S., 136 S. Ct. 2117, 2125-26 (2016); 
                        <E T="03">Motor Vehicle Mfrs. Ass'n</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">State Farm Mut. Auto. Ins. Co.</E>
                        , 463 U.S. 29, 42 (1983). In passing the OSH Act, Congress recognized that OSHA should revise and replace its standards as “new knowledge and techniques are developed.” S. Rep. 91-1282 at 6 (1970). The Supreme Court has observed that administrative agencies “do not establish rules of conduct to last forever, and . . . must be given ample latitude to adapt their rules and policies to the demands of changing circumstances.” 
                        <E T="03">Motor Vehicle Mfrs. Ass'n</E>
                        , 463 U.S. at 42 (internal quotation marks and citations omitted).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Before the Secretary can promulgate any permanent health or safety standard, they must make a threshold finding that significant risk is present and that such risk can be eliminated or lessened by a change in practices. 
                        <E T="03">Indus. Union Dep't</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">Am. Petroleum Inst.</E>
                        , 448 U.S. 607, 642 (1980) (plurality opinion) (“
                        <E T="03">Benzene</E>
                        ”). As explained more fully in Section V.D., Significant Risk, OSHA need not make additional findings on risk for this final rule because OSHA previously determined that the HCS addresses a significant risk. 77 FR 17603-17604.
                    </P>
                    <P>In promulgating a standard under, and making the determinations required by, the OSH Act, OSHA's determinations will be deemed conclusive if they are “supported by substantial evidence in the record considered as a whole.” 29 U.S.C. 655(f). OSHA must use the “best available evidence,” which includes “the latest available scientific data in the field”; “research, demonstrations, experiments, and such other information as may be appropriate”; and “experience gained under this and other health and safety laws.” 29 U.S.C. 655(b)(5).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Authority—Section 6(b)(5)</HD>
                    <P>
                        The HCS is a health standard promulgated under the authority of section 6(b)(5) of the OSH Act. See 
                        <E T="03">Associated Builders &amp; Contractors, Inc</E>
                        . v. 
                        <E T="03">Brock</E>
                        , 862 F.2d 63, 67-68 (3d Cir. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44152"/>
                        1988); 
                        <E T="03">United Steelworkers of Am</E>
                        . v. 
                        <E T="03">Auchter</E>
                        , 763 F.2d 728, 735 (3d Cir. 1985); 77 FR 17601. Section 6(b)(5) of the OSH Act provides that “in promulgating health standards dealing with toxic materials or harmful physical agents,” the Secretary must “set the standard which most adequately assures, to the extent feasible, on the basis of the best available evidence, that no employee will suffer material impairment of health or functional capacity even if such employee has regular exposure to the hazard dealt with by such standard for the period of his working life.” 29 U.S.C. 655(b)(5). Thus, once OSHA determines that a significant risk due to a health hazard is present and that such risk can be reduced or eliminated by an OSHA standard, section 6(b)(5) requires OSHA to issue the standard, based on the best available evidence, that “most adequately assures” employee protection, subject only to feasibility considerations. As the Supreme Court has explained, in passing section 6(b)(5), Congress “place[d] . . . worker health above all other considerations save those making attainment of this `benefit' unachievable.” 
                        <E T="03">Am. Textile Mfrs. Inst., Inc.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">Donovan</E>
                        , 452 U.S. 490, 509 (1981) (“
                        <E T="03">Cotton Dust</E>
                        ”).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Other Authority</HD>
                    <P>
                        The HCS is also promulgated under the authority of section 6(b)(7) of the OSH Act. See 
                        <E T="03">United Steelworkers</E>
                        , 763 F.2d at 730; 77 FR 17601. Section 6(b)(7) of the OSH Act provides in part: “Any standard promulgated under this subsection shall prescribe the use of labels or other appropriate forms of warning as are necessary to insure that employees are apprised of all hazards to which they are exposed, relevant symptoms and appropriate emergency treatment, and proper conditions and precautions of safe use or exposure.” 29 U.S.C. 655(b)(7). Section 6(b)(7)'s labeling and employee warning requirements provide basic protections for employees, particularly in the absence of specific permissible exposure limits, by providing employers and employees with information necessary to design work processes that protect employees against exposure to hazardous chemicals in the first instance.
                    </P>
                    <P>The last sentence of section 6(b)(7) provides that the Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services, may issue a rule pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553 to “make appropriate modifications in the foregoing requirements relating to the use of labels or other forms of warning . . . as may be warranted by experience, information, or medical or technological developments acquired subsequent to the promulgation of the relevant standard.” 29 U.S.C. 655(b)(7). OSHA used the authority granted by this paragraph to promulgate the 2012 revisions to the HCS, 77 FR 17602, and this provision provides additional authority for this final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        This final rule, which is an update to the existing HCS, fits well within the authority granted by the last sentence of section 6(b)(7). The changes in the final rule constitute a “modification” of the HCS regarding “the use of labels or other forms of warning.” As explained more fully elsewhere in this preamble, OSHA has determined the updates are “appropriate” based on “experience, information, or medical or technological developments acquired subsequent to the promulgation of the relevant standard.” The updates found in GHS Rev. 7 are a “technological development” that has occurred since the 2012 revisions to the HCS and are also “warranted by experience [and] information.” The GHS was negotiated and drafted through the involvement of labor, industry, and governmental agencies, and thus represents the collective experience and information on hazard communication gathered by the participants in these sectors over the last several decades. See 71 FR 53617, 53618-53619; 
                        <SU>4</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         see also Section III.: Events Leading to the Revised Hazard Communication Standard in this preamble.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>4</SU>
                             The last sentence of section 6(b)(7) requires consultation with the Secretary of Health and Human Services. OSHA briefed NIOSH on the proposal for this rule during a collaboration meeting held in December 2018, which was attended by the Director of NIOSH, and NIOSH expressed its support. NIOSH continued to express support in its comments on the proposed rule (Document ID 0281) and also supported OSHA's update of the HCS in 2012, see 77 FR 17603.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Authority for the HCS is also found in Section 8, paragraphs (c) and (g), of the OSH Act. Section 8(c)(1) of the OSH Act empowers the Secretary to require employers to make, keep, and preserve records regarding activities related to the OSH Act and to make such records available to the Secretary. 29 U.S.C. 657(c)(1). Section 8(g)(2) of the OSH Act empowers the Secretary to “prescribe such rules and regulations as he may deem necessary to carry out [his] responsibilities” under the Act. 29 U.S.C. 657(g)(2).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Significant Risk</HD>
                    <P>As required by section 6(b)(5) of the OSH Act, OSHA originally determined that the HCS would substantially reduce a significant risk of material harm when promulgating the standard in 1983. Many OSHA health standards protect employees by imposing requirements when employees are exposed to a concentration of a hazardous substance that OSHA has found creates a significant risk of material health impairment. Thus, in making the significant risk determination in those cases, OSHA measures and assesses the hazards of employee exposures to determine the level at which a significant risk arises.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA took a different approach to its significant risk determination when first promulgating the HCS. Rather than attempting to assess the risk associated with exposures to each hazardous chemical in each industry to determine if that chemical posed a significant risk in that industry, OSHA took a more general approach. It relied on NIOSH data showing that about 25 million or about 25 percent of American employees were potentially exposed to one or more of 8,000 NIOSH-identified chemical hazards and that for the years 1977 and 1978 more than 174,000 illnesses were likely caused by exposure to hazardous chemicals. 48 FR 53282. OSHA then noted the consensus evident in the record among labor, industry, health professionals, and government that an “effective [F]ederal standard requiring employers to identify workplace hazards, communicate hazard information to employees, and train employees in recognizing and avoiding those hazards” was necessary to protect employee health. 48 FR 53283. Based on that evidence, OSHA determined that the HCS addressed a significant risk because “inadequate communication about serious chemical hazards endangers workers,” and that the practices required by the standard were “necessary or appropriate to the elimination or mitigation of these hazards.” 48 FR 53321. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit agreed that “inadequate communication is itself a hazard, which the standard can eliminate or mitigate.” 
                        <E T="03">United Steelworkers,</E>
                         763 F.2d at 735. That court has upheld OSHA's determination of significant risk as sufficient to justify the HCS. See 
                        <E T="03">Associated Builders &amp; Contractors,</E>
                         862 F.2d at 67-68 (discussing the history of its review of the issue).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA reaffirmed its finding of significant risk in adopting revisions to the HCS in 1994. See 59 FR 6126-6133. When revising the HCS to adopt the GHS model in 2012, OSHA found that there remained a “significant risk of inadequate communication” of chemical hazards in the workplace and that adopting the standardized requirements of the GHS would 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44153"/>
                        substantially reduce that risk by improving chemical hazard communications. 77 FR 17603-17604.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For the changes in this final rule, OSHA has not made a new finding of significant risk but is making changes that are reasonably related to the purpose of the HCS as a whole. When, as here, OSHA has previously determined that its standard substantially reduces a significant risk, it is unnecessary for the agency to make additional findings on risk for every provision of that standard. See, 
                        <E T="03">e.g., Pub. Citizen Health Research Grp.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">Tyson,</E>
                         796 F.2d 1479, 1502 n.16 (D.C. Cir. 1986) (rejecting the argument that OSHA must “find that each and every aspect of its standard eliminates a significant risk”). Rather, once OSHA makes a general significant risk finding in support of a standard, the next question is whether a particular requirement is reasonably related to the purpose of the standard as a whole. See 
                        <E T="03">Asbestos Info. Ass'n/N. Am.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">Reich</E>
                        , 117 F.3d 891, 894 (5th Cir. 1997); 
                        <E T="03">Forging Indus. Ass'n</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">Sec'y of Labor</E>
                        , 773 F.2d 1436, 1447 (4th Cir. 1985); 
                        <E T="03">United Steelworkers of Am., AFL-CIO-CLC</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">Marshall</E>
                        , 647 F.2d 1189, 1237-38 (D.C. Cir. 1980) (“
                        <E T="03">Lead I</E>
                        ”).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Furthermore, the Supreme Court has recognized that protective measures like those called for by the HCS may be imposed in workplaces where chemical exposure levels are below that for which OSHA has found a significant risk. In 
                        <E T="03">Benzene</E>
                        , the Court recognized that the “backstop” provisions of section 6(b)(7) allow OSHA to impose information requirements even before the employee is exposed to the significant risk. See Benzene, 448 U.S. at 657-58 &amp; n.66. Rather than requiring a finding of significant risk, the last sentence of section 6(b)(7) provides other assurances that OSHA is exercising its authority appropriately by requiring the involvement of the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and by limiting the authority only to modifications that are based on “experience, information, or medical or technological developments” acquired since the promulgation of the standard in the limited areas of hazard communication, monitoring, and medical examinations. Therefore, OSHA need not make any new significant risk findings; rather, the final rule is supported by the significant risk findings that OSHA made when it adopted the current HCS.
                        <SU>5</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         See 77 FR 17602.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>5</SU>
                             Section 6(b)(7) of the OSH Act also exempts modifications to hazard communication, monitoring, and medical examination requirements from the standard-setting requirements of section 6(b), and so evidences Congress' intent to provide OSHA with an expedited procedure to update these requirements. The last sentence of section 6(b)(7) merely allows these requirements to be updated to reflect the latest knowledge available. The authorization to use Administrative Procedure Act notice and comment procedures rather than the more elaborate framework established by section 6(b) demonstrates congressional intent to treat such modifications differently from rulemakings to adopt standards. Congress envisaged a simple, expedited process that is inconsistent with the idea that OSHA must undertake additional significant risk analyses before exercising this authority, See 77 FR 17602.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Feasibility</HD>
                    <P>
                        Because section 6(b)(5) of the OSH Act explicitly requires OSHA to set health standards that eliminate risk “to the extent feasible,” OSHA uses feasibility analyses to make standards-setting decisions dealing with toxic materials or harmful physical agents. 29 U.S.C. 655(b)(5); 
                        <E T="03">Cotton Dust,</E>
                         452 U.S. at 509. Feasibility in this context means “capable of being done, executed, or effected.” Id. at 508-09. Feasibility has two aspects, economic and technological. 
                        <E T="03">Lead I,</E>
                         647 F.2d at 1264. A standard is technologically feasible if the protective measures it requires already exist, can be brought into existence with available technology, or can be created with technology that can reasonably be expected to be developed. See id. at 1272. A standard is economically feasible if industry can absorb or pass on the cost of compliance without threatening its long-term profitability or competitive structure. See 
                        <E T="03">Cotton Dust,</E>
                         452 U.S. at 530 n.55; 
                        <E T="03">Lead I,</E>
                         647 F.2d at 1265. OSHA's determinations regarding feasibility are discussed more fully in Section VI.E., Technological Feasibility, and Section VI.G., Economic Feasibility and Impacts, in this preamble.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Final Economic Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Introduction and Summary</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under Executive Order 12866 (E.O.) 12866, OIRA determines whether a regulatory action is significant and, therefore, subject to the requirements of E.O. 12866 and OMB review. Section 3(f) of E.O. 12866, as amended by E.O. 14094, defines a “significant regulatory action” as an action that is likely to result in a rule that: (1) has an annual effect on the economy of $200 million or more, or adversely affects in a material way a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local or tribal governments or communities (also referred to as significant under Section 3(f)(1)); (2) creates serious inconsistency or otherwise interferes with an action taken or planned by another agency; (3) materially alters the budgetary impacts of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs, or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or (4) raises novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in E.O. 12866. Upon review, OMB has determined that this final rule is a significant regulatory action under E.O. 12866.
                        <SU>6</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ), OIRA designated that this rule is not a “major rule,” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>6</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/eAgendaViewRule?pubId=202210&amp;RIN=1218-AC93.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>OIRA has made a determination that this action is not a significant regulatory action under section 3(f)(1) of E.O. 12866, as amended by E.O. 14094, because it is not likely to have an annual effect on the economy of $200 million or more. Nor is this final standard a major rule under the Congressional Review Act because this rule will not result in (1) an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more; (2) a major increase in costs or prices for consumers, individual industries, federal, state, or local government agencies, or geographic regions; nor (3) significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, or innovation, or on the ability of United States-based enterprises to compete with foreign-based enterprises in domestic and export markets. 5 U.S.C. 804(2). Details on the estimated cost-savings of this rule can be found in the economic analysis below.</P>
                    <P>E.O. 13563 directs agencies to adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs; tailor the regulation to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining the regulatory objectives; and in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, select those approaches that maximize net benefits. E.O. 13563 recognizes that some benefits are difficult to quantify and provides that, where appropriate and permitted by law, agencies may consider and discuss qualitatively values that are difficult or impossible to quantify, including equity, human dignity, fairness, and distributive impacts.</P>
                    <P>
                        Because section 6(b)(5) of the OSH Act explicitly imposes the “to the extent feasible” limitation on the setting of health standards, OSHA is not permitted to use cost-benefit analysis to make its standards-setting decisions (see 29 U.S.C. 655(b)(5); 
                        <E T="03">Cotton Dust,</E>
                         452 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44154"/>
                        U.S. at 509). In addition to determining economic feasibility, OSHA estimates the costs and benefits of its proposed and final rules to ensure compliance with other requirements such as those in E.O. 12866 and E.O. 13563.
                    </P>
                    <P>In this FEA, OSHA estimates that the proposed amendments to the HCS would result in annualized net cost savings of $29.8 million at a seven percent discount rate. Annualized at a three percent discount rate, OSHA estimates that the proposed amendments to the rule would lead to net cost savings of $30.7 million per year. OSHA expects that the revisions to the HCS will also result in modest improvements in worker health and safety above those already being achieved under the current HCS, but the agency is unable to quantify the magnitude of these benefits.</P>
                    <P>The remainder of this FEA includes the following sections:</P>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">B. Need for Regulation</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">C. Profile of Affected Industries, Establishments, and Employees</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">D. Health and Safety Benefits and Unquantified Positive Economic Effects</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">E. Technological Feasibility</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">F. Compliance Costs and Cost Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">G. Economic Feasibility and Impacts</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">H. Final Regulatory Flexibility Screening Analysis and FRFA Certification</FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Need for Regulation</HD>
                    <P>Employees in work environments covered by OSHA's HCS are exposed to a variety of significant hazards associated with chemicals used in the workplace that can and do cause serious injury, illness, and death. The HCS serves to ensure that both employers and employees are provided the information they need about these chemical hazards. The HCS contains a set of requirements for chemical products, including mandatory hazard classification, labeling requirements, provisions for communication of detailed information (in SDSs), and label updating requirements. These requirements are based on Rev. 3 of the GHS, which was adopted by the UNSCEGHS in December 2008.</P>
                    <P>OSHA, in the 2021 Preliminary Economic Analysis (PEA), determined that the revisions to the HCS would make employers' hazard communication programs more worker-protective, efficient, and effective through standardizing practices nationally and internationally (86 FR 9590). In addition, OSHA found that aligning with the GHS Rev. 7 would continue to facilitate international trade, as a number of U.S. trading partners are also preparing to align with Rev. 7 (86 FR 9590-91).</P>
                    <P>The revisions to the HCS include the following notable changes:</P>
                    <P>• Maintaining alignment with the GHS:</P>
                    <P>○ Adding classification categories for aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases; and</P>
                    <P>○ Updating select hazard and precautionary statements for clearer and more precise hazard information.</P>
                    <P>• Addressing issues identified in implementing the 2012 HCS:</P>
                    <P>○ Updating labeling requirements for small containers;</P>
                    <P>○ Updating labeling requirements for packaged containers that have been released for shipment or that constitute bulk shipping; and</P>
                    <P>○ Allowing the withholding of concentration ranges of substances for reasons related to trade secrets.</P>
                    <P>As discussed in Section VI.F., Compliance Costs and Cost Savings, of this FEA, the estimated costs and cost savings resulting from the final revisions to the HCS consist of five main categories: (1) the cost of reclassifying affected chemicals and revising the corresponding SDSs and labels to achieve consistency with the reclassification (per changes to Appendix B), and the cost of revising SDSs and labels to conform with new precautionary statements and other new mandatory language in the appendices to the HCS (per changes to Appendices C and D); (2) the cost of management familiarization and other management-related costs (associated with all of the revisions to the standard); (3) the cost of training employees as necessitated by the changes to the HCS (see paragraph (h)(1) of the 2012 HCS); (4) the cost savings resulting from the new released-for-shipment provision (revisions to paragraph (f)(11)); and (5) the cost savings from limiting labeling requirements for certain very small containers (proposed paragraph (f)(12)). The first three categories are considered to be one-time costs and the last two categories are cost savings that would accrue to employers annually.</P>
                    <P>
                        The changes to the HCS will maintain the uniformity of hazard information with the GHS and will, accordingly, serve to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the existing hazard communication system in the U.S., ensure that updated and advanced HCS methods are recognized, and reduce unnecessary barriers to trade. In short, the GHS is a “uniformity standard” for the presentation of hazard information (Document ID 0050). And much like other uniformity standards, such as driving on the right side of the road (in the U.S.), screw threads for fire hose connectors, “handshake” protocols for communication between computers, and, for that matter, language, the GHS provides significant efficiencies and economies.
                        <SU>7</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>7</SU>
                             A specification standard, such as an engineering standard, would spell out, in detail, the equipment or technology that must be used to achieve compliance. The usual rationale for a specification standard is that compliance would be difficult to verify under a performance standard; hence, a specification standard would better protect employees against the risk in question. A specification standard would generally not provide the efficiencies or economies (such as easier, less expensive training on uniform pictograms and a uniform SDS format made possible by the GHS) to the regulated community that a uniformity standard would. On the contrary, a specification standard could impose additional costs on some firms that may be able to effectively protect workers using a cheaper alternative approach if such flexibility were permitted. It is also worth noting that, for uniformity standards with technological implications, the benefits of reduced information costs, economies of uniformity, and facilitation of exchange may need to be weighed against possible losses of flexibility, experimentation, and innovation. However, because the GHS is limited to the presentation of hazard information and does not involve other than incidental technological or strategic considerations, the possible costs of uniformity here would be minuscule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Since publication of the update to the HCS in 2012, there continues to be movement by U.S. trading partners toward maintaining standardization, consistent with the revisions in the GHS. However, OSHA does not believe that full and comprehensive standardization in accordance with the GHS, or the goal of harmonizing the U.S. system with the international one, can be achieved voluntarily in the absence of regulation.</P>
                    <P>
                        First, the market alone will not ensure timely alignment with the GHS as it undergoes revision periodically. Additionally, in some cases (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         aerosols, desensitized explosives), Rev. 7 contains different hazard classes or classification criteria than the 2012 HCS, and it would be impermissible for a manufacturer to comply with Rev. 7 rather than the criteria in the existing HCS. Second, while the costs of creating SDSs and labels are borne directly by the chemical producers, maintaining alignment with the GHS benefits the users of hazardous chemicals. These users include employers who are direct customers of chemical manufacturers, employees who use or are exposed to workplace chemicals, and emergency responders who typically have no market relationship with the chemical producers. Even if market forces could ensure the socially optimal approach to SDSs between chemical manufacturers and their customers, there are limited market forces at work between the chemical manufacturer and two key sets of users: the employees and the emergency response community. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44155"/>
                        Therefore, the benefits achieved by maintaining alignment with the GHS are unlikely to be obtained in the private market without regulation.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA recognizes that there will be 
                        <E T="03">some</E>
                         market pressure to align with Rev. 7 as its adoption expands internationally.
                        <SU>8</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Some firms in the U.S. may think that they have no need to follow the GHS because they do not ship their products internationally. These firms may not realize the extent to which they are involved in international trade. There are probably few companies that have products that are never involved in international trade or that never import chemical products requiring hazard information.
                        <SU>9</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Many chemical producers ship their products to distributors and are unaware of where their products are ultimately used. These distributors might well put pressure on their suppliers to maintain compliance with the GHS. Further, small companies sell chemicals to larger companies. The larger companies may use those chemicals to make other products that are exported. These larger companies might also pressure their small-firm suppliers to align with the GHS. Nevertheless, relying solely on market pressures would surely involve a long transition period, with attendant losses in worker protection and production efficiencies, and it is unlikely that the market alone will ensure full alignment with the GHS for reasons described above.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>8</SU>
                             See UN, 2018, pp. 12-13 (Document ID 0040).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>9</SU>
                             According to the U.S. International Trade Commission, U.S. imports of chemicals and related products increased 23 percent from 2015 ($260.4 billion) to 2019 ($320.1 billion); and U.S. exports of chemicals and related products increased 7 percent from 2015 ($227.7 billion) to 2019 ($243.7 billion) (Document ID 0234). And the American Chemistry Council reported that in 2019, total U.S. chemical exports accounted for 10 percent of all U.S. goods exports and 10 percent of all global chemical exports (Document ID 0235).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The changes to the HCS will involve costs and cost savings mainly for manufacturers, importers, and distributors. Manufacturers and importers of chemicals will also achieve benefits, in part because they themselves benefit as both producers and users, and in part because of foreign trade benefits. Some manufacturers may not obtain trade benefits unless they engage in chemical export. International harmonization of hazard communication requirements may also make it easier for small companies to engage in international trade if they so desire (see additional discussion below in VI.D., Health and Safety Benefits and Unquantified Positive Economic Effects).</P>
                    <P>Of more significance to the concerns of the OSH Act, the changes will also provide health benefits from improved hazard classification and communication; although unquantified in this final rule, these benefits include reductions in worker illnesses, injuries, and fatalities (see additional discussion below in VI.D., Health and Safety Benefits and Unquantified Positive Economic Effects).</P>
                    <P>Because many of the health and safety benefits and cost savings described in this analysis require uniformity and are dispersed among a network of producers and users, only some of whom have direct market relationships with each other, OSHA believes maintaining a single, uniform standard will best achieve the full benefits available from a hazard communications system.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Profile of Affected Industries, Establishments, and Employees</HD>
                    <P>In this section, OSHA presents a final profile of industries affected by this revision to the HCS. The profile data in this section are based upon the 2012 HCS FEA and the PEA supporting the 2021 HCS NPRM, updated in this FEA with the most recent data available.</P>
                    <P>
                        As a first step, OSHA identifies the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) industries affected by the changes to the HCS.
                        <SU>10</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Next, OSHA provides statistical information on the affected industries, including the number of affected entities and establishments; the number of workers whose exposure to the chemicals subject to the HCS could result in injury, illness, or death (“affected relevant employees”); and the average revenues and profits for affected entities and establishments by six-digit NAICS industry.
                        <SU>11</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This information is provided for each affected industry as a whole, as well as for small entities, as defined by the Small Business Administration (SBA) 
                        <SU>12</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and for “very small” entities, defined by OSHA as those with fewer than 20 employees, in each affected industry (U.S. Census Bureau, 2020a, Document ID 0231; U.S. Census Bureau, 2020b, Document ID 0232).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>10</SU>
                             For this FEA, OSHA used 2017 NAICS industry categorization and nomenclature. Although the 2017 NAICS categorization was updated in 2022, OSHA notes that all profile data presented in this FEA were published in 2022 or earlier years but are pre-2022 in content, and therefore were assigned 2017 NAICS IDs.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>11</SU>
                             The Census Bureau defines an establishment as a single physical location at which business is conducted or services or industrial operations are performed. The Census Bureau defines a business firm or entity as a business organization consisting of one or more domestic establishments in the same state and industry that are specified under common ownership or control. The firm and the establishment are the same for single-establishment firms. For each multi-establishment firm, establishments in the same industry within a state will be counted as one firm; the firm employment and annual payroll are summed from the associated establishments (Document ID 0047).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>12</SU>
                             According to the SBA, “The size standards are for the most part expressed in either millions of dollars (those preceded by “$”) or number of employees (those without the “$”). A size standard is the largest that a concern can be and still qualify as a small business for Federal Government programs. For the most part, size standards are the average annual receipts or the average employment of a firm. How to calculate average annual receipts and average employment of a firm can be found in 13 CFR 121.104 and 13 CFR 121.106, respectively” (SBA, 2019, Table of Small Business Size Standards—Effective Aug 19, 2019, Document ID 0225)). In December 2022, SBA published an update to the table of small business size standards. However, the schedule for this final HCS rulemaking did not allow for a timely adoption of the 2022 table.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The revisions to the HCS affect establishments in a variety of different industries in which employees are exposed to hazardous chemicals or in which hazardous chemicals are produced. The changes to the HCS do not change the overall list of affected industries or establishments. However, some changes specifically affect certain establishment groupings that manufacture aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases. Other changes affect certain manufacturers of hazardous chemicals that are packaged in small containers and manufacturers of chemicals that are not immediately distributed after being released for shipment.</P>
                    <P>The revisions define and revise specific classifications and categories of hazards, but the scope of the requirements under which a chemical (whether a substance or mixture of substances) becomes subject to the standard is not substantially different from the 2012 version of the HCS. Therefore, OSHA believes that the revisions have little or no effect on whether specific establishments fall within the scope of the standard.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA's estimates of the number of employees who will require new training under the revisions to the standard are based on BLS's (2023) Occupational Employment Statistics data for May 2022, specifically the estimates of the number of employees in SOC 51-0000 Production Occupations and SOC 13-1081 Logisticians working in firms in the NAICS industries that are affected by the revised requirements to reclassify aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases.
                        <SU>13</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (See 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44156"/>
                        the analysis and discussion of training costs below in VI.F., Compliance Costs and Cost Savings.)
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>13</SU>
                             The NAICS industries estimated to be affected by the revised requirement to reclassify aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases are the following: 211130 Natural Gas Extraction, 
                            <PRTPAGE/>
                            324110 Petroleum Refineries, 325110 Petrochemical Manufacturing, 325120 Industrial Gas Manufacturing, 325320 Pesticide and Other Agricultural Chemical Manufacturing, 325412 Pharmaceutical Preparation Manufacturing, 325510 Paint and Coating Manufacturing, 325520 Adhesive Manufacturing, 325611 Soap and Other Detergent Manufacturing, 325612 Polish and Other Sanitation Good Manufacturing, 325613 Surface Active Agent Manufacturing, 325620 Toilet Preparation Manufacturing, and 325920 Explosives Manufacturing. Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS, 2023). Occupational Employment Statistics—May 2022 (Released April 25, 2023). Available at 
                            <E T="03">https://www.bls.gov/oes/#data</E>
                             (Accessed April 27, 2023) (Document ID 0482).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Table VI-1 provides an overview of the estimated numbers of firms, establishments, and employees in each covered NAICS industry; the estimated number of employees in covered occupations (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         logistics personnel); and the estimated numbers of affected firms, affected establishments, and affected employees in covered occupations.
                        <SU>14</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Tables VI-2 and VI-3, respectively, provide parallel information for all affected business entities defined as small by the SBA 
                        <SU>15</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and all affected very small business entities, defined by OSHA as those with fewer than 20 employees.
                        <FTREF/>
                         The data in these tables update the estimates provided in the PEA in support of the 2021 HCS NPRM (Document ID 0258) and rely on the most recent comprehensive set of data (including revenues) available from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS, 2023) and the U.S. Census Bureau (2022a; 2022b; 2022c).
                        <SU>16</SU>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>14</SU>
                             The overall percentage of firms, establishments, or employees affected is based on the largest percentage affected for any single cost item—as shown in Table VI-10 later in this section. To estimate the overall number of affected firms, establishments, and employees, OSHA multiplied the total number of firms, establishments, and employees by the maximum percentage of firms, establishments, and/or employees affected by any single provision. Because most of the NAICS industries shown in the table would be affected by rule familiarization, this percentage is 100 percent for most of the NAICS industries shown.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>15</SU>
                             For the 2019 SBA U.S. Small Business Administration Table of Small Business Size Standards matched to North American Industry Classification System Codes (Effective August 19, 2019), see Document ID 0225. In Table VI-2 in the PEA, the numbers shown for Total Employees and Employees in Covered Occupations (columns 5 and 6) erroneously understated the correct estimates. However, because OSHA's underlying calculations utilized the correct estimates, the errors in that table did not affect compliance cost estimates or any other results derived in the PEA.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>16</SU>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, Statistics of U.S. Businesses, 2017 (Document ID 0231; 0232).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44157"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.136</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44158"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.137</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44159"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.138</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44160"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.139</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44161"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.140</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44162"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.141</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44163"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.142</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44164"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.143</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44165"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.144</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44166"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.145</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44167"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.146</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44168"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.147</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44169"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.148</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        The PEA and Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis in the NPRM did not include the construction industry (NAICS 23) within its scope and in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44170"/>
                        written comments the Construction Industry Safety Coalition (CISC) questioned the basis for the exclusion (Document ID 0335, pp. 2-3). In response, OSHA notes that the scope and application of the final standard primarily refers to manufacturers, importers, and distributors. OSHA anticipates that the compliance burden of this rule, and therefore the economic impacts, will primarily be borne by the general industry sectors noted above, and although the construction industry is not exempted from the scope and application of the final standard, any economic impact upon construction employers will likely take the form of downstream effects as consumers of affected chemical products.
                    </P>
                    <P>To the extent that there are costs for the construction industry associated with training workers on new SDSs, OSHA believes that these costs will be de minimis. As OSHA notes below in the section on training costs, the agency estimated training costs for health and safety personnel, but not users of chemicals with new hazards because OSHA concluded that there would only be a trivial amount of training associated with reclassification for those users. OSHA's understanding of the construction industry is that there are relatively few employees who are affected by the HCS standard who are not users of the chemicals, and therefore has not taken costs for that industry.</P>
                    <P>
                        The costs and cost savings of some of the revised provisions (new classification criteria for select hazards and labels on very small containers) are driven by the number of SDSs (and labels) that manufacturers must redesign as a result of the new criteria and the number of labels on very small containers. In support of the cost analysis that appears later in this FEA, Table VI-4 presents OSHA's estimate of the number of labels per container by container size (and type).
                        <SU>17</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Starting with the fifth row (container type: 250 ml container), Table VI-4 is drawn from data in a table (Table VI-5) presented in the FEA in support of the 2012 HCS final rule (77 FR 17639-40), but OSHA has updated the data to include smaller containers to permit evaluation of the impacts of the small container and very small container labeling provisions introduced in (new) paragraph (f)(12). Also, the term “jug” has been changed to the more generic term “container.” The figures in Table VI-4 are slightly different than some of the figures in Table VI-5 of the 2012 FEA due to a change in OSHA's approach to rounding and the reporting of more significant digits.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>17</SU>
                             As reflected in Table VI-4, OSHA assumes one outer packaging with an additional label for every two 2.5-gallon containers; one outer packaging with an additional label for every four 1-liter, 2-liter and 1-gallon containers; and one outer packaging with an additional label for every eight containers smaller than 1 liter. In the PEA, OSHA requested public comment on the label-container specifications presented in Table VI-4. OSHA received no comments addressing the specifications proposed in Table VI-4; therefore, in this FEA Table VI-4 remains unchanged from its preliminary appearance.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="547">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44171"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.149</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        As will be discussed at greater length below in Section VI.F., Compliance Costs and Cost Savings, it has been OSHA's understanding that chemical manufacturers and importers periodically review, revise, and update the electronic templates they use to create SDSs and labels. Changes are made, for example, as information regarding specific hazards becomes available, new information about protective measures is ascertained, or revisions are made to product information and marketing materials. Labels and SDSs are also produced and modified when products are first introduced to the market or when products change. In the PEA, the terms “electronic templates” and “electronic files” were used interchangeably with, and as proxies for, the term “SDS.” All three terms refer to electronic files that are used to generate SDSs and labels. Table VI-5 provides, by covered NAICS industry, estimates of the total number of labels, the number of labels on very small containers (containers of 3 ml capacity or less), the total number of SDSs, and the number of labels and SDSs affected by the proposed revisions to the HCS classification criteria. The term “SDS” in the column headers and in the discussion below represents the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44172"/>
                        estimated number of electronic templates (files) that are used to create SDSs and labels. The derivation of these estimates is discussed below.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA's estimate of the total number of SDSs per NAICS industry, as presented in Table VI-5, was developed by its contractor to support the agency's FEA for the 2012 final standard.
                        <SU>18</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The analysis started with the number of SDSs per establishment by establishment size, as originally derived in the economic analysis in support of the 2009 proposed HCS rule (Document ID 0029) using a sampling of company websites and the SDSs posted there.
                        <SU>19</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The analysis then combined the estimated number of SDSs per establishment by establishment size with the estimated number of establishments to estimate the weighted average number of SDSs per establishment in a given NAICS industry. This estimate was then multiplied by the average number of establishments per firm to estimate the number of SDSs per firm for each NAICS industry. Multiplying by the number of firms per NAICS industry yields the total number of SDSs in each NAICS industry (as shown in Column 5 of Table VI-5).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>18</SU>
                             Technical and analytical support for the PEA and this FEA was provided by Eastern Research Group, Inc. (ERG) under Contract No. DOL-OPS-16-D-0012.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>19</SU>
                             This methodology was not challenged by commenters during the rulemaking that resulted in the 2012 final rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44173"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.150</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44174"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.151</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA's preliminary estimate of the number of labels per NAICS industry was constructed using the same methodology developed in the 2012 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44175"/>
                        HCS final rule (Document ID 0005, pp. 17634-17643), but with more recent data.
                    </P>
                    <P>The steps in the analysis, elaborated on below, were summarized in the PEA as follows:</P>
                    <P>• Begin with data on shipment weight by commodity code and shipment weight class.</P>
                    <P>• Estimate the average weight per container for containers of various sizes.</P>
                    <P>• Allocate the tons shipped in each shipment weight class for certain sizes of containers.</P>
                    <P>• Divide the tons shipped by the average container weight to estimate total containers.</P>
                    <P>• Multiply the containers by the average number of labels per container to estimate total labels.</P>
                    <P>• Allot the labels among NAICS codes using receipts data. (86 FR 9610)</P>
                    <P>
                        The label analysis in the PEA began with the U.S. Census Bureau and the U.S. Department of Transportation's jointly produced Commodity Flow Survey (CFS) (U.S. Census Bureau, 2014a, Document ID 0024) data on shipment characteristics by commodity and shipment weight. This dataset includes the number of tons shipped for a range of shipment weight classes by Standard Classification of Transported Goods (SCTG) code. The number of tons is converted to pounds, and limited to hazardous non-consumer products (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         those that would have the HCS labeling).
                    </P>
                    <P>The estimated percentages for the transported goods identified as hazardous non-consumer products were presented in the 2012 HCS FEA cost model (See ERG/OSHA, 2012, Document ID 0029). At the time OSHA developed the PEA, the final 2017 CFS data was not yet available. Therefore, 2012 CFS data was the most recent information available. OSHA requested public comments, and received none, on the estimated percentages for the transported goods identified as hazardous non-consumer products in the preliminary profile. For this FEA, OSHA has revised the preliminary percentages of hazardous non-consumer products to reflect data from the 2017 CFS (U.S. Census Bureau, 2020d, Document ID 0474), which is the most recent available.</P>
                    <P>The CFS-based percentage estimates are used in conjunction with another CFS dataset (U.S. Census Bureau, 2020e, Document ID 0475) that has shipment data by NAICS industry (but not by shipment weight) to divide the detailed shipment weight data into shipments coming from manufacturers and distributors.</P>
                    <P>
                        The next step in the methodology estimated the representative weight per container for a variety of types of containers (ranging in size from a 3-milliliter vial to a rail car) and substances (such as antifreeze, diesel fuel, paint). Using representative substances, OSHA estimated the shipment weight for one container of each size as 
                        <E T="03">Shipment Weight = (Product Weight per gallon × Container Capacity) + Container Weight.</E>
                         Because of a lack of available data establishing the percentage of products shipped by container type (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the breakdown of the types of products shipped by each container type), the calculation for each product and container type relied on professional judgment (by OSHA and its economic contractor, ERG) to select a “typical” product weight per gallon and container weight for each container type, and no commenters provided data that contradicted this approach. Next, the analysis estimated shipment weight per container by multiplying the average product weight per gallon times the number of gallons per container, plus the container weight.
                    </P>
                    <P>To convert the CFS data on tons (or pounds) shipped by container size into a number of containers, the analysis estimated the percentage of each shipment class likely to be shipped in certain sizes of containers. Shipments of lower weights are generally estimated to be shipped in smaller containers, and vice versa. Then the total non-consumer hazardous pounds shipped (from the CFS data) was multiplied by the estimated percentage shipped in each container type to yield the number of non-consumer hazardous pounds in each container type. Finally, the non-consumer hazardous pounds in each container type were divided by the average weight per container type to yield an estimate of the total number of containers.</P>
                    <P>
                        To estimate the number of labels that would be used on these containers, the analysis first estimated the average number of labels on a single container for each container size (from Table VI-4 above). As previously noted, these estimates account for the fact that some containers have outer packaging that would require an additional label under this proposed rule (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         kits containing containers less than 100 ml where tags and fold out labels are infeasible) or are shipped with several containers grouped into a single outer container with a label. This average number of labels per container for each shipment size class was then multiplied by the number of containers to estimate the total number of labels.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The final step in the analysis was to allocate the number of labels shipped from SCTG codes to NAICS codes. The NAICS-to-SCTG mapping was adapted from the mapping used in the FEA in support of the 2012 HCS final rule analysis, but with NAICS categories updated from 2007 to 2017 categories. U.S. Census (2022) Statistics of U.S. Businesses data was used to estimate each NAICS industry's share of total receipts for the SCTG code with which it corresponds, and then the number of labels in each SCTG was allocated proportionally. (This calculation was performed separately for shipments from manufacturers and from distributors for purposes of estimating cost savings due to the proposed released-for-shipment provision in paragraph (f)(11)). This resulted in the estimated number of labels shown in Column 3 of Table VI-5.
                        <SU>20</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>20</SU>
                             For example, NAICS 211130—Natural Gas Extraction is categorized as a basic chemicals manufacturer, or Code 20 in the SCTG commodity coding system. Across the range of container types and container weights shown in Table VI-4, the analysis led to an estimate of the total number of labels (600,645,446) required by all SCTG Code 20 manufacturers (see Document ID 0481, tab “Labels per NAICS”, cell O11). The percentage of receipts (30.7 percent) for NAICS 211130 relative to total receipts for SCTG Code 20 employers (Document ID 0481, tab “Labels per NAICS”, cells N11-P11) was then applied to this total number of labels. The result, shown in Column 3 in Table VI-5, is an estimated 184,330,155 labels for NAICS 2111130. Note that multiplying factors may yield a slightly different total due to rounding of the factors in the table (but not in the spreadsheet).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>To estimate the number of labels on very small containers (those on containers with a volume capacity of 3 ml or less), the same analysis was performed, but it was limited to containers in that size range. The resulting estimates of the number of labels on very small containers are shown in Column 4 of Table VI-5.</P>
                    <P>
                        Not every SDS and label, and not every label on very small containers, would be affected by the rule. Only SDSs and labels for certain products (aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases) would be affected by the new classification criteria. And only certain very small containers would be covered by proposed paragraph (f)(12)(iii), which would eliminate some labeling requirements in certain circumstances. In particular, under paragraph (f)(12)(iii), only a product identifier would be required on very small containers (3 ml or less) where the manufacturer, importer, or distributor can demonstrate that a label would interfere with the normal use of the container and that it is not feasible to use pull-out labels, fold-back labels, or tags containing the full label 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44176"/>
                        information, although the immediate outer packaging would need to include the full label. Thus, in addition to the estimated total number of SDSs, labels, and labels on very small containers, Table VI-5 shows the number of each estimated to be affected by the revised standard.
                        <SU>21</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>21</SU>
                             Note that OSHA's cost estimates for reclassifying affected chemicals and revising the corresponding SDSs and labels to achieve consistency with the reclassification (per changes to Appendix B), and for revising SDSs and labels to conform with new precautionary statements and other new mandatory language in the appendices to the HCS (per changes to Appendices C and D), are based on the costs associated with chemical manufacturers editing their electronic files (which are used to produce labels and SDSs) for each product for which reclassification would be required as a result of the final rule. They are not based on the number of labels or SDSs produced or used. The number of labels and labels affected by revision in the tables provided represent the total number produced; that number is provided to include all relevant information even though it is not being used in calculating costs.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Although OSHA preliminarily determined that this methodology remains sound, in the NPRM the agency invited public comment on the reasonableness of this methodology for the current analysis and on its understanding about the use of electronic template files to create SDSs and labels. One commenter, Ameren Corporation (Ameren), directly addressed OSHA's nomenclature for SDS electronic files and the ability of stakeholders to understand the agency's preliminary methodology for estimating SDSs and labels, with the comment, “Ameren agrees with OSHA's understanding of electronic template files to create SDSs and labels” (Document ID 0309, p. 5). Another commenter, Michele Sullivan, noted that “every HCS SDS will need to be revised” due to the changes in Appendix D. As shown in Table VI-5, OSHA already estimates that almost every SDS will be revised due to the provisions in the final rule.</P>
                    <P>Responsible Industry for a Sound Environment (RISE) and CropLife America (CropLife) noted that the labeling requirements of the HCS do not apply to pesticides that are regulated under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), but Table VI-5 lists over 23 million labels affected by this revision for the Pesticide and Other Agricultural Manufacturing industry. RISE and CropLife requested clarification on this apparent conflict (Document ID 0343, pp. 3-4).</P>
                    <P>In response to the concerns expressed by the two trade associations about the number of pesticide labels affected by the revised HCS, OSHA notes that the agency lacks data indicating what proportion of chemicals produced by the Pesticide and Other Agricultural Manufacturing industry fall within FIFRA's definition of pesticide, which is the category of chemicals exempt from the HCS. The agency has chosen to err on the side of caution and to the extent that the preliminary estimate overstates the actual number of labels affected, any such differential would only over-estimate the costs of the rule. This assumption has no bearing on the scope of the HCS and the HCS is clear that pesticides that meet FIFRA's definition are exempt.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters described the common practices found within their industry for updating SDSs and labels, which support OSHA's understanding of the use of electronic templates for SDSs and labels. The Independent Lubricant Manufacturers Association (ILMA) surveyed their membership on several of the technical and economic issues raised in the NPRM. Based on 16 responses to the ILMA survey, all from the association's manufacturing members, ILMA stated that “[t]he majority of ILMA members responding to the survey indicated that they rely on third-party services to generate SDS and labels, whether it be software or contracted work” (Document ID 0460, Att. 1, p. 5).</P>
                    <P>On the topic of the outsourcing of SDS software development, the National Association of Chemical Distributors (NACD) polled a few of their member companies on how employers process SDSs. At least one member company noted that they outsourced the creation of their SDSs to a firm that specializes in that work because “like many NACD members, most of whom are small businesses,” their staff do not have time to do that work (Document ID 0446, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>The Hach Company (Hach), a manufacturer of chemical reagents and instruments for water quality analysis, indicated during testimony at the public hearing and in a post-hearing comment that it used software it purchased from an outside vendor to create its SDSs (Document ID 0427, pp. 1-2). Tables VI-6 and VI-7, respectively, provide information on total numbers of SDSs, labels, and labels on very small containers, and on the numbers of SDSs and labels (including labels on very small containers) affected by reclassification and the provisions for labels on very small containers, for all covered small entities and very small entities.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44177"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.152</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44178"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.153</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44179"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.154</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44180"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.155</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        Table VI-8 shows average estimated profit rates for affected NAICS industries based on Internal Revenue Service (IRS) (2016) 
                        <E T="03">
                            SOI Tax Stats—
                            <PRTPAGE P="44181"/>
                            Corporation Source Book
                        </E>
                         profit data for each of the 14 years 2000-2013. OSHA's final estimate of average profit rates by six-digit NAICS industry replicate the agency's preliminary estimate of profit rates 
                        <SU>22</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (Document ID 0004).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>22</SU>
                             In the PEA, OSHA requested public comment on the estimated profit rates presented in Table VI-8. OSHA received no comments addressing the estimates proposed in Table VI-8; therefore, in this FEA Table VI-8 remains unchanged from its preliminary appearance.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Table VI-9 presents OSHA's final estimates of total revenues and total profits by NAICS industry code for all entities, small entities, and very small entities affected by the revised standard rule. For this FEA, OSHA extrapolated the receipts reported in the 2017 Statistics of U.S. Businesses (SUSB) by NAICS industry to 2022 dollars using the Bureau of Economic Advisors (BEA) GDP deflator. To assign revenue for 2022 at the six-digit NAICS level, OSHA benchmarked per-establishment revenue to per-establishment payroll based on 2017 SUSB revenue-payroll ratios and projected to 2022 dollars using the BEA GDP deflator.</P>
                    <P>OSHA calculated total profits per NAICS industry by multiplying the average profit rate (NAICS industry) (Document ID 0004) by total revenues (NAICS industry) (U.S. Census Bureau, 2022a, Document ID 0476; U.S. Census Bureau, 2022b, Document ID 0477).</P>
                    <P>
                        Table VI-10 shows, by NAICS industry code, OSHA's best estimates of the percentage of establishments or entities affected for each element of the proposed revisions to the HCS that is projected to result in costs (see Section VI.F., Compliance Costs and Cost Savings, in this FEA for an explanation of the cost categories presented in this table).
                        <SU>23</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>23</SU>
                             Note that the provisions that are projected to result in cost savings are not included in Table VI-10 because, for those provisions, OSHA estimates a percentage of product, rather than a percentage of entities or establishments, that would be affected.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Finally, Table VI-11 summarizes key estimates for the combined covered industries, labels, and SDSs affected by the final rule. The data in this table are drawn from profile tables presented earlier in this FEA and summarize both the magnitude of the global profile metrics (within the scope of OSHA jurisdiction) and the magnitude of affected inputs critical to the agency's analysis of the final economic impacts.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44182"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.156</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44183"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.157</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44184"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.158</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44185"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.159</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44186"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.160</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44187"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.161</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44188"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.162</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44189"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.163</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44190"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.164</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44191"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.165</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44192"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.166</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44193"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.167</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44194"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.168</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="388">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44195"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.169</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-C</BILCOD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Health and Safety Benefits and Unquantified Positive Economic Effects</HD>
                    <P>As part of the rulemakings that resulted in the promulgation of the original HCS in 1983 and the 1987 updates, OSHA conducted research to identify and estimate expected health and safety benefits, as described in the preambles to those final rules (48 FR 53327-53329; 52 FR 31868-31869). Combining the estimates from the 1983 rulemaking with those from the 1987 update, OSHA estimated that the HCS would prevent 31,841 non-lost-workday injuries and illnesses, 20,263 lost-workday injuries and illnesses, 6,410 chronic illnesses, and 4,260 fatalities annually (77 FR 17621). In the 2012 final rule to modify the HCS to conform with the GHS, OSHA estimated that compliance with those revisions to the HCS would result in additional health and safety benefits equal to 1 percent of the previously-estimated health and safety benefits—that is, they would result in the prevention of an additional 318 non-lost-workday injuries and illnesses, 203 lost-workday injuries and illnesses, 64 chronic illnesses, and 43 fatalities annually (77 FR 17620-17624).</P>
                    <P>
                        Relative to the HCS rulemakings that resulted in the promulgation of final rules in 1983, 1987, and 2012, the revisions to the HCS finalized in this current rulemaking are incremental and minor. Accordingly, OSHA expects that the revisions to the standard will result in more modest improvements in employee health and safety than the estimated benefits OSHA attributed to the earlier rulemakings. But OSHA expects that the promulgation of the revisions to the HCS 
                        <E T="03">will</E>
                         result in an increased degree of health and safety for affected employees and a corresponding reduction in the annual numbers of injuries, illnesses, and fatalities associated with workplace exposures to hazardous chemicals. Aligning with Rev. 7 will improve worker health and safety by ensuring the provision of more and better hazard information to employers and workers. For example, OSHA anticipates that the improved criteria for aerosols and flammable gases and the new hazard class for desensitized explosives, along with updated precautionary statements, will better differentiate the hazards associated with those chemicals. In addition, the revised released-for-shipment provisions will remove the risk of injury and chemical exposures for employees who previously would have confronted the possibility of, for example, having to break down pallets of sealed, shrink-wrapped, or packaged containers to replace labels when new hazards were identified.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Although OSHA expects that the revisions to the HCS will reduce injuries, illnesses, and fatalities, the limited scope and nature of the changes being finalized have led OSHA to a determination that it cannot reasonably quantify an estimate of how many injuries, illnesses, and fatalities will be prevented. As the agency noted in the 2012 FEA, any assessment of benefits that are incremental to the original 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44196"/>
                        estimated benefits, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         benefits associated with minor improvements to an existing standard, broadens the range of uncertainty associated with the original estimates (77 FR 17621).
                        <SU>24</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In the NPRM, OSHA invited interested parties to provide comments and evidence on how the proposed revisions to the HCS are likely to affect worker safety and health.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>24</SU>
                             As described above, OSHA estimated that the 2012 revisions to the HCS would result in benefits equal to 1 percent of the health and safety benefits previously estimated for the standard (77 FR 17620-17624). In the 2012 rulemaking, OSHA and stakeholders collectively noted the considerable uncertainty inherent in estimating benefits that are additional (incremental) to the set of benefits associated with the original rule (see 77 FR 17620-17624). The agency stated: “OSHA believes that a reasonable range for the magnitude of the health and safety benefits resulting from the proposed revisions would be between 0.5 percent and 5 percent of the benefits associated with the current HCS” (77 FR 17621 (n 14)). In addition, OSHA stated in the 2012 FEA that “[i]t is conceivable that actual benefits might be somewhat lower, but because the GHS is expected to result, in some situations, in more timely and appropriate treatment of exposed workers, OSHA expects that actual benefits may be larger, perhaps several times larger” (77 FR 17621).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>NABTU commented that the organization “strongly supports OSHA's proposal to improve elements of the standard, as it is imperative to have accurate information available to workers on the hazards of the chemicals to which they are exposed” (Document ID 0334, p. 1). NIOSH commended OSHA for proposing to update the HCS to reflect revisions to the GHS and for applying “sound reasoning” as the basis for using Rev. 7 as the primary guidance (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 2). Also voicing broad approval of the proposed standard was the Ameren, who stated, “whenever worker knowledge is increased on the hazards of working with chemicals, such as is done in the proposed revision to the HCS, worker safety will be increased” (Document ID 0309, p. 5). Furthermore, Ameren concurred with OSHA's preliminary assessment of the benefits of the proposed standard, noting that it agreed with OSHA that the proposed changes would enhance the clarity and accessibility of hazard information and workers would receive better training (Document ID 0309, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received many other comments supporting the positive impact of specific provisions on worker safety. Several commenters argued that the proposed changes would reduce worker safety and referred to specific proposed changes (see, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0322, Att. 1, p. 1; 0354, p. 1). OSHA has addressed both kinds of comments and explained why it disagrees with commenters suggesting that the rule will negatively impact worker safety throughout the relevant parts of Section XIV., Summary and Explanation of the Final Rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>In addition to health and safety benefits, OSHA expects that the revisions to the HCS will result in other positive economic effects. For example, being better aligned with the GHS will help facilitate international trade, thereby enhancing competition, increasing export opportunities for U.S. businesses, reducing costs for imported products, and generally expanding the selection of chemicals and products available to U.S. businesses and consumers. As a result of the direct savings expected to result from better harmonization and the associated increase in international competition, prices for the affected chemicals and products, and the corresponding goods and services that use them, should decline, even if only to a limited extent.</P>
                    <P>
                        Similarly, better alignment between the HCS and the GHS will have the additional benefit of meeting the international goals for adoption and implementation of the GHS that have been supported by the U.S. government.
                        <SU>25</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Maintaining alignment with the GHS in U.S. laws and policies through appropriate legislative and regulatory action was anticipated by the U.S. when it supported international mandates regarding the GHS in the Intergovernmental Forum on Chemical Safety, the World Summit on Sustainable Development, and the United Nations. It is also consistent with the established goals of the Strategic Approach to International Chemical Management that the U.S. helped to craft (SAICM, 2006, Document ID 0039).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>25</SU>
                             The European Union (EU), Canada, Australia, and New Zealand have also indicated that they are proposing updates to align with Rev. 7 (Report of the Sub-Committee of Experts on the Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals on its thirty-fifth session ST/SG/AC.10/C.4/7, Document ID 0040). For the history of U.S. government support for adoption and implementation of the GHS, see the 2012 Final HCS Rule, Document ID OSHA-H022K-2006-0062-0656, Section II. Events Leading to the Revised Hazard Communication Standard (77 FR 17577).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Technological Feasibility</HD>
                    <P>
                        In accordance with the OSH Act, OSHA is required to demonstrate that occupational safety and health standards promulgated by the agency are technologically feasible. A standard is technologically feasible if the protective measures it requires already exist, can be brought into existence with available technology, or can be created with technology that can reasonably be expected to be developed. See 
                        <E T="03">Lead I,</E>
                         647 F.2d at 1272.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA has reviewed the requirements that will be imposed by the final rule and determined that compliance with the final rule is technologically feasible for all affected industries.</P>
                    <P>The revisions to OSHA's HCS will require manufacturers and importers to reclassify aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases in accordance with the new classification criteria and make corresponding revisions to SDSs and labels. Compliance with these requirements will mainly involve revisions to the presentation of information and is not expected to involve any technological obstacles.</P>
                    <P>
                        On the question of the technological feasibility of compliance with the proposed provisions for reclassification criteria and the subsequent revisions to SDSs and labels, ILMA expressed concern about “whether software will even be capable of adopting the proposed rule changes. Currently, the technology aims to make it easy to select applicable fields for inclusion in the final SDS, but under the proposed rule, the software would likely need narrative fields for explanation, something that is not included in the widely-used authoring programs” (Document ID 0460, Att. 1, p. 5). The agency believes ILMA's membership misunderstands the extent of what was intended by the addition of clarifying language in paragraph (d), as discussed elsewhere. Many commenters indicated a belief that the information required on the SDS would be much more extensive and comprehensive than OSHA intends. Because these revisions will not in fact require a fundamental change to how SDSs and labels are prepared, the agency does not believe that the available software is incapable of generating compliant SDSs and labels. Additionally, even if ILMA's understanding of the impact of these revisions was correct, sample product data sheets and SDSs submitted into the record by NABTU (see, for example, Document ID 0450, Atts. 2, 3, 4, 6, and 7) indicate that narrative text is routinely provided in succinct form for sections on hazard identification and safety warning, and thus there should be existing software capable of including narrative content, contrary to ILMA's statement. Further, as an industry partner with a large number of chemical producers, importers, and distributors, ILMA seemingly would have access to a wide range of SDSs for chemicals handled by ILMA members and would therefore encounter multiple examples of the use of narrative fields in SDS 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44197"/>
                        production. Regardless, even if some programs do not currently have this feature, a requirement is not technologically infeasible simply because existing software programs are not tailored to that requirement. See 
                        <E T="03">Lead I,</E>
                         647 F.2d at 1272. ILMA has not demonstrated that technological barriers prevent the development of compliant software or otherwise hinder compliance with the revised requirements for reclassification criteria on SDSs.
                    </P>
                    <P>The revised requirements for the labeling of very small containers, which would eliminate full labeling requirements for some containers with a volume capacity of three ml or less, are expected to address current feasibility issues related to labeling these containers. When a label would interfere with the normal use of the container, and it is not feasible to use pullout labels, fold-back labels, or tags containing full label information, the rule will permit the container to bear only the product identifier, which could be etched onto the container itself. Similarly, the revised released-for-shipment provisions will alleviate employer concerns regarding the practicability of breaking down pallets of sealed, shrink-wrapped packaged containers to replace labels when new hazards are identified.</P>
                    <P>OSHA requested public comment on any employer concerns about technological feasibility associated with the provisions for labeling very small containers or addressing the relabeling of containers that have been released for shipment. No commenter challenged the feasibility of the revised provisions. For comments affirming the benefits of adopting this new labeling flexibility, see the section on paragraph (f) in Section XIV, Summary and Explanation of the Final Rule.</P>
                    <P>OSHA has determined that compliance with all of the requirements of the final rule can be achieved with widely available technologies. No new technologies are required for compliance with the modifications to the HCS. Therefore, OSHA finds that there are no technological constraints associated with compliance with any of the provisions in this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Compliance Costs and Cost Savings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">I. Introduction</HD>
                    <P>This section presents OSHA's estimates of the costs and cost savings expected to result from the revisions to the HCS. The estimated costs and cost savings are based on employers achieving full compliance with the new requirements of the rule. They do not include prior costs and cost savings associated with firms whose current practices are already in compliance with the revised requirements (where prior compliance is possible).</P>
                    <P>
                        The estimated costs and cost savings resulting from the revisions to the HCS consist of five main categories: (1) the cost of revising SDSs and labels for select hazardous chemicals to reflect chemical reclassifications (per changes to Appendix B) and to conform to language criteria in precautionary statements and other mandatory language (per changes to Appendices C and D); (2) the cost of management familiarization and other management-related costs (associated with all of the revisions to the standard); (3) the cost of training employees as necessitated by the revisions to the HCS (see paragraph (h)(1)); (4) the cost savings due to the new released-for-shipment provision (revisions to paragraph (f)(11)); and (5) the cost savings from limiting labeling requirements for certain very small containers (paragraph (f)(12)). The first three categories are considered to be one-time costs and the last two categories are cost savings that will accrue to employers annually. Although OSHA in the PEA preliminarily determined that these were the only elements of the revisions to the HCS that were expected to result in more than 
                        <E T="03">de minimis</E>
                         costs or cost savings, the agency requested comments on whether any other changes to the standard could cause employers to incur costs or obtain cost savings.
                    </P>
                    <P>The discussion following this introduction addresses public comments on OSHA's preliminary analysis of compliance costs for each of the five main cost categories listed above, as well as a section on costs of the proposed changes regarding trade secrets, which OSHA received several comments about.</P>
                    <P>The estimated compliance costs do not include any indirect costs or impacts that may result from the reclassification or relabeling of chemicals and products already subject to the HCS, such as possible changes in production or in demand for products. Theoretically, such impacts, if any, with regard to possible changes in the uses and applications of affected chemicals, could result in costs or cost savings. In the PEA, OSHA requested input from stakeholders on such changes but received none. Therefore, no costs or other impacts resulting from significant changes in the use or application of affected chemicals are assessed in this FEA. This is consistent with the determination OSHA made with regard to reclassification costs for the 2012 final rule (77 FR 17625).</P>
                    <P>This FEA presents compliance costs and cost savings on a consistent and comparable basis across various regulatory activities and expresses all costs in annualized terms in the final summation. Annualized costs and cost savings represent the most appropriate measure for assessing the longer-term potential impacts of this rulemaking and for purposes of comparing net costs across diverse regulations with a consistent metric. In addition, annualized net costs are often used for accounting purposes to assess the cumulative net costs of regulations on the economy or specific parts of the economy across different regulatory programs or across years.</P>
                    <P>
                        As presented in this FEA (unless otherwise specified), a seven-percent discount rate was applied to costs and cost savings arising in future years to calculate the present value of these costs and cost savings for the base year in which the standard becomes effective, and the same discount rate was then applied to the total present value costs, over a 10-year period, to calculate the annualized cost.
                        <SU>26</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The economic effects using a three-percent discount rate are also provided in the Excel spreadsheets that support this FEA, which can be found in the docket (Document ID 0481).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>26</SU>
                             OSHA annualized costs for this final rule over a 10-year period in accordance with E.O. 13563, which directs agencies “to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible.” In addition, OMB Circular A-4 states that regulatory analysis should include all future costs and benefits using a “rule of reason” to consider for how long it can reasonably predict the future and limit its analysis to this time period. The 10-year annualization period is the one OSHA has traditionally used in rulemakings. Note, however, that OSHA used a 20-year annualization period for the 2012 HCS final rule (77 FR 17625), but that was because of the 5-year phase-in of some provisions. This HCS final rule does not have any phase-in provisions longer than 42 months, supporting OSHA's decision to use a 10-year annualization period for this FEA. ).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For the purpose of calculating loaded wage rates, OSHA did not include an overhead labor cost in the FEA in support of the 2012 HCS final standard. The Department of Labor (DOL) has since determined that it is appropriate, in some circumstances, to account for overhead expenses as part of the methodology used to estimate the costs and economic impacts of OSHA regulations. For this FEA, in addition to applying fringe benefits to hourly (“base”) wages, OSHA also applied an overhead rate when estimating the marginal cost of labor in its primary cost calculation.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44198"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Overhead costs are indirect expenses that cannot be tied to producing a specific product or service. Common examples include rent, utilities, and office equipment; however, there is no general consensus on the cost elements that fit the definition of overhead in the context of occupational safety and health. The lack of a common definition has led to a wide range of overhead estimates. Consequently, the treatment of overhead costs needs to be case-specific. For this FEA, OSHA has adopted an overhead rate of 17 percent of base wages, which is consistent with the overhead rate and methodology used for, among others: (1) sensitivity analyses in the FEA in support of the 2017 final rule delaying the deadline for submission of OSHA Form 300A data (82 FR 55761, 55765); and (2) the FEA in support of OSHA's 2016 final standard on Occupational Exposure to Respirable Crystalline Silica (81 FR 16285, 16488-16492).
                        <SU>27</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>27</SU>
                             This methodology was modeled after an approach used by the EPA. More information on this approach can be found at: U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 
                            <E T="03">Wage Rates for Economic Analyses of the Toxics Release Inventory Program,</E>
                             June 10, 2002 (Document ID 0046). This analysis itself was based on a survey of several large chemical manufacturing plants: Heiden Associates, 
                            <E T="03">Final Report: A Study of Industry Compliance Costs under the Final Comprehensive Assessment Information Rule,</E>
                             Prepared for the Chemical Manufacturers Association, December 14, 1989 (Document ID 0048).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        To calculate the total labor cost for an occupational category, OSHA added together three components: base wage + fringe benefits (45 percent of the base wage) 
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         + applicable overhead costs (17 percent of the base wage). For example, the median hourly wage of an Occupational Health and Safety Specialist is $37.77. Applying a fringe markup of 45 percent (applied to the base wage) and an overhead rate of 17 percent (applied to the base wage) yields a fully-loaded hourly wage of $61.18 ($37.77 × .450 = $17.00; $37.77 × 0.17 = $6.42; $37.77 + $17.00 + $6.42 = $61.18 (unrounded)). Using this methodology, OSHA calculated the fully-loaded labor cost for four occupational categories: (1) Manager, Standard Occupational Classification (SOC) code 11-0000, $83.62; (2) Logistics Personnel, SOC code 13-1081, $60.37; (3) Production Worker, SOC code 51-0000, $31.09; and (4) Occupational Health and Safety Specialist, SOC code 19-5011, $61.18. (For further details, see Document ID 0481, tab “Wages”.)
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             In March 2023, the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reported: “Total employer compensation costs for civilian workers averaged $42.48 per hour worked in December 2022 . . . Wages and salaries cost employers $29.32 while benefits cost $13.17. . .” The fringe markup of 31 percent of total compensation ($13.17/$42.48) is equivalent to a benefits markup of 45.0 percent (technically 0.449, or 0.45 after rounding) in relation to the base wage ($13.17/$29.32). (BLS, 2022b, Document ID 0471).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Table VI-12 shows the estimated annualized compliance costs and cost savings by cost category and by industry sector. All costs and cost savings are reported in 2022 dollars. As shown in Table VI-12, the total annualized net cost savings of compliance with the final rule is estimated to be $29.8 million—consisting of about $5.1 million of annualized costs and $35.0 million of annual cost savings. Note that where tables in this FEA report estimated annualized costs, as in Table VI-12, cost savings appear as a negative number.</P>
                    <P>As shown by the three-digit NAICS Subsectors 325 (for Chemical Manufacturing) and 424 (for Merchant Wholesalers, Nondurable Goods) in Table VI-12, most of the estimated compliance costs and cost savings associated with the final rule will be incurred or realized by the chemical manufacturing industry and its distributors. However, the table also shows that familiarization costs will be spread across most manufacturing and wholesale industries in the U.S. economy subject to OSHA's jurisdiction, reflecting the fact that employee exposures to hazardous chemicals occur in many industry sectors.</P>
                    <P>For purposes of annualizing costs for this FEA, OSHA estimated that all compliance costs will be incurred in the first year. This simplifying methodological assumption may upwardly bias the compliance costs for chemical reclassification, revised precautionary statements, management familiarization, and training, insofar as the final rule schedules compliance dates in phases of 18 months, 24 months, 36 months, and 42 months after the effective date. Nonetheless, despite the simplifying assumption of an immediate implementation of all provisions in the final rule, OSHA believes that its final determination of economic feasibility and regulatory flexibility certification is supported by the rulemaking evidence.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44199"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.170</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44200"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.171</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44201"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.172</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44202"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.173</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>
                        BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
                        <PRTPAGE P="44203"/>
                    </BILCOD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">II. Estimation of Compliance Costs and Cost Savings</HD>
                    <P>The remainder of this section explains how OSHA calculated the estimated compliance costs and cost savings arising from the final rule by describing the data and methodology used and addresses relevant comments from stakeholders.</P>
                    <P>As explained above, the major elements of the revisions to the HCS that involve compliance costs or cost savings are: (1) the cost of revising SDSs and labels for select hazardous chemicals to reflect chemical reclassifications (per changes to Appendix B) and to conform to language criteria in precautionary statements and other mandatory language (per changes to Appendices C and D); (2) the cost of management familiarization and other management-related costs necessary to ensure compliance with the revised standard (associated with all of the revisions to the standard); (3) the cost of training employees as necessitated by the changes to the HCS (see HCS 2012 paragraph (h)(1)); (4) cost savings from the new released-for-shipment provision (revisions to paragraph (f)(11)); and (5) cost savings from limiting labeling requirements for certain very small containers (new paragraph (f)(12)).</P>
                    <P>The estimated compliance costs and cost savings presented in this analysis of the revisions to the HCS are based partly on analysis conducted in support of the 2012 HCS final rule (77 FR 17605-17683) and partly on new analysis prepared with the assistance of OSHA's contractor, ERG.</P>
                    <P>The estimated costs of compliance with most provisions of the final rule involve wages paid for the labor hours required to fulfill the requirements. In some cases, compliance could be achieved by purchasing services or products in lieu of paying employees directly. The estimated compliance costs are intended to capture the resources required for compliance regardless of how individual establishments may choose to achieve compliance.</P>
                    <P>With the exception of the provisions addressing precautionary statements and other mandatory language, for this cost analysis OSHA estimated a baseline compliance of zero percent. The agency's estimate of baseline compliance for the revisions in Appendices C and D addressing precautionary statements and other mandatory language are discussed below in the section titled Revisions to SDSs and Labels Due to Revised Precautionary Statements.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">III. Costs Associated With Reclassifications and Revisions to Safety Data Sheets and Labels</HD>
                    <P>The revisions to the HCS will not change the existing requirement for firms that sell hazardous chemicals to employers to provide information about the associated hazards. Information must be presented in an SDS in the format specified in the standard, and some information must also be presented on product labels. The final rule will require affected chemical manufacturers to revise SDSs and labels for select hazardous chemicals to reflect chemical reclassifications (Appendix B) and to conform to language criteria in precautionary statements and other mandatory language (Appendices C and D).</P>
                    <P>It is OSHA's understanding that chemical manufacturers and importers periodically review, revise, and update the electronic templates they use to create SDSs and labels. Changes are made, for example, as information regarding specific hazards becomes available, new information about protective measures is ascertained, or revisions are made to product information and marketing materials. Labels and SDSs are also produced and modified when products are first introduced to the market or when products change. Therefore, there is a regular cycle of change for these documents (see the FEA of the 2012 final rule (77 FR 17634-17637) for a discussion of factors that compel employers to update SDSs and labels voluntarily). OSHA received comments from the American Cleaning Institute (ACI) indicating that a longer compliance window would facilitate companies only needing to make one round of revisions to their labels because if a company knows they already need to make one revision to an SDS or label within a certain window of time they will make all changes at the same time, thereby reducing costs (Document ID 0424, Tr. 53-54). As explained in the paragraph (j) discussion in Section XIV., Summary and Explanation of the Final Rule), OSHA is extending the phase-in period beyond what the agency proposed in the NPRM.</P>
                    <P>Also similar to the rule in 2012, OSHA anticipates that many firms have implemented or are beginning to implement hazard reclassifications, SDS revisions, software modifications, and other changes associated with this proposed rule, because these provisions are generally anticipated to be adopted as part of the implementation of the GHS in countries and regions around the world and Canada has already amended the HPR to align with Rev. 7. Since some other countries are already implementing the GHS, companies in the U.S. that ship to those countries are already having to comply with the GHS for products being exported (77 FR 17636).</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule requires limited changes to some SDSs and labels. Given the phase-in period for the changes to the standard,
                        <SU>29</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         which OSHA has extended from what was proposed in the NPRM, the agency expects that chemical manufacturers and importers will be able to phase in revisions to their labels and SDSs in accordance with the normal cycle of change, and therefore will not need to replace existing labels or SDSs.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>29</SU>
                             The final standard requires that the revisions become effective 60 days after publication (paragraph (j)(1)); chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors evaluating substances comply with all modified provisions within eighteen months after the effective date (paragraph (j)(2)(i)); employers updating alternative labeling, hazard communication programs, and training for substances comply with all modified provisions within two years after the effective date (paragraph (j)(2)(ii)); chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors evaluating mixtures comply with all modified provisions within three years after the effective date (paragraph (j)(3)(i)); and employers updating alternative labeling, hazard communication programs, and training for mixtures comply with all modified provisions within three and a half years (paragraph (j)(3)(ii)).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        OSHA has, however, estimated costs for the time it will take to update the electronic files that will be used to generate new SDSs and labels in accordance with the revisions to the HCS. OSHA developed cost estimates based on the methodology used in its FEA in support of the 2012 HCS final rule (77 FR 17634-17637). The estimated compliance costs represent the incremental costs that will be incurred to achieve compliance with the final rule. These estimated costs will be in addition to the costs that already need to be incurred to comply with applicable requirements of the 2012 HCS that remain in place and represent the time it will take to identify the changes that need to be made to the relevant computer files (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the files that are used to generate SDSs and labels) and then to make those changes.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Producers of affected chemicals already had an obligation under the 2012 HCS, which continues unchanged in this final rule, to ensure that the information provided in their SDSs and labels is accurate and current (paragraphs (f)(2) and (g)(5)). They also are generally required to revise SDSs and labels in accordance with new information regarding hazards that may be associated with their products 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44204"/>
                        (paragraphs (f)(11) and (g)(5)). For every affected product that is newly created, reformulated, mixed with new ingredients, modified with new or different types of additives, or has any changes made in the proportions of the ingredients used, chemical manufacturers and importers are required, under the 2012 HCS and this final rule, to review the available hazard information (paragraph (d)(2)), to classify the chemical in accordance with applicable hazard criteria (paragraph (d)(1)), and to develop corresponding SDSs (paragraph (g)) and labels (paragraph (f)). OSHA is not estimating costs for activities already required; rather, the agency is estimating costs for activities that will be newly conducted in conformance with the proposed revisions to chemical reclassifications (Appendix B) and language criteria in precautionary statements and other mandatory language (Appendices C and D).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">IV. Revisions to SDSs and Labels Due to Chemical Reclassification</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the PEA, OSHA identified the NAICS industries involved in the manufacture of aerosols, desensitized explosives, or flammable gases and affected by the proposed requirements for chemical reclassification. Of course, not all chemicals covered in these NAICS industries are aerosols, desensitized explosives, or flammable gases. In the PEA, OSHA estimated that approximately 50 percent of the SDSs (or more specifically, 50 percent of the electronic templates (files) that are used to produce SDSs and labels) 
                        <SU>30</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         in these NAICS industries would be affected by the proposed requirements for aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>30</SU>
                             In this section OSHA uses the terms “SDSs” and “SDSs and labels” interchangeably because the agency's understanding is that one electronic file is used, from which both SDSs and labels can be generated, and therefore there is not a separate calculation of the number of electronic files for labels.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>OSHA in the PEA derived the number of directly affected electronic files for SDSs and labels by applying the 50 percent factor to the overall number of affected SDSs (electronic files). For example, in NAICS 211130, the overall number of affected SDSs (technically, the number of electronic files) was 15,810 (Table VI-5 in the PEA). Applying a factor of 50 percent, OSHA estimated the number of SDSs (electronic files) that would be directly affected by the reclassification provision as 7,905. All of the preliminary estimates of directly affected SDSs (electronic files) were similarly derived from Table VI-5 (in the PEA), but only those NAICS industries with affected SDSs (electronic files) were reported in the PEA.</P>
                    <P>The estimated compliance costs associated with the reclassification of hazards and related changes to SDSs and labels are directly related to the number of chemicals for which electronic files will need to be updated in order to prepare updated SDSs and labels. OSHA developed estimates of the number of potentially affected SDSs for each of the industries producing the corresponding chemicals and products (based on estimates of the total number of SDSs (and the supporting electronic files) by industry as shown in Table VI-5). In the PEA, OSHA expected that downstream users, distributors, and wholesalers would continue to rely on SDSs and labels provided by manufacturers to fulfill their obligations under the OSHA standard and would not incur costs associated with chemical reclassification under the proposed revisions to the HCS. It was OSHA's understanding that this has been the practice for decades, and no comments in the record challenged that understanding.</P>
                    <P>In the PEA, OSHA presented preliminary estimates of the amount of time the agency expected it will take to update electronic files for SDSs and labels under the proposed revisions to the standard. OSHA believed that the estimates provided in the PEA were reasonable because they reflected only the incremental time needed to identify affected labels and SDSs (electronic files) and to update electronic files through modification of the templates that are used to prepare labels and SDSs, without allocating costs to any time that would be spent updating files in the absence of any revisions to the HCS.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA also believed that the estimated time to update SDSs and labels (electronic files) used in this analysis represented a reasonable average for most chemicals. In the FEA in support of the 2012 HCS final rule (77 FR 17635-17637), OSHA estimated that a Health and Safety Specialist would spend between three and seven hours per SDS requiring reclassification—with smaller entities, having fewer SDSs, incurring larger costs per SDS. The revisions to the HCS in this final rule are significantly more limited in scope than the 2012 final rule, with fewer affected hazard categories and more limited changes; however, they still present opportunities for scale efficiencies in reclassification. As a result, OSHA estimated that a Health and Safety Specialist would spend about 25 percent as much time to reclassify a chemical as OSHA estimated for the 2012 HCS rule—depending on establishment size, from 0.75 hours to 1.75 hours per SDS (electronic file) requiring reclassification (1.75 hours per SDS for establishments with fewer than 100 employees; 1.25 hours per SDS for establishments with 100-499 employees; and 0.75 hours per SDS for establishments with 500 or more employees).
                        <SU>31</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         At a loaded hourly wage (including overhead) of $58.00 for a Health and Safety Specialist, this resulted in unit costs in the PEA of $101.51, $72.51, and $43.50 per SDS for small, medium, and large establishments, respectively. Multiplying these unit costs by the estimated number of affected chemicals (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         electronic files) and summing the totals yielded an undiscounted one-time estimated cost of $6.4 million for affected employers to comply with this provision. Annualizing this one-time cost using a seven percent discount rate over a ten-year period results in estimated annualized costs of approximately $915,095. OSHA invited public comments on its preliminary projection that 50 percent of the electronic files for SDSs and labels would be affected in these industries and the other preliminary assumptions and unit estimates presented in the PEA and described above.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>31</SU>
                             Note that OSHA estimated no baseline compliance for chemical manufacturers already having revised electronic files to reflect reclassified chemicals as specified in the proposed rule; the current HCS does not allow SDSs or labels to display chemical classifications that are not in conformance with the current rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>OSHA received some comments on its general analysis in this section. NACD characterized the updates to SDSs as “a major undertaking for chemical manufacturers and distributors” and further noted, “[t]aking into account not only the actual updates to these documents by vendors or company personnel, but also company staff review time, supply chain communications, and training, NACD members estimate that the cost of updating a single SDS ranges from $400 to nearly $1600” (Document ID 0465, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>
                        As noted earlier in this FEA, ILMA surveyed its members on impacts of the proposed standard. On the question of the incremental costs of updating SDSs, ILMA submitted the following summary of survey responses. They noted that, of 16 respondents, 12 indicated they authored 400 or more SDSs (one company reported between 7,000 and 8,000), and that they estimated the cost 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44205"/>
                        of updating each SDS as $400-600. They also stated that “Some respondents to the survey noted that, while updates to labels and SDS occur on a regular basis, these updates usually involve editorial changes made to incorporate information such as name changes. Therefore . . . the $400-$600 cost estimate to review 
                        <E T="03">each</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">every</E>
                         SDS needs to be included as incremental costs, as those costs would not be part of the companies' `routine' compliance costs” (Document ID 0444, Att. 1, pp. 1-2).
                    </P>
                    <P>In their comments, the North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA) described the contractual arrangements and operational practices typically conducted by their members when there arises the need for updating SDSs and labels. In particular, they noted that every time a change is made to a label, the manufacturer must redesign the entire label to make sure it all fits on the packaging, which is expensive, and some label printers still use printing plates which need to be replaced. They also noted that they spent time reviewing materials received from contractors and getting labels translated into other languages, and that there were often costly delays in receiving packaging materials. They argued that OSHA needed to account for these costs (Document ID 0461, pp. 3-4). Several commenters discussed costs of labels specifically. The American Coatings Association (ACA) testified that member employers would incur substantial additional expense to update labels if the proposed revisions were published as the final rule and stated that members had indicated costs between $300,000 and $800,000 to update their labels alone. They also noted that disposal of existing labels can be two to three percent of labeling costs and that small businesses cannot absorb these costs as operating expenses (Document ID 0425, Tr. 109-110). Similarly, Ameren stated “Ameren would incur an additional cost for having to re-print and replace current labels based on the new OSHA changes. The cost is estimated at $5 [m]illion and would take over two years to complete” (Document ID 0309, p. 5). OSHA notes that ACA and Ameren did not provide details underlying their estimates so the magnitude and severity of the cost increase cannot be evaluated by OSHA without further information on baseline costs and company revenue that factor into these estimates. Moreover, the final standard does not include the proposed requirement that a released-for-shipment date appear on the label, which will lower the labeling costs for manufacturers, importers, and distributors compared to what they anticipated at the time comments were submitted.</P>
                    <P>The Sporting Arms and Ammunition Manufacturers' Institute (SAAMI) voiced concerns similar to those of ACA with regard to labeling costs and noted the costs of new printing plates and disposal of existing labels, particularly for manufacturers who may have as many as 4,000 products that need to go through this process (Document ID 0423, Att. 1, Tr. 84). Hach also noted skepticism regarding the idea that these costs could be absorbed under the normal costs of business, partly due to the limited space on their labels (Document ID 0425, Tr. 102). Hach further commented on the costs of the proposed rule by providing information on its cost data for SDS templates provided by a software service vendor. They provided data on two different vendors, one of which cost $230,000 to purchase, $120,000 in annual maintenance costs for global regulatory updates and another $1,100 for annual maintenance specific to SDSs for the United States. The other vendor cost $60,215 for the initial implementation of the templates and $100,825 for an annual license (Document ID 0427, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>OSHA does not agree with these commenters' arguments that the preliminary cost analysis did not account for the costs for new or updated printing plates, the disposal of existing labels, and other operational changes associated with the proposed revisions to the reclassification requirements in HCS. As noted earlier, OSHA's understanding is that in many cases responsible parties would have needed to update their SDSs and labels within the extended compliance time frame even if there were no updates to the HCS, and therefore some of these costs (such as label disposal and new printing plates) would already be incurred. The agency expects that responsible parties will fold the HCS updates into those standard updating cycles so that they only need to incur these costs once and this means the HCS updates are not creating those costs. Therefore, OSHA is not persuaded that the compliance burden described by the stakeholders discussed above will exceed the customary and usual business practices or the business practices expected during the implementation timeline prescribed in final paragraph (j) for chemical employers affected by the final rule and is thus not taking additional costs for those issues. OSHA is, however, adjusting the time it expects it to take responsible parties to update the electronic SDS and label files, partly based on the content of these comments (see discussion below).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA also received several comments expressing concerns regarding the economic costs of the proposed language in paragraph (d)(1). The United States Beet Sugar Association, the National Grain and Feed Association, the North American Millers Association, Corn Refiners Association, the National Oilseed Processors Association, and the United States Chamber of Commerce (USBSA 
                        <E T="03">et al.</E>
                        ) stated that the proposed language in (d)(1) would “greatly increase the cost of chemical classification” (Document ID 0325, p. 9). The American Chemistry Council (ACC) surveyed their membership to identify and characterize current practices on communicating hazards within their industry. Based on that information, ACC stated that OSHA had failed to account for hazard classification costs associated with the proposed revisions to paragraph (d)(1), including the large number of SDSs that would need to be changed, the amount of time required to produce the SDSs, and the software costs associated with needing new or updated technology to comply. They argued that this could cost manufacturers and importers millions of dollars (Document ID 0468, pp. 3-5). The ACC survey results included statements from their membership with estimates about the time and costs associated with the proposed paragraph (d)(1), including an estimate that it would take about 16 hours to update each SDS and about 50 percent of products would require communication with customers to ascertain downstream uses, which would result in an additional 17,500-70,000 hours of work. Concern was also expressed that this would cover as many as 5,000-7,000 products that were not previously within the scope of the HCS (Document ID 0468, p. 10).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The NAIMA expressed concerns about the proposed implementation schedule and the costs of compliance moving forward under the proposed language in paragraph (d)(1). Specifically, they noted “it appears that every newly discovered hazard of the substance identified by a chemical manufacturer's ongoing investigation of downstream hazards would trigger the three- and six-month updating provisions of the HCS for SDSs and labels, which could lead to a continuous series of reclassifications triggering those updating requirements” and argued that “[e]ach SDS revision cascading down would incur costs which do not seem to have been adequately accounted in OSHA's cost-
                        <PRTPAGE P="44206"/>
                        benefit analysis” (Document ID 0461, p. 2).
                    </P>
                    <P>The American Composite Manufacturers Association (ACMA) stated that the proposed changes to paragraph (d)(1) would result in upstream chemical suppliers needing to perform a hazard analysis similar to what is required under OSHA's Process Safety Management of Highly Hazardous Chemicals (PSM) standard and that “[t]he [process hazard analyses (PHAs)] that would be required by OSHA's proposed change to 1910.1200(d)(1) would extend to every hazardous chemical in the U.S. and would cover every use of a flammable liquid or gas as a fuel.” They also noted that “[a]ccording to EPA, the TSCA chemical inventory contains 86,557 chemicals of which 41,864 are active. Any reasonably chosen ratio of the number of active hazardous chemicals in the EPA inventory to the 110 HHCs covered by the PSM standard suggests the costs of compliance with OSHA's proposed change to 1910.1200(d)(1) would be enormous” (Document ID 0318, p. 8). OSHA notes that ACMA also asserted in their comment that the proposed language in paragraph (d)(1) is economically infeasible but did not provide financial data to corroborate the assertion. As explained in Section G of this FEA, OSHA has determined based on the record evidence that the requirements of this final rule are economically feasible.</P>
                    <P>The Plastics Industry Association (PLASTICS) also likened the proposed language in paragraph (d)(1) to PHAs and discussed the associated burden of collecting the process safety information for “nearly one million hazardous chemical products . . . previously estimated . . . to be in U.S. workplaces” as well as the need to determine foreseeable emergencies, “some of which may produce new chemicals” (Document ID 0314, Att. 1, p. 12) (footnote omitted). They indicated that such a requirement would require upstream suppliers to hire personnel to collect the necessary information as well. They argued that OSHA needed to incorporate the costs of this provision and stated that OSHA had not done so (Document ID 0314, Att. 1, pp. 10-12). They stated that “[f]or a chemical with broad applications, classifying it to include all of the classified hazards of every downstream reaction, and then creating an SDS to cover all of these issues would be a monumental, infeasible and counterproductive task.” (Document ID 0467, p. 21). ACC's survey of its members also discussed the role of PHAs in company operations and the rigorous procedures necessary to develop and communicate such analyses (Document ID 0468, pp. 6-7).</P>
                    <P>In the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (d), OSHA responds to the concerns voiced by stakeholders about the scope of paragraph (d) and the comparisons to PHAs. In its response, OSHA states that it did not intend for an upstream supplier or manufacturer to identify and classify every single hazard associated with the downstream use of chemicals, only those where the manufacturer knows or can reasonably anticipate the chemical's uses. OSHA has changed the language in paragraph (d)(1) from the proposed language in the NPRM to clarify this scope and concludes that many of the comments discussing the economic ramifications of this proposed language were based on this misunderstanding of what OSHA intended SDS and label preparers to do.</P>
                    <P>In response to the comments on OSHA's preliminary unit cost estimates for chemical reclassification on SDSs and labels in relation to paragraph (d)(1), the agency has reviewed the preliminary number of affected SDSs and labels and the preliminary time estimates for updating and expanding the use of SDSs and labels.</P>
                    <P>As noted earlier, OSHA in the PEA derived the number of directly affected electronic files for SDSs and labels by applying the 50 percent factor to the overall number of affected SDSs (electronic files) from Table VI-5. None of the public criticisms quoted above specifically referenced the 50 percent factor. Many of the commenters indicated that they believed the HCS updates to paragraph (d)(1) would impact many more SDSs than OSHA accounted for in its PEA but, as OSHA states in the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (d), this requirement already existed under the 2012 HCS and the language in paragraph (d) is merely a clarification of the existing requirements. Because many commenters misinterpreted the scope of what OSHA was proposing, the agency does not believe these comments are representative of the number of SDSs that will need to be updated and the agency does not take costs associated with clarifications that do not change the underlying requirements of the standard. Therefore, for this FEA OSHA has maintained the percentage factor of affected SDSs and labels estimated in the PEA at 50 percent and the industries it expects will be impacted by reclassification requirements.</P>
                    <P>As discussed earlier in this section, OSHA presented in the PEA estimates of the amount of time it will take to update electronic files for SDSs and labels under the proposed revisions to the standard. OSHA's estimates in the PEA reflected the agency's initial assessment of the incremental time needed to identify affected labels and SDSs (electronic files) and to update electronic files through modification of the templates that are used to prepare labels and SDSs, without allocating costs to any time that would be spent updating files in the absence of any revisions to the HCS.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the FEA in support of the 2012 HCS final rule (77 FR 17635-17637), OSHA estimated that a Health and Safety Specialist would spend between three and seven hours per SDS requiring reclassification—with smaller entities, having fewer SDSs, incurring larger costs per SDS. The revisions to the HCS in this final rulemaking are significantly more limited in scope than the 2012 final rule, with fewer affected hazard categories and more limited changes; nonetheless, based on public comments, OSHA recognizes that affected employers may face adjustments to their schedule for updating SDSs and labels due to chemical reclassification. OSHA also recognizes based on comments that it may have underestimated in the 2012 HCS FEA and the 2021 PEA the time and costs associated with identifying hazards from downstream uses. While those costs have already been incurred for all existing products because this is an existing requirement, OSHA recognizes that for the products undergoing reclassification (aerosols, flammable gases, and desensitized explosives), these costs will be incurred again and is therefore adjusting upwards its time estimates. As a result, OSHA in this FEA estimates that a Health and Safety Specialist would spend about 30 percent (increased from 25 percent in the PEA) as much time to reclassify a chemical as OSHA estimated for the 2012 HCS rule—depending on establishment size, from 0.90 hours to 2.10 hours per SDS (electronic file) requiring reclassification (2.10 hours per SDS for establishments with fewer than 100 employees; 1.50 hours per SDS for establishments with 100-499 employees; and 0.90 hours per SDS for establishments with 500 or more employees).
                        <SU>32</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         At a loaded hourly wage (including overhead) of $61.18 for a Health and Safety Specialist, this would result in unit costs of $128.48, $91.77, and $55.06 per SDS for small, medium, and large establishments, respectively. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44207"/>
                        Multiplying these unit costs by the estimated number of affected chemicals (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         electronic files) and summing the totals yields an undiscounted one-time estimated cost of $8.2 million for affected employers to comply with this provision. Annualizing this one-time cost using a 7 percent discount rate over a 10-year period results in estimated annualized costs of approximately $1,168,932 for reclassification in accordance with the criteria specified in the revisions to the HCS.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>32</SU>
                             Note that OSHA estimated no baseline compliance for chemical manufacturers already having revised electronic files to reflect reclassified chemicals as specified in the final rule; the current HCS does not allow SDSs or labels to display chemical classifications that are not in conformance with the current rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>OSHA does not agree, however, with commenters who argued that the proposed language in paragraph (d)(1) would create burdens that are cost prohibitive. First, as discussed, the requirement to classify based on downstream hazards already existed and OSHA is simply clarifying that requirement by adding this language to paragraph (d)(1). Additionally, OSHA received comments and testimony from several entities regarding existing SDSs that include information about downstream hazards and companies that maintain product stewardship programs to address these issues. NABTU cited field observation of companies who routinely include on SDSs and labels information on reasonably anticipated downstream use of products: “[i]t is . . . worth noting that there are companies producing building materials that are responsibly anticipating the downstream uses of their products and creating product stewardship programs aimed at improving recognition and control of hazards during the life cycle of their products. Where it is reasonable to assume that manufacturers can anticipate their products' `normal conditions of use,' it is equally reasonable—and critically important—to require those manufacturers to include the attendant chemical reaction hazard information on their SDSs and labels, and to do so in a consistent manner” (Document ID 0464, p. 5).</P>
                    <P>NIOSH stated that they are aware of more manufacturers developing this type of product stewardship to inform downstream users (Document ID 0423, Tr. 39; 0456, Att. 2, p. 2). ACC also submitted information on several product stewardship programs their organization undertakes to inform downstream users of potential hazards that may result upon use of their chemicals (Document ID 0468, p. 5). ACC product stewardship resources include technical and regulatory data sheets, literature, product handling guidelines, site visits, and special instructions for safe handling of materials of more concern (Document ID 0468, p. 5).</P>
                    <P>These comments highlight the significant and ongoing stewardship initiatives among chemical producers, importers, and distributors and substantiate OSHA's preliminary judgment of the economic feasibility of the revised HCS standard. Therefore, in OSHA's view, the modest adjustment to the preliminary unit cost estimate in this FEA reflects, in approximate terms, current industry practices in the reclassification of chemical hazards on SDSs and labels.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44208"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.174</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44209"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.175</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44210"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.176</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44211"/>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-C</BILCOD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">V. Revisions to SDSs and Labels Due to Revised Precautionary Statements, etc.</HD>
                    <P>
                        The revisions to the HCS require establishments to revise their electronic templates for SDSs and labels to conform to formatting and language criteria in precautionary statements and other mandatory language specified in Appendices C and D. Under the changes to the standard, affected establishments must update labels and SDSs for select hazardous chemicals to include updated signal word(s), hazard statement(s), pictogram(s), and precautionary statement(s) for each hazard class and associated hazard category (see paragraphs (f) and (g)). The modification of SDSs and labels under the revisions in Appendices C and D involves conforming to formatting and language standards, but does not require any testing, studies, or research. As previously stated, OSHA believes that chemical manufacturers and importers generally review, revise, and update their electronic templates for SDSs and labels periodically, such that there is a regular cycle of change for these documents.
                        <SU>33</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The changes to the appendices require only limited changes to the electronic content of SDSs and labels, and, as explained previously and in the PEA, OSHA expects that the phase-in period for the changes to the standard will allow chemical manufacturers and importers to take advantage of the normal cycle of change to phase in the revisions to their labels and SDSs, and therefore that it will not be necessary to replace existing labels or SDSs. OSHA also believes that the extended phase-in period will accommodate the need for the purchase of software packages or renewal of licenses for SDSs and labels, impacts noted by ILMA at the public hearings (Document ID 0404, Att. 1, p. 2).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>33</SU>
                             See discussion in the preamble to the 2012 HCS final rule (77 FR 17634).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The estimated compliance costs for revising electronic templates for SDSs and labels to conform to formatting and language criteria in precautionary statements and other mandatory language specified in the revisions to Appendices C and D represent the incremental costs that will be incurred to achieve compliance with the final changes to the appendices. In the PEA, OSHA estimated that the time needed to revise electronic templates for labels and SDSs to comply with the proposed revisions to Appendices C and D would vary by establishment size and would be equal to 10 percent of the unit time (from three to seven hours per SDS (electronic template)) estimated in the 2012 FEA (77 FR 17635-17637), as the changes the proposed revisions would require are relatively minor in comparison to the types of changes costed in 2012.
                        <SU>34</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         OSHA estimated that Health and Safety Specialists would spend 0.7 hours per SDS (electronic template) in small establishments with fewer than 100 employees; 0.5 hours per SDS in medium establishments with 100 to 499 employees; and 0.3 hours per SDS in large establishments with 500 or more employees to comply with the proposed mandatory changes to Appendices C and D.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>34</SU>
                             By comparison, the 2012 rule changes included completely revised SDS formats, the addition of pictograms, and various other revisions for specific SDS sections and chemical designations. Note that there are no estimated new software costs associated with the proposed revisions to the standard, as there were for the 2012 final rule, because OSHA expects that the necessary software is already in place in those larger firms for which the software is economically justified.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As in the FEA for the 2012 HCS final rule, OSHA anticipates that some manufacturers, particularly larger ones heavily involved in international trade, are more likely because of their size to have created SDSs and labels that need to be GHS-compliant and therefore are likely to have already adopted the mandatory language proposed in Appendices C and D. For the affected NAICS industries, OSHA estimates baseline compliance rates of 75 percent for establishments with 500 or more employees, 25 percent for establishments with 100 to 499 employees, 5 percent for establishments with 20 to 99 employees, and 1 percent for establishments with fewer than 20 employees.
                        <SU>35</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These baseline compliance rates are the same ones OSHA used in the 2012 FEA (77 FR 17636).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>35</SU>
                             As noted above, because the current HCS does not allow SDSs or labels to display chemical classifications that are not in conformance with the current rule, OSHA estimated no baseline compliance for chemical manufacturers already having revised electronic files to reflect reclassified chemicals as specified in the proposed rule. With respect to the mandatory language proposed in Appendices C and D, however, SDSs and labels could present standards stricter than seen under previous GHS revisions (for example, if mandatory language is adopted internationally by consensus) and still remain in conformance with the current HCS standard. Therefore, baseline compliance can be non-zero for industry practices involving use of precautionary statements and other mandatory language.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Multiplying the number of affected SDSs (electronic files) by the unit cost of Health and Safety Specialists, and accounting for the relevant non-compliance rates,
                        <SU>36</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         results in an estimated total one-time cost of $18.9 million associated with revising SDSs and labels to conform to the proposed appendix language on precautionary statements and other mandatory language. Annualizing this one-time cost using a seven percent discount rate over a 10-year period results in estimated annualized costs of approximately $2.7 million for affected employers to revise SDSs and labels to comply with the proposed revisions to Appendices C and D.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>36</SU>
                             That is, mathematically, (1—the relevant baseline compliance rate). Estimated non-compliance rates are shown in Column 6 of Table VI-14 by employment size for each affected NAICS industry.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>OSHA requested comments on the preliminary unit cost estimates and other underlying assumptions for the preliminary cost analysis of revisions to the mandatory appendices. There were no comments specifically addressing the unit cost estimates and other methodological assumptions underlying OSHA's preliminary cost estimate.</P>
                    <P>Earlier in this FEA, OSHA responds to the comments voiced by commenters about label costs specifically. To the extent that new precautionary statements are needed on labels due to reclassification, OSHA believes it has incorporated those costs into its upward adjustment of the costs of reclassification and will not double count those costs by also increasing its estimate of costs for updating precautionary statements and other mandatory language. Thus, for this final analysis of the incremental compliance costs associated with the mandatory appendices, OSHA applied the unit labor time and baseline compliance assumptions from the PEA, and, combined with fully-loaded 2022 wage rates, generated final cost estimates, by NAICS category. As noted earlier, these estimated costs are in addition to the costs that are already incurred to comply with applicable requirements of the existing HCS.</P>
                    <P>
                        NACD questioned OSHA's preliminary time allocation to the employer class sizes (small, medium and large companies) in the estimation of costs. NACD cited an estimate for a member company that has “10,000 SDSs to review to meet the new standard and 4,000 to update. Even at OSHA's .7 hours per SDS, that is 16 months of dedicated work” (Document ID 0329, p. 11). Additionally, they stated that “OSHA's estimates are only somewhat realistic if a company has in-house SDS authoring software and has maintained formulas and data used in classification. If updated formulas or other data need to be obtained . . . these documents will take significantly longer to update.” Alternatively, they noted that if 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44212"/>
                        companies use a vendor, they will likely be charged between $400 and $800 for the production of an SDS and label for a single product (Document ID 0329, p. 11).
                    </P>
                    <P>To the extent that NACD is concerned that some chemical distributors may need additional time to comply, either with additional in-house staff or with contractors, OSHA has updated the final rule to provide for eighteen to thirty-six months (depending on the nature of the chemical compound) following publication of the rule for chemical distributors to implement compliance with all modified provisions. To the extent that NACD is arguing that OSHA has underestimated the in-house labor costs for updating SDSs and labels, they have only argued that OSHA has possibly underestimated for a subset of companies and has not provided data on how OSHA could differentiate which companies this would be true for or how significant they think OSHA's underestimates are, so OSHA is unable to evaluate this claim. And finally, to the extent that NACD is arguing that the vendor prices will result in higher costs than the agency estimates, as OSHA has previously stated it believes that updates are going to be folded into the normal cycle of updates for which companies would also use these contractors so the full cost of a contractor producing an SDS or label is not attributable to the HCS updates as NACD suggests.</P>
                    <P>Table VI-14 shows the estimated costs associated with modifications to electronic templates for SDSs and labels to conform to formatting and language criteria in precautionary statements and other mandatory language specified in the revisions to Appendices C and D by NAICS industry and establishment size. The NAICS industries listed in Columns 1 and 2 of Table VI-14 are those that OSHA expects will need to update SDSs and labels under the revisions to Appendices C and D. The industries included are the ones OSHA identified as incurring costs for SDSs in the FEA in support of OSHA's 2012 HCS final rule (77 FR 17644-17650). The estimated costs associated with the revisions to the appendices are directly related to the number of SDSs (or, in other words, the number of electronic templates) affected. These numbers were previously derived and presented in Tables VI-5, VI-6, and VI-7.</P>
                    <P>The estimates of total costs in Table VI-14 are included within a broader cost category shown earlier in the aggregate costs presented in Table VI-12. Column 5 of Table VI-12 displays, by NAICS code, the combined annualized cost estimates for reclassifying chemicals (from Table VI-13) and revising SDSs and labels to be consistent with the precautionary statements and other language specified in the revisions to the mandatory appendices (from Table VI-14).</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44213"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.177</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44214"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.178</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44215"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.179</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44216"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.180</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44217"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.181</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44218"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.182</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44219"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.183</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44220"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.184</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44221"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.185</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>
                        BILLING CODE 4510-26-C
                        <PRTPAGE P="44222"/>
                    </BILCOD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VI. Management Familiarization and Other Management-Related Costs</HD>
                    <P>In order to implement the new requirements in the HCS or determine whether they need to implement any of the revisions to the standard, all employers currently covered by the standard will need to become familiar with the updates OSHA is making in this final rule. The nature and extent of the familiarization required will vary depending on the employer's business.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the 2012 HCS final rule (77 FR 17637-17638), OSHA estimated that eight hours of time per manager, or an equivalent cost, would be associated with the necessary familiarization and implementation of revisions to hazard communication programs in affected establishments in the manufacturing sector.
                        <SU>37</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This final rule requires some changes to hazard communication programs in affected establishments, but those changes are significantly less extensive than those required by the 2012 rule. Therefore, OSHA believes that much less time will be needed for familiarization and implementation under this rule than was necessary under the 2012 rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>37</SU>
                             Larger employers were estimated to have greater familiarization costs for the 2012 HCS final rule because they have more managers.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For the present rule, OSHA in the PEA estimated that management familiarization time would vary by establishment size and would also vary depending on whether an establishment would simply be familiarizing itself with the revised standard or would also need to take further action because it would be affected by one or more of the revisions to the standard. Above in Section VI.C, Profile of Affected Industries, Establishments, and Employees, Table VI-10 presents, by NAICS industry, the percentage of establishments (and for training, entities) expected to be affected by rule familiarization and whether those establishments or entities will incur additional costs or no additional costs—that is, whether those establishments or entities will incur additional costs for revising SDSs/labels or for training employees as a result of the final rule.
                        <SU>38</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In terms of manufacturing establishments that would have costs in addition to management familiarization costs, OSHA in the PEA estimated that there are 38,018 small establishments (those with fewer than 20 employees), 11,273 medium establishments (those with 20 to 499 employees), and 394 large establishments (those with 500 or more employees). In terms of establishments that would not have costs other than management familiarization costs, OSHA estimated in the PEA that there are 79,500 small establishments, 22,657 medium establishments, and 467 large establishments; their only costs associated with this final standard would be as a result of rule familiarization.
                        <SU>39</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>38</SU>
                             Wholesalers in NAICS 424910 and NAICS 424950 are not expected to incur costs for revising SDSs/labels or for training employees, but OSHA expects that they will be affected by the provisions of the proposed rule that are anticipated to result in cost savings.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>39</SU>
                             Note that the numbers of small, medium, and large establishments reported above are derived in the “Rule Fam” tab of the OSHA spreadsheets in support of this proposed rule (see Document ID 0049).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>To estimate unit costs, OSHA in the PEA first considered establishments that would incur costs, in addition to rule familiarization costs, because of the proposed rule. As noted earlier, for the 2012 FEA OSHA applied a Manager hourly wage to estimate familiarization costs (Document ID 0005, Section VI, pp. 17612-17613, 17623; Document ID 0029). For the PEA, because the new requirements are significantly less extensive than those in the 2012 rule, OSHA expected that the employer will delegate to a Health and Safety Specialist the responsibility for management familiarization of the new requirements found within this proposed standard. OSHA invited public comment on the agency's preliminary assumptions for estimating the cost of management familiarization. As discussed above in the section on the revised hazard classification provisions, commenters tended to focus on the overall effect of the proposed standard on labor efforts required to update SDS software and labels. For example, in response to a request for comment on costs for management familiarization in relation to the proposed rule, Ameren stated that it did not agree with OSHA's assumptions on the cost of management familiarization but based that statement on the time required to train all of the employees, which is a separate cost that OSHA accounts for (Document ID 0309, p. 8).</P>
                    <P>CISC, however, disagreed with OSHA's preliminary assessment of the unit time burden for management familiarization and specifically noted that the estimate of 4 hours, 1 hour, and .25 hours for large, medium, and small establishments that are not chemical manufacturers respectively were too low and particularly for small entities who were unlikely to employ a safety and health specialist and therefore would need more time for familiarization (Document ID 0335, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>In estimating costs for establishments that would incur costs in addition to rule familiarization costs, for small establishments OSHA preliminarily estimated management familiarization costs of 0.5 hours of a Health and Safety Specialist's labor time. For medium establishments, OSHA in the PEA estimated two hours of a Health and Safety Specialist's labor time. For large establishments, OSHA estimated eight hours of a Health and Safety Specialist's labor time for the purpose of estimating costs of management familiarization. Multiplying these labor burdens by the loaded hourly wage of $58.00 resulted in preliminary management familiarization costs per establishment of $29.00, $116.01, and $464.04 for small, medium, and large establishments, respectively.</P>
                    <P>For this FEA, based on the evidence submitted by commenters regarding the complexity of some of the updates, as well as the need for managers to understand the substantive revisions to the Appendices, OSHA believes that it would be appropriate to double the preliminary time estimates for management familiarization for employers affected by other provisions in the revised standard. Therefore, for small establishments, OSHA in this FEA estimates management familiarization costs of one hour of a Health and Safety Specialist's labor time. For medium establishments, OSHA in this FEA estimates four hours of a Health and Safety Specialist's labor time. For large establishments, OSHA estimates 16 hours of a Health and Safety Specialist's labor time for the purpose of estimating costs of management familiarization. Multiplying these labor burdens by the loaded hourly wage of $61.18 results in final management familiarization costs per establishment of $61.18, $244.73, and $978.92 for small, medium, and large establishments, respectively.</P>
                    <P>
                        For establishments that would 
                        <E T="03">not</E>
                         incur other costs as a result of the proposed rule (below, these employers are termed “indirectly affected establishments”), OSHA in the PEA estimated that rule familiarization will take half as long as the time estimated in the PEA for establishments that would incur other costs under the proposed rule. In those cases, management will not need to devote as much time to considering (or making compliance decisions about) the provisions in the proposed rule that are expected to result in costs, and they would primarily need to familiarize themselves with the rule only to the extent of understanding that they did not fall within the scope of the changes being made. Therefore, OSHA adopted 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44223"/>
                        estimates of 0.25 hours, 1 hour, and 4 hours of a Health and Safety Specialist's labor time for small, medium, and large establishments, respectively. CISC's comment on the estimate of hours required for indirectly affected establishments did not provide evidence to support the argument that OSHA's understanding of these management familiarization costs was incorrect because they did not provide information about how many small entities might not employ a Safety and Health Specialist, what person other than a Health and Safety Specialist would perform the work, or how long it would take them, nor did they explain how downstream users would be more directly impacted by any of the proposed changes, so OSHA has left unchanged the preliminary per-establishment labor burden estimates for indirectly affected establishments. Multiplying the labor burdens by the loaded hourly wage of $61.18 results in management familiarization costs per establishment of $15.30 for small establishments, $61.18 for medium establishments, and $244.73 for large establishments.
                    </P>
                    <P>These management familiarization costs per establishment are multiplied by the relevant number of small, medium, and large establishments, resulting in an estimated undiscounted one-time familiarization cost of $8.0 million. Annualizing this one-time cost using a seven percent discount rate over a 10-year period results in an estimate of annualized costs of $1.1 million. Table VI-15 presents the detailed unit values factoring into OSHA's estimate of management-related costs. The distribution of these management-familiarization costs by NAICS code is displayed in Column 3 of Table VI-12.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="324">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.186</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-C</BILCOD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VII. Costs Associated With Training Employees</HD>
                    <P>In the PEA, OSHA estimated the incremental costs to train health and safety personnel who are covered by the HCS and are already trained in accordance with the 2012 standard but would need to receive additional training to become familiar with the updates to SDSs and labels for impacted aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases. This analysis is described below.</P>
                    <P>OSHA preliminarily concluded that these would be the only training costs associated with the revisions to the HCS. The agency requested comments on this determination and received comments, from NACD, indicating that they believed OSHA should include training costs for retraining workers across all areas (Document ID 0329, p. 11).</P>
                    <P>
                        As OSHA noted in the PEA, however, OSHA did not estimate any training costs for users of aerosols, desensitized explosives, or flammable gases in the workplace because the agency does not believe that these users would need to dedicate more than a trivial amount of time to training associated with the reclassification of these chemicals. This is because the hazards associated with these chemicals have not changed; the only thing that is changing under the revisions to the HCS is the way the hazards are classified. For example, users of pyrophoric gases should already have received training on the fire- and explosive-related hazards associated with these chemicals, whereas health and safety personnel who are processing the inputs to the gases upstream or reviewing revised SDSs and labels for the first time may 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44224"/>
                        need additional training to learn about the hazards. At most, downstream users might require notification of a change in the classification of those chemicals. Similarly, even though “desensitized explosives” is a new hazard classification, the explosion hazards were and are well-known and should have been included in prior hazard training. For example, should the water or other wetting solution dry out, an explosion could occur. In this case, even the hazard pictogram (flames) remains unchanged. For this final analysis of costs for training, OSHA declines to add costs for retraining because such additional time would double-count the costs associated with both (1) the baseline training already assigned costs in the 2012 FEA and (2) the incremental training estimated in this FEA. Therefore, OSHA does not agree with NACD that it should take costs for all the workers who are required to receive training under the HCS.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA also received a comment from NAIMA indicating that “NAIMA and its members conduct training, but the cost would not be in more training, but in the review of the training materials to make certain that the different changes are captured in the training materials” (Document ID 0461, p. 3). OSHA notes that, as indicated in Table VI-16 below, the agency has already incorporated the cost for the preparation of training materials and has used an estimate of 2.5 hours of labor for a safety and health specialist to develop the materials necessary for instructing personnel on chemical hazards communicated through the revised standard.</P>
                    <P>OSHA considered whether some increase in user training might be required for some aerosols, since a small portion of these may not currently be classified as either flammable aerosols or gas under pressure; as noted in the discussion of Appendix B in Section XIV., Summary and Explanation of the Final Rule, such aerosol containers differ from pressurized gas cylinders in terms of container characteristics and failure mechanisms. Training for non-flammable aerosols might include their revised classification and hazard avoidance measures (such as: keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources; no smoking; do not pierce or burn, even after use). However, based on observation of the industry over time, OSHA believes that aerosols that are neither flammable nor fall under gases under pressure are fairly uncommon and, therefore, OSHA preliminarily concluded that the total user training time required for non-flammable aerosols not under pressure would also be negligible.</P>
                    <P>As discussed above, under the final rule, some health and safety personnel who are covered by, and are already trained in accordance with, the existing standard will need to receive additional training to become familiar with the updates to SDSs and labels for impacted aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases. OSHA expects that the incremental training costs for these employees to become familiar with the revisions to the HCS will be small. In certain cases, affected employers will be able to integrate the necessary training into existing training programs and related methods of distributing safety and health information to employees; those employers would not incur any meaningful additional costs.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the PEA, OSHA estimated that each affected chemical manufacturing firm 
                        <SU>40</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         would need to devote 2.5 hours of a Health and Safety Specialist's time to preparing new training under the proposed rule, and that each affected logistics or production worker would spend 12 minutes receiving the training. Multiplying these unit time estimates by the respective hourly wage and by the number of affected firms (2,754), the number of affected logistics managers (1,179), and the number of affected production workers (76,447) yielded a preliminary undiscounted one-time cost of $843,940. Annualizing this one-time cost using a seven percent discount rate over a 10-year period resulted in estimated annualized costs of $120,158.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>40</SU>
                             OSHA anticipates that, in practice, training would be organized more efficiently at the corporate (firm) level than at the establishment level.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>OSHA invited interested parties to provide comments on the preliminary total cost estimates and the assumptions underlying them. Specifically, the agency requested comments on its preliminary conclusions regarding training time for users of reclassified chemicals.</P>
                    <P>Ameren described the scope of their organization's current GHS training program and outlined the impact of the proposed training requirements in OSHA's 2021 NPRM. They estimated that for their corporation, which has 9,231 employees, the total spent on training would be approximately $3,000,000 and it would take one year to update all of their training materials. This estimate was based on an assumption that they would need to retrain all of their employees, including on the combustible dust provisions and the labels on small containers (Document ID 0309, p. 4).</P>
                    <P>As discussed above, however, OSHA has concluded that the training times necessary for informing workers will be trivial because they will not need to be trained on fundamental changes to hazards. The information Ameren provided only indicated that they thought they needed to train all of their workers on all of the changes but did not provide estimates of how much time each worker would need to spend on receiving such training under their assumptions, and therefore their comment is difficult to compare with OSHA's assumption that only a trivial amount of time will be spent on training based on these updates for users of chemicals. Similarly, NAIMA briefly commented on the compliance burden imposed by the proposed training requirements, stating workers would need to be trained on the new hazard class and hazard categories and that OSHA needed to account for these costs (Document ID 0338, p. 4). In response, OSHA notes that this FEA accounts for the incremental compliance burden imposed by the proposed training requirements and that NAIMA did not elaborate further on the costs of employee training, nor did the association provide any quantitative details on the expected cost burden that would allow comparison with the estimates in the PEA.</P>
                    <P>Therefore, because stakeholders in this rulemaking provided few if any details on specific changes in OSHA's preliminary estimate of incremental training costs necessary to align with employer expectations of changes to training programs, and because these expectations are based on an incorrect assumption about the amount of training required, the agency has no basis in the record to depart from its preliminary estimate of incremental training costs and believes that it adequately reflects the real-world changes among affected employers.</P>
                    <P>Multiplying the labor burden for each labor category by the loaded hourly wages of $61.18 for a Health and Safety Specialist, $60.37 for logistics personnel, and $31.09 for production workers, results in unit costs of $152.96, $12.07, and $6.22, respectively.</P>
                    <P>
                        As shown in Table VI-16, expressed in 2022 dollars, the incremental one-time undiscounted final training costs are expected to total $0.96 million and, annualized over ten years, incremental final training costs are expected to total $136,953 at a 7 percent discount rate. The unit values that factored into OSHA's estimate of training costs are 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44225"/>
                        shown in Table VI-16.
                        <SU>41</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The distribution of these training costs by NAICS code is displayed in Column 4 of Table VI-12.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>41</SU>
                             The estimated number of affected firms, logistics managers and production workers are derived in Document ID 0481, tab “Training”. The affected number of firms (3,469) can also be calculated by matching the NAICS codes with training costs from Table VI-12 with the number of affected firms in the identical NAICS codes in Table VI-1 and multiplying by 50 percent (only 50 percent are estimated to require training).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="168">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.187</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VIII. Cost Savings Associated With the New Released for Shipment Provisions</HD>
                    <P>In paragraph (f)(11) of the 2012 HCS, chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, or employers who become newly aware of any significant information regarding the hazards of a chemical must revise the labels for the chemical within six months of becoming aware of the new information and ensure that labels on containers of hazardous chemicals shipped thereafter contain the new information. In the NPRM, OSHA proposed to modify paragraph (f)(11) such that chemicals that have been released for shipment and are awaiting future distribution need not be relabeled; however, if the manufacturer or importer opts not to relabel the chemicals they must provide an updated label for each individual container with each shipment. Relatedly, OSHA also proposed in the NPRM to add new paragraph (f)(1)(vii) to require the inclusion of a released for shipment date on labels on shipped containers.</P>
                    <P>OSHA anticipated that these proposed modifications to paragraph (f)(11) would provide cost savings to manufacturers and distributors of certain products—those with large (and typically infrequent) production runs and lengthy shelf lives (often five years or longer) that, during production, are labeled, boxed, palletized, and shipped, and then go through the distribution chain usually without the chemical contents, packaging, or label being disturbed. OSHA invited public comment on the agency's preliminary determination that the proposed modifications to paragraph (f)(11) would generate cost savings and on its preliminary analysis of the factors that would contribute to the cost savings. Specifically, in its preliminary determination of technological feasibility, OSHA invited public comment “on any employer concerns associated with . . . the proposed provision addressing the relabeling of containers that have been released for shipment.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the PEA, OSHA identified six industries (four manufacturing and two wholesale) that it expected would be impacted by the proposed modifications to paragraph (f)(11).
                        <SU>42</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These are primarily fertilizer manufacturers, paint manufacturers, and wholesalers of related farm and paint supplies. OSHA invited comments on whether other industries are potentially affected by this proposed modification to paragraph (f)(11) and whether there might be other health or economic effects of this proposed modification that OSHA had not considered in its proposal.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>42</SU>
                             In principle, pesticide manufacturers would also be affected by the revision to the standard, but pesticide labeling in the United States is covered by the U.S. EPA under FIFRA (7 U.S.C. 136 
                            <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                            ). For that reason, any cost savings due to OSHA's proposed revisions to paragraph (f)(11) would not apply to manufacturers in NAICS 325320: Pesticide and other agricultural chemical manufacturing.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The Society of Chemical Manufacturers &amp; Affiliates (SOCMA) supported proposed (f)(11) and noted that “SOCMA . . . believes it will significantly reduce the compliance burdens for chemicals that have been released for distribution” (Document ID 0447, p. 3).</P>
                    <P>Ameren commented that it “would incur an additional cost for having to re-print and replace current labels based on the new OSHA changes. The cost is estimated at $5 Million and would take over two years to complete” (Document ID 0309, p. 6). The National Propane Gas Association (NPGA) also addressed the cost associated with the addition of a released for shipment date. They indicated that there are at least 40 million propane gas cylinders that are up to 20 pounds and another 10 million tanks and cylinders that range from 33.5 to 420 pounds. They estimated that the cost of updating all the labels to add a released for shipment date would be about $55 million, with a $1 cost per label for the smaller size tanks and a cost of $1.50 per label for the larger tanks (Document ID 0440, pp. 1-2). Carbide Industries LLC also indicated concerns with the requirement to add a release for shipment date and noted that “the additional cost to chemical manufacturers, importers, or distributors of implementing and complying with [the] proposed requirement will be significant in many cases (Document ID 0290, p. 1). Industrial Minerals Association—North America (IMA-NA) stated their belief that “[t]his exemption, while well-meaning will not alleviate any burden to manufacturers” because of the released for shipment date requirement” (Document ID 0363, pp. 7-8).</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to these and other comments discussed in the discussion of paragraph (f) in Section XIV., Summary and Explanation of the Final Rule, OSHA has removed the proposal to include a released for shipment date, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44226"/>
                        and therefore the costs that these commenters highlight for needing to update all labels to include the release for shipment date will not be incurred.
                    </P>
                    <P>Commenters also expressed concerns about the costs of this provision that indicated they did not understand the provision is optional. ACI argued that “Complying with these proposed requirements could slow the release of products, needlessly complicate the timing of shipments, and cause confusion on labels with a process that has an unclear safety outcome. These requirements could also cascade down to the storage and distribution chain causing logistical burdens and additional labor costs” (Document ID 0319, p. 2). NACD stated that the impacts of the proposed requirement to send printed labels with each shipment “would be prohibitively expensive” and that tracking shipments on label status is “not feasible.” NACD further stated that “[e]xtensive new programming and software would be needed to handle this” (Document ID 0465, p. 3).</P>
                    <P>The language that was proposed and is being finalized in paragraph (f)(11) only creates a new option for companies to comply with the HCS. If they want to, they can choose not to relabel chemicals that have been released for shipment, in which case they would have to provide an updated label with the shipment (although the label no longer includes the proposed requirement for the release for shipment date). OSHA believes that this revision to the proposed regulatory text addresses comments about the feasibility of this provision. However, if the company believes that choosing to not relabel their chemicals before shipment would, as ACI indicated, slow the release of products or create additional labor costs, or would be prohibitively expensive, as NACD suggested, then they can simply choose to relabel the chemicals before they are shipped, as is already allowed by the standard. OSHA believes that these companies are rational actors who will choose to relabel their shipments if choosing the option to not relabel would be more expensive. Regardless of whether the company chooses to relabel or not, they would need to create an updated label, just as they do under the 2012 HCS, so the creation of the label itself is not a new cost. Therefore, OSHA is not accounting for additional costs when these companies have the option to continue complying with the HCS as they have and therefore will not face an increase in compliance costs above their current baseline.</P>
                    <P>For the PEA, the first factor used to estimate the cost savings resulting from the proposed changes to paragraph (f)(11) was the avoided economic loss for affected manufacturers or wholesalers who would otherwise have to relabel products being held in storage. To estimate the potential economic loss avoided, OSHA relied on comments submitted to the agency by the Council of Producers &amp; Distributors of Agrotechnology (CPDA) on April 21, 2017 (Document ID 0006). The CPDA comments included a summary of cost estimates associated with relabeling non-pesticide agricultural chemical products in distribution. Those estimates were obtained from an industry survey and were based on the following unit costs: shipping costs to move product out of and back into the warehouse (for off-site package opening and replacement); relabeling space per square foot per month; safety equipment and training per employee involved in relabeling; labor and materials to break down pallets and shrink-wrap and redo product packaging in new plastic bags; and labor and materials to move liquid to new containers and dispose of old containers (Document ID 0006, pp. 4-6).</P>
                    <P>
                        For OSHA's purposes, the critical costing information from CPDA was the estimate of summary relabeling costs presented as a percentage of the value of the products requiring relabeling. According to the CPDA survey results, these summary costs range from 1.5 percent to 204 percent of the value of the product, depending on product type (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         liquid versus dry), container type (plastic bags, etc.), and the volume and value of the product (Document ID 0006, p. 8). As a practical matter, OSHA expects that manufacturers and wholesalers would simply discard a product rather than incur relabeling costs in excess of the value of the product. Of course, there may be some disposal costs for the discarded material, but there may also be some salvage value for the improperly-labeled product. If one assumes that the disposal cost and the salvage value are relatively minor and, on net, offset each other, then the upper limit on the relabeling costs for any product would be approximately 100 percent of the value of the product. With an effective range of labeling costs from 1.5 percent to 100 percent of the value of the product, OSHA estimated, without further information on the distribution of the costs, that the average labeling cost would be approximately 50 percent of the value of the products requiring relabeling. While this cost estimate as a percentage of the value of the product was developed from data on relabeling non-pesticide agricultural chemical products in distribution, OSHA assumed that this same estimate would also apply to relabeling paints and related chemical products in distribution.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agency invited comments on this assumption. No commenters addressed specifically the estimate of 50 percent of product value as a measure of cost savings. As discussed above, several commenters broadly criticized OSHA's preliminary analysis of costs for paragraph (f)(11) for omitting substantial administrative and handling expenses but did not provide specific data with which OSHA could evaluate these purported costs. Based on professional judgment in evaluating these comments, OSHA is not convinced that it has underestimated costs associated with the provision and has decided to leave unchanged the preliminary product-value cost savings of 50 percent for the final cost analysis of paragraph (f)(11). The agency anticipates that the above clarification of the intent of paragraph (f)(11) along with the discussion on (f)(11) in Section XIV., Summary and Explanation of the Final Rule, will address any misconceptions concerning additional compliance burden imposed by final paragraph (f)(11).</P>
                    <P>The 50 percent average cost savings estimate would apply only to those products that previously required relabeling and are likely to take advantage of this option under (f)(11). In order to estimate the expected cost savings for all products in the NAICS codes affected by the revisions to paragraph (f)(11), OSHA also needed to estimate three other factors (in addition to the average cost savings of 50 percent): (1) what percentage of the products in these NAICS industries would be warehoused for more than six months; (2) what percentage of products warehoused for more than six months would, under the 2012 HCS, be relabeled in any particular year due to a manufacturer becoming newly aware of significant information regarding the hazards of the product; and (3) the percentage of all products in the NAICS industries that are covered by the HCS.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA was unable to identify data relevant to factors (1) and (2) above and instead worked with its contractor, ERG, to develop estimates of both of these factors. For (1) above, OSHA expected that the percentage of products warehoused for more than six months would be quite low because it is expensive to hold inventory over long periods of time. Therefore, OSHA estimated that just 5 percent of the products in the six NAICS industries potentially impacted by the proposed modifications to paragraph (f)(11) would be warehoused for more than six 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44227"/>
                        months. For (2) above, OSHA anticipated that manufacturer-initiated relabeling would be rare and estimated that only 1 percent of products warehoused for more than six months would be relabeled in any particular year due to a manufacturer-initiated labeling change. OSHA invited comments on the preliminary estimates described above and received no comments specifically on the estimates.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For factor (3) above, OSHA assumed that 100 percent of the products in the four NAICS manufacturing industries are covered by the HCS.
                        <SU>43</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For the two wholesale industries, however, a substantial portion of the covered products do not qualify as hazardous chemicals covered by the HCS or are not subject to the HCS labeling requirements. For NAICS 424910: Farm Supplies Merchant Wholesalers, a significant majority of the wholesale supplies are non-fertilizers, such as grains (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         alfalfa, hay, livestock feeds) and nursery stock (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         plant seeds and plant bulbs) that are not subject to the HCS. Based on data from the 2012 Economic Census,
                        <SU>44</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         ERG estimated that 41.7 percent of the wholesale supplies in NAICS 424910 would be fertilizers affected by the proposed released-for-shipment provision (Document ID 0049, tab “RF Shipment”). For NAICS 424950: Paint, Varnish, and Supplies Merchant Wholesalers, some proportion of the wholesale supply consists of non-paints and non-chemicals, such as wallpaper and painting supplies such as paintbrushes, rollers, and spray-painting equipment. Based on data from the 2012 Economic Census, ERG estimated that 77.6 percent of the wholesale supplies in NAICS 424950 would be paints and related chemicals affected by the proposed released-for-shipment provision (Document ID 0049, tab “Variables”). OSHA used ERG's estimates to develop the expected cost savings attributable to the proposed revisions to paragraph (f)(11). The agency invited comments on the preliminary estimates of factor (3) in the cost model and received no comments specifically on the estimates.
                        <SU>45</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>43</SU>
                             A review of the products covered under the manufacturing NAICS codes reveals they are all, or almost all, chemicals.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>44</SU>
                             2012 Economic Census of the United States, Table EC1242SLLS1—Wholesale Trade: Subject Series—Product Lines: Product Lines Statistics by Industry for the U.S. and States: 2012 (Document ID 0043).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>45</SU>
                             Under the revisions to paragraph (f)(11), when relabeling is not required for chemicals that have been released for shipment, the chemical manufacturer or importer would still be required to provide an updated label for each individual container with each shipment. However, the manufacturer and importer already had to provide an updated label under the 2012 HCS, so this is not a new cost.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        For this FEA, OSHA updated factor (3) to reflect the affected product line sales data (as a percentage of total sales) reported in the 2017 Economic Census for the two affected NAICS industries in the wholesale sector. OSHA estimated that 37.1 percent of the wholesale supplies in NAICS 424910 would be fertilizers affected by the released-for-shipment provision. For NAICS 424950, OSHA estimated that 82.0 percent of the wholesale supplies would be paints and related chemicals affected by the released-for-shipment provision.
                        <SU>46</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>46</SU>
                             2017 Economic Census for Wholesale Trade: All Sectors: Industry by Products for the U.S. and States. (Series EC1700NAPCSINDPRD) Release Date: December 16, 2021. (Document ID 0479). According to the census data for wholesale trade, OSHA derived an estimate of 37.1 percent of wholesale agricultural chemicals and fertilizers that are affected by the released-for-shipment provision for NAICS 424910 Farm Supplies Merchant Wholesalers—derived as product line sales as a percentage of total sales of all establishments for North American Product Code System code 4004550015 Other agricultural chemicals and fertilizers. For NAICS 424950 Paint, Varnish, and Supplies Merchant Wholesalers, based on the wholesale trade census data, OSHA estimated that 82.0 percent of wholesale paints and related chemicals are affected by the released-for-shipment provision (merchant wholesalers product line sales as a percentage of total sales of all establishments for NAPCS products codes 4004875003 Architectural coatings, enamels, primers, stains, solvents, and lacquers; 4004875006 Industrial/Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) coatings; and 4005485012 Special purpose coatings, including automotive, refinish, marine, and traffic coatings). (Document ID 0481, tab “Variables”)
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Column 3 of Table VI-18 shows the average product value (revenue) for each of the six NAICS industries that OSHA expects will be affected by the modification to paragraph (f)(11).
                        <SU>47</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         And Column 4 of Table VI-18 shows the number of affected firms (entities) for each of these six NAICS industries.
                        <SU>48</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Column 5 of Table VI-18 shows the estimated loss avoided due to the released-for-shipment provision for each of these six NAICS industries as a percentage of that industry's revenues. That percentage is the product of the four factors estimated above: (1) the costs of relabeling as a percentage of the value of the products requiring relabeling; (2) the percentage of the products in these NAICS industries that will be warehoused for more than six months; (3) the percentage of products warehoused for more than six months that would have required generation of a new label in any particular year due to a manufacturer-initiated labeling change; and (4) the percentage of all products in the NAICS industries covered by the HCS.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>47</SU>
                             Derived for each NAICS by dividing Column 3 of Table VI-9 (total industry revenues) by Column 7 of Table VI-1 (number of affected firms).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>48</SU>
                             Obtained from Column 7 of Table VI-1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Table VI-17 presents, by NAICS industry, these four factors and the calculated percentage loss in revenue OSHA anticipates will be avoided under the revised released-for-shipment provision.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="211">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44228"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.188</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>The estimated cost savings for each of the six affected industries arising from the modifications to paragraph (f)(11) then is simply the product of Columns 3, 4, and 5 in Table VI-18. Summing the cost savings for each of the six industries yields an estimated annual cost savings of $33.3 million.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="156">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.189</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>In the PEA OSHA requested comments on the reasonableness of the agency's preliminary cost estimate for the proposed revision to paragraph (f)(11) and the assumptions underlying it (including the various factor percentage estimates listed in Table VI-17). Ameren agreed that there are “potential cost savings” resulting from the revision to (f)(11) (Document ID 0309, p. 11) and SOCMA agreed that this would “reduce the compliance burdens” (Document ID 0447, p. 3); no other commenters addressed this issue.</P>
                    <P>Therefore, OSHA's estimate of cost savings shown in Table VI-18 reflects, in the agency's view, a reasonable determination of the impacts of final paragraph (f)(11).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Cost Savings Associated With the New Provisions for Labels on Very Small Containers</HD>
                    <P>Proposed new paragraph (f)(12), which addresses the labeling of small and very small containers, limits labeling requirements for chemical manufacturers, importers, or distributors where they can demonstrate that it is not feasible to use pull-out labels, fold-back labels, or tags to provide the full label information as required by paragraph (f)(1). As specified in paragraph (f)(12)(ii), manufacturers, importers, and distributors would be able to use an abbreviated label (requiring only the product identifier, pictogram(s), signal word, chemical manufacturer's name and phone number, and a statement that the full label information is provided on the immediate outer package) on containers with a volume capacity of 100 ml or less—referred to as “small containers” in this FEA. As specified in paragraph (f)(12)(iii), manufacturers, importers, and distributors would need to put only the product identifier on containers with a volume capacity of 3 ml or less—referred to as “very small containers” in this FEA—if they can demonstrate that any label would interfere with the normal use of the container.</P>
                    <P>
                        Following publication of the 2012 updates to the HCS, stakeholders requested that OSHA clarify its enforcement policy on labels for small containers. In response, through letters of interpretation, OSHA adopted practical accommodations that specified: (1) the minimum information required for a label on the immediate container of the shipped chemical; and (2) the minimum information required 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44229"/>
                        for the outer packaging of shipped small containers (see, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0170; 0174; 0200). Paragraph (f)(12)(ii) in this final rule incorporates the accommodations for small containers described in these letters of interpretation. However, the letters of interpretation did not contain any guidance unique to very small containers, which are now covered by paragraph (f)(12)(iii).
                    </P>
                    <P>For costing purposes, OSHA in the PEA estimated that no cost savings will arise from proposed paragraph (f)(12)(ii) (small containers); OSHA expected that employers are already benefitting from the practical accommodations on the labeling of small packages described in the aforementioned letters of interpretation. OSHA invited public comments on that preliminary determination and the magnitude of any cost savings that should be attributed to proposed paragraph (f)(12)(ii). OSHA received no comments on either of the two questions pertaining to the agency's preliminary determination of current practical benefits and zero cost savings associated with paragraph (f)(12)(ii).</P>
                    <P>
                        In the PEA, OSHA estimated cost savings under proposed paragraph (f)(12)(iii) for manufacturers, importers, and distributors of very small containers (volume capacity of 3 ml or less) where the use of 
                        <E T="03">any</E>
                         label (even an abbreviated label as specified in proposed paragraph (f)(12)(ii)) would interfere with the normal use of the container and only the product identifier would be required. OSHA preliminarily determined that affected manufacturers would fall in only a few NAICS industries: Other Basic Chemical Manufacturing, Inorganic and Organic (NAICS 325180 and 325199, respectively) and Pharmaceutical and Medical Manufacturing (NAICS 3254—encompassing 6-digit NAICS 325411, 325412, 325413, and 325414). As shown in Table VI-19 in the PEA, OSHA estimated that there are approximately 63.5 million labels on very small containers in these six 6-digit NAICS manufacturing industries that could be affected by that part of the proposed rule.
                        <SU>49</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>49</SU>
                             The number of very small containers in Column 3 of Table VI-19 for each of these six NAICS industries was obtained from Column 4 of Table VI-5, both in the PEA and in this FEA.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Even in these six NAICS industries, however, OSHA in the PEA expected that manufacturers would not be able to take advantage of proposed paragraph (f)(12)(iii) in all cases because that provision applies only when the manufacturer, importer, or distributor can demonstrate that it is not feasible to use pull-out labels, fold-back labels, or tags containing the full label information and that even an abbreviated label would interfere with the normal use of the container. Of the 63.5 million potentially affected labels on very small containers, OSHA estimated in the PEA that for only 40 percent of them, or for an estimated total of 25.4 million very small containers, would manufacturers fall under proposed paragraph (f)(12)(iii) (see Column 5 of Table VI-19 and, equivalently, Column 7 of Table VI-5 in the PEA).</P>
                    <P>
                        Manufacturers with containers falling under paragraph (f)(12)(iii) could expect to obtain cost savings from avoided labeling costs on very small containers (with only the product identifier required) versus the labeling costs of abbreviated labels (requiring the product identifier, pictogram(s), signal word, manufacturer's name and phone number, and a statement that the full label information is provided on the immediate outer packaging). In the PEA, OSHA estimated an incremental unit cost savings of $0.051 per label for very small containers.
                        <SU>50</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         That unit cost savings was expected to be net of the cost of providing a full label on the immediate outer package (containing a set of very small containers) per paragraph (f)(12)(iv)(A). OSHA requested public comment on the agency's preliminary estimate ($0.051) of unit cost savings for paragraph (f)(12)(iii). OSHA did not receive any comments objecting to the preliminary estimate of unit cost savings; therefore, updating the preliminary estimate to 2022 dollars, the agency estimates unit cost savings of $0.058 per label for paragraph (f)(12)(iii).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>50</SU>
                             The Flavor and Extract Manufacturers Association of the United States provided to OSHA (in a letter dated April 27, 2018) (Document ID 0257) a summary of survey results obtained from member companies concerning how they might benefit from relaxed OSHA labeling requirements on small containers. Those results included an estimate of $0.85 per label for small capacity containers compliant with the 2012 HCS. However, this estimate applies to expensive labels—such as pull-out labels, fold-back labels, and full-information tags—and therefore is not applicable to the cost savings associated with using only the product identifier in lieu of the abbreviated labeling specified in proposed paragraph (f)(12)(ii). In the PEA, OSHA stated that it is likely that most of the cost savings reported from the Flavor and Extract Manufacturers Association survey would be attributable to the expensive types of labels. Based on the unit cost data provided by the Flavor and Extract Manufacturers Association, OSHA estimated a unit cost savings of $0.05 in 2018 dollars for the use of labels with the minimum information—the product identifier—required for very small containers (versus abbreviated labels). Updating the 2018 estimate to 2019 dollars using the BEA (2020) implicit price deflator for Gross Domestic Product, OSHA in the PEA derived an estimate of $0.05087 (or rounding, $0.051) in cost savings per label (with the unrounded estimate used in the analysis).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As shown in Table VI-19, multiplying the number of affected labels by the unit cost savings of $0.058 per label for very small containers yields estimated annual cost savings of $1.7 million.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="177">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44230"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.190</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>In the PEA, OSHA invited interested parties to provide comments on the preliminary cost estimates for the proposed paragraph (f)(12) and the assumptions underlying them. Elsewhere in the NPRM, the agency requested comments on the feasibility of, and any cost savings associated with, the proposed provisions for the labeling of small and very small containers and whether the proposed labeling requirements would be adequate to provide for safe handling and storage of chemicals in small containers. Ameren noted the costs of needing to re-print and replace current labels but stated, “experience [within Ameren] indicates there is potential cost savings associated with the proposed provisions for the labeling of small containers (both 100 ml and 3 ml and less). . . . Ameren agrees that the proposed labeling requirements would be adequate to provide for safe handling and storage of chemicals in small containers” (Document ID 0309, p. 12). OSHA infers from Ameren's comment and the absence of any opposing comments that the proposed labeling requirement (paragraph (f)(12)) for small containers could, and in OSHA's estimation likely will, provide cost savings. Therefore, OSHA's final estimate of cost savings for paragraph (f)(12)(iii) is $1.7 million, as reported above and shown in Table VI-19.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">IX. Concentration Ranges</HD>
                    <P>In addition to the five categories discussed above where significant costs or cost savings are expected, OSHA received comments on a set of provisions addressing concentration ranges in relation to confidential business information that, in OSHA's final assessment, will not create significant economic impacts.</P>
                    <P>IMA-NA expressed concern that compliance with paragraph (i) will impose labeling costs that were not recognized in OSHA's economic analysis because “it will take considerable time and money to realign product lines with the new ranged approach to CBI” (Document ID 0363, p. 6). The Vinyl Institute warned that “a significant anti-competitive impact on the market” could result from too-narrow prescribed concentration ranges (Document ID 0369, Att. 2, p. 9). ILMA also predicted that the concentration range requirement would create market disruptions, noting that the majority of its members who responded to ILMA's survey indicated that overly narrow concentration ranges would erode competitive advantage (Document ID 0460, Att. 2, p. 2). Ameren recommended that the final rule allow combinations of concentration ranges across all conceivable percentages because such flexibility would potentially yield cost savings (Document ID 0309, p. 13).</P>
                    <P>In response to stakeholder concerns about the loss of competitive advantage through the reverse engineering of confidential information on chemical concentration ranges, OSHA's final set of requirements in paragraph (i) prescribe reasonably narrow concentration ranges that may be used in combination to preserve trade secrets. OSHA believes that final paragraph (i) strikes a responsible balance between averting significant economic impacts among affected employers and the disclosure of sufficient information on the chemical properties of commercial products to communicate workplace hazards. And because stakeholders provide no evidence demonstrating that loss of CBI and trade secrets were likely outcomes under any scenarios that incorporate OSHA's final set of requirements in paragraph (i), the agency foresees no additional significant costs. In response to comments that it will take time to update labels to align with this provision, OSHA expects that many companies have already created labels that align with Canada's system and therefore will have already aligned their labels with these ranges. IMA-NA also did not provide any suggestion of what the costs might be in order to do such updating for companies that have not already aligned with Canada, so OSHA does not have any basis for incorporating an estimate of time needed for compliance. Additionally, because it is optional for companies to claim trade secrets and therefore to use these ranges, companies that are concerned about costs can simply choose not to claim trade secrets and not incur costs related to this provision.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">X. Sensitivity Analysis</HD>
                    <P>In this section, OSHA presents the results of a sensitivity analysis to demonstrate how robust the estimates of net cost savings are to changes in various cost parameters. In this analysis, OSHA made a series of isolated changes to individual cost input parameters in order to determine their effects on the agency's estimates of annualized net cost savings, with a seven-percent discount rate as the reference point. The agency has conducted these calculations for informational purposes only.</P>
                    <P>The methodology and calculations underlying the cost estimates associated with this rulemaking are generally linear and additive in nature. Thus, the sensitivity of the results and conclusions of the analysis will generally be proportional to isolated variations in a particular input parameter. For example, if the estimated time that employees will need to devote to attending new training doubles, the corresponding labor costs would double as well.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA evaluated a series of such changes in input parameters to test 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44231"/>
                        whether and to what extent the general conclusions of this FEA held up. OSHA considered changes to input parameters that affected only costs and cost savings and determined that each of the sensitivity tests on cost parameters had only a very minor effect on total costs or net costs. On the whole, OSHA found that the conclusions of the analysis are robust, as changes in any of the cost input parameters still show significant net cost savings for the final rule. The results of the individual sensitivity tests are summarized and are described in more detail in Table VI-20.
                    </P>
                    <P>In the first of these sensitivity tests, OSHA reduced from 1 percent to 0.5 percent its estimate of the percentage of products warehoused for more than six months that require relabeling in any particular year. The effect of this change would be to reduce by 50 percent the estimated cost savings associated with the revised released-for-shipment provision. Table VI-20 shows that the estimated net cost savings from the final rule would decline by $16.6 million annually, from $29.8 million to $13.2 million annually, or by about 56 percent.</P>
                    <P>In a second sensitivity test, OSHA reversed the first sensitivity test, that is, the agency increased from 1 percent to 2 percent the percentage of products warehoused for more than six months that require relabeling in any particular year. The effect of this change would be to increase by 100 percent the estimated cost savings associated with the released-for-shipment provision. Table VI-20 shows that the estimated net cost savings from the final rule would increase by $33.3 million annually, from $29.8 million to $63.1 million annually, or by about 112 percent.</P>
                    <P>In a third sensitivity test, OSHA reduced from 40 percent to 20 percent the percentage of very small containers that would be affected by revised paragraph (f)(12). As shown in Table VI-20, if OSHA's estimates of other input parameters remained unchanged, the estimated net cost savings from the final rule would decline by $0.9 million annually (after rounding), from $29.8 million to $29.0 million annually, or by about three percent.</P>
                    <P>
                        In a fourth sensitivity test, OSHA applied the same rule familiarization costs to all firms regardless of whether they are affected by other provisions of this final rule, 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         OSHA did not reduce estimated familiarization time for firms that are not affected by other parts of the standard. The effect of this change would be to raise compliance costs for 100,961 establishments in manufacturing and wholesale trade; the estimated net cost savings from the final rule would be reduced by a little under $1.2 million annually, from $29.8 million to $28.7 million annually, or by about four percent.
                    </P>
                    <P>In a fifth sensitivity test, OSHA doubled the estimated labor hours assigned to revising SDSs and labels due to the reclassification of chemicals and revised mandatory language in the appendices of the HCS (from Tables VI-13 and VI-14). The effect of this change would be to double labor costs for the affected six-digit NAICS industries; estimated net cost savings would be reduced by $3.9 million annually, from $29.8 million to $26.0 million, or by about 13 percent.</P>
                    <P>In a sixth sensitivity test, OSHA excluded overhead costs from the fully loaded hourly wage rates used throughout the PEA. Overhead costs were not applied in the 2012 FEA and this sensitivity test provides consistency with the treatment of overhead in the 2012 analysis. The effect of this change would be to remove the factor of 17 percent of base wages from the hourly costs for the four job categories used in the cost analysis. Applying this change, the estimated net cost savings from the final rule would increase by $0.5 million annually, or by about two percent, resulting in a total estimate of annualized net cost savings of $30.4 million.</P>
                    <P>Not part of this table but discussed in the Introduction and Summary of this FEA, the agency examined the effect of lowering the discount rate for annualizing costs from seven percent to three percent. Lowering the discount rate to three percent would yield annualized net cost savings of $30.7 million, approximately $908,000 more in annual cost savings than the net cost savings at a seven percent discount rate.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">XI. Regulatory Alternatives</HD>
                    <P>This section discusses two regulatory alternatives to the changes OSHA is promulgating in this final standard: (1) removing the changes to paragraph (f)(12) regarding labeling of very small containers, which would eliminate cost savings for manufacturers, importers, and distributors that label such containers; and (2) removing the changes to paragraph (f)(11) regarding labeling of containers that have been released for shipment, which would eliminate cost savings for manufacturers, importers, and distributors that have such containers. In Table VI-20, each regulatory alternative is described and analyzed relative to the final rule. Midpoint estimates are presented in all cases. Under Regulatory Alternative (1) (elimination of changes related to labeling of very small containers), cost impacts total $1.7 million (5.7 percent of baseline cost savings), resulting in a reduction of estimated annualized net cost savings to a total of $28.1 million (after rounding). Under Regulatory Alternative (2) (elimination of changes related to labels on packages that have been released for shipment), cost impacts on manufacturers, distributors, and importers total $33.3 million (112 percent of baseline cost savings), resulting in an overall estimate of annualized net costs of $3.4 million.</P>
                    <P>In summary, these regulatory alternatives would result in a reduction of cost savings—a significant reduction in the case of the second alternative (resulting in positive, but modest, overall net costs). Neither alternative, however, would alter the agency's determination of economic feasibility for the proposed revisions to the HCS as a whole. Nor would these alternatives result in a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities (see Section VI.G., Economic Feasibility and Impacts).</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="349">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44232"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.191</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-C</BILCOD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Economic Feasibility and Impacts</HD>
                    <P>This section presents OSHA's analysis of the economic impacts of the final rule and an assessment of economic feasibility. A separate analysis of the potential economic impacts on small entities (as defined in accordance with SBA criteria) and on very small entities (those with fewer than 20 employees) is presented in the following section as part of the Final Regulatory Flexibility Screening Analysis, conducted in accordance with the criteria laid out in the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                    <P>
                        A standard is economically feasible “if it does not threaten massive dislocation to, or imperil the existence of, [an] industry.” 
                        <E T="03">Lead I</E>
                        , 647 F.2d at 1265 (internal citations and quotation marks omitted). To determine whether a rule is economically feasible, OSHA begins with two screening tests to consider minimum threshold effects of the rule under two extreme cases: (1) a scenario in which all costs are passed through to customers in the form of higher prices (consistent with a price elasticity of demand of zero); and (2) a scenario in which all costs are absorbed by the firm in the form of reduced profits (consistent with an infinite price elasticity of demand).
                    </P>
                    <P>In profit-earning entities, compliance costs can generally be expected to be absorbed through a combination of increases in prices and reductions in profits. The extent to which the impacts of cost increases affect prices or profits depends on the price elasticity of demand for the products or services produced and sold by the entity.</P>
                    <P>The price elasticity of demand refers to the relationship between changes in the price charged for a product and the resulting changes in the demand for that product. A larger price elasticity of demand implies that an entity or industry is less able to pass increases in costs through to its customers in the form of a price increase and must absorb more of the cost increase through a reduction in profits.</P>
                    <P>
                        If the price elasticity of demand is zero, and all costs can be passed to customers in the form of higher prices, the immediate impact of the rule would be observed in the form of increased industry revenues. In the absence of evidence to the contrary, OSHA generally considers a standard to be economically feasible for an industry when the annualized costs of compliance are less than a threshold level of one percent of annual revenues. Common-sense considerations indicate that potential impacts of such a small magnitude are unlikely to eliminate an industry or significantly alter its competitive structure, particularly since most industries have at least some ability to raise prices to reflect increased costs and normal price variations for products typically exceed three percent a year.
                        <SU>51</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Of course, OSHA recognizes that even when costs are within this range, there could be unusual circumstances requiring further analysis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>51</SU>
                             OSHA, 2016, Silica FEA Chapter VI: Economic Feasibility Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Determination, pp. VI-20 to VI-23, and Table VI-3 (Document ID 0045).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        If, however, there is infinite price elasticity of demand, and all costs are absorbed by affected firms, the immediate impact of the rule would be observed in reduced industry profits. OSHA uses the ratio of annualized costs to annual profits as a second check on economic feasibility. In the absence of evidence to the contrary, OSHA generally considers a standard to be 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44233"/>
                        economically feasible for an industry when the annualized costs of compliance are less than a threshold level of ten percent of annual profits. This is a fairly modest threshold level, given that normal year-to-year variations in profit rates in an industry can exceed 40 percent or more.
                        <SU>52</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>52</SU>
                             OSHA, 2016, Silica FEA Chapter VI: Economic Feasibility Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Determination, pp. VI-20 to VI-23, and Table VI-5 (Document ID 0045).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In order to assess the nature and magnitude of the economic impacts associated with compliance with the proposed rule, OSHA developed quantitative estimates of the potential economic impact of the requirements on each of the affected industry sectors. The estimated costs of compliance presented in Section VI.F., Compliance Costs and Cost Savings, of this preamble were compared with industry revenues and profits to provide a measure of potential economic impacts. Table VI-21 presents data on revenues and profits for each affected industry sector at the six-digit NAICS industry level, along with the corresponding estimated annualized costs of compliance in each sector. Potential impacts in the table are represented by the ratios of compliance costs to revenues and compliance costs to profits.</P>
                    <P>
                        The nature of the revisions to the HCS is such that all affected firms will incur some costs, but only a small subset will derive the cost savings that are monetized in this FEA (although most or all will enjoy non-monetized benefits, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         in foreign trade). To examine the economic impacts of the revisions to the standard for those affected establishments that obtain no monetized cost savings from any of the final changes to the HCS, OSHA estimated the ratio of compliance costs to revenues and the ratio of compliance costs to profits using only gross positive costs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         costs exclusive of cost savings) as the numerator in the ratio. Table VI-22 presents this part of the agency's screening analysis.
                    </P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="460">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.192</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="461">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44234"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.193</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="461">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44235"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.194</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="461">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44236"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.195</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="473">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44237"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.196</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="470">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44238"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.197</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="473">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44239"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.198</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="473">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44240"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.199</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="473">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44241"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.200</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>In the case of costs incurred due to the requirements of the revisions to the HCS, all businesses within each of the covered industry sectors will be subject to the same requirements. Thus, to the extent potential price increases correspond to costs associated with achieving compliance with the revised standard, the elasticity of demand for each entity will approach that faced by the industry as a whole.</P>
                    <P>Furthermore, hazardous chemicals distributed in the United States will have to be in compliance with the updated provisions, and chemical producers and users in most advanced economies will be operating under comparable GHS-based requirements specific to their own country or economic union. For this reason, affected domestic establishments should not be susceptible to a loss of domestic market share resulting from the competition of foreign commercial entities not bound by the requirements of the HCS or similar GHS requirements.</P>
                    <P>
                        Given the small increases in prices potentially resulting from compliance with the revisions to the HCS in any particular industry, and the lack of readily available substitutes for the products and services provided by the covered industry sectors, demand is expected to be sufficiently inelastic in each affected industry to enable entities to substantially offset compliance costs through minor price increases without experiencing any significant reduction in revenues or profits. For example, for NAICS 324191: Petroleum Lubricating Oil and Grease Manufacturing, even if zero cost savings are obtained and gross positive costs reach OSHA's estimated total ($1,240,097; see Table VI-22), revenue impacts (0.0063 percent, rounded to 0.01 percent) and profit impacts (0.092 percent, rounded to 0.1 percent) fall well below OSHA's screening criteria associated with economic feasibility concerns. OSHA therefore concludes that the final rule is economically feasible. To supplement OSHA's determination of economic feasibility, the agency conducted a final regulatory flexibility screening analysis, discussed immediately below.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44242"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Final Regulatory Flexibility Screening Analysis and FRFA Certification</HD>
                    <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612), as amended in 1996, requires the preparation of a Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (FRFA) for rules where there would be a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small firms. Under the provisions of the law, each such analysis shall contain:</P>
                    <P>1. A statement of the need for, and objectives of, the rule;</P>
                    <P>2. A statement of the significant issues raised by the public comments in response to the initial regulatory flexibility analysis, a statement of the assessment of the agency of such issues, and a statement of any changes made in the proposed rule as a result of such comments;</P>
                    <P>3. The response of the agency to any comments filed by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration in response to the proposed rule, and a detailed statement of any change made to the proposed rule in the final rule as a result of the comments;</P>
                    <P>4. A description of and an estimate of the number of small entities to which the rule will apply or an explanation of why no such estimate is available;</P>
                    <P>5. A description of the projected reporting, recordkeeping and other compliance requirements of the rule, including an estimate of the classes of small entities which will be subject to the requirements and the type of professional skills necessary for preparation of the report or record; and</P>
                    <P>6. A description of the steps the agency has taken to minimize the significant economic impact on small entities consistent with the stated objectives of the applicable statutes, including a statement of the factual, policy, and legal reasons for selecting the alternative adopted in the final rule and why each one of the other significant alternatives to the rule considered by the agency which affect the impact on small entities was rejected.</P>
                    <P>The Regulatory Flexibility Act further states that the required elements of the FRFA may be performed in conjunction with or as part of any other agenda or analysis required by any other law if such other analysis satisfies the relevant provisions (5 U.S.C. 605(a)).</P>
                    <P>As explained below, OSHA has determined that the final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, and therefore a FRFA is not required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act. Nonetheless, OSHA has prepared a voluntary Final Regulatory Flexibility Screening Assessment (FRFSA) to assure the regulated community that the agency has considered the impacts of the final rule on small entities. While a full understanding of OSHA's analysis and conclusions with respect to costs and economic impacts on small businesses requires a reading of the complete FEA and its supporting materials, this voluntary FRFSA will summarize the key aspects of OSHA's analysis as they affect small businesses and includes a description of the impact of the rule on small entities, which is not required under the Regulatory Flexibility Act.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">I. Final Regulatory Flexibility Screening Assessment</HD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(A). Description of the impact of the rule on small entities.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>To determine whether the final revisions to the HCS will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, OSHA evaluated the impact of compliance costs on the revenues and profits of small entities in affected industries. As discussed previously, the final rule will impose costs on impacted industries for training; for reclassification of aerosols, desensitized explosives, and flammable gases; and for becoming familiar with the final changes to the standard. The rule will also result in cost savings to the extent it limits employers' duties with respect to the labeling of some very small containers and provides more flexible relabeling requirements for packaged chemicals released for shipment.</P>
                    <P>Although the phase-in periods for evaluation and training on the hazards of chemical substances and mixtures under the final rule range from eighteen months to forty-two months, as an analytical simplification for this FEA, OSHA has estimated costs as one-time costs that will be incurred during the first year after the rule is promulgated. In addition, as mentioned above, there will be annual cost savings due to the flexibilities introduced in the provision related to the labeling of very small containers and in the released-for-shipment provision.</P>
                    <P>
                        Tables VI-23 and VI-24 present OSHA's screening analysis of the impact of compliance costs and cost savings on revenues and profits of small and very small entities. Tables VI-25 and VI-26 present OSHA's screening analysis of impacts on revenues and profits for small and very small entities under the scenario that zero cost savings are realized, 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         only positive costs are incurred by affected employers. OSHA's screening criteria for determining whether there are significant economic impacts on small firms assesses whether, for small entities in any given industry, the annualized costs exceed one percent of revenues or five percent of profits.
                        <SU>53</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>53</SU>
                             OSHA's screening criteria underlying the determination of significant economic impacts were developed in accordance with published guidelines for implementation of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act amendment to the Regulatory Flexibility Act; E.O.s 12866, 13563, and 13771; and the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act. For a recent example of the application of these screening criteria, see the FEA and FRFA for the Final Rule for Occupational Exposure to Respirable Crystalline Silica, Chapter VI: Economic Feasibility Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Determination, Document ID 0045.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The total annualized cost savings resulting from the revisions to the HCS for small entities and very small entities are estimated to be approximately $25.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively (see Tables VI-23 and VI-24). To assess the economic impact of the final rule on small entities and very small entities, OSHA calculated the ratios of compliance costs to profits and to revenues. These ratios are presented for each affected industry in Tables VI-23 (small entities) and VI-24 (very small entities). Those tables show that in no industries do the annualized costs of the revisions to the standard exceed one percent of annual revenues or five percent of annual profits, either for small entities or for very small entities. Similarly, under a cost scenario exclusive of cost savings (shown in Tables VI-25 and VI-26), in no industries do the annualized costs of the final rule exceed one percent of annual revenues or five percent of annual profits. Because no adverse revenue and profit impacts are expected to result from this revision to the HCS, OSHA certifies that the final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="474">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44243"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.201</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="474">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44244"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.202</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="474">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44245"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.203</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="474">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44246"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.204</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="468">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44247"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.205</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="464">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44248"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.206</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="464">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44249"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.207</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="464">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44250"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.208</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="474">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44251"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.209</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="474">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44252"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.210</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="474">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44253"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.211</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="474">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44254"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.212</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="473">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44255"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.213</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="473">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44256"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.214</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="473">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44257"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.215</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="473">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44258"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.216</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="473">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44259"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.217</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(B) Statement of the need for, and objectives of, the rule.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>The HCS is the cornerstone of OSHA's risk mitigation strategy for controlling hazardous chemicals in the workplace. The importance of hazard communication in general and the HCS specifically have been well established over the past few decades, ever since OSHA first established the HCS in 1983 as a worker's “right to know” standard (OSHA Publication 3021—Workers' Rights, 2017). However, even prior to OSHA's promulgation of the HCS, there was recognition that workers needed to know the hazards encountered in the workplace and the importance of communicating, classifying, and training about how to address those hazards.</P>
                    <P>The foundational goal of the HCS is to identify, understand, and communicate the hazards associated with exposure to chemicals before workers experience chronic exposure to those hazards. For further discussion on the need for this revision to the HCS, see Section IV., Need and Support for the Revised Hazard Communication Standard, earlier in this preamble.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(C) The response of the agency to any comments filed by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration in response to the proposed rule, and a detailed statement of any change made to the proposed rule in the final rule as a result of the comments.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>No comments were filed by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the SBA in response to the proposed rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(D) A statement of the significant issues raised by the public comments in response to the initial regulatory flexibility analysis, a statement of the assessment of the agency of such issues, and a statement of any changes made in the proposed rule as a result of such comments.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Significant issues raised by public comments in relation to the PEA were addressed earlier in this FEA, within discussion of the preliminary cost analysis and revisions (if any) to the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44260"/>
                        preliminary cost analysis in response to public comments.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(E) A description of and an estimate of the number of small entities to which the rule will apply or an explanation of why no such estimate is available.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>As shown above in Table VI-2, OSHA estimates that 114,585 establishments within 106,017 private (business) firms/enterprises defined as small by the SBA will be affected by the final rule.</P>
                    <P>As shown above in Table VI-3, OSHA estimates that 84,754 very small establishments (fewer than 20 employees) within 83,952 private (business) firms/enterprises identified as very small will be affected by the final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(F) A description of the projected reporting, recordkeeping and other compliance requirements of the rule, including an estimate of the classes of small entities which will be subject to the requirements and the type of professional skills necessary for preparation of the report or record.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>This final standard revises the HCS by, among other things, updating the criteria for classification of certain chemical and physical hazards, simplifying the requirements for providing updated labels and labels for small containers, strengthening the awareness of hazard information related to the contents of SDSs, and modernizing definitions. The preamble to the final standard provides a comprehensive description of, and further detail regarding, the compliance requirements of the rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>Small business enterprises in Mining, Quarrying, and Oil and Gas Extraction, Manufacturing, and Wholesale Trade who import, produce, distribute, or otherwise come into contact with hazardous chemicals will be subject to the requirements of the final standard. For details on the affected NAICS industries and the number of affected small business enterprises (firms), see Section VI.C., Profile of Affected Industries, Establishments, and Employees in this FEA.</P>
                    <P>All affected establishments must have a written hazard communication program explaining how the establishment meets the criteria of the standard with respect to labeling, SDSs, and worker information and training as discussed under paragraph (e) of the standard.</P>
                    <P>Chemical manufacturers and importers must evaluate chemicals produced in their workplaces or imported by them to classify the chemicals in accordance with the standard. For each chemical, the chemical manufacturer or importer must determine the hazard classes, and, where appropriate, the category of each class that apply to the chemical being classified. Employers are not required to classify chemicals unless they choose not to rely on the classification performed by the chemical manufacturer or importer for the chemical to satisfy this requirement. A description of the types of entities subject to the new and revised requirements, and the types of professional skills necessary for compliance with the requirements, is presented in the relevant sections of this economic analysis; the corresponding unit time burdens are summarized below. These costs would apply only to those businesses not already in compliance with the revisions.</P>
                    <P>Costs associated with chemical reclassifications and related revisions to safety data sheets and labels; Health and Safety Specialist, fully loaded hourly wage of $61.18:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Medium establishments (100-499 employees):</E>
                         an average of 1.5 hours per SDS,
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Small establishments (1-99 employees):</E>
                         an average of 2.1 hours per SDS.
                    </P>
                    <P>Costs associated with revisions to appendix language on precautionary statements and other mandatory language; Health and Safety Specialist:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Medium establishments (100-499 employees):</E>
                         an average of 0.5 hours per SDS,
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Small establishments (1-99 employees):</E>
                         an average of 0.7 hours per SDS.
                    </P>
                    <P>Costs associated with management familiarization with the revisions to the HCS; Health and Safety Specialist:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Medium directly affected establishments (20-499 employees):</E>
                         an average of 4.0 hours per establishment,
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Medium indirectly affected establishments (20-499 employees):</E>
                         an average of 1.0 hours per establishment,
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Small directly affected establishments (1-19 employees):</E>
                         an average of 1.0 hours per establishment,
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Small indirectly affected establishments (1-19 employees):</E>
                         an average of 0.25 hours per establishment.
                    </P>
                    <P>Training costs associated with the revisions to the HCS; Mining, Quarrying, and Oil and Gas Extraction, and Manufacturing Sectors, per affected firm:</P>
                    <P>• 2.5 hours, Health and Safety Specialist, fully loaded hourly wage of $61.18;</P>
                    <P>• 0.2 hours, Logistics Personnel, fully loaded hourly wage of $60.37;</P>
                    <P>• 0.2 hours, Production Worker, fully loaded hourly wage of $31.09.</P>
                    <P>Cost savings associated with the released-for-shipment provision, small firms in fertilizer and paint manufacturing, and small wholesalers of related farm and paint supplies:</P>
                    <P>• Percentage loss avoided ranging from 0.009 percent to 0.025 percent, applied to average product value.</P>
                    <P>Cost savings associated with abbreviated labels on very small containers, small firms in six manufacturing industries within NAICS 325—Chemical Manufacturing:</P>
                    <P>• Cost savings of $0.058 per label for very small containers multiplied by the number of affected labels.</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">(G) A description of the steps the agency has taken to minimize the significant economic impact on small entities consistent with the stated objectives of the applicable statutes, including a statement of the factual, policy, and legal reasons for selecting the alternative adopted in the final rule and why each one of the other significant alternatives to the rule considered by the agency which affect the impact on small entities was rejected.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>As was the case with the 2012 HCS, OSHA in this final rule has published an implementation schedule (paragraph (j) Dates) that minimizes the impacts on small employers. The final rule requires that chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors, and employers evaluating substances be in compliance with all modified provisions of the HCS no later than eighteen months after the effective date of the final rule (paragraph (j)(2)(i)) and that chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors, and employers evaluating mixtures must be in compliance with all modified provisions of the HCS no later than thirty-six months after the effective date of the final rule (paragraph (j)(3)(i)). Finally the final rule requires that all employers, as necessary, update any alternative workplace labeling used under paragraph (f)(6) of this section, update the hazard communication program required by paragraph (h)(1), and provide any additional employee training in accordance with paragraph (h)(3) for newly identified physical hazard, or health hazards or other hazards covered under this section no later than twenty-four months after the effective date of the final rule for substances and forty-two months after the effective date for mixtures (paragraphs (j)(2)(ii) and (j)(3)(ii)).</P>
                    <P>
                        Taking into consideration all of the information received from the public during the comment periods and in hearing testimony, as well as the results of the economic analysis that examine the effects of different compliance dates on the overall costs of compliance, OSHA believes the implementation 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44261"/>
                        schedule published in this final rule sets a proper balance between employee safety and the economic interests of small business enterprises.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. OMB Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Overview</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA is publishing a final rule to revise the HCS, 29 CFR 1910.1200, which contains collections of information that are subject to review by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501 
                        <E T="03">et seq.,</E>
                         and OMB regulations at 5 CFR part 1320. This rule is revising and updating the existing previously approved paperwork package under OMB control number 1218-0072.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The PRA defines 
                        <E T="03">collection of information</E>
                         to mean “the obtaining, causing to be obtained, soliciting, or requiring the disclosure to third parties or the public of facts or opinions by or for an agency regardless of form or format.” 44 U.S.C. 3502(3)(A). Under the PRA, a Federal agency cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless OMB approves it and the agency displays a currently valid OMB control number (44 U.S.C. 3507). Also, notwithstanding any other provision of law, no employer shall be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information if the collection of information does not display a currently valid OMB control number (44 U.S.C. 3512).
                    </P>
                    <P>On February 16, 2021, OSHA published an NPRM (86 FR 9576) to modify the HCS to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060), to address issues that arose during the implementation of the 2012 update to HCS, and to better align with other U.S. agencies and international trading partners, while improving the effectiveness of the standard. The NPRM proposed to revise the OMB-approved information collection requirements contained in the HCS. Specifically, OSHA proposed to (1) clarify that under paragraph (d)(1) the chemical manufacturer or importer must determine for each chemical the hazard classes, and where appropriate, the category of each class, that apply to the chemical being classified under normal conditions of use and foreseeable emergencies; (2) add language to paragraph (f)(1) requiring that the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor ensure labels on shipped containers bear the date the chemical is released for shipment; (3) revise paragraph (f)(5) by adding two new provisions related to bulk shipments of chemicals; (4) revise paragraph (f)(11) by adding a provision related to release for shipment that allows chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors to provide updated labels with each shipment instead of relabeling; and (5) add new provisions allowing more limited labeling for small containers in paragraph (f)(12). On February 16, 2021, the agency prepared and submitted to OMB an Information Collection Request (ICR) for the 2021 proposed rule for review in accordance with 44 U.S.C. 3507(d).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Solicitation of Comments</HD>
                    <P>In accordance with the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)), OSHA solicited public comments on the collection of information contained in the NPRM. OSHA encouraged commenters to submit their comments on the information collection requirements contained in the proposed rule under docket number OSHA-2019-0001, along with their comments on other parts of the proposed rule. In addition to generally soliciting comments on the collection of information requirements, the proposed rule indicated that OSHA and OMB were particularly interested in comments that addressed the following:</P>
                    <P>• Whether the proposed collections of information are necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information is useful;</P>
                    <P>• The accuracy of the OSHA's estimate of the burden (time and cost) of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;</P>
                    <P>• The quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and</P>
                    <P>• Ways to minimize the compliance burden on regulated entities, including through the use of appropriate automated or other technological techniques for collecting and transmitting information.</P>
                    <P>
                        On August 4, 2021, OMB issued a Notice of Action (NOA) stating, “Terms of the previous clearance remain in effect. Prior to publication of the final rule, the agency should provide to OMB a summary of all comments received on the proposed information collection and identify any changes made in response to these comments” (see 
                        <E T="03">https://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAViewICR?ref_nbr=202102-1218-002</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                    <P>The agency received numerous public comments in response to the NPRM during the initial comment period. In addition, OSHA held public hearings on the proposal from September 21-23, 2021, where the agency heard testimony from stakeholders (see Document ID 0423; 0424; 0425). Participants who filed notices of intention to appear at the hearing were permitted to submit additional evidence and data relevant to the proceedings for a period of 60 days following the hearing. The record remained open for the submission of final briefs, arguments, and summations until December 22, 2021. OSHA received additional post-hearing comments.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received one comment from Ameren specifically on the proposed ICR, which stated that they agree with the collection of information requirements listed in Table 1—Collection of Information Requirements Being Revised in the Hazard Communication Standard in the NPRM, although they noted that “[t]his does not necessarily indicate that Ameren agrees with these as a change to the HCS” (Document ID 0309, p. 3).</P>
                    <P>The comments submitted in response to the rest of the proposed rule and the hearing proceedings resulted in modifications to the provisions containing collections of information. OSHA considered these responses and resulting modifications when preparing the revised ICR for the final rule. Summaries of comments received on the NPRM and OSHA's responses are found in Sections VI., Final Economic Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, and Section XIV., Summary and Explanation of the Final Rule, in this preamble.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA submitted the final ICR concurrent with the publication of this final rule, containing the full analysis and description of the burden hours and costs associated with the final rule, to OMB for approval. A copy of this ICR will be available to the public at 
                        <E T="03">http://www.reginfo.gov/public/do/PRAViewICR?ref_nbr=202002-1218-002</E>
                         (this link will become active on the day following publication of this notice). At the conclusion of OMB's review, OSHA will publish a separate notice in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         to announce the results.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Summary of Information Collection Requirements</HD>
                    <P>As required by 5 CFR 1320.5(a)(1)(iv) and 1320.8(d)(2), the following paragraphs provide information about the ICR.</P>
                    <P>
                        1. 
                        <E T="03">Title:</E>
                         Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        2. 
                        <E T="03">Description of the ICR:</E>
                         The final rule revises the currently approved Hazard Communication ICR and changes the existing collection of information requirements currently approved by OMB.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        3. 
                        <E T="03">Brief Summary of the Information Collection Requirements:</E>
                        <PRTPAGE P="44262"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>This final rule revises and clarifies the collection of information contained in the existing ICR. Specifically, OSHA is (1) modifying the language in paragraph (d)(1) to clarify what hazards are required to be classified; (2) adding language to paragraph (f)(1) providing that hazards identified and classified under subparagraph (d)(1)(ii) do not have to be addressed on labels of shipped containers; (3) revising paragraph (f)(5) by adding two new provisions related to bulk shipments of chemicals; (4) revising paragraph (f)(11) to include a provision that adds flexibility related to updating labels for products already released for shipment; (5) adding paragraph (f)(12) to provide new labeling requirements for small containers; (6) clarifying the language in paragraph (g)(2); and (10); and (7) adding language in paragraph (i) to include requirements for how concentrations and concentration ranges can be claimed as trade secrets on SDSs. See Table VII.1.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="559">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.218</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="548">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44263"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.219</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="560">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44264"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.220</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="567">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44265"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.221</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="358">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44266"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.222</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>
                        1. 
                        <E T="03">OMB Control Number:</E>
                         1218-0072.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        2. 
                        <E T="03">Affected Public:</E>
                         Business or other for-profit.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        3. 
                        <E T="03">Number of Respondents:</E>
                         5,580,906.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        4. 
                        <E T="03">Frequency of Responses:</E>
                         Varies.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        5. 
                        <E T="03">Number of Reponses:</E>
                         98,762,005.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        6. 
                        <E T="03">Average Time per Response:</E>
                         Varies.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        7. 
                        <E T="03">Estimated Annual Total Burden Hours:</E>
                         7,206,569.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        8. 
                        <E T="03">Estimated Annual Total Cost (Operation and maintenance):</E>
                         $69,207,596.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">VIII. Federalism</HD>
                    <P>OSHA reviewed this final rule according to the Executive Order on Federalism (E.O. 13132, 64 FR 43255, Aug. 10, 1999), which requires that Federal agencies, to the extent possible, refrain from limiting State policy options, consult with States before taking actions that would restrict State policy options, and take such actions only when clear constitutional and statutory authority exists and the problem is of national scope. E.O. 13132 permits preemption of State law only as provided by Congress or where State law conflicts with Federal law. Federal agencies must limit preemption of State law to the minimum level necessary to achieve the objectives of the statute pursuant to which the regulations are promulgated.</P>
                    <P>Under section 18 of the OSH Act, 29 U.S.C. 667, Congress expressly provides that States and U.S. territories may adopt, with Federal approval, a plan for the development and enforcement of occupational safety and health standards. OSHA refers to States that obtain Federal approval for such OSHA-approved occupational safety and health plans as “State Plans.” Occupational safety and health standards developed by State Plans must be at least as effective in providing safe and healthful employment and places of employment as the Federal standards and, when applicable to products that are distributed or used in interstate commerce, must be required by compelling local conditions and not unduly burden interstate commerce. 29 U.S.C. 667(c)(2). Subject to these requirements, State Plans are free to develop and enforce under State law their own occupational safety and health standards.</P>
                    <P>In States without OSHA-approved State Plans, Congress expressly provides for OSHA standards to preempt State occupational safety and health standards in areas addressed by the Federal standards. In these States, this final rule limits State policy options in the same manner as every standard promulgated by OSHA. In States with OSHA-approved State Plans, this final rule does not significantly limit State policy options to adopt equally effective or stricter standards.</P>
                    <P>OSHA previously concluded that promulgation of the HCS complies with E.O. 13132 (77 FR 17687) and reaffirms that finding with respect to this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">IX. State Plans</HD>
                    <P>
                        When Federal OSHA promulgates a new standard or more stringent amendment to an existing standard, OSHA-approved State Plans must either amend their standards to reflect the new standard or amendment or show OSHA why such action is unnecessary, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         because an existing State standard covering this area is “at least as effective” as the new Federal standard or amendment. 29 CFR 1953.5(a). State 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44267"/>
                        Plans must adopt the Federal standard or complete their own standard within six months of the promulgation date of the final Federal rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>The 22 States and territories with OSHA-approved occupational safety and health plans that cover public and private-sector employees are Alaska, Arizona, California, Hawaii, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Maryland, Michigan, Minnesota, Nevada, New Mexico, North Carolina, Oregon, Puerto Rico, South Carolina, Tennessee, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, and Wyoming. Another seven states and territories have OSHA-approved occupational safety and health plans that cover State and local government employees only: Connecticut, Illinois, Maine, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, and the Virgin Islands.</P>
                    <P>This final rule updates the HCS to conform with updates to the GHS, improve alignment with other U.S. agencies and international trading partners, and address certain implementation concerns. This rule will increase worker protection by improving the quality and consistency of information provided to employers and employees regarding chemical hazards and protective measures.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received one comment relevant to the relationship between State Plans and Federal OSHA from the California Department of Public Health/Hazard Evaluation System and Information Service (Cal/HESIS). Cal/HESIS proposed that State Plans such as California be allowed to require manufacturers that sell chemicals in their states or territories to classify chemicals as carcinogens or reproductive or developmental toxicants when the chemical is listed as such by a state or territory body (such as California's Prop 65 list) and disclose this information on SDSs (Document ID 0313, p. 8). OSHA disagrees with this suggestion. As the agency discussed regarding State Plan amendments to their hazard communication standards in the 2012 HCS “OSHA intends to closely scrutinize amendments to previously approved State hazard communication standards submitted under current or future State plans to ensure equal or greater effectiveness, including assurance that any additional requirements do not conflict with, or adversely affect, the effectiveness of the national application of OSHA's standard. OSHA must also determine in its review whether any State plan standard provisions that differ from the Federal provisions, when applicable to products distributed or used in interstate commerce, are “required by compelling local conditions and do not unduly burden interstate commerce.” OSH Act section 18(c), 29 U.S.C. 667(c).” (77 FR 17687).</P>
                    <P>The key benefit in aligning the HCS with the GHS in 2012 was to provide a uniform and consistent method for classification and dissemination of the information on the label and the SDS (77 FR 17605). Allowing states to develop their own classification criteria, which could lead to vastly different and potentially contradictory information on the labels, would diminish and eliminate significant portions of those benefits. In 2012 stakeholders agreed that a dual system would undermine the benefits of aligning with the GHS (77 FR 17583). OSHA also finds that if State Plans were allowed to require different elements on labels and SDSs from state to state that this could disrupt and unduly burden interstate commerce as it could mean that manufacturers would need to develop different labels and SDSs depending upon the state. Therefore, State Plans must adopt comparable provisions within six months of publication of the final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">X. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA reviewed this final rule according to the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), 2 U.S.C. 1501 
                        <E T="03">et seq</E>
                        ., and E.O. 13132 (64 FR 43255, Aug. 10, 1999). As discussed above in Section VI., Final Economic Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, OSHA has concluded that this final rule will not impose a Federal mandate on the private sector in excess of $100 million (adjusted annually for inflation) in expenditures in any one year.
                    </P>
                    <P>As noted above in Section IX., State Plans, OSHA's standards do not apply to State and local governments except in States that have elected voluntarily to adopt a State Plan approved by the agency. Consequently, this proposal does not meet the definition of a “Federal intergovernmental mandate.” See 2 U.S.C. 658(5).</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above in Section VI., Final Economic Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, the changes to the HCS would not require tribal governments to expend, in the aggregate, $100 million or more in any one year for their commercial activities.</P>
                    <P>Therefore, for the purposes of the UMRA, OSHA certifies that this final rule would not mandate that State, local, or tribal governments adopt new, unfunded regulatory obligations of, or increase expenditures by the private sector by, more than $100 million in any year.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">XI. Protecting Children From Environmental Health and Safety Risks</HD>
                    <P>
                        E.O. 13045 (62 FR 19885, Apr. 23, 1997), requires that Federal agencies submitting covered regulatory actions to OMB's Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) for review pursuant to E.O. 12866 provide OIRA with (1) an evaluation of the environmental health or safety effects that the planned regulation may have on children, and (2) an explanation of why the planned regulation is preferable to other potentially effective and reasonably feasible alternatives considered by the agency. E.O. 13045 defines “covered regulatory actions” as rules that are likely to (1) be economically significant under E.O. 12866 (now amended by E.O. 14094) (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         a rulemaking that has an annual effect on the economy of $200 million or more, or would adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities), and (2) concern an environmental health risk or safety risk that an agency has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children. In this context, the term “environmental health risks and safety risks” means risks to health or safety that are attributable to products or substances that children are likely to come in contact with or ingest (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         through air, food, water, soil, or product use).
                    </P>
                    <P>OIRA has determined that this final rule is not significant under Section 3(f)(1) of E.O. 12866, as amended (see Section VI., Final Economic Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis) and that the environmental health and safety risks addressed through this final rule do not present a disproportionate risk to children as set forth in E.O. 13045.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">XII. Environmental Impacts</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA has reviewed this final rule according to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ), the regulations of the Council on Environmental Quality (40 CFR part 1500), and DOL's NEPA procedures (29 CFR part 11). In the NPRM, OSHA preliminarily determined that the proposed regulatory changes would have no impact on air, water, or soil quality; plant or animal life; or the use of land or aspects of the external environment and thus would have no significant environmental impacts (86 FR 9687). No commenter challenged this determination. Based on its review of the final rule, OSHA has determined 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44268"/>
                        that the regulatory changes will have no impact on air, water, or soil quality; plant or animal life; the use of land; or aspects of the external environment and the final rule will therefore have no significant environmental impact.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">XIII. Consultation and Coordination With Indian Tribal Governments</HD>
                    <P>OSHA reviewed this final rule in accordance with E.O. 13175 (65 FR 67249, Nov. 6, 2000) and determined that it does not have tribal implications as defined in that order. The final rule will not have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal government and Indian tribes (see E.O. 13175 § 1(a)).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">XIV. Summary and Explanation of the Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>This section of the preamble explains OSHA's changes to the HCS (29 CFR 1910.1200). OSHA proposed to align this update of the HCS with the GHS Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060), where appropriate. The agency had preliminarily decided to base most of the GHS alignment on Rev. 7 for several reasons, even though Rev. 8 was issued in July 2019 (Document ID 0065). First, OSHA had preliminarily determined that there were sufficient significant updates to the GHS to warrant the initiation of the rulemaking process and OSHA began its work to update the standard prior to the release of Rev. 8. Second, the U.S.'s major trading partners (including Canada, Europe, and Australia) have or are preparing to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0172; Document ID 0168; Document ID 0176). While the proposal was largely based on Rev. 7, OSHA asked for comment on adopting some of the most consequential changes from Rev. 8 in the Issues and Options section (86 FR 9691-9694).</P>
                    <P>In addition, OSHA proposed several changes that were unrelated to alignment with the GHS but were intended to address specific issues that have arisen since the 2012 rulemaking to revise the HCS and to provide better alignment with international trading partners, without lowering the protections provided by the standard.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received numerous comments on which GHS revision to align with in this rulemaking and received overwhelming support from commenters for its proposal to update to Rev. 754 
                        <SU>54</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (See, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0293, p. 1; 0327, pp. 1-2; 0359, p. 7; 0339, p. 1; 0323, p. 1; 0281, Att. 2, p. 2; 0358, p. 2). The most prevalent reasons given for supporting the update to Rev. 7 were better alignment with international trading partners, especially Health Canada's HPR, and improvements in hazard communications such as updating and adding additional hazard classes with the updates to the GHS. Specifically, Givaudan and the Household &amp; Commercial Products Association (HCPA) supported alignment with Rev. 7 in order to increase consistency between OSHA's HCS and Health Canada's HPR (Document ID 0293, p. 1; 0327, pp. 1-2). Similarly, Dow Chemical (Dow) supported alignment with Rev. 7 on the basis that OSHA's proposed update would improve alignment with major trading partners (Document ID 0359, p. 7). Hach and the Dangerous Goods Advisory Council (DGAC) also supported the update to Rev. 7 to better align with trading partners (Document ID 0323, p. 1; 0339, p. 1).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>54</SU>
                             Comments regarding specific adoption of particular provisions are discussed in the appropriate sections of the Summary and Explanation.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Only two commenters objected to OSHA's proposal to align with Rev. 7. Toby Threet stated that OSHA should not adopt Rev. 7 because the agency should strive to align as closely as possible with other countries in order to meet the goal of GHS harmonization and argued that OSHA has not shown that the majority of other countries have aligned with Rev. 7, both because (1) at the time OSHA issued the NPRM several countries were preparing to align with Rev. 7 but had not yet (Canada, Europe, Australia, and New Zealand) and (2) OSHA failed to consider whether this would align with other, potentially more major, trading partners (such as China, Russia, Brazil, and India) (Document ID 0279, pp. 1-2).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees with this comment. As indicated in the NPRM, Canada, Europe, Australia, and New Zealand all announced their intention to update their regulations to Rev. 7 (86 FR 9694). The U.S.'s closest trading partner, Canada, updated the HPR to align with Rev. 7 on January 4, 2023 (see 
                        <E T="03">https://www.canada.ca/en/health-canada/services/environmental-workplace-health/occupational-health-safety/workplace-hazardous-materials-information-system/amendments-hazardous-products-regulations.html</E>
                        ), and the European Union (EU) updated its Classification, Labelling, and Packaging (CLP) regulation in 2023 as well (see 
                        <E T="03">https://echa.europa.eu/new-hazard-classes-2023</E>
                        ). OSHA works diligently with our UN partners through the UNSCEGHS to address stakeholder concerns regarding the timing of updates across U.S. international trading partners. However, given the lengthy and complex process of regulatory development, exact timelines are difficult to manage. Nevertheless, OSHA does not believe that there will be meaningful differences in timing of updates between the international trading partners as OSHA's compliance deadline will allow stakeholders extended time to comply with the updated standard. The compliance dates for the HCS are discussed in more detail in the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (j).
                    </P>
                    <P>Additionally, Brazil and Russia are currently in the process of aligning with Rev. 7, further indicating that this is the correct revision for OSHA to align with. China is using the fourth version of the GHS and therefore is currently not aligned with OSHA's HCS. India has not yet implemented the GHS and does not participate at the UNSCEGHS. OSHA does not believe it is acceptable to postpone its rulemaking until all trading partners, particularly those that have never adopted the GHS, adopt Rev. 7 as this would result in OSHA not updating the HCS for an indefinite period of time, meanwhile depriving U.S. workers of these important protections. While OSHA strives to align with major trading partners that are similarly committed to maintaining a harmonized GHS system where possible, the agency's primary mission is to protect workers.</P>
                    <P>ASSP also stated that OSHA should not align with GHS Rev. 7. They suggested that the agency should align with Rev. 8 because it is a newer version (Document ID 0284, p. 1). ASSP went on to state that updating to Rev. 7 would result in OSHA continuing to play `catch-up' since the European Union's Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) regulation is updated every two years. OSHA notes that currently Health Canada HPR and the EU CLP have updated to Rev. 7, so the agency does not agree that the United States is falling behind its trading partners (Document ID 0176; 0172).</P>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters expressed concerns about deviating from a single version of the GHS, either due to incorporating elements of another revision or due to incorporating elements that differed from the GHS altogether. Several commenters noted that they disapproved of selectively adopting elements of Rev. 8, and two of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44269"/>
                        these commenters noted that this was because selective adoption would cause misalignment with trading partners (Document ID 0323, p. 2; 0423, Tr. 105; 0359, p. 7; 0368, p. 11). However, Ameren noted that adopting specific provisions from Rev. 8 “could improve worker safety now in lieu of waiting until the next revision of the HCS” (Document ID 0309, p. 14). While OSHA strives to align with trading partners where possible, OSHA's primary mission is to protect workers. Therefore, OSHA has concluded that some elements of Rev. 8 improve the safety of workers and the clarity of information being communicated and is adopting those provisions instead of their Rev. 7 equivalent.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other stakeholders indicated that OSHA should not include changes that are not included in the GHS. The International Carbon Black Association (ICBA) supported alignment with Rev. 7, but opposed adding the sections of the proposal, such as the requirement to classify hazards based on downstream use, that went beyond GHS obligations because they felt this would lead to misalignment with international trading partners (Document ID 0291, p. 6). ACC provided similar comments and stated that “we strongly urge OSHA to pull directly from the UN GHS wherever possible, while retaining flexibility for existing provisions that provide similar levels of protection” (Document ID 0347, p. 4). NAIMA supported aligning with the GHS, but noted that “[t]here are also proposals from OSHA that have nothing to do with the GHS but will create heavy and unprecedented burdens upon all industries subject to the HCS” and stated that they did not support such changes (Document ID 0338, p. 1). These commenters provided greater specificity about their opposition to specific proposals that differ from Rev. 7, and OSHA discusses these specific comments in detail in the corresponding sections in the Summary and Explanation below.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received several comments asking the agency to completely withdraw the proposal or repropose it with significant changes due to concerns about the proposed rule decreasing worker protections (Document ID 0305, p. 1; 0312, p. 7; 0322, Att. 1, p. 1; 0344, p. 4; 0350, p. 1; 0354, p. 1). OSHA disagrees with the conclusion that this rule will decrease worker protections; as the agency has stated, and as discussed throughout the Summary and Explanation below, it expects this update of the HCS to improve worker safety by incorporating new hazard classes and categories, improving and streamlining precautionary statements, and providing additional clarification of existing regulatory requirements. Therefore, OSHA is moving forward with finalizing the update to the HCS in this rulemaking. To the extent these commenters raised concerns about worker safety with respect to specific provisions, those comments are addressed in their respective sections of the Summary and Explanation.</P>
                    <P>Finally, OSHA received a variety of non-substantive comments pointing out minor errors such as missing punctuation or European spelling differences. OSHA has updated the regulatory text to incorporate these minor changes where appropriate, but does not discuss non-substantive edits in the Summary and Explanation below.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Discussion of Incorporation by Reference</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA is updating the agency's incorporation by reference section, 29 CFR 1910.6, to include the national and international consensus standards listed below. Where OSHA has updated consensus standards, OSHA does not intend to require chemicals already classified using an earlier version of a consensus standard to be reclassified and has retained earlier versions of the consensus standards in the text of the standard where relevant to avoid suggesting retesting is necessary (for the U.N. Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Manual of Tests and Criteria, this is reflected in the use of a generic citation where either Rev. 4 or Rev. 6 is acceptable, and a specific citation to Rev. 6 where there is new material included and only Rev. 6 is acceptable to use). OSHA believes that requiring the reclassification of chemicals based on updated test methods could result in unnecessary economic impacts and create unnecessary confusion for stakeholders. OSHA had considered alternative ways to clarify this in the final regulatory text, for instance by including a provision in the 
                        <E T="02">DATES</E>
                         section of the rule stating that chemicals classified based on older test methods, prior to the effective date of the rule, do not need to be reclassified, and invited comments on this topic (86 FR 9694). OSHA received one comment from Ameren on this issue (Document ID 0309, p. 14), which is addressed in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix B. OSHA has decided to not make the change to the 
                        <E T="02">DATES</E>
                         section but rather to retain references to the older versions of the consensus standards where relevant and has clarified this matter in the relevant portions of the Summary and Explanation for Appendix B.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In the NPRM, OSHA requested comment on whether it should update all of the consensus standards and received no comments on that particular question. ASTM International (ASTM) submitted a comment indicating that they believe OSHA should, in the future, update all references to consensus standards in bulk through the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        , as the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) does (Document ID 0307, pp. 2-3). OSHA has decided to only add or update the references that the agency proposed, rather than updating all existing references to consensus standards in the regulatory text and Appendix B, but will consider the approach suggested by ASTM in a future rulemaking. OSHA is finalizing the proposed references to the consensus standards as proposed with one exception: DOD pointed out that one of OSHA's proposed citations to consensus standards was incorrect and OSHA has updated the reference throughout the final rule (Document ID 0299, p. 3).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA is finalizing its decision to incorporate by reference the materials below. Each standard is available for purchase through the publication agencies listed below.</P>
                    <P>The following standards appear in the amendatory text of this document and were previously approved for appendix B to § 1910.1200: ASTM D56-05; ASTM D3278-96, ASTM D3828-07a, ASTM D93-08, ASTM D86-07a, ASTM D240-02 (Reapproved 2007), ASTM D1078-05, ISO 1056:1996(E) ISO 1056-2:2005, ISO 13943:2000(E/F), NFPA 30B, UN ST/SG/AC.10/Rev.4.</P>
                    <P>• ADR 2019, European Agreement Concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road, Annex A, January 1, 2019.</P>
                    <P>This standard describes test methods, units of measurement, definitions, and applicable standards and regulations for determining fluidity of liquids for classification purposes.</P>
                    <P>
                        ○ 
                        <E T="03">United Nations: https://shop.un.org/product/18246?v=22452 r.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>• ASTM D 4359-90 (reapproved 2019), Standard Test Method for Determining Whether a Material is a Liquid or a Solid, Approved July 1, 2019.</P>
                    <P>
                        This standard covers test methods used to determine whether a viscous material is a liquid or a solid for regulatory purposes and was developed under internationally recognized principles established in “Decision on Principles for the Development of International Standards, Guides and Recommendations” by the World Trade Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee. The standard 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44270"/>
                        only addresses test methods for the specified purpose of determining state of a material and is not intended to address all safety concerns associated with use of the material being tested.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        ○ 
                        <E T="03">ASTM International: https://astm.org/Standard/standards-and-publications.html.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>• DIN 51794:2003-05, Determining the ignition temperature of petroleum products, May 2003.</P>
                    <P>This standard specifies test methods for determining the ignition temperature of flammable gases and liquids, as well as petroleum products and their mixtures at temperatures between 75 °C and 650 °C. The ignition temperature is a measurement of a flammable substance's tendency to ignite when in contact with hot objects. The standard also provides guidance for classification purposes.</P>
                    <P>
                        ○ 
                        <E T="03">German Institute for Standardisation (DIN): https://din.de/en/about-standards/buy-standards.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>• IEC 60079-20-1, Explosive atmospheres—Part 20-1: Material characteristics for gas and vapor classification—Test methods and data, Edition 1.0, 2010-01 This standard describes test methods for measurement of the maximum experimental safe gaps of a gas- or vapor- air mixture under normal conditions of temperature and pressure in order to make a determination of appropriate safety equipment as well as describes test methods for use in the determination of auto-ignition temperature of a chemically pure vapor or gas. This standard also provides guidance for classifying gases and vapors for explosive potential.</P>
                    <P>
                        ○ 
                        <E T="03">International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC): https://webstore.ansi.org/standards/iec/iec6007920ed2010.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>• ISO 817:2014(E), Refrigerants—Designation and safety classification, Third Edition, 2014-04-15.</P>
                    <P>This standard provides guidance for determining the lowest temperature a substance can spontaneously ignite under normal atmospheric conditions without an external source of ignition, such as a spark or flame. The standard also provides guidance for classification of these materials for safety purposes. The standard was developed under internationally recognized principles established in “Decision on Principles for the Development of International Standards, Guides and Recommendations” by the World Trade Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee.</P>
                    <P>
                        ○ 
                        <E T="03">ISO: https://iso.org/store.html.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>○ ISO 10156:2017(E), Gases and Gas Mixtures—Determination of Fire Potential and Oxidizing Ability for the Selection of Cylinder Valve Outlets, Fourth Edition, 2017-07.</P>
                    <P>This standard provides test methods for determining the flammability of a gas or gas mixture and determining whether a gas or gas mixture is more or less oxidizing than air under atmospheric conditions. The standard also provides guidance for classifying gases or gas mixtures and for determining the appropriate selection of gas cylinder valve outlets. The standard was developed under internationally recognized principles established in “Decision on Principles for the Development of International Standards, Guides and Recommendations” by the World Trade Organization Technical Barriers to Trade (TBT) Committee.</P>
                    <P>
                        ○ 
                        <E T="03">International Organization for Standardization (ISO): https://iso.org/store.html.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>• UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6, UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Manual of Tests and Criteria, Sixth Revised Edition, copyright 2015.</P>
                    <P>
                        This standard provides test methods, classification procedures, and criteria for classification of explosives, self-reactive substances, organic peroxides, and other various hazards (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         flammability of aerosols, desensitized explosives, flammable solids, liquids, oxidizing solids and liquids, corrosive to metals).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        ○ 
                        <E T="03">United Nations: https://unece.org/info/Transport/Dangerous-Goods/pub/2581.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA is making all documents available for review by the public in accordance with the agency's policies regarding availability of documents. Copies of the standards are available for purchase from the issuing organizations at the addresses or through the other publisher contact information listed in § 1910.6 of the amendatory text in this document. In addition, these standards are available for inspection at any Regional Office of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), or at the OSHA Docket Office, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue NW, Room N-3508, Washington, DC 20210; telephone: 202-693-2350 (TTY number: 877-889-5627). Due to copyright issues, OSHA cannot post consensus standards on the OSHA website or through 
                        <E T="03">regulations.gov.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Discussion of Regulatory Text</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(a) Purpose</HD>
                    <P>Paragraph (a)(1) of the HCS states that “[t]he purpose of this section is to ensure that the hazards of all chemicals produced or imported are classified, and that information concerning the classified hazards is transmitted to employers and employees.” In the 2012 HCS, paragraph (a)(1) explained that the requirements of the standard were intended to be consistent with Rev. 3. The NPRM proposed to change the reference from Rev. 3 to Rev. 7. As stated in the introduction to the Summary and Explanation, revisions included in this final rule primarily serve to align the HCS with Rev. 7, with the exception of selected provisions which either align with Rev. 8 or do not relate to the GHS. OSHA is therefore finalizing paragraph (a)(1) to update the reference to the GHS to “Revision 7,” replacing “Revision 3.” In addition, OSHA is inserting “primarily” before “Revision” because the agency is finalizing some of the proposed changes from Rev. 8.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(b) Scope and Application</HD>
                    <P>Paragraph (b) of the HCS specifies the scope and application of the rule, including the chemicals that are (and are not) covered by the standard. This final rule modifies paragraph (b)(6)(x) of the 2012 HCS, which excludes nuisance particulates from coverage under the HCS under certain circumstances. Specifically, OSHA is modifying paragraph (b)(6)(x) to clarify that nuisance particulates are excluded from the scope of the standard when the chemical manufacturer or importer can establish they do not pose any physical hazard, health hazard, or other hazards covered under the HCS.</P>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (b)(6)(x) of the 2012 HCS stated that the standard does not apply to nuisance particulates “where the chemical manufacturer or importer can establish that they do not pose any physical or health hazard covered under this section.” However, this could be interpreted as excluding hazards not otherwise classified (HNOC), which is not OSHA's intent. Therefore, in the NPRM OSHA proposed a slight revision to this provision to make clear that nuisance particulates are excluded if they do not pose any physical hazard, health hazard, or other hazards (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         HNOC) covered by the standard (86 FR 9696). This proposed change was intended to clarify that all hazards covered by the standard must be considered when evaluating nuisance particulates. OSHA's proposal did not alter the requirement, first adopted in 1994, that nuisance particulates are excluded if they pose no hazard.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received no comments specifically regarding the addition of HNOC to this provision. However, OSHA received comments regarding 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44271"/>
                        paragraph (b)(6)(x) as a whole (Document ID 0325, pp. 12-13; 0397, pp. 12-13; 0279, p. 13). USBSA et al. commented that OSHA's proposal to add “other hazards” to the existing text of paragraph (b)(6)(x) would “contravene the burden-of-proof provision of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5 U.S.C. 556(d)” 
                        <SU>55</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (Document ID 0325, pp. 12-13; 0397, pp. 12-13). USBSA et al. argued that OSHA's proposed change would improperly place the burden of proof on manufacturers and importers to determine whether nuisance particulates present “other hazards” under the HCS, in order to meet the requirements of (b)(6)(x) for when nuisance particulates may be excluded from the scope of the HCS (Document ID 0325, p. 12).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>55</SU>
                             The “burden of proof” provision to which USBSA et al. referred is located in 5 U.S.C. 556, which applies to federal agency hearings. See 5 U.S.C. 556(a). The provision states, in pertinent part, “Except as otherwise provided by statute, the proponent of a rule or order has the burden of proof.” 5 U.S.C. 556(d).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Similarly, Toby Threet commented that paragraph (b)(6)(x) requires the manufacturer or importer to establish the absence of a hazard and suggested that OSHA should revise the paragraph to exclude nuisance particulates where the chemical manufacturer or importer can establish that they 
                        <E T="03">are not classified</E>
                         as a physical hazard, health hazard, or any other hazards covered under the HCS. According to Threet, “the requirement to `establish' the absence of a hazard” suggests that OSHA is intending to mandate testing, which the HCS does not require (Document ID 0279, p. 13).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees with these comments. First, both comments pertain to aspects of paragraph (b)(6)(x) that have been part of the HCS since 1994 and that OSHA's proposed change does not affect. Regardless, contrary to USBSA et al.'s contention, paragraph (b)(6)(x) does not improperly shift the burden of proof onto the chemical manufacturer or importer. As USBSA et al. recognized, courts considering similar language in other OSHA standards have rejected the same argument. They have done so based on the well-established principle that the party seeking to claim an exemption from a legal requirement bears the burden of demonstrating it applies. See 
                        <E T="03">Triumph Constr. Corp.</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">Sec'y of Labor,</E>
                         885 F.3d 95, 98 (2d Cir. 2018); 
                        <E T="03">Harry C. Crooker &amp; Sons</E>
                         v. 
                        <E T="03">OSHRC,</E>
                         537 F.3d 79, 86 (1st Cir. 2008). Paragraph (b)(6)(x) is such an exemption (see 59 FR 6154 (stating in promulgation the provision that “the burden of proof for this exemption belongs to the manufacturer or importer”)).
                    </P>
                    <P>Likewise, contrary to Threet's assertion, paragraph (b)(6)(x) does not establish testing requirements or otherwise affect methods of classification under the HCS, as OSHA made clear when promulgating the provision in 1994 (59 FR 6126 (“The hazard evaluation process for nuisance particulates is not any different than for any other chemical.”)). Therefore, the suggestion to change the words “do not pose” to “are not classified” is unnecessary and OSHA declines to adopt it. OSHA's addition of “other hazards” to this paragraph is merely clarifying that nuisance particulates also must not pose an HNOC. Because the revision will clarify OSHA's original intent and ensure that nuisance particulates posing a combustible dust hazard or an HNOC are properly addressed by the standard, OSHA is finalizing paragraph (b)(6)(x) as proposed.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received several additional comments that are related to paragraph (b), but that are outside the scope of this rulemaking. An anonymous submitter commented that they support the rule and stated that “all chemical labels should follow the same guidelines and get approved before being used [in] an . . . establishment or put on a shelf” (Document ID 0296). OSHA interprets this comment as supporting its proposal, but to the extent that the commenter was suggesting that OSHA should apply the HCS to all chemicals in the United States or that it should approve the labels before they are placed on chemicals, these suggestions are outside the scope of this rule because they would involve fundamental changes to the HCS that OSHA has not proposed and in some cases does not have the authority to do.</P>
                    <P>NAIMA commented that the HCS should apply to all labels within the U.S. Specifically, NAIMA commented that OSHA should not cede labeling authority for products regulated by other agencies and should not allow states to create additional requirements for labelling or classification requirements (Document ID 0338, pp. 11-12). Both of these suggestions are outside the scope of this rulemaking as the agency did not propose anything related to these issues. Additionally, OSHA only has jurisdiction to address the occupational hazards posed by chemicals and, even in that sphere, is in some cases preempted from enforcing safety and health standards where other Federal agencies exercise statutory authority (see 29 U.S.C. 653(b)(1)). OSHA cannot mandate how other agencies address labeling issues under their jurisdiction, and it already exercises its authority over State Plans in order to ensure that no states create requirements that conflict with the HCS.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received several comments on pesticide labels and SDSs and consumer product labeling (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0275; 0343, pp. 3-4; 0331, pp. 2-3; 0407, p. 9; 0341; 0340, pp. 3-4). As discussed in the 2012 HCS, OSHA and EPA have worked together to provide guidance to the regulated communities on preparing labels and SDSs for pesticide products (77 FR 17696-17697). In addition, consumer product labeling is outside of OSHA's jurisdiction. Since OSHA did not propose to address these issues in the NPRM, these comments are out of scope for this rulemaking and the agency declines to take any of the requested actions.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(c) Definitions</HD>
                    <P>Paragraph (c) of the HCS provides definitions for terms used throughout the rest of the HCS. Paragraph (c) is designed to increase stakeholders' comprehension of requirements under the HCS and improve compliance with the standard. Many of the definitions in paragraph (c) align with the GHS, but some are unique to the HCS. For definitions that are specifically related to individual health and physical hazards please see Appendices A and B.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the NPRM, OSHA proposed modifications to three existing definitions in paragraph (c), the addition of definitions for eight new terms, and the deletion of one definition. OSHA proposed modifications to: 
                        <E T="03">exposure or exposed, hazardous chemical,</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">physical hazard.</E>
                         The eight new terms proposed were: 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment, combustible dust, gas, immediate outer package, liquid, physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP), released for shipment,</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">solid.</E>
                         OSHA proposed to delete the definition of 
                        <E T="03">pyrophoric gas.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed in the remainder of this section, OSHA is finalizing the definitions of 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment, exposure or exposed, gas, hazardous chemical, immediate outer package, physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP), released for shipment,</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">solid</E>
                         as proposed. In addition, OSHA is eliminating the definition of 
                        <E T="03">pyrophoric gas</E>
                         as proposed. The agency is finalizing the definitions of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust, liquid,</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">physical hazard</E>
                         with changes from the NPRM based on comments the agency received. These definitions are discussed below in alphabetical order.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44272"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Bulk shipment.</E>
                         OSHA proposed adding a definition of the term 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment</E>
                         to the standard. The proposed definition stated that 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment</E>
                         means any hazardous chemical transported where the mode of transportation (vehicle) comprises the immediate container (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         contained in tanker truck, rail car, or intermodal container). This definition clarifies paragraph (f)(5)(ii), which OSHA proposed in the NPRM to explain that labels for bulk shipments need not be placed on the immediate container but may instead be transmitted with the shipping papers or bills of lading or by other technological or electronic means, as long as the label is immediately available to workers in printed form at the receiving end of the shipment. The proposed definition also distinguishes OSHA's bulk shipment requirements from the DOT's Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) requirements for bulk packaging (49 CFR parts 100-185).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received multiple comments on this proposed definition. The Fragrance Creators Association (FCA) requested clarification as to whether the proposed definition of 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment</E>
                         would encompass intermediate bulk containers (IBCs). An IBC is “a rigid or flexible portable packaging, other than a cylinder or portable tank, which is designed for mechanical handling” (49 CFR 171.8), typically holding 110-350 gallons (Document ID 0345, p. 5). According to FCA, these IBCs are commonly placed into inventory as-is, and therefore should be labeled to ensure employee health and safety (Document ID 0345, pp. 5-6). OSHA intends the definition of “bulk shipment” to apply only when the mode of transportation is the immediate container, such as a tanker truck, rail car, or intermodal container. Therefore, IBCs do not fall within OSHA's definition of a bulk shipment.
                    </P>
                    <P>DGAC, Interested Parties for Hazardous Materials Transportation (IPHMT), NACD, and NPGA suggested that OSHA should adopt DOT's definition of “bulk packaging” (Document ID 0339, pp. 1-2; 0423, Tr. 62; 0336, pp. 3-4; 0329, pp. 2-3; 0423, Tr. 124; 0465, pp. 2-3; 0364, pp. 6-7; 0423, Tr. 229). DOT defines “bulk packaging” as: “a packaging, other than a vessel or a barge, including a transport vehicle or freight container, in which hazardous materials are loaded with no intermediate form of containment. A Large Packaging in which hazardous materials are loaded with an intermediate form of containment, such as one or more articles or inner packagings, is also a bulk packaging. Additionally, a bulk packaging has:</P>
                    <P>(1) A maximum capacity greater than 450 L (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a liquid;</P>
                    <P>(2) A maximum net mass greater than 400 kg (882 pounds) and a maximum capacity greater than 450 L (119 gallons) as a receptacle for a solid; or</P>
                    <P>(3) A water capacity greater than 454 kg (1000 pounds) as a receptacle for a gas as defined in § 173.115 of this subchapter.” 49 CFR 171.8.</P>
                    <P>
                        NACD expressed concern that OSHA's proposed definition of “bulk shipment” would conflict with DOT's definition of “bulk packaging” (Document ID 0329, pp. 2-3; 0465, pp. 2-3; 0423, Tr. 124). DGAC stated that the definition of 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment</E>
                         “should be similar or identical to those contained in the DOT regulations in Section 171 of the Hazardous Materials Regulations . . . [because] many of the packaging described as bulk are used for international movement of hazardous materials, but they're also used as a containment system in manufacturing. So to have different definitions would create problems” (Document ID 0423, Tr. 62). NPGA and IPHMT suggested that OSHA incorporate the DOT definition, on the basis that incorporation would provide clarity on requirements for bulk shipments where both HCS and DOT's Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR) requirements apply; would offer uniformity in the training and education of workers on the types of containers and the required information to be displayed for bulk shipments; and would allow for updates to the definition of 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment</E>
                         without requiring revision to the HCS (Document ID 0336, pp. 3-4; 0364, pp. 6-7). They also noted that the definition of 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment</E>
                         needed to be “clear between the agencies” in order to codify the joint DOT and OSHA policy from a 2016 guidance document regarding labeling of bulk chemical shipments (Document ID 0244).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees with these comments. The agency intends for its definition of 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment</E>
                         to differ from DOT's definition of bulk packaging, as DOT's definition would not adequately support OSHA's requirements in HCS paragraph (f)(5)(ii). OSHA's use of the term 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment</E>
                         solely refers to situations where the mode of transportation is also the immediate container, while DOT's definition for 
                        <E T="03">bulk packaging</E>
                         encompasses a broader range of forms of packaging, including those with an intermediate form of containment such as 55-gallon drums or super sacks (flexible intermediate bulk containers) which can hold over a ton of material. OSHA only intends to create an exception in (f)(5)(ii) for shipments that do not have intermediate forms of packaging. Thus, adopting the DOT definition would not align with OSHA's intent and would provide less information to workers. The guidance created with DOT in 2016 does not conflict with this interpretation and a single definition is not required in order to codify it, as suggested by NPGA and IPHMT. That guidance uses the terms 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">bulk packaging</E>
                         correctly to refer to each agency's separate definitions and does not use the terms interchangeably. Therefore, OSHA is declining to adopt the suggestion that the agency incorporate or otherwise align with the DOT definition for 
                        <E T="03">bulk packaging</E>
                         and is finalizing the definition of 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment</E>
                         as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Combustible dust.</E>
                         OSHA proposed adding a definition of the term 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         to the HCS. In the 2012 update to the HCS, OSHA included combustible dust under the definition of hazardous chemical, but did not provide a separate definition of the term. At that time, OSHA did not include a definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         because the agency was considering a separate 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         rulemaking, OSHA had already begun work at the GHS on a definition for 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                        , and the UNSCEGHS was also considering combustible dust classification and communication issues (see 77 FR at 17705). Additionally, OSHA explained that it had previously provided considerable guidance on the nature and definition of combustible dust in a variety of materials, including OSHA's Hazard Communication Guidance for Combustible Dusts (77 FR 17704). Since the 2012 rulemaking, however, OSHA has not promulgated a combustible dust standard and the UNSCEGHS has adopted a definition for 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Rev. 7 defines 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         as “finely divided solid particles of a substance or mixture that are liable to catch fire or explode on ignition when dispersed in air or other oxidizing media” (Document ID 0060). In the NPRM, OSHA preliminarily determined that the definition developed in the GHS was consistent with existing OSHA guidance on combustible dust hazards and proposed adopting this definition (86 FR 9697; Document ID 0190; 0255). In addition, OSHA has other standards that use the term 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         but do not define the term (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Grain Handling Facilities, 29 CFR 1910.272). In the NPRM, OSHA preliminarily 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44273"/>
                        determined that the proposed definition was consistent with uses of the term in other standards (86 FR 9696). While OSHA still believes the final definition to be consistent with other standards' use of the term, the agency wishes to clarify its position should inconsistencies arise or become evident. Where the term 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         is used but not defined in another standard, and where OSHA has guidance specific to that standard, that guidance, rather than the HCS definition, is the relevant interpretive source.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received comments from ACC, API, and DGAC supporting the proposed addition of a 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         definition consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0347, pp. 26-27; 0316, p. 2; 0339, p. 1). The agency also received several critical comments. First, several commenters believed that the proposed definition for 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         was confusing, ambiguous, and too broad (Document ID 0287, pp. 2-4; 0325, pp. 3-4; 0329, p. 3; 0369, Att. 2, pp. 2-3). For example, the Vinyl Institute found the proposed text “is ambiguous and confusing, is provided without context, appears to be inconsistent with accepted scientific practice and OSHA guidance, and may conflict with the existing HCS classification for flammable solids” (Document ID 0369, p. 2).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters stated that they or their member companies are accustomed to relying on National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standards to provide a clear and well-defined definition of combustible dust, including testing procedures, and would prefer for OSHA to adopt or align with NFPA's definition. PLASTICS stated that OSHA has, in the past, referenced NFPA standards that define 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         as “[a] finely divided combustible particulate solid that presents a flash-fire hazard or explosion hazard when suspended in air or the process-specific oxidizing medium over a range of concentrations.” PLASTICS argued that this definition “clearly state[s] it is necessary to perform testing to determine if a material is a combustible dust and specify the design and energy levels of the igniters to be used” (Document ID 0314, p. 15). NACD noted that OSHA's proposed definition is broader than the NFPA definition and that chemical distributors who import products “need to be able to provide their foreign suppliers with clear parameters and test methods so they can objectively determine whether or not their material is a combustible dust” (Document ID 0329, p. 3). The American Forest &amp; Paper Association (AF&amp;PA) and the American Wood Council (AWC) jointly submitted a comment that their members “have comfortably relied on the well-established, harmonized definition of that term contained in the NFPA combustible dust standards, which specifies the tests to be performed on the material” (Document ID 0287, pp. 3-4). AF&amp;PA, AWC and PLASTICS also commented that while the GHS references the ISO/IEC 80079-20-2 standard for combustible dust, the GHS definition, and therefore also the proposed HCS definition, for 
                        <E T="03">combustible</E>
                         dust are inconsistent with the current ISO/IEC and NFPA standards (Document ID 0287, pp. 3-4; 0314, pp. 15-16). PLASTICS further commented that the benefits of harmonization with the GHS on the definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         would be limited since combustible dust is not a classified hazard in the GHS and is only recognized under Canada's Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) (Document ID 0314, p. 16).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Several of these commenters requested that OSHA either align its proposed definition with NFPA's definition or finalize the HCS without adding a definition for 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust,</E>
                         effectively allowing employers to continue using the NFPA definition (Document ID 0314, pp. 15-16; 0369, p. 3; 0287, pp. 3-4).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees with commenters' suggestion to adopt the NFPA definition in lieu of the agency's proposed definition for 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust.</E>
                         OSHA acknowledges that the wording in the GHS is not precisely the same as the definition in the ISO/IEC testing method consensus standard or the NFPA definition. However, the ISO/IEC method was the starting point for the definition in the GHS and the UN Subcommittee modified it to ensure that it was compatible with other consensus standards and would cover various conditions under which a dust could deflagrate. Similarly, OSHA proposed a broad definition with the intention of providing classifiers with a general understanding of the intrinsic properties of the category described. This definition, along with others in paragraph (c), is not intended to provide the detailed descriptions and/or test methods required to classify materials, which are instead provided through guidance materials and consensus standards. This is consistent with other hazards included in the HCS and GHS, for which the HCS and GHS provide a general definition and also provide further criteria or guidance on how to determine if a chemical exhibits this hazard.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, the NFPA definition indicates that specific tests would be required to determine explosibility. Adopting the NFPA definition in its entirety would be contrary to the general HCS principle that the standard does not require the label and SDS preparer to conduct testing. OSHA is aware that NFPA standards address combustible dust hazards in NFPA 652 as well as other NFPA consensus standards and believes that the agency's proposed definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         is compatible with NFPA standards, even though it does not replicate them. Classifiers can therefore continue to rely on the NFPA standards to determine whether a material is a combustible dust.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Several stakeholders also provided comments on specific terms used in OSHA's proposed definition which differ from the terms used by NFPA. AF&amp;PA and AWC commented that “catch fire” is undefined and could be conflated with “ignition” (Document ID 0287, pp. 3-4). PLASTICS also stated that OSHA's phrase “catch fire” is unclear, in part because it suggests that ignition energy levels are irrelevant, whereas NFPA standards use and define the term “flash-fire” instead (Document ID 0314, pp. 15-16). The Vinyl Institute commented that “catch fire” could be interpreted as meaning ignition or resulting in a self-sustaining propagation, which could be confused with flammable solid (Document ID 0369, Att. 2, pp. 2-3). USBSA et al. similarly commented that the use of the phrase “catch fire” in OSHA's definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         would cause an overlap between the proposed category of combustible dust and the existing category of flammable solids (Category B.7 in Appendix B). As a result of this overlap, a substance might be classified as a combustible dust because of a flammability hazard (rather than because of an explosion hazard) and also classified as a flammable solid for the same reason (Document ID 0325, pp. 3-4; 0425, Tr. 15). USBSA et al. concluded that OSHA should adopt criteria that permit manufacturers to distinguish between the categories of “combustible dust” and “flammable solids” (Document ID 0325, p. 4).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA agrees with the comments that the phrase “catch fire” is insufficiently clear. Accordingly, OSHA has eliminated the phrases “are liable to catch fire” and “on ignition” and replaced “catch fire” with “pose a flash-fire hazard,” similar to NFPA standards 652 and 654 (Document ID 0433; 0457). However, OSHA disagrees that the definition will cause confusion between the category of combustible dust and the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44274"/>
                        separate category of flammable solids, which have very specific classification criteria and clear test methods for determining flammability. To the extent that there is overlap between the classifications, this is because flammable solids are one type of combustible dust. Even so, it is important to identify both hazards because they can occur under different conditions. For further discussion on flammable solids, please see the Summary and Explanation for Appendix B.7.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        USBSA et al. also commented on the word “explode,” stating that it “is inaccurate and misleading” (Document ID 0325, p. 4). USBSA et al. noted that, of the elements needed for an explosion (fuel, ignition source, oxygen, dispersion of dust particles in sufficient quantity and concentration, and confinement of the dust cloud), several were missing from the proposed definition. USBSA et al. stated that without confinement as a criterion, the proper term is “deflagrate” instead of “explode.” USBSA et al. went on to state that OSHA should include the NFPA confinement and particle size criteria of less than 500 microns in the HCS definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         (Document ID 0325, pp. 4-6; 0425, Tr. 15-17).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA agrees that “explode” was not sufficiently clear in the proposed definition. In order to provide clarity and consistency with the NFPA definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust,</E>
                         as commenters requested, OSHA has replaced the term “explode” with “explosion hazard” which refers to when solid particulates are dispersed in air or an oxidizing media. It is the oxidizing media that is especially important for the explosion hazard to be present (Document ID 0433; 0457). Additionally, deflagration is a type of explosion hazard, as indicated by the NFPA definition of explosion hazard, and therefore OSHA believes that it is more appropriate to use the broader term “explosion hazard” here, rather than USBSA et al.'s suggested “deflagration.” Also, to be consistent with the NFPA definition and the term “explosion hazard” OSHA is making a corresponding change of the term “particle” to “particulate” in the HCS definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees, however, with USBSA et al.'s suggestion to include criteria for confinement and particle size because these criteria are not appropriate to OSHA's purpose in providing the definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust.</E>
                         While OSHA agrees that certain conditions must apply before a combustible dust explosion can occur, OSHA does not believe the confinement and particle size criteria should be part of the HCS definition, which OSHA has written to include intrinsic properties of combustible dusts but not the conditions required for their ignition. OSHA has taken a similar approach to defining other physical hazards in the HCS. For example, the definition of flammable liquids (Appendix B.6) includes the flash point, which is an intrinsic property of a material. For a flammable liquid to ignite, several conditions, such as vapor layer and source of ignition, are needed, but these are not properties of the material that render it intrinsically flammable and are therefore excluded from OSHA's definition. Such conditions are important to evaluating the risk of ignition in handling and use, but not to identifying whether a liquid is itself flammable. Similarly, in the case of combustible dust, confinement is a condition wholly external to the material itself, and the particle size of the material does not determine whether it can ignite (even though it is relevant, together with other factors including the confinement area, to the likelihood of ignition). Therefore, OSHA has chosen not to add confinement and particle size to the HCS definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        ACC recommended that OSHA place “measurable parameters around the definition or specify that it is ideally meant for organic and metal dusts” (Document ID 0347, p. 26). OSHA has determined that it is neither necessary to add more specific parameters to the definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         nor helpful to limit it as ACC proposes. OSHA and NFPA have both provided guidance documents that outline how to determine if a dust is combustible as well as lists of materials that are commonly considered combustible. Moreover, combustible dust hazards are not limited to organic and metal dusts, so to limit the definition as ACC suggests would potentially result in some chemicals that pose combustible dust hazards not being labeled as such.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Dow commented that the agency should make a clear distinction between the definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         and the phrase “explosible dust” as it is used in Appendix C.4.31 (Document ID 0359, p. 5). OSHA intends these terms to be interchangeable and uses both terms in its own guidance products. For further discussion on this issue please see the Summary and Explanation for Appendix C.4.31.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        USBSA et al. also asked OSHA to clarify that the definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         is for hazard communication purposes only and is not for other regulatory purposes. As OSHA stated earlier, the proposed definition is sufficiently broad to be consistent with uses of the term in other standards (86 FR 9696) and would not be the primary source for interpreting those existing standards when the agency has guidance specific to those standards.
                    </P>
                    <P>The Edison Electric Institute (EEI) asked OSHA to include a statement addressed to its compliance officers in the preamble of this rule acknowledging that a product labeled as posing a combustible dust hazard may not necessarily be combustible in a particular workplace (Document ID 0360, pp. 7-8). As EEI points out, OSHA has repeatedly stated that the determination of a hazard for classification purposes does not necessarily indicate risk in any particular workplace. However, OSHA addresses compliance issues and instructions to its compliance officers in other documents and therefore will not use the preamble of this rule to address this issue.</P>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing the definition of 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         as proposed with the following modifications: the phrases “liable to catch fire” and “ignition” are replaced with “pose a flash-fire hazard”; the term “explode” is replaced with “explosion hazard”; and the term “particles” is changed to “particulates.” The final version defines 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         as “finely divided solid particulates of a substance or mixture that pose a flash-fire hazard or explosion hazard when dispersed in air or other oxidizing media.” While these modifications represent departures from the GHS definition, the agency believes the definition as finalized best effectuates the purpose of the HCS by remaining consistent with the intent of the GHS definition while addressing the Vinyl Institute and others' concerns, discussed above, that OSHA's original definition was confusing, ambiguous, and overly broad (Document ID 0287, pp. 2-4; 0325, pp. 3-4; 0329, p. 3; 0369, Att. 2, pp. 2-3).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Exposure or exposed.</E>
                         OSHA proposed revising the definition of 
                        <E T="03">exposure or exposed.</E>
                         The definition in the 2012 HCS provided, in relevant part, that 
                        <E T="03">exposure or exposed</E>
                         means that an employee is subjected in the course of employment to a chemical that is a physical or health hazard. In the NPRM, OSHA proposed revising the definition to mean that an employee is subjected in the course of employment to a “hazardous chemical,” rather than to “a chemical that is a physical or health hazard,” to clarify that the HCS covers the hazards of all hazardous chemicals, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44275"/>
                        including those considered to be HNOCs. OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision, and is therefore finalizing the definition of 
                        <E T="03">exposure or exposed</E>
                         as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Gas, liquid, and solid.</E>
                         OSHA proposed to include three new definitions for the terms 
                        <E T="03">gas, liquid,</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">solid.</E>
                         The agency proposed including these terms to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060). Although not included in the GHS definitions of these terms, OSHA also proposed adding the temperature in equivalent degrees Fahrenheit and pressure in equivalent pounds per square inch (PSI) to the new HCS definitions of 
                        <E T="03">gas</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">liquid</E>
                         because those measurements are more commonly used in the U.S.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed defining 
                        <E T="03">gas</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">liquid</E>
                         to be consistent with Rev. 7. Furthermore, in accordance with Rev. 7, OSHA proposed including, as part of the definition of 
                        <E T="03">liquid,</E>
                         that a viscous substance or mixture for which a specific melting point could not be determined “shall be subjected to ASTM 4359-90 . . . or to the test for determining fluidity (penetrometer test) prescribed in section 2.3.4 of Annex A of the European Agreement concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road (ADR) . . .” Finally, OSHA proposed adopting the GHS definition of 
                        <E T="03">solid</E>
                         as a substance or mixture not meeting the definitions of liquid or gas.
                    </P>
                    <P>The agency proposed to include these definitions to improve clarity and ensure consistency in hazard communication and classification both domestically and internationally. The agency believes that defining these terms in the standard will clarify provisions under Appendices B and D for classification of hazardous chemicals and preparation of SDSs. OSHA indicated in the proposal that it did not anticipate that these new definitions would impact other existing standards for construction or general industry. OSHA requested comments on its proposal to include these definitions in this update.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received multiple comments on the specific proposed definitions for 
                        <E T="03">gas, liquid</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">solid.</E>
                         NIOSH supported the definitions, indicating that aligning with the GHS definitions would provide transparent, consistent, and clear language that is universally understood and would facilitate hazard communication and inform risk management decisions across multiple scenarios (Document ID 0456, Att. 2, p. 2). API, Michele Sullivan, and DGAC also supported aligning the definitions with the GHS (Document ID 0316, p. 2; 0339, p. 1; 0366, p. 2; 0423, Tr. 62). Ameren supported the new definitions and noted that OSHA should consistently implement these and other definitions in the NPRM in all affected OSHA standards (Document ID 0309, p. 15). OSHA discusses the impact of this final rule on other OSHA standards further below.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Since no commenters objected to the proposed definition of 
                        <E T="03">gas</E>
                        , OSHA is finalizing it as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received two comments that were critical of the definition of 
                        <E T="03">liquid.</E>
                         Specifically, PLASTICS and Toby Threet both commented that the phrase “shall be subjected to” in the proposed definition seemed to indicate OSHA was requiring testing even though the HCS has never required testing to comply with the standard (Document ID 0314, p. 16; 0279, p. 14).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA agrees with these commenters that the proposed language implies a testing requirement and needs clarification. Since it was first promulgated in 1983, the HCS has required that manufacturers, importers, distributors, and employers evaluate the chemical hazards in the workplace and communicate those hazards to workers, but has not required testing in order to meet the provisions of the standard (48 FR 53280, 53290). The HCS specifies in paragraph (d)(2) that there is no requirement to test a chemical for hazard classification purposes. Moreover, the GHS specifically states, in Chapter 1.3.2.4.1, that it “does not include requirements for testing substances or mixtures” (Document ID 0060, p. 19).</P>
                    <P>
                        To clarify OSHA's intention on testing for this provision, Threet recommended removing the phrase “shall be subjected to” from the definition and to state instead that either of the cited testing methods “can establish whether a viscous substance or mixture is a liquid if a specific melting point cannot be determined” (Document ID 0279, p. 14). OSHA agrees that these revisions are more consistent with the agency's intent and is amending the definition of 
                        <E T="03">liquid</E>
                         to include these revisions. Additionally, OSHA did not provide the PSI conversion for the first time the value 101.3 kPa is used. OSHA is inserting 14.69 PSI with 101.3 kPa in parentheses in the midsection of the definition so that it reads: “. . . which is not completely gaseous at 68 °F (20 °C) and at a standard pressure of 14.69 PSI (101.3 kPa) . . .” Accordingly, this final rule defines a 
                        <E T="03">liquid</E>
                         as shown in the amendatory text of this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, OSHA received one additional comment on the definition of 
                        <E T="03">solid</E>
                         beyond the supportive comments noted above. PLASTICS suggested revising the proposed definition to recognize plasma as an additional state of matter. PLASTICS noted that plasma is “a generally accepted state of matter generated in certain lighting and has both cutting and arc welding applications” (Document ID 0314, pp. 16-17).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA does not believe that revising the proposed definition of 
                        <E T="03">solid</E>
                         would serve OSHA's purpose in adding the term, which was to clarify the HCS and align with the GHS (86 FR 9697). The GHS and the HCS do not define or use the term plasma. The terms in paragraph (c) include those that are relevant to the GHS and the HCS, are needed for comprehension of provisions within the standard, and improve global harmonization (77 FR 17697). Since the term plasma is not defined in the GHS, is not referenced in the GHS definitions of 
                        <E T="03">gas, liquid,</E>
                         or 
                        <E T="03">solid,</E>
                         and is not related to any 
                        <E T="03">physical hazard</E>
                         covered under the HCS, the agency declines to revise the proposed definition of 
                        <E T="03">solid</E>
                         to recognize plasma as a state of matter. OSHA notes that, insofar as the physical properties of the material noted by PLASTICS as “plasma” in lighting, cutting, and arc welding meet the criteria of one of these definitions, they would be covered under the relevant hazard classes.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing the definitions of 
                        <E T="03">gas</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">solid</E>
                         as proposed and is revising the term 
                        <E T="03">liquid</E>
                         to incorporate the changes suggested by commenters.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Hazardous chemical.</E>
                         OSHA proposed updating the definition of 
                        <E T="03">hazardous chemical</E>
                         to delete a reference to pyrophoric gas because OSHA proposed classifying pyrophoric gas as a physical hazard in the flammable gas hazard class (see discussion in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix B.2). OSHA received one comment, from Ameren, stating that the revised definition is acceptable (Document ID 0309, p. 15). No commenter opposed the revision. The agency is therefore finalizing the definition of 
                        <E T="03">hazardous chemical</E>
                         as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Immediate outer package.</E>
                         OSHA proposed to add a definition for 
                        <E T="03">immediate outer package.</E>
                         In this final rule, paragraph (f)(12) (discussed in more detail in the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (f)) relaxes labeling requirements for small containers, but still requires complete label information on the immediate outer package. For example, in the case of a kit, the container would be whatever surrounds the chemical itself (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         a vial), and the immediate outer package would be the first box or package surrounding the container.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44276"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received several comments in support of the proposed definition. Both Ameren and SAAMI supported the definition as proposed and SAAMI commended the agency for providing better harmonization with DOT (Document ID 0309, p. 15; 0294, p. 3; 0412, p. 2). DGAC supported the proposed definition as it provides clarity to the regulation and should enhance compliance with the standard (Document ID 0339, p. 1). No commenter opposed the proposed definition. OSHA is therefore finalizing the definition of 
                        <E T="03">immediate outer package</E>
                         as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Physical hazard.</E>
                         OSHA proposed to update the definition of 
                        <E T="03">physical hazard.</E>
                         The proposed definition also explicitly stated that “[t]he criteria for determining whether a chemical is classified as a physical hazard are detailed in Appendix B”. The proposal included two substantive changes to the previous definition: (1) it moved the reference to aerosols out of the parenthetical following the word “flammable”; and (2) it added a reference to desensitized explosives. These proposed revisions reflect the new hazard classes proposed for aerosols and desensitized explosives in Appendix B to align with Rev. 7 (see the Summary and Explanation for Appendix B). OSHA received one comment, from Ameren, indicating the revised definition is acceptable (Document ID 0309, p. 15). No commenter opposed the revised definition. Therefore OSHA is finalizing the definition of 
                        <E T="03">physical hazard</E>
                         as proposed with two minor technical amendments: OSHA is changing the contents of the parentheticals following “flammable” and “oxidizers” to read “. . . flammable (gases, liquids, or solids) . . .” and “. . . oxidizers (gases, liquids, or solids) . . .” for grammatical consistency with each other.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP).</E>
                         OSHA proposed adding a definition of 
                        <E T="03">physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP)</E>
                         to the standard. The new definition is necessary in light of OSHA's proposal to replace the phrase “physician and nurse” in paragraph (i) with the term 
                        <E T="03">PLHCP</E>
                         to be consistent with other OSHA standards that use the term 
                        <E T="03">PLHCP</E>
                         and to better reflect current medical practices. That change is also discussed in the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (i). The proposed definition of 
                        <E T="03">PLHCP</E>
                         is consistent with the way the agency has defined that term in all health standards promulgated since the bloodborne pathogen standard, 29 CFR 1910.1030, in 1991. One commenter, Ameren, indicated that the definition is appropriate because it is already used in other OSHA standards and reduces confusion with other OSHA standards (Document ID 0309, p. 15). No commenter opposed the proposed definition. OSHA is therefore finalizing the definition of 
                        <E T="03">physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP)</E>
                         as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Pyrophoric gas.</E>
                         OSHA proposed deleting the definition for 
                        <E T="03">pyrophoric gas</E>
                         from paragraph (c) in conjunction with its proposals to delete the reference to pyrophoric gas from the HCS definition of 
                        <E T="03">hazardous chemical</E>
                         and add the definition of 
                        <E T="03">pyrophoric gas</E>
                         to Appendix B.2, discussed earlier in this section of the Summary and Explanation. OSHA received one comment from Ameren indicating the change was acceptable (Document ID 0309, p. 15). No commenter opposed the change. OSHA is therefore deleting the definition of 
                        <E T="03">pyrophoric gas</E>
                         from paragraph (c).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">Released for shipment.</E>
                         OSHA proposed to add a new definition, 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment,</E>
                         to mean “a chemical that has been packaged and labeled in the manner in which it will be distributed or sold.” This is a new term OSHA proposed for use in paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(11) related to updating labels when new hazard information becomes available. This definition is similar, but not identical to, the definition used by the EPA's Pesticide Registration and Classification Procedures regulation, 40 CFR 152.3. EPA defines a product as 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment</E>
                         “when the producer has packaged and labeled it in the manner in which it will be distributed or sold, or has stored it in an area where finished products are ordinarily held for shipment.” OSHA did not propose to include chemicals that are stored in an area where finished products are usually held but have not been packaged and labeled in the HCS definition of 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment</E>
                         because there do not appear to be any feasibility issues with ensuring that such chemicals are labeled with the most updated information. The agency requested comments on whether the proposed definition is appropriate for application to the HCS. In addition, OSHA was interested in understanding whether the slight differences between OSHA's and EPA's definitions would pose any compliance issues for entities dealing with both OSHA and EPA labeling requirements.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received several comments on the proposed definition of 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment.</E>
                         SOCMA supported the proposed definition (Document ID 0447, p. 3). The Vinyl Institute also supported the definition, commenting that it reflects the realities of manufacturing operations by recognizing the occurrence of delayed or returned manufactured shipments (Document ID 0369, Att. 2, pp. 8-9).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        A few other commenters were concerned that the proposed definition would cause confusion. Tom Murphy commented that workers may misunderstand the intention of the proposed definition; for example, the proposed language could be interpreted by workers as meaning products that had passed quality control testing, were correctly packaged for shipment, were “approved for presentation to the customers,” and were ready to move into inventory (Document ID 0277, p. 2). Murphy suggested that “packaged for shipment” may be a better term and would reduce misinterpretation by workers (Document ID 0277, p. 2). ACC similarly commented that 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment</E>
                         might be misunderstood to mean that the package “has met the business need or logistics criteria” and is ready for shipment, and suggested that OSHA adopt “packaged for shipment” or “labeled for shipment” instead (Document ID 0347, p. 9).
                    </P>
                    <P>NACD recommended that OSHA reconsider including this definition, which they commented could create confusion and uncertainty as to whether the label must state “released for shipment.” Similar to other commenters, NACD noted that many products may be packaged and labeled but are still awaiting a final quality control check, third-party testing, or customer approval (Document ID 0329, p. 3; 0465, p. 3).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA has decided not to adopt these suggestions for several reasons. First, the suggested changes would misalign the agency and EPA's terms. Specifically, under EPA's regulation, 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment</E>
                         is defined as product or stock that is packaged and labeled in a manner in which it will be distributed or sold, and the producer or distributor must provide the pesticide label to the receiver before or at the time of distribution (40 CFR part 152.3). Many of the regulated entities who are affected by OSHA's proposal to add a definition of 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment</E>
                         are also required to comply with EPA's regulations, and OSHA does not want to cause confusion for parties who must comply with both, so OSHA finds that the proposed changes are not necessary and would be contrary to OSHA's purpose for including this definition.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Moreover, OSHA disagrees that the definition will result in confusion. In response to NACD's comments, OSHA 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44277"/>
                        does not intend for the manufacturer, importer, or distributor to include the phrase “released for shipment” on the label. The definition is only provided in paragraph (c) to help classifiers and other stakeholders understand the meaning of paragraph (f)(11). Furthermore, as is discussed in the Summary and Explanation for paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(11), OSHA is eliminating the proposed requirement for the released for shipment date to be included on the label. Therefore, it is unnecessary for manufacturers to use the date of manufacture as a stand in for that term, as suggested by NACD. OSHA believes this clarification that the phrase “released for shipment” is not intended to be printed on the label (or anywhere on the package) may also relieve commenters' concerns that the phrase “released for shipment” will be confused with readiness for shipment in a business or logistical sense by individuals working in facilities where packages are stored for shipment.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Toby Threet commented that the “date of labeling and the date of release for shipment are the same thing, under OSHA's definition” (Document ID 0279, p. 15). Since the agency is eliminating the proposed requirement to include the released for shipment date on the label, no such confusion should arise from the definition that OSHA proposed for 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        After considering the comments and testimony submitted, OSHA has determined that the definition for 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment</E>
                         should be retained in the final rule and should use the term “released” in order to align with EPA's definition of 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment</E>
                         in its Pesticide Registration and Classification Procedures regulation, 40 CFR 152.3. Therefore, OSHA is finalizing the definition of 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment</E>
                         as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA also received a few comments not related to any specific proposed definition. API commented that in general “any definitions used should align with the GHS” (Document ID 0316, p. 2). API stated that if a GHS definition is not available then the term should not be used. Alternatively, they suggested that if OSHA uses a term that is not taken directly from the GHS, then OSHA should “be transparent that the definition has not yet been harmonized in GHS and could change once harmonized” (Document ID 0316, p. 2). OSHA disagrees that only terms from the GHS should be used in the HCS. The OSHA HCS regulatory framework existed well before the GHS. While OSHA has aligned with the hazard classes of the GHS and most provisions in the annexes of the GHS that apply to occupational situations, the HCS includes additional provisions to inform and protect workers while providing a consistent framework for businesses regulated under the HCS. In addition, OSHA has been clear in both the NPRM and this final rule about the extent to which each definition aligns with the GHS.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also received a comment from PRINTING United Alliance (PRINTING) requesting the addition of a definition for “injurious corrosive material” (Document ID 0357, pp. 4-5). This is a term that appears in OSHA's Medical Services and First Aid standard at 29 CFR 1910.151(c), not in the HCS. PRINTING expressed difficulty ascertaining which chemicals are “injurious corrosive materials” that require provision of eye wash or flushing stations pursuant to 29 CFR 1910.151(c) and asked OSHA to add a definition to the HCS similar to that used by Michigan Occupational Safety &amp; Health Administration (MIOSHA) in a guidance document related to eyewash facilities (Document ID 0357, pp. 4-5). However, the HCS is not an appropriate location for a definition of “injurious corrosive material” because that term is not used in the HCS. Therefore, the agency will not be including this definition in the update to the HCS.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also received a comment from IMA-NA stating that OSHA should “align any definition of nanomaterials in the HCS to the EPA's definition” (Document ID 0363, pp. 5-6). While OSHA has addressed particle characteristics, including particle size, in the context of Section 9 of the SDS in Appendix D (see Summary and Explanation for Appendix D), the agency has not proposed to add a definition of nanomaterials to the HCS and finds this comment to be outside the scope of this rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>Finally, as indicated above, OSHA received one general comment on the potential impact of several of the new or revised definitions on other standards. While Ameren commented that the definitions are generally acceptable, they also commented that they believed these new and revised definitions would impact other OSHA standards, contrary to OSHA's assertion, and that OSHA needed to ensure that for several of the new and revised definitions they were consistently implemented in other OSHA standards. Specifically, they cited potential impacts on 29 CFR 1910.120, Hazardous waste operations and emergency response, and 29 CFR 1926.1101, Asbestos. However, Ameren did not provide any specifics as to how these two standards might be impacted.</P>
                    <P>
                        Many of the terms that OSHA is adding or updating in this final rule are not used in the standards referenced by Ameren. Of the terms Ameren cited, only 
                        <E T="03">gas</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">liquid</E>
                         are used in 29 CFR 1910.120 and 29 CFR 1926.1101. In both standards, the terms are used in a very different way in contexts that make clear what is meant by the term 
                        <E T="03">gas</E>
                         or 
                        <E T="03">liquid.</E>
                         For instance, the term 
                        <E T="03">gas</E>
                         is used to modify the word meter (1910.120 (c)(6)(ii)) and used in reference to gas leakage in chemical protective suits (1910.120 (g)(4)(iii)). OSHA is not convinced that there will be any confusion on what is meant by the terms 
                        <E T="03">gas</E>
                         or 
                        <E T="03">liquid</E>
                         in these cases.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As stated above in the discussion under the 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         definition, while OSHA indicated in the proposal that it did not anticipate that these new definitions would conflict with or otherwise impact other existing standards for construction or general industry, the agency notes that where the same term is used but not defined in another standard, and where OSHA has guidance specific to that standard, that guidance, rather than the HCS definition, is the relevant interpretive source.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(d) Hazard Classification</HD>
                    <P>Paragraph (d)(1) of the HCS outlines the requirements for chemical manufacturers and importers to evaluate the hazards of chemicals that are in the workplace or being imported to determine the hazard classes, and where appropriate, the category of each class that apply to the chemical being classified.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the NPRM, OSHA proposed two changes to paragraph (d)(1). OSHA proposed to revise the second sentence of paragraph (d)(1) to read that for each chemical, the chemical manufacturer or importer shall determine the hazard classes, and where appropriate, the category of each class that apply to the chemical being classified 
                        <E T="03">under normal conditions of use and foreseeable emergencies</E>
                         (emphasis added to indicate the proposed new language). The intent of the language that OSHA proposed was to simply reiterate the scope language currently in paragraph (b)(2) and OSHA's longstanding position that hazard classification must cover hazards associated with normal conditions of use and foreseeable emergencies. As OSHA explained in its compliance directive for the HCS (Document ID 0007), for example, known intermediates, by-products, and decomposition products that are produced during normal conditions of use or in foreseeable emergencies must be addressed in the hazard 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44278"/>
                        classification. OSHA also proposed to add a new sentence to paragraph (d)(1) stating that the hazard classification shall include any hazards associated with a change in the chemical's physical form or resulting from a reaction with other chemicals under normal conditions of use.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA believed adding this language to be necessary because there had been some confusion about whether chemical reactions that occur during normal conditions of use must be considered during classification and whether this information should be placed on the label and/or the SDS. This issue has arisen, for instance, when multiple chemicals are sold together with the intention that they be mixed together before use. For example, epoxy syringes contain two individual chemicals in separate sides of the syringe that are mixed under normal conditions of use. The intent of this proposed new language was to ensure that manufacturers and importers understood what information should be on the label (hazards associated with the chemical as shipped, including changes in physical form) versus what belonged on the SDS (all hazard information including information on hazards created through downstream use), and OSHA accordingly proposed a change in paragraph (f)(1) as well to reflect the new language in (d)(1). In addition, the proposed new language better aligns with international trading partners' label requirements under REACH and WHMIS and provides consistency on where this information is located so workers can easily find the information.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received several comments agreeing on the need for clarification about the requirements related to classification of hazards resulting from downstream uses. NABTU agreed that OSHA's clarification on the hazards covered under (d)(1) would help workers find information more quickly and minimize mistakes, as well as aid in training, because it would improve consistency in the location of information (Document ID 0425, Tr. 37). Additionally, NABTU provided several examples where hazards created by chemical reactions as part of the intended use of the product were not being conveyed consistently and, in some cases, not at all (see, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0450, Att. 2, p. 5). NABTU provided safety data sheets for spray foams, epoxies, and cement where a chemical reaction occurs in downstream workplaces following the manufacturer's instructions. The information on the SDSs for these chemicals does not differentiate the hazards of the original chemical versus the hazards the worker might be exposed to through prescribed use of the product (see, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0450, Att. 2, p. 5). Additionally, California's Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal/OSHA) provided the example of a hair smoothing product used in professional hair salons where the intended use of the product created different hazards due to chemical reactions (formation of formaldehyde during use which caused various adverse health effects) than the hazards associated with the original chemical. In this case, these hazards were not identified on either the label or the SDS (Document ID 0451, pp. 3-4). Without this information, downstream users are unaware of the potential exposures and therefore do not have the information necessary to adequately protect themselves. NIOSH also supported the change and said that it would be helpful for worker safety and health (Document ID 0281, Att.1, p. 6).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        However, OSHA also received numerous comments indicating that OSHA's proposed language could be misunderstood and cause confusion on what would be required under paragraph (d)(1). Many of these commenters opposed inclusion of the proposed language as written. Based on the comments received, as explained further below, OSHA is modifying the proposed language to more clearly articulate OSHA's intent for the scope of this requirement as well as to better distinguish between hazards associated with the chemical as shipped and hazards associated with downstream use. Specifically, OSHA is deleting the phrase “under normal conditions of use and foreseeable emergencies.” The agency is adding at the end of (d)(1) the phrase “The hazard classification shall include any hazards associated with the chemical's intrinsic properties including:” and then adding two subparagraphs, (d)(1)(i) and (d)(1)(ii).
                        <SU>56</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         New paragraph (d)(1)(i) reads, “a change in the chemical's physical form and;” and new paragraph (d)(1)(ii) reads, “chemical reaction products associated with known or reasonably anticipated uses or applications.” OSHA is also changing the language in paragraph (f)(1) to clarify that hazards identified and classified under new paragraph (d)(1)(ii) will not be required to appear on a product's label (see the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (f)(1)). Changes in Appendix D clarify that hazards identified and classified under both paragraphs (d)(1)(i) and (d)(1)(ii) must be included in Section 2 of the product's SDS. As stated above, OSHA considers the language, as finalized, to be a rephrasing of the language proposed in the NPRM to more clearly articulate OSHA's intent and not a substantive change from what OSHA originally intended in the NPRM or the preexisting requirement to incorporate downstream uses. The rest of the section therefore still relies on previous guidance and statements OSHA made regarding “normal conditions of use and foreseeable emergencies” to support the language OSHA is finalizing in this rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>56</SU>
                             Throughout this section and in the regulatory text, OSHA refers to the “intrinsic” properties of chemicals. OSHA considers this to be synonymous with “inherent” properties, a term used by some commenters and in the original HCS.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In the following discussion, OSHA addresses the comments received on paragraph (d)(1), separated by theme.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">I. Arguments That the HCS Has Historically Not Required Manufacturers To Classify Chemicals Due to Hazards Related to Downstream Use</HD>
                    <P>
                        Several stakeholders commented that the HCS historically has not required manufacturers to classify hazards based on downstream reactions (Document ID 0318, pp. 3-4; 0325, pp. 7-15; 0326, p. 3; 0337, p. 2; 0314, pp. 4-5; 0348, p. 2; 0356, p. 7; 0369, p. 4). For example, ACC stated, “[n]ot only is OSHA's approach incompatible with the current language of the HCS, it is not supported in the text or regulatory history of the HCS” (Document ID 0347, p. 3). ACC quoted OSHA's preamble from the 2012 update, where OSHA stated that manufacturers and importers have greater knowledge and expertise with regards to the composition of the chemicals they make or import than do downstream employers and are usually in the best position to assess the intrinsic hazards associated with them, whereas downstream employers are usually in the best position to determine the risk arising from the use of the chemical in their workplaces (Document ID 0347, p. 3). ACC also quoted OSHA's compliance directive, where OSHA acknowledges that downstream users who alter the product become the manufacturer and become the responsible party, so would need to consider all the known or intended uses of the products when classifying for hazards. ACC commented that OSHA has not identified any guidance documents that would support the agency's interpretation of (d)(1) (Document ID 0347, pp. 2-3). Additionally, PLASTICS indicated that OSHA has not historically required manufacturers to classify the hazards of by-products produced during 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44279"/>
                        downstream use of a chemical. PLASTICS provided several examples dating back to 2004 indicating that OSHA did not intend to have the byproducts included in the hazard determination process or that the downstream employer was responsible for the hazard determination process for byproducts. PLASTICS also indicated that OSHA has been unclear and that various guidance documents have appeared to be inconsistent in their discussion of the scope of the hazard classification process (Document ID 0314, Att. 1, pp. 4-9).
                    </P>
                    <P>NAIMA suggested that OSHA should address the hazard classification revision in a separate rulemaking, and request information from the regulated community. NAIMA viewed the proposed changes as OSHA's attempt to impose new burdens and regulatory changes in the guise of harmonizing the HCS with the GHS (Document ID 0338, p. 9).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees that the HCS has not historically required manufacturers to identify hazards related to downstream uses of the chemical they produce or provided any guidance to this effect. While ACC is correct that OSHA, in the preamble to the 2012 HCS, distinguished between the relative knowledge of manufacturers and downstream employers, ACC neglected to include in their comment the paragraph immediately following the one it quoted. That paragraph states: “OSHA's approach in promulgating the HCS reflects this reality. It places the duty to ascertain and disclose chemical hazards on manufacturers and importers, so that downstream users can use this information to avoid harmful exposures to chemical hazards. But because manufacturers and importers will often have less information about the particular exposures of downstream users, their hazard assessment and communication obligations are imposed only for 
                        <E T="03">all normal conditions of use of their chemicals and foreseeable emergencies</E>
                         associated with those chemicals” (emphasis added) (77 FR 17601-02). Additionally, during the 2012 rulemaking, in paragraph (a)(1) OSHA changed the language to specify that the purpose of the HCS is to ensure classification of hazards, rather than merely assessment or evaluation of them, further indicating that the language in the scope section regarding normal conditions of use and foreseeable emergencies was intended to apply to the classification process, not just assessment of hazards more broadly (77 FR 17693). Thus, the 2012 HCS did, in fact, contemplate that manufacturers would classify their chemicals for hazards associated with these types of downstream uses.
                    </P>
                    <P>This concept has been part of the HCS since the beginning. As indicated in the preamble to the 1983 HCS, stakeholders raised concerns then regarding responsibility for providing information on MSDSs (now referred to as SDSs) that only the downstream employer could know. In response, OSHA agreed that “[t]he chemical manufacturer or importer, in making hazard determinations, should evaluate and communicate information concerning all the potential hazards associated with a chemical, whereas the employer may supplement this information by instructing employees on the specific nature and degree of hazard they are likely to encounter in their particular exposure situations” (48 FR 53296). The preamble of the 1983 HCS went on to explicitly state “[t]herefore, the chemical manufacturer must provide thorough hazard information, which would be applicable to a full range of reasonably foreseeable exposure situations, rather than limiting the information on the basis of presumed use. The downstream employer will then be assured of having the information reasonably necessary to make informed choices for control measures” (48 FR 53307). When OSHA updated the HCS in 2012, it replaced the hazard determination process with the hazard classification process and indicated that hazard classification was “very similar to the process of hazard determination that is currently in the HCS, with the exception of determining the degree of hazard where appropriate” (58 FR 17698).</P>
                    <P>
                        Another example of OSHA's longstanding view that manufacturers must consider downstream hazards is found in a 1994 LOI regarding normal conditions of use for wood products. The LOI stated that wood and wood products are exempt from the hazard communication standard as articles “if the only hazard presented from use of the product is flammability or combustibility, which are hazards that are well-known among users of wood products. However, it may not be generally known among users that inhalation of certain types of wood dust or chemicals used to treat wood can present a serious lung disease hazard. For this reason, OSHA has always required under the hazard communication standard that distributors of wood products provide MSDS to employers whose employees may be exposed to these inhalation hazards” (available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/standardinterpretations/1994-12-05</E>
                        ). As in 1994, OSHA does not intend that every possible downstream use be accounted for, only those that are known or can be reasonably anticipated. This policy was reiterated in a 2016 LOI which stated that manufacturers “must make a reasonable effort to obtain reliable information to determine how their product(s) or by-product(s) may expose workers under normal conditions of use or in foreseeable emergencies. A manufacturer's or importer's hazard classification must anticipate the full range of downstream uses of its products and account for any hazardous by-products that are known to be present and may be formed” (available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/standardinterpretations/2016-05-20</E>
                        ). The LOI went on to state that manufacturers are not required to contact every downstream workplace to obtain this information, but a reasonable effort should be made.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, contrary to ACC's and PLASTICS' assertions, OSHA guidance documents have included in the hazard determination step that “[a]ll possible physical or health hazards that might be associated with a chemical's use must be considered,” including in OSHA's 2007 Guidance For Hazard Determination (available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/hazcom/ghd053107</E>
                        ). This concept was carried forward into the 2015 HCS compliance directive which also indicates that manufacturers must consider downstream uses of their chemicals when classifying. For example, the directive, which provides in-depth guidance on how to apply the criteria for classification, explains that a HNOC means an adverse physical or health effect that is not covered under one of the existing hazard classes in the standard. The directive then explains that: “The term physical effect generally refers to a material impairment of health or functional capacity caused by the intrinsic hazard(s) of a particular chemical in normal conditions of use or foreseeable emergencies” (Document ID 0007, pp. 19-20). These statements in combination make clear that OSHA expected the hazards of downstream uses to be accounted for in the classification process. Additionally, what PLASTICS identified as inconsistency in OSHA's guidance actually represents its misinterpretation of the level of knowledge that can be expected from a manufacturer, importer, or distributor in two different scenarios: one where the chemical in question is used downstream to manufacture other chemicals and the other where the chemical is used by end-users. However, the confusion that PLASTICS 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44280"/>
                        points to is exactly why OSHA has decided to clarify in this final rule the scope of this existing obligation.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, OSHA has enforced the HCS in accordance with this understanding of the obligations to label for downstream hazards, which further reinforces the longstanding nature of this requirement. For instance, in 2011 and 2012 OSHA cited a number of manufacturers under the HCS for failing to communicate the hazards of formaldehyde exposure to salons, stylists, and consumers using hair products containing that chemical (see 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/hair-salons/government-response</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As indicated above, OSHA has determined that the language it originally proposed to add to paragraph (d)(1), which would have stated that hazard classification shall include any hazards associated with a change in the chemical's physical form or resulting from a reaction with other chemicals under normal conditions of use, is insufficiently precise, and is therefore adopting revised language in this final rule. The final language provides that hazard classification “shall include any hazards associated with the chemical's intrinsic properties including: (i) a change in the chemical's physical form and; (ii) chemical reaction products associated with known or reasonably anticipated uses or applications.” This language in the final rule ties a responsible party's classification obligations to what the manufacturer, importer, or distributor knows or can reasonably anticipate and avoids the concerns that several commenters raised that the language was too vague (see, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0368, pp. 3-4; 0402, p. 1; 0283, p. 13; 0461, pp. 2-3; 0315, pp. 3-4; 0313, p. 3). Stakeholders should be familiar with the term “reasonably anticipated” because OSHA has used similar language in multiple standards, guidance products, and LOIs, including the bloodborne pathogens standard (29 CFR 1910.1030), the respirable crystalline silica standard (29 CFR 1910.1053), and the hazardous waste operations and emergency response standard (29 CFR 1910.120). Moreover, this term is commonly used by other agencies as well; for example, the National Toxicology Program (NTP) uses “reasonably anticipated” as a classification for carcinogens (reasonably anticipated to be a human carcinogen) (86 FR 72988). EPA's TSCA regulations (40 CFR 723.250) also use the term “reasonably anticipated” in their scoping language: “Reasonably anticipated means that a knowledgeable person would expect a given physical or chemical composition or characteristic to occur based on such factors as the nature of the precursors used to manufacture the polymer, the type of reaction, the type of manufacturing process, the products produced in polymerization, the intended uses of the substance, or associated use conditions (40 CFR 723.250).”
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">II. Arguments That Classification Should Be Based on Inherent or Intrinsic Hazards</HD>
                    <P>OSHA received multiple comments from a variety of stakeholders stating that hazard classification is based on the intrinsic or inherent properties of the chemical and the proposed changes in paragraph (d)(1) go beyond the meaning of intrinsic or inherent properties (Document ID 0303, p. 1; 0347, pp. 2-3; 0322, p. 14; 0424, Tr. 116, 117, 138, 195, 205; 0366, p. 3; 0323, pp. 2-5; 0214, pp. 1-15).</P>
                    <P>OSHA agrees that the intention of the hazard communication standard is to provide information based on the intrinsic or inherent hazards of the chemical that are presented in the workplace and that are not tied to the level of exposure to the chemical, but disagrees that the change in paragraph (d)(1), either as proposed or as finalized here, goes beyond the meaning of intrinsic or inherent hazards. In final paragraph (d)(1), OSHA has made explicit that hazard classification under the HCS should be based on the intrinsic properties of the chemical to which workers are exposed. As finalized, paragraph (d)(1) also identifies two examples of intrinsic properties: changes in the chemical's physical form and chemical reaction products associated with known or reasonably anticipated uses or applications. Label and SDS preparers must consider both when classifying the chemicals they produce, import, or distribute. These examples are consistent with OSHA's longstanding interpretation of intrinsic properties or hazards.</P>
                    <P>To clarify the meaning of intrinsic hazards, OSHA provided several examples in guidance issued in 2015 and 2016 regarding what the agency would consider non-intrinsic hazards (Document ID 0007, p. 20; 0008, p. 385). For instance, the agency explained that hazards due to scalds caused by exposure to chemicals at high temperatures and slips and falls caused by treading on a solid chemical shaped in a rounded form or spilled liquids are not physical effects caused by the chemical's intrinsic properties under the HCS. Any substance that is heated to high temperatures can cause a scald, and any spilled liquids could be a slip hazard. Intrinsic hazards are hazards that are derived from the essential nature or character of the substance, reaction product, or mixture, which would not simply be true of any substance under those conditions. Even prior to adopting the GHS in 2012, OSHA had identified intrinsic hazards as the basis for identification and hazard determination for the information on the labels, SDSs, and worker training. OSHA is not deviating from this approach. How a chemical will behave when its physical form changes and what chemical reaction products form when it is used downstream are based on the properties that are intrinsic to that chemical and would not be true of simply any substance under those circumstances, and thus fall within OSHA's conception of what constitutes an intrinsic hazard.</P>
                    <P>Michele Sullivan suggested that the agency should instead take a two-pronged approach to address the issue of inherent hazards and require (1) classification of chemicals as shipped, with hazard class and category and (2) inclusion of hazards or warnings, rather than classification, for chemical products with directions for downstream use, such as kits (Document ID 0366, p. 3). OSHA does not agree with this approach because it incorrectly applies the idea of intrinsic hazards as a more limited concept, and the agency believes that the language “known or reasonably anticipated uses or applications” cabins the breadth of the language in (d)(1)(ii) so that it is feasible for manufacturers, importers, and distributors to classify in accordance with the requirements.</P>
                    <P>As noted above, to address these concerns, OSHA is updating the regulatory text to include the term “intrinsic” in (d)(1) to clarify that the hazard information required is based on classification of hazards related to the intrinsic properties of the chemicals workers are exposed to. The agency believes that this clarifies OSHA's intent that the hazard be of an intrinsic nature and that it considers hazards from both changes in the chemical's physical form and chemical reaction products associated with downstream use to be related to intrinsic properties.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">III. Arguments That the Proposed Revision to (d)(1) Would Shift the Burden From Downstream Users to the Originating Manufacturer (or Upstream)</HD>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters expressed concern that OSHA's proposed changes to paragraph (d)(1) would improperly shift the responsibility for determining and classifying chemical hazards from downstream users, such as 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44281"/>
                        manufacturers and employers that process chemicals, to the original manufacturer of the chemical (Document ID 0314, p. 2; 0323, p. 3; 0326, pp. 4-5; 0337, p. 2; 0347, p. 2; 0423, Tr. 134; 0348, pp. 1-2; 0404, pp. 3-4; 0361, p. 1; 0362, pp. 2-3; 0329, p. 8; 0287, p. 6). For example, ACMA noted that “. . . unlike the PSM standard where the responsibility for the analysis is properly placed on the employer operating the covered process, OSHA's proposal would shift that obligation upstream to each of the multiple chemical manufacturers or importers who supplied a reactant in the downstream chemical reaction” (Document ID 0318, p. 9). The Vinyl Institute noted that “[a] broad expansion of the scope of the hazard classification of the upstream supplier to reflect the hazards of downstream chemical reactions and the products of those reactions (including “foreseeable emergencies”) would be inappropriate. It would shift the responsibility from where it belongs (on the downstream manufacturer) to an upstream supplier who generally has not specified the chemicals to be used in the downstream reaction, has not designed the process chemistry, has not designed the process equipment in which the reaction occurs, has no control over the operation of the process and has no idea what other chemicals in the facility might be involved in what might be a foreseeable emergency from the perspective of the downstream manufacturer-employer” (Document ID 0369, p. 5). NACD stated that determining downstream hazards is outside the scope of responsibilities for a distributor or producer under the standard and that it is downstream employers who, under the HCS, bear the responsibility to conduct hazard assessments that apply to their own workplaces. NACD also commented that any chemical that can be mixed with a wide range of other chemicals could have an exponentially long and unknown list of hazards that “result from a chemical reaction” and that such hazards cannot reasonably be documented by an upstream user (Document ID 0465, p. 4). The Council of Chemical Association Executives (CCAE) provided similar comments (Document ID 0469, p. 2). Dow stated that the concept of classifying reaction products is overly broad and expands OSHA's existing requirement for manufacturers to assess chemical hazards of the product as manufactured and shipped (Document ID 0359, p. 2).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees that the proposed new language in paragraph (d)(1) shifts any burden from the downstream user to the manufacturer. First, as explained above, the revisions to paragraph (d)(1) clarify the existing requirements for hazard classification and do not create new requirements. Regardless, the intent of the new language is not to require manufacturers, distributors, or importers to predict how downstream employees will be exposed to a chemical or to anticipate every conceivable way the chemical could be used, but rather to classify the chemical for hazards that arise through known or reasonably anticipated uses, thereby providing downstream users with sufficient information to perform a hazard assessment specific to their own workplace and how employees use the chemical there. As described above, OSHA has revised the language in this final rule to better reflect this intent. OSHA agrees that downstream users still must assess whether the specific processes they use will cause hazards in the workplace and is only adding this language to clarify that if the upstream manufacturer, distributor, or importer is aware of hazardous chemical reactions with the known or reasonably anticipated uses of its product it must include hazard classifications for those hazards.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">IV. Arguments That the Proposed Change to (d)(1) Would Be Infeasible or Overly Burdensome to Manufacturers as It Would Require Knowledge of All the Downstream Uses To Classify Correctly</HD>
                    <P>Many comments indicated that it would be infeasible or extremely burdensome for manufacturers, distributers, and importers of chemicals to learn all downstream uses of products and correctly classify them accordingly (Document ID 0291, pp. 5-6; 0303, p. 2; 0314, p. 10; 0315, p. 3; 0316, pp. 3-4; 0317, pp. 2-3; 0318, pp. 4-5; 0319, pp. 1-2; 0323, p. 3; 0324, p. 2; 0327, p. 7; 0347, Att. 1, pp. 2-4; 0468, pp. 1, 3; 0348, p. 2; 0356, pp. 7-9; 0357, pp. 1-3; 0359, p. 2; 0363, pp. 3-4; 0366, p. 3; 0367, p. 4; 0329, p. 2; 0369, p. 6). For example, Worksafe stated that “[b]oth `normal conditions of use' and `foreseeable emergencies' are largely unknowable by producers” (Document ID 0354, p. 4). HCPA also stated that it is not practical to list every potential hazard of the cleaning product which could interact with any number of unknown soils when used by downstream consumers (Document ID 0327, pp. 7-8; 0424, Tr. 15-17).</P>
                    <P>NAIMA asserted that under the proposed new language, the upstream chemical manufacturer or supplier would be responsible for performing a chemical process hazard analysis and hazard classification for each downstream chemical reaction and the reaction products of that downstream chemical reaction conducted by a downstream customer or manufacturer. NAIMA stated that downstream reactions typically involve at least two chemicals, and often mixtures, that would require multiple manufacturers' suppliers to provide redundant and overlapping chemical process hazard analysis and hazard classification to all of these downstream manufacturers. They also noted this same requirement would also apply upstream to the suppliers' suppliers, and “the real world problem with such astounding overreach is it is unlikely that any manufacturers will take the risk of such a convoluted and impossible evaluation” (Document ID 0338, p. 10).</P>
                    <P>Dow also stated that proposed changes implied that the manufacturer and SDS preparer are responsible for knowing all foreseeable downstream uses of the substance, including chemical reactions and resulting chemicals generated, that could occur in the downstream supply chain with that substance. Dow suggested that to require this level of knowledge would present a significant compliance challenge for chemical manufacturers because manufacturers cannot reasonably know all possible resulting chemical reactions and uses by downstream users and the hazards they may create. Dow further explained that the hazards created by manufacturing and the resulting chemical reactions are the responsibility of the manufacturer performing that manufacturing, as they are the experts in the product and the chemistry they are performing (Document ID 0359, pp. 1-2).</P>
                    <P>NACD commented that its members do business in different markets, which makes it difficult for them to ascertain every type of downstream use that could be considered normal conditions of use. NACD stated that it is impractical for a manufacturer or distributor to know all possible uses, hazards, or potential reactions associated with downstream customers, and manufacturers should be only responsible for communicating the hazards present in the form of the chemical as sold (Document ID 0329, p. 8; 0423, Tr. 128-130; 0465, p. 4).</P>
                    <P>
                        Innovative Chemical Technologies (ICT) stated that a chemical producer cannot adequately guess all possibilities and then analyze those scenarios for hazards to include on the SDS because a reaction results in one or more new chemical substances, which may be more or less hazardous than the reactants. ICT expressed concern that compliance with the proposed revision would require chemical producers to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44282"/>
                        essentially do a portion of a process hazard analysis (PHA) for reaction products, focused on customer sites that it does not own or control (Document ID 0324, p. 2). ACMA and PLASTICS submitted similar comments (Document ID 0314, Att. 1, p. 12; 0318, p. 8). OSHA notes that ACMA also asserted in their comment that the proposed language in paragraph (d)(1) is economically infeasible but did not provide financial data to corroborate the assertion. As explained in Section VI.G., Economic Feasibility and Impacts, OSHA has determined based on the record evidence that the requirements of this final rule are economically feasible.
                    </P>
                    <P>After reviewing the concerns expressed in the numerous comment submissions on this provision, OSHA concludes that the agency's intention was not clear as written and was therefore misinterpreted. OSHA did not intend for an upstream supplier or manufacturer to identify every conceivable use or process in which a downstream user might apply the chemical and to classify these potential hazards of chemicals downstream. OSHA's intent was to ensure classification only for those downstream uses where the manufacturer knows or could reasonably anticipate how the chemical will be used and where that use creates a hazard that needs to be communicated in the workplace. The record demonstrates that manufacturers have basic information on how their chemicals will be used by downstream users and markets to those uses. For instance, many chemical manufacturers have product stewardship programs to address these very issues (Document ID 0443, p.1; 0330, p.1). However, the agency is also aware that product research and new uses will continue to be developed and that some chemicals have so many uses it would be difficult to anticipate them all. Therefore, the agency finds it would be unreasonable to expect manufacturers to predict and account for every possible use downstream. For example chemicals, such as toluene, that are often used as starting materials for manufacturing other chemicals, would likely have too many possible uses for the upstream chemical manufacturer to know or reasonably anticipate the ways that it could be combined with other chemicals. OSHA would not expect manufacturers of toluene, for instance, to classify hazards of the products that use toluene as a starting material in the manufacture of a downstream user's products. However, manufacturers of toluene would still need to ensure that the SDS had the appropriate information in Section 10 on stability and reactivity that would help those downstream manufacturers consider the risks of their specific processes.</P>
                    <P>Therefore, as explained above, OSHA has modified the language to better reflect the agency's intent that hazard classification should encompass hazards present during downstream uses or applications that are known or reasonably anticipated by the manufacturer, importer, or distributor, such as the intended use for which the substance is manufactured.</P>
                    <P>Moreover, OSHA received comments describing situations where not only would it be feasible for manufacturers to include hazard information regarding known or reasonably anticipated uses or applications, it would also greatly improve worker safety. Cal/OSHA provided several examples of uses of materials that manufacturers should have been aware of but did not include on the SDS (Document ID 0322, pp. 13-14; 0375, pp. 13-14). One such use was an aerosol degreaser used in automotive repair facilities that was linked to cases of neuropathy in automotive repair technicians. Cal/OSHA stated that it was standard practice in the industry for the technicians who were assigned the dirtiest jobs in an automotive repair facility to use between six and 10 cans of degreasing solvent products in just one day (Document ID 0322, pp. 13-14; 0375, pp. 13-14). The agency finds that this example shows the utility of the new language in paragraph (d)(1) because not only does it illustrate the intrinsic hazard presented by the product, but demonstrates that this type of use would be “reasonably anticipated” to a manufacturer familiar with the automotive repair industry, given Cal/OSHA's findings that this was a pervasive practice in that industry.</P>
                    <P>Cal/OSHA also provided an example of workers in hair salons being exposed to excessive amounts of formaldehyde formed as a reaction product to hair straightening products used in the salons (Document ID 0451, Att. 1, pp. 3-4). Cal/OSHA had submitted this as an example of their concerns that the proposed language “normal conditions of use” would “open the door for producers—without sufficient downstream information—to not disclose a chemical based on the assumption that under `normal conditions of use,' no health-hazardous exposures would occur,” concerns which Worksafe echoed in their comments (Document ID 0451, p. 2; 0354, p. 1). However, OSHA finds just the opposite, particularly with respect to the revised language that the agency is adopting in this final rule. Since the conditions described by Cal/OSHA are apparently commonplace in the salon industry, the formaldehyde hazard would result from a “known or reasonably anticipated use” for a manufacturer or distributor familiar with that industry and would therefore be encompassed by paragraph (d)(1). OSHA believes that clarifying hazard classification requirements under paragraph (d)(1) will ensure that manufacturers, distributors, and employers understand how to meet their obligation to disclose this information to workers and that workers will be better protected.</P>
                    <P>Additionally, OSHA received examples of product stewardship programs and SDSs that demonstrate companies are aware of and able to determine the uses of their products, which further underscores the feasibility and utility of requiring them to identify known or reasonably anticipated uses. NIOSH also indicated that both individual manufacturers and coalitions have product stewardship programs, which allow sharing of information related to product uses, and cited ACC's “Responsible Care” program as an example. NIOSH described these programs as a “great tool” for hazard communication (Document ID 0423, Tr. 39; 0456, Att. 2, p. 2). ACC, in its post hearing comments, also discussed at length the various ways that some of their members engaged with downstream users to ensure safety information was thoroughly provided, including on-site training, customer notification letters, surveys and questionnaires, and indicating additional information on the SDS regarding typical reactions (Document ID 0468, p. 5). NABTU also provided examples of SDSs and product stewardship programs that account for downstream uses of chemicals (Document ID 0450, Att. 7).</P>
                    <P>
                        In conclusion, OSHA agrees with commenters that it would not be possible for every manufacturer, importer, and distributor to be aware of every single use or application of its products, and the agency is not requiring these entities to do the kind of intensive investigations that many of the commenters described as infeasible. Additionally, regulated parties will not immediately be aware of all uses when new products are developed or when there are trade secret issues with downstream users. Similarly, OSHA would not expect a manufacturer to know every use of feedstocks (raw materials used to make other chemical products), starting materials or commodity chemicals, solvents, reactants, or chemical intermediates 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44283"/>
                        where there could be thousands of uses or the substances are used in downstream manufacturing to produce new chemical products. However, the agency concludes that manufacturers must make a good faith effort to provide downstream users with sufficient information about hazards associated with known or reasonably anticipated uses of the chemical in question. As discussed above, OSHA is finalizing language to make this clear, and to tie the classification obligation to either the manufacturer, importer, or distributor's own knowledge or facts that the manufacturer or importer can reasonably be expected to know.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">V. Arguments That It Would Be Impossible To Correctly Classify Uses Due to Downstream Manufacturers' Trade Secret/CBI Issues</HD>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters suggested that full classification might not be possible in situations where downstream users may not share usage information due to confidential business information (CBI) or trade secret concerns (see, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0291, pp. 5-6; 0324, p. 2; 0326, p. 4; 0337, pp. 2-3; 0348, p. 4; 0363, p. 4; 0367, p. 4; 0369, p. 5; 0347, p. 2; 0468, p. 3). OSHA would not consider a manufacturer or supplier to know or be able to reasonably anticipate a downstream use if the downstream user uses the chemical in a proprietary process, producing derivatives that are trade secrets. Therefore, this situation would not trigger the classification requirements under paragraph (d)(1).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VI. Arguments That This Would Lead to Duplicative Classification</HD>
                    <P>ICBA and others expressed concern about how OSHA's proposed new language in paragraph (d)(1) would apply to chemicals like carbon black, which are typically sold in bulk quantities for use in a multitude of different downstream products. ICBA noted that because those downstream products also contain various other substances, all of the upstream manufacturers of the ingredient substances would have to “independently and duplicatively classify[ ] downstream products,” which would be inefficient and could lead to “divergent hazard classifications of the same product” (Document ID 0291, p. 6; 0318, p. 2-9; 0348, pp. 1-4; 0461, pp. 1-2). ICBA stated that “the downstream user is in the best position to classify its own product.” Similarly, NAIMA stated that “It is unclear how manufacturer-suppliers and manufacturer-users would resolve a situation in which multiple suppliers of reactants used in a particular downstream chemical reaction are required to perform a hazard classification for that reaction and reach different conclusions, which seems likely for any chemical with broad uses” (Document ID 0338, p. 3).</P>
                    <P>OSHA agrees that manufacturers of chemicals are responsible for the classification of their own chemical products. As discussed above, OSHA's intent in adding clarifying language to paragraph (d)(1) was not to require upstream manufacturers to engage in hazard analyses with respect to products created downstream, but rather to ensure that upstream manufacturers provide sufficient hazard information about their own products so that downstream users have the information they need to conduct their own hazard analyses and/or take other appropriate action. This will not result in duplicative or divergent classification because the manufacturers, importers, and distributors will not be required to do hazard classification unless they know or could reasonably anticipate the uses with sufficient information to classify the hazard. ICBA and NAIMA's concerns about duplicative classification rest on the assumption that the responsible party will be required to learn the processes of every downstream user and perform hazard classification for each process, but as OSHA has clarified above, that is not the case. Additionally, this change would not decrease the quality of information provided to workers. On the contrary, as indicated in the 1983 HCS, when manufacturers provide thorough hazard information, applicable to a full range of reasonably foreseeable uses, downstream manufacturers and employers will have the information necessary to make informed choices for control measures without limiting the downstream manufacturer from providing additional information as warranted (48 FR 53307).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VII. Arguments That the Information Is Already Covered Under Other Specific Sections of the SDS</HD>
                    <P>
                        The clarifying changes OSHA is making to paragraph (d)(1) also clarify the requirements of Section 2 of the SDS because that section requires the presentation of hazard information for chemicals. Accordingly, several commenters provided comments relevant to paragraph (d)(1) as it relates to the SDS. Several stakeholders commented that the information OSHA proposed to clarify is required in section 2 of the SDS is already covered in other sections of the SDS (Document ID 0303, p. 2; 0347, p. 2; 0468, Att. 2, p. 12; 0361, p. 1; 0329, pp. 7-8; 0356, p. 6; 0467, p. 4). Tom Murphy commented that there are limits to the concept of “foreseeable” in the context of an emergency and that the information is better covered under paragraph (h) 
                        <E T="03">Employee information and training</E>
                         and placed under section 10(c) of the SDS (Document ID 0277, p. 3). The American Welding Society (AWS) commented that “current requirements are adequate to ensure that manufacturers continue to warn about the general nature of the anticipated physical and health hazards arising out of product use, as appropriate, in Sections 2, 8, 10 and 11 of the product Safety Data Sheet” (Document ID 0303, p. 2), while ACC commented that “the requirement is unnecessary as these hazards are already identified in sections 5, 9, and 10 of the SDS. Anything beyond that is unrealistic and entirely speculative” (Document ID 0467, Att. 2, p. 14). ILMA commented that this information should be in section 11 and section 15 (Document ID 0356, p. 6). The Archer-Daniels-Midland Company (ADM) and PLASTICS stated that this information should be in other sections without further explanation (Document ID 0361, p. 1; 0467, p. 11).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As OSHA discussed in the 2012 update to the HCS, the standardization of the SDS format improves the effectiveness of the SDS by providing a format that makes it easier for users to find information (77 FR 17596). Additionally, the information commonly wanted and used by employees, and of the greatest interest for emergency responders is presented early in the SDS while more complex or technical information is presented later (58 FR 17596). While it is true that similar, but not identical, information may be contained in multiple sections of the SDS and used for different purposes and potentially by different readers of the SDS, the changes to paragraph (d)(1) specifically require Section 2 to contain information on hazards resulting from a change in the chemical's physical form and from chemical reaction products when they are known or can be reasonably anticipated. Although there does exist some overlap between Section 2 and Section 10, Section 2 provides workers with necessary, easily understandable health and safety information, whereas Section 10 provides health and safety professionals information on when and how to design safety systems to protect workers. Similarly, Section 5 of the SDS provides information on fire-fighting measures which are specific to types of hazards related to fire; Section 8 provides information on exposure controls and personal protection but 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44284"/>
                        does not indicate the actual hazards associated with the chemicals; Section 11 provides information on stability and reactivity of a chemical which is used primarily by medical professionals, occupational health and safety professionals, and toxicologists (Document ID 0060, p. 394); and Section 15, which is a non-mandatory section, permits additional information on regulatory requirements. Therefore, Section 2 is the appropriate location for information about actual hazards and the specific hazard classifications that workers can easily access. For more detailed discussion on the various sections of the SDS, please see the Summary and Explanation for Appendix D.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VIII. Arguments That the Proposed Paragraph (d)(1) Does Not Align With the GHS or International Trading Partners</HD>
                    <P>Several stakeholders commented that the language proposed in the NPRM does not align with international trading partners, or the GHS (Document ID 0314, pp. 12-13; 0326, p. 3; 0338, p. 2; 0348, p. 3; 0362, p. 1; 0369, pp. 5-7; 0366, p. 1; 0347, pp. 4-5; 0468, Att. 2, p. 12). AWS stated that the GHS uses the term “hazard classification” to indicate only intrinsic properties of substances (or mixtures). AWS said these hazardous properties are based on the hazards exhibited in the form substances (or mixtures) are purchased, shipped, and received in commerce, not from subsequent use in the workplace. AWS urged OSHA to “not deviate from the principles of classification based upon intrinsic hazards and be consistent with the reasoned approach taken by the authors of the GHS” (Document ID 0303, p. 2). Hach made the same point (Document ID 0323, pp. 4-5). Similarly, NACD commented that since the proposed requirements in the SDS are not included in the GHS, the proposal would make OSHA's requirements more divergent from the global system rather than aligning with it (Document 0465, p. 5). ACC stated that “the requirement is not part of the GHS, so rather than facilitating alignment, the change would have the opposite effect of making the U.S. rules even more divergent from the global system” (Document ID 0468, Att. 2, p. 12). The Vinyl Institute commented that the language proposed in the 2021 NPRM was in contrast to language in the EU CLP citing Article 5: “The information shall relate to the forms or physical states in which the substance is placed on the market and in which it can reasonably be expected to be used” (Document ID 0369, pp. 6-7).</P>
                    <P>Contrary to commenters' arguments, the GHS does not specify that it only applies to chemicals in their shipped form or in commerce; it states that it applies to all hazardous chemicals across stages in their life cycles (Document ID 0060, p. 5). As explained above, OSHA believes commenters have conflated the idea of intrinsic or inherent hazards with hazards of a chemical as shipped. Additionally, OSHA opined on the development and implementation of the GHS in the 2012 rulemaking to update the HCS. As discussed there, in developing the GHS, it was recognized that countries' regulatory authorities would need to have the discretion to address national circumstances in ways that are suited to the regulatory perspective of the country. Thus, authorities such as OSHA are free to make determinations about scope and application issues while still being harmonized with the primary provisions of the GHS (58 FR 17695). Therefore, OSHA disagrees with the commenters' premise that any difference between the HCS and the GHS means that OSHA is improperly deviating from the GHS or from its trading partners.</P>
                    <P>In any event, OSHA interprets the EU CLP differently than the Vinyl Institute and finds the changes to paragraph (d)(1) actually align with similar provisions in other jurisdictions since the CLP guidance quoted by the Vinyl Institute explicitly requires consideration of “reasonably expected use” during the classification process (Document ID 0256, p. 55).</P>
                    <P>Additionally, since a number of other countries separately regulate hazards of chemicals as shipped and chemicals in the workplace, OSHA is improving alignment of labels with other countries that may only regulate hazards of chemicals as shipped by clearly stating that hazards related to downstream use only need to be on the SDS. Therefore, the agency believes that the inclusion of this language actually strengthens trading relations because it better aligns the HCS with international jurisdictional requirements for labeling and workplace hazard communication.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">IX. Arguments That Proposed Paragraph (d)(1) Will Result in Expansion of Tort Liability for Manufacturers</HD>
                    <P>Several commenters stated that the proposed changes to paragraph (d) would expand tort liability for manufacturers (Document ID 0314, p. 12; 0326, p. 4; 0366, p. 3; 0369, p. 4). Hach commented that “expanded legal obligation to perform hazard classifications at the downstream levels creates more opportunities for inadequate hazard communication,” which could cause plaintiffs' attorneys to pursue claims against upstream manufacturers (Document ID 0323, p. 5). NACD and CCAE stated that because of liability concerns with attempting to determine all downstream uses and chemical reactivity hazards, the proposed change will result in several pages of “legalese” to indemnify the entity on the SDS, which will not enhance worker safety. Consequently, they stated, manufacturers and distributors should be responsible for communicating the hazards of the material in the form sold only (Document ID 0329, p. 8; 0423, Tr. 128-130; 0465, pp. 4-5; 0469, p. 3).</P>
                    <P>However, no commenter provided specific examples of case law or other evidence to support their contentions that the proposed language to update paragraph (d) would result in an expansion of tort liability. Moreover, the OSH Act expressly provides that nothing in the statute shall supersede, or in any manner affect, workers' compensation laws or other common law or statutory rights, duties, or liabilities related to employment-related injuries, illnesses, or fatalities (29 U.S.C. 653(b)(4)). Therefore, OSHA finds no merit to arguments that adoption of the proposed changes to paragraph (d) would expand tort liability.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">X. Arguments That the Proposed Paragraph (d)(1) Will Result in Software Issues</HD>
                    <P>Both ACC and NACD commented that computer systems used by most larger companies to generate SDSs are automated using existing formulations based on current rules and companies would incur a significant burden to update the systems (Document ID 0347, Att. 1, p. 8; 0329, p. 5). NACD reasoned that, because many chemical manufacturers and distributors rely on the services of outside software companies to prepare SDSs, adopting the proposed changes in the SDS would create complications for manufacturers and distributors. NACD indicated that this change would require product-by-product evaluation of hazards, “which is contrary to the basic principles of the GHS” and which would cause problems because much of the software used by manufacturers relies on GHS classifications and data from the EU (Document ID 0465, p. 5).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA is not convinced that the changes to paragraph (d)(1) will lead to significant burdens for industry. First, as to NACD's assertion that there are no data sources for downstream reactions, SDS preparers can use the same sources as they do for classification of other 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44285"/>
                        chemicals as well as information from the manufacturer. Additionally, if it were true that software companies could not respond to updates to the GHS and changes in classification procedures, then neither OSHA nor other countries would ever be able to make regulatory changes to maintain alignment with the GHS (see Section VI., Final Economic Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis). In fact, NACD did not contend that there are technological barriers to creating compliant software, only that existing software is not currently configured to meet these requirements. Finally, because the new language simply clarifies that classifiers must include hazards associated with known or reasonably anticipated uses, these hazards are most likely already classified elsewhere, such as the example discussed above where formaldehyde was generated as a by-product during use of hair straightening products (Document ID 0451, pp. 2-8). Accordingly, OSHA finds that software-related concerns do not pose an obstacle to adopting the new language in paragraph (d)(1).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">XI. Arguments That the Inclusion of the Proposed Language Could Be Misinterpreted as Including “Articles”</HD>
                    <P>Some commenters believed that inclusion of the originally proposed language, “normal conditions of use” and/or “foreseeable emergencies,” could be misinterpreted as including “articles,” which are generally exempted from the HCS (Document ID 0339, p. 2; 0332, pp. 1-2, 4; 0358, p. 2; 0369, pp. 3-4). The Portable Rechargeable Battery Association (PRBA) suggested that the proposed language demonstrated “OSHA's intention to expand the purview of the HCS to include certain products that have previously been exempted as articles” (Document ID 0332, p. 4). The Vinyl Institute commented that “it would be inappropriate to consider changes in physical form through destruction or recycling to be a normal condition of use that would change the classification of a product as an article. Under such an unprecedented approach, OSHA would disqualify almost every current article from continuing to be treated as an article” (Document ID 0369, pp. 3-4). The Vinyl Institute indicated this concern was prompted by OSHA's classification requirement with respect to downstream changes in physical form under normal conditions of use such as: “(a) Reduction in particle size from combustible solids to combustible dust, (b) Reduction in particle size from non-respirable to respirable, (c) solid substances becoming corrosive or irritant when moistened or in contact with moist skin or mucous membranes” (Document ID 0369, pp. 3-4). Similarly, AF&amp;PA and AWC's joint comment stated that destruction and demolition of wood products could be considered “normal conditions of use” (Document ID 0287, pp. 5-6).</P>
                    <P>OSHA did not and does not intend the change in paragraph (d)(1) to affect the definition of “article” or change the exemption status of any product. The HCS defines “article” as “a manufactured item . . . which is formed to a specific shape or design during manufacture . . . which under normal conditions of use does not release more than very small quantities . . . of a hazardous chemical . . . and does not pose a physical hazard or health risk to employees” (29 CFR 1910.1200(c)). Nothing in paragraph (d)(1) affects this definition. Moreover, to the extent the commenters were concerned about the originally proposed language “normal conditions of use and foreseeable emergencies,” that language, as explained above, has been revised and does not appear in the final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">XII. Arguments That Proposed Paragraph (d)(1) Will Result in Over-Warning or Warning Fatigue for Downstream Chemical Users</HD>
                    <P>Several commenters suggested that the proposed changes in paragraph (d)(1) would lead to confusion and complexity of the SDS that could lead to “over-warning” or “warning fatigue” as workers could be receiving multiple warnings on the same chemical, or irrelevant hazard information potentially turning the SDS into a “novel.” They argued this could lead to workers being overloaded or overwhelmed with hazard information that may be too confusing to discern the real hazards they would be potentially exposed to (Document ID 0314, p. 10; 0318, p. 6; 0319, p. 2; 0337, p. 2; 0343, pp. 2-3; 0356, p. 8; 0369, p. 6; 0468, Att. 2, p. 12; 0348, p. 4; 0444, p. 3; 0361, p. 1; 0362, p. 7; 0329, p. 8). Many of these comments are related to chemicals that are produced in bulk quantities and intended to be ingredients in various downstream chemical products. For example, NACD indicated that “[a]ny chemical that can be mixed with a wide range of other chemicals could have an exponentially long and unknown list of hazards that `result from a chemical reaction' ” (Document ID 0329, p. 8).</P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees that the changes to paragraph (d)(1) create any problem with warning fatigue. First, as explained above, manufacturers need not classify hazards for every conceivable future use, just those that are known or reasonably anticipated. Second, the SDS and the product label serve two different purposes. As provided for in paragraph (f)(1) of this final rule, hazards associated with known or reasonably anticipated uses do not need to be included on a product's label. Such hazards must be included in Section 2 of the SDS, but this is appropriate because the SDS is meant to have more comprehensive information available to workers who need or desire more details about the product. OSHA is not dictating how this information is presented in Section 2 of the SDS. SDS preparers have discretion to present the information in an organized fashion to prevent confusion for the downstream user.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">XIII. Additional Comments </HD>
                    <P>OSHA received additional comments that did not fit neatly within any of the above categories. ACC stated its belief “that OSHA has conflated two separate obligations under the Hazard Communication Standard—the scope of the HCS with respect to an employer's workplace, and the scope of the hazard classification (known as the `hazard determination' prior to HCS 2012” (Document ID 0468, p. 2). ILMA and PLASTICS made similar comments (Document ID 0314, pp. 2-3; 0356, p. 6). OSHA believes that these concerns arose from the agency's proposed use in paragraph (d)(1) of the terms “normal conditions of use” and “foreseeable emergency,” which both appear in paragraph (b)(2) of the HCS, which describes the scope of the entire standard. Because the use of those terms in paragraph (d)(1) created significant misinterpretations, OSHA has changed the regulatory language for this final rule, as explained above.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters also argued that the examples OSHA provided were insufficient to support the broad nature of the proposed language in paragraph (d)(1) (Document ID 0325, pp. 8-13; 0323, p. 4; 0316, pp. 3-5, 0362, pp. 2-3). For example, Hach claimed that the examples OSHA provided were unique situations and did not warrant the “proposed over broadening of the classification scope” (Document ID 0323, p. 4).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees with commenters who suggest that there is insufficient evidence presented to support the requirement. While OSHA provided several examples in the NPRM, other commenters, such as Cal/OSHA and NABTU (as discussed above), have also provided additional examples of situations where manufacturers should have reasonably anticipated 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44286"/>
                        downstream hazards but failed to warn of these hazards and workers were harmed.
                    </P>
                    <P>SAAMI was concerned that the proposed language in paragraph (d)(1) would impose additional requirements on explosives since these types of materials can be used for demolition or destruction as a normal condition of use and that the classification as an explosive and the resulting hazard communication is sufficient to alert users to the potentialities (Document ID 0412, p. 3). OSHA believes that the classification of explosives already accounts for many of the hazards that would be associated with demolition or destruction because the hazard is still explosiveness regardless of whether that risk is in transport or during actual use of the explosives. However, the HCS covers all health and physical hazards and there are some circumstances of downstream use that need to be accounted for during the classification process, such as if the explosive itself creates a toxic atmosphere when used.</P>
                    <P>
                        The National Association of Printing Ink Manufacturers (NAPIM) suggested that OSHA should define the term “reaction” for paragraph (d)(1) because some members of the regulated community may not understand what OSHA intends it to mean in this context (Document ID 0317, p. 2). OSHA does not believe this is necessary. First, the term “reaction” is used in multiple ways throughout the HCS depending on the context of the requirement. For example, in Appendix A it is used to describe health effects (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Table A.4.2) while in Appendix B the term “chemical reaction” is part of the definition for explosives (see B.1.1.1). Thus, OSHA believes that providing a single definition of “reaction” for the whole standard could create confusion. OSHA also does not believe the term “chemical reaction” needs a definition because it is common knowledge for SDS preparers that “chemical reaction” refers to a change of the chemical structure versus a mere change in the physical form of a substance. Several commenters indicated that the proposed language would only be reasonable if it were limited to uses specified or directed by the upstream supplier and that OSHA should ensure that paragraph (d)(1) only applies to a narrow range of downstream reactions (see, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0316, p. 4; 0362, p. 3; 0404, p. 3; 0367, p. 5; 0315, p. 3, 0359, p. 1-2). For example, HCPA agreed that “the chemical reactions should be included in the hazard assessment in cases when multiple chemicals are sold together with the intention that they'd be mixed together before use.” However, HCPA stated that the proposed changes in paragraph (d)(1) constitute agency overreach, giving the example of concentrated cleaning products that downstream customers dilute with water and the inability of the manufacturer to know every type of a soil a cleaning product might be used on (Document ID 0327, pp. 7-9; 0424, Tr. 15-17). They recommended that the mixing of two or more chemicals be considered in classification only when the label directs the user to use the chemical in such a manner and excludes products where the label directs users to only mix with water (Document ID 0327, p. 7). Similarly, Dow suggested that the proposed paragraph be revised to state that the manufacturer need only provide product chemical reaction hazard assessment based on its intent and the knowledge of a chemical reaction that will occur during the downstream use of its product as manufactured and sold (Document ID 0359, pp. 1-2).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees with these comments for several reasons. First, OSHA would not expect any additional hazard classifications simply for diluting a more concentrated chemical with water because, as HCPA noted, such an action would only reduce the chemical's hazards, not increase them. Second, under the finalized language in paragraph (d)(1), manufacturers of cleaning products need only classify hazards associated with known or reasonably anticipated uses of the products, not every potential type of soil that a downstream customer might clean. OSHA believes that “known and reasonably anticipated uses”, rather than only uses that are explicitly directed by the product's label, is the appropriate requirement to provide sufficient information to downstream employers and workers.</P>
                    <P>Two commenters suggested that OSHA should rescind the proposed text and address unique situations of hazard identification and downstream uses affecting the scope of HCS in a letter of interpretation rather than updating the standard (Document ID 0323, p. 5; 0368, p. 3). OSHA disagrees. The regulatory text is the first and primary place the regulated community turns to understand its obligations under the HCS. The agency is exercising its statutory authority to promulgate and revise safety and health standards through notice-and-comment rulemaking. OSHA has provided an opportunity for stakeholders to comment on the proposed regulatory text changes, reviewed and considered all of the comments, and made changes to the regulatory text, where appropriate, based on the record as whole. By making this change in the regulatory text, OSHA intends to ensure all regulated parties are aware of this requirement and alleviate confusion on this point. Addressing this issue in letters of interpretation would not achieve the full extent of that goal.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">XIV. Suggested Edits/Proposed New Language</HD>
                    <P>OSHA also received several recommendations for changing the proposed text for paragraph (d)(1), in addition to those discussed above. PLASTICS and Vinyl Institute recommended that OSHA state detailed and narrow conditions under which classification of downstream reactions would be required. Their recommendations for such conditions included where the manufacturer specifies the uses, provides all of the chemicals, and specifies the complete process and process conditions. Additionally, they recommended adding that the classification is only contingent on the downstream users following the specified processes (Document ID 0314, pp. 14-15; 0369, pp. 7-8). A joint comment from RISE and CropLife also provided recommendations for new text that would limit the classification requirement to only “approved” uses (Document ID 0343, p. 3). RISE and CropLife explained that their proposed revision “narrows the scope of the hazard classification and provides clarity so the provision can be more readily implemented without over classification of the chemical hazards” (Document ID 0343, p. 3).</P>
                    <P>
                        ACC submitted proposed new text for paragraph (d)(1): “In the case of a hazardous product for which instructions for use, provided at the time of the sale or importation, require its combination with one or more products, mixtures, materials or substances resulting in the creation of one or more new materials or substances that present one or more new or more severe hazards not already identified on the safety data sheet of the hazardous product, the safety data sheet must also provide the following information elements, in respect of each new material or substance and clearly indicate that they pertain to that new material or substance: (a) the nature of the new or more severe hazard; and (b) the content of the applicable specific information elements set out in Appendix D to § 1910.1200—SAFETY DATA SHEETS (Sections 4-11)” (Document ID 0347, Att. 1, p. 8). ACC stated that while their preference was for OSHA to remove the proposed 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44287"/>
                        language entirely, if the agency was unwilling to remove the language, then OSHA should consider utilizing their draft text as it was modeled after a similar Canadian provision (Document ID 0347, Att. 1, p. 9).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA appreciates these stakeholders providing thoughtful proposals for new language, but the agency finds that the suggested changes do not represent the original intent which OSHA's proposal sought to clarify. The commenters' suggested changes would narrow the current obligations of the HCS (thereby reducing protections for workers) and, in some cases, would introduce new ambiguity. PLASTICS' and Vinyl Institute's suggested edits, while appearing to give clarity to what they perceived OSHA's intent to be, contain qualifications that would actually narrow the scope of the HCS and the classification requirements. Similarly, in the language suggested by RISE and CropLife, requiring classification only for uses specified on the label would not only narrow the scope of the HCS but might incentivize manufacturers to minimize the information provided to downstream users to limit the need for classification. OSHA also does not believe that ACC's language is less ambiguous. It would require the manufacturer to decide if or when a hazard is more severe than a hazard already identified or whether it is identified on the SDS. This also defeats the purpose of having the hazards in one section upfront on the SDS to ensure that the workers are aware of all of the potential hazards without having to read the entire SDS. Accordingly, OSHA declines to adopt the suggestions.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">XV. Out of Scope Comments</HD>
                    <P>OSHA received two comments on paragraph (d) that are out of scope for this rulemaking. First, Cal/HESIS recommended that OSHA add a new paragraph (d)(4) which would provide a source for authoritative lists for chemical classifications (Document ID 0313, p. 4). This comment is out of scope for this rulemaking, as OSHA did not propose a change related to this issue. In addition, OSHA notes that this is already addressed in the non-mandatory Appendix F of the HCS. Second, Cal/OSHA, Worksafe, and the National Council for Occupational Safety and Health (National COSH) commented that OSHA should include in paragraph (d)(2) the “single study rule” (Document ID 0322, p. 2; 0354, p. 1; 0407, p. 12). This comment, too, is out of scope because OSHA did not propose a change related to this issue. OSHA notes that the extent of its incorporation of the single positive study is explained in the preamble to the 2012 HCS (77 FR 17708) and is discussed further in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix A.0.3.5 of this final rule.</P>
                    <P>To summarize, for the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing different language than what was proposed in the NPRM to better clarify the extent of the obligations of manufacturers, importers, and distributors and to better distinguish the requirements for hazard classifications that must appear on the label and those that appear only in the SDS. OSHA is not finalizing the proposed phrase “under normal conditions of use and foreseeable emergencies,” but is adding language providing that hazard classification shall include hazards associated with the chemical's intrinsic properties, including “(i) Ca change in the chemical's physical form and; (ii) chemical reaction products associated with known or reasonably anticipated uses or applications.” As discussed above, OSHA believes that stakeholders should be familiar with the terms “known” and “reasonably anticipated” as OSHA has used these terms in multiple standards, guidance products, and LOIs. The agency finds that this language captures the intent of the original language from 1983 and the intent of the proposal while minimizing ambiguity. Finally, this clarification will ensure that workers have the information necessary to protect themselves from the hazards posed by chemicals to which they are occupationally exposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(e) Written Hazard Communication Program</HD>
                    <P>Paragraph (e) of the HCS provides specific requirements for chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, or employers to develop, implement, and maintain a written hazard communication program. Paragraph (e)(4) requires employers to make their written hazard communication program available, upon request, to employees, their designated representatives, the Assistant Secretary and the Director of NIOSH.</P>
                    <P>
                        The final rule contains one change to correct a reference in paragraph (e)(4) that erroneously referred to 29 CFR 1910.20 instead of 29 CFR 1910.1020 when specifying when and how employers must make the written hazard communication program available. OSHA's Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records standard was originally located at § 1910.20, but was renumbered to § 1910.1020 in 1996 (61 FR 31429), resulting in the incorrect reference OSHA is now correcting. In the NPRM, OSHA proposed this minor editorial correction after finding that an inadvertent misprint occurred in the print version of the CFR. Specifically, in the print version of the CFR, paragraph (e)(4) references § 1910.20 instead of § 1910.1020 (OSHA's Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records standard). OSHA proposed to fix this error. At the time the NPRM was published, the error was reflected only in the print version of the CFR and the eCFR (
                        <E T="03">www.ecfr.gov</E>
                        ) was correct, but at the time of this final rule, the eCFR is also incorrect.
                    </P>
                    <P>No stakeholders objected to the correction of the reference. However, OSHA received one comment suggesting that a different standard should be referenced to explain when and how employers must make written hazard communication programs available. The U.S. Department of Defense, Force Safety and Occupational Health (DOD) asserted that § 1910.1020 “is not a relevant reference for the hazard communication program” because it “likely will not contain specific employee exposure information” (Document ID 0299, p. 2). They suggested that OSHA cite to § 1910.120(l)(1)(i) (the Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER) standard) instead and included proposed language to implement their suggestion. They also suggested adding a provision stating that the employer may limit employee requests for copies of SDSs to chemicals that the requesting employee was personally potentially exposed to (Document ID 0299, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees with DOD's suggestion that § 1910.1020 is not relevant and that § 1910.120 should be referenced instead. Rather, § 1910.1020 is the appropriate reference here. Paragraph (e) of the hazard communication standard has referenced OSHA's Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records standard since 1983. Section 1910.1020(c)(5) states that an “employee exposure record” means a record containing any of several kinds of information including a safety data sheet indicating a material may pose a hazard to human health (§ 1910.1020(c)(5)(iii)) and a chemical inventory or any other record that reveals the identity of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent and where and when it is used (§ 1910.1020(c)(5)(iv)). Paragraph (e)(1)(i) of the HCS (§ 1910.1200) requires that the written hazard communication program contain a list of the hazardous chemicals known to be present using a product identifier that is referenced on the appropriate safety 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44288"/>
                        data sheet. Thus, the information a written hazard communication program is required to contain classifies the program as an employee exposure record within the meaning of § 1910.1020. Section 1910.1020 also contains specific access requirements, including the requirement to assure that employees are provided with records in a reasonable time, location, and manner and the requirement that employers assume the costs of records provision to employees and their representatives. Therefore, citing to § 1910.1020 for requirements pertaining to an employer's written hazard communication program is appropriate regardless of whether the program contains any specific employees' exposure information.
                    </P>
                    <P>On the other hand, § 1910.120(l)(1), which addresses the requirements for an emergency response plan under the HAZWOPER standard, is intended to cover only procedures for emergency response situations, does not reference exposure information, lacks the detailed access procedures included in § 1910.1020, and is not intended to cover all workplaces with hazardous chemicals. As such, it is less relevant to records access pertaining to routine and regular employee exposures than § 1910.1020.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also disagrees with DOD's suggestion that the agency amend paragraph (e)(4) to include a statement that an employer need only provide copies of a chemical's SDS to an employee if the employee was potentially exposed to that chemical. This suggestion is beyond the scope of this rulemaking because OSHA only proposed a typographical revision to this section and did not propose any changes to the substance of paragraph (e)(4). OSHA notes that the HCS does not require employers to provide copies of SDSs to employees, only immediate access. Where an SDS constitutes an exposure record under 29 CFR 1910.1020(c)(5), then 1910.1020's requirement to allow employee access (which includes the opportunity to examine and copy) would apply.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA has determined that § 1910.1020(e) is appropriate to reference for access requirements pertaining to written exposure control plans under HCS, rather than § 1910.120(l)(1). In the final rule, the agency has corrected the technical error and retained the reference to § 1910.1020.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(f) Labels and Other Forms of Warning</HD>
                    <P>Paragraph (f) of the HCS provides requirements for labeling. In the NPRM, OSHA proposed to modify paragraphs (f)(1), (f)(5), and (f)(11), and also proposed a new paragraph (f)(12).</P>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (f)(1) of the HCS, 
                        <E T="03">Labels on shipped containers,</E>
                         specifies what information is required on shipped containers of hazardous chemicals and also provides that hazards not otherwise classified (HNOCs) do not have to be addressed on these containers. OSHA proposed to revise paragraph (f)(1) to provide that, in addition to HNOCs, hazards resulting from a reaction with other chemicals under normal conditions of use do not have to be addressed on shipped containers. OSHA believed this information was not appropriate on containers because it might confuse users about the immediate hazards associated with the chemical in the container. However, because OSHA believed information on hazards resulting from a reaction with other chemicals under normal conditions of use 
                        <E T="03">is</E>
                         important for downstream users, the agency did not propose to change the existing requirements for these hazards to be indicated on SDSs (under Appendix D) and addressed in worker training where applicable (under paragraph (h)). OSHA also proposed to add the word “distributor” to the third sentence of paragraph (f)(1) to make it consistent with the first sentence.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA did not receive comments on inclusion of “distributor” in this paragraph, so the agency is finalizing that addition as proposed. OSHA received several comments on the proposal that “hazards resulting from a reaction with other chemicals under normal conditions of use” be exempt from inclusion on shipping labels. Michele Sullivan agreed with OSHA that including this information on the label could be confusing and potentially misleading, stating that including downstream hazards on the container could cause confusion with DOT requirements (Document ID 0366, p. 3). However, Cal/OSHA and Worksafe expressed concern that exempting this type of information from the label would withhold important information on chemical reactivity and hazards from workers throughout the supply chain (Document ID 0322, pp. 2-3, 15-16; 0424, Tr. 166-168, 193-195; 0354, p. 5). Cal/OSHA also took issue with using the term “under normal conditions of use” as the trigger for the labeling exemption, contending that it is unrealistic to expect chemical producers to be able to accurately identify such situations. Cal/OSHA stated that chemical manufacturers would need to rely on assumptions about downstream uses and if a manufacturer relied on incorrect assumptions, this could result in essential chemical hazard information being withheld (Document ID 0322, pp. 13-14).</P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees with the assertion that not requiring this information on the shipping label would allow manufacturers to withhold important hazard information from workers. As explained in the NPRM, information about downstream hazards is required to appear in Section 2 (Hazard(s) Identification) of the SDS, which must be readily available to workers using the product. Additionally, omitting hazard information created from later chemical reactions from the label properly places the label's emphasis on the hazards associated with the chemical in the container, while minimizing the potential for over-warning, which could mask the hazards to which workers are exposed. However, as discussed in the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (d), OSHA received many comments expressing uncertainty about what the agency meant by the term “under normal conditions of use.” Accordingly, in this final rule, OSHA has revised paragraph (d)(1) to remove the “under normal conditions of use” language and replace it with language that more clearly describes obligations for classification. Correspondingly, in paragraph (f)(1), this final rule removes the reference to “under normal conditions of use” and replaces it with a direct reference to paragraph (d)(1)(ii). As finalized, this change to paragraph (f)(1) maintains the proposed exemption but ensures consistency and minimizes confusion about which hazards are required on both the label and the SDS and which hazards are required solely on the SDS.</P>
                    <P>
                        Hach commented that OSHA should update (f)(1)(vi) to be consistent with the proposed changes in Appendix D to specify that the address and phone number of the responsible party should be the U.S. address and phone number (Document ID 0323, p. 11). OSHA is specifying that the address and telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or other responsible party required in Section 1 of the SDS, Identification, must be United States domestic, in order to minimize confusion on this point. As OSHA discussed in the NPRM, this change is not a new requirement, but clarifies the previously existing requirements of Appendix D, which requires that the name, address, and telephone number of the responsible party, such as the chemical manufacturer or importer, be listed on the SDS (86 FR 9722). OSHA explained in a 2016 LOI that when chemicals are 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44289"/>
                        imported into the United States, the importer (defined by the HCS as being the first business with employees in the United States to receive hazardous chemicals produced in other countries for distribution in the United States) is the responsible party for purposes of compliance with the HCS and is required to use a U.S. address and U.S. phone number on the SDS (Document ID 0090). For the same reasons that OSHA is making this change in Appendix D (see the Summary and Explanation for Appendix D), OSHA agrees that the change should be made here as well. Therefore, this final rule revises (f)(1)(vi) to include “U.S.” before “address” and “telephone number.”
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to add a new paragraph, (f)(1)(vii), that would introduce a requirement that the label include the date a chemical is released for shipment. The agency proposed this change in conjunction with changes in paragraph (f)(11) related to relabeling of containers that are released for shipment but have not yet been shipped. The agency believed that providing the date a chemical is released for shipment on the label would allow manufacturers and distributors to more easily determine their obligations under paragraph (f)(11) when new hazard information becomes available.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received numerous comments on this proposal. NAIMA supported the inclusion of a date for release for shipment on the basis that including such a date aligns with OSHA's other proposed changes related to chemicals that have been released for shipment (Document ID 0338, p. 7). Tom Murphy commented that including a date on the label could benefit workers but suggested that OSHA change the title “Release for Shipment” to “Packaged for Shipment” to better reflect the intent of (f)(1) (Document ID 0277, p. 2). Many commenters, however, objected to or had concerns about the requirement of adding the release for shipment date on the label. Some raised practical objections, such as inadequate space on the label and lack of clarity about what the proper date would be (Document ID 0361, pp. 1-2; 0362, pp. 3-4). Many others questioned the need for such a requirement since manufacturers already track the date of manufacturing through various means such as lot numbers or manufacturing dates (Document ID 0327, p. 4; 0359, p. 3; 0323, pp. 8-9; 0315, pp. 1-2; 0321, p. 1; 0333, p. 1; 0339, p. 2; 0340, pp. 4-5; 0348, p. 2; 0349 p. 1; 0423, Tr. 103, 195-196, 210-216; 0424, Tr. 21). For example, Epson America, Inc. (Epson) commented that the proposed requirement was “not necessary and meaningless” and that the proposal did not make clear which date to use (Document ID 0288, p. 1). NPGA, Dow, and Hach also commented that a required date on the label would add unnecessary burdens and create confusion (Document ID 0364, pp. 1-2; 0359, pp. 3-4; 0323, pp. 8-9). IMA-NA suggested that such a date would not bear a connection to when the container was actually ready to ship (Document ID 0363, p. 8). Michele Sullivan commented that requiring the date on the label was contrary to international harmonization because the GHS does not have such a requirement (Document ID 0366, p. 4). Similarly, Hach observed that other international partners (e.g., Canada) do not require the date of release for shipment on the labels (Document ID 0323, pp. 8-9).</P>
                    <P>Some commenters indicated that OSHA underestimated the burden of this requirement since either manufacturers would need to modify their processes or the new requirement would preclude the use of pre-existing labels, which save manufacturers time and cost (Document ID 0290, p. 1; 0315, pp. 1-2; 0358; p. 2; 0324, pp. 2-3, 7; 0359, pp. 3-4; 0323, pp. 8-9; 0424, Tr. 21; 0425, Tr. 73; 0368, p. 6). Others questioned whether the proposal would create issues with labeling requirements imposed by other agencies. For example, ILMA commented that some of their members are also regulated by FDA and the use of a ship date as opposed to a batch code may violate FDA regulations (Document ID 0444, p. 6). Several commenters commented that the addition of this date on the label could create confusion with very little benefit. AmeriGas stated that a “released for shipment” date could lead to confusion with DOT requalification dates (Document ID 0423, Tr. 210-216), and SAAMI suggested that there could be confusion with expiration dates (Document ID 0421, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>In addition, HCPA, ACC, and others recommended that OSHA allow manufacturers and importers to use their own methods to track their inventory throughout distribution rather than require an additional date on the label (Document ID 0301, p. 1; 0315, pp. 1-2; 0327, p. 5; 0324, pp. 3, 7; 0423, Tr. 103). A comment jointly submitted by the Compressed Gas Association (CGA) and the Gases &amp; Welding Distributors Association (GAWDA) recommended that the date be optional to provide manufacturers flexibility, especially those that reuse containers and inspect labels regularly (Document ID 0310, pp. 1-2).</P>
                    <P>OSHA appreciates the various views and comments submitted by stakeholders. The agency finds compelling the arguments that the date a chemical was released for shipment is not needed on labels because this information is already available through other means and that the addition of the date could cause confusion for downstream users due to other (non-HCS) date requirements on the label. Since OSHA indicated in the NPRM that the primary reason to include the “release for shipment” date was to aid manufacturers and distributors in complying with (f)(11), the agency finds it relevant that manufacturers and distributors believe they already have adequate means to track their inventory (86 FR 9698). OSHA therefore concludes it is unnecessary to require dates be included on the label and is not including this proposed requirement in the final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (f)(5) specifies label requirements that apply to the transport of hazardous chemicals from workplace to workplace. In the NPRM, OSHA proposed to add the heading “Transportation” to this paragraph. The agency received no comments on the proposed new paragraph heading, so is finalizing the heading “Transportation” as proposed. In addition, OSHA is making one technical correction to (f)(5)(i). The citation for the requirements of the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act has been changed from 49 U.S.C. 1801 et seq. to 49 U.S.C. 5101 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                         OSHA has updated the reference.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, OSHA proposed to add two new subparagraphs to (f)(5) that specify requirements related to the transportation of hazardous chemicals. OSHA proposed to add a new paragraph (f)(5)(ii) to address the transportation of bulk shipments of hazardous chemicals (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         in tanker trucks, rail cars, or intermodal containers). The proposed paragraph would specify that labels for bulk shipments of hazardous chemicals may either be on the immediate container or may be transmitted with shipping papers, bills of lading, or by other technological or electronic means so that the information is immediately available in print to workers on the receiving end of the shipment.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received numerous comments on this proposed provision. Several comments supported the proposed paragraph. ILMA indicated that the option of using either physical or technological means to transmit the information was beneficial (Document ID 0365, p. 12). ADM supported the proposed language, finding it to be in full agreement with pre-existing OSHA 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44290"/>
                        guidance and industry practice (Document ID 0361, p. 2). Similarly, FCA supported the addition of paragraph (f)(5)(ii) as long as the term 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment</E>
                         is not expanded to encompass intermediate containers (Document ID 0345, pp. 5-6). OSHA notes that the regulatory text narrowly defines 
                        <E T="03">bulk shipment</E>
                         to include only tanker trucks, rail cars, and intermodal containers.
                    </P>
                    <P>NAIMA, Hugo Hidalgo, and Ameren also supported the proposed new paragraph, stating it provided needed clarity (Document ID 0297, pp. 2-3; 0309, pp. 11, 16; 0338, p. 7). National Refrigerants, Inc. (NRI) supported the addition of (f)(5)(ii) but requested that OSHA permit sending the label electronically just once for multiple shipments with the same materials (Document ID 0326, p. 7). Similarly, NACD and a comment submitted jointly by the Association of American Railroads (AAR) and the American Short Line and Regional Railroad Association (ASLRRA) stated that there need only be one electronic transmission of a label if multiple shipments are made of the same material (Document ID 0329, pp. 3-4; 0351, pp. 2-4; 0465, pp. 3-4). OSHA disagrees with these suggested changes since sending the label just once would not provide the label to the receiver of each shipment at the time of delivery. The intent of (f)(5)(ii) is to ensure the label is immediately available to the person receiving the shipment while recognizing advances in technology that allow manufacturers or suppliers alternate methods of ensuring a hard copy is available.</P>
                    <P>
                        While IPHMT and NPGA also supported the addition of (f)(5)(ii), they requested that OSHA revise the paragraph to read as follows: “It is permissible for the label for bulk packaging of hazardous chemicals to be on the container in a manner that does not conflict with the requirements of the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1801 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ) [now 49 U.S.C. 5105 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ] and regulations issued under that Act by the Department of Transportation, or to be transmitted with the shipping papers, bills of lading, or other technological or electronic means so that it is immediately available to workers in printed form on the receiving end of the shipment.” These commenters stated that their proposed language would clarify that OSHA does not intend to prohibit markings required by DOT (Document ID 0336, p. 2; 0364, pp. 5-6). OSHA does not agree that this change is needed, since (f)(5)(i) already provides that labeling used to comply with the HCS must not conflict with the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1801 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ) [now 49 U.S.C. 5101 et seq.] and regulations issued under that Act by DOT.
                    </P>
                    <P>Toby Threet also supported, in general, the provision for sending electronic labels, with a minor edit to clarify that it is not the worker who should be in printed form (Document ID 0279, p. 3). OSHA is not convinced that the language as proposed is truly ambiguous and in need of clarification.</P>
                    <P>Dow requested a slight change to the proposed text to allow for greater latitude for where to affix the label on the bulk shipping container, suggesting OSHA change “may be on the immediate container” to “may be attached or affixed to the immediate container” (Document ID 0359, p. 2). DGAC expressed similar support for revisions that would allow for flexibility of label placement (Document ID 0339, p. 2). OSHA disagrees that this language is necessary or adds any additional flexibility. OSHA already allows flexibility in its definition of label in paragraph (c). The definition notes that labels may be affixed to, printed on, or attached to the immediate container (or outside packaging). Therefore, OSHA is maintaining the language as proposed.</P>
                    <P>NACD and others questioned the need for a label on a bulk shipping container, suggesting that since the DOT placard and SDS are already required, the end user will have the necessary safety and health information without a label (Document ID 0329, pp. 3-4; 0315, p. 2). OSHA disagrees with this assertion. OSHA does not require the SDS to accompany the actual shipment of the chemical and therefore it may not be immediately available upon delivery (although it must be readily accessible to employees). Also, the DOT placard does not include the full range of hazards covered by the HCS. Additionally, Idemitsu Lubricants America Corporation (ILA) suggested that a hard copy of the label was not necessary since the storage container on the receiving side should already be appropriately labeled (Document ID 0315, p. 2). OSHA disagrees, since the person who is unloading the material from the bulk shipment may not have immediate access to the storage vessel and its label.</P>
                    <P>NIOSH commented that proposed (f)(5)(ii) was practical and would not result in additional risk to the worker. However, NIOSH recommended that OSHA have a mechanism to verify that the label information is transmitted (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 4). OSHA agrees that some sort of acknowledgement or acceptance of this information from the end user is important to ensure that the information is appropriately received. Therefore, in this final rule OSHA is revising the proposed language to include that if the label is transmitted in a means other than a label on the bulk shipment container or in printed form, the recipient of the shipment must agree to receive the labels by an alternate method. OSHA is also revising the word “may” to “must” in the first sentence of (f)(5)(ii) to clarify that the label preparer must choose one of the options provided in the paragraph.</P>
                    <P>Both Cal/OSHA and Worksafe objected to permitting shippers to send labeling information electronically, expressing concern that this method could leave workers who handle containers during shipment unaware of their contents and leave emergency responders unaware of the presence of hazardous materials and unable to respond safely to an emergency that occurs during shipment (Document ID 0322, pp. 2, 14-15; 0375, pp. 2, 14-15; 0354, p. 5). DOT has jurisdiction over hazardous chemicals while they are in transport and has provided alternate methods to ensure the safety of people transporting hazardous materials via packaging and labeling as well as to ensure that emergency responders are aware of the hazards in case of an emergency. The HCS, in contrast, is concerned with chemical hazards in the workplace after transport has concluded. The purpose of providing the HCS label either on the bulk shipping container or with the bill of lading is to ensure that the downstream recipient has the information immediately upon delivery. This long-standing requirement ensures that the recipient has the information immediately while not posing any potential conflicts with the placarding required by DOT.</P>
                    <P>
                        Steven Wodka expressed concern that permitting electronic transmission of labels will result in workers on the receiving end of the shipment not having necessary hazard information quickly enough. Wodka stated that warning labels should appear at the point of danger where they would be most effectively seen, and that permitting electronic transmission of labels will lead to a delay between the bulk shipment's arrival at the customer's plant and the placement of the appropriate label, even at the most OSHA-compliant workplaces (Document ID 0312, pp. 2-5). As noted above, to further address the concern that labels should be immediately available at the point of danger, OSHA is revising the proposed language of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44291"/>
                        (f)(5)(ii) to include a requirement that the recipient of a shipment must agree to receive labels electronically. OSHA believes that the proposed regulatory language requiring that labels be “immediately available to workers in printed form on the receiving end of shipment,” coupled with the new language in the final version requiring recipients to consent to electronic delivery of labels, addresses the delay concerns.
                    </P>
                    <P>If a manufacturer, importer, or distributor uses electronic transmission of product labels for bulk shipments, they must ensure the recipient chooses to “opt-in” to accept the electronic transmission. A downstream user/recipient may choose to “opt-out” of an electronic distribution system from a manufacturer, importer, or distributor at any time. If a downstream user/recipient does opt out, the manufacturer, importer, or distributor must then ensure a product label is on each bulk shipment in accordance with paragraph (f)(1) or provide a hard copy of the product label with shipping papers or bills of lading. As a note, this provision does not change the existing obligations of the downstream employer to ensure that any chemical container in the workplace is labeled in accordance with paragraph (f)(6) before any worker uses the chemical. A tanker truck or railroad tank car may be labeled in accordance with paragraph (f)(7) when considered a stationary process container.</P>
                    <P>In sum, OSHA is finalizing paragraph (f)(5)(ii) with revisions to clarify that the label may be electronically transmitted only with agreement from the receiving end. Electronic transmission of product labels for bulk shipment may be accomplished in numerous ways through various electronic platforms including computer systems, facsimile, or bar or QR code, as long as the product label is immediately available in printed form on the receiving end of the shipment.</P>
                    <P>As discussed in the NPRM, under the 2012 HCS, Appendix C paragraph C.2.3.3 provides that where a pictogram required by DOT appears on a shipped container, the HCS pictogram for the same hazard (specified in C.4) shall not appear. This provision was intended to prevent confusion associated with having two different representations of the same hazard on the container (77 FR 17728). However, since 2012, DOT has updated its regulations to indicate that it does not consider the HCS pictogram to conflict with the DOT pictogram, and based on this, OSHA no longer believes that having both pictograms will create confusion for workers handling the chemical (49 CFR 172.401). Accordingly, in the NPRM OSHA proposed to: (1) delete the language currently in paragraph C.2.3.3 from Appendix C and (2) add new paragraph (f)(5)(iii) to provide that where a DOT pictogram appears on a shipped container, the Appendix C pictogram for the same hazard is allowed, but is not required, on the HCS label.</P>
                    <P>For example, in the case where a chemical is shipped in only its immediate container, such as a 55-gallon drum containing a flammable liquid, both a DOT label and an OSHA-compliant label would be required. Under the 2012 standard, the flame pictogram on the OSHA-compliant label would be prohibited because the DOT label would contain the equivalent pictogram. The proposed change would allow, but not require, the flame pictogram to appear on the OSHA-compliant label. This means chemical manufacturers could use the same labels for shipping containers and for containers that are solely used in the workplace; this would avoid information loss and eliminate the need to develop or print additional labels.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received several comments relevant to this proposed change. ILMA supported harmonizing the HCS with DOT because it will “reduc[e] confusion regarding hazards, not only for workers but for the businesses that must juggle two different labeling rules” (Document ID 0356, p. 12). IPHMT commented that the proposed regulatory language did not make it sufficiently clear that adding the HCS pictogram was permissible but optional, rather than required. They requested the agency amend the proposed language to clarify that the addition of the HCS pictogram with the DOT pictogram is permissible but not required (Document ID 0336, p. 3). OSHA disagrees that additional language is needed; the proposed regulatory text states clearly that the HCS pictogram “is not required on the label.” NPGA and IPHMT also commented that the agency had not made a compelling case that no confusion would ensue if both pictograms were required and this might affect emergency responders' response (Document ID 0336, p. 3; 0364, p. 6). However, these commenters did not provide any evidence that there would be or has been confusion due to two distinctly different pictograms. OSHA notes that the DOT placard is larger than and separate from the OSHA-compliant label, enabling emergency responders to distinguish between the two types of labels. Moreover, these commenters provided no reason for OSHA to disagree with DOT's conclusion, based on that agency's experience and expertise, that confusion should not arise from inclusion of both pictograms.</P>
                    <P>SOCMA supported the proposed change, stating that “DOT has updated its regulations to indicate that it does not consider the HCS pictogram to conflict or cause confusion with the DOT pictogram for the same identified hazard. This provision simply harmonizes labeling regulations between OSHA and DOT while simplifying the dual labeling requirements for regulated entities” (Document ID 0367, p. 5).</P>
                    <P>DOD asked OSHA to clarify whether the HCS pictogram is permitted or required once the container reaches its destination (Document ID 0299, p. 2). OSHA intends that if the immediate container bears a DOT pictogram, the same pictogram does not need to also be on the HCS label, as long as the DOT pictogram is not removed or defaced. The end user would not need to add the corresponding HCS pictogram.</P>
                    <P>NACD suggested alternate language to distinguish between DOT terminology for “marking” a shipping container and OSHA terminology for “labeling” hazardous chemicals. They suggested that OSHA remove two references to “the label” from proposed (f)(5)(iii) (Document ID 0329, p. 4). OSHA partially agrees that the use of the term “the label” for both DOT requirements and OSHA requirements may be confusing because DOT sometimes uses the term marking rather than labeling. However, the use of the term “on the label” to reference OSHA labeling is appropriate. Therefore, OSHA is removing the first reference to “the label” from the text of (f)(5)(iii); the text as finalized reads, “Where a pictogram required by the Department of Transportation under Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations appears on a shipped container, the pictogram specified in Appendix C.4 of this section for the same hazard is not required on the label.”</P>
                    <P>
                        NACD also suggested that OSHA require that the pictogram(s), hazard statement(s) and signal word(s) be in the same field of view as the DOT's hazard class symbol, so workers could view all hazard information at once, in order for the HCS pictogram to not be required (Document ID 0329, p. 4). OSHA disagrees with this suggestion. The DOT markings are used for different purposes and the size and location may be dictated in such a way that it would not be feasible to have them in the same field of view. Therefore, the agency is finalizing (f)(5)(iii) as proposed with the exception of removing the phrase “the label for” where it referred to DOT requirements.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44292"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>In the 2012 HCS, paragraph (f)(11) requires that chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, or employers who become newly aware of any significant information regarding the hazards of a chemical revise the labels within six months of becoming aware of the new information and ensure that labels on containers of hazardous chemicals shipped after that time contain the new information. OSHA recognizes that, on some occasions, a chemical manufacturer or importer may become aware of significant hazard information after a chemical has already been labeled but before it is shipped. Therefore, in the NPRM OSHA proposed to add a sentence to paragraph (f)(11) providing that chemicals that have been released for shipment and are awaiting future distribution need not be relabeled; however, the chemical manufacturer or importer must provide the updated label for each individual container with each shipment. The purpose of these changes is to account for the long distribution cycles of some products and the potential hazards workers could face in relabeling the immediate containers of hazardous chemicals that have already been prepared for shipment.</P>
                    <P>Following publication of the 2012 updates to the HCS, OSHA received feedback related to difficulties some chemical manufacturers were having complying with paragraph (f)(11), particularly in the case of chemicals that travel through long distribution cycles (see 86 FR 9699). Many products have straightforward supply chains and are packaged, labeled, and promptly shipped downstream. Other products, for example in the agrochemical sector, are packaged and labeled when they leave the chemical manufacturer's facility, but they may reside at a warehouse or distribution facility for extended periods of time (e.g., several years) before being shipped downstream. There are also instances where products may be returned from the downstream users to the distribution facility and then shipped to other customers (86 FR 9699).</P>
                    <P>In addition to the compliance difficulties noted by manufacturers, OSHA is aware that the act of relabeling (or in some cases repackaging) these products in warehouses or distribution facilities has the potential to pose occupational safety and health risks to employees. Relabeling each individual container may require that employees open already secure packaging, a process that may result in workplace hazards such as the potential for chemical exposures.</P>
                    <P>OSHA has previously recognized the complexities involved with relabeling existing stock of hazardous chemicals. Following promulgation of the 2012 HCS, the HCS compliance directive (Document ID 0007) provided enforcement guidance on the labeling of existing stock. Before June 1, 2015 (for manufacturers and importers), and before December 1, 2015 (for distributors), OSHA permitted chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors with existing stock that was packaged (e.g., boxed, palletized, shrink wrapped, etc.) for shipment and labeled in accordance with the pre-2012 version of the HCS to ship those containers downstream without relabeling the containers with HCS 2012-compliant labels. However, the chemical manufacturer or importer generally had to provide an HCS 2012-compliant label for each individual container shipped and the appropriate HCS 2012-compliant SDS(s) with each shipment. After those deadlines, employers were required to ensure that each container was labeled with an HCS 2012-compliant label prior to shipping. OSHA used this enforcement policy as a basis for the proposed revisions to paragraph (f)(11). OSHA sought commenters' input on whether the proposed changes would adequately address issues associated with relabeling in cases of long distribution cycles, whether the proposed changes would provide sufficient flexibility, and whether the proposed revisions would alleviate safety concerns that would otherwise be associated with the relabeling of packaged stock.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received numerous comments on this proposed provision. A comment jointly submitted by the Fertilizer Institute (TFI) and the Agricultural Retailers Association (ARA) supported the proposal and stated that it would reduce their burden without impacting the hazard information (Document ID 0340, pp. 4-5). Tom Murphy supported the provision but indicated it could be clearer if the agency changed the term “release for shipment” to “packaged for shipment” (Document ID 0277, p. 2). NIOSH, NAIMA and Ameren also expressed support, noting that the provision would allow manufacturers with long distribution cycles the opportunity to send updated labels with the shipment while avoiding unnecessary risk to workers (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 4; 0338, p. 7; 0309, p. 11). NIOSH recommended that clear responsibility be established to ensure labels accompany shipment. OSHA agrees; it is the responsibility of the originator to ensure updated labels accompany the shipment.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters expressed confusion about what the proposed provision would require; in particular, they appeared to interpret the proposed provision as mandatory rather than optional. API and Michele Sullivan urged OSHA to make the proposed provision optional, as it would not be relevant to many supply chain operations (Document ID 0316, pp. 4-5; 0366, p. 4). NAPIM appeared to read the proposed provision as requiring manufacturers to place an updated label on each container that had already been prepared for shipment (Document ID 0317, p. 2). NPGA and a comment jointly submitted by CGA and GAWDA stated that the proposed provision would be inappropriate for manufacturers of cylinder gas products and urged the agency not to include it in the final rule (Document ID 0310, p. 2; 0385, p. 2; 0364, p. 4). OSHA notes that the proposed provision was intended to be optional and is revising the language in the final version to clarify that manufacturers have the option to adopt the provision's alternate labeling procedures but are not required to do so. Manufacturers, distributors and importers can always follow the requirements for updating labels as laid out in the first part of (f)(11). OSHA is also revising the title of paragraph (f)(11) from “Release for Shipment” to “Label Updates” to better reflect the true purpose of this provision: providing requirements for updating information on labels. This change is similar to a suggestion submitted by Toby Threet, that OSHA should revise the title “to something more representative of the entire paragraph, such as `Revision of Labels'” (Document ID 0279, p. 5).</P>
                    <P>Some commenters conditioned support for the changes on OSHA eliminating or adjusting the correlating proposed requirement to add the date of “release for shipment” on the label (Document ID 0327, p. 5; 0347, Att. 1, pp. 9-11; 0361, p. 1). As discussed above, OSHA has decided not to adopt its proposed requirement to include the “release for shipment” date on the label in this final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        Other commenters, while supporting this provision in principle, did not support shipping the updated label with the shipment. Several commented that doing so would inappropriately place the burden on the downstream user to update the label on site. For example, the Medical Device Transport Council (MDTC) strongly supported the relief from relabeling that (f)(11) would afford but did not support placing the burden 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44293"/>
                        on subsequent distributors and customers to apply the updated labels to the containers (Document ID 0358, pp. 2-3). Likewise, DGAC commented that it does not support this provision as it places the burden on subsequent distributors and their customers (Document ID 0339, p. 3). Similarly, others including Dow commented that shipping unaffixed labels could create issues with safety and raise liability issues, and that there would be no way to ensure that relabeling would even take place (Document ID 0349, p. 1; 0359, pp. 2-3; 0368, pp. 5-6). The agency believes that the commenters are exaggerating the nature of any additional burden on downstream users. The purpose of the accommodation proposed in (f)(11) is to avoid the burdens and hazards that can come with relabeling containers in a specific, narrow set of circumstances, while still providing the up-to-date information to downstream users. If upstream manufacturers are concerned about liability, they can opt not to take advantage of this optional accommodation and instead update the label at the point of shipment.
                    </P>
                    <P>Other commenters requested flexibility on how and when to send the labels downstream, such as sending them electronically and/or in advance of the shipment, or suggested it is not necessary to send updated labels at all since the downstream user already has the information on the SDS (Document ID 0279, p. 5; 0297, pp. 5-7; 0319, p. 2; 0327, p. 5; 0345, pp. 4-5; 0349, p. 1; 0368, pp. 5-6). ACI indicated that new processes would need to be put in place to provide the updated label (Document ID 0319, p. 2). However, it is important to ensure that downstream users have the most up-to-date information at the time the hazardous chemical is received. Allowing the label to be sent separately from the shipment or relying on the SDS would fail to ensure that the downstream user has the updated label with each container. OSHA again notes that this provision is optional, so if a manufacturer does not have a mechanism to provide the updated label with the shipment or is concerned about liability, they can relabel each container prior to shipment.</P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters stated that they found the term 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment</E>
                         to be confusing (Document ID 0329, p. 4; 0465, p. 4; 0324, p. 3). OSHA is adding a definition of 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment</E>
                         in the final rule (see the Summary and Explanation discussion for paragraph (c)).
                    </P>
                    <P>Cal/OSHA opposed the proposed update, characterizing it as an “additional delay in relabeling” that would “expose[ ] workers throughout the supply chain to undisclosed chemical hazards” (Document ID 0322, p. 15). OSHA disagrees that the proposed provision will cause a delay in downstream workers receiving the correct label information because it would require updated labels to be sent together with every shipped container. In providing this accommodation OSHA is providing flexibility to manufacturers in a way that minimizes potential hazards to upstream workers who could be exposed to hazards due to relabeling while still providing the updated label information with the shipped product within the required timeframe.</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, several commenters requested clarification about aspects of the proposed provision. NRI asked whether this accommodation applies to any container filled, sealed, and labeled by the manufacturer before the expiration of the six-month deadline (Document ID 0326, p. 6). The answer is yes. NRI also asked whether the provision would apply to labels on a chemical's immediate container as well as labels on immediate outer packages holding small containers (Document ID 0326, p. 6). This answer is also yes: this accommodation would apply to containers within an immediate outer package, as long as the immediate outer package is already 
                        <E T="03">released for shipment</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>The Vinyl Institute asked whether the exception applies when the immediate container is filled and labeled, but the immediate container has not yet been placed in its kit or outer container, palletized, and/or shrink wrapped (Document ID 0369, pp. 8-9). PLASTICS supported the proposed provision but suggested a supplemental statement to state that: “The `released for shipment' criterion would be satisfied if the immediate container were filled, sealed, and labeled by the deadline even if the immediate container (1) has not yet been placed in its kit or outer container, palletized, and/or shrink wrapped, or (2) the product is on a temporary QA hold and is subsequently cleared for distribution” (Document ID 0314, p. 19). In the Vinyl Institute's question and in PLASTICS' suggestion, it appears that the immediate containers still would need to be packaged for shipment, so they would not meet the definition of released for shipment discussed previously in the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (c), and the exception would not apply.</P>
                    <P>IMA-NA asked OSHA to implement staggered timelines for label updates based on the severity of the hazard, indicating that a Class 1 hazard should have a short timeline and a Class 2B hazard could wait as much as twelve months for new labeling (Document ID 0363, p. 8). This comment is out of scope for this rulemaking since OSHA did not propose to change the basic schedule for updating labels after learning of new hazard information. In addition, the agency believes downstream users must have the updated information available on the immediate container as quickly as possible regardless of the severity of the hazard.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is modifying the proposed text for (f)(11) to make clear that for chemicals that have been released for shipment and are awaiting further distribution, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor has the option not to relabel after learning significant new hazard information. However, if they choose to take that option, they must produce updated labels for each container and send those labels with the shipment for the downstream users.</P>
                    <P>Finally, OSHA proposed a new paragraph, (f)(12), to address small container labeling. The 2012 HCS required that all shipped containers be labeled with the information specified in paragraph (f)(1). Many stakeholders have told OSHA that they have difficulty including all of the required information from paragraph (f)(1) on the labels they use for small containers. In some cases, the information becomes too small for a person to read it, and while it is sometimes possible to use alternate types of labels (such as pull-out labels or tags), it is not always feasible to do so (86 FR 9699). In response to these concerns, through LOIs and the HCS compliance directive, OSHA provided a practical accommodation to address situations where it is infeasible to provide all HCS-required label information directly on small containers through the use of pull-out labels, fold-back labels, or tags (see 86 FR 9699). This practical accommodation allows limited information to be included on the small container label, but requires complete label information to be provided on the outside packaging. In the NPRM, OSHA proposed to incorporate this practical accommodation into the standard in new paragraph (f)(12).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed that all of the new small container labeling provisions apply only where the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor can demonstrate that it is not feasible to use pull-out labels, fold-back labels, or tags containing the full label information required by paragraph (f)(1). Proposed paragraphs (f)(12)(ii)(A)-(E) would provide that labels on small 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44294"/>
                        containers that are less than or equal to 100 milliliter (ml) capacity must include, at minimum: product identifier; pictogram(s); signal word; chemical manufacturer's name and phone number; and a statement that the full label information for the hazardous chemical is provided on the immediate outer package. Proposed paragraph (f)(12)(iii) would provide that no labels are required for small containers of 3 ml capacity or less where the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor can demonstrate that any label would interfere with the normal use of the container; however, that same proposed provision states that if a container meets the conditions of (f)(12)(iii) and no label is required, the container must bear, at minimum, the product identifier. For example, the product identifier (e.g., chemical name, code number or batch number) could be etched on a 3 ml glass vial (container) to ensure that the identifier remains fixed to the vial. This type of identification would ensure that the chemical in the small container can be identified and matched with the chemical's full label information.
                    </P>
                    <P>Proposed paragraph (f)(12)(iv) would provide that for any small container covered by paragraph (f)(12)(ii) or (iii), the immediate outer package must include the full label information required by paragraph (f)(1) for each hazardous chemical in the immediate outer package, along with a statement that the small container(s) inside must be stored in the immediate outer package bearing the complete label when not in use. This proposed provision would also state that labels affixed to the immediate outer package must not be removed or defaced, as required by existing paragraph (f)(9).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA intended these proposed changes to provide chemical manufacturers, importers and distributors with flexibility in labeling small containers. The proposal was consistent with the small packaging examples provided in the GHS Annex 7: 
                        <E T="03">Examples of Arrangements of the GHS Label Elements</E>
                         (Document ID 0197, pp. 431-436), and would result in better alignment with Health Canada's HPR small capacity container requirements (Document ID 0051). Specifically, the HPR, under 5.4(1), provides exemptions from certain labeling requirements (such as precautionary statements) for small capacity containers of 100 ml or less. In addition, under 5.4(2), the HPR provides labeling exemptions for containers of 3 ml or less if the label interferes with the normal use of the hazardous product. OSHA requested comments on the feasibility of the proposed small container labeling provisions as well as whether the proposed changes would improve safe handling and storage for chemicals in small containers.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received numerous comments on proposed paragraph (f)(12). Most commenters supported adoption of (f)(12) (Document ID 0281, Att. 1, p. 4; 0309, p. 16; 0316, p. 6; 0323, pp. 6-8; 0329, pp. 5-6; 0338, pp. 7; 0339, pp. 3-4; 0345, p. 3; 0346, pp. 1-2; 0347, Att. 1, pp. 12-13; 0349, p. 1; 0359, p. 4; 0361, pp. 2-3; 0366, p. 4; 0367, p. 3). FCA described proposed (f)(12) as a “substantial improvement” and “strongly urge[d]” adoption of the provision (Document ID 0345, p. 3). The Flavor and Extract Manufacturers Association agreed that trying to include all the information required on a full-sized label on small packages is infeasible and voiced support for the flexibility that (f)(12) would provide (Document ID 0346, pp. 1-2). NAIMA called proposed (f)(12) a “common sense” solution (Document ID 0338, p. 7). While API noted that the addition of proposed paragraph (f)(12) to the HCS would likely impact laboratory samples, they indicated no concerns about adding it (Document ID 0316, p. 6).</P>
                    <P>Other commenters, while supporting this accommodation, had additional recommendations. ACC voiced general support for adding paragraph (f)(12) but recommended that the agency expand full relief to any container below 100 ml, eliminating the need for separate provisions for 3 ml and 100 ml (Document ID 0347, Att. 1, pp. 12-13; 0406, Att. 1, pp. 12-13). OSHA disagrees with this recommendation. The information on the immediate container is essential for worker safety and most containers, except for the very smallest, have enough room on the immediate container (either attached directly or with the use of tags or pull-out labels) to provide at least minimal information.</P>
                    <P>NACD and Loren Lowy recommended that the small package label also reference the SDS (Document ID 0329, pp. 5-6; 0333, p. 1; 0465, pp. 4-5). OSHA does not believe this is necessary. Workers should already be trained on the hazards they are exposed to and have ready access to the SDSs. Space on small containers is at a premium and including unnecessary references to the SDS might detract from the hazard information. However, NACD or others can add this statement if they deem it appropriate.</P>
                    <P>NIOSH recommended that outer packages be “water resistant” (Document ID 0281, Att. 1, p. 4). While OSHA believes “water resistant” packaging might be beneficial, this suggestion is beyond the scope of this rulemaking because OSHA did not propose any new requirements related to the durability of labels.</P>
                    <P>Hach supported the small package labeling provision but suggested that OSHA eliminate the requirement to include a U.S. phone number, stating that this takes up valuable label space and reduces harmonization with trading partners such as Canada and Mexico (Document ID 0323, pp. 6-8). OSHA disagrees with this suggestion. The phone number should be maintained on the label since this provides the worker with immediate access to where they can seek additional information if the SDS is not in the immediate vicinity.</P>
                    <P>Givaudan, PLASTICS, the Vinyl Institute, and ACA suggested that OSHA eliminate the need to show infeasibility while ICT requested that OSHA explain what the agency means by “demonstrating that it is not feasible” (Document ID 0293, p. 1; 0314, pp. 17-18; 0369, p. 9; 0324, p. 4; 0368, pp. 7-9). Michele Sullivan also noted that neither Canada nor the GHS requires proof of infeasibility (Document ID 0366, p. 4). OSHA maintains that requiring a showing of infeasibility is appropriate. It is imperative that, wherever possible, workers have the full label information on the immediate container to ensure safe use at all times. If this is demonstrated to be not feasible (for example, due to space considerations or extraordinary economic considerations), then OSHA has provided a way to minimize these impacts while still providing valuable information to workers. The label provides a concise, immediate, and conspicuous visual reminder of chemical hazards at the site where the chemical is used; reducing this information where it is feasible to provide the entire label would reduce protections for the downstream user of the chemicals. Relatedly, Ameren commented that prior approval should not be required for using the abbreviated labels (Document ID 0309, p. 12). To clarify, new paragraph (f)(12) would not require prior approval, only that the company must demonstrate that the full label was infeasible.</P>
                    <P>
                        HCPA's comment supported the agency's efforts, but requested that OSHA follow the approach of Canada, which does not require entire label elements on the outer package (Document ID 0327, pp. 5-6). OSHA believes that not having this information on the immediate outer package would be a reduction in protections that the HCS currently affords and removing this information would not provide any benefits other than aligning with Canada. While OSHA strives to align 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44295"/>
                        with Canada where possible, OSHA's primary mission is to protect workers. OSHA believes providing the full label on the immediate outer package is appropriate and provides the workers downstream with the information they need.
                    </P>
                    <P>While not endorsing or disagreeing with the proposal, Epson asked if OSHA would offer the same exemptions as the EU CLP regulation which provides exemption for containers not exceeding 125 ml (Document ID 0288, p. 1). OSHA has chosen to provide labeling flexibility for containers of 100 ml or less because OSHA believes that the information on the immediate container is essential and the chemicals even in very small containers can be extremely hazardous. OSHA's determination to place the cut-off at 100 ml also aligns with Canada's small container labeling requirements and therefore serves the important purpose of consistency with our largest trading partner. Hach asked for the 3 ml limit for very small containers to be raised to 5 ml and provided photos in comments and testimony to demonstrate their concerns (Document ID 0323, pp. 6-8; 0425, Tr. 83-84). OSHA believes, however, that 3 ml is the appropriate cut-off for a total exemption of hazard information. This cut-off is consistent with Canada's requirements for small container labeling, and while Hach provided pictures of small containers of less than 5 ml, there is no indication that a label would interfere with the use of the product.</P>
                    <P>PLASTICS expressed concern about a “mixed kit” scenario, where an outer package would contain smaller containers of varying sizes or where some containers in a kit do not contain hazardous materials and would not be covered by the HCS, and proposed alternate regulatory language that would accommodate this type of situation (Document ID 0314, pp. 18-19). PLASTICS also requested that OSHA permit downstream users to relabel containers in such a scenario. While OSHA acknowledges that a “mixed kit” scenario might pose challenges in applying this accommodation, OSHA does not believe that the appropriate response is to move the responsibility of labeling the immediate container to the downstream users. This would require each downstream user to open each kit and figure out which container would need to be relabeled, creating the potential for mislabeling. OSHA already provides multiple flexibilities, including the use of attached tags which can be applied to the immediate outer container for the full information. Rev. 8 shows several different options on how to label “kits” in Annex 7 (example 10—scenario A and B) (Document ID 0065, pp. 451-457).</P>
                    <P>Toby Threet suggested regulatory text changes for proposed paragraph (f)(12). Threet stated that any container less than or equal to 3 ml capacity is automatically also less than or equal to 100 ml capacity and label preparers cannot comply with both paragraphs (f)(12)(ii) and (f)(12)(iii); therefore, OSHA should modify paragraph (f)(12)(ii) to add a lower limit of “greater than 3 ml” (Document ID 0279, pp. 25-26). OSHA does not believe that this change is appropriate because paragraphs (f)(12)(ii) and (f)(12)(iii) have separate conditions that trigger their applicability; thus, there is no conflict between the two provisions. Threet also requested that OSHA exclude situations where the immediate outer container might itself present a hazard, such as if it became contaminated with radiation (Document ID 0279, p. 26). In such a situation, the downstream user would have an obligation to ensure appropriate labeling under paragraph (f)(9); the agency does not believe it would be beneficial to complicate the regulatory text here.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received one additional comment that was beyond the scope of proposed changes related to paragraph (f). PLASTICS submitted a comment relating specifically to (f)(6)(iii) that recommends using color-coded charts to replace labels at workstations where solvents present an issue with label integrity (Document ID 0357, pp. 3-4). This comment is out of scope because it does not relate to any changes proposed in the NPRM. OSHA notes that this issue has already been addressed in the 2015 HCS compliance directive (Document ID 0007).</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing paragraph (f)(12) of the rule as proposed.</P>
                    <P>PLASTICS and Vinyl Institute also asked OSHA to address the difficulties associated with creating labels to meet the requirements of multiple jurisdictions with inconsistent requirements even though the manufacturer “does not know where the product will be shipped at the time it is packaged and labeled” (Document ID 0314, Att. 1, p. 20; 0369, Att. 2, p. 10). PLASTICS and Vinyl Institute did not provide any specific suggestions regarding how OSHA should address this issue. The HCS has always differed in some respects from other jurisdictions that adopt the GHS, and the GHS anticipates that countries will adopt the GHS with slight variation, so OSHA does not believe this is a new issue presented by the updates in this rulemaking. OSHA does not have control over the requirements of other jurisdictions, but notes that many of the changes in this final rule are designed to better align with other jurisdictions to avoid issues with inconsistent requirements.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received two additional comments that are pertinent to paragraph (f), but that are out of scope for this rulemaking. PLASTICS requested that the agency codify the guidance in an LOI from November 23, 2015, that provides an exception for containers that are shipped to destinations outside of the U.S. and sent directly overseas with no anticipated exposures to downstream U.S. workers (Document ID 0314, Att. 1, p. 20). Vinyl Institute also identified this as a change that was missing from the proposals in the NPRM (Document ID 0369, Att. 2, p. 10). OSHA did not propose to codify this LOI in the NPRM, therefore this comment is outside the scope of this rulemaking and the agency declines to take the requested action.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(g) Safety Data Sheets</HD>
                    <P>Paragraph (g) specifies the requirements for chemical manufacturers and importers to obtain or develop an SDS for each hazardous chemical in the workplace. SDSs provide important safety information to employers and employees on the use of hazardous chemicals in the workplace. Additionally, SDSs provide detailed technical information and serve as a reference for employees who are exposed to a hazardous chemical, industrial hygienists, safety professionals, emergency responders, health care professionals, and other interested parties. This final rule revises paragraphs (g)(2), which identifies what information must be included on an SDS, and (g)(10), which addresses the form and storage of SDSs, and corrects erroneous references to material safety data sheets in (g)(7).</P>
                    <P>
                        The first sentence of paragraph (g)(2) previously stated that the chemical manufacturer or importer preparing the SDS shall ensure that it is in English. However, as permitted by paragraph (g)(1), some chemical manufacturers and importers may obtain, rather than prepare, SDSs. To minimize any potential confusion between paragraphs (g)(1) and (2), OSHA proposed to revise paragraph (g)(2) by removing the reference to preparing the SDS. The sentence as proposed reads “The chemical manufacturer or importer shall ensure that the safety data sheet is in English . . . . ”. This is a technical clarification intended to ensure consistency with paragraph (g)(1). 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44296"/>
                        OSHA also changed the wording in the parenthetical at the end of paragraph (g)(2) from “§ 1910.1200-Safety Data Sheets” to “to this section.” OSHA received no comments on these proposed revision to (g)(2); therefore, OSHA is finalizing (g)(2) as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed a change to paragraph (g)(10) to allow SDSs to be stored, rather than designed, in a way that covers groups of hazardous chemicals in a work area. When the HCS was first promulgated in 1983, paragraph (g)(10) permitted employers to design SDSs to cover groups of hazardous chemicals in a work area where it may have been more appropriate to address the hazards of a process rather than addressing the hazards of each chemical individually (48 FR 53337).</P>
                    <P>In 2012, OSHA changed the SDS provisions of the HCS to require a standardized 16-section format, which improved hazard communication by ensuring users could quickly find relevant information (see 77 FR 17596-98). The standardized format requires each SDS to address a single hazardous chemical rather than groups of hazardous chemicals. Therefore, OSHA has proposed a change to paragraph (g)(10) that would allow SDSs to be stored, rather than designed, in a way to cover groups of hazardous chemicals in a work area. As OSHA explained in the NPRM, the proposed change would allow employers flexibility in how they keep SDSs in the workplace while also ensuring that the required SDS format is maintained (86 FR 9700). The agency requested comments regarding whether the proposed revision would require stakeholders to make any significant changes to their current practices (86 FR 9688).</P>
                    <P>Several commenters expressed support for this proposed revision. NAIMA supported the proposed revision, as SDSs must currently follow a standard format (Document ID 0338, p. 8). NACD similarly observed that the proposed revision “makes sense as the HCS requires SDSs to use a standard format” and further noted that it would not require any major changes to chemical distribution operations (Document ID 0329, p. 6). Ameren also noted that the proposed revision would not require significant changes to its current practices (Document ID 0309, p. 12). In addition, NIOSH stated that it is unaware of any changes to current practices that will be required by the proposed revision (Document ID 0281, p. 4; 0423, Tr. 19). OSHA received no comments or testimony objecting to the proposed revision to (g)(10).</P>
                    <P>Several commenters requested clarification regarding the proposed change to paragraph (g)(10). API asked for “further clarification about the storing language” (Document ID 0316, p. 9). ACC asked if the revision would allow electronic storage of SDSs, or merely allow employers to group the SDSs together (Document ID 0347, p. 12). Dow also asked for clarification on electronic storage, stating that they “do not foresee an impact as long as OSHA can confirm that this change will still allow for on-site back-up storage of SDS's while also allowing employers to provide electronic access to employees” (Document ID 0359, p. 4).</P>
                    <P>In response to API's request for clarification, OSHA notes that the general intent of the change to (g)(10), as discussed in the NPRM and reiterated above, is to allow the individual 16-section SDSs required by the 2012 HCS to be stored in a way that covers groups of hazardous chemicals in a work area (86 FR 9700). Because the HCS now requires an individual SDS for each chemical, however, employers can no longer “design” SDSs that cover groups of hazardous chemicals. Following publication of the final rule, OSHA will issue guidance materials and respond to inquiries on any aspects of the HCS for which stakeholders request information or clarification.</P>
                    <P>In response to questions regarding electronic storage, OSHA notes that paragraph (g)(8) of the HCS, which requires the employer to maintain copies of the required SDSs for each hazardous chemical and make sure that they are readily accessible to employees when they are in their work areas, specifically permits electronic access to SDSs provided that such access poses no barriers to immediate employee access. OSHA elaborated on this in the preamble to the 2012 HCS (77 FR 17729). OSHA's revision to (g)(10) does not change the requirements of (g)(8); the HCS still allows employers to provide SDSs via electronic access as long as employees have immediate access to the SDSs and employers are able to immediately provide copies of SDSs to medical personnel.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing paragraph (g)(10) as proposed.</P>
                    <P>Additionally, OSHA is also correcting references to material safety data sheets in (g)(7)(i), (iii), and (iv) which it identified after the NPRM. In this final rule, OSHA is updating those references to reflect the change to the terminology safety data sheets in the 2012 HCS.</P>
                    <P>Finally, OSHA received one out-of-scope comment regarding paragraph (g)(4). TFI and ARA jointly commented that (g)(4) permits agricultural retailers to create a single SDS for all custom fertilizer blends of the same hazard classification, and asked OSHA to include a statement in the preamble adopting this interpretation (Document ID 0340, pp. 4-6).</P>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (g)(4) allows chemical importers, manufacturers and retailers to prepare a single SDS where complex mixtures have similar hazards and contents (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the chemical ingredients are essentially the same, but the specific composition varies from mixture to mixture). Where a single SDS is used for similar mixtures or in cases of batch-to-batch variability, concentration ranges of ingredients may be used. If the composition differences are small, and the hazard(s) remain the same, concentration ranges may be used for multiple, similar products; however, separate SDSs are required for blends containing distinct ingredients. TFI and ARA's comment is beyond the scope of this rulemaking because OSHA did not propose any revisions to paragraph (g)(4). In addition, as TFI and ARA noted in their comment, OSHA has previously addressed this question in a letter of interpretation requested by TFI. As stated in that letter, OSHA cannot provide a blanket approval because the agency does not approve or endorse SDSs (available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/standardinterpretations/2016-02-25.</E>
                        )
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(i) Trade Secrets</HD>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph (i) of the HCS describes certain conditions under which a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may withhold the specific chemical identity (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         chemical name), other specific identification of a hazardous chemical, or the exact percentage (concentration) of the substance in a mixture, from the SDS.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In the NPRM, OSHA proposed several changes to paragraph (i). First, OSHA proposed to allow manufacturers, importers, and employers to withhold a chemical's concentration range as a trade secret, which had not previously been permitted, and to add language specifying that it is Section 3 of the SDS from which trade secret information may be withheld. Second, OSHA proposed to require the use of prescriptive concentration ranges in lieu of the actual concentration or concentration range whenever the actual concentration or concentration range is claimed as a trade secret. These changes were proposed to align with Canada's WHMIS, allowing manufacturers, importers, and employers the ability to use the same SDS for both U.S. and Canadian workplaces. The proposed 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44297"/>
                        ranges are the same as those required by Canada (Document ID 0172). Third, OSHA proposed to replace the phrase “physician and nurse” in paragraph (i) with the term 
                        <E T="03">Physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP),</E>
                         defined as an individual whose legally permitted scope of practice (
                        <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                        , license, registration, or certification) allows the individual to independently provide or be delegated the responsibility to provide some or all of the health care services referenced in paragraph (i) of the standard.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA requested comments on the proposed changes to paragraph (i), including information on stakeholders' experiences with developing SDSs using the prescribed concentration ranges for compliance with Canada's WHMIS and any concerns they might have about using concentration ranges on the SDS. OSHA also requested comments on whether the proposed ranges would provide sufficient information for downstream manufacturers to conduct hazard classifications and whether the proposed ranges would be too wide to provide sufficient information to protect workers.</P>
                    <P>Additionally, OSHA requested comments specific to proposed new paragraph (i)(1)(v), which would require use of the narrowest applicable concentration range, but in cases where the concentration range to be withheld falls between 0.1 percent and 30 percent and does not fit entirely into one of the prescribed concentration ranges, would permit use of a single range created by the combination of two applicable consecutive ranges instead, provided that the combined concentration range does not include any range that falls entirely outside the actual concentration range in which the ingredient is present. OSHA requested comments on this proposal and on two alternatives to the proposed provision: a more lenient version, allowing combinations among all ranges up to 100 percent concentration, and a more restrictive version, such as allowing combinations only for the ranges up to 10 percent concentration.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters expressed general support for OSHA's proposal to allow actual concentration ranges to be withheld as a trade secret and to require the use of prescribed concentration ranges (Document ID 0316, p. 28; 0323, p. 9; 0329, p. 6; 0359, p. 4; 0361, pp. 2-3; 0363, pp. 6-7; 0368, p. 12; 0425, Tr. 75-78). IMA-NA supported the trade secret protections in the NPRM, stating that the proposed revisions would provide necessary flexibility in the use of concentration ranges for mixtures omitted from SDS disclosures and protect sensitive information (Document ID 0363, pp. 6-7). NACD commented that the prescription of ranges would improve accuracy of companies' hazard assessments and reporting by introducing a standardized set of ranges and reducing “guesswork” in the selection of an appropriate range and would ease compliance with OSHA's PSM standard and the EPA's Risk Management Program, (Document ID 0329, p. 6; 0423, Tr. 178-179). Dow also supported the use of prescribed ranges to protect trade secrets, stating that OSHA's proposal “strikes a fair balance between disclosure of information and worker protection” (Document ID 0359, p. 4). NABTU strongly supported the proposed requirement of mandatory concentration ranges (Document ID 0334, p. 4; 0425, Tr. 24-25).</P>
                    <P>Several commenters, including industrial entities or associations such as Hach, NACD, Dow, and ACA, additionally supported the specific ranges OSHA proposed, which align with those already in use by Health Canada (Document ID 0323, p. 9; 0329, p. 8; 0359, p. 4; 0368, p. 12). ACA noted that some ACA members already use the ranges prescribed by Canada and have found that the ranges provide adequate information to downstream users (Document ID 0368, p. 12).</P>
                    <P>OSHA also received comments critical of its proposal. Some stakeholders argued that the proposed requirement would weaken protections for CBI relative to the provisions of the 2012 HCS. Among these, most suggested that OSHA should make the use of prescribed concentration ranges optional for entities claiming the actual concentration range as a trade secret (Document ID 0319, p. 2; 0321, pp. 2-3; 0327, p. 6; 0343, p. 3; 0356, p. 4; 0343, p. 3; 0347, pp. 13-14; 0366, p. 6; 0367, p. 3; 0369, p. 9; 0374, p. 2; 0424, Tr. 13; 0447, pp. 4-5), while FCA favored maintaining the existing trade secret provisions (Document ID 0345, p. 4). Several stated that the specific ranges OSHA proposed would be too narrow to adequately protect CBI (Document ID 0324, p. 4; 0345, p. 4; 0366, p. 6; 0367, p. 3; 0369, p. 9; 0468, pp. 3-4), or could be confusing because some of the ranges overlap one another (Document ID 0345, p. 4) or cross some hazard classification thresholds (Document ID 0347, p. 14; 0349, pp. 1-2; 0366, p. 6). Michele Sullivan commented that ranges which cross hazard classification thresholds “could also cause a conflict with the EU CLP requirements” (Document ID 0366, p. 6).</P>
                    <P>A few commenters stated that requiring the use of prescribed ranges would be expensive and time-consuming for companies who would need to program changes to their SDSs for use in the U.S. if claiming actual concentration range as a trade secret (Document ID 0343, p. 3; 0347, pp. 13-14); NAIMA, on the other hand, commented that it “is not aware of any economic implications associated with including the prescribed concentration ranges so long as they are not so narrow as to effectively annul the Trade Secret” (Document ID 0338, p. 8). Others argued that workers are adequately protected under the standard's existing provision allowing medical professionals to obtain chemical composition from the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer in an emergency, in addition to the standard's existing provisions for OSHA and certain others to obtain it in some non-emergency situations (Document ID 0366, p. 6; 0356, p. 4; 0337, p. 2; 0349, pp. 1-2). APA commented that the previously existing HCS provisions for trade secrets and medical personnel access to information are appropriate because errors in judgment may occur if emergency responders opt to rely on information from a prescribed range instead of contacting the manufacturer to get an exact percentage (Document ID 0337, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>
                        While most commenters who expressed concern about protection of CBI or the potential costs of compliance did not give further information, examples, or analysis to support their position, a few provided additional explanation. ILMA noted that, because their products are often customized, a requirement to provide concentration range information could compromise CBI for their customers as well as themselves, and that legal protections of CBI may be lost once a trade secret is revealed through non-illicit means (Document ID 0356 p. 4; 0424, Tr. 120-121). ACC stated that the concentration of a substance within a mixture could possibly be determined “for example, if the classification limit is close to one of the concentration cutoffs” (Document ID 0347, p. 14). In their post-hearing comments, ACC provided a hypothetical example: “If there are 2-3 components in a solution one at 95% and two at 2 and 3%, the 1 to 5% range could just be a few competitor tests away from getting it right. . . [A] wide range protects more” (Document ID 0468, pp. 7-8). NAIMA's post-hearing comment stated that “For mixtures, any [range] less than 10 percent would be too narrow.” NAIMA also stated that the following ranges “have been identified as . . . sufficient to protect trade secrets: (a) 7 to 13%; (b) 10 to 30%; (c) 15 to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44298"/>
                        40%; (d) 30 to 60%; (e) 45 to 70%; (f) 60 to 80%; (g) 65 to 85%; (h) 80 to 100%; and 0-10%” (Document ID 0461, p. 1).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters suggested that companies should be allowed to design ranges appropriate to their CBI or other business needs (Document ID 0319, p. 2; 0324, p. 4; 0345, p. 4; 0363, p. 6; 0366, p. 6; 0425, Tr. 24-25). For example, ICT commented that OSHA should permit mixture manufacturers/importers to prepare SDSs with concentration ranges that sufficiently protect their trade secrets (Document ID 0324, p. 4) and FCA requested that manufacturers be allowed to utilize ranges customary within their industry (Document ID 0345, p. 4). In addition, several commenters suggested that OSHA should allow companies to select ranges narrower than those OSHA proposed (Document ID 0299, pp. 2-3; 0309, pp. 13-16; 0321, p. 2; 0334, pp. 3-4; 0349, p. 1; 0359, p. 4; 0368, p. 12; 0425, Tr. 24-25, 35-36, 117-118; 0464, p. 6). Dow noted that Health Canada's latest proposed revision to their HPR codifies a similar allowance for smaller ranges that fit within the prescribed ranges, so that adoption of a similar provision by OSHA would maintain alignment with Canada (Document ID 0359, p. 4).
                        <SU>57</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Industrial Health and Safety Consultants (IHSC) suggested that the issue of over-classification (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         cases in which use of a prescribed range could result in classifying a substance in an additional and/or higher hazard category) could be alleviated by allowing the use of concentration ranges narrower than those proposed (Document ID 0349, pp. 1-2). PLASTICS asked whether a classifier would be required to classify a product to reflect the most severe category into which the highest point of a range selected to represent batch variability would fall (Document ID 0314, p. 21).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>57</SU>
                             Health Canada published the update to their HPR in December 2022. Their final rule includes the allowance for narrower ranges. Canada Gazette, Part II, Volume 157, Number 1.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>NABTU supported permitting manufacturers and importers to use their own concentration ranges if they are narrower than the prescribed ranges (Document ID 0425, Tr. 24-25; see also Document ID 0334, p. 4; 0424, Tr. 35-36, 0464, p. 6).</P>
                    <P>NIOSH testified at the public hearing that “non-mandatory use of the prescribed concentration ranges . . . could weaken protection of workers by downplaying the contribution of the chemical in question to the hazards of the product” (Document ID 0423, Tr. 20) and that the prescribed concentration ranges “will allow handlers of the materials better protections and better hazard communication, as well as emergency responders potentially dealing with a substance and having to access that information readily” (Document ID 0423, Tr. 31-32). NIOSH also commented that allowing manufacturers to use their own concentration ranges could result in ranges so broad as to be nearly useless, providing the example of an SDS that listed a concentration range from one-half of one percent to 50 percent (Document ID 0281, p. 6; 0423, Tr. 30-31, 47-48). NABTU echoed this concern, stating in post-hearing comments, “[t]he wide concentration ranges manufacturers are currently listing on their SDSs make it more difficult to determine if the use of a given product is likely to result in exposures above or below levels considered to be safe” (Document ID 0464, p. 6).</P>
                    <P>After considering all comments received on the agency's proposed requirement to use prescribed ranges which align with those in use by Health Canada, OSHA has decided to finalize the requirement to utilize prescribed concentration ranges when claiming exact concentration as proposed, with the exception that OSHA is adding a new paragraph (i)(1)(vi). This new provision allows the use of narrower ranges than those prescribed in (i)(1)(iv) and (i)(1)(v), meaning that the range must be fully within the bounds of a prescribed range listed in (i)(1)(iv) or fully within the bounds of a combination of ranges allowed by (i)(1)(v). OSHA's responses to the concerns received regarding proposed paragraph (i) are given below.</P>
                    <P>
                        First, OSHA is not persuaded that requiring the use of prescribed ranges, or the specific ranges the agency proposed, would significantly compromise CBI. The trade secret provisions of the HCS do not rely only on withholding of concentration information in order to protect CBI, but also allow the manufacturer or supplier to claim the chemical identity as CBI (paragraph (i)(1)). In addition, OSHA does not require listing the chemical's generic chemical identity or alternative name (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         “Alcohol” for propanol vs. “Component 1”), which provides additional CBI protection. And, while several commenters opined that required use of the ranges OSHA proposed could compromise CBI, none provided persuasive information, argument, or analysis to support their concerns or preferred alternative. While NAIMA provided alternate ranges for OSHA's consideration in post-hearing comments, which they said, “have been identified as . . . sufficient to protect trade secrets,” this statement is not supported by the source NAIMA cites. That source is a document summarizing the thirteen prescribed concentration ranges included in Canada's 2015 update to the HPR for use in protecting trade secrets. These ranges include the ranges (a) 0.1 to 1 percent; (b) 0.5 to 1.5 percent; and (c) 1 to 5 percent, which are not included in the set of ranges NAIMA gave when citing the summary document. They do not include the range 0-10 percent, which was included in NAIMA's post-hearing comment citing the document. NAIMA's statement that the ranges it listed “have been identified” as protective of CBI therefore does not accurately reflect the content of the source it cited; rather, that source refers to the prescribed ranges that Canada adopted and that OSHA proposed in the NPRM (Document ID 0461, p. 2).
                    </P>
                    <P>Furthermore, OSHA's proposed ranges have been in use by entities trading in Canada since 1988 (previously under WHMIS 1988 and then reinstated under the HPR in 2018), yet no commenter provided a real-world example of CBI compromised due to the use of Canada's prescribed ranges. Notably, ACA stated that some of its members already use the ranges prescribed by Canada and have found they provide adequate information to downstream users (Document ID 0368, p. 12); ACA did not report that using the prescribed ranges compromised any of their members' trade secrets. NACD commented that individuals involved in the commercial and sales aspects of chemical distribution “reported no concerns that the prescribed ranges would inadvertently disclose trade secret information” (Document ID 0329, p. 6; 0423, Tr. 178-179). API stated it had no concerns with the proposed change (Document ID 0316, pp. 10, 28). And, as previously noted, OSHA received comments from several industrial entities or associations including Hach, NACD, Dow, and ACA, specifically supporting the requirement to use the ranges used by Health Canada (Document ID 0323, p. 9; 0329, p. 8; 0359, p. 4; 0368, p. 12).</P>
                    <P>
                        After consideration of the comments received on possible compromise of CBI, OSHA finds that these commenters have not adequately supported their position that the proposed requirement to use prescribed concentration ranges would significantly compromise CBI. OSHA is also not persuaded that paragraph (i) should include broader ranges than those proposed or allow companies flexibility to design ranges 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44299"/>
                        broader than those proposed. Creating broader ranges would be less informative to workers and other downstream users, and would negate the benefit of consistency with Canada's system. However, OSHA notes in response to PLASTICS that classifiers would be required to classify a substance according to the most severe hazard associated with the range they select, and agrees with comments that allowing the use of narrower concentration ranges than those prescribed would alleviate some of the classification concerns raised by stakeholders without compromising the information provided to workers and other users. Therefore, OSHA is adding a new paragraph (i)(1)(vi) which states that the SDS preparer may provide a range narrower than those prescribed in (i)(1)(iv) or (i)(1)(v). This means that the range selected must be fully contained within the range or combination of ranges required under (i)(1)(iv) and (i)(1)(v), inclusive of the boundaries of such ranges. For example, when the ingredient's concentration range in the mixture is 0.9 to 2 percent and that range is claimed as CBI, paragraph (i) as proposed would have required the manufacturer or supplier to give the range 0.5 to 5 percent (a combination of the prescribed ranges 0.5 to 1.5 percent and 1 to 5 percent). The revision to the proposed text allows the manufacturer or supplier to disclose a narrower range such as 0.5 to 2 percent, or 0.9 to 5 percent, or 0.5 to 2.5 percent. If a manufacturer or supplier finds that the concentration range they intend to claim as a trade secret is below a certain hazard classification/category threshold but using a prescribed range (or allowable combination of prescribed ranges) would trigger other requirements 
                        <E T="03">(e.g.,</E>
                         shipping, storage) which would not have been triggered by the actual concentration range, they may use a narrower range or combination of ranges to avoid this issue. The allowance for the use of narrower concentration ranges that fall within the prescribed ranges aligns with Canada's WHMIS (Document ID 0172).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA also disagrees with commenters who stated that requiring the use of prescribed concentration ranges would provide no benefit to workers beyond the existing provisions pertaining to medical emergency situations, which allow medical professionals to obtain chemical composition from the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer in the event of a medical emergency. OSHA has determined that providing ready access to information about the concentration range of hazardous substances to workers and other users is also essential to the purposes of the HCS when such ranges are claimed as trade secrets. Workers have a right to know, and to be able to readily access, information about the nature and extent of their occupational exposures to hazardous substances for their own information, records, and use—for example, in the event that health concerns arise that may be work-related. In addition, OSHA believes that emergency responders will benefit from ready access to the prescribed concentration range of a hazardous substance, particularly in cases where it may not be possible to achieve immediate contact with the producer. Furthermore, the use of prescribed ranges will help employers and other users to appropriately assess risk in the workplace, even before an emergency arises. This requirement provides information to help manage risk proactively.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters objected that OSHA's proposed changes to paragraph (i) would not sufficiently inform workers regarding hazardous materials in the workplace (Document ID 0268; 0299, pp. 2-3; 0341, pp. 38-39; 0354, p. 1, 0354, p. 6, 0356, p. 6). National COSH and Worksafe jointly commented that the proposal would increase uncertainty for workers as well as for regulators, employers, worker representatives and other decision-makers (Document ID 0354). In contrast, NABTU found the proposed approach to be an acceptable alternative to the current standard as the prescribed concentration ranges “would at least provide some information [about] concentration in every instance of the trade secret claim” (Document ID 0425, Tr. 24-25). NIOSH stated that the proposed change would not increase risk to workers provided that the trade secret exemption is applied only in limited and specific situations, and that complete information on hazardous properties, special handling requirements, and necessary PPE is provided on the SDS (Document ID 0281, p. 4; 0423, Tr. 19-20).</P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees with comments that the proposed revisions to paragraph (i) would lessen protections and/or information for workers. Under paragraph (i), there are three types of information that manufacturers can claim as a trade secret: the name of a chemical, the exact percentage of a chemical's concentration in a mixture, and/or a concentration range. In the 2012 HCS, OSHA allowed manufacturers to completely withhold the name and/or the exact percentage; manufacturers who withheld a chemical's exact percentage were not required to list a concentration range in its place. Under this final rule, manufacturers may no longer completely withhold the exact percentage; they must now provide a concentration range in its place. This change will result in additional information available to workers.</P>
                    <P>The Work Health and Survival Project (WHSP) and an anonymous commenter suggested that OSHA should adopt the trade secret policies of Australia's Work Health and Safety (WHS) regulation, in which the identities of chemicals presenting moderate hazards may be withheld as trade secrets on the SDS and disclosed using a generic name (Document ID 0341, pp. 38-39; 0268). A different anonymous commenter, who claimed to have experience with companies that make insufficiently supported trade secret claims as a pretext for withholding the identity or percentage of hazardous ingredients, opined that OSHA's proposal to allow the concentration range to be withheld as a trade secret would make it more difficult for downstream users to conduct hazard classifications, and that “the inappropriate claiming of trade secret status should be addressed before companies are allowed to also claim the range as a trade secret” (Document ID 0308, p. 1). They suggested that the HCS should not allow “chemical ingredients of public knowledge or of general knowledge in an industry” to be claimed as a trade secret.</P>
                    <P>OSHA did not propose to require the use of a generic name when the identity of chemicals presenting moderate hazards are withheld as trade secrets or to disallow trade secret protection for generally known chemical components. These suggestions are therefore out of scope for this rulemaking. For OSHA to consider these changes they would need to be addressed in a future rulemaking. Furthermore, OSHA does not agree that the proposal to allow concentration ranges to be withheld as a trade secret must not be finalized until the possibility that some manufacturers may be using the trade secret provisions inappropriately is eliminated. OSHA believes that potential misuse of trade secret protections is best addressed through enforcement.</P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters gave input on the proposed rules for combining ranges, including responses to the question OSHA posed in the NPRM as to whether it should allow more expansive combination of the prescribed ranges. NAIMA and Ameren supported combination of all ranges listed (Document ID 0309, p. 13; 0338, p. 8; 0423, Tr. 162-163). Ameren cited 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44300"/>
                        “potential cost savings by OSHA allowing combinations among all ranges” (Document ID 0309, p. 13).
                    </P>
                    <P>DOD opposed allowance for combinations of all prescribed ranges, arguing that the benefits to be gained by requiring use of prescribed ranges would be negated by allowing combination of an unlimited number of concentration ranges. DOD recommended instead that OSHA should “allow no more than 2 prescribed concentration ranges, below 20%, to be combined as this would still provide actionable information for managers and safety professionals to protect worker health” and that the use of any concentration range greater than 20% (or combined concentration ranges greater than 20%) should require some form of special exemption (Document ID 0299, pp. 2-3).</P>
                    <P>OSHA agrees with DOD that allowing employers to combine prescribed ranges from (i)(1)(iv)(A) through (M) would prevent important information from reaching employees and health and safety professionals. However, OSHA does not agree that limiting concentration ranges to no greater than 20% will materially improve the effectiveness of the standard over the concentration ranges OSHA proposed. Most of the concentration ranges OSHA proposed to adopt in paragraph (i)(1)(iv) are 25% or less, with the exception of paragraph (i)(1)(iv)(I) (concentrations between 30% and 60%). The largest range that could be created through combining ranges is 23% (for concentrations of 7% to 30%). As explained above, the ranges chosen have been in use by entities trading in Canada since 1988 and OSHA finds no evidence in the record, or in DOD's comment, demonstrating that these ranges are insufficient to effectively inform workers and downstream users of chemical hazards. In addition, altering the concentration ranges would negate the benefit of consistency with Canada's system. Therefore, OSHA is not adopting DOD's suggestion.</P>
                    <P>PLASTICS asked OSHA to clarify what is required if the actual concentration range straddles two prescribed ranges, in two situations. First, PLASTICS stated that the proposal “does not clearly convey the options available if the exact range falls between 0.1% and 30% and does not fit entirely into one of the prescribed ranges.” Second, PLASTICS asked for clarification on what should be done if the actual concentration range straddles two prescribed ranges and it exceeds 30%. PLASTICS proposed the following revision to address these situations: “[w]hen the concentration or concentration range for an ingredient is withheld as a trade secret, the SDS must list the narrowest prescribed concentration range(s) in § 1910.1200(i)(1)(iv) which include(s) the actual concentration or concentration range for that ingredient” (Document ID 0314, p. 21; see also 0423, Tr. 142-143).</P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees with PLASTICS' suggestion. First, OSHA believes proposed paragraph (i)(1)(v) does clearly specify what a manufacturer must do when the exact range falls between 0.1 and 30 percent but does not fit entirely into one of the prescribed ranges (A) through (G). In that case, the manufacturer must combine two consecutive ranges between (A) and (G) and may supply the resulting range in place of selecting a single prescribed range to represent the concentration range on the SDS.</P>
                    <P>Regarding PLASTICS' question as to what should be done when a concentration range above 30 percent cannot be captured by the use of a single prescribed range, OSHA believes in such a circumstance it would be inappropriate for a manufacturer to withhold the concentration range from the SDS. In the hypothetical case where representing a manufacturer's batch would require a combination of ranges above 30 percent, the resulting range would generally be too wide to provide meaningful information to workers, and permitting such combinations would bring the HCS out of alignment with Canada. Therefore, OSHA is not adopting PLASTICS' proposed revision. OSHA notes that manufacturers would still, in such cases, have the option of withholding the chemical identity in order to protect trade secret information.</P>
                    <P>ADM similarly suggested that OSHA revise paragraph (i) “to clarify that any of the prescriptive concentration ranges be allowed, if accurate” (Document ID 0361, p. 3). OSHA notes that ADM's requested change would contradict, rather than clarify, the agency's intent. Manufacturers must use the narrowest range possible that includes the true concentration range, so that workers will have access to the most precise information possible under a system of prescribed ranges which align with Health Canada's requirements.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing the rules for combination of prescribed ranges as proposed, with the exception that OSHA has added paragraph (i)(1)(vi) to allow use of narrower ranges, and narrower combinations of ranges, than those described in (i)(1)(iv) and (i)(1)(v) respectively.</P>
                    <P>
                        PLASTICS also suggested revising (i)(1) to state that the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may withhold the chemical identity and/or concentration or concentration range of a hazardous chemical “
                        <E T="03">substance</E>
                         . . . from Section 3 (
                        <E T="03">as well as every other section</E>
                        ) of the safety data sheet . . .” (emphasis added to indicate PLASTICS' suggested additions to (i)(1)) (Document ID 0314, p. 20). PLASTICS opined that the reference to Section 3 in paragraph (i)(1) “could imply that it must still be included elsewhere” on the SDS.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA does not believe that PLASTICS' suggested text is necessary or appropriate. OSHA intended the instructions contained in paragraph (i)(1) to pertain to how to treat chemical trade secrets for Section 3 of the SDS. This is evident in OSHA's HCS Compliance Directive, which specifies that if a trade secret is claimed, the SDS must indicate that the identity and/or concentration of the chemical is claimed as a trade secret in Section 3 (Document ID 0007, pp. 76-77). OSHA proposed to add “in Section 3” to paragraph (i)(1) to ensure that its intent for the directions contained in paragraph (i)(1) to apply specifically to the SDS Section 3 is clear. However, OSHA did not intend for this clarification to imply that a manufacturer who withholds the identity of a hazardous chemical from Section 3 in accordance with paragraph (i) must provide the name of that chemical in other sections, such as in conjunction with its OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) or American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) Threshold Limit Value (TLV) (if applicable) in Section 8. Rather, the identifier provided for that chemical in Section 3 should be used consistently throughout the SDS. This is also conveyed by the directive, which indicates that the identifier used in Section 3 and Section 8 must be the same if there is a PEL or TLV associated with the constituent. In addition to the requirement to use a single identifier for a hazardous chemical throughout the SDS, OSHA notes that in other sections where a manufacturer may make specific claims about a chemical constituent's health effects and provides supporting evidence for those claims (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Section 11, Toxicological information) the manufacturer must provide sufficient information regarding the chemical identity for others to assess these claims.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Furthermore, OSHA notes that PLASTICS does not explain the addition of “substance” in its suggested text. The agency finds that adding “substance” in the place indicated does not improve on 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44301"/>
                        the original text and is not making this change to the regulatory text.
                    </P>
                    <P>Toby Threet was concerned that if a range is broader than OSHA's specified “ `trade secret' ranges, but . . . not being withheld as a trade secret . . . an Agency inspector [may] misunderstand and issue a citation, believing that these broad ranges did not comply with paragraphs (i)(1)(iv) and (i)(1)(v).” Threet requested “clarification from OSHA that the provisions of paragraphs (i)(1)(iv) and (i)(1)(v) apply only to concentration ranges that are withheld as a trade secret, not to actual concentration ranges that are disclosed in the SDS. Thus, if the actual concentration range is broader than the ranges stated in paragraph (i), and is disclosed, this does not constitute noncompliance with paragraph (i)” (Document ID 0279, p. 7). OSHA does not believe this to be an issue because paragraphs (i)(1)(iv)-(v) unambiguously apply only to trade secret claims and paragraph (i)(1)(iii) requires the SDS to indicate when the specific chemical identity and/or percentage concentration or concentration range of composition is being withheld as a trade secret. Moreover, OSHA expects that its inspectors will be adequately trained in the proper application of the standard's requirements. Therefore, OSHA does not believe there will be any confusion on this point and is not adopting Threet's suggestion.</P>
                    <P>
                        As explained in the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (c), OSHA proposed in the NPRM to add a definition of 
                        <E T="03">Physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP)</E>
                         to the standard, defined as an individual whose legally permitted scope of practice (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         license, registration, or certification) allows the individual to independently provide or be delegated the responsibility to provide some or all of the health care services referenced in paragraph (i) of the standard. Correspondingly, OSHA proposed to replace the phrase “physician and nurse” in paragraph (i) with “PLHCP” to be consistent with other OSHA standards that use the term PLHCP and to better reflect current medical practices. No commenter objected to this revision.
                    </P>
                    <P>In their comments and at the public hearing, PLASTICS requested guidance on what measures an employer may take prior to disclosing a trade secret in the event of a medical emergency to verify it would be disclosed to an appropriate individual (Document ID 0314, p. 21; 0423, Tr. 142-143). Paragraph (i)(2) specifies that where a treating PLHCP determines that a medical emergency exists and the chemical identity and/or specific percentage concentration of a hazardous chemical is needed for emergency or first-aid treatment, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer must immediately disclose the specific chemical identity or percentage composition of a trade secret chemical to that treating PLHCP, regardless of whether a written statement of need or a confidentiality agreement exists. However, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may require a written statement of need and confidentiality agreement, in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (i)(3) and (4), as soon as circumstances allow. The confidentiality agreement authorized by paragraph (i)(3)(iv) provides remedies to ensure CBI is protected.</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, PLASTICS and Michele Sullivan expressed concern that the use of “or” in paragraph (i)(1) could suggest that either the identity or the concentration of an ingredient may be withheld as CBI, but not both. (Document ID 0314, pp. 20-21; 0366, p. 5). OSHA's intent is that both chemical identity and the exact percentage (or the concentration range) may be claimed as a trade secret. To clarify this, and to be consistent with similar language in paragraph (i)(1)(iii), OSHA has revised paragraph (i)(1) in the final rule to state that the manufacturer, importer, or employer may withhold the specific chemical identity 
                        <E T="03">and/</E>
                        or the exact percentage (concentration) or concentration range of the chemical for which a trade secret is claimed.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(j) Dates</HD>
                    <P>Paragraph (j) of the HCS specifies the dates by which compliance with the updated provisions of the HCS is required. This final rule modifies the previous dates in paragraph (j), which pertained to implementation of the 2012 update to the HCS and have all passed. As explained below, OSHA has modified the compliance dates in the final rule from those proposed in the NPRM to address stakeholders' concerns that the proposed dates did not provide sufficient time for chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors to comply.</P>
                    <P>In the NPRM, OSHA proposed a two-year tiered compliance period. First, OSHA proposed that the final rule would become effective 60 days after the publication date (paragraph (j)(1)). The agency then proposed two staggered compliance dates: chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors evaluating substances would be required to comply with all modified provisions of the HCS no later than one year after the effective date (paragraph (j)(2)) and chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors evaluating mixtures would need to comply no later than two years after the effective date (paragraph (j)(3)) (86 FR 9701).</P>
                    <P>OSHA received numerous comments on the proposed dates in paragraph (j), including requests for extension of compliance dates; comments related to the proposed differentiation between compliance dates for substances and mixtures; and requests for clarification.</P>
                    <P>
                        Two commenters stated that they believed the proposed compliance dates were adequate (Document IDs 0309, p. 17; 0360, p. 9). Many commenters, however, requested more time to comply with the proposed changes to the HCS. Suggestions included extension of compliance dates ranging from an additional six months to two years for substances and six months to three years for mixtures (see, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0347, pp. 14-16; 0423, Tr. 106; 0327, pp. 2-3; 0329, pp. 9-10; 0343, p. 4; 0349, pp. 2-3; 0338, pp. 5; 0461, pp. 3-5; 0368, p. 10; 0323, p. 10; 0367, p. 6; 0447, p. 6; 0291, pp. 2-4; 0356, p. 11; 0339, p. 4; 0316, p. 11; 0364, p. 3; 0283, p. 6). Commenters based these recommendations on a number of considerations related to the difficulty of updating labels and SDSs. For example, ACC stated that a significant number of the proposed changes to the HCS would either require updating a large number of SDSs, such as the requirement to list particle characteristics, or would require extensive time to implement properly due to the need to purchase new software, test and approve changes to software, and update precautionary statements on SDSs (Document ID 0347, pp. 15-17). NAIMA noted additional reasons that updating labels and SDSs would be time-consuming, including the time required to replace language or change color on a product label; review the changes for quality, accuracy, and compliance with all regulatory requirements; and redesign the labels (Document ID 0338, pp. 4-5; 0461, pp. 3-5).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters expressed support for OSHA's proposed tiered approach which provided a later compliance date for chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors responsible for evaluating mixtures than for those evaluating substances (See, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0323, p. 10; 0327, p. 2; 0356, p. 10; 0366, p. 6; 0367, p. 6; 0447, p. 6; 0347, p. 14; 0287, p. 12; 0309, p. 17; 0316, p. 11). However, some commenters expressed concern that the compliance windows were too short because downstream 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44302"/>
                        users might not receive key information from upstream manufacturers, importers, or distributors in time to comply with the requirement to update SDSs or labels (See, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0327, pp. 2-3; 0329, p. 10; 0356, p. 10; 0317, p. 2; 0314, pp. 22-23; 0338, pp. 3-5; 0323, p. 10; 0287, p. 11; 0362, pp. 4-5). The National Association of Manufacturers (NAM) noted that many downstream manufacturers, importers, or distributors may not know whether there are any updates in classification coming from upstream (Document ID 0362, pp. 4-5). Hach echoed this concern, stating that this issue had previously caused problems with OSHA's 2012 update to the HCS (Document ID 0323, p. 10). Hach suggested that OSHA extend the compliance deadline for chemical manufacturers of mixtures to two years beyond the compliance date for substances (Document ID 0323, p. 10).
                    </P>
                    <P>For similar reasons, some commenters recommended adding an additional tier for chemical manufacturers who combine multiple mixtures since they will be reliant on upstream manufacturers, importers, or distributors for new information, which may come at the end of the compliance period for the mixture tier (Document ID 0317, p. 2; 0362, pp. 4-5; 0326, p. 8). NAM and NRI recommended that in this potential third tier OSHA should explicitly state that such companies are allowed three months to update SDSs and six months to update labels from the date the companies receive new information from upstream suppliers (Document ID 0362, p. 5; 0326, p. 8). NACD proposed a slightly different change to the tiered compliance dates and requested that OSHA adopt a staggered implementation timeline based on role in the supply chain, where the original chemical producer would have 18 months to comply, and the next segment of the supply chain (typically chemical distributors) would have an additional year (Document ID 0329, pp. 9-10).</P>
                    <P>As the following discussion explains, OSHA believes that the proposed compliance dates will be adequate for implementation of most of the HCS revisions included in this final rule. However, OSHA is adopting a modest extension to the proposed compliance dates to account for the possibility that some of the issues cited by stakeholders could present a significant challenge to meeting the proposed timeline.</P>
                    <P>As discussed further in Section VI., Final Economic Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, OSHA has analyzed the time, effort, and cost of the changes in this rule and has concluded that most of the revisions will require only limited changes to SDSs and labels for select hazardous chemicals to reflect chemical reclassifications (Appendix B) and to conform to language criteria in precautionary statements and other mandatory language (Appendix C and Appendix D). As also noted in that section, chemical manufacturers and importers periodically review, revise, and update the electronic templates they use to create SDSs and labels when new information becomes available, changes are made to the product, or new products are introduced to the market, allowing many chemical manufacturers and importers to phase in any required revisions to their labels and SDSs in accordance with the normal cycle of updating these items. The arguments raised by commenters were accounted for in that analysis. Therefore, the agency estimates that the revisions it is finalizing will, for the most part, be possible to work into the normal cycle of SDS and label updates.</P>
                    <P>Although OSHA believes that the proposed one- to two-year tiered compliance dates will accommodate implementation of most revisions included in this final rule, the agency also recognizes that some of the changes to the HCS in this update will result in major changes to classifications, and that some of the changes to Appendix C and Appendix D may result in significant changes to some labels or SDSs, which could pose difficulties for some stakeholders to meet the compliance dates originally proposed. Therefore, OSHA is extending the compliance date for chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors evaluating substances to be 18 months after the publication date and the compliance date for mixtures to be 36 months after the publication date. OSHA is amending the designation of the compliance date for substances to be paragraph (j)(2)(i) and is amending the designation of the compliance date for mixtures to be paragraph (j)(3)(i) in order to accommodate the addition of paragraphs (j)(2)(ii) and (j)(3)(ii), discussed later in this section. OSHA is not further differentiating the compliance timeline between manufacturers of mixtures from substances and manufacturers of mixtures from mixtures, as some commenters suggested. Nor is OSHA adopting a staggered implementation timeline based on role in the supply chain, as NACD suggested. OSHA is concerned that adding such additional tiers could potentially create a very long compliance timeline, leaving workers along the supply chain with uneven protections and undermining the purpose of the HCS, which is to have a single harmonized system. As the agency explained in finalizing the 2012 HCS, although some overlap between the current requirements and the new ones is inevitable during the phase-in period, “hazard communication during this transition period will be confusing and less effective” (77 FR 17739). OSHA seeks to limit this effect by ensuring that the transition is completed in a timely fashion.</P>
                    <P>OSHA has determined that the changes in this final rule can be implemented within the timeframes set for compliance. OSHA believes that the extended dates and tiered approach based on substances and mixtures will alleviate the vast majority of compliance issues. However, OSHA recommends that manufacturers of mixtures and downstream clients who use their products for further processing and/or manufacture of other mixtures work together to ensure that all parties have sufficient time to comply with this standard. OSHA believes, as it did in 2012, that “[t]hese types of issues are generally addressed by the market, and the needs of a manufacturer's customers” (77 FR 17739). In addition, where particular circumstances warrant special consideration (such as where a downstream user has not received the necessary information despite its best efforts), OSHA retains enforcement discretion to address those situations as appropriate.</P>
                    <P>Hach and ACA also requested an unlimited sell-through period for products labeled prior to the compliance deadlines to prevent waste and unnecessary compliance burden (Document IDs 0323, p. 10; 0368, p. 10). Hach noted that “[e]xisting label stock would cover thousands of products. Without an unlimited sell-through these existing stocks would need to be disposed of and manufactured products would need to be relabeled” (Document ID 0323, p. 10). While OSHA is not specifically providing unlimited time to use already-created labels on existing stock, the agency is finalizing an update to paragraph (f)(11) which allows manufacturers, importers, and distributors to not relabel chemicals that have been released for shipment and are awaiting distribution, which will reduce the need to dispose of existing label stock and eliminate relabeling for those products. See the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (f) for further discussion of the update to paragraph (f)(11).</P>
                    <P>
                        Several commenters recommended that the compliance dates should align 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44303"/>
                        with other countries (Document ID 0279, p. 2; 0327, p. 2; 0347, p. 15; 0359, p. 5). In particular, HCPA, Dow, and ACC recommended that OSHA coordinate compliance dates with Health Canada's WHMIS update (Document ID 0347, p. 15; 0327, p. 2). OSHA notes that Health Canada has already published their update to the HPR and they are now aligned with Rev. 7 (see 
                        <E T="03">https://www.canada.ca/en/health-canada/services/environmental-workplace-health/occupational-health-safety/workplace-hazardous-materials-information-system/amendments-hazardous-products-regulations.html</E>
                        ) with a compliance date of December 14, 2025. The agency will, however, work with Canada to address stakeholder concerns regarding the timing of updates and related compliance dates as OSHA has done with other cross-cutting issues. Additionally, OSHA notes that chemical manufacturers have the option to coordinate their compliance with Canada and OSHA's updated requirements by coming into compliance with whichever country's compliance dates occur first.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA also received requests for clarification related to the proposed compliance deadlines. ICBA, NRI, AF&amp;PA and AWC, and ILMA stated that the terms “evaluating substances” and “evaluating mixtures” in proposed paragraphs (j)(2) and (j)(3) were unclear (Document ID 0291, pp. 2-4; 0356, p. 10; 0326, pp. 7-9; 0287, p. 10). ICBA noted that if OSHA meant the term “evaluating” to refer only to the task of hazard classification, the proposed regulation is unclear as to when manufacturers, importers, or distributors must comply with other new or revised requirements in this final rule, particularly those that normally occur after a determination of a hazard classification, as no other compliance dates were provided (Document ID 0291, p. 3). ICBA, ILMA, and AF&amp;PA and AWC sought to clarify which provisions of the final rule have a compliance deadline of 60 days, one year, and two years after the effective date of the final rule (Document ID 0291, p. 3; 0356, p. 10; 0287, p. 10). Relatedly, ASSP raised concerns about the sufficiency of the compliance periods for training requirements specifically, and recommended that OSHA implement a transition period to allow employers adequate time to retrain workers (Document ID 0284, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>OSHA intends that the terms “evaluating substances” and “evaluating mixtures” include hazard evaluations and updates to classification, labeling, and SDSs required to comply with the revisions in this final rule. These changes are to be completed by 18 months from the effective date for substances (paragraph (j)(2)(i)) and by 36 months from the effective date for mixtures (paragraph (j)(3)(i)). Because this final rule contains only limited revisions of the hazard classification rules, the agency does not anticipate that most employers will need to complete additional requirements that follow from changes to hazard classification, namely, updating any alternative workplace labeling used under paragraph (f)(6), updating the hazard communication program required by paragraph (h)(1), and providing any additional employee training in accordance with paragraph (h)(3) for newly identified hazards. However, recognizing that some employers will need to complete these requirements, OSHA is adding new paragraphs (j)(2)(ii) and (j)(3)(ii) to the final rule. Those paragraphs provide an additional six months after the compliance dates to complete any necessary updates to alternative workplace labeling, updates to the hazard communication program, and additional employee training for newly identified physical or health hazards resulting from evaluation of substances and mixtures (that is, 24 months after the effective date for substances and 42 months after the effective date for mixtures).</P>
                    <P>
                        None of the provisions revised in this final rule have an immediate compliance deadline on the effective date of the final rule (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         60 days after the date of publication of the final rule). To further clarify how employers can comply with the HCS through the implementation phase of the final rule, OSHA is adding a new paragraph (j)(4), which provides that chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, and employers may comply with either § 1910.1200 revised as of May 20, 2024, or the previous version of this standard, or both during the transition period.
                    </P>
                    <P>In conclusion, for the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing paragraph (j) with the following modifications: chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors evaluating substances are required to comply with all modified provisions of the HCS no later than 18 months after the effective date (paragraph (j)(2)(i)) and those entities evaluating mixtures must comply with all modified provisions no later than 36 months after the effective date (paragraph (j)(3)(i)); new paragraphs (j)(2)(ii) and (j)(3)(ii) require employers to update any alternative workplace labeling under paragraph (f)(6), update the hazard communication program required by paragraph (h)(1), and provide any additional employee training in accordance with paragraph (h)(3) for newly identified hazards no later than 24 months following the effective date for substances and 42 months following the effective date for mixtures; and new paragraph (j)(4) provides that chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, and employers may comply with either the previous version of this standard, the version finalized in this rule, or both during the transition period. The revised paragraph (j) will replace the regulatory text previously included in paragraph (j).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Appendix A</HD>
                    <P>Appendix A addresses the health hazards covered by the HCS, including classification criteria consistent with the GHS.</P>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to update Appendix A in several respects. The agency's finalized changes to Appendix A, its review of the comments and testimony received on the proposed changes to Appendix A, and OSHA's response to these comments and testimony are discussed in order of revisions to specific health hazards in Appendix A, followed by general changes to definitions and terminology, clarification of mandatory requirements, and corrections.</P>
                    <P>
                        At the time that OSHA's NPRM was published, OSHA provided a redline strikeout version of Appendix A, which reflected all of OSHA's proposed revisions, in the docket and on the OSHA website (Document ID 0222, pp. 39-115) so that interested parties could view all of the proposed changes in context. OSHA will update this document to show the changes being made in this final rule and strongly encourages stakeholders to review that document in conjunction with the discussion of the revisions, as the discussion provided in this final rule's Summary and Explanation does not fully describe all of the non-substantive or editorial changes OSHA is making in Appendix A. Stakeholders can examine the redline strikeout of the regulatory text (changes from 2012 HCS to this final) at OSHA's HCS web page (
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/dsg/hazcom/</E>
                        ) to view all of the changes to the 2012 HCS made in this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received comments broadly supporting its proposed revisions to Appendix A. (NAIMA stated that it “supports the extensive changes to Appendix A because the classification is clarified in a positive manner and not changed . . . NAIMA agrees [with OSHA] that proposed amendments will bring greater clarity” (Document ID 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44304"/>
                        0338, p. 7). ILMA stated, “ILMA and its members are generally supportive of OSHA's proposed changes to Appendix A. While largely editorial, these changes better synchronize the Hazard Communication Standard with the GHS and, with respect to ease of international trade, such synchronization to those other jurisdictions, which are adopting more recent versions of the GHS, assist ILMA members who do business internationally” (Document ID 0404, Att. 2, p. 1). ILMA further requested that OSHA publish guides to assist the regulated community with classification, particularly smaller companies who may not use subscriptions to database-driven hazard communication software and who may not understand how to incorporate non-animal testing results in their classifications of mixture products (Document ID 0404, Att. 2, p. 2). OSHA anticipates updating some of the existing hazard communication standard guidance products, such as the Hazard Classification guidance (Document ID 0008), and also anticipates developing new products to assist the regulated community in complying with the updated standard.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA's proposed revisions to Appendix A are reviewed in detail below, together with a review of the comments and testimony received on each proposed revision and discussion of the provisions adopted in the final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">I. General Classification Considerations (Appendix A.0)</HD>
                    <P>
                        In paragraph A.0.1, OSHA proposed to add a note from paragraph 1.3.3.1.3 of Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 21), providing that “Where impurities, additives or individual constituents of a substance or mixture have been identified and are themselves classified, they should be taken into account during classification if they exceed the cut-off value/concentration limit for a given hazard class.” OSHA did not include this note in the HCS in 2012 because the definition of 
                        <E T="03">substance</E>
                         in paragraph (c) references additives and impurities, and therefore the classification of substances necessarily takes impurities and additives into account. Nonetheless, the agency came to believe that this note adds clarity and is useful for aligning with the GHS, so proposed to add this note as paragraph A.0.1.3. OSHA's intent in proposing this provision was to clarify that manufacturers and importers must consider the hazards of all classified components when classifying chemicals, which the agency believed would help ensure accurate classification of chemicals and therefore improve protections for workers.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received one comment regarding its proposed addition (Document ID 0316, pp. 11-12). API supported the proposed revision, noting that the proposed language aligns with the UN GHS and prior OSHA guidance (Document ID 0316, pp. 11-12). OSHA did not receive any comments objecting to the proposed addition of the note from Paragraph 1.3.3.1.3 of Rev. 7; therefore, the agency has finalized the addition of this provision in new paragraph A.0.1.3.</P>
                    <P>Cal/OSHA, Cal/HESIS, Worksafe and National COSH submitted suggestions that OSHA should modify paragraph A.0.3.5 to require a single positive study to determine the hazard classification (Document ID 0322, Att. 1, p. 9; 0313, p. 5; 0354, p. 1; 0407, p. 12). Cal/OSHA stated that “[r]equiring disclosure of the findings of a single positive study that reports `statistically and biologically significant positive results' is important for a number of reasons.” They noted that this single positive study rule would (1) represent the highest possible standard of evidence in establishing causation in health studies, (2) address the issue that scientific standards of evidence can bias health effects studies toward false negative results, (3) remove the economic incentive for a manufacturer, importer or classifier not to classify based on a single study, and (4) reduce “information asymmetries” between producers and downstream buyers (Document ID 0322, Att. 1, pp. 9-12).</P>
                    <P>OSHA did not propose any changes to A.0.3.5, therefore, these comments are out of scope for this rulemaking. Additionally, OSHA discussed its decision to remove the across-the-board “one-study” approach in the 2012 update to the HCS. The agency explained that the hazard evaluation process in the HCS goes beyond simply identifying one study and was preferable because it includes a complete evaluation of all of the information available when determining what information to transmit to users of the chemical, although the one-study approach was still included in some criteria in the 2012 HCS (77 FR 17708).</P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to modify the introduction of paragraph A.0.4.1, which previously characterized the process of mixture classification provided in A.0.4.1(a) through (c) as “recommended,” to instead characterize the specified process as mandatory. OSHA did not receive any comments objecting to the proposed revision. Therefore, the agency has finalized the introduction of paragraph A.0.4.1 to state that, except as provided in A.0.4.2, the process of mixture classification is based on the specified sequence of steps in A.0.4.1(a) through (c).</P>
                    <P>
                        John Baker submitted a comment expressing support for the existing language of paragraph A.0.4.3.2, which specifies that, if the classifier has information that the hazard of an ingredient will be evident (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         it presents a health risk) below the specified cut-off value/concentration limit, the mixture containing that ingredient must be classified accordingly, in light of the unique hazards posed by nanoscale particles. Baker noted that “[t]his is important because the health (and to some extent, physical) hazard posed by nanoscale particles is related to the large number of particles rather than their aggregate weight percentage in the mixture” (Document ID 0302). OSHA did not propose to alter paragraph A.0.4.3.2, therefore, it is unchanged in the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">II. Acute Toxicity (Appendix A.1)</HD>
                    <P>
                        In paragraph A.1.1, OSHA proposed to revise the definition of 
                        <E T="03">acute toxicity</E>
                         to refer to serious adverse health effects (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         lethality) occurring after a single or short-term oral, dermal, or inhalation exposure to a substance or mixture. The previous definition referred to adverse effects occurring following oral or dermal administration of a single dose of a substance, or multiple doses given within 24 hours, or an inhalation exposure of four hours. This change was proposed to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 115; 0131).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Cal/OSHA commented that the 
                        <E T="03">acute toxicity</E>
                         definition needed more clarity. Specifically, they noted that a “serious health effect” is not synonymous with death (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         lethality) and that OSHA contradicted itself in A.1.2.1 if it intended “serious health effect” to mean death (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, p. 1). Cal/OSHA also commented that “acute toxicity has to do with the timing of health effects, not their nature; therefore, it is not appropriate to use the term `serious' to qualify `health effects' ”, and that “there are many forms of acute toxicity that do not lead to death,” ranging from mild (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         skin irritation) to serious (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         eye damage) to deadly (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         pulmonary edema) (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, pp. 1-2). Finally, they noted that non-lethal health effects are covered by their respective sections in Appendix A and that the introductory material for acute toxicity should make this clear.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA agrees with Cal/OSHA that the general term “acute” refers to timing, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44305"/>
                        rather than severity, of effects. In the proposed language, the term “acute” refers to health effects “occurring after a single or short-term oral, dermal, or inhalation exposure to a substance or mixture.” However, as Cal/OSHA observed, non-lethal health effects are covered by their respective sections in Appendix A, and thus the inclusion of “serious adverse health effects (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         lethality)” is a necessary component of the definition to indicate to regulated parties that within the HCS framework the classification of acute toxicity is only used when the effects are sufficiently severe in order to avoid duplicative classifications or unnecessary confusion between hazard classifications.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Furthermore, the phrase “serious adverse health effects (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         lethality)” in the proposed definition is not intended to imply that OSHA considers serious adverse health effects to be, in general, synonymous with death. Rather, this phrase is taken from the GHS and is intended to signify that the endpoint of the toxicological test methods used to classify for “acute toxicity” is the death of animals in the test population. The definition's reference to lethality is intended to distinguish between hazards that meet the classification criteria established for “acute toxicity,” utilizing toxicological test methods with an endpoint of lethality, from hazards which are acute in nature, but which should be classified under other sections in Appendix A because the available information does not indicate lethality. The phrase does not represent a determination by OSHA that other health effects are not serious in the sense of being “material” for the purposes of the OSH Act.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, OSHA disagrees with Cal/OSHA that the new text added to A.1.2.1 contradicts the agency's use of “lethality” in the proposed definition of “acute toxicity.” Although some 
                        <E T="03">in vivo</E>
                         methods include indicators such as “significant clinical signs of toxicity” to approximate LD
                        <E T="52">50</E>
                        /LC
                        <E T="52">50</E>
                         values, these methods are using the clinical signs of toxicity to indirectly determine the acute toxicity estimate (ATE) which is nevertheless intended to characterize the lethality of a toxic substance. Therefore, OSHA maintains that its revisions to A.1.2.1 do not contradict its use of the term “lethality” to characterize the endpoint used to classify a hazard under “acute toxicity.” OSHA therefore declines to adopt the recommendations made by Cal/OSHA regarding the definition of 
                        <E T="03">acute toxicity.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        John Baker commented that the modified definition is “vague as to the dimension of time” and recommended that OSHA amend the proposed definition of acute toxicity to refer to serious health effects (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         lethality) occurring following oral or dermal administration of a single dose of a substance, or multiple doses “given within 24 hours or an inhalation exposure of 4 hours” (Document ID 0302). However, OSHA notes that the references to time in the acute toxicity definition were purposely removed so that the definition would be more general and neutral with respect to test guidelines (86 FR 9705). Since the HCS is test method neutral, OSHA believes that the definitions in the HCS should not include timeframes as listed in specific test guidelines. Therefore, OSHA has retained the proposed modifications in the acute toxicity definition to exclude timeframes in the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing the definition of 
                        <E T="03">acute toxicity</E>
                         in paragraph A.1.1 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA also proposed to revise the classification criteria for substances in A.1.2.1 to indicate that “[w]hile some 
                        <E T="03">in vivo</E>
                         methods determine LD
                        <E T="52">50</E>
                        /LC
                        <E T="52">50</E>
                         values directly, other newer 
                        <E T="03">in vivo</E>
                         methods (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         using fewer animals) consider other indicators of acute toxicity, such as significant clinical signs of toxicity, which are used by reference to assign the hazard category.” This change was proposed to align with classification criteria in the Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 115; 0131).
                    </P>
                    <P>The Physicians Committee for Responsible Medicine (PCRM) supported this revision and recommended that OSHA include the Collaborative Acute Toxicity Modeling Suite (CATMoS) for screening chemicals for acute oral toxicity, which can be used to predict GHS classification (Document ID 0295, p. 2). As the HCS is test method neutral and, as stated in A.0.2.2, test guidelines that have been scientifically validated are acceptable, OSHA has not included a specific reference to CATMoS in paragraph A.1.2.1 in the final rule. However, the agency will consider including information about CATMoS in one of its guidance products, as it may be helpful to classifiers. API also supported the proposed revision, noting its alignment with the GHS (Document ID 0316, p. 15). Therefore, OSHA has finalized the classification criteria for substances in A.1.2.1 as proposed.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed slight revisions to Table A.1.1 to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 115; 0131). The GHS presents the ATE range in Table A.1.1 using the term “ATE” to express the range, while the 2012 HCS uses the term “and.” OSHA proposed to change the “and” in the ATE ranges to “ATE” to align with Rev. 7. The proposed modification was not to change the classification criteria itself, but as OSHA explained in the NPRM, would be more technically accurate and consistent with the way the table is expressed in the European Chemicals Agency's Guidance on the Application of the CLP Criteria: Guidance to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 on classification, labelling, and packaging of substances and mixtures (Document ID 0256, pp. 237-238).</P>
                    <P>Michele Sullivan suggested that the format used in the 2012 HCS Table A.1.1 should be retained, as it is familiar to small businesses, businesses, and stakeholders operating in the U.S. According to Sullivan, the “focus of the USA OSHA HCS should be to express technically correct values in a format easy to understand for USA stakeholders, not to be consistent with formatting in EU regulations” (Document ID 0366, p. 7).</P>
                    <P>Tom Murphy commented that “the information to be conveyed in [Table A.1.1] is in the format ‘&gt;5 ATE ≤50.' The placement of the acronym in the format of the proposed rule makes the information difficult to comprehend at a glance, and this opportunity for a systemic failure is easily addressed: please consider changing the format of the table entries to either `5 &lt; ATE ≤ 50' or `ATE &gt; 5 and ATE ≤ 50' ” (Document ID 0277, p. 1).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA believes that the proposed format, in addition to aligning with Rev. 7 and the EU's CLP regulation, is also more technically correct than the format used in the 2012 Table A.1.1. The ATE values define the hazard categories for acute toxicity. For example, if a gas has an ATE of less than or equal to 100, then it should be classified as Category 1. The format used in the 2012 version of the standard included just the number “≤ 100” under the Category 1 column, while the proposed Table A.1.1 includes “ATE ≤ 100”. OSHA believes that the proposed format displays the criteria in a more technically accurate way, and that classifiers will understand the information presented in this format. As such, OSHA has retained the modifications to Table A.1.1 in the final rule. While Tom Murphy's suggested change is technically equivalent to OSHA's proposal, it is not evident that Murphy's notation would be significantly easier to understand “at a glance” nor would it be consistent with the GHS or other international partners. Therefore, OSHA is not adopting the suggestion.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44306"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA is also making a correction to the heading of Table A.1.1 in the final rule. The heading of Table 3.1.1 in Rev. 7 states, “Acute toxicity estimate (ATE) values and criteria for acute toxicity hazard categories.” OSHA inadvertently left out the change to the heading in the NPRM and is making the editorial correction in this final rule to maintain alignment with the GHS.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed to include a new sentence at the end of paragraph A.1.2.3 to clarify that data from both animal tests and human studies should be considered in evaluating acute toxicity. The proposed text stated that “[i]n cases where data from human experience (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         occupational data, data from accident databases, epidemiology studies, clinical reports) is also available, it should be considered in a weight of evidence approach consistent with the principles described in A.0.3.” To ensure human data is considered in classifying chemicals for all acute toxicity hazard categories, the GHS added this clarifying text in paragraph 3.1.2.3 (Document ID 0131, p. 116) and OSHA proposed adding this sentence to align with Rev. 7. OSHA did not receive any comments pertaining to the proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing paragraph A.1.2.3 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed a new paragraph A.1.2.4 which corresponds to Chapter 3.1 (paragraph 3.1.2.6.5) in Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 117). The agency proposed this paragraph and its subparagraphs to require the classifier to consider whether the chemical is corrosive to the respiratory tract if data are available that indicate that the mechanism of toxicity was corrosivity of the substance or mixture. The proposed paragraph was also to clarify that the hazard 
                        <E T="03">corrosive to the respiratory tract</E>
                         is covered under the HCS.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As OSHA explained in the NPRM, the agency did not explicitly include the 
                        <E T="03">corrosive to the respiratory tract</E>
                         hazard in the HCS in 2012 but explained in its guidance, OSHA 3844: 
                        <E T="03">Hazard Communication: Hazard Classification Guidance for Manufacturers, Importers, and Employers,</E>
                         that this hazard should be considered during classification (Document ID 0008, p. 48). The Hazard Classification guidance explains that if the classifier has data indicating that there is acute inhalation toxicity with corrosion of the respiratory tract that leads to lethality, then the substance or mixture may be labeled with the additional hazard statement “corrosive to the respiratory tract.” However, if the classifier has data that indicate acute inhalation toxicity with corrosion of the respiratory tract and the effect does not lead to lethality, then the guidance explains that the hazard may be addressed in the Specific Target Organ Toxicity (STOT) hazard classes included in Appendices A.8 and A.9 of the HCS. OSHA proposed to include these clarifications in paragraphs A.1.2.4.1 and A.1.2.4.2, and to change the “may” language from the guidance to “must” language to ensure that
                        <E T="03"> corrosive to the respiratory tract</E>
                         is appropriately considered during the classification process.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received several comments on proposed paragraph A.1.2.4. NIOSH supported OSHA's proposed addition of paragraph A.1.2.4, noting that it “adds information to help protect workers' safety and health,” is in line with the intent of the original 1983 HCS, and facilitates the design and implementation of protective measures appropriate to the hazard (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 5). ILMA also supported the addition of proposed paragraph A.1.2.4, noting that it would assure appropriate consideration of hazards corrosive to the respiratory tract during the classification process (Document ID 0356, Att. 1, p. 5). ICT agreed that the addition of A.1.2.4 “clarifies that some lethal inhalation effects are not due to systemic poisoning but are due to local destruction of respiratory tissue” (Document ID 0324, p. 5).</P>
                    <P>
                        ICT also requested clarification on when the statement would be applicable. Both ICT and an anonymous commenter asked whether OSHA intended the “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” hazard statement for use instead of, or in addition to, the existing hazard statements (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         “Fatal if inhaled”) related to acute toxicity by the inhalation route (Document ID 0265; 0324, p. 5).
                    </P>
                    <P>ACC asked OSHA to clarify the proposed text in paragraphs A.1.2.4.1 and A.1.2.4.2. ACC indicated that “in many cases, suppliers may choose to warn for corrosion to the respiratory tract simply based on a substance being corrosive to eyes and skin,” and that “without knowledge as to whether this effect leads to lethality, it is not clear how suppliers should classify.” ACC further stated that it is unclear what OSHA's intent is in referring to the regulatory text for STOT classifications and questioned what the agency meant by the term “addressed” in A.1.2.4.2 (Document ID 0347, p. 16). In answer to these requests for clarification, OSHA has modified the proposed language. The following discussion explains the general classification process and how label preparers are to apply a hazard statement for corrosion of the respiratory tract based on the final text. To further clarify how corrosive effect to the respiratory tract should be addressed, OSHA is adding a note to each of the relevant tables in Appendix C.</P>
                    <P>
                        When classifying for corrosive to the respiratory tract the classifier should take a tiered approach. If the classifier has data to indicate the chemical is corrosive to the respiratory tract and the effect leads to lethality, then the label should contain the hazard statement “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” and the corrosion pictogram in addition to the prescribed acute toxicity hazard statement(s) and other label and SDS elements. If the classifier has data that indicate the chemical is corrosive to the respiratory tract but does not lead to lethality, then the chemical should be classified using the criteria as provided under STOT single exposure (STOT-SE). The label should then include the hazard statement “Corrosive to the respiratory tract if inhaled.” This hazard statement should be used instead of a more general STOT-SE hazard statement for the respiratory tract (
                        <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                        , “Causes damage to respiratory tract if inhaled”) and unlike the corresponding statement for acute toxicity, this hazard statement includes “if inhaled” because A.8.2.1.2 requires the relevant route(s) of exposure by which the classified substance produces damage to be identified. Additionally, OSHA is requiring the use of the more specific corrosion pictogram instead of the more general health pictogram when this hazard is addressed under STOT. However, if there are other target organ hazards, the current STOT hazard statement and pictogram should be used to communicate those hazards, in addition to the required hazard statement and pictogram for corrosive to the respiratory tract.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, in response to ACC's comment on classifiers' current practices, OSHA is modifying the proposed language to state that if the classifier does not have direct data on corrosivity to the respiratory tract (and would therefore not classify the chemical under STOT-SE) but the chemical is classified under either skin corrosion/irritation or serious eye damage/eye irritation, the classifier must consider the available data (including skin and/or eye data) to determine whether the chemical may be corrosive to the respiratory tract if inhaled. If they determine that it may be corrosive to the respiratory tract, they must include the hazard statement corrosive to the respiratory tract along with the already required hazard statement (
                        <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                        , causes severe skin burns and eye damage) and pictogram (
                        <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                        , 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44307"/>
                        corrosion) to ensure that the respiratory corrosion hazard is communicated to downstream users. This is intended to ensure workers have complete hazard information when handling a substance or mixture that may cause corrosion to the respiratory tract in order to avoid gases, vapors, or mists that may be generated under certain conditions (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         accidental spill) even if the substance or mixture is not intended for such an exposure route.
                    </P>
                    <P>As OSHA indicated in proposed paragraph A.1.2.4, the corrosive to the respiratory tract classification is intended to be used, when appropriate, in addition to the inhalation toxicity classification and the hazard statement “corrosive to the respiratory tract” would be used in addition to the hazard statements for acute toxicity. To clarify this provision, OSHA has modified proposed paragraph A.1.2.4.1 to state, “If the classifier determines the chemical is corrosive to the respiratory tract and data are available that indicate that the effect leads to lethality, then in addition to the appropriate acute toxicity pictogram and hazard statement, the chemical must be labeled with the hazard statement `corrosive to the respiratory tract' and the corrosion pictogram.” OSHA anticipates providing additional guidance on the “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” hazard statement following publication of the final rule.</P>
                    <P>Cal/OSHA commented that paragraph A.1.2.4.1, as written in the NPRM, would not adequately warn workers and emergency responders, reasoning that when inhalation of a corrosive chemical substance “leads to lethality,” that information should be communicated on the label, not just on the SDS (in some cases “Fatal if inhaled” would appear on the SDS) (Document ID 0451, Att. 1, p. 2). Cal/OSHA suggested alternative language for A.1.2.4.1 to require that, if the classifier determines a chemical is corrosive to the respiratory tract and data are available that indicate that the effect leads to lethality, then the chemical must be labeled with either the hazard statement, “This chemical is corrosive to the respiratory tract and can cause death if inhaled” or “This chemical is corrosive to the respiratory tract and can be fatal if inhaled” (Document ID 0451, Att. 1, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>Because the hazard statement “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” would supplement, rather than replace, the appropriate acute toxicity pictogram and hazard statement, OSHA disagrees with Cal/OSHA that the proposed supplemental hazard statement “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” should be modified from the GHS statement when the data indicate lethality. The acute toxicity statements already indicate lethality when appropriate. For example, a chemical that is acute inhalation toxicity Category 1 and is corrosive to the respiratory tract will carry the skull and crossbones pictogram and the hazard statement “Fatal if inhaled” in addition to the “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” statement.</P>
                    <P>An anonymous commenter asked whether hazard categories are being established for “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” and, if so, how the categories will be defined, how mixtures should be classified that contain component(s) deemed “Corrosive to the respiratory tract,” and if cut-off values would be established. They also noted that this hazard statement does not appear in Appendix C of the proposed standard and asked what signal word, pictogram, and precautionary statements should appear on the SDS and label when the “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” hazard statement is used (Document ID 0265).</P>
                    <P>As explained above, the “corrosive to the respiratory tract” hazard is not a distinct hazard class. Therefore, no hazard categories will be established for it. Classification of mixtures would follow the same principles as for other health hazards. If there are no data for the mixture as a whole, mixtures that contain component(s) deemed corrosive to the respiratory tract should be classified as acutely toxic, STOT-SE, skin corrosion/irritation, or eye damage/irritation and carry the appropriate pictogram(s), signal word, hazard statement(s) and precautionary statement(s) on the label and SDS based on the hazard class and category. The SDS and label for the mixture will also contain the hazard statement “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” (for acute toxicity, skin corrosion/irritation, or eye damage/irritation) or “Corrosive to the respiratory tract, if inhaled” (for STOT-SE). As discussed above and in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix C, OSHA agrees that the hazard statements for corrosion to the respiratory tract should be included in Appendix C along with the other label element information and has included it there in the final rule. The Summary and Explanation for Appendix C includes further discussion of the label element requirements associated with corrosion to the respiratory tract.</P>
                    <P>ACC expressed concern about the impact of this proposal on GHS harmonization, stating that “[t]he introduction of a new Acute Toxicity and Specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) (STOT SE) classification for corrosion to the respiratory tract will cause a number of significant classification differences between jurisdictions and confusion among manufacturers and importers” and argued that the information could be accurately represented in Section 11 of the SDS. They noted the EU as an example which “includes supplementary EUH [European Union hazard] phrases, but does not require the use of an entirely separate classification” (Document ID 0347, p. 16).</P>
                    <P>Furthermore, ACC stated that STOT classifications are not appropriate for classifying respiratory corrosion. According to ACC, STOT repeat exposure (STOT-RE) is not appropriate because respiratory corrosion is an acute effect; STOT-SE Category 1 or Category 2 are also not appropriate because respiratory corrosion is not a systemic effect; and STOT-SE Category 3 is not appropriate because it only refers to respiratory irritation (Document ID 0347, p. 17). VelocityEHS similarly opined that corrosion to the respiratory tract does not fit the criteria under STOT because “damage from corrosivity/causticity is not usually tied to a specific organ, but damages multiple tissues (skin, eyes, mucus membranes). Corrosive/caustic substances damage whatever tissue they come into contact with, and therefore do not meet the definition of being target organ specific” (Document ID 0320, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees with ACC and VelocityEHS' position that STOT criteria should not be used for corrosion to the respiratory tract. Specifically, OSHA disagrees with ACC's position that STOT-SE Category 1 and Category 2 cover only systemic effects and are therefore not the appropriate hazard classes and categories to address the corrosion of the respiratory tract hazard. The GHS recognized that local effects are also covered under STOT in Rev. 2, published in 2007. Prior to Rev. 2, the hazard class chapter was entitled “Specific Target Organ/Systemic Toxicity.” In Rev. 2, the UNSCECHS agreed to replace the term “Specific target organ/systemic toxicity” and all its related terms with “Specific target organ toxicity” on the understanding that, according to paragraphs 3.8.1.1 and 3.9.1.1 of the GHS, “all significant health effects that impair function (both reversible and irreversible, immediate and/or delayed) are regarded to be “target organ toxicity”, irrespective of the toxic effects being local or not” (ST/SG/AC.10/C.4/22, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://unece.org/DAM/trans/doc/2006/ac10c4/ST-SG-AC10-C4-22e.pdf,</E>
                         p. 6). 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44308"/>
                        Corrosion to the respiratory tract fits the meaning of “Specific target organ toxicity” as explained by the UNSCECHS.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Similarly, OSHA disagrees with VelocityEHS's reasoning that the occurrence of corrosion in multiple organs (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         skin, eye, mucus membranes) excludes classification for a respiratory tract STOT. Under STOT-SE in the HCS (A.8.1.4), classifiers should take into consideration both changes in a single organ or biological system and generalized changes of a less severe nature involving several organs.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, OSHA agrees with ACC that since respiratory tract corrosion is an acute effect, STOT RE is not an appropriate hazard class for corrosion of the respiratory tract. OSHA is therefore removing the reference to A.9 from A.1.2.4.2. OSHA also agrees that corrosion of the respiratory tract would not be appropriately classified as STOT-SE Category 3 because it would not meet the criteria in A.8.2.2. The language in A.1.2.4.2 is a general reference that corrosive to the respiratory tract should be classified under STOT and therefore no regulatory text change is necessary to exclude STOT Category 3. Additionally, to make this clear, OSHA has not included a note regarding corrosive to the respiratory tract in Appendix C under the table for STOT-SE Category 3. For the reasons explained above, OSHA maintains that STOT-SE Category 1 and Category 2 should be used for classifying corrosive to the respiratory tract hazards when the data meet the criteria and indicate the effect does not lead to lethality.</P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees with ACC's comment that the use of STOT criteria would cause significant classification differences between jurisdictions, including diverging from the EU's approach to classification. OSHA notes that ACC may have misunderstood OSHA's intent regarding corrosive to the respiratory tract since paragraph A.1.2.4 incorporates additional hazard phrases but does not create an entirely separate classification, which is also, as ACC noted, how the EU treats corrosion of the respiratory tract. However, OSHA has made changes to the approach so that the label and SDS would be more consistent with other jurisdictions, including the EU. First, OSHA has updated the label elements under STOT-SE for consistency so the hazard statement and pictogram on the label (and SDS) would be equivalent to the EU. Additionally, OSHA has updated its approach to include the hazard statement “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” under Appendices A.2 and A.3 when there are insufficient data to support classification under STOT. This is similar to the EU approach where if a chemical is corrosive and the chemical may be inhaled then the EUH071 “Corrosive to the Respiratory Tract” hazard phrase must be used. Furthermore, OSHA disagrees with ACC that information on corrosivity to the respiratory tract can be sufficiently covered in Section 11 of the SDS, as Section 11 is not typically used to convey important toxicity information to workers at a level of generality appropriate to a lay reader, but rather to safety and health experts at a more detailed level.</P>
                    <P>VelocityEHS further commented that labeling elements present for corrosive to the respiratory tract versus acute toxicity and STOT could be confusing or misleading to a worker since the pictogram for corrosion is different. To illustrate this issue, VelocityEHS provided an example indicating that if a chemical is corrosive to the respiratory tract, but the effect does not lead to lethality, corrosion still occurs and is likely corrosive to the skin and eye. In that case, they noted that providing the health hazard pictogram to represent the STOT along with the corrosion pictogram could be misleading and confusing as to why the health hazard pictogram was included (Document ID 0320, p. 3)</P>
                    <P>VelocityEHS suggested alternate criteria for evaluating corrosive to the respiratory tract when it does not lead to lethality, including modified text for paragraph A.1.2.4 and its subparagraphs that lays out a tiered approach for classifying chemicals as corrosive to the respiratory tract. They suggested first classifying chemicals as corrosive to the respiratory tract under the skin or eye hazard classes, and then if not classified under either of these hazard classes, classifying under STOT-SE. VelocityEHS provided additional text for Appendices A.2 (Skin Corrosion/Irritation) and A.3 (Serious Eye Damage/Eye Irritation) including classification guidance and label elements for corrosive to the respiratory tract (Document ID 0320, pp. 2-7).</P>
                    <P>OSHA agrees with VelocityEHS that Appendices A.2 and A.3 are relevant for corrosive to the respiratory tract and has updated the text of A.1.2.4.2 accordingly, but disagrees with VelocityEHS's suggestion that they should be the primary hazard classes that should address corrosive to the respiratory tract. As discussed above, OSHA believes that STOT-SE criteria are appropriate when the data indicate corrosion to the respiratory tract and indicate non-lethality; therefore, Appendix A.8 (STOT-SE) is appropriate. However, the agency recognizes that in many cases the data may be insufficient to justify a STOT-SE classification and therefore it would be appropriate to include corrosive to the respiratory tract based on data used for either skin corrosion/irritation classification or serious eye damage/eye irritation classification.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also disagrees with VelocityEHS that workers will find the label elements for acute toxicity confusing or misleading when used alongside label elements for corrosion of the respiratory tract. OSHA understands that workers may be already familiar with the corrosion pictogram because of skin and eye corrosion, and with effective training, the combination of the corrosion pictogram and the skull and bones pictogram for acute toxicity will helpfully and accurately convey the level of severity of the hazard and thus are helpful to include together. However, OSHA does believe that more targeted hazard communication is warranted for STOT SE and, as explained above, is adding a new hazard statement “Corrosive to the respiratory tract, if inhaled” and requiring the use of the corrosivity pictogram instead of the health pictogram. Workers will also need to be trained on the corrosive to respiratory tract hazard and that they may see the corrosion pictogram in addition to the skull and crossbones, but OSHA believes that with the training required under the HCS these modifications will ultimately provide better information and will not be confusing.</P>
                    <P>However, OSHA also notes that in Appendix C, the agency gives direction on the label elements and in particular has added a new paragraph in this rulemaking (C.3.2.4) to make clear that if multiple hazards require the same pictogram only one pictogram should appear on the label (see discussion in Appendix C). Additionally, Appendix C provides flexibilities under C.2 (Hazard statements) and C.4 (Precautionary statements) indicating that the label preparer can omit statements if they can show that a statement is inappropriate or that modified statements improve readability. Lastly, the label preparer can provide supplemental information to the label (or SDS) as long as the information does not contradict or cast doubt on the required information. With all of these flexibilities, OSHA believes SDS and label preparers will be able to minimize any confusion that VelocityEHS suggests will exist.</P>
                    <P>
                        Following the discussion above, OSHA is finalizing the new paragraph A.1.2.4 which provides that if the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44309"/>
                        classifier has data indicating that there is acute inhalation toxicity, based on lethality data, with corrosion of the respiratory tract, then the substance or mixture should be labeled with the additional hazard statement “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” and the corrosion pictogram. OSHA is retaining the provision that if the classifier has data that indicates corrosion of the respiratory tract and the effect does not lead to lethality, then the hazard must be addressed in the STOT-SE (A.8) hazard class, with the modified hazard statement and corrosion pictogram in lieu of the usual STOT-SE requirements. If there are insufficient data to classify the hazard as STOT, and the classifier determines based on relevant skin and/or eye data that the chemical may cause corrosion of the respiratory tract, then the hazard statement “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” must be used in A.2 and/or A.3, as appropriate. As described further in the summary and explanation for Appendix C, OSHA has also added notes to the relevant sections in Appendix C to further clarify this issue. However, OSHA is removing the reference to STOT-RE (A.9) from paragraph A.1.2.4.2. Additionally, OSHA intends to update its Hazard Classification guidance document (Document ID 0008) following the publication of the final rule and anticipates adding further guidance for “Corrosive to the respiratory tract.”
                    </P>
                    <P>Paragraph A.1.3.6.1 explains how to classify a mixture when there are data for all of the ingredients in the mixture. Cal/OSHA commented on paragraph A.1.3.6.1 that the units that are used in the ATE formula are unclear and suggested that OSHA provide more explanation and an example using each of the applicable units (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, p. 3). OSHA did not propose a change to the ATE formula in A.1.3.6.1 and therefore this comment is outside the scope of this rulemaking. However, Table A.1.1, Acute toxicity estimate (ATE) values and criteria for acute toxicity hazard categories, provides the units that should be used to calculate the ATE by route of exposure. Additionally, OSHA provides guidance on classification of acute toxicity and examples using the ATE formula in its Hazard Classification guidance document (Document ID 0008, pp. 33-35).</P>
                    <P>In Figure A.1.1 and paragraph A.1.3.6.2.2, OSHA proposed to correct the cross-reference from A.1.3.6.2.3 to A.1.3.6.2.4. OSHA did not receive any comments pertaining to this proposed revision and is therefore finalizing the corrections to Figure A.1.1 and paragraph A.1.3.6.2.2 as proposed.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA also proposed to amend paragraph A.1.3.6.2.3. If a mixture contains an ingredient of unknown acute toxicity at a concentration of at least one percent, paragraph A.1.3.6.2.3 previously required a statement that “X” percent of a mixture consists of ingredient(s) of unknown toxicity on the label and SDS. OSHA proposed to revise this paragraph to require a statement that “X” percent of the mixture consists of ingredient(s) of unknown 
                        <E T="03">acute (oral/dermal/inhalation)</E>
                         toxicity on the label and SDS in such cases (emphasis added), thus indicating that the percentage of unknown acute toxicity must be differentiated by route of exposure. Given that it is possible to have unknown ingredients for more than one relevant route of exposure (e.g., oral, dermal, inhalation), OSHA reasoned that differentiating the statement by route would be helpful to chemical users. This proposed change aligns with paragraph 3.1.3.6.2.2 in Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 121). OSHA also proposed to delete the second paragraph in A.1.3.6.2.3 because it is duplicative of the first paragraph.
                    </P>
                    <P>ILA supported the proposed revision in A.1.3.6.2.3, stating that the change “adds value to the label and provides valuable information to the end user” (Document ID 0315, p. 3). However, ILA also commented that more clarity is needed surrounding when the statement should be used, and that it may be difficult for users to understand when the statement of unknown toxicity is required on a label. Specifically, they asked “[s]hould the statement be used when the material is classified as Acute Oral/Dermal/Inhalation without testing AND contains components greater than 1% with unknown toxicity? OR if the intention is to place this statement on labels when no testing data is available, the material does not have an acute oral/dermal/inhalation classification but contains components greater than 1% with unknown toxicity?” (Document ID 0315, p. 3).</P>
                    <P>OSHA's proposed changes to A.1.3.6.2.3 do not affect when the statement of unknown acute toxicity is required. As clarified in OSHA's classification guidance (Document ID 0008, p. 42), the unknown acute toxicity statement is required on the label and the SDS where the chemical mixture is already classified as acutely toxic for a particular route of exposure, and there are one or more other “relevant ingredients” of unknown acute toxicity for that particular route. In the event that an ingredient with unknown acute toxicity is used in a mixture at a concentration ≥ one percent, and the mixture as whole has not been tested, the mixture cannot be attributed a definitive acute toxicity estimate. In this situation, the mixture is classified based on the known ingredients only. A statement that X percent of the mixture consists of ingredient(s) of unknown acute toxicity (oral, dermal/inhalation) is required on the label and SDS in such cases. Conversely, if a mixture as a whole has been tested but is not classified based on this testing, then no statement is required regardless of ingredients (Document ID 0008, p. 42). OSHA anticipates updating this guidance following the publication of the final rule and including a discussion of this provision.</P>
                    <P>An anonymous commenter submitted a question pertaining to paragraphs A.1.3.6.2.3, C.3.3, and Appendix D of the proposed HCS, which require a statement of the concentration of ingredients of unknown acute toxicity to appear in Section 2 of the SDS and on the label: “[c]onsider the case of a mixture in which the exact concentration(s) of hazardous component(s) are withheld as trade secrets and reported as prescribed concentration range(s) (pursuant to paragraph (i)(1)(iv)) in Section 3 of the SDS. In Section 2 of the SDS and on the label, is it acceptable to report the percentage of ingredient(s) of unknown acute toxicity as a range corresponding to one of the prescribed ranges, or must the exact percentage be reported?” (Document ID 0266). OSHA has addressed this comment below in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix D.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received an anonymous comment that referred to the “split entry concept” and the agency's 2013 LOI (available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/standardinterpretations/2013-04-02</E>
                        ), which describes “split entry” as a concept used in the EU that allows for a modified GHS classification in certain situations, such as when particle size in laboratory tests differs from the particle size expected in workplace exposures (Document ID 0270). The commenter asked OSHA to clarify in the HCS how SDS providers should classify “substances that are acutely toxic by inhalation that are not respirable in the form in which they are supplied” (Document ID 0270).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA did not propose to address this issue in the NPRM, therefore, the request for clarification in the HCS is outside the scope of this rulemaking. However, OSHA notes that the 2013 LOI states that the HCS 2012 classification process does not support the use of the split entry concept. The agency will 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44310"/>
                        consider addressing this issue in updated guidance to clarify that the use of “split entry” is still not allowed under the standard.
                    </P>
                    <P>After reviewing these comments, OSHA is finalizing the proposed changes to paragraph A.1.3.6.2.3.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">III. Skin Corrosion/Irritation and Serious Eye Damage/Eye Irritation (Appendices A.2 and A.3)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed revisions to the sections on skin corrosion/irritation and serious eye damage/irritation (Appendices A.2 and A.3), which correspond to Chapters 3.2 and 3.3 in the GHS, respectively. As OSHA explained in the NPRM (86 FR 9703), the UNSCEGHS, in its 16th Session (December 2008), assembled an informal working group to review the content of Chapters 3.2 and 3.3 in the GHS and to propose editorial revisions in order to enhance clarity and user-friendliness in the application of the criteria (Document ID 0093). The group's primary focus was to change the order of the text to ensure that the classification strategy was clear, and to change the testing scheme to more of an evaluation scheme, since the GHS, like the HCS, is test method neutral. The work of the informal working group was not complete before OSHA published its updates to the HCS in 2012. However, the working group completed its efforts to clarify the skin corrosion/irritation and serious eye damage/eye irritation chapters prior to publication of the NPRM. The work was approved by the UNSCEGHS in 2012 (Document ID 0212). Accordingly, in 2021, OSHA proposed to revise Appendices A.2 and A.3 to incorporate all the modifications to the GHS skin corrosion/irritation and serious eye damage/eye irritation chapters agreed to by the UNSCEGHS up to and including Rev. 7. The agency reasoned that this would ensure that OSHA's HCS remains aligned with the GHS.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed substantial revisions to Appendix A.2 (Skin Corrosion/Irritation) that reflect the final changes the UNSCEGHS adopted through Rev. 7. However, Rev. 8, published in July 2019 (Document ID 0065, pp. 129-145), expanded the use of non-animal test methods in Chapter 3.2 (skin corrosion/irritation). These changes include recognition of specific 
                        <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                         test methods, reorganization of the chapter, reorganization of the tiered approach with an updated Figure 3.2.1 to reflect those changes, as well as descriptive text on use of new test methods, structure activity relationship (SAR) and read across methods, and an updated decision logic diagram. Table 3.2.1 from Rev. 8 updated the tiered approach for classification, including an elevation in acceptance of 
                        <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                         data to tier 2 of the approach. The updated tiered approach also included consideration of conflicting lower-tiered data when the lower tier suggests a higher classification level. In addition to the changes in the table, Rev. 8 updated the background information to provide additional guidance for how to use non-animal test data to classify chemicals.
                    </P>
                    <P>In Section XV., Issues and Options Considered, in the NPRM, OSHA requested comments from the regulated community to determine if the agency should adopt Chapter 3.2 from Rev. 8 with all of the revisions to the classification scheme. The agency noted that adoption would greatly benefit classification for new chemicals where no existing data currently exists. It also explained that adopting these updates in the HCS would not require a re-evaluation of chemicals already classified because the overall tiered approach for evaluating existing data has been retained.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received several comments that favored including updates from Rev. 8 in the revised HCS. ILMA supported the inclusion of Rev. 8's tiered approach in Appendix A.2 and indicated that their members would benefit from the inclusion of data from non-animal testing protocols, although they also noted that changes in criteria for skin and eye irritation would present the biggest compliance challenge to ILMA members and would require ILMA members to spend more time reviewing the updated criteria to assure that all available data are considered (Document ID 0356, pp. 5-6). PCRM also supported incorporating in Appendix A.2 “all revisions to the classification scheme for skin corrosion/irritation” from Rev. 8 (Document ID 0295, p. 1). ACC thanked OSHA “for taking into consideration the additional flexibility that the inclusion of Chapter 3.2 (specifically Table 3.2.1) provides” and expressed support for the use of non-animal test methods for classification purposes (Document ID 0347, p. 6). PETA, HCPA, and NAIMA also expressed support for OSHA expanding the use of non-animal testing (Document ID 0282, p. 1; 0327, p. 8; 0338, p. 7).</P>
                    <P>
                        NIOSH supported adoption of a tiered approach to classification of chemicals for skin irritation and corrosion (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 5). NIOSH also recommended that OSHA consider the NIOSH Current Intelligence Bulletin 61: A Strategy for Assigning New NIOSH Skin Notations as a resource (NIOSH [2017]. A strategy for assigning new NIOSH skin notations. Cincinnati, OH: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, DHHS (NIOSH) Publication No. 2009-147). NIOSH stated that the proposed expansion of the use of nonanimal test methods in evaluating skin corrosion/irritation from Rev. 8 “would elevate the use of 
                        <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                         methods in the tiered approach to the classification of chemicals under Appendix A.2 Skin Corrosion/Irritation . . . [and] would be beneficial if systemic effects of the chemical in question have been ruled out. 
                        <E T="03">In vitro</E>
                         methods predictive of in vivo outcomes continue to improve but may not accurately predict systemic response [Stueckle and Roberts 2019]” (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 5).
                    </P>
                    <P>A few commenters expressed concerns with adopting Rev. 8. Michele Sullivan commented that it was good planning for OSHA to consider adopting Rev. 8, but expressed concern that the regulatory text was not provided (Document ID 0366, p. 2). API similarly requested that OSHA provide the exact regulatory language (Document ID 0316, p. 31). In response to these stakeholder concerns regarding the regulatory text, OSHA notes that the NPRM provided the updated criteria from Rev. 8 which describes the classification criteria as well as the full text of the GHS purple book for Rev. 8 (Document ID 0065, pp. 129-136). OSHA believes that this provided ample notice for interested parties. No commenter expressed specific concerns about the GHS classification criteria provided in the docket.</P>
                    <P>OSHA agrees with commenters that including the updates in Rev. 8 to the skin corrosion/irritation chapter would benefit classification and has revised Appendix A.2 in the final rule to align with the updates in Rev. 8. The agency is not including any revisions regarding Category 3 because the agency did not adopt Category 3 in 2012, which is primarily for consumer products, and commenters agreed this decision was appropriate (77 FR 17709). OSHA did not receive any comments suggesting that the agency should adopt Category 3 in this final rule and is not including it in this update. OSHA has also not included the guidance material in Rev. 8.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA will take NIOSH's concern regarding systemic effects into account when updating its classification guidance. The agency also acknowledges ILMA's concern regarding the additional time required to review the updated criteria. However, OSHA reiterates that the agency is not 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44311"/>
                        changing the HCS classification criteria. The updates from Rev. 8 provide additional guidance for how to use non-animal test data to classify new chemicals. Inclusion of these updates in the HCS does not require a re-evaluation of chemicals already classified because the overall tiered approach for evaluating existing data has been retained (86 FR 9692). However, OSHA has taken ILMA's suggestion and extended the compliance deadlines from the timelines in the NPRM (see Summary and Explanation for paragraph (j)).
                    </P>
                    <P>In the NPRM, OSHA's proposed text for Appendix A.2 was based on Rev. 7, so the agency's decision, based on the comments it received, to align with Rev. 8 necessarily entails changes from the proposed text. Thus, many of the sections discussed below are now numbered differently or may be rephrased. Additionally, several new sections have been added. These changes are discussed below in the order in which they appear in Appendix A.2.</P>
                    <P>
                        In Appendix A.2, skin corrosion/irritation, Paragraph A.2.1.1 provides updated definitions of skin corrosion and skin irritation, and those definitions are the same in Rev. 7 and Rev. 8. Cal/OSHA suggested that OSHA should clarify the revised definitions in paragraph A.2.1.1 since the time references were removed from the definition (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, pp. 3-4). As discussed below, OSHA proposed to modify the HCS health hazard definitions to make the definitions more general and to remove the references to the test guidelines. OSHA believes these revisions provide clearer and more concise definitions and a clear differentiation between the “definitions” section and “general considerations” section. Therefore, OSHA has retained the revised definitions of skin corrosion and skin irritation in the final rule. However, in response to Cal/OSHA's comments, OSHA has modified the final definitions of skin corrosion and skin irritation to include the word “initial” to clarify the time parameters. The updated definitions in the final rule read, “
                        <E T="03">Skin corrosion</E>
                         refers to the production of irreversible damage to the skin; namely, visible necrosis through the epidermis and into the dermis occurring after initial exposure to a substance or mixture” and “
                        <E T="03">Skin irritation</E>
                         refers to the production of reversible damage to the skin occurring after initial exposure to a substance or mixture.” Additionally, OSHA has included information about the time parameters in A.2.2.2.1.1, A.2.2.2.2.1, and A.2.2.2.2.2. For skin corrosion in A.2.2.2.1.1, the agency is adding the word “initial.” For skin irritation in A.2.2.2.2.1, OSHA is including the text “following its application for up to 4 hours” and in A.2.2.2.2.2 is adding the text “when after the first application” to indicate that these provisions refer to a one-time exposure.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA originally proposed that new paragraph A.2.1.2 would clarify the sequence in which data should be evaluated when classifying for skin corrosion/irritation using a tiered evaluation approach. However, since OSHA is now aligning Appendix A.2 with Rev. 8, it is finalizing language based on Rev. 8's language in 3.2.1.2, which clarifies that all available and relevant information must be considered when conducting classifications. It also indicates that all classifications must be based on data generated using internationally validated and accepted methods. OSHA believes that the content of its original proposal for A.2.1.2 is adequately clarified in Figure A.2.1 and is not necessary to include in A.2.1.2. Also to align with Rev. 8, OSHA is adding paragraph A.2.1.3, which was not in the text of the proposed rule, to provide information on the tiered approach to classification of skin corrosion/irritation hazards.</P>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to revise paragraph A.2.2 to present the information in a clearer, more logical fashion but did not propose to change the classification criteria. The text OSHA originally included in the NPRM for this paragraph was based on Rev. 7, but because the agency has decided to align it with Rev. 8, the language and numbering has changed since the proposal. Paragraph A.2.2 contains more information on when to use sub-categories 1A, 1B, and 1C. New paragraphs A.2.2.1 and A.2.2.2 provide information on classification based on standard human data and animal test data, respectively. Paragraph A.2.2.2.1 and subparagraphs A.2.2.2.1.1 and A.2.2.2.1.2, as well as Table A.2.1, provide classification information and criteria for skin corrosion. Skin irritation information and criteria are included in paragraph A.2.2.2.2.</P>
                    <P>ACC commented that OSHA should retain flexibility in classification and “avoid an overly prescriptive inclusion of Table 3.2.1” of Rev. 8. ACC did not explain what it might consider an “overly prescriptive inclusion of Table 3.2.1” to be. Since ACC expressed general support of updating Appendix A.2 to expand the use of non-animal test methods as outlined in Rev. 8 and praised “the additional flexibility that the inclusion of Chapter 3.2 (specifically Table 3.2.1) provides” in their comments, and since OSHA has not added any requirements for testing or requirements to re-evaluate chemicals already classified, the agency believes its approach to incorporating Rev. 8 changes into Table A.2.1 (which is drawn from Table 3.2.1) would not likely be “overly prescriptive” in ACC's view (Document ID 0347, p. 6).</P>
                    <P>Tom Murphy commented on paragraph A.2.2.2.1 (now A.2.2.2.2.1), suggesting that OSHA consider a change from the proposed text “A substance is irritant to skin when it produces reversible damage to the skin following its application for up to 4 hours” to “A substance is an irritant to the skin when it produces reversible damage to the skin within 4 hours of the initial application” (Document ID 0277, p. 1). Murphy reasoned that an improper reading of the proposed wording could lead a reader to misunderstand that the application is constantly applied (rather than applied once and allowed to remain) for up to four hours while observing the subject for reversible damage.</P>
                    <P>The language in paragraph A.2.2.2.1 (now A.2.2.2.2.1), “for up to 4 hours,” is consistent with the language used in the GHS and was taken from the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) test guidelines, which are widely recognized and accepted around the world. Classifiers are already familiar with the language and the associated test guideline. Therefore, OSHA is maintaining this provision as proposed in the final rule. However, as discussed above, OSHA has updated the definition of skin irritation in A.2.1.1 to include the word initial and paragraph A.2.2.2.1 (now A.2.2.2.2.2) with the additional phrase “when after the first application” for classification for skin irritation (category 2), which should provide the requested clarity.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA also received comments on paragraph A.2.2.2.4 (now A.2.2.2.2.4), which discusses the variability of animal irritant responses within a test. Cal/OSHA commented that the text in the paragraph is not clear (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, p. 4). They asked what OSHA meant by the word “might,” and if the manufacturer or importer is required to act on this information or not. They also inquired about the meaning of a “very elevated mean score,” how “other responses” fulfill this criterion, and how this increases “the sensitivity of the classification system.” In response to Cal/OSHA's comments, OSHA modified the text in the third sentence of paragraph A.2.2.2.2.4 from “might” to “should” to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44312"/>
                        clarify that manufacturers should designate a substance as an irritant when at least one of three test animals show a very elevated mean score according to the test method used throughout the study, including lesions persisting at the end of an observation period of normally 14 days. OSHA also modified the text in the fourth sentence, from “could” to “should” to indicate that other irritant responses should also fulfill the same criterion. OSHA notes that the agency did not propose to modify this paragraph, which is in the 2012 HCS as A.2.2.2.2, but the agency believes adopting this change is consistent with the changes made throughout Appendix A to provide clarity. With regard to Cal/OSHA's questions about other language in A.2.2.2.4, OSHA has provided detailed guidance on classification which discusses each hazard class. In particular, OSHA has provided numerous examples for skin corrosion and irritation classification scenarios which provide detailed rationale on applying the classification principles (Document ID 0008, pp. 69-85) and therefore does not believe that the intention of the text is unclear to regulated parties, but will review the guidance to determine if additional material should be added to clarify the terms addressed by Cal/OSHA.
                    </P>
                    <P>Table A.2.2 provides the classification criteria for skin irritation Category 2. Cal/OSHA asked why the classification criteria indicate that a chemical should be deemed a skin irritant if the criteria are met in Table A.2.2 in at least two animals, rather than one (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, p. 4). OSHA notes that the HCS skin irritation classification criteria align with the current criteria used for classification of skin irritation in the GHS reference tests where irritant responses are present in two of three tested animals. Regardless, to the extent Cal/OSHA seeks a modification in the criteria in Table A.2.2, such changes were not proposed in the NPRM and thus would be beyond the scope of this rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>As previously explained, OSHA is introducing changes to the final rule which align with Rev. 8. To that end OSHA has added additional paragraphs to Appendix A.2 in the final rule. New paragraph A.2.2.3 provides information on classification based on in vitro/ex vivo data. New paragraph A.2.2.4 provides information on classification based on other existing skin data in animals. New paragraph A.2.2.5 includes information on classification based on chemical properties. New paragraph A.2.2.6 includes information on classification based on non-test methods. New paragraph A.2.2.7 outlines the approach to evaluation of information that should be considered. In addition, Figure A.2.1 was updated to make it consistent with the text and to show the tiered evaluation process.</P>
                    <P>PCRM supported adding these sections, specifically highlighting the revised Figure 3.2.1 and Sections 3.2.2.3, Classification based on in vitro/ex vivo data, and 3.2.2.6, Classification based on non-test methods (Document ID 0295, pp. 1-2).</P>
                    <P>Cal/OSHA commented that the phrase “buffering capacity” in paragraph A.2.3.5 is used inconsistently in paragraph A.2.3.5, and is not defined in the chapter, nor is the term “acid/alkaline reserve” (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, p. 5). Due to the changes made to align with Rev. 8, the content Cal/OSHA is referring to is now in A.2.2.5. OSHA intends to update some of its existing compliance assistance products following the publication of the final rule and anticipates providing further guidance on acid/alkaline reserve (buffering capacity).</P>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph A.2.3 (proposed as A.2.4) provides information on classification criteria for mixtures. OSHA had proposed changes to align with Rev. 7, including changes to proposed A.2.4.1.1 and A.2.4.1.2. As with the other classification criteria in A.2, in this final rule OSHA is aligning this section with Rev. 8 instead. Therefore, OSHA is updating A.2.3.1.1 (proposed as A.2.4.1.1) and A.2.3.1.3 (proposed as A.2.4.1.2) and adding a new paragraph A.2.3.1.2. In the new A.2.3.1.1, OSHA is including language stating that the tiered approach specified in Figure A.2.1 must be taken into account when evaluating mixtures. New paragraph A.2.3.1.2 provides information on using 
                        <E T="03">in vitro/ex vivo</E>
                         data and limitations regarding applicability domains. The new A.2.3.1.3 is also included to indicate that if there are no other data on the mixture besides pH, and the pH is extreme (pH ≤2 or pH ≥11.5), that information is sufficient to classify the mixture as corrosive to the skin. However, if the acid/alkaline reserve suggests that the mixture may not be corrosive despite the extreme pH, then this needs to be confirmed by other data.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to include a new note to Table A.2.3, “Concentration of ingredients of a mixture classified as skin Category 1 or 2 that would trigger classification of the mixture as hazardous to skin (Category 1 or 2),” to indicate how to classify the mixture when data are available for sub-categorization of Category 1. The proposed note was to align with the note to Table 3.2.3 in Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 133), in order to provide information OSHA believes will be useful for classifiers. OSHA received no comments on this proposed note, and is finalizing it as proposed except to remove the phrase “data are available and” to align with Rev. 8 as discussed previously (Document ID 0065, p. 136).</P>
                    <P>
                        ACC suggested that OSHA consider adding Tables 3.2.6 and 3.2.7 from the GHS to either the standard or an updated guidance document (Document ID 0347, p. 6). OSHA anticipates updating some of its guidance products following the publication of the final rule and providing relevant guidance, including the content of Tables 3.2.6, Skin corrosion criteria for 
                        <E T="03">in vitro/ex vivo</E>
                         methods, and 3.2.7, Skin irritation criteria for in vitro methods from Rev. 8, as well as references to NIOSH's Current Intelligence Bulletin and/or other relevant NIOSH guidance.
                    </P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing Appendix A.2 to align with Rev. 8 in several respects, including the changes to numbering and wording, and the additional paragraphs described above.</P>
                    <P>In Appendix A.3, OSHA proposed updates to align with Rev. 7. API supported these changes and noted that they were in alignment with the GHS (Document ID 0316, p. 19).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed to modify A.3.1.2 to clarify the sequence in which data should be evaluated when classifying for serious eye damage/eye irritation using a tiered evaluation approach. The proposed revision was to align the language in this paragraph with the tiered approach in Figure A.3.1. The first tier is existing human data, followed by existing animal data, followed by 
                        <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                         data, and then other sources of information. OSHA received no comments on this change, and is finalizing it as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>The changes OSHA proposed in paragraphs A.3.2 and A.3.3, including Tables A.3.1 and A.3.2, are mainly editorial in nature. The classification criteria in these paragraphs would remain the same, but the proposed revisions rearrange the presentation of the information and include additional headings to provide a clearer, more logical sequence. All of the proposed changes were to conform with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 139-145).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed a new paragraph A.3.2 to provide a summary of the classification criteria for substances that is provided in Tables A.3.1 and A.3.2. Paragraph A.3.2.3 of the 2012 HCS (now renumbered as A.3.2.1.3) provided that if there is pronounced variability among animal responses, that information 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44313"/>
                        “may be taken into account” when determining the classification. Worksafe and Cal/OSHA commented that the language in the 2012 HCS would allow producers to withhold evidence of a serious health effect in toxicological studies if the effect occurs among a range of other effects (Document ID 0354, p. 4; 0322, Att. 1, p. 3). While Worksafe and Cal/OSHA incorrectly suggest that this is a new problem with the language, since the word “may” was already in the 2012 HCS, OSHA agrees with these comments and has concluded that making a change would be consistent with the editorial and clarifying nature of the edits OSHA proposed for A.3.2 and A.3.3 and the broader goal of this update to Appendix A to clarify which elements are mandatory. The agency has therefore revised proposed paragraph A.3.2.1.3 in the final rule to indicate that the provision is mandatory and that information on pronounced variability “must” be taken into account when making classification decisions.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received a comment from Cal/OSHA asking why two out of three test animals are required for category 1(b) while only one positive test is required in (a). Additionally, they stated the text in the table is unclear about the meaning of irreversible effects (Document ID 0322, p. 5). While OSHA proposed to modify the title and added a footnote to Table A.3.1, OSHA did not propose to modify the actual criteria and they remain consistent with the GHS. Therefore, this comment is outside the scope of this rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>OSHA proposed a new paragraph A.3.3.6 (now A.3.2.2.6 in the final rule) as a reorganization of the 2012 HCS paragraphs A.3.3.3 and A.3.3.4. Proposed paragraph A.3.3.6 (now A.3.2.2.6) was to provide guidance on using the tiered approach and making weight-of-evidence decisions, and also to indicate OSHA's preference for not conducting new animal tests. OSHA received no comments on proposed paragraph A.3.3.6 (now A.3.2.2.6), and is therefore finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to modify Figure A.3.1 to align with the tiered evaluation scheme in Figure 3.3.1 of Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 142). Under OSHA's proposed revisions, Figure A.3.1, “Tiered Evaluation for serious eye damage and eye irritation” (previously titled “Evaluation strategy for serious eye damage and eye irritation” in the 2012 HCS), would remain largely the same. However, as in Figure A.2.1, OSHA proposed to revise Steps 1a, 1b, and 1c to clarify that the parameter being evaluated is existing human or animal serious eye damage/eye irritation data. In addition, OSHA proposed to modify the finding in Step 4 to clarify that high acid/alkaline reserve or no data for acid/alkaline reserve should be considered when the pH is ≤2 or ≥11.5. OSHA also proposed modifications to the footnotes of Figure A.3.1 to reflect the most recent test methods. Specifically:</P>
                    <P>• OSHA proposed to include two additional sentences in footnote c (previously footnote (3)) that emphasizes that expert judgement should be exercised when making determinations from existing animal data indicating serious eye damage/eye irritation, as not all skin irritants are eye irritants.</P>
                    <P>
                        • OSHA proposed to include OECD Test Guideline 460 (Fluorescein leakage (FL)) in footnote d (previously footnote (4)) as an additional example of an internationally accepted, scientifically validated test method for identifying eye corrosives and severe irritants. OSHA also proposed an additional sentence for this footnote to indicate that there are presently no scientifically validated and internationally accepted 
                        <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                         test methods for identifying eye irritation.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • OSHA proposed to revise footnote f (previously footnote (6)) to make it clear that all available information on a substance 
                        <E T="03">must</E>
                         (instead of 
                        <E T="03">should</E>
                        ) be considered in making a determination based on the total weight of evidence. In addition, OSHA proposed to remove the last two sentences at the end of footnote f and add a new sentence indicating that negative results from applicable scientifically validated 
                        <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                         tests are considered in the total weight of evidence evaluation.
                    </P>
                    <P>PCRM supported updating the footnotes for Figure A.3.1 (Document ID 0295, p. 2). OSHA received no other comments on the changes to Figure A.3.1 and is therefore finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <P>In proposed paragraph A.3.4 (now A.3.3 in the final rule), OSHA proposed several minor editorial changes to ensure consistency in the terminology used. For example, OSHA proposed to use the term “serious eye damage” (rather than “eye corrosion”) throughout the text to reflect the name of the hazard class. OSHA received no comments on these revisions and is therefore finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing the entirety of A.3 as proposed, except for changing “may” to “must” in A.3.2.3 and renumbering some of the paragraphs to better align with the GHS.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">IV. Respiratory or Skin Sensitization (Appendix A.4)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed a small number of primarily editorial changes in Appendix A.4, Respiratory or Skin Sensitization. It received no comments on those changes, but did receive an out of scope comment on this section.</P>
                    <P>Cal/OSHA commented that in paragraph A.4.2.1.3.1, “[t]he proposal requires disclosure of chemical asthmagens that cause respiratory sensitization, but does not require disclosure of chemicals that produce bronchospasm without a sensitization (immune) effect, also known as reactive airway dysfunction syndrome (RADS), or acute-onset, irritant induced asthma (IIA)” (Document ID 0322, Att. 1, pp. 17-18). Cal/OSHA therefore recommended adding a category 1C to this hazard class (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, p. 6). OSHA notes that the agency did not propose to modify paragraph A.4.2.1.3.1, therefore, Cal/OSHA's proposal is outside the scope of this rulemaking. Additionally, as stated above, OSHA has provided considerable guidance on each hazard category under its Hazard Classification guidance (Document ID 0008). In this case, OSHA's classification guidance covers organ dysfunction, such as RADS, under the hazard classes STOT-SE and STOT-RE (Document ID 0008, pp. 192, 213).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">V. Germ Cell Mutagenicity (Appendix A.5)</HD>
                    <P>As discussed below, OSHA proposed to add a definition for germ cell mutagenicity in A.5.1.1. Because of this new paragraph, OSHA also proposed adjusting the subsequent numbering of existing paragraphs in A.5.1. OSHA received no comments on these changes and is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <P>
                        In A.5.4, 
                        <E T="03">Examples of scientifically validated test methods,</E>
                         paragraph A.5.4.2, OSHA proposed to delete the Mouse spot test (OECD 484) as an example of an 
                        <E T="03">in vivo</E>
                         somatic cell mutagenicity test, as it was deleted by the OECD on April 2, 2014. The proposed change was to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 163) and to ensure that hazard classifications are being conducted with the most current scientific principles. OSHA received no comments on this revision and is therefore finalizing it as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Toby Threet stated that Figure A.5.1 “should not place all human epidemiological studies on an equal footing. Sometimes an epidemiological study, by itself, is not sufficient to establish that a chemical is a known human germ cell mutagen” and proposed modified text (Document ID 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44314"/>
                        0279, p 16). OSHA did not propose to modify Figure A.5.1; therefore, the proposed revision is out of scope for this rulemaking and OSHA declines to change the text as requested.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VI. Carcinogenicity (Appendix A.6)</HD>
                    <P>Paragraph A.6.4.2 indicates that when OSHA has identified a chemical as a carcinogen in 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, Toxic and Hazardous Substances, that chemical must be classified as a carcinogen for purposes of the HCS (for instance, the respirable crystalline silica standard references the HCS and silica being a carcinogen in 29 CFR 1910.1053(j)(1)). OSHA proposed to strike the specific citation to 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, Toxic and Hazardous Substances, and replace it with the text “this section subpart.” Toby Threet and the Vinyl Institute stated that the proposed text was unclear, and the Vinyl Institute commented that the reason for the revision was vague (Document ID 0279, p. 17; 0369, p. 10). OSHA included the text “section subpart” in error in the NPRM. The proposed text should have replaced the citation to 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, Toxic and Hazardous Substances with the text “this subpart.” However, OSHA agrees with these comments and is retaining the original text for clarity.</P>
                    <P>Cal/HESIS, Cal/OSHA, Worksafe, National COSH, and Steve Wodka commented that manufacturers should be required to classify chemicals as carcinogens and provide carcinogenicity information when the chemical is listed as a carcinogen by authoritative organizations. Cal/HESIS specified these should include “the NTP, the IARC, the EPA, and OSHA when OSHA has included cancer as a health hazard to be considered by classifiers for the chemical under 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, Toxic and Hazardous Substances” (Document ID 0313, pp. 6-7). Some of these commenters provided suggested text for paragraph A.6.4 (Document ID 0313, pp. 6-7; 0312, p. 6; 0322, Att. 1, pp. 5-7; 0354, pp. 5-6; 0407, p. 15). OSHA did not propose to modify the paragraphs that Cal/HESIS proposed revisions to (except to use the term “of this subpart” in A.6.4, which is unrelated to this issue). Therefore, the suggested revisions are out of scope for this rulemaking and OSHA declines to make those changes. Furthermore, OSHA provides ample guidance in both Appendix F, which includes a table on how to classify carcinogens based on NTP and the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) classifications, and Appendix C of the compliance directive (Document ID 0007, p. 103) which OSHA anticipates updating after issuing this final rule.</P>
                    <P>Cal/HESIS also commented that OSHA should “allow State Plan States such as California to require manufacturers that sell chemicals in their states or territories to classify chemicals as carcinogens or as having reproductive toxicity or developmental toxicity when the chemicals are listed by a state- or territory-specific body. . . as carcinogens or as reproductive or developmental toxicants” (Document ID 0313, p. 8). This issue is outside the scope of this rulemaking as OSHA proposed nothing related to this issue in the NPRM. However, OSHA notes that it has already addressed the issue of labeling of hazardous chemicals in its 1997 approval of the California State Standard on Hazard Communication Incorporating Proposition 65 (Prop 65) (62 FR 31159).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VII. Reproductive Toxicity (Appendix A.7)</HD>
                    <P>In Appendix A.7, OSHA proposed to revise the “effects on or via lactation” hazard category classification criteria in Figure A.7.1(b) to align with OSHA's Hazard Classification guidance (Document 0008, p. 172). During the development of the Hazard Classification guidance document, it became apparent to OSHA that there were issues with regard to the classification criteria in Figure A.7.1(b). The hazard category for effects on or via lactation captures two separate effects: (1) substances that can interfere with lactation and (2) substances and their metabolites that may be transmitted through breast milk to children in amounts sufficient to cause concern for the health of the breastfeeding child. However, the criteria in effect at that time did not adequately distinguish between these two separate effects. OSHA therefore proposed to delete the text “hazardous to breastfed babies” in the second sentence in Figure A.7.1(b), which was not grammatical and excluded the effects on lactation. OSHA also proposed to modify the third sentence in the figure to read: “Classification for effects via lactation shall be assigned on the basis of:” in order to avoid confusion on how to apply the criteria for effects on lactation. These proposed changes would not affect the classification of substances or mixtures as reproductive toxicants. OSHA received no comments on this revision and is therefore finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA also proposed to modify paragraph A.7.2.5.1 to include OECD Test Guideline 443,
                        <E T="03"> Extended One Generation Reproductive Toxicity Study</E>
                        , as an additional method for one or two generation toxicity testing. Additionally, in Table A.7.1 “Cut-off values/concentration limits of ingredients of a mixture classified as reproductive toxicants or for effects on or via lactation that trigger classification of the mixture,” OSHA proposed a correction to the top left heading from “ingredients classified as” to “ingredient classified as.” OSHA explained in the NPRM that the use of the word “ingredients” in this context could be confusing, as it could suggest that the additivity principle should be applied. Therefore, OSHA proposed this change for clarity. These proposed modifications in Appendix A.7 were to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 185-187). OSHA received one comment from PCRM in support of the addition of OECD TG 443, and no comments objecting to its addition. OSHA is therefore finalizing these changes as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>Cal/HESIS commented that OSHA should add a requirement that manufacturers refer to authoritative organizations when classifying chemicals that have reproductive toxicity as follows: “Manufacturers classifying chemicals shall treat the following source as establishing that a substance is a reproductive or developmental toxicant for hazard communication purposes in lieu of applying the criteria described herein: 1. Reproductive or developmental toxicants identified in the Monographs on the Potential Human Reproductive and Developmental Effects, National Toxicology Program, Office of Health Assessment and Translation” (Document ID 0313, p. 6). OSHA did not propose any modifications to the classification criteria in Appendix A.7 related to authoritative organizations when classifying chemicals that have reproductive toxicity, therefore, Cal/HESIS's comment is therefore outside the scope of this rulemaking and OSHA declines to accept their proposal.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VIII. Specific Target Organ Toxicity Single Exposure (Appendix A.8)</HD>
                    <P>
                        In addition to non-substantive changes in A.8.1.6 and A.8.2.1.7.3, OSHA proposed adding new paragraph A.8.3.4.6 to include the concept of “relevant ingredient” when classifying mixtures containing Category 3 ingredients using the additivity approach. Under the 2012 HCS, the additivity principle was introduced in paragraph A.8.3.4.5. However, a “relevant ingredient” for this procedure had not been established. OSHA therefore proposed paragraph A.8.3.4.6 to provide that in cases where the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44315"/>
                        additivity approach is used for Category 3 ingredients, the “relevant ingredients” of a mixture are those which are present in concentrations ≥ one percent (w/w for solids, liquids, dusts, mists, and vapors and v/v for gases), unless there is a reason to suspect that an ingredient present at a concentration &lt; one percent is still relevant when classifying the mixture for respiratory tract irritation or narcotic effects. This proposed paragraph would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 198). OSHA received no comments on these revisions and is finalizing them as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received a comment from Toby Threet arguing that in Tables A.8.1, A.9.1, A.9.2, and paragraph A.8.3.4.6, the use of the words “gas,” “vapor,” and “mist” as three distinct categories is scientifically incorrect and that either “gas” and “vapor” are synonymous or “vapor” and “mist” are synonymous, depending on OSHA's intended meaning of “vapor.” Threet suggested that OSHA modify these sections to only have two categories (Document ID 0279, p. 17). OSHA notes that the agency did not propose to modify the use of these three terms in Tables A.8.1, A.9.1, or A.9.2 or how those terms are used more generally in the HCS, and A.8.3.4.6, while new, reflects that underlying concept. Therefore, such changes would be out of scope for this rulemaking. OSHA notes that its Hazard Classification guidance provides substantial guidance and examples regarding how to apply the hazard criteria to vapors, mists, and gases (Document ID 0008, pp. 189-226).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">IX. Specific Target Organ Toxicity Repeated or Prolonged Exposure (Appendix A.9)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA made a few changes to Appendix A.9 that are discussed below in the section on broader changes made throughout Appendix A. OSHA received one comment on Appendix A.9 unrelated to its proposed changes. Cal/HESIS commented that OSHA should add the following requirement: “For chemicals that affect the nervous system, manufacturers shall treat the following sources as establishing that a substance is a neurotoxicant for hazard communication purposes in lieu of applying the criteria described herein: 1. Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR), Health Effects of Toxic Substances and Carcinogens, Nervous System. 2. Chemicals for which a reference dose or concentration has been developed based on neurotoxicity in the United States Environmental Protection Agency's Integrated Risk Information System database (searching for “Organ/System affected: Nervous”)” (Document ID 0313, pp. 7-8). While OSHA agrees that these sources are relevant and the classifiers can rely on this information for classification purposes, OSHA did not propose to modify the classification criteria in Appendix A.9 to include a requirement that manufacturers refer to authoritative organizations when classifying chemicals that have specific target organ toxicity, therefore, it is outside the scope of this rulemaking to modify Appendix A.9 as suggested by Cal/HESIS.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">X. Aspiration Hazard (Appendix A.10)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed changes to Appendix A.10 to clarify the classification criteria for mixtures when data are available for all ingredients or only for some ingredients and to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 213). OSHA proposed new paragraph A.10.3.3.1 to clarify that the concept of “relevant ingredient” applies and that relevant ingredients are those that are present in concentrations of at least 1%. In addition, OSHA proposed a new heading, “Category 1,” as new paragraph A.10.3.3.2. and proposed paragraphs A.10.3.3.2.1 and A.10.3.3.2.2 to clarify that the principle of additivity applies in Appendix A.10. OSHA did not propose any substantive changes to the classification criteria. ILMA commented in support of the changes in A.10.3.3, stating that the clarifications provided “will assist ILMA members (many of whom compound and market low-viscosity petroleum product mixtures) in properly classifying their products for aspiration toxicity” (Document ID 0356, p, 6). OSHA received no objections to the changes and is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">XI. Changes to Definitions and Terminology, Clarification of Mandatory Requirements, and Corrections</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(A) Definitions</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to update Appendix A to include changes to the health hazard definitions to reflect those adopted in Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060; 0131). In the time since OSHA revised the HCS in 2012, the UNSCEGHS revised all of the health hazard definitions in the GHS. The previous health hazard definitions were not consistent with respect to form or content, and many of the definitions were taken directly from the OECD test guidelines.</P>
                    <P>The UNSCEGHS determined that the definitions should be more general and neutral with respect to test guidelines and that test guideline criteria should not be part of a definition. The group also determined that the health hazard definitions should be clear and concise and that there should be a clear differentiation between “definitions” and “general considerations” text. OSHA proposed to adopt all the revised health hazard definitions from Rev. 7 in Appendix A, as well as corresponding changes to text throughout the appendix. For example, in some cases OSHA proposed to remove OECD test guidelines from definitions and to move them to paragraphs outlining classification criteria. OSHA has discussed in the respective sections above the definition changes that had substantive impacts on the rest of their hazard classifications and has made alterations to some of the proposed definitions. These health hazard definitions are the definitions that OSHA is finalizing in Appendix A:</P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Acute toxicity</E>
                         refers to serious adverse health effects (
                        <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                        , lethality) occurring after a single or short-term oral, dermal, or inhalation exposure to a substance or mixture.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Skin corrosion</E>
                         refers to the production of irreversible damage to the skin; namely, visible necrosis through the epidermis and into the dermis occurring after initial exposure to a substance or mixture.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Skin irritation</E>
                         refers to the production of reversible damage to the skin occurring after initial exposure to a substance or mixture.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Serious eye damage</E>
                         refers to the production of tissue damage in the eye, or serious physical decay of vision, which is not fully reversible, occurring after exposure of the eye to a substance or mixture.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Eye irritation</E>
                         refers to the production of changes in the eye, which are fully reversible, occurring after exposure of the eye to a substance or mixture.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Respiratory sensitization</E>
                         refers to hypersensitivity of the airways occurring after inhalation of a substance or mixture.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Skin sensitization</E>
                         refers to an allergic response occurring after skin contact with a substance or mixture.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Germ cell mutagenicity</E>
                         refers to heritable gene mutations, including heritable structural and numerical chromosome aberrations in germ cells occurring after exposure to a substance or mixture.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Carcinogenicity</E>
                         refers to the induction of cancer or an increase in the incidence of cancer occurring after exposure to a substance or mixture. Substances and mixtures which have induced benign and malignant tumors in well-performed experimental studies 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44316"/>
                        on animals are considered also to be presumed or suspected human carcinogens unless there is strong evidence that the mechanism of tumor formation is not relevant for humans.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Reproductive toxicity</E>
                         refers to adverse effects on sexual function and fertility in adult males and females, as well as developmental toxicity in the offspring, occurring after exposure to a substance or mixture. Some reproductive toxic effects cannot be clearly assigned to either impairment of sexual function and fertility or to developmental toxicity. Nonetheless, substances and mixtures with these effects shall be classified as reproductive toxicants.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Specific target organ toxicity—single exposure (STOT-SE)</E>
                         refers to specific, non-lethal toxic effects on target organs occurring after a single exposure to a substance or mixture. All significant health effects that can impair function, both reversible and irreversible, immediate and/or delayed and not specifically addressed in A.1 to A.7 and A.10 of this Appendix are included. Specific target organ toxicity following repeated exposure is classified in accordance with 
                        <E T="03">SPECIFIC TARGET ORGAN TOXICITY—REPEATED EXPOSURE</E>
                         (A.9 of this Appendix) and is therefore not included here.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Specific target organ toxicity—repeated exposure (STOT-RE)</E>
                         refers to specific toxic effects on target organs occurring after repeated exposure to a substance or mixture. All significant health effects that can impair function, both reversible and irreversible, immediate and/or delayed and not specifically addressed in A.1 to A.7 and A.10 of this Appendix are included. Specific target organ toxicity following a single-event exposure is classified in accordance with 
                        <E T="03">SPECIFIC TARGET ORGAN TOXICITY—SINGLE EXPOSURE</E>
                         (A.8 of this Appendix) and is therefore not included here.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Aspiration hazard</E>
                         refers to severe acute effects such as chemical pneumonia, pulmonary injury or death occurring after aspiration of a substance or mixture.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        • 
                        <E T="03">Aspiration</E>
                         means the entry of a liquid or solid chemical directly through the oral or nasal cavity, or indirectly from vomiting, into the trachea and lower respiratory system.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        NAIMA and API commented in support of the proposed modifications to the health hazard definitions (Document ID 0338, p. 7; 0316, p. 12). OSHA received comments on some of the specific definitions, which are addressed in their respective sections (including 
                        <E T="03">acute toxicity, skin corrosion,</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">skin irritation</E>
                         definitions) and the definitions listed above include any responsive modifications OSHA decided to make based on those comments. OSHA received no objections to the changes to the 
                        <E T="03">serious eye damage, eye irritation, respiratory sensitization, skin sensitization, germ cell mutagenicity, carcinogenicity, reproductive toxicity, STOT-SE,</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">STOT-RE</E>
                         definitions, and is therefore finalizing these definitions as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(B) Terminology Issues</HD>
                    <P>The 2012 HCS was somewhat inconsistent in the way the terms “hazard category” and “toxicity category” were used throughout Appendix A. In some cases, the terms were used interchangeably, while in other instances the terms were intended to have different meanings. OSHA therefore proposed revisions to ensure that these terms are used appropriately and consistently. As such, OSHA proposed to delete the term “toxicity category” and replace it with “hazard category” in various places, including paragraphs A.0.5, A.1, A.3, A.8, A.9, and A.10. These proposed changes also align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060; 0084). OSHA received no comments on these changes and is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(A) Mandatory Language</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to update a number of provisions in Appendix A to make it clear that those provisions are mandatory. For example, OSHA proposed to change the term “should” to “must” in paragraph A.3.4.3.3 (now paragraph A.3.3.3.3) to clarify that the cut-off value/concentrations in Table A.3.3 are mandatory when determining if a mixture must be classified as seriously damaging to the eye or an eye irritant. OSHA received no comments on these changes and is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(B) Corrections</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to correct a few errors that currently exist in the HCS. OSHA erroneously did not include Appendix A.4, respiratory or skin sensitization, in the list of health hazards referenced in the “concentration of mixtures” paragraph at A.0.5.1.3 of the 2012 HCS. OSHA therefore proposed to add a reference to Appendix A.4 in paragraph A.0.5.1.3 to clarify that the concentration of mixtures bridging principle applies to respiratory and skin sensitization. Similarly, Appendix A.4 was also erroneously excluded from the list of health hazards referenced in the “interpolation within one toxicity category” paragraph at A.0.5.1.4 of the 2012 HCS. Thus, OSHA also proposed to add a reference to Appendix A.4 in paragraph A.0.5.1.4 to clarify that the interpolation bridging principle applies to respiratory and skin sensitization. OSHA received no comments on these changes and is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Appendix B</HD>
                    <P>Appendix B addresses the physical hazards covered by the HCS, including classification criteria consistent with the GHS. OSHA proposed several substantive updates to Appendix B, including the addition of a new hazard class (desensitized explosives) and several new hazard categories (splitting Category 1 into 1A and 1B and further subdividing Category 1A into flammable gases, chemically unstable gases and pyrophoric gases in the Flammable Gases class, as well as nonflammable aerosols in the Aerosols class), revisions to the consensus standards and testing methods referenced in Appendix B, and clarifications based on implementation issues that arose from the 2012 HCS.</P>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to include the new hazard class and hazard categories because, since the HCS aligned with the GHS in 2012, new physical hazard classes or hazard categories have been added to Rev. 7 which better identify and communicate hazard information to downstream workers (Document ID 0060). OSHA proposed to adopt those additions to maintain alignment with the GHS. As explained in the NPRM and in the discussion to follow on individual classes within Appendix B, OSHA preliminarily determined that the addition of these specific hazard classes and categories would better differentiate between the hazards and better communicate hazards on labels for downstream users by using more targeted hazard statements, precautionary statements, and pictograms.</P>
                    <P>
                        In order to maintain alignment with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060), OSHA also proposed several updates to references to consensus standards and testing methods. Although the HCS does not require testing and permits classifiers to use data from literature or experience for classification purposes, OSHA proposed to update consensus standards and testing methods referenced in Appendix B in accordance with Rev. 7 to ensure that data considered for classification incorporate updated scientific principles. OSHA is not, however, implying that data obtained from the older methods would no longer be valid or that classifiers would need to retest or reclassify chemicals due to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44317"/>
                        these updated methods. Third, OSHA proposed certain corrections and clarifications to Appendix B to address (1) previous inadvertent omissions from the GHS or the HCS; (2) changes made to the GHS to improve clarity or technical accuracy; and (3) how some hazard classes should be evaluated in light of the addition of new hazard classes in the GHS. These changes, discussed further below, were proposed to align the HCS with the GHS while improving the classification and communication of hazards and maintaining or enhancing worker safety and health. As noted elsewhere in this preamble, OSHA has determined that primarily aligning the HCS with Rev. 7 will not only improve safety and health but will also ease compliance burdens for U.S. stakeholders that must also comply with international requirements for hazard classification and communication.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to make several changes to Appendix B to clarify compliance requirements. These changes arose from the agency's experience with implementing the HCS and are expected to maintain existing safety and health protections while easing or having no effect on the compliance burdens for regulated entities. They are described in more detail in the discussions below on individual classes within Appendix B.</P>
                    <P>
                        Finally, OSHA provided a redline strike out version of Appendix B, which reflected all of OSHA's proposed revisions, in the docket and on the OSHA website to allow interested parties to view all of the proposed changes in context (Document ID 0222). OSHA will update this document to show the changes being made in this final rule and strongly encourages stakeholders to review that document in conjunction with the discussion of the revisions, as the discussion provided in this final rule's summary and explanation does not fully describe all of the non-substantive or editorial changes OSHA is making in Appendix B. Stakeholders can examine the redline strikeout of the regulatory text (changes from 2012 HCS to this final rule) at OSHA's HCS web page (
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/dsg/hazcom/</E>
                        ) to view all of the changes from the 2012 HCS made in this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">I. Explosives (Appendix B.1)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed several minor amendments to Appendix B.1. First, OSHA proposed a clarification to the classification criteria for Division 1.6 explosives in B.1.2 (f). Under Rev. 3, one of the criteria for classification of an article (OSHA uses the term “item” in the HCS) as a Division 1.6 explosive is that it contains “only” extremely insensitive detonating chemicals (Document ID 0085, Att. 2, p. 4). Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 44) states that the criteria are met if the article (“item” in the HCS) “predominantly” contains extremely insensitive detonating chemicals. OSHA proposed to make the same change to paragraph B.1.2 (f) of Appendix B on the basis that changing the criteria from containing “only” extremely insensitive detonating chemicals to “predominantly” containing extremely insensitive detonating chemicals would be more technically accurate and better align with the guidance in test series 7 in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (Document ID 0151). It would also reduce confusion for chemical manufacturers or importers when classifying explosives. OSHA did not receive any comments on this change and is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to add two notes from the GHS (Document ID 0060, pp. 44-45) to Appendix B, paragraph B.1.3.1, that are related to the addition of the desensitized explosives hazards class (Appendix B.17, newly added in this final rule and discussed later in this document). The first new note OSHA proposed to add (Note 2) provides an explanation that explosives for which explosive properties have been suppressed or reduced by being wetted with water or alcohols, diluted with other substances, or dissolved or suspended in water or other liquid substances must be classified as desensitized explosives.</P>
                    <P>
                        The second new note OSHA proposed (Note 3) explains that some chemicals that are exempt from classification as explosives under UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods guidelines still have explosive properties, which must be communicated in Section 2 (Hazard identification) and Section 9 (Physical and chemical properties) of the SDS, as appropriate. OSHA proposed that the notes would be incorporated in the HCS with edits to change these provisions from recommendations in the GHS to requirements in the HCS (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         “may be a candidate for classification as” in the GHS would be revised to “shall be classified as” in the HCS) and to revise the GHS terminology to terminology more appropriate for the HCS (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         “substances and mixtures” in the GHS would be revised to “chemicals” in the HCS).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received comments on proposed Note 2 from DOD. DOD stated that “The techniques cited in B.1.3.1. . .do not necessarily `suppress or reduce explosive properties' as indicated within NOTE 2. Instead, those techniques simply result in sensitivity suppression or reduction by homogeneously dispersing certain concerning molecules amongst other inert molecules, which is why the resultant chemicals are known as `desensitized explosives' ” (Document ID 0299, p. 3). DOD recommended that OSHA change the first sentence of Note 2 to read: “Some explosive chemicals are wetted with water or alcohols, diluted with other substances, or dissolved or suspended in water or other liquid substances, to suppress or reduce their explosive properties or 
                        <E T="03">sensitivity</E>
                        ” (Document ID 0299, p. 3; emphasis added).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA believes the language proposed in the NPRM captured the idea of a reduction of sensitivity in the phrase “suppress or reduce their explosive properties.” However, to ensure clarity, OSHA has added the term “sensitivity” at the end of the first sentence of Note 2 as DOD requested.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOD additionally recommended that OSHA should address the concept of desensitizing an explosive by mixing it with an inert solid (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         silica) in Note 2 (Document ID 0299, p. 3). OSHA does not agree that this addition is necessary. The primary purpose of this note is to alert the classifier that a mixture may be a desensitized explosive and that they should consider this in their classification process. The note is not intended to give guidance on how to dilute an explosive to become desensitized or list every mechanism by which such desensitization can be achieved. OSHA notes that mixing explosives with solids is not excluded from this note because it includes the phrase “diluted with other substances.” Additionally, this wording matches the wording in Rev. 7, which is reflected in both this proposed note and proposed Section B.17, Desensitized Explosives. Furthermore, OSHA notes that the addition of solids to explosive chemicals is not an unequivocal abatement of the explosive hazard nor does it automatically create a desensitized explosive. Under certain circumstances such an addition would be a new mixture that may need to be reevaluated to determine whether it is an explosive or desensitized explosive. OSHA does not want to suggest that solids can in all cases be used to create a desensitized explosive. Thus, OSHA is not adding the suggested edits by DOD but anticipates providing additional information on this issue as it updates its classification guidance.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOD provided two suggestions for Note 3. First, DOD noted that there is an 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44318"/>
                        error in OSHA's citation of the is UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Manual of Tests and Criteria and that it should be to UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6 instead of UN ST/SG AC.10/30/Rev.6. Second, DOD recommended that OSHA add the phrase “which are exempted from classification as explosives (based on a negative result in Test Series 6 in Part I, Section 16, of UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6)” (Document ID 0299, pp. 3-4). OSHA agrees with both suggested revisions and notes that DOD's second recommended change is in the Rev. 7 note which OSHA's Note 3 was based on (Document ID 0060, p. 45, Note 2 under table 2.1.2). Therefore, OSHA is updating Note 3 as recommended by DOD.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received several comments from SAAMI. First, SAAMI commented that, similar to OSHA's approach to changes from Rev. 8 of the GHS, OSHA should provide an option in the final rule for industry to change over to Rev. 9 for GHS chapter 2.1 (Document ID 0370, p. 2). However, unlike the changes in Rev. 8, OSHA did not propose or raise as an issue the potential to adopt Rev. 9 updates to chapter 2.1 in this final rule. OSHA does not believe there has been sufficient notice and comment to make such sweeping changes to this final rule. However, while OSHA is not making a finding in this rulemaking that this will be the case for every explosive, OSHA believes that under many circumstances following the Rev. 9 update to chapter 2.1 will result in full compliance with the requirements of the HCS, and manufacturers, importers, and distributors can determine whether in a given case following Rev. 9 would also comply with the HCS.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA's conclusion is based on several factors unique to explosives. First, OSHA notes that following Rev. 9 would meet the HCS requirement to not use updated classification criteria from subsequent GHS revisions. As illustrated by SAAMI's comparison spreadsheet (Document ID 0294, Att. 2), which OSHA has reviewed and concluded is accurate, the same TDG classification criteria are used. The categories are simply called different names (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Divisions 1.1-1.3 and 1.5 are now called 2A, Division 1.4 is called 2B or 2C) and are regrouped to better break down the classification into low, medium, and high hazards when outside of the packaging. A label preparer could follow all of the classification instructions in Appendix B and simply call it a different category name as a result, which would not confuse workers because the category name is not used on labels.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Second, explosives have unique flexibility under Appendix C with regard to the language used on labels compared to other hazards and the labeling language in Rev. 9 is generally quite similar to the language used in Rev. 7. Specifically, in Appendix C, in the note under C.4.14, if a label preparer determines that an unpackaged or repackaged explosive corresponds to a hazard category other than Division 1.1, OSHA allows the use of the corresponding symbol (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         pictogram), signal word, and/or hazard statement. Since labels are attached to the immediate container, which would be exposed when explosives are unpackaged or repackaged, OSHA believes that it is often appropriate to use this flexibility on HCS labels for explosives. OSHA therefore believes that this provision, in combination with the usual flexibilities regarding hazard statements under C.2.2.1 and C.2.2.2, can allow the label preparer to determine, on a case-by-case basis, that the hazard statements in Chapter 2.1 of Rev. 9 are appropriate. Similarly, because deviations in precautionary statements between Rev. 7 and Rev. 9 are infrequent and usually small, OSHA believes that the labeling flexibility under C.2.4 would allow for the use of precautionary phrases from Rev. 9. OSHA would allow deviations in labeling language, for both hazard statements and precautionary statements, if the label preparer can show that based on their analysis of the explosive the label elements in Rev. 9 are more appropriate and therefore would be in full compliance with the HCS (see Appendix C, C.2.2.2 and renumbered C.2.4.9). The hazard statements, pictograms and signal words for explosives in Rev. 9 are all at least as protective as the Rev. 7 elements that OSHA proposed to include in the updated HCS, except for the low hazard explosives (Category 2C, which corresponds to explosive 1.4S in Rev. 7 and the HCS) where an exclamation mark pictogram is used instead of an exploding bomb (Document ID 0294, Att. 2). While there is no general flexibility regarding pictograms in C.2.3, in Appendix C, Category 1.4S small arms and ammunition are specifically exempted from the requirement to include a pictogram, meaning that the pictogram requirements in the HCS and Rev. 9 are not in conflict.
                    </P>
                    <P>Considering all of the flexibilities outlined above, OSHA concludes that a label preparer may, on a case-by-case basis, determine that using the label elements prescribed in Rev. 9 for labeling explosives would be in compliance with the HCS. OSHA also believes that this could help harmonize labeling since Rev. 9 categorization gives labelers a clearer path forward to an appropriate labeling scheme where explosives are removed from their original packaging and the use of alternate labeling elements are appropriate as allowed under the HCS. However, OSHA is not making a finding in this rulemaking that it will be appropriate to follow Rev. 9 in every case because this was not put through notice and comment and the agency has not, therefore, had the opportunity to consider every possibility that might cause a conflict between the HCS and Rev. 9. Label preparers who wish to follow Rev. 9 in a given situation must carefully consider whether doing so will comply with the HCS.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA also received several comments regarding explosives that are out of scope for this rulemaking. SAAMI commented about potential confusion between the definitions of the term 
                        <E T="03">article</E>
                         in the HCS versus in DOT regulations as they applied to “explosive articles.” SAAMI noted that “in the HCS, `explosive articles' are `items' rather than `articles' and are thus covered by the HCS” (Document ID 0294, p. 3). They expressed concern that the term “article” is used in DOT regulations, but has a different meaning than the term used in the HCS, which could cause confusion since DOT articles may not be OSHA articles. They suggested that OSHA should clarify the distinction “in the preamble of the final rule or in the HCS itself” (Document ID 0294, p. 3).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA did not propose any updates to the definition of 
                        <E T="03">article</E>
                         in the NPRM, therefore this comment is out of scope for this rulemaking. Furthermore, since OSHA does not use the term “explosive article” in the HCS and has carefully delineated between “articles” and “items” as it pertains to explosives, the agency disagrees with SAAMI that the differences between the DOT and HCS terms will cause confusion. OSHA notes that in the 2012 update to the HCS, the agency was careful to explain the difference between the long-standing definition of 
                        <E T="03">article</E>
                         in the HCS and the term “item” when referring to explosives (77 FR 17722). OSHA will consider explaining, as suggested by SAAMI, the terminology in the updated guidance products it will produce following the promulgation of this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOD also commented on the definition of 
                        <E T="03">article</E>
                         and argued that paragraph 1.3.2.1.1 of Rev. 7 creates confusion regarding whether explosives are covered by the HCS. They suggested 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44319"/>
                        clarifying that explosive and pyrotechnic items, as defined in paragraph B.1.1.1 of Appendix B, are within the definition of “chemical.” As stated above OSHA did not propose changes to the term “article” or “chemical”, therefore this comment is out of scope for this rulemaking. The agency also believes that under the regulatory text of the HCS it is clear that all explosives are covered under the HCS. However, OSHA will consider further clarifying that explosives are covered as it updates guidance products to reflect this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA also received a comment from Daniel Nicponski of Albany Molecular, resubmitting his e-correspondence communication with OSHA regarding his concern that the calculation in B.1.3.4 is incorrect (Document ID 0304, p. 1). Because OSHA did not propose a change to this formula, this comment is out of scope for this rulemaking. However, the agency notes that this issue has been brought up in a variety of fora including an OSHA and DOT Public meeting, the UN Subcommittee of Experts on the Transport of Dangerous Goods (UNSCETDG) and the International Group of Experts on the Explosion Risks of Unstable Substances (IGUS) meeting. These discussions are ongoing and may result in an update to the formula in a future revision of the GHS. If the GHS decides to update the formula, OSHA will consider updating the formula in B.1.3.4 in a subsequent rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received a comment and supporting documents from Ben Barrett, a private citizen, providing information for the docket documents that identified potential inconsistencies and potential solutions for the classification of unintentionally energetic substances in the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (Document ID 0463). These proposals are still under consideration by the UN Subcommittee of Experts on the Transport of Dangerous Goods and have yet to be incorporated into the manual. Similar to the discussion above, Barrett's comment is not related to a proposed change and is therefore out of scope for this rulemaking; however, if the Manual of Tests and Criteria is updated in the future, OSHA will consider incorporating by reference the updated version in a subsequent rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">II. Flammable Gases (Appendix B.2)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed several changes to the Flammable Gases hazard class (Appendix B.2). Most significantly, OSHA proposed to subdivide Category 1 of this class into two subcategories, 1A and 1B, and to specify that pyrophoric gases and chemically unstable gases are to be classified as Category 1A, in alignment with changes made in Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 53) since OSHA updated the HCS in 2012. As explained in the NPRM, the proposed subcategories would provide downstream users with a better understanding of the severity of the hazards associated with the flammable gases in each category in order to take appropriate precautions or determine if a substitute chemical is less hazardous. Furthermore, OSHA noted that the proposed bifurcation (splitting flammable gases Category 1 into Category 1A and 1B) would not alter transportation requirements for flammable gases because all flammable gases categorized as either 1A or 1B would still count as Category 1 flammable gases for the transportation classification and communication scheme.</P>
                    <P>Most comments that OSHA received on this change supported the proposal to subdivide Category 1 of the Flammable Gases hazard class. Commenters supported this change for a variety of reasons, including that it improves alignment with the GHS (Document ID 0316, pp. 21-22; 0366, p. 7), it will encourage the use of less harmful substances (Document ID 0298, p. 1), and it will facilitate the transition to low Global Warming Potential (GWP), lower flammability refrigerants which will fit into the new GHS Category 1B classification (Document ID 0355, pp. 1-2; 0311, pp. 1-2).</P>
                    <P>OSHA received one comment objecting to the proposal to split flammable gases into subcategories. NPGA noted that similar federal regulations, codes, and standards do not distinguish by categories of flammability and argued that this is because it is inconsequential and that employers, employees, or emergency responders do not apply different handling or safeguard protocols to `extremely flammable' products compared to `flammable' products. Additionally, they asserted that the agency's discussion in the NPRM indicated an ambition to direct chemical choices for purposes they consider to be beyond the scope of the HCS. They asked the agency to consider eliminating distinctions in flammability and promulgate one flammability hazard statement for a single category of flammability (Document ID 0364, pp. 4-5).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees with NPGA's assertions. The agency notes that NPGA's comments did not include any information to support their claim that distinctions among flammable products are inconsequential to the selection of handling procedures and safeguards. OSHA has good reason to believe that the two categories previously provided for flammable gases should be further refined, and in particular that splitting flammable gas Category 1 into Category 1A and Category 1B will better articulate the hazards of flammable gases to support appropriate hazard communication, identification, and assessment of alternatives. Category 1 and Category 2 were based on the percentage of the gas in a mixture with air that is ignitable and on ranges of flammability in air. In practice, based on those criteria, almost all flammable gases (except ammonia and methyl bromide, which are treated separately) are classified as Category 1. Therefore, no distinctions were drawn between gases that exhibit a wide spectrum of flammable properties for hazard identification and communication purposes. The new subcategories of flammable gases provide greater information on the exact conditions under which the gas is flammable (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         flammability limit and its fundamental burning velocity) and how flammable the gas is. Therefore, under the proposed divisions downstream users will have the information necessary to determine whether an alternative product would be not only less flammable but also less likely to propagate, and thereby cause less risk to workers (86 FR 9707).
                    </P>
                    <P>Furthermore, NPGA's claim that OSHA exceeded the scope and purpose of the HCS misstates OSHA's position. In the NPRM, OSHA noted that the subdivision of Category 1 flammable gases would facilitate users choosing a less flammable product where possible and gave an example where a non-ozone depleting refrigerant was less flammable than propane although they were both classified as Category 1. This example is consistent with the purpose of the HCS to ensure that chemicals are appropriately classified and information is transmitted to employers and workers to enable better choices for worker safety and health, such as choosing a chemical that is less flammable than an alternative. OSHA was not suggesting in the NPRM that it would prefer to see the non-ozone depleting chemical used because it would reduce ozone depletion, but rather because of its lower flammability. Therefore, OSHA disagrees with NPGA's objections and is finalizing the update to divide flammable gases into Category 1A and 1B as proposed.</P>
                    <P>
                        Heating, Air-conditioning, &amp; Refrigeration Distributors International (HARDI) asked OSHA to update its 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44320"/>
                        Process Safety Management standard (PSM), 29 CFR 1910.119, to reflect this change once this rule is finalized (Document ID 0355, p. 2). HARDI's comment is out of scope for this rulemaking, which pertains solely to updating the HCS. However, OSHA notes, as stated above, that both subdivisions of Category 1 flammable gases (1A and 1B) remain Category 1 flammable gases and therefore are covered by the PSM Standard.
                    </P>
                    <P>When OSHA revised the HCS in 2012, pyrophoric gases were not classified under Rev. 3 (Document ID 0085). Therefore, to ensure that the 2012 update did not reduce protections and that the hazards of pyrophoric gases would continue to be covered and communicated following the alignment with the GHS, OSHA specifically added pyrophoric gases under the HCS. This involved addressing pyrophoric gases under the definition of “hazardous chemical” and maintaining a definition for “pyrophoric gas” in paragraph (c) of the HCS (77 FR 17704).</P>
                    <P>Since OSHA revised the HCS in 2012, the UNSCEGHS updated the criteria for flammable gases to include pyrophoric gases (Document ID 0086; 0060, p. 53). Rev. 7 reflects the decision from the UNSCEGHS that pyrophoric gases, as well as chemically unstable gases, should always be classified as Category 1A flammable gases because pyrophoric gases ignite spontaneously in air at temperatures of 54 °C (130 °F) or below, and chemically unstable gases are able to react explosively even in the absence of air or oxygen. In the NRPM, OSHA preliminarily agreed with this decision and proposed incorporating it into Appendix B.2.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to adjust the definitions in paragraph (c) related to pyrophoric gases to reflect this change in Appendix B.2. Further discussion of changes to the definition section can be found in the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (c).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA had previously defined pyrophoric gas in paragraph (c) as “a chemical in a gaseous state that will ignite spontaneously in air at a temperature of 130 degrees F (54.4 degrees C) or below.” The GHS defines a pyrophoric gas as “a flammable gas that is liable to ignite spontaneously in air at a temperature of 54 °C [130 °F] or below” (Document ID 0065, p. 51). This change was officially made in Rev. 8 of the GHS. OSHA proposed to align with the GHS use of the term “liable to ignite” to be more technically accurate, since some pyrophoric gases may have a delayed ignition time (see, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0065, p. 51, Note 4). OSHA also proposed to move the pyrophoric gas definition to Appendix B.2. OSHA anticipated that these proposed changes would have no significant impact on the scope of gases considered pyrophoric gases, and did not expect that chemical manufacturers or importers would need to reclassify chemicals due to these changes.
                    </P>
                    <P>As noted above, OSHA also proposed adding a new subcategory for chemically unstable gases to the flammable gases hazard class to allow for more accurate communication of the hazards associated with those gases. OSHA proposed to adopt the Rev. 7 definition of a chemically unstable gas: “a flammable gas that is able to react explosively even in the absence of air or oxygen” (Document ID 0060, p. 53) in paragraph B.2.1. Consistent with Rev. 7, under proposed Table B.2.1, a Category 1A chemically unstable gas would be further sub-classified into one of two categories based on the temperature and pressure at which it becomes unstable. The proposed criteria for Category 1A/A chemically unstable gases are “flammable gases which are chemically unstable at 20 °C (68 °F) and a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi).” The proposed criteria for Category 1A/B chemically unstable gases are “flammable gases which are chemically unstable at a temperature greater than 20 °C (68 °F) and/or a pressure greater than 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi).”</P>
                    <P>
                        As OSHA explained in the NPRM, a chemically unstable gas is a subcategory of flammable gases, and any chemical that meets the criteria for chemically unstable gas would have met the previous HCS definition of flammable gas. While these hazards were classified in flammable gases, the UNSCEGHS noted that these gases exhibit slightly different behaviors, have the propensity to react dangerously even in the absence of any reaction partner (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         air or oxygen), and should have different hazard communication elements (Document ID 0250, p. 5). Because chemical manufacturers are currently classifying chemically unstable gases as flammable gases, OSHA did not propose a new hazard category for these gases. Instead, OSHA proposed the addition of chemically unstable gases as a separate category in the appendix for flammable gases (Appendix B.2) to improve the way the hazards of these gases are identified, evaluated, and communicated.
                    </P>
                    <P>Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 53) also added three clarifying notes under Table 2.2.1 that were not included in Rev. 3 (Document ID 0085). The notes provide guidance on the classification of flammable gases under the new hazard categories. OSHA proposed to add these notes to the HCS following Table B.2.1 because they allow for better clarity and communication of hazards. Proposed Note 2 states “In the absence of data allowing classification into Category 1B, a flammable gas that meets the criteria for Category 1A shall be classified by default in Category 1A.” Proposed Note 3 states “Spontaneous ignition for pyrophoric gases is not always immediate, and there may be a delay.” Proposed Note 4 states “In the absence of data on its pyrophoricity, a flammable gas mixture should be classified as a pyrophoric gas if it contains more than 1% (by volume) of pyrophoric component(s).”</P>
                    <P>
                        Rev. 7, in Chapter 2.2.4.2, provides additional guidance on the classification of flammable gases, including the new hazard categories (Document ID 0060, p. 57). It includes updated references to consensus standards and test methods (
                        <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                        , ISO 10156:2017), and new references to consensus standards and test methods related to the new hazard categories (
                        <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                        , ISO 817:2014, IEC 60079-20-1 ed1.0 (2010-01), DIN 51794, and Part III of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria). OSHA proposed to adopt these changes, with edits to make the GHS criteria mandatory (
                        <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                        , changing “should” to “shall”), to add U.S. units of measurement (
                        <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                        , Fahrenheit), and to incorporate by reference the cited standards and test methods. To incorporate this guidance from the GHS Chapter 2.2.4.2, OSHA proposed edits to the already-existing paragraph B.2.3. (B.2.3.1, as proposed) and proposed similar language in new paragraphs B.2.3.2, B.2.3.3 and B.2.3.4. However, OSHA did not propose to require chemicals that were already classified using an earlier version of ISO 10156 to be reevaluated with the updated test method; the updated criteria would apply only to new chemicals or chemicals not already classified.
                    </P>
                    <P>The revisions to B.2.3.1 proposed to update the consensus standards and testing methods that were previously referenced in that section. Proposed B.2.3.2 included guidance on the test methods to determine pyrophoricity. Proposed B.2.3.3 includes guidance regarding when testing should be considered for pyrophoric gases and how to classify flammable gas mixtures if testing has not been done. Proposed B.2.3.4 provides guidance on the test methods to determine chemical stability, including references to the most up-to-date editions.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received a few comments on the additions of pyrophoric gases and chemically unstable gases as 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44321"/>
                        subcategories to the flammable gases hazard class. API indicated they supported the proposed changes as they would align with the GHS (Document ID 0316, pp. 21-22). Cal/OSHA submitted several comments on OSHA's proposed changes in Appendix B.2. pertaining to Notes 3 and 4 below Table 2.1 and proposed paragraph B.2.3.3.
                    </P>
                    <P>First, Cal/OSHA observed that Note 3 “describes a uniquely hazardous property of pyrophoric gases; that is, their potential delay in ignition,” which in their view demonstrates the necessity of clear testing protocols and “erring on the side of classification and labelling to protect downstream users” (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, p. 7). Cal/OSHA requested that OSHA revise proposed Note 3, which states that spontaneous ignition is not always immediate, by removing “and there may be a delay” from the first sentence, and adding in a second sentence a discussion of the factors which influence the time it takes for pyrophoric gases to spontaneously ignite and by stipulating that a rigorous testing regime is required for all flammable gases that contain pyrophoric components in any amount. Cal/OSHA's suggested text also states that “when experience or past practice indicates a higher degree of hazard [than indicated by testing], the classification must reflect that experience” (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, pp. 7-8).</P>
                    <P>Second, Cal/OSHA submitted comments on OSHA's proposed paragraph B.2.3.3 and argued that it “gives undue discretion to producers at the expense of workers and downstream users” since it would allow producers to avoid classifying and labeling a flammable gas as pyrophoric “when experience in production or handling shows that the substance does not ignite spontaneously on coming into contact with air at a temperature of 130 °F (54 °C) or below” (Document ID 0322, Att. 1, p. 17). Finally, they asserted that the paragraph is inconsistent with Note 3 since OSHA in one place is providing manufacturers the discretion on when to test and in another place indicating caution because there is variability and cases where the pyrophoric effects may be delayed, which indicates pyrophoric gases are “uniquely hazardous.” Cal/OSHA commented that this introduces “ambiguities and unclear regulatory direction with regard to pyrophoric gases” and suggested deleting paragraph B.2.3.3 in its entirety (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, pp. 7-8).</P>
                    <P>Finally, Cal/OSHA requested that OSHA revise proposed Note 4, which states that a flammable gas mixture should be classified as a pyrophoric gas if data on its pyrophoricity is absent and it contains more than 1% (by volume) of pyrophoric component(s). Cal/OSHA suggested revising this note to state that “All flammable gases that contain 0.01% or more of a pyrophoric gas must be subjected to testing for pyrophoricity and classified accordingly.” They also suggested changing “should” to “must” and “1%” to “0.01%” in the existing sentence. Finally, they suggested adding a sentence indicating that “when experience or past practice indicates pyrophoricity with a lesser percentage, the classification must reflect that experience” (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, pp. 7-8).</P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees with most of Cal/OSHA's suggested changes. First, OSHA does not require testing under the HCS. This has been a long-standing position (48 FR 53291, 53336). Therefore, it would not be appropriate to add testing requirements or imply testing requirements under this hazard class. This does not negate the fact that SDS and label preparers must use all available data and relevant experience when classifying chemicals. But to the extent that Cal/OSHA's suggested revisions to Notes 3 and 4 would mandate testing in order to comply with the HCS, they would be contrary to the approach taken in the HCS. Therefore, OSHA is not adopting them.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also does not see B.2.3.3 and Note 3 as creating inconsistencies or ambiguities in requirements for classification of pyrophoric gases. B.2.3.3 provides the requirements for classification and Note 3 provides some guidance on the potential properties of pyrophoric gases that SDS and label preparers need to be aware of. OSHA does not believe that either B.2.3.3 alone or these paragraphs in combination give manufacturers undue discretion but rather accounts for the inherent challenges of requiring classification without requiring testing. B.2.3.3's statement that experience can be used to determine whether to apply the classification procedures for pyrophoric gases does not mean that experience can override test data; if there are already test data available for these chemicals that indicate it is pyrophoric, the test data would be used over “experience” or “expert judgement.” B.2.3.3 also requires that the manufacturer classify the chemical if it contains 1 percent or greater of a pyrophoric gas in the absence of testing, which means the classifier only has discretion when a mixture contains less than 1.0 percent pyrophoric gas. OSHA therefore disagrees with Cal/OSHA's request to delete paragraph B.2.3.3. OSHA also does not agree that 1% should be changed to 0.01% in Note 4. Cal/OSHA did not supply any additional information or data supporting why OSHA should deviate from the GHS text that was developed by the subject matter experts at the GHS subcommittee. However, OSHA will consider whether to include some of the discussion regarding variability of spontaneous ignition that Cal/OSHA suggested for Note 3 as recommendations when OSHA updates its classification guidance following promulgation of this final rule.</P>
                    <P>OSHA agrees with Cal/OSHA that the wording in Note 4 should include mandatory language instead of “should.” OSHA's original intent was to update proposed GHS text where appropriate to make it mandatory, including Note 4.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing all of section B.2 as proposed, with the exception of changing “should” to the mandatory language “shall be” in Note 4.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">III. Aerosols and Chemicals Under Pressure (Appendix B.3)</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 59-62) by expanding the existing Flammable Aerosols hazard class (Appendix B.3) to include non-flammable aerosols as well as flammable aerosols. Under Rev. 3 and the 2012 HCS, Chapter 2.3 and Appendix B.3, were each titled “Flammable Aerosols.” Under Rev. 3, the hazards presented by non-flammable aerosols were either not classified at all or were classified in another health hazard class or physical hazard class (
                        <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                        , gases under pressure) (Document ID 0085).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        As OSHA explained in the NPRM (86 FR 9708), the agency believes that most aerosols are classified as gases under pressure under Rev. 3 (and were classified accordingly under the HCS) because of the design criteria of the aerosols under DOT regulations (Document ID 0163). Under DOT regulations, aerosols are “any non-refillable receptacle containing a gas compressed, liquefied, or dissolved under pressure” and the highest permissible pressure is 180 psig at 130 °F in most cases (see 49 CFR 171.8, 173.306). Accordingly, under DOT regulations, most aerosols meet the current HCS criteria for gases under pressure, which are gases contained in a receptacle at a pressure of 200 kPa (29 psig) or more, or which are liquefied or liquefied and refrigerated (see existing paragraph B.5.1). However, OSHA believes that classifying aerosols as gases under pressure may not accurately identify the hazards of aerosols because aerosol containers differ from 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44322"/>
                        pressurized gas cylinders in terms of container characteristics and failure mechanisms.
                    </P>
                    <P>Since Rev. 3, the UNSCEGHS and the UNSCETDG agreed to rename Chapter 2.3 “Aerosols” and to add a new non-flammable aerosol hazard category, Category 3, to the aerosols hazard class (Document ID 0060, pp. 59-60). This hazard category now captures aerosols that (1) contain 1% or less flammable components (by mass); and (2) have a heat of combustion that is less than 20 kilojoules per gram (kJ/g).</P>
                    <P>
                        As OSHA described in the NPRM, OSHA assessed the hazards associated with aerosol containers and compressed gas cylinders to consider the impacts of the proposed change and ensure that it would not compromise worker safety and health. A study conducted for OSHA by ERG, an OSHA contractor, evaluated how aerosol products and gases under pressure differ in terms of container characteristics, failure mechanisms, and previous incidents (Document ID 0009). The ERG report concluded that sizes and pressures of compressed gas cylinders far exceed those of hand-held containers typically used for aerosol products. The report also noted differences in failure mechanisms for pressurized cylinders versus aerosols, including that although non-flammable aerosol cans do not present a significant fire hazard, they can present a hazard from bursting resulting from thermal content expansion during heating (Document ID 0009). This conclusion was also supported by data from OSHA's Fatality and Catastrophe Information Summary (FatCat) database, located at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/pls/imis/accidentsearch.html</E>
                        , which revealed that employees are at greater risk of a fatality due to the failure of the container if they are working with compressed gas cylinders than they are if they are working with aerosol cans (86 FR 9709).
                    </P>
                    <P>Following a review of the data and the ERG report, OSHA preliminarily determined that a new category for non-flammable aerosols is appropriate. Additionally, OSHA noted that this new classification would ensure compressed gas pictograms are not included on aerosol labels, eliminating the risk of “over warning” about the hazards of aerosol containers (UN, 2010, Document ID 0095).</P>
                    <P>OSHA proposed several other changes related to changes in the GHS including: updating the aerosol hazard class to include non-flammable aerosols (Category 3 in Table B.3.1); changing the name of Appendix B.3 from “Flammable Aerosols” to “Aerosols;” replacing the phrase “flammable aerosols” with “aerosols” throughout Appendix B.3, as appropriate; and adding clarifying information from Rev. 7 to paragraph B.3.2 (now B.3.1.2) (Document ID 0060, p. 59). For example, OSHA proposed to revise Note 2 to B.3.2.1 (now B.3.1.2.1) to explain that aerosols do not fall within the scope of gases under pressure, but may fall within the scope of other hazard classes. OSHA preliminarily concluded that aerosols (flammable and non-flammable) should not also be classified as gases under pressure in order to ensure that the appropriate hazard warnings are presented on aerosol containers.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA also proposed to adopt Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060) criteria for a non-flammable aerosol (
                        <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                        , an aerosol that does not meet the criteria for Category 1 or 2, contains less than or equal to 1 percent flammable components (by mass), and has a heat of combustion less than 20 kJ/g)), and to add those criteria as new Category 3 in Table B.3.1. This new category, Category 3, was proposed to update hazard communication requirements to better reflect the true hazards of non-flammable aerosols. As further discussed below in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix C, OSHA reasoned that this would also result in changing the labeling for any such aerosols that are currently classified as compressed gases, including the pictogram and hazard statements, and would better differentiate between the hazards associated with compressed gases and the hazards associated with aerosols.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received several comments on the proposed changes to the aerosol hazard class. ACA, IHSC, and Seymour of Sycamore supported the inclusion of non-flammable aerosols (Document ID 0368, p. 9; 0349, p. 2; 0321, p. 2). HCPA also expressed support, noting that “Expanding the current `Flammable Aerosols' hazard class to include all aerosol products not only makes logical sense but aligns with both the GHS Rev.7 and GHS Rev. 8” (Document ID 0327, pp. 8-9). Michele Sullivan commented that “The proposed changes to the Flammable Aerosols/Aerosols Chapter are particularly welcomed” because they re-align the HCS with the GHS. NIOSH agreed with OSHA that the addition of a new hazard class and several new hazard categories to Appendix B would improve worker safety through more specific descriptions of hazards (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 5; 0423 pp. 22-23). ACC commented in support of changes to the aerosols category that more closely align with the GHS (Document ID 0347, p. 6).</P>
                    <P>Two commenters recommended that OSHA make the compressed gas cylinder pictogram optional (Document ID 0368, p. 9; 0321, p. 2). Seymour of Sycamore suggested allowing the optional use of the pressurized cylinder pictogram for both non-flammable and flammable aerosols because “[t]he use of the pressurized cylinder icon provides information to the end user that the product is under pressure and the end user needs to be aware of conditions that could make the product unsafe if the product is exposed to those conditions” (Document ID 0321, p. 2). ACA similarly asked OSHA to make the use of the pressurized cylinder pictogram optional because aerosols are common in both consumer products and the workplace, even though they also noted “[i]n environments where workers have a more sophisticated understanding of pictograms, the symbol could lead to some confusion as to whether the product is a non-flammable aerosol or a gas under pressure” (Document ID 0368, pp. 9-10).</P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees with these comments for several reasons. First, as OSHA indicated in the NPRM, the main reason for revising the aerosol chapter is to better differentiate the hazards of aerosols and compressed gases. As discussed above and in the NPRM, allowing the compressed gas cylinder to aerosols would lead to “over warning” on aerosols and could also dilute the message for compressed gases. In addition, allowing the optional use of compressed gas pictogram would introduce inconsistency between labels of similar products, and may confuse downstream users, which ACA noted even as it suggested allowing the pictogram. OSHA also notes that the hazard statement for nonflammable aerosols makes clear that the container is pressurized and therefore believes the hazard noted by Seymore of Sycamore is already accounted for appropriately. Therefore, OSHA will not allow the optional use of the compressed gas pictogram for aerosol products. However, aerosol cans that have already been released for shipment as of the compliance date of this final rule for labelling updates do not need to be relabeled and may bear the compressed gas pictogram.</P>
                    <P>
                        Although OSHA proposed updates to the classification and labeling of aerosols to align with Rev. 7, the agency also noted in the NPRM that Rev. 8 contains several significant additional changes in the aerosol chapter and requested comments on whether the agency should adopt two specific changes that appear in Rev. 8.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44323"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>First, Rev. 8 lists classification criteria for aerosols as text in a table (see the GHS Table 2.3.1, Criteria for aerosols), similar to other hazard chapters, rather than referring classifiers to the decision logics (Document ID 0065, pp. 57-58). When OSHA revised the HCS in 2012, the agency declined to adopt the GHS decision logics and used its own text for classification of flammable aerosols in Appendix B. In the NPRM, OSHA preliminarily determined that there are no substantive differences between OSHA's current text and the text represented in the new Rev. 8 table, although they contain slightly different language.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters suggested that OSHA should adopt the updated language in Rev. 8 instead of Rev. 7 (Document ID 0316, p. 22; 0347, p. 6; 0327, p. 9; 0309, p. 14). ACC indicated updating to the Rev. 8 criteria table would maximize harmonization, thereby reducing the regulatory burden on their members (Document ID 0347, p. 6).</P>
                    <P>While HCPA supported aligning with Rev. 8, they asked OSHA to change proposed Table B.3.1 by deleting “Contains &gt;1% flammable components” from the Category 2 criteria to align with the table in Rev. 8. HCPA reasoned that the proposed version of Table B.3.1 could be misinterpreted to mean that an aerosol product Category 3 cannot contain one percent or more of flammable material by mass or have a heat of combustion equal to or greater than 20 kJ/g, which would conflict with the GHS's two different criteria for an aerosol product to be classified as a Category 3 aerosol (Document ID 0327, pp. 9-10).</P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees with HCPA's comment. The first step in the decisions logics for aerosols in Rev. 7 and Rev. 8 clearly states that only if an aerosol has both less than one percent flammable component and less than 20 kJ/g can it directly go to category three. Only after it fails the subsequent criteria for Category 1 and 2 can it also become a Category 3 aerosol (Document ID 0060, pp. 60-62; 0065, p. 59). OSHA has taken this into account by using the word “and” in Category 3 to indicate that the additional criterion applies to an aerosol that has either greater than one percent flammable components or ≥20 kJ/g. The proposed criterion for Category 3 was intended to encompass both scenarios as described by HCPA. Additionally, OSHA disagrees that the HCS table could be interpreted to mean that a Category 3 aerosol could not have greater than one percent flammable components because the language “Contains &gt;1% flammable components, or the heat of combustion is ≥20 kJ/g” in Category 2 is linked to the other criteria with an “and”. Therefore the correct interpretation is that a chemical that does not meet all of the criteria of Category 2 is a Category 3 chemical, rather than that just having more than one percent flammable components or a heat combustion greater than or equal to 20 kJ/g indicates a chemical belongs in Category 2. Therefore, OSHA declines to make the modifications requested by HCPA. However, to avoid any potential confusion with the proposed layout, OSHA is making an editorial change to Category 3 by placing a (1) before the phrase “The chemical does not meet the criteria for Categories 1 and 2” and a (2) before the phrase “the chemical contains &lt;1% flammable components (by mass) and has a heat of combustion &lt;20 kJ.g.”</P>
                    <P>NIOSH expressed concern that incorporating the Rev. 8 changes might lower worker protections relative to the proposed paragraph B.3.1 in the HCS (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 5). They noted that Table 2.3.1 in Rev. 8 allows certain aerosols with a heat of combustion ≥20 kJ/g to be classified in Category 3, while the proposed paragraph B.3.1, which aligns with Rev. 7, requires all aerosols with a heat of combustion ≥20 kJ/g to be classified in Category 1 or 2. Therefore, NIOSH reasoned, adoption of Rev. 8 provisions in Table B.3.1 might lower worker protections from aerosols which could be classified in Category 3 under the Rev. 8, but not the Rev. 7, decision logic.</P>
                    <P>OSHA agrees with NIOSH that there appears to be to an inconsistency between Category 2 and Category 3 as they are presented in Table 2.3.1 of Rev. 8. OSHA notes that the Table B.3.1 in the HCS is consistent with the decision logics provided in paragraph 2.3.4.1 of Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 60) and paragraph 2.3.1.4 of Rev. 8 (Document ID 0065, p. 59).</P>
                    <P>To avoid confusion and to harmonize with trading partners, such as Canada, which adopted Rev. 7, OSHA is finalizing changes to the aerosols hazard class to align with Rev. 7, as proposed. OSHA will review the criteria in Rev. 8 for aerosols at the UN subcommittee to ensure that it accurately reflects the original decision logics.</P>
                    <P>The second update to the classification and labeling of aerosols in Rev. 8 that OSHA requested comment on was the adoption of a new hazard category, chemicals under pressure, within the aerosols class (Document ID 0065, pp. 61-63). OSHA noted that these products function similarly to aerosol dispensers covered under DOT (49 CFR 173.115) but are packed in pressure receptacles (refillable and non-refillable) of up to 450 liters (86 FR 9693). Chemicals under pressure used for spray applications present hazards similar to those presented by aerosol dispensers. Therefore, the classification criteria and hazard information for the Rev. 8 hazard category of chemicals under pressure are the same as for aerosols. In the NPRM, OSHA recognized that adopting this hazard classification would bring some chemicals under the purview of the HCS that currently are not covered (e.g., certain aerosols in refillable containers) (86 FR 9693).</P>
                    <P>OSHA requested comment on whether the agency should adopt the Rev. 8 hazard category and classification criteria for chemicals under pressure in the aerosol chapter. The agency received several comments supporting the addition of chemicals under pressure. Michele Sullivan was also generally supportive and noted that “[t]his new hazard category can be helpful to some stakeholders” but requested that OSHA stay as close as possible to the GHS text (Document ID 0366, p. 2). NIOSH supported the addition of chemicals under pressure since it would improve worker safety and health by covering certain chemicals that might not be otherwise captured under the HCS (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 5). Ameren and ACC also supported the addition of chemicals under pressure (Document ID 0309, p. 14; 0347, p. 6). HCPA supported the addition of chemicals under pressure to the HCS, but as a separate chapter from aerosols. They noted that there are differences between aerosols and chemicals under pressure such as the difference in size limitations. HCPA concluded that since aerosols and chemicals under pressure are independent hazard classes, “it would be logical for chemicals under pressure to be its own chapter . . . and separate from aerosols” (Document ID 0327, p. 9).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA does not agree with HCPA that chemicals under pressure should be in its own chapter. The agency believes that adding these categories to the current chapter B.3 to keep the aerosols and chemicals under pressure hazard classifications in the same chapter is appropriate, since they are often similar chemicals in different receptacles, but is providing separate definitions, hazard criteria, and hazard communication elements to ensure that the differences between these two hazards are recognized. The agency expects that clearly separating the two categories with different definitions, criteria, and communication elements will avoid 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44324"/>
                        creating any confusion related to its inclusion in chapter B.3. Furthermore, including it in the aerosols chapter allows the HCS to remain aligned with the GHS and its numbering system.
                    </P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is adding chemicals under pressure as a separate hazard classification in the HCS within the aerosols chapter. In adopting the chemical under pressure hazard classification, OSHA is following a similar structure to the GHS. OSHA is renaming B.3 “Aerosols and Chemicals Under Pressure” and adding a new B.3.2 “Chemicals under pressure”, including B.3.2.1 “Definition” and B.3.2.2 “Classification criteria.” OSHA is renumbering B.3.2 “Classification criteria (under Aerosols) to B.3.1.2 to maintain consistency with the GHS. In finalizing the chemicals under pressure hazard classification, OSHA is including all three categories as defined in Table 2.3.3 in Rev. 8 as well as the hazard communication elements in Table 2.3.4 in Rev. 8 (Document ID 0065, p. 62) in Appendix C.16. OSHA has also removed the word “aerosol” from B.3.3.2 to maintain alignment with the updates from Rev. 8 and to indicate that the formation calculation relates to both aerosols and chemicals under pressure.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing Appendix B.3 as Aerosols and Chemicals Under Pressure. In the aerosols section, the agency is aligning with Rev. 7 by including non-flammable aerosols as a category and making the necessary revisions associated with that change. The agency is not adopting Table 2.3.1 from Rev. 8. The agency is, however, adding chemicals under pressure to B.3 in alignment with Rev. 8.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received one out of scope comment on Appendix B.3. Toby Threet suggested that OSHA change the word “aerosol,” as used in the context of physical hazards, to “spray cans” in order to better differentiate between the meaning of aerosol in Appendix A and Appendix B (Document ID 0279, pp. 6-8). OSHA did not propose any changes to the definition or use of the term 
                        <E T="03">aerosol</E>
                         so this comment is out of scope; therefore, the agency is not making the suggested change. Furthermore, the agency does not believe that the inconsistency in how aerosol is used in Appendix A and Appendix B is an issue in practice. Over the past 10 years, while OSHA has published many letters of interpretation pertaining to requests for clarification of terms in the HCS, the usage of the term 
                        <E T="03">aerosol</E>
                         has not been raised as an issue, nor has OSHA seen issues pertaining to these definitions in classifications.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">IV. Oxidizing Gases (Appendix B.4)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to revise the note in B.4.1, and the text in B.4.3 “Additional classification considerations,” to clarify that the provisions are referring to the most recent version of the ISO 10156 standard. In the NPRM, OSHA explained that the proposed change would provide more clarity on the definition and classification of oxidizing gases and lead to more accurate classification and improved communication and would also align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 63-65). OSHA noted that it did not propose to require reclassification of chemicals already classified using an earlier version of ISO 10156, only that new chemicals or chemicals not already classified needed be classified according to the new ISO standard. OSHA did not receive any comments on this revision and is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">V. Gases Under Pressure (Appendix B.5)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to align the definition of gases under pressure in B.5.1 with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 67) by adding a temperature of 20 degrees Celsius (68 degrees Fahrenheit) so that the full definition reads “gases which are contained in a receptacle at a pressure of 200 kPa (29 psi) (gauge) or more at 20 °C (68 °F), or which are liquefied or liquefied and refrigerated.” The proposed change was intended to clarify that the pressure of the receptacle is measured at standard conditions. OSHA also proposed to align with Rev. 7 by adding a note to Table B.5.1 to clarify that aerosols should not be classified as gases under pressure (Document ID 0060, p. 67). The proposed change was a consequence of OSHA's proposal to add a new hazard category for non-flammable aerosols, as discussed previously. OSHA received one comment from HCPA indicating that they supported the proposed note under Table B.5.1 (Document ID 0327, p. 9). OSHA is therefore finalizing these changes as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VI. Flammable Liquids (Appendix B.6)</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed to make several clarifying changes to the flammable liquid hazard class in Appendix B.6. First, OSHA proposed to add a reference to paragraph (a)(14) of the Flammable Liquids standard (29 CFR 1910.106), in paragraph B.6.3 in order to provide additional guidance about methods that can be used to determine flash point for storage purposes. Second, after updating the HCS in 2012, OSHA realized there may be a concern with ensuring that information needed to determine the appropriate storage for flammable liquids is adequately documented on the SDS. Per 29 CFR 1910.106(a)(5), when an accurate boiling point is unavailable, or for mixtures which do not have a constant boiling point, the boiling point may be based on the 10% point of a distillation performed in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Distillation of Petroleum Products, ASTM D-86-62. Together with an appropriately measured flash point, this boiling point can be used to categorize the mixture for use with Table H-12 in §  1910.106 to determine the maximum allowable container size and type. Use of a boiling point reported in Section 9 of an SDS (physical properties), which is based on the “first drop” (or initial) distillation temperature in D-86, will likely be conservative, but may lead to more restrictive storage requirements than would be the case using the 10% distillation point (see Appendix D, section 9(f)). OSHA therefore proposed to add a clarifying footnote to B.6.3 explaining that to determine the appropriate container size and container type for a flammable liquid, the boiling point must be determined by the methods specified under OSHA's Flammable Liquids standard (29 CFR 1910.106(a)(5)) and listed on the SDS.
                        <SU>58</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         In addition, the proposed note would explain that if the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor used an alternative calculation (namely, the 10% distillation point method) to find the boiling point to determine the appropriate storage for flammable liquids, this must be clearly noted on the SDS (in sections 7 and 9) to alert downstream users. In the NPRM, OSHA explained that the agency did not intend for the updated HCS classification requirements for flammable liquids to impact the longstanding storage requirements under 29 CFR 1910.106. Manufacturers can still use the flexibilities under § 1910.106 for mixtures which do not have a constant boiling point when determining storage requirements. The proposed note was intended to ensure that the proper container size and type will be used for storing flammable liquids while still 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44325"/>
                        appropriately communicating all necessary information on the SDS. OSHA did not propose any changes to the classification criteria for flammable liquids under the HCS. OSHA also requested comments on whether a footnote like the one proposed for B.6.3 should be inserted in Appendix D, Section 9.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>58</SU>
                             The flammable liquids standard states “Boiling point shall mean the boiling point of a liquid at a pressure of 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute (p.s.i.a.) (760mm). Where an accurate boiling point is unavailable for the material in question, or for mixtures which do not have a constant boiling point, for purposes of this section the 10 percent point of a distillation performed in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Distillation of Petroleum Products, ASTM D-86-62 . . . may be used as the boiling point of the liquid.” 29 CFR 1910.106(a)(5).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Finally, OSHA realized that a note regarding cross-classification of aerosols was inadvertently omitted from Appendix B.6. In the 2012 HCS, Appendix B.3 (formerly flammable aerosols) includes note 2 to the classification criteria, which previously indicated that “[f]lammable aerosols do not fall additionally within the scope of flammable gases, flammable liquids, or flammable solids.” The HCS contains a cross-referencing note in Appendix B.2 (flammable gases), but OSHA inadvertently omitted the statement in Appendix B.6. OSHA therefore proposed to add a note stating that aerosols should not be classified as flammable liquids following Table B.6.1, for consistency and to minimize confusion, in alignment with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 71).</P>
                    <P>Several commenters expressed concerns about OSHA's proposed addition of footnote 9 to Appendix B.6 (Document ID 0339, p. 3; 0316, p. 23; 0359, p. 5; 0347, p. 23). API indicated that they were concerned about this change not aligning with GHS (Document ID 0316, p. 23). DGAC stated that they did not support limiting the determination of the initial boiling point to just two ASTM standards because they believe it is not necessary to list how to determine it and they were concerned that OSHA was excluding the methods for determining initial boiling point in the HMR (Document ID 0339, p. 3). Similarly, IHSC commented that they did not support the addition to require the initial boiling point to be determined by methods in § 1910.106 and suggested that OSHA limit this requirement for mixtures that contain an ingredient (greater than 1 percent) with a boiling point less than 95 °F (Document ID 0349, p. 2). Dow commented that they disagreed with the proposal to determine the initial boiling point by methods in § 1910.106 because they believed this was a change to OSHA's position that it does not require testing (Document ID 0359, p. 5). ACC commented on the second half of the footnote specifically, requesting that OSHA remove the requirement to note an alternate calculation in Sections 7 and 9 of the SDS and asking why this was included as a proposal in the update (Document ID 0347, p. 23).</P>
                    <P>OSHA believes that several of these commenters may have misunderstood OSHA's proposed changes. Contrary to DGAC, IHSC, and Dow's assertion, OSHA did not intend to suggest that the boiling point could only be determined by the methods specified under OSHA's Flammable Liquids standard. First, 29 CFR 1910.106(a)(5) does not specify the means of determining the initial boiling point except “Where an accurate boiling point is unavailable for the material in question, or for mixtures which do not have a constant boiling point,” so footnote 9 only addresses the calculation of boiling point when it is being used to determine a storage container and type and where the conditions in the flammable liquids standard are met. Second, while the language of footnote 9 is mandatory (“shall be determined by methods specified under § 1910.106(a)(5)”), the language in paragraph (a)(5) of the flammable liquids standard is permissive (“may be used as the boiling point of the liquid”). When read together it is clear that manufacturers, importers, and distributors can use other methods approved by the HCS to determine boiling point and the flammable liquids standard only adds another option for calculating boiling point under specified conditions. This was intended to ensure that the HCS is compatible with § 1910.106 and to clarify situations where using the initial boiling point for HCS classification would result in storage requirements that might differ from the requirements under § 1910.106.</P>
                    <P>This alternate calculation is solely allowed in determining the storage requirements for flammable liquids where an accurate boiling point is not available and practically speaking would only apply to Category 1 flammable liquid mixtures. For example, if a Category 1 flammable liquid had an initial boiling point of 80 °F under the methods in the HCS, but using the 10 percent point of distillation accommodation for mixtures under § 1910.106(a)(5) resulted in a boiling point of 100 °F, then for storage purposes under § 1910.106 it would be considered a Category 2 flammable liquid. The new footnote makes explicit that this second calculation is allowed to be used for determining storage requirements under the HCS, but the SDS preparer would need to add in Sections 7 and 9 of the SDS a note stating that an alternate calculation was used for determining storage requirements. For the example given above, an appropriate note would be “Initial boiling point 80 °F/estimated boiling point 100 °F (for storage purposes).” However, if a category 1 flammable liquid mixture had an initial boiling point of 80 °F under the HCS methods and the boiling point using the accommodation for mixtures under § 1910.106(a)(5) was 92 °F, then for storage purposes the flammable liquid mixture would still be a Category 1 flammable liquid and there would be no obligation to put in the additional note on the SDS. OSHA believes this clarification addresses the concerns raised by these commenters. However, to the extent that DGAC was commenting on the sentence “The initial boiling point shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D86-07a or ASTM D1078,” OSHA did not propose any changes to that section and has previously also limited the calculation of boiling point to these two ASTM standards, so that comment would be out of scope.</P>
                    <P>Additionally, nothing in the proposal should be read to require testing as Dow asserted. As with all of the references to testing standards in the HCS, OSHA is only stating what methods are acceptable for determining certain characteristics, not requiring the SDS or label preparer to do these kinds of testing themselves. As to ACC's question regarding why the calculation of initial boiling point should be included in Sections 7 and 9 of the SDS if an alternate calculation was used for storage purposes, OSHA proposed including that requirement to ensure clarity on what underlying information about the chemical was used so that users are able to apply that information accurately to their own workplace and ensure worker safety. OSHA therefore disagrees with ACC that this requirement should be removed. Finally, OSHA disagrees with API's assertion that this footnote is problematic because it is not aligned with the GHS. The alternate calculation is not used in the ultimate classification of flammable liquids under the HCS, therefore the HCS is in full alignment with the GHS. The addition of the footnote is supplemental information (as allowed by the GHS) and, as stated above, OSHA is including this requirement to ensure clarity about the underlying information.</P>
                    <P>
                        Even so, these comments indicate that the proposed language may be confusing, so although OSHA is finalizing the proposed changes to B.6 (Flammable Liquids), the agency has updated the footnote for clarity. As finalized, Footnote 9 to Appendix B.6 reads: “To determine the appropriate flammable liquid storage container size and type, the boiling point shall be 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44326"/>
                        determined by § 1910.106(a)(5). In addition, the manufacturer, importer, and distributor shall clearly note in Sections 7 and 9 of the SDS if an alternate calculation was used for storage purposes 
                        <E T="03">and the classification for storage differs from the classification listed in Section 2 of the SDS.”</E>
                         (Emphasis added to new text.)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received comments from ACA and Hach asking OSHA to add Note 2 from beneath Table 2.6.1 of Rev. 7 to the HCS (Document ID 0323, pp. 11-13; 0368, p. 12). That note states that liquids with a flash point of more than 35 °C and not more than 60 °C need not be classified as non-flammable liquids for some regulatory purposes, such as transport, if negative results have been obtained in the sustained combustibility test according to the sustained combustibility test L.2 of Part III, section 32 of the UNTDG, Manual of Tests and Criteria (Document ID 0060, p. 71). Hach commented that adding this note to the HCS would relieve compliance burdens and customer confusion regarding the classification of certain liquids and suggested a slightly altered version of the note in order to align with DOT PHMSA's regulation under 49 CFR 173.120 (Document ID 0323, pp. 11-13). Hach's comment is out of scope for this rulemaking since the agency did not propose any changes relating to this aspect of liquids classification. Furthermore, this note was also part of Rev. 3 and OSHA opted not to incorporate Note 2 when promulgating the HCS in 2012 because it would reduce protections in workplaces, where conditions may vary highly when handling chemicals (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         heating chemicals above their flashpoint) (77 FR 17722).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VII. Flammable Solids (Appendix B.7)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed one change to Appendix B.7 (Flammable Solids): a new Note 2 following Table B.7.1 stating that aerosols should not be classified as flammable solids. As with flammable liquids, the UNSCEGHS observed this omission in the flammable solids chapter, and Rev. 7 includes this note (Document ID 0060, p. 75). OSHA did not receive any comments relating specifically to the addition of the new note and is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received one comment pertaining to Appendix B.7. Toby Threet asserted that OSHA should not promulgate provisions for flammable solids until the agency has definitive criteria for “fire by friction” (Document ID 0279, pp. 18-20). OSHA notes that this hazard class was first promulgated in 2012 and OSHA did not propose to update the criteria for flammable solids. Therefore, Threet's comment is outside the scope of this rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VIII. Self-Heating Chemicals (Appendix B.11)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed adding a note beneath Table B.11.1 to explain that classification of solid chemicals must be based on tests performed on the chemicals as presented. The note also provides an example indicating that if a chemical is presented for supply or transport in a physical form different from that which was tested and which is considered likely to materially alter its performance in a classification test, classification must be based on testing of the chemical in the new form. Although this note was included in Rev. 3 (Document ID 0085, Att. 2, p. 84), and incorporated into Appendices B.1, B.7, B.10, B.12 and B.14 in the HCS in 2012, it was inadvertently omitted from Appendix B.11. OSHA proposed to add the note to be consistent with the GHS and the way the HCS treats other physical hazards. OSHA did not receive any comments on the new note and is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">IX. Chemicals Which, in Contact With Water, Emit Flammable Gases (Appendix B.12)</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed to update the classification criteria for Category 3 of this hazard class in Table B.12.1. In Rev. 3 (Document ID 0085, Att. 2, p. 87) and in the 2012 HCS, one of the criteria for a Category 3 classification is that the maximum rate of evolution of the flammable gas is equal to or greater than 1 liter per kilogram of chemical per hour. OSHA explained in the NPRM that this criterion does not accurately reflect the corresponding criteria in Test N.5 in Part III, sub-section 33.5.4.4.1 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria, which provides that the maximum rate of evolution of the flammable gas is 
                        <E T="03">greater</E>
                         than 1 liter per kilogram of chemical per hour (Document ID 0151, p. 379). OSHA proposed to delete the words “equal to or” in the Category 3 criteria in Table B.12.1 to make the classification criteria consistent with the criteria in the test methods, aligning with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 91). OSHA preliminarily determined this proposed change would not affect worker protections. OSHA did not receive any comments on this change and is finalizing it as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">X. Oxidizing Solids (Appendix B.14)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to add a second set of classification criteria to B.14.2 and to Table B.14.1 based on a new UN test method. Under Rev. 3 (Document ID 0085, Att. 2, p. 95), classification of oxidizing solids was based only on Test O.1 from Part III, sub-section 34.4.1 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria (Document ID 0151, p. 382). This was reflected in the 2012 HCS, Appendix B.14. In the NPRM, OSHA explained that the test material used as the reference mixture in Test O.1 has been noted to pose a cancer hazard and is difficult to purchase. Therefore, a new test, Test O.3 (Gravimetric tests for oxidizing solids), which uses a reference mixture of calcium peroxide, has been added to Part III, sub-section 34.4.3 of the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria and the Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods Model Regulations (TDG MR) (Document ID 0151, p. 393; 0150, p. 100). Consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 97), OSHA proposed to allow oxidizing solids to be classified using either Test O.1 or Test O.3. The agency further noted that since the proposed classification criteria would allow the use of data from either Test O.1 or O.3, data from existing classifications could be used and no new testing would be required for substances or mixtures that were previously classified based on Test O.1.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to update Note 1 to Table B.14.1 to reflect a 2017 revision to the International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes Code for testing of explosion hazards (Document ID 0141). OSHA did not receive any comments on the addition of Test O.3 or on the update to this note and is therefore finalizing both as proposed (with a technical amendment to reorganize B.14.2 to better clarify which version of the Manual of Tests and Criteria is appropriate for Test O.1 and Test O.3).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received one comment on Appendix B.14 from Cal/OSHA opposing the language in B.14.3.3, which requires that, in the event of a difference between test results and known experience in the handling and use of chemicals which shows them to be oxidizing, judgements based on known experience take precedence over test results. Cal/OSHA suggested revising B.14.3.3 to state that “experience demonstrating an oxidizing hazard shall take precedence over negative test results” (Document ID 0322, Att. 1, pp. 12-13). OSHA did not propose any changes to B.14.3.3 in the NPRM, therefore this comment is outside the scope of this rulemaking. OSHA notes that Cal/OSHA's suggested language, while structured differently than B.14.3.3, presents the same requirement: producers must disclose oxidizing hazards for a chemical if the producer has experience that indicates those hazards, even if test results for the chemical are negative. Further 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44327"/>
                        discussion on the use of expert judgement in the classification process can be found in the Summary and Explanation for Section B.2 (flammable gases).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">XI. Corrosive to Metals (Appendix B.16)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA did not propose to make any changes to Appendix B.16, Corrosive to Metals. This is notable because OSHA preliminarily decided not to adopt a note that was added in Chapter 2.16 of Rev. 7, under Table 2.16.2, which states: “Where a substance or mixture is classified as corrosive to metals but not corrosive to skin and/or eyes, some competent authorities may allow the labelling provisions described in 1.4.10.5.5” (Document ID 0060, p. 107). Chapter 1.4.10.5.5 contains, in relevant part, labeling provisions that state competent authorities can allow the corrosive to metals pictogram to be omitted from labels for “substances or mixtures which are in the finished state as packaged for consumer use” (Document ID 0060, p. 32). As was discussed in the NPRM, OSHA preliminarily concluded that the note in question, and the labeling provisions it refers to, are not applicable to the HCS because the HCS applies only to use of chemicals in the workplace, and not to consumer products (29 CFR 1910.1200 (b)(5)(v)) and therefore OSHA did not propose to adopt the note. OSHA did not receive any comments on this preliminary conclusion and is therefore finalizing its decision not to add the note to Appendix B.16.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received one out of scope comment on this hazard class. Toby Threet commented that OSHA should add copper to Table 16.1 (Document ID 0279, p. 22). OSHA notes that since the agency did not propose adding copper to Table 16.1 or otherwise changing it, this comment is outside the scope of this rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">XII. Desensitized Explosives (Appendix B.17)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to add a new physical hazard class for desensitized explosives to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 109). Desensitized explosives are chemicals that are treated so that they are stabilized, or their explosive properties are reduced or suppressed. As OSHA discussed in the NPRM, these types of chemicals can pose a hazard in the workplace when the stabilizer is removed, either as part of the normal work process or during storage of the chemical. Therefore, it is important that the hazards be identified and appropriately communicated.</P>
                    <P>In the 2012 HCS, OSHA acknowledged, consistent with Rev. 3 (Document ID 0085, Att. 6, p. 15), that these chemicals are considered explosives if the wetting agent is removed by including in Appendix C, C.4.14, the precautionary statement “Keep wetted with” and instructing the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor to specify appropriate material for wetting if drying out increases the explosion hazard. However, the hazard statement, signal word, pictogram and other precautionary statements required under the 2012 HCS C.4.14 primarily target more conventional explosives. This gap in communication was recognized as early as 2005, when the UNSCEGHS noted that desensitized explosives may become explosive under certain circumstances—especially after long-term storage and during handling and use (Document ID 0206). In 2014, the UNSCEGHS concluded that a new hazard class was warranted for desensitized explosives in the GHS (Document ID 0087). Rev. 7 separately classified desensitized explosives with a full set of unique label elements (including the appropriate signal word, hazard statement, pictogram, and precautionary statements) (Document ID 0060, pp. 109-112). Desensitized explosives are labeled with a flame pictogram rather than the explosive bomb used for explosives, and the precautionary statements are tailored to the specific traits of desensitized explosives.</P>
                    <P>As discussed in the NPRM, OSHA reviewed the UNSCEGHS reports on desensitized explosives and preliminarily concluded that the hazard class should also be added to the HCS to improve communication about these hazards. While the chemicals captured by the desensitized explosives hazard class were covered under the scope of the 2012 HCS as explosives, OSHA preliminarily determined that adding the proposed new hazard class to the HCS would ensure downstream users receive more accurate hazard information on labels and in SDSs for these chemicals.</P>
                    <P>For these reasons, and to align with the GHS, OSHA proposed to add the desensitized explosives hazard class to the HCS as Appendix B.17. As explained in the NPRM, OSHA intended the new Appendix B.17 to provide relevant definitions and general considerations, specify applicable classification criteria, and include information about additional classification considerations for this hazard class, as well as reference several sections from the UN Manual of Tests and Criteria that would be incorporated by reference. As with all hazard classes, Rev. 7 does not require testing and allows classifiers to use data reported in the literature that was generated using specified or equivalent test methods. Proposed Appendix C.4.30 included the proposed communication elements for desensitized explosives relevant to proposed Appendix B.17.</P>
                    <P>
                        The proposed Appendix B.17 was based on Chapter 2.17 of Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 109-112). OSHA proposed to adopt most of the classification language on desensitized explosives from Chapter 2.17 to minimize deviations from the GHS. However, similar to the 2012 rulemaking, OSHA carefully reviewed each of the hazard classification criteria within the context of the HCS and proposed to modify some of the language. These edits included changing some recommendations in the GHS to mandatory requirements in the HCS (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         changing “should” to “shall”); revising some terms in the GHS to more accurately reflect terminology in the HCS (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         changing “manufacturer/supplier” to “manufacturers, importers, and distributors”); revising text to make it clear that data for classification can be obtained from the literature; and removing references to classifications for transportation that do not apply under the HCS. OSHA also proposed adding a definition for “phlegmatized,” which is drawn from the TDG MR, in a footnote because many stakeholders may be unfamiliar with that term from the UN Recommendations.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA did not propose to include portions of Chapter 2.17 that do not relate specifically to the method of classification for desensitized explosives, such as the text relating to hazard communication (which is in Appendix C) and the decision logics. OSHA may, however, use the decision logics in guidance materials.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received several comments on the proposed addition of Appendix B.17, all of which supported adopting the desensitized explosive hazard class. ACC, API, Michele Sullivan, and Dow expressed support for aligning the classification of desensitized explosives with the GHS and trading partners (Document ID 0347, p. 17; 0316, p. 23; 0366, p. 7; 0359, p. 5). API commented that “[d]esensitized explosives should be classified in accordance with GHS” (Document ID 0316, p. 23). Other than ensuring that the language is appropriate for OSHA's jurisdiction and written in regulatory language, OSHA's proposal follows the GHS classification criteria. For the reasons explained above, OSHA is finalizing Appendix 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44328"/>
                        B.17 as proposed with minor editorial changes. Stakeholders can examine the redline strikeout of the regulatory text (changes from 2012 HCS to this final) at OSHA's HCS web page (
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/dsg/hazcom/</E>
                        ) to view all of the changes to the 2012 HCS made in this final rule. Additionally, in the NPRM OSHA requested comments on whether the agency should, in the final rule, update all of the existing references to UN ST/SG/AC.10 (many of which are in Appendix B) to Rev. 6 or add Rev. 6 references to the existing Rev. 4 references such that they would be alternative options for compliance. OSHA only received one comment on this, which was from Ameren, and which supported adding the Rev. 6 references to allow for compliance alternatives (Document ID 0309, p. 14).
                    </P>
                    <P>As discussed in the Summary and Explanation for Incorporation by Reference, OSHA has decided to retain the generic citation to ST/SG/AC.10 in all places where compliance with Rev. 4 or Rev. 6 is allowed, and has inserted specific citations to ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6 where only Rev. 6 is allowed for compliance (for instance, in situations where new text was added to Rev. 6 and there was no comparable material in Rev. 4). For further discussion of that issue, see the Summary and Explanation for Incorporation by Reference.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also received one general comment on Appendix B from Cal/OSHA, noting that “In several places, referenced technical documents are out-of-date” and recommending that the most recent versions of document should be used “unless there is a specific reason not to, such as where an updated test method is less sensitive than the previous method, for example” (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, p. 14). Cal/OSHA did not provide further details on which references to technical documents it believed were out of date. OSHA is updating several references to technical documents in this rulemaking, which are discussed throughout the Summary and Explanation, and it concludes that it has updated all of the appropriate references.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Appendix C</HD>
                    <P>Appendix C includes requirements and instructions for the allocation of label elements. Paragraph (f)(2) requires the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor to ensure that the information provided on the label is in accordance with Appendix C. Appendix C provides hazard statements, signal words, pictograms, and precautionary statements for all four essential aspects of hazardous chemical management (prevention, response, storage, and disposal), as well as general labeling instructions.</P>
                    <P>OSHA proposed several updates to Appendix C to improve communication of hazard information on labels. These changes were proposed in order to: (1) address labeling requirements for the new hazard classes and categories in Appendix B (physical hazards); (2) align the HCS with Rev. 7; and (3) improve alignment of the HCS with other federal agencies and Health Canada's labeling requirements in furtherance of the goals of the RCC.</P>
                    <P>As was discussed in OSHA's 2009 proposal to align the HCS with the GHS, the precautionary statements, unlike the hazard statements, were not harmonized (but were merely codified) under the GHS, meaning that numbers were assigned to them. This meant that the statements were not yet considered to be part of the harmonized text (like hazard statements); rather they were included in the GHS as suggested language (74 FR 50282-83). OSHA chose to add these statements in the final HCS rule in 2012 (77 FR 17574). However, since the promulgation of the updates to the HCS in 2012, the UNSCEGHS has continued work to improve the utility of precautionary statements by providing better guidance on the allocation of statements, updating the statements to provide better protection, and adding new statements for new hazard classes and categories. In the 2021 NPRM, OSHA proposed several changes based on new precautionary statements and instructions in Rev. 7. Additionally, since 2012, OSHA has continued to work with other Federal agencies on crosscutting labeling issues. Some updates to Appendix C were proposed to align with DOT labeling regulations. OSHA also proposed updates to Appendix C based on the agency's cooperation with Health Canada under the RCC. The RCC was reaffirmed through a memorandum of understanding signed in June 2018 (Document ID 0217), with the expectation of aligning efforts for international trade requirements between the two countries.</P>
                    <P>Overall, OSHA anticipated that the proposed changes to Appendix C would provide improved communication of hazard information and greater detail and clarity for downstream users, which would maintain or enhance the safety and health of workers. The agency also expected the updates would more consistently align the HCS with other Federal and international regulations, thereby easing compliance burdens for U.S. stakeholders that must also comply with those requirements.</P>
                    <P>
                        The changes OSHA proposed to Appendix C and the changes OSHA is now finalizing are extensive. OSHA addresses the substantive changes in the discussion below, and in addition to the regulatory text below, OSHA will provide a redline strike-out version of the final text of Appendix C on the OSHA website (
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/dsg/hazcom/</E>
                        ), as it did for the NPRM. This version will reflect all of OSHA's revisions, including all non-substantive updates. This will allow interested parties to view all of the changes in context to aid in the implementation of the updated regulatory text. OSHA encourages stakeholders to use that document in conjunction with the discussion of the revisions below, as the discussion does not fully describe all of the non-substantive or editorial changes OSHA is making.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">I. Sections C.1-C.3</HD>
                    <P>The instructions in the beginning of Appendix C (C.1-C.3) provide directions and information about the signal words, pictograms, hazard statements and precautionary statements required in C.4. OSHA proposed several changes to C.1-C.3.</P>
                    <P>
                        First, OSHA proposed to revise Figure C.1, 
                        <E T="03">Hazard Symbols and Classes,</E>
                         to include “HNOC (non-mandatory)” as a hazard identified by the exclamation point pictogram. This proposed change would codify OSHA's agreement with Health Canada to permit the exclamation mark pictogram to be used for HNOCs. While OSHA does not require labeling for HNOC hazards, Health Canada requires a pictogram, signal word, hazard statements, and precautionary statements for HNOCs. To ensure that U.S. and Canadian requirements can simultaneously be met for HNOCs, OSHA and Health Canada have provided guidance allowing an exclamation mark pictogram to be used for HNOCs (Document ID 0103). Use of the exclamation mark pictogram would not be mandatory under the HCS. OSHA also added desensitized explosives under the flame pictogram in Figure C.1, and that change is discussed with the other changes related to desensitized explosives below (see discussion of revisions to C.4).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed several additional related changes. As discussed above under the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (f), OSHA proposed to move the existing text in paragraph C.2.3.3 from Appendix C to paragraph (f)(5)(iii) in the text of the standard, so that all of the instructions related to the transport of hazardous chemicals and DOT regulations are in one section of the HCS. OSHA also proposed to replace 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44329"/>
                        that text in C.2.3.3 with a new paragraph, which would allow the exclamation mark pictogram to be used for HNOCs if the words “Hazard Not Otherwise Classified” or the letters “HNOC” appear below the pictogram on the label. Additionally, because any pictogram may appear only once on a label, OSHA proposed to add a new paragraph at C.2.3.4 to specify that if multiple hazards require use of the same pictogram, it may not appear a second time on the label. This includes situations when the exclamation mark pictogram would be used for both an HNOC and for another hazard. OSHA requested comments on these proposed changes, particularly whether the agency should require the exclamation mark pictogram to be used for HNOCs.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received several comments supporting the proposal to include “HNOC (non-mandatory)” as a hazard identified by the exclamation point pictogram (Document ID 0349, p. 2; 0309, p. 17) and agreeing that use of the pictogram for HNOCs should not be mandatory (Document ID 0316, p. 25; 0347, p. 18; 0366, p. 7). OSHA received no comments objecting to these revisions to Figure C.1, C.2.3.3, and C.2.3.4 and is therefore finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <P>
                        The remaining changes OSHA proposed for C.2 reflect updates to the GHS that are intended to provide additional flexibility to the label preparer while still communicating the required information. OSHA proposed to add new paragraph C.2.4.7 to note that precautionary statements may contain minor textual variations from the text prescribed elsewhere in Appendix C (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         spelling variations, synonyms, or other equivalent terms), as long as those variations assist in the communication of safety information without diluting or compromising the safety advice. This proposed new paragraph also required that any variations must be used consistently throughout the label and SDS. Because of the proposed addition of new paragraph C.2.4.7, OSHA also proposed to renumber existing paragraphs C.2.4.7 and C.2.4.8 to become C.2.4.8 and C.2.4.9, respectively.
                    </P>
                    <P>ACC and Michele Sullivan generally supported the addition of proposed paragraph C.2.4.7 because it adds flexibility (Document ID 0347, p. 18; 0366, p. 8). ACC, however, requested that OSHA remove the proposed requirement to use any variations in precautionary statements consistently on the label and SDS. According to ACC, most companies use SDS software that comes with the GHS precautionary phrases from the regulation already pre-loaded and ready for use; therefore, in their view, modifying the phrases in the SDS software in small ways to exactly match the text on the label would create a significant burden without enhancing worker protection (Document ID 0347, pp. 18-19). Michele Sullivan similarly stated that making small changes to precautionary statements that do not change their meaning requires significant time and money without improving worker protection or safety (Document ID 0366, p. 8).</P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees with ACC's request. New paragraph C.2.4.7 is permissive, not mandatory, so label preparers can opt to rely on language provided in Appendix C and used by their existing software rather than expend additional time and resources to modify the statements if they do not find it beneficial. In addition, OSHA's understanding is that the software used to create SDSs and labels can be updated, if necessary, to apply variations in precautionary statements consistently across both SDSs and labels in order to comply with the proposed requirement. OSHA has determined that variations should be applied consistently on the label and in the safety data sheet in order to avoid confusion and convey health and safety information consistently to workers.</P>
                    <P>Cal/OSHA objected to proposed C.2.4.7 and stated that “[s]tandard language is essential for workers to become accustomed to particular signal words. The proposed change could open the door for legal disputes with OSHA over synonyms and the meaning of `other equivalent terms,' `diluted' and `compromised' ” (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, pp. 8-9).</P>
                    <P>OSHA has considered Cal/OSHA's concerns and has concluded that minor variations should be allowed as they can, in some cases, improve communication of safety information to workers. OSHA notes that the provision to allow minor variations in precautionary statements only allows label preparers to use variations that at least equally convey the required safety information to workers. For example, this provision would allow for spelling variations, synonyms, or other equivalent terms appropriate to the region where the product is supplied and used, which may improve readability and comprehensibility for workers in some situations. OSHA also does not agree that these terms would be difficult to enforce or would result in significant litigation issues. For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing paragraph C.2.4.7 as proposed.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to add a new paragraph, C.2.4.10, to address cases where substances or mixtures that are classified for multiple hazards may trigger multiple precautionary statements for medical responses. Precautionary statements involve both an “if” statement, either based on route of exposure or the symptoms being experienced, and a medical response, such as “call a poison center/doctor” or “get medical advice/attention.” In a situation where a substance or mixture is classified for multiple hazards and therefore triggers multiple precautionary statements, this could result in redundancy of either the “if” statement component or the medical response component.</P>
                    <P>
                        To address this concern, consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 302-303), OSHA proposed a system of prioritization and combination for precautionary statements. Under proposed C.2.4.10(a), when the hazards have similar routes of exposure or health outcomes, labels would usually only need to include one precautionary statement reflecting the medical response at the highest level with the greatest urgency, combined with at least one route of exposure or symptom “if” statement. For example, in a situation where a substance was classified as two different hazards (such as skin corrosion Category 1C and acute toxicity Category 3 for dermal) which required different medical responses to the same route of exposure, the statement, “Immediately call a poison center/doctor/. . .” would be prioritized over the less urgent “call a poison center/doctor” and would be the only medical response required on the label for that route of exposure. Proposed paragraph C.2.4.10(b) would allow for (but not require) combination of medical response statements where multiple routes would trigger similar medical statements. This means that if a chemical has, for example, inhalation and skin contact hazards that would require the same level of medical response, both of these routes of entry could be listed in a combined statement. Thus, if a chemical is classified as acute toxicity Category 2 inhalation and acute toxicity Category 2 dermal then the statement can read “if inhaled or on skin immediately call poison center/doctor.” Proposed paragraphs (a) and (b) can also be used in combination. However, proposed paragraph C.2.4.10(c) would prohibit the combination of medical response statements where the statements “Get medical advice/attention if you feel unwell” and “Get immediate medical advice/attention” are both indicated. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44330"/>
                        The agency requested comments on this system of prioritization in proposed C.2.4.10 and on whether the proposed prioritization provisions would improve clarity on labels.
                    </P>
                    <P>Several commenters supported the addition of proposed paragraph C.2.4.10. NIOSH stated that the proposed changes to paragraph C.2.4.10 would clarify hazards, citing a pre-GHS study of the comprehensibility of material safety data sheets (MSDSs) which showed that “wordiness contributed to difficulty in understanding them [Kolp et al. 1993]” (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 5). Dow similarly commented that by reducing the amount of text on labels, the prioritization specified in C.2.4.10 would make the labels less confusing and easier to understand. Dow further observed that some manufacturers are already doing this, and that the proposed change would align with requirements of major trading partners (Document ID 0359, p. 5). Ameren also agreed that precautionary statements for medical responses should be prioritized (Document ID 0309, p. 17).</P>
                    <P>OSHA also received several critical comments on proposed paragraph C.2.4.10. Cal/OSHA and Worksafe raised concerns that the proposed change would allow label preparers to present medical response precautionary statement for only one of several hazards to users (Document ID 0322, p. 3; 0354, p. 4), and that prioritization can lead to misinterpretation (Document ID 0344, p. 3) or would leave workers, emergency responders and downstream users without the information they need to formulate an appropriate medical response to exposure (Document ID 0322, p. 3; 0405, p. 20). The American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees (AFSCME) noted similar concerns and recognized the value specifically in including medical response precautionary statements to address both immediate (acute) and long-term (chronic) medical concerns when needed, since the appropriate medical care may differ for a medical emergency versus potential chronic diseases such as may occur from prolonged or repeated exposures (Document ID 0344, p. 3).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees with these commenters that the proposed paragraph C.2.4.10, if the general principles are followed as OSHA intended, would result in information being omitted from the label. However, OSHA acknowledges that the use of the term “usually” is ambiguous and might create confusion. OSHA also agrees that only one precautionary statement will not suffice in every situation. As OSHA discussed in the NPRM, the agency believes there is value in including more than one precautionary statement related to medical response to address both immediate (acute) and long-term (chronic) medical concerns; appropriate medical care may be different depending on whether there is a medical emergency (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         chemical burns) or concerns about potential diseases (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         cancer) due to prolonged exposures. Therefore, to clarify the requirements for combination and prioritization of medical response statements, OSHA is revising C.2.4.10(a) to read “If the same medical response statement is triggered multiple times, the label need only include one precautionary statement reflecting the response at the highest level with the greatest urgency, which should always be combined with at least one route of exposure or symptom “IF” statement.” OSHA believes this more specific version better expresses the agency's expectations for when and how label preparers may combine and prioritize medical response statements, to simplify the presentation of medical response information while retaining the information most important for end users to view on the label. Additionally, OSHA notes that nothing in paragraph C.2.4.10 changes the requirements of C.2.2 that all applicable hazard statements must appear on the label, so producers are still required to include all hazards associated with their products under the HCS.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received several requests for clarification regarding proposed paragraph C.2.4.10. Toby Threet asked OSHA to clarify the meaning of proposed paragraph C.2.4.10(c) (Document ID 0279, pp. 22-23). OSHA intended paragraph C.2.4.10 (c) to create a limited exception to C.2.4.10(a) (which allows for label preparers to present only the highest priority medical response statement) and C.2.4.10(b) (which allows combination of medical response statements for multiple routes of exposure). Paragraph C.2.4.10(c) requires that, in the specific case where the medical response precautionary statements “Get medical advice/attention if you feel unwell” and “Get immediate medical advice/attention” are both applicable to a chemical or mixture, due to multiple hazards triggering multiple precautionary statements, they must both appear as separate statements on the label. In the NPRM, OSHA explained its intent that both of those statements should appear “without prioritization,” by which the agency meant that both should appear on the label, and that the label preparer does not have discretion to decide that they should be combined into a single statement.</P>
                    <P>ICT asked OSHA to clarify the extent to which proposed paragraph C.2.4.10 was intended to be mandatory, noting that terms such as “should” and “may” in C.2.4.10(a) and (b) seem to indicate that combining or reducing is optional, while C.2.4.10(c) uses similar language (“should appear”) to indicate something that is required (Document ID 0324, p. 6).</P>
                    <P>OSHA intended for proposed paragraphs C.2.4.10, (a) and (b) to allow, but not require the label preparer to prioritize and/or combine elements of medical response precautionary statements on the label. In contrast, OSHA intended proposed paragraph C.2.4.10(c) to be a requirement. OSHA agrees with ICT that the use of “should” in C.2.4.10(c) does not clearly convey the agency's intent and is therefore modifying the proposed language of C.2.4.10(c) to replace “should” with “must”.</P>
                    <P>ICT further noted that paragraph (f)(2) requires that labels must bear the information specified in Appendix C, and that Appendix D states that precautionary statements in the SDS must be in accordance with paragraph (f). ICT inquired whether it follows that, in a case where medical response statements have been prioritized and/or combined for presentation on the label, the medical response statements may be similarly presented in the SDS (Document ID 0324, pp. 5-6).</P>
                    <P>ICT is correct that the SDS is not required to include any more or different medical statements than are presented on the label. If a label is only required to have one medical response statement in accordance with paragraph C.2.4.10, then the SDS may also contain only that statement. OSHA further notes that it is permissible, but not required, for SDS preparers to include additional medical response statements beyond those included on the label.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA also received several comments generally requesting clarification regarding the principles in C.2.4.10 (Document ID 0339, p. 3; 0358, p. 3; 0349, p. 2) and two commenters requested that OSHA develop guidance (Document ID 0358, p. 3; 0349, p. 2). OSHA notes that Annex 3 of Rev. 7, Annex 3 (A3.3.2.4) contains useful information on the application of precautionary statements regarding medical response. In A3.3.2.4, Application of precautionary statements concerning medical response, the GHS provides a number of examples of how the principles in C.2.4.10 can be applied 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44331"/>
                        when choosing precautionary statements to ensure clarity of the most appropriate safety message (Document ID 0094, pp. 302-303). Because OSHA's language is intended to align with the GHS, the guidance provided in the GHS about how to prioritize and combine precautionary statements also provides information on how to comply with the HCS. Additionally, OSHA will be updating its guidance and anticipates providing additional guidance and examples on this topic.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA requested input on alternative language for paragraph C.2.4.10, based on Rev. 8, in which the medical response precautionary statements would be standardized according to the Hazard Class and Category (86 FR 9576). CGA and GAWDA recommended adoption of the Rev. 8 language on the basis that the standardized statements would make the statement selection process easier when several options are available (Document ID 0310, p. 3). NIOSH supported adoption of the Rev. 8 standardization but recommended that label preparers be given the option to choose a stronger medical response precautionary statement if supported by available information (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 6; 0423, Tr. 23). In contrast, ACC advised OSHA not to adopt the Rev. 8 provision, which ACC believes would be overly prescriptive, would not provide any additional protection, and would not reduce the cost or difficulty of compliance for manufacturers (Document ID 0347, p. 7). ACC testified that the revisions required under the Rev. 8 provision would be a major financial burden because of the cost of updating product labels and that the changes were semantic in nature, providing the example that “many Appendix C tables include a response statement that directs the user to seek medical care, in addition to the phrase, get medical advice/attention. Revising the label to include the additional phrase is not a meaningful change in the precautionary information being shared with the user” (Document ID 0423, Tr. 105). Michelle Sullivan supported optional use of the Rev. 8 precautionary statements (Document ID 0366, p. 2).</P>
                    <P>After consideration of the comments received about adopting Rev. 8 revisions to medical precautionary statements, OSHA has decided to finalize C.4.2.10 in alignment with Rev. 7, as proposed, because major U.S. trading partners are also aligning with Rev. 7, and OSHA believes the medical precautionary statements in Rev. 7 and Rev. 8 provide equivalent information to downstream user. Furthermore, as discussed in the HCS compliance directive (Document ID 0007, p. 6), OSHA allows for the use of updated precautionary statements where the messaging directs the user to similar actions. OSHA has determined that the precautionary statements included in Rev. 8 provide similar information and follow the general principles set out in C.2.4.10; therefore, label preparers may use the Rev. 8 precautionary statements in lieu of the Rev. 7 precautionary statements.</P>
                    <P>In conclusion, OSHA is modifying paragraph C.2.4.10 as explained above to clarify the requirements pertaining to the combination and prioritization of medical response statements and to change the term “should” to “must” in C.4.2.10(c).</P>
                    <P>OSHA received two comments that recommended the agency add hazard and precautionary phrase codes to Appendix C. DGAC commented that many of their member companies use software that uses these phrase codes to automate hazard classification to populate Section 2 and generate translations, and noted that “We are not suggesting that the codes be required on the labels or SDS, only in Appendix C for reference only” (Document ID 0339, pp. 4-5). Similarly, IHSC recommended that OSHA add the hazard and precautionary statement codes to Appendix C, on the basis that presenting the statement codes in the tables would help users to compare the statements that may be in use under the different versions of the GHS that countries have adopted, and could also assist with translations of SDSs and labels (Document ID 0349, p. 2). This request is out of scope for this rulemaking, as it does not pertain to any of the changes OSHA proposed to the HCS in the NPRM; therefore, the agency is not making the suggested addition.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also received a comment asking OSHA to change a specific hazard statement. Steven Wodka asked OSHA to change the labeling requirement for chemicals categorized by the HCS as a carcinogen from “Danger May Cause Cancer” to “Danger Causes Cancer” (Document ID 0312, p. 6). OSHA aligned its carcinogen warnings with the GHS in 2012 (77 FR 17742) but did not propose any changes to this language in the 2021 NPRM. Because OSHA did not propose to change this hazard statement, Wodka's request is out of scope for this rulemaking. Therefore, OSHA is not making the suggested change.</P>
                    <P>
                        Paragraph C.3.3 of the 2012 HCS required that where an ingredient with unknown acute toxicity is used in a mixture at a concentration &gt;1 percent, and the mixture is not classified based on testing of the mixture as a whole, a statement that X percent of the mixture consists of ingredient(s) of unknown acute toxicity is required on the label. To clarify the requirements of that paragraph, OSHA proposed in the NPRM to add “(oral/dermal/inhalation)” and “and safety data sheet” to the latter clause so that it reads “a statement that X% of the mixture consists of ingredient(s) of unknown acute toxicity (
                        <E T="03">oral/dermal/inhalation</E>
                        ) is required on the label 
                        <E T="03">and safety data sheet</E>
                        ” (emphasis added). DOD noted that paragraph C.3.3 “should be more explicit about the exact nature of the unknown toxicity . . . 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         if dermal toxicity is unknown, the label should be explicit that the product contains materials of unknown dermal toxicity” (Document ID 0299, p. 4). As previously discussed in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix A regarding the similar language added in A.1.3.6.2.3, OSHA intended for the percentage of unknown acute toxicity to be differentiated by route of exposure, given that it is possible to have ingredients with unknown toxicity for more than one relevant route of exposure, and that is reflected in the inclusion of the language “(oral/dermal/inhalation)” in the text of this paragraph. OSHA anticipates updating the HCS guidance and will include discussion on this point to remove any lingering confusion. Accordingly, OSHA is finalizing the revisions to paragraph C.3.3 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">II. Section C.4</HD>
                    <P>OSHA is updating the hazard label elements for specific hazard classes and categories. The following discussion on revisions to C.4 is organized according to: (1) Labeling changes resulting from the addition of hazard classes and categories in Appendix B (new subcategories for flammable gases (C.4.15), Aerosols category 3 (C.4.16), and desensitized explosives (C.4.30)); (2) revisions to hazard statements, hazard categories, and notes; (3) revisions to precautionary statements; and (4) the GHS revisions that OSHA is not adopting.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(A) Revisions Based on Additions of Hazard Classes and Categories in Appendix B</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed several revisions to Appendix C based on the proposed additions of hazard classes and categories to Appendix B. As discussed in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix B, OSHA proposed and is finalizing several changes to the flammable gas hazard class. The changes include: (1) Subdividing category 1 flammable gases into categories 1A and 1B; (2) adding 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44332"/>
                        pyrophoric gases into category 1A; and (3) adding chemically unstable gases into category 1A (further subdivided into chemically unstable gas A and chemically unstable gas B). The hazard and precautionary statements for those gases, which OSHA proposed to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 307-309), are located in C.4.15. OSHA proposed that each type of category 1A gas (including pyrophoric gases and chemically unstable gases) would require the hazard statement “Extremely flammable gas,” as is currently required for Category 1 gases. On the other hand, OSHA proposed that the hazard statement for the new Category 1B flammable gases would be “Flammable gas.” OSHA also proposed that additional hazard and precautionary statements would be added to communicate hazards specific to, and precautions that need to be taken for, pyrophoric and chemically unstable gases.
                    </P>
                    <P>As was also discussed in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix B, OSHA proposed and is finalizing the addition of non-flammable aerosols to the existing “Flammable Aerosols” hazard class and renaming the class “Aerosols.” Consequently, in Appendix C, OSHA proposed to adopt the Rev. 7 hazard and precautionary statements for non-flammable aerosols in C.4.16. OSHA reasoned that these statements would better address the true hazards of aerosols. In cases where aerosols were labeled as gases under pressure, OSHA proposed to require that the label be updated to include the flame pictogram for Categories 1 and 2 (no pictogram would be required for hazard category 3) and the signal word “warning” (if “danger” is not required due to flammability). OSHA also proposed to require the hazard statement “pressurized container, may burst if heated.” OSHA reasoned that these changes would better differentiate the hazards of non-flammable aerosols from those of gases under pressure.</P>
                    <P>Finally, OSHA also proposed and is finalizing adoption of the hazard class of desensitized explosives in Appendix B. OSHA consequently proposed to adopt, in Appendix C, the pictogram, signal word, hazard statements, and precautionary statements for desensitized explosives from Rev. 7. OSHA proposed that the labeling information for desensitized explosives would be added at C.4.30.</P>
                    <P>
                        For flammable gases, aerosols, and desensitized explosives, OSHA proposed to adopt the Rev. 7 hazard communication information with only minor editorial revisions, such as the use of HCS instead of GHS terminology (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         “manufacturer, importer, or distributor” instead of “manufacturer/supplier or the competent authority” in conditional instructions). As OSHA discussed in the NPRM, the agency believes that the information called for by Rev. 7 effectively communicates the hazards of those substances and the precautions that need to be taken when handling them. Therefore, requiring the information to appear on labels would improve hazard communication and enhance worker safety. In addition, because the changes proposed would align the HCS with the GHS, OSHA reasoned that adopting them would ease compliance burdens for U.S. stakeholders that must also comply with international requirements for hazard communication.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received several comments pertaining to these topics that concern both Appendices B and C. To the extent that the agency received comments on Appendix B that would involve ramifications to Appendix C, those comments have been addressed in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix B. This includes comments requesting that OSHA allow the optional use of the pressurized cylinder icon for non-flammable and flammable aerosols. OSHA disagrees with these comments, as discussed above. Also as discussed in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix B, OSHA received a comment from Toby Threet about changing the use of the term “aerosol” to “spray cans,” which also included a request to change the hazard statements in C.4.16 to use the word “contents” instead of “aerosol” (Document ID 0279, p. 12). For the same reasons described in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix B, OSHA considers this comment out of scope and declines to accept this proposal.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above the agency is finalizing these revisions as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(B) Hazard Statements, Hazard Categories, and Notes</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed to revise several hazard statements to align with Rev. 7. The hazard statements in the 2012 HCS were adopted from Rev. 3. Since then, the UNSCEGHS continued to discuss the utility and readability of the label elements, including hazard statements, to improve the information presented by clarifying language and eliminating inconsistencies, and to save label space by consolidating or combining language. Except where otherwise discussed below, OSHA proposed to adopt the updated language presented in Annex 3 of Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060) with only minor editorial revisions, such as using the HCS terminology instead of the GHS terminology (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         “manufacturer, importer or distributor” instead of “manufacturer/supplier or the competent authority” in conditional instructions).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">III. C.4.1 (Acute Toxicity—Oral)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to consolidate hazard category information for C.4.1 acute toxicity—oral, by deleting the table for Category 3 and combining Categories 1, 2, and 3 in one table, since all three categories have the same precautionary statements. The change does not affect the substantive communication information for categories 1, 2, or 3; it would simply make C.4.1 more concise. OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision and is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">IV. C.4.31 (Label Elements for OSHA Defined Hazards)</HD>
                    <P>OSHA is making several changes to label elements for OSHA defined hazards (C.4.30 in the 2012 HCS and now in C.4.31). This section of Appendix C addresses the labeling of hazards that are not classified under the GHS, but that the HCS specifically defines as hazards that must be communicated on the label and SDS.</P>
                    <P>In the NPRM, OSHA proposed to delete the entry for “Pyrophoric Gas.” In Rev. 7, pyrophoric gases were made a category under the hazard class of flammable gases, and OSHA proposed to include them there in the HCS as well. OSHA received no comments on removing pyrophoric gas from proposed C.4.31. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA also proposed a change to the “Combustible Dust” hazard statement. When OSHA finalized the revisions to the HCS in 2012, the GHS did not address classification of combustible dust; however, it used combustible dust as an example of “Other hazards which do not result in classification” in Annex 4 of Rev. 7 (A4.3.2.3) (Document ID 0085, Att. 8, p. 408). The GHS had previously recognized combustible dust. In Rev. 5, the UN updated A4.3.2.3 to include the statement “May form explosible dust/air mixture if dispersed” for dust explosion hazards to provide guidance on the type of statement that should be used in the case of dust explosion hazards (Document ID 0251). Subsequently, OSHA initiated UNSCEGHS discussions regarding combustible dust hazards. The UNSCEGHS adopted an annex (Annex 11) that provides additional guidance on hazard identification, the factors that contribute to a dust explosion hazard, and the need for risk assessment, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44333"/>
                        prevention, mitigation, and communication (Document ID 0157). In the 2021 NPRM, OSHA therefore proposed to allow either the previously required statement, “May form combustible dust concentrations in air,” or a statement based on Rev. 7 suggested language, “May form explosible dust-air mixture” (Document ID 0060, p. 386). OSHA proposed to add square brackets after both statements containing the following language: “if small particles are generated during further processing, handling or by other means.” This bracketed language was proposed to indicate that this language should be added when the material can only create a combustible dust hazard due to the creation of small particles during the processing or handling of the chemical. OSHA did not propose any changes to the signal word of “warning” or any pictogram requirements.
                    </P>
                    <P>Michele Sullivan asked OSHA to provide guidance on the meaning of square brackets around text in the combustible dust hazard statements, to explain in what circumstances the enclosed text should be used (Document ID 0366, p. 8).</P>
                    <P>
                        Under C.2.4.5, where square brackets appear around text in a precautionary statement, this indicates that the text in square brackets is not appropriate in every case and should be used only in certain circumstances. In these cases, conditions for use explaining when the text should be used are provided (see, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         C.4.3, C.4.4, C.4.19, C.4.20, C.4.21, and C.4.28). In the case of combustible dust, OSHA did not propose to provide an explanation for the brackets. OSHA agrees that additional explanation is warranted, and has revised the hazard statement for combustible dust to include the following explanation for the brackets for combustible dust: “Text in square brackets may be used when the material can only create a combustible dust hazard due to the creation of small particles during the processing or handling of the chemical.”
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        API supported the proposed revision, noting that it is consistent with prior OSHA guidance (Document ID 0316, pp. 24-25). Dow expressed support for the codification of OSHA's prior statements that label preparers can provide additional information on the Hazard Statement to indicate that the hazard occurs during downstream processing but voiced concern regarding the proposed change in C.4.31 which would allow for use of either the term “combustible dust” or “explosible dust” as part of the hazard phrase, on the basis that allowing for the use of either name without clear definitions for each could lead to confusion. Dow asked OSHA to provide definitions for the terms 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">explosible dust</E>
                         to differentiate between them or, alternatively, withdraw its proposal to allow for use of the term 
                        <E T="03">explosible dust</E>
                         and require use of the term 
                        <E T="03">combustible dust</E>
                         (Document ID 0359, pp. 5-6).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA acknowledges that neither the GHS nor the HCS include a definition of “Explosible” or “Explosible Dust”, but notes that the term “explosible” is widely used in industry, and OSHA uses the term “explosible” in its publication on the Hazard Communication Guidance for Combustible Dusts (Document ID 0255). OSHA therefore does not find it necessary to provide a new definition in the HCS. For the purposes of the HCS, OSHA believes there is no significant difference between “explosible dust-air mixture” and “combustible dust concentrations in air” and intends that these terms can be used interchangeably by label preparers. Further discussion on these terms can be found in OSHA Publication 3644-04, 2013, Firefighting Precautions at Facilities with Combustible Dust (available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/sites/default/files/publications/OSHA_3644.pdf</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                    <P>AF&amp;PA and AWC also supported the changes to paragraph C.4.31, noting that “The proposed hazard statements . . . are similar to existing OSHA guidance and represent a significant improvement over the current regulatory text” (Document ID 0287, p. 5). They also recommended clarifying edits to the footnote in C.4.31 regarding combustible dust: adding “1)” at the beginning of the footnote; reformatting the footnote to be three separate sentences instead of one; and adding the phrase “that follows the approach described” in the second numbered segment of the sentence to clarify that the sentence is not limited to wood, metal, and plastic items and whole grain. The text would then read “. . . the chemical manufacturer or importer shipping chemicals that are in a form that is not yet a dust must provide a label to customers that follows the approach described under paragraph (f)(4) of this section . . .” OSHA agrees that these edits clarify the text and has finalized the labeling provisions for combustible dust as AF&amp;PA and AWC suggested.</P>
                    <P>OSHA is making further revisions to Appendix C in response to comments which pointed out an oversight in the agency's proposed revisions to the appendix. WHSP and an additional anonymous commenter noted that the “Corrosive to the respiratory tract” hazard statement that OSHA introduced in its proposal to add paragraph A.1.2.4 to Appendix A did not appear in Appendix C of the proposed standard. The commenters asked “what signal word, pictogram, and precautionary statements should appear on the SDS and label when the `Corrosive to the respiratory tract' hazard statement is used?” (Document ID 0265; 0341, p. 39). As stated above in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix A, OSHA is adding a note to each of the relevant tables in Appendix C to clarify the labelling requirements related to new paragraph A.1.2.4. In accordance with the provisions of paragraph A.1.2.4 included in the final rule, OSHA is adding notes to Tables C.4.3, C.4.4,C.4.5 and C.4.11.</P>
                    <P>
                        First, OSHA added a note below Table C.4.3, Acute Toxicity—Inhalation, Categories 1 and 2 to indicate the required label elements for corrosive to the respiratory tract. The note requires that if the substance/mixture is determined to be corrosive to the respiratory tract leading to lethality, the corrosivity hazard must also be communicated with the corrosion pictogram and hazard statement “corrosive to the respiratory tract.” Second, OSHA added a note to Table C.4.4, Skin Corrosion/Irritation, Categories 1A to 1C. The note indicates that if the classifier determines, based on skin data, that the chemical may be corrosive to the respiratory tract, then the corrosivity hazard must be communicated with the hazard statement “corrosive to the respiratory tract” and the corrosion pictogram. (As instructed in Appendix C.2.3.4, pictograms may only appear once on a label. If multiple hazards require the use of the same pictogram, it may not appear a second time on the label.) Third, OSHA added a note below Table C.4.5, Eye damage/Irritation, Category 1, indicating that if a classifier determines that a chemical may be corrosive to the respiratory tract based on eye data, then the corrosivity hazard must be communicated with the hazard statement “corrosive to the respiratory tract” and the corrosion pictogram. Fourth, OSHA added a note below Table C.4.11, Specific Target Organ Toxicity (Single Exposure), Category 1. The note states that if the chemical is determined to be corrosive to the respiratory tract, corrosive to the respiratory tract must be communicated with the hazard statement “corrosive to the respiratory tract, if inhaled,” and the corrosivity pictogram in lieu of the current STOT hazard statement and health hazard pictogram. The hazard statement for corrosive to the respiratory tract under STOT SE, unlike the other corrosive to the respiratory tract statements, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44334"/>
                        includes “if inhaled” because A.8.2.1.2 requires the relevant route(s) of exposure by which the classified substance produces damage to be identified.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(A) Revisions to Precautionary Statements</HD>
                    <P>
                        As mentioned in Rev. 7, A3.3.1.5 (Document ID 0060, p. 301), the original GHS (Document ID 0215) precautionary statements were developed from existing classification systems, including the IPCS International Chemical Safety Card (ICSC) Compilers Guide, the American National Standards, the EU classification and labelling directives, the Emergency Response Guidebook, and EPA's Pesticide Label Review Manual. Since OSHA's 2012 updates to the HCS, the UNSCEGHS continued its ongoing review of the precautionary statements to ensure they are allocated to the correct hazard class and/or category, reduce redundancies, simplify and clarify the statements, and clarify and refine the conditions of use. This section discusses OSHA's revisions to precautionary statements in Appendix C.4. As OSHA explained in the NPRM, the intent or reasons provided below for the changes it proposed in the NPRM (and is now finalizing) reflect OSHA's agreement with explanations provided by the UNSCEGHS, unless otherwise specified. The changes are organized according to the column headings found in the C.4 tables (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         prevention, response, storage, and disposal).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(B) Changes in Prevention Column</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Wear Protective Equipment (e.g., Gloves/Protective Clothing)</HD>
                    <P>A precautionary statement for acute toxicity—dermal (all categories) (C.4.2), skin corrosion/irritation (Categories 1A to 1C and Category 2 (as outlined in Appendix C tables in the NPRM)) (C.4.4), eye damage/irritation (Categories 1 and 2A) (C.4.5), and sensitization—skin (C.4.7) specifies personal protective equipment, such as “wear protective gloves” or “wear eye protection/face protection.” OSHA proposed to revise the instruction accompanying “Wear protective gloves/protective clothing,” which previously instructed the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor “to specify type of equipment.” The proposed instruction stated that the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor “may further specify type of equipment where appropriate” to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 347-348, 350-351, 354).</P>
                    <P>Cal/OSHA, AFSCME and Worksafe objected that, under the proposed version, producers would not be required to specify the types of PPE that are required to handle specific types of chemicals (Document ID 0322, p. 3; 0344, p. 3; 0354, p. 5; 0405, p. 18; 0424, Tr. 196-197). According to Cal/OSHA, the proposed revision “would leave workers who handle chemicals during shipment and at the point-of-use with less information about the type of gloves, protective garments, eyewear and other PPE needed to protect themselves from exposure, and it would complicate an emergency response to a loss of containment during transportation or use” (Document ID 0322, p. 3).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA did not intend for the proposed revision to suggest that label preparers are no longer required to identify the specific types of PPE needed to protect employees. Rather, the proposed revision was to align with Rev. 7, A4.3.8.3.3. As explained there, “[s]pecial requirements may exist for gloves or other protective clothing to prevent skin, eye or lung exposure. Where relevant, this type of PPE should be clearly stated. For example, `PVC gloves' or `nitrile rubber gloves', and thickness and breakthrough time of the glove material” (Document ID 0060, p. 385). While this level of specificity is appropriate for some chemicals and mixtures, there are also chemicals and mixtures for which the more general prevention statement to wear protective gloves is adequate. OSHA's intent in aligning with the GHS language is to continue to require the label preparer to specify the appropriate PPE and maintain the longstanding requirement of the HCS that label preparers 
                        <E T="03">must</E>
                         specify the type of protective gloves and/or equipment when a specific type (such as PVC or nitrile) must be used to protect workers. The label preparer may use a more general statement only when a specific type of PPE is not needed to protect workers.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA therefore agrees with Cal/OSHA that the use of “may” in the proposed revision could be misinterpreted to mean that label preparers are not required to specify the type of gloves and clothing which will be protective whenever a specific type is needed for a given chemical or mixture. Accordingly, OSHA is amending the instruction accompanying “Wear protective gloves/protective clothing” in Appendix C to read “Chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor to specify type of equipment where appropriate”. OSHA added this statement to C.4.2, C.4.4, C.4.5 and C.4.7.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to adopt a precautionary statement revision and instruction adding the term “/hearing protection . . .” for several hazard classes, in alignment with similar changes made in Rev. 7. In 2015, the UNSCEGHS noted that hearing protection should often be worn when handling explosives and other physical hazards, such as desensitized explosives, because an explosion would result in a potentially hazardous noise level (Document ID 0219). Accordingly, the UNSCEGHS revised the precautionary statement to read, “Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection/hearing protection . . .” (Document ID 0147). Consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 284-285), OSHA proposed to adopt this revised precautionary statement and instruction for germ cell mutagenicity (C.4.8), all categories; carcinogenicity (C.4.9), all categories; reproductive toxicity (C.4.10), all categories; explosives (C.4.14), unstable explosives and Divisions 1.1-1.5; flammable gases (C.4.15), Category 1A, pyrophoric; flammable liquids (C.4.19), all categories; flammable solids (C.4.20), all categories; self-reactive substances and mixtures (C.4.21), all categories; pyrophoric liquids (C.4.22), Category 1; pyrophoric solids (C.4.23), Category 1; self-heating substances and mixtures (C.4.24), all categories; substances and mixtures which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases (C.4.25), all categories; oxidizing liquids (C.4.26), all categories; oxidizing solids (C.4.27), all categories; organic peroxides (C.4.28), all categories; and desensitized explosives (proposed C.4.30), all categories.</P>
                    <P>NIOSH commented that the addition of hearing protection to the list of PPE shown in the `prevention' columns for the hazard classes of germ cell mutagenicity (C.4.8), carcinogenicity (C.4.9), and reproductive toxicity (C.4.10) “seems inappropriate because hearing protection will not protect against exposure to these hazardous substances” (Document ID 0281, p. 5).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA notes that the use of the backslash “/” as outlined in C.2.4.2 indicates that the label and SDS preparer can choose the appropriate phrases. OSHA agrees that hearing protection is not an appropriate recommendation for the hazard classes of germ cell mutagenicity (C.4.8), carcinogenicity (C.4.9), and reproductive toxicity (C.4.10), and would not expect that this would be included by label and SDS preparers for these hazard classes. Since OSHA does not believe hearing protection is appropriate for these hazards and in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44335"/>
                        order to minimize the misuse of this statement, OSHA is not adding the term “hearing protection” for those hazard classes.
                    </P>
                    <P>For C.4.15, Flammable Gases, NIOSH recommended adding PPE to include protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection” for Hazard Categories 1A, Chemically Unstable Gas A, and 1B, Chemically Unstable Gas B (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 6). While OSHA updated the presentation of the hazard category for flammable gas it did not propose to make substantial changes to the actual statements required and therefore views these changes as out of scope. The only exceptions to this are the changes made to the prevention column for 1A pyrophoric gases, where PPE was added to address the specific hazard of pyrophoricity and that language mirrors the precautionary statements of pyrophoric solids and pyrophoric liquids, and it is thus not one of the categories NIOSH recommends making changes to. The agency also notes that PPE is not included in Rev. 7 for the hazard categories NIOSH indicated (Document ID 0060, pp. 307-309). However, label preparers can add additional statements they deem appropriate.</P>
                    <P>NIOSH additionally recommended adding “respiratory protection” to the list of PPE shown in the prevention column for C.4.8 Germ Cell Mutagenicity, C.4.9 Carcinogenicity, and C.4.10 Reproductive Toxicity (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 5). AFSCME similarly commented that since inhalation is a main route of entry when working with chemicals, respiratory protection language should be included in the PPE specifications in the tables that do currently list specific types of PPE (Document ID 0344, pp. 3-4). NIOSH also suggested PPE-related changes for several hazard classes in which OSHA either did not propose any revision to the prevention column or did not propose any PPE-related revisions. NIOSH recommended adding PPE to include respiratory protection/protective clothing/protective gloves to the prevention column for C.4.11 (Specific Target Organ Toxicity, Single Exposure) and C.4.12 (Specific Target Organ Toxicity, Repeated Exposure). For C.4.16, Aerosols, and C.4.17, Oxidizing Gases, NIOSH recommended adding PPE to include protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection to the prevention column. For C.4.18, Gases Under Pressure (compressed gas, liquified and dissolved gas), NIOSH recommended adding PPE to include eye protection/face protection (Document ID 0281, p. 6).</P>
                    <P>Regarding NIOSH and AFSCME's requests to add the term “respiratory protection” as an option in the PPE prevention column for Germ Cell Mutagenicity, Carcinogenicity, and Reproductive Toxicity, and in the prevention column for various other hazard classes, such a revision would be out of scope for this rulemaking since OSHA did not raise the possibility of adding “respiratory protection” to any of these PPE precautionary statements in the NPRM. However, OSHA notes that it is finalizing the ellipses that it proposed to include at the end of the lists of PPE in the prevention column for these hazards, which allows addition of other types of PPE (including respiratory protection) and which should be added if appropriate. With regard to the other types of PPE that NIOSH recommended adding, these changes too would be outside the scope of this rulemaking because they are unrelated to what OSHA proposed in the NPRM.</P>
                    <P>Cal/OSHA commented that OSHA should strengthen the precautionary statements to indicate that the PPE is required and suggested the agency change the language to “Chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor to specify the appropriate personal protective equipment as required” (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, p. 11-13). OSHA disagrees with Cal/OSHA's suggested change. The precautionary statement indicates that PPE should be worn with the declarative statement of “Wear protective gloves/. . .” which makes clear what PPE is needed in order to safely use the chemical. Cal/OSHA's suggested revision only changes the language around the duty of the label preparer to specify the details of the PPE, and in this case “as required” does not add strength to this requirement because the language already makes clear that the label preparer must specify the appropriate PPE. For these reasons, OSHA declines to alter the precautionary statement as Cal/OSHA suggests.</P>
                    <P>For C.4.13, Aspiration Hazard, NIOSH recommended adding a statement that “Mouth pipetting is to be prohibited. When pipetting is required, use a pipette bulb or a mechanical device” (Document ID 0281, p. 6). While OSHA agrees this is sound laboratory practice, it was not discussed in the NPRM and would therefore be out of scope for this rulemaking. OSHA also notes that the suggested statement is not included in the GHS, and that 29 CFR 1910.1450, Occupational exposure to hazardous chemicals in laboratories, Appendix A, Paragraph E, provides a list of general procedures from the National Research Council for working with chemicals, including “Pipetting should never be done by mouth.”</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Avoid Contact During Pregnancy/While Nursing</HD>
                    <P>In C.4.10, for reproductive toxicity (effects on or via lactation), OSHA proposed to revise a precautionary statement that said to avoid contact “during pregnancy/while nursing” so it would read “during pregnancy and while nursing”. OSHA proposed this revision to clarify that the chemical label preparer is not to choose between “during pregnancy” and “while nursing” but is to include both scenarios on the label. OSHA also noted that the proposed change would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 358). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Do Not Handle Until All Safety Precautions Have Been Read and Understood</HD>
                    <P>For unstable explosives in C.4.14, OSHA proposed to delete a precautionary statement included in the 2012 HCS about not handling until all safety precautions have been read and understood. OSHA reasoned that a statement to obtain special instructions before use is already included and that statement is shorter and more relevant to safety. OSHA also noted that the proposed change would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 304). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Do Not Subject to Grinding/Shock/Friction</HD>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed adding the precautionary statement “Do not subject to grinding/shock/friction/. . .” to the table for unstable explosives in C.4.14. As OSHA explained in the NPRM, that statement was already included for the other explosives categories in the HCS and is also relevant for unstable explosives. For each of the explosives categories that contain that statement, OSHA proposed to add an explanatory conditional note clarifying that the statement applies only if the explosive is mechanically sensitive. OSHA noted that these proposed changes would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 304). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Keep Away From Heat/Sparks/Open Flames/Hot Surfaces</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the NPRM, OSHA noted that several of the hazard classes that 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44336"/>
                        include flammable chemicals require precautionary statements and instructions about keeping away from ignition sources (heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces). Those statements generally require the label preparer to select one or more of the ignition sources listed, as applicable. OSHA proposed to include more ignition sources in the statement and to require that they all be listed on the label. The revised statement would read, “Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources.” OSHA stated its belief that this change, which is consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 280), would improve hazard communication by making users aware of additional ignition sources that should be avoided. The change was proposed for precautionary statements for explosives (divisions 1.1-1.5 in C.4.14), flammable gases (C.4.15), aerosols (C.4.16), flammable liquids (C.4.19), flammable solids (C.4.20), self-reactive substances and mixtures (C.4.21), pyrophoric liquids (C.4.22), pyrophoric solids (C.4.23), oxidizing liquids (C.4.26), oxidizing solids (C.4.27), organic peroxides (C.4.28), and desensitized explosives (C.4.30).
                    </P>
                    <P>NPGA objected to the proposed change because it would require all ignition sources to be listed. NPGA commented that “the chemical manufacturer, importer or distributor is best equipped to determine which ignition sources should be listed. Further to this, it is not clear how this change improves safety to the level that it justifies the cost of redesigning, printing and relabeling all containers”(Document ID 0364, p. 5).</P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees with NPGA that the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor would be best equipped to determine which ignition sources are relevant, since there may be ignition sources at worksites where the chemical is used that the manufacturer, importer, or distributor is unaware of. OSHA believes the value of this clarification is evident because expanding the list of potential ignition sources increases worker awareness of and protection from the variety of ignition sources that may be present at their worksite. Furthermore, due to the significant changes included in this final rule to several aspects of C.4.15, label preparers will already need to redesign these labels and print new ones. Therefore, this change alone does not specifically incur the costs that NPGA cites as either those costs would exist without the addition of this provision or are not costs due to other flexibilities provided. In addition, contrary to NPGA's assertion, all containers would not need to be relabeled. OSHA is finalizing a new sentence in paragraph (f)(11) that allows manufacturers, importers, and distributors to not relabel containers that have already been released for shipment. For these reasons, OSHA disagrees with NPGA's arguments and is finalizing these revisions as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. Keep Wetted With</HD>
                    <P>In the 2012 HCS a conditional instruction used for Divisions 1.1-1.3 and 1.5 explosives in C.4.14 stated that the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributer is to include the precautionary statement “Keep wetted with . . . ” under conditions where drying out would increase the explosion hazard, except as needed for manufacturing or operating processes. Rev. 7 changed the conditional instruction to clarify that the “Keep wetted with . . . ” statement should be used for “substances or mixtures which are wetted, diluted, dissolved or suspended with a phlegmatizer to reduce or suppress their explosive properties” (Document ID 0060, p. 305). OSHA proposed to make the same change in order to clarify when the “Keep wetted with . . . ” statement is appropriate. OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <P>OSHA further notes that the “Keep wetted with . . . ” precautionary statement also appears in C.4.30, desensitized explosives. Consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 334), OSHA did not propose to add the conditional statement that appears in C.4.14 because, by definition, desensitized explosives are phlegmatized to suppress their explosive properties, and therefore the “Keep wetted with . . . ” statement is appropriate for all desensitized explosives.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">7. Keep Only in Original Packaging</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to revise the statement “Keep only in original container” to “Keep only in original packaging” for self-reactive substances and mixtures (C.4.21), organic peroxides (C.4.28), and corrosive to metals (C.4.29). OSHA also proposed that the revised statement would be added to explosives in Divisions 1.1-1.5 (C.4.14). OSHA reasoned that the proposed change in term is appropriate because the term “packaging” is more inclusive than “container” and would include the transport packaging as well as the immediate container. OSHA also noted that the proposed changes are consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 281). OSHA received no comments on these proposed revisions. Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">8. Ground and Bond Container and Receiving Equipment</HD>
                    <P>Several hazard classes require the precautionary statement “Ground/bond container and receiving equipment” for chemicals that are electrostatically sensitive. OSHA proposed changing “Ground/bond” to “Ground and bond” to clarify that both of those precautions are to be included on the label. C.2.4.2 states that when a “/” is used the label preparer has a choice and should choose the most appropriate phrase. However, in this case, both “ground” and “bond” should be stated together to appropriately protect against electrostatically sensitive chemicals. OSHA proposed making this change for explosives (Divisions 1.1 to 1.5 in C.4.14), flammable liquids (Categories 1 to 3 in C.4.19), and flammable solids (C.4.20). In addition, OSHA proposed to revise the conditional instructions to clarify that the need for grounding and bonding applies to flammable liquids only if they are volatile and may generate an explosive atmosphere (C.4.19) and to explosives and flammable solids only if they are electrostatically sensitive (C.4.14 and C.4.20). OSHA also proposed to add the “ground and bond” precautionary statement and similar conditional notes (“if electrostatically sensitive and able to generate an explosive atmosphere”) to self-reactive substances and mixtures (C.4.21) and organic peroxides (C.4.28) because the precaution is also appropriate for those hazard classes. OSHA noted that the proposed changes would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 282). OSHA received no comments on these proposed revisions. Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">9. Keep Away From Clothing and Other Combustible Materials</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed to standardize precautionary statements regarding combustible materials for oxidizing chemicals. In the 2012 HCS, the tables for oxidizing gases (C.4.17), oxidizing liquids (C.4.26, hazard categories 2 and 3), and oxidizing solids (C.4.27, hazard categories 2 and 3) required the precautionary statement “Keep/Store away from clothing/ . . . /combustible materials,” along with instructions for the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor to specify incompatible materials. The table for Category 1 in C.4.26 required the precautionary statement “Keep/Store away from clothing and other combustible 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44337"/>
                        materials.” OSHA proposed to change these statements to read: “Keep away from clothing and other combustible materials,” and to delete the instruction regarding incompatible materials, to make the statement consistent with the statement currently applicable to Category 1 in oxidizing solids (C.4.27). OSHA reasoned that the proposed change is appropriate because the general term“combustible materials” encompasses any other materials that are incompatible with oxidizers. In addition, OSHA reasoned that the term “keep” is adequate to encompass storage as well as use, and that eliminating the choice between“keep” and“store” would avoid confusion and improve consistency. OSHA also proposed to remove the redundant statement“Take any precaution to avoid mixing with combustibles/ . . . ” under oxidizing liquids (C.4.26) and oxidizing solids (C.4.27), since this information is duplicative of the “keep away from” statement. OSHA noted that the proposed changes would be consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 280).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to remove the“Keep/store away from clothing/ . . . /combustible materials” precautionary statement, along with its instruction, for self-reactive substances and mixtures (C.4.21) and organic peroxides (C.4.28). As OSHA explained in the NPRM, the wording of the precautionary statement is pertinent to oxidizing properties, which readily give oxygen or other oxidizing material, and therefore more readily support combustion. Neither self-reacting chemicals nor organic peroxides have oxidizing properties, so the statement is not appropriate for them. Both self-reacting chemicals and organic peroxides have alternate storage statements that are designed to more accurately address their particular chemical properties. OSHA noted these proposed changes would also align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 318-320, 330-332).</P>
                    <P>OSHA received no comments on these proposed revisions. Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">10. Keep Valves and Fittings Free From Oil and Grease</HD>
                    <P>For oxidizing gases (C.4.17), a precautionary statement in the 2012 HCS allowed the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor to specify that either “reduction valves” or “valves and fittings” be kept free from oil and grease. OSHA proposed to revise the statement to “Keep valves and fittings free from oil and grease.” OSHA reasoned that the change would be appropriate because all valves and fittings must be kept free of oil and grease, not just the reduction valves attached to pressure receptacles, and also noted it would be consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 312). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">11. Wear Cold Insulating Gloves/Face Shield/Eye Protection</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to revise the precautionary statement for refrigerated liquefied gases (C.4.18), which in the 2012 HCS required the use of either cold insulated gloves, a face shield, or eye protection. The revised precautionary statement reads “Wear cold insulating gloves and either face shield or eye protection.” OSHA proposed the change to clarify the intent of the precautionary statement, which is that cold-insulating gloves are to be used in addition to either a face shield or eye protection, and noted that it would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 314). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">12. Keep Container Tightly Closed</HD>
                    <P>The precautionary statement “Keep container tightly closed” is used for flammable liquids (categories 1 to 3 in C.4.19). Rev. 7 contains a conditional instruction for flammable liquids indicating that the statement is to be used if the liquid is volatile and may generate an explosive atmosphere (Document ID 0060, p. 321). OSHA proposed to add this conditional instruction to the precautionary statement for flammable liquids (categories 1 to 3) because it clarifies the types of flammable liquids for which the statement applies.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to add the precautionary statement “Keep container tightly closed” to pyrophoric liquids (C.4.22), pyrophoric solids (C.4.23), and desensitized explosives (new C.4.30) (as part of adopting the new hazard class of desensitized explosives). OSHA reasoned that it is important to add that statement because for both pyrophoric liquids and pyrophoric solids it is necessary to avoid ignition via contact with air. Because the precaution applies to all chemicals in these hazard classes, OSHA preliminarily determined that a conditional note is not necessary. The agency noted that these proposed changes would also align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 281).</P>
                    <P>OSHA received no comments on these proposed revisions. Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">13. Take Precautionary Measures Against Static Discharge</HD>
                    <P>For flammable liquids (C.4.19, Hazard Categories 1 to 3), OSHA proposed to revise the precautionary statement “Take precautionary measures against static discharge” to “Take action to prevent static discharge.” As explained in the NPRM, the proposed revision would simply shorten the statement and clarify what action needs to be taken. OSHA also proposed to add a note that this precautionary statement is to be used if the liquid is volatile and may generate an explosive atmosphere. OSHA noted that these proposed changes are consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 315). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">14. Flammable Liquids/Solids Precautionary Statements and Conditional Instructions</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed additional conditional instructions for flammable liquids (C.4.19) and flammable solids (C.4.20). For some categories of flammable liquids (Categories 1 to 3) and flammable solids (categories 1 and 2), OSHA proposed to modify one of the precautionary statements to add square brackets in the phrase “Use explosion-proof [electrical/ventilating/lighting/. . .] equipment.” As OSHA explained in the NPRM, the agency believes that SDS and label creators are not properly and specifically identifying the prevention measures for the particular chemical, but rather are listing the entire line without the required details, and the brackets are intended to help clarify this issue. For both liquids and solids, OSHA proposed adding a conditional instruction to indicate that the text in square brackets may be used to specify specific electrical, ventilating, lighting, or other equipment if necessary and as appropriate. For liquids, OSHA also proposed a new conditional instruction to clarify that the statement is required if the chemical is volatile and may generate an explosive atmosphere. OSHA noted that these proposed changes would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 282).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA also proposed to add a conditional instruction to the precautionary statement to use non-sparking tools for flammable liquids (C.4.19, categories 1 to 3). The statement would clarify that the precautionary statement is only needed if the liquid is volatile and may generate an explosive atmosphere, and if the minimum ignition energy is very low (&lt;0.1 mJ). The precautionary statement has very 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44338"/>
                        limited applicability for flammable liquids and therefore OSHA reasoned that the conditions need to be specified. OSHA noted that this proposed change is also consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 315).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received no comments on these changes to the precautionary statements and additional conditional instructions it proposed for flammable liquids (C.4.19) and flammable solids (C.4.20). Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">15. Keep Cool</HD>
                    <P>For self-reactive substances and mixtures (C.4.21) and organic peroxides (C.4.28), OSHA proposed to move the precautionary statement “Keep cool” from the storage column to the prevention column. OSHA reasoned that the precautionary statement is not needed in the storage column because that column includes a precautionary statement about storage temperatures not to be exceeded under storage conditions, and as discussed below, OSHA also proposed to add conditional instructions to that column to inform users of when a storage temperature would need to be listed. To ensure that the chemicals are kept at appropriate temperatures at all times (not just during storage), OSHA proposed to place “Keep cool” in the prevention column; but OSHA also proposed to include a conditional instruction indicating that the precautionary statement may be omitted if storage temperatures are included on the label. The agency noted that the proposed revision would not materially change the information that is presented on the label and is consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 318-320, 330-332).</P>
                    <P>For self-heating substances and mixtures (C.4.24), a combined precautionary statement included in the 2012 HCS instructed the user to keep cool and protect from sunlight. OSHA proposed that a conditional instruction be added to indicate that “Keep cool” can be omitted where storage temperatures are listed on the label. Because “Protect from sunlight” still needs to be included if specific storage temperatures are listed on the label, OSHA proposed to delete the combined statement under the prevention column, and to list only “Keep cool” (and the new conditional instruction) in that column. The statement: “Protect from sunlight” would be moved to the storage column, similar to the way this is handled for other hazard classes. OSHA reasoned that these proposed changes would provide the label preparer better instructions and would provide the appropriate level of information on the label without repetition. OSHA noted that the proposed changes would also align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 323). OSHA received no comments on these proposed revisions. Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">16. Do Not Allow Contact With</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to add the conditional note “if emphasis of the hazard statement is deemed necessary” to precautionary statements indicating that contact is not to be allowed with air (for proposed Category 1A, pyrophoric gases (C.4.15), pyrophoric liquids (C.4.22), and pyrophoric solids (C.4.23)) or water (for substances and mixtures which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases (C.4.25, categories 1 and 2)). Because the hazard phrases, which are also included on labels for these categories, already warn about the hazards of these respective chemicals when they contact air or water, OSHA reasoned that adding this precautionary statement as well could be repetitive. However, depending on the specific chemical, the label preparer may feel that added emphasis is warranted. OSHA noted that these proposed changes would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 280). OSHA received no comments on these proposed revisions. Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">17. Handle and Store Contents Under Inert Gas</HD>
                    <P>
                        For substances and mixtures which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases (C.4.25, all categories), OSHA proposed changing the precautionary statement “Handle under inert gas. Protect from moisture” to “Handle and store contents under inert gas/. . . Protect from moisture” to clarify that these substances should always be under inert atmospheres. In addition, OSHA proposed to add conditional instructions to indicate that if the substance or mixture reacts readily with moisture in air, then the chemical manufacturer, importer or distributer must also specify the appropriate liquid or gas if inert gas is not appropriate. As explained in the NPRM, OSHA anticipated the new statement would provide greater clarity and is needed because inert gas is not appropriate in some cases (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         white phosphorus should be handled and stored under water) (86 FR 9717). The agency noted that this proposed change is also consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 324-325).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to add the statement “Handle and store contents under inert gas/. . . ” to pyrophoric liquids (C.4.22) and pyrophoric solids (C.4.23) and a conditional statement would note that the manufacturer, importer, or distributor is to specify the appropriate liquid or gas if inert gas is not appropriate. As explained in the NPRM, pyrophoric chemicals, by definition, are likely to ignite when in contact with air. Both C.4.22 and C.4.23 of the 2012 HCS contained the following statement in the storage column: “Store contents under . . . Chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor to specify appropriate liquid or inert gas.” In light of the language OSHA proposed to include in the prevention column, OSHA proposed to delete this language from the storage column. OSHA reasoned that the language it proposed for the prevention column would emphasize that pyrophoric chemicals must be handled, as well as stored, under inert atmospheres. OSHA noted that the statements it proposed to add to the prevention column for C.4.22 (pyrophoric liquids) and C.4.23 (pyrophoric solids) regarding handling and storing contents under inert gas were included in Table A3.2.2 of Rev. 7 but were inadvertently left off of tables in Annex 3, Section 3 for both pyrophoric liquids and pyrophoric solids (Document ID 0060, p. 281). OSHA received no comments on these proposed revisions. Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">18. Wear Fire Resistant or Flame Retardant Clothing</HD>
                    <P>Category 1 oxidizing liquids (C.4.26) and Category 1 oxidizing solids (C.4.27) of the 2012 HCS had the precautionary statement “Wear fire/flame resistant/retardant clothing.” That statement was intended to alert the users of the chemical that they should wear either fire resistant or flame retardant clothing, not for the label preparer to choose between the terms “fire” and “flame” or “resistant” and “retardant”. Therefore, OSHA proposed to replace the 2012 HCS statement with “Wear fire resistant or flame retardant clothing” in order clarify OSHA's intent. The agency also noted that the proposed change is consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 285). OSHA received no comments on these proposed revisions. Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">19. Changes in Response Column</HD>
                    <P>
                        Several of the revisions OSHA proposed for the response column are simply editorial changes intended to improve clarity, correct simple omissions of a word or phrase, or more efficiently and concisely combine different precautionary statements. For 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44339"/>
                        example, OSHA proposed to add the phrase “If on skin” to the statement “Brush off loose particles from skin” (see C.4.23 (pyrophoric solids) and hazard categories 1 and 2 in C.4.25 (substances and mixtures which, in contact with water, emit flammable gasses)) because those statements are always combined in Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 293-294), and the additional phrase would add clarity. In a number of cases, OSHA proposed to reorganize the precautionary statements and to remove redundant wording to improve clarity. For example, in C.4.14, instead of listing the individual statements and providing conditions of use, OSHA proposed to list the statements grouped together (except for materials for Division 1.4S, which have another set of statements as explained below).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The following discussion does not address changes that are simply editorial in nature (although, as discussed above, OSHA will make available a redline version of Appendix C on OSHA's website (
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/dsg/hazcom</E>
                        ). The discussion below highlights substantive changes to the response column in Appendix C.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">20. Rinse Skin With Water [or Shower]</HD>
                    <P>The HCS 2012 precautionary statements for Categories 1A to 1C of skin corrosion/irritation (C.4.4) and Categories 1 to 3 of flammable liquids (C.4.19) indicated that if the chemical is on hair or skin, the affected individual is to immediately take off all contaminated clothing and rinse skin with “water/shower.” OSHA proposed to revise the statement to instruct the affected individual to rinse skin with “water [or shower],” and to add a conditional note indicating that the text in square brackets is to be used where the chemical manufacturer, importer or distributor considers it appropriate for the specific chemical. OSHA reasoned that a deluge shower might be most appropriate for the chemical, and the use of the square brackets allows for selection of the most appropriate wording. OSHA also noted that the proposed change would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 289). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">21. Get Medical Advice/Attention</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the 2012 HCS, a number of health hazards (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         skin corrosion/irritation (Category 2 in C.4.4), eye damage/irritation (Categories 2A and 2B in C.4.5), sensitization—skin (C.4.7), germ cell mutagenicity (C.4.8), carcinogenicity (C.4.9), reproductive toxicity (C.4.10), specific target organ toxicity—repeated exposure (C.4.12), and refrigerated liquefied gases (C.4.18)) had combined precautionary statements that included the statement “get medical advice/attention.” OSHA proposed to add an instruction indicating that the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributer is to select medical advice or attention as appropriate in order to alert label preparers that they should provide more specific instruction on the type of medical assistance needed based on the chemical hazard and to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 287).
                    </P>
                    <P>ACC disagreed with the mandatory addition of the requirement to choose between medical advice or medical attention, stating that it would provide no added benefit to those handling the chemical and that it would be costly for companies required to modify the statement (Document ID 0347, pp. 19-20).</P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees with ACC's assertion that a requirement to select medical advice or attention would not benefit those handling the chemical. Getting medical attention in response to a toxic exposure indicates that in-person evaluation is required, while getting medical advice indicates that consultation may take place by remote means. There may be situations in which it is always more appropriate for an exposed worker to seek in-person evaluation and therefore clarifying between attention and advice is substantively different and conveys important information to workers. OSHA also finds this is not an overly burdensome requirement, given the importance of specifying whether medical attention or medical advice is required following exposure. OSHA also notes that Rev. 8 has replaced all medical precautionary statements that included “advice/attention” with statements that provide more detailed instructions. As was discussed above, OSHA is aligning with Rev. 7 in this and most other updates to the HCS, but will allow the use of precautionary statements included in Rev. 8. OSHA is therefore finalizing this revision as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">22. If Inhaled: Remove Person to Fresh Air and Keep Comfortable for Breathing</HD>
                    <P>A precautionary statement used for sensitization—respiratory (C.4.6) in the 2012 HCS stated “If inhaled: If breathing is difficult, remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing.” OSHA proposed to remove the phrase “if breathing is difficult,” reasoning that including two conditions, “if inhaled” and “if breathing is difficult,” is confusing and unnecessary. OSHA also noted that removing the phrase would make the precautionary statement consistent with the statement as it appears in other hazard classes in Appendix C.4, such as acute toxicity—inhalation (C.4.3) and would be consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 353). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">23. Take Off Contaminated Clothing and Wash It Before Reuse</HD>
                    <P>A precautionary statement for skin sensitization (C.4.7) in the 2012 HCS said to wash contaminated clothing before reuse. OSHA proposed to add the phrase “Take off contaminated clothing and” to this precautionary statement. As explained in the NPRM, the phrase was inadvertently omitted for skin sensitization in Rev. 3 (Document ID 0085, Att. 7), and therefore in the updates to the HCS in 2012 as well, but it has since been added to Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 293). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">24. If Exposed or Concerned</HD>
                    <P>For specific target organ toxicity (single exposure) (C.4.11), OSHA proposed to revise a precautionary statement indicating “If exposed” to “If exposed or concerned.” OSHA reasoned that the revision, which would be consistent with language already used for the germ cell mutagenicity (C.4.8), carcinogenicity (C.4.9), and reproductive toxicity (C.4.10) hazard classes, would maintain consistency throughout C.4 and with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 360). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">V. Division 1.4 Explosives (C.4.14) Precautionary Statements</HD>
                    <P>
                        For Division 1.4 explosives, the HCS provides fire-fighting precautionary statements and instructions on when to apply them (C.4.14). OSHA proposed two changes to these statements. First, OSHA proposed to change the instructional note from “except if explosives are 1.4S ammunition and components thereof” to “except for explosives of division 1.4 (compatibility group S) in transport packaging” to provide clarity about when the note applies; there is no intended change in meaning. Second, OSHA proposed to revise the precautionary statement “Fight fire with normal precautions 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44340"/>
                        from a reasonable distance” to the statement “Fight fire remotely due to the risk of explosion.” OSHA reasoned that the proposed new statement would be more appropriate and protective because it specifies the explosion risk due to fire associated with Division 1.4 (Compatibility Group S) explosives. OSHA also noted that these proposed changes would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 306). OSHA received no comments on these revisions, and is therefore finalizing them as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Toby Threet commented that OSHA should revise another precautionary statement which appears in C.4.14 as well as other categories: “Do NOT fight fire when fire reaches explosives.” According to Threet, this statement “implies that it is OK to fight the fire until almost the very moment when the fire reaches the explosives . . . Fire . . . can ignite things, even if the fire (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the flame) has not ‘reached’ them yet.” Threet suggested “Stop fighting fire before it nears explosives” and “Leave the area before fire nears explosives” as alternatives to the existing language (Document ID 0279, p. 23-24).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA notes that the existing precautionary statement was adopted from the GHS in 2012 and OSHA did not propose to modify it in the NPRM. Threet's suggestion to change it is therefore outside the scope of this rulemaking. Furthermore, updates to the GHS have not changed this precautionary statement (Document ID 0060, p. 306) and OSHA is not aware of any confusion regarding the meaning of this statement or any incidents where misinterpretation of this statement has caused harm to workers. OSHA therefore has not accepted Threet's recommendation.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(A) Eliminate All Ignition Sources, if Safe To Do So</HD>
                    <P>For flammable gases (C.4.15), a precautionary statement in the 2012 HCS instructed the user to “Eliminate all ignition sources if safe to do so.” OSHA proposed to revise the statement to “In case of leakage, eliminate all ignition sources” by adding the phrase “in case of leakage” to stress the dangers of flammable gas leaks, even where the leaking gas is not yet burning, because the leak could create an explosive atmosphere; and by deleting the term “if safe to do so” because it could discourage quick action. OSHA reasoned that eliminating gas leaks or ignition sources would not be expected where a fire would hinder that action. OSHA also proposed to add this statement to all of the new flammable gas categories it proposed in the NPRM. OSHA noted that these proposed changes would be consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 307-309).</P>
                    <P>Toby Threet commented regarding the precautionary statement “In case of leakage, eliminate all ignition sources” that eliminating ignition sources may require a person to enter a hazardous area and suggested that the statement should be “In case of leakage, eliminate all ignition sources if safe to do so” (Document ID 0279, p. 24).</P>
                    <P>As discussed above, OSHA proposed to delete the phrase “if safe to do so” because it could discourage quick action. OSHA believes that removing the phrase “if safe to do so” will not cause workers to enter a hazardous area in order to eliminate ignition sources. OSHA believes that workers will have training on the safe use and handling of chemicals under OSHA regulations such as the HCS, as well as the requirement under the PSM standard to implement an emergency action plan, which must include procedures for handling small releases (29 CFR 1910.119(n)). Additionally, OSHA's regulations for hazardous waste operations and emergency response ensure that workers will be made aware of dangers related to gas leaks and the work practices that will minimize risks from these hazards (see 29 CFR 1910.120 and 1926.65). OSHA concludes that these additional regulatory requirements will ensure that employees do not place themselves in harm's way in the event of a gas leak, particularly where there is a source of ignition present. Therefore, OSHA has not included “if safe to do so” in the precautionary statement.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing the changes to the precautionary statement regarding eliminating ignition sources in case of flammable gas leaks as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(B) Type A and B Self-Reactive Substances and Mixtures (C.4.21)</HD>
                    <P>For Type A self-reactive substances and mixtures (C.4.21), OSHA proposed to delete the precautionary statements “In case of fire use . . . to extinguish” (along with its explanatory note) and “Fight fire remotely due to the risk of explosion.” In place of the statements OSHA proposed to delete, OSHA proposed to add the statement “In case of fire: Explosion risk. Evacuate area. DO NOT fight fire when fire reaches explosives.” OSHA explained that it proposed these changes because it is dangerous to fight a fire involving this type of material so individuals should always be advised against it, and noted that these changes would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 318).</P>
                    <P>For Type B self-reactive substances and mixtures (C.4.21), OSHA proposed to combine existing precautionary statements and to delete duplicate phrases that would occur with the new combination. As noted in the NPRM, OSHA did not intend these changes to alter the meaning of the statements. OSHA proposed to use brackets around the statement “Use . . . to extinguish” with a conditional note to indicate that the text in square brackets is to be included if water increases risk, in order to preserve the conditions of use with the new combination of phrases. OSHA noted that these proposed changes would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 319).</P>
                    <P>OSHA received no comments on these proposed revisions. Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(C) Fire and Explosion Hazards for Organic Peroxides (C.4.28)</HD>
                    <P>Precautionary statements and instructions related to fire and explosion hazards or fire-fighting procedures were not included in Rev. 3 (Document ID 0085, Att. 7, pp. 65-67) or in the 2012 HCS for organic peroxides (C.4.28). The UNSCEGHS has since adopted these precautionary statements (Document ID 0060, pp. 330-332). OSHA proposed to adopt the Rev. 7 precautionary statements in the response column for organic peroxides as for self-reactive substances and mixtures (C.4.21). OSHA reasoned that it is appropriate to include these statements for organic peroxides, as well as for self-reactive substances and mixtures, because the fire and explosion hazards of the two classes of compounds are equivalent (Document ID 0095). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(D) Immerse in Cool Water or Wrap in Wet Bandages</HD>
                    <P>
                        For pyrophoric liquids (C.4.22), pyrophoric solids (C.4.23), and categories 1 and 2 of substances and mixtures which in contact with water emit flammable gases (C.4.25), a precautionary statement in the 2012 HCS indicated that if the substance is on the skin, the user should “immerse in cool water/wrap with wet bandages.” For pyrophoric liquids (C.4.22) and solids (C.4.23), OSHA proposed to change the forward slash to an “or” and the “with” to “in” so that the statement would read “Immerse in cool water or wrap in wet bandages” in order to make clear that the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributer is not to choose one action or the other but is to include both actions on the label. In the case of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44341"/>
                        substances and mixtures which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases (C.4.25), OSHA proposed to delete “/wrap in wet bandages” from the statement so that the complete statement reads “Brush off loose particles from skin and immerse in cool water.” OSHA reasoned that, for these chemicals, a large volume of water is needed and wrapping in wet bandages is not enough to address problems caused by the heat of the reaction. OSHA also noted that the proposed changes would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 324). OSHA received no comments on these proposed revisions. Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(E) Changes in Storage Column</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Store Separately</HD>
                    <P>For self-reactive substances and mixtures (C.4.21), self-heating substances and mixtures (C.4.24), and organic peroxides (C.4.28), OSHA proposed to revise the precautionary statement “Store away from other materials” to “Store separately.” OSHA reasoned that the revised statement is preferable because it is shorter and more appropriate. OSHA also proposed to add the “Store separately” precautionary statement to Category 1 oxidizing liquids (C.4.26) and Category 1 oxidizing solids (C.4.27) because those chemicals are not compatible with other chemicals and thus must be stored separately. OSHA noted that these proposed changes are consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 297). OSHA received no comments on these proposed revisions. Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Store Contents Under . . .</HD>
                    <P>OSHA proposed to delete a precautionary statement that says “Store contents under . . . ” and an instructional note that the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributer is to specify the appropriate liquid or inert gas which were previously in pyrophoric liquids (C.4.22) and solids (C.4.23). The UNSCEGHS recommended that the statement be deleted from the storage column because it adopted the statement “Handle and store contents under inert gas/ . . . , ” along with a similar instructional note, in the prevention column (Document ID 0152, p. 46). OSHA reasoned that placing the statement in the prevention column would be more appropriate, as there it would warn the downstream user that pyrophoric chemicals must be under inert gas not only during storage but at all times, including during processing and use. OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Maintain Air Gap Between Stacks or Pallets</HD>
                    <P>For self-heating substances and mixtures (C.4.24), OSHA proposed to revise the precautionary statement that currently says “Maintain air gap between stacks/pallets” so it reads instead “Maintain air gap between stacks or pallets” in order to clarify that chemical label preparers are not to choose between “stacks” or “pallets” but are to include both words on the label. OSHA noted that this proposed change would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 323). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Store in Corrosion Resistant/ . . . Container With a Resistant Inner Liner</HD>
                    <P>A precautionary statement for the corrosive to metals (C.4.29) class in the 2012 HCS said to store in a “corrosive resistant/ . . . container with a resistant inner liner.” OSHA proposed to change the word “corrosive” to “corrosion” because it is the technically correct term. In addition, OSHA proposed to insert a new conditional instruction to indicate that the precautionary statement may be omitted if the statement “Keep only in original packaging” is included on the label. OSHA reasoned that this would eliminate the redundancy of including both statements. OSHA noted that these proposed changes would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 333). OSHA received no comments on this proposed revision. Therefore, the agency is finalizing it as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(F) Additional Instructional Notes</HD>
                    <P>For acute toxicity—inhalation (C.4.3) (category 1-3) and specific organ toxicity (single exposure, category 3) (C.4.11), OSHA proposed minor, non-substantive edits to the conditional instruction for precautionary statements about keeping the container tightly closed and storing in a well-ventilated place. OSHA proposed to revise the note from “if product is volatile so as to generate hazardous atmosphere” to “if the chemical is volatile and may generate a hazardous atmosphere.” The agency intended these edits is to improve clarity and make the instruction more consistent with a newly added instruction for flammable liquids (C.4.19). OSHA noted that this proposed change would be consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 281).</P>
                    <P>For flammable liquids (C.4.19), OSHA proposed to add a clarifying instruction indicating that the precautionary statement “Store in a well-ventilated place. Keep cool” applies to flammable liquids in Category 1 and other flammable liquids that are volatile and may generate an explosive atmosphere. However, for Category 4 flammable liquids, OSHA proposed to delete “Keep cool,” because these liquids are less volatile and have a flashpoint above 60° C and therefore are unlikely to generate a hazardous concentration of vapor during storage. OSHA stated in the NPRM its preliminary finding that the precautionary statement “Store in a well ventilated place” would provide the appropriate level of protection, and noted that these proposed changes would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 315-316).</P>
                    <P>For explosives (C.4.14), OSHA proposed minor edits to precautionary statements and instructions for storing in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations to clarify that the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributer is to specify the contents of the applicable regulations. OSHA noted that these proposed changes would be consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 295). APA expressed concern that this would require responsible parties to list regulations regarding the storage of explosives from every country, district, region, and municipality in the world, and that “Shipping internationally would not only become a nightmare for the manufacturer/creator of the SDS but impossible.” They also asked that OSHA consider allowing manufacturers to just list the storage information for the country of origin of the manufacturer instead, along with a statement that customers should consult their local regulations (Document ID 0337, pp. 3-4).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA does not believe the proposed requirements are as burdensome as the APA suggests. First, although APA framed this as an issue regarding the SDS, the disposal requirements they point to in Appendix C are only required on labels. OSHA is not suggesting that label preparers need to address any regulations outside of the United States and thus the breadth of what is required is much narrower than what APA suggested. The agency has provided guidance indicating that when chemicals are prepared for direct shipment to a destination outside of the U.S. and are placed inside of a DOT or other similarly-approved shipping container, the manufacturer can label the sealed containers for the destination 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44342"/>
                    </P>
                    <FP>
                        country (HCS labeling of imports and exports, 2015, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/standardinterpretations/2015-09-10</E>
                        ). Additionally, OSHA is not suggesting that the label preparer needs to include every state, local, or federal regulation. Rather, they must include the content of the storage requirements, and since explosives are heavily regulated, for instance under OSHA 29 CFR 1910.109 as well as ATF 27 CFR 555 subpart K, OSHA does not anticipate that storage requirements will vary widely across states and localities in the United States, so label preparers may only need to include federal requirements or a few additional state or local requirements in addition to the federal requirements. OSHA also believes that producers of highly hazardous materials, such as explosives, already have programs in place to instruct their customers on how to safely ship, use, store and dispose of explosives in the United States, and therefore can readily identify state and local storage regulations that may differ from federal regulations. For these reasons, OSHA declines to accept APA's alternative suggestion for this language.
                    </FP>
                    <P>The 2012 HCS Appendix C sections on aerosols (C.4.16), self-reactive substances (C.4.21), self-heating substances and mixtures (C.4.24), and organic peroxides (C.4.28) included precautionary statements addressing storage temperatures not to be exceeded, with temperatures listed in degrees Celsius/Fahrenheit. The GHS added an instruction that the chemical manufacturer should use the applicable temperature scale for the region they are supplying (Document ID 0060, p. 297). In other OSHA standards, the primary temperature scale used is Fahrenheit. Therefore, OSHA proposed to require only the Fahrenheit scale in the precautionary statements, but to allow the chemical manufacturer, importer or distributor to include the temperature in Celsius (as noted by the parentheses “( )” around °C) in addition to the required temperature in Fahrenheit.</P>
                    <P>In addition, for self-reactive substances and mixtures (C.4.21) and organic peroxides (C.4.28), OSHA proposed to add conditional instructions to two precautionary statements. The first conditional instruction was proposed to clarify that the statement to store in a well-ventilated place should not be used for temperature controlled self-reactive substances and mixtures or organic peroxides because condensation and consequent freezing may occur. The second was proposed to clarify that a storage temperature is only needed if temperature control is required or deemed necessary. OSHA noted that these proposed changes would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 295, 297).</P>
                    <P>OSHA received no comments on these proposed revisions, other than the comment on storage of explosives. Therefore, the agency is finalizing them as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VI. Changes in Disposal Column</HD>
                    <P>For most of the health and physical hazards addressed by Appendix C, the HCS includes a precautionary statement to dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations (to be specified). OSHA proposed to add an instructional note in all relevant places in the appendix indicating that the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor is to specify whether the disposal requirements apply to the contents, the container, or both. OSHA noted that this proposed change would align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, pp. 298-299).</P>
                    <P>ACC disagreed with the proposed instructional note to the disposal precautionary statement. They urged OSHA “to retain flexibility,” noting that some of their members' use disposal precautionary statements that are more general and asserting that there is “no added benefit to whomever is handling the chemical by specifying if the phrase applies to the contents and/or container” (Document ID 0347, p. 19). OSHA disagrees. Workers need to know whether they need to exercise the same level of caution when disposing of the contents and the container. Without such specificity, workers confront ambiguous messaging that may put them at greater risk if they do not understand what is intended. The agency is therefore finalizing this change as proposed.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to revise the precautionary note for disposal of explosives (C.4.14). The 2012 HCS tables for explosives (C.4.14), except for hazard category division 1.6, included a precautionary statement to dispose of contents/container in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations (to be specified). However, as explained in the NPRM, this precautionary statement may not give users the information needed to safely dispose of explosives, particularly malfunctioning, expired, or non-used explosives where special care is needed. OSHA found this issue to be of particular concern for explosives such as fireworks, signal flares, and ammunition. Poorly formulated advice on the label may lead to the disposal of such explosive waste in a way that poses a risk to the workers that handle the waste (Document ID 0156). Therefore, OSHA proposed to change the precautionary note for explosives (C.4.14) to read: “Refer to manufacturer, importer, or distributor . . . for information on disposal, recovery, or recycling” and to add an instructional note to indicate that the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor is to specify the appropriate source of information, in accordance with local/regional/national/international regulations as applicable. OSHA proposed this change to address the recycling or recovery of unexploded fireworks or other unused explosive cartridges and signal flares, which can result in unsafe conditions and should only be performed by specialists. OSHA noted that this proposed change is consistent with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 299).</P>
                    <P>APA raised the same concerns with regards to OSHA's proposed revision to the disposal precautionary note for explosives as it did on the storage precautionary statement and also suggested that manufacturers should instead provide information for storage and disposal for the country where the manufacturer is located and then alert customers and recipients of the products on the SDS to consult local regulations for proper storage and disposal (Document ID 0337, pp. 3-4).</P>
                    <P>OSHA disagrees that this proposal creates a new, unwieldy burden for manufacturers. The intent of this language was to clarify requirements, not create a new one. Label preparers were already required to provide this information in the disposal column, and OSHA is not aware of any concerns raised by other regulated parties regarding this requirement or its feasibility. Therefore, OSHA disagrees with APA's suggested revision, which the agency believes would put undue burden on the downstream users and could be confusing to them, and is finalizing the changes to the disposal column for explosives as proposed.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">(A) GHS Revisions That OSHA Is Not Adopting</HD>
                    <P>
                        Rev. 7 includes a small number of revisions that OSHA did not propose to adopt for this update to Appendix C. In general, OSHA did not propose to adopt any statements or conditional instructions that address consumer products because the HCS does not cover communication of hazards to consumers. This section discusses other specific provisions in Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060) that OSHA did not propose to adopt.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44343"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>In the HCS, a number of tables for inhalation hazards in Appendix C.4 (i.e., acute toxicity—inhalation (C.4.3, Categories 3 and 4), respiratory sensitization (C.4.6), skin sensitization (C.4.7), and specific target organ toxicity—single exposure (C.4.11, Category 3)) contain a precautionary statement that says “Avoid breathing dust/fume/gas/mist/vapors/spray.” A conditional note in Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 283) indicates that this precautionary statement is not needed where the precautionary statement “Do not breathe dust/mist/fume/gas/vapors/spray” is included on the label. Also, for skin corrosion/irritation (C.4.4, Category 2), Rev. 7 contains a conditional note indicating that the statement “If skin irritation occurs: Get medical advice/attention” may be omitted if the statement “If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice or treatment” is used (Document ID 0060, p. 292). OSHA did not propose to adopt these conditional instructions because it believes that the rules in C.2.4 regarding precautionary statement text provide the necessary flexibility. The agency received no comments on its decision not to include these conditional instructions in the HCS.</P>
                    <P>In Rev. 7, the precautionary statements used in flammable liquids (C.4.19) and flammable solids (C.4.20) about explosion-proof equipment and taking action to prevent static discharge include a conditional instruction indicating that these precautionary statements can be omitted if national or local legislation contains provisions that are more specific (Document ID 0060, p. 282). OSHA did not propose to adopt this instruction because the agency believes these precautionary statements contain important information that should always be included on labels. Although some OSHA and consensus standards address the use of explosion-proof equipment and preventing static discharge for flammable liquids or solids, they do not address hazard communication. Therefore, OSHA does not believe they are specific enough to justify omitting the relevant precautionary statement from labels. Label preparers can add more specific supplementary information from standards as long as it complies with paragraph C.3. For example, they may reference OSHA's flammable liquids standard (29 CFR 1910.106), which addresses the requirements for electrical equipment in workplaces that store or handle flammable liquids. OSHA received no comments on its preliminary decision not to include this conditional instruction in the HCS.</P>
                    <P>Under the HCS, a precautionary statement for gases under pressure (C.4.18) currently says “Protect from sunlight.” Rev. 7 contains a conditional instruction indicating that this precautionary statement “may be omitted for gases filled in transportable gas cylinders in accordance with packing instruction P200 of the UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Model Regulations, unless those gases are subject to (slow) decomposition or polymerization, or the competent authority provides otherwise” (Document ID 0060, p. 313). These special packaging instructions are not applicable to cylinders used in the United States; therefore, OSHA did not propose to add this conditional instruction to C.4.18. OSHA received no comments on its preliminary decision not to include this conditional instruction in the HCS. OSHA has therefore decided not to include these revisions.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Appendix D</HD>
                    <P>Appendix D provides specific requirements for what information chemical manufacturers, distributors, importers, and employers must provide on the SDS, including rules regarding specific headings, sub-headings, and information to be contained under each subheading. The information specified as mandatory in Appendix D is the minimum required information on the SDS, however, an SDS may include additional information as long as it does not contradict or undermine the required SDS elements.</P>
                    <P>In the NPRM, OSHA proposed several changes in Appendix D to align with Rev. 7, clarify existing requirements about which stakeholders have expressed confusion, and ensure consistency with updated scientific principles (86 FR 9576; Document ID 0060, pp. 377-399).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">I. Introductory Text</HD>
                    <P>In the introductory section of Appendix D, OSHA proposed to add a sentence stating that “[w]hile each section of the SDS must contain all of the specified information, preparers of safety data sheets are not required to present the information in any particular order within each section.” OSHA proposed this change to clarify the existing text. As the information within each section can be listed in any order, OSHA noted that it did not anticipate any increased burden on SDS preparers from this change.</P>
                    <P>API commented that the proposed revision could be helpful, especially in light of other changes OSHA proposed regarding the presentation of physical and chemical properties elsewhere on the SDS (Document ID 0316, p. 27). Similarly, Michele Sullivan supported the proposal and commented that the proposed clarification would provide flexibility (Document ID 0366, p. 8). OSHA received no comments objecting to the proposed clarification, and is therefore finalizing the addition of the proposed sentence to the introductory paragraph of Appendix D.</P>
                    <P>II. Section 1: Identification</P>
                    <P>Section 1 of Table D.1 requires SDS preparers to provide identifying information. In the NPRM, OSHA proposed to clarify that the address and telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or other responsible party which the HCS requires must be United States domestic.</P>
                    <P>API and NAIMA supported the proposed revision (Document ID 0316, p. 27; 0338, p. 9; 0366, p. 8). Michele Sullivan also supported it, and stated that it would be helpful to clarify that the address and phone number provided in the SDS must be in the United States since there has been confusion about this in the past (Document ID 0366, p. 8).</P>
                    <P>ACC sought clarification on how this revision would impact foreign suppliers and inquired what the options would be for a foreign supplier who ships products into the United States to comply with this provision. In addition, ACC recommended that OSHA make this requirement non-mandatory “due to length and complexity of the chemicals supply chain” (Document ID 0347, p. 21). NACD commented that the proposed revision would present challenges for foreign suppliers who are not willing to have U.S. addresses and phone numbers, which would in turn require importers to generate a new SDS with their own U.S. address and phone number and assume the liability for all the information in the SDS. However, NACD also pointed out that having a U.S. address and phone number on the SDS would be consistent with labeling requirements specified in Appendix C and could help demonstrate to foreign suppliers and importers that this is required (Document ID 0329, pp. 7-8).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees that the proposed language would impose new burdens on either foreign suppliers or domestic importers. As OSHA discussed in the NPRM, a U.S. telephone number and U.S. address were already required on the SDS based on the previously existing requirements of Appendix D, which requires that the name, address, and telephone number of the responsible party, such as the chemical manufacturer or importer, be listed on 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44344"/>
                        the SDS (86 FR 9722). OSHA explained in a 2016 LOI that when chemicals are imported into the United States, the importer (defined by the HCS as being the first business with employees in the United States to receive hazardous chemicals produced in other countries for distribution in the United States) is the responsible party for purposes of compliance with the HCS and is required to use a U.S. address and U.S. phone number on the SDS (Document ID 0090).
                    </P>
                    <P>Therefore, in response to ACC's question and NACD's concern regarding foreign suppliers, OSHA notes that foreign companies that ship products to importers in the United States are not required to maintain U.S. contact information or to include their address and telephone number on the SDS. Furthermore, NACD's comment that importers must include their own U.S. address and phone number on the SDS and must assume responsibility for information in the SDS is correct, but is not a new burden associated with OSHA's proposed change.</P>
                    <P>OSHA believes it is important to codify the requirement for a U.S. telephone number and U.S. address in Section 1 of Table D.1 in the text of the HCS to minimize any further confusion. This change would clarify the existing requirement, which—as comments received by the agency demonstrate—continues to be a point of confusion in cases where hazardous chemicals are imported to the United States. ACC's request to make the inclusion of a U.S. phone number and address non-mandatory would conflict with the pre-existing requirement as explained in the 2016 interpretation discussed above, adding to rather than mitigating stakeholder confusion. OSHA is therefore finalizing the proposed revision to clarify that the address and telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or other responsible party which the HCS requires in Section 1 of the SDS must be United States domestic.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">III. Section 2: Hazard(s) Identification</HD>
                    <P>In Section 2, Hazard(s) identification, OSHA proposed to clarify where and how chemical hazard information should be presented. First, OSHA proposed to clarify that Section 2 (a) must include any hazards associated with a change in the chemical's physical form under normal conditions of use. OSHA also proposed a new Section 2 (c) to clarify that hazards identified under normal conditions of use that result from a chemical reaction (changing the chemical structure of the original substance or mixture) needed to be included. To accommodate the new proposed Section 2 (c), OSHA proposed to move existing Section 2 (c) and (d) to Section 2 (d) and (e).</P>
                    <P>As OSHA noted in the NPRM, the proposed revisions to Section 2 would require hazards associated with chemicals as shipped, as well as hazards associated with a change in the chemical's physical form under normal conditions of use, to be presented in Section 2 (a), and new hazards created by a chemical reaction under normal conditions of use to be presented in Section 2 (c). OSHA believed this would sufficiently differentiate the different types of hazards presented under normal conditions of use. OSHA sought stakeholder comments on this issue.</P>
                    <P>After reviewing stakeholders' comments pertaining to proposed changes in paragraph (d)(1), OSHA made significant changes to proposed paragraph (d) and made related changes to proposed Appendix D requirements for Table D.1 Section 2 of the SDS. As previously described in the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (d)(1), OSHA removed the terms “under normal conditions of use and foreseeable emergencies” from paragraph (d)(1). In the final rule, paragraph (d)(1) has two subparagraphs, indicating that hazard classification must include hazards associated with the chemical's intrinsic properties including: (i) a change in the chemical's physical form and; (ii) chemical reaction products associated with known or reasonably anticipated uses or applications.</P>
                    <P>To align with these changes to paragraph (d)(1), in Section 2 (a), OSHA replaced its original proposed language with “in accordance with paragraph (d)(1)(i) of § 1910.1200.” OSHA also removed the proposed language from Section 2 (c) and replaced it with “Hazards classified under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of § 1910.1200.” The new language in these two paragraphs clarifies OSHA's intentions and fully aligns Appendix D with paragraph (d)(1) so that there is no conflict between those two sections that would create confusion. Further discussion of the scope of these requirements and comments regarding these changes that were not specific to the language in Section 2 can be found in the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (d).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA received several comments specific to the proposed changes to Section 2 of Table D.1. NIOSH and Ameren supported the proposed changes (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 6; 0309, p. 13). ACC commented that the proposed change to paragraph (d)(1) used the words “hazard classification shall include . . .”, but the original proposed Section 2 (c) in Table D.1 only said “Hazards identified under normal conditions of use. . . .”, without referring to classification. ACC found the proposed language unclear as to whether manufacturers and importers need to classify for reaction hazards, or just mention them in Section 2 of the SDS (Document ID 0347, p. 21). As noted above, OSHA is changing Section 2 (c) to begin with “Hazards 
                        <E T="03">classified</E>
                         under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) . . .” (emphasis added) to clarify this issue and better align Section 2 with paragraph (d)(1).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        An anonymous commenter asked whether hazardous substances formed by chemical reactions under normal conditions of use must be disclosed in Section 3 and/or Section 8 of the SDS (Document ID 0267). For situations where hazardous substances form during use but the substance is not present in its hazardous state in the mixture as shipped, manufacturers are not required to provide this information in Sections 3 or 8 because the resulting hazardous substance is not an ingredient or constituent. However, as discussed in a 2016 LOI, OSHA expects manufacturers to include information on substances formed by chemical reactions in Sections 2 and 10 (available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/standardinterpretations/2016-05-20</E>
                        ). OSHA notes that this requires the inclusion of occupational exposure limits, including PELs and TLVs, under Section 10 (d): Conditions to Avoid.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The High Temperature Industrial Wool Coalition (HTIW) urged OSHA to allow hazards from a downstream chemical reaction to be addressed in Section 16 of the SDS, rather than Section 2, in cases “where the nature of the hazard is unclear, and the potential [hazard] is extremely limited” (Document ID 0330, p. 3). By way of example, HTIW explained that glassy refractory ceramic fibers (RCF) do not contain crystalline silica, but that depending on the duration and temperature of exposure, fiber chemistry, and/or the presence of fluxing agents or furnace contaminants, devitrifying RCF may form crystalline silica dust in amounts which HTIW said were usually undetectable in the furnace conditions. HTIW stated that they believe the evidence is not sufficient to list RCF as a hazard in Section 2 of the SDS. They noted that “the possibility of hazard is discussed in Section 16, which addresses other potential issues” and opined that in this case, inclusion of after-service RCF in Section 2 of the SDS would “overemphasize the potential hazard, 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44345"/>
                        potentially fostering misunderstanding of the issue and leading to unnecessary or inappropriate workplace `corrective' actions” (Document ID 0330, pp. 3-5).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA disagrees with HTIW's suggestion and with its conclusion that the hazard presented by RCF should be excluded from Section 2 because, as HTIW explained in its example, RCF may form crystalline silica dust in the process. Section 2 requirements are set to address these very types of situations. Manufacturers must provide additional information on toxicity, if known, in Section 11, and may provide additional information in Section 16. However, any hazard information must be included in Section 2. Classification is based on the intrinsic properties of the chemical, not the anticipated level of exposure in the workplace, except in cases where the chemical is bound in such a way as to be incapable of resulting in exposure (see OSHA, Feb. 10, 2015, Letter of Interpretation, available at 
                        <E T="03">https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/standardinterpretations/2015-02-10-0</E>
                        ). OSHA, therefore, does not agree that hazards from downstream chemical reactions may be addressed solely in Section 16 under the circumstances described by HTIW.
                    </P>
                    <P>Finally, OSHA received a question pertaining to Section 2 (e), which addresses requirements for stating the percentage of ingredients of unknown toxicity in a mixture. The anonymous commenter noted that Appendix A paragraph A.1.3.6.2.3, Appendix C paragraph C.3.3, and Appendix D of the proposed standard require a statement of the concentration of ingredients of unknown acute toxicity to appear in Section 2 of the SDS and on the label. They asked, in the case of a mixture for which the exact concentration(s) of hazardous component(s) are withheld as trade secrets and are reported as prescribed concentration range(s) in Section 3 of the SDS, in accordance with proposed paragraph (i)(1)(iv), whether it would be permissible to report the percentage of ingredient(s) of unknown acute toxicity as a range corresponding to one of the prescribed ranges in Section 2 of the SDS, or whether the exact percentage of those ingredients must be reported (Document ID 0266).</P>
                    <P>Manufacturers are required to state the exact percentage of a mixture that is composed of ingredients of unknown acute toxicity if the concentration of at least one such ingredient is ≥ one percent and the mixture is not classified based on testing of the mixture as a whole. In this case, manufacturers are not required to report the individual concentrations of ingredients with unknown toxicity in Section 2, but rather the total percentage of unknown toxicity, which may include multiple chemicals. They may not use the prescribed ranges included in paragraph (i) for the purpose of reporting the concentration of unknown acute toxicity. To the extent that this presents concerns for CBI due to a single chemical having unknown toxicity, OSHA notes that SDS preparers still have the option to withhold the name of that chemical.</P>
                    <P>Based on the comments received, OSHA is finalizing different language from its proposal in Section 2, as described above, to more accurately convey its intent and align the text of Section 2 with the revised regulatory text of paragraph (d)(1).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">IV. Section 3: Composition/Information on Ingredients</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 3 of the SDS contains information on the composition of the chemical and its ingredients, with specific requirements for substances and mixtures, as well as for chemicals where a trade secret is claimed. In the NPRM, OSHA proposed several changes to this section. Under the subheading 
                        <E T="03">For Substances</E>
                         OSHA proposed to add “(constituents)” to paragraph (d) to clarify the term “additives.” The intention of this proposal was to clarify that any individual part of an “additive” that contributes to the classification of that material needs to be listed in Section 3 of the SDS. OSHA received no comments objecting to the addition of “(constituents)” in Section 3 and is therefore finalizing it as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to revise the information required for mixtures. Section 3 requires, among other things, the chemical name of each ingredient in a mixture that is classified as a health hazard. OSHA proposed requiring the inclusion of the CAS number or other unique identifier for these ingredients. As noted in the NPRM, CAS numbers are unique numerical identifiers assigned by the American Chemical Society (ACS), internationally recognized as being reliable and readily validated; unique to only one compound, substance or chemical; and a common link between various nomenclatures that may be used as descriptors for a substance or compound (86 FR 9722). OSHA believes that the proposed requirement would provide the downstream user with important information, since it provides a unique descriptor of the chemical, whereas the chemical identity may be ambiguous.</P>
                    <P>PLASTICS and API supported the proposed requirement to include the CAS number or other unique identifier for ingredients in mixtures (Document ID 0314, p. 21; 0316, p. 28). ICT commented that CAS numbers are not assigned to all chemicals and accession numbers exist only for substances on the confidential TSCA inventory and therefore identifying numbers may not be available for all chemicals which SDS preparers are required to disclose in Section 3. ICT suggested that OSHA should allow manufacturers to use “not available” for those chemicals without identifying numbers (Document ID 0324, p. 6).</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA recognizes that a CAS number may not be available for all chemicals. OSHA notes, however, that the proposal required manufacturers to provide CAS 
                        <E T="03">or other</E>
                         unique identifier numbers for hazardous ingredients. While OSHA intends that CAS numbers be provided when available, in cases where a CAS number is not available or is protected as CBI, another unique identifier must be provided. For example, an identification number used internally by the manufacturer (
                        <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                        , product number) can be used to identify the ingredient upon request in emergency and non-emergency situations. Accordingly, OSHA disagrees with ICT's concern that SDS preparers will be unable to provide an appropriate unique identifier.
                    </P>
                    <P>However, ICT's comment does raise the concern that in choosing an identifier, an SDS preparer might select one for which the source is not readily apparent. Certain product numbers or other identifiers used internally by the manufacturer may be of little use when placed on the SDS without context. Though OSHA proposed to permit the use of “other unique identifiers” for mixtures in Section 3 of the SDS, the agency wishes to clarify that it would only consider such a number to be an adequate identifier if it can actually be used by downstream recipients of the SDS to identify the chemical. Accordingly, OSHA has added a requirement in the final rule that, where a preparer of an SDS uses a unique identifier other than a CAS number, they must include the source of that unique identifier. This will ensure that any unique identifier functions as such for recipients of the SDS. OSHA is finalizing this language with the changes described above.</P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA also proposed a set of changes in Section 3 to reflect the proposed revision to paragraph (i), Trade secrets, which would allow companies to withhold concentration ranges as a trade secret. Under the proposed language in Section 3, when a company withholds the concentration or concentration range as a trade secret, it must provide a chemical concentration range in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44346"/>
                        accordance with the prescribed concentration ranges in paragraph (i)(1)(iv).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received a variety of comments about the proposed revisions to paragraph (i), which the agency addressed in the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (i). Ameren supported the proposed changes to Section 3 of the SDS, stating that the changes could allow downstream manufacturers to more accurately classify their products where the mixture in question is one of their ingredients (Document ID 0309, p. 13). Toby Threet commented that the language in this section on trade secrets needed clarification. First, Threet noted that the word “or” in the phrase “. . . the specific chemical identity, exact percentage (concentration), or concentration range of composition has been withheld as a trade secret is required . . .” could imply that a trade secret may be claimed for only one of these three categories. Threet suggested that it is possible that both the specific chemical identity and either the exact concentration or the concentration range may need to be withheld and therefore an “and/or” should be inserted in an appropriate location in the sentence (Document ID 0279, p. 24).</P>
                    <P>Toby Threet also commented that in the proposed language, the word “composition” normally refers to or includes chemical identities but in the proposed text, the word is used twice to refer to the concentration. Threet suggested that this could cause confusion and SDS preparers may believe that when the concentration of chemical is withheld, the chemical identity must be disclosed. Further, Threet suggested that the proposed language implied that an SDS could merely acknowledge that something was withheld as a trade secret but not specify which category of information was withheld, and recommended that OSHA add “as appropriate” to clarify (Document ID 0279, pp. 24-25).</P>
                    <P>ICBA commented that the proposed language, which states the chemical composition must be provided in accordance with the prescribed concentration ranges, did not align with the language in paragraph (i)(1)(iv), which requires that the concentration must be provided in accordance with the prescribed ranges. ICBA expressed concern that requiring the chemical composition as part of the concentration ranges could reveal industry trade secrets, and requested that OSHA change the language in Appendix D to reflect the same requirement as paragraph (i)(1)(iv) (Document ID 0291, pp. 4-5). Michele Sullivan asked OSHA to clarify that both the specific chemical identity and the percentage concentration or concentration range can be claimed as trade secrets at the same time (Document ID 0366, p. 9).</P>
                    <P>
                        After reviewing comments from stakeholders, OSHA is modifying the proposed text under 
                        <E T="03">For All Chemicals Where a Trade Secret is Claimed</E>
                         in Section 3 of Table D.1. OSHA is adding “and/or” to the first sentence and modifying the language about concentrations to read “When a trade secret is claimed in accordance with paragraph (i) of § 1900.1200, a statement that the specific chemical identity, and/or concentration (exact or range) of the composition has been withheld as a trade secret is required.” This should clarify that manufacturers can claim the chemical identity and the concentration (exact or range) as trade secrets at the same time or can claim any subset of these as a trade secret. OSHA also agrees with the comments regarding the use of the term “composition” in the second sentence and has accordingly reworded to clarify that when the concentration or concentration range is withheld as a trade secret, the HCS requires SDS preparers to use the prescribed concentration ranges in § 1910.1200(f)(1)(iv)-(vi) in Section 3. OSHA is not, however, adding “as appropriate” to the first sentence because the proposed language already makes clear that the SDS must include a statement about which information is withheld as a trade secret. OSHA is finalizing this version of the language regarding trade secrets in Section 3.
                    </P>
                    <P>In addition, as described in the NPRM, the HCS requires Section 3 of the SDS to include the chemical name and concentration (exact percentage or ranges) of all ingredients which are classified as “health hazards” in accordance with paragraph (d). OSHA did not propose changes to this requirement but requested comments on whether the requirement should be expanded to also include chemicals classified as physical hazards and HNOCs. In particular, OSHA asked whether expanding the requirements for Section 3 in this way would ensure that both users and manufacturers fully understand any potential hazard when handling the chemical and whether such a change would result in the provision of additional information that would allow downstream manufacturers to more accurately classify their products where a mixture with an ingredient that presents a physical hazard or HNOC is one of their ingredients (86 FR 9689).</P>
                    <P>NIOSH supported expanding Section 3's requirements to all classified chemicals for its potential to improve worker safety (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 6; 0423, Tr. 24). Similarly, John Baker supported the change, noting it would be beneficial particularly because of the potential for some nanoscale materials to form combustible dusts (Document ID 0302). NABTU also stated that OSHA should expand the requirements and that doing so would provide construction workers and their employers with more complete information on all exposure hazards. NABTU commented that “specifying physical hazards will also require more careful examination of potentially deleterious effects to workers beyond health effects” and noted that construction workers would benefit from additional information about a variety of hazards, such as aerosols, flammable gases and liquids, and HNOCs. NABTU also expressed the belief that the HNOC classification would be used infrequently (Document ID 0334, pp. 2-3; 0425, Tr. 23).</P>
                    <P>Several commenters opposed expanding the requirements of Section 3 to include ingredients classified as presenting physical hazards or HNOCs (see, e.g., Document ID 0293; 0316, pp. 28-29; 0327, p. 7; 0345, p. 6; 0346, pp. 2-3; 0347, pp. 22-23; 0359, p. 6; 0361, p. 3; 0366, p. 9). Several commenters stated that because the physical hazards of a mixture as a whole cannot be determined based on the physical properties of its ingredients, this requirement would only add complexity to the SDS without increasing worker protection, and could make it harder for workers to find relevant information (Document ID 0293; 0327, p. 7; 0329, p. 9; 0345, p. 6; 0346, pp. 2-3; 0347, pp. 22-23; 0359, p. 6; 0366, p. 9).</P>
                    <P>
                        Givaudan, Dow, ACC, and Michele Sullivan recommended against expanding Section 3's requirements because it would be inconsistent with the GHS and requirements of other U.S. trade partners (Document ID 0293; 0347, p. 22; 0359, p. 6; 0366, p. 9). Dow noted that doing so could put the United States at a competitive disadvantage since some of these components may be considered intellectual property (Document ID 0359, p. 6). The Flavor and Extract Manufacturers Association, HCPA, NACD, and ADM also stated that expanding the Section 3 requirements would not provide any additional helpful information regarding safe handling of chemicals because other sections of the SDS provide that information (Document ID 0327, p. 7; 0329, p. 9; 0346, pp. 2-3; 0347, pp. 22-23; 0361, p. 3). NAIMA opposed expanding Section 3 requirements, noting that doing so would impose 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44347"/>
                        significant burdens (Document ID 0338, p. 10). OSHA appreciates stakeholders' response to its request for comments. OSHA will consider these comments in determining whether Section 3's requirements should be expanded in a future update.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received one comment from an anonymous commenter about inaccurate information presented in Section 3 of SDSs. The commenter provided examples of inaccurate information such as SDSs listing chemical composition as “100% fertilizer” or “mixture,” and not providing accurate nutrient percentages (Document ID 0308). Although this comment is beyond the scope of this rulemaking because it does not relate to OSHA's proposed updates to the HCS, OSHA notes that many of the changes in this final rule are intended to clarify the requirements of the HCS for SDS preparers, in order to improve the accuracy of SDSs.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received a request from PRINTING regarding the existing requirement to list impurities and stabilizing additives. PRINTING requested guidance stating that downstream manufacturers may continue to rely on information provided by their upstream suppliers. (Document ID 0357, p. 3; 0423, Tr. 184-185). OSHA agrees that its modifications to paragraph (d) and Appendix D, Table D.1 Section 3 have not altered the ability of downstream manufacturers to rely on information from upstream suppliers.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">V. Section 8: Exposure Controls/Personal Protection</HD>
                    <P>Section 8 of the SDS includes information on exposure controls and personal protection. Section 8 (a) requires the SDS to include the OSHA PEL, the ACGIH TLV, and any other exposure limit used or recommended by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer preparing the SDS, when available. OSHA proposed to revise Section 8 (a) to clarify that this requirement applies to all ingredients or constituents listed in Section 3 regardless of the concentration at which they are present in a mixture. As OSHA noted in the NPRM, however, if the ingredient or constituent does not have an OSHA PEL, ACGIH TLV, or any other exposure limit or range used or recommended by the SDS preparer, then the ingredient or constituent would not need to be listed in Section 8.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters supported this proposed revision to Section 8 (a) (Document ID 0313, p. 8; 0316, p. 29; 0338, pp. 8-9). Specifically, NAIMA strongly supported the proposed revision and pointed out that sharing information about PELs and TLVs with users communicates a clear message about appropriate protections and supports intelligent and informed choice on the use of respiratory protection (Document ID 0338, pp. 8-9).</P>
                    <P>The American Pyrotechnics Association (APA) described the proposal as “adding known permissible exposure limits (PELs) and Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) for every ingredient or constituent listed in Section 3 of the SDS . . .” and argued that PELs and TLVs are irrelevant for finished pyrotechnic products because (1) these products are designed to combust and are consumed by the reaction before any personal exposure can occur and (2) if the products broke open in the workplace workers would not be exposed to the chemicals themselves. APA added that they “believe this is also applicable to numerous mixtures and compositions wherein the hazardous substances do not segregate nor return to their separate ingredients after being bound together chemically and/or physically” and that including numerous PELs and TLVs would lengthen the SDS. They requested that OSHA revisit this proposal (Document ID 0337, p. 4).</P>
                    <P>
                        APA's comment that OSHA has “proposed adding” known PELs and TLVs for every ingredient or constituent misconstrues the nature of OSHA's proposal. Following the publication of the 2012 HCS, the agency received requests to clarify how an ingredient's concentration and role in hazard classification relate to Section 8 requirements and requirements to list the ingredients in Section 3 and, as discussed in the NPRM (86 FR 9722), OSHA has issued LOIs clarifying that the required exposure limits must be provided for any ingredient or constituent identified in Section 3 of the SDS (see, 
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         Document ID 0088). OSHA's proposal in this rulemaking thus does not change any existing requirements; it simply clarifies which ingredients Section 8 (a) applies to.
                    </P>
                    <P>In addition, OSHA is not persuaded by APA's argument that the consumption of chemicals contained in pyrotechnic products during their use precludes occupational exposure to those chemicals. APA provided no evidence demonstrating that the consumption of chemical components during use of pyrotechnics results in no exposures to individuals in the vicinity. Furthermore, APA's comment specifically references circumstances where workers can experience exposure to hazardous chemical components of pyrotechnic products: such products can rupture in the workplace and workers must clean up the spilled materials resulting from such accidents. For the reasons discussed above, OSHA declines APA's request to reconsider the application of Section 8 (a)'s requirements to individual ingredients of chemical mixtures.</P>
                    <P>Therefore, after reviewing the comments received on the inclusion of the proposed language in Section 8 (a) to clarify that this requirement applies to all ingredients or constituents listed in Section 3 regardless of the concentration, OSHA is finalizing the requirement as proposed.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also proposed to add a new requirement for SDS preparers to include a range of exposure limits in Section 8 whenever a range is used or recommended by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer preparing the SDS. As explained in the NPRM, OSHA proposed this requirement due to the availability of new tools, such as occupational exposure banding or hazard banding methods, that provide a concentration range (band) based on toxicity and hazard information associated with a known chemical with similar properties. This range can help inform appropriate risk management decisions where a specific occupational exposure limit (OEL) or PEL is not available or is out of date (86 FR 9722).</P>
                    <P>NIOSH, NABTU, and John Baker supported the proposed revision (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 6; 0302; 0334, p. 3; 0425, Tr. 23-24). NABTU stated that, since quantitative and health-based occupational exposure limits are only available for a small number of chemicals, the inclusion of a range of exposure limits such as occupational exposure banding improves hazard communication and safeguards workers. NABTU added that exposure banding would move OSHA closer to the precautionary principle embodied in the EU's REACH regulations that is intended to protect workers when uncertainty exists about chemical hazards (Document ID 0334, p. 3; 0425, Tr. 23-24).</P>
                    <P>
                        John Baker recommended that the SDS should include a hyperlink or other instructions on where the user can find supporting documentation regarding how the range was established. Baker gave the example of ranges established for nanomaterials, stating that these may be highly dependent on parameters selected for the banding analysis (Document ID 0302). OSHA agrees that supporting documentation can provide valuable information about exposure ranges. However, based on the format of and preparation process for SDSs the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44348"/>
                        agency does not believe it is practical to require inclusion of this information. Maintaining accurate and up-to-date hyperlinks and/or instructions on where to locate appropriate contextual information can be burdensome for SDS preparers, and employees who only have access to paper copies of SDSs would not be able to use hyperlinks or similar instructions to find supporting documentation. OSHA also notes that SDS preparers may provide information on supporting documentation to users in Section 16 of the SDS. OSHA is therefore not mandating inclusion of a hyperlink or instructions for locating supporting information on how the range was established.
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received no comments objecting to the proposed requirement for SDS preparers to include a range of exposure limits whenever a range is used or recommended by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer preparing the SDS, and is finalizing the requirement as proposed.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters did not oppose the proposed revisions but suggested additional changes to the section. NIOSH recommended adding the NIOSH Recommended Exposure Limit (REL) to the list of relevant exposure limits, noting NIOSH is the only organization that offers OELs in some cases, such as engineered nanomaterials (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 6; 0423, Tr. 24). NABTU similarly stated that, because few occupational exposure limits for engineered nanomaterials have been established, NIOSH RELs should be required on SDSs to convey the most accurate and appropriate hazard information for engineered nanomaterials (Document ID 0464, p. 7). Cal/HESIS also recommended adding the NIOSH REL to the list of occupational exposure limits, as well as California's Risk Management Limit for Carcinogens (RML-CA). Cal/HESIS further recommended requiring state- or territory-specific PELs (such as Cal/OSHA PELs) to be listed for substances that lack federal occupational exposure limits and are sold in a particular state with an OSHA-approved State Plan. Cal/HESIS reasoned that SDSs should advise employers and workers that an exposure limit has been established by a specific state or other non-regulatory organization for a substance, even if a PEL is not established by federal OSHA. Cal/HESIS provided supporting information from its review of SDSs for products sold in California that contained 1-bromopropane, a carcinogen that lacks a federal OSHA PEL, and the agency found that 80 percent of SDSs did not include the Cal/OSHA PEL for 1-bromopropane. Therefore, Cal/HESIS concluded, California users of these SDSs could erroneously conclude California does not regulate 1-bromopropane (Document ID 0313, p. 8).</P>
                    <P>ICT suggested that OSHA should add a provision from Section G.5.d of OSHA's compliance directive (Document ID 0007), which allows chemical manufacturers and importers to state “The following constituents are the only constituents of the product which have a PEL, TLV or other recommended exposure limit. At this time, the other constituents have no known exposure limits” in Section 8 of the SDS (Document ID 0066, p. 66). ICT requested that OSHA modify Section 8 to codify this language, noting that Section 3 of the SDS often contains substances that do not have established OELs (Document ID 0324, pp. 6-7).</P>
                    <P>OSHA agrees with those commenters who stated that the NIOSH REL and state-specific limits can provide important information to chemical users; however, the suggested changes are out of scope for this rulemaking. While OSHA did propose to add “or range” to Section 8, indicating a broader scope of what needs to be listed, it did not propose to add RELs or otherwise modify the information required regarding OELs. Adding these limits as requirements would be a substantive change to the content of an SDS. Because OSHA did not indicate in the proposal that it was considering such a change, the agency believes stakeholders lacked sufficient notice for OSHA to adopt the commenters' suggestions in this final rule. The agency notes, however, that Section 8 (a) may include any exposure limit or range used or recommended by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer preparing the safety data sheet, where available.</P>
                    <P>With regard to ICT's request to add language from OSHA's directive, OSHA notes that ICT did not provide any justification for why adding this language to the HCS text of Appendix D would be useful and OSHA has not received any other comments suggesting that there is ambiguity about the fact that employers are allowed to add that statement. To the extent that ICT is requesting that OSHA mandate the inclusion of that statement about no other known exposure limits on SDSs, OSHA did not propose such a change and the agency considers such a suggestion outside the scope of this rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>ACC submitted a comment requesting that OSHA remove the requirement to list OELs developed by voluntary standards organizations such as ACGIH TLVs. ACC suggested that OSHA should only require the listing of OELs that have been developed through a federal rulemaking process because those limits have been determined to be feasible. ACC argued that the requirement to include OELs developed by voluntary standards organizations creates the erroneous impression that they carry the same regulatory weight as OSHA PELs (Document ID 0347, p. 24).</P>
                    <P>Inclusion of the TLVs and other OELs on the SDS has been a requirement since 1983 (48 FR 53280, 53343). During the rulemaking process for the 2012 HCS, OSHA received comments similar to ACC's; the agency explained and reaffirmed its longstanding position that TLVs and other OELs provide useful information and should continue to be included (77 FR 17573, 17731-34). OSHA continues to affirm this position. Regardless, this comment is out of scope because the agency did not propose a change to this requirement.</P>
                    <P>OSHA also received one comment regarding Section 8 (c), which the agency did not propose to change in the NPRM. Monica Hale commented that OSHA should add a requirement for manufacturers to list the specific types of required PPE in Section 8 based on the “actual hazard” and should not be permitted to include generic statements such as “use appropriate glove” or “use appropriate NIOSH Approved Respirator” (Document ID 0286). Because OSHA did not propose to change Section 8(c), this comment is out of scope for this rulemaking and the agency has not added the suggested language. Several other commenters raised similar concerns with regard to the language about PPE required on labels in Appendix C, and this issue is discussed in more depth in the Summary and Explanation of Appendix C.</P>
                    <P>In conclusion, for the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing all changes as proposed in Section 8 of the SDS.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VI. Section 9: Physical and Chemical Properties</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed several updates to Section 9, Physical and chemical properties. OSHA proposed to revise the text of Section 9 to align with Rev. 7 by listing the required physical and chemical properties of the chemical in the same order that appears in Annex 4 of the GHS (Document ID 0060, p. 38). OSHA reasoned that this change would simplify the preparation of SDSs for chemical manufacturers who prepare them for global distribution. Similarly, OSHA also proposed aligning Section 9 with Rev. 7 by replacing “appearance” 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44349"/>
                        with “physical state” and “color”; eliminating “odor threshold” and “evaporation rate” as separate required properties; adding the term “kinematic” to the property “viscosity” to better define the appropriate parameter to be characterized (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         kinematic as opposed to dynamic viscosity); and adding “particle characteristics” as a new physical property for solids. OSHA stated in the NPRM that particle characteristics only apply to solids and should include the particle size (median and range) and, if available and appropriate, further properties such as size distribution (range), shape, aspect ratio, and specific surface area (86 FR 9723).
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA received several comments on these proposed changes. API requested clarification on whether the physical and chemical properties must be ordered on the SDS in the same sequence that OSHA proposed to list them in the text of Appendix D (Document ID 0316, pp. 29-30). NACD expressed concern that individuals who read SDSs and labels would need to adjust to a re-ordered list of physical and chemical properties and that making this change would not enhance safety (Document ID 0329, p. 9).</P>
                    <P>As OSHA explained in the NPRM, the proposal to list the required physical and chemical properties of the chemical in the same order that appears in the GHS applies to the order in which they appear in the text of the HCS, not to the order in which they appear on the SDS. SDS preparers are not required to list the physical and chemical properties in any particular order (86 FR 9722-9723). This also means that the order of the physical and chemical properties on the SDSs would not need to change and therefore individuals who use SDSs would not need to adjust or relearn anything about where the information is located.</P>
                    <P>NIOSH recommended that information on odor threshold be retained on the SDS because detection of odor can be usefully combined with other information on toxic potency, for example, in cases where an odor threshold concentration can be compared to health-based ambient criteria (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 7). Cal/OSHA commented that since odor threshold can be an important way to “roughly” assess the risk level, it should be provided for all chemicals. Cal/OSHA recommended retaining the odor threshold along with a statement regarding olfactory fatigue (Document ID 0322, Att. 2, p. 13). NIOSH and Cal/HESIS commented that, since the evaporation rate can be important for assessing the risk from material spills, it should be retained on the SDS (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 7; 0423, Tr. 24-25; 0313, p. 9).</P>
                    <P>OSHA did not intend to eliminate the requirement to state the odor threshold on the SDS. The agency proposed to remove “Odor threshold” as a separate property from Section 9 in order to align with Rev. 7, which does not require an “Odor threshold” property in Section 9. However, Annex 4 of Rev. 7 states that a substance's odor property should indicate the odor threshold, if available (Document ID 0060, p. 387). OSHA's intent was to align with Rev. 7 by eliminating “odor threshold” from the list of properties but maintaining the requirement to report it by requiring it under the existing odor property already in Section 9. To prevent any future confusion, OSHA is adding a parenthetical stating “includes odor threshold” in Section 9 (c) Odor, thus indicating that SDSs preparers need to specify odor threshold for the substance, if available. OSHA is declining the recommendation to require a statement regarding olfactory fatigue since this recommendation does not align with Rev. 7 and Section 9 information requirements are limited to physical and chemical properties. However, OSHA notes that manufacturers may elect to include a statement regarding olfactory fatigue.</P>
                    <P>
                        With regard to evaporation rate, OSHA did propose to remove it from the list of properties in Section 9 to align with Rev. 7. The UNSCEGHS agreed to remove “evaporation rate” during revision of the GHS Annex 4 on the basis that it “is effectively covered by the vapour pressure, and all aspects that are important with regard to occupational safety and the risk of exposure can be dealt with based on the vapour pressure and the saturated vapour concentration” (Document ID 0129, p. 3). However, OSHA agrees with the point made by NIOSH and Cal/HESIS that “Evaporation rate” is important to include in Section 9, as ready access to this information may be needed to evaluate the health and fire hazard qualities of chemicals and other substances in emergency situations. OSHA is therefore adding a parenthesis stating “includes evaporation rate” in Section 9 (o), 
                        <E T="03">Vapor pressure.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>NIOSH, Cal/HESIS, NABTU and John Baker supported the addition of “particle characteristics” as a new physical property in Section 9 (Document ID 0281, p. 7; 0313, pp. 8-9; 0302; 0423, Tr. 24; 0425, Tr. 24; 0464, p. 7). Cal/HESIS recommended that the proposed text should be revised to specifically include particle size distribution as a required type of particle characteristic, noting that particle size is an important determinant of particle behavior in air and how the inhaled particles are deposited in the respiratory system (Document ID 0313, pp. 8-9). NIOSH stated that “particle characteristics are critical determinants of the toxicity of inhaled particles” and provided suggested particle characteristics with standardized methods (Document ID 0456, Att. 2, p. 3). NIOSH suggested that surface reactivity and density are also important determinants of the toxicity of particles, and suggested standardized test methods for those measurements (Document ID 0456, Att. 2, p. 3). In addition, NIOSH stated that over the last 20 years particle characteristics have become critical in terms of their hazard potential and the kinds of control approaches that are needed, particularly with the advancement of commercial nanotechnology (Document ID 0423, Tr. 40-41). NABTU concurred with NIOSH's assertion and pointed out that manufacturers are utilizing nanoparticles (or engineered nanomaterials) increasingly in numerous industry sectors, but not necessarily including information about nanoparticles in SDSs, and there is a clear need to improve hazard communication concerning particle size and other particle characteristics in order to understand the associated hazards to construction workers (Document ID 0425, Tr. 24; 0464, p. 7).</P>
                    <P>OSHA agrees that particle size distribution can be an important indicator of the potential for a solid particle to pose a hazard; as discussed in the NPRM, particles that are less than 100 microns increase the likelihood of exposure, especially through the route of inhalation (86 FR 9723; Document ID 0060, p. 117; 0129). OSHA also agrees with NIOSH regarding surface reactivity and density; if information on these characteristics is available, it should be included in the SDS. OSHA is not, however, including a list of particle characteristics that must be included because not all of this information is available for all chemicals covered by this provision. Additionally, because the HCS does not require testing, OSHA is not requiring testing for particle characteristics as NIOSH suggested, but notes that manufacturers must include these measurements, if available.</P>
                    <P>
                        John Baker argued that the proposed requirement to provide particle characteristics to Section 9 of the SDS should not be restricted to solids because liquids containing nanoparticles could pose a hazard particularly if there is a change in physical form (Document ID 0302).
                        <PRTPAGE P="44350"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>OSHA recognizes that solid nanoparticles in liquid can pose a hazard, especially when the liquid is aerosolized and the nanoparticles become airborne. In the NPRM, when OSHA stated that “particle characteristics apply to solids only . . .,” it intended to include nanoparticles in its meaning of solid (86 FR 9723). Nanoparticles in a liquid are themselves in a solid form, and therefore SDS preparers are required to list characteristics of those nanoparticles in Section 9.</P>
                    <P>Some commenters expressed confusion over the addition of “particle characteristics.” ICBA and PLASTICS asked for clarification about what data OSHA is seeking to capture by adding this term to Section 9 (Document ID 0291, p. 5; 0314, p. 21). As noted above, OSHA included in the NPRM a list of particle characteristics it intended for SDS preparers to provide, when available, and agrees with NIOSH that surface reactivity and density are also relevant particle characteristics that should be included.</P>
                    <P>NAIMA opposed the addition of “particle characteristics” as a new physical property in Section 9, including the proposed requirements to include median and range of particle size, size distribution, aspect ratio, and specific surface area. According to NAIMA, these particle characteristics are highly sensitive to certain production characteristics, and it would be hard to address attrition that might occur during application (Document ID 0338, p. 8).</P>
                    <P>In response to NAIMA's comment, OSHA notes that the requirement pertaining to particle characteristics is limited to cases where a substance's particle characteristics are available and appropriate. If particle characteristics are not known, OSHA does not expect importers or manufacturers to perform testing to determine particle characteristics, consistent with the fact that the HCS does not require testing. However, the agency notes that many manufacturers already have this information available since this is an important commercial attribute provided to customers. Additionally, OSHA would not expect the SDS preparer to include the particle characteristics following attrition that could occur during downstream processing since, as NAIMA pointed out, this would be difficult to predict for all situations.</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing the proposed revisions with clarifying additions in Section 9 (c) and (o).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VII. Footnote in Sections 7 and 9</HD>
                    <P>OSHA requested comments on whether it should add a footnote to Section 9 that is similar to the footnote the agency proposed to add to Appendix B.6.3. This footnote would explain that to determine the appropriate storage container size and type, the boiling point for a flammable liquid must be determined by paragraph (a)(5) of OSHA's Flammable Liquids standard (29 CFR 1910.106(a)(5)), which allows for an alternate method to determine the boiling point under certain circumstances. If a manufacturer uses the alternative method to determine the boiling point for storage purposes, they must note that on the SDS in Sections 7 and 9 if the classification for storage differs from the classification listed in Section 2 of the SDS.</P>
                    <P>ACC objected to the proposed note, including the requirements pertaining to Sections 7 and 9 of the SDS, because they believe that it would not provide any additional worker protection. ACC further asked OSHA to clarify why this provision was proposed, noting that it is not in the GHS Rev. 7 or 8 (Document ID 0347, p. 23). OSHA addressed ACC's comments, along with other comments specifically on the footnote in B.6.3, in the Summary and Explanation for Appendix B and finalized the footnote, with modifications for clarity.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received one comment specifically on the addition of the footnote to Appendix D, from Ameren, which agreed that it would be appropriate to add a footnote like the one proposed for B.6.3 to Appendix D for Section 9 (Document ID 0309, p. 17). OSHA agrees that a similar footnote should be included in Appendix D since Appendix D, Table D.1 lists what must be included in the SDS, and the footnote requires that in some cases this additional information is added to the SDS. However, OSHA has concluded that the footnote should be referenced in both Section 7 and Section 9, since it refers to information in both SDS sections. Adding the footnote, as modified, will ensure that if the storage recommendations appear to be in conflict with classification for flammable liquids in section 2 of the SDS, the preparer will appropriately mark the SDS in both Section 7 and Section 9 so the downstream user knows that the recommendations for storage of flammable liquids are correct. While OSHA believes this will be a rare occurrence, the addition of the use of the alternative method for boiling point ensures that the accuracy of the SDS is not in doubt. Therefore, OSHA is adding the footnote, as modified for B.6.3, in Appendix D.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">VIII. Section 10: Stability and Reactivity</HD>
                    <P>Section 10 of the SDS, Stability and reactivity, includes the requirement in Section 10 (c) that preparers include information about the possibility of hazardous reactions. In the NPRM, OSHA proposed to clarify that this includes hazardous reactions associated with foreseeable emergencies.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received several comments expressing concerns about the proposed requirement. These arguments largely mirror the arguments raised regarding paragraph (d). For instance, commenters raised concerns about the feasibility of preparing comprehensive hazard classifications for every possible use of a product (Document ID 0277, p. 3); the vagueness and breadth of the language proposed (Document ID 0347, pp. 25-26); the difficulty of obtaining continuous information from downstream users (Document ID 0348, p. 2); and the likelihood of over-warnings to avoid risk of regulatory citations and confusion about what hazards are associated with a chemical substance (Document ID 0356, pp. 9-10). These arguments and others are discussed further in the Summary and Explanation for paragraph (d).</P>
                    <P>Several commenters also suggested changes to the proposed text. Tom Murphy suggested that Section 10 (c) should be limited to universal conditions applicable to anyone in possession of the chemical product (Document ID 0277, p. 3). ACC suggested adding the phrase “for directed uses” (Document ID 0347, pp. 25-26). The Vinyl Institute suggested removing the proposed text from Section 10 of Table D.1 for the same reason they opposed the proposed revisions to paragraph (d) (Document ID 0369, Att. 2, p. 8) (see the Summary and Explanation of paragraph (d)).</P>
                    <P>
                        The proposed change in Section 10 (c) was consistent with the language OSHA proposed for paragraph (d)(1). OSHA proposed to add “including those associated with foreseeable emergencies” in Section 10 (c) to clarify that possible hazardous reactions also include hazardous reactions which may occur during foreseeable emergencies and to be consistent with the proposed revision to paragraph (d)(1). While the version of paragraph (d)(1) that OSHA is finalizing no longer aligns with the proposed change in 10 (c), OSHA still believes this clarification is warranted to ensure that downstream users are aware of potential hazardous reactions associated with foreseeable emergencies. OSHA is not convinced 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44351"/>
                        that this would be a heavy burden since it is not tied to the classification process but a general warning of when a hazardous situation can occur. Therefore, adding the phrase “for directed use” as ACC suggests would not capture the intent of this requirement. This revision is also consistent with the GHS which indicates that the SDS preparer should describe the conditions in which the hazardous reaction could occur (Document ID 0060, p. 400).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">IX. Section 11: Toxicological Information</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed to revise Section 11, Toxicological information, to align with Rev. 7 (Document ID 0060, p. 395) by adding a new Section 11 (e), Interactive Effects. Because of that proposed change, OSHA also proposed moving the former Section 11 (e) to Section 11 (f). Additionally, OSHA proposed to add a new Section 11 (g) providing that when specific chemical data or information is not available, SDS preparers must indicate if alternative information was used and what method was used to derive the information (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         where the preparer is using information from a class of chemicals rather than the exact chemical in question and using structure-activity relationships (SAR) to derive the toxicological information).
                    </P>
                    <P>With regard to proposed Section 11 (e), several commenters requested a definition of “interactive effects” and sought clarification of specific requirements of the proposal. Tom Murphy commented that the proposal did not contain a definition of interactive effects and that a lack of clarity creates a “potential for systemic failure.” Murphy suggested that this issue could be resolved by defining the term interactive effects or striking the requirement (Document ID 0277, p. 2). Similarly, ACC requested clarification of “interactive effects” as they felt it was not clear from the NPRM or GHS what this proposed provision entails (Document ID 0347, p. 26).</P>
                    <P>Michele Sullivan asked why OSHA proposed to add interactive effects to the SDS, suggesting that the requirement was inadequately explained in both the GHS and NPRM and noting it is not included in UN GHS Table 1.5.2 Minimum information for an SDS. Sullivan suggested that including this information was not “necessary or related to worker safety” and that OSHA should align as closely as possible with the GHS Table 1.5.2 from the UN GHS Purple Book to promote global harmonization (Document ID 0366, p. 9).</P>
                    <P>While “interactive effects” are not listed in Table 1.5.2, the term is mentioned in Appendix 4 Guidance on the preparation of the safety data sheet (SDS) paragraph 4.3.11.11 (Document ID 0060, p. 401). “Interactive effects” such as synergistic or antagonistic effects occur when some or all individual components (ingredients) of a mixture influence the toxicity of individual ingredients and the combined effects deviate from additive predictions (see related considerations in Appendix A.0.4—Considerations for the classification of mixtures). When an SDS preparer has information that the combination of chemicals in a mixture have a different level and/or type of toxicity than would be predicted by adding the toxicity of its components, the preparer should state that on the SDS and describe the nature of the interactive effects. OSHA recognizes that testing and studies are often required to produce information on interactive effects. Since neither the GHS nor OSHA require testing, this information need only be disclosed if the toxicological data is available without testing. OSHA disagrees with Michele Sullivan's comment that this requirement would not benefit worker safety; OSHA proposed adding this provision because it understood this to be a gap in the information provided in the SDS that could be important for understanding the hazards present in a workplace.</P>
                    <P>With regard to proposed Section 11 (g), ACC supported the inclusion of QSAR (quantitative SAR) and read across, which it characterized as “powerful and valuable tools for evaluating toxicological information.” However, ACC requested clarity regarding what OSHA intended with the phrase “if alternative information is used” in proposed Section 11(g). (Document ID 0347, p. 26).</P>
                    <P>In the NPRM, OSHA noted several tools that would qualify as “using alternative information” under proposed Section 11 (g), including SAR, QSAR, and read across, which are used in the absence of specific data on a particular chemical to predict activities, properties, and endpoint information of untested chemicals based on their structural similarity to tested chemicals (86 FR 9723). When SDS preparers lack known chemical specific data, OSHA intends for this provision to require preparers to note that they have used other methods such as SAR, QSAR, and read across to provide toxicological information in Section 11, and then to describe the method they used for translating the non-specific data into toxicological information relevant to the untested chemical in question. Making such information accessible in the SDS to health and safety professionals could be useful to determine what kind of controls and PPE may be needed to protect workers who handle these chemicals.</P>
                    <P>NACD commented that the proposed Section 11 (g) “essentially asks [SDS] preparers to provide information about their data sources.” NACD recommended that OSHA clarify when this is required and what specific information the agency is seeking. They also suggested that OSHA should update its chemical registries and chemical substance guidebook online (Document ID 0329, p. 9). OSHA notes that, while it is not clear which specific materials NACD is asking OSHA to update, the agency will be updating its HCS guidance to provide additional information and support for compliance with the final rule and anticipates including these topics.</P>
                    <P>
                        Proposed Section 11 (g) requires that SDS preparers note if the toxicity information for a chemical on the SDS is derived from studies which used data that is not specific to the chemical in question and which method was used to make that determination (for instance, QSAR or read-across methods). As NIOSH stated at the hearing, “structure-activity relationships, analogs of chemicals, and chemical families are all useful characteristics for understanding the toxicity of a chemical, particularly when there is little toxicity information about the particular chemical of interest” (Document ID 0423, Tr. 42-43). NIOSH noted that it would be particularly useful to include such information on the SDS “for those chemicals for which the chemical families or the SAR have been well studied and well supported in the scientific literature” (Document ID 0423, Tr. 42-43). NIOSH also cautioned that “when the analogs, the SAR, and the chemical families are not well-defined or there is conflicting information about the critical characteristics of the analog chemicals for comparison” it can be difficult to interpret that information. Further, because no standard set of information on which to characterize SAR, analog, or chemical families currently exists, it may be difficult to provide guidelines to employers on what information to include (Document ID 0423, Tr. 42-43). OSHA agrees with this analysis of the state of the science regarding these methodologies. Ultimately, the SDS preparer must include the information in the toxicological information section unless they determine that it is of such 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44352"/>
                        a quality as would not materially aid hazard communication.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Michele Sullivan also noted that Section 11 (g) does not appear in GHS Table 1.5.2 and therefore is not harmonized with the GHS, so SDS preparers should be allowed to use alternative methods (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         SAR, QSAR, read-across) to derive toxicity information but they should not be required to specify that alternative methods were used on the SDS because it would not be helpful or necessary for workers' safety (Document ID 0366, p. 9).
                    </P>
                    <P>While OSHA supports the use of alternative methods to derive toxicity information, the agency notes that most of these methods would not be used as stand-alone (without the addition of in vivo or in vitro data) to classify hazardous substances. The requirement to provide information on the use of alternative methods in the classification allows the reader to evaluate the basis for the classification. Further, OSHA disagrees with the assertation that the proposed requirement does not align with GHS simply because the requirement is not listed on Table 1.5.2. Table 1.5.2 in the GHS is meant to list minimum information for an SDS (Document ID 0060, pp. 38-39). The GHS provides more detail about SDS requirements in the paragraph A4.3.11.12 of Annex 4 which specifies that when genetic data are used, or where data are not available, that information should be noted in the SDS (Document ID 0060, p. 396).</P>
                    <P>For the reasons discussed above, OSHA is finalizing all of the changes to Section 11 of the SDS as proposed, including new Section 11 (e), the shifting of the prior Section 11 (e) to Section 11 (f), and the new Section 11 (g).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">X. Section 14: Transport Information (Nonmandatory)</HD>
                    <P>
                        OSHA proposed to change non-mandatory Section 14 (f), 
                        <E T="03">Transport information,</E>
                         to read “Transport in bulk according to IMO instruments” instead of “Transport in bulk (according to Annex II of MARPOL 73/78 and the IBC Code)” to be consistent with the text in Rev. 7, which better aligns with the IMO (Document ID 0060, p. 39; 0141). OSHA received no comments objecting to the revision in Section 14. Therefore, OSHA is finalizing Section 14 as proposed.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Out of Scope Comments</HD>
                    <P>As explained in the introduction to the Summary and Explanation, OSHA addresses all relevant comments submitted as part of a rulemaking. The agency received some comments that were submitted as part of the rulemaking process but are outside the scope of the rulemaking. This section addresses any such comments that are not addressed in other sections of the Summary and Explanation.</P>
                    <P>DOD commented that OSHA should expand the types of hazards reported on SDSs and labels by aligning with the EU REACH regulation (Document ID 0299, p. 5). OSHA did not propose the adoption of any provision within REACH and cannot expand the types of hazards covered by the HCS without notice and comment on the issue, so the agency declines to adopt DOD's proposed changes.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received an anonymous comment regarding the classification of plastic articles which requested that “the correct approach for the classification of polymer compounds and concentrates . . . be specified in the proposed rule” (Document ID 0269). Since articles are exempt from the HCS and OSHA did not propose any changes to the standard that are relevant to the commenter's concerns, this comment is out of scope for this rulemaking and the agency declines to take the action requested in this comment.</P>
                    <P>An anonymous commenter suggested that OSHA should revise the training requirements for SDSs to reduce the amount of training but make it more useful for workers (Document ID 0300). OSHA did not propose any changes to the training provisions of the HCS, therefore the suggestion is out of scope for this rulemaking and the agency declines to adopt the commenter's proposed changes.</P>
                    <P>OSHA received another anonymous comment asking OSHA to extend the HCS to workers who are not currently covered by the standard, including State employees not covered by OSHA's regulations (Document ID 0306). The comment suggested a number of options for extending the population of workers covered by the HCS that are not within OSHA's power to implement. The agency appreciates the dilemma faced by the commenter and those not protected by the HCS, but States are specifically exempted from being an employer under the OSH Act (29 U.S.C. 652(5)). OSHA therefore cannot take any action in response to this comment.</P>
                    <P>Loren Lowry, a private citizen, commented that SDS preparers and hazard classifiers do not apply the HCS or GHS the same way when developing hazard classifications for the same chemicals (Document ID 0333). OSHA recognizes this issue and has developed guidance to help stakeholders correctly apply the HCS hazard classification criteria to their chemical or substance. In addition, Lowry noted that countries are able to adopt parts or all of the GHS which leads to disharmonization (Document ID 0333, p. 1). While OSHA recognizes the issue as well, it is not within the agency's power to address uneven or incomplete adoption of the GHS amongst foreign nations.</P>
                    <P>WHSP submitted comments related to nanotechnology and international developments (Document ID 0341). While the agency appreciates the submission, these comments are outside the scope of this rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>Cal/OSHA commented that the decision-making procedures for classifying and labelling chemicals are absent from this proposal (Document ID 0322, Att. 1, p. 2). OSHA notes that this issue was discussed during the 2012 HCS update (77 FR 17719, 17795, 17799) and OSHA did not propose any changes related to this issue in this rulemaking. Therefore, Cal/OSHA's comments on this matter are outside the scope of this rulemaking and OSHA declines to make any changes to the rule in response.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">XV. Issues and Options Considered</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the NPRM, OSHA solicited public feedback on specific issues associated with the proposed revisions to the HCS in the Issues and Options section, including timeframes for updates, issues related to proposed regulatory text and appendices (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         questions on (f)(12) small container labeling requirements), economic analyses, and potential guidance documents. The Issues and Options section also presented optional potential changes to the regulatory text and appendices associated with Rev. 8 of the GHS (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         inclusion of non-animal test methods in Appendix A.3.1—skin irritation and corrosion). For discussion of issues and options related to economic analyses, regulatory text, and appendices, please refer to those specific discussions in Section VI, Final Economic Analysis and Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, or Section XIV, Summary and Explanation of the Final Rule, for that specific provision. The remainder of this discussion addresses comments submitted on the timeframe for updates to the HCS and on electronic labeling.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Timeframe for Updates to the HCS</HD>
                    <P>
                        Since aligning the HCS with Rev. 3 in 2012, OSHA has intended for the HCS to stay current with more recent revisions of the GHS. The GHS is updated biennially through published revisions; most recently, Rev. 9 was published in July 2021 (available at 
                        <E T="03">
                            https://unece.org/transport/standards/transport/dangerous-goods/ghs-rev9-
                            <PRTPAGE P="44353"/>
                            2021
                        </E>
                        ). Regulatory authorities around the world have implemented the GHS at stages ranging from Rev. 1 through Rev. 7. Few regulatory authorities have put programs in place to update their regulations on a routine schedule. The EU has made the most regular updates, and in March 2019, the European Commission (EC) published the adaptation of technical progress (ATP) to EC regulation 1272/2008 (the CLP regulation) to align with both the sixth and seventh revised editions of the GHS (Document ID 0176). These changes to the CLP regulation became effective October 2020. Other regulatory authorities, such as those in Canada, Australia, and New Zealand, have updated their regulations to align with the GHS and have either finalized or are in the process of aligning with Rev. 7; however, none of these countries have a mandate on how often they should do so (Document ID 0172; 0168; 0187). Similarly, to date, OSHA has not adopted a specific timeframe for regularly updating the HCS to implement GHS updates.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        OSHA requested public comment on whether the agency should adopt a schedule for updates to the HCS standard (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         every four years or every two revisions of the GHS) or wait until there are significant changes to the GHS before initiating rulemaking. The agency received several comments on the question but received no consensus on a 
                        <E T="03">specific</E>
                         timeframe for updating the HCS.
                    </P>
                    <P>Hugo Hidalgo commented that “the revision and updates to the HCS must be close together with the GHS latest versions to ensure alignment with the rest of the world, requiring a strong relationship with US major trading partners” (Document ID 0297, p. 4).</P>
                    <P>CGA and GAWDA commented that OSHA should review the HCS every two revisions of the GHS to determine if the changes are substantive enough to reach “a threshold that would necessitate” implementing a change, which they noted “would help to ensure that the time, cost, and effort required to meet new requirements would result in enhanced employee safety” (Document ID 0310, p. 3). Similarly, SAAMI suggested that OSHA realign with the GHS every four years or two revisions (Document ID 0370, pp. 2-3). Hach recommended updates to the HCS every 8 years, or every fourth revision, while Michele Sullivan indicated that every 5 or 6 years may be more appropriate (Document ID 0323, p. 11; 0366, p. 10). Others indicated it would be more appropriate to coordinate updates either with trading partners or the DOT (Document ID 0279, p. 3; 0347, p. 27; 0364, pp. 2-3).</P>
                    <P>The Flavor Extract Manufacturers Association, Hawkins, and FCA suggested that OSHA should maintain a regular schedule for updates to provide more regulatory certainty to companies, but did not provide a suggested schedule (Document ID 0346, p. 3; 0423, Tr. 193; 0349, p. 6). IHSC noted “it is important to periodically revise the standard to stay aligned with the international standards to take advantage of the hard work done by our representatives to the UN subcommittee and the various working agencies” (Document ID 0349, p. 1).</P>
                    <P>Cal/HESIS recommended that OSHA update the HCS “only when there are significant changes to the GHS that would justify opening rulemaking” and that OSHA should have flexibility in determining the need as a fixed schedule “may not be in the interest of all involved given the resources and effort required” (Document ID 0313, p. 3). Some other stakeholders' comments similarly suggested that OSHA should update the HCS when significant or substantial changes to the GHS have occurred, or when these changes will lead to improved worker protections (Document ID 0309, p. 11; 0327, p. 3; 0329, p. 2; 0344, p. 3; 0368, p. 11).</P>
                    <P>NIOSH also recommended that OSHA update the HCS only when significant changes to the GHS warrant rulemaking, noting that “[a]dhering to a regular schedule to update the OSHA HCS might not be prudent given the resources and effort required—especially if there were minor adjustments to the GHS that would not require major revisions to the HCS” (Document ID 0456, Att. 2, p. 2). Dow also supported updating the HCS when there are substantial updates in order to maintain harmonization with trading partners, but noted that “an update should be justified by advancement in science or technology resulting in clear benefits to worker safety” (Document ID 0359, p. 1). NAIMA supported less frequent HCS updates to incorporate significant changes to the GHS because there are significant compliance costs associated with HCS updates (Document ID 0461, pp. 8-9).</P>
                    <P>After careful consideration, the agency agrees with commenters who argued it is more prudent to only update the HCS when significant changes have occurred to the GHS that require realignment to improve worker safety.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Electronic Labeling</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the NPRM, OSHA requested comments on using electronic technology, such as quick response (QR) codes and radio-frequency identification (RFID) for labeling chemical packaging. OSHA was interested in gathering information from stakeholders on what technological, economic, and security challenges employers would face if electronic labeling was permitted in a future HCS revision. The agency also requested comments on the types of electronic chemical labeling already in existence or under development, information on the types of electronic coding systems utilized and the costs incurred, and benefits achieved from the programs if implemented. In addition, OSHA asked what backup measures are in place to ensure immediate access to the hazard information. OSHA was interested in gathering information about workers' experiences with electronic labels, and foreseeable challenges that OSHA should consider (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         worker accessibility to electronic label information) (86 FR 9690).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Many commenters supported exploring the use of electronic labels in the future (Document ID 0309, p. 13; 0327, p. 6; 0347, pp. 20-21; 0297, p. 3). Commenters stated that using technology (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         QR codes and RFID) for labels and SDSs will provide a quick (Document ID 0261), easy (Document ID 0368, p. 8), universal (Document ID 0271), and efficient (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 7) way to access hazard information about the chemicals at workplaces. Givaudan indicated strong support and urged OSHA to implement the use of electronic labels (Document ID 0293, p. 1). Hugo Hidalgo indicated that given the worldwide use of this technology, hard copies should not be the only way to comply with the HCS (Document ID 0297, p. 4).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Some commenters suggested that OSHA should make electronic labeling optional, but raised concerns about the possibility of broad implementation (Document ID 0316, p. 7; 0329, p. 9). Specifically, API indicated that this provision should be optional and further stakeholder engagement would be beneficial as there may be concerns related to wide use of electronic labels, including limited use of mobile phones in many workplaces, additional costs for implementation, and no demonstrated need for (and perhaps limited benefit of) electronic labels (Document ID 0316, pp. 7-8). They indicated that using digital hazard information during the transport phase could be useful, but implementing such provisions could require extensive revisions to the GHS (Document ID 0316, p. 8). Relatedly, IMA-NA commented that this would be costly and not work as a blanket approach across industries (Document ID 0363, pp. 8-9).
                        <PRTPAGE P="44354"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>Additionally, NIOSH supported OSHA's consideration of utilizing newer technology options, such as QR codes, RFID, or website addresses, to link to pertinent labeling information and SDSs. However, they also commented that electronic labeling should not be a substitute for maintaining label information and SDSs in the workplace in a physical form because in emergencies there must be a backup means of accessing the label and SDS in case the container becomes compromised or inaccessible (Document ID 0281, Att. 2, p. 7).</P>
                    <P>Similarly, NABTU commented that electronic technology for labeling could improve the ability of manufacturers and importers to provide chemical hazard information, including access to emergency medical and first aid information, which they noted remains a challenge on construction sites. However, they stated that it should not be substituted for the hazard information and pictograms already required on labels. They provided examples of QR codes that are already being used in the construction industry to train workers on using hazardous equipment, working at heights, and accessing SDSs for masonry and concrete products. NABTU pointed out that the HCS already permits employers to provide electronic access to SDSs, therefore “amending the HCS to permit use of QR codes on labels for SDSs would not materially alter the standard's requirement for SDSs but would encourage use of the technology” (Document ID 0334, p. 5).</P>
                    <P>HCPA supported OSHA's exploration of the HCS permitting electronic labeling in some situations. They stated that the product identifier, pictograms, and hazard statements should remain on labels affixed to the product, but employers should be able to convey other aspects digitally. In their view, this would allow employees to access the most important information in the event of an emergency, but they could still have ready access to the rest of the information. They specifically noted that it would facilitate employee access to SDSs in the case of an electrical failure. Additionally, HCPA stated that manufacturers and importers should still have labels online with complete information that can be downloaded, printed, and applied to containers when the employer cannot access information digitally (Document ID 0327, p. 6). Similarly, ADM supported the use of electronic labeling to provide enhanced safety information and reduce label sizes, but suggested that essential information should still be required on printed labels, including signal words and hazard statements, in the event of a power failure or for businesses not fully equipped with the latest technologies (Document ID 0361, p. 3).</P>
                    <P>NACD stated that use of electronic labels and SDSs could benefit small packages and emergency responders, but requiring the use of electronic devices might present challenges because, among other things, some employers do not allow workers to use cell phones, there would need to be a standard format across operating systems, and network accessibility is not universal (Document ID 0329, p. 9).</P>
                    <P>ACC supported the use of electronic labeling for chemical packaging and particularly supported the distribution of SDSs via electronic means. However, ACC noted a number of issues would need to be clarified in order to determine whether it would be realistic to incorporate electronic labeling in the HCS, including what would be considered an electronic label, whether it would only add to the label or replace elements of the label, and whether it would apply to the label or the SDS. ACC also raised concerns about using electronic devices in restricted areas due to potential fire hazards. Additionally, ACC requested clarification on how these changes would be coordinated with maintaining the pertinent data online for products. ACC suggested that OSHA provide clarification on the timing of OSHA's adoption of electronic labeling and create a working group rather than attempting to address the issue in this rulemaking (Document ID 0347, pp. 20-21).</P>
                    <P>Similarly, Dow raised concerns regarding the potential fire and explosion hazards that would occur if unrated electronic devices such as cell phones were used in “electrically classified areas” to read electronic labels. Dow also stated that codes would have to link to a website to access the label information, which can be challenging for companies to maintain and update for extended periods at the same web address. Further, workers might be unable to access important safety information on the label if a company fails to maintain its website due to the company restructuring or shutting down. For these reasons, Dow suggested that electronic labeling should only be voluntary (Document ID 0359, pp. 6-7).</P>
                    <P>OSHA appreciates commenters providing information on electronic labeling. OSHA is not proposing any new changes in this rulemaking on this issue, but the agency will consider these comments and concerns in future discussions at the UN and in future HCS revisions.</P>
                    <LSTSUB>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 29 CFR Part 1910</HD>
                        <P>Chemicals, Diseases, Explosives, Flammable materials, Gases, Hazardous substances, Incorporation by reference, Labeling, Occupational safety and health, Safety, Signs and symbols.</P>
                    </LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Authority and Signature</HD>
                    <P>This document was prepared under the direction of Douglas L. Parker, Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20210. It is issued under the authority of sections 4, 6, and 8 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657); 5 U.S.C. 553; section 304, Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-549, reprinted at 29 U.S.C.A. 655 Note); section 41, Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act (33 U.S.C. 941); section 107, Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3704); section 1031, Housing and Community Development Act of 1992 (42 U.S.C. 4853); section 126, Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, as amended (reprinted at 29 U.S.C.A. 655 Note); Secretary of Labor's Order No. 8-2020 (85 FR 58393-94); and 29 CFR part 1911.</P>
                    <SIG>
                        <P>Signed at Washington, DC.</P>
                        <NAME>Douglas L. Parker,</NAME>
                        <TITLE>Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health.</TITLE>
                    </SIG>
                    <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, Chapter XVII of Title 29, part 1910 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:</P>
                    <PART>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1910—OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS</HD>
                    </PART>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="29" PART="1910">
                        <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 1910 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <AUTH>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                            <P>33 U.S.C. 941; 29 U.S.C. 653, 655, 657; Secretary of Labor's Order No. 12-71 (36 FR 8754); 8-76 (41 FR 25059), 9-83 (48 FR 35736), 1-90 (55 FR 9033), 6-96 (62 FR 111), 3-2000 (65 FR 50017), 5-2002 (67 FR 65008), 5-2007 (72 FR 31160), 4-2010 (75 FR 55355), 1-2012 (77 FR 3912), or 08-2020 (85 FR 58393); 29 CFR part 1911; and 5 U.S.C. 553, as applicable.</P>
                        </AUTH>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="29" PART="1910">
                        <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 1910.6 as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>a. Revise paragraph (a), the introductory text of paragraph (e), and the introductory text of paragraph (h);</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>b. Redesignate paragraphs (h)(27) and (28) as (h)(28) and (29) and add new paragraph (h)(27);</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>
                            c. Redesignate paragraphs n through (bb) as shown in the following redesignation table:
                            <PRTPAGE P="44355"/>
                        </AMDPAR>
                        <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,tp0,i1" CDEF="s50,r50">
                            <TTITLE> </TTITLE>
                            <BOXHD>
                                <CHED H="1">Old paragraph</CHED>
                                <CHED H="1">New paragraph</CHED>
                            </BOXHD>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">n</ENT>
                                <ENT>p.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">o</ENT>
                                <ENT>s.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">p through x</ENT>
                                <ENT>t through bb.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">y</ENT>
                                <ENT>o.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">z</ENT>
                                <ENT>cc.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">aa</ENT>
                                <ENT>r.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                            <ROW>
                                <ENT I="01">bb</ENT>
                                <ENT>dd.</ENT>
                            </ROW>
                        </GPOTABLE>
                        <AMDPAR>d. Add new paragraphs (n) and (q); and</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>e. Revise newly redesignated paragraphs (v) and (dd).</AMDPAR>
                        <P>The revisions and additions read as follows:</P>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 1910.6</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Incorporation by Reference.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>
                                (a)(1) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) must publish a document in the 
                                <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                                 and the material must be available to the public.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (i) The standards of agencies of the U.S. Government, and organizations which are not agencies of the U.S. Government which are incorporated by reference in this part, have the same force and effect as other standards in this part. Only the mandatory provisions (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 provisions containing the word “shall” or other mandatory language) of standards incorporated by reference are adopted as standards under the Occupational Safety and Health Act.
                            </P>
                            <P>(ii) Any changes in the standards incorporated by reference in this part and an official historic file of such changes are available for inspection in the Docket Office at the national office of OSHA, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210; telephone: 202-693-2350 (TTY number: 877-889-5627).</P>
                            <P>(2) All approved incorporation by reference (IBR) material is available for inspection at OSHA and at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA).</P>
                            <P>(i) Contact OSHA at any Regional Office of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), or at the OSHA Docket Office, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue NW, Room N-3508, Washington, DC 20210; telephone: 202-693-2350 (TTY number: 877-889-5627).</P>
                            <P>
                                (ii) For information on the availability of these standards at NARA, visit 
                                <E T="03">www.archives.gov/federal-register/cfr/ibr-locations</E>
                                 or email 
                                <E T="03">fr.inspection@nara.gov</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <P>(3) The IBR material may be obtained from the sources in the following paragraphs of this section or from one or more private resellers listed in this paragraph (a)(3). For material that is no longer commercially available, contact OSHA (see paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section).</P>
                            <P>
                                (i) Accuris Standards Store, 321 Inverness Drive, South Englewood, CO 80112; phone: (800) 332-6077; website: 
                                <E T="03">https://store.accuristech.com</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <P>(ii) American National Standards Institute (see paragraph (e) for contact information).</P>
                            <P>
                                (iii) GlobalSpec, 257 Fuller Road, Suite NFE 1100, Albany, NY 12203-3621; phone: (800) 261-2052; website: 
                                <E T="03">https://standards.globalspec.com</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (iv) Nimonik Document Center, 401 Roland Way, Suite 224, Oakland, CA 94624; phone (650)591-7600; email: info@document-center.com; website: 
                                <E T="03">www.document-center.com</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (v) Techstreet, phone: (855) 999-9870; email: 
                                <E T="03">store@techstreet.com</E>
                                ; website: 
                                <E T="03">www.techstreet.com</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (e) American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 25 West 43rd Street, Fourth Floor, New York, NY 10036-7417; phone: (212) 642-4980; email: 
                                <E T="03">info@ansi.org</E>
                                ; website: 
                                <E T="03">www.ansi.org</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (h) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959; phone: (610) 832-9585; email: 
                                <E T="03">sevice@astm.org</E>
                                ; website: 
                                <E T="03">www.astm.org</E>
                                . (27) ASTM D4359-90, Standard Test Method for Determining Whether a Material is a Liquid or a Solid, approved July 1, 2019; IBR approved for § 1910.1200.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(27) ASTM D 4359-90, Standard Test Method for Determining Whether a Material is a Liquid or a Solid, Approved 2019, IBR approved for § 1910.1200.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (n) German Institute for Standardization (DIN) (Beuth Verlag GmbH) Am DIN-Platz Burggrafenstraße 6 10787 Berlin, Germany; phone: +49 30 58885 70070; website: 
                                <E T="03">https://din.de/en/about-standards/buy-standard</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <P>(1) DIN 51794:2003-05—Determining the ignition temperature of petroleum products, May 2003, IBR approved for appendix B to § 1910.1200.</P>
                            <P>(2) [Reserved]</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (q) International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), IEC Secretariat, 3 rue de Varembé, PO Box 131, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland; phone: +41 22 919 02 11; email: 
                                <E T="03">sales@iec.ch</E>
                                ; website: 
                                <E T="03">https://www.iec.ch</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <P>(1) IEC 60079-20-1, Explosive atmospheres—Part 20-1: Material characteristics for gas and vapor classification—Test methods and data, Edition 1.0, 2010-01; IBR approved for appendix B to § 1910.1200.</P>
                            <P>(2) [Reserved]</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (v) International Organization for Standardization (ISO), ISO Central Secretariat, Chemin de Blandonnet 8 CP 401—1214 Vernier, Geneva, Switzerland; phone: +41 22 749 01 11; email: 
                                <E T="03">central@iso.org</E>
                                ; website: 
                                <E T="03">www.iso.org/store.html</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <P>(1) ISO 817:2014(E), Refrigerants—Designation and safety classification, Third edition, 2014-04-15; IBR approved for appendix B to § 1910.1200.</P>
                            <P>(2) ISO 10156:1996 (E), Gases and Gas Mixtures—Determination of Fire Potential and Oxidizing Ability for the Selection of Cylinder Valve Outlets, Second Edition, Feb. 15, 1996; IBR approved for appendix B to § 1910.1200.</P>
                            <P>(3) ISO 10156:2017(E), Gas Cylinders—Gases and gas mixtures—Determination of fire potential and oxidizing ability for the selection of cylinder valve outlets, Fourth edition, 2017-07; IBR approved for appendix B to § 1910.1200.</P>
                            <P>(4) ISO 10156-2:2005 (E), Gas cylinders—Gases and Gas Mixtures—Part 2: Determination of Oxidizing Ability of Toxic and Corrosive Gases and Gas Mixtures, First Edition, Aug. 1, 2005; IBR approved for appendix B to subpart Z.</P>
                            <P>(5) ISO 13943:2000 (E/F); Fire Safety—Vocabulary, First Edition, April, 15, 2000, IBR approved for appendix B to § 1910.1200.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (dd) United Nations (UN), United Nations Publications, P.O. Box 960 Herndon, VA 20172; phone: (703) 661-1571;; email: 
                                <E T="03">order@un.org</E>
                                ; website: 
                                <E T="03">https://shop.un.org/</E>
                                .
                            </P>
                            <P>(1) ADR 2019, European Agreement Concerning the International Carriage of Dangerous Goods by Road; Annex A: General provisions and provisions concerning dangerous substances and articles; (Volumes I and II) including December 2018 corrigendum to Volume II, applicable January 1, 2019; IBR approved for § 1910.1200.</P>
                            <P>(2) ST/SG/AC.10/Rev.4 (“UN ST/SG/AC.10/Rev.4”), The UN Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods, Manual of Tests and Criteria, Fourth Revised Edition, 2003; IBR approved for appendix B to § 1910.1200.</P>
                            <P>
                                (3) ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6 (“UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6”), Recommendations on the Transport of 
                                <PRTPAGE P="44356"/>
                                Dangerous Goods: Manual of Tests and Criteria, sixth revised edition, copyright 2015; IBR approved for appendix B to § 1910.1200.
                            </P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="29" PART="1910">
                        <AMDPAR>3. Amend § 1910.1200 as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>a. Revise paragraphs (a)(1) and (b)(6)(x);</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>b. Revise and republish paragraph (c);</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>c. Revise paragraphs (d)(1), (e)(4), (f)(1), (5), and (11);</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>d. Add paragraph (f)(12); and</AMDPAR>
                        <AMDPAR>e. Revise paragraphs (g)(1) and (2), (7) and (10), (i)(1) through (3), (j), and appendices A through D.</AMDPAR>
                        <P>The revisions and additions read as follows:</P>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 1910.1200</SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Hazard Communication Standard.</SUBJECT>
                            <P>(a) * * *</P>
                            <P>(1) The purpose of this section is to ensure that the hazards of all chemicals produced or imported are classified, and that information concerning the classified hazards is transmitted to employers and employees. The requirements of this section are intended to be consistent with the provisions of the United Nations Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labeling of Chemicals (GHS), primarily Revision 7. The transmittal of information is to be accomplished by means of comprehensive hazard communication programs, which are to include container labeling and other forms of warning, safety data sheets and employee training.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(b) * * *</P>
                            <P>(6) * * *</P>
                            <P>(x) Nuisance particulates where the chemical manufacturer or importer can establish that they do not pose any physical hazard, health hazard, or other hazards covered under this section;</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (c) 
                                <E T="03">Article</E>
                                 means a manufactured item other than a fluid or particle:
                            </P>
                            <P>(i) Which is formed to a specific shape or design during manufacture;</P>
                            <P>(ii) Which has end use function(s) dependent in whole or in part upon its shape or design during end use; and</P>
                            <P>
                                (iii) Which under normal conditions of use does not release more than very small quantities, 
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 minute or trace amounts of a hazardous chemical (as determined under paragraph (d) of this section), and does not pose a physical hazard or health risk to employees.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Assistant Secretary</E>
                                 means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Bulk shipment</E>
                                 means any hazardous chemical transported where the mode of transportation comprises the immediate container (
                                <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                                 contained in tanker truck, rail car, or intermodal container).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Chemical</E>
                                 means any substance, or mixture of substances.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Chemical manufacturer</E>
                                 means an employer with a workplace where chemical(s) are produced for use or distribution.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Chemical name</E>
                                 means the scientific designation of a chemical in accordance with the nomenclature system developed by the International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC) or the Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) rules of nomenclature, or a name that will clearly identify the chemical for the purpose of conducting a hazard classification.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Classification</E>
                                 means to identify the relevant data regarding the hazards of a chemical; review those data to ascertain the hazards associated with the chemical; and decide whether the chemical will be classified as hazardous according to the definition of hazardous chemical in this section. In addition, classification for health and physical hazards includes the determination of the degree of hazard, where appropriate, by comparing the data with the criteria for health and physical hazards.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Combustible dust</E>
                                 means finely divided solid particulates of a substance or mixture that pose a flash-fire hazard or explosion hazard when dispersed in air or other oxidizing media.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Commercial account</E>
                                 means an arrangement whereby a retail distributor sells hazardous chemicals to an employer, generally in large quantities over time and/or at costs that are below the regular retail price.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Common name</E>
                                 means any designation or identification such as code name, code number, trade name, brand name or generic name used to identify a chemical other than by its chemical name.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Container</E>
                                 means any bag, barrel, bottle, box, can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel, storage tank, or the like that contains a hazardous chemical. For purposes of this section, pipes or piping systems, and engines, fuel tanks, or other operating systems in a vehicle, are not considered to be containers.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Designated representative</E>
                                 means any individual or organization to whom an employee gives written authorization to exercise such employee's rights under this section. A recognized or certified collective bargaining agent shall be treated automatically as a designated representative without regard to written employee authorization.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Director</E>
                                 means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Distributor</E>
                                 means a business, other than a chemical manufacturer or importer, which supplies hazardous chemicals to other distributors or to employers.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Employee</E>
                                 means a worker who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals under normal operating conditions or in foreseeable emergencies. Workers such as office workers or bank tellers who encounter hazardous chemicals only in non-routine, isolated instances are not covered.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Employer</E>
                                 means a person engaged in a business where chemicals are either used, distributed, or are produced for use or distribution, including a contractor or subcontractor.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Exposure or exposed</E>
                                 means that an employee is subjected in the course of employment to a hazardous chemical, and includes potential (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 accidental or possible) exposure. “Subjected” in terms of health hazards includes any route of entry (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption.)
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Foreseeable emergency</E>
                                 means any potential occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which could result in an uncontrolled release of a hazardous chemical into the workplace.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Gas</E>
                                 means a substance which
                            </P>
                            <P>(i) At 122 °F (50 °C) has a vapor pressure greater than 43.51 PSI (300 kPa) (absolute); or</P>
                            <P>(ii) Is completely gaseous at 68 °F (20 °C) at a standard pressure of 14.69 PSI (101.3 kPa).</P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Hazard category</E>
                                 means the division of criteria within each hazard class, 
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 oral acute toxicity and flammable liquids include four hazard categories. These categories compare hazard severity within a hazard class and should not be taken as a comparison of hazard categories more generally.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Hazardous chemical</E>
                                 means any chemical which is classified as a physical hazard or a health hazard, a simple asphyxiant, combustible dust, or hazard not otherwise classified.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Hazard class</E>
                                 means the nature of the physical or health hazards, 
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 flammable solid, carcinogen, oral acute toxicity.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Hazard not otherwise classified (HNOC)</E>
                                 means an adverse physical or health effect identified through evaluation of scientific evidence during the classification process that does not meet the specified criteria for the physical and health hazard classes addressed in this section. This does not extend coverage to adverse physical and health effects for which there is a hazard 
                                <PRTPAGE P="44357"/>
                                class addressed in this section, but the effect either falls below the cut-off value/concentration limit of the hazard class or is under a GHS hazard category that has not been adopted by OSHA (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 acute toxicity Category 5).
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Hazard statement</E>
                                 means a statement assigned to a hazard class and category that describes the nature of the hazard(s) of a chemical, including, where appropriate, the degree of hazard.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Health hazard</E>
                                 means a chemical which is classified as posing one of the following hazardous effects: acute toxicity (any route of exposure); skin corrosion or irritation; serious eye damage or eye irritation; respiratory or skin sensitization; germ cell mutagenicity; carcinogenicity; reproductive toxicity; specific target organ toxicity (single or repeated exposure); or aspiration hazard. The criteria for determining whether a chemical is classified as a health hazard are detailed in Appendix A to § 1910.1200—Health Hazard Criteria.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Immediate outer package</E>
                                 means the first package enclosing the container of hazardous chemical.
                            </P>
                            <P>Immediate use means that the hazardous chemical will be under the control of and used only by the person who transfers it from a labeled container and only within the work shift in which it is transferred.</P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Importer</E>
                                 means the first business with employees within the Customs Territory of the United States which receives hazardous chemicals produced in other countries for the purpose of supplying them to distributors or employers within the United States.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Label</E>
                                 means an appropriate group of written, printed or graphic information elements concerning a hazardous chemical that is affixed to, printed on, or attached to the immediate container of a hazardous chemical, or to the outside packaging.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Label elements</E>
                                 means the specified pictogram, hazard statement, signal word and precautionary statement for each hazard class and category.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Liquid</E>
                                 means a substance or mixture which at 122 °F (50 °C) has a vapor pressure of not more than 43.51 PSI (300 kPa (3 bar)), which is not completely gaseous at 68 °F (20 °C) and at a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa, and which has a melting point or initial melting point of 68 °F (20 °C) or less at a standard pressure of 14.69 PSI (101.3 kPa). Either ASTM D4359-90 (R2019) (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6); or the test for determining fluidity (penetrometer test) prescribed in section 2.3.4 of ADR 2019 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6) can establish whether a viscous substance or mixture is a liquid if a specific melting point cannot be determined.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Mixture</E>
                                 means a combination or a solution composed of two or more substances in which they do not react.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Physical hazard</E>
                                 means a chemical that is classified as posing one of the following hazardous effects: explosive; flammable (gases, liquids, or solids); aerosols; oxidizer (gases, liquids, or solids); self-reactive; pyrophoric (liquid or solid); self-heating; organic peroxide; corrosive to metal; gas under pressure; in contact with water emits flammable gas; or desensitized explosive. The criteria for determining whether a chemical is classified as a physical hazard are detailed in appendix B to this section.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP)</E>
                                 means an individual whose legally permitted scope of practice (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 license, registration, or certification) allows the individual to independently provide or be delegated the responsibility to provide some or all of the health care services referenced in paragraph (i) of this section.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Pictogram</E>
                                 means a composition that may include a symbol plus other graphic elements, such as a border, background pattern, or color, that is intended to convey specific information about the hazards of a chemical. Eight pictograms are designated under this standard for application to a hazard category.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Precautionary statement</E>
                                 means a phrase that describes recommended measures that should be taken to minimize or prevent adverse effects resulting from exposure to a hazardous chemical, or improper storage or handling.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Produce</E>
                                 means to manufacture, process, formulate, blend, extract, generate, emit, or repackage.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Product identifier</E>
                                 means the name or number used for a hazardous chemical on a label or in the SDS. It provides a unique means by which the user can identify the chemical. The product identifier used shall permit cross-references to be made among the list of hazardous chemicals required in the written hazard communication program, the label and the SDS.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Released for shipment</E>
                                 means a chemical that has been packaged and labeled in the manner in which it will be distributed or sold.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Responsible party</E>
                                 means someone who can provide additional information on the hazardous chemical and appropriate emergency procedures, if necessary.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Safety data sheet (SDS)</E>
                                 means written or printed material concerning a hazardous chemical that is prepared in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Signal word</E>
                                 means a word used to indicate the relative level of severity of hazard and alert the reader to a potential hazard on the label. The signal words used in this section are “danger” and “warning.” “Danger” is used for the more severe hazards, while “warning” is used for the less severe.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Simple asphyxiant</E>
                                 means a substance or mixture that displaces oxygen in the ambient atmosphere, and can thus cause oxygen deprivation in those who are exposed, leading to unconsciousness and death.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Solid</E>
                                 means a substance or mixture which does not meet the definitions of liquid or gas.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Specific chemical</E>
                                 identity means the chemical name, Chemical Abstracts Service (CAS) Registry Number, or any other information that reveals the precise chemical designation of the substance.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Substance</E>
                                 means chemical elements and their compounds in the natural state or obtained by any production process, including any additive necessary to preserve the stability of the product and any impurities deriving from the process used, but excluding any solvent which may be separated without affecting the stability of the substance or changing its composition.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Trade secret</E>
                                 means any confidential formula, pattern, process, device, information or compilation of information that is used in an employer's business, and that gives the employer an opportunity to obtain an advantage over competitors who do not know or use it. Appendix E to § 1910.1200—Definition of Trade Secret, sets out the criteria to be used in evaluating trade secrets.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Use</E>
                                 means to package, handle, react, emit, extract, generate as a byproduct, or transfer.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Work</E>
                                 area means a room or defined space in a workplace where hazardous chemicals are produced or used, and where employees are present.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                <E T="03">Workplace</E>
                                 means an establishment, job site, or project, at one geographical location containing one or more work areas.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (d)(1)(i) Chemical manufacturers and importers shall evaluate chemicals produced in their workplaces or imported by them to classify the chemicals in accordance with this section. For each chemical, the chemical manufacturer or importer shall determine the hazard classes, and where appropriate, the category of each class 
                                <PRTPAGE P="44358"/>
                                that apply to the chemical being classified. The hazard classification shall include any hazards associated with the chemical's intrinsic properties including:
                            </P>
                            <P>(A) a change in the chemical's physical form and;</P>
                            <P>(B) chemical reaction products associated with known or reasonably anticipated uses or applications.</P>
                            <P>(ii) Employers are not required to classify chemicals unless they choose not to rely on the classification performed by the chemical manufacturer or importer for the chemical to satisfy this paragraph (d)(1).</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(e) * * *</P>
                            <P>(4) The employer shall make the written hazard communication program available, upon request, to employees, their designated representatives, the Assistant Secretary and the Director, in accordance with the requirements of § 1910.1020(e).</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(f) * * *</P>
                            <P>
                                (1) 
                                <E T="03">Labels on shipped containers.</E>
                                 The chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor shall ensure that each container of hazardous chemicals leaving the workplace is labeled, tagged or marked. Hazards not otherwise classified and hazards identified and classified under (d)(1)(ii) do not have to be addressed on the container. Where the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor is required to label, tag or mark the following shall be provided:
                            </P>
                            <P>(i) Product identifier;</P>
                            <P>(ii) Signal word;</P>
                            <P>(iii) Hazard statement(s);</P>
                            <P>(iv) Pictogram(s);</P>
                            <P>(v) Precautionary statement(s);</P>
                            <P>(vi) Name, U.S. address, and U.S. telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or other responsible party.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (5) 
                                <E T="03">Transportation.</E>
                                 (i) Chemical manufacturers, importers, or distributors shall ensure that each container of hazardous chemicals leaving the workplace is labeled, tagged, or marked in accordance with this section in a manner which does not conflict with the requirements of the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 5101 
                                <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                                ) and regulations issued under that Act by the Department of Transportation (49 CFR subtitle B).
                            </P>
                            <P>(ii) The label for bulk shipments of hazardous chemicals must be on the immediate container, transmitted with the shipping papers or the bills of lading, or, with the agreement of the receiving entity, transmitted by technological or electronic means so that it is immediately available to workers in printed form on the receiving end of shipment.</P>
                            <P>(iii) Where a pictogram required by the Department of Transportation under title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations appears on a shipped container, the pictogram specified in appendix C.4 to this section for the same hazard is not required on the label.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (11) 
                                <E T="03">Label Updates.</E>
                                 (i) Chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, or employers who become newly aware of any significant information regarding the hazards of a chemical shall revise the labels for the chemical within six months of becoming aware of the new information, and shall ensure that labels on containers of hazardous chemicals shipped after that time contain the new information. For chemicals that have been released for shipment and are awaiting future distribution, chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, or employers have the option not to relabel those containers; however, if they do not relabel the containers, they must either provide the updated label for each individual container with each shipment or, with the agreement of the receiving entity, transmit the labels by electronic or other technological means.
                            </P>
                            <P>(ii) If the chemical is not currently produced or imported, the chemical manufacturer, importer, distributor, or employer shall add the information to the label before the chemical is shipped or introduced into the workplace again.</P>
                            <P>
                                (12) 
                                <E T="03">Small container labelling.</E>
                                 (i) This paragraph applies where the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor can demonstrate that it is not feasible to use pull-out labels, fold-back labels, or tags containing the full label information required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section.
                            </P>
                            <P>(ii) For a container less than or equal to 100 ml capacity, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor must include, at a minimum, the following information on the label of the container:</P>
                            <P>(A) Product identifier;</P>
                            <P>(B) Pictogram(s);</P>
                            <P>(C) Signal word;</P>
                            <P>(D) Chemical manufacturer's name and phone number; and</P>
                            <P>(E) A statement that the full label information for the hazardous chemical is provided on the immediate outer package.</P>
                            <P>(iii) For a container less than or equal to 3 ml capacity, where the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor can demonstrate that any label interferes with the normal use of the container, no label is required, but the container must bear, at a minimum, the product identifier.</P>
                            <P>(iv) For all small containers covered by paragraph (f)(12)(ii) or (iii) of this section, the immediate outer package must include:</P>
                            <P>(A) The full label information required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section for each hazardous chemical in the immediate outer package. The label must not be removed or defaced, as required by paragraph (f)(9) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(B) A statement that the small container(s) inside must be stored in the immediate outer package bearing the complete label when not in use.</P>
                            <P>
                                (g) 
                                <E T="03">Safety data sheets.</E>
                                 (1) Chemical manufacturers and importers shall obtain or develop a safety data sheet for each hazardous chemical they produce or import. Employers shall have a safety data sheet in the workplace for each hazardous chemical which they use.
                            </P>
                            <P>(2) The chemical manufacturer or importer shall ensure that the safety data sheet is in English (although the employer may maintain copies in other languages as well), and includes at least the following section numbers and headings, and associated information under each heading, in the order listed (see appendix D to this section, for the specific content of each section of the safety data sheet):</P>
                            <P>(i) Section 1, Identification;</P>
                            <P>(ii) Section 2, Hazard(s) identification;</P>
                            <P>(iii) Section 3, Composition/information on ingredients;</P>
                            <P>(iv) Section 4, First-aid measures;</P>
                            <P>(v) Section 5, Fire-fighting measures;</P>
                            <P>(vi) Section 6, Accidental release measures;</P>
                            <P>(vii) Section 7, Handling and storage;</P>
                            <P>(viii) Section 8, Exposure controls/personal protection;</P>
                            <P>(ix) Section 9, Physical and chemical properties;</P>
                            <P>(x) Section 10, Stability and reactivity;</P>
                            <P>(xi) Section 11, Toxicological information.</P>
                            <P>(xii) Section 12, Ecological information;</P>
                            <P>(xiii) Section 13, Disposal considerations;</P>
                            <P>(xiv) Section 14, Transport information;</P>
                            <P>(xv) Section 15, Regulatory information; and</P>
                            <P>(xvi) Section 16, Other information, including date of preparation or last revision.</P>
                            <NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1 to paragraph (g)(2):</HD>
                                <P> To be consistent with the GHS, an SDS must also include the headings in paragraphs (g)(2)(xii) through (g)(2)(xv) of this section in order.</P>
                            </NOTE>
                            <NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2 to paragraph (g)(2):</HD>
                                <P>
                                     OSHA will not be enforcing information requirements in 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44359"/>
                                    sections 12 through 15, as these areas are not under its jurisdiction.
                                </P>
                            </NOTE>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(7)(i) Distributors shall ensure that safety data sheets, and updated information, are provided to other distributors and employers with their initial shipment and with the first shipment after a safety data sheet is updated;</P>
                            <P>(ii) The distributor shall either provide safety data sheets with the shipped containers, or send them to the other distributor or employer prior to or at the time of the shipment;</P>
                            <P>(iii) Retail distributors selling hazardous chemicals to employers having a commercial account shall provide a safety data sheet to such employers upon request, and shall post a sign or otherwise inform them that a safety data sheet is available;</P>
                            <P>(iv) Wholesale distributors selling hazardous chemicals to employers over-the-counter may also provide safety data sheets upon the request of the employer at the time of the over-the-counter purchase, and shall post a sign or otherwise inform such employers that a safety data sheet is available;</P>
                            <P>
                                (v) If an employer without a commercial account purchases a hazardous chemical from a retail distributor not required to have safety data sheets on file (
                                <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                 the retail distributor does not have commercial accounts and does not use the materials), the retail distributor shall provide the employer, upon request, with the name, address, and telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor from which a safety data sheet can be obtained;
                            </P>
                            <P>(vi) Wholesale distributors shall also provide safety data sheets to employers or other distributors upon request; and,</P>
                            <P>(vii) Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors need not provide safety data sheets to retail distributors that have informed them that the retail distributor does not sell the product to commercial accounts or open the sealed container to use it in their own workplaces.</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(10) Safety data sheets may be kept in any form, including as operating procedures, and may be stored in such a way to cover groups of hazardous chemicals in a work area where it may be more appropriate to address the hazards of a process rather than individual hazardous chemicals. However, the employer shall ensure that in all cases the required information is provided for each hazardous chemical, and is readily accessible during each work shift to employees when they are in their work area(s).</P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (i) 
                                <E T="03">Trade secrets.</E>
                                 (1) The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may withhold the specific chemical identity, including the chemical name, other specific identification of a hazardous chemical, and/or the exact percentage (concentration) or concentration range of the substance in a mixture, from section 3 of the safety data sheet, provided that:
                            </P>
                            <P>(i) The claim that the information withheld is a trade secret can be supported;</P>
                            <P>(ii) Information contained in the safety data sheet concerning the properties and effects of the hazardous chemical is disclosed;</P>
                            <P>(iii) The safety data sheet indicates that the specific chemical identity and/or concentration or concentration range of composition is being withheld as a trade secret;</P>
                            <P>(iv) If the concentration or concentration range is being claimed as a trade secret then the safety data sheet provides the ingredient's concentration as one of the prescribed ranges below in paragraphs (i)(1)(iv)(A) through (M) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(A) from 0.1% to 1%;</P>
                            <P>(B) from 0.5% to 1.5%;</P>
                            <P>(C) from 1% to 5%;</P>
                            <P>(D) from 3% to 7%;</P>
                            <P>(E) from 5% to 10%;</P>
                            <P>(F) from 7% to 13%;</P>
                            <P>(G) from 10% to 30%;</P>
                            <P>(H) from 15% to 40%;</P>
                            <P>(I) from 30% to 60%;</P>
                            <P>(J) from 45% to 70%;</P>
                            <P>(K) from 60% to 80%;</P>
                            <P>(L) from 65% to 85%; and</P>
                            <P>(M) from 80% to 100%.</P>
                            <P>(v) The prescribed concentration range used must be the narrowest range possible. If the exact concentration range falls between 0.1% and 30% and does not fit entirely into one of the prescribed concentration ranges of paragraphs (i)(1)(iv)(A) to (G) of this section, a single range created by the combination of two applicable consecutive ranges between paragraphs (i)(1)(iv)(A) and (G) of this section may be disclosed instead, provided that the combined concentration range does not include any range that falls entirely outside the exact concentration range in which the ingredient is present.</P>
                            <P>(vi) Manufacturers may provide a range narrower than those prescribed in (i)(1)(v).</P>
                            <P>(vii) The specific chemical identity and exact concentration or concentration range is made available to health professionals, employees, and designated representatives in accordance with the applicable provisions of this paragraph (i) of this section.</P>
                            <P>(2) Where a treating PLHCP determines that a medical emergency exists and the specific chemical identity and/or specific concentration or concentration range of a hazardous chemical is necessary for emergency or first-aid treatment, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer shall immediately disclose the specific chemical identity or percentage composition of a trade secret chemical to that treating PLHCP, regardless of the existence of a written statement of need or a confidentiality agreement. The chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer may require a written statement of need and confidentiality agreement, in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (i)(3) and (4) of this section, as soon as circumstances permit.</P>
                            <P>
                                (3) In non-emergency situations, a chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer shall, upon request, disclose a specific chemical identity or exact concentration or concentration range, otherwise permitted to be withheld under paragraph (i)(1) of this section, to a health professional (
                                <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                 PLHCP, industrial hygienist, toxicologist, or epidemiologist) providing medical or other occupational health services to exposed employee(s), and to employees or designated representatives, if:
                            </P>
                            <P>(i) The request is in writing;</P>
                            <P>(ii) The request describes with reasonable detail one or more of the following occupational health needs for the information:</P>
                            <P>(A) To assess the hazards of the chemicals to which employees will be exposed;</P>
                            <P>(B) To conduct or assess sampling of the workplace atmosphere to determine employee exposure levels;</P>
                            <P>(C) To conduct pre-assignment or periodic medical surveillance of exposed employees;</P>
                            <P>(D) To provide medical treatment to exposed employees;</P>
                            <P>(E) To select or assess appropriate personal protective equipment for exposed employees;</P>
                            <P>(F) To design or assess engineering controls or other protective measures for exposed employees; and,</P>
                            <P>(G) To conduct studies to determine the health effects of exposure.</P>
                            <P>
                                (iii) The request explains in detail why the disclosure of the specific chemical identity or percentage composition is essential and that, in lieu thereof, the disclosure of the following information to the health professional, employee, or designated representative, 
                                <PRTPAGE P="44360"/>
                                would not satisfy the purposes described in paragraph (i)(3)(ii) of this section:
                            </P>
                            <P>(A) The properties and effects of the chemical;</P>
                            <P>(B) Measures for controlling workers' exposure to the chemical;</P>
                            <P>(C) Methods of monitoring and analyzing worker exposure to the chemical; and,</P>
                            <P>(D) Methods of diagnosing and treating harmful exposures to the chemical;</P>
                            <P>(iv) The request includes a description of the procedures to be used to maintain the confidentiality of the disclosed information; and,</P>
                            <P>
                                (v) The health professional, and the employer or contractor of the services of the health professional (
                                <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                                 downstream employer, labor organization, or individual employee), employee, or designated representative, agree in a written confidentiality agreement that the health professional, employee, or designated representative, will not use the trade secret information for any purpose other than the health need(s) asserted and agree not to release the information under any circumstances other than to OSHA, as provided in paragraph (i)(6) of this section, except as authorized by the terms of the agreement or by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer.
                            </P>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>
                                (j) 
                                <E T="03">Dates</E>
                                —(1) 
                                <E T="03">Effective date.</E>
                                 This section shall become effective July 19, 2024.
                            </P>
                            <P>
                                (2) 
                                <E T="03">Substances.</E>
                                 (i) Manufacturers, importers, and distributors, evaluating substances shall be in compliance with all modified provisions of this section no later than January 19, 2026.
                            </P>
                            <P>(ii) For substances, all employers shall, as necessary, update any alternative workplace labeling used under paragraph (f)(6) of this section, update the hazard communication program required by paragraph (h)(1) of this section, and provide any additional employee training in accordance with paragraph (h)(3) of this section for newly identified physical hazard, or health hazards or other hazards covered under this section no later than July 20, 2026.</P>
                            <P>
                                (3) 
                                <E T="03">Mixtures.</E>
                                 (i) Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors evaluating mixtures shall be in compliance with all modified provisions of this section no later than July 19, 2027.
                            </P>
                            <P>(ii) For mixtures, all employers shall, as necessary, update any alternative workplace labeling used under paragraph (f)(6) of this section, update the hazard communication program required by paragraph (h)(1) of this section, and provide any additional employee training in accordance with paragraph (h)(3) of this section for newly identified physical hazards, health hazards, or other hazards covered under this section no later than January 19, 2028.</P>
                            <P>
                                (4) 
                                <E T="03">Compliance.</E>
                                 Between May 20, 2024 and the dates specified in paragraphs (j)(2) and (3) of this section, as applicable, chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, and employers may comply with either this section or § 1910.1200 revised as of July 1, 2023, or both during the transition period.
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix A to § 1910.1200—Health Hazard Criteria (Mandatory)</HD>
                            <EXTRACT>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.0 General Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.0.1 Classification</HD>
                                <P>A.0.1.1 The term “hazard classification” is used to indicate that only the intrinsic hazardous properties of chemicals are considered. Hazard classification incorporates three steps:</P>
                                <P>(a) Identification of relevant data regarding the hazards of a chemical;</P>
                                <P>(b) Subsequent review of those data to ascertain the hazards associated with the chemical;</P>
                                <P>(c) Determination of whether the chemical will be classified as hazardous and the degree of hazard.</P>
                                <P>A.0.1.2 For many hazard classes, the criteria are semi-quantitative or qualitative and expert judgment is required to interpret the data for classification purposes.</P>
                                <P>A.0.1.3 Where impurities, additives or individual constituents of a substance or mixture have been identified and are themselves classified, they should be taken into account during classification if they exceed the cut-off value/concentration limit for a given hazard class.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.0.2 Available Data, Test Methods and Test Data Quality</HD>
                                <P>A.0.2.1 There is no requirement for testing chemicals.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.0.2.2 The criteria for determining health hazards are test method neutral,
                                    <E T="03"> i.e.,</E>
                                     they do not specify particular test methods, as long as the methods are scientifically validated.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.0.2.3 The term “scientifically validated” refers to the process by which the reliability and the relevance of a procedure are established for a particular purpose. Any test that determines hazardous properties, which is conducted according to recognized scientific principles, can be used for purposes of a hazard determination for health hazards. Test conditions need to be standardized so that the results are reproducible with a given substance, and the standardized test yields “valid” data for defining the hazard class of concern.</P>
                                <P>A.0.2.4 Existing test data are acceptable for classifying chemicals, although expert judgment also may be needed for classification purposes.</P>
                                <P>A.0.2.5 The effect of a chemical on biological systems is influenced, by the physico-chemical properties of the substance and/or ingredients of the mixture and the way in which ingredient substances are biologically available. A chemical need not be classified when it can be shown by conclusive experimental data from scientifically validated test methods that the chemical is not biologically available.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.0.2.6 For classification purposes, epidemiological data and experience on the effects of chemicals on humans (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     occupational data, data from accident databases) shall be taken into account in the evaluation of human health hazards of a chemical.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.0.3 Classification Based on Weight of Evidence</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.0.3.1 For some hazard classes, classification results directly when the data satisfy the criteria. For others, classification of a chemical shall be determined on the basis of the total weight of evidence using expert judgment. This means that all available information bearing on the classification of hazard shall be considered together, including the results of valid 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                                     tests, relevant animal data, and human experience such as epidemiological and clinical studies and well-documented case reports and observations.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.0.3.2 The quality and consistency of the data shall be considered. Information on chemicals related to the material being classified shall be considered as appropriate, as well as site of action and mechanism or mode of action study results. Both positive and negative results shall be considered together in a single weight-of-evidence determination.</P>
                                <P>A.0.3.3 Positive effects which are consistent with the criteria for classification, whether seen in humans or animals, shall normally justify classification. Where evidence is available from both humans and animals and there is a conflict between the findings, the quality and reliability of the evidence from both sources shall be evaluated in order to resolve the question of classification. Reliable, good quality human data shall generally have precedence over other data. However, even well-designed and conducted epidemiological studies may lack a sufficient number of subjects to detect relatively rare but still significant effects, or to assess potentially confounding factors. Therefore, positive results from well-conducted animal studies are not necessarily negated by the lack of positive human experience but require an assessment of the robustness, quality and statistical power of both the human and animal data.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.0.3.4 Route of exposure, mechanistic information, and metabolism studies are pertinent to determining the relevance of an effect in humans. When such information raises doubt about relevance in humans, a lower classification may be warranted. When there is scientific evidence demonstrating that the mechanism or mode of action is not relevant to humans, the chemical should not be classified.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44361"/>
                                </P>
                                <P>A.0.3.5 Both positive and negative results are considered together in the weight of evidence determination. However, a single positive study performed according to good scientific principles and with statistically and biologically significant positive results may justify classification.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.0.4 Considerations for the Classification of Mixtures</HD>
                                <P>A.0.4.1 Except as provided in A.0.4.2, the process of classification of mixtures is based on the following sequence:</P>
                                <P>(a) Where test data are available for the complete mixture, the classification of the mixture will always be based on those data;</P>
                                <P>(b) Where test data are not available for the mixture itself, the bridging principles designated in each health hazard chapter of this appendix shall be considered for classification of the mixture;</P>
                                <P>
                                    (c) If test data are not available for the mixture itself, and the available information is not sufficient to allow application of the above-mentioned bridging principles, then the method(s) described in each chapter for estimating the hazards based on the information known will be applied to classify the mixture (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                                    , application of cut-off values/concentration limits).
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.0.4.2 An exception to the above order or precedence is made for Carcinogenicity, Germ Cell Mutagenicity, and Reproductive Toxicity. For these three hazard classes, mixtures shall be classified based upon information on the ingredient substances, unless on a case-by-case basis, justification can be provided for classifying based upon the mixture as a whole. 
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.5, A.6, and A.7 of this section for further information on case-by-case bases.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.0.4.3 Use of cut-off values/concentration limits</P>
                                <P>A.0.4.3.1 When classifying an untested mixture based on the hazards of its ingredients, cut-off values/concentration limits for the classified ingredients of the mixture are used for several hazard classes. While the adopted cut-off values/concentration limits adequately identify the hazard for most mixtures, there may be some that contain hazardous ingredients at lower concentrations than the specified cut-off values/concentration limits that still pose an identifiable hazard. There may also be cases where the cut-off value/concentration limit is considerably lower than the established non-hazardous level for an ingredient.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.0.4.3.2 If the classifier has information that the hazard of an ingredient will be evident (
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     it presents a health risk) below the specified cut-off value/concentration limit, the mixture containing that ingredient shall be classified accordingly.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.0.4.3.3 In exceptional cases, conclusive data may demonstrate that the hazard of an ingredient will not be evident (
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     it does not present a health risk) when present at a level above the specified cut-off value/concentration limit(s). In these cases the mixture may be classified according to those data. The data must exclude the possibility that the ingredient will behave in the mixture in a manner that would increase the hazard over that of the pure substance. Furthermore, the mixture must not contain ingredients that would affect that determination.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.0.4.4 Synergistic or antagonistic effects</P>
                                <P>When performing an assessment in accordance with these requirements, the evaluator must take into account all available information about the potential occurrence of synergistic effects among the ingredients of the mixture. Lowering classification of a mixture to a less hazardous category on the basis of antagonistic effects may be done only if the determination is supported by sufficient data.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.0.5 Bridging Principles for the Classification of Mixtures Where Test Data Are Not Available for the Complete Mixture</HD>
                                <P>A.0.5.1 Where the mixture itself has not been tested to determine its toxicity, but there are sufficient data on both the individual ingredients and similar tested mixtures to adequately characterize the hazards of the mixture, these data shall be used in accordance with the following bridging principles, subject to any specific provisions for mixtures for each hazard class. These principles ensure that the classification process uses the available data to the greatest extent possible in characterizing the hazards of the mixture.</P>
                                <P>A.0.5.1.1 Dilution</P>
                                <P>For mixtures classified in accordance with A.1 through A.10 of this Appendix, if a tested mixture is diluted with a diluent that has an equivalent or lower toxicity classification than the least toxic original ingredient, and which is not expected to affect the toxicity of other ingredients, then:</P>
                                <P>(a) The new diluted mixture shall be classified as equivalent to the original tested mixture; or</P>
                                <P>(b) For classification of acute toxicity in accordance with A.1 of this Appendix, paragraph A.1.3.6 (the additivity formula) shall be applied.</P>
                                <P>A.0.5.1.2 Batching</P>
                                <P>
                                    For mixtures classified in accordance with A.1 through A.10 of this Appendix, the toxicity of a tested production batch of a mixture can be assumed to be substantially equivalent to that of another untested production batch of the same mixture, when produced by or under the control of the same 
                                    <E T="03">chemical manufacturer</E>
                                    , unless there is reason to believe there is significant variation such that the toxicity of the untested batch has changed. If the latter occurs, a new classification is necessary.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.0.5.1.3 Concentration of mixtures</P>
                                <P>For mixtures classified in accordance with A.1, A.2, A.3, A.4, A.8, A.9, or A.10 of this Appendix, if a tested mixture is classified in Category 1, and the concentration of the ingredients of the tested mixture that are in Category 1 is increased, the resulting untested mixture shall be classified in Category 1.</P>
                                <P>A.0.5.1.4 Interpolation within one hazard category</P>
                                <P>For mixtures classified in accordance with A.1, A.2, A.3, A.4, A.8, A.9, or A.10 of this Appendix, for three mixtures (A, B and C) with identical ingredients, where mixtures A and B have been tested and are in the same hazard category, and where untested mixture C has the same toxicologically active ingredients as mixtures A and B but has concentrations of toxicologically active ingredients intermediate to the concentrations in mixtures A and B, then mixture C is assumed to be in the same hazard category as A and B.</P>
                                <P>A.0.5.1.5 Substantially similar mixtures</P>
                                <P>For mixtures classified in accordance with A.1 through A.10 of this Appendix, given the following set of conditions:</P>
                                <P>(a) Where there are two mixtures:</P>
                                <P>(i) A + B;</P>
                                <P>(ii) C + B;</P>
                                <P>(b) The concentration of ingredient B is essentially the same in both mixtures;</P>
                                <P>(c) The concentration of ingredient A in mixture (i) equals that of ingredient C in mixture (ii);</P>
                                <P>
                                    (d) And data on toxicity for A and C are available and substantially equivalent; 
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     they are in the same hazard category and are not expected to affect the toxicity of B; then
                                </P>
                                <P>If mixture (i) or (ii) is already classified based on test data, the other mixture can be assigned the same hazard category.</P>
                                <P>A.0.5.1.6 Aerosols</P>
                                <P>For mixtures classified in accordance with A.1, A.2, A.3, A.4, A.8, or A.9 of this Appendix, an aerosol form of a mixture shall be classified in the same hazard category as the tested, non-aerosolized form of the mixture, provided the added propellant does not affect the toxicity of the mixture when spraying.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.1 Acute Toxicity</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.1.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Acute toxicity</E>
                                     refers to serious adverse health effects (
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     lethality) occurring after a single or short-term oral, dermal, or inhalation exposure to a substance or mixture.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.1.2 Classification Criteria for Substances</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.1.2.1 Substances can be allocated to one of four hazard categories based on acute toxicity by the oral, dermal or inhalation route according to the numeric cut-off criteria as shown in Table A.1.1. Acute toxicity values are expressed as (approximate) LD50 (oral, dermal) or LC
                                    <E T="52">50</E>
                                     (inhalation) values or as acute toxicity estimates (ATE). While some 
                                    <E T="03">in vivo</E>
                                     methods determine LD50/LC50 values directly, other newer in vivo methods (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                                    , using fewer animals) consider other indicators of acute toxicity, such as significant clinical signs of toxicity, which are used by reference to assign the hazard category. See the footnotes following Table A.1.1 for further explanation on the application of these values.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44362"/>
                                </P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,r50,r50,r50,r50">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.1.1—Acute Toxicity Estimate (ATE) Values and Criteria for Acute Toxicity Hazard Categories</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Exposure route</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category 1</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category 2</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category 3</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category 4</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22">
                                            Oral (mg/kg bodyweight) 
                                            <E T="03">see:</E>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (a)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>ATE ≤ 5</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;5 ATE ≤ 50</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;50 ATE ≤ 300</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;300 ATE ≤ 2000.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (b)</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22">
                                            Dermal (mg/kg bodyweight) 
                                            <E T="03">see:</E>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (a)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>ATE ≤ 5</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;50 ATE ≤ 200</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;200 ATE ≤ 1000</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;1000 ATE ≤ 2000.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (b)</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22">
                                            Inhalation—Gases (ppmV) 
                                            <E T="03">see:</E>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (a)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>ATE ≤ 100</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;100 ATE ≤ 500</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;500 ATE ≤ 2500</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;2500 ATE ≤ 20000.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (b)</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (c)</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22">
                                            Inhalation—Vapors (mg/l) 
                                            <E T="03">see:</E>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (a)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>ATE ≤ 0.5</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;0.5 ATE ≤ 2.0</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;2.0 ATE ≤ 10.0</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;10.0 ATE ≤ 20.0.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (b)</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (c)</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (d)</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22">Inhalation—Dusts and Mists (mg/l) see:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (a)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>ATE ≤ 0.05</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;0.05 ATE ≤ 0.5</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;0.5 ATE ≤ 1.0</ENT>
                                        <ENT>&gt;1.0 ATE ≤ 5.0.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (b)</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="03">Note (c)</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <E T="02">Note:</E>
                                         Gas concentrations are expressed in parts per million per volume (ppmV). Notes to Table A.1.1:
                                    </TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        (a) The acute toxicity estimate (ATE) for the classification of a substance is derived using the LD
                                        <E T="52">50</E>
                                        /LC
                                        <E T="52">50</E>
                                         where available.
                                    </TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>(b) The acute toxicity estimate (ATE) for the classification of a substance or ingredient in a mixture is derived using:</TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        (i) the LD
                                        <E T="52">50</E>
                                        /LC
                                        <E T="52">50</E>
                                         where available. Otherwise,
                                    </TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>(ii) the appropriate conversion value from Table 1.2 that relates to the results of a range test, or</TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>(iii) the appropriate conversion value from Table 1.2 that relates to a classification category;</TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>(c) Inhalation cut-off values in the table are based on 4 hour testing exposures. Conversion of existing inhalation toxicity data which has been generated according to 1 hour exposure is achieved by dividing by a factor of 2 for gases and vapors and 4 for dusts and mists;</TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>(d) For some substances the test atmosphere will be a vapor which consists of a combination of liquid and gaseous phases. For other substances the test atmosphere may consist of a vapor which is nearly all the gaseous phase. In these latter cases, classification is based on ppmV as follows: Category 1 (100 ppmV), Category 2 (500 ppmV), Category 3 (2500 ppmV), Category 4 (20000 ppmV).</TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>The terms “dust”, “mist” and “vapor” are defined as follows:</TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>(i) Dust: solid particles of a substance or mixture suspended in a gas (usually air);</TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>(ii) Mist: liquid droplets of a substance or mixture suspended in a gas (usually air);</TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>(iii) Vapor: the gaseous form of a substance or mixture released from its liquid or solid state.</TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <P>
                                    A.1.2.3 The preferred test species for evaluation of acute toxicity by the oral and inhalation routes is the rat, while the rat or rabbit are preferred for evaluation of acute dermal toxicity. Test data already generated for the classification of chemicals under existing systems should be accepted when reclassifying these chemicals under the harmonized system. When experimental data for acute toxicity are available in several animal species, scientific judgment should be used in selecting the most appropriate LD
                                    <E T="52">50</E>
                                     value from among scientifically validated tests. In cases where data from human experience (
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     occupational data, data from accident databases, epidemiology studies, clinical reports) is also available, it should be considered in a weight of evidence approach consistent with the principles described in A.0.3.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.1.2.4 In addition to classification for inhalation toxicity, if data are available that indicates that the mechanism of toxicity was corrosivity of the substance or mixture, the classifier must consider if the chemical is 
                                    <E T="03">corrosive to the respiratory tract.</E>
                                     Corrosion of the respiratory tract is defined as destruction of the respiratory tract tissue after a single, limited period of exposure analogous to skin corrosion; this includes destruction of the mucosa. The corrosivity evaluation could be based on expert judgment using such evidence as: human and animal experience, existing (
                                    <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                                    ) data, Ph values, information from similar substances or any other pertinent data.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.1.2.4.1 If the classifier determines the chemical is corrosive to the respiratory tract and data are available that indicate that the effect leads to lethality, then in addition to the appropriate acute toxicity pictogram and hazard statement, the chemical must be labelled with the hazard statement “corrosive to the respiratory tract” and the corrosive pictogram.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.1.2.4.2 If the classifier determines the chemical is corrosive to the respiratory tract and the effect does not lead to lethality, then the chemical must be addressed in the Specific Target Organ Toxicity hazard classes (
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     A.8). If data is insufficient for classification under STOT, but the classifier determines, based on skin or eye data, that the chemical may be corrosive to the respiratory tract, then the hazard must be addressed using data for classification in the skin corrosion/irritation hazard class (see A.2) or Serious Eye Damage/Eye irritation hazard class (see A.3).
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.1.3 Classification Criteria for Mixtures</HD>
                                <P>A.1.3.1 The approach to classification of mixtures for acute toxicity is tiered, and is dependent upon the amount of information available for the mixture itself and for its ingredients. The flow chart of Figure A.1.1 indicates the process that must be followed:</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.1.1 Figure—1 Tiered Approach to Classification of Mixtures for Acute Toxicity</HD>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="217">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44363"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.223</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <P>A.1.3.2 Classification of mixtures for acute toxicity may be carried out for each route of exposure, but is only required for one route of exposure as long as this route is followed (estimated or tested) for all ingredients and there is no relevant evidence to suggest acute toxicity by multiple routes. When there is relevant evidence of acute toxicity by multiple routes of exposure, classification is to be conducted for all appropriate routes of exposure. All available information shall be considered. The pictogram and signal word used shall reflect the most severe hazard category; and all relevant hazard statements shall be used.</P>
                                <P>A.1.3.3 For purposes of classifying the hazards of mixtures in the tiered approach:</P>
                                <P>(a) The “relevant ingredients” of a mixture are those which are present in concentrations ≥1% (weight/weight for solids, liquids, dusts, mists and vapors and volume/volume for gases). If there is reason to suspect that an ingredient present at a concentration &lt;1% will affect classification of the mixture for acute toxicity, that ingredient shall also be considered relevant. Consideration of ingredients present at a concentration &lt;1% is particularly important when classifying untested mixtures which contain ingredients that are classified in Category 1 and Category 2;</P>
                                <P>(b) Where a classified mixture is used as an ingredient of another mixture, the actual or derived acute toxicity estimate (ATE) for that mixture is used when calculating the classification of the new mixture using the formulas in A.1.3.6.1 and A.1.3.6.2.4.</P>
                                <P>(c) If the converted acute toxicity point estimates for all ingredients of a mixture are within the same category, then the mixture should be classified in that category.</P>
                                <P>(d) When only range data (or acute toxicity hazard category information) are available for ingredients in a mixture, they may be converted to point estimates in accordance with Table A.1.2 when calculating the classification of the new mixture using the formulas in A.1.3.6.1 and A.1.3.6.2.4.</P>
                                <P>A.1.3.4 Classification of mixtures where acute toxicity test data are available for the complete mixture</P>
                                <P>Where the mixture itself has been tested to determine its acute toxicity, it is classified according to the same criteria as those used for substances, presented in Table A.1.1. If test data for the mixture are not available, the procedures presented below must be followed.</P>
                                <P>A.1.3.5 Classification of mixtures where acute toxicity test data are not available for the complete mixture: bridging principles</P>
                                <P>Where the mixture itself has not been tested to determine its acute toxicity, but there are sufficient data on both the individual ingredients and similar tested mixtures to adequately characterize the hazards of the mixture, these data will be used in accordance with the following bridging principles as found in paragraph A.0.5 of this Appendix: Dilution, Batching, Concentration of mixtures, Interpolation within one hazard category, Substantially similar mixtures, and Aerosols.</P>
                                <P>A.1.3.6 Classification of mixtures based on ingredients of the mixture (additivity formula)</P>
                                <P>A.1.3.6.1 Data available for all ingredients.</P>
                                <P>The acute toxicity estimate (ATE) of ingredients is considered as follows:</P>
                                <P>
                                    (a) Include ingredients with a known acute toxicity, which fall into any of the acute hazard categories, or have an oral or dermal LD
                                    <E T="52">50</E>
                                     greater than 2000 but less than or equal to 5000 mg/kg body weight (or the equivalent dose for inhalation);
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    (b) Ignore ingredients that are presumed not acutely toxic (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     water, sugar);
                                </P>
                                <P>(c) Ignore ingredients if the data available are from a limit dose test (at the upper threshold for Category 4 for the appropriate route of exposure as provided in Table A.1.1) and do not show acute toxicity.</P>
                                <P>
                                    Ingredients that fall within the scope of this paragraph are considered to be ingredients with a known acute toxicity estimate (ATE). 
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     note (b) to Table A.1.1 and paragraph A.1.3.3 for appropriate application of available data to the equation below, and paragraph A.1.3.6.2.4.
                                </P>
                                <P>The ATE of the mixture is determined by calculation from the ATE values for all relevant ingredients according to the following formula below for oral, dermal or inhalation toxicity:</P>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="35">
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.224</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    C
                                    <E T="52">i</E>
                                     = concentration of ingredient i;
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">n ingredients and i is running from 1 to n;</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    ATE
                                    <E T="52">i</E>
                                     = Acute toxicity estimate of ingredient i;
                                </FP>
                                <P>A.1.3.6.2 Data are not available for one or more ingredients of the mixture.</P>
                                <P>A.1.3.6.2.1 Where an ATE is not available for an individual ingredient of the mixture, but available information provides a derived conversion value, the formula in A.1.3.6.1 may be applied. This information may include evaluation of:</P>
                                <P>
                                    (a) Extrapolation between oral, dermal and inhalation acute toxicity estimates. Such an evaluation requires appropriate 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44364"/>
                                    pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic data;
                                </P>
                                <P>(b) Evidence from human exposure that indicates toxic effects but does not provide lethal dose data;</P>
                                <P>(c) Evidence from any other toxicity tests/assays available on the substance that indicates toxic acute effects but does not necessarily provide lethal dose data; or</P>
                                <P>(d) Data from closely analogous substances using structure/activity relationships.</P>
                                <P>A.1.3.6.2.2 This approach requires substantial supplemental technical information, and a highly trained and experienced expert, to reliably estimate acute toxicity. If sufficient information is not available to reliably estimate acute toxicity, proceed to the provisions of A.1.3.6.2.4.</P>
                                <P>A.1.3.6.2.3 In the event that an ingredient with unknown acute toxicity is used in a mixture at a concentration ≥1%, and the mixture has not been classified based on testing of the mixture as a whole, the mixture cannot be attributed a definitive acute toxicity estimate. In this situation the mixture is classified based on the known ingredients only.</P>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P> A statement that × percent of the mixture consists of ingredient(s) of unknown acute (oral/dermal/inhalation) toxicity is required on the label and safety data sheet in such cases; see appendix C to this section, Allocation of Label Elements and appendix D to this section, Safety Data Sheets).</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <P>A.1.3.6.2.4 If the total concentration of the relevant ingredient(s) with unknown acute toxicity is ≤10% then the formula presented in A.1.3.6.1 must be used. If the total concentration of the relevant ingredient(s) with unknown acute toxicity is ≤10%, the formula presented in A.1.3.6.1 is corrected to adjust for the percentage of the unknown ingredient(s) as follows:</P>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="30">
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.225</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r50,12">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.1.2—Conversion From Experimentally Obtained Acute Toxicity Range Values (or Acute Toxicity Hazard Categories) to Acute Toxicity Point Estimates for Use in the Formulas for the Classification of Mixtures</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Exposure routes</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">
                                            Classification category or experimentally obtained 
                                            <LI>acute toxicity range estimate</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Converted acute toxicity point estimate</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Oral (mg/kg bodyweight)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0 &lt; Category 1 ≤ 5</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0.5</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>5 &lt; Category 2 ≤ 50</ENT>
                                        <ENT>5</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>50 &lt; Category 3 ≤ 300</ENT>
                                        <ENT>100</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>300 &lt; Category 4 ≤ 2000</ENT>
                                        <ENT>500</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Dermal (mg/kg bodyweight)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0 &lt; Category 1 ≤ 50</ENT>
                                        <ENT>5</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>50 &lt; Category 2 ≤ 200</ENT>
                                        <ENT>50</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>200 &lt; Category 3 ≤ 1000 </ENT>
                                        <ENT>300</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>1000 &lt; Category 4 ≤ 2000</ENT>
                                        <ENT>1100</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Gases (ppmV)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0 &lt; Category 1 ≤ 100</ENT>
                                        <ENT>10</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>100 &lt; Category 2 ≤ 500</ENT>
                                        <ENT>100</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>500 &lt; Category 3 ≤ 2500</ENT>
                                        <ENT>700</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>2500 &lt; Category 4 ≤ 20000</ENT>
                                        <ENT>4500</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Vapors (mg/l)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0 &lt; Category 1 ≤ 0.5</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0.05</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>0.5 &lt; Category 2 ≤ 2.0</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0.5</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>2.0 &lt; Category 3 ≤ 10.0</ENT>
                                        <ENT>3</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>10.0 &lt; Category 4 ≤ 20.0</ENT>
                                        <ENT>11</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Dust/mist (mg/l)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0 &lt; Category 1 ≤ 0.05</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0.005</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>0.05 &lt; Category 2 ≤ 0.5</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0.05</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>0.5 &lt; Category 3 ≤ 1.0</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0.5</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>1.0 &lt; Category 4 ≤ 5.0</ENT>
                                        <ENT>1.5</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <E T="02">Note:</E>
                                         Gas concentrations are expressed in parts per million per volume (ppmV).
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.2 Skin Corrosion/Irritation</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.2.1 Definitions and General Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.1.1 
                                    <E T="03">Skin corrosion</E>
                                     refers to the production of irreversible damage to the skin; namely, visible necrosis through the epidermis and into the dermis occurring after initial exposure to a substance or mixture.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Skin irritation</E>
                                     refers to the production of reversible damage to the skin occurring after initial exposure to a substance or mixture.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.2.1.2 To classify, all available and relevant information on skin corrosion/irritation is collected and its quality in terms of adequacy and reliability is assessed. Wherever possible classification should be based on data generated using internationally validated and accepted methods, such as OECD Test Guidelines (TG) or equivalent methods. Sections A.2.2.1 to A.2.2.6 provide classification criteria for the different types of information that may be available.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.1.3 A 
                                    <E T="03">tiered approach</E>
                                     (see A.2.2.7) organizes the available information into levels/tiers and provides for decision-making in a structured and sequential manner. Classification results directly when the information consistently satisfies the criteria. However, where the available information gives inconsistent and/or conflicting results within a tier, classification of a substance or a mixture is made on the basis of the weight of evidence within that tier. In some cases when information from different tiers gives inconsistent and/or conflicting results (see A.2.2.7.3) or where data individually are insufficient to conclude on the classification, an overall weight of evidence approach is used (see A.0.3).
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.2.2 Classification Criteria for Substances</HD>
                                <P>Substances shall be allocated to one of the following categories within this hazard class:</P>
                                <P>(a) Category 1 (skin corrosion)</P>
                                <P>This category may be further divided into up to three sub-categories (1A, 1B, and 1C), which can be used by those authorities requiring more than one designation for corrosivity.</P>
                                <P>Corrosive substances should be classified in Category 1 where sub-categorization is not required by a competent authority or where data are not sufficient for sub-categorization.</P>
                                <P>When data are sufficient, substances may be classified in one of the three sub-categories 1A, 1B, or 1C.</P>
                                <P>(b) Category 2 (skin irritation)</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.2.2.1 Classification Based on Standard Human Data</HD>
                                <P>
                                    Existing reliable and good quality human data on skin corrosion/irritation should be given high weight for classification. Existing human data could be derived from single or repeated exposure(s), for example in occupational, consumer, transport or emergency response scenarios and 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44365"/>
                                    epidemiological and clinical studies in well-documented case reports and observations (see A.0.2.6 and A.0.3). Although human data from accident or poison center databases can provide evidence for classification, absence of incidents is not itself evidence for no classification, as exposures are generally unknown or uncertain.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.2.2.2 Classification Based on Standard Animal Test Data</HD>
                                <P>OECD TG 404 is the currently available internationally validated and accepted animal test for classification as skin corrosive or irritant (See Table A.2.1 and A.2.2) and is the standard animal test. The current version of OECD TG 404 uses a maximum of 3 animals. Results from animal studies conducted under previous versions of OECD TG 404 that used more than 3 animals are also considered standard animal tests.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.2.2.2.1 Skin Corrosion</HD>
                                <P>A.2.2.2.1.1 A substance is corrosive to the skin when it produces destruction of skin tissue, namely, visible necrosis through the epidermis and into the dermis, in at least one tested animal after initial exposure up to a 4-hour duration.</P>
                                <P>A.2.2.2.1.2 Three sub-categories of Category 1 are provided in Table A.2.1, all of which shall be regulated as Category 1.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r225">
                                    <TTITLE>
                                        Table A.2.1—Skin Corrosion Category and Sub-Categories 
                                        <E T="01">
                                            <SU>a</SU>
                                        </E>
                                    </TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Destruction of skin tissue, namely, visible necrosis through the epidermis and into the dermis, in at least one tested animal after exposure ≤4 h.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Sub-category 1A</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Corrosive responses in at least one animal following exposure ≤3 min during an observation period ≤1 h.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Sub-category 1B</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Corrosive responses in at least one animal following exposure &gt;3 min and ≤1 h and observations ≤14 days.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Sub-category 1C</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Corrosive responses in at least one animal after exposures &gt;1 h and ≤ 4 h and observations ≤14 days.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <SU>a</SU>
                                         The use of human data is discussed in A.2.2.1.
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.2.2.2.2 Skin Irritation</HD>
                                <P>A.2.2.2.2.1 A substance is irritant to skin when it produces reversible damage to the skin following its application for up to 4 hours.</P>
                                <P>A.2.2.2.2.2 A single irritant category (Category 2) is presented in the Table A.2.2. A substance is irritant to skin, when after the first application, it produces reversible damage to the skin following its application for up to 4 hours. An irritation category (Category 2) is provided that:</P>
                                <P>(a) recognizes that some test substances may lead to effects which persist throughout the length of the test; and</P>
                                <P>(b) acknowledges that animal responses in a test may be variable.</P>
                                <P>A.2.2.2.2.3 Reversibility of skin lesions is another consideration in evaluating irritant responses. When inflammation persists to the end of the observation period in two or more test animals, taking into consideration alopecia (limited area), hyperkeratosis, hyperplasia and scaling, then a chemical should be considered to be an irritant.</P>
                                <P>A.2.2.2.2.4 Animal irritant responses within a test can be quite variable, as they are with corrosion. A separate irritant criterion accommodates cases when there is a significant irritant response but less than the mean score criterion for a positive test. For example, a substance should be designated as an irritant if at least 1 of 3 tested animals shows a very elevated mean score according to test method used throughout the study, including lesions persisting at the end of an observation period of normally 14 days. Other responses should also fulfil this criterion. However, it should be ascertained that the responses are the result of chemical exposure. Addition of this criterion increases the sensitivity of the classification system.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s50,r225">
                                    <TTITLE>
                                        Table A.2.2—Skin Irritation Categories 
                                        <E T="01">
                                            <SU>a</SU>
                                        </E>
                                    </TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Irritant (Category 2)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>(1) Mean score of ≥2.3 ≤4.0 for erythema/eschar or for edema in at least 2 of 3 testedanimals from gradings at 24, 48, 72 hours after patch removal or, if reactions are delayed, from grades on 3 consecutive days after the onset of skin reactions; or</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(2) Inflammation that persists to the end of the observation period normally 14 days in at hyerplasia, and scaling; or</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(3) In some cases where there is pronounced variability of response among animals, with very definite positive effects related to chemical exposure in a single animal but less than the criteria above.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <SU>a</SU>
                                         Grading criteria are understood as described in OECD Test Guideline 404.
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.2.2.3 Classification Based on In Vitro/Ex Vivo Data</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.2.3.1 The currently available individual 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro/ex vivo</E>
                                     test methods address either skin irritation or skin corrosion, but do not address both endpoints in one single test. Therefore, classification based solely on 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro/ex vivo</E>
                                     test results may require data from more than one method.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.2.3.2 Wherever possible classification should be based on data generated using internationally validated and accepted 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro/ex vivo</E>
                                     test methods, and the classification criteria provided in these test methods needs to be applied. 
                                    <E T="03">In vitro/ex vivo</E>
                                     data can only be used for classification when the tested substance is within the applicability domain of the test methods used. Additional limitations described in the published literature should also be taken into consideration.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.2.3.3 
                                    <E T="03">Skin corrosion</E>
                                </P>
                                <P>A.2.2.3.3.1 Where tests have been undertaken in accordance with OECD Test Guidelines (TGs) 430, 431, or 435, a substance is classified for skin corrosion in category 1 (and, where possible and required into sub-categories 1A, 1B, or 1C) based on the criteria in Table A.2.6.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.2.3.3.2 Some
                                    <E T="03"> in vitro/ex vivo</E>
                                     methods do not allow differentiation between sub-categories 1B and 1C. Where existing in vitro/ex vivo data cannot distinguish between the sub-categories, additional information has to be taken into account to differentiate between these two sub-categories. Where no or insufficient additional information is available, category 1 is applied.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.2.2.3.3.3 A substance identified as not corrosive should be considered for classification as skin irritant.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.2.3.4 
                                    <E T="03">Skin irritation</E>
                                </P>
                                <P>A.2.2.3.4.1 Where a conclusion of corrosivity can be excluded and where tests have been undertaken in accordance with OECD Test Guideline 439, a substance is classified for skin irritation in category 2 based on the criteria in Table A.2.7.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.2.3.4.2 A negative result in an internationally accepted and validated 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro/ex vivo</E>
                                     test for skin irritation, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     OECD TG 439, can be used to conclude as not classified for skin irritation.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.2.2.4 Classification Based on Other, Existing Skin Data in Animals</HD>
                                <P>
                                    Other existing skin data in animals may be used for classification, but there may be limitations regarding the conclusions that 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44366"/>
                                    can be drawn if a substance is highly toxic via the dermal route, an 
                                    <E T="03">in vivo</E>
                                     skin corrosion/irritation study may not have been conducted since the amount of test substance to be applied would considerably exceed the toxic dose and, consequently, would result in the death of the animals. When observations of skin corrosion/irritation in acute toxicity studies are made, these data may be used for classification, provided that the dilutions used and species tested are relevant. Solid substances (powders) may become corrosive or irritant when moistened or in contact with moist skin or mucous membranes. This is generally indicated in the standardized test methods.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.2.2.5 Classification Based on Chemical Properties</HD>
                                <P>
                                    Skin effects may be indicated by pH extremes such as ≤2 and ≥11.5 especially when associated with significant acid/alkaline reserve (buffering capacity). Generally, such substances are expected to produce significant effects on the skin. In the absence of any other information, a substance is considered corrosive (Skin Category 1) if it has a pH ≤2 or a pH ≥11.5. However, if consideration of acid/alkaline reserve suggests the substance may not be corrosive despite the low or high pH, this needs to be confirmed by other data, preferably from an appropriate validated 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro/ex vivo</E>
                                     test. Buffering capacity and pH can be determined by test methods including OECD TG 122.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.2.2.6 Classification Based on Non-Test Methods</HD>
                                <P>A.2.2.6.1 Classification, including non-classification, can be based on non-test methods, with due consideration of reliability and applicability, on a case-by-case basis. Such methods include computer models predicting qualitative structure-activity relationships (structural alerts, SAR); quantitative structure-activity relationships (QSARs); computer expert systems; and read-across using analogue and category approaches.</P>
                                <P>A.2.2.6.2 Read-across using analogue or category approaches requires sufficiently reliable test data on similar substance(s) and justification of the similarity of the tested substance(s) with the substance(s) to be classified. Where adequate justification of the read-across approach is provided, it has in general higher weight than (Q)SARs.</P>
                                <P>A.2.2.6.3 Classification based on (Q)SARs requires sufficient data and validation of the model. The validity of the computer models and the prediction should be assessed using internationally recognized principles for the validation of (Q)SARs. With respect to reliability, lack of alerts in a SAR or expert system is not sufficient evidence for no classification.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.2.2.7 Classification in a Tiered Approach</HD>
                                <P>A.2.2.7.1 A tiered approach to the evaluation of initial information should be considered, where applicable (Figure A.2.1), recognizing that not all elements may be relevant. However, all available and relevant information of sufficient quality needs to be examined for consistency with respect to the resulting classification.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.2.7.2 In the tiered approach (Figure A.2.1), existing human and animal data form the highest tier, followed by 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro/ex vivo</E>
                                     data, other existing skin data in animals, and then other sources of information. Where information from data within the same tier is inconsistent and/or conflicting, the conclusion from that tier is determined by a weight of evidence approach.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.2.7.3 Where information from several tiers is inconsistent and/or conflicting with respect to the resulting classification, information of sufficient quality from a higher tier is generally given a higher weight than information from a lower tier. However, when information from a lower tier would result in a stricter classification than information from a higher tier and there is concern for misclassification, then classification is determined by an overall weight of evidence approach. The same would apply in the case where there is human data indicating irritation but positive results from an 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro/ex vivo</E>
                                     test for corrosion.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Figure A.2.1—Application of the Tiered Approach for Skin Corrosion and Irritation</HD>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="306">
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.226</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <P>(a) Before applying the approach, the explanatory text in A.2.2.7 should be consulted. Only adequate and reliable data of sufficient quality should be included in applying the tiered approach.</P>
                                <P>
                                    (b) Information may be inconclusive for various reasons, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                                    :
                                </P>
                                <PRTPAGE P="44367"/>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                                    —The available data may be of insufficient quality, or otherwise insufficient/inadequate for the purpose of classification, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     due to quality issues related to experimental design and/or reporting.
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                                    —The available data may be insufficient to conclude on the classification, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     they might be adequate to demonstrate irritancy, but inadequate to demonstrate absence of corrosivity.
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                                    —The method used to generate the available data may not be suitable for concluding on no classification (see A.2.2. for details). Specifically, 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro/ex vivo</E>
                                     and non-test methods need to be validated explicitly for this purpose.
                                </FP>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.2.3 Classification Criteria for Mixtures</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.2.3.1 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for the Complete Mixture</HD>
                                <P>A.2.3.1.1 In general, the mixture shall be classified using the criteria for substances, taking into account the tiered approach to evaluate data for this hazard class (as illustrated in Figure A.2.1) and A.2.3.1.2 and A.2.3.1.3. If classification is not possible using the tiered approach, then the approach described in A.2.3.2, or, if that is not applicable A.2.2.3.3 should be followed.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.3.1.2 
                                    <E T="03">In vitro/ex vivo</E>
                                     data generated from validated test methods may not have been validated using mixtures; although these methods are considered broadly applicable to mixtures, they can only be used for classification of mixtures when all ingredients of the mixture fall within the applicability domain of the test methods used. Specific limitations regarding applicability domains are described in the respective test methods, and should be taken into consideration as well as any further information on the limitations from the published literature. Where there is reason to assume or evidence indicating that the applicability domain of a particular test method is limited, data interpretation should be exercised with caution, or the results should be considered not applicable.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.3.1.3 In the absence of any other information, a mixture is considered corrosive (Skin Category 1) if it has a pH ≤2 or a pH ≥11.5. However, if consideration of acid/alkaline reserve suggests the mixture may not be corrosive despite the low or high pH value, this needs to be confirmed by other data, preferably from an appropriate validated 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro/ex vivo</E>
                                     test.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.2.3.2 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Not Available for the Complete Mixture: Bridging Principles</HD>
                                <P>A.2.3.2.1 Where the mixture itself has not been tested to determine its skin corrosion/irritation potential, but there are sufficient data on both the individual ingredients and similar tested mixtures to adequately characterize the hazards of the mixture, these data will be used in accordance with the following bridging principles, as found in paragraph A.0.5 of this Appendix: Dilution, Batching, Concentration of mixtures, Interpolation within one hazard category, Substantially similar mixtures, and Aerosols.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.2.3.3 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for All Ingredients or Only for Some Ingredients of the Mixture</HD>
                                <P>A.2.3.3.1 In order to make use of all available data for purposes of classifying the skin corrosion/irritation hazards of mixtures, the following assumption has been made and is applied where appropriate in the tiered approach:</P>
                                <P>The “relevant ingredients” of a mixture are those which are present in concentrations ≥1% (weight/weight for solids, liquids, dusts, mists and vapors and volume/volume for gases.). If the classifier has reason to suspect that an ingredient present at a concentration &lt;1% will affect classification of the mixture for skin corrosion/irritation, that ingredient shall also be considered relevant.</P>
                                <P>A.2.3.3.2 In general, the approach to classification of mixtures as corrosive or irritant to the skin when data are available on the ingredients, but not on the mixture as a whole, is based on the theory of additivity, such that each corrosive or irritant ingredient contributes to the overall corrosive or irritant properties of the mixture in proportion to its potency and concentration. A weighting factor of 10 is used for corrosive ingredients when they are present at a concentration below the concentration limit for classification with Category 1, but are at a concentration that will contribute to the classification of the mixture as an irritant. The mixture is classified as corrosive or irritant when the sum of the concentrations of such ingredients exceeds a cut-off value/concentration limit.</P>
                                <P>A.2.3.3.3 Table A.2.3 below provides the cut-off value/concentration limits to be used to determine if the mixture is considered to be corrosive or irritant to the skin.</P>
                                <P>A.2.3.3.4 Particular care shall be taken when classifying certain types of chemicals such as acids and bases, inorganic salts, aldehydes, phenols, and surfactants. The approach explained in A.2.3.3.1 and A.2.3.3.2 might not work given that many of such substances are corrosive or irritant at concentrations &lt;1%. For mixtures containing strong acids or bases the pH should be used as classification criteria since pH will be a better indicator of corrosion than the concentration limits in Table A.2.3. A mixture containing corrosive or irritant ingredients that cannot be classified based on the additivity approach shown in Table A.2.3, due to chemical characteristics that make this approach unworkable, should be classified as skin corrosion Category 1 if it contains ≥1% of a corrosive ingredient and as skin irritation Category 2 when it contains ≥3% of an irritant ingredient. Classification of mixtures with ingredients for which the approach in Table A.2.3 does not apply is summarized in Table A.2.4 below.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.3.3.5 On occasion, reliable data may show that the skin corrosion/irritation of an ingredient will not be evident when present at a level above the generic cut-off values/concentration limits mentioned in Tables A.2.3 and A.2.4. In these cases the mixture could be classified according to those data (
                                    <E T="03">See Use of cut-off values/concentration limits, paragraph A.0.4.3 of this Appendix</E>
                                    ).
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.2.3.3.6 If there are data showing that (an) ingredient(s) may be corrosive or irritant to skin at a concentration of &lt;1% (corrosive) or &lt;3% (irritant), the mixture shall be classified accordingly (See 
                                    <E T="03">Use of cut-off values/concentration limits</E>
                                    , paragraph A.0.4.3 of this Appendix).
                                </P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,12,xs60">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.2.3—Concentration of Ingredients of a Mixture Classified as Skin Category 1 or 2 That Would Trigger Classification of the Mixture as Hazardous to Skin</TTITLE>
                                    <TDESC>[Category 1 or 2]</TDESC>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1" O="L">Sum of ingredients classified as:</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Concentration triggering classification of a mixture as:</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Skin corrosive</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="3">Category 1</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Skin irritant</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="3">Category 2</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Skin Category 1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥5%</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥1% but &lt;5%</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Skin Category 2</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>≥10%</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">(10 × Skin Category 1) + Skin Category 2</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>≥10%</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <E T="02">Note:</E>
                                         Where the sub-categories of skin Category 1 (corrosive) are used, the sum of all ingredients of a mixture classified as sub-category 1A, 1B or 1C respectively, must each be ≥5% in order to classify the mixture as either skin sub-category 1A, 1B or 1C. Where the sum of 1A ingredients is &lt;5% but the sum of 1A + 1B ingredients is ≥5%, the mixture must be classified as sub-category 1B. Similarly, where the sum of 1A + 1B ingredients is &lt;5% but the sum of 1A + 1B + 1C ingredients is ≥5% the mixture must be classified as sub-category 1C. Where at least one relevant ingredient in a mixture is classified as a Category 1 categorization, the mixture must be classified as Category 1 without sub-categorization if the sum of all ingredients corrosive to skin is ≥5%.
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <PRTPAGE P="44368"/>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,12,xs90">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.2.4—Concentration of Ingredients of a Mixture When the Additivity Approach Does Not Apply, That Would Trigger Classification of the Mixture as Hazardous to Skin</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Ingredient</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Concentration (percent)</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Mixture classified as: Skin</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Acid with pH ≤2</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Category 1.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Base with pH ≥11.5</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Category 1.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Other corrosive (Category 1) ingredient</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Category 1.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Other irritant (Category 2) ingredient, including acids and bases</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥ 3</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Category 2.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.3 Serious Eye Damage/Eye Irritation</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.3.1 Definitions and General Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.3.1.1 
                                    <E T="03">Serious eye damage</E>
                                     refers to the production of tissue damage in the eye, or serious physical decay of vision, which is not fully reversible, occurring after exposure of the eye to a substance or mixture.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Eye irritation</E>
                                     refers to the production of changes in the eye, which are fully reversible, occurring after exposure of the eye to a substance or mixture.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.3.1.2 Serious eye damage/eye irritation shall be classified using a tiered approach as detailed in Figure A.3.1. Emphasis shall be placed upon existing human data (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.0.2.6), followed by existing animal data, followed by 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                                     data and then other sources of information. Classification results directly when the data satisfy the criteria in this section. In case the criteria cannot be directly applied, classification of a substance or a mixture is made on the basis of the total weight of evidence (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.0.3.1). This means that all available information bearing on the determination of serious eye damage/eye irritation is considered together, including the results of appropriate scientifically validated 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                                     tests, relevant animal data, and human data such as epidemiological and clinical studies and well-documented case reports and observations.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.3.2 Classification Criteria for Substances</HD>
                                <P>Substances are allocated to one of the categories within this hazard class, Category 1 (serious eye damage) or Category 2 (eye irritation), as follows:</P>
                                <P>(a) Category 1 (serious eye damage/irreversible effects on the eye): substances that have the potential to seriously damage the eyes (see Table A.3.1).</P>
                                <P>(b) Category 2 (eye irritation/reversible effects on the eye): substances that have the potential to induce reversible eye irritation (see Table A.3.2).</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.3.2.1 Classification Based on Standard Animal Test Data</HD>
                                <P>A.3.2.1.1 Serious eye damage (Category 1)/Irreversible effects on the eye</P>
                                <P>A single hazard category is provided in Table A.3.1, for substances that have the potential to seriously damage the eyes. Category 1, irreversible effects on the eye, includes the criteria listed below. These observations include animals with grade 4 cornea lesions and other severe reactions (e.g., destruction of cornea) observed at any time during the test, as well as persistent corneal opacity, discoloration of the cornea by a dye substance, adhesion, pannus, and interference with the function of the iris or other effects that impair sight. In this context, persistent lesions are considered those which are not fully reversible within an observation period of normally 21 days. Category 1 also contains substances fulfilling the criteria of corneal opacity ≥ 3 and/or iritis &gt; 1.5 observed in at least 2 of 3 tested animals detected in a Draize eye test with rabbits, because severe lesions like these usually do not reverse within a 21-day observation period.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,xl150">
                                    <TTITLE>
                                        Table A.3.1—Serious Eye Damage/Irreversible Effects on the Eye Category 
                                        <E T="0731">a</E>
                                    </TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 1: Serious eye damage/Irreversible effects on the eye</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            A substance that produces:
                                            <LI O="oi3">(a) in at least one animal effects on the cornea, iris or conjunctiva that are not expected to reverse or have not fully reversed within an observation period of normally 21 days; and/or</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">(b) in at least 2 of 3 tested animals, a positive response of:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3"> (i) corneal opacity ≥3; and/or</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3"> (ii) iritis &gt;1.5;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>calculated as the mean scores following grading at 24, 48 and 72 hours after instillation of the test material.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <SU>a</SU>
                                         Grading criteria are understood as described in OECD Test Guideline 405.
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <P>A.3.2.1.2 Eye irritation (category 2)/reversible effects on the eye</P>
                                <P>A single Category 2 is provided in Table A.3.2 for substances that have the potential to induce reversible eye irritation.</P>
                                <P>When data are available, substances may be classified into Category 2A and Category 2B:</P>
                                <P>(a) For substances inducing eye irritant effects reversing within an observation time of normally 21 days, Category 2A applies.</P>
                                <P>(b) For substances inducing eye irritant effects reversing within an observation time of 7 days, Category 2B applies.</P>
                                <P>When a substance is classified as Category 2, without further categorization, the classification criteria are the same as those for 2A.</P>
                                <P>A.3.2.1.3 For those substances where there is pronounced variability among animal responses this information must be taken into account in determining the classification.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,xl150">
                                    <TTITLE>
                                        Table A.3.2—Reversible Effects on the Eye Categories 
                                        <E T="0731">a</E>
                                    </TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>Substances that have the potential to induce reversible eye irritation.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 2/2A</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Substances that produce in at least 2 of 3 tested animals a positive response of:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT> (a) corneal opacity ≥1; and/or.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT> (b) iritis ≥1; and/or.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT> (c) conjunctival redness ≥2; and/or.'</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT> (d) conjunctival oedema (chemosis) ≥2.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>calculated as the mean scores following grading at 24, 48 and 72 hours after instillation of the test material, and which fully reverses within an observation period of normally 21 days.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <PRTPAGE P="44369"/>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 2B</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Within Category 2A an eye irritant is considered mildly irritating to eyes (Category 2B) when the effects listed above are fully reversible within 7 days of observation.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <SU>a</SU>
                                         Grading criteria are understood as described in OECD Test Guideline 405.
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.3.2.2 Classification in a Tiered Approach</HD>
                                <P>A.3.2.2.1 A tiered approach to the evaluation of initial information shall be used where applicable, recognizing that all elements may not be relevant in certain cases (Figure A.3.1).</P>
                                <P>A.3.2.2.2 Existing human and animal data should be the first line of analysis, as they give information directly relevant to effects on the eye. Possible skin corrosion shall be evaluated prior to consideration of any testing for serious eye damage/eye irritation in order to avoid testing for local effects on eyes with skin corrosive substances.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.3.2.2.3 
                                    <E T="03">In vitro</E>
                                     alternatives that have been validated and accepted should be used to make classification decisions.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.3.2.2.4 Likewise, pH extremes like ≤2 and ≥11.5, may indicate serious eye damage, especially when associated with significant acid/alkaline reserve (buffering capacity). Generally, such substances are expected to produce significant effects on the eyes. In the absence of any other information, a substance is considered to cause serious eye damage (Category 1) if it has a pH ≤2 or ≥11.5. However, if consideration of acid/alkaline reserve suggests the substance may not cause serious eye damage despite the low or high pH value, this needs to be confirmed by other data, preferably by data from an appropriate validated 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                                     test.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.3.2.2.5 In some cases sufficient information may be available from structurally related substances to make classification decisions.</P>
                                <P>A.3.2.2.6 The tiered approach provides guidance on how to organize existing information and to make a weight-of-evidence decision about hazard assessment and hazard classification (ideally without conducting new animal tests). Animal testing with corrosive substances should be avoided wherever possible. Although information might be gained from the evaluation of single parameters within a tier, consideration should be given to the totality of existing information and making an overall weight of evidence determination. This is especially true when there is conflict in information available on some parameters.</P>
                                <P>A.3.2.2.7 The tiered approach explains how to organize existing information and to make a weight-of-evidence decision about hazard assessment and hazard classification. Although information might be gained from the evaluation of single parameters within a tier, consideration should be given to the totality of existing information and making an overall weight of evidence determination. This is especially true when there is conflict in information available.</P>
                                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Figure A.3.1—Tiered Evaluation for Serious Eye Damage and Eye Irritation (See Also Figure A.2.1)</HD>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="242">
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.227</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="227">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44370"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.228</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 4510-26-C</BILCOD>
                                <P>
                                    <SU>a</SU>
                                     Existing human or animal data could be derived from single or repeated exposure(s), for example in occupational, consumer, transport, or emergency response scenarios; or from purposely-generated data from animal studies conducted according to validated and internationally accepted test methods. Although human data from accident or poison center databases can provide evidence for classification, absence of incidents is not itself evidence for no classification as exposures are generally unknown or uncertain;
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    <SU>b</SU>
                                     Classify in the appropriate category as applicable;
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    <SU>c</SU>
                                     Existing animal data should be carefully reviewed to determine if sufficient serious eye damage/eye irritation evidence is available through other, similar information. It is recognized that not all skin irritants are eye irritants. Expert judgment should be exercised prior to making such a determination;
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    <SU>d</SU>
                                     Evidence from studies using validated protocols with isolated human/animal tissues or other non-tissue-based, validated protocols should be assessed. Examples of internationally accepted, validated test methods for identifying eye corrosives and severe irritants (i.e., Serious Eye Damage) include OECD Test Guidelines 437 (Bovine Corneal Opacity and Permeability (BCOP)), 438 (Isolated Chicken Eye (ICE) and 460 (Fluorescein leakage (FL)). Presently there are no validated and internationally accepted in vitro test methods for identifying eye irritation. A positive test result from a validated in vitro test on skin corrosion would lead to the conclusion to classify as causing serious eye damage;
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    <SU>e</SU>
                                     Measurement of pH alone may be adequate, but assessment of acid/alkaline reserve (buffering capacity) would be preferable. Presently, there is no validated and internationally accepted method for assessing this parameter;
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    <SU>f</SU>
                                     All information that is available on a substance must be considered and an overall determination made on the total weight of evidence. This is especially true when there is conflict in information available on some parameters. The weight of evidence including information on skin irritation may lead to classification for eye irritation. Negative results from applicable validated in vitro tests are considered in the total weight of evidence evaluation.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.3.3 Classification Criteria for Mixtures</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.3.3.1 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for the Complete Mixture</HD>
                                <P>A.3.3.1.1 The mixture will be classified using the criteria for substances, and taking into account the tiered approach to evaluate data for this hazard class (as illustrated in Figure A.3.1).</P>
                                <P>A.3.3.1.2 When considering testing of the mixture, chemical manufacturers shall use a tiered approach as included in the criteria for classification of substances for skin corrosion and serious eye damage and eye irritation to help ensure an accurate classification, as well as to avoid unnecessary animal testing. In the absence of any other information, a mixture is considered to cause serious eye damage (Category 1) if it has a pH ≤2 or ≥11.5. However, if consideration of acid/alkaline reserve suggests the mixture may not have the potential to cause serious eye damage despite the low or high pH value, then further evaluation may be necessary.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.3.3.2 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Not Available for the Complete Mixture: Bridging Principles</HD>
                                <P>A.3.3.2.1 Where the mixture itself has not been tested to determine its skin corrosivity or potential to cause serious eye damage or eye irritation, but there are sufficient data on both the individual ingredients and similar tested mixtures to adequately characterize the hazards of the mixture, these data will be used in accordance with the following bridging principles, as found in paragraph A.0.5 of this Appendix: Dilution, Batching, Concentration of mixtures, Interpolation within one hazard category, Substantially similar mixtures, and Aerosols.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.3.3.3 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for All Ingredients or Only for Some Ingredients of the Mixture</HD>
                                <P>A.3.3.3.1 For purposes of classifying the serious eye damage/eye irritation hazards of mixtures in the tiered approach:</P>
                                <P>The “relevant ingredients” of a mixture are those which are present in concentrations ≥1% (weight/weight for solids, liquids, dusts, mists and vapors and volume/volume for gases.) If the classifier has reason to suspect that an ingredient present at a concentration &lt;1% will affect classification of the mixture for serious eye damage/eye irritation, that ingredient shall also be considered relevant.</P>
                                <P>A.3.3.3.2 In general, the approach to classification of mixtures as seriously damaging to the eye or eye irritant when data are available on the ingredients, but not on the mixture as a whole, is based on the theory of additivity, such that each skin corrosive or serious eye damage/eye irritant ingredient contributes to the overall serious eye damage/eye irritation properties of the mixture in proportion to its potency and concentration. A weighting factor of 10 is used for skin corrosive and serious eye damaging ingredients when they are present at a concentration below the concentration limit for classification with Category 1, but are at a concentration that will contribute to the classification of the mixture as serious eye damaging/eye irritant. The mixture is classified as seriously damaging to the eye or eye irritant when the sum of the concentrations of such ingredients exceeds a threshold cut-off value/concentration limit.</P>
                                <P>A.3.3.3.3 Table A.3.3 provides the cut-off value/concentration limits to be used to determine if the mixture must be classified as seriously damaging to the eye or an eye irritant.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.3.3.3.4 Particular care must be taken when classifying certain types of chemicals such as acids and bases, inorganic salts, aldehydes, phenols, and surfactants. The 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44371"/>
                                    approach explained in A.3.3.3.1 and A.3.3.3.2 might not work given that many of such substances are seriously damaging to the eye/eye irritating at concentrations &lt;1%. For mixtures containing strong acids or bases, the pH should be used as classification criteria (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.3.3.1.2) since pH will be a better indicator of serious eye damage (subject to consideration of acid/alkali reserve) than the concentration limits of Table A.3.3. A mixture containing skin corrosive or serious eye damaging/eye irritating ingredients that cannot be classified based on the additivity approach applied in Table A.3.3 due to chemical characteristics that make this approach unworkable, should be classified as serious eye damage (Category 1) if it contains ≥1% of a skin corrosive or serious eye damaging ingredient and as Eye Irritation (Category 2) when it contains ≥3% of an eye irritant ingredient. Classification of mixtures with ingredients for which the approach in Table A.3.3 does not apply is summarized in Table A.3.4.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.3.3.3.5 On occasion, reliable data may show that the irreversible/reversible eye effects of an ingredient will not be evident when present at a level above the generic cut-off values/concentration limits mentioned in Tables A.3.3 and A.3.4. In these cases the mixture could be classified according to those data (
                                    <E T="03">See also</E>
                                     A.0.4.3 
                                    <E T="03">Use of cut-off values/concentration limits</E>
                                    ”). On occasion, when it is expected that the skin corrosion/irritation or the reversible/irreversible eye effects of an ingredient will not be evident when present at a level above the generic concentration/cut-off levels mentioned in Tables A.3.3 and A.3.4, testing of the mixture may be considered. In those cases, the tiered weight of evidence approach should be applied as referred to in section A.3.2, Figure A.3.1 and explained in detail in this chapter.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.3.3.3.6 If there are data showing that (an) ingredient(s) may be corrosive to the skin or seriously damaging to the eye/eye irritating at a concentration of ≤1% (corrosive to the skin or seriously damaging to the eye) or ≤3% (eye irritant), the mixture shall be classified accordingly (
                                    <E T="03">See also</E>
                                     paragraph A.0.4.3, 
                                    <E T="03">Use of cut-off values/concentration limits</E>
                                    ).
                                </P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,xs60">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.3.3—Concentration of Ingredients of a Mixture Classified as Skin Category 1 and/or Eye Category 1 or 2 That Would Trigger Classification of the Mixtures as Hazardous to the Eye</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Sum of ingredients classified as</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">
                                            Concentration triggering
                                            <LI>classification of a mixture as</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Serious eye damage</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="3">Category 1</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Eye irritation</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="3">Category 2/2A</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">
                                            Skin corrosion (Category 1) + Serious eye damage (Category 1) 
                                            <SU>a</SU>
                                        </ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥3%</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥1% but &lt;3%</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Eye irritation (Category 2)</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>
                                            ≥10% 
                                            <SU>b</SU>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">
                                            10 × (Skin corrosion (Category 1) + Serious eye damage (Category 1)) 
                                            <SU>a</SU>
                                             + Eye irritation (Category 2)
                                        </ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>≥10%</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <E T="02">Notes:</E>
                                    </TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <SU>a</SU>
                                         If an ingredient is classified as both skin Category 1 and eye Category 1 its concentration is considered only once in the calculation.
                                    </TNOTE>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <SU>b</SU>
                                         A mixture may be classified as Eye Irritation Category 2B in cases when all relevant ingredients are classified as Eye Irritation Category 2B.
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,12,r50">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.3.4—Concentration of Ingredients of a Mixture for Which the Additivity Approach Does Not Apply, That Would Trigger Classification of the Mixture as Hazardous to the Eye</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Ingredient</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">
                                            Concentration 
                                            <LI>(percent)</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Mixture classified as</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Acid with pH &lt;2</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Serious eye damage (Category 1).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Base with pH ≥11.5</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Serious eye damage (Category 1).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Other skin corrosive or serious eye damage (Category 1) ingredients</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Serious eye damage (Category 1).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Other eye irritant (Category 2) ingredients</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥3</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Eye irritation (Category 2).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.4 Respiratory or Skin Sensitization</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.4.1 Definitions and General Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.4.1.1 
                                    <E T="03">Respiratory sensitization</E>
                                     refers to hypersensitivity of the airways occurring after inhalation of a substance or mixture.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Skin sensitization</E>
                                     refers to an allergic response occurring after skin contact with a substance or mixture.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.4.1.2 For the purpose of this chapter, sensitization includes two phases: the first phase is induction of specialized immunological memory in an individual by exposure to an allergen. The second phase is elicitation, 
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     production of a cell-mediated or antibody-mediated allergic response by exposure of a sensitized individual to an allergen.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.4.1.3 For respiratory sensitization, the pattern of induction followed by elicitation phases is shared in common with skin sensitization. For skin sensitization, an induction phase is required in which the immune system learns to react; clinical symptoms can then arise when subsequent exposure is sufficient to elicit a visible skin reaction (elicitation phase). As a consequence, predictive tests usually follow this pattern in which there is an induction phase, the response to which is measured by a standardized elicitation phase, typically involving a patch test. The local lymph node assay is the exception, directly measuring the induction response. Evidence of skin sensitization in humans normally is assessed by a diagnostic patch test.</P>
                                <P>A.4.1.4 Usually, for both skin and respiratory sensitization, lower levels are necessary for elicitation than are required for induction.</P>
                                <P>A.4.1.5 The hazard class “respiratory or skin sensitization” is differentiated into:</P>
                                <P>(a) Respiratory sensitization; and</P>
                                <P>(b) Skin sensitization</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.4.2 Classification Criteria for Substances</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.4.2.1 Respiratory Sensitizers</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.4.2.1.1 Hazard Categories</HD>
                                <P>A.4.2.1.1.1 Effects seen in either humans or animals will normally justify classification in a weight of evidence approach for respiratory sensitizers. Substances may be allocated to one of the two sub-categories 1A or 1B using a weight of evidence approach in accordance with the criteria given in Table A.4.1 and on the basis of reliable and good quality evidence from human cases or epidemiological studies and/or observations from appropriate studies in experimental animals.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.4.2.1.1.2 Where data are not sufficient for sub-categorization, respiratory sensitizers shall be classified in Category 1.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44372"/>
                                </P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,xl150">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.4.1—Hazard Category and Sub-Categories for Respiratory Sensitizers</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category 1</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Respiratory sensitizer</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>A substance is classified as a respiratory sensitizer</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">(a) if there is evidence in humans that the substance can lead to specific respiratory hypersensitivity and/or</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">
                                            (b) if there are positive results from an appropriate animal test.
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Sub-category 1A</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            Substances showing a high frequency of occurrence in humans; or a probability of occurrence of a high sensitization rate in humans based on animal or other tests.
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                             Severity of reaction may also be considered.
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Sub-category 1B</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            Substances showing a low to moderate frequency of occurrence in humans; or a probability of occurrence of a low to moderate sensitization rate in humans based on animal or other tests.
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                             Severity of reaction may also be considered.
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                                    A.4.2.1.2 Human Evidence
                                    <FTREF/>
                                </HD>
                                <FTNT>
                                    <P>
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                         As of May 20, 2024, recognized and validated animal models for the testing of respiratory hypersensitivity are not available. Under certain circumstances, data from animal studies may provide valuable information in a weight of evidence assessment.
                                    </P>
                                </FTNT>
                                <P>A.4.2.1.2.1 Evidence that a substance can lead to specific respiratory hypersensitivity will normally be based on human experience. In this context, hypersensitivity is normally seen as asthma, but other hypersensitivity reactions such as rhinitis/conjunctivitis and alveolitis are also considered. The condition will have the clinical character of an allergic reaction. However, immunological mechanisms do not have to be demonstrated.</P>
                                <P>A.4.2.1.2.2 When considering the human evidence, it is necessary that in addition to the evidence from the cases, the following be taken into account:</P>
                                <P>(a) The size of the population exposed;</P>
                                <P>(b) The extent of exposure.</P>
                                <P>A.4.2.1.3 The evidence referred to above could be:</P>
                                <P>(a) Clinical history and data from appropriate lung function tests related to exposure to the substance, confirmed by other supportive evidence which may include:</P>
                                <P>
                                    (i) 
                                    <E T="03">In vivo</E>
                                     immunological test (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     skin prick test);
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    (ii) 
                                    <E T="03">In vitro</E>
                                     immunological test (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     serological analysis);
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    (iii) Studies that may indicate other specific hypersensitivity reactions where immunological mechanisms of action have not been proven, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     repeated low-level irritation, pharmacologically mediated effects;
                                </P>
                                <P>(iv) A chemical structure related to substances known to cause respiratory hypersensitivity;</P>
                                <P>(b) Data from positive bronchial challenge tests with the substance conducted according to accepted guidelines for the determination of a specific hypersensitivity reaction.</P>
                                <P>A.4.2.1.2.4 Clinical history should include both medical and occupational history to determine a relationship between exposure to a specific substance and development of respiratory hypersensitivity. Relevant information includes aggravating factors both in the home and workplace, the onset and progress of the disease, family history and medical history of the patient in question. The medical history should also include a note of other allergic or airway disorders from childhood and smoking history.</P>
                                <P>A.4.2.1.2.5 The results of positive bronchial challenge tests are considered to provide sufficient evidence for classification on their own. It is, however, recognized that in practice many of the examinations listed above will already have been carried out.</P>
                                <P>A.4.2.1.3 Animal studies</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.4.2.1.2.3 Data from appropriate animal studies 
                                    <SU>2</SU>
                                    <FTREF/>
                                     which may be indicative of the potential of a substance to cause sensitization by inhalation in humans 
                                    <SU>3</SU>
                                    <FTREF/>
                                     may include:
                                </P>
                                <FTNT>
                                    <P>
                                        <SU>2</SU>
                                         At this writing, recognized and validated animal models for the testing of respiratory hypersensitivity are not available. Under certain circumstances, data from animal studies may provide valuable information in a weight of evidence assessment.
                                    </P>
                                </FTNT>
                                <FTNT>
                                    <P>
                                        <SU>3</SU>
                                         The mechanisms by which substances induce symptoms of asthma are not yet fully known. For preventive measures, these substances are considered respiratory sensitizers. However, if on the basis of the evidence, it can be demonstrated that these substances induce symptoms of asthma by irritation only in people with bronchial hyperactivity, they should not be considered as respiratory sensitizers.
                                    </P>
                                </FTNT>
                                <P>(a) Measurements of Immunoglobulin E (IgE) and other specific immunological parameters, for example in mice</P>
                                <P>(b) Specific pulmonary responses in guinea pigs.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.4.2.2 Skin Sensitizers</HD>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.1 Hazard categories</P>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.1.1 Effects seen in either humans or animals will normally justify classification in a weight of evidence approach for skin sensitizers. Substances may be allocated to one of the two sub-categories 1A or 1B using a weight of evidence approach in accordance with the criteria given in Table A.4.2 and on the basis of reliable and good quality evidence from human cases or epidemiological studies and/or observations from appropriate studies in experimental animals according to the guidance values provided in A.4.2.2.2.1 and A.4.2.2.3.2 for sub-category 1A and in A.4.2.2.2.2 and A.4.2.2.3.3 for sub-category 1B.</P>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.1.2 Where data are not sufficient for sub-categorization, skin sensitizers shall be classified in Category 1.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,xl150">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.4.2—Hazard Category and Sub-Categories for Skin Sensitizers</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category 1</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Skin sensitizer</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            A substance is classified as a skin sensitizer
                                            <LI O="oi3">(a) if there is evidence in humans that the substance can lead to sensitization by skin contact in a substantial number of persons, or</LI>
                                            <LI O="oi3">(b) if there are positive results from an appropriate animal test.</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Sub-category 1A</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Substances showing a high frequency of occurrence in humans and/or a high potency in animals can be presumed to have the potential to produce significant sensitization in humans. Severity of reaction may also be considered.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Sub-category 1B</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Substances showing a low to moderate frequency of occurrence in humans and/or a low to moderate potency in animals can be presumed to have the potential to produce sensitization in humans. Severity of reaction may also be considered.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <PRTPAGE P="44373"/>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.4.2.2.2 Human Evidence</HD>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.2.1 Human evidence for sub-category 1A may include:</P>
                                <P>(a) Positive responses at ≤500 μg/cm2 (Human Repeat Insult Patch Test (HRIPT), Human Maximization Test (HMT)—induction threshold);</P>
                                <P>(b) Diagnostic patch test data where there is a relatively high and substantial incidence of reactions in a defined population in relation to relatively low exposure;</P>
                                <P>(c) Other epidemiological evidence where there is a relatively high and substantial incidence of allergic contact dermatitis in relation to relatively low exposure.</P>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.2.2 Human evidence for sub-category 1B may include:</P>
                                <P>(a) Positive responses at &gt;500 μg/cm2 (HRIPT, HMT—induction threshold);</P>
                                <P>(b) Diagnostic patch test data where there is a relatively low but substantial incidence of reactions in a defined population in relation to relatively high exposure;</P>
                                <P>(c) Other epidemiological evidence where there is a relatively low but substantial incidence of allergic contact dermatitis in relation to relatively high exposure.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.4.2.2.3 Animal Studies</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.4.2.2.3.1 For Category 1, when an adjuvant type test method for skin sensitization is used, a response of at least 30% of the animals is considered as positive. For a non-adjuvant Guinea pig test method, a response of at least 15% of the animals is considered positive. For Category 1, a stimulation index of three or more is considered a positive response in the local lymph node assay.
                                    <SU>4</SU>
                                    <FTREF/>
                                </P>
                                <FTNT>
                                    <P>
                                        <SU>4</SU>
                                         Test methods for skin sensitization are described in OECD Guideline 406 (the Guinea Pig Maximization test and the Buehler guinea pig test) and Guideline 429 (Local Lymph Node Assay). Other methods may be used provided that they are scientifically validated. The Mouse Ear Swelling Test (MEST), appears to be a reliable screening test to detect moderate to strong sensitizers, and can be used, in accordance with professional judgment, as a first stage in the assessment of skin sensitization potential.
                                    </P>
                                </FTNT>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.3.2 Animal test results for sub-category 1A can include data with values indicated in the following Table A.4.3:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r150">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.4.3—Animal Test Results for Sub-Category 1A</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Assay </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Local lymph node assay</ENT>
                                        <ENT>EC3 value ≤2%.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Guinea pig maximization test</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            ≥30% responding at ≤0.1% intradermal induction dose or
                                            <LI>≥60% responding at &gt;0.1% to ≤1% intradermal induction dose.</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Buehler assay</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            ≥15% responding at ≤0.2% topical induction dose or
                                            <LI>≥60% responding at &gt;0.2% to ≤20% topical induction dose.</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <E T="02">Note:</E>
                                         EC3 refers to the estimated concentration of test chemical required to induce a stimulation index of 3 in the local lymph node assay.
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.3.3 Animal test results for sub-category 1B can include data with values indicated in Table A.4.4 below:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r150">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.4.4—Animal Test Results for Sub-Category 1B</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Assay</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Local lymph node assay</ENT>
                                        <ENT>EC3 value &gt;2%.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Guinea pig maximization test</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            ≥30% to &lt;60% responding at &gt;0.1% to ≤1% intradermal induction dose or
                                            <LI>≥30% responding at &gt;1% intradermal induction dose.</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Buehler assay</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            ≥15% to &lt;60% responding at &gt;0.2% to ≤20% topical induction dose or
                                            <LI>≥15% responding at &gt;20% topical induction dose.</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <E T="02">Note:</E>
                                         EC3 refers to the estimated concentration of test chemical required to induce a stimulation index of 3 in the local lymph node assay.
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.4.2.2.4 Specific Considerations</HD>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.4.1 For classification of a substance, evidence shall include one or more of the following using a weight of evidence approach:</P>
                                <P>(a) Positive data from patch testing, normally obtained in more than one dermatology clinic;</P>
                                <P>(b) Epidemiological studies showing allergic contact dermatitis caused by the substance. Situations in which a high proportion of those exposed exhibit characteristic symptoms are to be looked at with special concern, even if the number of cases is small;</P>
                                <P>(c) Positive data from appropriate animal studies;</P>
                                <P>(d) Positive data from experimental studies in humans (See paragraph A.0.2.6 of this Appendix);</P>
                                <P>(e) Well documented episodes of allergic contact dermatitis, normally obtained in more than one dermatology clinic;</P>
                                <P>(f) Severity of reaction.</P>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.4.2 Evidence from animal studies is usually much more reliable than evidence from human exposure. However, in cases where evidence is available from both sources, and there is conflict between the results, the quality and reliability of the evidence from both sources must be assessed in order to resolve the question of classification on a case-by-case basis. Normally, human data are not generated in controlled experiments with volunteers for the purpose of hazard classification but rather as part of risk assessment to confirm lack of effects seen in animal tests. Consequently, positive human data on skin sensitization are usually derived from case-control or other, less defined studies. Evaluation of human data must, therefore, be carried out with caution as the frequency of cases reflect, in addition to the inherent properties of the substances, factors such as the exposure situation, bioavailability, individual predisposition and preventive measures taken. Negative human data should not normally be used to negate positive results from animal studies. For both animal and human data, consideration should be given to the impact of vehicle.</P>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.4.3 If none of the above-mentioned conditions are met, the substance need not be classified as a skin sensitizer. However, a combination of two or more indicators of skin sensitization, as listed below, may alter the decision. This shall be considered on a case-by-case basis.</P>
                                <P>(a) Isolated episodes of allergic contact dermatitis;</P>
                                <P>
                                    (b) Epidemiological studies of limited power, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     where chance, bias or confounders have not been ruled out fully with reasonable confidence;
                                </P>
                                <P>(c) Data from animal tests, performed according to existing guidelines, which do not meet the criteria for a positive result described in A.4.2.2.3, but which are sufficiently close to the limit to be considered significant;</P>
                                <P>(d) Positive data from non-standard methods;</P>
                                <P>(e) Positive results from close structural analogues.</P>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.4.4 Immunological contact urticaria</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.4.2.2.4.4.1 Substances meeting the criteria for classification as respiratory 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44374"/>
                                    sensitizers may, in addition, cause immunological contact urticaria. Consideration shall be given to classifying these substances as skin sensitizers.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.4.4.2 Substances which cause immunological contact urticaria without meeting the criteria for respiratory sensitizers shall be considered for classification as skin sensitizers.</P>
                                <P>A.4.2.2.4.4.3 There is no recognized animal model available to identify substances which cause immunological contact urticaria. Therefore, classification will normally be based on human evidence, similar to that for skin sensitization.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.4.3 Classification Criteria for Mixtures</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.4.3.1 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for the Complete Mixture</HD>
                                <P>When reliable and good quality evidence, as described in the criteria for substances, from human experience or appropriate studies in experimental animals, is available for the mixture, then the mixture shall be classified by weight of evidence evaluation of these data. Care must be exercised in evaluating data on mixtures that the dose used does not render the results inconclusive.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.4.3.2 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Not Available for the Complete Mixture: Bridging Principles</HD>
                                <P>A.4.3.2.1 Where the mixture itself has not been tested to determine its sensitizing properties, but there are sufficient data on both the individual ingredients and similar tested mixtures to adequately characterize the hazards of the mixture, these data will be used in accordance with the following agreed bridging principles as found in paragraph A.0.5 of this Appendix: Dilution, Batching, Concentration of mixtures, Interpolation within one hazard category/subcategory, Substantially similar mixtures, and Aerosols.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.4.3.3 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for All Ingredients or Only for Some Ingredients of the Mixture</HD>
                                <P>The mixture shall be classified as a respiratory or skin sensitizer when at least one ingredient has been classified as a respiratory or skin sensitizer and is present at or above the appropriate cut-off value/concentration limit for the specific endpoint as shown in Table A.4.5.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,15">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.4.5—Cut-Off Values/Concentration Limits of Ingredients of a Mixture Classified as Either Respiratory Sensitizers or Skin Sensitizers That Would Trigger Classification of the Mixture</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Ingredient classified as</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Cut-off values/concentration limits triggering classification of a mixture as</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">
                                            Respiratory sensitizer
                                            <LI>Category 1</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="3">
                                            Solid/liquid
                                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="3">
                                            Gas
                                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">
                                            Skin sensitizer
                                            <LI>Category 1</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="3">
                                            All physical states
                                            <LI>(%)</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Respiratory Sensitizer Category 1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥0.1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥0.1</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Respiratory Sensitizer Sub-category 1A</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥0.1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥0.1</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Respiratory Sensitizer Sub-category 1B</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥1.0</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥0.2</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Skin Sensitizer Category 1</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>≥0.1</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Skin Sensitizer Sub-category 1A</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>≥0.1</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Skin Sensitizer Sub-category 1B</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>≥1.0</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.5 Germ Cell Mutagenicity</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.5.1 Definitions and General Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.5.1.1 
                                    <E T="03">Germ cell mutagenicity</E>
                                     refers to heritable gene mutations, including heritable structure and numerical chromosome aberrations in germ cells occurring after exposure to a substance or mixture.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.5.1.2 A 
                                    <E T="03">mutation</E>
                                     is defined as a permanent change in the amount or structure of the genetic material in a cell. The term 
                                    <E T="03">mutation</E>
                                     applies both to heritable genetic changes that may be manifested at the phenotypic level and to the underlying DNA modifications when known (including, for example, specific base pair changes and chromosomal translocations). The term 
                                    <E T="03">mutagenic</E>
                                     and 
                                    <E T="03">mutagen</E>
                                     will be used for agents giving rise to an increased occurrence of mutations in populations of cells and/or organisms.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.5.1.3 The more general terms 
                                    <E T="03">genotoxic</E>
                                     and 
                                    <E T="03">genotoxicity</E>
                                     apply to agents or processes which alter the structure, information content, or segregation of DNA, including those which cause DNA damage by interfering with normal replication processes, or which in a non-physiological manner (temporarily) alter its replication. Genotoxicity test results are usually taken as indicators for mutagenic effects.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.5.1.4 This hazard class is primarily concerned with chemicals that may cause mutations in the germ cells of humans that can be transmitted to the progeny. However, mutagenicity/genotoxicity tests 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                                     and in mammalian somatic cells 
                                    <E T="03">in vivo</E>
                                     are also considered in classifying substances and mixtures within this hazard class.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.5.2 Classification Criteria for Substances</HD>
                                <P>A.5.2.1 The classification system provides for two different categories of germ cell mutagens to accommodate the weight of evidence available. The two-category system is described in the Figure A.5.1.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Figure A.5.1—Hazard Categories for Germ Cell Mutagens</HD>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 1:</E>
                                     Substances known to induce heritable mutations or to be regarded as if they induce heritable mutations in the germ cells of humans
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Category 1A: Substances known to induce heritable mutations in germ cells of humans</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Positive evidence from human epidemiological studies.</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Category 1B: Substances which should be regarded as if they induce heritable mutations in the germ cells of humans</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(a) Positive result(s) from in vivo heritable germ cell mutagenicity tests in mammals; or</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(b) Positive result(s) from in vivo somatic cell mutagenicity tests in mammals, in combination with some evidence that the substance has potential to cause mutations to germ cells. This supporting evidence may, for example, be derived from mutagenicity/genotoxic tests in germ cells in vivo, or by demonstrating the ability of the substance or its metabolite(s) to interact with the genetic material of germ cells; or</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(c) Positive results from tests showing mutagenic effects in the germ cells of humans, without demonstration of transmission to progeny; for example, an increase in the frequency of aneuploidy in sperm cells of exposed people.</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 2:</E>
                                     Substances which cause concern for humans owing to the possibility that they may induce heritable mutations in the germ cells of humans
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Positive evidence obtained from experiments in mammals and/or in some cases from in vitro experiments, obtained from:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(a) Somatic cell mutagenicity tests in vivo, in mammals; or</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(b) Other in vivo somatic cell genotoxicity tests which are supported by positive results from in vitro mutagenicity assays.</FP>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Note: Substances which are positive in in vitro mammalian mutagenicity assays, and which also show structure activity relationship to known germ cell mutagens, should be considered for classification as Category 2 mutagens.</E>
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.5.2.2 Specific considerations for classification of substances as germ cell mutagens:
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44375"/>
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.5.2.2.1 To arrive at a classification, test results are considered from experiments determining mutagenic and/or genotoxic effects in germ and/or somatic cells of exposed animals. Mutagenic and/or genotoxic effects determined in 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                                     tests shall also be considered.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.5.2.2.2 The system is hazard based, classifying chemicals on the basis of their intrinsic ability to induce mutations in germ cells. The scheme is, therefore, not meant for the (quantitative) risk assessment of chemical substances.</P>
                                <P>A.5.2.2.3 Classification for heritable effects in human germ cells is made on the basis of scientifically validated tests. Evaluation of the test results shall be done using expert judgment and all the available evidence shall be weighed for classification.</P>
                                <P>A.5.2.2.4 The classification of substances shall be based on the total weight of evidence available, using expert judgment. In those instances where a single well-conducted test is used for classification, it shall provide clear and unambiguously positive results. The relevance of the route of exposure used in the study of the substance compared to the route of human exposure should also be taken into account.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">
                                    A.5.3 Classification Criteria for Mixtures 
                                    <E T="51">5</E>
                                    <FTREF/>
                                </HD>
                                <FTNT>
                                    <P>
                                        <SU>5</SU>
                                         
                                        <E T="03">It should be noted that the classification criteria for health hazards usually include a tiered scheme in which test data available on the complete mixture are considered as the first tier in the evaluation, followed by the applicable bridging principles, and lastly, cut-off values/concentration limits or additivity. However, this approach is not used for Germ Cell Mutagenicity. These criteria for Germ Cell Mutagenicity consider the cut-off values/concentration limits as the primary tier and allow the classification to be modified only on a case-by-case evaluation based on available test data for the mixture as a whole.</E>
                                    </P>
                                </FTNT>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.5.3.1 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for All Ingredients or Only for Some Ingredients of the Mixture</HD>
                                <P>A.5.3.1.1 Classification of mixtures shall be based on the available test data for the individual ingredients of the mixture using cut-off values/concentration limits for the ingredients classified as germ cell mutagens.</P>
                                <P>A.5.3.1.2 The mixture will be classified as a mutagen when at least one ingredient has been classified as a Category 1A, Category 1B or Category 2 mutagen and is present at or above the appropriate cut-off value/concentration limit as shown in Table A.5.1 below for Category 1 and 2 respectively.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.5.1—Cut-off Values/Concentration Limits of Ingredients of a Mixture Classified as Germ Cell Mutagens That Would Trigger Classification of the Mixture</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Ingredient classified as</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">
                                            Cut-off/concentration limits 
                                            <LI>triggering classification of a </LI>
                                            <LI>mixture as:</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Category 1 mutagen</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Category 2 mutagen</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 1A/B mutagen</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥0.1%</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 2 mutagen</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>≥1.0%</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <E T="02">Note:</E>
                                         The cut-off values/concentration limits in the table above apply to solids and liquids (w/w units) as well as gases (v/v units).
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.5.3.2 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for the Mixture Itself</HD>
                                <P>
                                    The classification may be modified on a case-by-case basis based on the available test data for the mixture as a whole. In such cases, the test results for the mixture as a whole must be shown to be conclusive taking into account dose and other factors such as duration, observations and analysis (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     statistical analysis, test sensitivity) of germ cell mutagenicity test systems.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.5.3.3 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Not Available for the Complete Mixture: Bridging Principles</HD>
                                <P>A.5.3.3.1 Where the mixture itself has not been tested to determine its germ cell mutagenicity hazard, but there are sufficient data on both the individual ingredients and similar tested mixtures to adequately characterize the hazards of the mixture, these data will be used in accordance with the following bridging principles as found in paragraph A.0.5 of this Appendix: Dilution, Batching, and Substantially similar mixtures.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.5.4 Examples of Scientifically Validated Test Methods</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.5.4.1 Examples of 
                                    <E T="03">in vivo</E>
                                     heritable germ cell mutagenicity tests are:
                                </P>
                                <P>(a) Rodent dominant lethal mutation test (OECD 478)</P>
                                <P>(b) Mouse heritable translocation assay (OECD 485)</P>
                                <P>(c) Mouse specific locus test</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.5.4.2 Examples of 
                                    <E T="03">in vivo</E>
                                     somatic cell mutagenicity tests are:
                                </P>
                                <P>(a) Mammalian bone marrow chromosome aberration test (OECD 475)</P>
                                <P>(b) Mammalian erythrocyte micronucleus test (OECD 474)</P>
                                <P>A.5.4.3 Examples of mutagenicity/genotoxicity tests in germ cells are:</P>
                                <P>(a) Mutagenicity tests:</P>
                                <P>(i) Mammalian spermatogonial chromosome aberration test (OECD 483)</P>
                                <P>(ii) Spermatid micronucleus assay</P>
                                <P>(b) Genotoxicity tests:</P>
                                <P>(i) Sister chromatid exchange analysis in spermatogonia</P>
                                <P>(ii) Unscheduled DNA synthesis test (UDS) in testicular cells</P>
                                <P>A.5.4.4 Examples of genotoxicity tests in somatic cells are:</P>
                                <P>
                                    (a) Liver Unscheduled DNA Synthesis (UDS) 
                                    <E T="03">in vivo</E>
                                     (OECD 486)
                                </P>
                                <P>(b) Mammalian bone marrow Sister Chromatid Exchanges (SCE)</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.5.4.5 Examples of 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                                     mutagenicity tests are:
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    (a) 
                                    <E T="03">In vitro</E>
                                     mammalian chromosome aberration test (OECD 473)
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    (b) 
                                    <E T="03">In vitro</E>
                                     mammalian cell gene mutation test (OECD 476)
                                </P>
                                <P>(c) Bacterial reverse mutation tests (OECD 471)</P>
                                <P>A.5.4.6 As new, scientifically validated tests arise, these may also be used in the total weight of evidence to be considered.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.6 Carcinogenicity</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.6.1 Definitions</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Carcinogenicity</E>
                                     refers to the induction of cancer or an increase in the incidence of cancer occurring after exposure to a substance or mixture. Substances and mixtures which have induced benign and malignant tumors in well-performed experimental studies on animals are considered also to be presumed or suspected human carcinogens unless there is strong evidence that the mechanism of tumor formation is not relevant for humans.
                                </P>
                                <P>Classification of a substance or mixture as posing a carcinogenic hazard is based on its inherent properties and does not provide information on the level of the human cancer risk which the use of the substance or mixture may represent.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">
                                    A.6.2 Classification Criteria for Substances 
                                    <E T="51">6</E>
                                    <FTREF/>
                                </HD>
                                <FTNT>
                                    <P>
                                        <SU>6</SU>
                                         
                                        <E T="03">See Non-mandatory appendix F of this section, part A for further guidance regarding hazard classification for carcinogenicity. This appendix is consistent with the GHS and is provided as guidance excerpted from the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) “Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans” (2006).</E>
                                    </P>
                                </FTNT>
                                <P>
                                    A.6.2.1 For the purpose of classification for carcinogenicity, substances are allocated to one of two categories based on strength of evidence and additional weight of evidence considerations. In certain instances, route-specific classification may be warranted.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44376"/>
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Figure A.6.1—Hazard Categories for Carcinogens</HD>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 1:</E>
                                     Known or presumed human carcinogens
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">The placing of a substance in Category 1 is done on the basis of epidemiological and/or animal data. An individual substance may be further distinguished:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Category 1A:  Known to have carcinogenic potential for humans; the placing of a substance is largely based on human evidence.</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Category 1B:  Presumed to have carcinogenic potential for humans; the placing of a substance is largely based on animal evidence.</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Based on strength of evidence together with additional considerations, such evidence may be derived from human studies that establish a causal relationship between human exposure to a substance and the development of cancer (known human carcinogen). Alternatively, evidence may be derived from animal experiments for which there is sufficient evidence to demonstrate animal carcinogenicity (presumed human carcinogen). In addition, on a case by case basis, scientific judgement may warrant a decision of presumed human carcinogenicity derived from studies showing limited evidence of carcinogenicity in humans together with limited evidence of carcinogenicity in experimental animals.</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Classification: Category 1 (A and B) Carcinogen</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 2:</E>
                                     Suspected human carcinogens
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">The placing of a substance in Category 2 is done on the basis of evidence obtained from human and/or animal studies, but which is not sufficiently convincing to place the substance in Category 1. Based on strength of evidence together with additional considerations, such evidence may be from either limited evidence of carcinogenicity in human studies or from limited evidence of carcinogenicity in animal studies.</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Classification: Category 2 Carcinogen</FP>
                                <P>A.6.2.2 Classification as a carcinogen is made on the basis of evidence from reliable and acceptable methods, and is intended to be used for substances which have an intrinsic property to produce such toxic effects. The evaluations are to be based on all existing data, peer-reviewed published studies and additional data accepted by regulatory agencies.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.6.2.3 
                                    <E T="03">Carcinogen classification</E>
                                     is a one-step, criterion-based process that involves two interrelated determinations: evaluations of strength of evidence and consideration of all other relevant information to place substances with human cancer potential into hazard categories.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.6.2.4 
                                    <E T="03">Strength of evidence</E>
                                     involves the enumeration of tumors in human and animal studies and determination of their level of statistical significance. Sufficient human evidence demonstrates causality between human exposure and the development of cancer, whereas sufficient evidence in animals shows a causal relationship between the agent and an increased incidence of tumors. Limited evidence in humans is demonstrated by a positive association between exposure and cancer, but a causal relationship cannot be stated. Limited evidence in animals is provided when data suggest a carcinogenic effect, but are less than sufficient. (Guidance on consideration of important factors in the classification of carcinogenicity and a more detailed description of the terms “limited” and “sufficient” have been developed by the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) and are provided in non-mandatory appendix F of this section.)
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.6.2.5 
                                    <E T="03">Weight of evidence:</E>
                                     Beyond the determination of the strength of evidence for carcinogenicity, a number of other factors should be considered that influence the overall likelihood that an agent may pose a carcinogenic hazard in humans. The full list of factors that influence this determination is very lengthy, but some of the important ones are considered here.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.6.2.5.1 These factors can be viewed as either increasing or decreasing the level of concern for human carcinogenicity. The relative emphasis accorded to each factor depends upon the amount and coherence of evidence bearing on each. Generally, there is a requirement for more complete information to decrease than to increase the level of concern. Additional considerations should be used in evaluating the tumor findings and the other factors in a case-by-case manner.</P>
                                <P>A.6.2.5.2 Some important factors which may be taken into consideration, when assessing the overall level of concern are:</P>
                                <P>(a) Tumor type and background incidence;</P>
                                <P>(b) Multisite responses;</P>
                                <P>(c) Progression of lesions to malignancy;</P>
                                <P>(d) Reduced tumor latency;</P>
                                <P>Additional factors which may increase or decrease the level of concern include:</P>
                                <P>(e) Whether responses are in single or both sexes;</P>
                                <P>(f) Whether responses are in a single species or several species;</P>
                                <P>(g) Structural similarity or not to a substance(s) for which there is good evidence of carcinogenicity;</P>
                                <P>(h) Routes of exposure;</P>
                                <P>(i) Comparison of absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion between test animals and humans;</P>
                                <P>(j) The possibility of a confounding effect of excessive toxicity at test doses; and,</P>
                                <P>(k) Mode of action and its relevance for humans, such as mutagenicity, cytotoxicity with growth stimulation, mitogenesis, immunosuppression.</P>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Mutagenicity:</E>
                                     It is recognized that genetic events are central in the overall process of cancer development. Therefore, evidence of mutagenic activity 
                                    <E T="03">in vivo</E>
                                     may indicate that a substance has a potential for carcinogenic effects.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.6.2.5.3 A substance that has not been tested for carcinogenicity may in certain instances be classified in Category 1A, Category 1B, or Category 2 based on tumor data from a structural analogue together with substantial support from consideration of other important factors such as formation of common significant metabolites, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     for benzidine congener dyes.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.6.2.5.4 The classification should also take into consideration whether or not the substance is absorbed by a given route(s); or whether there are only local tumors at the site of administration for the tested route(s), and adequate testing by other major route(s) show lack of carcinogenicity.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.6.2.5.5 It is important that whatever is known of the physico-chemical, toxicokinetic and toxicodynamic properties of the substances, as well as any available relevant information on chemical analogues, 
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     structure activity relationship, is taken into consideration when undertaking classification.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                                    A.6.3 Classification Criteria for Mixtures 
                                    <E T="51">7</E>
                                    <FTREF/>
                                </HD>
                                <FTNT>
                                    <P>
                                        <SU>7</SU>
                                         
                                        <E T="03">It should be noted that the classification criteria for health hazards usually include a tiered scheme in which test data available on the complete mixture are considered as the first tier i the evaluation, followed by the applicable bridging principles, and lastly, cut-off values/concentration limit or addivity. However, this approach is not used for Carcinogenicity. These criteria for Carcinogenicity consider the cut-off values/concentration limits as the primary tier and allow the classification to be modified only on a case-by-case evaluation based on available test data for the mixture as a whole.</E>
                                    </P>
                                </FTNT>
                                <P>A.6.3.1 The mixture shall be classified as a carcinogen when at least one ingredient has been classified as a Category 1 or Category 2 carcinogen and is present at or above the appropriate cut-off value/concentration limit as shown in Table A.6.1.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,15">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.6.1—Cut-Off Values/Concentration Limits of Ingredients of a Mixture Classified as Carcinogen That Would Trigger Classification of the Mixture</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Ingredient classified as</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category 1 carcinogen</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">
                                            Category 2
                                            <LI>carcinogen</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 1 carcinogen</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥0.1%</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <PRTPAGE P="44377"/>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 2 carcinogen</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>≥0.1% (note 1)</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <E T="02">Note:</E>
                                          
                                        <E T="03">If a Category 2 carcinogen ingredient is present in the mixture at a concentration between 0.1% and 1%, information is required on the SDS for a product. However, a label warning is optional. If a Category 2 carcinogen ingredient is present in the mixture at a concentration of ≥1%, both an SDS and a label is required and the information must be included on each.</E>
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <P>A.6.3.2 Classification of mixtures when data are available for the complete mixture</P>
                                <P>
                                    A mixture may be classified based on the available test data for the mixture as a whole. In such cases, the test results for the mixture as a whole must be shown to be conclusive taking into account dose and other factors such as duration, observations and analysis (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     statistical analysis, test sensitivity) of carcinogenicity test systems.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.6.3.3 Classification of mixtures when data are not available for the complete mixture: bridging principles</P>
                                <P>Where the mixture itself has not been tested to determine its carcinogenic hazard, but there are sufficient data on both the individual ingredients and similar tested mixtures to adequately characterize the hazards of the mixture, these data will be used in accordance with the following bridging principles as found in paragraph A.0.5 of this Appendix: Dilution; Batching; and Substantially similar mixtures.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">
                                    A.6.4 Classification of Carcinogenicity 
                                    <SU>8</SU>
                                    <FTREF/>
                                </HD>
                                <FTNT>
                                    <P>
                                        <SU>8</SU>
                                         
                                        <E T="03">See Non-mandatory appendix f of this section for further guidance regarding hazard classification for carcinogenicity and how to relate carcinogenicity classification information from IARC and NTP to GHS.</E>
                                    </P>
                                </FTNT>
                                <P>A.6.4.1 Chemical manufacturers, importers and employers evaluating chemicals may treat the following sources as establishing that a substance is a carcinogen or potential carcinogen for hazard communication purposes in lieu of applying the criteria described herein:</P>
                                <P>A.6.4.1.1 National Toxicology Program (NTP), “Report on Carcinogens” (latest edition);</P>
                                <P>A.6.4.1.2 International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) “Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risks to Humans” (latest editions)</P>
                                <P>A.6.4.2 Where OSHA has included cancer as a health hazard to be considered by classifiers for a chemical covered by 29 CFR part 1910, subpart Z, chemical manufacturers, importers, and employers shall classify the chemical as a carcinogen.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.7 Reproductive Toxicity</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.7.1 Definitions and General Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.1.1 
                                    <E T="03">Reproductive toxicity</E>
                                     refers to adverse effects on sexual function and fertility in adult males and females, as well as developmental toxicity in the offspring, occurring after exposure to a substance or mixture. Some reproductive toxic effects cannot be clearly assigned to either impairment of sexual function and fertility or to developmental toxicity. Nonetheless, substances and mixtures with these effects shall be classified as reproductive toxicants. For classification purposes, the known induction of genetically based inheritable effects in the offspring is addressed in 
                                    <E T="03">Germ cell mutagenicity</E>
                                     (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.5).
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.1.2 
                                    <E T="03">Adverse effects on sexual function and fertility</E>
                                     means any effect of chemicals that interferes with reproductive ability or sexual capacity. This includes, but is not limited to, alterations to the female and male reproductive system, adverse effects on onset of puberty, gamete production and transport, reproductive cycle normality, sexual behavior, fertility, parturition, pregnancy outcomes, premature reproductive senescence, or modifications in other functions that are dependent on the integrity of the reproductive systems.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.1.3 
                                    <E T="03">Adverse effects on development of the offspring</E>
                                     means any effect of chemicals which interferes with normal development of the conceptus either before or after birth, which is induced during pregnancy or results from parental exposure. These effects can be manifested at any point in the life span of the organism. The major manifestations of developmental toxicity include death of the developing organism, structural abnormality, altered growth and functional deficiency.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.1.4 Adverse effects on or via lactation are also included in reproductive toxicity, but for classification purposes, such effects are treated separately (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.7.2.1).
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.7.2 Classification Criteria for Substances</HD>
                                <P>A.7.2.1 For the purpose of classification for reproductive toxicity, substances shall be classified in one of two categories in accordance with Figure A.7.1(a). Effects on sexual function and fertility, and on development, shall be considered. In addition, effects on or via lactation shall be classified in a separate hazard category in accordance with Figure A.7.1(b).</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Figure A.7.1(a)—Hazard Categories for Reproductive Toxicants</HD>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 1:</E>
                                     Known or presumed human reproductive toxicant
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">This category includes substances which are known to have produced an adverse effect on sexual function and fertility or on development in humans or for which there is evidence from animal studies, possibly supplemented with other information, to provide a strong presumption that the substance has the capacity to interfere with reproduction in humans. For regulatory purposes, a substance can be further distinguished on the basis of whether the evidence for classification is primarily from human data (Category 1A) or from animal data (Category 1B).</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 1A:</E>
                                     Known human reproductive toxicant
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">The placing of the substance in this category is largely based on evidence from humans.</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 1B:</E>
                                     Presumed human reproductive toxicant
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">The placing of the substance in this category is largely based on evidence from experimental animals. Data from animal studies should provide clear evidence of an adverse effect on sexual function and fertility or on development in the absence of other toxic effects, or if occurring together with other toxic effects the adverse effect on reproduction is considered not to be a secondary non-specific consequence of other toxic effects. However, when there is mechanistic information that raises doubt about the relevance of the effect for humans, classification in Category 2 may be more appropriate.</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 2:</E>
                                     Suspected human reproductive toxicant
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">This category includes substances for which there is some evidence from humans or experimental animals, possibly supplemented with other information, of an adverse effect on sexual function and fertility, or on development, in the absence of other toxic effects, or if occurring together with other toxic effects the adverse effect on reproduction is considered not to be a secondary non-specific consequence of the other toxic effects, and where the evidence is not sufficiently convincing to place the substance in Category 1. For instance, deficiencies in the study may make the quality of evidence less convincing, and in view of this Category 2 could be the more appropriate classification.</FP>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">Figure A.7.1(b)—Hazard Category for Effects on or Via Lactation</HD>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">EFFECTS ON OR VIA LACTATION</E>
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    Effects on or via lactation are allocated to a separate category. It is appreciated that for many substances there is no information on the potential to cause adverse effects on the offspring via lactation. However, substances which are absorbed by women and have been shown to interfere with lactation, or which may be present (including metabolites) in breast milk in amounts sufficient to cause concern for the health of a breastfed child, should be classified to indicate this property.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44378"/>
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Classification for effects via lactation shall be assigned on the basis of:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(a) absorption, metabolism, distribution and excretion studies that would indicate the likelihood the substance would be present in potentially toxic levels in breast milk; and/or</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(b) results of one or two generation studies in animals which provide clear evidence of adverse effect in the offspring due to transfer in the milk or adverse effect on the quality of the milk; and/or</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(c) human evidence indicating a hazard to babies during the lactation period.</FP>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.7.2.2 Basis of Classification</HD>
                                <P>A.7.2.2.1 Classification is made on the basis of the criteria, outlined above, an assessment of the total weight of evidence, and the use of expert judgment. Classification as a reproductive toxicant is intended to be used for substances which have an intrinsic, specific property to produce an adverse effect on reproduction and substances should not be so classified if such an effect is produced solely as a non-specific secondary consequence of other toxic effects.</P>
                                <P>A.7.2.2.2 In the evaluation of toxic effects on the developing offspring, it is important to consider the possible influence of maternal toxicity.</P>
                                <P>A.7.2.2.3 For human evidence to provide the primary basis for a Category 1A classification there must be reliable evidence of an adverse effect on reproduction in humans. Evidence used for classification shall be from well conducted epidemiological studies, if available, which include the use of appropriate controls, balanced assessment, and due consideration of bias or confounding factors. Less rigorous data from studies in humans may be sufficient for a Category 1A classification if supplemented with adequate data from studies in experimental animals, but classification in Category 1B may also be considered.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.7.2.3 Weight of Evidence</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.2.3.1 Classification as a reproductive toxicant is made on the basis of an assessment of the total weight of evidence using expert judgment. This means that all available information that bears on the determination of reproductive toxicity is considered together. Included is information such as epidemiological studies and case reports in humans and specific reproduction studies along with sub-chronic, chronic and special study results in animals that provide relevant information regarding toxicity to reproductive and related endocrine organs. Evaluation of substances chemically related to the material under study may also be included, particularly when information on the material is scarce. The weight given to the available evidence will be influenced by factors such as the quality of the studies, consistency of results, nature and severity of effects, level of statistical significance for intergroup differences, number of endpoints affected, relevance of route of administration to humans and freedom from bias. Both positive and negative results are considered together in a weight of evidence determination. However, a single, positive study performed according to good scientific principles and with statistically or biologically significant positive results may justify classification (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     also A.7.2.2.3).
                                </P>
                                <P>A.7.2.3.2 Toxicokinetic studies in animals and humans, site of action and mechanism or mode of action study results may provide relevant information, which could reduce or increase concerns about the hazard to human health. If it is conclusively demonstrated that the clearly identified mechanism or mode of action has no relevance for humans or when the toxicokinetic differences are so marked that it is certain that the hazardous property will not be expressed in humans then a chemical which produces an adverse effect on reproduction in experimental animals should not be classified.</P>
                                <P>A.7.2.3.3 In some reproductive toxicity studies in experimental animals the only effects recorded may be considered of low or minimal toxicological significance and classification may not necessarily be the outcome. These effects include, for example, small changes in semen parameters or in the incidence of spontaneous defects in the fetus, small changes in the proportions of common fetal variants such as are observed in skeletal examinations, or in fetal weights, or small differences in postnatal developmental assessments.</P>
                                <P>A.7.2.3.4 Data from animal studies shall provide sufficient evidence of specific reproductive toxicity in the absence of other systemic toxic effects. However, if developmental toxicity occurs together with other toxic effects in the dam (mother), the potential influence of the generalized adverse effects should be assessed to the extent possible. The preferred approach is to consider adverse effects in the embryo/fetus first, and then evaluate maternal toxicity, along with any other factors which are likely to have influenced these effects, as part of the weight of evidence. In general, developmental effects that are observed at maternally toxic doses should not be automatically discounted. Discounting developmental effects that are observed at maternally toxic doses can only be done on a case-by-case basis when a causal relationship is established or refuted.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.2.3.5 If appropriate information is available it is important to try to determine whether developmental toxicity is due to a specific maternally mediated mechanism or to a non-specific secondary mechanism, like maternal stress and the disruption of homeostasis. Generally, the presence of maternal toxicity should not be used to negate findings of embryo/fetal effects, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that the effects are secondary non-specific effects. This is especially the case when the effects in the offspring are significant, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     irreversible effects such as structural malformations. In some situations it is reasonable to assume that reproductive toxicity is due to a secondary consequence of maternal toxicity and discount the effects, for example if the chemical is so toxic that dams fail to thrive and there is severe inanition; they are incapable of nursing pups; or they are prostrate or dying.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.7.2.4 Maternal Toxicity</HD>
                                <P>A.7.2.4.1 Development of the offspring throughout gestation and during the early postnatal stages can be influenced by toxic effects in the mother either through non-specific mechanisms related to stress and the disruption of maternal homeostasis, or by specific maternally-mediated mechanisms. So, in the interpretation of the developmental outcome to decide classification for developmental effects it is important to consider the possible influence of maternal toxicity. This is a complex issue because of uncertainties surrounding the relationship between maternal toxicity and developmental outcome. Expert judgment and a weight of evidence approach, using all available studies, shall be used to determine the degree of influence to be attributed to maternal toxicity when interpreting the criteria for classification for developmental effects. The adverse effects in the embryo/fetus shall be first considered, and then maternal toxicity, along with any other factors which are likely to have influenced these effects, as weight of evidence, to help reach a conclusion about classification.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.2.4.2 Based on pragmatic observation, it is believed that maternal toxicity may, depending on severity, influence development via non-specific secondary mechanisms, producing effects such as depressed fetal weight, retarded ossification, and possibly resorptions and certain malformations in some strains of certain species. However, the limited numbers of studies which have investigated the relationship between developmental effects and general maternal toxicity have failed to demonstrate a consistent, reproducible relationship across species. Developmental effects which occur even in the presence of maternal toxicity are considered to be evidence of developmental toxicity, unless it can be unequivocally demonstrated on a case by case basis that the developmental effects are secondary to maternal toxicity. Moreover, classification shall be considered where there is a significant toxic effect in the offspring, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     irreversible effects such as structural malformations, embryo/fetal lethality, or significant post-natal functional deficiencies.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.2.4.3 Classification shall not automatically be discounted for chemicals that produce developmental toxicity only in association with maternal toxicity, even if a specific maternally-mediated mechanism has been demonstrated. In such a case, classification in Category 2 may be considered more appropriate than Category 1. However, when a chemical is so toxic that maternal death or severe inanition results, or the dams (mothers) are prostrate and incapable of nursing the pups, it is reasonable to assume that developmental toxicity is produced solely as a secondary consequence of maternal toxicity and discount the developmental effects. Classification is not necessarily the outcome in the case of minor developmental changes, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     a small reduction in fetal/pup body weight or retardation of ossification when seen in association with maternal toxicity.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.2.4.4 Some of the endpoints used to assess maternal toxicity are provided below. Data on these endpoints, if available, shall be 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44379"/>
                                    evaluated in light of their statistical or biological significance and dose-response relationship.
                                </P>
                                <P>(a) Maternal mortality: An increased incidence of mortality among the treated dams over the controls shall be considered evidence of maternal toxicity if the increase occurs in a dose-related manner and can be attributed to the systemic toxicity of the test material. Maternal mortality greater than 10% is considered excessive and the data for that dose level shall not normally be considered to need further evaluation.</P>
                                <P>(b) Mating index (Number of animals with seminal plugs or sperm/Number of mated × 100)</P>
                                <P>(c) Fertility index (Number of animals with implants/Number of matings × 100)</P>
                                <P>(d) Gestation length (If allowed to deliver)</P>
                                <P>(e) Body weight and body weight change: Consideration of the maternal body weight change and/or adjusted (corrected) maternal body weight shall be included in the evaluation of maternal toxicity whenever such data are available. The calculation of an adjusted (corrected) mean maternal body weight change, which is the difference between the initial and terminal body weight minus the gravid uterine weight (or alternatively, the sum of the weights of the fetuses), may indicate whether the effect is maternal or intrauterine. In rabbits, the body weight gain may not be a useful indicator of maternal toxicity because of normal fluctuations in body weight during pregnancy.</P>
                                <P>(f) Food and water consumption (if relevant): The observation of a significant decrease in the average food or water consumption in treated dams (mothers) compared to the control group may be useful in evaluating maternal toxicity, particularly when the test material is administered in the diet or drinking water. Changes in food or water consumption must be evaluated in conjunction with maternal body weights when determining if the effects noted are reflective of maternal toxicity or more simply, unpalatability of the test material in feed or water.</P>
                                <P>(g) Clinical evaluations (including clinical signs, markers, and hematology and clinical chemistry studies): The observation of increased incidence of significant clinical signs of toxicity in treated dams (mothers) relative to the control group is useful in evaluating maternal toxicity. If this is to be used as the basis for the assessment of maternal toxicity, the types, incidence, degree and duration of clinical signs shall be reported in the study. Clinical signs of maternal intoxication include, but are not limited to: coma, prostration, hyperactivity, loss of righting reflex, ataxia, or labored breathing.</P>
                                <P>(h) Post-mortem data: Increased incidence and/or severity of post-mortem findings may be indicative of maternal toxicity. This can include gross or microscopic pathological findings or organ weight data, including absolute organ weight, organ-to-body weight ratio, or organ-to-brain weight ratio. When supported by findings of adverse histopathological effects in the affected organ(s), the observation of a significant change in the average weight of suspected target organ(s) of treated dams (mothers), compared to those in the control group, may be considered evidence of maternal toxicity.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.7.2.5 Animal and Experimental Data</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.2.5.1 A number of scientifically validated test methods are available, including methods for developmental toxicity testing (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     OECD Test Guideline 414, ICH Guideline S5A, 1993), methods for peri- and post-natal toxicity testing (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     ICH S5B, 1995), and methods for one or two-generation toxicity testing (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     OECD Test Guidelines 415, 416, 443).
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.2.5.2 Results obtained from screening tests (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     OECD Guidelines 421—Reproduction/Developmental Toxicity Screening Test, and 422—Combined Repeated Dose Toxicity Study with Reproduction/Development Toxicity Screening Test) can also be used to justify classification, although the quality of this evidence is less reliable than that obtained through full studies.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.2.5.3 Adverse effects or changes, seen in short- or long-term repeated dose toxicity studies, which are judged likely to impair reproductive function and which occur in the absence of significant generalized toxicity, may be used as a basis for classification, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     histopathological changes in the gonads.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.2.5.4 Evidence from 
                                    <E T="03">in vitro</E>
                                     assays, or non-mammalian tests, and from analogous substances using structure-activity relationship (SAR), can contribute to the procedure for classification. In all cases of this nature, expert judgment must be used to assess the adequacy of the data. Inadequate data shall not be used as a primary support for classification.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.7.2.5.5 It is preferable that animal studies are conducted using appropriate routes of administration which relate to the potential route of human exposure. However, in practice reproductive toxicity studies are commonly conducted using the oral route, and such studies will normally be suitable for evaluating the hazardous properties of the substance with respect to reproductive toxicity. However, if it can be conclusively demonstrated that the clearly identified mechanism or mode of action has no relevance for humans or when the toxicokinetic differences are so marked that it is certain that the hazardous property will not be expressed in humans then a substance which produces an adverse effect on reproduction in experimental animals should not be classified.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.2.5.6 Studies involving routes of administration such as intravenous or intraperitoneal injection, which may result in exposure of the reproductive organs to unrealistically high levels of the test substance, or elicit local damage to the reproductive organs, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     by irritation, must be interpreted with extreme caution and on their own are not normally the basis for classification.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.7.2.5.7 There is general agreement about the concept of a limit dose, above which the production of an adverse effect may be considered to be outside the criteria which lead to classification. Some test guidelines specify a limit dose, other test guidelines qualify the limit dose with a statement that higher doses may be necessary if anticipated human exposure is sufficiently high that an adequate margin of exposure would not be achieved. Also, due to species differences in toxicokinetics, establishing a specific limit dose may not be adequate for situations where humans are more sensitive than the animal model.</P>
                                <P>A.7.2.5.8 In principle, adverse effects on reproduction seen only at very high dose levels in animal studies (for example doses that induce prostration, severe inappetence, excessive mortality) do not normally lead to classification, unless other information is available, for example, toxicokinetics information indicating that humans may be more susceptible than animals, to suggest that classification is appropriate.</P>
                                <P>A.7.2.5.9 However, specification of the actual “limit dose” will depend upon the test method that has been employed to provide the test results.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">
                                    A.7.3 Classification Criteria for Mixtures 
                                    <E T="51">9</E>
                                    <FTREF/>
                                </HD>
                                <FTNT>
                                    <P>
                                        <SU>9</SU>
                                         
                                        <E T="03">It should be noted that the classification criteria for health hazards usually include a tiered scheme in which test data available on the complete mixture are considered as the first tier in the evaluation, followed by the applicable bridging principles, and lastly, cut-off values/concentration limits or additivity. However, this approach is not used for Reproductive Toxicity. These criteria for Reproductive Toxicity consider the cut-off values/concentration limits as the primary tier and allow the classification to be modified only on a case-by-case evaluation based on available test data for the mixture as a whole.</E>
                                    </P>
                                </FTNT>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.7.3.1 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for All Ingredients or Only for Some Ingredients of the Mixture</HD>
                                <P>A.7.3.1.1 The mixture shall be classified as a reproductive toxicant when at least one ingredient has been classified as a Category 1 or Category 2 reproductive toxicant and is present at or above the appropriate cut-off value/concentration limit specified in Table A.7.1 for Category 1 and 2, respectively.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.7.3.1.2 The mixture shall be classified for effects on or via lactation when at least one ingredient has been classified for effects on or via lactation and is present at or above the appropriate cut-off value/concentration limit specified in Table A.7.1 for the additional category for effects on or via lactation.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44380"/>
                                </P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="4" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,12,12,12">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.7.1—Cut-Off Values/Concentration Limits of Ingredients of a Mixture Classified as Reproductive Toxicants or for Effects on or Via Lactation That Trigger Classification of the Mixture</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Ingredient classified as</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">
                                            Cut-off values/concentration limits
                                            <LI>triggering classification of a mixture as</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">
                                            Category 1
                                            <LI>reproductive</LI>
                                            <LI>toxicant</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">
                                            Category 2
                                            <LI>reproductive</LI>
                                            <LI>toxicant</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">
                                            Additional
                                            <LI>category for</LI>
                                            <LI>effects on or via lactation</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 1 reproductive toxicant</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥0.01%</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT/>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 2 reproductive toxicant</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>≥0.01%</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Additional category for effects on or via lactation</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>≥0.01%</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.7.3.2 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for the Complete Mixture</HD>
                                <P>
                                    Available test data for the mixture as a whole may be used for classification on a case-by-case basis. In such cases, the test results for the mixture as a whole must be shown to be conclusive taking into account dose and other factors such as duration, observations and analysis (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     statistical analysis, test sensitivity) of reproduction test systems.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.7.3.3 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Not Available for the Complete Mixture: Bridging Principles</HD>
                                <P>A.7.3.1.1 Where the mixture itself has not been tested to determine its reproductive toxicity, but there are sufficient data on both the individual ingredients and similar tested mixtures to adequately characterize the hazards of the mixture, these data shall be used in accordance with the following bridging principles as found in paragraph A.0.5 of this Appendix: Dilution, Batching, and Substantially similar mixtures.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.8 Specific Target Organ Toxicity Single Exposure</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.8.1 Definitions and General Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.8.1.1 
                                    <E T="03">Specific target organ toxicity—single exposure, (STOT-SE)</E>
                                     refers to specific, non-lethal toxic effects on target organs occurring after a single exposure to a substance or mixture. All significant health effects that can impair function, both reversible and irreversible, immediate and/or delayed and not specifically addressed in A.1 to A.7 and A.10 of this Appendix are included. Specific target organ toxicity following repeated exposure is classified in accordance with 
                                    <E T="03">SPECIFIC TARGET ORGAN TOXICITY—REPEATED EXPOSURE</E>
                                     (A.9 of this Appendix) and is therefore not included here.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.8.1.2 Classification identifies the chemical as being a specific target organ toxicant and, as such, it presents a potential for adverse health effects in people who are exposed to it.</P>
                                <P>A.8.1.3 The adverse health effects produced by a single exposure include consistent and identifiable toxic effects in humans; or, in experimental animals, toxicologically significant changes which have affected the function or morphology of a tissue/organ, or have produced serious changes to the biochemistry or hematology of the organism, and these changes are relevant for human health. Human data is the primary source of evidence for this hazard class.</P>
                                <P>A.8.1.4 Assessment shall take into consideration not only significant changes in a single organ or biological system but also generalized changes of a less severe nature involving several organs.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.8.1.5 Specific target organ toxicity can occur by any route that is relevant for humans, 
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     principally oral, dermal or inhalation.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.8.1.6 The classification criteria for specific target organ toxicity—single exposure are organized as criteria for substances Categories 1 and 2 (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.8.2.1), criteria for substances Category 3 (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.8.2.2) and criteria for mixtures (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.8.3). 
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     also Figure A.8.1.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.8.2 Classification Criteria for Substances</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.8.2.1 Substances of Category 1 and Category 2</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.8.2.1.1 Substances shall be classified for immediate or delayed effects separately, by the use of expert judgment on the basis of the weight of all evidence available, including the use of recommended guidance values (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.8.2.1.9). Substances shall then be classified in Category 1 or 2, depending upon the nature and severity of the effect(s) observed, in accordance with Figure A.8.1.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Figure A.8.1—Hazard Categories for Specific Target Organ Toxicity Following Single Exposure</HD>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 1:</E>
                                     Substances that have produced significant toxicity in humans, or that, on the basis of evidence from studies in experimental animals can be presumed to have the potential to produce significant toxicity in humans following single exposure
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Placing a substance in Category 1 is done on the basis of:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(a) reliable and good quality evidence from human cases or epidemiological studies; or</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(b) observations from appropriate studies in experimental animals in which significant and/or severe toxic effects of relevance to human health were produced at generally low exposure concentrations. Guidance dose/concentration values are provided below (see 3.8.2.1.9) to be used as part of weight-of-evidence evaluation.</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 2:</E>
                                     Substances that, on the basis of evidence from studies in experimental animals can be presumed to have the potential to be harmful to human health following single exposure
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">Placing a substance in Category 2 is done on the basis of observations from appropriate studies in experimental animals in which significant toxic effects, of relevance to human health, were produced at generally moderate exposure concentrations. Guidance dose/concentration values are provided below (see 3.8.2.1.9) in order to help in classification.</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">In exceptional cases, human evidence can also be used to place a substance in Category 2 (see 3.8.2.1.9).</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 3:</E>
                                     Transient target organ effects
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">There are target organ effects for which a substance/mixture may not meet the criteria to be classified in Categories 1 or 2 indicated above. These are effects which adversely alter human function for a short duration after exposure and from which humans may recover in a reasonable period without leaving significant alteration of structure or function. This category only includes narcotic effects and respiratory tract irritation. Substances/mixtures may be classified specifically for these effects as discussed in 3.8.2.2.</FP>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="04">Note:</E>
                                     For these categories the specific target organ/system that has been primarily affected by the classified substance may be identified, or the substance may be identified as a general toxicant. Attempts should be made to determine the primary target organ/system of toxicity and classify for that purpose, e.g., hepatotoxicants, neurotoxicants. One should carefully evaluate the data and, where possible, not include secondary effects, e.g., a hepatotoxicant can produce secondary effects in the nervous or gastro-intestinal systems.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.8.2.1.2 The relevant route(s) of exposure by which the classified substance produces damage shall be identified.</P>
                                <P>A.8.2.1.3 Classification is determined by expert judgment, on the basis of the weight of all evidence available including the guidance presented below.</P>
                                <P>A.8.2.1.4 Weight of evidence of all available data, including human incidents, epidemiology, and studies conducted in experimental animals is used to substantiate specific target organ toxic effects that merit classification.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.8.2.1.5 The information required to evaluate specific target organ toxicity comes either from single exposure in humans (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     exposure at home, in the workplace or 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44381"/>
                                    environmentally), or from studies conducted in experimental animals. The standard animal studies in rats or mice that provide this information are acute toxicity studies which can include clinical observations and detailed macroscopic and microscopic examination to enable the toxic effects on target tissues/organs to be identified. Results of acute toxicity studies conducted in other species may also provide relevant information.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.8.2.1.6 In exceptional cases, based on expert judgment, it may be appropriate to place certain substances with human evidence of target organ toxicity in Category 2: (a) when the weight of human evidence is not sufficiently convincing to warrant Category 1 classification, and/or (b) based on the nature and severity of effects. Dose/concentration levels in humans shall not be considered in the classification and any available evidence from animal studies shall be consistent with the Category 2 classification. In other words, if there are also animal data available on the substance that warrant Category 1 classification, the chemical shall be classified as Category 1.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.8.2.1.7 Effects Considered To Support Classification for Category 1 and 2</HD>
                                <P>A.8.2.1.7.1 Classification is supported by evidence associating single exposure to the substance with a consistent and identifiable toxic effect.</P>
                                <P>A.8.2.1.7.2 Evidence from human experience/incidents is usually restricted to reports of adverse health consequences, often with uncertainty about exposure conditions, and may not provide the scientific detail that can be obtained from well-conducted studies in experimental animals.</P>
                                <P>A.8.2.1.7.3 Evidence from appropriate studies in experimental animals can furnish much more detail, in the form of clinical observations, and macroscopic and microscopic pathological examination and this can often reveal hazards that may not be life-threatening but could indicate functional impairment. Consequently, all available evidence, and relevance to human health, must be taken into consideration in the classification process. Relevant toxic effects in humans and/or animals include, but are not limited to:</P>
                                <P>(a) Morbidity resulting from single exposure;</P>
                                <P>
                                    (b) Significant functional changes, more than transient in nature, in the respiratory system, central or peripheral nervous systems, other organs or other organ systems, including signs of central nervous system depression and effects on special senses (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     sight, hearing and sense of smell);
                                </P>
                                <P>(c) Any consistent and significant adverse change in clinical biochemistry, hematology, or urinalysis parameters;</P>
                                <P>(d) Significant organ damage that may be noted at necropsy and/or subsequently seen or confirmed at microscopic examination;</P>
                                <P>(e) Multi-focal or diffuse necrosis, fibrosis or granuloma formation in vital organs with regenerative capacity;</P>
                                <P>(f) Morphological changes that are potentially reversible but provide clear evidence of marked organ dysfunction; and,</P>
                                <P>(g) Evidence of appreciable cell death (including cell degeneration and reduced cell number) in vital organs incapable of regeneration.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.8.2.1.8 Effects Considered Not To Support Classification for Category 1 and 2</HD>
                                <P>Effects may be seen in humans and/or animals that do not justify classification. Such effects include, but are not limited to:</P>
                                <P>(a) Clinical observations or small changes in bodyweight gain, food consumption or water intake that may have some toxicological importance but that do not, by themselves, indicate “significant” toxicity;</P>
                                <P>(b) Small changes in clinical biochemistry, hematology or urinalysis parameters and/or transient effects, when such changes or effects are of doubtful or of minimal toxicological importance;</P>
                                <P>(c) Changes in organ weights with no evidence of organ dysfunction;</P>
                                <P>(d) Adaptive responses that are not considered toxicologically relevant; and,</P>
                                <P>
                                    (e) Substance-induced species-specific mechanisms of toxicity, 
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     demonstrated with reasonable certainty to be not relevant for human health, shall not justify classification.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.8.2.1.9 Guidance Values To Assist With Classification Based on the Results Obtained From Studies Conducted in Experimental Animals for Category 1 and 2</HD>
                                <P>A.8.2.1.9.1 In order to help reach a decision about whether a substance shall be classified or not, and to what degree it shall be classified (Category 1 vs. Category 2), dose/concentration “guidance values” are provided for consideration of the dose/concentration which has been shown to produce significant health effects. The principal argument for proposing such guidance values is that all chemicals are potentially toxic and there has to be a reasonable dose/concentration above which a degree of toxic effect is acknowledged.</P>
                                <P>A.8.2.1.9.2 Thus, in animal studies, when significant toxic effects are observed that indicate classification, consideration of the dose/concentration at which these effects were seen, in relation to the suggested guidance values, provides useful information to help assess the need to classify (since the toxic effects are a consequence of the hazardous property(ies) and also the dose/concentration).</P>
                                <P>A.8.2.1.9.3 The guidance value (C) ranges for single-dose exposure which has produced a significant non-lethal toxic effect are those applicable to acute toxicity testing, as indicated in Table A.8.1.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="5" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,r30,r20,r30,r50">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.8.1—Guidance Value Ranges for Single-Dose Exposures</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Route of exposure</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Units</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1" O="L">Guidance value ranges for:</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Category 1</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Category 2</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Category 3</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Oral (rat)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>mg/kg body weight</ENT>
                                        <ENT>C ≤ 300</ENT>
                                        <ENT>2,000 ≥ C &gt; 300</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Guidance values do not apply.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Dermal (rat or rabbit)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>mg/kg body weight</ENT>
                                        <ENT>C ≤ 1,000</ENT>
                                        <ENT>2,000 ≥ C &gt; 1,000</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Inhalation (rat) gas</ENT>
                                        <ENT>ppmV/4h</ENT>
                                        <ENT>C ≤ 2,500</ENT>
                                        <ENT>20,000 ≥ C &gt; 2,500</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Inhalation (rat) vapor</ENT>
                                        <ENT>mg/1/4h</ENT>
                                        <ENT>C ≤ 10</ENT>
                                        <ENT>20 ≥ C &gt; 10</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Inhalation (rat) dust/mist/fume</ENT>
                                        <ENT>mg/l/4h</ENT>
                                        <ENT>C ≤ 1.0</ENT>
                                        <ENT>5.0 ≥ C &gt; 1.0</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <P>
                                    A.8.2.1.9.4 The guidance values and ranges mentioned in Table A.8.1 are intended only for guidance purposes, 
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     to be used as part of the weight of evidence approach, and to assist with decisions about classification. They are not intended as strict demarcation values. Guidance values are not provided for Category 3 since this classification is primarily based on human data; animal data may be included in the weight of evidence evaluation.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.8.2.1.9.5 Thus, it is feasible that a specific profile of toxicity occurs at a dose/concentration below the guidance value, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     &lt;2,000 mg/kg body weight by the oral route, however the nature of the effect may result in the decision not to classify. Conversely, a specific profile of toxicity may be seen in animal studies occurring at above a guidance value, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     ≥2,000 mg/kg body weight by the oral route, and in addition there is supplementary information from other sources, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     other single dose studies, or human case experience, which supports a conclusion that, in view of the weight of evidence, classification is the prudent action to take.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.8.2.1.10 Other Considerations</HD>
                                <P>A.8.2.1.10.1 When a substance is characterized only by use of animal data the classification process includes reference to dose/concentration guidance values as one of the elements that contribute to the weight of evidence approach.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.8.2.1.10.2 When well-substantiated human data are available showing a specific target organ toxic effect that can be reliably attributed to single exposure to a substance, the substance shall be classified. Positive human data, regardless of probable dose, predominates over animal data. Thus, if a substance is unclassified because specific target organ toxicity observed was considered not relevant or significant to humans, if subsequent human incident data become available showing a specific target organ toxic effect, the substance shall be classified.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44382"/>
                                </P>
                                <P>A.8.2.1.10.3 A substance that has not been tested for specific target organ toxicity shall, where appropriate, be classified on the basis of data from a scientifically validated structure activity relationship and expert judgment-based extrapolation from a structural analogue that has previously been classified together with substantial support from consideration of other important factors such as formation of common significant metabolites.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.8.2.2 Substances of Category 3</HD>
                                <P>A.8.2.2.1 Criteria for respiratory tract irritation</P>
                                <P>The criteria for classifying substances as Category 3 for respiratory tract irritation are:</P>
                                <P>(a) Respiratory irritant effects (characterized by localized redness, edema, pruritis and/or pain) that impair function with symptoms such as cough, pain, choking, and breathing difficulties are included. It is recognized that this evaluation is based primarily on human data;</P>
                                <P>
                                    (b) Subjective human observations supported by objective measurements of clear respiratory tract irritation (RTI) (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     electrophysiological responses, biomarkers of inflammation in nasal or bronchoalveolar lavage fluids);
                                </P>
                                <P>(c) The symptoms observed in humans shall also be typical of those that would be produced in the exposed population rather than being an isolated idiosyncratic reaction or response triggered only in individuals with hypersensitive airways. Ambiguous reports simply of “irritation” should be excluded as this term is commonly used to describe a wide range of sensations including those such as smell, unpleasant taste, a tickling sensation, and dryness, which are outside the scope of classification for respiratory tract irritation;</P>
                                <P>
                                    (d) There are currently no scientifically validated animal tests that deal specifically with RTI; however, useful information may be obtained from the single and repeated inhalation toxicity tests. For example, animal studies may provide useful information in terms of clinical signs of toxicity (dyspnoea, rhinitis etc.) and histopathology (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     hyperemia, edema, minimal inflammation, thickened mucous layer) which are reversible and may be reflective of the characteristic clinical symptoms described above. Such animal studies can be used as part of weight of evidence evaluation; and,
                                </P>
                                <P>(e) This special classification will occur only when more severe organ effects including the respiratory system are not observed as those effects would require a higher classification.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.8.2.2.2 Criteria for Narcotic Effects</HD>
                                <P>The criteria for classifying substances in Category 3 for narcotic effects are:</P>
                                <P>(a) Central nervous system depression including narcotic effects in humans such as drowsiness, narcosis, reduced alertness, loss of reflexes, lack of coordination, and vertigo are included. These effects can also be manifested as severe headache or nausea, and can lead to reduced judgment, dizziness, irritability, fatigue, impaired memory function, deficits in perception and coordination, reaction time, or sleepiness; and,</P>
                                <P>(b) Narcotic effects observed in animal studies may include lethargy, lack of coordination righting reflex, narcosis, and ataxia. If these effects are not transient in nature, then they shall be considered for classification as Category 1 or 2.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.8.3 Classification Criteria for Mixtures</HD>
                                <P>A.8.3.1 Mixtures are classified using the same criteria as for substances, or alternatively as described below. As with substances, mixtures may be classified for specific target organ toxicity following single exposure, repeated exposure, or both.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.8.3.2 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for the Complete Mixture</HD>
                                <P>When reliable and good quality evidence from human experience or appropriate studies in experimental animals, as described in the criteria for substances, is available for the mixture, then the mixture shall be classified by weight of evidence evaluation of this data. Care shall be exercised in evaluating data on mixtures, that the dose, duration, observation or analysis, do not render the results inconclusive.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.8.3.3 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Not Available for the Complete Mixture: Bridging Principles</HD>
                                <P>A.8.3.3.1 Where the mixture itself has not been tested to determine its specific target organ toxicity, but there are sufficient data on both the individual ingredients and similar tested mixtures to adequately characterize the hazards of the mixture, these data shall be used in accordance with the following bridging principles as found in paragraph A.0.5 of this Appendix: Dilution, Batching, Concentration of mixtures, Interpolation within one hazard category, Substantially similar mixtures, or Aerosols.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.8.3.4 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for All Ingredients or Only for Some Ingredients of the Mixture</HD>
                                <P>A.8.3.4.1 Where there is no reliable evidence or test data for the specific mixture itself, and the bridging principles cannot be used to enable classification, then classification of the mixture is based on the classification of the ingredient substances. In this case, the mixture shall be classified as a specific target organ toxicant (specific organ specified), following single exposure, repeated exposure, or both when at least one ingredient has been classified as a Category 1 or Category 2 specific target organ toxicant and is present at or above the appropriate cut-off value/concentration limit specified in Table A.8.2 for Categories 1 and 2, respectively.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,15,15">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.8.2—Cut-Off Values/Concentration Limits of Ingredients of a Mixture Classified as a Specific Target Organ Toxicant That Would Trigger Classification of the Mixture as Category 1 or 2</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Ingredient classified as</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">
                                            Cut-off values/concentration
                                            <LI>limits triggering classification of a</LI>
                                            <LI>mixture as</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Category 1</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Category 2</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 1 Target organ toxicant</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥1.0%</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 2 Target organ toxicant</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>≥1.0%</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <P>A.8.3.4.2 These cut-off values and consequent classifications shall be applied equally and appropriately to both single- and repeated-dose target organ toxicants.</P>
                                <P>A.8.3.4.3 Mixtures shall be classified for either or both single and repeated dose toxicity independently.</P>
                                <P>A.8.3.4.4 Care shall be exercised when toxicants affecting more than one organ system are combined that the potentiation or synergistic interactions are considered, because certain substances can cause target organ toxicity at &lt;1% concentration when other ingredients in the mixture are known to potentiate its toxic effect.</P>
                                <P>A.8.3.4.5 Care shall be exercised when extrapolating the toxicity of a mixture that contains Category 3 ingredient(s). A cut-off value/concentration limit of 20%, considered as an additive of all Category 3 ingredients for each hazard endpoint, is appropriate; however, this cut-off value/concentration limit may be higher or lower depending on the Category 3 ingredient(s) involved and the fact that some effects such as respiratory tract irritation may not occur below a certain concentration while other effects such as narcotic effects may occur below this 20% value. Expert judgment shall be exercised. Respiratory tract irritation and narcotic effects are to be evaluated separately in accordance with the criteria given in A.8.2.2. When conducting classifications for these hazards, the contribution of each ingredient should be considered additive, unless there is evidence that the effects are not additive.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.8.3.4.6 In cases where the additivity approach is used for Category 3 ingredients, the “relevant ingredients” of a mixture are those which are present in concentrations ≥1% (w/w for solids, liquids, dusts, mists, 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44383"/>
                                    and vapours and v/v for gases), unless there is a reason to suspect that an ingredient present at a concentration &lt;1% is still relevant when classifying the mixture for respiratory tract irritation or narcotic effects.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.9 Specific Target Organ Toxicity—Repeated or Prolonged Exposure</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.9.1 Definitions and General Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.9.1.1 
                                    <E T="03">Specific target organ toxicity—repeated exposure (STOT-RE)</E>
                                     refers to specific toxic effects on target organs occurring after repeated exposure to a substance or mixture. All significant health effects that can impair function, both reversible and irreversible, immediate and/or delayed and not specifically addressed in A.1 to A.7 and A.10 of this Appendix are included. Specific target organ toxicity following a single-event exposure is classified in accordance with 
                                    <E T="03">SPECIFIC TARGET ORGAN TOXICITY—SINGLE EXPOSURE</E>
                                     (A.8 of this Appendix) and is therefore not included here.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.9.1.2 Classification identifies the substance or mixture as being a specific target organ toxicant and, as such, it may present a potential for adverse health effects in people who are exposed to it.</P>
                                <P>A.9.1.3 These adverse health effects produced by repeated exposure include consistent and identifiable toxic effects in humans, or, in experimental animals, toxicologically significant changes which have affected the function or morphology of a tissue/organ, or have produced serious changes to the biochemistry or hematology of the organism and these changes are relevant for human health. Human data will be the primary source of evidence for this hazard class.</P>
                                <P>A.9.1.4 Assessment shall take into consideration not only significant changes in a single organ or biological system but also generalized changes of a less severe nature involving several organs.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.9.1.5 Specific target organ toxicity can occur by any route that is relevant for humans, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     principally oral, dermal or inhalation.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.9.2 Classification Criteria for Substances</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.9.2.1 Substances shall be classified as STOT—RE by expert judgment on the basis of the weight of all evidence available, including the use of recommended guidance values which take into account the duration of exposure and the dose/concentration which produced the effect(s), (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.9.2.9). Substances shall be placed in one of two categories, depending upon the nature and severity of the effect(s) observed, in accordance with Figure A.9.1.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Figure A.9.1—Hazard Categories for Specific Target Organ Toxicity Following Repeated Exposure</HD>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 1:</E>
                                     Substances that have produced significant toxicity in humans, or that, on the basis of evidence from studies in experimental animals can be presumed to have the potential to produce significant toxicity in humans following repeated or prolonged exposure
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Substances are classified in Category 1 for specific target organ toxicity (repeated exposure) on the basis of:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">(a) reliable and good quality evidence from human cases or epidemiological studies; or,</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                                    (b) observations from appropriate studies in experimental animals in which significant and/or severe toxic effects, of relevance to human health, were produced at generally low exposure concentrations. Guidance dose/concentration values are provided below (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.9.2.9) to be used as part of weight-of-evidence evaluation.
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    <E T="03">CATEGORY 2:</E>
                                     Substances that, on the basis of evidence from studies in experimental animals can be presumed to have the potential to be harmful to human health following repeated or prolonged exposure
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    Substances are classified in Category 2 for specific target organ toxicity (repeated exposure) on the basis of observations from appropriate studies in experimental animals in which significant toxic effects, of relevance to human health, were produced at generally moderate exposure concentrations. Guidance dose/concentration values are provided below (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.9.2.9) in order to help in classification.
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    In exceptional cases human evidence can also be used to place a substance in Category 2 (
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     A.9.2.6).
                                </FP>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P>The primary target organ/system shall be identified where possible, or the substance shall be identified as a general toxicant. The data shall be carefully evaluated and, where possible, shall not include secondary effects (e.g., a hepatotoxicant can produce secondary effects in the nervous or gastro-intestinal systems).</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <P>A.9.2.2 The relevant route of exposure by which the classified substance produces damage shall be identified.</P>
                                <P>A.9.2.3 Classification is determined by expert judgment, on the basis of the weight of all evidence available including the guidance presented below.</P>
                                <P>A.9.2.4 Weight of evidence of all data, including human incidents, epidemiology, and studies conducted in experimental animals, is used to substantiate specific target organ toxic effects that merit classification.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.9.2.5 The information required to evaluate specific target organ toxicity comes either from repeated exposure in humans, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     exposure at home, in the workplace or environmentally, or from studies conducted in experimental animals. The standard animal studies in rats or mice that provide this information are 28 day, 90 day or lifetime studies (up to 2 years) that include hematological, clinico-chemical and detailed macroscopic and microscopic examination to enable the toxic effects on target tissues/organs to be identified. Data from repeat dose studies performed in other species may also be used. Other long-term exposure studies, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     for carcinogenicity, neurotoxicity or reproductive toxicity, may also provide evidence of specific target organ toxicity that could be used in the assessment of classification.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.9.2.6 In exceptional cases, based on expert judgment, it may be appropriate to place certain substances with human evidence of specific target organ toxicity in Category 2: (a) when the weight of human evidence is not sufficiently convincing to warrant Category 1 classification, and/or (b) based on the nature and severity of effects. Dose/concentration levels in humans shall not be considered in the classification and any available evidence from animal studies shall be consistent with the Category 2 classification. In other words, if there are also animal data available on the substance that warrant Category 1 classification, the substance shall be classified as Category 1.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.9.2.7 Effects Considered To Support Classification</HD>
                                <P>A.9.2.7.1 Classification is supported by reliable evidence associating repeated exposure to the substance with a consistent and identifiable toxic effect.</P>
                                <P>A.9.2.7.2 Evidence from human experience/incidents is usually restricted to reports of adverse health consequences, often with uncertainty about exposure conditions, and may not provide the scientific detail that can be obtained from well-conducted studies in experimental animals.</P>
                                <P>A.9.2.7.3 Evidence from appropriate studies in experimental animals can furnish much more detail, in the form of clinical observations, hematology, clinical chemistry, macroscopic and microscopic pathological examination and this can often reveal hazards that may not be life-threatening but could indicate functional impairment. Consequently, all available evidence, and relevance to human health, must be taken into consideration in the classification process. Relevant toxic effects in humans and/or animals include, but are not limited to:</P>
                                <P>(a) Morbidity or death resulting from repeated or long-term exposure. Morbidity or death may result from repeated exposure, even to relatively low doses/concentrations, due to bioaccumulation of the substance or its metabolites, or due to the overwhelming of the de-toxification process by repeated exposure;</P>
                                <P>
                                    (b) Significant functional changes in the central or peripheral nervous systems or other organ systems, including signs of central nervous system depression and effects on special senses (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     sight, hearing and sense of smell);
                                </P>
                                <P>(c) Any consistent and significant adverse change in clinical biochemistry, hematology, or urinalysis parameters;</P>
                                <P>(d) Significant organ damage that may be noted at necropsy and/or subsequently seen or confirmed at microscopic examination;</P>
                                <P>(e) Multi-focal or diffuse necrosis, fibrosis or granuloma formation in vital organs with regenerative capacity;</P>
                                <P>
                                    (f) Morphological changes that are potentially reversible but provide clear evidence of marked organ dysfunction (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     severe fatty change in the liver); and,
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    (g) Evidence of appreciable cell death (including cell degeneration and reduced cell number) in vital organs incapable of regeneration.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44384"/>
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.9.2.8 Effects Considered Not To Support Classification</HD>
                                <P>Effects may be seen in humans and/or animals that do not justify classification. Such effects include, but are not limited to:</P>
                                <P>(a) Clinical observations or small changes in bodyweight gain, food consumption or water intake that may have some toxicological importance but that do not, by themselves, indicate “significant” toxicity;</P>
                                <P>(b) Small changes in clinical biochemistry, hematology or urinalysis parameters and/or transient effects, when such changes or effects are of doubtful or of minimal toxicological importance;</P>
                                <P>(c) Changes in organ weights with no evidence of organ dysfunction;</P>
                                <P>(d) Adaptive responses that are not considered toxicologically relevant;</P>
                                <P>
                                    (e) Substance-induced species-specific mechanisms of toxicity, 
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     demonstrated with reasonable certainty to be not relevant for human health, shall not justify classification.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.9.2.9 Guidance Values To Assist With Classification Based on the Results Obtained From Studies Conducted in Experimental Animals</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.9.2.9.1 In studies conducted in experimental animals, reliance on observation of effects alone, without reference to the duration of experimental exposure and dose/concentration, omits a fundamental concept of toxicology, 
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     all substances are potentially toxic, and what determines the toxicity is a function of the dose/concentration and the duration of exposure. In most studies conducted in experimental animals the test guidelines use an upper limit dose value.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.9.2.9.2 In order to help reach a decision about whether a substance shall be classified or not, and to what degree it shall be classified (Category 1 vs. Category 2), dose/concentration “guidance values” are provided in Table A.9.1 for consideration of the dose/concentration which has been shown to produce significant health effects. The principal argument for proposing such guidance values is that all chemicals are potentially toxic and there has to be a reasonable dose/concentration above which a degree of toxic effect is acknowledged. Also, repeated-dose studies conducted in experimental animals are designed to produce toxicity at the highest dose used in order to optimize the test objective and so most studies will reveal some toxic effect at least at this highest dose. What is therefore to be decided is not only what effects have been produced, but also at what dose/concentration they were produced and how relevant is that for humans.</P>
                                <P>A.9.2.9.3 Thus, in animal studies, when significant toxic effects are observed that indicate classification, consideration of the duration of experimental exposure and the dose/concentration at which these effects were seen, in relation to the suggested guidance values, provides useful information to help assess the need to classify (since the toxic effects are a consequence of the hazardous property(ies) and also the duration of exposure and the dose/concentration).</P>
                                <P>A.9.2.9.4 The decision to classify at all can be influenced by reference to the dose/concentration guidance values at or below which a significant toxic effect has been observed.</P>
                                <P>A.9.2.9.5 The guidance values refer to effects seen in a standard 90-day toxicity study conducted in rats. They can be used as a basis to extrapolate equivalent guidance values for toxicity studies of greater or lesser duration, using dose/exposure time extrapolation similar to Haber's rule for inhalation, which states essentially that the effective dose is directly proportional to the exposure concentration and the duration of exposure. The assessment should be done on a case- by-case basis; for example, for a 28-day study the guidance values below would be increased by a factor of three.</P>
                                <P>A.9.2.9.6 Thus for Category 1 classification, significant toxic effects observed in a 90-day repeated-dose study conducted in experimental animals and seen to occur at or below the (suggested) guidance values (C) as indicated in Table A.9.1 would justify classification:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,r50,xs90">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.9.1—Guidance Values To Assist in Category 1 Classification </TTITLE>
                                    <TDESC>[Applicable to a 90-day study]</TDESC>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Route of exposure</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Units</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">
                                            Guidance values
                                            <LI>(dose/concentration)</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Oral (rat)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>mg/kg body weight/day</ENT>
                                        <ENT>C ≤ 10</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Dermal (rat or rabbit)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>mg/kg body weight/day</ENT>
                                        <ENT>C ≤ 20</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Inhalation (rat) gas</ENT>
                                        <ENT>ppmV/6h/day</ENT>
                                        <ENT>C ≤ 50</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Inhalation (rat) vapor</ENT>
                                        <ENT>mg/liter/6h/day</ENT>
                                        <ENT>C ≤ 0.2</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Inhalation (rat) dust/mist/fume</ENT>
                                        <ENT>mg/liter/6h/day</ENT>
                                        <ENT>C ≤ 0.02</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <P>A.9.2.9.7 For Category 2 classification, significant toxic effects observed in a 90-day repeated-dose study conducted in experimental animals and seen to occur within the (suggested) guidance value ranges as indicated in Table A.9.2 would justify classification:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,r50,xs90">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.9.2—Guidance Values To Assist in Category 2 Classification</TTITLE>
                                    <TDESC>[Applicable to a 90-day study]</TDESC>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Route of exposure</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Units</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">
                                            Guidance value range
                                            <LI>(dose/concentration)</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Oral (rat)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>mg/kg body weight/day</ENT>
                                        <ENT>10 &lt; C ≤ 100</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Dermal (rat or rabbit)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>mg/kg body weight/day</ENT>
                                        <ENT>20 &lt; C ≤ 200</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Inhalation (rat) gas</ENT>
                                        <ENT>ppmV/6h/day</ENT>
                                        <ENT>50 &lt; C ≤ 250</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Inhalation (rat) vapor</ENT>
                                        <ENT>mg/liter/6h/day</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0.2 &lt; C ≤ 1.0</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Inhalation (rat) dust/mist/fume</ENT>
                                        <ENT>mg/liter/6h/day</ENT>
                                        <ENT>0.02 &lt; C ≤ 0.2</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <P>
                                    A.9.2.9.8 The guidance values and ranges mentioned in A.2.9.9.6 and A.2.9.9.7 are intended only for guidance purposes, 
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     to be used as part of the weight of evidence approach, and to assist with decisions about classification. They are not intended as strict demarcation values.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.9.2.9.9 Thus, it is possible that a specific profile of toxicity occurs in repeat-dose animal studies at a dose/concentration below the guidance value, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     &lt;100 mg/kg body weight/day by the oral route, however the nature of the effect, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     nephrotoxicity seen only in male rats of a particular strain known to be susceptible to this effect, may result in the decision not to classify. Conversely, a specific profile of toxicity may be seen in animal studies occurring at above a guidance value, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     ≥100 mg/kg body weight/day by the oral route, and in addition there is supplementary information from other sources, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     other long-term administration studies, or human case experience, which supports a conclusion that, in view of the weight of evidence, classification is prudent.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44385"/>
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.9.2.10 Other Considerations</HD>
                                <P>A.9.2.10.1 When a substance is characterized only by use of animal data the classification process includes reference to dose/concentration guidance values as one of the elements that contribute to the weight of evidence approach.</P>
                                <P>A.9.2.10.2 When well-substantiated human data are available showing a specific target organ toxic effect that can be reliably attributed to repeated or prolonged exposure to a substance, the substance shall be classified. Positive human data, regardless of probable dose, predominates over animal data. Thus, if a substance is unclassified because no specific target organ toxicity was seen at or below the dose/concentration guidance value for animal testing, if subsequent human incident data become available showing a specific target organ toxic effect, the substance shall be classified.</P>
                                <P>A.9.2.10.3 A substance that has not been tested for specific target organ toxicity may in certain instances, where appropriate, be classified on the basis of data from a scientifically validated structure activity relationship and expert judgment-based extrapolation from a structural analogue that has previously been classified together with substantial support from consideration of other important factors such as formation of common significant metabolites.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.9.3 Classification Criteria for Mixtures</HD>
                                <P>A.9.3.1 Mixtures are classified using the same criteria as for substances, or alternatively as described below. As with substances, mixtures may be classified for specific target organ toxicity following single exposure, repeated exposure, or both.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.9.3.2 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for the Complete Mixture</HD>
                                <P>When reliable and good quality evidence from human experience or appropriate studies in experimental animals, as described in the criteria for substances, is available for the mixture, then the mixture shall be classified by weight of evidence evaluation of these data. Care shall be exercised in evaluating data on mixtures, that the dose, duration, observation or analysis, do not render the results inconclusive.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.9.3.3 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Not Available for the Complete Mixture: Bridging Principles</HD>
                                <P>A.9.3.3.1 Where the mixture itself has not been tested to determine its specific target organ toxicity, but there are sufficient data on both the individual ingredients and similar tested mixtures to adequately characterize the hazards of the mixture, these data shall be used in accordance with the following bridging principles as found in paragraph A.0.5 of this Appendix: Dilution; Batching; Concentration of mixtures; Interpolation within one hazard category; Substantially similar mixtures; and Aerosols.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.9.3.4 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for All Ingredients or Only for Some Ingredients of the Mixture</HD>
                                <P>A.9.3.4.1 Where there is no reliable evidence or test data for the specific mixture itself, and the bridging principles cannot be used to enable classification, then classification of the mixture is based on the classification of the ingredient substances. In this case, the mixture shall be classified as a specific target organ toxicant (specific organ specified), following single exposure, repeated exposure, or both when at least one ingredient has been classified as a Category 1 or Category 2 specific target organ toxicant and is present at or above the appropriate cut-off value/concentration limit specified in Table A.9.3 for Category 1 and 2 respectively.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,15,15">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.9.3—Cut-Off Value/Concentration Limits of Ingredients of a Mixture Classified as a Specific Target Organ Toxicant That Would Trigger Classification of the Mixture as Category 1 or 2</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Ingredient classified as</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">
                                            Cut-off values/concentration
                                            <LI>limits triggering classification of a mixture as</LI>
                                        </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Category 1</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="2">Category 2</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 1 Target organ toxicant</ENT>
                                        <ENT>≥1.0%</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Category 2 Target organ toxicant</ENT>
                                        <ENT/>
                                        <ENT>≥1.0%</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <P>A.9.3.4.2 These cut-off values and consequent classifications shall be applied equally and appropriately to both single- and repeated-dose target organ toxicants.</P>
                                <P>A.9.3.4.3 Mixtures shall be classified for either or both single- and repeated-dose toxicity independently.</P>
                                <P>A.9.3.4.4 Care shall be exercised when toxicants affecting more than one organ system are combined that the potentiation or synergistic interactions are considered, because certain substances can cause specific target organ toxicity at &lt;1% concentration when other ingredients in the mixture are known to potentiate its toxic effect.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">A.10 Aspiration Hazard</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.10.1 Definitions and General Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A.10.1.1 
                                    <E T="03">Aspiration hazard</E>
                                     refers to severe acute effects such as chemical pneumonia, pulmonary injury or death occurring after aspiration of a substance or mixture.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.10.1.2 
                                    <E T="03">Aspiration</E>
                                     means the entry of a liquid or solid chemical directly through the oral or nasal cavity, or indirectly from vomiting, into the trachea and lower respiratory system.
                                </P>
                                <P>A.10.1.3 Aspiration is initiated at the moment of inspiration, in the time required to take one breath, as the causative material lodges at the crossroad of the upper respiratory and digestive tracts in the laryngopharyngeal region.</P>
                                <P>A.10.1.4 Aspiration of a substance or mixture can occur as it is vomited following ingestion. This may have consequences for labeling, particularly where, due to acute toxicity, a recommendation may be considered to induce vomiting after ingestion. However, if the substance/mixture also presents an aspiration toxicity hazard, the recommendation to induce vomiting may need to be modified.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.10.1.5 Specific Considerations</HD>
                                <P>A.10.1.5.1 The classification criteria refer to kinematic viscosity. The following provides the conversion between dynamic and kinematic viscosity:</P>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="21">
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.229</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <P>A.10.1.5.2 Although the definition of aspiration in A.10.1.1 includes the entry of solids into the respiratory system, classification according to (b) in table A.10.1 for Category 1 is intended to apply to liquid substances and mixtures only.</P>
                                <P>A.10.1.5.3 Classification of aerosol/mist products</P>
                                <P>
                                    Aerosol and mist products are usually dispensed in containers such as self- pressurized containers, trigger and pump sprayers. Classification for these products shall be considered if their use may form a pool of product in the mouth, which then may be aspirated. If the mist or aerosol from a pressurized container is fine, a pool may not be formed. On the other hand, if a pressurized container dispenses product in a stream, a pool may be formed that may then be aspirated. Usually, the mist produced by trigger and pump sprayers is coarse and therefore, a pool may be formed that then may be aspirated. When the pump mechanism may be removed and contents are 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44386"/>
                                    available to be swallowed then the classification of the products should be considered.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.10.2 Classification Criteria for Substances</HD>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="s100,r150">
                                    <TTITLE>Table A.10.1—Criteria for Aspiration Toxicity</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">
                                            <E T="03">Category 1:</E>
                                             Chemicals known to cause human aspiration toxicity hazards or to be regarded as if they cause human aspiration toxicity hazard
                                        </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            A substance shall be classified in Category 1:
                                            <LI O="oi3">
                                                (a) If reliable and good quality human evidence indicates that it causes aspiration toxicity (
                                                <E T="03">See</E>
                                                 note); or
                                            </LI>
                                            <LI O="oi3">
                                                (b) If it is a hydrocarbon and has a kinematic viscosity ≤20.5 mm
                                                <E T="0732">2</E>
                                                /s, measured at 40 °C.
                                            </LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <E T="02">Note:</E>
                                         Examples of substances included in Category 1 are certain hydrocarbons, turpentine and pine oil.
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">A.10.3 Classification Criteria for Mixtures</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.10.3.1 Classification When Data Are Available for the Complete Mixture</HD>
                                <P>A mixture shall be classified in Category 1 based on reliable and good quality human evidence.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.10.3.2 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Not Available for the Complete Mixture: Bridging Principles</HD>
                                <P>A.10.3.2.1 Where the mixture itself has not been tested to determine its aspiration toxicity, but there are sufficient data on both the individual ingredients and similar tested mixtures to adequately characterize the hazard of the mixture, these data shall be used in accordance with the following bridging principles as found in paragraph A.0.5 of this Appendix: Dilution; Batching; Concentration of mixtures; Interpolation within one hazard category; and Substantially similar mixtures. For application of the dilution bridging principle, the concentration of aspiration toxicants shall not be less than 10%.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">A.10.3.3 Classification of Mixtures When Data Are Available for All Ingredients or Only for Some Ingredients of the Mixture</HD>
                                <P>A.10.3.3.1 The “relevant ingredients” of a mixture are those which are present in concentrations ≥1%.</P>
                                <P>
                                    A.10.3.3.2 
                                    <E T="03">Category 1</E>
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.10.3.3.2.1 A mixture is classified as Category 1 when the sum of the concentrations of Category 1 ingredients is ≥10%, and the mixture has a kinematic viscosity of ≤20.5 mm
                                    <SU>2</SU>
                                    /s, measured at 40 °C.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A.10.3.3.2.2 In the case of a mixture which separates into two or more distinct layers, the entire mixture is classified as Category 1 if in any distinct layer the sum of the concentrations of Category 1 ingredients is ≥10%, and it has a kinematic viscosity of ≤20.5 mm
                                    <SU>2</SU>
                                    /s, measured at 40 °C.
                                </P>
                            </EXTRACT>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix B to § 1910.1200—Physical Hazard Criteria (Mandatory)</HD>
                            <EXTRACT>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.1 Explosives</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.1.1 Definitions and General Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    B.1.1.1 An 
                                    <E T="03">explosive chemical</E>
                                     is a solid or liquid chemical which is in itself capable by chemical reaction of producing gas at such a temperature and pressure and at such a speed as to cause damage to the surroundings. Pyrotechnic chemicals are included even when they do not evolve gases.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A 
                                    <E T="03">pyrotechnic chemica</E>
                                    l is a chemical designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas or smoke or a combination of these as the result of non-detonative self-sustaining exothermic chemical reactions.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    An 
                                    <E T="03">explosive item</E>
                                     is an item containing one or more explosive chemicals.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A 
                                    <E T="03">pyrotechnic item</E>
                                     is an item containing one or more pyrotechnic chemicals.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    An 
                                    <E T="03">unstable explosive</E>
                                     is an explosive which is thermally unstable and/or too sensitive for normal handling, transport, or use.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    An 
                                    <E T="03">intentional explosive</E>
                                     is a chemical or item which is manufactured with a view to produce a practical explosive or pyrotechnic effect.
                                </P>
                                <P>B.1.1.2 The class of explosives comprises:</P>
                                <P>(a) Explosive chemicals;</P>
                                <P>(b) Explosive items, except devices containing explosive chemicals in such quantity or of such a character that their inadvertent or accidental ignition or initiation shall not cause any effect external to the device either by projection, fire, smoke, heat or loud noise; and</P>
                                <P>(c) Chemicals and items not included under (a) and (b) of this section which are manufactured with the view to producing a practical explosive or pyrotechnic effect.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.1.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>Chemicals and items of this class shall be classified as unstable explosives or shall be assigned to one of the following six divisions depending on the type of hazard they present:</P>
                                <P>(a) Division 1.1—Chemicals and items which have a mass explosion hazard (a mass explosion is one which affects almost the entire quantity present virtually instantaneously);</P>
                                <P>(b) Division 1.2—Chemicals and items which have a projection hazard but not a mass explosion hazard;</P>
                                <P>(c) Division 1.3—Chemicals and items which have a fire hazard and either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard or both, but not a mass explosion hazard:</P>
                                <P>(i) Combustion of which gives rise to considerable radiant heat; or</P>
                                <P>(ii) Which burn one after another, producing minor blast or projection effects or both;</P>
                                <P>(d) Division 1.4—Chemicals and items which present no significant hazard: chemicals and items which present only a small hazard in the event of ignition or initiation. The effects are largely confined to the package and no projection of fragments of appreciable size or range is to be expected. An external fire shall not cause virtually instantaneous explosion of almost the entire contents of the package;</P>
                                <P>(e) Division 1.5—Very insensitive chemicals which have a mass explosion hazard: chemicals which have a mass explosion hazard but are so insensitive that there is very little probability of initiation or of transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions;</P>
                                <P>(f) Division 1.6—Extremely insensitive items which do not have a mass explosion hazard: items which predominantly contain extremely insensitive detonating chemicals and which demonstrate a negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.1.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    B.1.3.1 Explosives shall be classified as unstable explosives or shall be assigned to one of the six divisions identified in B.1.2 in accordance with the three step procedure in Part I of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6). The first step is to ascertain whether the substance or mixture has explosive effects (Test Series 1). The second step is the acceptance procedure (Test Series 2 to 4) and the third step is the assignment to a hazard division (Test Series 5 to 7). The assessment whether a candidate for “ammonium nitrate emulsion or suspension or gel, intermediate for blasting explosives (ANE)” is insensitive enough for inclusion as an oxidizing liquid (
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     B.13 of this appendix) or an oxidizing solid (
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     B.14 of this appendix) is determined by Test Series 8 tests of UN ST/SG/AC.10/.
                                </P>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
                                    <P> Classification of solid chemicals shall be based on tests performed on the chemical as presented. If, for example, for the purposes of supply or transport, the same chemical is to be presented in a physical form different from that which was tested and which is considered likely to materially alter its performance in a classification test, classification must be based on testing of the chemical in the new form.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2:</HD>
                                    <P> Some explosive chemicals are wetted with water or alcohols, diluted with other substances or dissolved or suspended in water or other liquid substances to suppress or reduce their explosive properties or sensitivity.</P>
                                    <P>These chemicals shall be classified as desensitized explosives (see Chapter B.17).</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 3:</HD>
                                    <P>
                                         Chemicals with a positive result in Test Series 2 in Part I, Section 12 of UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6 (incorporated by 
                                        <PRTPAGE P="44387"/>
                                        reference; see § 1910.6) which are exempted from classification as explosives (based on a negative result in Test Series 6 in Part I, Section 16 of UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6)), still have explosive properties. The explosive properties of the chemical shall be communicated in Section 2 (Hazard identification) and Section 9 (Physical and chemical properties) of the Safety Data Sheet, as appropriate.
                                    </P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <P>
                                    B.1.3.2 Explosive properties are associated with the presence of certain chemical groups in a molecule which can react to produce very rapid increases in temperature or pressure. The screening procedure in B.1.3.1 is aimed at identifying the presence of such reactive groups and the potential for rapid energy release. If the screening procedure identifies the chemical as a potential explosive, the acceptance procedure (
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     section 10.3 of the UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; 
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     § 1910.6)) is necessary for classification.
                                </P>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P> Neither a Series 1 type (a) propagation of detonation test nor a Series 2 type (a) test of sensitivity to detonative shock is necessary if the exothermic decomposition energy of organic materials is less than 800 J/g.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <P>B.1.3.3 If a mixture contains any known explosives, the acceptance procedure is necessary for classification.</P>
                                <P>B.1.3.4 A chemical is not classified as explosive if:</P>
                                <P>
                                    (a) There are no chemical groups associated with explosive properties present in the molecule. Examples of groups which may indicate explosive properties are given in Table A6.1 in Appendix 6 of the UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; 
                                    <E T="03">See</E>
                                     § 1910.6); or
                                </P>
                                <P>(b) The substance contains chemical groups associated with explosive properties which include oxygen and the calculated oxygen balance is less than −200.</P>
                                <P>The oxygen balance is calculated for the chemical reaction:</P>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    CxHyOz + [x + (y/4)−(z/2)] O2 → x. CO
                                    <E T="52">2</E>
                                     + (y/2) H
                                    <E T="52">2</E>
                                    O
                                </FP>
                                <FP>using the formula: oxygen balance = −1600 [2x + (y/2)−z]/molecular weight; or</FP>
                                <P>(c) The organic substance or a homogenous mixture of organic substances contains chemical groups associated with explosive properties but the exothermic decomposition energy is less than 500 J/g and the onset of exothermic decomposition is below 500 °C (932 °F). The exothermic decomposition energy may be determined using a suitable calorimetric technique; or</P>
                                <P>(d) For mixtures of inorganic oxidizing substances with organic material(s), the concentration of the inorganic oxidizing substance is:</P>
                                <P>(i) less than 15%, by mass, if the oxidizing substance is assigned to Category 1 or 2;</P>
                                <P>(ii) less than 30%, by mass, if the oxidizing substance is assigned to Category 3.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.2 Flammable Gases</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.2.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Flammable gas</E>
                                     means a gas having a flammable range with air at 20 °C (68 °F) and a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi).
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A 
                                    <E T="03">pyrophoric gas</E>
                                     means a flammable gas that is liable to ignite spontaneously in air at a temperature of 54 °C (130 °F) or below.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    A 
                                    <E T="03">chemically unstable gas</E>
                                     means a flammable gas that is able to react explosively even in the absence of air or oxygen.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.2.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>B.2.2.1 A flammable gas shall be classified in Category 1A, 1B, or 2 in accordance with Table B.2.1:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,nj,i1" CDEF="xs42,r50,r200">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.2.1—Criteria for Flammable Gases</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1"> </CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1A</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Flammable gas</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            Gases, which at 20 °C (68 °F) and a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi):
                                            <LI O="oi3">(a) are ignitable when in a mixture of 13% or less by volume in air; or</LI>
                                            <LI O="oi3">(b) have a flammable range with air of at least 12 percentage points regardless of the lower flammability limit,</LI>
                                            <LI>unless data show they meet the criteria for Category 1B.</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>Pyrophoric gas</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Flammable gases that ignite spontaneously in air at a temperature of 54 °C (130 °F) or below.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="xl">Chemically unstable gas:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">A</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Flammable gases which are chemically unstable at 20 °C (68 °F) and a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">B</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Flammable gases which are chemically unstable at a temperature greater than 20 °C (68 °F) and/or a pressure greater than 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1B</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Flammable gas</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            Gases which meet the flammability criteria for Category 1A, but which are not pyrophoric, nor chemically unstable, and which have at least either:
                                            <LI O="oi3">(a) a lower flammability limit of more than 6% by volume in air; or</LI>
                                            <LI O="oi3">(b) a fundamental burning velocity of less than 10 cm/s.</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Flammable gas</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Gases, other than those of Category 1A or 1B, which, at 20 °C (68 °F) and a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi), have a flammable range while mixed in air.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
                                    <P> Aerosols should not be classified as flammable gases. See B.3.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2:</HD>
                                    <P> In the absence of data allowing classification into Category 1B, a flammable gas that meets the criteria for Category 1A shall be classified by default in Category 1A.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 3:</HD>
                                    <P> Spontaneous ignition for pyrophoric gases is not always immediate, and there may be a delay.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 4:</HD>
                                    <P> In the absence of data on its pyrophoricity, a flammable gas mixture shall be classified as a pyrophoric gas if it contains more than 1% (by volume) of pyrophoric component(s).</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.2.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>B.2.3.1 Flammability shall be determined by tests or by calculation in accordance with ISO 10156:1996 or ISO 10156:2017 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6) and, if using fundamental burning velocity for Category 1B, use Annex C: Method of test for burning velocity measurement of flammable gases of ISO 817:2014(E) (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6). Where insufficient data are available to use this method, equivalent validated methods may be used.</P>
                                <P>B.2.3.2 Pyrophoricity shall be determined at 130 °F (54 °C) in accordance with either IEC 60079-20-1 or DIN 51794:2003 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6).</P>
                                <P>B.2.3.3 The classification procedure for pyrophoric gases need not be applied when experience in production or handling shows that the substance does not ignite spontaneously on coming into contact with air at a temperature of 130 °F (54 °C) or below. Flammable gas mixtures, which have not been tested for pyrophoricity and which contain more than one percent pyrophoric components shall be classified as a pyrophoric gas. Expert judgement on the properties and physical hazards of pyrophoric gases and their mixtures should be used in assessing the need for classification of flammable gas mixtures containing one percent or less pyrophoric components. In this case, testing need only be considered if expert judgement indicates a need for additional data to support the classification process.</P>
                                <P>
                                    B.2.3.4 Chemical instability shall be determined in accordance with the method described in Part III of the UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6). If the calculations performed in accordance with ISO 10156:1996 or ISO 10156:2017 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6) show that a gas mixture is not flammable, no additional testing is required 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44388"/>
                                    for determining chemical instability for classification purposes.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.3 Aerosols and Chemicals Under Pressure</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.3.1 Aerosols</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">B.3.1.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Aerosol</E>
                                     means any non-refillable receptacle containing a gas compressed, liquefied or dissolved under pressure, and fitted with a release device allowing the contents to be ejected as particles in suspension in a gas, or as a foam, paste, powder, liquid or gas.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">B.3.1.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>
                                    B.3.1.2.1 Aerosols are classified in one of three categories, depending on their flammable properties and their heat of combustion. Aerosols shall be considered for classification in Categories 1 or 2 if they contain more than 1% components (by mass) which are classified as flammable in accordance with this Appendix B, 
                                    <E T="03">i.e.:</E>
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    Flammable gases (
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     B.2);
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    Flammable liquids (
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     B.6)
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    Flammable solids (
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     B.7)
                                </P>
                                <P>or if their heat of combustion is at least 20 kJ/g.</P>
                                <P>B.3.1.2.2 An aerosol shall be classified in one of the three categories for this class in accordance with Table B.3.1.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r150">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.3.1—Criteria for Aerosols</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Contains ≥85% flammable components and the chemical heat of combustion is ≥30 kJ/g; or</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">(a) For spray aerosols, in the ignition distance test, ignition occurs at a distance ≥75 cm (29.5 in), or</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">(b) For foam aerosols, in the aerosol foam flammability test.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi5">(i) The flame height is ≥20 cm (7.87 in) and the flame duration ≥2 s; or</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi5">(ii) The flame height is ≥4 cm (1.57 in) and the flame duration ≥7 s.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Contains &gt;1% flammable components, or the heat of combustion is ≥20 kJ/g; and</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">(a) for spray aerosols, in the ignition distance test, ignition occurs at a distance ≥15 cm (5.9 in), or</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi5">in the enclosed space ignition test, the</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi5">
                                            (i) Time equivalent is ≤300 s/m
                                            <SU>3</SU>
                                            ; or
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi5">
                                            (ii) Deflagration density is ≤300 g/m
                                            <SU>3</SU>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">(b) For foam aerosols, in the aerosol foam flammability test, the flame height is ≥4 cm and the flame duration is ≥2 s</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>and it does not meet the criteria for Category 1.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
                                        <ENT>(1) The chemical does not meet the criteria for Categories 1 and 2.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(2) The chemical contains ≤1% flammable components (by mass) and has a heat of combustion &lt;20 kJ/g.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
                                    <P> Flammable components do not include pyrophoric, self-heating or water-reactive chemicals.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2:</HD>
                                    <P> Aerosols do not fall additionally within the scope of flammable gases, gases under pressure, flammable liquids, or flammable solids. However, depending on their contents, aerosols may fall within the scope of other hazard classes.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 3:</HD>
                                    <P> Aerosols containing more than 1% flammable components or with a heat of combustion of at least 20 kJ/g, which are not submitted to the flammability classification procedures in this Appendix shall be classified as Category 1.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.3.2 Chemicals Under Pressure</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">B.3.2.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    C
                                    <E T="03">hemicals under pressure</E>
                                     are liquids or solids (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     pastes or powders), pressurized with a gas at a pressure of 200 kPa (gauge) or more at 20 °C in pressure receptacles other than aerosol dispensers and which are not classified as gases under pressure.
                                </P>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P> Chemicals under pressure typically contain 50% or more by mass of liquids or solids whereas mixtures containing more than 50% gases are typically considered as gases under pressure.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD3">B.3.2.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>B.3.2.2.1 Chemicals under pressure are classified in one of three categories of this hazard class, in accordance with Table B.3.2, depending on their content of flammable components and their heat of combustion</P>
                                <P>
                                    B.3.2.2.2 Flammable components are components which are classified as flammable in accordance with the GHS criteria, 
                                    <E T="03">i.e.:</E>
                                </P>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                                    —Flammable gases (
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     B..2 of this section);
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                                    —Flammable liquids (
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     B.6 of this section);
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                                    —Flammable solids (
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     B.7 of this section).
                                </FP>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r150">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.3.2—Criteria for Chemicals Under Pressure</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical under pressure that:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">
                                            (a) contains ≥85% flammable components (by mass); and
                                            <LI O="oi3">(b) has a heat of combustion of ≥20 kJ/g.</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            Any chemical under pressure that:
                                            <LI O="oi3">(a) contains &gt;1% flammable components (by mass); and</LI>
                                            <LI O="oi3">(b) has a heat of combustion &lt;20 kJ/g;</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            or that:
                                            <LI O="oi3">(a) contains &lt;85% flammable components (by mass); and</LI>
                                            <LI O="oi3">(b) has a heat of combustion ≥20 kJ/g.</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            Any chemical under pressure that:
                                            <LI O="oi3">(a) contains ≤1% flammable components (by mass); and</LI>
                                            <LI O="oi3">(b) has a heat of combustion of &lt;20 kJ/g.</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
                                    <P> The flammable components in a chemical under pressure do not include pyrophoric, self-heating or water-reactive, substances and mixtures because such components are not allowed in chemicals under pressure in accordance with the UN Model Regulations.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2:</HD>
                                    <P>Chemicals under pressure do not fall additionally within the scope of section B.3.1 (aerosols), B.2.2 (flammable gases), B.2.5 (gases under pressure), B.2.6 (flammable liquids) and B.2.7 (flammable solids). Depending on their contents, chemicals under pressure may however fall within the scope of other hazard classes, including their labelling elements.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.3.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    B.3.3.1 To classify an aerosol, data on its flammable components, on its chemical heat of combustion and, if applicable, the results 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44389"/>
                                    of the aerosol foam flammability test (for foam aerosols) and of the ignition distance test and enclosed space test (for spray aerosols) are necessary.
                                </P>
                                <P>B.3.3.2 The chemical heat of combustion (ΔHc), in kilojoules per gram (kJ/g), is the product of the theoretical heat of combustion (ΔHcomb), and a combustion efficiency, usually less than 1.0 (a typical combustion efficiency is 0.95 or 95%).</P>
                                <P>For a composite formulation, the chemical heat of combustion is the summation of the weighted heats of combustion for the individual components, as follows:</P>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="16">
                                    <GID>ER20my24.230</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">where:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    ΔH
                                    <E T="52">c</E>
                                    (product) = specific heat of combustion (kJ/g) of the product;
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    ΔH
                                    <E T="52">c</E>
                                    (i) = specific heat of combustion (kJ/g) of component i in the product;
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">w(i) = mass fraction of component i in the product;</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">n = total number of components in the product.</FP>
                                <P>B.3.3.3 The chemical heats of combustion shall be found in literature, calculated or determined by tests: (see ASTM D240; Sections 86.1 to 86.3 of ISO 13943; and NFPA 30B (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6)).</P>
                                <P>B.3.3.4 The Ignition Distance Test, Enclosed Space Ignition Test and Aerosol Foam Flammability Test shall be performed in accordance with sub-sections 31.4, 31.5 and 31.6 of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6).</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.4 Oxidizing Gases</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.4.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Oxidizing gas</E>
                                     means any gas which may, generally by providing oxygen, cause or contribute to the combustion of other material more than air does.
                                </P>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P>“Gases which cause or contribute to the combustion of other material more than air does” means pure gases or gas mixtures with an oxidizing power greater than 23.5% (as determined by a method specified in ISO 10156:1996, ISO 10156:2017 or 10156-2:2005 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6) or an equivalent testing method).</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.4.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>An oxidizing gas shall be classified in a single category for this class in accordance with Table B.4.1:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r100">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.4.1—Criteria for Oxidizing Gases</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any gas which may, generally by providing oxygen, cause or contribute to the combustion of other material more than air does.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.4.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>Classification shall be in accordance with tests or calculation methods as described in ISO 10156:1996, ISO 10156:2017 or 10156-2:2005 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6).</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.5 Gases Under Pressure</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.5.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Gases under pressure</E>
                                     are gases which are contained in a receptacle at a pressure of 200 kPa (29 psi) (gauge) or more at 20 °C (68 °F), or which are liquefied or liquefied and refrigerated.
                                </P>
                                <P>They comprise compressed gases, liquefied gases, dissolved gases and refrigerated liquefied gases.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.5.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>Gases under pressure shall be classified in one of four groups in accordance with Table B.5.1:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s50,xl150">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.5.1—Criteria for Gases Under Pressure</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Group</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Compressed Gas</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            A gas which when inder pressure is entirely gaseous at −50 °C (−58 °F), including all gases with a critical temperature 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                             ≤−50 °C (−58 °F)
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Liquedfied gas</ENT>
                                        <ENT>A gas which when inder pressure, is partially liquid at termperatures above −50 °C (−58 °F) A disinction is made between: </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">
                                            (a) High pressure liquefied gas: a gas with a critical termperature 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                             between −50 °C (−58 °F) and +65 °C (149 °F); and
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">
                                            (b) Low pressure liquefied gas: a gas with a critical temperature 
                                            <SU>1</SU>
                                             above +65 °C (149 °F)
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Refrigerated liquefied gas</ENT>
                                        <ENT>A gas which is made partially liquid becuase of its low temperature. </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">Dissolved gas</ENT>
                                        <ENT>A gas which when under pressure is dissolved in a liquid phase solvent.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        <SU>1</SU>
                                         The critical temperature is the temperature above which a pure gas cannot be liquefied, regardless of the degree of compression. 
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P>Aerosols should not be classified as gases under pressure. See Appendix B.3 of this section.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.6 Flammable Liquids</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.6.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Flammable liquid</E>
                                     means a liquid having a flash point of not more than 93 °C (199.4 °F).
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Flash point</E>
                                     means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid, as determined by a method identified in Section B.6.3 of this appendix.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.6.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>A flammable liquid shall be classified in one of four categories in accordance with Table B.6.1 of this appendix:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r100">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.6.1—Criteria for Flammable Liquids</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Flash point &lt;23 °C (73.4 °F) and initial boiling point ≤35 °C (95 °F).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Flash point &lt;23 °C (73.4 °F) and initial boiling point &gt;35 °C (95 °F).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Flash point ≥23 °C (73.4 °F) and ≤60 °C (140 °F).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">4</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Flash point &gt;60 °C (140 °F) and ≤93 °C (199.4 °F).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P>Aerosols should not be classified as flammable liquids. See Appendix B.3 of this section.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.6.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>The flash point shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D56-05, ASTM D3278, ASTM D3828, ASTM D93-08 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6), or any method specified in 29 CFR 1910.106(a)(14). It may also be determined by any other method specified in GHS Revision 7, Chapter 2.6.</P>
                                <P>
                                    The initial boiling point shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D86-
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44390"/>
                                    07a or ASTM D1078 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6).
                                    <SU>9</SU>
                                    <FTREF/>
                                </P>
                                <FTNT>
                                    <P>
                                        <SU>9</SU>
                                         To determine the appropriate flammable liquid storage container size and type, the boiling point shall be determined by § 1910.106(a)(5). In addition, the manufacturer, importer, and distributor shall clearly note in sections 7 and 9 of the SDS if an alternate calculation was used for storage purposes and the classification for storage differs from the classification listed in Section 2 of the SDS.
                                    </P>
                                </FTNT>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.7 Flammable Solids</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.71 Definitions</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Flammable solid</E>
                                     means a solid which is a readily combustible solid, or which may cause or contribute to fire through friction.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Readily combustible solids</E>
                                     are powdered, granular, or pasty chemicals which are dangerous if they can be easily ignited by brief contact with an ignition source, such as a burning match, and if the flame spreads rapidly.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.7.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>B.7.2.1 Powdered, granular or pasty chemicals shall be classified as flammable solids when the time of burning of one or more of the test runs, performed in accordance with the test method described in Part III, sub-section 33.2.1 of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6), is less than 45 s or the rate of burning is more than 2.2 mm/s (0.0866 in/s).</P>
                                <P>B.7.2.2 Powders of metals or metal alloys shall be classified as flammable solids when they can be ignited and the reaction spreads over the whole length of the sample in 10 min or less.</P>
                                <P>
                                    B.7.2.3 Solids which may cause fire through friction shall be classified in this class by analogy with existing entries (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     matches) until definitive criteria are established.
                                </P>
                                <P>B.7.2.4 A flammable solid shall be classified in one of the two categories for this class using Method N.1 as described in Part III, sub-section 33.2.1 of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6), in accordance with Table B.7.1:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,xl100">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.7.1—Criteria for Flammable Solids</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Burning rate test:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">Chemicals other than metal powders:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi5">(a) Wetted zone does not stop fire; and</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi5">(b) Burning time &lt;45 s or burning rate &gt;2.2 mm/s</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">Metal powders: burning time ≤5 min.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Burning rate test:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">Chemicals other than metal powders:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi5">(a) Wetted zone stops the fire for at least 4 min; and</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi5">(b) Burning time &lt;45 s or burning rate &gt;2.2 mm/s</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">Metal powders: burning time &gt;5 min and ≤10 min.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
                                    <P>Classification of solid chemicals shall be based on tests performed on the chemical as presented. If, for example, for the purposes of supply or transport, the same chemical is to be presented in a physical form different from that which was tested and which is considered likely to materially alter its performance in a classification test, classification must be based on testing of the chemical in the new form.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2:</HD>
                                    <P>Aerosols should not be classified as flammable solids. See Appendix B.3.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.8 Self-Reactive Chemicals</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.8.1 Definitions</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Self-reactive chemicals</E>
                                     are thermally unstable liquid or solid chemicals liable to undergo a strongly exothermic decomposition even without participation of oxygen (air). This definition excludes chemicals classified under this section as explosives, organic peroxides, oxidizing liquids or oxidizing solids.
                                </P>
                                <P>A self-reactive chemical is regarded as possessing explosive properties when in laboratory testing the formulation is liable to detonate, to deflagrate rapidly or to show a violent effect when heated under confinement.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.8.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>B.8.2.1 A self-reactive chemical shall be considered for classification in this class unless:</P>
                                <P>(a) It is classified as an explosive according to B.1 of this appendix;</P>
                                <P>(b) It is classified as an oxidizing liquid or an oxidizing solid according to B.13 or B.14 of this appendix, except that a mixture of oxidizing substances which contains 5% or more of combustible organic substances shall be classified as a self-reactive chemical according to the procedure defined in B.8.2.2;</P>
                                <P>(c) It is classified as an organic peroxide according to B.15 of this appendix;</P>
                                <P>(d) Its heat of decomposition is less than 300 J/g; or</P>
                                <P>(e) Its self-accelerating decomposition temperature (SADT) is greater than 75° C (167 °F) for a 50 kg (110 lb) package.</P>
                                <P>B.8.2.2 Mixtures of oxidizing substances, meeting the criteria for classification as oxidizing liquids or oxidizing solids, which contain 5% or more of combustible organic substances and which do not meet the criteria mentioned in B.8.2.1(a), (c), (d) or (e), shall be subjected to the self-reactive chemicals classification procedure in B.8.2.3. Such a mixture showing the properties of a self-reactive chemical type B to F shall be classified as a self-reactive chemical.</P>
                                <P>B.8.2.3 Self-reactive chemicals shall be classified in one of the seven categories of “types A to G” for this class, according to the following principles:</P>
                                <P>(a) Any self-reactive chemical which can detonate or deflagrate rapidly, as packaged, will be defined as self-reactive chemical TYPE A;</P>
                                <P>(b) Any self-reactive chemical possessing explosive properties and which, as packaged, neither detonates nor deflagrates rapidly, but is liable to undergo a thermal explosion in that package will be defined as self-reactive chemical TYPE B;</P>
                                <P>(c) Any self-reactive chemical possessing explosive properties when the chemical as packaged cannot detonate or deflagrate rapidly or undergo a thermal explosion will be defined as self-reactive chemical TYPE C;</P>
                                <P>(d) Any self-reactive chemical which in laboratory testing meets the criteria in (d)(i), (ii), or (iii) will be defined as self-reactive chemical TYPE D:</P>
                                <P>(i) Detonates partially, does not deflagrate rapidly and shows no violent effect when heated under confinement; or</P>
                                <P>(ii) Does not detonate at all, deflagrates slowly and shows no violent effect when heated under confinement; or</P>
                                <P>(iii) Does not detonate or deflagrate at all and shows a medium effect when heated under confinement;</P>
                                <P>(e) Any self-reactive chemical which, in laboratory testing, neither detonates nor deflagrates at all and shows low or no effect when heated under confinement will be defined as self-reactive chemical TYPE E;</P>
                                <P>(f) Any self-reactive chemical which, in laboratory testing, neither detonates in the cavitated state nor deflagrates at all and shows only a low or no effect when heated under confinement as well as low or no explosive power will be defined as self-reactive chemical TYPE F;</P>
                                <P>(g) Any self-reactive chemical which, in laboratory testing, neither detonates in the cavitated state nor deflagrates at all and shows no effect when heated under confinement nor any explosive power, provided that it is thermally stable (self- accelerating decomposition temperature is 60 °C (140 °F) to 75° C (167  °F) for a 50 kg (110 lb) package), and, for liquid mixtures, a diluent having a boiling point greater than or equal to 150 °C (302 °F) is used for desensitization will be defined as self-reactive chemical TYPE G. If the mixture is not thermally stable or a diluent having a boiling point less than 150 °C (302 °F) is used for desensitization, the mixture shall be defined as self-reactive chemical TYPE F.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.8.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>B.8.3.1 For purposes of classification, the properties of self-reactive chemicals shall be determined in accordance with test series A to H as described in Part II of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6).</P>
                                <P>
                                    B.8.3.2 Self-accelerating decomposition temperature (SADT) shall be determined in accordance with Part II, section 28 of UN ST/SG/AC.10, (incorporated by reference; 
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     § 1910.6).
                                </P>
                                <P>B.8.3.3 The classification procedures for self-reactive substances and mixtures need not be applied if:</P>
                                <P>(a) There are no chemical groups present in the molecule associated with explosive or self-reactive properties; examples of such groups are given in Tables A6.1 and A6.2 in the Appendix 6 of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6); or</P>
                                <P>
                                    (b) For a single organic substance or a homogeneous mixture of organic substances, the estimated SADT is greater than 75°C (167 °F) or the exothermic decomposition energy is less than 300 J/g. The onset temperature and decomposition energy may 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44391"/>
                                    be estimated using a suitable calorimetric technique (See 20.3.3.3 in Part II of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6)).
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.9 Pyrophoric Liquids</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.9.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Pyrophoric liquid</E>
                                     means a liquid which, even in small quantities, is liable to ignite within five minutes after coming into contact with air.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.9.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>A pyrophoric liquid shall be classified in a single category for this class using test N.3 in Part III, sub-section 33.3.1.5 of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6), in accordance with Table B.9.1 of this appendix:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r150">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.9.1— Criteria for Pyrophoric Liquids</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>The liquid ignites within 5 min when added to an inert carrier and exposed to air, or it ignites or chars a filter paper on contact with air within 5 min.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.9.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    The classification procedure for pyrophoric liquids need not be applied when experience in production or handling shows that the chemical does not ignite spontaneously on coming into contact with air at normal temperatures (
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     the substance is known to be stable at room temperature for prolonged periods of time (days)).
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.10 Pyrophoric Solids</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.10.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Pyrophoric solid</E>
                                     means a solid which, even in small quantities, is liable to ignite within five minutes after coming into contact with air.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.10.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>A pyrophoric solid shall be classified in a single category for this class using test N.2 in Part III, sub-section 33.3.1.4 of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; see § 1910.6), in accordance with Table B.10.1 of this appendix:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r150">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.10.1— Criteria for Pyrophoric Solids</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>The solid ignites within 5 min of coming into contact with air.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P> Classification of solid chemicals shall be based on tests performed on the chemical as presented. If, for example, for the purposes of supply or transport, the same chemical is to be presented in a physical form different from that which was tested and which is considered likely to materially alter its performance in a classification test, classification must be based on testing of the chemical in the new form.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.10.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    The classification procedure for pyrophoric solids need not be applied when experience in production or handling shows that the chemical does not ignite spontaneously on coming into contact with air at normal temperatures (
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     the chemical is known to be stable at room temperature for prolonged periods of time (days)).
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.11—Self-Heating Chemicals</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.11.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A 
                                    <E T="03">self-heating chemical</E>
                                     is a solid or liquid chemical, other than a pyrophoric liquid or solid, which, by reaction with air and without energy supply, is liable to self-heat; this chemical differs from a pyrophoric liquid or solid in that it will ignite only when in large amounts (kilograms) and after long periods of time (hours or days).
                                </P>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P> Self-heating of a substance or mixture is a process where the gradual reaction of that substance or mixture with oxygen (in air) generates heat. If the rate of heat production exceeds the rate of heat loss, then the temperature of the substance or mixture will rise which, after an induction time, may lead to self-ignition and combustion.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.11.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>B.11.2.1 A self-heating chemical shall be classified in one of the two categories for this class if, in tests performed in accordance with test method N.4 in Part III, sub-section 33.3.1.6 of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6), the result meets the criteria shown in Table B.11.1.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,xl100">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.11.1— Criteria for Self-Heating Chemicals</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>A positive result is obtained in a test using a 25 mm sample cube at 140 ° C (284 ° F).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                                        <ENT>A negative result is obtained in a test using a 25 mm cube sample at 140 ° C (284 ° F), a positive result is obtained in a test using a 100 mm sample cube at 140 ° C (284 ° F), and:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">(a) The unit volume of the chemical is more than 3 m3; or</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">(b) A positive result is obtained in a test using a 100 mm cube sample at 120 ° C (248 ° F) and the unit volume of the chemical is more than 450 liters; or</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">(c) A positive result is obtained in a test using a 100 mm cube sample at 100 ° C (212 ° F).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P> Classification of solid chemicals shall be based on tests performed on the chemical as presented. If, for example, for the purposes of supply or transport, the same chemical is to be presented in a physical form different from that which was tested and which is considered likely to materially alter its performance in a classification test, classification must be based on testing of the chemical in the new form.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <P>B.11.2.2 Chemicals with a temperature of spontaneous combustion higher than 50 ° C (122 ° F) for a volume of 27 m3 shall not be classified as self-heating chemicals.</P>
                                <P>B.11.2.3 Chemicals with a spontaneous ignition temperature higher than 50° C (122° F) for a volume of 450 liters shall not be classified in Category 1 of this class.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.11.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>B.11.3.1 The classification procedure for self-heating chemicals need not be applied if the results of a screening test can be adequately correlated with the classification test and an appropriate safety margin is applied.</P>
                                <P>B.11.3.2 Examples of screening tests are:</P>
                                <P>
                                    (a) The Grewer Oven test (VDI guideline 2263, part 1, 1990, Test methods for the Determination of the Safety Characteristics of Dusts) with an onset temperature 80°K above the reference temperature for a volume of 1 l;
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44392"/>
                                </P>
                                <P>(b) The Bulk Powder Screening Test (Gibson, N. Harper, D. J. Rogers, R. Evaluation of the fire and explosion risks in drying powders, Plant Operations Progress, 4 (3), 181-189, 1985) with an onset temperature 60°K above the reference temperature for a volume of 1 l.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.12 Chemicals Which, in Contact With Water, Emit Flammable Gases</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.12.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Chemicals which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases</E>
                                     are solid or liquid chemicals which, by interaction with water, are liable to become spontaneously flammable or to give off flammable gases in dangerous quantities.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.12.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>B.12.2.1 A chemical which, in contact with water, emits flammable gases shall be classified in one of the three categories for this class, using test N.5 in Part III, sub-section 33.4.1.4 of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6), in accordance with Table B.12.1 of this appendix:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r100">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.12.1— Criteria for Chemicals Which, in Contact With Water, Emit Flammable Gases</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical which, in the 1:1 mixture, by mass, of chemical and cellulose tested, spontaneously ignites; or the mean pressure rise time of a 1:1 mixture, by mass, of chemical and cellulose is less than that of a 1:1 mixture, by mass, of 50% perchloric acid and cellulose;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical which, in the 1:1 mixture, by mass, of chemical and cellulose tested, exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than or equal to the mean pressure rise time of a 1:1 mixture, by mass, of 40% aqueous sodium chlorate solution and cellulose; and the criteria for Category 1 are not met;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical which, in the 1:1 mixture, by mass, of chemical and cellulose tested, exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than or equal to the mean pressure rise time of a 1:1 mixture, by mass, of 65% aqueous nitric acid and cellulose; and the criteria for Categories 1 and 2 are not met.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P> Classification of solid chemicals shall be based on tests performed on the chemical as presented. If, for example, for the purposes of supply or transport, the same chemical is to be presented in a physical form different from that which was tested and which is considered likely to materially alter its performance in a classification test, classification must be based on testing of the chemical in the new form.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <P>B.12.2.2 A chemical is classified as a chemical which, in contact with water, emits flammable gases if spontaneous ignition takes place in any step of the test procedure.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.12.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>The classification procedure for this class need not be applied if:</P>
                                <P>(a) The chemical structure of the chemical does not contain metals or metalloids;</P>
                                <P>(b) Experience in production or handling shows that the chemical does not react with water, (e.g., the chemical is manufactured with water or washed with water); or</P>
                                <P>(c) The chemical is known to be soluble in water to form a stable mixture.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.13 Oxidizing Liquids</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.13.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Oxidizing liquid</E>
                                     means a liquid which, while in itself not necessarily combustible, may, generally by yielding oxygen, cause, or contribute to, the combustion of other material.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.13.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>An oxidizing liquid shall be classified in one of the three categories for this class using test O.2 in Part III, sub-section 34.4.2 of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6), in accordance with Table B.13.1:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r100">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.13.1— Criteria for Oxidizing Liquids</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical which, in the 1:1 mixture, by mass, of chemical and cellulose tested, spontaneously ignites; or the mean pressure rise time of a 1:1 mixture, by mass, of chemical and cellulose is less than that of a 1:1 mixture, by mass, of 50% perchloric acid and cellulose;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical which, in the 1:1 mixture, by mass, of chemical and cellulose tested, exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than or equal to the mean pressure rise time of a 1:1 mixture, by mass, of 40% aqueous sodium chlorate solution and cellulose; and the criteria for Category 1 are not met;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical which, in the 1:1 mixture, by mass, of chemical and cellulose tested, exhibits a mean pressure rise time less than or equal to the mean pressure rise time of a 1:1 mixture, by mass, of 65% aqueous nitric acid and cellulose; and the criteria for Categories 1 and 2 are not met.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.13.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>B.13.3.1 For organic chemicals, the classification procedure for this class shall not be applied if:</P>
                                <P>(a) The chemical does not contain oxygen, fluorine or chlorine; or</P>
                                <P>(b) The chemical contains oxygen, fluorine or chlorine and these elements are chemically bonded only to carbon or hydrogen.</P>
                                <P>B.13.3.2 For inorganic chemicals, the classification procedure for this class shall not be applied if the chemical does not contain oxygen or halogen atoms.</P>
                                <P>B.13.3.3 In the event of divergence between test results and known experience in the handling and use of chemicals which shows them to be oxidizing, judgments based on known experience shall take precedence over test results.</P>
                                <P>
                                    B.13.3.4 In cases where chemicals generate a pressure rise (too high or too low), caused by chemical reactions not characterizing the oxidizing properties of the chemical, the test described in Part III, sub-section 34.4.2 of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6) shall be repeated with an inert substance (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                     diatomite (kieselguhr)) in place of the cellulose in order to clarify the nature of the reaction.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.14 Oxidizing Solids</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.14.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Oxidizing solid</E>
                                     means a solid which, while in itself is not necessarily combustible, may, generally by yielding oxygen, cause, or contribute to, the combustion of other material.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.14.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>
                                    An oxidizing solid shall be classified in one of the three categories for this class using test O.1 in Part III, sub-section 34.4.1, of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6) or test O.3 in Part III, sub-section 34.4.3 of UN ST/SG/AC.10/11 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6), in accordance with Table B.14.1:
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44393"/>
                                </P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r100,r100">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.14.1—Criteria for Oxidizing Solids</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria using test O.1</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria using test O.3</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical which, in the 4:1 or 1:1 sample-to-cellulose ratio (by mass) tested, exhibits a mean burning time less than the mean burning time of a 3:2 mixture, (by mass), of potassium bromate and cellulose</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical which, in the 4:1 or 1:1 sample-to- cellulose ratio (by mass) tested, exhibits a mean burning rate greater than the mean burning rate of a 3:1 mixture (by mass) of calcium peroxide and cellulose.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical which, in the 4:1 or 1:1 sample-to-cellulose ratio (by mass) tested, exhibits a mean burning time equal to or less than the mean burning time of a 2:3 mixture (by mass) of potassium bromate and cellulose and the criteria for Category 1 are not met</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical which, in the 4:1 or 1:1 sample-to- cellulose ratio (by mass) tested, exhibits a mean burning rate equal to or greater than the mean burning rate of a 1:1 mixture (by mass) of calcium peroxide and cellulose and the criteria for Category 1 are not met.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical which, in the 4:1 or 1:1 sample-to-cellulose ratio (by mass) tested, exhibits a mean burning time equal to or less than the mean burning time of a 3:7 mixture (by mass) of potassium bromate and cellulose and the criteria for Categories 1 and 2 are not met</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Any chemical which, in the 4:1 or 1:1 sample-to- cellulose ratio (by mass) tested, exhibits a mean burning rate equal to or greater than the mean burning rate of a 1:2 mixture (by mass) of calcium peroxide and cellulose and the criteria for Categories 1 and 2 are not met.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
                                    <P> Some oxidizing solids may present explosion hazards under certain conditions (e.g., when stored in large quantities). For example, some types of ammonium nitrate may give rise to an explosion hazard under extreme conditions and the “Resistance to detonation test” (International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes Code, IMO (IMSBC), Appendix 2, Section 5) may be used to assess this hazard. When information indicates that an oxidizing solid may present an explosion hazard, it shall be indicated on the Safety Data Sheet.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2:</HD>
                                    <P> Classification of solid chemicals shall be based on tests performed on the chemical as presented. If, for example, for the purposes of supply or transport, the same chemical is to be presented in a physical form different from that which was tested and which is considered likely to materially alter its performance in a classification test, classification must be based on testing of the chemical in the new form.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.14.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>B.14.3.1 For organic chemicals, the classification procedure for this class shall not be applied if:</P>
                                <P>(a) The chemical does not contain oxygen, fluorine or chlorine; or</P>
                                <P>(b) The chemical contains oxygen, fluorine or chlorine and these elements are chemically bonded only to carbon or hydrogen.</P>
                                <P>B.14.3.2 For inorganic chemicals, the classification procedure for this class shall not be applied if the chemical does not contain oxygen or halogen atoms.</P>
                                <P>B.14.3.3 In the event of divergence between test results and known experience in the handling and use of chemicals which shows them to be oxidizing, judgements based on known experience shall take procedure over test results.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.15 Organic Peroxides</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.15.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    B.15.1.1 
                                    <E T="03">Organic peroxide</E>
                                     means a liquid or solid organic chemical which contains the bivalent -0-0- structure and as such is considered a derivative of hydrogen peroxide, where one or both of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by organic radicals. The term organic peroxide includes organic peroxide mixtures containing at least one organic peroxide. Organic peroxides are thermally unstable chemicals, which may undergo exothermic self-accelerating decomposition. In addition, they may have one or more of the following properties:
                                </P>
                                <P>(a) Be liable to explosive decomposition;</P>
                                <P>(b) Burn rapidly;</P>
                                <P>(c) Be sensitive to impact or friction;</P>
                                <P>(d) React dangerously with other substances.</P>
                                <P>B.15.1.2 An organic peroxide is regarded as possessing explosive properties when in laboratory testing the formulation is liable to detonate, to deflagrate rapidly or to show a violent effect when heated under confinement.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.15.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>B.15.2.1 Any organic peroxide shall be considered for classification in this class, unless it contains:</P>
                                <P>(a) Not more than 1.0% available oxygen from the organic peroxides when containing not more than 1.0% hydrogen peroxide; or</P>
                                <P>(b) Not more than 0.5% available oxygen from the organic peroxides when containing more than 1.0% but not more than 7.0% hydrogen peroxide.</P>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P> The available oxygen content (%) of an organic peroxide mixture is given by the formula:</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="25">
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.231</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">where:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">ni = number of peroxygen groups per molecule of organic peroxide i;</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">ci = concentration (mass %) of organic peroxide i;</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">mi = molecular mass of organic peroxide i.</FP>
                                <P>B.15.2.2 Organic peroxides shall be classified in one of the seven categories of “Types A to G” for this class, according to the following principles:</P>
                                <P>(a) Any organic peroxide which, as packaged, can detonate or deflagrate rapidly shall be defined as organic peroxide TYPE A;</P>
                                <P>(b) Any organic peroxide possessing explosive properties and which, as packaged, neither detonates nor deflagrates rapidly, but is liable to undergo a thermal explosion in that package shall be defined as organic peroxide TYPE B;</P>
                                <P>(c) Any organic peroxide possessing explosive properties when the chemical as packaged cannot detonate or deflagrate rapidly or undergo a thermal explosion shall be defined as organic peroxide TYPE C;</P>
                                <P>(d) Any organic peroxide which in laboratory testing meets the criteria in (d)(i), (ii), or (iii) shall be defined as organic peroxide TYPE D:</P>
                                <P>(i) Detonates partially, does not deflagrate rapidly and shows no violent effect when heated under confinement; or</P>
                                <P>(ii) Does not detonate at all, deflagrates slowly and shows no violent effect when heated under confinement; or</P>
                                <P>(iii) Does not detonate or deflagrate at all and shows a medium effect when heated under confinement;</P>
                                <P>(e) Any organic peroxide which, in laboratory testing, neither detonates nor deflagrates at all and shows low or no effect when heated under confinement shall be defined as organic peroxide TYPE E;</P>
                                <P>(f) Any organic peroxide which, in laboratory testing, neither detonates in the cavitated state nor deflagrates at all and shows only a low or no effect when heated under confinement as well as low or no explosive power shall be defined as organic peroxide TYPE F;</P>
                                <P>
                                    (g) Any organic peroxide which, in laboratory testing, neither detonates in the cavitated state nor deflagrates at all and shows no effect when heated under 
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44394"/>
                                    confinement nor any explosive power, provided that it is thermally stable (self-accelerating decomposition temperature is 60 ° C (140 ° F) or higher for a 50 kg (110 lb) package), and, for liquid mixtures, a diluent having a boiling point of not less than 150 ;° C (302 ° F) is used for desensitization, shall be defined as organic peroxide TYPE G. If the organic peroxide is not thermally stable or a diluent having a boiling point less than 150 ° C (302° F) is used for desensitization, it shall be defined as organic peroxide TYPE F.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.15.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>B.15.3.1 For purposes of classification, the properties of organic peroxides shall be determined in accordance with test series A to H as described in Part II of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6).</P>
                                <P>B.15.3.2 Self-accelerating decomposition temperature (SADT) shall be determined in accordance with UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6), Part II, section 28.</P>
                                <P>B.15.3.3 Mixtures of organic peroxides may be classified as the same type of organic peroxide as that of the most dangerous ingredient. However, as two stable ingredients can form a thermally less stable mixture, the SADT of the mixture shall be determined.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.16 Corrosive to Metals</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.16.1 Definition</HD>
                                <P>
                                    A 
                                    <E T="03">chemical which is corrosive to metals</E>
                                     means a chemical which by chemical action will materially damage, or even destroy, metals.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.16.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>A chemical which is corrosive to metals shall be classified in a single category for this class, using the test in Part III, sub-section 37.4 of UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6), in accordance with Table B.16.1:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,r100">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.16.1—Criteria for Chemicals Corrosive to Metal</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Corrosion rate on either steel or aluminum surfaces exceeding 6.25 mm per year at a test temperature of 55 ° C (131 ° F) when tested on both materials.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P>Where an initial test on either steel or aluminium indicates the chemical being tested is corrosive the follow-up test on the other metal is not necessary.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.16.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>The specimen to be used for the test shall be made of the following materials:</P>
                                <P>(a) For the purposes of testing steel, steel types S235JR+CR (1.0037 resp. St 37- 2), S275J2G3+CR (1.0144 resp. St 44-3), ISO 3574, Unified Numbering System (UNS) G 10200, or SAE 1020;</P>
                                <P>(b) For the purposes of testing aluminium: non-clad types 7075-T6 or AZ5GU-T6.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">B.17 Desensitized Explosives</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.17.1 Definitions and General Considerations</HD>
                                <P>
                                    <E T="03">Desensitized explosives</E>
                                     are solid or liquid explosive chemicals which are phlegmatized 
                                    <SU>10</SU>
                                    <FTREF/>
                                     to suppress their explosive properties in such a manner that they do not mass explode and do not burn too rapidly and therefore may be exempted from the hazard class “Explosives” (Chapter B.1; 
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     also Note 2 of paragraph B.1.3).
                                    <SU>11</SU>
                                    <FTREF/>
                                </P>
                                <FTNT>
                                    <P>
                                        <SU>10</SU>
                                         Phlegmatized means that a substance (or “phlegmatizer”) has been added to an explosive to enhance its safety in handling and transport. The phlegmatizer renders the explosive insensitive, or less sensitive, to the following actions: heat, shock, impact, percussion or friction. Typical phlegmatizing agents include, but are not limited to: wax, paper, water, polymers (such as chlorofluoropolymers), alcohol and oils (such as petroleum jelly and paraffin).
                                    </P>
                                </FTNT>
                                <FTNT>
                                    <P>
                                        <SU>11</SU>
                                         Unstable explosives as defined in Chapter B.1 can also be stabilized by desensitization and consequently may be re-classified as desensitized explosives, provided all criteria of Chapter B.17 are met. In this case, the desensitized explosive should be tested according to Test Series 3 (Part I of UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev. 6 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6)) because information about its sensitiveness to mechanical stimuli is likely to be important for determining conditions for safe handling and use. The results shall be communicated on the safety data sheet.
                                    </P>
                                </FTNT>
                                <P>B.17.1.1 The class of desensitized explosives comprises:</P>
                                <P>
                                    (a) 
                                    <E T="03">Solid desensitized explosives:</E>
                                     explosive substances or mixtures which are wetted with water or alcohols or are diluted with other substances, to form a homogeneous solid mixture to suppress their explosive properties.
                                </P>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                                    <P> This includes desensitization achieved by formation of hydrates of the substances.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <P>
                                    (b) 
                                    <E T="03">Liquid desensitized explosives:</E>
                                     explosive substances or mixtures which are dissolved or suspended in water or other liquid substances, to form a homogeneous liquid mixture to suppress their explosive properties.
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.17.2 Classification Criteria</HD>
                                <P>B.17.2.1 Any explosive which is desensitized shall be considered in this class, unless:</P>
                                <P>(a) It is intended to produce a practical, explosive or pyrotechnic effect; or</P>
                                <P>It has a mass explosion hazard according to test series 6 (a) or 6 (b) or its corrected burning rate according to the burning rate test described in part V, subsection 51.4 of UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6) is greater than 1200 kg/min; or</P>
                                <P>(b) Its exothermic decomposition energy is less than 300 J/g.</P>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
                                    <P> Substances or mixtures which meet the criterion (a) or (b) shall be classified as explosives (see Chapter B.1). Substances or mixtures which meet the criterion (c) may fall within the scope of other physical hazard classes.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2:</HD>
                                    <P> The exothermic decomposition energy may be estimated using a suitable calorimetric technique (see section 20, sub-section 20.3.3.3 in Part II of UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6).</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <P>B.17.2.2 Desensitized explosives shall be classified in one of the four categories of this class depending on the corrected burning rate (Ac) using the test “burning rate test (external fire)” described in Part V, sub-section 51.4 of UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6), according to Table B.17.1:</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="xs60,r100">
                                    <TTITLE>Table B.17.1—Criteria for Desensitized Explosives</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Criteria</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Desensitized explosives with a corrected burning rate (AC) equal to or greater than 300 kg/min but not more than 1200 kg/min.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Desensitized explosives with a corrected burning rate (AC) equal to or greater than 140 kg/min but less than 300 kg/min.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">3</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Desensitized explosives with a corrected burning rate (AC) equal to or greater than 60 kg/min but less than 140 kg/min.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">4</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Desensitized explosives with a corrected burning rate (AC) less than 60 kg/min.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 1:</HD>
                                    <P> Desensitized explosives shall be prepared so that they remain homogeneous and do not separate during normal storage and handling, particularly if desensitized by wetting. The manufacturer, importer, or distributor shall provide information in Section 10 of the safety data sheet about the shelf-life and instructions on verifying desensitization. Under certain conditions the content of desensitizing agent (e.g., phlegmatizer, wetting agent or treatment) may decrease during supply and use, and thus, the hazard potential of the desensitized explosive may increase. In addition, Sections 5 and/or 8 of the safety data sheet shall include advice on avoiding increased fire, blast or protection hazards when the chemical is not sufficiently desensitized.</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 2:</HD>
                                    <P>
                                         Explosive properties of desensitized explosives shall be determined using data from Test Series 2 of UN ST/SG/
                                        <PRTPAGE P="44395"/>
                                        AC.10/11/Rev.6 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6) and shall be communicated in the safety data sheet. For testing of liquid desensitized explosives, refer to section 32, sub-section 32.3.2 of UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6 (incorporated by reference, see 1910.6). Testing of solid desensitized explosives is addressed in section 33, sub-section 33.2.3 of UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev.6 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6).
                                    </P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <NOTE>
                                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Note 3:</HD>
                                    <P> Desensitized explosives do not fall additionally within the scope of chapters B.1 (explosives), B.6 (flammable liquids) and B.7 (flammable solids).</P>
                                </NOTE>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">B.17.3 Additional Classification Considerations</HD>
                                <P>B.17.3.1 The classification procedure for desensitized explosives does not apply if:</P>
                                <P>(a) The substances or mixtures contain no explosives according to the criteria in Chapter B.1; or</P>
                                <P>(b) The exothermic decomposition energy is less than 300 J/g.</P>
                                <P>
                                    B.17.3.2 The exothermic decomposition energy shall be determined using the explosive already desensitized (
                                    <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                     the homogenous solid or liquids mixture formed by the explosive and the substance(s) used to suppress its explosive properties). The exothermic decomposition energy may be estimated using a suitable calorimetric technique (
                                    <E T="03">see</E>
                                     Section 20, sub-section 20.3.3.3 in Part II of UN ST/SG/AC.10/11/Rev. 6 (incorporated by reference, see § 1910.6).
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix C to § 1910.1200—Allocation of Label Elements</HD>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">(Mandatory)</HD>
                                <P>C.1 The label for each hazardous chemical shall include the product identifier used on the safety data sheet.</P>
                                <P>C.1.1 The labels on shipped containers shall also include the name, address, and telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or responsible party.</P>
                                <P>C.2 The label for each hazardous chemical that is classified shall include the signal word, hazard statement(s), pictogram(s), and precautionary statement(s) specified in C.4 for each hazard class and associated hazard category, except as provided for in C.2.1 through C.2.4.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C.2.1 Precedence of Hazard Information</HD>
                                <P>C.2.1.1 If the signal word “Danger” is included, the signal word “Warning” shall not appear;</P>
                                <P>C.2.1.2 If the skull and crossbones pictogram is included, the exclamation mark pictogram shall not appear where it is used for acute toxicity;</P>
                                <P>C.2.1.3 If the corrosive pictogram is included, the exclamation mark pictogram shall not appear where it is used for skin or eye irritation;</P>
                                <P>C.2.1.4 If the health hazard pictogram is included for respiratory sensitization, the exclamation mark pictogram shall not appear where it is used for skin sensitization or for skin or eye irritation.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C.2.2 Hazard Statement Text</HD>
                                <P>C.2.2.1 The text of all applicable hazard statements shall appear on the label, except as otherwise specified. The information in italics shall be included as part of the hazard statement as provided. For example: “causes damage to organs (state all organs affected) through prolonged or repeated exposure (state route of exposure if no other routes of exposure cause the hazard)”. Hazard statements may be combined where appropriate to reduce the information on the label and improve readability, as long as all of the hazards are conveyed as required.</P>
                                <P>C.2.2.2 If the chemical manufacturer, importer, or responsible party can demonstrate that all or part of the hazard statement is inappropriate to a specific substance or mixture, the corresponding statement may be omitted from the label.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C.2.3 Pictograms</HD>
                                <P>C.2.3.1 Pictograms shall be in the shape of a square set at a point and shall include a black hazard symbol on a white background with a red frame sufficiently wide to be clearly visible. A square red frame set at a point without a hazard symbol is not a pictogram and is not permitted on the label.</P>
                                <P>C.2.3.2 One of eight standard hazard symbols shall be used in each pictogram. The eight hazard symbols are depicted in Figure C.1. A pictogram using the exclamation mark symbol is presented in Figure C.2, for the purpose of illustration.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Figure C.1—Hazard Symbols and Classes</HD>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="314">
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.232</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <PRTPAGE P="44396"/>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Figure C.2—Exclamation Mark Pictogram</HD>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="70">
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.233</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <P>C.2.3.3 The exclamation mark pictogram is permitted (but not required) for HNOCs as long as the words “Hazard Not Otherwise Classified” or the letters “HNOC” appear below the pictogram.</P>
                                <P>C.2.3.4 Pictograms may only appear once on a label. If multiple hazards require the use of the same pictogram, it may not appear a second time on the label.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD2">C.2.4 Precautionary Statement Text</HD>
                                <P>C.2.4.1 There are four types of precautionary statements presented, “prevention,” “response,” “storage,” and “disposal.” The core part of the precautionary statement is presented in bold print. This is the text, except as otherwise specified, that shall appear on the label. Where additional information is required, it is indicated in plain text.</P>
                                <P>C.2.4.2 When a backslash or diagonal mark (/) appears in the precautionary statement text, it indicates that a choice has to be made between the separated phrases. In such cases, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or responsible party can choose the most appropriate phrase(s). For example, “Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection” could read “wear eye protection”.</P>
                                <P>C.2.4.3 When three full stops (. . .) appear in the precautionary statement text, they indicate that all applicable conditions are not listed. For example, in “Use explosion-proof electrical/ventilating/lighting/. . ./equipment”, the use of “. . .” indicates that other equipment may need to be specified. In such cases, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or responsible party can choose the other conditions to be specified.</P>
                                <P>
                                    C.2.4.4 When text 
                                    <E T="03">in italics</E>
                                     is used in a precautionary statement, this indicates specific conditions applying to the use or allocation of the precautionary statement. For example, “Use explosion-proof electrical/ventilating/lighting/. . ./equipment” is only required for flammable solids “
                                    <E T="03">if dust clouds can occur</E>
                                    ”. Text in italics is intended to be an explanatory, conditional note and is not intended to appear on the label.
                                </P>
                                <P>C.2.4.5 Where square brackets ([ ]) appear around text in a precautionary statement, this indicates that the text in square brackets is not appropriate in every case and should be used only in certain circumstances. In these cases, conditions for use explaining when the text should be used are provided. For example, one precautionary statement states: “[In case of inadequate ventilation] wear respiratory protection.” This statement is given with the condition for use “- text in square brackets may be used if additional information is provided with the chemical at the point of use that explains what type of ventilation would be adequate for safe use”. This means that, if additional information is provided with the chemical explaining what type of ventilation would be adequate for safe use, the text in square brackets should be used and the statement would read: “In case of inadequate ventilation wear respiratory protection.” However, if the chemical is supplied without such ventilation information, the text in square brackets should not be used, and the precautionary statement should read: “Wear respiratory protection.”</P>
                                <P>C.2.4.6 Precautionary statements may be combined or consolidated to save label space and improve readability. For example, “Keep away from heat, sparks and open flame,” “Store in a well-ventilated place” and “Keep cool” can be combined to read “Keep away from heat, sparks and open flame and store in a cool, well-ventilated place.”</P>
                                <P>
                                    C.2.4.7 Precautionary statements may incorporate minor textual variations from the text prescribed in this Appendix if these variations assist in communicating safety information (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                                    , spelling variations, synonyms or other equivalent terms) and the safety advice is not diluted or compromised. Any variations must be used consistently on the label and the safety data sheet.
                                </P>
                                <P>
                                    C.2.4.8 In most cases, the precautionary statements are independent (
                                    <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                                    , the phrases for explosives hazards do not modify those related to certain health hazards, and products that are classified for both hazard classes shall bear appropriate precautionary statements for both). Where a chemical is classified for a number of hazards, and the precautionary statements are similar, the most stringent shall be included on the label (this will be applicable mainly to preventive measures).
                                </P>
                                <P>C.2.4.9 If the chemical manufacturer, importer, or responsible party can demonstrate that a precautionary statement is inappropriate to a specific substance or mixture, the precautionary statement may be omitted from the label.</P>
                                <P>
                                    C.2.4.10 Where a substance or mixture is classified for a number of health hazards, this may trigger multiple precautionary statements relating to medical response, 
                                    <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                                    , calling a poison center/doctor/. . . and getting medical advice/attention.
                                </P>
                                <P>In general, the following principles should be applied:</P>
                                <P>(a) Where the classification of a substance or mixture triggers several different precautionary statements, a system of prioritization should be applied. If the same medical response statement is triggered multiple times, the label need only include one precautionary statement reflecting the response at the highest level with the greatest urgency, which should always be combined with at least one route of exposure or symptom “IF” statement.</P>
                                <P>(b) Routes of exposure, including “IF exposed or concerned,” may be combined when triggered with a medical response statement. If the response statement is triggered with three or more routes of exposure, “IF exposed or concerned” may be used. However, relevant “IF” statements describing symptoms must be included in full. If a route of exposure is triggered multiple times, it need only be included once.</P>
                                <P>(c) This does not apply to “Get medical advice/attention if you feel unwell” or “Get immediate medical advice/attention” when they are combined with an “If” statement and must appear without prioritization.</P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">C.3 Supplementary Hazard Information</HD>
                                <P>C.3.1 To ensure that non-standardized information does not lead to unnecessarily wide variation or undermine the required information, supplementary information on the label is limited to when it provides further detail and does not contradict or cast doubt on the validity of the standardized hazard information.</P>
                                <P>C.3.2 Where the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor chooses to add supplementary information on the label, the placement of supplemental information shall not impede identification of information required by this section.</P>
                                <P>
                                    C.3.3 Where an ingredient with unknown acute toxicity is used in a mixture at a concentration ≥1%, and the mixture is not classified based on testing of the mixture as a whole, a statement that X% of the mixture consists of ingredient(s) of unknown acute toxicity (oral/dermal/inhalation) is required on the label and safety data sheet.
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44397"/>
                                </P>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">C.4 Requirements for Signal Words, Hazard Statements, Pictograms, and Precautionary Statements</HD>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.234</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44398"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.235</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44399"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.236</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44400"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.237</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44401"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.238</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44402"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.239</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44403"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.240</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44404"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.241</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44405"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.242</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44406"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.243</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44407"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.244</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44408"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.245</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44409"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.246</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="450">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44410"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.247</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44411"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.248</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44412"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.249</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44413"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.250</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44414"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.251</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44415"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.252</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44416"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.253</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44417"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.254</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44418"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.255</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44419"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.256</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44420"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.257</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44421"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.258</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44422"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.259</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44423"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.260</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44424"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.261</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44425"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.262</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44426"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.263</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44427"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.264</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="450">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44428"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.265</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="284">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44429"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.266</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="503">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44430"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.267</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="531">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44431"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.268</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="260">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44432"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.269</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="563">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44433"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.270</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="261">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44434"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.271</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44435"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.272</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44436"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.273</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44437"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.274</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="554">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44438"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.275</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44439"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.276</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44440"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.277</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44441"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.278</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44442"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.279</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="566">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44443"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.280</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="552">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44444"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.281</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44445"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.282</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44446"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.283</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="545">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44447"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.284</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44448"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.285</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="544">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44449"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.286</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="545">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44450"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.287</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44451"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.288</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44452"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.289</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44453"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.290</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44454"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.291</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44455"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.292</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="543">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44456"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.293</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="521">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44457"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.294</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="521">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44458"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.295</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="376">
                                    <PRTPAGE P="44459"/>
                                    <GID>ER20MY24.296</GID>
                                </GPH>
                                <HD SOURCE="HD1">Appendix D to § 1910.1200—Safety Data Sheets (Mandatory)</HD>
                                <P>A safety data sheet (SDS) shall include the information specified in Table D.1 under the section number and heading indicated for sections 1-11 and 16. While each section of the SDS must contain all of the specified information, preparers of safety data sheets are not required to present the information in any particular order within each section. If no relevant information is found for any given subheading within a section, the SDS shall clearly indicate that no applicable information is available. Sections 12-15 may be included in the SDS, but are not mandatory.</P>
                                <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s100,r250">
                                    <TTITLE>Table D.1—Minimum Information for an SDS</TTITLE>
                                    <BOXHD>
                                        <CHED H="1">Headings</CHED>
                                        <CHED H="1">Subheadings</CHED>
                                    </BOXHD>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">1. Identification</ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) Product identifier used on the label;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(b) Other means of identification;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(c) Recommended use of the chemical and restrictions on use;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(d) Name, U.S. address, and U.S. telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or other responsible party;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(e) Emergency phone number.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">2. Hazard Identification</ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) Classification of the chemical in accordance with paragraph (d)(1)(i) of § 1910.1200;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            (b) Signal word, hazard statement(s), symbol(s) and precautionary statement(s) in accordance with paragraph (f) of § 1910.1200. (Hazard symbols may be provided as graphical reproductions in black and white or the name of the symbol, 
                                            <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                                            , flame, skull and crossbones);
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(c) Hazards classified under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of § 1910.12000;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(d) Describe any hazards not otherwise classified that have been identified during the classification process;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(e) Where an ingredient with unknown acute toxicity is used in a mixture at a concentration ≥1% and the mixture is not classified based on testing of the mixture as a whole, a statement that X% of the mixture consists of ingredient(s) of unknown acute toxicity is required.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">3. Composition/information on ingredients</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Except as provided for in paragraph (i) of § 1910.1200 on trade secrets:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            <E T="02">For Substances</E>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) Chemical name;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(b) Common name and synonyms;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <PRTPAGE P="44460"/>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(c) CAS number and other unique identifiers;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(d) Impurities and stabilizing additives (constituents) which are themselves classified and which contribute to the classification of the substance.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            <E T="02">For Mixtures</E>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>In addition to the information required for substances:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) The chemical name, CAS number or other unique identifier, and concentration (exact percentage) or concentration ranges of all ingredients which are classified as health hazards in accordance with paragraph (d) of § 1910.1200 and</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">(1) are present above their cut-off/concentration limits; or</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT O="oi3">(2) present a health risk below the cut-off/concentration limits.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            <E T="03">Note: When CAS number is not available or claimed as a trade secret, the preparer must indicate the source of unique identifier.</E>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            (b) The concentration (exact percentage) shall be specified unless a trade secret claim is made in accordance with paragraph (i) of § 1910.1200, when there is batch-to-batch variability in the production of a mixture, or for a group of substantially similar mixtures (
                                            <E T="03">See</E>
                                             A.0.5.1.2) with similar chemical composition. In these cases, concentration ranges may be used.
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            <E T="02">For All Chemicals Where a Trade Secret is Claimed</E>
                                              
                                            <LI>Where a trade secret is claimed in accordance with paragraph (i) of § 1910.1200, a statement that the specific chemical identity, and/or concentration (exact or range) of the composition has been withheld as a trade secret is required. When the concentration or concentration range is withheld as a trade secret, the prescribed concentration ranges used in § 1910.1200(i)(1)(iv)-(vi) must be used.</LI>
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">4. First aid measures</ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            (a) Description of necessary measures, subdivided according to the different routes of exposure, 
                                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                                             inhalation, skin and eye contact, and ingestion;
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(b) Most important symptoms/effects, acute and delayed.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(c) Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed, if necessary.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">5. Fire-fighting measures</ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) Suitable (and unsuitable) extinguishing media.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            (b) Specific hazards arising from the chemical (
                                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                             nature of any hazardous combustion products).
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(c) Special protective equipment and precautions for fire-fighters.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">6. Accidental release measures</ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) Personal precautions, protective equipment, and emergency procedures.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(b) Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">7. Handling and storage</ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) Precautions for safe handling.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(b) Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">8. Exposure controls/personal protection</ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) For all ingredients or constituents listed in Section 3, the OSHA permissible exposure limit (PEL), American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) Threshold Limit Value (TLV), and any other exposure limit or range used or recommended by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer preparing the safety data sheet, where available.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(b) Appropriate engineering controls.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(c) Individual protection measures, such as personal protective equipment.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">9. Physical and chemical properties †</ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) Physical state.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(b) Color.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(c) Odor (includes odor threshold).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(d) Melting point/freezing point.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(e) Boiling point (or initial boiling point or boiling range).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(f) Flammability.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(g) Lower and upper explosion limit/flammability limit.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(h) Flash point.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(i) Auto-ignition temperature.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(j) Decomposition temperature.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(k) pH.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(l) Kinematic viscosity.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(m) Solubility.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(n) Partition coefficient n-octanol/water (log value).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(o) Vapor pressure (includes evaporation rate).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(p) Density and/or relative density.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(q) Relative vapor density.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(r) Particle characteristics.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">10. Stability and reactivity</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) Reactivity;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(b) Chemical stability;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(c) Possibility of hazardous reactions, including those associated with foreseeable emergencies;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            (d) Conditions to avoid (
                                            <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                                            , static discharge, shock, or vibration);
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(e) Incompatible materials;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(f) Hazardous decomposition products.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">11. Toxicological information</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Description of the various toxicological (health) effects and the available data used to identify those effects, including:</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) Information on the likely routes of exposure (inhalation, ingestion, skin, and eye contact);</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(b) Symptoms related to the physical, chemical, and toxicological characteristics;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(c) Delayed and immediate effects and also chronic effects from short- and long-term exposure;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(d) Numerical measures of toxicity (such as acute toxicity estimates);</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(e) Interactive effects; information on interactions should be included if relevant and readily available;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <PRTPAGE P="44461"/>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(f) Whether the hazardous chemical is listed in the National Toxicology Program (NTP) Report on Carcinogens (latest edition) or has been found to be a potential carcinogen in the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) Monographs (latest edition), or by OSHA.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            (g) When specific chemical data or information is not available, the preparer must indicate if alternative information is used and the method used to derive the information (
                                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                                             where the preparer is using information from a class of chemicals rather than the exact chemical in question and using SAR to derive the toxicological information).
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">12. Ecological information (Non-mandatory)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) Ecotoxicity (aquatic and terrestrial, where available);</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(b) Persistence and degradability;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(c) Bioaccumulative potential;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(d) Mobility in soil;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(e) Other adverse effects (such as hazardous to the ozone layer).</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">13. Disposal considerations (Non-mandatory)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Description of waste residues and information on their safe handling and methods of disposal, including the disposal of any contaminated packaging.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">14. Transport information (Non-mandatory)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>(a) UN number;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(b) UN proper shipping name;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(c) Transport hazard class(es);</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(d) Packing group, if applicable;</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>
                                            (e) Environmental hazards (
                                            <E T="03">e.g.</E>
                                            , Marine pollutant (Yes/No));
                                        </ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(f) Transport in bulk (according to IMO instruments</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="22"> </ENT>
                                        <ENT>(g) Special precautions which a user needs to be aware of, or needs to comply with, in connection with transport or conveyance either within or outside their premises</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">15. Regulatory information (Non-mandatory)</ENT>
                                        <ENT>Safety, health and environmental regulations specific for the product in question.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <ROW>
                                        <ENT I="01">16. Other information, including date of preparation or last revision </ENT>
                                        <ENT>The date of preparation of the SDS or the last change to it.</ENT>
                                    </ROW>
                                    <TNOTE>
                                        † 
                                        <E T="03">Note: To determine the appropriate flammable liquid storage container size and type, the boiling point shall be determined by methods specified under § 1910.106(a)(5) and then listed on the SDS. In addition, the manufacturer, importer, and distributor shall clearly note in sections 7 and 9 of the SDS if an alternate calculation was used for storage purposes and the classification for storage differs from the classification listed in section 2 of the SDS.</E>
                                    </TNOTE>
                                </GPOTABLE>
                            </EXTRACT>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                </SUPLINF>
                <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-08568 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
                <BILCOD> BILLING CODE 4510-26-P</BILCOD>
            </RULE>
        </RULES>
    </NEWPART>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>98</NO>
    <DATE>Monday, May 20, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Rules and Regulations</UNITNAME>
    <NEWPART>
        <PTITLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="44463"/>
            <PARTNO>Part V</PARTNO>
            <AGENCY TYPE="P">Department of Energy</AGENCY>
            <CFR>10 CFR Part 431</CFR>
            <TITLE>Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Circulator Pumps; Final Rule</TITLE>
        </PTITLE>
        <RULES>
            <RULE>
                <PREAMB>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44464"/>
                    <AGENCY TYPE="S">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</AGENCY>
                    <CFR>10 CFR Part 431</CFR>
                    <DEPDOC>[EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004]</DEPDOC>
                    <RIN>RIN 1904-AD61</RIN>
                    <SUBJECT>Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Circulator Pumps</SUBJECT>
                    <AGY>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">AGENCY:</HD>
                        <P>Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.</P>
                    </AGY>
                    <ACT>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ACTION:</HD>
                        <P>Final rule.</P>
                    </ACT>
                    <SUM>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">SUMMARY:</HD>
                        <P>The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended (“EPCA”), prescribes energy conservation standards for various consumer products and certain commercial and industrial equipment, including circulator pumps. EPCA also requires the U.S. Department of Energy (“DOE”) to periodically determine whether more-stringent, standards would be technologically feasible and economically justified, and would result in significant energy savings. In this final rule, DOE is adopting new energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. It has determined that the energy conservation standards for this equipment would result in significant conservation of energy, and are technologically feasible and economically justified.</P>
                    </SUM>
                    <EFFDATE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">DATES:</HD>
                        <P>The effective date of this rule is August 5, 2024. Compliance with the standards established for circulator pumps in this final rule is required on and after May 22, 2028.</P>
                    </EFFDATE>
                    <ADD>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">ADDRESSES:</HD>
                        <P>
                            The docket for this rulemaking, which includes 
                            <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                             notices, public meeting attendee lists and transcripts, comments, and other supporting documents/materials, is available for review at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov.</E>
                             All documents in the docket are listed in the 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                             index. However, not all documents listed in the index may be publicly available, such as information that is exempt from public disclosure.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            The docket web page can be found at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004.</E>
                             The docket web page contains instructions on how to access all documents, including public comments, in the docket.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            For further information on how to review the docket, contact the Appliance and Equipment Standards Program staff at (202) 287-1445 or by email: 
                            <E T="03">ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                    </ADD>
                    <FURINF>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:</HD>
                        <P/>
                        <P>
                            Mr. Jeremy Dommu, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-9870. Email: 
                            <E T="03">ApplianceStandardsQuestions@ee.doe.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            Mr. Uchechukwu “Emeka” Eze, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (240) 961-8879. Email: 
                            <E T="03">uchechukwu.eze@hq.doe.gov.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FURINF>
                </PREAMB>
                <SUPLINF>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:</HD>
                    <P/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table of Contents</HD>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">I. Synopsis of the Final Rule</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Impact on Manufacturers</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. National Benefits and Costs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Conclusion</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">II. Introduction</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Authority</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Background</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">III. General Discussion</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. November 2016 CPWG Recommendations</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Energy Conservation Standard Level</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Labeling Requirements</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Certification Reports</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. General Comments</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Equipment Classes and Scope of Coverage</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. CPWG Recommendations</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Scope</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Definitions</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Equipment Classes</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">d. Small Vertical In-Line Pumps</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Test Procedure</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Control Mode</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Technological Feasibility</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. General</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Energy Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Determination of Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Significance of Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Economic Justification</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Specific Criteria</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared To Increase in Price (LCC and PBP)</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Energy Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Equipment</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">f. Need for National Energy Conservation</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">g. Other Factors</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Rebuttable Presumption</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. Compliance Date</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Market and Technology Assessment</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Scope of Coverage and Equipment Classes</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Scope</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Equipment Classes</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Technology Options</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Hydraulic Design</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. More Efficient Motors</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Speed Reduction</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Screening Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Screened-Out Technologies</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Remaining Technologies</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Engineering Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Representative Equipment</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Circulator Pump Varieties</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Efficiency Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Baseline Efficiency</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Higher Efficiency Levels</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. EL Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Cost Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Cost-Efficiency Results</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Manufacturer Markup and Manufacturer Selling Price</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Markups Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Energy Use Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Circulator Pump Applications</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Consumer Samples</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Operating Hours</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Load Profiles</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Equipment Cost</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Installation Cost</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Annual Energy Consumption</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Energy Prices</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Maintenance and Repair Costs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Equipment Lifetime</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. Discount Rates</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Residential</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Commercial</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">9. Payback Period Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Shipments Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. No-New-Standards Case Shipments Projections</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Standards-Case Shipment Projections</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. National Impact Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Equipment Efficiency Trends</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. National Energy Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Net Present Value Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Overview</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Government Regulatory Impact Model and Key Inputs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Manufacturer Production Costs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Shipments Projections</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">K. Emissions Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in DOE's Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas Emissions</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Social Cost of Carbon</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Monetization of Other Emissions Impacts</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">M. Utility Impact Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">N. Employment Impact Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">V. Analytical Results and Conclusions</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Trial Standard Levels</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">
                            b. Direct Impacts on Employment
                            <PRTPAGE P="44465"/>
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. National Impact Analysis</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">a. Significance of Energy Savings</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">c. Indirect Impacts on Employment</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Equipment</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">7. Other Factors</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">8. Summary of Economic Impacts</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Conclusion</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for Circulator Pump Standards</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Adopted Standards</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">1. Need for, and Objectives of, Rule</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">2. Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments in Response to the IRFA</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">3. Description and Estimated Number of Small Entities Affected</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">4. Description of Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance Requirements</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">5. Significant Alternatives Considered and Steps Taken To Minimize Significant Economic Impacts on Small Entities</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">E. Review Under Executive Order 13132</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">F. Review Under Executive Order 12988</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">I. Review Under Executive Order 12630</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">K. Review Under Executive Order 13211</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">L. Information Quality</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP1-2">M. Congressional Notification</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary</FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Synopsis of the Final Rule</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, Public Law 94-163, as amended (“EPCA”),
                        <SU>1</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency of a number of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6291-6317) Title III, Part C of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended (EPCA), established the Energy Conservation Program for Certain Industrial Equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6311-6317) Such equipment includes pumps. Circulator pumps, which are the subject of this rulemaking, are a category of pumps.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>1</SU>
                             All references to EPCA in this document refer to the statute as amended through the Energy Act of 2020, Public Law 116-260 (Dec. 27, 2020), which reflect the last statutory amendments that impact Parts A and A-1 of EPCA.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Pursuant to EPCA, any new energy conservation standard must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that DOE determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) Furthermore, the new standard must result in significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) EPCA also provides that not later than 6 years after issuance of any final rule establishing or amending a standard, DOE must publish either a notice of determination that standards for the equipment do not need to be amended, or a notice of proposed rulemaking including new proposed energy conservation standards (proceeding to a final rule, as appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6295(m))</P>
                    <P>In accordance with these and other statutory provisions discussed in this document, DOE analyzed the benefits and burdens of four trial standard levels (“TSLs”) for circulator pumps. The TSLs and their associated benefits and burdens are discussed in detail in sections V.A through V.C of this document. As discussed in section V.C of this document, DOE has determined that TSL 2 represents the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified. The adopted standards, which are expressed in in terms of a maximum circulator energy index (“CEI”), are shown in Table I.1. These standards apply to all equipment listed in Table I.1 and manufactured in, or imported into, the United States starting on May 22, 2028.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="49">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.000</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>As stated in section III.D.1 of this document, the established standards apply to circulator pumps when operated using the least consumptive control variety with which they are equipped.</P>
                    <P>
                        CEI is defined as shown in equation (1), and consistent 
                        <SU>2</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         with section 41.5.3.2 of HI 41.5-2022, “Hydraulic Institute Program Guideline for Circulator Pump Energy Rating Program.” 
                        <SU>3</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         87 FR 57264.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>2</SU>
                             HI 41.5-2022 uses the term CER
                            <E T="52">REF</E>
                             for the analogous concept. In the September 2022 TP Final Rule, DOE discussed this decision to instead use CER
                            <E T="52">STD</E>
                             in the context of Federal energy conservation standards.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>3</SU>
                             HI 41.5-2022 provides additional instructions for testing circulator pumps to determine an Energy Rating value for different circulator pump control varieties.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="56">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.001</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">CEI = the circulator energy index (dimensionless);</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">CER = circulator energy rating (hp); and</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            CER
                            <E T="52">STD</E>
                             = for a circulator pump that is minimally compliant with DOE's energy conservation standards with the same hydraulic horsepower as the tested pump.
                        </FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        The value of CER varies according to the circulator pump control variety of the tested pump, but in all cases is a function of measured pump input power when operated under certain conditions, as described in the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44466"/>
                        September 2022 TP Final Rule. 87 FR 57264.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Relatedly, CER
                        <E T="52">STD</E>
                         represents CER for a circulator pump that is minimally compliant with DOE's energy conservation standards with the same hydraulic horsepower as the tested pump, as determined in accordance with the specifications at paragraph (i) of 10 CFR 431.465. 87 FR 57264.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers</HD>
                    <P>
                        Table I.2 summarizes DOE's evaluation of the economic impacts of the adopted standards on consumers of circulator pumps, as measured by the average life-cycle cost (“LCC”) savings and the simple payback period (“PBP”).
                        <SU>4</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The average LCC savings are positive for all equipment classes, and the PBP is less than the average lifetime of circulator pumps, which is estimated to be 10.5 years (
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         section IV.F.6 of this document).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>4</SU>
                             The average LCC savings refer to consumers that are affected by a standard and are measured relative to the efficiency distribution in the no-new-standards case, which depicts the market in the compliance year in the absence of new standards (
                            <E T="03">see</E>
                             section IV.F.9 of this document). The simple PBP, which is designed to compare specific efficiency levels, is measured relative to the baseline product (
                            <E T="03">see</E>
                             section IV.C of this document).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="61">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.002</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>DOE's analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on consumers is described in section IV.F of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Impact on Manufacturers</HD>
                    <P>The industry net present value (“INPV”) is the sum of the discounted cash flows to the industry from the base year through the end of the analysis period (2024-2057). Using a real discount rate of 9.6 percent, DOE estimates that the INPV for manufacturers of circulator pumps in the case without new standards is $347.1 million in 2022$. Under the adopted standards, DOE estimates the change in INPV to range from −19.9 percent to 3.2 percent, which is approximately −$69.2 million to $11.1 million. In order to bring equipment into compliance with new standards, it is estimated that industry will incur total conversion costs of $81.2 million.</P>
                    <P>DOE's analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on manufacturers is described in sections IV.J and V.B.2 of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">
                        C. National Benefits and Costs 
                        <E T="01">
                            <SU>5</SU>
                        </E>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </HD>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>5</SU>
                             All monetary values in this document are expressed in 2022 dollars. and, where appropriate, are discounted to 2024 unless explicitly stated otherwise.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE's analyses indicate that the adopted energy conservation standards for circulator pumps would save a significant amount of energy. Relative to the case without new standards, the lifetime energy savings for circulator pumps purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with the new standards (2028-2057), amount to 0.55 quadrillion British thermal units (“Btu”), or quads.
                        <SU>6</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         This represents a savings of 32.6 percent relative to the energy use of these equipment in the case without new standards (referred to as the “no-new-standards case”).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>6</SU>
                             The quantity refers to full-fuel-cycle (FFC) energy savings. FFC energy savings includes the energy consumed in extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             coal, natural gas, petroleum fuels), and, thus, presents a more complete picture of the impacts of energy efficiency standards. For more information on the FFC metric, see section IV.H.2 of this document.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The cumulative net present value (“NPV”) of total consumer benefits of the standards for circulator pumps ranges from 0.95 billion in 2022$ (at a 7-percent discount rate) to 2.34 billion in 2022$ (at a 3-percent discount rate). This NPV expresses the estimated total value of future operating-cost savings minus the estimated increased equipment and installation costs for circulator pumps purchased in 2028-2057.</P>
                    <P>
                        In addition, the adopted standards for circulator pumps are projected to yield significant environmental benefits. DOE estimates that the standards will result in cumulative emission reductions (over the same period as for energy savings) of 10.04 million metric tons (“Mt”) 
                        <SU>7</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         of carbon dioxide (“CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        ”), 2.95 thousand tons of sulfur dioxide (“SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        ”), 18.65 thousand tons of nitrogen oxides (“NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        ”), 83.84 thousand tons of methane (“CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        ”), 0.10 thousand tons of nitrous oxide (“N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O”), and 0.02 tons of mercury (“Hg”).
                        <SU>8</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>7</SU>
                             A metric ton is equivalent to 1.1 short tons. Results for emissions other than CO
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             are presented in short tons.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>8</SU>
                             DOE calculated emissions reductions relative to the no-new-standards-case, which reflects key assumptions in the 
                            <E T="03">Annual Energy Outlook 2023</E>
                             (
                            <E T="03">“AEO2023”</E>
                            ). 
                            <E T="03">AEO2023</E>
                             reflects, to the extent possible, laws and regulations adopted through mid-November 2022, including the Inflation Reduction Act. See section IV.K of this document for further discussion of 
                            <E T="03">AEO2023</E>
                             assumptions that affect air pollutant emissions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE estimates the value of climate benefits from a reduction in greenhouse gases (“GHG”) using four different estimates of the social cost of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         (“SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        ”), the social cost of methane (“SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        ”), and the social cost of nitrous oxide (“SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O”). Together these represent the social cost of GHG (“SC-GHG”). DOE used interim SC-GHG values (in terms of benefit per ton of GHG avoided) developed by an Interagency Working Group on the Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases (“IWG”).
                        <SU>9</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The derivation of these values is discussed in section IV.L of this document. For presentational purposes, the climate benefits associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate are estimated to be $0.59 billion. DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate and it emphasizes the importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG estimates. DOE notes, however, that the adopted standards would be economically justified even without inclusion of monetized benefits of reduced GHG emissions.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>9</SU>
                             To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the 
                            <E T="03">Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990</E>
                             published in February 2021 by the IWG. (“February 2021 SC-GHG TSD”). 
                            <E T="03">www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/TechnicalSupportDocument_SocialCostofCarbonMethaneNitrousOxide.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE estimated the monetary health benefits of SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions reductions, using benefit per ton estimates from the Environmental 
                    </P>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44467"/>
                    <FP>
                        Protection Agency,
                        <SU>10</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         as discussed in section IV.L of this document. DOE estimated the present value of the health benefits would be $0.51 billion using a 7-percent discount rate, and $1.16 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
                        <SU>11</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE is currently only monetizing health benefits from changes in ambient fine particulate matter (PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                        ) concentrations from two precursors (SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        ), and from changes in ambient ozone from one precursor (for NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        ), but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from reductions in direct PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                         emissions.
                    </FP>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>10</SU>
                             U.S. EPA. Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing Directly Emitted PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                            , PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                             Precursors and Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors. Available at 
                            <E T="03">www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-ton-reducing-pm25-precursors-21-sectors.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>11</SU>
                             DOE estimates the economic value of these emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs for the purpose of complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Table I.3 summarizes the monetized benefits and costs expected to result from the new standards for circulator pumps. There are other important unquantified effects, including certain unquantified climate benefits, unquantified public health benefits from the reduction of toxic air pollutants and other emissions, unquantified energy security benefits, and distributional effects, among others.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44468"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.003</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="216">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44469"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.004</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        The benefits and costs of the proposed standards can also be expressed in terms of annualized values. The monetary values for the total annualized net benefits are (1) the reduced consumer operating costs, minus (2) the increase in equipment purchase prices and installation costs, plus (3) the value of climate and health benefits of emission reductions, all annualized.
                        <SU>12</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>12</SU>
                             To convert the time-series of costs and benefits into annualized values, DOE calculated a present value in 2024, the year used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings. For the benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated with each year's shipments in the year in which the shipments occur (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             2020 or 2030), and then discounted the present value from each year to 2024. Using the present value, DOE then calculated the fixed annual payment over a 30-year period, starting in the compliance year, that yields the same present value.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The national operating cost savings are domestic private U.S. consumer monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the covered equipment and are measured for the lifetime of circulator pumps shipped in 2028-2057. The benefits associated with reduced emissions achieved as a result of the adopted standards are also calculated based on the lifetime of circulator pumps shipped in 2028-2057. Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average GHG social costs with 3-percent discount rate. Estimates of SC-GHG values are presented for all four discount rates in section V.B.6 of this document.</P>
                    <P>Table I.4 presents the total estimated monetized benefits and costs associated with the proposed standard, expressed in terms of annualized values. The results under the primary estimate are as follows.</P>
                    <P>
                        Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and health benefits from reduced NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions,
                        <SU>13</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         the estimated cost of the standards adopted in this rule is $113.9 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $207.5 million in reduced equipment operating costs, $32.7 million in climate benefits, and $50.7 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit would amount to $177.0 million per year.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>13</SU>
                             As discussed in section IV.L.1 of this document, DOE agrees with the IWG that using consumption-based discount rates (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             3 percent) is appropriate when discounting the value of climate impacts. Combining climate effects discounted at an appropriate consumption-based discount rate with other costs and benefits discounted at a capital-based rate (
                            <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                             7 percent) is reasonable because of the different nature of the types of benefits being measured.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated cost of the standards is $109.4 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $239.7 million in reduced operating costs, $32.7 million in climate benefits, and $64.7 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit would amount to $227.7 million per year.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44470"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.005</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="274">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44471"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.006</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>DOE's analysis of the national impacts of the adopted standards is described in sections IV.H, IV.K and IV.L of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Conclusion</HD>
                    <P>DOE concludes that the standards adopted in this final rule represent the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified, and would result in the significant conservation of energy. Specifically, with regards to technological feasibility, equipment achieving these standard levels is already commercially available for all equipment in the single product class covered by this final rule. As for economic justification, DOE's analysis shows that the benefits of the standards exceed, to a great extent, the burdens of the standards.</P>
                    <P>
                        Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         reduction benefits, and a 3-percent discount rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the standards for circulator pumps is $113.9 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $207.5 million in reduced equipment operating costs, $32.7 million in climate benefits, and $50.7 million in health benefits. The net benefit amounts to $177.0 million per year. DOE notes that the net benefits are substantial even in the absence of the climate benefits 
                        <SU>14</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and DOE would adopt the same standards in the absence of such benefits.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>14</SU>
                             The information on climate benefits is provided in compliance with Executive Order 12866.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The significance of energy savings offered by a new energy conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of the specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking.
                        <SU>15</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For example, some covered equipment have most of their energy consumption occur during periods of peak energy demand. The impacts of these equipment on the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than equipment with relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates the significance of energy savings on a case-by-case basis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>15</SU>
                             Procedures, Interpretations, and Policies for Consideration in New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards and Test Procedures for Consumer Products and Commercial/Industrial Equipment, 86 FR 70892, 70901 (Dec. 13, 2021).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As previously mentioned, the standards are projected to result in estimated national energy savings of 0.55 quad FFC, the equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 5.9 million homes. In addition, they are projected to reduce CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions by 10.04 Mt. Based on these findings, DOE has determined the energy savings from the standard levels adopted in this final rule are “significant” within the meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B). A more detailed discussion of the basis for these conclusions is contained in the remainder of this document and the accompanying TSD.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Introduction</HD>
                    <P>The following section briefly discusses the statutory authority underlying this final rule, as well as some of the relevant historical background related to the establishment of standards for circulator pumps.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Authority</HD>
                    <P>EPCA authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency of a number of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. Title III, Part C of EPCA, added by Public Law 95-619, Title IV, section 441(a), established the Energy Conservation Program for Certain Industrial Equipment, which sets forth a variety of provisions designed to improve energy efficiency. This equipment includes pumps, the subject of this rulemaking. (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(A))</P>
                    <P>EPCA further provides that, not later than 6 years after the issuance of any final rule establishing or amending a standard, DOE must publish either a notice of determination that standards for the equipment do not need to be amended, or a notice of proposed rulemaking (“NOPR”) including new proposed energy conservation standards (proceeding to a final rule, as appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(1))</P>
                    <P>
                        The energy conservation program under EPCA consists essentially of four 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44472"/>
                        parts: (1) testing, (2) labeling, (3) the establishment of Federal energy conservation standards, and (4) certification and enforcement procedures. Relevant provisions of EPCA include definitions (42 U.S.C. 6311), test procedures (42 U.S.C. 6314), labeling provisions (42 U.S.C. 6315), energy conservation standards (42 U.S.C. 6313), and the authority to require information and reports from manufacturers (42 U.S.C. 6316).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Federal energy efficiency requirements for covered equipment established under EPCA generally supersede State laws and regulations concerning energy conservation testing, labeling, and standards. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a) and 42 U.S.C. 6316(b); 42 U.S.C. 6297) DOE may, however, grant waivers of Federal preemption in limited instances for particular State laws or regulations, in accordance with the procedures and other provisions set forth under EPCA. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         42 U.S.C. 6316(a) (applying the preemption waiver provisions of 42 U.S.C. 6297))
                    </P>
                    <P>Subject to certain criteria and conditions, DOE is required to develop test procedures to measure the energy efficiency, energy use, or estimated annual operating cost of all covered equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(A) and (r)) Manufacturers of covered equipment must use the Federal test procedures as the basis for: (1) certifying to DOE that their equipment complies with the applicable energy conservation standards adopted pursuant to EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(s)), and (2) making representations about the efficiency of that equipment (42 U.S.C. 6314(d)). Similarly, DOE must use these test procedures to determine whether the equipment complies with relevant standards promulgated under EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(s)) The DOE test procedures for circulator pumps appear at title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (“CFR”) part 431, subpart Y, appendix D.</P>
                    <P>DOE must follow specific statutory criteria for prescribing new standards for covered equipment, including circulator pumps. Any new standard for covered equipment must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that the Secretary of Energy determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) Furthermore, DOE may not adopt any standard that would not result in the significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3))</P>
                    <P>
                        Moreover, DOE may not prescribe a standard (1) for certain equipment, including circulator pumps, if no test procedure has been established for the equipment, or (2) if DOE determines by rule that the standard is not technologically feasible or economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(A)-(B)) In deciding whether a proposed standard is economically justified, DOE must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE must make this determination after receiving comments on the proposed standard, and by considering, to the greatest extent practicable, the following seven statutory factors:
                    </P>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <P>(1) The economic impact of the standard on manufacturers and consumers of the equipment subject to the standard;</P>
                        <P>(2) The savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average life of the covered equipment in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price, initial charges, or maintenance expenses for the covered equipment that are likely to result from the standard;</P>
                        <P>(3) The total projected amount of energy (or as applicable, water) savings likely to result directly from the standard;</P>
                        <P>(4) Any lessening of the utility or the performance of the covered equipment likely to result from the standard;</P>
                        <P>(5) The impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from the standard;</P>
                        <P>(6) The need for national energy and water conservation; and</P>
                        <P>(7) Other factors the Secretary of Energy (“Secretary”) considers relevant.</P>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <FP>(42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)-(VII))</FP>
                    <P>Further, EPCA, as codified, establishes a rebuttable presumption that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing equipment complying with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three times the value of the energy savings during the first year that the consumer will receive as a result of the standard, as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii))</P>
                    <P>EPCA, as codified, also contains what is known as an “anti-backsliding” provision, which prevents the Secretary from prescribing any new standard that either increases the maximum allowable energy use or decreases the minimum required energy efficiency of covered equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1)) Also, the Secretary may not prescribe a new standard if interested persons have established by a preponderance of the evidence that the standard is likely to result in the unavailability in the United States in any covered equipment type (or class) of performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those generally available in the United States. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4))</P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, EPCA specifies requirements when promulgating an energy conservation standard for covered equipment that has two or more subcategories. DOE must specify a different standard level for a type or class of equipment that has the same function or intended use if DOE determines that equipment within such group (A) consumes a different kind of energy from that consumed by other covered equipment within such type (or class); or (B) has a capacity or other performance-related feature which other equipment within such type (or class) does not have and such feature justifies a higher or lower standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1)) In determining whether a performance-related feature justifies a different standard for a group of equipment, DOE must consider such factors as the utility to the consumer of such a feature and other factors DOE deems appropriate. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Any rule prescribing such a standard must include an explanation of the basis on which such higher or lower level was established. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(2))
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Background</HD>
                    <P>As stated, EPCA includes “pumps” among the industrial equipment listed as “covered equipment” for the purpose of Part A-1, although EPCA does not define the term “pump.” (42 U.S.C. 6311(1)(A)) In a final rule published January 25, 2016, DOE established a definition for “pump,” definitions associated with pumps, and test procedures for certain pumps. 81 FR 4086, 4090 (“January 2016 TP Final Rule”). “Pump” is defined as “equipment designed to move liquids (which may include entrained gases, free solids, and totally dissolved solids) by physical or mechanical action and includes a bare pump and, if included by the manufacturer at the time of sale, mechanical equipment, driver, and controls.” 10 CFR 431.462. Circulator pumps fall within this definition. The specific pump categories subject to the test procedures described in the January 2016 TP Final Rule are referred to as “general pumps” in this document. Circulator pumps were not included as general pumps.</P>
                    <P>
                        In general, and relative to pumps at-large, circulator pumps tend to be toward the smaller end of the range of both power and hydraulic head. Circulated fluid would not require a net elevation gain, and thus the required 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44473"/>
                        head is that associated with the resistance of the hydraulic circuit. A circulator pump, by definition, is a pump that is either a wet rotor circulator pump; a dry rotor, two-piece circulator pump; or a dry rotor, three-piece circulator pump. A circulator pump may be distributed in commerce with or without a volute.
                    </P>
                    <P>The January 2016 TP Final Rule implemented the recommendations of the Commercial and Industrial Pump Working Group (“CIPWG”), established through the Appliance Standards Rulemaking Federal Advisory Committee (“ASRAC”) to negotiate standards and a test procedure for general pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0039) The CIPWG and ASRAC approved a term sheet containing recommendations to DOE that included initiation of a separate rulemaking for circulator pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0039, No. 92, Recommendation #5A at p. 2)</P>
                    <P>On February 3, 2016, DOE issued a notice of intent to establish a working group to negotiate a NOPR for energy conservation standards for circulator pumps, to negotiate, if possible, Federal standards and a test procedure for circulator pumps, and to announce the first public meeting. 81 FR 5658. The members of the Circulator Pump Working Group (“CPWG”), which was established under the ASRAC, were selected to ensure a broad and balanced array of interested parties and expertise, including representatives from efficiency advocacy organizations and manufacturers. Additionally, one member from ASRAC and one DOE representative were part of the CPWG. Table II.1 lists the 15 members of the CPWG and their affiliations.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="203">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.007</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>The CPWG commenced negotiations at an open meeting on March 29, 2016, and held six additional meetings to discuss scope, metric, and the test procedure. The CPWG concluded its negotiations for test procedure topics on September 7, 2016, with a consensus vote to approve a term sheet containing recommendations to DOE on scope, definitions, metric, and the basis of the test procedure (“September 2016 CPWG Recommendations”). The September 2016 CPWG Recommendations are available in the CPWG docket. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 58)</P>
                    <P>
                        The CPWG continued to meet to address potential energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. Those meetings were held November 3-4, 2016, and November 29-30, 2016, with approval of a second term sheet (“November 2016 CPWG Recommendations”) containing CPWG recommendations related to energy conservation standards, applicable test procedure, labeling, and certification requirements for circulator pumps (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98). Whereas the September 2016 CPWG Recommendations are discussed in the September 2022 TP Final Rule, the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations are summarized in section III.A of this document. In a meeting held December 22, 2016, ASRAC voted unanimously to approve the September 2016 and November 2016 CPWG Recommendations. (Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0005, No. 91 at p. 2) 
                        <SU>16</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>16</SU>
                             All references in this document to the approved recommendations included in 2016 Term Sheets are noted with the recommendation number and a citation to the appropriate document in the CPWG docket (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. X, Recommendation #Y at p. Z). References to discussions or suggestions of the CPWG not found in the 2016 Term Sheets include a citation to meeting transcripts and the commenter, if applicable (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, [Organization], No. X at p. Y).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In a letter dated June 9, 2017, the Hydraulic Institute (“HI”) expressed its support for the process that DOE initiated regarding circulator pumps and encouraged the publishing of a NOPR and a final rule by the end of 2017. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, HI, No. 103 at p. 1) DOE took no actions regarding circulator pumps between 2017 and 2020. In response to an early assessment review request for information (“RFI”) published September 28, 2020, regarding the existing test procedures for general pumps (85 FR 60734, “September 2020 Early Assessment RFI”), HI commented that it continues to support the recommendations from the CPWG. (Docket No. EERE-2020-BT-TP-0032, HI, No. 6 at p. 1) The Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance (“NEEA”) also referenced the September 2016 CPWG Recommendations and recommended that DOE adopt test procedures for circulator pumps in the pumps rulemaking or a separate rulemaking. (Docket No. EERE-2020-BT-TP-0032, NEEA, No. 8 at p. 8)</P>
                    <P>On May 7, 2021, DOE published a request for information related to test procedures and energy conservation standards for circulator pumps and received comments from the interested parties. 86 FR 24516 (“May 2021 RFI”).</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE published a NOPR for the test procedure on December 20, 2021, presenting DOE's proposals to establish 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44474"/>
                        a circulator pump test procedure (“December 2021 TP NOPR”). 86 FR 72096. DOE held a public meeting related to this NOPR on February 2, 2022. DOE published a final rule for the test procedure on September 19, 2022 (“September 2022 TP Final Rule”). The test procedure final rule established definitions, testing methods and a performance metric, requirements regarding sampling and representations of energy consumption and certain other metrics, and enforcement provisions for circulator pumps.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE published an energy conservation standard NOPR on December 6, 2022. 87 FR 74850 (“December 2022 NOPR”). DOE held a public meeting related to the December 2022 NOPR on January 19, 2023 (“NOPR public meeting”).</P>
                    <P>DOE received comments in response to the December 2022 NOPR from the interested parties listed in Table II.2.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="367">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.008</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        A parenthetical reference at the end of a comment quotation or paraphrase provides the location of the item in the public record.
                        <SU>17</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         To the extent that interested parties have provided written comments that are substantively consistent with any oral comments provided during the NOPR public meeting, DOE cites the written comments throughout this final rule. Any oral comments provided during the NOPR public meeting that are not substantively addressed by written comments are summarized and cited separately throughout this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>17</SU>
                             The parenthetical reference provides a reference for information located in the docket of DOE's rulemaking to develop energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, which is maintained at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov</E>
                            ). The references are arranged as follows: (commenter name, comment docket ID number, page of that document).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">III. General Discussion</HD>
                    <P>DOE developed this final rule after considering oral and written comments, data, and information from interested parties that represent a variety of interests. The following discussion addresses issues raised by these commenters.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. November 2016 CPWG Recommendations</HD>
                    <P>As discussed in section II.B of this document, the CPWG approved two term sheets which represented the group's consensus recommendations. The second term sheet, referred to in this final rule as the “November 2016 CPWG Recommendations” contained the CPWG's recommendations related to energy conservation standards, applicable test procedure, labeling, and certification requirements for circulator pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98) The standards established in this final rule closely mirror the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations, which are summarized in this section.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the December 2022 NOPR, the CA IOUs provided comments that supported DOE's alignment of the proposed regulations and the CPWG's consensus November term sheet. (CA IOUs, No. 133 at pp. 1-2) HI stated they support the recommendations agreed upon by the CPWG. (HI, No. 135 at p. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44475"/>
                        1) HI acknowledged DOE has incorporated the appropriate sections for the testing and rating of circulator pumps. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Energy Conservation Standard Level</HD>
                    <P>
                        The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations recommended that each circulator pump be required to meet an applicable minimum efficiency standard. Specifically, the recommendation was that each pump must have a CEI 
                        <SU>18</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         of less than or equal to 1.00. Among the numbered efficiency levels (“ELs”) considered by the CPWG as potential standard levels, the agreed level was EL 2, 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         a CEI less than or equal to 1.00 (“Recommendation #1”).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>18</SU>
                             The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations predated establishment of the current metric, called “CEI,” and instead used the analogous term “PEI
                            <E T="52">CIRC</E>
                            ”. In the December 2021 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to adopt the “CEI” nomenclature instead based, in part, on comments received, to remain consistent with terminology used in HI 41.5 and to avoid potential confusion. After receiving favorable comments on its proposal, DOE adopted the CEI nomenclature in the September 2022 TP Final Rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In response to the December 2022 NOPR, NEEA/NWPCC supported the proposed rulemaking, specifically the proposed adoption of TSL 2. (NEEA/NWPCC, No. 134 at pp. 3-4) In the December 2022 NOPR DOE defined EL 2 and TSL 2 at the same standard level, which is consistent with this final rule, as discussed in section V.B.2 of this document. 87 FR 74850, 74895. NYSERDA supported the proposed adoption of TSL 2 as well, due to the number of multifamily buildings in New York City being higher than the national average. (NYSERDA, No. 130 at p. 4) NYSERDA commented that circulator pumps likely operate more in any given year in places such as New York City and they may see more energy savings than the NOPR proposed. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         The CA IOUs also supported DOE's development of energy conservation standards based on the consensus recommendations and supported adoption of the proposed TSL 2 recommendation. (CA IOUs, No. 133 at p. 1)
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE did not receive any comments that did not support the CPWG-recommended standard level for circulator pumps in response to the December 2022 NOPR. Accordingly, and as described in section V.C.1 of this document, DOE, in this final rule, is adopting energy conservation standards for circulator pumps at TSL 2.</P>
                    <P>CEI was defined in the September 2022 TP Final Rule consistent with the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations as shown in equation (2), and consistent with section 41.5.3.2 of HI 41.5-2022. 87 FR 57264.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="56">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.009</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">CER = circulator energy rating (hp); and</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            CER
                            <E T="52">STD</E>
                             = circulator energy rating for a minimally compliant circulator pump serving the same hydraulic load as the tested pump.
                        </FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <P>The value of CER varies according to the circulator pump control variety of the tested pump, but in all cases is a function of measured pump input power when operated under certain conditions, as described in the September 2022 TP Final Rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        Relatedly, CER
                        <E T="52">STD</E>
                         represents CER for a hypothetical circulator pump, as a function of hydraulic power, that is minimally compliant with DOE's energy conservation standards, as determined in accordance with the specifications at paragraph (i) of § 431.465. 87 FR 57264. Conceptually, it is a curve that provides a value of pump input power for any hydraulic output power. Energy conservation standards could equivalently have been formulated to direct that a circulator pump must carry a CER less than the value of CER
                        <E T="52">STD</E>
                         at its particular hydraulic output power. Defining CEI as a ratio of CER and CER
                        <E T="52">STD</E>
                         serves to normalize the energy conservation standard, allowing it to assume a fixed numerical value regardless of hydraulic output power, which has the advantage of simplicity and better comparability among different pump models.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations contained a proposed method for calculating CER
                        <E T="52">STD</E>
                        .
                        <SU>19</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The equation represents a summation of weighted input powers at each part load test point. The part load test points are set at 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% of the flow at best efficiency point (“BEP”). Each test point is weighted based on the controls used for testing. This equation is shown in equation (3):
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>19</SU>
                             The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations predated establishment of the current term “CER
                            <E T="52">STD</E>
                            ” and instead used the analogous term “PER
                            <E T="52">CIRC,STD</E>
                            ”. In the December 2021 TP NOPR, DOE proposed to adopt the “CER
                            <E T="52">STD</E>
                            ” nomenclature instead of “PER
                            <E T="52">CIRC,STD</E>
                            ” because DOE believed that CER
                            <E T="52">STD</E>
                             was more reflective of Federal energy conservation standards. After receiving no opposition on its proposal, DOE adopted the CER
                            <E T="52">STD</E>
                             nomenclature in the September 2022 TP Final Rule.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="58">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.010</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            ω
                            <E T="52">i</E>
                             = weight at each test point i, specified in Recommendation #2B;
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            P
                            <E T="52">i</E>
                            <SU>in,STD</SU>
                             = reference power input to the circulator pump driver at test point i, calculated using the equations and method specified in Recommendation #2C; and
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">i = test point(s), defined as 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% of the flow at BEP.</FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <P>Recommendation #2B of the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations specified a weighting factor of 25% for each respective test point i. (“Recommendation #2B”).</P>
                    <P>
                        The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations also included (“Recommendation #2C”) a 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44476"/>
                        recommended reference input power, P
                        <E T="52">i</E>
                        <SU>in,STD</SU>
                        , as described in equation (4).
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="63">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.011</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            <E T="03">P</E>
                            <E T="52">u,i</E>
                             = tested hydraulic power output of the pump being rated at test point i, in hp;
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            η
                            <E T="52">WTW,100</E>
                            <E T="0112">%</E>
                             = reference BEP circulator pump efficiency at the recommended standard level (%), calculated using the equations and values specified in Recommendation #2D;
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            α
                            <E T="52">i</E>
                             = part-load efficiency factor at each test point i, specified in Recommendation #2E; and
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">i = test point(s), defined as 25%, 50%, 75%, and 100% of the flow at BEP.</FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations also included a reference efficiency at BEP at the CPWG-recommended standard level, η
                        <E T="52">WTW,100</E>
                        <E T="0112">%</E>
                         (“Recommendation #2D”), which varies by circulator pump hydraulic output power.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Specifically, for circulator pumps with BEP hydraulic output power P
                        <E T="52">u,100</E>
                        <E T="0112">%</E>
                         &lt;1 hp, the reference efficiency at BEP (η
                        <E T="52">WTW,100</E>
                        <E T="0112">%</E>
                        ) should be determined using equation (5):
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="42">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.012</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            η
                            <E T="52">WTW,100</E>
                            <E T="0112">%</E>
                             = reference BEP pump efficiency at the recommended standard level (%); and
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                              
                            <E T="03">P</E>
                            <E T="52">u,100</E>
                            <E T="0112">%</E>
                             = tested hydraulic power output of the pump being rated at BEP (hp).
                        </FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <P>For the CPWG-recommended standard level, the constants A, B, and C used in equation 5 would have the values listed in Table III.1.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="42">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.013</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        For circulator pumps with BEP hydraulic output power P
                        <E T="52">u,100</E>
                        <E T="0112">%</E>
                         ≥1 hp, the reference efficiency at BEP (η
                        <E T="52">WTW,100</E>
                        <E T="0112">%</E>
                        ) would have a constant value of 67.79.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Additionally, the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations included a part-load efficiency factor (α
                        <E T="52">i</E>
                        , as appears in equation (4)), which varies according to test point (“Recommendation #2E). Specifically, α
                        <E T="52">i</E>
                         would have the values listed in Table III.2.
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>20</SU>
                             The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations did not explicitly include a value for the part-load efficiency factor, α
                            <E T="52">i</E>
                            , in Recommendation #2E. Nonetheless, Recommendation #2C makes clear that a value for α
                            <E T="52">i</E>
                             is required to calculate reference input power, which calls for a value at test point i=100%. DOE infers the omission of α
                            <E T="52">100</E>
                            <E T="0112">%</E>
                             from Recommendation #2E to reflect that i=100% corresponds to full-load, and thus implies no part-load-driven reduction in efficiency and, by extension, a load coefficient of unity. DOE is making this assumption that α
                            <E T="52">100</E>
                            <E T="0112">%</E>
                             = 1 explicit by including it in this table, which is otherwise identical to that of Recommendation #2E.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="71">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.014</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>This CPWG-recommended equation structure is used to characterize the standard level established in this final rule, with certain inconsequential changes to variable names.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Labeling Requirements</HD>
                    <P>
                        Under EPCA, DOE has certain authority to establish labeling requirements for covered equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6315) The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations contained one recommendation regarding labeling requirements, which was to include both model number and CEI 
                        <SU>21</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         on the circulator nameplate. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98, Recommendation #3 at p. 4)
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>21</SU>
                             The CPWG recommended that “PEI” be included in a potential labeling requirement which, as described previously, is analogous to CEI.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44477"/>
                    <P>In response to the December 2022 NOPR, HI recommended that DOE establish label requirements for circulator pumps in this rulemaking that only include the basic model number and CEI, as agreed to by the CPWG. (HI, No. 135 at p. 6) DOE did not receive any other comments regarding the establishment of labeling requirements for circulator pumps.</P>
                    <P>DOE is considering establishing labeling requirements for circulator pumps in a separate rulemaking and is carefully evaluating the potential benefits of establishing labeling requirements as explained by HI. Accordingly, in this final rule, DOE is not establishing specific labeling requirements for circulator pumps, but DOE may consider such requirements for circulator pumps, including those recommended by the CPWG, in a separate rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Certification Reports</HD>
                    <P>Under EPCA, DOE has the authority to require information and reports from manufacturers with respect to the energy efficiency or energy use. (42 U.S.C. 6316; 42 U.S.C. 6296).</P>
                    <P>The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations contained one recommendation regarding certification reporting requirements. Specifically, the CPWG recommended that the following information should be included in both certification reports and the public Compliance Certification Management System (“CCMS”) database:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Manufacturer name</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Model number</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        • CEI 
                        <SU>22</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </FP>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>22</SU>
                             CEI had not been established at the time of the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations, which instead referred to this value as “PEI
                            <E T="52">CIRC</E>
                            ”.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Flow (in gallons per minute) and head (in feet) at BEP</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Tested control setting</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Input power at measured data points</FP>
                    <FP>(Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98, Recommendation #4 at p. 4)</FP>
                    <P>
                        The aforementioned CPWG recommendation also included that certain additional information be permitted but not mandatorily included in both certification reports and the public CCMS database. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98 Recommendation #4 at p. 4) These additional options are: true root mean square (“RMS”) current, true RMS voltage, real power, and resultant power factor at measured data points. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the December 2022 NOPR proposal to require a pump operating in the least consumptive control mode when meeting compliance with energy conservation standards for circulator pumps, the CA IOUs noted that the most consumptive performance of circulator products indicates the product's combined motor and hydraulic efficiency without controls, providing helpful information to consumers and the regulatory process. (CA IOUs, No. 133 at p. 2) They encouraged DOE to support voluntary reporting of this performance data to inform future rulemakings. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE is not establishing certification or reporting, voluntary or mandatory, requirements for circulator pumps in this final rule. Instead, DOE may consider proposals to address amendments to the certification requirements and reporting for circulator pumps under a separate rulemaking regarding appliance and equipment certification. Further information on this voluntary reporting of performance in various control modes is discussed in section III.D.1 of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. General Comments</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE received a single general comment from an interested party regarding rulemaking timing and process. Specifically, ASAP 
                        <E T="03">et al.</E>
                         commented in response to the December 2022 NOPR that they supported DOE's proposed rulemaking for circulator pumps. (ASAP 
                        <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                         No. 131 at p. 1)
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Equipment Classes and Scope of Coverage</HD>
                    <P>When evaluating and establishing energy conservation standards, DOE divides covered equipment into equipment classes by the type of energy used or by capacity or other performance-related features that justify differing standards. In determining whether a performance-related feature justifies a different standard, DOE must consider such factors as the utility of the feature to the consumer and other factors DOE determines are appropriate. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q))</P>
                    <P>This final rule covers equipment that meets the definition of “circulator pumps,” as codified at 10 CFR 431.462, which is consistent with the September 2016 CPWG Recommendations. DOE identified no basis to change the scope of energy conservation standards for circulator pumps relative to the scope of test procedures adopted in the September 2022 Final Rule. Accordingly, in this final rule, DOE is aligning the scope of energy conservation standards for circulator pumps with that of the circulator pumps test procedure. 87 FR 57264. Specifically, this final rule is applying energy conservation standards to all circulator pumps that are also clean water pumps, including on-demand circulator pumps and circulators-less-volute, and excluding submersible pumps and header pumps. Comments related to scope are discussed and considered in the test procedure final rule.</P>
                    <P>Both of these proposals—scope and equipment classes—match the recommendations of the CPWG, which are summarized in this section. They are discussed further in section IV.A.1 of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. CPWG Recommendations</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Scope</HD>
                    <P>The September 2016 CPWG Recommendations addressed the scope of a circulator pumps rulemaking. Specifically, the CPWG recommended that the scope of a circulator pumps test procedure and energy conservation standards cover clean water pumps (as defined at 10 CFR 431.462) distributed in commerce with or without a volute and that are one of the following categories: wet rotor circulator pumps, dry-rotor close-coupled circulator pumps, and dry-rotor mechanically coupled circulator pumps. The CPWG also recommended that the scope exclude submersible pumps and header pumps. 86 FR 24516, 24520. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 58, Recommendations #1A, 2A, and 2B at pp. 1-2) As previously stated, the scope of this rule aligns with the scope recommended by the CPWG, consistent with the September 2022 TP Final Rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Definitions</HD>
                    <P>The CPWG also recommended several definitions relevant to scope. DOE notes that, generally, definitions recommended by the CPWG rely on terms previously defined in the January 2016 TP final rule, including “close-coupled pump,” “mechanically-coupled pump,” “dry rotor pump,” “single axis flow pump,” and “rotodynamic pump.” 81 FR 4086, 4146-4147; 10 CFR 431.462.</P>
                    <P>In the September 2022 TP Final Rule, DOE did not propose a new definition for submersible circulator pumps, instead signaling applicability of an established term, “submersible pump,” which was defined in the 2017 test procedure final rule for dedicated-purpose pool pumps. 82 FR 36858, 36922 (Aug. 7, 2017):</P>
                    <P>“Submersible pump” means a pump that is designed to be operated with the motor and bare pump fully submerged in the pumped liquid. 10 CFR 431.462.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the September 2022 TP Final Rule, DOE established a number of definitions related to circulator pumps. 87 FR 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44478"/>
                        57264. Specifically, DOE defined “circulator pump,” “wet rotor circulator pump,” “dry rotor, two-piece circulator pump,” “dry rotor, three-piece circulator pump,” “horizontal motor,” “header pump,” and “circulator-less-volute.” 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        “Circulator pump” was defined to include both wet- and dry-rotor designs and to include circulators-less-volute, which are distributed in commerce without a volute and for which a paired volute is also distributed in commerce. Header pumps, by contrast, are those without volutes and for which no paired volute is available in commerce. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE is maintaining these definitions from the September 2022 TP Final Rule in the standards for circulator pumps.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Equipment Classes</HD>
                    <P>The CPWG recommended that all circulator pumps be analyzed in a single equipment class. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98, Recommendation #1 at p. 1) DOE's proposal aligns with the recommendation of the CPWG. Equipment classes are discussed further in section IV.A.1.b of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Small Vertical In-Line Pumps</HD>
                    <P>
                        The CPWG recommended that DOE analyze and establish energy conservation standards for small vertical in-line pumps (“SVILs”) with a compliance date equivalent to the previous energy conservation standards final rule (81 FR 4367, Jan. 26, 2016) for general (not circulator) pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 58, Recommendation #1B at pp. 1-2) The CPWG recommended the standards for SVILs be similar in required performance to those of general pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 58, Recommendation #1B at p. 2) In addition to energy conservation standards for SVILs, the CPWG recommended SVILs be evaluated using the same test metric as general pumps. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>Consistent with the CPWG recommendation, DOE extended the commercial and industrial pump test procedures to SVILs in a separate final rule published March 24, 2023. 88 FR 17934 (“March 2023 Final Rule”). That test procedure allows evaluation of energy conservation standards for SVILs as part of a commercial and industrial pumps rulemaking process.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE tentatively determined to maintain its approach to address energy conservation standards for circulator pumps only in this rulemaking, separately from SVILs. 87 FR 74850, 74862. DOE did not receive adequate data or information to suggest that DOE should address standards for SVILs along with the circulator pumps within the scope of the December 2022 NOPR. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Accordingly, DOE did not propose to include SVILs within the scope of the energy conservation standards considered in the December 2022 NOPR. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Relatedly, the September 2022 TP Final Rule did not adopt test procedures for SVILs. 87 FR 57264.
                    </P>
                    <P>In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment on its approach to exclude SVILs from the scope of the NOPR, and whether DOE should consider standards for any SVILs as part of this rulemaking. 87 FR 74850, 74862.</P>
                    <P>HI and NEEA/NWPCC agreed with DOE's decision to exclude SVIL pumps from the circulators scope. (NEEA/NWPCC, No. 134 at pp. 4-5; HI, No. 135 at p. 4) HI also commented that according to ASRAC negotiations, SVILs should instead be addressed under the commercial and industrial pumps rulemaking. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4)</P>
                    <P>Due to stakeholders providing comment supporting SVILs to be evaluated in the commercial and pumps rulemaking in both this rulemaking and the commercial and industrial pumps rulemaking, DOE has determined to maintain its approach to address energy conservation standards for circulator pumps only in this rulemaking, separately from SVILs. Accordingly, DOE is not including SVILs within the scope of the energy conservation standards considered in this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Test Procedure</HD>
                    <P>
                        EPCA sets forth generally applicable criteria and procedures for DOE's adoption and amendment of test procedures. (42 U.S.C. 6314(a)) Manufacturers of covered equipment must use these test procedures to certify to DOE that their equipment complies with energy conservation standards and to quantify the efficiency of their equipment. DOE's current energy conservation standards for circulator pumps are expressed in terms of CEI. CEI represents the weighted average electric input power to the driver over a specified load profile, normalized with respect to a circulator pump serving the same hydraulic load that has a specified minimum performance level. 
                        <SU>23</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 CFR 431.464(c).)
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>23</SU>
                             The performance of a comparable pump that has a specified minimum performance level is referred to as the circulator energy rating (“CER
                            <E T="52">std</E>
                            ”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Control Mode</HD>
                    <P>
                        Circulator pumps may be equipped with speed controls that govern their response to settings or signals. DOE's test procedure contains definitions and test methods applicable to pressure controls, temperature controls, manual speed controls, external input signal controls, and no controls (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         full speed operation only).
                        <SU>24</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Section B.1 of appendix D to subpart Y of 10 CFR part 431 specifies that circulator pumps without one of the identified control varieties (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         pressure control, temperature control, manual speed control or external input signal control) are tested at full speed.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>24</SU>
                             In this document, circulator pumps with “no controls” are also inclusive of other potential control varieties that are not one of the specifically identified control varieties.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        Some circulator pumps operate in only a single control mode, whereas others are capable of operating in any of several control modes. As discussed in the September 2022 TP Final Rule, circulator pump energy consumption typically varies by control mode, for circulator pumps equipped with more than one control mode. 87 FR 57264, 57273-57275. In the September 2022 TP Final Rule, DOE summarized and responded to a variety of stakeholder comments which discussed advantages and disadvantages of various potential requirements regarding the control variety activated during testing. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Ultimately, DOE determined not to restrict active control variety during testing. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         To not limit application of a particular control mode, the test procedure for circulator pumps states “if a given circulator pump model is distributed in commerce with multiple control varieties available, the manufacturer may select a control variety (or varieties) among those available with which to test the circulator pump, including the test method for circulator pumps at full speed or circulator pumps without external input signal, manual, pressure, or temperature controls).” Section 2.2 of appendix D to subpart Y of 10 CFR part 431.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In the September 2022 TP Final Rule, DOE stated that although the test procedure does not restrict active control variety during testing, whether compliance with any standards would be based on a specific control mode (or no controls) would be addressed in an energy conservation standard rulemaking. 87 FR 57264, 57275. It further explains that a future energy conservation standard rulemaking could determine whether certain information related to the control mode used for testing would be required as part of certification. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE proposed to require compliance with 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44479"/>
                        energy conservation standards for circulator pumps while operated in the least consumptive control mode in which it is capable of operating. 87 FR 74850, 74862. Because many circulator pumps equipped with control modes designed to reduce energy consumption relate to full-speed operating also include the ability to operate at constant speed, to require testing using a circulator pump's most consumptive control mode may reduce the ability of rated CEI to characterize the degree of energy savings possible across circulator pump models. 87 FR 74850, 74862-74863. Circulator pump basic models equipped with a variety of control modes would receive the same rating as an otherwise identical basic model which could operate only at full speed, even though in practice the former may consume considerably less energy in many applications. 87 FR 74850, 74863.
                    </P>
                    <P>In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment regarding circulator pump control variety for the purposes of demonstrating compliance with energy conservation standards. 87 FR 74850, 74863.</P>
                    <P>
                        HI, ASAP 
                        <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                         and the CA IOUs all supported using the least consumptive operating mode as the CEI rating metric. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4; ASAP 
                        <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                         No. 131 at p. 2; CA IOUs, No. 133 at p. 2) The CA IOUs also noted that variable-speed control demonstrated potential savings relative to maximum-speed-only circulator pumps. (CA IOUs, No. 133 at p. 2) Therefore, the CA IOUs recommended DOE support voluntary reporting of performance data of variable-speed control as well as account for variable-speed control savings in future circulator pump test methods and conservation standards. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Further, ASAP 
                        <E T="03">et al.</E>
                         encouraged DOE to require additional reporting of ratings with the most consumptive method. (ASAP 
                        <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                         No. 131 at p. 2) ASAP 
                        <E T="03">et al.</E>
                         commented that specifying CEI ratings based only on the least consumptive model may not accurately reflect the energy usage of fixed-speed-mode circulator pumps. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE agrees that performance data obtained from a circulator pump operated in one mode may not reflect performance when operated in a different mode, including the fixed-speed mode cited by ASAP. While DOE is not adopting certification requirements, mandatory or voluntary, in this final rule, as stated in section III.A.3 of this document, it may do so as part of a separate rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>
                        NEEA/NWPCC recommended DOE require circulator pumps to be tested and to demonstrate compliance with energy conservation standards in the most consumptive control mode because: (1) they “are concerned that manufacturers will meet the standard through an optional speed control setting rather than hydraulic redesign or addition of an efficient motor, meaning that the circulator will often function in a control setting that delivers performance below what is required by the standard. In some cases, such as three speed circulator pumps, the speed controls are intended to serve different sizes of systems, and the least-consumptive mode will not be representative of larger systems.” (2) “Least-consumptive testing will increase testing burden, as manufacturers will have to test multiple settings to first determine which setting is the least-consumptive. Conversely, DOE has asserted (and we agree) that the most-consumptive control is the full speed setting, meaning there is no additional testing required to determine the most-consumptive setting.” (3) “Non-guaranteed performance will discourage utility programs, as they will not be able to determine the current practice baseline because many circulators will operate below the actual standard.” (4) “The market will be confused about the performance of circulators in the field, because least-consumptive control does not equate to the most representative control. While we agree with DOE's assertion in this NOPR that testing in the least-consumptive control mode will better communicate the range of controls available to the market and their relative energy consumption, consumers may be confused as to why the expected energy performance fails to materialize.” (5) “Manufacturers already support testing in most-consumptive control setting as they test and submit ratings to the Hydraulic Institute (HI) circulator Energy Rating (ER) database.” (6) ” Least-consumptive testing impedes future rulemakings that could strengthen the standard. Least-consumptive testing will allow for a range of performance, with some circulators operating in modes that perform worse than the DOE standard. Tightening that standard in the future may simply widen the gap of tested versus actual performance. Conversely, most-consumptive testing would establish a clear minimum performance standard that DOE can build upon in future rulemakings.” (NEEA/NWPCC, No. 134 at pp. 2-3) NEEA/NWPCC also explained that the most-consumptive testing ensures that any tightening of the standard will remove equipment with low performance, but least-consumptive testing may not if their lowest consumptive method is in standards and the rest are not. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         NEEA/NWPCC stated that the revised standard would only achieve the energy conservation goals if using most consumptive testing, and NEEA/NWPCC recommend that DOE revisit this issue in future circulator pump rulemakings. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Regarding NEEA/NWPCC's first point that manufacturers may comply with a standard based on the least consumptive operating mode by incorporating controls, DOE recognizes the possibility but not that it would necessarily be detrimental. Speed reduction is a legitimate means of reducing circulator pump energy consumption, far outstripping the savings potential of other technology options for certain applications. Even in nominally fixed-speed applications, which call for no flow variability, speed adjustment can be used to match the circulator pump output to load imposed by the actual hydraulic circuit at hand. The potential for manufacturers of noncompliant circulator pumps adding manual speed controls as a way to reduce CEI to reach compliance is not expected to be significant. Analysis of submitted manufacturer model data indicates that adding manual speed controls reduces a circulator pump's CER metric by an average of 6.5%. DOE's analysis of the market shows that less than 2% of circulator pumps that would not be compliant with the standard levels adopted in this final rule are single-speed models that could attain compliance by introducing manual speed controls. Further, because there would likely be significant conversion cost associated with modifying circulator pump models, manufacturers may be hesitant to develop them unless confident of strong demand that would enable recovery of those costs. Further, the products themselves would cost more to manufacture due to multispeed motors' costing more to purchase or construct than single-speed motors, which would reduce their appeal to first-cost-motivated consumers. Finally, while NEEA/NWPCC identifies a potential case in which manual speed controls reduce the energy savings achievable by an energy conservation standard, so too can manual speed controls be used to save energy in applications that do not require the circulator pumps' full output. In view of the relatively small fraction of the market that could feasibly function as NEEA/NWPCC describes, the additional equipment costs and conversion costs associated with multi-speed products relative to single-speed, and the potential for manual-speed control to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44480"/>
                        help as well as hinder the objective of energy savings, the potential of manual speed control to undermine the anticipated energy savings of this final rule appears minimal.
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding NEEA/NWPCC's second point that least consumptive testing may increase testing burden, industry standard HI 41.5-2022, section 41.5.3.4 “Determination of CER” directs that circulator pumps already be rated at both the most and least consumptive control methods. Accordingly, DOE finds incremental testing burden to be minimized to the extent that computing both methods is already widespread industry practice.</P>
                    <P>Regarding NEEA/NWPCC's third point that non-guaranteed performance may discourage utility programs, DOE does not have information to evaluate the size of potential energy savings arising from utility programs concerning circulator pumps relative to the magnitude of the energy savings estimated to be associated with the energy conservation standards adopted in this final rule. Further, a least-consumptive-based compliance requirement does not necessarily obscure differences in full-load performance, as more-efficient motors will tend to perform better at both full and reduced speeds.</P>
                    <P>Regarding NEEA/NWPCC's fourth point that the market may be confused about the performance of circulators in the field, DOE observes that the “field” would include an array of applications, some of which would realize greater or lesser savings than a single CEI value in isolation could convey. One factor which may tend to make the former less likely than the latter is cost—because variable-speed circulator pumps tend to cost more, purchasers may be more likely to have developed enough understanding of the product to justify paying a premium.</P>
                    <P>It is possible that a circulator pump purchaser may wind up with less savings than anticipated if purchasing a variable-speed circulator pump for an application that truly requires single-speed operation. However, even in an application with truly constant demand, variable-speed circulator pumps may still offer energy savings relative to a single-speed circulator pump. Such savings could arise from the fact that, while circulator pump applications exist over a continuous spectrum of hydraulic power requirements, circulator pump models are offered only at certain, discrete hydraulic power levels. Thus, even purchasers who accurately estimate their demand would likely end up with some amount of unnecessary hydraulic power. A variable-speed circulator pump may save energy by operating closer to the necessary hydraulic power level, even if that level does not vary over time.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE cannot be certain of how electric utilities might design future incentive programs for circulator pumps but does not see that they would necessarily dismiss the potential of variable-speed circulator pumps to save energy, even while purchase of a variable-speed circulator pump does not guarantee that every individual installation would realize savings relative to a hypothetical alternative of a single-speed circulator pump with less full-speed power consumption. One potential mitigating factor, in the case of a utility unwilling to consider an incentive program that could not guarantee savings at every circulator pump installation using the CEI metric alone, is that full-speed pump performance data may be published for those pumps and subsequently used as basis for incentive qualification provided that such data was generated consistently with the test procedure for circulator pumps. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 CFR 431.464(c).)
                    </P>
                    <P>Regarding NEEA/NWPCC's fifth point that manufacturers already support testing in the most-consumptive setting, as evidenced by their testing and submission of corresponding ratings to HI's circulator Energy Rating database, those manufacturers also submit ratings corresponding to the least consumptive setting. As stated, this is a voluntary directive of industry standard HI 41.5-2022, § 41.5.3.4 “Determination of CER”.</P>
                    <P>Regarding NEEA/NWPCC's sixth point that least consumptive testing may impede future rulemakings that could otherwise have strengthened standards, DOE observes that more-stringent standards in a hypothetical future rulemaking would not be prohibited, or even materially impeded, by this final rule's adoption of requirements to base compliance on the least-consumptive operating mode. Improved motors and hydraulic assemblies, which are the sources of improved performance in the fixed-speed evaluation scenario supported by NEEA/NWPCC's arguments, would still carry potential to improve under any choice of required operating mode for compliance.</P>
                    <P>Several commenters argue that testing in the least consumptive control mode may provide a less representative CEI value in certain situations, but do not openly consider that the same must be true of a requirement to test in the most consumptive control mode. Testing and certifying performance using the most consumptive mode would also generate results that are not accurate in all individual situations. Because there are multiple control modes on some circulator pumps, testing at one load profile could not represent every potential circulator pump application. For the purpose of estimating energy savings that would be realized by consumers at various potential standard levels, DOE does not assume a pump would consume energy in direct proportion to its CEI value, but instead relies on energy use assumption as discussed in section IV.E of this document.</P>
                    <P>The energy conservation standards evaluated in this final rule are based on wire-to-water efficiency, which is influenced by both hydraulic efficiency and motor efficiency. Because circulator pump efficiency is measured on a wire-to-water basis, it is difficult to entirely disentangle performance differences due to motor efficiency from those due to hydraulic efficiency. In redesigning a pump model to meet the standard established in this final rule, manufacturers would likely consider both hydraulic efficiency and motor efficiency. Speed reduction is a legitimate means of reducing energy consumption and likely offers greater potential energy savings than hydraulic optimization would alone due to pump affinity laws, which are described in section IV.A.2.c of this document. If compliance with energy conservation standards were based on the most consumptive control mode, circulator pumps with energy-saving controls would be unlikely to receive benefit to their CEI score, as essentially all circulator pumps would be evaluated at full speed.</P>
                    <P>
                        In view of the foregoing discussion and the support of HI, ASAP 
                        <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                         and the CA IOUs, DOE is adopting the requirement that circulator pumps comply with energy conservation standards while operated in their least consumptive mode.
                    </P>
                    <P>As stated in section III.A.3 of this document, certification requirements, including those related to active control variety, are not being proposed in this final rule, but may be addressed in a potential future rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Technological Feasibility</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. General</HD>
                    <P>
                        In each energy conservation standards rulemaking, DOE conducts a screening analysis based on information gathered on all current technology options and prototype designs that could improve the efficiency of the equipment that is the subject of the rulemaking. As the first step in such an analysis, DOE develops a list of technology options for 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44481"/>
                        consideration in consultation with manufacturers, design engineers, and other interested parties. DOE then determines which of those means for improving efficiency are technologically feasible. DOE considers technologies incorporated in commercially available equipment or in working prototypes to be technologically feasible. 10 CFR 431.4; sections 6(b)(3)(i) and 7(b)(1) of appendix A to 10 CFR part 430 subpart C (“Process Rule”).
                    </P>
                    <P>After DOE has determined that particular technology options are technologically feasible, it further evaluates each technology option in light of the following additional screening criteria: (1) practicability to manufacture, install, and service; (2) adverse impacts on equipment utility or availability; (3) adverse impacts on health or safety and (4) unique-pathway proprietary technologies. 10 CFR 431.4; sections 7(b)(2)-(5). Section IV.B of this document discusses the results of the screening analysis for circulator pumps, particularly the designs DOE considered, those it screened out, and those that are the basis for the standards considered in this rulemaking. For further details on the screening analysis for this rulemaking, see chapter 4 of the final rule technical support document (“TSD”).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels</HD>
                    <P>When DOE proposes to adopt a new standard for a type or class of covered equipment, it must determine the maximum improvement in energy efficiency or maximum reduction in energy use that is technologically feasible for such equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(1)) Accordingly, in the engineering analysis, DOE determined the maximum technologically feasible (“max-tech”) improvements in energy efficiency for circulator pumps, using the design parameters for the most efficient equipment available on the market or in working prototypes. The max-tech levels that DOE determined for this rulemaking are described in section IV.C.2 of this final rule and in chapter 5 of the final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Energy Savings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Determination of Savings</HD>
                    <P>
                        For each TSL, DOE projected energy savings from application of the TSL to circulator pumps purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of compliance with the new standards (2028-2057).
                        <SU>25</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of equipment purchased in the 30-year analysis period. DOE quantified the energy savings attributable to each TSL as the difference in energy consumption between each standards case and the no-new-standards case. The no-new-standards case represents a projection of energy consumption that reflects how the market for equipment would likely evolve in the absence of new energy conservation standards.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>25</SU>
                             DOE also presents a sensitivity analysis that considers impacts for equipment shipped in a 9-year period.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE used its national impact analysis (“NIA”) spreadsheet models to estimate national energy savings (“NES”) from potential new standards for circulator pumps. The NIA spreadsheet model (described in section IV.H of this document) calculates energy savings in terms of site energy, which is the energy directly consumed by equipment at the locations where it is used. For electricity, DOE reports national energy savings in terms of primary energy savings, which is the savings in the energy that is used to generate and transmit the site electricity. DOE also calculates NES in terms of full-fuel-cycle (“FFC”) energy savings. The FFC metric includes the energy consumed in extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         coal, natural gas, petroleum fuels), and thus presents a more complete picture of the impacts of energy conservation standards.
                        <SU>26</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE's approach is based on the calculation of an FFC multiplier for each of the energy types used by covered equipment. For more information on FFC energy savings, see section IV.H.2 of this document.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>26</SU>
                             The FFC metric is discussed in DOE's statement of policy and notice of policy amendment. 76 FR 51282 (Aug. 18, 2011), as amended at 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Significance of Savings</HD>
                    <P>To adopt any new standards for covered equipment, DOE must determine that such action would result in significant energy savings. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))</P>
                    <P>
                        The significance of energy savings offered by a new energy conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of the specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking.
                        <SU>27</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For example, some covered equipment has most of its energy consumption occur during periods of peak energy demand. The impact of this equipment on the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than equipment with relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates the significance of energy savings on a case-by-case basis, considering the significance of cumulative FFC national energy savings, the cumulative FFC emissions reductions, and the need to confront the global climate crisis, among other factors.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>27</SU>
                             The numeric threshold for determining the significance of energy savings established in a final rule published on February 14, 2020 (85 FR 8626, 8670) was subsequently eliminated in a final rule published on December 13, 2021 (86 FR 70892).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>As stated, the standard levels adopted in this final rule are projected to result in national energy savings of 0.55 quad, the equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 5.9 million homes. Based on the amount of FFC savings, the corresponding reduction in emissions, and the need to confront the global climate crisis, DOE has determined the energy savings from the standard levels adopted in this final rule are “significant” within the meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B). Even without considering the need to confront the global climate crisis, DOE has determined the energy savings from the standard levels adopted in this rule are “significant” under EPCA.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Economic Justification</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Specific Criteria</HD>
                    <P>As noted previously, EPCA provides seven factors to be evaluated in determining whether a potential energy conservation standard is economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)-(VII)) The following sections discuss how DOE has addressed each of those seven factors in this rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers</HD>
                    <P>
                        In determining the impacts of potential new standards on manufacturers, DOE conducts an MIA, as discussed in section IV.J of this document. DOE first uses an annual cash-flow approach to determine the quantitative impacts. This step includes both a short-term assessment—based on the cost and capital requirements during the period between when a regulation is issued and when entities must comply with the regulation—and a long-term assessment over a 30-year period. The industry-wide impacts analyzed include (1) INPV, which values the industry on the basis of expected future cash flows; (2) cash flows by year; (3) changes in revenue and income; and (4) other measures of impact, as appropriate. Second, DOE analyzes and reports the impacts on different types of manufacturers, including impacts on small manufacturers. Third, DOE considers the impact of standards on 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44482"/>
                        domestic manufacturer employment and manufacturing capacity, as well as the potential for standards to result in plant closures and loss of capital investment. Finally, DOE considers cumulative impacts of various DOE regulations and other regulatory requirements on manufacturers.
                    </P>
                    <P>For individual consumers, measures of economic impact include the changes in LCC and payback period (“PBP”) associated with new standards. These measures are discussed further in the following section. For consumers in the aggregate, DOE also calculates the national net present value of the consumer costs and benefits expected to result from particular standards. DOE also evaluates the impacts of potential standards on identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be affected disproportionately by a standard.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared to Increase in Price (LCC and PBP)</HD>
                    <P>EPCA requires DOE to consider the savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average life of the covered equipment in the type (or class) compared to any increase in the price of, or in the initial charges for, or maintenance expenses of, the covered equipment that are likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(II)) DOE conducts this comparison in its LCC and PBP analysis.</P>
                    <P>The LCC is the sum of the purchase price of equipment (including its installation) and the operating cost (including energy, maintenance, and repair expenditures) discounted over the lifetime of the equipment. The LCC analysis requires a variety of inputs, such as equipment prices, equipment energy consumption, energy prices, maintenance and repair costs, equipment lifetime, and discount rates appropriate for consumers. To account for uncertainty and variability in specific inputs, such as equipment lifetime and discount rate, DOE uses a distribution of values, with probabilities attached to each value.</P>
                    <P>The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including installation) of more-efficient equipment through lower operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost due to a more-stringent standard by the change in annual operating cost for the year that standards are assumed to take effect.</P>
                    <P>For its LCC and PBP analysis, DOE assumes that consumers will purchase the covered equipment in the first year of compliance with new standards. The LCC savings for the considered efficiency levels are calculated relative to the case that reflects projected market trends in the absence of new standards. DOE's LCC and PBP analysis is discussed in further detail in section IV.F of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Energy Savings</HD>
                    <P>Although significant conservation of energy is a separate statutory requirement for adopting an energy conservation standard, EPCA requires DOE, in determining the economic justification of a standard, to consider the total projected energy savings that are expected to result directly from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(III)) As discussed in section IV.H of this document, DOE uses the NIA spreadsheet models to project national energy savings.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Equipment</HD>
                    <P>In establishing equipment classes, and in evaluating design options and the impact of potential standard levels, DOE evaluates potential standards that would not lessen the utility or performance of the considered equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) Based on data available to DOE, the standards adopted in this document would not reduce the utility or performance of the equipment under consideration in this rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition</HD>
                    <P>EPCA directs DOE to consider the impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V)) It also directs the Attorney General to determine the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result from a standard and to transmit such determination to the Secretary within 60 days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an analysis of the nature and extent of the impact. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(ii)) To assist the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) in making such a determination, DOE transmitted copies of its proposed rule and the NOPR TSD to the Attorney General for review, with a request that the DOJ provide its determination on this issue. In its assessment letter responding to DOE, DOJ concluded that the proposed energy conservation standards for circulator pumps are unlikely to have a significant adverse impact on competition. DOE is publishing the Attorney General's assessment at the end of this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">f. Need for National Energy Conservation</HD>
                    <P>DOE also considers the need for national energy and water conservation in determining whether a new standard is economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VI)) The energy savings from the adopted standards are likely to provide improvements to the security and reliability of the Nation's energy system. Reductions in the demand for electricity also may result in reduced costs for maintaining the reliability of the Nation's electricity system. DOE conducts a utility impact analysis to estimate how standards may affect the Nation's needed power generation capacity, as discussed in section IV.M of this document.</P>
                    <P>DOE has determined that environmental and public health benefits associated with the more efficient use of energy are important to take into account when considering the need for national energy conservation. The adopted standards are likely to result in environmental benefits in the form of reduced emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases (“GHGs”) associated with energy production and use. DOE conducts an emissions analysis to estimate how potential standards may affect these emissions, as discussed in section IV.K of this document; the estimated emissions impacts are reported in section V.B.6 of this document. DOE also estimates the economic value of emissions reductions resulting from the considered TSLs, as discussed in section IV.L of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">g. Other Factors</HD>
                    <P>In determining whether an energy conservation standard is economically justified, DOE may consider any other factors that the Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) To the extent DOE identifies any relevant information regarding economic justification that does not fit into the other categories described previously, DOE could consider such information under “other factors.”</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Rebuttable Presumption</HD>
                    <P>
                        EPCA creates a rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is economically justified if the additional cost to the equipment that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the first year's energy savings resulting from the standard, as calculated under the applicable DOE test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44483"/>
                        6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) DOE's LCC and PBP analyses generate values used to calculate the effect potential new energy conservation standards would have on the payback period for consumers. These analyses include, but are not limited to, the 3-year payback period contemplated under the rebuttable-presumption test. In addition, DOE routinely conducts an economic analysis that considers the full range of impacts to consumers, manufacturers, the Nation, and the environment, as required under (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The results of this analysis serve as the basis for DOE's evaluation of the economic justification for a potential standard level (thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of economic justification). The rebuttable presumption payback calculation is discussed in section IV.F of this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Compliance Date</HD>
                    <P>
                        EPCA does not prescribe a compliance lead time for energy conservation standards for pumps, 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the number of years between the date of publication of a final energy conservation standard (“effective date”) and the date on which manufacturers must comply with the new standard. The November 2016 CPWG Recommendations specified a compliance date of four years following publication of the final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>In response to the May 2021 RFI, DOE received two comments regarding the compliance date. Grundfos recommended a 2-year compliance date and NEEA recommended a 3-year compliance date. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, Grundfos, No. 113, at p. 1; Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, NEEA, No. 115, at p. 3) Neither Grundfos nor NEEA provided additional comments regarding the compliance date in response to the December 2022 NOPR.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE proposed a 2-year compliance date for energy conservation standards due to the industry being more mature than when the CPWG made its recommendation. 87 FR 74850, 74865. DOE requested comment on its proposal. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         DOE also noted that, due to projected market trends, a change in the rulemaking's compliance date may lead to a small but non-negligible change in consumer and manufacturer benefits or impacts. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the December 2022 NOPR, HI and Xylem recommended DOE adopt a 4-year compliance lead time for manufacturers to meet the proposed standard. (HI, No. 135 at p. 1; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 1) HI and Xylem stated that the proposed 2-year compliance lead time conflicts with the 4-year time negotiated by the CPWG and that the existing equipment on the market meeting EL 2 does not cover the breadth of utility required by the market. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Xylem explained that implementing a 2-year compliance timeline for pumps would delay, rather than accelerate, manufacturer compliance. (Xylem, No. 136 at p. 1) Xylem recommended that DOE make recourse to the European Union's method of implementing regulations to decrease circulator pump energy consumption by providing manufacturers the necessary time to comply with the regulations. (Xylem, No. 136 at p. 2)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        HI and Xylem commented that, as stated in the December 2022 NOPR, 66 percent of circulator pumps on the market need to be redesigned to meet the proposed standard, and manufacturers will benefit from a 4-year compliance lead time to engineer, develop, and test equipment to meet the standard. (HI, No. 135 at p. 2; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 2) HI and Xylem commented that, due to supply chain issues, it is not uncommon for an 18-month lead time for manufacturers to obtain materials to leave just 6 months for all engineering, development, and third-party agency testing; meaning this timeline is not feasible for manufacturers. (HI, No. 135 at pp. 2-3; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 3). HI and Xylem also stated that much of the development, sourcing, testing, and equipment line implementation is linear, with each step dependent on prior steps being completed. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         HI and Xylem commented that much equipment will require an EL 3 effort to be compliant and meet market competitiveness requirements, which will extend the timeline of equipment development and testing well beyond 2 years. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         In addition, HI added that manufacturers are required to obtain safety and drinking water approvals via third party agency testing for all new/redesigned equipment. (HI, No. 135 at p. 3)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        HI and Xylem further commented that manufacturers, including Xylem itself, anticipate struggling to meet capacity, for instance regarding lead times for electronically commutated motors (“ECMs”), production test equipment, and other assets that will delay the compliance lead time. (HI, No. 135 at p. 3; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 3) HI noted that ECM component suppliers have been unable to meet demand and will continue to fall behind as the circulator market transitions to ECMs. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4) Xylem commented that manufacturers will see similar lead time issues when developing new production lines as seen with materials in the supply chain. (Xylem, No. 136 at pp. 3-4) Xylem stated it will take 12-18 months to source and implement production lines, which will delay the compliance lead time. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Xylem commented that manufacturers' inability to meet the aggressive compliance timeline will result in a gap of pumps available in the market and potentially lead to overinflated pricing, substitution of older and less efficient equipment, and costly conversions to alternative systems. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In the NOPR public meeting, Taco commented that the proposed implementation period is extremely short and requires a lot of changes. (Taco, Inc., Public Meeting Transcript, No. 129 at pp. 65-66) Taco stated it is nearly impossible to get anything electronic in a two-year period to go through this testing. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Taco further commented that everything would need to be redesigned with no way to get the parts in house to make that happen. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Taco stated that, at the time of the public meeting, it was receiving two-year quotes to get in new electronic products. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        HI and Xylem commented that a 2-year lead time will pose an additional financial burden on manufacturers due to conversion-cost impacts with a quick turnaround. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 4) Xylem commented that even large companies may not be able to justify achieving the extremely short investment-to-launch period proposed by DOE. (Xylem, No. 136 at p. 4) Xylem believes manufacturers will redesign to be competitive, which likely means redesigning past the minimal compliance CEI of 1.0, which will include additional costs and time needed. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Xylem agreed that basic model counts would decrease with a transition to ECMs due to the greater range of applications served. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         However, Xylem recommended DOE consider the additional incremental cost to transition these models to EL 3 levels. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Xylem commented that capital investment is likely to increase when going from EL 2 to EL 4 and that DOE has underestimated the capital investment and time commitment needed to reach EL 3 and EL 4. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         HI and Xylem recommended that DOE follow up with manufacturers to qualify the lead times to acquire and commission manufacturing assets. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4; Xylem, No. 136 at pp. 3-4).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Further, HI and Xylem disagreed with DOE's assertion that manufacturers 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44484"/>
                        affected by this rulemaking are not affected by other rulemakings and recommended that DOE consider the cumulative burden of rulemakings currently in progress, such as those regarding commercial and industrial pumps and electric motors. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 5) HI also recommended DOE consider that the ECM technology used in CP2- and CP3-style circulator pumps is under consideration in the electric motor rulemakings. (HI, No. 135 at p. 6) HI commented that the timing and outcome of the electric motor rulemakings would impact circulator manufacturers' ability to redesign CP2 and CP3 equipment within the 2-year compliance lead time. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Wyer commented that the manufacturing industry has seen an increase in the number of ECM circulator pumps in recent years and this increase has proven problematic. (Tom Wyer, No. 128 at pp. 1-2) Wyer commented that the pump manufacturers listed by the CPWG do not currently have the ability to produce ECM pumps in sufficient quantities to satisfy a growing market. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Wyer commented that several manufacturers are substituting permanent split capacitor “”PSC”) motor pumps for ECMs to make up for the insufficient availability of ECM pumps, which is due to: (1) international supply chain shortages; (2) plant capacity in the facilities that manufacturer ECM circulators, all of which are located in Europe; and (3) the rapid adoption of hydronic heat pumps in Europe caused by the war in Ukraine, natural gas supply constraints, and rising prices. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Wyer commented that U.S. manufacturing infrastructure cannot support the level of production needed to satisfy the hydronics market with ECM circulators. (Tom Wyer, No. 128 at p. 2) Wyer stated that ECM pumps with the performance curves necessary for the geothermal HVAC industry are only manufactured in Europe, while the majority of PSC pumps currently used in the geothermal HVAC industry are made in the United States. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Wyer commented that U.S.-based manufacturers are more likely to shut down domestic facilities and continue importing ECM circulators rather than invest to upgrade their plants to produce ECM pumps. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Wyer recommended that DOE consider the impact of the proposed rulemaking on domestic manufacturer employment and the potential of plant closures. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Wyer commented that 3 years is not enough time for pump manufacturers to upgrade their capacity to supply the entire hydronics market in the U.S. and recommended that DOE delay the implementation of the standard until the domestic supply of ECM pumps is sufficient to meet current and future demand. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Wyer recommended that if DOE continues with the proposed rulemaking, the compliance time should be increased to a minimum of 6 years. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In response, DOE notes that, as stated by manufacturers, the redesign process for circulator pumps contains multiple, sequential steps dependent on completion of the preceding step. Third-party water testing, which is necessary after the redesign process but before the circulator pumps go to market, adds further time constraints to pump manufacturers. These reasons make a 2-year compliance date hard for manufacturers to reach EL 2 levels, but some manufacturers will use the redesigning process as an opportunity for further energy savings. HI and Xylem also noted that they feel the cumulative regulatory burden from other rulemakings, including commercial industrial pumps and small electric motors, put further strain on manufacturers who expect a 2-year compliance date for circulator pumps to add significant financial burden. Cumulative regulatory burden from other rulemakings is discussed in section V.B.2.e of this document.</P>
                    <P>As discussed previously, in the December 2022 NOPR DOE did not follow the CPWG's recommendation of a 4-year compliance date, instead proposing a 2-year compliance date due to the market maturing since the 2016 CPWG meetings. However, as discussed by stakeholders, the natural growth of ECMs in the market has been slow, with only around 1 percent of the market switching to ECMs annually, leaving the majority of the market in need of redesign to reach EL 2. As such, DOE agrees that a longer compliance period than proposed in the DOE 2022 NOPR is warranted. However, although the natural market share growth of ECMs has been slow, the market is closer to EL 2 on average now than when the CPWG initially recommended a 4-year compliance date, which has led DOE to conclude that no additional time past the 4-year recommendation, such as a 6-year compliance date, is necessary. Accordingly, in this final rule, DOE is adopting a 4-year compliance date for energy conservation standards.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments</HD>
                    <P>This section addresses the analyses DOE has performed for this rulemaking with regard to circulator pumps. Separate subsections address each component of DOE's analyses.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE used several analytical tools to estimate the impact of the standards considered in this document. The first tool is a spreadsheet that calculates the LCC savings and PBP of potential new energy conservation standards. The national impacts analysis uses a second spreadsheet set that provides shipments projections and calculates national energy savings and net present value of total consumer costs and savings expected to result from potential energy conservation standards. DOE uses the third spreadsheet tool, the Government Regulatory Impact Model (“GRIM”), to assess manufacturer impacts of potential standards. These three spreadsheet tools are available on the DOE website for this rulemaking: 
                        <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004</E>
                        . Additionally, DOE used output from the latest version of the Energy Information Administration's (“EIA's”) 
                        <E T="03">Annual Energy Outlook</E>
                         (“
                        <E T="03">AEO”</E>
                        ) for the emissions and utility impact analyses.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Market and Technology Assessment</HD>
                    <P>DOE develops information in the market and technology assessment that provides an overall picture of the market for the equipment concerned, including the purpose of the equipment, the industry structure, manufacturers, market characteristics, and technologies used in the equipment. This activity includes both quantitative and qualitative assessments, based primarily on publicly available information. The subjects addressed in the market and technology assessment for this rulemaking include (1) a determination of the scope of the rulemaking and equipment classes, (2) manufacturers and industry structure, (3) existing efficiency programs, (4) shipments information, (5) market and industry trends, and (6) technologies or design options that could improve the energy efficiency of circulator pumps. The key findings of DOE's market assessment are summarized in the following sections. See chapter 3 of the final rule TSD for further discussion of the market and technology assessment.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to the December 2022 NOPR, HI requested that DOE provide its market assessment of basic model information as a supplemental publication, including the estimated number of models left for conversion and the percentage they make up of the market. (HI, No. 126 at p. 1) HI requested that DOE allow manufacturers time to review the market assessment data and provide comments. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE responded to this comment by publishing a supplementary document 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44485"/>
                        with the estimated number of models at or above EL 2 and the number of models below EL 2 on January 31, 2023. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004-0127) This information is reflected in Table IV.14 in section IV.J.2.c of this document.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Scope of Coverage and Equipment Classes</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Scope</HD>
                    <P>As stated in the December 2022 NOPR, DOE proposed to align the scope of these proposed energy conservation standards with that of the circulator pumps test procedure. 87 FR 74850, 74865; 87 FR 57264. In that document, DOE finalized the scope of the circulator pumps test procedure such that it applies to circulator pumps that are clean water pumps, including circulators-less-volute and on-demand circulator pumps, and excluding header pumps and submersible pumps. 87 FR 74850, 74865-74866. That scope is consistent with the recommendations of the CPWG. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 58)</P>
                    <P>In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE proposed to apply energy conservation standards to all circulator pumps included in the CWPG recommendations, which excluded submersible pumps and header pumps. 87 FR 74850, 74866. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 58) The September 2022 TP Final Rule also excluded submersible pumps and header pumps. 87 FR 57264, 57272. Any future evaluation of energy conservation standards would require a corresponding test procedure.</P>
                    <P>In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment regarding the proposed scope of energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. 87 FR 74850, 74866.</P>
                    <P>HI agreed with DOE's proposal to apply standards to all circulator pumps included in the CWPG recommendations, which excluded submersible pumps and header pumps. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4)</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">Equipment Diagrams</HD>
                    <P>In general, DOE establishes written definitions to designate which equipment falls within the scope of a test procedure or energy conservation standard. In the specific case of circulator pumps, certain scope-related definitions were adopted by the September 2022 TP Final Rule and codified at 10 CFR 431.462.</P>
                    <P>DOE adopted the definitions that distinguish various circulator pumps nearly unchanged from those recommended by the CPWG at meeting 2. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004-0021, p. 22) 10 CFR 431.462. CPWG membership included five manufacturers of circulator pumps; a trade association representing the U.S. hydraulic industry; a trade association representing plumbing, heating, and cooling contractors; and other manufacturers of equipment that either use or are used by circulator pumps as components.</P>
                    <P>In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE stated that given the strong representation of entities with deep experience in circulator pump design and for whom definitional ambiguity could be burdensome, it is reasonable to expect the CPWG-proposed definitions were viewed as sufficiently clear at the time of their recommendation. 87 FR 74850, 74866.</P>
                    <P>Additionally, in the December 2022 NOPR, DOE explained that the development of diagrams to support the definitions could create confusion if interpretations of such diagrams differ from those of the corresponding written definitions. For this reason, and in the absence of any evidence of ambiguity in the definitions, DOE did not propose to establish equipment diagrams in the December 2022 NOPR, but requested comments on the definitions and whether any clarification was needed. 87 FR 74850, 74866.</P>
                    <P>HI agreed that the proposed definitions are sufficiently clear and consistent with the diagrams provided in ANSI/HI 14.1-14.2. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4)</P>
                    <P>Accordingly, DOE is not establishing equipment diagrams in this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Equipment Classes</HD>
                    <P>
                        When evaluating and establishing energy conservation standards, DOE may divide covered equipment into equipment classes by the type of energy used, or by capacity or other performance-related features that justify a different standard. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)) In making a determination whether capacity or another performance-related feature justifies a different standard, DOE must consider such factors as the utility of the feature to the consumer and other factors DOE deems appropriate. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>For circulator pumps, there are no current energy conservation standards and, thus, no preexisting equipment classes. However, the November 2016 Term Sheets contained a recommendation related to establishing equipment classes for circulator pumps. Specifically, “Recommendation #1” of the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations suggests grouping all circulator pumps into a single equipment class, though with numerical energy conservation standard values that vary as a function of hydraulic output power. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98, Recommendation #1 at p.1)</P>
                    <P>As stated in section III.C.1 of this document, circulator pumps may be offered in wet- or dry-rotor configurations, and if dry-rotor, in either close-coupled or mechanically coupled construction. Minor differences may exist across configurations. For example, during interviews with manufacturers, DOE learned that wet-rotor pumps tended to be quieter, whereas dry-rotor pumps may be easier to service. In general, however, each respective pump variety serves similar applications. Similarly, data provided to DOE as part of the confidential submission process indicates that each variety may reach similar efficiency levels when operated with similar motor technology. Accordingly, no apparent basis exists to warrant establishing separate equipment classes by circulator pump configuration.</P>
                    <P>One additional salient design attribute of circulator pumps is housing material. Generally, circulator pumps are built using a cast iron, bronze, or stainless-steel housing. Bronze and stainless steel (sometimes discussed collectively with the descriptor “nonferrous”) carry greater corrosion resistance and are thus suitable for use in applications in which they will be exposed to corrosive elements. Typically, corrosion resistance is most important in “open loop” applications in which new water is constantly being replaced.</P>
                    <P>By contrast, cast iron (sometimes described as “ferrous” to distinguish from the “nonferrous” descriptor applied to bronze and stainless steel) pump housing is less resistant to corrosion than bronze or stainless steel, and as a result is generally limited to “closed loop” applications in which the same water remains in the hydraulic circuit, in which it will eventually become deionized and less able to corrode metallic elements of circulator pumps. Cast iron is generally less expensive to manufacture than bronze or stainless steel and, as a result, bronze or stainless-steel circulator pumps are less commonly selected by consumers for applications that do not strictly require them.</P>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in the December 2022 NOPR, although a difference in utility exists across circulator pump housing materials, no such difference exists in ability to reach higher efficiencies. 87 FR 74850, 74866. All housing materials can reach all efficiency levels analyzed in this final rule. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                         Accordingly, no 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44486"/>
                        apparent basis exists to warrant establishing separate equipment classes by circulator pump housing material. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment regarding the proposal to analyze all circulator pumps within a single equipment class. 87 FR 74850, 74866.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response, ASAP 
                        <E T="03">et al.</E>
                         and HI supported DOE's proposal of a single equipment class and standard for all circulator pumps, as it is consistent with the CPWG recommendations. (ASAP 
                        <E T="03">et al.,</E>
                         No. 131 at pp. 1-2; HI, No. 135 at p. 4)
                    </P>
                    <P>Based on the foregoing analysis and the support of stakeholders, DOE is establishing circulator pumps in a single equipment class.</P>
                    <P>Strauch commented that while DOE regularly considers the cumulative regulatory burden on manufacturers, DOE does not address an equivalent burden on consumers, for whom regulatory processes result in diminished equipment choices. (Mark Strauch, No. 123 at p. 2)</P>
                    <P>As discussed by Strauch, DOE evaluated cumulative regulatory burden on manufacturers in this rulemaking. See section V.B.2.e of this document. In response to Strauch's comment regarding diminishing equipment choices, DOE notes that some circulator pump models with induction motors also come equipped with automatic continuous variable speed controls and therefore not all induction motors will be removed from the market. Further, DOE analyzes burden on consumers in section IV.I of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">On-Demand Circulator Pumps</HD>
                    <P>On-demand circulator pumps respond to actions of the user rather than other factors such as pressure, temperature, or time. In the September 2022 TP Final Rule, DOE adopted the following definition for on-demand circulator pumps, which is consistent with that recommended by the CPWG (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98, Recommendation 4 at p. 5):</P>
                    <P>
                        <E T="03">On-demand circulator pump</E>
                         means a circulator pump that is distributed in commerce with an integral control that:
                    </P>
                    <P>• Initiates water circulation based on receiving a signal from the action of a user [of a fixture or appliance] or sensing the presence of a user of a fixture and cannot initiate water circulation based on other inputs, such as water temperature or a pre-set schedule.</P>
                    <P>• Automatically terminates water circulation once hot water has reached the pump or desired fixture.</P>
                    <P>• Does not allow the pump to operate when the temperature in the pipe exceeds 104 °F or for more than 5 minutes continuously.</P>
                    <P>10 CFR 431.462.</P>
                    <P>The TP final rule (87 FR 57264) responded to a number of comments received in response to the December 2021 TP NOPR, which were discussed therein. Several commenters encouraged DOE to develop an adjustment to the CEI metric that accounted for the potential of on-demand circulator pumps to save energy in certain contexts. (EERE-2016-BT-TP-0033, No. 10 at p. 5; EERE-2016-BT-TP-0033, No. 11 at pp. 4-5). Other commenters did not support an adjusted CEI metric for on-demand circulator pumps in the test procedure final rule, but recommended evaluation of such in a potential future rulemaking. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-TP-0033, No. 9 at p. 3; EERE-2016-BT-TP-0033, No. 7 at p. 1).</P>
                    <P>DOE ultimately did not adopt any modification to the CEI metric for on-demand circulator pumps in the final rule but stated that it would consider the appropriate scope and equipment categories for standards for on-demand circulator pumps in a separate energy conservation rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>As stated in section III.C of this document, DOE is aligning the scope of energy conservation standards for circulator pumps consistently with that of the test procedure for circulator pumps, which includes on-demand circulator pumps. 87 FR 57264.</P>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in the December 2022 NOPR, in developing the equipment class structure, DOE is directed to consider, among other factors, performance-related features that justify a different standard and the utility of such features to the consumer. 87 FR 74850, 74867. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)) In the specific case of on-demand circulator pumps, the primary distinguishing feature (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         ability to react to user action or presence) is not obviously performance related in that it does not impede the ability of on-demand circulator pumps to reach the same performance levels as any other circulator pumps. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        On that basis, DOE proposed not to establish a separate equipment class for on-demand circulator pumps in the December 2022 NOPR. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment on its proposal not to establish a separate equipment class for on-demand circulator pumps. 87 FR 74850, 74867.</P>
                    <P>In response to the December 2022 NOPR, HI and NEEA/NWPCC stated their support of DOE's proposal to refrain from creating a separate equipment class for on-demand circulators. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4; NEEA/NWPCC, No. 134 at p. 4) NEEA/NWPCC also recommended that, due to the associated energy savings, DOE adopt a CEI credit for on-demand circulator pumps, recognizing that the necessary data collection may delay implementing such a credit until the next circulator pumps rulemaking. (NEEA/NWPCC, No. 134 at p. 4)</P>
                    <P>
                        On-demand circulator pumps have access to the same technology options as circulator pumps at-large. Thus, it is not clear that on-demand function relates to efficiency, as measured by the test procedure for circulator pumps. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 CFR 431.464(c)) In certain applications, on-demand circulator pumps may conceivably save energy if used to replace an equivalent non-on-demand circulator pump through reduced aggregate operating duration rather the improved energy efficiency during operation. DOE expects the energy efficiency during operation to be the same. DOE does not have data to determine the extent to which on-demand circulator pumps are replacing more traditional circulator pumps. However, such energy savings during the life of the operation would be highly variable based on used and would not materialize if the on-demand circulator pump were installed where none had existed previously (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         a newly added on-demand circulator pump). DOE already accounts for operating duration of on-demand circulator pumps in the energy use analysis, which is described in section IV.E of this final rule. In summary, on-demand circulator pumps neither obviously provide additional utility to consumers relative to non-on-demand circulator pumps nor face any impediment to achieving the same performance levels as circulator pumps at-large. Accordingly, DOE is not able to conclude that on-demand function would meet the statutory requirements for establishment of a separate equipment class (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)).
                    </P>
                    <P>Based on the foregoing analysis and consistent with commenters, DOE is not establishing a separate equipment class for on-demand circulators. If DOE receives data regarding a potential CEI credit for on-demand circulator pumps, DOE may consider a CEI credit at that time.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Technology Options</HD>
                    <P>In the preliminary market analysis and technology assessment, DOE identified 3 technology options that would be expected to improve the efficiency of circulator pumps, as measured by the DOE test procedure:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Improved hydraulic design;</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">
                        • More efficient motors; and
                        <PRTPAGE P="44487"/>
                    </FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Increased number of motor speeds.</FP>
                    <P>Chapter 3 of the final rule TSD details each of these technology options. Section IV.C.2.c of this document provides examples of which technology options may be used to reach various efficiency levels.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Hydraulic Design</HD>
                    <P>The performance characteristics of a pump, such as flow, head, and efficiency, are influenced by the pump's hydraulic design. For the purposes of DOE's analysis, “hydraulic design” is a broad term used to describe the system design of the wetted components of a pump. Although hydraulic design focuses on the specific hydraulic characteristics of the impeller and the volute/casing, it also includes design choices related to bearings, seals, and other ancillary components.</P>
                    <P>Impeller and volute/casing geometries, clearances, and associated components can be redesigned to a higher efficiency (at the same flow and head) using a combination of techniques including historical best practices and modern computer-aided design (CAD) and analysis methods. The wide availability of modern CAD packages and techniques now enables pump designers to reach designs with improved vane shapes, flow paths, and cutwater designs more quickly, all of which work to improve the efficiency of the pump as a whole.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. More Efficient Motors</HD>
                    <P>Different constructions of motors have different achievable efficiencies. Two general motor constructions are present in the circulator pump market: induction motors and ECMs. Induction motors include both single-phase and three-phase configurations. Single-phase induction motors may be further differentiated and include split-phase, capacitor-start induction-run (“CSIR”), capacitor-start capacitor-run (“CSCR”), and PSC motors. In manufacturer interviews, DOE, using confidentially submitted manufacturer data, found that induction motor circulator pumps account for the majority of the circulator pump market.</P>
                    <P>The efficiency of an induction motor can be increased by redesigning the motor to reduce slip losses between the rotor and stator components, as well as reducing mechanical losses at seals and bearings. ECMs are generally more efficient than induction motors because their construction minimizes slip losses between the rotor and stator components. Unlike induction motors, however, ECMs require an electronic drive to function. This electronic drive consumes electricity, and variations in drive losses and mechanical designs lead to a range of ECM efficiencies.</P>
                    <P>The energy conservation standard in this rule is based upon wire-to-water efficiency, which is defined as the hydraulic output power of a circulator pump divided by its line input power and is expressed as a percentage. The achievable wire-to-water efficiency of circulator pumps is influenced by both hydraulic efficiency and motor efficiency. As part of the engineering analysis (section IV.C of this document), DOE assessed the range of attainable wire-to-water efficiencies for circulator pumps with induction motors and those with ECMs over a range of hydraulic power outputs. Because circulator pump efficiency is measured on a wire-to-water basis, it is difficult to fully separate differences due to motor efficiency from those due to hydraulic efficiency. In redesigning a pump model to meet the standard established in this final rule, manufacturers could consider both hydraulic efficiency and motor efficiency.</P>
                    <P>
                        Higher motor capacities are generally required for higher hydraulic power outputs, and as motor capacity increases, the attainable efficiency of the motor at full load also increases. Higher horsepower motors also operate close to their peak efficiency for a wider range of loading conditions.
                        <SU>28</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>28</SU>
                             U.S. DOE Building Technologies Office. Energy Savings Potential and Opportunities for High-Efficiency Electric Motors in Residential and Commercial Equipment. December 2013. Prepared for the DOE by Navigant Consulting. pp. 4. Available at 
                            <E T="03">energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2014/02/f8/Motor%20Energy%20Savings%20Potential%20Report%202013-12-4.pdf DFR</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Circulator pump manufacturers either manufacture motors in-house or purchase complete or partial motors from motor manufacturers and/or distributors. Manufacturers may select an entirely different motor or redesign an existing motor in order to improve a pump's motor efficiency.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Speed Reduction</HD>
                    <P>Circulator pumps with variable speed capability can reduce their energy consumption by reducing pump speed to match load requirements. As discussed in the September 2022 TP Final Rule, the CER metric is a weighted average of input powers at each test point relative to BEP flow. The circulator pump test procedure allows CER values for multi- and variable-speed circulator pumps to be calculated as the weighted average of input powers at full speed BEP flow, and reduced speed at flow points less than BEP; CER for single-speed circulator pumps is calculated based only on input power at full speed. 10 CFR 431.464(c)(2). Due to pump affinity laws, variable-speed circulator pumps will achieve reduced power consumption at flow points less than BEP by reducing their rotational speed to more closely match required system head. As such, the CER metric grants benefits on circulator pumps capable of variable speed operation.</P>
                    <P>Specifically, pump affinity laws describe the relationship of pump operating speed, flow rate, head, and hydraulic power. According to the affinity laws, flow varies proportionally with the pump's rotational speed, as described in equation (6). The affinity laws also establish that pump total head is proportional to speed squared, as described in equation (7), and pump hydraulic power is proportional to speed cubed, as described in equation (8)</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="55">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.015</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="58">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44488"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.016</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="58">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.017</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            <E T="03">Q</E>
                            <E T="52">1</E>
                             and 
                            <E T="03">Q</E>
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             = volumetric flow rate at two operating points;
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            <E T="03">H</E>
                            <E T="52">1</E>
                             and 
                            <E T="03">H</E>
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             = pump total head at two operating points;
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            <E T="03">N</E>
                            <E T="52">1</E>
                             and 
                            <E T="03">N</E>
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             = pump rotational speed at two operating points; and
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            <E T="03">P</E>
                            <E T="52">1</E>
                             and 
                            <E T="03">P</E>
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             = pump hydraulic power at two operating points.
                        </FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <P>
                        This means that a pump operating at half speed will provide one half of the pump's full-speed flow and one eighth of the pump's full-speed power.
                        <SU>29</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         However, pump affinity laws do not account for changes in hydraulic and motor efficiency that may occur as a pump's rotational speed is reduced. Typically, hydraulic efficiency and motor efficiency will be reduced at lower operating speeds. Consequently, at reduced speeds, power consumption is not reduced as drastically as hydraulic output power. Even so, the efficiency losses at low-speed operation are typically outweighed by the exponential reduction in hydraulic output power at low-speed operation; this results in a lower input power at low-speed operation at flow points lower than BEP.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>29</SU>
                             A discussion of reduced-speed pump dynamics is available at 
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/document?D=EERE-2015-BT-STD-0008-0099.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Circulator pump speed controls may be discrete or continuous, as well as manual or automatic. Circulator pumps with discrete speed controls vary the circulator pump's rotational speed in a stepwise manner. Discrete controls are found mostly on circulator pumps with induction motors and have several speed settings that can be used to allow contractors greater installation flexibility with a single circulator pump model. For these circulator pumps, the speed is set manually with a dial or buttons by the installer or user, and they operate at a constant speed once the installation is complete.</P>
                    <P>Circulator pumps equipped with automatic speed controls can adjust the circulator pump's rotational speed based on a signal from differential pressure or temperature sensors, or an external input signal from a boiler. The variable frequency drives required for ECMs make them fairly amenable to the addition of variable speed control logic; currently, the vast majority of circulator pumps with automatic continuously variable speed controls also have ECMs. However, some circulator pump models with induction motors also come equipped with automatic continuous variable speed controls. While automatic controls can reduce energy consumption by allowing circulator pump speed to dynamically respond to changes in system conditions, these controls can also reduce energy consumption by reducing speed to a single, constant value that is optimized based on system head at the required flow point. Automatic controls can be broadly categorized into two groups: pressure-based controls, and temperature-based controls.</P>
                    <P>
                        Pressure-based controls vary the circulator pump speed based on changes in the system pressure. These pressure changes are typically induced by a thermostatically controlled zone valve that monitors the space temperature in different zones and calls for heat (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         opens the valve) when the space/zone temperature is below the set-point, similar to a thermostat. In this type of control, a pressure sensor internal to the circulator pump determines the amount of pressure in the system and adjusts the circulator pump speed to achieve the desired system pressure.
                    </P>
                    <P>Temperature-based controls monitor the supply and return temperature to the circulator pump and modulate the circulator pump's speed to maintain a fixed temperature drop across the system. Circulator pumps with temperature-based controls are able to serve the heat loads of a conditioned space at a lower speed, and therefore lower input power, than the differential pressure control because it can account for the differential temperature between the space and supplied hot water, delivering a constant BTU/hr load to the space when less heat is needed even in a given zone or zones.</P>
                    <P>In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE concluded that the technology options identified were sufficient to conduct the engineering analysis, which is discussed in section IV.C of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Screening Analysis</HD>
                    <P>DOE uses the following four screening criteria to determine which technology options are suitable for further consideration in an energy conservation standards rulemaking:</P>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <P>
                            (1) 
                            <E T="03">Technological feasibility.</E>
                             Technologies that are not incorporated in commercial equipment or in commercially viable, existing prototypes will not be considered further.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (2) 
                            <E T="03">Practicability to manufacture, install, and service.</E>
                             If it is determined that mass production of a technology in commercial equipment and reliable installation and servicing of the technology could not be achieved on the scale necessary to serve the relevant market at the time of the projected compliance date of the standard, then that technology will not be considered further.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (3) 
                            <E T="03">Impacts on equipment utility.</E>
                             If a technology is determined to have a significant adverse impact on the utility of the equipment to subgroups of consumers, or result in the unavailability of any covered equipment type with performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as equipment generally available in the United States at the time, it will not be considered further.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (4) 
                            <E T="03">Safety of technologies.</E>
                             If it is determined that a technology would have significant adverse impacts on health or safety, it will not be considered further.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            (5) 
                            <E T="03">Unique-pathway proprietary technologies.</E>
                             If a technology has proprietary protection and represents a unique pathway to achieving a given efficiency level, it will not be considered further, due to the potential for monopolistic concerns.
                        </P>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <FP>10 CFR 431.4; 10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix I6(c)(3) and 7(b).</FP>
                    <P>
                        In sum, if DOE determines that a technology, or a combination of technologies, fails to meet one or more of the listed five criteria, it will be excluded from further consideration in 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44489"/>
                        the engineering analysis. The reasons for eliminating any technology are discussed in the following sections.
                    </P>
                    <P>The subsequent sections include comments from interested parties pertinent to the screening criteria, DOE's evaluation of each technology option against the screening analysis criteria, and whether DOE determined that a technology option should be excluded (“screened out”) based on the screening criteria.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Screened-Out Technologies</HD>
                    <P>
                        In the December 2022 NOPR DOE received comment from stakeholders regarding the potential of screening out ECMs. HI responded to the May 2021 RFI by commenting that ECMs and controls could potentially become a problem due to scarcity of necessary component materials, reliance on foreign sources, and the degree of automation and specialized tooling involved in the manufacture of ECMs. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, HI, No. 112, at p. 7) DOE interpreted HI's comment to be discussing a hypothetical future scenario, and not to be stating that ECMs are unavailable at this time. 87 FR 74850, 74870. Accordingly in the December 2022 NOPR, DOE retained ECMs as a design option for the analysis. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>In the December 2022 NOPR DOE requested comment regarding the current and anticipated forward availability of ECMs and components necessary for their manufacture. 87 FR 74850, 74870.</P>
                    <P>HI responded stating the suppliers of ECM components, such as chips, electronic components, and rare earth metals, have not been able to meet demand and that some manufacturers have been seeing lead times of 18 months. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4)</P>
                    <P>Subsequent private interview of a well-known circulator pump manufacturer concluded that, although certain components had realized shortages following the COVID-19 pandemic, the market appeared to be equilibrating and there was no reason to expect the shortage would persist.</P>
                    <P>DOE has found ECMs available in a range of sizes needed to support the circulator pumps market and commercially and readily available today. Further, the U.S. government is investing in domestic manufacturing of semiconductor microchips in programs such as the CHIPS and Science Act. Semiconductors are an integral part of ECMs and are often the limiting factor in the motor's production. CHIPS for America is a program that offers $52 billion of financial incentives for domestic manufacturing and development of semiconductors and was signed into law on August 9, 2022. Therefore, domestic microchip production may be expected to grow.</P>
                    <P>DOE did not receive any comments requesting that ECMs be screened out in this analysis. Therefore, DOE is retaining ECMs as a design option for the analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Remaining Technologies</HD>
                    <P>Through a review of each technology, DOE tentatively concludes that all of the other identified technologies listed in section IV.A.2 of this document met all five screening criteria to be examined further as design options in DOE's final rule analysis. In summary, DOE did not screen out the following technology options:</P>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Improved hydraulic design;</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Improved motor efficiency; or</FP>
                    <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• Increased number of motor speeds.</FP>
                    <P>
                        DOE determined that these technology options are technologically feasible because they are being used or have previously been used in commercially available equipment or working prototypes. DOE also finds that all of the remaining technology options meet the other screening criteria (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         practicable to manufacture, install, and service and do not result in adverse impacts on consumer utility, equipment availability, health, or safety). For additional details, see chapter 4 of the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Engineering Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The purpose of the engineering analysis is to establish the relationship between the efficiency and cost of circulator pumps. There are two elements to consider in the engineering analysis; the selection of efficiency levels to analyze (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the “efficiency analysis”) and the determination of equipment cost at each efficiency level (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the “cost analysis”). In determining the performance of higher-efficiency equipment, DOE considers technologies and design option combinations not eliminated by the screening analysis. For each equipment class, DOE estimates the baseline cost, as well as the incremental cost for the equipment at efficiency levels above the baseline. The output of the engineering analysis is a set of cost-efficiency “curves” that are used in downstream analyses (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the LCC and PBP analyses and the NIA).
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Representative Equipment</HD>
                    <P>To assess MPC-efficiency relationships for all circulator pumps available on the market, DOE selected a set of representative units to analyze. These representative units exemplify capacities and hydraulic characteristics typical of circulator pumps currently found on the market. In general, to determine representative capacities and hydraulic characteristics, DOE analyzed the distribution of all available models and/or shipments and discussed its findings with the CPWG. The analysis focused on single speed induction motors as they represent the bulk of the baseline of the market.</P>
                    <P>To start the selection process, nominal horsepower targets based on CPWG feedback of 1/40, 1/25, 1/12, 1/6, and 1 hp were selected for representative units (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004-0061, p. 9). At each horsepower target, pump curves were constructed from manufacturer data. Near identical pump curves were consolidated into single curves and curves that represent circulator pumps with low shipments were filtered out to remove the impact of low-selling pumps. These high-sales consolidated pump curves were then grouped with similar curves to form clusters of similar circulator pumps. A representative curve was then constructed from this cluster of pumps by using the mean flow and head at each test point. Eight of these curves were constructed to form the eight representative units used in further analyses.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Circulator Pump Varieties</HD>
                    <P>Circulator pumps varieties are used to classify different pumps in industry. Wet rotor circulator pumps are commonly referred to as CP1; dry-rotor, two-piece circulator pumps are commonly referred to as CP2; and dry-rotor, three-piece circulator pumps are commonly referred to as CP3. The distinction of circulator varieties does not have a large impact on performance with all circulator pump varieties being capable of achieving any particular performance curve. Due to the performance similarities, the groups of pump curves used to generate representative units contain a mix of all three circulator varieties. Although DOE analyzed CP1, CP2, and CP3 circulator varieties as a single equipment class, representative units were selected such that all circulator varieties were captured in the analysis.</P>
                    <P>The parameters of each of the representative units used in this analysis are provided in Table IV.1.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="173">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44490"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.018</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Efficiency Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE typically uses one of two approaches to develop energy efficiency levels for the engineering analysis: (1) relying on observed efficiency levels in the market (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the efficiency-level approach), or (2) determining the incremental efficiency improvements associated with incorporating specific design options to a baseline model (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the design-option approach). Using the efficiency-level approach, the efficiency levels established for the analysis are determined based on the market distribution of existing equipment (in other words, based on the range of efficiencies and efficiency level “clusters” that already exist on the market). Using the design option approach, the efficiency levels established for the analysis are determined through detailed engineering calculations and/or computer simulations of the efficiency improvements from implementing specific design options that have been identified in the technology assessment. DOE may also rely on a combination of these two approaches. For example, the efficiency-level approach (based on actual equipment on the market) may be extended using the design option approach to interpolate to define “gap fill” levels (to bridge large gaps between other identified efficiency levels) and/or to extrapolate to the “max-tech” level (particularly in cases where the “max-tech” level exceeds the maximum efficiency level currently available on the market).
                    </P>
                    <P>In this rulemaking, DOE applied an efficiency-level approach due to the availability of robust data characterizing both performance and selling price at a variety of efficiency levels.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Baseline Efficiency</HD>
                    <P>
                        For each equipment class, DOE generally selects a baseline model as a reference point for each class, and measures changes resulting from potential energy conservation standards against the baseline. The baseline model in each equipment class represents the characteristics of equipment typical of that class (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         capacity, physical size). Generally, a baseline model is one that just meets current energy conservation standards, or, if no standards are in place, the baseline is typically a common, low-efficiency unit on the market.
                    </P>
                    <P>For all representative units, DOE modeled a baseline circulator pump as one with a PSC motor.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Higher Efficiency Levels</HD>
                    <P>As part of DOE's analysis, the maximum available efficiency level is the highest efficiency unit currently available on the market. DOE also defines a “max-tech” efficiency level to represent the maximum possible efficiency for a given type of equipment.</P>
                    <P>For all representative units, DOE modeled a max-tech circulator pump as one with an ECM and operated on a differential temperature-based control scheme.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. EL Analysis</HD>
                    <P>DOE examined the influence of different parameters on wire-to-water efficiency including hydraulic power. Hydraulic power has a significant impact on wire-to-water efficiency as seen in the different representative units. To find the correlation, the relationship of power and wire-to-water efficiency were evaluated for both single speed induction and single speed ECMs. Multiple relationships were tested with a logarithmic relationship being the most accurate. This logarithmic relationship can be used to set efficiency levels inclusive of all representative units across the ranges of horsepower.</P>
                    <P>To calculate wire-to-water efficiency at part-load conditions, wire-to-water efficiency at full-load conditions is multiplied by a part-load coefficient, represented by alpha (α). As instructed by the CPWG, a mean fit was developed for each part-load test point across representative units to find a single value to use for alpha for each test point. This methodology was conducted independently for single-speed induction, single-speed ECM, and variable-speed ECM to find unique alphas at each point for each motor type. The unique alpha values are provided in Table IV.2.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="156">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44491"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.019</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>DOE set EL 0 as the baseline configuration of circulator pumps representing the minimum efficiency available on the market. DOE used the logarithmic function developed when finding the relationship between hydraulic power and wire-to-water efficiency to find the lower second percentile of single speed induction circulator pumps to set as EL 0. DOE finds single speed circulator pumps with induction motors have the lowest wire-to-water efficiency and are being set as EL 0, as agreed on at CPWG meeting 8. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004-0061, p. 15)</P>
                    <P>DOE set EL 1 to correspond approximately to single-speed induction motors with improved wire-to-water efficiency. EL 1 is an intermediate efficiency level between the baseline EL 0 and more efficient ECMs defined in higher efficiency levels. EL 1 was defined as the halfway between the most efficient single-speed induction motors and the baseline used as EL 0.</P>
                    <P>EL 2 is set to correspond approximately to single-speed ECMs. The values for these circulator pumps are found using the same base logarithmic function that was used when finding the relationship between hydraulic power and wire-to-water efficiency. EL 2 corresponds to a CEI of 1.00, which is the level recommended by the CPWG in the November 2016 CPWG Recommendations.</P>
                    <P>EL 3 is set to correspond approximately to variable-speed ECMs with automatic proportional pressure control. The effect of a 50-percent proportional pressure control is applied using equation (9) for each part-load test point. The wire-to-water efficiency at each test point is found using the alpha values for variable speed ECM values for Alpha.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="54">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.020</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            H
                            <E T="52">i</E>
                             = total system head at each load point 
                            <E T="03">i</E>
                             (ft);
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            Q
                            <E T="52">i</E>
                             = flow rate at each load point 
                            <E T="03">i</E>
                             (gpm);
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            Q
                            <E T="52">100</E>
                            <E T="0112">%</E>
                             = flow rate at 100 percent of BEP flow at maximum speed (gpm); and
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            H
                            <E T="52">100</E>
                            <E T="0112">%</E>
                             = total pump head at 100 percent of BEP flow at maximum speed (ft).
                        </FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <P>EL 4 is the max-tech efficiency level, which represents the circulator pumps with the maximum possible efficiency. EL 4 is set as variable speed ECMs with automatic differential temperature control. The effects of the controls are calculated using equation (10). Similar to EL 3, the wire-to-water efficiencies are found using the alpha values for variable speed ECMs.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="84">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.021</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        For pumps that do not fit exactly into a representative unit, DOE developed a continuous function for wire-to-water efficiency at BEP. The technique extends the representative units for each EL to compute wire-to-water efficiency at BEP for all circulator pumps by using a logarithmic function based on hydraulic power represented in equation (11) and fit to each pump's specific performance data. A logarithmic curve form was selected based on apparent fit over a wide power range to manufacturer-submitted pump performance data. Variable 
                        <E T="03">d</E>
                         can be solved by using equation (12) and the variables for a and b are presented in Table IV.3 which contains different values for each efficiency level. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         TSD Chapter 5 for additional detail on the engineering analysis.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="67">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44492"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.022</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="63">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.023</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <EXTRACT>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            η
                            <E T="52">WTW</E>
                             = wire-to-water efficiency
                        </FP>
                        <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                            P
                            <E T="52">hydro</E>
                             = hydraulic power (hp);
                        </FP>
                    </EXTRACT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="83">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.024</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>Table IV.4 contains a summary of the motor type and control scheme associated with each EL.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="83">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.025</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Cost Analysis</HD>
                    <P>The cost analysis portion of the engineering analysis is conducted using one or a combination of cost approaches. The selection of cost approach depends on a suite of factors, including the availability and reliability of public information, characteristics of the regulated equipment, the availability and timeliness of purchasing the equipment on the market. The cost approaches are summarized as follows:</P>
                    <P>
                        ☐ 
                        <E T="03">Physical teardowns:</E>
                         Under this approach, DOE physically dismantles commercially available equipment, component-by-component, to develop a detailed bill of materials for the equipment.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        ☐ 
                        <E T="03">Catalog teardowns:</E>
                         In lieu of physically deconstructing equipment, DOE identifies each component using parts diagrams (available from manufacturer websites or appliance repair websites, for example) to develop the bill of materials for the equipment.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        ☐ 
                        <E T="03">Price surveys:</E>
                         If neither a physical nor catalog teardown is feasible (for example, for tightly integrated equipment such as fluorescent lamps, which are infeasible to disassemble and for which parts diagrams are unavailable) or cost-prohibitive and otherwise impractical (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         large commercial boilers), DOE conducts price surveys using publicly available pricing data published on major online retailer websites and/or by soliciting prices from distributors and other commercial channels.
                    </P>
                    <P>In the present case, DOE conducted the analysis using a combination of physical teardowns and price surveys. The resulting bill of materials provides the basis for the manufacturer production cost (“MPC”) estimates.</P>
                    <P>
                        To account for manufacturers' non-production costs and profit margin, DOE applies a multiplier (the manufacturer markup) to the MPC. The resulting manufacturer selling price (“MSP”) is the price at which the manufacturer distributes a unit into commerce. DOE developed an average manufacturer markup by examining the annual Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) 10-K reports filed by publicly traded manufacturers primarily engaged in machinery and equipment-industrial pumps, except hydraulic fluid power pumps, not seasonally adjusted manufacturing, and whose combined equipment range includes circulator pumps.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44493"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Cost-Efficiency Results</HD>
                    <P>
                        The results of the engineering analysis are reported as cost-efficiency data (or “curves”) in the form of wire-to-water efficiency versus MPC (in dollars). DOE developed 15 curves representing the 15 representative units in the analysis. The methodology for developing the curves started with determining the energy consumption for baseline equipment and MPCs for this equipment. Above the baseline, DOE implemented design options using the ratio of cost to savings and implemented only one design option at each level. Design options were implemented until all available technologies were employed (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         at a max-tech level).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Table IV.5, Table IV.6, Table IV.7, and Table IV.8 contain cost-efficiency results of the engineering analysis. MPCs are presented for circulator pumps with both ferrous and nonferrous housing material. Housing material does not significantly affect the energy consumption of circulator pumps but does alter production cost. Housing material is discussed further in section IV.A.1.b of this document. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         TSD Chapter 5 for additional detail on the engineering analysis.
                    </P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="290">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.026</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="290">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44494"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.027</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="223">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.028</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="290">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44495"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.029</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Manufacturer Markup and Manufacturer Selling Price</HD>
                    <P>
                        To account for manufacturers' non-production costs and profit margin, DOE applies a non-production cost multiplier (the manufacturer markup) to the full MPC. The resulting MSP is the price at which the manufacturer can recover production and non-production costs. To calculate the manufacturer markups, DOE used data from 10-K reports 
                        <SU>30</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         submitted to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) by the publicly owned circulator pump manufacturers. DOE then averaged the financial figures spanning the years 2018 to 2022 to calculate the initial estimate of markups for circulator pumps for this rulemaking. During the 2022 manufacturer interviews, DOE discussed the manufacturer markup with manufacturers and used the feedback to modify the manufacturer markup calculated through review of SEC 10-K reports.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>30</SU>
                             U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Annual 10-K Reports (Various Years) available at 
                            <E T="03">sec.gov</E>
                             (Last accessed Sept. 19, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>To calculate the MSP for circulator pump equipment, DOE multiplied the calculated MPC at each efficiency level by the manufacturer markup. See chapter 12 of the final rule TSD for more details about the manufacturer markup calculation and the MSP calculations.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Markups Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The markups analysis develops appropriate markups (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         retailer markups, wholesaler markups, contractor markups) in the distribution chain and sales taxes to convert the MSP estimates derived in the engineering analysis to consumer prices, which are then used in the LCC and PBP analysis and in the manufacturer impact analysis. At each step in the distribution channel, companies mark up the price of the equipment to cover business costs and profit.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For circulator pumps, the main parties in the distribution channel are (1) sales representatives (reps); (2) wholesalers; (3) contractors; and (4) original equipment manufacturers (OEMs). For each actor in the distribution channel, DOE developed baseline and incremental markups. Baseline markups are applied to the price of equipment with baseline efficiency, while incremental markups are applied to the difference in price between baseline and higher-efficiency models (the incremental cost increase). The incremental markup is typically less than the baseline markup and is designed to maintain similar per-unit operating profit before and after new standards.
                        <SU>31</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>31</SU>
                             Because the projected price of standards-compliant equipment is typically higher than the price of baseline equipment, using the same markup for the incremental cost and the baseline cost would result in higher per-unit operating profit. While such an outcome is possible in the short run, DOE maintains that in markets that are reasonably competitive it is unlikely that standards would lead to a sustainable increase in profitability in the long run.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>DOE identified distribution channels for circulator pumps and estimated their respective shares of shipments by sector (residential and commercial) based on feedback from manufacturers and the CPWG (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 49 at p. 51), as shown in Table IV.9.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="119">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44496"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.030</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>The sales representative in the distribution chain serves the role of a wholesale distributor, as they do not take commission from the sale, but buy the equipment and take title to it. The OEM channels represent sales of circulator pumps, which are included in other equipment, such as hot water boilers.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment on whether the distribution channels described above and the percentage of equipment sold through the different channels are appropriate and sufficient to describe the distribution markets for circulator pumps. 87 FR 74850, 74875. Specifically, DOE requested comment and data on online sales of circulator pumps and the appropriate channel to characterize them. 
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>HI commented that it generally agreed with the distribution channels presented in Table IV.9 and noted that online sales would be split between line 2 (Sales Rep → Distributor → Contractor → End User) and line 4 (Sales Rep → Distributor → End User) (HI, No. 135 at p. 5)</P>
                    <P>DOE acknowledges that the online sales of circulator pumps may have increased in the past few years. However, there is currently no sufficient data supporting a notable price difference between online sales and conventional sales, namely channel 2 and channel 4. Hence, DOE assumed that circulator pumps sold through online channels have the same prices as those through conventional channels and that online sales have been included in the shares of channel 2 and channel 4.</P>
                    <P>
                        To estimate average baseline and incremental markups, DOE relied on several sources, including: (1) U.S. Census Bureau 2017 Annual Wholesale Trade Survey 
                        <SU>32</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (for sales representatives and circulator wholesalers), (2) U.S. Census Bureau 2017 Economic Census data 
                        <SU>33</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         on the residential and commercial building construction industry (for contractors), and (3) the Heating, Air Conditioning &amp; Refrigeration Distributors International (“HARDI”) 2013 Profit Report 
                        <SU>34</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (for equipment wholesalers). In addition to markups of distribution channel costs, DOE applied state and local sales tax provided by the Sales Tax Clearinghouse to derive the final consumer purchase prices for circulator pumps.
                        <SU>35</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>32</SU>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, 
                            <E T="03">2017 Annual Wholesale Trade Survey</E>
                             (Available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.census.gov/data/tables/2017/econ/awts/</E>
                            ) (Last accessed February 07, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>33</SU>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, 
                            <E T="03">2017 Economic Census Data.</E>
                             available at 
                            <E T="03">www.census.gov/programs-surveys/economic-census.html</E>
                             (last accessed February 07, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>34</SU>
                             Heating, Air Conditioning &amp; Refrigeration Distributors International (“HARDI”), 
                            <E T="03">2013 HARDI Profit Report,</E>
                             available at 
                            <E T="03">hardinet.org/</E>
                             (last accessed February 07, 2023). Note that the 2013 HARDI Profit Report is the latest version of the report.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>35</SU>
                             Sales Tax Clearinghouse Inc., 
                            <E T="03">State Sales Tax Rates Along with Combined Average City and County Rates, 2023</E>
                             (Available at: 
                            <E T="03">thestc.com/STrates.stm</E>
                            ) (Last accessed September. 11, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Chapter 6 of the final rule TSD provides details on DOE's development of markups for circulator pumps.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Energy Use Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The purpose of the energy use analysis is to determine the annual energy consumption of circulator pumps at different efficiencies in representative U.S. single-family homes, multi-family residences, and commercial buildings, and to assess the energy savings potential of increased circulator pump efficiency. The energy use analysis estimates the range of energy use of circulator pumps in the field (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         as they are actually used by consumers). The energy use analysis provides the basis for other analyses DOE performed, particularly assessments of the energy savings and the savings in consumer operating costs that could result from adoption of new standards.
                    </P>
                    <P>Following the same approach as in the December 2022 NOPR, to calculate the annual energy use (“AEU”) for circulator pumps, DOE multiplied the annual operating hours by the line input power (derived in the engineering analysis) at each operating point. The following sections describe how DOE estimated circulator pump energy use in the field for different applications, geographical areas, and use cases.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Circulator Pump Applications</HD>
                    <P>DOE identified two primary applications for circulator pumps: hydronic heating, and hot water recirculation. Hydronic heating systems are typically characterized by the use of water to move heating from sources such as hot water boilers to different rooms through pipes and radiating surfaces. Hot water recirculation systems serve the purpose of moving hot water from sources such as water heaters, through pipes, to water fixture outlets. For each of these applications, DOE developed estimates of operating hours and load profiles to characterize circulator pump energy use in the field.</P>
                    <P>Circulator pumps used in hydronic heating applications typically have cast iron housings, while those used in hot water recirculation applications have housings made of stainless steel or bronze. DOE collected sales data for circulator pumps, including their housing materials, through manufacturer interviews, and was able to estimate the market share of each application by horsepower and efficiency level. To estimate market shares by sector and horsepower rating, DOE relied primarily on industry expert input.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the May 2021 RFI, DOE requested feedback on whether the breakdowns of circulator pumps by sector and application have changed since the CPWG proceedings. HI commented that there have not been any market changes to warrant a different estimate. (HI, No. 112 at p. 9) During the 2022 manufacturer interviews, DOE collected recent data and updated the estimated market shares by application. According to these data, DOE estimated the market share of circulator pumps used in hydronic heating and hot water recirculation applications at 66.6, and 33.4 percent, respectively.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44497"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Consumer Samples</HD>
                    <P>To estimate the energy use of circulator pumps in field operating conditions, DOE developed consumer samples that are representative of installation and operating characteristics of how such equipment is used in the field, as well as distributions of annual energy use by application and market segment.</P>
                    <P>
                        To develop a sample of circulator pump consumers, DOE used the Energy Information Administration's (EIA) 2018 Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption Survey (CBECS) 
                        <SU>36</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and the 2015 residential energy consumption survey (RECS) 
                        <SU>37</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                        . For the commercial sector, DOE selected commercial buildings from CBECS and apartment buildings with five or more units from RECS. For the residential sector, DOE selected single family attached or detached buildings from RECS. As discussed in chapter 7 of the final rule TSD, the majority of consumers (73.7%) of circulator pumps are in the residential sector, and the rest (26.3%) are in the commercial sector. The following paragraphs describe how DOE developed the consumer samples by application.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>36</SU>
                             U.S. Department of Energy-Energy Information Administration. 2012 Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption Survey (CBECS). 2018. (Last accessed September 29, 2023.) 
                            <E T="03">www.eia.gov/consumption/commercial/data/2012/.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>37</SU>
                             U.S. Department of Energy: Energy Information Administration. 2015 Residential Energy Consumption Survey (RECS). 2015. (Last accessed September 29, 2023.) 
                            <E T="03">www.eia.gov/consumption/residential/data/2015/.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For hydronic heating, because there is no data in RECS and CBECS specifically on the use of circulator pumps, DOE used data on hot water boilers to develop its consumer sample. DOE adjusted the selection weight associated with the representative RECS and CBECS buildings containing boilers to effectively exclude steam boilers, which are not used with circulator pumps. To estimate the distribution of circulator pumps by geographical region, DOE also used information on each building's heated area by boilers to correlate it to circulator horsepower rating.</P>
                    <P>
                        For hot water recirculation, there is limited information in RECS and CBECS. In the residential sector, DOE selected consumers based on building square footage and assumed that buildings greater than 3,000 square feet have a hot water recirculation system, according to feedback from the CPWG.
                        <SU>38</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 67 at pp. 171,172) DOE also assumed that only small (&lt;
                        <FR>1/12</FR>
                         hp) circulator pumps are installed in residential buildings, according to feedback from the CPWG. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 67 at pp. 157-163) For the commercial sector, DOE first selected buildings in CBECS with water heaters. Further, DOE assigned a circulator pump size category based on the number of floors in each building. The commercial segment of the RECS sample was defined as multi-family buildings with more than four units. Similar to the hydronic heating application, to determine a distribution by region by representative unit, DOE assigned circulator pump sizes (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         horsepower ratings) to building types based on the number of floors in each building.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>38</SU>
                             As discussed during the CPWG, a hot water recirculation pump is more likely to be available in a building where the distance from a water heater to outlets (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             bathrooms) is such that the benefits of a HWR system are more pronounced. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 46 at pp. 180-181,184)
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>For details on the consumer sample methodology, see chapter 7 of the final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Operating Hours</HD>
                    <P>DOE developed annual operating hour estimates by sector (commercial, residential) and application (hydronic heating, hot water recirculation).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Hydronic Heating</HD>
                    <P>
                        For hydronic heating applications in the residential sector, operating hours per year were estimated based on two sources: 2015 confidential residential field metering data from Vermont, and a 2012-2013 residential metering study in Ithaca, NY.
                        <SU>39</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE used the data from these metering data to establish a relationship between heating degree days (HDDs) 
                        <SU>40</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and circulator pump operating hours. DOE correlated monthly operating hours with corresponding HDDs to annual operating hours. DOE then used the geographic distribution of consumers, derived from the consumer sample based on RECS and CBECS in correlation to the presence of hot water boilers, as described in section IV.E.2, to estimate weighted-average HDDs for each region. For the residential sector, this scaling factor was 0.33 HPY/HDD. For the commercial sector, the CPWG recommended a scaling factor of 0.45 HPY/HDD. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 100 at pp. 122-123). The weighted average operating hours per year for the hydronic heating application were estimated at approximately 1,970 and 2,200 for the residential and commercial sector, respectively.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>39</SU>
                             Arena, L. and O. Faakye. Optimizing Hydronic System Performance in Residential Applications. 2013. U.S. Department of Energy Building Technologies Office. Last accessed July 21, 2022. 
                            <E T="03">www.nrel.gov/docs/fy14osti/60200.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>40</SU>
                             Heating Degree Day (HDD) is a measure of how cold a location was over a period of time, relative to a base temperature. In RECS and CBECS, the base temperature used is 65 °F and the period of time is one year. The heating degree-days for a single day is the difference between the base temperature and the day's average outside temperature if the daily average is less than the base, and zero if the daily average outside temperature is greater than or equal to the base temperature. The heating degree-days for a longer period of time are the sum of the daily heating degree-days for days in that period.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Hot Water Recirculation</HD>
                    <P>For circulator pumps used in hot water recirculation applications, DOE developed operating hour and consumer fractions estimates based on their associated control types, according to feedback from the CPWG (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 60 at p. 74; Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 67 at pp. 194-195; Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 68 at p. 184), as shown in Table IV.10.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="209">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44498"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.031</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>With regard to Table IV.10, Strauch commented that DOE overestimates operating hours for circulator pumps in the residential sector and cited personal experience with using a circulator pump with an integrated timer. (Strauch, No. 123 at p. 1) In response, while DOE acknowledges that the estimates in Table IV.10 are averages and do not cover all use cases, it also notes that these estimates were discussed in the CPWG and supported by stakeholders following the May 2021 RFI. (NEEA, No. 115 at pp. 5-6); (Grundfos, No. 113 at p. 9); (HI, No. 112 at p. 9)</P>
                    <P>NYSERDA commented that DOE's assumed average operating hours across technology options are nationally representative but may be higher when high-rise multi-family buildings due to longer pipes with increased heat loss, as well as larger household sizes and water usage. (NYSERDA, No.130 at p. 4)</P>
                    <P>DOE agrees with NYSERDA that multi-family buildings may consume more water and experience more heat loss than other types of buildings. However, DOE is not aware of data relating circulator pump hours of operation to building type. DOE also notes that its analysis does consider purchasers with the characteristics related to high-rise multi-family buildings. For example, half of the purchasers in the hot water recirculation application are estimated to use their circulator pump 24 hours per day. Further, DOE considers a wide range of piping configurations in its calculation of load profiles as described in the section IV.E.4, including systems curves related to longer pipes.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Load Profiles</HD>
                    <P>
                        To estimate the power consumption of each representative unit at each efficiency level, DOE used the following methodology: For each representative unit, DOE defined a range of typical system curves representing different piping and fluid configurations and bounded the representative unit's pump curve derived in the engineering analysis within those system curves. The upper and lower boundaries of this range of system curves correspond to a maximum (
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">max</E>
                        ) and minimum (
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">min</E>
                        ) value of volumetric flow. The value of 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">max</E>
                         is capped to 150% of BEP flow at most, while the value of the value of 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">min</E>
                         is capped to at least 25% of BEP flow.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For single speed circulator pumps (ELs 0-2) in single zone applications, DOE randomly selects a single operating point (
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="52">0</E>
                        ) within the boundaries of a uniform distribution defined by the system curves such that 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="52">0</E>
                         is between 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">min</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">max</E>
                        . The AEU is then calculated by multiplying the power consumption at the volumetric flow 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="52">0</E>
                        , as derived in the engineering analysis, by the annual operating hours. DOE notes that while a random operating point is assigned to each purchaser of an analyzed representative unit, as discussed in the previous paragraph, the boundaries 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">min</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">max</E>
                         are selected such that they correspond to appropriate operating ranges specifically for each of those representative units.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For variable-speed circulator pumps (ELs 3-4) in single-zone applications, similarly, DOE randomly selects a single operating point (
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="52">0</E>
                        ) within the boundaries of the system curves, such that 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="52">0</E>
                         is between 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">min</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">max</E>
                        .  After the operating point is selected, the procedure to determine the AEU varies depending on the value of 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="52">0</E>
                        : If the selected operating point (
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="52">0</E>
                        ) has a flow that is equal or higher than Q
                        <E T="52">BEP</E>
                        , the method is the same as the one for single speed circulator pumps in single zones. For operating points where 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="52">0</E>
                         &lt;Q
                        <E T="54">BEP</E>
                        , DOE assumes that the circulator pump reduces its speed and operates at the intersection of the corresponding system curve and the control curve of each EL (dP or dT), at a flow 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">x</E>
                        . The AEU is then calculated by multiplying the power consumption at the volumetric flow 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">x</E>
                        , as derived in the engineering analysis, by the annual operating hours, after adjusting the hours to maintain the same heat as 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="52">0</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For circulator pumps in multi-zone applications DOE modeled their operation by assuming that representative multi-zone systems have three zones, resulting in two additional operating points (
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="52">−</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="52">+</E>
                        ), which are equidistant from a randomly selected operating point, 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="52">0</E>
                        , and are within the allowable operating flow (between 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">min</E>
                         and 
                        <E T="03">Q</E>
                        <E T="54">max</E>
                        ), as defined by the representative unit's characteristic system curves. (Docket #0004, No. 61 at p. 88)
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In the December 2022 NOPR, DOE noted that its energy use analysis assumes that all purchasers of variable-speed equipment with controls (ELs 3 and 4) are installed in systems that benefit from such control capabilities. However, this assumption may differ from the reality of installations in the field, where a fraction of purchasers may not benefit from such control capabilities due to system characteristics or improper installation. In such cases, the energy use of EL 3 and EL 4 equipment would be at similar levels to EL 2 equipment. The CA IOUs commented that they agree with DOE's 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44499"/>
                        assertion that a portion of purchasers do not benefit from controls in the field, in which case energy savings of variable speed controls compared to EL 2 may not be fully realized. However, they noted that occurrences of ineffective installed controls should decrease over time as integrated controls and automatic-operating-point adjustments become simpler to set-up and more widely adopted (CA IOUs, No. 133 at p. 3) ASAP requested that DOE determine the fraction of circulator pump installations in the field that are indeed capable of benefiting from speed control. (ASAP, No. 131 at p. 2)
                    </P>
                    <P>In response to these comments, DOE conducted further research but found no data on the fraction of circulator pump installations in the field that are indeed capable of benefiting from speed controls. In turn, DOE conducted a sensitivity analysis to estimate the impact in the LCC analysis of varying the fraction of purchasers that benefit from controls in the field. Results showed that the fraction of purchasers experiencing a net cost at EL 3 and EL 4 would linearly increase from 42.7% to 60.7% and 45.9% to 74.8%, respectively, when the fraction of purchasers who do benefit from controls in the field varies from 100% to 0%. The remaining ELs (EL0 and EL1) do not include controls and were not affected. See chapter 8 of the final rule TSD and appendix 8D for more details on this sensitivity analysis.</P>
                    <P>Chapter 7 of the final rule TSD provides details on DOE's energy use analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis</HD>
                    <P>DOE conducted LCC and PBP analyses to evaluate the economic impacts on individual purchasers of potential energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. The effect of new energy conservation standards on individual purchasers usually involves a reduction in operating cost and an increase in purchase cost. DOE used the following two metrics to measure consumer impacts:</P>
                    <P>☐ The LCC is the total consumer expense of an equipment over the life of that equipment, consisting of total installed cost (manufacturer selling price, distribution chain markups, sales tax, and installation costs) plus operating costs (expenses for energy use, maintenance, and repair). To compute the operating costs, DOE discounts future operating costs to the time of purchase and sums them over the lifetime of the equipment.</P>
                    <P>☐ The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes purchasers to recover the increased purchase cost (including installation) of a more-efficient equipment through lower operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost at higher efficiency levels by the change in annual operating cost for the year that new standards are assumed to take effect.</P>
                    <P>For any given efficiency level, DOE measures the change in LCC relative to the LCC in the no-new-standards case, which reflects the estimated efficiency distribution of circulator pumps in the absence of new energy conservation standards. In contrast, the PBP for a given efficiency level is measured relative to the baseline equipment.</P>
                    <P>For each considered efficiency level in each equipment class, DOE calculated the LCC and PBP for a nationally representative set of commercial and residential purchasers. As stated previously, DOE developed purchaser samples from the 2015 RECS and the 2018 CBECS, for the residential and commercial sectors, respectively. For each sampled purchaser, DOE determined the energy consumption for the circulator pumps and the appropriate energy price. By developing a representative sample of purchasers, the analysis captured the variability in energy consumption and energy prices associated with the use of circulator pumps.</P>
                    <P>Inputs to the calculation of total installed cost include the cost of the equipment—which includes MPCs, manufacturer markups, retailer and distributor markups, and sales taxes—and installation costs. Inputs to the calculation of operating expenses include annual energy consumption, energy prices and price projections, repair and maintenance costs, equipment lifetimes, and discount rates. DOE created distributions of values for equipment lifetime, discount rates, and sales taxes, with probabilities attached to each value, to account for their uncertainty and variability.</P>
                    <P>The computer model DOE uses to calculate the LCC relies on a Monte Carlo simulation to incorporate uncertainty and variability into the analysis. The Monte Carlo simulations randomly sample input values from the probability distributions and circulator pumps user samples. The model calculated the LCC and PBP for a sample of 75,000 purchasers per simulation run. The analytical results include a distribution of 75,000 data points showing the range of LCC savings. In performing an iteration of the Monte Carlo simulation for a given consumer, equipment efficiency is chosen based on its probability. By accounting for purchasers who already purchase more-efficient equipment, DOE avoids overstating the potential benefits from increasing efficiency.</P>
                    <P>DOE calculated the LCC and PBP for purchasers of circulator pumps as if each were to purchase a new equipment in the first year of required compliance with new standards. As discussed in section III.G, new standards would apply to circulator pumps manufactured 4 years after the date on which any new or amended standard is published. DOE is publishing this final rule in 2024. Therefore, for purposes of its analysis, DOE used 2028 as the first year of compliance with standards for circulator pumps.</P>
                    <P>Table IV.11 summarizes the approach and data DOE used to derive inputs to the LCC and PBP calculations. The subsections that follow provide further discussion. Details of the model, and of all the inputs to the LCC and PBP analyses, are contained in chapter 8 of the final rule TSD and its appendices.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="257">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44500"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.032</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Equipment Cost</HD>
                    <P>To calculate consumer equipment costs, DOE multiplied the MPCs developed in the engineering analysis by the markups described previously (along with sales taxes). DOE used different markups for baseline equipment and higher-efficiency equipment because DOE applies an incremental markup to the increase in MSP associated with higher-efficiency equipment. Due to lack of historical price data and uncertainty on the factors that may affect future circulator pump prices, such as price declines on certain equipment components, DOE assumed a constant price over the analysis period. However, DOE developed a sensitivity analysis accounting for future price declines of electronic components in circulator pumps with ECMs. See chapter 8 of the final rule TSD and appendix 8D for more details on this sensitivity analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Installation Cost</HD>
                    <P>
                        Installation cost includes labor, overhead, and any miscellaneous materials and parts associated with installing a circulator pump in the place of use. DOE derived installation costs for circulator pumps based on data from RSMeans and input from the CPWG.
                        <SU>41</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (Docket #0004, No. 67 at p. 266)
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>41</SU>
                             RSMeans. 2021 RSMeans Plumbing Cost Data. Rockland, MA. 
                            <E T="03">http://www.rsmeans.com.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>DOE assumed that circulator pumps without variable speed controls (ELs 0-2) require a labor time of 3 hours and an additional 30 minutes for circulators with electronic controls (ELs 3 and 4). (Docket #0004, No. 67 at p. 266) RSMeans provides estimates on the labor hours and labor costs required to install equipment. In the NOPR, DOE derived the installation cost for circulator pumps as the product of labor hours and time required to install a circulator pump. Installation costs vary by geographic location and efficiency level. During the 2022 manufacturer interviews, manufacturers agreed with DOE's approach to estimate installation costs.</P>
                    <P>In the December 2022 NOPR, the CA IOUs acknowledged DOE's installation cost assumptions regarding additional set-up time for circulator pumps with controls due to commissioning challenges. However, they noted that, in a future rulemaking evaluation cycle, DOE should not consider incremental set-up time for circulator pumps at EL 3 and EL 4 that have automatic-operating-point selection functionality. (CA IOUs, No.133 at p. 2-3) In response to the CA IOUs comment, DOE states that is not aware of data quantifying the fraction of circulator pumps purchasers that have automatic-operating-point selection functionality. Therefore, DOE maintained its installation cost assumptions, which are based on what was agreed by the CWPG, as previously described.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Annual Energy Consumption</HD>
                    <P>For each sampled purchaser, DOE determined the AEU for a circulator pump at different efficiency levels using the approach described previously in section IV.E.3 of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Energy Prices</HD>
                    <P>Because marginal electricity price more accurately captures the incremental savings associated with a change in energy use from higher efficiency, it provides a better representation of incremental change in consumer costs than average electricity prices. DOE generally applies average electricity prices for the energy use of the equipment purchased in the no-new-standards case, and marginal electricity prices for the incremental change in energy use associated with the other efficiency levels considered. In this final rule, DOE only used marginal electricity prices due to the calculated annual electricity cost for some regions and efficiency levels being negative when using average electricity prices for the energy use of the equipment purchased in the no-new-standards case. Negative costs can occur in instances where the marginal electricity cost for the region and the energy savings relative to the baseline for the given efficiency level are large enough that the incremental cost savings exceed the baseline cost.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE derived electricity prices in 2022 using data from EEI Typical Bills and Average Rates reports. Based upon comprehensive, industry-wide surveys, this semi-annual report presents typical monthly electric bills and average kilowatt-hour costs to the customer as charged by investor-owned utilities. For the residential sector, DOE calculated 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44501"/>
                        electricity prices using the methodology described in Coughlin and Beraki (2018).
                        <SU>42</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For the commercial sector, DOE calculated electricity prices using the methodology described in Coughlin and Beraki (2019).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>42</SU>
                             Coughlin, K. and B. Beraki.2018. Residential Electricity Prices: A Review of Data Sources and Estimation Methods. Lawrence Berkeley National Lab. Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL-2001169. 
                            <E T="03">ees.lbl.gov/publications/residential-electricity-prices-review</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>DOE's methodology allows electricity prices to vary by sector, region, and season. In the analysis, variability in electricity prices is chosen to be consistent with the way the consumer economic and energy use characteristics are defined in the LCC analysis.</P>
                    <P>
                        To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the 2022 regional energy prices by the projection of annual change in national-average residential or commercial energy price from 
                        <E T="03">AEO2023,</E>
                         which has an end year of 2050.
                        <SU>43</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         For each purchaser sampled, DOE applied the projection for the geographic location in which the consumer was located. To estimate price trends after 2050, DOE assumed that the regional prices would remain at the 2050 value.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>43</SU>
                             EIA. Annual Energy Outlook 2023. Available at 
                            <E T="03">www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/</E>
                             (last accessed September, 21, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>DOE used the electricity price trends associated with the AEO Reference case, which is a business-as-usual estimate, given known market, demographic, and technological trends. DOE also included AEO High Economic Growth and AEO Low Economic Growth scenarios in the analysis. The high- and low-growth cases show the projected effects of alternative economic growth assumptions on energy prices.</P>
                    <P>For a detailed discussion of the development of electricity prices, see chapter 8 of the final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Maintenance and Repair Costs</HD>
                    <P>Repair costs are associated with repairing or replacing equipment components that have failed in an equipment; maintenance costs are associated with maintaining the operation of the equipment. Typically, small incremental increases in equipment efficiency entail no, or only minor, changes in repair and maintenance costs compared to baseline efficiency equipment.</P>
                    <P>As in the December 2022 NOPR, DOE assumed that only certain types of CP3 circulators require annual maintenance through oil lubrication. Based on CPWG feedback, DOE assumed that 50 percent of commercial purchasers have a maintenance cost of $10 per year and 25 percent of residential purchasers have a maintenance cost of $20 per year, which result in an overall $5 annual maintenance cost for CP3 circulators in each of the two applications. (Docket #0004, No. 47 at pp. 324-327)</P>
                    <P>Repair costs consist of both labor and replacement part costs. DOE assumed that repair costs for CP1 circulators are negligible because purchasers tend to discard such equipment when they fail. For CP2 and CP3 circulator pumps, DOE assumed that 50 percent of purchasers will incur repairs once in the equipment lifetime, that repair cost does not vary with efficiency level, and that cost is spread over the equipment's lifetime. Rather than assuming a specific repair year, the cost of a single repair is divided over the lifetime of the equipment and added to its annual operating expenses. According to CPWG feedback and manufacturer interview input, typical repairs for CP2 and CP3 include seal replacements and coupler plus motor mount replacements, respectively. DOE assumed consistent labor time with installation costs, which is 3 hours for seal replacement and 1.5 hours for coupler and motor mount replacement. Additionally, DOE assumes there is no variation in repair costs between a baseline efficiency circulator and a higher efficiency circulator. During the 2022 manufacturer interviews, manufacturers agreed with DOE's approach to estimate maintenance and repair costs. DOE maintained its assumptions in this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. Equipment Lifetime</HD>
                    <P>Equipment lifetime is the age when a unit of circulator equipment is retired from service. DOE estimated lifetimes and developed lifetime distributions for circulator pumps primarily based on manufacturer interviews conducted in 2016 and CPWG feedback. (Docket #0004, No. 41 at p. 74) The data collected by manufacturers allowed DOE to develop a survival function, which provides a distribution of lifetimes ranging from a minimum of 3 years based on warranty covered period, to a maximum of 50 years for CP1, CP2, or CP3 respectively. Based on manufacturer interviews, DOE assumed circulator pump lifetimes do not vary across efficiency levels. (Docket #0004, No. 41 at p. 74) Table IV.12 shows the average and maximum lifetimes by circulator variety.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="72">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.033</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>During the 2022 manufacturer interviews, DOE solicited additional feedback from manufacturers on the lifetime assumptions presented in Table IV.12, and the general consensus was that there have not been significant technological changes to warrant a different estimate on the circulator pump lifetimes.</P>
                    <P>Mark Strauch commented that equipment lifetime should vary by efficiency level because more controls equate to less reliability and AC motors and ECMs fail at different rates. (Mark Strauch, No.123 at p. 1) DOE did not modify its lifetime assumptions because its assumptions rely on feedback from manufacturer interviews and CPWG feedback.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">7. Discount Rates</HD>
                    <P>In the calculation of LCC, DOE applies discount rates appropriate to residential and commercial purchasers to estimate the present value of future operating cost savings. The subsections below provide information on the derivation of the discount rates by sector.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Residential</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE applies weighted average discount rates calculated from consumer debt and asset data, rather than marginal 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44502"/>
                        or implicit discount rates.
                        <SU>44</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The LCC analysis estimates net present value over the lifetime of the equipment, so the appropriate discount rate will reflect the general opportunity cost of household funds, taking this time scale into account. Given the long time-horizon modeled in the LCC, the application of a marginal interest rate associated with an initial source of funds is inaccurate. Regardless of the method of purchase, purchasers are expected to continue to rebalance their debt and asset holdings over the LCC analysis period, based on the restrictions purchasers face in their debt payment requirements and the relative size of the interest rates available on debts and assets. DOE estimates the aggregate impact of this rebalancing using the historical distribution of debts and assets.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>44</SU>
                             The implicit discount rate is inferred from a consumer purchase decision between two otherwise identical goods with different first cost and operating cost. It is the interest rate that equates the increment of first cost to the difference in net present value of lifetime operating cost, incorporating the influence of several factors: transaction costs; risk premiums and response to uncertainty; time preferences; interest rates at which a consumer is able to borrow or lend. The implicit discount rate is not appropriate for the LCC analysis because it reflects a range of factors that influence consumer purchase decisions, rather than the opportunity cost of the funds that are used in purchases.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        To establish residential discount rates for the LCC analysis, DOE identified all relevant household debt or asset classes in order to approximate a consumer's opportunity cost of funds related to equipment energy cost savings. It estimated the average percentage shares of the various types of debt and equity by household income group using data from the Federal Reserve Board's triennial Survey of Consumer Finances 
                        <SU>45</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (“SCF”) in 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, 2013, 2016, and 2019. U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. 
                        <E T="03">Survey of Consumer Finances.</E>
                         1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, 2013, 2016, and 2019. (Last accessed August 1, 2023.) 
                        <E T="03">http://www.federalreserve.gov/econresdata/scf/scfindex.htm.</E>
                         Using the SCF and other sources, DOE developed a distribution of rates for each type of debt and asset by income group to represent the rates that may apply in the year in which new standards would take effect. DOE assigned each sample household a specific discount rate drawn from one of the distributions. The average rate across all types of household debt and equity and income groups, weighted by the shares of each type, is 3.9 percent. See chapter 8 of the final rule TSD for further details on the development of consumer discount rates.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>45</SU>
                             U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. 
                            <E T="03">Survey of Consumer Finances.</E>
                             1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, 2013, 2016, and 2019. (Last accessed May 1, 2023.) 
                            <E T="03">www.federalreserve.gov/econresdata/scf/scfindex.htm</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Commercial</HD>
                    <P>
                        For commercial purchasers, DOE used the cost of capital to estimate the present value of cash flows to be derived from a typical company project or investment. Most companies use both debt and equity capital to fund investments, so the cost of capital is the weighted-average cost to the firm of equity and debt financing. This corporate finance approach is referred to as the weighted-average cost of capital. DOE used currently available economic data in developing commercial discount rates, with Damodaran Online being the primary data source.
                        <SU>46</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The average discount rate across the commercial building types is 6.9 percent.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>46</SU>
                             Damodaran, A. Data Page: Costs of Capital by Industry Sector. 2021. (Last accessed August 1, 2023.) 
                            <E T="03">http://pages.stern.nyu.edu/~adamodar/.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>See chapter 8 of the final rule TSD for further details on the development of discount rates.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case</HD>
                    <P>
                        To accurately estimate the share of purchasers that would be affected by a potential energy conservation standard at a particular efficiency level, DOE's LCC analysis considered the projected distribution (market shares) of equipment efficiencies under the no-new-standards case (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the case without new energy conservation standards).
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To estimate the energy efficiency distribution of circulator pumps at the assumed compliance year (2028), DOE first analyzed detailed confidential manufacturer shipments data from 2015, broken down by efficiency level, circulator variety, and nominal horsepower. During the 2016 manufacturer interviews, DOE also collected aggregated historical circulator pump efficiency data from 2013 to 2015. Based on these data, DOE developed an efficiency trend between the year for which DOE had detailed data (2015) and the expected first year of compliance.
                        <SU>47</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         According to CPWG feedback, DOE applied an efficiency trend from baseline (EL 0) circulator pumps to circulator pumps with ECMs (ELs 2-4). (Docket #0004, No. 78 at p. 6).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>47</SU>
                             To develop the efficiency trend, DOE also utilized an estimated introduction year of 1994 for circulator pumps with ECMs. (Docket #0004, No. 78 at p. 6).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In the May 2021 RFI, DOE requested information on whether any changes in the circulator pump market since 2015 have affected the market efficiency distribution of circulator pumps. NEEA discussed their energy efficiency program for circulators since mid 2020 and the circulator sales data collected from circulator manufacturer representatives covering the entire Northwest at the start of 2020. NEEA stated that more than two-thirds of circulator pumps sold by participants in the Northwest are not equipped with ECM. NEEA stated that fewer than one-fifth of circulator pumps are equipped with speed control technology. (NEEA, No. 115 at pp. 2-3, 6) HI stated that small incremental growth is occurring for ECMs, but first cost is a barrier. (HI, No. 112 at p. 9-10) Grundfos suggested market changes have affected distribution of circulators since 2015 and DOE should use manufacturer and market interviews to update their dataset. (Grundfos, No. 113 at p. 9)</P>
                    <P>During the 2022 manufacturer interviews, DOE collected additional aggregated historical circulator pump efficiency data (ranging from 2016 to 2021). Based on these data, DOE retained the methodology described earlier, but updated the efficiency trend, which was used to project the no-standards-case efficiency distribution at the assumed compliance year (2028) and beyond. See chapter 8 of the final rule TSD for further information on the derivation of the efficiency distributions.</P>
                    <P>Following the December 2022 NOPR, in which DOE requested further comment on its approach and inputs to develop the no-new standards case efficiency distribution, HI commented that it agrees with DOE's approach and noted that markets are moving towards more controlled equipment. (HI, No. 135 at p. 5). DOE maintained the same methodology as in the December 2022 NOPR to develop the no-standards-case efficiency distribution in this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Assignment of Circulator Pump Efficiency to Sampled Consumers</HD>
                    <P>
                        While DOE expects economic factors to play a role when consumers, commercial building owners, or builders decide on what type of circulator pump to install, assignment of circulator pump efficiency for a given installation based solely on economic measures such as life-cycle cost or simple payback period would not fully and accurately reflect most real-world installations. There are a number of market failures discussed in the economics literature that illustrate how purchasing decisions with respect to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44503"/>
                        energy efficiency are unlikely to be perfectly correlated with energy use, as described subsequently. DOE maintains that the method of assignment, which is in part random, is a reasonable approach. It simulates behavior in the circulator pump market, where market failures result in purchasing decisions not being perfectly aligned with economic interests. DOE further emphasizes that its approach does not assume that all purchasers of circulator pumps make economically irrational decisions (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the lack of a correlation is not the same as a negative correlation). As part of the random assignment, some homes or buildings with large heating loads will be assigned higher-efficiency circulator pumps, and some homes or buildings with particularly low heating loads will be assigned baseline circulator pumps, which aligns with the available data. By using this approach, DOE acknowledges the uncertainty inherent in the data and does not assume certain market conditions that are unsupported by the available evidence.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The following discussion provides more detail about the various market failures that affect circulator pump purchases. First, consumers are motivated by more than simple financial trade-offs. There are consumers who are willing to pay a premium for more energy-efficient products because they are environmentally conscious.
                        <SU>48</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Additionally, there are systematic market failures that are likely to contribute further complexity to how equipment is chosen by consumers. For example, in new construction, builders influence the type of circulator pumps used in many buildings but do not pay operating costs. Also, contractors install a large share of circulator pumps in replacement situations, and they can exert a high degree of influence over the type of circulator pump purchased. Furthermore, emergency replacements of essential equipment such as a circulator pump in the heating season are strongly biased toward like-for-like replacement (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         replacing the non-functioning equipment with a similar or identical product). Time is a constraining factor during emergency replacements, and consumers may not consider the full range of available options on the market, despite their availability. The consideration of alternative equipment options is far more likely for planned replacements and installations in new construction.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>48</SU>
                             Ward, D.O., Clark, C.D., Jensen, K.L., Yen, S.T., &amp; Russell, C.S. (2011): “Factors influencing willingness-to pay for the ENERGY STAR® label,” 
                            <E T="03">Energy Policy, 39</E>
                             (3), 1450-1458 (Available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0301421510009171</E>
                            ) (Last accessed March 14, 2024).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>There are market failures relevant to circulator pumps installed in commercial applications as well. It is often assumed that because commercial and industrial customers are businesses that have trained or experienced individuals making decisions regarding investments in cost-saving measures, some of the commonly observed market failures present in the general population of residential customers should not be as prevalent in a commercial setting. However, there are many characteristics of organizational structure and historic circumstance in commercial settings that can lead to underinvestment in energy efficiency.</P>
                    <P>
                        First, a recognized problem in commercial settings is the split incentive problem, where the building owner (or building developer) selects the equipment, and the tenant (or subsequent building owner) pays for energy costs.
                        <E T="51">49 50</E>
                        <FTREF/>
                         There are other similarly misaligned incentives embedded in the organizational structure within a given firm or business that can impact the choice of a circulator pump. For example, if one department or individual within an organization is responsible for capital expenditures (and therefore equipment selection) while a separate department or individual is responsible for paying the energy bills, a market failure similar to the split-incentive problem can result.
                        <SU>51</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Additionally, managers may have other responsibilities and often have other incentives besides operating cost minimization, such as satisfying shareholder expectations, which can sometimes be focused on short-term returns.
                        <SU>52</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Decision-making related to commercial buildings is highly complex and involves gathering information from and for a variety of different market actors. It is common to see conflicting goals across various actors within the same organization, as well as information asymmetries between market actors in the energy efficiency context in commercial building construction.
                        <SU>53</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>49</SU>
                             Vernon, D., and Meier, A. (2012). “Identification and quantification of principal-agent problems affecting energy efficiency investments and use decisions in the trucking industry,” 
                            <E T="03">Energy Policy,</E>
                             49, 266-273.
                        </P>
                        <P>
                            <SU>50</SU>
                             Blum, H. and Sathaye, J. (2010). “Quantitative Analysis of the Principal-Agent Problem in Commercial Buildings in the U.S.: Focus on Central Space Heating and Cooling,” Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, LBNL-3557E (Available at: 
                            <E T="03">escholarship.org/uc/item/6p1525mg</E>
                            ) (Last accessed March 14, 2024).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>51</SU>
                             Prindle, B., Sathaye, J., Murtishaw, S., Crossley, D., Watt, G., Hughes, J., and de Visser, E. (2007). “Quantifying the effects of market failures in the end-use of energy,” Final Draft Report Prepared for International Energy Agency (Available from International Energy Agency, Head of Publications Service, 9 rue de la Federation, 75739 Paris, Cedex 15 France).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>52</SU>
                             Bushee, B.J. (1998). “The influence of institutional investors on myopic R&amp;D investment behavior,” 
                            <E T="03">Accounting Review,</E>
                             305-333. DeCanio, S.J. (1993). “Barriers Within Firms to Energy Efficient Investments,” 
                            <E T="03">Energy Policy,</E>
                             21(9), 906-914 (explaining the connection between short-termism and underinvestment in energy efficiency).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>53</SU>
                             International Energy Agency (IEA). (2007). Mind the Gap: Quantifying Principal-Agent Problems in Energy Efficiency. OECD Pub. (Available at 
                            <E T="03">www.iea.org/reports/mind-the-gap</E>
                            ) (Last accessed March 14, 2024).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The arguments for the existence of market failures in the commercial and industrial sectors are corroborated by empirical evidence. One study in particular showed evidence of substantial gains in energy efficiency that could have been achieved without negative repercussions on profitability, but the investments had not been undertaken by firms.
                        <SU>54</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The study found that multiple organizational and institutional factors caused firms to require shorter payback periods and higher returns than the cost of capital for alternative investments of similar risk. Another study demonstrated similar results with firms requiring very short payback periods of 1-2 years in order to adopt energy-saving projects, implying hurdle rates of 50 to 100 percent, despite the potential economic benefits.
                        <SU>55</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>54</SU>
                             DeCanio, S.J. (1998). “The Efficiency Paradox: Bureaucratic and Organizational Barriers to Profitable Energy-Saving Investments,” 
                            <E T="03">Energy Policy,</E>
                             26(5), 441-454.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>55</SU>
                             Andersen, S.T., and Newell, R.G. (2004). “Information programs for technology adoption: the case of energy-efficiency audits,” 
                            <E T="03">Resource and Energy Economics,</E>
                             26, 27-50.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The existence of market failures in the residential and commercial sectors is well supported by the economics literature and by a number of case studies. If DOE developed an efficiency distribution that assigned circulator pump efficiency in the no-new-standards case solely according to energy use or economic considerations such as life-cycle cost or payback period, the resulting distribution of efficiencies within the building sample would not reflect any of the market failures or behavioral factors above. Thus, DOE concludes such a distribution would not be representative of the circulator pump market.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">9. Payback Period Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The payback period is the amount of time (expressed in years) it takes the consumer to recover the additional installed cost of more-efficient equipment, compared to baseline equipment, through energy cost savings. Payback periods that exceed the life of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44504"/>
                        the equipment mean that the increased total installed cost is not recovered in reduced operating expenses.
                    </P>
                    <P>The inputs to the PBP calculation for each efficiency level are the change in total installed cost of the equipment and the change in the first-year annual operating expenditures relative to the baseline. DOE refers to this as a “simple PBP” because it does not consider changes over time in operating cost savings. The PBP calculation uses the same inputs as the LCC analysis when deriving first-year operating costs.</P>
                    <P>As noted previously, EPCA establishes a rebuttable presumption that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing an equipment complying with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three times the value of the first year's energy savings resulting from the standard, as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) For each considered efficiency level, DOE determined the value of the first year's energy savings by calculating the energy savings in accordance with the applicable DOE test procedure, and multiplying those savings by the average energy price projection for the year in which compliance with the new standards would be required.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Shipments Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE uses projections of annual equipment shipments to calculate the national impacts of potential new energy conservation standards on energy use, NPV, and future manufacturer cash flows.
                        <SU>56</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The shipments model takes an accounting approach, tracking market shares of each equipment class and the vintage of units in the stock. Stock accounting uses equipment shipments as inputs to estimate the age distribution of in-service equipment stocks for all years. The age distribution of in-service equipment stocks is a key input to calculations of both the NES and NPV, because operating costs for any year depend on the age distribution of the stock.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>56</SU>
                             DOE uses data on manufacturer shipments as a proxy for national sales, as aggregate data on sales are lacking. In general, one would expect a close correspondence between shipments and sales.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In the accounting approach, shipments are the result either of demand for the replacement of existing equipment, or of demand for equipment from new commercial and residential construction. Replacements in any projection year are based on (a) shipments in prior years, and (b) the lifetime of previously shipped equipment. Demand for new equipment is based on the rate of increase in commercial floor space (in the commercial sector), and residential housing (in the residential sector). In each year of shipments projections, retiring equipment is removed from a record of existing stock, and new shipments are added. DOE accounts for demand lost to demolitions (
                        <E T="03">i.e.</E>
                         loss of circulator pumps that will not be replaced) by assuming that a small fraction of stock is retired without being replaced in each year, based on a derived demolition rate for each sector.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE collected confidential historical shipments data for the period 2013-2021 from manufacturer interviews held in 2016 (during the CPWG) and 2022. Shipments data provided by manufacturers were broken down by circulator variety, nominal horsepower rating, and efficiency. Table IV.13 presents historical circulator pumps shipments. Note that due to confidentiality concerns, DOE is only able to present aggregated circulator pump shipments.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="131">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.034</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. No-New-Standards Case Shipments Projections</HD>
                    <P>The no-new-standards case shipments projections are an estimate of how much of each equipment type would be shipped in the absence of any new standard. DOE projected shipments in the no-new-standards case by circulator pump variety (CP1, CP2, and CP3) as well as sector (residential and commercial) and application (hydronic heating and hot water recirculation).</P>
                    <P>In the no-new-standards case, DOE assumes that demand for new installations would be met by CP1 circulator pumps alone. New demand is based on AEO 2023 projections of commercial floorspace and new construction (for demand to the commercial sector), and projections of residential housing stock and starts (for demand to the residential sector).</P>
                    <P>
                        HI commented that DOE should consider the impact of legislation and increased demand of heat pumps and their impact on circulator pump shipments. (HI, No.135 at p. 5) While DOE is not able to explicitly estimate the effect of recent legislation incentivizing heat pump adoption, DOE assumes that over time, a decreasing amount of demand for equipment in the hydronic heating application is met by circulator pumps. For each year in the shipments projection period (2022-2057), DOE estimates a 6 percent year-over-year reduction of new demand penetration for circulator pumps in the hydronic heating application. This estimate is based on a trendline fit from available Census data on new heating systems.
                        <SU>57</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         See Chapter 9 of the final rule TSD for more details on this analysis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>57</SU>
                             Type of Heating System Used in New Single-Family Houses Completed. Available at 
                            <E T="03">www.census.gov/construction/chars/xls/heatsystem_cust.xls</E>
                             (Last accessed August 20, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE assumed that demand for replacements would be met by circulator pumps of the same variety (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         CP2 only replaced by CP2) in each 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44505"/>
                        sector and application, according to manufacturer feedback.
                        <SU>58</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         After calculating retirements of existing pumps based on those previously shipped and equipment lifetimes, DOE assumes that some of this quantity will not be replaced due to demolition. DOE estimates the demolition rate of existing equipment stock by using the AEO 2023 projections of new commercial floorspace and floorspace growth in the commercial sector, and new housing starts and housing stock in the residential sector.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>58</SU>
                             According to manufacturer feedback, circulator pumps are typically replaced by the same model if available when they fail. Contractors and technicians are more likely to replace a like-for-like circulator pump in order to match installation configurations and that the replacement pump meets the performance criteria of the replaced one.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Standards-Case Shipment Projections</HD>
                    <P>
                        The standards-case shipments projections account for the effects of potential standards on shipments. DOE assumed a “roll-up” scenario to estimate standards-case shipments, wherein the no-new-standards-case shipments that would be below the minimum qualifying efficiency level prescribed by a standard beginning in the assumed compliance year (2028) are “rolled up” (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         added to) to the minimum qualifying equipment efficiency level at that standard level.
                    </P>
                    <P>HI did not provide any further suggestions beyond the approach proposed by DOE. (HI, No.135 at p. 5). See chapter 9 of the final rule TSD for details on the shipments analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. National Impact Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The NIA assesses the national energy savings (“NES”) and the NPV from a national perspective of total consumer costs and savings that would be expected to result from new standards at specific efficiency levels.
                        <SU>59</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (“Consumer” in this context refers to purchasers of the equipment being regulated.) DOE calculates the NES and NPV for the potential standard levels considered based on projections of annual equipment shipments, along with the annual energy consumption and total installed cost data from the energy use and LCC analyses. For the present analysis, DOE projected the energy savings, operating cost savings, equipment costs, and NPV of consumer benefits over the lifetime of circulator pumps sold from 2028 through 2057.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>59</SU>
                             The NIA accounts for impacts in the 50 states and U.S. territories.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE evaluates the impacts of new standards by comparing a case without such standards with standards-case projections. The no-new-standards case characterizes energy use and consumer costs for each equipment class in the absence of new energy conservation standards. For this projection, DOE considers historical trends in efficiency and various forces that are likely to affect the mix of efficiencies over time. DOE compares the no-new-standards case with projections characterizing the market for each equipment class if DOE adopted new standards at specific energy efficiency levels (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the TSLs or standards cases) for that class. For the standards cases, DOE considers how a given standard would likely affect the market shares of equipment with efficiencies greater than the standard.
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE provides a spreadsheet model to calculate the energy savings and the national consumer costs and savings from each TSL. Interested parties can review DOE's analyses by changing various input quantities within the spreadsheet. The NIA spreadsheet model uses typical values (as opposed to probability distributions) as inputs.</P>
                    <P>Table IV.14 summarizes the inputs and methods DOE used for the NIA analysis for the final rule. Discussion of these inputs and methods follows the table. See chapter 10 of the final rule TSD for further details.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="212">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.035</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Equipment Efficiency Trends</HD>
                    <P>A key component of the NIA is the trend in energy efficiency projected for the no-new-standards case and each of the standards cases. Section IV.F.8 of this document describes how DOE developed an energy efficiency distribution for the no-new-standards case (which yields a shipment-weighted average efficiency) for each of the considered equipment classes for the year of anticipated compliance with an new standard. To project the trend in efficiency absent new standards for circulator pumps over the entire shipments projection period, DOE followed the approach discussed in section IV.F.8 of this document. The approach is further described in chapter 8 of the final rule TSD.</P>
                    <P>
                        For the standards cases, DOE used a “roll-up” scenario to establish the shipment-weighted efficiency for the year that standards are assumed to 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44506"/>
                        become effective (2028). In this scenario, the market shares of equipment in the no-new-standards case that do not meet the standard under consideration would “roll up” to meet the new standard level, and the market share of equipment above the standard would remain unchanged.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The CA IOUs commented that they expect accelerated adoption of circulator pumps with variable speed controls following a standard at TSL 2 and strongly encouraged DOE to collaborate with stakeholders monitoring these trends to better inform the LCC and NIA analyses and associated savings from EL 3 and EL 4 circulator pumps. (CA IOUs, No.133 at p. 4) In response, DOE notes that based on manufacturer-provided data, DOE estimates an efficiency trend from baseline (EL 0) or EL 1 circulator pumps to ELs 2 through 4 in the absence of standards (see section F.8 of this document and chapter 8 of the final rule TSD for details). In the standards case, while it is possible that a higher percentage of purchasers and applications may shift to circulator pumps with variable speed control (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         ELs 3 and 4), DOE does not have the data (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         historical price and efficiency data) to estimate that trend, therefore, consistent with the NOPR analysis, it assumes a roll-up scenario in this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. National Energy Savings</HD>
                    <P>
                        The national energy savings analysis involves a comparison of national energy consumption of the considered equipment between each potential standards case (“TSL”) and the case with no new energy conservation standards. DOE calculated the national energy consumption by multiplying the number of units (stock) of each equipment (by vintage or age) by the unit energy consumption (also by vintage). DOE calculated annual NES based on the difference in national energy consumption for the no-new-standards case and for each higher efficiency standard case. DOE estimated energy consumption and savings based on site energy and converted the electricity consumption and savings to primary energy (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the energy consumed by power plants to generate site electricity) using annual conversion factors derived from 
                        <E T="03">AEO2023.</E>
                         Cumulative energy savings are the sum of the NES for each year over the timeframe of the analysis.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Use of higher-efficiency equipment is sometimes associated with a direct rebound effect, which refers to an increase in utilization of the equipment due to the increase in efficiency. DOE did not find any data on the rebound effect specific to circulator pumps 
                        <SU>60</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and requested comment on its assumption of 0 rebound effect in the NOPR issued in 2021. DOE requested a comment specifically for circulator pumps, including the magnitude of any rebound effect and data sources specific to circulator pumps. In response, HI commented that it agrees with DOE's assumed negligible rebound effect. (HI, No.135 at p. 5)
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>60</SU>
                             DOE acknowledges that studies have found a rebound effect in residential heating situations. However, none of these studies address circulator pumps in particular. DOE does not expect that consumers would increase utilization of their heating system due to increased efficiency of a small component of the system.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In 2011, in response to the recommendations of a committee on “Point-of-Use and Full-Fuel-Cycle Measurement Approaches to Energy Efficiency Standards” appointed by the National Academy of Sciences, DOE announced its intention to use FFC measures of energy use and greenhouse gas and other emissions in the national impact analyses and emissions analyses included in future energy conservation standards rulemakings. 76 FR 51281 (Aug. 18, 2011). After evaluating the approaches discussed in the August 18, 2011 notice, DOE published a statement of amended policy in which DOE explained its determination that EIA's National Energy Modeling System (“NEMS”) is the most appropriate tool for its FFC analysis and its intention to use NEMS for that purpose. 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012). NEMS is a public domain, multi-sector, partial equilibrium model of the U.S. energy sector 
                        <SU>61</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         that EIA uses to prepare its 
                        <E T="03">Annual Energy Outlook.</E>
                         The FFC factors incorporate losses in production and delivery in the case of natural gas (including fugitive emissions) and additional energy used to produce and deliver the various fuels used by power plants. The approach used for deriving FFC measures of energy use and emissions is described in appendix 10B of the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>61</SU>
                             For more information on NEMS, refer to 
                            <E T="03">The National Energy Modeling System: An Overview 2009,</E>
                             DOE/EIA-0581(2009), October 2009. Available at 
                            <E T="03">www.eia.gov/forecasts/aeo/index.cfm</E>
                             (last accessed October 5, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Net Present Value Analysis</HD>
                    <P>The inputs for determining the NPV of the total costs and benefits experienced by purchasers are (1) total annual installed cost, (2) total annual operating costs (energy costs and repair and maintenance costs), and (3) a discount factor to calculate the present value of costs and savings. DOE calculates net savings each year as the difference between the no-new-standards case and each standards case in terms of total savings in operating costs versus total increases in installed costs. DOE calculates operating cost savings over the lifetime of each equipment shipped during the projection period.</P>
                    <P>Due to lack of historical price data and uncertainty on the factors that may affect future circulator pump prices, DOE assumed a constant price (in $2022) when estimating circulator pump prices in future years. However, as discussed in section IV.F.1 of this document, DOE developed a sensitivity analysis to account for the effect of potential future price declines of electronic components in circulator pumps with ECMs. See appendix 10C of the final rule TSD for the results of this sensitivity analysis.</P>
                    <P>
                        The operating cost savings are energy cost savings and costs associated with repair and maintenance, which are calculated using the estimated operating cost savings in each year and the projected price of the appropriate form of energy. The energy cost savings are calculated using the estimated energy savings in each year and the projected price of the appropriate form of energy. To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the average regional energy prices by the projection of annual national-average residential energy price changes in the Reference case from 
                        <E T="03">AEO2023,</E>
                         which has an end year of 2050. To estimate price trends after 2050, the 2050 price was used for all years. As part of the NIA, DOE also analyzed scenarios that used inputs from variants of the 
                        <E T="03">AEO2023</E>
                         Reference case that have lower and higher economic growth. Those cases have lower and higher energy price trends compared to the Reference case. NIA results based on these cases are presented in appendix10C of the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        In calculating the NPV, DOE multiplies the net savings in future years by a discount factor to determine their present value. For this final rule, DOE estimated the NPV of consumer benefits using both a 3-percent and a 7-percent real discount rate. DOE uses these discount rates in accordance with guidance provided by the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) to Federal agencies on the development of regulatory analysis.
                        <SU>62</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The discount rates for the determination of NPV are in contrast to the discount rates used in the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44507"/>
                        LCC analysis, which are designed to reflect a consumer's perspective. The 7-percent real value is an estimate of the average before-tax rate of return to private capital in the U.S. economy. The 3-percent real value represents the “social rate of time preference,” which is the rate at which society discounts future consumption flows to their present value.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>62</SU>
                             United States Office of Management and Budget. 
                            <E T="03">Circular A-4: Regulatory Analysis.</E>
                             September 17, 2003. Section E. Available at 
                            <E T="03">https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        In analyzing the potential impact of new energy conservation standards on purchasers, DOE evaluates the impact on identifiable subgroups of purchasers that may be disproportionately affected by a new national standard. The purpose of a subgroup analysis is to determine the extent of any such disproportional impacts. DOE evaluates impacts on particular subgroups of purchasers by analyzing the LCC impacts and PBP for those particular purchasers from alternative standard levels. For this final rule, due to the high fraction of consumers utilizing circulator pumps in the residential sector, DOE analyzed the impacts of the considered standard levels on one subgroup: 
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         senior-only households. The analysis used subsets of the RECS 2015 sample composed of households that meet the criteria for the considered subgroups. DOE used the LCC and PBP spreadsheet model to estimate the impacts of the considered efficiency levels on these subgroups. Chapter 11 in the final rule TSD describes the consumer subgroup analysis.
                    </P>
                    <P>In the December 2022 NOPR, NYSERDA commented that DOE should consider including high-rise multifamily buildings in the subgroup analysis for subsequent rulemakings because they are likely to experience higher operating hours, especially for the HWR application. (NYSERDA, No.130 at p. 4)</P>
                    <P>DOE notes the primary purpose of a subgroup analysis is to investigate whether a subsection of purchasers would be negatively impacted by standards. If high-rise multifamily buildings are expected to experience higher operating hours than the general purchaser population, then they will incur larger and more positive benefits from standards, rendering a subgroup analysis of these purchasers unnecessary.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Overview</HD>
                    <P>DOE performed an MIA to estimate the financial impacts of new energy conservation standards on manufacturers of circulator pumps and to estimate the potential impacts of such standards on employment and manufacturing capacity. The MIA has both quantitative and qualitative aspects and includes analyses of projected industry cash flows, the INPV, investments in research and development (“R&amp;D”) and manufacturing capital, and domestic manufacturing employment. Additionally, the MIA seeks to determine how new energy conservation standards might affect manufacturing employment, capacity, and competition, as well as how standards contribute to overall regulatory burden. Finally, the MIA serves to identify any disproportionate impacts on manufacturer subgroups, including small business manufacturers.</P>
                    <P>
                        The quantitative part of the MIA primarily relies on the Government Regulatory Impact Model (“GRIM”), an industry cash flow model with inputs specific to this rulemaking. The key GRIM inputs include data on the industry cost structure, unit production costs, equipment shipments, manufacturer markups, and investments in R&amp;D and manufacturing capital required to produce compliant equipment. The key GRIM outputs are the INPV, which is the sum of industry annual cash flows over the analysis period, discounted using the industry-weighted average cost of capital, and the impact on domestic manufacturing employment. The model uses standard accounting principles to estimate the impacts of more-stringent energy conservation standards on a given industry by comparing changes in INPV and domestic manufacturing employment between a no-new-standards case and the various standards cases (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         TSLs). To capture the uncertainty relating to manufacturer pricing strategies following new standards, the GRIM estimates a range of possible impacts under different manufacturer markup scenarios.
                    </P>
                    <P>The qualitative part of the MIA addresses manufacturer characteristics and market trends. Specifically, the MIA considers such factors as a potential standard's impact on manufacturing capacity, competition within the industry, the cumulative impact of other DOE and non-DOE regulations, and impacts on manufacturer subgroups. The complete MIA is outlined in chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE conducted the MIA for this rulemaking in three phases. In Phase 1 of the MIA, DOE prepared a profile of the circulator pump manufacturing industry based on the market and technology assessment, preliminary manufacturer interviews, and publicly available information. This included a top-down analysis of circulator pump manufacturers that DOE used to derive preliminary financial inputs for the GRIM (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         revenues; materials, labor, overhead, and depreciation expenses; selling, general, and administrative expenses (“SG&amp;A”); and R&amp;D expenses). DOE also used public sources of information to further calibrate its initial characterization of the circulator pump manufacturing industry, including company filings of form 10-K from the SEC,
                        <SU>63</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         corporate annual reports, the U.S. Census Bureau's “Economic Census,” 
                        <SU>64</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and reports from D&amp;B Hoovers.
                        <SU>65</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>63</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">www.sec.gov/edgar</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>64</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">www.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/data/tables.html</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>65</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">app.avention.com</E>
                            .
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>In Phase 2 of the MIA, DOE prepared a framework industry cash-flow analysis to quantify the potential impacts of new energy conservation standards. The GRIM uses several factors to determine a series of annual cash flows starting with the announcement of the standard and extending over a 30-year period following the compliance date of the standards. These factors include annual expected revenues, costs of sales, SG&amp;A and R&amp;D expenses, taxes, and capital expenditures. In general, energy conservation standards can affect manufacturer cash flow in three distinct ways: (1) creating a need for increased investment, (2) raising production costs per unit, and (3) altering revenue due to higher per-unit prices and changes in sales volumes.</P>
                    <P>In addition, during Phase 2, DOE developed interview guides to distribute to manufacturers of circulator pumps in order to develop other key GRIM inputs, including product and capital conversion costs, and to gather additional information on the anticipated effects of energy conservation standards on revenues, direct employment, capital assets, industry competitiveness, and subgroup impacts.</P>
                    <P>
                        In Phase 3 of the MIA, DOE conducted structured, detailed interviews with representative manufacturers. During these interviews, DOE discussed engineering, manufacturing, procurement, and financial topics to validate assumptions used in the GRIM and to identify key issues or concerns. As part of Phase 3, DOE also evaluated subgroups of manufacturers that may be disproportionately impacted by new standards or that may not be accurately represented by the average cost assumptions used to develop the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44508"/>
                        industry cash-flow analysis. Such manufacturer subgroups may include small business manufacturers, low-volume manufacturers, niche players, and/or manufacturers exhibiting a cost structure that largely differs from the industry average. DOE identified one subgroup for a separate impact analysis: small business manufacturers. The small business subgroup is discussed in section VI.B, “Review under the Regulatory Flexibility Act” and in chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Government Regulatory Impact Model and Key Inputs</HD>
                    <P>DOE uses the GRIM to quantify the changes in cash flow due to new standards that result in a higher or lower industry value. The GRIM uses a standard, annual discounted cash-flow analysis that incorporates manufacturer costs, markups, shipments, and industry financial information as inputs. The GRIM model changes in costs, distribution of shipments, investments, and manufacturer margins that could result from new energy conservation standards. The GRIM spreadsheet uses the inputs to arrive at a series of annual cash flows, beginning in 2024 (the base year of the analysis) and continuing to 2057. DOE calculated INPVs by summing the stream of annual discounted cash flows during this period. For manufacturers of circulator pumps, DOE used a real discount rate of 9.6 percent, which was derived from industry financials and then modified according to feedback received during manufacturer interviews.</P>
                    <P>The GRIM calculates cash flows using standard accounting principles and compares changes in INPV between the no-new-standards case and each standards case. The difference in INPV between the no-new-standards case and a standards case represents the financial impact of new energy conservation standards on manufacturers. As discussed previously, DOE developed critical GRIM inputs using a number of sources, including publicly available data, results of the engineering analysis, information gathered from industry stakeholders during the course of manufacturer interviews, and subsequent Working Group meetings. The GRIM results are presented in section V.B.2 of this document. Additional details about the GRIM, the discount rate, and other financial parameters can be found in chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Manufacturer Production Costs</HD>
                    <P>Manufacturing more efficient equipment is typically more expensive than manufacturing baseline equipment due to the use of more complex components, which are typically more costly than baseline components. The changes in the MPCs of covered equipment can affect the revenues, gross margins, and cash flow of the industry. MPCs were derived in the engineering analysis using methods discussed in section IV.C.3 of this document.</P>
                    <P>
                        For a complete description of the MPCs, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         chapter 5 of the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Shipments Projections</HD>
                    <P>
                        The GRIM estimates manufacturer revenues based on total unit shipment projections and the distribution of those shipments by efficiency level. Changes in sales volumes and efficiency mix over time can significantly affect manufacturer finances. For this analysis, the GRIM uses the NIA's annual shipment projections derived from the shipments analysis from 2024 (the base year) to 2057 (the end year of the analysis period). 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         chapter 9 of the final rule TSD for additional details.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs</HD>
                    <P>New energy conservation standards could cause manufacturers to incur conversion costs to bring their production facilities and equipment designs into compliance. DOE evaluated the level of conversion-related expenditures that would be needed to comply with each considered efficiency level in each equipment class. For the MIA, DOE classified these conversion costs into two major groups: (1) product conversion costs; and (2) capital conversion costs. Product conversion costs are investments in research, development, testing, marketing, and other non-capitalized costs necessary to make equipment designs comply with new energy conservation standards. Capital conversion costs are investments in property, plant, and equipment necessary to adapt or change existing production facilities such that new compliant equipment designs can be fabricated and assembled.</P>
                    <P>To evaluate the level of product conversion costs manufacturers would likely incur to comply with new energy conservation standards, DOE estimated the number of basic models that manufacturers would have to re-design to move their equipment lines to each incremental efficiency level. DOE developed the product conversion costs by estimating the amount of labor per basic model manufacturers would need for research and development to raise the efficiency of models to each incremental efficiency level. DOE anticipates that manufacturer basic model counts would decrease with use of ECMs due to the greater range of applications served by one ECM as opposed to an induction motor. DOE also assumed manufacturers would incur testing costs to establish certified ratings using DOE's test procedure for circulator pumps and applying DOE's statistical sampling plans to assess compliance.</P>
                    <P>
                        For circulator pumps, DOE estimated that the re-design effort varies by efficiency level. At EL 1, DOE anticipates a minor redesign effort as manufacturers increase their breadth of offerings to meet standards at this level. DOE estimated a redesign effort of 18 months of engineering labor and 9 months of technician labor per model at this level. At EL 2, DOE anticipates manufacturers to integrate ECMs into their circulator pumps. This requires a significant amount of re-design as manufacturers transition from legacy AC induction motors to ECMs. DOE estimated a redesign effort of 35 months of engineering labor and 18 months of technician labor per model. At EL 3 and EL 4, DOE anticipates manufacturers to incur additional control board redesign costs as manufacturers add controls (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         proportional pressure controls). DOE estimated a redesign effort of 54 months of engineering labor and 35 months of technician labor per model at EL 3. DOE estimated a redesign effort of 54 months of engineering labor and 54 months of technician labor per model at EL 4.
                    </P>
                    <P>To evaluate the level of capital conversion costs manufacturers would likely incur to comply with new energy conservation standards, DOE used information derived from the engineering analysis, shipments analysis, and manufacturer interviews. DOE used the information to estimate the additional investments in property, plant, and equipment that are necessary to meet energy conservation standards. In the engineering analysis evaluation of higher efficiency equipment from leading manufacturers of circulator pumps, DOE found a range of designs and manufacturing approaches. DOE attempted to account for both the range of manufacturing pathways and the current efficiency distribution of shipments in the modeling of industry capital conversion costs.</P>
                    <P>
                        For all circulator pump varieties, DOE estimates that capital conversion costs are driven by the cost for industry to expand production capacity at efficiency levels requiring use of an ECM (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         EL 2, EL 3, and EL 4). DOE anticipates capital investments to be similar among EL 2 through EL 4 as circulator pump controls are likely to be used to increase a circulator pump 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44509"/>
                        beyond EL 2, and pump controls do not require additional capital investments. At all ELs, DOE anticipates manufacturers will incur costs to expand production capacity of more efficient equipment.
                    </P>
                    <P>For CP1 type circulator pumps, DOE anticipates manufacturers would choose to assemble ECMs in-house. As such, the capital conversion cost estimates for CP1-type circulator pumps include, but were not limited to, capital investments in welding and bobbin tooling, magnetizers, winders, lamination dies, testing equipment, and additional manufacturing floor-space requirements.</P>
                    <P>
                        For CP2 and CP3 type circulator pumps, DOE anticipates manufacturers would purchase ECMs as opposed to assembling in-house. As such, DOE estimated that the design changes to produce circulator pumps with ECMs would be driven by purchased parts (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         ECMs). The capital conversion costs for these variety of circulator pumps are based on additional manufacturing floor space requirements to expand manufacturing capacity of ECMs.
                    </P>
                    <P>During the NOPR public meeting, Taco requested that DOE provide an estimate on the number of models that are assumed to be redesigned for each EL. (Taco, Inc., Public Meeting Transcript, No. 129 at pp. 69-70) Table IV.15 displays the number of circulator pump models that would be redesigned and introduced into the market at each efficiency level.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="47">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.036</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        HI and Xylem commented on the December 2022 NOPR that the investments DOE estimated in the December 2022 NOPR required to comply with standards set at TSL 2, TSL 3, and TSL 4, would be substantial investments given the size of and total free cash flow available to most circulator pump manufacturers. (HI, No. 135 at pp. 3-5; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 4) HI and Xylem continued by stating that requiring manufacturers to make these investments in a 2-year compliance period and the current market's supply chain issues increases the conversion cost impacts on the manufacturers. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Additionally, HI and Xylem commented that considering lead times for materials and components, it is not possible to invest the amount required to comply with TSL 2 efficiently within the 2-year compliance period.
                        <SU>66</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) HI and Xylem recommended that DOE have a 4-year compliance period, which was the compliance period agreed to by the CPWG. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) As discussed in section III.H of this document, DOE is establishing a 4-year compliance date for energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. DOE interprets HI's comment regarding conversion cost impact to manufacturers' will be mitigated if a 4-year compliance date is adopted.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>66</SU>
                             In the December 2022 NOPR (Table IV.13) DOE estimated that manufacturers will have to invest $54.7 million in product conversion costs and an additional $22.3 million in capital conversion cost ($77.0 million total). 87 FR 74850, 74886.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        HI and Xylem also commented that it would be difficult for companies to introduce a circulator pump into the market that has a CEI right at 1.0 and have it be competitive in the market. (HI, No. 135 at pp. 3-5; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 4) Therefore, HI and Xylem state that the DOE NOPR analysis of TSL 2, which only looks at the costs associated with making circulator pumps that are minimally compliant with TSL 2 (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         comply with standards set at TSL 2 but would not meet efficiency levels associated with TSL 3) is not accurate. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) HI and Xylem stated that the market realities are that new circulators need to be designed to successfully compete in the market as well, which will require an investment much closer to the impacts (cost &amp; time) which DOE has associated with TSL 3. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) As described in section IV.G.2 of this document, the shipments analysis models a “roll-up” scenario to estimate standards-case shipments. In this scenario, the shipments in the no-new-standards-case that would be below the minimum qualifying efficiency level prescribed by standards are “rolled up” (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         added to) to the minimum qualifying equipment efficiency level at that standard level. DOE disagrees that there would not be a market for minimally qualifying circulator pumps at any of the analyzed TSLs. As displayed in Table IV.4 through Table IV.7, MPCs increase at higher efficiency levels, which results in more expensive end-user prices at higher efficiency levels. DOE estimates that approximately 70 percent of circulator pump shipments currently sold into the U.S. market are at baseline or EL 1 (which are the least expensive circulator pumps on the market). HI additionally stated that while small incremental growth is occurring for ECMs (circulator pumps with ECMs typically are at EL 2, EL 3, or EL 4) first cost is a barrier for customers. (HI, No. 112 at pp. 9-10) DOE agrees that the initial purchase price prevents some customers from purchasing more efficient and expensive circulator pumps. Therefore, DOE modeled a shipment scenario that has customers continuing to purchase the minimally complaint circulator pumps (which would also be the least expensive circulator pumps) after compliance with each analyzed energy conservation standard.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        HI and Xylem also commented that capital investment will increase going from EL 2 to EL 4. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) HI commented that EL 3 and EL 4 circulator pumps are more complex equipment that will require additional investment in programing and testing infrastructure, and additional manufacturing tooling for EL 4 beyond what is required at EL 3 to simulate the external input signals during manufacturing testing. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) DOE agrees that EL 3 and EL 4 will require additional programing and testing and has included those additional costs in the product conversion costs shown in Table IV.16 as these programing and testing costs are non-capitalized costs and should be included in product conversion costs and not capital conversion costs.
                        <SU>67</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Therefore, DOE has included these additional investments required to comply with EL 3 and EL 4.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>67</SU>
                             At EL 2 DOE estimates the product conversion costs will be $56.4 million. This will increase to $91.5 million at EL 3 and increase to $105.1 million at EL 4.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        In general, DOE assumes all conversion-related investments occur between the date of publication of this final rule and the year by which manufacturers must comply with the new standards. The conversion cost figures used in the GRIM can be found in Table IV.16 and in section V.B.2.a of this document. For additional information on the estimated capital 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44510"/>
                        and product conversion costs, 
                        <E T="03">see</E>
                         chapter 12 of the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="59">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.037</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios</HD>
                    <P>
                        MSPs include direct manufacturing production costs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         labor, materials, and overhead estimated in DOE's MPCs) and all non-production costs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         SG&amp;A, R&amp;D, and interest), along with profit. To calculate the MSPs in the GRIM, DOE applied non-production cost markups to the MPCs estimated in the engineering analysis for each equipment class and efficiency level. Modifying these markups in the standards case yields different sets of impacts on manufacturers. For the MIA, DOE modeled two standards-case manufacturer markup scenarios to represent uncertainty regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability for manufacturers following the implementation of new energy conservation standards: (1) a preservation of gross margin scenario and (2) a preservation of operating profit scenario. These scenarios lead to different manufacturer markup values that, when applied to the MPCs, result in varying revenue and cash flow impacts.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Under the preservation of gross margin scenario, DOE applied a single uniform “gross margin percentage” across all efficiency levels, which assumes that manufacturers would be able to maintain the same amount of profit as a percentage of revenues at all efficiency levels within an equipment class. As MPCs increase with efficiency, this scenario implies that the absolute dollar markup will increase. This is the manufacturer markup scenario that is used in all consumer analyses (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         LCC, NIA, 
                        <E T="03">etc.</E>
                        ).
                    </P>
                    <P>To estimate the average manufacturer markup used in the preservation of gross margin scenario, DOE analyzed publicly available financial information for manufacturers of circulator pumps. DOE then requested feedback on its initial manufacturer markup estimates during manufacturer interviews. Based on manufacturer interviews, DOE revised the initial manufacturer markups that were used in December 2022 NOPR. DOE did not receive any comments on the manufacturer markups presented in the December 2022 NOPR. Therefore, DOE continues to use the same manufacturer markups in this final rule analysis that were used in the December 2022 NOPR. Table IV.17 presents the manufacturers markups used in this final rule analysis for the no-new-standards case and the preservation of gross margin scenario standards cases. These markups capture all non-production costs, including SG&amp;A expenses, R&amp;D expenses, interest expenses, and profit.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="73">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.038</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>Under the preservation of operating profit scenario, DOE modeled a situation in which manufacturers are not able to increase per-unit operating profit in proportion to increases in MPCs. In this scenario, manufacturer markups are set so that operating profit one year after the compliance date of energy conservation standards is the same as in the no-new-standards case on a per-unit basis. In other words, manufacturers are not able to garner additional operating profit from the higher MPCs and the investments that are required to comply with the energy conservation standards. However, manufacturers are able to maintain the same per-unit operating profit in the standards case that was earned in the no-new-standards case. Therefore, operating margin in percentage terms is reduced between the no-new-standards case and standards case.</P>
                    <P>A comparison of industry financial impacts under the two manufacturer markup scenarios is presented in section V.B.2.a of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Emissions Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The emissions analysis consists of two components. The first component estimates the effect of potential energy conservation standards on power sector and site (where applicable) combustion emissions of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , and Hg. The second component estimates the impacts of potential standards on emissions of two additional greenhouse gases, CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O, as well as the reductions in emissions of other gases due to “upstream” activities in the fuel production chain. These upstream activities comprise extraction, processing, and transporting fuels to the site of combustion.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The analysis of electric power sector emissions of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , and Hg uses emissions intended to represent the marginal impacts of the change in electricity consumption associated with new standards. The methodology is based on results published for the 
                        <E T="03">AEO,</E>
                         including a set of side cases that implement a variety of efficiency-related policies. The methodology is described in appendix 13A in the final rule TSD. The analysis presented in this notice uses projections from 
                        <E T="03">AEO2023.</E>
                         Power sector emissions of CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O from fuel combustion are estimated using Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas Inventories published by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
                        <SU>68</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>68</SU>
                             Available at 
                            <E T="03">www.epa.gov/sites/production/files/2021-04/documents/emission-factors_apr2021.pdf</E>
                             (last accessed September 29, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44511"/>
                    <P>
                        FFC upstream emissions, which include emissions from fuel combustion during extraction, processing, and transportation of fuels, and “fugitive” emissions (direct leakage to the atmosphere) of CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , are estimated based on the methodology described in chapter 15 of the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <P>The emissions intensity factors are expressed in terms of physical units per MWh or MMBtu of site energy savings. For power sector emissions, specific emissions intensity factors are calculated by sector and end use. Total emissions reductions are estimated using the energy savings calculated in the national impact analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in DOE's Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE's no-new-standards case for the electric power sector reflects the 
                        <E T="03">AEO,</E>
                         which incorporates the projected impacts of existing air quality regulations on emissions. 
                        <E T="03">AEO2023</E>
                         reflects, to the extent possible, laws and regulations adopted through mid-November 2022, including the emissions control programs discussed in the following paragraphs the emissions control programs discussed in the following paragraphs, and the Inflation Reduction Act.
                        <SU>69</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>69</SU>
                             For further information, see the Assumptions to 
                            <E T="03">AEO2023</E>
                             report that sets forth the major assumptions used to generate the projections in the Annual Energy Outlook. Available at 
                            <E T="03">www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/assumptions/</E>
                             (last accessed September 29, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions from affected electric generating units (“EGUs”) are subject to nationwide and regional emissions cap-and-trade programs. Title IV of the Clean Air Act sets an annual emissions cap on SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         for affected EGUs in the 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia (“DC”). (42 U.S.C. 7651 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ) SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions from numerous States in the eastern half of the United States are also limited under the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (“CSAPR”). 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). CSAPR requires these States to reduce certain emissions, including annual SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions, and went into effect as of January 1, 2015.
                        <SU>70</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The 
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                         incorporates implementation of CSAPR, including the update to the CSAPR ozone season program emission budgets and target dates issued in 2016. 81 FR 74504 (Oct. 26, 2016). Compliance with CSAPR is flexible among EGUs and is enforced through the use of tradable emissions allowances. Under existing EPA regulations, for states subject to SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions limits under CSAPR, any excess SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand caused by the adoption of an efficiency standard could be used to permit offsetting increases in SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions by another regulated EGU.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>70</SU>
                             CSAPR requires states to address annual emissions of SO
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             and NO
                            <E T="52">X</E>
                            , precursors to the formation of fine particulate matter (“PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                            ”) pollution, in order to address the interstate transport of pollution with respect to the 1997 and 2006 PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                             National Ambient Air Quality Standards (“NAAQS”). CSAPR also requires certain states to address the ozone season (May-September) emissions of NO
                            <E T="52">X</E>
                            , a precursor to the formation of ozone pollution, in order to address the interstate transport of ozone pollution with respect to the 1997 ozone NAAQS. 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). EPA subsequently issued a supplemental rule that included an additional five states in the CSAPR ozone season program; 76 FR 80760 (Dec. 27, 2011) (Supplemental Rule), and EPA issued the CSAPR Update for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. 81 FR 74504 (Oct. 26, 2016).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        However, beginning in 2016, SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions began to fall as a result of the Mercury and Air Toxics Standards (“MATS”) for power plants.
                        <SU>71</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         77 FR 9304 (Feb. 16, 2012). The final rule establishes power plant emission standards for mercury, acid gases, and non-mercury metallic toxic pollutants. Because of the emissions reductions under the MATS, it is unlikely that excess SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand would be needed or used to permit offsetting increases in SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions by another regulated EGU. Therefore, energy conservation standards that decrease electricity generation will generally reduce SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions. DOE estimated SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reduction using emissions factors based on 
                        <E T="03">AEO2023.</E>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>71</SU>
                             In order to continue operating, coal power plants must have either flue gas desulfurization or dry sorbent injection systems installed. Both technologies, which are used to reduce acid gas emissions, also reduce SO
                            <E T="52">2</E>
                             emissions.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        CSAPR also established limits on NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions for numerous States in the eastern half of the United States. Energy conservation standards would have little effect on NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions in those States covered by CSAPR emissions limits if excess NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand could be used to permit offsetting increases in NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions from other EGUs. In such case, NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions would remain near the limit even if electricity generation goes down. Depending on the configuration of the power sector in the different regions and the need for allowances, however, NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions might not remain at the limit in the case of lower electricity demand. That would mean that standards might reduce NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions in covered States. Despite this possibility, DOE has chosen to be conservative in its analysis and has maintained the assumption that standards will not reduce NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions in States covered by CSAPR. Standards would be expected to reduce NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions in the States not covered by CSAPR. DOE used 
                        <E T="03">AEO2023</E>
                         data to derive NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions factors for the group of States not covered by CSAPR.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        The MATS limit mercury emissions from power plants, but they do not include emissions caps and, as such, DOE's energy conservation standards would be expected to slightly reduce Hg emissions. DOE estimated mercury emissions reduction using emissions factors based on 
                        <E T="03">AEO2023,</E>
                         which incorporates the MATS.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts</HD>
                    <P>
                        As part of the development of this final rule, for the purpose of complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866, DOE considered the estimated monetary benefits from the reduced emissions of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        , N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O, NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         that are expected to result from each of the TSLs considered. In order to make this calculation analogous to the calculation of the NPV of consumer benefit, DOE considered the reduced emissions expected to result over the lifetime of equipment shipped in the projection period for each TSL. This section summarizes the basis for the values used for monetizing the emissions benefits and presents the values considered in this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the 
                        <E T="03">Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990</E>
                         published in February 2021 by the IWG.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas Emissions</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE estimates the monetized benefits of the reductions in emissions of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        , and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O by using a measure of the SC of each pollutant (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        ). These estimates represent the monetary value of the net harm to society associated with a marginal increase in emissions of these pollutants in a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. These estimates are intended to include (but are not limited to) climate-change-related changes in net agricultural productivity, human health, property damages from increased flood risk, disruption of energy systems, risk of conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem services.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE exercises its own judgment in presenting monetized climate benefits as recommended by applicable Executive orders, and DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44512"/>
                        rulemaking in the absence of the social cost of greenhouse gases. That is, the social costs of greenhouse gases, whether measured using the February 2021 interim estimates presented by the Interagency Working Group on the Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases or by another means, did not affect the rule ultimately proposed by DOE.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE estimated the global social benefits of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        , and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O reductions using SC-GHG values that were based on the interim values presented in the 
                        <E T="03">Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive Order 13990,</E>
                         published in February 2021 by the IWG (“February 2021 SC-GHG TSD”). The SC-GHG is the monetary value of the net harm to society associated with a marginal increase in emissions in a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. In principle, the SC-GHG includes the value of all climate change impacts, including (but not limited to) changes in net agricultural productivity, human health effects, property damage from increased flood risk and natural disasters, disruption of energy systems, risk of conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem services. The SC-GHG therefore, reflects the societal value of reducing emissions of the gas in question by one metric ton. The SC-GHG is the theoretically appropriate value to use in conducting benefit-cost analyses of policies that affect CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O and CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         emissions. As a member of the IWG involved in the development of the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, DOE agreed that the interim SC-GHG estimates represent the most appropriate estimate of the SC-GHG until revised estimates are developed reflecting the latest, peer-reviewed science. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         87 FR 78382, 78406-78408 for discussion of the development and details of the IWG SC-GHG estimates.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        There are a number of limitations and uncertainties associated with the SC-GHG estimates. First, the current scientific and economic understanding of discounting approaches suggests discount rates appropriate for intergenerational analysis in the context of climate change are likely to be less than 3 percent, near 2 percent or lower.
                        <SU>72</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Second, the IAMs used to produce these interim estimates do not include all of the important physical, ecological, and economic impacts of climate change recognized in the climate change literature and the science underlying their “damage functions”—
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the core parts of the IAMs that map global mean temperature changes and other physical impacts of climate change into economic (both market and nonmarket) damages—lags behind the most recent research. For example, limitations include the incomplete treatment of catastrophic and non-catastrophic impacts in the integrated assessment models, their incomplete treatment of adaptation and technological change, the incomplete way in which inter-regional and intersectoral linkages are modeled, uncertainty in the extrapolation of damages to high temperatures, and inadequate representation of the relationship between the discount rate and uncertainty in economic growth over long time horizons. Likewise, the socioeconomic and emissions scenarios used as inputs to the models do not reflect new information from the last decade of scenario generation or the full range of projections. The modeling limitations do not all work in the same direction in terms of their influence on the SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         estimates. However, as discussed in the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, the IWG has recommended that, taken together, the limitations suggest that the interim SC-GHG estimates used in this final rule likely underestimate the damages from GHG emissions. DOE concurs with this assessment.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>72</SU>
                             Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases. 2021. Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive Order 13990. February. United States Government. Available at: 
                            <E T="03">www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/blog/2021/02/26/a-return-to-science-evidence-based-estimates-of-the-benefits-of-reducing-climate-pollution/.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Earthjustice et al. commented that DOE appropriately applies the social cost estimates developed by the IWG to its analysis of climate benefits. They stated that these values are widely agreed to underestimate the full social costs of greenhouse gas emissions, but for now they remain appropriate to use as conservative estimates. (Earthjustice et al., No. 132-1 at p. 1)</P>
                    <P>DOE agrees that the interim SC-GHG values applied for this final rule are conservative estimates. In the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, the IWG stated that the models used to produce the interim estimates do not include all of the important physical, ecological, and economic impacts of climate change recognized in the climate change literature. For these same impacts, the science underlying their “damage functions” lags behind the most recent research. In the judgment of the IWG, these and other limitations suggest that the range of four interim SC-GHG estimates presented in the TSD likely underestimate societal damages from GHG emissions. The IWG is in the process of assessing how best to incorporate the latest peer-reviewed science and the recommendations of the National Academies to develop an updated set of SC-GHG estimates, and DOE remains engaged in that process.</P>
                    <P>Earthjustice et al. suggested that DOE should state that criticisms of the social cost of greenhouse gases are moot in this rulemaking because the proposed rule is justified without them. (Earthjustice et al., No. 132-1 at p.2) DOE agrees that the proposed rule is economically justified without including climate benefits associated with reduced GHG emissions.</P>
                    <P>Earthjustice et al. commented that DOE should consider applying sensitivity analysis using EPA's draft climate-damage estimates released in November 2022, as EPA's work faithfully implements the roadmap laid out in 2017 by the National Academies of Sciences and applies recent advances in the science and economics on the costs of climate change. (Earthjustice et al., No. 132-1 at pp. 2-3)</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE is aware that in December 2023, EPA issued a new set of SC-GHG estimates in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.
                        <SU>73</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         As DOE had used the IWG interim values in proposing this rule and is currently reviewing the updated 2023 SC-GHG values, for this final rule, DOE used these updated 2023 SC-GHG values to conduct a sensitivity analysis of the value of GHG emissions reductions. DOE notes that because EPA's estimates are considerably higher than the IWG's interim SC-GHG values applied for this final rule, an analysis that uses the EPA's estimates results in significantly greater climate-related benefits. However, such results would not affect DOE's decision in this final rule. As stated elsewhere in this document, DOE would reach the same conclusion regarding the economic justification of the standards presented in this final rule without considering the IWG's interim SC-GHG values, which DOE agrees are conservative estimates. For the same reason, if DOE were to use EPA's higher SC-GHG estimates, they would not change DOE's conclusion that the standards are economically justified.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>73</SU>
                             See 
                            <E T="03">www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/scghg.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE's derivations of the SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O, and SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         values used for this final rule are discussed in the following sections, and the results of DOE's analyses estimating the benefits of the reductions in emissions of these GHGs are presented in section V.B.6 of this document.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44513"/>
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Social Cost of Carbon</HD>
                    <P>
                        The SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         values used for this final rule were based on the values developed for the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, which are shown in Table IV.18 in five-year increments from 2020 to 2050. The set of annual values that DOE used, which was adapted from estimates published by EPA,
                        <SU>74</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         is presented in Appendix 14A of the final rule TSD. These estimates are based on methods, assumptions, and parameters identical to the estimates published by the IWG (which were based on EPA modeling), and include values for 2051 to 2070. DOE expects additional climate benefits to accrue for equipment still operating after 2070, but a lack of available SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         estimates for emissions years beyond 2070 prevents DOE from monetizing these potential benefits in this analysis.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>74</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See</E>
                             EPA, Revised 2023 and Later Model Year Light-Duty Vehicle GHG Emissions Standards: Regulatory Impact Analysis, Washington, DC, December 2021. Available at 
                            <E T="03">nepis.epa.gov/Exe/ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=P1013ORN.pdf</E>
                             (last accessed October 2, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="157">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.039</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        DOE multiplied the CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reduction estimated for each year by the SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         value for that year in each of the four cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price deflator for gross domestic product (“GDP”) from the Bureau of Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of the stream of monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the four cases using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         values in each case.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide</HD>
                    <P>
                        The SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O values used for this final rule were based on the values developed for the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD. Table IV.19 shows the updated sets of SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O estimates from the latest interagency update in 5-year increments from 2020 to 2050. The full set of annual values used is presented in appendix 14A of the final rule TSD. To capture the uncertainties involved in regulatory impact analysis, DOE has determined it is appropriate to include all four sets of SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O values, as recommended by the IWG. DOE derived values after 2050 using the approach described above for the SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="167">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.040</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        DOE multiplied the CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O emissions reduction estimated for each year by the SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O estimates for that year in each of the cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price deflator for gross domestic product (“GDP”) from the Bureau of Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of the stream of monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the cases using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the SC-CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         and SC-N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O estimates in each case.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated SC-GHG Estimates</HD>
                    <P>
                        In December 2023, EPA issued an updated set of SC-GHG estimates (2023 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44514"/>
                        SC-GHG) in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.
                        <SU>75</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         These estimates incorporate recent research and address recommendations of the National Academies (2017) and comments from a 2023 external peer review of the accompanying technical report. For this rulemaking, DOE used these updated 2023 SC-GHG values to conduct a sensitivity analysis of the value of GHG emissions reductions associated with alternative standards for circulator pumps. This sensitivity analysis provides an expanded range of potential climate benefits associated with amended standards. The final year of EPA's new 2023 SC-GHG estimates is 2080; therefore, DOE did not monetize the climate benefits of GHG emissions reductions occurring after 2080.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>75</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/scghg.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>The overall climate benefits are greater when using the higher, updated 2023 SC-GHG estimates, compared to the climate benefits using the older IWG SC-GHG estimates. The results of the sensitivity analysis are presented in appendix 14C of the final rule TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Monetization of Other Emissions Impacts</HD>
                    <P>
                        For the final rule, DOE estimated the monetized value of NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reductions from electricity generation using benefit-per-ton estimates for that sector from the EPA's Benefits Mapping and Analysis Program.
                        <SU>76</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE used EPA's values for PM
                        <E T="52">2.5</E>
                        -related benefits associated with NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and for ozone-related benefits associated with NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         for 2025 and 2030, and 2040, calculated with discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent. DOE used linear interpolation to define values for the years not given in the 2025 to 2040 period; for years beyond 2040, the values are held constant. DOE combined the EPA regional benefit-per-ton estimates with regional information on electricity consumption and emissions from 
                        <E T="03">AEO2023</E>
                         to define weighted-average national values for NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         (see appendix 14B of the final rule TSD).
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>76</SU>
                             U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing Directly-Emitted PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                            , PM
                            <E T="52">2.5</E>
                             Precursors and Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors. 
                            <E T="03">www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-ton-reducing-directly-emitted-pm25-pm25-precursors-and-ozone-precursors.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>DOE multiplied the site emissions reduction (in tons) in each year by the associated $/ton values, and then discounted each series using discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent as appropriate.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">M. Utility Impact Analysis</HD>
                    <P>
                        The utility impact analysis estimates the changes in installed electrical capacity and generation projected to result for each considered TSL. The analysis is based on published output from the NEMS associated with 
                        <E T="03">AEO2023.</E>
                         NEMS produces the 
                        <E T="03">AEO</E>
                         Reference case, as well as a number of side cases that estimate the economy-wide impacts of changes to energy supply and demand. For the current analysis, impacts are quantified by comparing the levels of electricity sector generation, installed capacity, fuel consumption and emissions in the 
                        <E T="03">AEO2023</E>
                         Reference case and various side cases. Details of the methodology are provided in the appendices to chapters 13 and 15 of the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <P>The output of this analysis is a set of time-dependent coefficients that capture the change in electricity generation, primary fuel consumption, installed capacity and power sector emissions due to a unit reduction in demand for a given end use. These coefficients are multiplied by the stream of electricity savings calculated in the NIA to provide estimates of selected utility impacts of potential new energy conservation standards.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">N. Employment Impact Analysis</HD>
                    <P>DOE considers employment impacts in the domestic economy as one factor in selecting a standard. Employment impacts from new energy conservation standards include both direct and indirect impacts. Direct employment impacts are any changes in the number of employees of manufacturers of the equipment subject to standards, their suppliers, and related service firms. The MIA addresses those impacts. Indirect employment impacts are changes in national employment that occur due to the shift in expenditures and capital investment caused by the purchase and operation of more-efficient equipment. Indirect employment impacts from standards consist of the net jobs created or eliminated in the national economy, other than in the manufacturing sector being regulated, caused by (1) reduced spending by purchasers on energy, (2) reduced spending on new energy supply by the utility industry, (3) increased consumer spending on the equipment to which the new standards apply and other goods and services, and (4) the effects of those three factors throughout the economy.</P>
                    <P>
                        One method for assessing the possible effects on the demand for labor of such shifts in economic activity is to compare sector employment statistics developed by the Labor Department's Bureau of Labor Statistics (“BLS”). BLS regularly publishes its estimates of the number of jobs per million dollars of economic activity in different sectors of the economy, as well as the jobs created elsewhere in the economy by this same economic activity. Data from BLS indicate that expenditures in the utility sector generally create fewer jobs (both directly and indirectly) than expenditures in other sectors of the economy.
                        <SU>77</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         There are many reasons for these differences, including wage differences and the fact that the utility sector is more capital-intensive and less labor-intensive than other sectors. Energy conservation standards have the effect of reducing consumer utility bills. Because reduced consumer expenditures for energy likely lead to increased expenditures in other sectors of the economy, the general effect of efficiency standards is to shift economic activity from a less labor-intensive sector (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         the utility sector) to more labor-intensive sectors (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         the retail and service sectors). Thus, the BLS data suggest that net national employment may increase due to shifts in economic activity resulting from energy conservation standards.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>77</SU>
                             See U.S. Department of Commerce—Bureau of Economic Analysis. 
                            <E T="03">Regional Multipliers: A User Handbook for the Regional Input-Output Modeling System (“RIMS II”).</E>
                             1997. U.S. Government Printing Office: Washington, DC. Available at 
                            <E T="03">apps.bea.gov/scb/pdf/regional/perinc/meth/rims2.pdf</E>
                             (last accessed October 02, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE estimated indirect national employment impacts for the standard levels considered in this final rule using an input/output model of the U.S. economy called Impact of Sector Energy Technologies version 4 (“ImSET”).
                        <SU>78</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         ImSET is a special-purpose version of the “U.S. Benchmark National Input-Output” (“I-O”) model, which was designed to estimate the national employment and income effects of energy-saving technologies. The ImSET software includes a computer-based I-O model having structural coefficients that characterize economic flows among 187 sectors most relevant to industrial, commercial, and residential building energy use.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>78</SU>
                             Livingston, O.V., S.R. Bender, M.J. Scott, and R.W. Schultz. 
                            <E T="03">ImSET 4.0: Impact of Sector Energy Technologies Model Description and User's Guide.</E>
                             2015. Pacific Northwest National Laboratory: Richland, WA. PNNL-24563.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        DOE notes that ImSET is not a general equilibrium forecasting model, and that the uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Because ImSET does not incorporate price changes, the employment effects predicted by ImSET may over-estimate actual job impacts 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44515"/>
                        over the long run for this rule. Therefore, DOE used ImSET only to generate results for near-term timeframes (2028-2032), where these uncertainties are reduced. For more details on the employment impact analysis, see chapter 16 of the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">V. Analytical Results and Conclusions</HD>
                    <P>The following section addresses the results from DOE's analyses with respect to the considered energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. It addresses the TSLs examined by DOE, the projected impacts of each of these levels if adopted as energy conservation standards for circulator pumps, and the standards level that DOE is adopting in this final rule. Additional details regarding DOE's analyses are contained in the final rule TSD supporting this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Trial Standard Levels</HD>
                    <P>In general, DOE typically evaluates potential new standards for equipment by grouping individual efficiency levels for each class into TSLs. Use of TSLs allows DOE to identify and consider manufacturer cost interactions between the equipment classes, to the extent that there are such interactions, and price elasticity of consumer purchasing decisions that may change when different standard levels are set.</P>
                    <P>
                        In the analysis conducted for this final rule, DOE analyzed the benefits and burdens of four TSLs for circulator pumps. As discussed previously, because there is only one equipment class for circulator pumps, DOE developed TSLs that align with their corresponding ELs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         TSL 1 corresponds to EL 1, etc.). DOE presents the results for the TSLs in this document, while the results for all efficiency levels that DOE analyzed are in the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <P>Table V.1 presents the TSLs and the corresponding efficiency levels that DOE has identified for potential new energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. TSL 4 represents the maximum technologically feasible (“max-tech”) energy efficiency.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="93">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.041</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers</HD>
                    <P>DOE analyzed the economic impacts on circulator pump consumers by looking at the effects that potential new standards at each TSL would have on the LCC and PBP. DOE also examined the impacts of potential standards on selected consumer subgroups. These analyses are discussed in the following sections.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period</HD>
                    <P>
                        In general, higher-efficiency equipment affects consumers in two ways: (1) purchase price increases and (2) annual operating costs decrease. Inputs used for calculating the LCC and PBP include total installed costs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         equipment price plus installation costs), and operating costs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         annual energy use, energy prices, energy price trends, repair costs, and maintenance costs). The LCC calculation also uses equipment lifetime and a discount rate. Chapter 8 of the final rule TSD provides detailed information on the LCC and PBP analyses.
                    </P>
                    <P>Table V.2 and Table V.3 show the LCC and PBP results for the TSLs considered for each equipment class. In the first of each pair of tables, the simple payback is measured relative to the baseline equipment. In the second table, the impacts are measured relative to the efficiency distribution in the in the no-new-standards case in the compliance year (see section IV.F.8 of this document). Because some consumers purchase equipment with higher efficiency in the no-new-standards case, the average savings are less than the difference between the average LCC of the baseline equipment and the average LCC at each TSL. The savings refer only to consumers who are affected by a standard at a given TSL. Those who already purchase an equipment with efficiency at or above a given TSL are not affected. Consumers for whom the LCC increases at a given TSL experience a net cost.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="160">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.042</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="119">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44516"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.043</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis</HD>
                    <P>In the consumer subgroup analysis, due to the high fraction of circulator pumps used in the residential sector, DOE estimated the impact of the considered TSLs on senior-only households. The analysis used subsets of the RECS 2015 sample composed of households that meet the criteria for seniors to generate a new sample of 75,000 senior consumers. Table V.4 compares the average LCC savings and PBP at each efficiency level for the consumer subgroups with similar metrics for the entire consumer sample for circulator pumps. In most cases, the average LCC savings and PBP for senior-only households at the considered efficiency levels are not substantially different from the average for all households. Chapter 11 of the final rule TSD presents the complete LCC and PBP results for the considered subgroup.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="359">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.044</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback</HD>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in section II.A of this document, EPCA establishes a rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is economically justified if the increased purchase cost for an equipment that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the first-year energy savings resulting from the standard. In calculating a rebuttable presumption payback period for each of the considered TSLs, DOE used discrete values, and as required by EPCA, based the energy use calculation on the DOE test procedures for circulator pumps. In contrast, the PBPs presented in section 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44517"/>
                        V.B.1.a were calculated using distributions that reflect the range of energy use in the field.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Table V.5 presents the rebuttable-presumption payback periods for the considered TSLs for circulator pumps. While DOE examined the rebuttable-presumption criterion, it considered whether the standard levels considered for this rule are economically justified through a more detailed analysis of the economic impacts of those levels, pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i), that considers the full range of impacts to the consumer, manufacturer, Nation, and environment. The results of that analysis serve as the basis for DOE to definitively evaluate the economic justification for a potential standard level, thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of economic justification.
                        <SU>79</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>79</SU>
                             As shown in Table V.5, the rebuttable payback period for the recommended standard level (3.0 years) comes very close to satisfying the rebuttable presumption.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="83">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.045</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers</HD>
                    <P>DOE performed an MIA to estimate the impact of new energy conservation standards on manufacturers of circulator pumps. The next section describes the expected impacts on manufacturers at each considered TSL. Chapter 12 of the final rule TSD explains the analysis in further detail.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results</HD>
                    <P>In this section, DOE provides GRIM results from the analysis, which examines changes in the industry that would result from new energy conservation standards. The following tables summarize the estimated financial impacts (represented by changes in INPV) of potential new energy conservation standards on manufacturers of circulator pumps, as well as the conversion costs that DOE estimates manufacturers of circulator pumps would incur at each TSL.</P>
                    <P>As discussed in section IV.J.2.d of this document, DOE modeled two manufacturer markup scenarios to evaluate a range of cash flow impacts on the circulator pump industry: (1) the preservation of gross margin scenario and (2) the preservation of operating profit scenario. DOE considered the preservation of gross margin scenario by applying a “gross margin percentage” for each equipment class across all efficiency levels. As MPCs increase with efficiency, this scenario implies that the absolute dollar markup will increase. Because this scenario assumes that a manufacturer's absolute dollar markup would increase as MPCs increase in the standards cases, it represents the upper-bound to industry profitability under new energy conservation standards.</P>
                    <P>The preservation of operating profit scenario reflects manufacturers' concerns about their inability to maintain margins as MPCs increase to meet higher efficiency levels. In this scenario, while manufacturers make the necessary investments required to convert their facilities to produce compliant equipment, operating profit remains the same in absolute dollars, but decreases as a percentage of revenue.</P>
                    <P>Each of the modeled manufacturer markup scenarios results in a unique set of cash-flows and corresponding industry values at each TSL. In the following discussion, the INPV results refer to the difference in industry value between the no-new-standards case and each standards case resulting from the sum of discounted cash-flows from 2024 through 2057. To provide perspective on the short-run cash-flow impact, DOE includes in the discussion of results a comparison of free cash flow between the no-new-standards case and the standards case at each TSL in the year before new energy conservation standards are required.</P>
                    <P>DOE presents the range in INPV for circulator pump manufacturers in Table V.6 and Table V.7. DOE presents the impacts to industry cash flows and the conversion costs in Table V.8.</P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="96">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.046</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="97">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44518"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.047</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="176">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.048</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>At TSL 4, DOE estimates the change in INPV will range from −$118.1 million to $32.4 million, which represents a change in INPV of −34.0 percent to 9.3 percent, respectively. At TSL 4, industry free cash flow decreases to −$20.8 million, which represents a decrease of approximately 173.3 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $28.4 million in 2027, the year before the compliance year.</P>
                    <P>TSL 4 sets the efficiency level at EL 4, max-tech, for all circulator pump varieties. DOE estimates that approximately 2 percent of all circulator pump shipments will meet the ELs required at TSL 4 in the no-new-standards case in 2028, the compliance year.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 4, DOE estimates manufacturers would incur $105.1 million in product conversion costs and $24.7 million in capital conversion costs to bring their equipment portfolios into compliance with standards set at TSL 4. At TSL 4, product conversion costs are the key driver of the decrease in free cash flow. These upfront investments result in a significantly lower free cash flow in the year before the compliance date.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 4, the shipment weighted-average MPC significantly increases by approximately 65.3 percent relative to the no-new-standards case MPC. In the preservation of gross margin scenario, this increase in MPC causes an increase in manufacturer free cash flow, while the $129.9 million in conversion costs estimated at TSL 4 cause a decrease in manufacturer free cash flow. Ultimately, these factors result in a moderately positive change in INPV at TSL 4 under the preservation of gross margin scenario.</P>
                    <P>Under the preservation of operating profit scenario, the significant increase in the shipment weighted-average MPC results in a lower average manufacturer markup. This lower average manufacturer markup and the $129.9 million in conversion costs result in a significantly negative change in INPV at TSL 4 under the preservation of operating profit scenario.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 3, DOE estimates the change in INPV will range from −$100.1 million to $15.2 million, which represents a change in INPV of −28.8 percent to 4.4 percent, respectively. At TSL 3, industry free cash flow decreases to −$14.6 million, which represents a decrease of approximately 151.6 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $28.4 million in 2027, the year before the compliance year.</P>
                    <P>TSL 3 sets the efficiency level at EL 3 for all circulator pump varieties. DOE estimates that approximately 20 percent of all circulator pump shipments will meet or exceed the ELs required at TSL 3 in the no-new-standards case in 2028, the compliance year.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 3, DOE estimates manufacturers would incur $91.5 million in product conversion costs and $24.7 million in capital conversion costs to bring their equipment portfolios into compliance with standards set at TSL 3. At TSL 3, product conversion costs continue to be a key driver of the decrease in free cash flow. These upfront investments result in a significantly lower free cash flow in the year before the compliance date.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 3, the shipment weighted-average MPC significantly increases by approximately 51.0 percent relative to the no-new-standards case MPC. In the preservation of gross margin scenario, this increase in MPC causes an increase in manufacturer free cash flow, while the $116.2 million in conversion costs estimated at TSL 3 cause a decrease in manufacturer free cash flow. Ultimately, these factors result in a slightly positive change in INPV at TSL 3 under the preservation of gross margin scenario.</P>
                    <P>
                        Under the preservation of operating profit scenario, the significant increase in the shipment weighted-average MPC results in a lower average manufacturer markup. This lower average manufacturer markup and the $116.2 million in conversion costs result in a significantly negative change in INPV at TSL 3 under the preservation of operating profit scenario.
                        <PRTPAGE P="44519"/>
                    </P>
                    <P>At TSL 2, DOE estimates the change in INPV will range from −$69.2 million to $11.1 million, which represents a change in INPV of −19.9 percent to 3.2 percent, respectively. At TSL 2, industry free cash flow decreases to −$2.1 million, which represents a decrease of approximately 107.3 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $28.4 million in 2027, the year before the compliance year.</P>
                    <P>TSL 2 sets the efficiency level at EL 2 for all circulator pump varieties. DOE estimates that approximately 37 percent of all circulator pump shipments will meet or exceed the ELs required at TSL 2 in the no-new-standards case in 2028, the compliance year.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 2, DOE estimates manufacturers would incur $56.4 million in product conversion costs and $24.7 million in capital conversion costs to bring their equipment portfolios into compliance with standards set at TSL 2. At TSL 2, product conversion costs continue to be a key driver of the decrease in free cash flow. These upfront investments result in a lower free cash flow in the year before the compliance date.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 2, the shipment weighted-average MPC moderately increases by approximately 36.5 percent relative to the no-new-standards case MPC. In the preservation of gross margin scenario, this increase in MPC causes an increase in manufacturer free cash flow, while the $81.2 million in conversion costs estimated at TSL 2 cause a decrease in manufacturer free cash flow. Ultimately, these factors result in a slightly positive change in INPV at TSL 2 under the preservation of gross margin scenario.</P>
                    <P>Under the preservation of operating profit scenario, the moderate increase in the shipment weighted-average MPC results in a lower average manufacturer markup. This lower average manufacturer markup and the $81.2 million in conversion costs result in a moderately negative change in INPV at TSL 2 under the preservation of operating profit scenario.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 1, DOE estimates the change in INPV will be −$3.4 million, which represents a change in INPV of −1.0 percent. At TSL 1, industry free cash flow decreases to $26.5 million, which represents a decrease of approximately 6.6 percent, compared to the no-new-standards case value of $28.4 million in 2027, the year before the compliance year.</P>
                    <P>TSL 1 sets the efficiency level at EL 1 for all circulator pump varieties. DOE estimates that approximately 69 percent of all circulator pump shipments will meet or exceed the ELs required at TSL 1 in the no-new-standards case in 2028, the compliance year.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 1, DOE does not expect the increases in efficiency requirements at this TSL to require any capital investments. DOE anticipates that manufacturers would have to make slight investments in R&amp;D to re-design some of their equipment offering to meet standards set at TSL 1. Overall, DOE estimates that manufacturers would incur $5.5 million in product conversion costs to bring their equipment portfolios into compliance with standards set to TSL 1. At TSL 1, all manufacturers have basic models that meet or exceed these efficiency levels.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 1, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all circulator pumps does not increase relative to the no-new-standards case shipment-weighted average MPC in 2028. Since the shipment-weighted average MPC does not increase at all at TSL 1 compared to the no-new-standards case, manufacturers are not able to recover any additional revenue at TSL 1, despite the conversion costs that they incur at TSL 1. Therefore, the $5.5 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers causes a slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 1 in both manufacturer markup scenarios.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Direct Impacts on Employment</HD>
                    <P>
                        To quantitatively assess the potential impacts of new energy conservation standards on direct employment in the circulator pump industry, DOE used the GRIM to estimate the domestic labor expenditures and number of direct employees in the no-new-standards case and in each of the standards cases during the analysis period. This analysis includes both production and non-production employees employed by circulator pump manufacturers. DOE used statistical data from the U.S. Census Bureau's 2021 Annual Survey of Manufacturers 
                        <SU>80</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         (“ASM”), the results of the engineering analysis, and interviews with manufacturers to determine the inputs necessary to calculate industry-wide labor expenditures and domestic employment levels. Labor expenditures related to manufacturing of the equipment are a function of the labor intensity of the equipment, the sales volume, and an assumption that wages remain fixed in real terms over time.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>80</SU>
                             U.S. Census Bureau, 2018-2021 Annual Survey of Manufacturers: Statistics for Industry Groups and Industries (2021). Available at 
                            <E T="03">www.census.gov/data/tables/time-series/econ/asm/2018-2021-asm.html.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        The total labor expenditures in the GRIM are converted to domestic production worker employment levels by dividing production labor expenditures by the average fully burdened wage per production worker. DOE calculated the fully burdened wage by multiplying the industry production worker hourly blended wage (provided by the ASM) by the fully burdened wage ratio. The fully burdened wage ratio factors in paid leave, supplemental pay, insurance, retirement and savings, and legally required benefits. DOE determined the fully burdened ratio from the Bureau of Labor Statistics' employee compensation data.
                        <SU>81</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The estimates of production workers in this section cover workers, including line supervisors who are directly involved in fabricating and assembling the equipment within the manufacturing facility. Workers performing services that are closely associated with production operations, such as materials handling tasks using forklifts, are also included as production labor.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>81</SU>
                             U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Employer Costs for Employee Compensation (June 2023). Available at 
                            <E T="03">www.bls.gov/news.release/archives/ecec_09122023.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>Non-production worker employment levels were determined by multiplying the industry ratio of production worker employment to non-production employment against the estimated production worker employment previously explained. Estimates of non-production workers in this section cover above-the-line supervisors, sales, sales delivery, installation, office functions, legal, and technical employees.</P>
                    <P>The total direct-employment impacts calculated in the GRIM are the sum of the changes in the number of domestic production and non-production workers resulting from energy conservation standards for circulator pumps, as compared to the no-new-standards case. Typically, more efficient equipment is more complex and labor intensive to produce. Per-unit labor requirements and production time requirements trend higher with more stringent energy conservation standards.</P>
                    <P>DOE estimates that approximately 65 percent of circulator pumps sold in the United States are manufactured domestically. In the absence of energy conservation standards, DOE estimates that there would be 173 domestic production workers in the circulator pump industry in 2028, the compliance year.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE's analysis estimates that the circulator pump industry will domestically employ 284 production and non-production workers in the circulator pump industry in 2028 in the absence of energy conservation standards. Table V.9 presents the range 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44520"/>
                        of potential impacts of energy conservation standards on U.S. production workers of circulator pumps.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="189">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.049</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>At the upper end of the range, all examined TSLs show an increase (or no change) in the number of domestic workers for circulator pumps. The upper end of the range represents a scenario where manufacturers increase production and non-production hiring due to the increase in labor associated with more efficient circulator pumps and the additional engineers needed to redesign more efficient circulator pumps. However, this assumes that in addition to hiring more production and no-production employees, all existing domestic production and non-production employees would remain in the United States and not shift to other countries that currently produce circulator pumps that are sold in the United States.</P>
                    <P>
                        At the lower end of the range, all examined TSLs show a decrease (or no change) in the number of domestic workers for circulator pumps. Based on information gathered during manufacturer interviews, DOE understands circulator pumps with ECMs are primarily manufactured outside the United States. However, manufacturers stated that they would likely expand their ECM production capacities in the United States if standards were established at efficiency levels that would likely require ECMs (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         TSL 2 or higher). The lower end of the range represents a scenario where some manufacturers with existing production facilities abroad move their circulator pump production for ELs that will likely require an ECM to those production facilities abroad. Therefore, DOE modeled a low-end employment range that assumes half of existing domestic production would be relocated to foreign countries due to the energy conservation standard at TSL 2 or higher.
                    </P>
                    <P>HI stated that domestic employment is specific to each manufacturer. To obtain this information DOE is encouraged to procure these estimates under NDA with each manufacturer. (HI, No. 135 at p. 6) DOE conducted manufacturer interviews with a variety of circulator pump manufacturers prior to the December 2022 NOPR. DOE continues to use the information gathered during those manufacturer interviews in this final rule.</P>
                    <P>
                        Wyer commented that U.S. manufacturing infrastructure cannot support the level of production needed to satisfy the hydronics market with ECM circulators. (Wyer, No. 128 at p. 2) Wyer stated that ECM pumps with the performance curves necessary for the geothermal HVAC industry are only manufactured in Europe, while the majority of PSC pumps currently being used in the geothermal HVAC industry are made in the United States. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Wyer commented that U.S.-based manufacturers are more likely to shut down domestic facilities and continue importing ECM circulators rather than invest to upgrade their plants to produce ECM pumps. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Wyer recommended that DOE consider the impact of the proposed rulemaking on domestic manufacturer employment and the potential of plant closures. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) Table V.9 displays the range of potential impacts to domestic manufacturing. Specifically, the lower end of the range represents a scenario where some manufacturers move their circulator pump production for ELs that will likely require an ECM to production facilities located abroad.
                    </P>
                    <P>Due to variations in manufacturing labor practices, actual direct employment could vary depending on manufacturers' preference for high capital or high labor practices in response to standards. DOE notes that the employment impacts discussed here are independent of the indirect employment impacts to the broader U.S. economy, which are documented in chapter 15 of the accompanying TSD.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity</HD>
                    <P>During manufacturer interviews, industry feedback indicated that manufacturers' current production capacity was strained due to upstream supply chain constraints. Additionally, manufacturers expressed that additional production lines would be required during the conversion period if standards were set at a level requiring ECMs. However, many manufacturers noted that their portfolios have expanded in recent years to accommodate more circulator pumps using ECMs. Furthermore, manufacturers indicated that a circulator pump utilizing an ECM could support a wider range of applications compared to a circulator pump utilizing an induction motor.</P>
                    <P>
                        As part of the December 2022 NOPR, DOE requested comment on a potential 2-year compliance period. HI and Xylem commented that manufacturers will benefit from a 4-year compliance period to allow time to engineer, develop, and test equipment to meet the standards. Additionally, there could be manufacturing capacity concerns if DOE required compliance within 2 years of 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44521"/>
                        publication of a final rule. (HI, No. 135 at pp. 2-3; Xylem, No. 136 at pp. 3-4) This topic is also discussed in more detail in section III.H of this document. Given that DOE is requiring compliance with energy conservation standards 4 years after publication of this final rule, DOE does not anticipate any manufacturing capacity concerns.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers</HD>
                    <P>As discussed in section IV.J of this document, using average cost assumptions to develop an industry cash-flow estimate may not be adequate for assessing differential impacts among manufacturer subgroups. Small manufacturers, niche manufacturers, and manufacturers exhibiting a cost structure substantially different from the industry average could be affected disproportionately. DOE used the results of the industry characterization to group manufacturers exhibiting similar characteristics. Consequently, DOE identified small business manufacturers as a subgroup for a separate impact analysis.</P>
                    <P>For the small business subgroup analysis, DOE applied the small business size standards published by the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) to determine whether a company is considered a small business. The size standards are codified at 13 CFR part 201. To be categorized as a small business under the North American Industry Classification System (“NAICS”) code 333914, “Measuring, Dispensing, and Other Pumping Equipment Manufacturing,” a circulator pump manufacturer and its affiliates may employ a maximum of 750 employees. The 750-employee threshold includes all employees in a business's parent company and any other subsidiaries. Based on this classification, DOE identified three small businesses that manufacture circulator pumps in the United States. DOE estimates one of the small businesses does not manufacture any circulator pump models that would meet the adopted standards. The other two small businesses both offer circulator pumps that would meet the adopted standards. The first small business is estimated to redesign 32 basic models at a cost of approximately $50.1 million, which corresponds to approximately 7.9 percent of that small business's annual revenue over the 4-year compliance period. The second small business is estimated to redesign 3 basic models at a cost of approximately $3.7 million, which corresponds to approximately 11.6 percent of that small business's annual revenue over the 4-year compliance period. The third small business is estimated to redesign 1 basic model at a cost of approximately $1.5 million, which corresponds to approximately 18.3 percent of that small business's annual revenue over the 4-year compliance period.</P>
                    <P>The small business subgroup analysis is discussed in more detail in chapter 12 of the final rule TSD and in section VI.B of this document.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden</HD>
                    <P>One aspect of assessing manufacturer burden involves looking at the cumulative impact of multiple DOE standards and the regulatory actions of other Federal agencies and States that affect the manufacturers of covered equipment. While any one regulation may not impose a significant burden on manufacturers, the combined effects of several existing or impending regulations may have serious consequences for some manufacturers, groups of manufacturers, or an entire industry. Multiple regulations affecting the same manufacturer can strain profits and lead companies to abandon equipment lines or markets with lower expected future returns than competing equipment. For these reasons, DOE conducts an analysis of cumulative regulatory burden as part of its rulemakings pertaining to equipment efficiency.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE evaluates equipment-specific regulations that will take effect approximately 3 years before or after the 2028 compliance date of any energy conservation standards for circulator pumps.
                        <SU>82</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE is aware that circulator pump manufacturers produce other equipment or products including dedicated-purpose pool pumps 
                        <SU>83</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         and commercial and industrial pumps.
                        <SU>84</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         None of these products or equipment have proposed or adopted energy conservation standards that require compliance within 3 years of the adopted energy conservation standards for circulator pumps in this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>82</SU>
                             Section 13(g)(2) of appendix A to 10 CFR part 430 subpart C (“Process Rule”).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>83</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2022-BT-STD-0001.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>84</SU>
                             
                            <E T="03">www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2021-BT-STD-0018.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        HI and Xylem stated that the commercial and industrial pumps rulemaking is ongoing and the impact of the commercial and industrial pumps rulemaking will certainly require extensive resources from the same manufacturers being affected by the circulator pumps rulemaking during the same time horizon. (HI, No. 135 at p. 4; Xylem, No. 136 at p. 5) The commercial and industrial pumps rulemaking is an ongoing rulemaking that has not published a proposed rulemaking (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         NOPR) or a final rule. DOE is unable to estimate the potential impact of rulemakings that do not have proposed or adopted energy conservation standards. However, DOE will consider the cumulative effect of this circulator pumps rulemaking as part of the commercial and industrial pumps rulemaking if DOE proposes or establishes standards for commercial and industrial pumps in a future rulemaking.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Lastly, HI and Xylem commented that the electric motors rulemaking 
                        <SU>85</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         will have a significant impact on the availability (style and volume), and breadth of ECMs to support conversion, especially the CP2 and CP3 style circulator pumps. (
                        <E T="03">Id.</E>
                        ) DOE was unable to find any circulator pump manufacturer that also manufactures electric motors covered by that rulemaking. Additionally, the ECMs that are used in the circulator pumps to meet the efficiency levels at EL 2 and above, are not covered by that electric motors rulemaking.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>85</SU>
                             88 FR 36066 (Jun. 1, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. National Impact Analysis</HD>
                    <P>This section presents DOE's estimates of the national energy savings and the NPV of consumer benefits that would result from each of the TSLs considered as potential new standards.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">a. Significance of Energy Savings</HD>
                    <P>To estimate the energy savings attributable to potential new standards for circulator pumps, DOE compared their energy consumption under the no-new-standards case to their anticipated energy consumption under each TSL. The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of equipment purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of anticipated compliance with new standards (2028-2057). Table V.10 presents DOE's projections of the national energy savings for each TSL considered for circulator pumps. The savings were calculated using the approach described in section IV.H.2 of this document.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="85">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44522"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.050</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        OMB Circular A-4 
                        <SU>86</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         requires agencies to present analytical results, including separate schedules of the monetized benefits and costs that show the type and timing of benefits and costs. Circular A-4 also directs agencies to consider the variability of key elements underlying the estimates of benefits and costs. For this rulemaking, DOE undertook a sensitivity analysis using 9 years, rather than 30 years, of equipment shipments. The choice of a 9-year period is a proxy for the timeline in EPCA for the review of certain energy conservation standards and potential revision of and compliance with such revised standards.
                        <SU>87</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         The review timeframe established in EPCA is generally not synchronized with the equipment lifetime, equipment manufacturing cycles, or other factors specific to circulator pumps. Thus, such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any change in DOE's analytical methodology. The NES sensitivity analysis results based on a 9-year analytical period are presented in Table V.11. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of circulator pumps purchased in 2028-2036.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>86</SU>
                             U.S. Office of Management and Budget. 
                            <E T="03">Circular A-4: Regulatory Analysis.</E>
                             September 17, 2003. 
                            <E T="03">https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>87</SU>
                             EPCA requires DOE to review its standards at least once every 6 years, and requires, for certain equipment, a 3-year period after any new standard is promulgated before compliance is required, except that in no case may any new standards be required within 6 years of the compliance date of the previous standards. (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)) While adding a 6-year review to the 3-year compliance period adds up to 9 years, DOE notes that it may undertake reviews at any time within the 6-year period and that the 3-year compliance date may yield to the 6-year backstop. A 9-year analysis period may not be appropriate given the variability that occurs in the timing of standards reviews and the fact that for some equipment, the compliance period is 5 years rather than 3 years.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="85">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.051</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits</HD>
                    <P>
                        DOE estimated the cumulative NPV of the total costs and savings for consumers that would result from the TSLs considered for circulator pumps. In accordance with OMB's guidelines on regulatory analysis,
                        <SU>88</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         DOE calculated NPV using both a 7-percent and a 3-percent real discount rate. Table V.12 shows the consumer NPV results with impacts counted over the lifetime of equipment purchased in 2028-2057.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>88</SU>
                             U.S. Office of Management and Budget. 
                            <E T="03">Circular A-4: Regulatory Analysis.</E>
                             September 17, 2003. 
                            <E T="03">https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="85">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.052</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>The NPV results based on the aforementioned 9-year analytical period are presented in Table V.13. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of equipment purchased in 2028-2036. As mentioned previously, such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any change in DOE's analytical methodology or decision criteria.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="85">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44523"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.053</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">c. Indirect Impacts on Employment</HD>
                    <P>DOE estimates that new energy conservation standards for circulator pumps will reduce energy expenditures for consumers of those equipment, with the resulting net savings being redirected to other forms of economic activity. These expected shifts in spending and economic activity could affect the demand for labor. As described in section IV.N of this document, DOE used an input/output model of the U.S. economy to estimate indirect employment impacts of the TSLs that DOE considered. There are uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Therefore, DOE generated results for near-term timeframes (2028-2032), where these uncertainties are reduced.</P>
                    <P>The results suggest that the adopted standards are likely to have a negligible impact on the net demand for labor in the economy. The net change in jobs is so small that it would be imperceptible in national labor statistics and might be offset by other, unanticipated effects on employment. Chapter 16 of the final rule TSD presents detailed results regarding anticipated indirect employment impacts.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Equipment</HD>
                    <P>As discussed in section III.G.1.d of this document, DOE has concluded that the standards adopted in this final rule will not lessen the utility or performance of the circulator pumps under consideration in this rulemaking. Manufacturers of these equipment currently offer units that meet or exceed the adopted standards.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition</HD>
                    <P>DOE considered any lessening of competition that would be likely to result from new standards. As discussed in section III.G.1.e of this document, EPCA directs the Attorney General of the United States (“Attorney General”) to determine the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result from a proposed standard and to transmit such determination in writing to the Secretary within 60 days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an analysis of the nature and extent of the impact. To assist the Attorney General in making this determination, DOE provided the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) with copies of the NOPR and the TSD for review. In its assessment letter responding to DOE, DOJ concluded that the proposed energy conservation standards for circulator pumps are unlikely to have a significant adverse impact on competition. DOE is publishing the Attorney General's assessment at the end of this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy</HD>
                    <P>Enhanced energy efficiency, where economically justified, improves the Nation's energy security, strengthens the economy, and reduces the environmental impacts (costs) of energy production. Reduced electricity demand due to energy conservation standards is also likely to reduce the cost of maintaining the reliability of the electricity system, particularly during peak-load periods. Chapter 15 in the final rule TSD presents the estimated impacts on electricity, for the TSLs that DOE considered in this rulemaking.</P>
                    <P>Energy conservation resulting from potential energy conservation standards for circulator pumps is expected to yield environmental benefits in the form of reduced emissions of certain air pollutants and greenhouse gases. Table V.14 provides DOE's estimate of cumulative emissions reductions expected to result from the TSLs considered in this rulemaking. The emissions were calculated using the multipliers discussed in section IV.K of this document. DOE reports annual emissions reductions for each TSL in chapter 13 of the final rule TSD.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="301">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44524"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.054</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        As part of the analysis for this rule, DOE estimated monetary benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs for circulator pumps. Section IV.L of this document discusses the estimated SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         values that DOE used. Table V.15 presents the value of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reduction at each TSL for each of the SC-CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         cases. The time-series of annual values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="137">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.055</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        As discussed in section IV.L.2 of this document, DOE estimated the climate benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of methane and N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs for circulator pumps. Table V.16 presents the value of the CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                         emissions reduction at each TSL, and Table V.17 presents the value of the N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O emissions reduction at each TSL. The time-series of annual values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="137">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44525"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.056</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="137">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.057</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        DOE is well aware that scientific and economic knowledge about the contribution of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and other GHG emissions to changes in the future global climate and the potential resulting damages to the global and U.S. economy continues to evolve rapidly. DOE, together with other Federal agencies, will continue to review methodologies for estimating the monetary value of reductions in CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and other GHG emissions. This ongoing review will consider the comments on this subject that are part of the public record for this and other rulemakings, as well as other methodological assumptions and issues. DOE notes, however, that the adopted standards would be economically justified even without inclusion of monetized benefits of reduced GHG emissions.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        DOE also estimated the monetary value of the economic benefits associated with NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reductions anticipated to result from the considered TSLs for circulator pumps. The dollar-per-ton values that DOE used are discussed in section IV.L of this document. Table V.18 presents the present value for NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions reduction for each TSL calculated using 7-percent and 3-percent discount rates, and Table V.19 presents similar results for SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions reductions. The results in these tables reflect application of EPA's low dollar-per-ton values, which DOE used to be conservative. The time-series of annual values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the final rule TSD.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="97">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.058</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="97">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44526"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.059</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>
                        Not all the public health and environmental benefits from the reduction of greenhouse gases, NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         are captured in the values above, and additional unquantified benefits from the reductions of those pollutants as well as from the reduction of direct PM and other co-pollutants may be significant. DOE has not included monetary benefits of the reduction of Hg emissions because the amount of reduction is very small.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">7. Other Factors</HD>
                    <P>The Secretary of Energy, in determining whether a standard is economically justified, may consider any other factors that the Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) No other factors were considered in this analysis.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">8. Summary of Economic Impacts</HD>
                    <P>
                        Table V.20 presents the NPV values that result from adding the estimates of the economic benefits resulting from reduced GHG and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions to the NPV of consumer benefits calculated for each TSL considered in this rulemaking. The consumer benefits are domestic U.S. monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the covered equipment and are measured for the lifetime of equipment shipped in 2028-2057. The climate benefits associated with reduced GHG emissions resulting from the adopted standards are global benefits and are also calculated based on the lifetime of circulator pumps shipped in 2028-2057.
                    </P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="197">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.060</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Conclusion</HD>
                    <P>When considering new energy conservation standards, the standards that DOE adopts for any type (or class) of covered equipment must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that the Secretary determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) In determining whether a standard is economically justified, the Secretary must determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens by, to the greatest extent practicable, considering the seven statutory factors discussed previously. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The new standard must also result in significant conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6316(a); 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))</P>
                    <P>For this final rule, DOE considered the impacts of new standards for circulator pumps at each TSL, beginning with the maximum technologically feasible level, to determine whether that level was economically justified. Where the max-tech level was not justified, DOE then considered the next most efficient level and undertook the same evaluation until it reached the highest efficiency level that is both technologically feasible and economically justified and saves a significant amount of energy.</P>
                    <P>To aid the reader as DOE discusses the benefits and/or burdens of each TSL, tables in this section present a summary of the results of DOE's quantitative analysis for each TSL. In addition to the quantitative results presented in the tables, DOE also considers other burdens and benefits that affect economic justification. These include the impacts on identifiable subgroups of consumers who may be disproportionately affected by a national standard and impacts on employment.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for Circulator Pump Standards</HD>
                    <P>
                        Table V.21 and Table V.22 summarize the quantitative impacts estimated for each TSL for circulator pumps. The national impacts are measured over the lifetime of circulator pumps purchased 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44527"/>
                        in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated year of compliance with new standards (2028-2057). The energy savings, emissions reductions, and value of emissions reductions refer to full-fuel-cycle results. DOE is presenting monetized benefits of GHG emissions reductions in accordance with the applicable Executive orders and DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this notice in the absence of the social cost of greenhouse gases, including the Interim Estimates presented by the Interagency Working Group. The efficiency levels contained in each TSL are described in section V.A of this document.
                    </P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="566">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.061</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="187">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44528"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.062</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <P>DOE first considered TSL 4, which represents the max-tech efficiency levels. TSL 4 would save an estimated 1.19 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 4, the NPV of consumer benefit would be $1.17 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $3.57 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.</P>
                    <P>
                        The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 4 are 21.73 Mt of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , 40.4 thousand tons of SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , 6.29 thousand tons of NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , 0.04 tons of Hg, 182.7 thousand tons of CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        , and 0.20 thousand tons of N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O. The estimated monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions (associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at TSL 4 is $1.25 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health benefits from reduced SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions at TSL 4 is $1.07 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $2.47 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs, health benefits from reduced SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 4 is $3.5 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated total NPV at TSL 4 is $7.29 billion.
                    </P>
                    <P>At TSL 4, the average LCC impact is a savings of $112.4. The simple payback period is 4.6 years. The fraction of purchasers experiencing a net LCC cost is 45.9 percent.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 4, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $118.1 million to an increase of $32.4 million, which corresponds to a decrease of 34.0 percent and an increase of 9.3 percent, respectively. DOE estimates that industry must invest $129.9 million to comply with standards set at TSL 4. This investment is primarily driven by converting all existing equipment to include differential-temperature based controls and the associated product conversion costs that would be needed to support such a transition. DOE estimates that approximately 2 percent of circulator pump shipments would meet the efficiency levels analyzed at TSL 4 in the no-new-standards case.</P>
                    <P>The Secretary concludes that at TSL 4 for circulator pump, the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the economic burden on many consumers, and the impacts on manufacturers, including the large conversion costs, profit margin impacts that could result in a large reduction in INPV, and the lack of manufacturers currently offering products meeting the efficiency levels required at this TSL, including small businesses. Almost a majority of circulator pump customers (45.9 percent) would experience a net cost and manufacturers would have to significantly ramp up production of more efficient models since only 2 percent of shipments currently meet the efficiency levels at TSL 4. Consequently, the Secretary has concluded that TSL 4 is not economically justified.</P>
                    <P>DOE then considered TSL 3, which represents EL 3 for all circulator pumps, and would require automatic proportional pressure controls to be added to the circulator pump. TSL 3 would save an estimated 1.02 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 3, the NPV of consumer benefit would be $1.11 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $3.25 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.</P>
                    <P>
                        The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 3 are 18.56 Mt of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , 5.39 thousand tons of SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , 34.5 thousand tons of NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , 0.04 tons of Hg, 155.86 thousand tons of CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        , and 0.18 thousand tons of N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O. The estimated monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions (associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at TSL 3 is $1.07 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health benefits from reduced SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions at TSL 3 is $0.92 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $2.11 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs, health benefits from reduced SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 3 is $3.10 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated total NPV at TSL 3 is $6.44 billion.
                    </P>
                    <P>At TSL 3, the average LCC impact is a savings of $117.4. The simple payback period is 4.5 years. The fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 42.7 percent.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 3, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $100.1 million to an increase of $15.2 million, which corresponds to a decrease of 28.8 percent and an increase of 4.4 percent, respectively. DOE estimates that industry must invest $116.2 million to comply with standards set at TSL 3. DOE estimates that approximately 20 percent of circulator pump shipments will meet or exceed the efficiency levels analyzed at TSL 3 in the no-new-standards case.</P>
                    <P>
                        DOE also notes that the estimated energy and economic savings from TSL 3 are highly dependent on the end-use systems in which the circulator pumps 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44529"/>
                        are installed (
                        <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                         hydronic heating or water heating applications). Circulator pumps are typically added to systems when installed in the field and can be replaced separately than the end-use appliance in which they are paired. Depending on the type of controls that the end-use appliance contains, the circulator pumps may not see the field savings benefits from the technologies incorporated in TSL 3 because the end-use system cannot accommodate full variable-speed operation. In particular, some systems will not achieve any additional savings from differential pressure controls as compared to a single speed ECM with no controls (
                        <E T="03">i.e.,</E>
                         TSL 2). As discussed earlier in this document, to evaluate the effect of a varying fraction of circulator pumps benefitting from controls, DOE conducted a sensitivity in the LCC analysis. The results of this sensitivity analysis showed that the fraction of purchasers experiencing a net cost at EL 3 and EL 4 would linearly increase from 42.7% to 60.7% and 45.9% to 74.8%, respectively, when the fraction of purchasers who do benefit from controls in the field varies from 100% to 0%. While the analysis includes the best available assumptions on the distribution of system curves and single-zone versus multi-zone applications, variation in those assumptions could have a large impact on savings potential and resulting economics providing uncertainty in the savings associated with TSL 3.
                    </P>
                    <P>The Secretary concludes that at TSL 3 for circulator pump, the benefits of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the economic burden on many consumers, and the impacts on manufacturers, including the large conversion costs, profit margin impacts that could result in a large reduction in INPV, and the lack of manufacturers currently offering products meeting the efficiency levels required at this TSL, including small businesses. Almost a majority of circulator pump customers (42.7 percent) would experience a net cost and manufacturers would have to significantly ramp up production of more efficient models since only 2 percent of shipments currently meet TSL 3 efficiency levels. In addition, the Secretary is also concerned about the uncertainty regarding the potential energy savings as compared to the field savings due to the lack of end-use appliances being able to respond to differential pressure controls from the circulator pump. Consequently, the Secretary has concluded that TSL 3 is not economically justified.</P>
                    <P>DOE then considered TSL 2, which represents efficiency level 2 for circulator pumps. TSL 2 would save an estimated 0.55 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers significant. Under TSL 2, the NPV of consumer benefit would be $0.95 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $2.34 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.</P>
                    <P>
                        The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 2 are 10.04 Mt of CO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , 2.95 thousand tons of SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        , 18.65 thousand tons of NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                        , 0.02 tons of Hg, 83.84 thousand tons of CH
                        <E T="52">4</E>
                        , and 0.10 thousand tons of N
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                        O. The estimated monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions (associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at TSL 2 is $0.59 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health benefits from reduced SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions at TSL 2 is $0.51 billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $1.16 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs, health benefits from reduced SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 2 is $2.05 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated total NPV at TSL 2 is $4.09 billion.
                    </P>
                    <P>At TSL 2, the average LCC impact is a savings of $110.9. The simple payback period is 3.3 years. The fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 28.0 percent.</P>
                    <P>At TSL 2, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of $69.2 million to an increase of $11.1 million, which corresponds to a decrease of 19.9 percent and to an increase of 3.2 percent, respectively. DOE estimates that industry must invest $81.2 million to comply with standards set at TSL 2. DOE estimates that approximately 37 percent of circulator pump shipments would meet the efficiency levels analyzed at TSL 2. At TSL 2, most manufacturers have current circulator pump offerings at this level.</P>
                    <P>Standards set at TSL 2 essentially guarantees energy savings in all applications currently served by an induction motor, as the savings accrue from motor efficiency alone rather than from a particular control strategy that must be properly matched to the system in the field. In comparison, TSL 3 and 4 include an ECM as in TSL 2, but TSL 3 and 4 also include the associated variable speed controls that must be properly matched in the field. TSL 2 also allows and encourages uptake of circulators with controls, as manufacturers may choose to prioritize variable speed ECM as opposed to single speed ECM. This could increase the potential savings from TSL 2 from those captured in the analysis, while providing consumers and manufacturers with flexibility to select the motor and/or control strategy most appropriate to their given application.</P>
                    <P>
                        After considering the analysis and weighing the benefits and burdens, the Secretary has concluded that a standard set at TSL 2 for circulator pumps would be economically justified. At this TSL, the average LCC savings are positive. An estimated 28.0 percent 
                        <SU>89</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         of circulator pump consumers experience a net cost. The FFC national energy savings are significant and the NPV of consumer benefits is positive using both a 3-percent and 7-percent discount rate. Notably, the benefits to consumers vastly outweigh the cost to manufacturers. At TSL 2, the NPV of consumer benefits, even measured at the more conservative discount rate of 7 percent is over 13 times higher than the maximum estimated manufacturers' loss in INPV. The standard levels at TSL 2 are economically justified even without weighing the estimated monetary value of emissions reductions. When those emissions reductions are included—representing $0.59 billion in climate benefits (associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate), and $1.16 billion (using a 3-percent discount rate) or $0.51 billion (using a 7-percent discount rate) in health benefits—the rationale becomes stronger still.
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>89</SU>
                             While there are various factors that may lead to certain consumers experiencing a net cost (
                            <E T="03">e.g.,</E>
                             high discount rates, lower equipment lifetimes, or a combination thereof), typically consumers who use their equipment for lower operating hours compared to the rest of the sample are generally less likely to recoup the purchase price of the equipment through operating cost savings.
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <P>
                        As stated, DOE conducts the walk-down analysis to determine the TSL that represents the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified as required under EPCA. The walk-down is not a comparative analysis, as a comparative analysis would result in the maximization of net benefits instead of energy savings that are technologically feasible and economically justified, which would be contrary to the statute. 86 FR 70892, 70908. Although DOE has not conducted a comparative analysis to select the new energy conservation standards, DOE notes that despite the average consumer LCC savings being 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44530"/>
                        similar between TSL 2 ($110.9), TSL 3 ($117.4) and TSL 4 ($112.4), TSL 2 has a much lower fraction of consumers who experience a net cost (28.0%) than TSL 3 (42.7%) and TSL 4 (45.9%). In terms of industry investment to comply with each standard level, TSL 2 ($81.2 million) has considerably lower impact than TSL 3 ($116.2 million) and TSL 4 ($129.9 million).
                    </P>
                    <P>Therefore, based on the previous considerations, DOE adopts the energy conservation standards for circulator pumps at TSL 2. The new energy conservation standards for circulator pumps, which are expressed as CEI, are shown in Table V.23.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="35">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.063</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Adopted Standards</HD>
                    <P>The benefits and costs of the adopted standards can also be expressed in terms of annualized values. The annualized net benefit is (1) the annualized national economic value (expressed in 2022$) of the benefits from operating equipment that meet the adopted standards (consisting primarily of operating cost savings from using less energy), minus increases in equipment purchase costs, and (2) the annualized monetary value of the climate and health benefits.</P>
                    <P>Table V.24 shows the annualized values for circulator pumps under TSL 2, expressed in 2022$. The results under the primary estimate are as follows.</P>
                    <P>
                        Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         reductions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the adopted standards for circulator pumps is $113.9 million per year in increased equipment installed costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $207.5 million from reduced equipment operating costs, $32.7 million in GHG reductions (climate benefits), and $50.7 million in health benefits from reduced NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $177 million per year.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the estimated cost of the adopted standards for circulator pumps is $109.4 million per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $239.7 million in reduced operating costs, $32.7 million from GHG reductions, and $64.7 million from reduced NO
                        <E T="52">X</E>
                         and SO
                        <E T="52">2</E>
                         emissions. In this case, the net benefit amounts to $227.7 million per year.
                    </P>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="640">
                        <PRTPAGE P="44531"/>
                        <GID>ER20MY24.064</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-C</BILCOD>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44532"/>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094</HD>
                    <P>Executive Order (“E.O.”) 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” as supplemented and reaffirmed by E.O. 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” 76 FR 3821 (Jan. 21, 2011) and amended by E.O. 14094, “Modernizing Regulatory Review,” 88 FR 21879 (April 11, 2023), requires agencies, to the extent permitted by law, to (1) propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts; and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify performance objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of compliance that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess available alternatives to direct regulation, including providing economic incentives to encourage the desired behavior, such as user fees or marketable permits, or providing information upon which choices can be made by the public. DOE emphasizes as well that E.O. 13563 requires agencies to use the best available techniques to quantify anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as possible. In its guidance, the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (“OIRA”) in the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) has emphasized that such techniques may include identifying changing future compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral changes. For the reasons stated in the preamble, this final regulatory action is consistent with these principles.</P>
                    <P>Section 6(a) of E.O. 12866 also requires agencies to submit “significant regulatory actions” to OIRA for review. OIRA has determined that this final regulatory action constitutes a “significant regulatory action” within the scope of section 3(f)(1) of E.O. 12866., as amended by E.O. 14094. Accordingly, pursuant to section 6(a)(3)(C) of E.O. 12866, DOE has provided to OIRA an assessment, including the underlying analysis, of benefits and costs anticipated from the final regulatory action, together with, to the extent feasible, a quantification of those costs; and an assessment, including the underlying analysis, of costs and benefits of potentially effective and reasonably feasible alternatives to the planned regulation, and an explanation why the planned regulatory action is preferable to the identified potential alternatives. These assessments are summarized in this preamble and further detail can be found in the technical support document for this rulemaking.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act</HD>
                    <P>
                        The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 
                        <E T="03">et seq.</E>
                        ) requires preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (“IRFA”) and a final regulatory flexibility analysis (“FRFA”) for any rule that by law must be proposed for public comment, unless the agency certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. As required by E.O. 13272, “Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking,” 67 FR 53461 (Aug. 16, 2002), DOE published procedures and policies on February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of its rules on small entities are properly considered during the rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and policies available on the Office of the General Counsel's website (
                        <E T="03">energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel</E>
                        ). DOE has prepared the following FRFA for the equipment that is the subject of this rulemaking.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        For manufacturers of circulator pumps, the SBA has set a size threshold, which defines those entities classified as “small businesses” for the purposes of the statute. DOE used the SBA's small business size standards to determine whether any small entities would be subject to the requirements of the rule. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         13 CFR part 121.) The size standards are listed by NAICS code and industry description and are available at 
                        <E T="03">www.sba.gov/document/support-table-size-standards.</E>
                         Manufacturing of circulator pumps is classified under NAICS 333914, “Measuring, Dispensing, and Other Pumping Equipment Manufacturing.” The SBA sets a threshold of 750 employees or fewer for an entity to be considered as a small business for this category.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">1. Need for, and Objectives of, Rule</HD>
                    <P>The January 2016 TP Final Rule and the January 2016 ECS Final Rule implemented the recommendations of the CIPWG established through the ASRAC to negotiate standards and a test procedure for general pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0039) The CIPWG approved a term sheet containing recommendations to DOE on appropriate standard levels for general pumps, as well as recommendations addressing issues related to the metric and test procedure for general pumps (“CIPWG recommendations”). (Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0039, No. 92) Subsequently, ASRAC approved the CIPWG recommendations. The CIPWG recommendations included initiation of a separate rulemaking for circulator pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2013-BT-NOC-0039, No. 92, Recommendation #5A at p. 2)</P>
                    <P>On February 3, 2016, DOE issued a notice of intent to establish the Circulator Pumps Working Group to negotiate a NOPR for energy conservation standards for circulator pumps; to negotiate, if possible, Federal standards and a test procedure for circulator pumps; and to announce the first public meeting. 81 FR 5658. The CPWG met to address potential energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. Those meetings began on November 3-4, 2016, and concluded on November 30, 2016, with approval of a term sheet (“November 2016 CPWG Recommendations”) containing CPWG recommendations related to energy conservation standards, applicable test procedure, and labeling and certification requirements for circulator pumps. (Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004, No. 98) As such, DOE has undertaken this rulemaking to consider establishing energy conservation standards for circulator pumps.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">2. Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments in Response to the IRFA</HD>
                    <P>HI commented that while they do not have any specific small business data to provide, the 2-year compliance lead time will be very difficult for small businesses to comply with, which may cause these small businesses to exit the market. As discussed in section III.H of this document, DOE is establishing a 4-year compliance date for energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. DOE interprets HI's comment regarding the impacts to small businesses will be mitigated if a 4-year compliance date is adopted.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">3. Description and Estimated Number of Small Entities Affected</HD>
                    <P>
                        As previously described, DOE used SBA's definition of a small business to identify any circulator pump small business manufacturers. DOE used 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44533"/>
                        publicly available information to identify small businesses that manufacture circulator pumps covered in this rulemaking. DOE identified ten companies that are manufacturers of circulator pumps covered by this rulemaking. DOE screened out companies that do not meet the definition of a “small business,” are foreign-owned and operated, or do not manufacture circulator pumps in the United States. DOE identified three small businesses that manufacture circulator pumps in the United States using subscription-based business information tools to determine the number of employees and revenue of these small businesses.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">4. Description of Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance Requirements</HD>
                    <P>This final rule establishes energy conservation standards for circulator pumps. To determine the impact on the small business manufacturers, DOE estimated the product conversion costs and capital conversion costs that all circulator pump manufacturers would incur. DOE additionally estimated the product and capital conversion costs that the three identified small business manufacturers would incur. Product conversion costs are investments in research, development, testing, marketing, and other non-capitalized costs necessary to make equipment designs comply with energy conservation standards. Capital conversion costs are one-time investments in plant, property, and equipment made in response to standards.</P>
                    <P>DOE estimates there is one small business that does not have any circulator pump models that would meet the adopted standards. The other two businesses both offer circulator pumps that would meet the adopted standards. DOE applied the conversion cost methodology described in section IV.J.2.c of this document to arrive at its estimate of product and capital conversion costs for the small business manufacturers. DOE assumes that all circulator pump manufacturers, including small business manufacturers, would spread conversion costs over the four-year compliance timeframe, as manufacturers are required to comply with standards four years after the publication of this final rule. Using publicly available data, DOE estimated the average annual revenue for each of the three small businesses, displayed in Table VI.1.</P>
                    <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="82">
                        <GID>ER20MY24.066</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <P>Additionally, these manufacturers could choose to discontinue their least efficient models and ramp up production of existing, compliant models rather than redesign each of their non-compliant models. Therefore, DOE's estimated conversion costs could overestimate the actual conversion costs that these small businesses would incur.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD3">5. Significant Alternatives Considered and Steps Taken To Minimize Significant Economic Impacts on Small Entities</HD>
                    <P>The discussion in the previous section analyzes impacts on small businesses that would result from the adopted standards, represented by TSL 2. In reviewing alternatives to the adopted standards, DOE examined energy conservation standards set at lower efficiency levels. While TSL 1 would reduce the impacts on small business manufacturers, it would come at the expense of a reduction in energy savings. TSL 1 achieves 80 percent lower energy savings and achieves 51 percent lower consumer net benefits compared to the energy savings and consumer net benefits at TSL 2.</P>
                    <P>Establishing standards at TSL 2 is the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and that DOE has determined in this final rule to be economically justified as requirement by EPCA, including considering the potential burdens placed on circulator pump manufacturers, including small business manufacturers. Accordingly, DOE is not adopting one of the other TSLs considered in the analysis, or the other policy alternatives examined as part of the regulatory impact analysis and included in chapter 17 of the final rule TSD.</P>
                    <P>Additional compliance flexibilities may be available through other means. Manufacturers subject to DOE's energy efficiency standards may apply to DOE's Office of Hearings and Appeals for exception relief under certain circumstances. Manufacturers should refer to 10 CFR part 430, subpart E, and 10 CFR part 1003 for additional details.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act</HD>
                    <P>Manufacturers of circulator pumps must certify to DOE that their equipment complies with any applicable energy conservation standards. In certifying compliance, manufacturers must test their equipment according to the DOE test procedures for circulator pumps, including any amendments adopted for those test procedures. DOE has established regulations for the certification and recordkeeping requirements for all covered consumer equipment and commercial equipment, including circulator pumps. (See generally 10 CFR part 429). The collection-of-information requirement for the certification and recordkeeping is subject to review and approval by OMB under the Paperwork Reduction Act (“PRA”). This requirement has been approved by OMB under OMB control number 1910-1400. Public reporting burden for the certification is estimated to average 35 hours per response, including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information.</P>
                    <P>
                        Certification data will be required for circulator pumps; however, DOE is not adopting certification or reporting requirements for circulator pumps in this final rule. Instead, DOE may consider proposals to establish certification requirements and reporting for circulator pumps under a separate rulemaking regarding appliance and equipment certification. DOE will address changes to OMB Control 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44534"/>
                        Number 1910-1400 at that time, as necessary.
                    </P>
                    <P>Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays a currently valid OMB Control Number.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969</HD>
                    <P>
                        Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (“NEPA”), DOE has analyzed this proposed action rule in accordance with NEPA and DOE's NEPA implementing regulations (10 CFR part 1021). DOE has determined that this rule qualifies for categorical exclusion under 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, appendix B5.1 because it is a rulemaking that establishes energy conservation standards for consumer equipment or industrial equipment, none of the exceptions identified in B5.1(b) apply, no extraordinary circumstances exist that require further environmental analysis, and it meets the requirements for application of a categorical exclusion. (
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         10 CFR 1021.410.) Therefore, DOE has determined that promulgation of this rule is not a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment within the meaning of NEPA, and does not require an environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">E. Review Under Executive Order 13132</HD>
                    <P>
                        E.O. 13132, “Federalism,” 64 FR 43255 (Aug. 10, 1999), imposes certain requirements on Federal agencies formulating and implementing policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have federalism implications. The Executive order requires agencies to examine the constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess the necessity for such actions. The Executive order also requires agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental consultation process it will follow in the development of such regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE has examined this rule and has determined that it would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. EPCA governs and prescribes Federal preemption of State regulations as to energy conservation for the equipment that are the subject of this final rule. States can petition DOE for exemption from such preemption to the extent, and based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. 
                        <E T="03">See</E>
                         42 U.S.C. 6316(a) and (b); 42 U.S.C. 6297) Therefore, no further action is required by Executive Order 13132.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">F. Review Under Executive Order 12988</HD>
                    <P>With respect to the review of existing regulations and the promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of E.O. 12988, “Civil Justice Reform,” imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to adhere to the following requirements: (1) eliminate drafting errors and ambiguity, (2) write regulations to minimize litigation, (3) provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general standard, and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996). Regarding the review required by section 3(a), section 3(b) of E.O. 12988 specifically requires that Executive agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation (1) clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any, (2) clearly specifies any effect on existing Federal law or regulation, (3) provides a clear legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and burden reduction, (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any, (5) adequately defines key terms, and (6) addresses other important issues affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of E.O. 12988 requires Executive agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law, this final rule meets the relevant standards of E.O. 12988.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995</HD>
                    <P>
                        Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (“UMRA”) requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the private sector. Public Law 104-4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year (adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers of State, local, and Tribal governments on a “significant intergovernmental mandate,” and requires an agency plan for giving notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially affected small governments before establishing any requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE published a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE's policy statement is also available at 
                        <E T="03">energy.gov/sites/prod/files/gcprod/documents/umra_97.pdf.</E>
                    </P>
                    <P>DOE has concluded that this final rule may require expenditures of $100 million or more in any one year by the private sector. Such expenditures may include (1) investment in research and development and in capital expenditures by circulator pumps manufacturers in the years between the final rule and the compliance date for the new standards and (2) incremental additional expenditures by consumers to purchase higher-efficiency circulator pumps, starting at the compliance date for the applicable standard.</P>
                    <P>
                        Section 202 of UMRA authorizes a Federal agency to respond to the content requirements of UMRA in any other statement or analysis that accompanies the final rule. (2 I.C. 1532(c)) The content requirements of section 202(b) of UMRA relevant to a private sector mandate substantially overlap the economic analysis requirements that apply under section 325(o) of EPCA and Executive Order 12866. The 
                        <E T="02">SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION</E>
                         section of this document and the TSD for this final rule respond to those requirements.
                    </P>
                    <P>
                        Under section 205 of UMRA, DOE is obligated to identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before promulgating a rule for which a written statement under section 202 is required. (2 U.S.C. 1535(a)) DOE is required to select from those alternatives the most cost-effective and least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the rule unless DOE publishes an explanation for doing otherwise, or the selection of such an alternative is inconsistent with law. As required by 42 U.S.C. 6295(m), this final rule establishes new energy conservation standards for circulator pumps that are designed to achieve the 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44535"/>
                        maximum improvement in energy efficiency that DOE has determined to be both technologically feasible and economically justified, as required by 6295(o)(2)(A) and 6295(o)(3)(B). A full discussion of the alternatives considered by DOE is presented in chapter [17] of the TSD for this final rule.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999</HD>
                    <P>Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family Policymaking Assessment for any rule that may affect family well-being. This rule would not have any impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution. Accordingly, DOE has concluded that it is not necessary to prepare a Family Policymaking Assessment.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">I. Review Under Executive Order 12630</HD>
                    <P>Pursuant to E.O. 12630, “Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights,” 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988), DOE has determined that this rule would not result in any takings that might require compensation under the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001</HD>
                    <P>
                        Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) provides for Federal agencies to review most disseminations of information to the public under information quality guidelines established by each agency pursuant to general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). Pursuant to OMB Memorandum M-19-15, Improving Implementation of the Information Quality Act (April 24, 2019), DOE published updated guidelines which are available at 
                        <E T="03">www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2019/12/f70/DOE%20Final%20Updated%20IQA%20Guidelines%20Dec%202019.pdf.</E>
                         DOE has reviewed this final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those guidelines.
                    </P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">K. Review Under Executive Order 13211</HD>
                    <P>E.O. 13211, “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,” 66 FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB, a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final rule, and that (1) is a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on energy supply, distribution, and use.</P>
                    <P>DOE has concluded that this regulatory action, which sets forth new energy conservation standards for circulator pumps, is not a significant energy action because the standards are not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy, nor has it been designated as such by the Administrator at OIRA. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects on this final rule.</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">L. Information Quality</HD>
                    <P>On December 16, 2004, OMB, in consultation with the Office of Science and Technology Policy (“OSTP”), issued its Final Information Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (“the Bulletin”). 70 FR 2664 (Jan. 14, 2005). The Bulletin establishes that certain scientific information shall be peer reviewed by qualified specialists before it is disseminated by the Federal Government, including influential scientific information related to agency regulatory actions. The purpose of the Bulletin is to enhance the quality and credibility of the Government's scientific information. Under the Bulletin, the energy conservation standards rulemaking analyses are “influential scientific information,” which the Bulletin defines as “scientific information the agency reasonably can determine will have, or does have, a clear and substantial impact on important public policies or private sector decisions.” 70 FR 2664, 2667.</P>
                    <P>
                        In response to OMB's Bulletin, DOE conducted formal peer reviews of the energy conservation standards development process and the analyses that are typically used and prepared a report describing that peer review.
                        <SU>90</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                         Generation of this report involved a rigorous, formal, and documented evaluation using objective criteria and qualified and independent reviewers to make a judgment as to the technical/scientific/business merit, the actual or anticipated results, and the productivity and management effectiveness of programs and/or projects. Because available data, models, and technological understanding have changed since 2007, DOE has engaged with the National Academy of Sciences to review DOE's analytical methodologies to ascertain whether modifications are needed to improve DOE's analyses. DOE is in the process of evaluating the resulting report.
                        <SU>91</SU>
                        <FTREF/>
                    </P>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>90</SU>
                             The 2007 “Energy Conservation Standards Rulemaking Peer Review Report” is available at the following website: 
                            <E T="03">energy.gov/eere/buildings/downloads/energy-conservation-standards-rulemaking-peer-review-report-0</E>
                             (last accessed September 19, 2023).
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <FTNT>
                        <P>
                            <SU>91</SU>
                             The report is available at 
                            <E T="03">www.nationalacademies.org/our-work/review-of-methods-for-setting-building-and-equipment-performance-standards.</E>
                        </P>
                    </FTNT>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD2">M. Congressional Notification</HD>
                    <P>As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the promulgation of this rule prior to its effective date. Pursuant to Subtitle E of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (also known as the Congressional Review Act), the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has determined that this rule meets the criteria set forth in 5 U.S.C. 804(2).</P>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary </HD>
                    <P>The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this final rule.</P>
                    <LSTSUB>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 431</HD>
                        <P>Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business information, Energy conservation, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.</P>
                    </LSTSUB>
                    <HD SOURCE="HD1">Signing Authority</HD>
                    <P>
                        This document of the Department of Energy was signed on April 9, 2024, by Jeffrey Marootian, Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, pursuant to delegated authority from the Secretary of Energy. That document with the original signature and date is maintained by DOE. For administrative purposes only, and in compliance with requirements of the Office of the Federal Register, the undersigned DOE 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                         Liaison Officer has been authorized to sign and submit the document in electronic format for 
                        <PRTPAGE P="44536"/>
                        publication, as an official document of the Department of Energy. This administrative process in no way alters the legal effect of this document upon publication in the 
                        <E T="04">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </P>
                    <SIG>
                        <DATED>Signed in Washington, DC, on April 10, 2024.</DATED>
                        <NAME>Treena V. Garrett,</NAME>
                        <TITLE>Federal Register Liaison Officer,U.S. Department of Energy.</TITLE>
                    </SIG>
                    <P>For the reasons set forth in the preamble, DOE amends part 431 of chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations as set forth below:</P>
                    <PART>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 431—ENERGY EFFICIENCY PROGRAM FOR CERTAIN COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT</HD>
                    </PART>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="431">
                        <AMDPAR>1. The authority citation for part 431 continues to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <AUTH>
                            <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
                            <P> 42 U.S.C. 6291-6317; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.</P>
                        </AUTH>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <REGTEXT TITLE="10" PART="431">
                        <AMDPAR>2. Amend § 431.465 by revising the section heading and adding paragraph (i) to read as follows:</AMDPAR>
                        <SECTION>
                            <SECTNO>§ 431.465 </SECTNO>
                            <SUBJECT>Circulator pumps energy conservation standards and their compliance dates.</SUBJECT>
                            <STARS/>
                            <P>(i) Each circulator pump that is manufactured starting on May 22, 2028 and that meets the criteria in paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(2) of this section must have a circulator energy index (“CEI”) rating (as determined in accordance with the test procedure in § 431.464(c)(2)) of not more than 1.00 using the instructions in paragraph (i)(3) of this section and with a control mode as specified in paragraph (i)(4) of this section:</P>
                            <P>(1) Is a clean water pump as defined in § 431.462.</P>
                            <P>(2) Is not a submersible pump or a header pump, each as defined in § 431.462.</P>
                            <P>(3) The relationships in this paragraph (i)(3) are necessary to calculate maximum CEI.</P>
                            <P>(i) Calculate CEI according to the following equation:</P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">Equation 1 to Paragraph (i)(3)(i)</HD>
                            <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="28">
                                <GID>ER20MY24.067</GID>
                            </GPH>
                            <EXTRACT>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">CEI = the circulator energy index (dimensionless);</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">CER = the circulator energy rating (hp), determined in accordance with section 6 of appendix D to subpart Y of part 431; and</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    CER
                                    <E T="52">STD</E>
                                     = the CER for a circulator pump that is minimally compliant with DOE's energy conservation standards with the same hydraulic horsepower as the rated pump (hp), determined in accordance with paragraph (i)(3)(ii) of this section.
                                </FP>
                            </EXTRACT>
                            <P>
                                (ii) Calculate CER
                                <E T="52">STD</E>
                                 according to the following equation:
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">Equation 2 to Paragraph (i)(3)(ii)</HD>
                            <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="30">
                                <GID>ER20MY24.068</GID>
                            </GPH>
                            <EXTRACT>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    CER
                                    <E T="52">STD</E>
                                     = the CER for a circulator pump that is minimally compliant with DOE's energy conservation standards with the same hydraulic horsepower as the rated pump (hp);
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    i = the index variable of the summation notation used to express CER
                                    <E T="52">STD</E>
                                     (dimensionless) as described in the table 3 to paragraph (i)(3)(ii), in which i is expressed as a percentage of circulator pump flow at best efficiency point, determined in accordance with the test procedure in § 431.464(c)(2);
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    ω
                                    <E T="52">i</E>
                                     = the weighting factor (dimensionless) at each corresponding test point, i, as described in table 3 to paragraph (i)(3)(ii); and P
                                    <E T="52">i</E>
                                    <E T="51">in,STD</E>
                                     = the reference power input to the circulator pump driver (hp) at test point i, calculated using the equations and method specified in paragraph (i)(3)(iii) of this section.
                                </FP>
                            </EXTRACT>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,13">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 3 to Paragraph 
                                    <E T="01">(i)(3)(ii)</E>
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        I
                                        <LI>(%)</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Corresponding
                                        <LI>
                                            ω
                                            <E T="52">i</E>
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">25</ENT>
                                    <ENT>.25</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">50</ENT>
                                    <ENT>.25</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">75</ENT>
                                    <ENT>.25</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">100</ENT>
                                    <ENT>.25</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>
                                (iii) Calculate P
                                <E T="52">i</E>
                                <E T="51">in,STD</E>
                                 according to the following equation:
                            </P>
                            <HD SOURCE="HD3">Equation 3 to Paragraph (i)(3)(iii)</HD>
                            <GPH SPAN="3" DEEP="36">
                                <GID>ER20MY24.069</GID>
                            </GPH>
                            <EXTRACT>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">Where:</FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    P
                                    <E T="52">i</E>
                                    <E T="51">in,STD</E>
                                     = the reference power input to the circulator pump driver at test point i (hp);
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    P
                                    <E T="52">u,i</E>
                                     = circulator pump basic model rated hydraulic horsepower (hp) determined in accordance with 10 CFR 429.59(a)(2)(i);
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    α
                                    <E T="52">i</E>
                                     = part-load efficiency factor (dimensionless) at each test point i as described in table 4 to paragraph (i)(3)(iii); and
                                </FP>
                                <FP SOURCE="FP-2">
                                    η
                                    <E T="52">WTW,100</E>
                                    <E T="0112">%</E>
                                     = reference circulator pump wire-to-water efficiency at best efficiency point (%) at the applicable energy conservation standard level, as described in table 5 to paragraph (i)(3)(iii) as a function of circulator pump basic model rated hydraulic horsepower at 100% BEP flow, P
                                    <E T="52">u,100</E>
                                    <E T="0112">%</E>
                                    .
                                </FP>
                            </EXTRACT>
                            <PRTPAGE P="44537"/>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="s25,13">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 4 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">i</E>
                                    )(3)(iii)
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        I
                                        <LI>(%)</LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        Corresponding
                                        <LI>
                                            α
                                            <E T="52">i</E>
                                        </LI>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">25</ENT>
                                    <ENT>0.4843</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">50</ENT>
                                    <ENT>0.7736</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">75</ENT>
                                    <ENT>0.9417</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">100</ENT>
                                    <ENT>1</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <GPOTABLE COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1" CDEF="xs30,r25">
                                <TTITLE>
                                    Table 5 to Paragraph (
                                    <E T="01">i</E>
                                    )(3)(iii)
                                </TTITLE>
                                <BOXHD>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        P
                                        <E T="52">u,100</E>
                                        <E T="0112">%</E>
                                    </CHED>
                                    <CHED H="1">
                                        η
                                        <E T="52">WTW,100</E>
                                        <E T="0112">%</E>
                                    </CHED>
                                </BOXHD>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">&lt;1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>
                                        10*ln(P
                                        <E T="52">u,100</E>
                                        <E T="0112">%</E>
                                         + 0.001141) + 67.78.
                                    </ENT>
                                </ROW>
                                <ROW>
                                    <ENT I="01">≥1</ENT>
                                    <ENT>67.79%.</ENT>
                                </ROW>
                            </GPOTABLE>
                            <P>(4) A circulator pump subject to energy conservation standards as described in this paragraph (i) must achieve the maximum CEI as described in paragraph (i)(3)(i) of this section and in accordance with the test procedure in § 431.464(c)(2) in the least consumptive control mode in which it is capable of operating.</P>
                        </SECTION>
                    </REGTEXT>
                    <NOTE>
                        <HD SOURCE="HED">Note:</HD>
                        <P> The following letter will not appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.</P>
                    </NOTE>
                    <FP>U.S. DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</FP>
                    <FP>Antitrust Division</FP>
                    <FP>RFK Main Justice Building</FP>
                    <FP>950 Pennsylvania Avenue NW</FP>
                    <FP>Washington, DC 20530-0001 </FP>
                    <FP>January 26, 2024 </FP>
                    <FP>Ami Grace-Tardy</FP>
                    <FP>Assistant General Counsel</FP>
                    <FP>for Litigation, Regulation and Energy Efficiency</FP>
                    <FP>U.S. Department of Energy</FP>
                    <FP>Washington, DC 20585</FP>
                    <FP>Re: Energy Conservation Standards for Circulator Pumps</FP>
                    <FP>DOE Docket No. EERE-2016-BT-STD-0004 </FP>
                    <FP>Dear Assistant General Counsel Grace-Tardy: </FP>
                    <P>I am responding to your November 28, 2023, letter seeking the views of the Attorney General about the potential impact on competition of energy conservation standards for circulator pumps.</P>
                    <P>Your request was submitted under Section 325(o)(2)(B)(i)(V) of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended (ECPA), 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V), which requires the Attorney General to make a determination of the impact of any lessening of competition that is likely to result from the imposition of proposed energy conservation standards. The Attorney General's responsibility for responding to requests from other departments about the effect of a program on competition has been delegated to the Assistant Attorney General for the Antitrust Division in 28 CFR§ 0.40(g). The Assistant Attorney General for the Antitrust Division has authorized me, as the Policy Director for the Antitrust Division, to provide the Antitrust Division's views regarding the potential impact on competition of proposed energy conservation standards on his behalf.</P>
                    <P>In conducting its analysis, the Antitrust Division examines whether a potential amended standard may lessen competition, for example, by substantially limiting consumer choice, by placing certain manufacturers at an unjustified competitive disadvantage, or by inducing avoidable inefficiencies in production or distribution of particular products. A lessening of competition could result in higher prices to manufacturers and consumers.</P>
                    <P>We have reviewed the proposed standards contained in the Notice of proposed rulemaking and request for comment (87 FR 74850, December 6, 2022) and the related Technical Support Document. We have also reviewed public comments and information discussed at the Working Group Meetings held in November 29-30, 2016.</P>
                    <P>Based on this review, our conclusion is that the proposed energy conservation standards for circulator pumps are unlikely to have a significant impact on competition.</P>
                    <FP>Sincerely,</FP>
                    <FP>David G.B. Lawrence,</FP>
                    <FP>Policy Director</FP>
                </SUPLINF>
                <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-07873 Filed 5-17-24; 8:45 am]</FRDOC>
                <BILCOD>BILLING CODE 6450-01-P</BILCOD>
            </RULE>
        </RULES>
    </NEWPART>
    <VOL>89</VOL>
    <NO>98</NO>
    <DATE>Monday, May 20, 2024</DATE>
    <UNITNAME>Presidential Documents</UNITNAME>
    <NEWPART>
        <PTITLE>
            <PRTPAGE P="44539"/>
            <PARTNO>Part VI</PARTNO>
            <PRES>The President</PRES>
            <MEMO>Memorandum of May 14, 2024—Actions by the United States Related to the Statutory 4-Year Review of the Section 301 Investigation of China's Acts, Policies, and Practices Related to Technology Transfer, Intellectual Property, and Innovation</MEMO>
        </PTITLE>
        <PRESDOCS>
            <PRESDOCU>
                <PRMEMO>
                    <TITLE3>Title 3—</TITLE3>
                    <PRES>
                        The President
                        <PRTPAGE P="44541"/>
                    </PRES>
                    <MEMO>Memorandum of May 14, 2024</MEMO>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Actions by the United States Related to the Statutory 4-Year Review of the Section 301 Investigation of China's Acts, Policies, and Practices Related to Technology Transfer, Intellectual Property, and Innovation</HD>
                    <HD SOURCE="HED">Memorandum for the United States Trade Representative</HD>
                    <FP>On May 5, 2022, the United States Trade Representative (Trade Representative) initiated the statutory 4-year review of the July 6, 2018, and the August 23, 2018, actions, as modified (two actions), taken under section 301 of the Trade Act of 1974, as amended (19 U.S.C. 2411) (Trade Act), in the investigation of China's Acts, Policies, and Practices Related to Technology Transfer, Intellectual Property, and Innovation (section 301 investigation). The July 6, 2018, and the August 23, 2018, actions were subsequently modified by imposing additional duties on supplemental lists of products, as well as by the temporary removal of duties on certain products through product exclusions. The Trade Representative initiated the May 5, 2022, review of the two actions under section 307(c)(3) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2417(c)(3)).</FP>
                    <FP>During its review, the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR) sought and received approximately 1,500 written submissions. Pursuant to section 307(c)(3) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2417(c)(3)), and based on information obtained during the review, including the written submissions, USTR and the section 301 Committee prepared a comprehensive report on the effectiveness of the two actions in achieving the objectives of the investigation, other actions that could be taken, and the effects of such actions on the United States economy, including consumers.</FP>
                    <FP>The Trade Representative has advised me on the findings in the review, and taking into consideration these findings, I find as follows:</FP>
                    <FP>First, while imposition of tariffs under section 301 of the Trade Act (section 301 tariffs) has been effective in encouraging China to take positive steps in addressing the issues identified in the section 301 investigation, such as certain revisions in its foreign investment and administrative licensing laws, China's actions do not represent a systematic and sustained response to the issues raised in the section 301 investigation.</FP>
                    <FP>Second, China has not eliminated many of the technology transfer-related acts, policies, and practices at issue, nor removed their burden or restriction on United States commerce.</FP>
                    <FP>Third, although China has taken limited measures to address negative perceptions of its technology transfer-related acts, policies, and practices, it continues to aggressively attempt to acquire and absorb foreign technology and intellectual property, particularly through cyber intrusions and cybertheft, adding to the burden or restriction on United States commerce.</FP>
                    <FP>Fourth, the section 301 tariffs have been effective to an extent in reducing the exposure of United States persons and commerce to China's acts, policies, and practices at issue.</FP>
                    <FP>Fifth, additional section 301 tariffs would provide incentives for China to eliminate the acts, policies, and practices at issue.</FP>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44542"/>
                    <FP>It is hereby directed as follows:</FP>
                    <FP>
                        <E T="04">Section 1</E>
                        . 
                        <E T="03">Tariffs.</E>
                         (a) The Trade Representative shall maintain, as appropriate and consistent with this memorandum, the ad valorem rates of duty and lists of products subject to the two actions, taken under the section 301 investigation. To further encourage China to eliminate the acts, policies, and practices at issue, and to counteract the burden or restriction of these acts, policies, and practices, the Trade Representative shall modify the two actions to increase section 301 ad valorem rates of duty for the following products from China:
                    </FP>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Battery parts (non-lithium-ion batteries): Increase rate to 25 percent in 2024;</P>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Electric vehicles: Increase rate to 100 percent in 2024;</P>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Lithium-ion electrical vehicle batteries: Increase rate to 25 percent in 2024;</P>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Lithium-ion non-electrical vehicle batteries: Increase rate to 25 percent in 2026;</P>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Natural graphite: Increase rate to 25 percent in 2026;</P>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Other critical minerals: Increase rate to 25 percent in 2024;</P>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Permanent magnets: Increase rate to 25 percent in 2026;</P>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Semiconductors: Increase rate to 50 percent in 2025;</P>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Ship to shore cranes: Increase rate to 25 percent in 2024;</P>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Solar cells (whether or not assembled into modules): Increase rate to 50 percent in 2024; and</P>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Steel and aluminum products: Increase rate to 25 percent in 2024.</P>
                    <FP>For personal protective equipment (facemasks, medical gloves, and syringes and needles), the Trade Representative is directed to increase rates of duty to no less than the rates indicated:</FP>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Facemasks: Increase rate to 25 percent in 2024;</P>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Medical gloves: Increase rate to 25 percent in 2026; and</P>
                    <P SOURCE="P1">• Syringes and needles: Increase rate to 50 percent in 2024.</P>
                    <P>(b) To advance the purposes of subsection (a) of this section, the Trade Representative shall publish a proposed list of products and corresponding tariff increases. After a period of notice and comment in accordance with section 307(a) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2417(a)), and after consultation with appropriate agencies and committees, the Trade Representative shall, as appropriate and consistent with law, publish a final list of products and tariff increases, if any, and implement any such tariffs.</P>
                    <P>(c) The Trade Representative shall also establish a process by which interested persons may request that particular machinery used in domestic manufacturing classified within a subheading under chapters 84 and 85 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States be temporarily excluded from section 301 tariffs, and shall prioritize, in particular, exclusions for certain solar manufacturing equipment. USTR shall publish a separate notice describing the machinery exclusion process, including the procedures for submitting exclusion requests and for interested persons to oppose any such requests.</P>
                    <PRTPAGE P="44543"/>
                    <FP>
                        <E T="04">Sec. 2</E>
                        . 
                        <E T="03">Publication.</E>
                         The Trade Representative is authorized and directed to publish this memorandum in the 
                        <E T="03">Federal Register</E>
                        .
                    </FP>
                    <GPH SPAN="1" DEEP="80" HTYPE="RIGHT">
                        <GID>BIDEN.EPS</GID>
                    </GPH>
                    <PSIG> </PSIG>
                    <PLACE>THE WHITE HOUSE,</PLACE>
                    <DATE>May 14, 2024.</DATE>
                    <FRDOC>[FR Doc. 2024-11193 </FRDOC>
                    <FILED>Filed 5-17-24; 11:15 am]</FILED>
                    <BILCOD>Billing code 3290-F7-P</BILCOD>
                </PRMEMO>
            </PRESDOCU>
        </PRESDOCS>
    </NEWPART>
</FEDREG>
